http://catalog64.brownells.com/RSS.ashxBrownells PagesWed, 07 Dec 2011 20:00:47 +0100http://catalog64.brownells.com/http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=1http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=1AV E H W O WE N P ! O M AAM -510 5 0 5 GES C G NUMB ALO ER AT FO 64 R 20 11- 2 0 1 2 INDUSTRY-LEADING CUSTOMER SERVICE YOUR SATISFACTION GUARANTEED 100% GUN TECHS AVAILABLE: 8:30 AM - 4:30 PM CST2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=2http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=2Dear Folks: Pete and I are really delighted to send this catalog to you - #64 for 2011-2012. Not only is it the biggest one we've ever done – pushing 700 pages, but it has more new products and more expansion of the categories than we've ever done before. What the gang found to put in this year is downright astonishing – and I've not even made the big announcement yet – that's a couple of paragraphs further. We’ve got all new “dream guns” from top names in the industry and some of our crew in the AR and 1911 sections to show you what can be done. Tactical flashlights and the concealment holster lines grew a lot. Plus new optics and lots of things for the non-AR-15 shooters from the 10/22 platform to long range shooting accessories. To find all this good stuff, our New Products Group works the SHOT Show hard, talks to suppliers constantly and looks at something like 2,500 product ideas every year. They cull those down to the ones that make the most sense. Personally, I love all the creativity of folks in our industry – they keep thinking up new accessories for the 1911, for the AR-15 or the Glock or the wheel guns for that matter! Now, for the biggest announcement we’ve made in a long time! WE ARE NOW CARRYING AMMUNITION! Full lines of all the good stuff from the best-known makers. A huge move for us that's been a long time coming and a nightmare amount of work for our folks. Check out pages 505-510 for some of the most popular ammo. We had to cherry-pick what we show in the catalog because we ran out of time. Please go to the website and see it all at brownells.com – it's all there. The crew figured out how to make pricing really competitive . . . and still do flat-rate shipping, no minimum order size, and our unconditional, 100% Satisfaction forever guarantee – something we know is important to you. If you’re not happy, for any reason, send the item back. We’ll swap for something else, or send you a full refund, no restocking fees and no argument. If you’re not sure which ammo you need for a specific event, use the Ammo Advisor found on any of our websites. It will help you find what you need to suit every use, whether it’s target shooting or big game hunting. Give it a try; bet you’ll be pleased with the results. TM At , The Customer Is Always Your Satisfaction Guaranteed-Period! - Here’s our pledge to you - which has never changed: If you aren’t completely, 100% satisfied with any purchase you receive from Brownells, for any reason, at any time, return it for a full refund or exchange. No hassle, no problem. We don’t bog you down in endless paperwork. Your complete satisfaction with each and every product we sell is what’s most important to us. CONTENTS MAIN SECTION LATE NEW ARRIVALS We do not artificially mark up our prices to cover potential increases from the manufacturers. When notified of a price adjustment, we change our price at that time. As a result, prices are subject to change without notice. Products marked with this symbol have passed a rigorous test of function and quality, and have been awarded the American Pistolsmiths Guild “Seal of Approval. ” GSA pricing available on products marked with the star. Contract #: GS-07F-0139T This information is not available for all items at time of catalog production; nor does it imply that foreign merchandise is of lesser quality. We will keep our website current with the latest information. b a Stock numbers shown in red indicate the product is made in the U.S.A. With ammo we’ve really added to the “Selection” part of our slogan. I can personally promise that we’ll keep the same high level of Service and Satisfaction you’ve come to expect from us. And, we’re always going to have real, live people answering the phones. Pete and I both hate automated operators; you won’t get one at Brownells! We love this business and couldn’t keep coming to work every day without great customers like all of you. We’ll do our doggone best to keep earning your trust and your business – just 2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=3http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=3AR-15/M16 INDEX Accessory Mounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78-80 Barrels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-18 Bolt & Mag Releases . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-28 Bolts & Carriers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-12 Books & Videos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77-78 Caliber Conversions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-11 Carry Handles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Charging Handles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26-27 Cleaning Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66-69 Comps/Flash Hiders . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-21 Gas Blocks & Tubes . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-15 Gas Piston Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-16 Gun Cases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64-65 Gunsmithing Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69-77 Handguards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37-43 Lights/Lasers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-86 Lower Receivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-8 ARMALITE®/EAGLE ARMS AR-15/M16 Magazine Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . 51-54 Magazines & Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47-51 Optic Mounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81-85 Parts Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29-32 Pistol Grips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43-45 Range & Training Gear . . . . . . . . . . 65-66 Recoil Buffers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Safety Selectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-29 Sights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-59 Slings & Adapters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59-64 Springs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24-25 Stocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-37 Triggerguards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Triggers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-24 Upper Receivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-5 Vertical Grips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-47 BUSHMASTER AR-15/M16 CENTURION TACTICAL AR-15/M16 CARBON 15 FLATTOP UPPER RECEIVER ASSEMBLY UPPER RECEIVER AR-15/M16 Lightweight, Tough Aerospace Composite; Build A Fast-Handling Tactical Carbine Carbon fiber composite upper comes fully assembled and ready to install on your choice of lower to build a light, fast-handling tactical carbine. Low-profile, flattop upper receiver made from carbon fiber reinforced polymer composite keeps weight to a minimum. Originally developed for the aerospace industry, this chemical- and heat-resistant composite is as strong as milled aluminum. Machined aluminum Picatinny-style rail gives maximum accessory-mounting flexibility. M4-profile, 16" chrome-lined barrel is button rifled with 1:9" right-hand twist for optimal accuracy with a wide variety of commercial .223/5.56mm ammunition. Includes A2 front sight with square, elevation-adjustable post, bayonet lug, and front sling swivel. High-quality Bushmaster bolt and carrier fit receiver precisely to ensure smooth, reliable cycling. Bushmaster’s “Izzy” compensator diverts hot combustion gases through three longitudinal gas ports to minimize muzzle flash and help control muzzle rise during rapid fire; closed bottom prevents kicking up dust during prone shooting. Steel components are manganese phosphate parkerized with a uniform matte black finish. Charging handle is precision machined from 7075 T6 aluminum forging and hardcoat anodized matte black to match other components. Military type carbine-length ribbed handguard included. a b SPECS: Receiver – Carbon fiber reinforced polymer, black. Barrel, Bolt/Carrier, Front Sight – Steel, parkerized, matte black. Charging Handle – 7075 T6 aluminum. Handguard – Plastic, black. #100-003-602AG Carbon 15 Upper Receiver, 9B00YTP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 645.99 Machined Billet Construction With Mil-Spec Or Self-Lubricating EXO Finish Flattop upper receiver machined from a solid billet of 7075 aluminum has reinforced stress points for unsurpassed strength and durability. Unique, non-GI contours give your rifle a distinctive appearance, yet fits any standard mil-s2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=4http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=4Courtesy of Brownells Copywriter, Steven Burkitt E AR-15/M16 F G H I J A B C D P Q O UPPER RECEIVERS L K M N L N A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q #100-004-168AG MAGPUL ENHANCED RECOIL PAD See Page 36. #100-002-946AG MAGPUL MIL-SPEC CTR BUTTSTOCK See Page 34. #080-000-555AG COLT AR-15/M16 COMPLETE UPPER RECEIVERS Government DANIEL DEFENSE AR-15/M16 A4 UPPER RECEIVER Forged For Strength, Final-Machined For Precision Fit Flattop upper receiver is forged from high-grade 7075 T6 aluminum for strength and durability, then final machined to USGI or better tolerances for building a custom AR rifle. Hardcoat anodized finish minimizes abrasion wear. M4 feed ramp cuts ensure reliable feeding. 13-slot Picatinny rail provides a full 5" for mounting an optic, while the etched position numbers in rail slots ensure repeatability of mounting position. Comes with forward assist and ejection port cover fully assembled and installed. SPECS: 7075 T6 aluminum, Type III hardcoat anodized, matte black. .250" dia. pivot/takedown pin holes. #100-005-851AG A4 Upper Receiver 8K118H69. . . .$ 129.00 Brownells MIL-SPEC STOCK COMPLETION KIT See Page 32. ALEC #100-003-317AG A.R.M.S. #40L LOW-PROFILE FLIP-UP REAR SIGHT See Page 55. #892-810-432AG TRIJICON TA01NSN 4x32 ACOG SCOPE See Page 263. #892-000-060AG TRIJICON TA57 ANTI-REFLECTION DEVICE See Page 263. #430-000-528AG HIGH STANDARD HSA-15 UPPER REC’R ASSEMBLY See Page 3. #573-000-050AG ERGO Z RAIL 2-PIECE HANDGUARD See Page 38. #100-002-168AG YANKEE HILL MACHINE TRIPLE MOUNT See Page 80. #851-000-047AG SMITH ENTERPRISE VORTEX FLASH ELIMINATOR See Page 20. #100-003-226AG GRIP POD SYSTEMS GPS-02 GRIP POD See Page 46. #100-004-455AG BOONIE PACKER STANDARD REDI-MAG See Page 52. #078-000-107AG Original Colt Factory Top Half In Standard Or Quad-Railed Carbine Configurations Fully-assembled flattop upper receiver from the original manufacturer of U.S. military M16’s comes loaded with combatproven features and ready to snap onto any mil-spec lower. Includes M16-type bolt carrier compatible with semi- or full-auto/ burst lowers, A2 flash hider, and step-cut barrel that allows mounting of M203 grenade launcher. Comes with U.S. Army standard-issue MaTech backup rear sight with quick-adjust detent lever that lets you choose eight range settings from 200 meters to 600 meters. Government Carbine – M4-style upper has an M4 handguard with dual-insulated aluminum internal shielding for excellent heat protection. A2-type front sight has side-mounted sling swivel that allows comfortable sling carry, even with a grenade or tear gas launcher installed. Advanced Law Enforcement Carbine (ALEC) - Upper receiver and handguard are machined from a single piece of aluminum billet for superb strength and 14" of uninterrupted top rail space. Bottom rail removes for easy access to the barrel nut and fully freefloated barrel. Low-profile gas block includes a bayonet lug and an integral flip-up front sight with an A2-type post. SPECS: Receiver – 7075 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, black. Barrel – 4140 carbon steel, black oxide finish. 16.1" (40.9cm) long. Chambered for 5.56mm NATO, chrome lined, 1-7" twist. #160-000-388AG Gov't Carbine Upper 6A00ZAY . . .$ 685.00 #160-000-387AG ALEC Upper 6A00XCH . . . . . . . . . . 949.00 DPMS COMPETITION UPPER RECEIVER Quality, Rugged, Match Grade Upper Unit High Rider Brownells 30-ROUND MAGAZINE See Page 48. #100-004-755AG MAGPUL B.A.D. LEVER BOLT RELEASE See Page 28. #739-000-011AG ROCK RIVER ARMS NATIONAL MATCH TRIGGER See Page 23. #100-003-220AG HIGH STANDARD HSA-15 LOWER RECEIVER See Page 7 . BROWNELLS PAGE 2 . . . ONLY THE BEST . . . #100-004-383AG TROY INDUSTRIES END PLATE SLING MOUNT See Page 63. SATISFACTION GUARANTEED ASK FOR OVERNIGHT DELIVERY! NEED IT NOW?! Fully machined from aircraft grade aluminum alloy, Lo-Pro with extra material around the bolt carrier to provide a strong, rigid, platform for mounting heavy match barrels. Integral Picatinny-style scope rail gives complete flexibility2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=5http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=5DPMS AR-STYLE .308 DPMS AR-15/M16 D.S. ARMS AR-15/M16 EGW LR-308 FLATTOP UPPER RECEIVER STRIPPED UPPER RECEIVER Carry Handle & Flattop Models For Custom Builds; Machined From High-Grade Forgings Fully machined and finished, military style uppers ready for you to install your choice of barrel, carrier, bolt, forearm, and lower to build a custom AR-15. Choose from rugged A2 carry handle style, complete with cuts for mounting A2 rear sight, or A3 flattop with M4type feed ramp cuts and Picatinny accessory rail for mounting a scope, holographic sight, or flip-up “iron” sights. Both models feature shell deflector, forward assist housing, and provisions for installing an ejection port cover. Precision machined from a premium-grade aluminum forging and hardcoat anodized for extra strength, with a tough, scratch-resistant Teflon coating. SPECS: Aluminum, hard anodized, Teflon coated, matte black. Fits mil-spec AR-15 lower receiver with .250" pivot pins. #231-000-152AG Stripped A2 Upper Rec'r, 1C82A24 $ 99.99 #231-000-053AG Stripped A3 Flattop Upper Receiver, 1C95A08 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125.99 STRIPPED FLATTOP UPPER RECEIVER Precision Forged From High-Strength 7075 Alloy For High Quality Custom Builds Stripped, A3-style upper receiver is precision machined from a 7075 T6 aluminum alloy forging to USGI dimensions, ready to mate with the mil-spec lower and internal components of your choice. Includes M4-type feed cuts and alphanumeric position markers stamped into the rail slots. Extra hard 7075 T6 alloy offers superb strength to handle the battering of thousands of firing cycles. Hardcoat anodized to resist wear, add strength, and protect from corrosion. Hard dry-lube surface treatment protects the anodizing from scuffs and reduces friction between bolt carrier and receiver walls for ultra-smooth operation, less wear, and longer service life. Matte black finish matches most factory upper receiver and barrel finishes. SPECS: 7075 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, dry-lube finish, matte black. .250” takedown/pivot pin holes. #274-000-019AG Stripped Flattop Upper Receiver, 4G69U70 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 89.99 A4 FLATTOP UPPER RECEIVER Flattop Rail Lets You Mount Scopes & Accessories A4-style flattop upper receiver is forged from extrastrong 7075 T6 aluminum, with a 5" long rail to accept your tactical accessories, including Weaver-style rings. Finished with mil-spec, hardcoat, black anodizing for protection from scratches, mars, and abrasion. a b SPECS: 7075 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, black, matte finish. .250" (6.3mm) diameter pivot pin holes. #296-000-054AG A4 Flattop Receiver 6B115T07 . . .$ 139.99 AR-15/M16 Complete Top End Includes Barrel, Free-Float Handguard, Bolt & Carrier; Build A Precision, Long Range Target Rifle Or Tactical Carbine Ready to install .308/7.62 NATO upper receiver comes fully assembled with bolt/carrier, charging handle, free-float handguard, gas block, and barrel. Lets you change your LR-308 from a sporter to a match rifle or long-range varminter in just minutes—or build a completely new gun customized to your exact needs Thick-walled receiver of extruded 6066 T6 aluminum is hardcoat anodized to military standards for extra surface strength, with a hard, black Teflon coating to resist scuffs and scratches. Free-floated forend of smooth, rigid machined aluminum gives plenty of air space to protect your hand from a hot barrel during sustained shooting. Includes swivel stud and QD sling swivel. All barrels have 1-10" twist for proper bullet stabilization. Bull Barrel models have a heavy .920" O.D. barrel with recessed 90° target crown. Snag-free, smooth-side receiver without ejection port cover, shell-deflector, or forward assist; an elevated Picatinny rail allows easy scope mounting without adding a riser mount. Lightweight, aluminum gas block has plenty of metal to withstand the hot gasses from thousands of firing cycles; topside Picatinny rail allow you to2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=6http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=6Courtesy of Brownells Gun Tech, Dave Bennetts AR-15/M16 C D E A B F G H I K UPPER RECEIVERS N M L J WILSON COMBAT AR-15/M16 VLTOR STRIPPED FLATTOP UPPER RECEIVER VIS UPPER RECEIVER A B C D E F G H I J K L M N #100-002-457AG MAGPUL PRECISION RIFLE STOCK See Page 34. #093-249-020AG BADGER ORDNANCE TACTICAL LATCH See Page 27 . #L66570 LEUPOLD VX-3 EFR 6.5-20 x 40mm TARGET SCOPE (Available from Sinclairintl.com) M4-Style Upper With Popular Features; CNC Machined From 7075 Aluminum Forging The same high-quality M4-style flattop upper Wilson uses in their custom AR-15s is now available to serve as the foundation for your own custom build. Comes ready for you to install the required components to meet your—or your customer’s—exact needs. Includes integral receiver rail cut to MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny specs, M4-type feed cuts, shell deflector, forward assist housing, and provisions for installing an ejection port cover, if desired (available separately). Precision CNC-machined to final dimensions from a U.S.-sourced forging of high-grade 7075 T6 aluminum alloy, prized by AR shooters for its exceptional strength, hardness, and resistance to surface wear. Hardcoat anodized for additional surface hardness, with a durable matte black finish. a b SPECS: 7075 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. .250” takedown/pivot pin holes. #965-000-084AG Stripped Flattop Upper Receiver, 5F95A54 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 109.99 Rock Solid Integrated Receiver & Railed Handguard Ensures Alignment Of Rails Forged flattop receiver and machined, free-float handguard are fused into a single component to provide a rock solid, quadrail platform for maximum flexibility in mounting optics, backup sights, lights, vertical grips, and other accessories. The Versatile Interface Structure (VIS) offers a perfectly aligned top rail that cures the indexing problems common with flattop receivers and separate railed forends. Features four, MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny rails with side and bottom rails on the handguard. The continuous top rail from the back of the receiver to the front of the handguard eliminates the need for an extended base to mount a long eye-relief optic. Easy-to-remove bottom rail section assists in cleaning and maintenance, and allows attachment of an M203 grenade launcher, flare gun, tear gas launcher, or other SOPMOD component. Compatible with mil-spec lower receivers, bolt/carrier assemblies, and charging handles. Accepts any standard AR-15 barrel with a low profile gas block. Required barrel nut and wrench are included. Available with carbine (VIS-1), mid-length (VIS-2), extended mid-length (VIS-2a), or rifle-length (VIS-3) handguard. a b SPECS: 7075 T6 (Receiver) and 6061 T6 (Handguard) aluminum, Type III hardcoat anodized, matte black. VIS-1 – 14.5" (36.8cm) O.A.L. 7" (17 .8cm) handguard length. 21.5 oz. (609g) wt. VIS-2 – 16.5" (41.9cm) O.A.L. 9" (22.8cm) handguard length. 25 oz. (709g) wt. VIS-2a – 17 .5" (44.4cm) O.A.L. 10" (25.4cm) handguard length. 26 oz. (737g) wt. VIS-3 – 19.875" (50.5cm) O.A.L. 12" (30.5cm) handguard length; 29 oz. (822g) wt. #100-004-949AG VIS-1 Carbine Upper, 3A593T63 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 679.99 #100-004-950AG VIS-2 Mid-Length Upper, 3A636T51 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 699.99 #100-004-947AG VIS-2a Ext. Mid-Length Upper, 3A654T43 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 729.99 #100-004-948AG VIS-3 Rifle Upper, 3A717T20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 799.99 #955-000-108AG WEAVER SR SINGLE RAIL SCOPE MOUNT SYSTEM See Page 85. #080-000-437AG Brownells PICATINNY SCOPE RINGS See Page 247. #231-015-111AG DPMS LO-PRO COMPETITION UPPER RECEIVER See Page 2. #100-002-079AG YANKEE HILL MACHINE FREE-FLOAT TUBE See Page 41. #080-000-528AG Brownells LOW-PROFILE GAS BLOCK See Page 13. #787-000-036AG SHILEN MATCH-GRADE BARREL BLANK See Page 17 . #100-002-874AG KENG’S FIREARMS HEAVY DUTY VERSA POD See Page 356. #100-004-243AG CMMG LOWER RECEIVER 2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=7http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=7FAILZERO AR-15/M16 ROCK RIVER ARMS AR-15 CENTURION TACTICAL AR-15 CMMG AR-15/AR-STYLE .308 EXO COATED RECEIVERS ™ UPPER & LOWER RECEIVER SET Hand Picked & Precisely Matched For Exact Fit Forged upper and lower receivers are CNC machined to tighter than mil-spec tolerances, with critical contact points held to +/- .0005". Hand selected and matched to ensure a tight, movement-free, lockup between the upper and lower halves. Accepts all aftermarket and mil-spec internal parts. Weaver-style base allows direct mounting of optics. FFL required for purchase. SPECS: 7075-T6 aluminum, black, hardcoat anodized, matte finish. Small pin, hammer/trigger and pivot/takedown holes. .154" (3.9mm) diameter hammer/trigger pin holes. .250" (6.3mm) diameter pivot/takedown pin holes. #739-000-002AG NM A4 Receiver Set 9C00TPU . . .$ 379.99 CT-15 LOWER RECEIVER Billet Machined For Strength; Internal Tensioning System For Tight Fit With Upper Stripped lower receiver machined from one piece of 7075-T6511 billet aluminum features an adjustable tensioning system to ensure a tight, rattle-free fit with the upper receiver. Internal setscrew helps eliminate unwanted movement to improve accuracy and shotto-shot consistency. Integral triggerguard machined as part of the receiver contributes to the CT-15’s exceptional strength and rigidity. Non-slip, 20 lpi checkering machined into the front exterior gives your gun a custom appearance and aids in a close-in grasp on the receiver with the support hand for fast maneuverability. Marked “.223/5.56” on sides, with “international” safe, fire, and non-functioning full auto position symbols for the safety selector. Available with mil-spec Type III hardcoat Anodized finish or ultra-hard, nickel-boron EXO coating that’s highly resistant to surface wear. Self-lubricating EXO eliminates the need for grease, oil, or other lubricants, while its extremely low friction coefficient means less heat from metal-on-metal contact, so parts last longer. FFL required for purchase. SPECS: 7075-T6511 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black, or EXO nickel-boron finish, matte gray. .250" takedown/pivot pin holes. .154" trigger/hammer pin holes. Accepts mil-spec AR-15/M16 upper receiver. Internal components not included. #100-005-146AG Anodized CT-15 Lower Receiver, 8H257U97 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 299.99 #100-005-149AG EXO-Coated CT Lower Receiver, 8H308U82 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349.99 LOWER RECEIVERS Stripped Or Fully Assembled With Precision Trigger Group MOD4SA LOWER RECEIVER – Semi-auto AR-15 receiver made from a high-quality forging is built to handle the hard use and reliability requirements of tactical and competitive shooting. Forged from 7075 T6 aluminum alloy for maximum strength and rigidity before final machining to milspec dimensions. Hardcoat anodized for added strength, then Teflon®-coated for outstanding resistance to surface abrasion or discoloration from solvents and lubes. Stripped lower includes receiver only without any additional parts for full, custom build projects. Complete is fully assembled with all receiver components and is available with single, left side-mounted safety selector or ambidextrous safety selector; does not include buttstock or related parts. Includes polymer A2 pistol grip, trigger group, bolt release lever, mag release button, and aluminum triggerguard. CMMG’s engineers designed custom fixtures for final grinding of ten separate contact surfaces on the trigger, disconnector, and hammer to ensure a trigger pull that's far superior to many factory triggers. Proprietary bronze bushings on trigger and hammer pins reduce friction for a consistent, ultra-smooth pull and exceptionally fast locktime. Rounded, low-mass hammer further speeds locktime and reduces wear on contact surfaces. Trigger is function tested before lower leaves the factory; compatible with .22 LR conversions. SPECS: Forged 7075 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, Teflon coated, matte black2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=8http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=8Courtesy of Brownells Director of E-Commerce, Clayton Whipple AR-15/M16 C D E F G A B K J H I D.S. ARMS AR-15 DPMS AR-15 ZM4 STRIPPED LOWER RECEIVER Precision Forging From High-Strength Alloy For Custom Builds Stripped, small-pin semi-auto lower receiver is precision machined from an aluminum alloy forging to the same dimensions as USGI receivers to ensure proper fit of components and accessories designed for mil-spec receivers. An affordable platform for any type of custom gun you want to build—from a fast-handling tactical carbine to a match-grade competition rifle. Simply add the upper, fire control components, buttstock assembly, and pistol grip of your choice. Extra hard 7075 T6 alloy gives superior strength and stands up to the battering of thousands of firing cycles; hardcoat anodized surface resists wear and actually adds strength, while providing excellent corrosion resistance. Matte black finish matches most factory upper and barrel finishes. Holes, inletting, and pin locations have already been cut to final dimensions. .154" hammer and trigger pin holes accept the most readily available fire control components, with standard .250" pivot and takedown pin holes. SPECS: 7075 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized matte black. 9 oz. (255g) weight. .154" hammer/trigger pin holes. .250" takedown/ pivot pin holes. FFL required for purchase. #274-000-017AG ZM4 Lower Receiver, 4G135U71 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 169.64 AR-15 LOWER RECEIVER High-Quality, Forged Lower Forged, fully assembled lower is ready for your A-2 choice of upper. Precision machined from 7075-T6 aircraftgrade, aluminum alloy, mil-spec hardcoat anodized, then TeflonM4 coated black for superior wear and scratch resistance. Includes mil-spec trigger group and pistol grip. A-2 model features a fixed, black Zytel buttstock with rear sling mount and trapdoor buttplate for storage of backup parts and cleaning supplies. M4 version is equipped with a 6-position, collapsible, carbine stock made of impact-resistant polymer. SPECS: Receiver - Forged, 7075-T6 aluminum, hard anodized, Teflon-coated black. A2 Buttstock - Zytel, black. M4 buttstock - plastic, black. FFL required for purchase. #231-000-180AG A2 Lower Receiver, 1C248Y25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 279.99 #231-000-205AG M4 Lower Receiver, 1C251T50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289.99 A LOWER RECEIVERS #100-002-982AG MAGPUL COMMERCIAL CTR BUTTSTOCK See Page 34. #080-000-623AG DPMS BUTTSTOCK MOUNTING KIT See Page 32. #100-006-124AG NIKON 2-8x32 M-223 SCOPE See Page 501. #100-006-127AG NIKON M-223 FLATTOP SCOPE MOUNT See Page 501. #408-150-120AG HOGUE OVERMOLDED FREE-FLOAT FOREND See Page 38. #100-002-089AG YANKEE HILL MACHINE FLIP-UP FRONT SIGHT See Page 58. #231-000-038AG DPMS MICULEK COMP See Page 19. #100-003-602AG BUSHMASTER CARBON 15 UPPER REC’R ASSEMBLY See Page 1. #100-004-587AG TANGODOWN 30-RD ARC MAGAZINE See Page 50. #408-150-000AG HOGUE OVERMOLDED PISTOL GRIP See Page 38. #080-000-381AG B C D E F G H I J K AR-15/M16 Magazines by The Most Up-To-Date & Reliable Magazines Available! • • • Mil-Spec Materials & Construction Proven Reliability 20- or 30-Round Capacity Supp U.S. Mil lier Of ita Save O ry Mags; WhenYover 30% u Mags or Buy 25 More Brownells LOW-PROFILE AMBI SLING ADAPTER See Page 61. see pAge 48 Product Video Available Online At brownells.com B ROWNELLS . . . ONLY THE BEST . . . PAGE 6 SATISFACTION GUARANTEED SINCE 1939 Office/Tech: 641-623-54012011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=9http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=9DPMS AR-15 HIGH STANDARD FORGED LOWER RECEIVER Forged Construction Adds Toughness To The Rifle You’re Building 7075-T6, aircraft-grade aluminum receiver is forged and tempered for strength, just like the M16 lowers used by the U.S. military. CNC machined and ready to be the foundation for your match, tactical or hunting rifle. Hard coat anodized to mil-spec 8625 for durability; Teflon® coating gives additional lubricity and an attractive, matte, black finish. SPECS: 7075-T6 aluminum, Teflon, black, matte finish. 8.6 oz. (244 g.) wt. FFL required for purchase. #231-000-113AG Forged Lower Rec. 1C132X99 . . . .$ 159.99 HSA-15 CARBINE LOWER RECEIVER Extra Strong, Mil-Spec Receiver With CustomQuality Trigger Group Complete, semi-auto M4-type lower receiver with trigger group A2 pistol grips and collapsible stock is ready to accept the upper that meets your exact needs. A supplier to the U.S. military since WWII, High Standard’s name means top-quality materials and workmanship throughout. All parts are manufactured in the U.S. to original Colt specs, and each part is gauge-checked for correct tolerances in accordance with MIL-STD 105D during assembly. Receiver is forged from 7075 T6 aluminum alloy, which has nearly twice the tensile strength of the standard 6061 alloy, then hardcoat anodized for even greater strength. The steel trigger/hammer group’s precision-ground engagement surfaces provide a crisp, near-match-grade trigger pull. M4-style, 6-position collapsible buttstock includes buffer tube, buffer, recoil sring, receiver lock plate, lock nut, and rear sling swivel. Lower Receiver w/o Buttstock includes lower receiver assembly with trigger group and pistol grip fully assembled for those who wish to install their own buttstock. a b SPECS: Receiver – Forged 7075 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. Buttstock/Pistol Grip – High-impact polymer, black. FFL required for purchase. #100-002-328AG HSA-15 Lower Receiver, w/Buttstock, 3D265T77 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 324.99 #100-003-220AG HSA-15 Lower Receiver, w/o Buttstock, 3D193V24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239.99 PATRIOT ORDNANCE FACTORY AR-15/AR-STYLE .308 ROGGIO ARSENAL AR-15/M16 MACHINED LOWER RECEIVER Machined From 7075 Aluminum Billet For Precise Dimensions & Superb Strength Stripped, semi-auto lower receiver is fully machined from U.S.-sourced 7075 T6 aluminum billet for superb strength and precise dimensions. Extra metal in the right places gives a big payoff in added support and rigidity with minimal extra weight. Available in AR-15 and AR-style .308 sizes, both models accept mil-spec and aftermarket components, so you can select the upper, trigger group, pistol grip, receiver extension, and buttstock that best serve your needs—the perfect foundation for a custom tactical rifle. Integral, oversized triggerguard machined as part of the receiver further enhances structural rigidity and provides plenty of clearance for trigger finger when wearing gloves. Radiused inside and outside edges protect finger from cuts and scrapes when mounting weapon quickly or during extended fire. Flared magwell with smoothly radiused inside corners helps ensure fast reloads, without fumbling, when seconds count. Cut for ambidextrous bolt release to allow strong- or weak-hand operation; right-side button included with receiver. Laser etched, international “fire” and “safe” symbols give the operator instant, intuitive feedback on the weapon’s safety status in high-stress situations. Mil-spec hardcoat anodized for additional surface strength and corrosion resistance. P-415 is available with a durable, low-friction black Teflon® finish or a tough, gray NP3 electroless nickel/Teflon outer coating that’s highly resistant to surface wear. NP3 is exceptionally thin, hard (Rc 48-51), and self-lubricating, so it prolongs weapon life by minimizing wear fouling buildup. P-308 is available with NP3 finish only. All heattreatment, plating, coatings applied by 2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=10http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=10Courtesy of Brownells Gun Tech, Tony Barnes AR-15/M16 D E F G A B C O N I J H M L K YANKEE HILL AR-15 YHM-15 LOWER RECEIVER SUPERIOR ARMS AR-15 S-15 LOWER RECEIVER Strong, Forged Receiver; Perfect Foundation For A Custom Rifle Or Carbine Stripped, semi-auto, lower receiver delivers custom shop quality without the typical custom shop price. Perfect platform for building the ultimate, mission-specific, AR-15 rifle or carbine. Made from a highstrength, 7075 T6 aluminum forging for reliable performance and outstanding durability. Mil-Spec, hard anodized finish adds extra strength to the receiver walls and delivers superior abrasion-resistance for rugged field use. Precision-machined to ensure drop-in installation of Mil-Spec, aftermarket components. Secondary setscrew in pistol grip allows trigger preset adjustment to eliminate creep for a crisp, clean break. Features standard, .250" diameter takedown and pivot pin holes. SPECS: 7075 T6 aluminum, hard-anodized, black finish. 9 oz. (255 g) wt. FFL required for purchase. #100-003-161AG S-15 Lower Receiver 6F96C00 . . .$ 139.99 A B C LOWER RECEIVERS #100-004-168AG MAGPUL ENHANCED RECOIL PAD See Page 36. M4 #100-002-982AG MAGPUL COMMERCIAL CTR BUTTSTOCK See Page 34. #100-004-449AG FAILZERO BOLT & CARRIER GROUP See Page 11. #201904 BURRIS XTR-14 1-4 x 24 SCOPE (Available from Sinclairintl.com) Mil-Spec Dimensions & Finish For Superb Fit & Maximum Compatibility D E F G H I J K L M N O #452-000-044AG J.P . ENTERPRISES FLATTOP OPTIC MOUNT See Page 83. #100-004-950AG VLTOR VIS-2 INTEGRAL UPPER REC’R/HANDGUARD See Page 4. #100-003-742AG A.R.M.S. #41-BL SILHOUETTE FOLDING FRONT SIGHT See Page 13. #100-003-348AG RAINIER ARMS BOBRO SHORT VERTICAL GRIP See Page 47 . #274-000-017AG D.S. ARMS ZM4 LOWER RECEIVER See Page 6. #100-003-541AG MAGPUL 20-RD PMAG See Page 49. #100-002-198AG MAGPUL ENHANCED TRIGGERGUARD See Page 24. #923-000-036AG KNS PRECISION NON-ROTATING PINS See Page 24. #100-004-262AG AR GOLD MODULAR TRIGGER See Page 22. #100-003-515AG MAGPUL MOE™ PISTOL GRIP See Page 44. BROWNELLS PAGE 8 . . . ONLY THE BEST . . . #100-004-450AG MAGPUL ASAP SLING ADAPTER See Page 62. SATISFACTION GUARANTEED Semi-auto lower is precision machined entirely at Yankee Hill’s manufacturing facility from a A2 Rifle high-strength 7075 aluminum alloy forging. The perfect foundation for almost any kind of AR you want to build: tactical, competition, sporting—even a non-standard caliber. Mil-spec dimensions ensure superior fit and maximum compatStripped ibility with a wide range of available uppers, aftermarket parts, and accessories. Slightly oversized magwell chamfers help ensure fast, positive magazine changes when the pressure is on. YHM logo stamped on left side of mag well. Accepts standard .154" hammer/trigger pins and .250" takedown/pivot pins. Pin holes are left slightly undersized, so you can open them up just the right amount for an exact pin fit without slop or slippage. Hardcoat anodized with a durable, fine-grain, mil-spec matte black finish. Available as a Stripped lower receiver or in three fully assembled configurations with all internal components installed, including mil-spec trigger group, safety selector, bolt catch, mag release button, and aluminum triggerguard. A2 Grip comes with polymer A2 pistol grip installed and is ready for you to add the receiver extension tube, buffer components, and buttstock of your choice. M4 comes with A2 grip, “commercial” 1.17" O.D. receiver extension tube/ buffer components, and an adjustable-length, six-position M4style buttstock. A2 Rifle comes with M16A2-style fixed buttstock with trapdoor storage compartment, complete receiver extension/buffer system, and A2 grip. SPECS: Receiver - Forged 7075 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. Accepts .154” hammer/trigger pins and .250” PAY ANY WAY takedown/pivot pins. Pistol Grip/M4 Stock – Reinforced molded polymer, black. A2 Stock – Fiberglass-reinforced thermoset nylon polymer, dark gray. FFL required for 2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=11http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=11Kits CMMG AR-15 BLACK DOG MACHINE AR-15/M16 .22 EVOLUTION CONVERSION KIT UPPER RECEIVER BOLT SAVER Prevents .22 LR Conversion Bolt From Falling Out Of Disassembled Receiver Molded polymer cover fits in the underside of a disassembled .22 LR conversion upper receiver to prevent the bolt from falling out. Keeps dirt and debris out of internal components, too. Slide over the takedown and pivot pins, then secure in place with the two included cotter pins. Can be installed on any disassembled centerfire upper as well to protect the bolt carrier. a b SPECS: Polymer, black. Fits AR-15/M16/M4 upper receiver and .22 LR conversions. #100-005-586AG Bolt Saver 1B02H31. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 2.99 CAR-15/M4 9mm LOWER RECEIVER CONVERSION KIT Brownells/ROCK RIVER ARMS TACTICAL SOLUTIONS AR-15/M16 AR-22 UPPER RECEIVER ASSEMBLY AR-15/M16 M4 Use Economical .22 LR Ammo To Practice More & Hone Critical Shooting Skills Drop-in .22 LR conversion system comes fully assembled and ready to install in any semi-auto AR-15 to help you practice critical shooting skills with economical rimfire ammunition. Concentrate on improving grip, sight alignment, trigger pull, and other skills without burning up expensive, centerfire ammo. Installs in seconds and requires no gunsmithing or permanent alterations to your rifle. Simply replace the bolt and carrier with the conversion unit, load up the included magazine with high-velocity round-nose .22 LR ammo, and you’re ready to shoot. Precision machined from high-grade carbon or stainless steel for reliable function in any mil-spec AR15 rifle or carbine chambered in 5.56mm NATO, including many gas piston systems. Forward Assist model has a built-in polymer adapter that lets you use your rifle’s forward assist to help seat the bolt if it fails to go into battery. Kit comes with conversion unit and one smoke-tinted 26-round or 10-round magazine; conversion unit also available separately, without magazine. Magazines are molded from impact-resistant polycarbonate and are available in translucent clear or smoke, or solid black. Selflubricating anti-tilt follower and constant-force spring help ensure reliable feeding. Follower holds bolt open after last round is fired. 26-round magazines are the size and shape of a USGI-style 30-round AR-15 magazines; 10- and 15-round magazines are the b size of a standard straight-body 20-round AR-15 magazine. a SPECS: Kits include conversion unit, plus one (1) smoke-tinted 26rd or 10-rd magazine. Conversion Unit – Carbon steel, Parkerized, matte black finish (CS), or stainless steel, natural polished finish (SS). Designed for high-velocity, round nose .22 LR ammunition only. Fits semi-auto AR-15 rifle or carbine chambered for 5.56mm NATO, including gas piston conversions where the piston enters the receiver no more than 17⁄8". Magazines - Injection-molded polycarbonate, Smoke, Black, or Clear. Capacities listed in table. LT Drop-In Kit Converts A Stock Lower Receiver To Accept A Sub-Caliber Upper One-stop, drop-in solution with the parts you need to convert a mil-spec small pin (.154" dia.), .223 lower receiver with collapsible stock to accept a 9mm upper receiver assembly. Kit includes a replacement hammer, recoil spring, and buffer optimized to handle the reduced recoil force of the 9mm Luger round, as well as a Magwell Conversion Block that installs in your rifle’s magazine well to allow it to accept Rock River’s 25-round 9mm magazines, available separately. To use the Kit on a full-size rifle with fixed A1/A2-style buttstock, install the separately available b Delrin® Spacer in buffer tube behind recoil spring. a SPECS: Hammer & Buffer - Steel, matte black oxide finish. Action Spring - High tensile strength spring steel. Magwell Conversion Block - Steel with matte black oxide finish and aluminum with matte black, hardcoat anodized finish. Fits CAR-15/M4 collapsible stock models with .154" diameter receiver pin holes.Spacer – Machined Delrin. 21⁄8" (5.4cm) long. Fits buffer tube2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=12http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=12Courtesy of Brownells Purchasing Dept. Re-Buyer, Ann Burkitt AR-15/M16 E D B C F G A H N M L K J I ZEL CUSTOM AR-15/M16 HAHN PRECISION TACTILITE UPPER RECEIVER AR-15/CAV-15 MAGAZINE ADAPTERS Converts Your Lower Receiver To Accept Sub Gun Magazines For Olympic Arms Upper Conversions A B C D E F G H I CALIBER CONVERSIONS #100-003-134AG MAGPUL COMMERCIAL CTR BUTTSTOCK See Page 34. #100-002-389AG Brownells/ENIDINE AR-RESTOR ™ RECOIL REDUCER See Page 26. Complete Bolt Action Uppers For Long-Range AR-Type Rifles Bolt action upper receiver combines with any off-the-shelf AR-15 lower to create a professional-quality, ultra-long range rifle. Receiver is fully machined from a single piece of 4140 steel barstock, heat treated for superb strength, Parkerized, and then top-coated with a tough, corrosion-blocking CeraKote™ ceramic finish. Heat-treated 4340 steel bolt uses the time-tested two lug push-feed design for tremendous strength and reliability. Machined 7075 aluminum handguard has integral MlL-STD 1913 Picatinny quad-rails for mounting a full range of accessories, including a bipod and, on the extended top rail, any type of long-range optic. Button-rifled barrel is free-floated for consistent accuracy and available in 4140 or LW19 chrome-moly steel, depending on model. All models feature an integrated muzzle brake for reduced felt recoil and fast follow-up shots. T1 Duty is chambered in .416 Barrett and designed for tactical operations. This single-shot features a LW19 chrome-moly steel Lothar-Walther barrel with a match-grade chamber for sub-MOA performance using match ammo. 29" barrel only. T1 Ultralite is a single shot chambered for the popular .50 BMG cartridge, with a 24" or 29" Mossberg-made 4140 chrome-moly barrel. U.S. mil-spec standard chamber. T2 Ultralite is a .50 BMG repeater with the same features as the T1 and a side-mounted, 5-round Accuracy International magazine. U.S. mil-spec standard chamber, 24" or 29" barrel. SPECS: Receiver - 4140 chrome-moly steel hardened to Rc 4245, Parkerized, with a CeraKote topcoat, matte black. Bolt - 4340 chrome-moly steel hardened to Rc 42-45, Parkerized, matte black. Bolt Handle - ETD 150 steel, Parkerized/CeraKote finish, matte black. Firing Pin - 4142 chrome-moly steel, Parkerized, black. Hammer – 1018 carbon steel hardened to Rc 42. Handguard – 7075 T6 aluminum, CeraKote finish, matte black. All models fit mil-spec AR-15 lower receiver (not included), no gunsmithing required. Duty – Barrel: LW19 chrome-moly steel, with 12L14 steel muzzle brake, Parkerized, matte black. Available in .416 Barrett only; 6-groove, 1-11" twist rifling. Total weight: 17 .3 lbs. (7 .8kg) weight. Ultralite – #100-005-308AG TAC-LATCH TACTICAL CHARGING HANDLE See Page 27 . #100-003-442AG TROY INDUSTRIES REAR BATTLESIGHT See Page 58. #892-810-432AG TRIJICON TA01NSN 4x32 ACOG SCOPE See Page 263. #430-000-528AG HIGH STANDARD HSA-15 UPPER RECEIVER ASSEMBLY See Page 3. #100-004-154AG MAGPUL MOE™ HANDGUARD See Page 39. #851-000-047AG SMITH ENTERPRISE VORTEX FLASH ELIMINATOR See Page 20. #100-003-383AG KENG’S FIREARMS VERSA POD MODEL 50 See Page 356. #100-000-306AG KENG’S FIREARMS VERSA POD ADAPTER MOUNT See Page 356. #100-003-581AG MAGPUL 30-ROUND PMAG See Page 49. #100-004-542AG MERCOB SECURITY GROUP PMAG MAG GRIP See Page 52. #100-004-158AG MAGPUL MOE TRIGGERGUARD See Page 24. #100-004-165AG MAGPUL MOE GRIP See Page 44. . . . ONLY THE BEST . . . Drop-in, magazine adapters make it fast and foolproof to convert your AR-15 or CAV-15 lower receiver to accept unmodified, submachine gun magazines in pistol calibers. Each block is precision-machined from aluminum billet to deliver a perfect, drop-in fit and years of reliable service. Steel, magazine release features a large, serrated pad for non-slip magazine drops. AR15 Sten Adapter fits any mil-spec, AR-15 lower receiver and accepts Sten magazines for use with Olympic Arms 9mm upper receiver conversions. CAV-15 Grease Gun Adapter allows the use of M3/M3A1 magazines w2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=13http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=13HAHN PRECISION AR-15 AR-15/M16 DANIEL DEFENSE AR-15/M16 DPMS AR-15/M16 Replaces Factory Bolt; Use For Building Custom Sporter & Varmint Rifles 9mm CONVERSION BLOCK Reliable Feeding With A Host Of Ammo Types; Models For Every Shooting Application One-piece, machined aluminum block converts AR-15 lower receiver to 9mm. Compatible with all Colt-type, 9mm upper receivers, the feed ramp is cut for reliable feeding with all types of ammo, including hollow point and frangible ball. Roller retention device holds block securely in receiver, prevents accidental release. Hardened steel ejector, feed ramp and bolt hold open give long service life; lastround-hold open feature on bottom-loading model works when used with Colt magazines. Also works with modified UZI magazines but last-round-hold-open will not function. No receiver modification required. Top-Loading Block installs from the top of the lower receiver (no hold open feature) and Bottom-Loading Block installs from the bottom of the lower receiver. a b SPECS: Aluminum, black, matte finish. #100-000-920AG Top-Loading 9mm Conversion Block, 6K140P00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 175.00 #100-000-443AG Bottom-Loading 9mm Conversion Block, 6K160B00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200.00 DEDICATED 9mm CONVERSION BLOCK - Designed, manufactured, and field-tested specifically for law enforcement personnel who require an AR-15/M16 dedicated to 9mm ammo using Colt and modified Uzi-type magazines. Integral “leg” hooks over the top of the lower receiver to prevent accidental fall-out during actual combat situations where reliability is paramount. Twopiece, aluminum body features extra tight, mating surfaces to minimize the collection of carbon and brass buildup; scalloped hold-actuator allows unburned powder and other debris to pass through for uninterrupted cycling. Hold actuator is wire EDMmachined from high grade, 01 tool steel and functions with the standard 5.56mm bolt hold-open, which is strong, reliable and more readily available than the 9mm version. (Last round holdopen feature functions with Colt magazines only.) Ejector is of standard, Colt configuration for easy replacement by any department armorer. Funneled magazine well ensures smooth entry for rapid mag changes and limits rotational movement caused by variances in magazine taper. Spring-loaded roller maintains constant tension against the lower receiver well to prevent free play. Steel, feed ramp is heat-treated for extra strength and superior wear-resistance; provides consistent round delivery with most bullet types. Armorer installation recommended. SPECS: Body – 6061-T6 billet aluminum, Mil-Spec black anodized finish. Components – Steel, parkerized finish. Fits all Mil-Spec AR15/M16 receivers. Armorer installation recommended. #100-002-321AG Dedicated 9mm Conversion Block, 6K160T00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 200.00 BOLT/CARRIER GROUP KITS Everything Needed To Assemble A Complete Bolt/Carrier Group Convenient kits with all the parts needed to put together a reliable, smoothcycling AR-15 bolt/carrier assembly. Carriers have forward assist notches and fully staked gas keys. Each kit also includes a fully assembled bolt, plus cam pin, firing pin, and firing pin retaining pin. Bushmaster features a precision machined, ordnance-grade steel, chrome-lined carrier and a bolt made from high-strength Carpenter 158 steel alloy for superb resistance to heat and impact. Magnetic particle inspected to ensure no microscopic cracks or flaws. Smith Enterprise includes a hard-chromed bolt and carrier for reduced friction coefficient and exceptional resistance to surface wear; magnetic particle inspected. JP Enterprises features a handpolished stainless steel carrier that has a larger bearing surface than standard carriers for precise alignment in the upper receiver for less wear. High-lubricity black QPQ finish promotes smooth cycling. Non-plated carrier bore is roller burnished for low-drag mo2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=14http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=14JP ENTERPRISES AR-15/M16/AR-STYLE .308 LES BAER AR-15 SMITH ENTERPRISE AR-15/M16 MGI MILITARY AR-15/M16 ENHANCEDBOLT™ BOLT ASSEMBLY AR-15/M16 Designed For Extra-Long Service Life Precision machined from an ultra-strong steel alloy to last up to 10 times longer than a standard carbon steel bolt, minimizing the risk of bolt failure during a critical engagement. SAE 9310 steel has a tough, ductile inner core highly resistant to stress fracturing, with a hard outer surface that resists galling and wear, to ensure a service life of up to 60,000 rounds. This is the same steel used in the transmission gears of Formula 1 race cars, so it’s ideal for high-impact, high-heat applications like sustained full-auto fire. Meticulously machined radiuses on all 90-degree corners on the locking lugs help distribute impact force evenly and further reduce risk of premature wear and cracking. Fully supported extractor face and precise extractor engagement further ensure smooth, reliable cycling. SPECS: SAE 9310 nickel-chromium-molybdenum steel, in-thewhite. Fully assembled with extractor, gas rings, ejector, pins, and springs installed. .223 fits AR-15/M16 and clones. Fully compatible with any mil-spec bolt carrier. .308 fits JP LRP-07 and DPMS LR-308 rifles only. #452-000-111AG .223 EnhancedBolt 2E129A73 . . . .$ 139.99 #452-000-113AG .308 EnhancedBolt 2E129A73 . . . . . 139.99 BOLT/CARRIER GROUP Complete, Mil-Spec; Ready To Drop In & Run Like Clockwork Complete, .223/5.56mm AR-15 bolt and carrier assembly comes with all the parts, fully assembled, and ready to go. Drop it in your AR, check headspace, and you’re ready to shoot. Precision-machined in Les Baer’s state-of-the-art manufacturing facility from durable, high-grade 8620 nickel-chromium-molybdenum alloy steel billet. Mil-spec dimensions ensure proper fit and function in a wide variety of OEM and aftermarket upper receivers. All components, including bolt and gas key, have a uniform matte black Parkerized finish for extra strength and corrosion resistance. Interiors of the carrier and carrier key are hard-chromed for additional durability and to aid in clockwork reliability. Carrier and stripped bolt also available separately. Bolt – Stripped bolt allows you to build up a custom, high-performance bolt to suit your exact needs by installing the firing pin, extractor, ejector, gas rings, pins, and springs of your choice. Carrier – Comes with gas key installed and staked. a b SPECS: 8620 carbon steel, Parkerized, matte black finish. Fits milspec AR-15 upper receiver. Carrier does not have provision for auto sear trip. #124-000-001AG AR-15 Bolt/Carrier Group, 4B203P72 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 249.99 #124-000-002AG AR-15 Bolt, only 4B32P85 . . . . . . . . . . 39.99 #124-000-003AG AR-15 Bolt Carrier, only 4B94P71 . . 109.99 MATCH BOLT CARRIER Hard-Chromed For Less Friction, Easier Cycling True, match-spec bolt carriers increase cycling efficiency for greater dependability and less chance of malfunction. Machined to military specs, heat treated and hardened to Rc 58, then hard-chrome plated for a much lower friction coefficient between the upper receiver and carrier. Inside surfaces of bolt recess are polished and also hardchromed for a better gas seal and less carbon build-up. Includes hard-chromed gas key and stainless steel screws. a b SPECS: 8620 steel, hard-chrome plated, silver color. #851-110-015AG AR-15 Match Carrier 1E133V90 . .$ 159.99 #851-110-016AG M16 Match Carrier 1E133V90 . . . . . 159.99 AR-15 REGULATED GAS TUBE Adjust Gas Flow For Heavy Or Light Loads Tiny valve on top of the tube lets you adjust gas flow and bolt speed to match individual loads. Dial down to slow bolt for softer recoil impulse, close completely for single shot operation, or open up more for reliable cycling with light loads. Reduces gas port erosion, as well as wear and battering of recoil system. Helps control secondary recoil movement so rifle stays on target for quick follow-up shots. Ea2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=15http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=15A.R.M.S. AR-15/M16 #41-BL SILHOUETTE FOLDING FRONT SIGHT Strength & Appearance Of Standard Sight; Folds Down When Not Needed Integral gas block and folding front sight replicates the strength and appearance of the classic factory AR-15/M16 front sight tower, yet folds neatly out of the way when it’s not needed. Patent-pending, weight-saving, allin-one design; no need to purchase a railed gas block and a separate rail-mount folding sight. Deploys and locks securely open with the flick of a finger—as fast as any flipup combat sight. To fold, press straight down on the top of the diagonal rear support to release the lock while pulling back on the sight tower. Standard, A2-type sight post is the same height as factory post, so it works with any factory height rear sight. Easy to install; dual clamping rings fit standard .750" diameter barrels, and hex-head bolts (hex wrench included) provide plenty of clamping force to make sure the sight doesn’t shift and change point of aim. Base/gas block of rugged, precision machined steel provides exceptional strength and resistance to erosion by hot gases. Includes bayonet lug, and rear clamping ring drilled to accept sling swivel pin. Aluminum sight post minimizes weight while still providing plenty of strength. Uniform, black finish matches most factory gun finishes. a b SPECS: Steel and aluminum, matte black finish. Fits barrels that are .750" O.D. at the gas port. #100-003-742AG #41-BL Silhouette Folding Front Sight, 3A128P57 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 153.50 AR-15/M16 LOW-PROFILE GAS BLOCK Lightweight, Minimal Profile To Fit Under Tactical Handguards & Free-Float Tubes Low-profile gas block fits under just about any extended handguard while ensuring proper gas flow to keep your rifle cycling reliably. Precision machined from lightweight, yet tough, 6061 T6 aluminum, so it won’t add unwanted forward weight. Slide over the barrel and anchor in position by tightening the three, flush-mounted steel hex screws on the underside to ensure it won’t shift even under sustained full-auto fire. For installations where the gas block is exposed, rounded edges give a “melted” profile that won’t snag on foliage or other gear. Hardcoat anodized for additional strength and resistance to surface wear; matte black finish blends with most factory gun finishes. a b SPECS: 6061 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. Includes (3) hex-head screws and instructions. .750" - Fits barrel with .750" O.D. at gas port. 1.25" (3.2cm) long, 1.35" (3.4cm) overall height, .95" (2.4cm) outside width. .8 oz. (23g) weight. .936" - Fits barrel with .936" (2.38cm) O.D. at gas port. 1.25" long, 1.5" (3.8cm) overall height, 1.15" (2.9cm) outside width. 1 oz. (28g) weight. #080-000-528AG .750" Gas Block 8K25T00 . . . . . . . . .$ 34.99 #080-000-700AG .936" Gas Block 8K27C02 . . . . . . . . . . 36.99 Brownells DPMS AR-15 4 RAIL GAS BLOCK DOUBLE STAR AR-15/M16 Versatile Platform For Sighting & Lighting Accessories Four Picatinny rails allow you to mount the right accessories for the task at hand. Lets you attach an iron sight, laser, night vision device and flashlight, all at the same time. Accepts Picatinny or Weaverstyle rings. Attaches with dual set screws. Models for standard, .750" diameter barrels and .936" diameter, heavy, match barrels. SPECS: Aluminum, black, anodized, matte finish. 13⁄4" (4.5cm) long, 11⁄2" (3.5cm) wide, .750" (19mm) or .936" (23.8mm) I.D. #231-000-197AG .750" 4 Rail Gas Block 3B26Y22 . . .$ 39.99 #231-015-026AG .936" 4 Rail Gas Block 3B26Y42 . . . . 39.99 Block PICATINNY RAIL GAS BLOCK Ensures Reliable Gas Flow; Models For Three Popular Barrel Diameters Compact gas block clamps securely to barrel with a unique three-point attachment system to provide a solid accessory mounting platform and ensure proper gas system alignment for reliable cycling. Precision machined from high-grade 6061 T6 aluminum for an ideal combination of strength and low weight, with an integral MIL-STD 1913 2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=16http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=16J.P . ENTERPRISES AR-15/M16 SADLAK INDUSTRIES AR-15/M16 Model VLTOR AR-15/M16 ADJUSTABLE GAS BLOCK Pressure Adjustable For Smooth Cycling Replaces the factory front sight/gas block and allows you to tune the gas system for smoother cycling and operation. Especially critical on match and varmint rifles when shooting both factory and custom-loaded Standard ammunition. Simple setscrew lets you control the gas flow, so you can customize the setting for each load. Hex head setscrews clamp the block securely to the barrel. Installation instructions included. Standard model features a topside Picatinny rail for mounting flip-up front sights and other accessories. Available in lightweight Low Profile aluminum or stainless steel for additional muzzle weight. Fits barrels with .750" O.D. at gas block. Heavy - Aluminum, with rail, fits heavy barrels with .936" O.D. Low Profile model fits under handguard on .750" barrels. Rugged, all-steel construction resists gas erosion and helps maintain rifle’s weight distribution. A2-Style – Retains the classic look of military rifles and carbines. Two side-mount hex head screws clamp the A2-style block securely to barrels with .750" O.D. at the gas block position. Rugged, stainless steel construction resists gas erosion and helps maintain rifle’s weight distribution. Hard, abrasion-resistant black oxide finish. a b SPECS: Standard - Available in 6061 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black, or 416 stainless steel (SS), natural silver or black oxide finish. 17⁄8" (4.7cm) long, .950" (2.4cm) wide. .750" (19mm) I.D. Heavy - Aluminum, hard anodized, matte black. 17⁄8" long, 1¼" (3.2cm) wide. .936" (23.7mm) I.D. Low Profile - Carbon steel, matte black. 17⁄8" long, 1" (2.5cm) wide. .750" I.D. A2-Style - 416 stainless steel, matte black oxide finish. 17⁄8" long, 7⁄8" (2.2cm) wide, 33⁄8" (8.6cm) high, .750” I.D. #452-015-110AG Standard Gas Block, Aluminum, 2E56H38. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 69.99 #452-000-023AG Standard Gas Block, SS 2E64T86 . . 79.99 #452-000-068AG Standard Gas Block, Black Stainless, 2E64U86. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79.99 #452-015-111AG Heavy Gas Block 2E67H20 . . . . . . . . 79.99 #452-000-050AG Low-Profile Gas Block 2E56P76. . . . 69.99 #452-000-065AG A2-Style Gas Block 2E105U88 . . . . . 119.99 GAS BLOCKS Minimal Profile To Fit Under Handguard; Models With Integral Accessory Rail Aluminum or steel gas blocks give the choices you need to create a custom-built rifle with a mission-specific configuration. Mounts securely to barrel with included setscrews. Clamp-on models squeeze around the barrel as you tighten the side-mounted setscrews. Slip-on models are anchored by setscrews on the underside. Low Profile fits under a free-float handguard and lets you use a longer on carbine-length barrels for a clean, streamlined look with more gripping surface. Extended Nose is like Low-Profile, but with an extended sleeve that covers taper pin holes left by the issue A2-style sight tower. Varmint fits heavy .936" O.D. barrels. Bull Barrel includes a 3-slot, low or high Picatinny rail for mounting accessories. SPECS: 6061 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, black, or 1018 alloy steel, Parkerized, black. Barrel O.D. measured at gas port. LENGTH .95" (24mm) .95" (24mm) 1 .8" (46mm) 1 .4" (36mm) 1 .7" (43mm) 1 .7" (43mm) WIDTH .90" (23mm) .90" (23mm) .90" (23mm) 1 .2" (30mm) 1 .2" (30mm) 1 .2" (30mm) HEIGHT 1 .4" (36mm) 1 .5" (38mm) 1 .4" (36mm) 1 .7" (43mm) 1 .7" (43mm) 1 .9" (48mm) WEIGHT 1 .4 oz . (40g) 1 .8 oz . (51g) 1 .9 oz . (54g) 1 .4 oz . (40g) 2 .3 oz . (65g) 2 .6 oz . (74g) PRICE 6A22Z26 $ 26.99 6A38Z07 $ 45.99 6A33Z10 $ 39.99 6A39Z72 $ 47.99 6A46Z34 $ 55.99 6A46Z34 $ 55.99 VST SIGHT TOWER Built Like A Tank To Withstand The Rigors Of Battle Vltor Sight Tower (VST) is precision machined from solid tool steel to provide reliable function of the gas system and the option for emergency back-up sight deployment during battle conditions. Dual clampin2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=17http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=17Model YANKEE HILL MACHINE AR-15/M16 YANKEE HILL MACHINE AR-15/M16 BEAVER CREEK ARMORY AR-15/M16 OSPREY DEFENSE AR-15/M16 GAS BLOCK CLAMP-ON FRONT SIGHT GAS BLOCK Immediate Response Sighting For Tactical Emergencies YHM-9394 YHM-9395 GAS PISTON CONVERSION KIT OPS-416 GAS PISTON CONVERSION KIT For Smoother, Cooler Operation, Reduced Recoil, & Less Frequent Cleaning Drop-in gas piston conversion kit installs in only five minutes and improves the reliability and function of your AR-15 by eliminating fouling caused by gas venting into receiver. Rifle runs cooler, with less frequent need for cleaning and less wear on carrier and bolt – resulting in longer service life from these critical parts. The unique, kidney-shaped cross-section of the piston and piston chamber provides extra mass and surface area to evenly spread out gas pressure and reduce felt recoil, allowing you to stay on target for rapid followup shots. Installs in minutes on both semi- or full-auto/burst rifles with a barrel O.D. of .875" or less. No need to remove gas block/sight tower, and no permanent alterations to barrel or upper receiver – reinstall original parts at any time. Replacement bolt carrier with integral lug is machined from a single piece of steel for a lifetime of use. Models available to fit Carbine and Rifle gas systems. a b SPECS: Steel, black oxide finish. Handguard – Reinforced polymer composite, black. Kit includes preassembled piston assembly, bolt carrier, handguard, and instructions. Carbine fits 11½" to 16" barrels with .875" O.D. or smaller, and carbine-length gas system. Rifle fits 20" barrels with .875" or smaller O.D. and rifle-length gas system. #100-005-291AG Carbine Gas Piston Kit, 1F292H41. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 329.00 #100-005-290AG Rifle Gas Piston Kit, 1F292H41. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329.00 AR-15/M16 4-Rail Low Profile 2-Rail Single-Rail Single-Rail A1 Specter Picatinny Or Low Profile Options To Fit Your Application Unique, all-steel gas blocks expand the versatility of your rifle by providing a variety of accessory rail and handguard mounting options. Especially helpful in customizing short-barrelled tactical rifles. Machined from bar stock for extra strength and rigidity, then mil-spec Parkerized for exceptional wear- and corrosion-resistance. One-piece, 4-Rail model features top/bottom and side rails that accept Weaver or Picatinny mounted, tactical accessories, including the Yankee Hill Gas Block Front Flip Sight. Secures to barrel with included setscrews. Low Profile version is a low and narrow, one-piece block designed to fit inside most free-float handguards; allows use of rifle length forearms on carbine length barrels for a clean, streamlined look and added gripping surface. Secures to barrel with included setscrews. 2-Rail gas block is an easy-to-install, two-piece unit that clamps around the barrel using four hex screws; includes machined top and bottom Picatinny rails only. Single-Rail w/Lug & Swivel adds a top-side Picatinny rail for mounting accessories, and provides a bayonet lug and sling mount like a mil-spec front sight housing. Two-piece design clamps your rifle’s standard contour, .750" diameter barrel with four, capscrews—no need to remove muzzle brake or flash suppressor to install. Bayonet lug accepts a mil-spec bayonet or lug-mounted bipod, and pivoting, rubbercoated sling swivel accepts tactical slings up to 1¼" wide. Single Rail A1 fits skinny .625" O.D. M16A1-style barrel and provides four Picatinny rail slots to let you install clamp-on auxiliary “iron” sight of your choice. Slides over barrel (flash hider must be removed to install) and clamps with a tight, friction fit with two, hex head screws.Specter model provides plenty of clearance to mount a free-float forearm that extends over the gas block, including Yankee Hill Specter handguards. Fits under any forearm with an inside diameter of 15⁄8" or greater. Easy to install two-piece design eliminates the n2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=18http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=18PRIMARY WEAPONS SYSTEMS AR-15/M16 MIDWEST INDUSTRIES AR-15/M16 BEAVER CREEK ARMORY AR-15/M16 DC-16 GAS PISTON UPPER RECEIVER AR-15/M16 Converts Your AR To A Smooth, Clean, Reliable Piston-Operated Tactical Carbine Drop-in ready upper receiver assembly is the fast, easy way to convert your AR to a gas piston operated tactical carbine with a low-profile accessory rail system. The DC (Defensive Carbine) uses a “long stroke” piston to reduce felt recoil and provide smooth, consistent cycling for more comfortable shooting, and faster return-to-target for follow-up shots. Improves reliability, too, by keeping carbon fouling out of the receiver. The quad rail system clamps the barrel securely to the receiver to produce an ultra-rigid, yet compact platform that keeps the piston system properly aligned. Provides over 40" of accessory mounting space, including 16" of uninterrupted top rail that extends forward of the gas block. The bottom rail and each side rail has a receptacle at the rear for push-button, single-point sling attachment. Comes with plenty of Tangodown SCAR rail covers to cover unused portions of the rail. The hammer forged, chrome-lined 16" barrel is chambered for 5.56mm NATO ammo, with M4-type feed ramp cuts in the barrel extension to aid in reliable chambering. A PWS FSC556 flash suppressor/compensator minimizes muzzle flash and counteracts muzzle rise, further aiding in fast follow-up shots. a b SPECS: 25¼" (64cm) OAL. 4 lbs. 10 oz. (2.1kg) weight. Fits mil-spec semi-auto and select-fire lower receiver with .250" pivot/takedown pin holes. Receiver/Rails – 7075 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, dry film lubricated, matte black. Barrel – 4150 chrome-moly steel, Parkerized, matte black. 16" (40.6cm) long. Chrome lined, 1-7" twist, chambered for 5.56mm NATO. #100-004-882AG DC-16 Upper Receiver, 4B00YTP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 1,199.99 GAS PISTON CARBINE FREE-FLOAT FOREND Eliminates Stress On Barrel & Maximizes Accessory Mounting Options On Guns With Gas Piston Operating Systems Clamp-on forend has proper internal clearance to fit AR-15/ M16 carbines fitted with gas piston operating systems from CMMG, Bushmaster, and others. Free-float design clamps directly to the factory barrel nut, so the forend doesn’t put any accuracy-compromising external stress on the barrel. No need to remove the barrel or front sight to install; simply cut off the delta ring and clamp the forend firmly in place with the included mounting hardware. Each of the four MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny rails has 15 mounting slots for lasers, lights, vertical grips, bipods, and other tactical accessories. Slots are laser etched with white alphanumeric position markings to aid in fast mounting and remounting of accessories. Large vent holes reduce weight and allow plenty of air circulation for barrel cooling. Bottom rail can be removed to provide clearance for a grenade launcher, tear gas launcher, or shotgun. a b SPECS: Machined 6061 T6 billet aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. 7” (17 .8cm) long, 2½” (6.4cm) diameter. Fits AR-15/ M16/M4 and clones with carbine-length gas piston operating system and ½” diameter gas cylinder. Mounts over existing factory barrel nut without removing front sight base. Requires removal of Delta ring. #100-004-464AG Gas Piston Carbine Free-Float Forend, 2A182X86 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 205.99 RIFLED BARREL BLANKS Brownells AR-15/M16 M4 CARBINE BARREL Ready For Chambering & Machining To A Custom Contour Chrome-moly steel alloy blanks come button-rifled in three popular calibers to give you the flexibility of building a true oneof-a-kind custom AR. These are actual blanks that require machining of all exterior contours, chambering, muzzle threading, and installation of the barrel extension. Available in standard .223/5.56mm, plus two Russian cartridges popular on custom ARs: 5.45 x 39mm and 7.62 x 39mm. All come with 1-9" twist rifling. SPECS: 4140 chrome-moly steel, with a temporary black 2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=19http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=19Barrels DANIEL DEFENSE AR-15/M16 DOUBLE STAR LIBERTY BARRELS AR-15/M16 SHILEN AR-15/M16 HAMMER FORGED CARBINE BARRELS CARBINE BARRELS 6.5 GRENDEL BARRELS DROP-IN BARREL/BOLT SET AR-15/M16 Custom-Fitted For Match-Grade Performance Cold Hammer-Forged For Superb Accuracy; Chrome-Lined For Long Life M4-profile 16" barrel is cold hammer forged from high-grade chromium-molydenum-vanadium alloy steel for exceptional strength and accuracy potential—like a high-end, match rifle barrel. Magnetic particle inspected (MPI) to ensure there are no internal flaws in the metal before application of the durable, heavy-duty manganese phosphate finish for superb resistance to corrosion and surface abrasion. These barrels come with the barrel extension and front sight tower installed, and are fully chambered for the military 5.56mm NATO cartridge, with a 1-7" right-hand twist. Bore is chrome-lined for extra protection from corrosion. Barrel extension has M4 feed ramp cuts, and sight tower includes bayonet lug and sling swivel attachment point (swivel not included). Gas port is drilled and muzzle is pre-threaded to accept a ½"-28 tpi flash suppressor. Standard model replicates the USGI M4 barrel, complete with cut for M203 grenade launcher. Lightweight model offers a slimmer profile for a fast-handling, “pencil” barreled tactical or personal defense carbine. Mid-Length model offers the USGI M4 profile on a barrel that will fit a rifle with a commercial mid-length gas system; straight barrel, no grenade launcher cut. a b SPECS: 4150 chrome-moly-vanadium carbon steel alloy, manganese phosphate finish, matte black. 16½"(40.6cm) O.A.L. Chambered for 5.56mm NATO. 1-7" twist. ½"-28 tpi muzzle threads. Standard – .645" O.D. under handguard, .750" O.D. at gas port position, .700" O.D. at muzzle. 2 lbs. 1 oz. (931g) wt. Lightweight – .645" (1.6cm) O.D. under handguard, .625" (1.6cm) O.D. at gas port, .620" O.D. at muzzle. 27 .2 oz. (771g) wt. Mid-Length – .630" O.D. under handguard, .750" O.D. at gas port position, .700" O.D. at muzzle. 2 lbs. 3 oz. (916g) wt. 100-005-853AG Standard M4 Carbine Barrel, 8K263U74 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 286.00 100-005-852AG Lightweight Carbine Barrel, 8K263P74 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286.00 100-005-854AG Mid-Length Carbine Barrel, 8K295U71 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322.00 STRIPPED M4 BARREL – Stripped, M4-profile 16" barrel delivers features you expect to find on a premium-grade rifle at a remarkably economical price. Machined from ordnance-grade 4150 chromium-molybdenum alloy steel for exceptional strength, and magnetic particle inspected (MPI) for flaws. Chambered for 5.56mm NATO, with 1-7" righthand twist cut rifling in the chrome-lined bore. Includes preinstalled barrel extension with M4 feed ramp and locator pin. Gas port is drilled and muzzle is pre-threaded to accept ½"-28 tpi accessories. SPECS: 4150 chrome-moly carbon steel alloy, manganese phosphate finish, matte black. 16½" long, .640" O.D. under handguard, .750" O.D. at gas port, .700" O.D. at muzzle. Chambered for 5.56mm NATO. 1-7" twist. #100-004-633AG Stripped M4 Barrel 8K164U00 . . .$ 176.95 16” and 11½” A1 barrels shown Converts Your AR To A Flat-Shooting, Long-Range Caliber Original A1 and HBAR Factory Contours; Two Lengths To Choose From Ready-to-install barrels let you customize your AR-15/M16/ M4/CAR-15 or replace a “shot-out” factory barrel with one that preserves your gun’s original specs and appearance. Machined from 4140 steel, with a dark gray, military-type Parkerized finish. Button-cut, six groove rifling with 1:9 right-hand twist provides superb accuracy with most bullet weights. Includes barrel extension with M4-type feed ramps, barrel nut, and handguard retainer cap. Forged front sight housing has integral bayonet lug, and muzzle is threaded to accept the flash hider or compensator of your choice. Choose from Chrome Lined for maximum bore life or Standard (unlined) for an extra edge2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=20http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=20DPMS AR-15 BARREL EXTENSION Fit The Special Barrels Your Customer Requests PWS AR-15/M16/AR-STYLE .308 AR-15/M16 Fully machined barrel extension makes it possible to fit truly custom barrels to AR-15 rifles and carbines. Provides the custom rifle builder additional options when selecting caliber, contour or twist rate. SPECS: 4140 cm steel, in-the-white. .8125"-16UNF thread. #231-015-032AG AR-15 Barrel Extension, 3B21H14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 26.99 MUZZLE DEVICE ALIGNMENT SHIMS Ensures Correct Alignment Of Flash Hiders, Comps & Brakes Hardened steel shims ensure precise fit and correct alignment of flash suppressors, muzzle brakes, and compensators. Large (thick) shim allows 90° of rotation and can be used as a spacer for barrels not having a relief cut behind the threads. Medium shims add approximately 45° of rotation. Small shims used with large and medium shims provide smaller degrees of rotation for finely-tuned, critical alignment. SPECS: Steel. Sold in 10 paks (1 small, 1 large, 8 medium). .223 - .748" O.D. Fits muzzles threaded ½"-28 tpi. .308 - .837" O.D. Fits muzzles threaded 5⁄8"-24 tpi. #100-005-378AG .223 Shim Set 4B03A08 . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 3.99 #100-005-379AG .308 Shim Set 4B04A23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.95 AR-15/M16/ AR-STYLE .308 TACTICAL FLASH SUPPRESSOR & MUZZLE BRAKE Kill Muzzle Flash Or Tame Felt Recoil; “Pain Compliance” Tip For CQB Low-profile, screw-on muzzle accessories meet the needs of the most demanding tactical and competition shooters. Developed by Brownells’ in-house engineering team with plenty of input from the many dedicated shooters on our staff to give you the choice of a powerful flash suppressor that also helps reduce muzzle rise or a muzzle brake that substantially reduces felt recoil without the penalty of increased flash. Unique “posthole digger” muzzle has cuts that form four chisel-points to provide a backup pain compliance weapon for hand-to-hand combat without creating unusually sharp projections that snag on other objects or cause unintentional injury during routine weapon handling. Precision machined from solid 4140 carbon steel bar stock and hardened to Rc 38-42 to resist blast erosion. Long-wearing, matte black oxide finish matches many factory barrel finishes. a b FLASH SUPPRESSOR - Disperses combustion gases through five longitudinal vents to reduce the blinding, football-sized fireball of an unsuppressed rifle to a lowintensity golf ball sized burst. Greatly lowers the chance of muzzle flash giving away the operator’s position day or night, and helps preserve night vision. Vent walls are cut at an angle for maximum surface area to help cool gas and redirect it to counteract muzzle rise for fast follow-up shots. Solid underside prevents dust signature that can obscure the shooter’s view of the target or give away his position when shooting prone. Separate models available for rifles chambered in .223/5.56mm, .308/7.62mm, and 9mm. SPECS: 4140 steel, black oxide finish, matte black. .223 - 23⁄8" (6cm) long, .859" (2.2cm) O.D. 3.3 oz. (94g) weight. ½"-28 tpi RH thread. Fits .223/5.56 NATO AR-15-type rifles and carbines. .308 - 2½" (6.3cm) long, .903" (23mm) O.D. 3.3 oz. (94g) weight. 5⁄8"-24 tpi RH thread. Fits AR-style rifles chambered in .308/7 .62mm. 9mm - 2½" long, .859" O.D. 3.2 oz. (92g) weight.-½"-36 tpi RH thread. Fits ARstyle rifles chambered in 9mm Luger. #080-000-534AG .223 Tactical Flash Suppressor, 8K39Z99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 59.99 #080-000-672AG .308 Tactical Flash Suppressor, 8K44T90 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59.99 #080-000-702AG 9mm Tactical Flash Suppressor, 8K44P90 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59.99 MUZZLE BRAKE - Sixteen tuned oblong ports arranged in pairs evenly spaced around the brake redirect gas to counteract recoil force. Delivers outstanding reduction of felt recoil and minimizes recovery time for fast follow-up shots. Helps you produce tig2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=21http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=21DOUBLE STAR AR-15/M16 EGW AR-15/M16 J.P . ENTERPRISES AR-15/M16 CARLSON MINI COMPENSATOR Redirects Combustion Gas To Reduce Felt Recoil & Muzzle Rise Low-profile compensator has five longitudinal vents on top to redirect muzzle blast for steady placement of follow-up shots on the target and improved accuracy. Post-ban compliant design acts like an AK-47 slant brake to reduce felt recoil and counter muzzle rise. Solid bottom minimizes dust printing. SPECS: 1018 steel, Parkerized, matte black finish. 15⁄16" (3.3cm) long x .900" (2.3cm) O.D. 2 oz. (57g) weight. Fits AR-15/M16 chambered in .223/5.56mm with ½"-28 tpi muzzle threads. Installation on some rifles may require peel or crush washer (not included). #100-004-969AG Carlson Mini Comp 2Z27T86 . . . . .$ 34.99 SPACE COMP Tames Felt Recoil, Reduces Muzzle Rise For Fast Follow-Up Shots & Tighter Groups Machined steel compensator has four equally spaced vents on each side that redirect combustion gases upward and to the sides for a significant reduction in felt recoil. Helps you keep the muzzle down and the sights on the target for fast follow-up shots and smaller groups. Solid bottom prevents kicking up ground debris when shooting prone, while solid top keeps muzzle flash and venting gas from obstructing your view of target. Models available to fit rifles chambered in .223/5.56mm, .308/7.62mm, and 9mm. Precision machined from carbon steel bar stock, with a hard, matte black, Parkerized finish that resists heat, and abrasion. Legal for USPSA Limited Division competition. a b SPECS: Carbon steel, Parkerized, matte black finish. 2" (5.1cm) long x .990" (2.5cm) O.D. 3.4 oz. (96.4g) weight. .223/5.56mm – ½"-28 thread. .308/7.62mm – 5⁄8"-24 thread. 9mm – ½"-36 thread. Gunsmith installation recommended. #296-000-106AG .223/5.56mm Space Comp 6B70T83 $ 89.99 #296-000-108AG .308/7.62mm Space Comp 6B70T83 . 89.99 #296-000-107AG 9mm Space Comp 6B70T83 . . . . . . . . 89.99 THREAD PROTECTOR - Guards threads from damage and gives muzzle a finished look when compensator or flash hider isn’t installed. Precision turned on a CNC lathe from steel barstock, then given crisp, diamond-pattern knurling that makes it easy to tighten and loosen protector on barrel. Available to fit ½"-28 and 5/8"-24 threads. SPECS: Carbon steel, blued. ½"-28 - .650" (1.6cm) long x .810" (2.1cm) O.D. 5⁄8" -24 - .800" (2cm) long, .960" (2.4cm) O.D. #296-000-104AG ½"-28 Thread Protector 6B12T86 . .$ 15.99 #296-000-105AG 5/8"-24 Thread Protector 6B12T86 . . . 15.99 BENNIE COOLEY TACTICAL COMPENSATOR J.P . ENTERPRISES AR-15/M16/ AR-STYLE .308 RECOIL ELIMINATOR Wipes Out Recoil & Muzzle Lift Dual, curved restrictor plates with a tremendous amount of surface area stop exiting barrel gases and pull the barrel forward to counteract recoil and muzzle flip. The front sight or scope stays right on target for a faster second shot, plus less felt recoil and shooter fatigue. Models available for rifles chambered in .223/5.56mm and .308/7.62mm. a b SPECS: Steel, blued, matte finish. 11⁄2" (3.8cm) dia., 21⁄4" (5.7cm) long. .223 - 5.3 oz. (149g) wt. Fits ½"-28 tpi muzzle threads. .281" exit hole accommodates bores up to .243/6mm without modification; may be enlarged for bores up to .358". .308 - 4.8 oz. (136g) wt. Fits 5⁄8"-24 tpi muzzle threads. .350" exit hole may be enlarged to fit bores up to .416". #452-015-120AG .223 Recoil Eliminator 2E80A00 . . .$ 99.95 #452-000-066AG .308 Recoil Eliminator 2E80V00 . . . . 99.99 AR-15/M16 Standard Profile Large Profile Efficient Reduction Of Felt Recoil; Standard Profile For Tactical Matches Or Large Profile For Maximum Recoil Reduction Low-profile steel compensator redirects and harnesses combustion gas energy to reduce felt recoil by as much as 70% compared to an uncompensated barrel. Helps the shooter stay on target for accurate follow-up shots and fast transition to the next target. Built to the exacting requirements of noted professional weapons instructor and tactical competition shooter B2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=22http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=22OPS INC R3E2C MUZZLE BRAKE Maximum Recoil Reduction With Reduced Blast Size SMITH ENTERPRISE AR-15/M16 VORTEX FLASH ELIMINATOR Helical Flutes Dissipate Gas, Hide Muzzle Flash Four, specially angled flutes hide nearly 100% of muzzle flash, even during full-auto fire, by dissipating gas and retaining unburned powder for increased residual burn. Constructed of the same 8620 bar stock steel used in the manufacture of AR-15/M16 bolts and carriers, then case-hardened to provide a high-strength core and tough, outer shell. Special, helix design helps align exiting barrel gas to improve accuracy with all bullet types. b a AR-15/M16 G6-A2 VORTEX - Skirt extension conceals gap between barrel shoulder and flash hider on AR-15, M16, and M4 rifles. Grooved base ring allows integration of Blank Firing Attachment (BFA) used by law enforcement trainers, and permits installation of the Smith Enterprise M4DC CQB sound and flash suppressor (available factory direct to USG/LE and FMS customers). Thread-on design requires no washer. Torque to 10 ft. lbs. maximum, self-tightens as weapon is fired. Use M-193, SS-109 (M855), and MK 262 service ammo for highest degree of flash suppression. Can be permanently attached to 14.5" long, M4 barrels for an overall length of 16.1". SPECS: 8620 steel, Parkerized, black, matte finish. 1⁄2"-28 tpi. 2.31" (5.9cm) long, .858" (22mm) dia. 2.9 oz. (82 g) weight. Fits AR-15, M16, and M4. #851-000-047AG AR-15/M16 Vortex 1E48T37 . . . . . . .$ 52.99 6.8mm/.30 CAL.VORTEX - Provides the Vortex system’s superior flash hiding benefits for 6.8mm/7.62mm/.30 caliber AR-15-type rifles and carbines. Clean, streamlined design with rounded edges minimizes snagging; skirt extension conceals gap between barrel shoulder and flash eliminator. Thread-on design requires no washer. Models available to fit rifles with ½"-28 tpi and 9/16"-24 tpi threaded muzzles. SPECS: 8620 steel, Parkerized matte black finish. 2¼" (5.7cm) long, .859" (22mm) O.D. 2.9 oz. (81 g weight). Fits AR-15/M16/M4 type rifles. #851-000-072AG 6.8mm/.30 Cal. Vortex, ½"-28 tpi, 1E47T14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 57.99 #851-000-070AG 6.8mm/.30 Cal. Vortex, 9/16"-24 tpi, 1E47T66 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59.99 .308 VORTEX - Streamlined unit reduces muzzle flash with four, 15° helical flutes. Provides Vortex technology for AR-style .308 and Remington 700 Tactical rifles. Grooved to accept a Smith Enterprise Direct Connect sound suppressor. Comes in standard 5⁄8"-24 thread pitch with standard .735" thread length or .635" thread length to fit DPMS, Noveske, and other AR-style .308 rifles with the shorter thread spec. Also fits 6.8mm SPC rifles with these muzzle thread specs. SPECS: 8620 steel, Parkerized, black, matte finish. 5⁄8"-24 tpi. .5cm) long, .905" (2.3cm) dia. 3.9 oz. (112g) weight. .735" - 215⁄16" (7 Fits AR-style .308 and Rem 700 Tactical with .735" thread length. .635" - 3" (7 .6cm) long, .905" dia., .635" thread length. 4.6 oz. (130g) weight. Fits DPMS, Noveske, and other AR-style .308 rifles with .635" thread spec; also fits Savage 110 FCP bolt action. #851-000-032AG .308 Vortex, 5⁄8"-24 x .735" 1E73T83 .$ 91.99 851-000-084AG .308 Vortex, 5⁄8"-24 x .635" 1E75D86 . . 89.99 9mm SMG VORTEX - The very best choice to achieve maximum low light visibility when using tactical entry carbines. Fits AR-15 carbines chambered in 9x19mm with muzzles threaded to the original Colt ½"-36 tpi. Exit hole is properly clearanced to provide minimum blow-by flash without bullet interference. Rigid, unique Vortex helical flutes capture exiting gasses for improved final burn and significant reduction in muzzle flash. SPECS: 8620 steel, military magnesium phosphate finish, black. ½" x 36 tpi. 25⁄16" (5.9cm) long, .860" (2.1cm) dia. 3 oz. (81g) weight. #851-000-067AG 9mm SMG Vortex 1E48P28 . . . . . . .$ 59.99 SMITH ENTERPRISE AR-15/M16/AR-STYLE .308 TROY INDUSTRIES AR-15/M16 Single, large expansion chamber with forward baffle, traps a2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=23http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=23Get The Right Combination Of Recoil Control & Flash Suppression SUREFIRE AR-15/M16/AR-STYLE .308 MUZZLE BRAKES, FLASH SUPPRESSORS & COMPENSATORS varying-thickness crush washers for proper indexing. SPECS: Heat-treated stainless steel, matte black finish. Fits rifles with threaded muzzles only. Crush washer set, tube of Rocksett heat-resistant thread locker, and complete instructions included. MUZZLE BRAKES Substantially reduces muzzle rise and provides outstanding felt recoil reduction for better shot follow-through, improved accuracy, and faster follow-up shots. Advanced Impulse Diffusion™ technology MB556AR MB556K MB68K diffuses muzzle blast to the sides, virtually eliminating gas dispersion back to the shooter and minimizing felt concussion to help keep the sights firmly on the target. FLASH SUPPRESSORS - Advanced design provides superior muzzle flash reduction to help conceal the shooter’s position and preserve night vision. Rugged stainless steel construction gives exceptional strength and durability, with a variety of styles to fit AR-type rifles and carbines in both 5.56/.223 and 7.62/.308, as well as other assault rifles, semiautos, and bolt actions. COMPENSATORS - Stainless steel compensators offer a carefully balanced combination of effective flash suppression and a muzzle brake’s recoil reduction benefits. Externally resembles the birdcagestyle flash hiders used by the U.S. military to preserve the stock appearance of your weapon. ADD’L BBL LENGTH 1.6" (4.1cm) 1.9" (4.8cm) 1.6" (4.1cm) 1.3" (3.3cm) 1.6" (4.1cm) ADD’L BBL LENGTH 1.7" (4.3cm) 2.2" (5.6cm) ADD’L BBL LENGTH YANKEE HILL MACHINE AR-15/M16 PHANTOM MUZZLE ACCESSORIES Dedicated Flash Suppressor Or Comp/Flash Suppressor Combo; Aggressive Front End Cuts For CQB Maneuvers Complete line of thread-on muzzle devices gives the tactical rifle shooter a variety of options for recoil reduction, flash suppression, or a combination of both to meet his exact needs. Precision CNC machined to exact tolerances from high-quality stainless steel alloy that withstands extreme heat and gas particle erosion, even after thousands of rounds. Stands up to the intense tempo of combat conditions without loss of performance. Easily replaces factory flash suppressor on military-configuration AR-15/M16/M4/AR-style .308 rifles with no permanent modifications to gun. Install on other assault rifles, semi-autos, and bolt actions with muzzle threaded to accept the device. Not only improves the performance and enhances the appearance of your rifle, but also provides a rock-solid mounting platform for SureFire Fast-Attach® sound suppressors. Each kit includes a set of AR-15/M16 MUZZLE BRAKES STOCK # MODEL #152-000-044AG MB556AR #152-000-045AG MB556K #152-000-046AG MB68AR #152-000-047AG MB68K #152-000-049AG MB762SSAL/RE FITS AR-15/M16/M4 w/12½" or longer barrel; any rifle w/unobstructed barrel exterior 2.15” behind muzzle threads & O.D. less than .749". M16/M4/Colt Commando; any rifle w/unobstructed barrel exterior .170" behind muzzle threads & O.D. less than .800". 6.8 Rem SPC rifle w/unobstructed barrel exterior 2.15" behind muzzle threads & O.D. less than .749". 6.8 Rem SPC rifle w/unobstructed barrel exterior .170" behind muzzle threads & O.D. less than .800". AR-Style .308 and any rifle w/unobstructed barrel exterior 2.15" behind muzzle threads & O.D. less than .775". CALIBER 5.56/.223 5.56/.223 6.8mm 6.8mm 7.62/.308 THREADS ½-28 ½-28 5⁄ 8 5⁄ 8 5⁄ 8 LENGTH/DIA. 4.2" (10.7cm)/ .865" (2.2cm) 2.5" (6.4cm)/ .865" 4.2" /.865" 2" (5.1cm) /.865" 4.2" /.865" PRICE 2E00AVB $ 149.00 2E00CHD $ 149.00 2E00AYT $ 149.00 2E00UAV $ 149.00 2E00ZAY $ 149.00 PHANTOM FLASH SUPPRESSOR Longitudinal ports help minimize the blinding effects of muzzle flash in low light for improved target acquisition during night operations. Screw-on design for threaded barrels only. Includes crush washer for proper timing of vents. .223 model has four ports and aggressive, serrated notches at the tip that provide extra insuranc2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=24http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=24AMERICAN TRIGGER CORP . AR-15/M16/AR-STYLE .308 GEISSELE AUTOMATICS AR-15/M16/AR-STYLE .308 Model CHIP McCORMICK AR-15 Drop-In Trigger Module Is Factory Tuned For A Super-Smooth, Clean-Breaking Pull GOLD TRIGGER MODULE AR-15/M16 Drop-In Fire Control System Gives A Light, Safe, Match-Grade Pull Self-contained trigger/assembly installs in minutes and delivers a light, smooth, match-grade trigger pull free of grittiness, with an ultracrisp letoff and short reset. Simply remove factory trigger and safety selector, drop in the module, reinstall selector and pins, and you’re ready to shoot. Completely new engagement geometry produces a light 3-lb. pull and crisp release without compromising reliability or safety. The two-stage design is adjustable for sear engagement, with a first-stage takeup of approximately 6 ounces, followed by actual sear movement taking up the rest of the weight—the reverse of the military twostage AR trigger pull profile. Instead, the shooter can build force steadily, maintaining precise control and keeping his attention on the target. After release, reset travel is only .030", less than half the .070" typical of standard match triggers, to aid in fast, accurate follow-up shots. The sear captures the hammer at the back instead of near the pivot point to help produce the light pull and maintain safety. A second, independent, intercepting sear is positioned to block the hammer if it slips off the primary sear, as when the weapon is dropped or suffers hard impact. If the intercepting sear captures the hammer, pulling the trigger will still fire the rifle, though with a heavier pull weight. In addition, the Gold system uses the rifle’s factory safety to positively capture the hammer, like an M1 Garand, and roll it back below the primary sear for an extra margin of safety. A lightweight aluminum housing contains the entire system and maintains the correct tolerances between the working parts. The receiver pins serve only to anchor the module in the receiver, with no effect on trigger function. a b SPECS: Trigger/Hammer – Wire EDM cut S7 tool steel. Housing – Aluminum, anodized, black. AR Gold fits any mil-spec AR-15 with .154" trigger and hammer pin holes. Will not fit rifles with Colt-type sear block or AR-style .308 rifles. SR Gold fits ArmaLite® AR-10®, DPMS LR-308, Knight’s Armament SR-25, and similar AR-style .308 rifles with .154" trigger and hammer pin holes. #100-004-262AG AR Gold Modular Trigger, 5A273Z97 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 279.99 #100-004-933AG SR Gold .308 Modular Trigger, 5A273H97. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279.99 HI-SPEED TRIGGERS Two-Stage Trigger With Ultra-Fast Lock Time; Adjustable & Pre-Set Models Fully adjustable trigger gives a smooth, two-stage pull with a precise “icicle sharp” break and ultra-fast lock time to minimize accuracy loss caused by gun movement during trigger pull. Set first stage pull weight by bending the legs of the trigger spring; set second-stage weight within a pre-set range by turning its adjustment screw. Another screw on the trigger lets you adjust overtravel for clean, crisp letoff. Lightweight hammer provides a 50% reduction in lock time over factory hammer, yet uses standard weight hammer spring to ensure sufficient energy transfer for reliable primer ignition, even on AR-style .308 weapons. Trigger shoe is positioned 1/8" farther forward than factory shoe for comfortable finger position during the squeeze. All contact surfaces are wire EDM cut to exact dimensions for full, precise engagement free of unwanted play. Available to fit both large (.169") and small (.154") pin receivers; small pin models include spare hammer pin to aid in proper fit on receivers with slightly oversized holes. Service model provides nominal 4½ lb. pull weight required for NRA High Power Service Rifle competition and is also approved for CMP-sanctioned competitions. Most of the pull weight is loaded on the first stage, followed by a quick, clean2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=25http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=25JARD AR-15 Models J.P . ENTERPRISES AR-15/AR-STYLE .308 ROCK RIVER ARMS AR-15 Trigger WILSON COMBAT AR-15/M16 NON-ADJUSTABLE TRIGGER KIT Provides A Fast, Easy Trigger Upgrade Without Complicated Tuning Easy to install, non-adjustable, AR-15 trigger replaces the heavy, gritty-feeling, factory hammer and trigger for a smooth, clean-breaking pull that’s sure to improve accuracy. Unique, single-stage design positions the sear engagement point behind the hammer for added leverage and a dependable, 3-pound pull weight. High-performance, low mass hammer reduces lock time. Precision-cut engagement surfaces are heattreated for low wear. Requires gunsmith fitting in receivers with a sear block. a b SPECS: Steel, black matte finish. Includes hammer, hammer spring, trigger and trigger spring. Non-adjustable, 3 lb. (1.4 kg) pull weight. Available for .154" or .171" hammer and trigger pins. #100-001-567AG .154" Non-Adjustable Trigger, 2K119B60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 148.99 #100-001-597AG .171" Non-Adjustable Trigger, 2K118C80 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148.50 ADJUSTABLE TRIGGER SYSTEM Smooth, Even Trigger Pull, Precise Letoff; Easy Installation Easy-to-fit replacement for factory trigger is fully adjustable for engagement and overtravel, and is available with pull weight as light as 3.5 lbs. Redesigned sear geometry and advanced metallurgy result in a precision-ground sear edge that delivers a precise, consistent letoff and prevents the kind of wear that causes doubling and other problems. Extremely short reset enables fast follow-up shots, a critical advantage on tactical and competition rifles. Machined to exceptionally tight tolerances from hardened steel, and installs in minutes with no permanent alterations to the rifle. Lets you upgrade your trigger while keeping your factory or aftermarket hammer and pins. Disconnector spring, engagement screw, and overtravel screw are already installed; also includes disconnector, trigger return spring, hammer spring, and .050" hex key. Use with J.P. Enterprises Speed Hammer (available separately) for best performance. Comes with a standard weight hammer spring, for a trigger pull of between 3 and 3.5 lbs.—perfect for competition and recreational shooting—plus a “tactical” spring that gives a 3.5 to 4 lb. for applications demanding a high level of ignition reliability, including police/military use, mil-spec ammunition with hard primers, and in AR-style .308 rifles. JPFC-1 fits rifles with standard .154" diameter trigger/hammer pin holes; JPFC-2 fits rifles with .169" diameter pin holes a b SPECS: Steel, parkerized finish. Models for rifles with either .154" (military and current aftermarket) or .169" (current Colt) diameter trigger pins. Measure your pins and select the correct kit. Includes complete instructions and a CD-ROM with 35-minute video showing step-by-step installation. #452-015-000AG JPFC-1 Adj. Trigger Kit, .154" Pins, 2E99Z31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 119.99 #452-015-001AG JPFC-2 Adj. Trigger Kit, .169" Pins, 2E99Z31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119.99 EZ TRIGGER™ SYSTEM – Complete trigger system installs in five minutes without fitting or modification of parts on the trigger or your receiver. All adjustments are made with setscrews, eliminating the risk of ruining the trigger due to errors in fitting. Includes the JP Speed Hammer for fast lock time, plus “anti-walk” pins with button head cap screws for easy removal and reinstallation of the trigger system. Overtravel adjustment screw lets you set your trigger for a clean, crisp, single-stage release. Comes with two hammer springs: install the yellow spring to get a 3 to 3½ pull for competition or recreational shooting with non-military ammunition. The red spring gives a 3½ to 4 lb. pull and more hammer force for use with the harder primers found on military (5.56mm NATO) ammo and for law enforcement duty use. The red spring should be used in any2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=26http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=26J & L RESEARCH AR-15 DROP-IN TRIGGER ADJUSTER AR-15/M16 Improves The Factory Trigger Trigger adjuster replaces the factory grip screw to reduce trigger creep, lessen pull weight, and improve hammer break for better accuracy. Use alone or as part of a complete trigger job. a b SPECS: Stainless steel. Gunsmith installation recommended. #072-000-001AG Trigger Adjuster 2G34Z90 . . . . . . . .$ 44.20 OVERSIZED TRIGGERGUARD Protects Trigger During Rough Handling & Allows Fast Access Even When Wearing Gloves Heavy duty machined aluminum triggerguard provides generous clearance for fast, unobstructed access to the trigger under any conditions, even when you’re wearing heavy winter gloves. Open geometry makes the trigger face easily accessible but protects the trigger finger from getting caught behind the trigger shoe. Extra-wide design has plenty of metal to protect the trigger from impact during rough handling or jostling inside vehicles. Machined from the same lightweight yet ultra-hard 7075 T6 aluminum alloy as many premium-quality AR-15 receivers, with smooth, rounded edges that won’t scratch or cut your hand. Evenly spaced holes reduce weight and give your rifle a distinctive appearance while preserving the structural strength of a solid piece of metal. a b SPECS: 7075 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. Fits AR-15/M16 rifles with mil-spec lower receivers. Uses existing plunger, spring and roll pins. Instructions included. #080-000-692AG Oversized Triggerguard, 8K17Y09 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 24.99 Brownells AR-15/M16 MAGPUL AR-15/M16 J.P . ENTERPRISES AR-15 MOE TRIGGERGUARD ™ REDUCED POWER SPRING KIT Gives A Smooth, Light Trigger Pull Reduced-power springs provide a 3.5 pound trigger pull when used with J.P. triggers, and a pull of 4.5 to 5 pounds when used with standard trigger components. Includes hammer spring, trigger return spring, and disconnector spring. Installation instructions also explain engagement surface polishing to obtain a smooth, reliable trigger. a b SPECS: Steel, yellow-coded hammer and trigger springs. #452-000-007AG AR-15 Spring Kit 2E08U57. . . . . . . . .$ 9.99 Provides Extra Clearance When Wearing Gloves; Drop-In Installation Enhanced triggerguard has a shallow “V” shape that provides extra clearance for a shooter wearing gloves, and eliminates the gap at the rear of the USGI triggerguard that can trap or pinch finger. Smooth, ergonomically contoured surface and rounded edges protect the trigger finger from abrasion and won’t snag on the operator’s glove to impede the speed of target engagement. Replaces factory guard in minutes and requires no permanent alterations to receiver; reinstall original guard any time. Manufactured from high-grade, reinforced polymer that’s lightweight, almost as strong as aluminum, and resistant to heat, cold and moisture. Fits mil-spec AR-15/M16 and clones, as well as many AR-style .308 models; installation instructions included. a b SPECS: Reinforced molded polymer, Black, Dark Earth, O.D. Green, or Foliage Green. Includes roll pin, set screw, installation instructions. Fits most AR-15/M16 and AR-style .308 rifles including ArmaLite® AR-10®, Knight SR-25, and DPMS LR-308. Due to variances in manufacturer specs, minor fitting may be required on some rifles. #100-004-156AG MOE Triggerguard, Black, 3K06X90 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 8.99 #100-004-157AG MOE Triggerguard, Dark Earth, 3K06X90 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.99 #100-004-158AG MOE Triggerguard, O.D. Green, 3K06X90 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.99 #100-004-159AG MOE Triggerguard, Foliage Green, 3K06X90 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.99 KNS PRECISION AR-15/M16 NON-ROTATING HAMMER & TRIGGER PINS Precision-Machined To Upgrade Your Existing Hammer & Trigger Pins; Available Standard & Oversized Redesigned hammer pin and anti-rotation links provide the strongest possible system to elimin2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=27http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=27AFM AR-15/M16 DPMS AR-15/M16 SOG ARMORY AR-STYLE .308 WOLFF AR-15/M16 HEAVY DUTY EXTRACTOR SPRING For Positive, Consistent Extraction Even On Carbines & SBRs Extra-strong extractor spring increases extractor’s grip on case groove and helps ensure reliable, complete extraction. Especially effective for improving reliability of an AR-15 style carbine, pistol, or short barreled rifle (SBR) where a weak extractor spring can cause extractor lift, leading to failure to fully extract the spent case before the fresh round is fed from the magazine, resulting in a stoppage. Heavy-grade, high-quality spring steel and a proprietary heat-treating process ensure long service life with less weakening over time than ordinary springs. a b SPECS: Tempered spring steel. Fits all AR-15/M16/M4-style rifles, carbines, and pistols. #100-004-041AG Heavy Duty Extractor Spring, 2C02H87. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 3.99 CARBINE BUFFER SPRING Manufactured To Military Specifications For Long-Lasting Service Stainless steel carbine buffer spring manufactured to MIL-S-1357 specification for replacement on rifles with M4type receiver extension tube for collapsible carbine buttstock. Replace a fatigued spring, or use as part of the rifle-to-carbine stock conversion. Cold drawn to ASTM A313 standard for heatand corrosion-resistance, and case hardened for improved resistance to surface wear. SPECS: 631 stainless steel. Fits AR-15/M16 rifles chambered in .223/5.56mm with M4-type receiver extension for collapsible buttstock. #231-000-261AG Carbine Buffer Spring, 3B04P19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 5.29 BUFFER SPRING Critical For Reliable, Positive Cycling Tempered steel spring has correct tension for proper cycling of AR-style rifles chambered in .308/7.62mm. Use as a replacement for a fatigued factory spring or in a new-build custom rifle. SPECS: Tempered spring steel. .950" (2.4cm) diameter. Carbine – 11" (27 .9cm) long. Fits collapsible stock carbine receiver extension. Rifle – 12½" (31.8cm) long. Fits fixed A2-style receiver extension. #100-005-351AG Rifle Buffer Spring, 9A09D66 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 10.99 #100-005-352AG Carbine Buffer Spring, 9A06D40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.99 EXTRA POWER EXTRACTOR SPRING Improves Extraction & Ejection Reliability Stronger spring prevents “extractor bounce” during rapid semi-auto or full-auto fire. Provides extra force against case rim to give AR-15 rifles and carbines reliable extraction from a dirty chamber; ensures fired case is completely extracted and ejected from gun. Recommended for use with black, carbine, extractor spring insert. a b #969-000-032AG AR-15/M16 XP Extractor Spring, 3-pak, 9F07X33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 10.99 AR-15/M16 WOLFF AR-15/M16 REDUCED POWER ACTION SPRING Helps Reduce Bolt “Bounce” For Improved Feeding High-quality, reduced power, action spring helps cure feeding problems caused by excessive bolt “bounce” in rifles configured for 3-shot burst or full-auto modes of fire. Helps shooters finetune action cycling for light, target/varmint loads in semi-auto rifles. a b SPECS: Tempered, spring steel. Fits .223 cal. AR-15/M16 rifles. #969-000-140AG Reduced Power Action Spring, 9F10V34 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 14.99 Kit AR-15/M16/M4 SPRINGS Brownells SUPERIOR SHOOTING SYSTEMS AR-15/CAR-15/AR-STYLE .308 Assorted Replacement Springs Restore Performance In Tactical Rifles Put the zing back into the rifle you thought was past its prime. Manufactured to precise tolerances, these high quality, replacement springs help keep your AR-15 functioning properly. Great for emergency spares or for assembling a parts rifle. Available singly, or in 3-paks. a b SPECS: Materials and finish at least equal to OEM parts. Chrome silicon springs indicated by (CS). #078-101-113AG AR-15 A2 Action Spring (CS), each, 8G03V06 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=28http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=28BUFFER TECHNOLOGIES ADVANCED ARMAMENT AR-15/M16 J.P . ENTERPRISES AR-15/M16 SUPERIOR SHOOTING SYSTEMS AR-15 RIFLE RECOIL BUFFER Cushions Rifle Bolt & Receiver, Prevents Excess Wear CYCLIC RATE REDUCER Slows Rate Of Fire Up To 50%; Save Ammo, Increase Accuracy Easy-to-install, machined-steel unit slows rate of fire and reduces felt recoil to increase full-auto accuracy and reduce ammunition use. Virtually eliminates muzzle climb, helps you control sustained, full-auto fire. Simple installation requires no permanent modifications, installs in just seconds. a b MODEL M16SS - Fits A1 and A2 standard or heavy barrel M16 with fixed stock. Approximately 475 RPM rate of fire. Includes buffer, buffer spring, insertion/extraction tool and instructions. SPECS: Recoil Buffer- stainless steel, tungsten, matte finish. #276-016-001AG M16SS Cyclic Rate Reducer, 6G63V20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 79.00 MODEL M16CS - Fits standard and heavy barrel M16 with collapsible stocks, both .223 and 9mm carbines. Approximately 650 RPM rate of fire. Includes buffer, buffer spring, insertion/extraction tool and instructions. SPECS: Recoil Buffer - stainless steel, tungsten, matte finish. #276-016-003AG M16CS Cyclic Rate Reducer, 6G63V20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 79.00 LOW-MASS RECOIL BUFFER Reduces Recoil Impulse For Precision Competitive Shooting Lightweight, aluminum alloy buffer reduces the reciprocating mass of the operating system to reduce the overall recoil impulse felt by the shooter. Helps the competitive shooter keep the sights on the target for precise follow-up shot placement and tight groups. Designed for competition rifles with full-length receiver extension tubes and lightweight titanium or aluminum alloy bolt carriers, as well as any conventional mil-spec carrier where reduced mass is desired. Combine with a lightweight carrier to virtually eliminate felt recoil and increase bolt velocity without significantly impairing reliability. a b SPECS: Aluminum, anodized, red. 3 oz. (86g) weight. Fits AR-15 chambered in .223/5.56mm with rifle-length receiver extensions for fixed buttstock. For competition only; not recommended for duty weapons. #452-000-063AG Low-Mass Recoil Buffer, 2E40V00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 49.95 CARRIER WEIGHT SYSTEM Slows & Softens Recoil Stainless steel sleeve, plus stainless and tungsten inserts help cure cycling problems caused by high-pressure, heavy-bullet loads. More weight keeps the bolt locked longer, improves brass life. a b SPECS: Sleeve, steel, black, matte finish. 21⁄8" (5.4cm) long. 1.54 oz. (43.7 g) wt. Stainless steel insert 1.25 oz. (35.4 g) wt. Tungsten insert 2.51 oz. (71.1 g) wt. May require minor fitting. #840-000-024AG Carrier Weight System, 4H46P67 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 58.33 AR-15/M16 Shock-absorbing, polyurethane buffer helps extend the service life of your rifle; gives better muzzle stability, reduces action noise. Provides a gentle cushion that gradually slows the bolt and helps prevent expensive receiver damage. Installs easily; no permanent modifications required. AR-15 replaces the synthetic pad on factory buffer assembly. Requires drilling the recoil buffer for cross pin. SPECS: Polyurethane, clear. #071-000-010AG AR-15 Recoil Buffer 1G06C97 . . . . . .$ 9.95 DOUBLE STAR AR-15/M16 TWANG BUSTER Stops Annoying Buffer Noise During Recoil Low-friction Delrin disk fits on the end of the buffer spring, opposite the buffer, and stops the annoying “twang” of the buffer hitting the rear of the receiver extension during recoil. Quick, easy installation, with no permanent alterations to gun. Simply remove buffer and spring, insert Twang Buster, then reinstall buffer and spring. SPECS: Machined Delrin thermoplastic, black. Fits A2 rifle and M4style carbine buffer spring/receiver extension tubes. #100-005-392AG Twang Buster 2Z03Y96. . . . . . . . . . . .$ 4.99 AR-15/M16 TACTICAL CHARGING HANDLES All The 2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=29http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=29ARMAMENT DYNAMICS AR-15/M16 FAILZERO AR-15/M16 SOG ARMORY AR-15/M16 ACLM AMBIDEXTROUS CHARGING HANDLE ™ EXO COATED CHARGING HANDLE ™ CHARGING HANDLE WITH TACTICAL LATCH Extra Leverage For One-Hand Operation When you have to cycle the charging handle quickly, you need to be able to find it easily. 5⁄8" square steel pad extends 13⁄ 16" from the charging handle, providing an easy-to-find surface that helps you cycle the bolt quickly when seconds count. Replaces existing charging handle with no gunsmithing and no modifications to the rifle. Tactical Latch available separately for upgrading your rifle’s existing charging handle. SPECS: Aluminum charging handle, steel tactical latch, matte black. Tactical latch pad is 5⁄8" (15.8mm) square and extends 13⁄16" (20.6mm) from charging handle. #100-002-212AG Charging Handle w/Tactical Latch, 9A34T99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 46.99 #100-005-353AG Tactical Latch, only 9A14Z55 . . . . . . . 19.99 Self-Lubricating Finish For Fast, Smooth Operation Operate The Bolt With Left Or Right Hand For Extra Tactical Advantage Fully ambidextrous charging handle lets the operator charge the weapon from any position for a critical tactical advantage that can make the difference between winning or losing in competition or combat. Helps you maintain peak readiness, clear jams quickly, and operate the handle even if the strong hand is incapacitated. The standard factory handle requires two separate motions: releasing the latch on the left side of the hand grip, then pulling back on the grip to retract the bolt. The Advanced Combat Latching Mechanism (ALCM™) requires only a single, intuitive, continuous backward pull—easier to perform under stress. Simply grasp the handle from either side with either hand, and as you pull back in one smooth motion, a proprietary camming mechanism automatically releases the retaining latch from the upper receiver. Continue pulling to retract the bolt; when you release the handle and the bolt closes, the ALCM relatches securely. Aggressive grasping grooves help your fingers locate the handle quickly and ensure that they won’t slip off even when wet or cold. Manual override button lets you operate the latch when the bolt carrier is locked open or removed. Precision machined from premium-grade aluminum billet with MIL-A-8625 Type III Class 2 hardcoat anodized finish for extra strength and resistance to surface wear. Long-wearing internal components of ordnance-grade steel, and PTFE inserts to ensure smooth operation without lubrication—perfect for dusty operating environments. a b SPECS: Aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black finish. Fits .223/5.56mm AR-15/M16/M4 and related weapons. #100-004-341AG ALCM Ambidextrous Charging Handle, 6C69H39. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 84.99 Precision-machined 6061 aluminum charging handle has a thin, super-slick EXO Technology finish that promotes fast, smooth operation. Permanently lubricated finish won’t rub off, flake off, or gall; eliminates the need for grease or oil. Drop-in fit for most mil-spec upper receivers. a b SPECS: 6061 T6 aluminum, EXO finish, tan. Fits mil-spec AR-15/ M16/M4 upper receivers. #100-005-442AG EXO Charging Handle 8B27X08. . .$ 31.99 Brownells AR-15/M16 OVERSIZED CHARGING HANDLE LATCH Easy To Grasp For Fast Release Of Handle Under Stress Tactical charging handle latch has an extra-large, deeply grooved finger pad for positive contact that helps you charge the weapon quickly under stress. Pad angles out 90° from the receiver so you can slap at the latch and get a secure grasp even with gloves on. Made from extra-strong 4340 chrome-moly steel hardened to Rc 38-45, with a tough manganese phosphate Parkerized finish for added surface strength and corrosion resistance. Fits mil-spec AR-15/M16 charging handle. SPECS: 4340 chrome-moly steel, Parkerized, matte black. Finger pad is 5⁄8" x 5⁄8". 0.4 oz. (11.3g) weight. #080-000-758AG Oversized Charging Handle Latch 8K14X69 . . . 2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=30http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=30MAGPUL AR-15/M16 WILSON COMBAT AR-15 ARREDONDO AR-15/M16 DPMS AR-15 B.A.D. LEVER AR-15/M16 ™ TACTICAL BOLT RELEASE Versatile, 3-Position Button Accommodates Individual Shooting Styles Innovative, two-in-one design is the perfect choice for setting up AR-15s that double as tactical and sporting rifles. Large, tactical button installs vertically or horizontally removes quickly and easily by loosening the setscrew and sliding it off. Small, serrated pad underneath prevents snags on brush and clothing; will not interfere with your carry sling. CNC-machined from bar stock for added strength and reliability. a b SPECS: Steel bar stock, parkerized finish. Removable Button 1⁄ 3⁄ 1 8" (28.6mm) x 4" (19mm). Fixed Button - 1⁄2" (12.7mm) long x 1⁄ 4" (6.4mm) wide. #965-000-037AG Tactical Bolt Release 5F25Y78 . . . .$ 29.99 Lets You Release The Bolt With The Trigger Finger; Improves Readiness & Efficiency The Magpul Battery Assist Device (B.A.D.) is an extended bolt release that allows the shooter to keep his hand in the ready position on the pistol grip and operate the bolt catch with the trigger finger. Streamlines bolt catch manipulation to get the weapon into battery more quickly for improved operator readiness and weapon handling efficiency. Easy to install and remove—no weapon disassembly required. The B.A.D. lever clamps securely to the factory bolt release with a Torx® head screw and extends a paddle through the front of the triggerguard to the right-hand side of the weapon. Trigger finger can stay outside the triggerguard as you operate the lever, and factory bolt catch retains normal function with B.A.D. installed. Made of a highgrade aluminum alloy, hardcoat anodized to MIL-A-8625F, Type III, Class 2 spec for extra strength and wear resistance. b a SPECS: Aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. Torx wrench and installation instructions included. Fits mil-spec AR-15/M16 receiver with factory bolt release lever. #100-004-755AG Magpul B.A.D. Lever 3K24H79 . . . .$ 29.99 Model OVERSIZE MAGAZINE RELEASE BUTTON Change Mags Quickly Without Fumbling To Find The Release Oversized magazine release button allows fast mag changes in competition or combat, in daylight or total darkness. Serrated surface and slightly angled configuration draws your finger immediately to the button and enables positive, no-slip release in all weather conditions. Two-piece design replaces the factory mag release button with no gunsmithing required. a b SPECS: Molded polymer, black. 5⁄8" (1.6 cm) long x 5⁄8" wide. #069-000-027AG Oversize Magazine Release Button, 9F22X60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 27.99 OVERSIZED SELECTOR SWITCH Large, Can’t Miss, Thumb Pad Gives Fast, Sure Operation Long, wide thumb pad provides fast, sure safety operation when wearing gloves, or when speed is important. Upturned lip ensures positive thumb engagement for full selector travel. Drop-in installation. SPECS: Steel, gray, parkerized finish. Heat treated. Fits AR-15 only. Thumb pad - 1.2" (3.5cm) long, .525" (13.3mm) wide. #231-000-036AG Oversized Selector 3B14D95 . . . . . .$ 29.99 DPMS AR-15 AMBI SAFETY/SELECTOR POWER CUSTOM AR-15/M16 Easier Engagement For Left-Handed Shooters Puts the same, easy-to-operate safety lever on both sides of the receiver for fast, easy operation by left-handed shooters or when shooting with the weak hand. Swings through the same arc as the standard safety; will not interfere with grip position or thumb placement. LR-08B - Ambi safety lever for semi-auto AR-15s. LR08C - Ambi selector/safety lever for full-auto AR-15/M16s only. SPECS: Steel, black finish. LR-08B - .650" (16.5mm) long, .234" (6mm) wide contact area. Fits semi-auto rifles only. LR-08C - .675" (17 .7mm) long, .234" (6mm) wide contact area. Fits full-auto rifles only. #231-015-012AG LR-08B AR-15 Ambi Safety, 3B28U15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 35.19 #231-000-231AG LR-08C Full-Auto AR-15 Ambi Selector, 1C24Z32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=31http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=31ROCK RIVER ARMS AR-15 KNS PRECISION AR-15/M16 YANKEE HILL MACHINE AR-15/M16 JOJO’S GUN WORKS AR-15/M16 STAR SAFETY SELECTOR Round Profile Rolls Under Your Thumb Round thumb pad gives fast, positive operation; ideal when wearing gloves. SPECS: 4140 steel, black, matte finish. For AR-15 only. #739-000-007AG Star Safety Selector 9C00HDZ . . . . .$ 9.00 PUSH-BUTTON RECEIVER PINS Quick-Release For Fast Takedown Without Tools; Pivot Pin Available With Swivel Stud Steel, push-button pins give a positive lock that quickly release with finger pressure for easy access to the inside of your AR-15’s upper and lower receivers. Three, spring-loaded detent balls hold pins in place and prevent wear or binding in the pivot hole or receiver hole when removed. Pivot Pin replaces the factory front pivot pin and is available for receivers drilled for .315" or .250" pivot pins. Swivel Stud Pivot Pin has a convenient sling swivel stud on one side for easy sling mounting close to your weapon’s point of balance on the left side of the receiver. Detent balls lock into the base of the stud, yet leave it free to rotate a full 360º. Takedown Pin replaces the rear, factory takedown pin to eliminate the need for a punch or other tools to disengage the pin. a b SPECS: Steel, black oxide finish. Pivot Pin - Available for receivers with .250" or .315" diameter pivot pin. Swivel Stud Pivot Pin fits receiver with .250" diameter pivot pin. Takedown Pin - Fits receivers with .250" diameter takedown pin. #923-000-039AG .315" P-B Pivot Pin, 3B13C70 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 16.99 #923-000-042AG .250" P-B Pivot Pin, 3B13C33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.67 #923-000-045AG .250" P-B Swivel Stud Pivot Pin, 3B16C89 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.99 #923-000-044AG .250" P-B Takedown Pin, 3B14C29 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.99 EZ PULL PIVOT & TAKEDOWN PIN SET Easy, Fast Separation Of Upper & Lower Receiver Halves Pivot and takedown pins with easy-tograsp, oversized heads make separating upper and lower receiver halves fast and easy. Simply grasp the large, button-style head and disengage the pin—no fumbling for a punch and scratching the receiver. Pin shafts are designed to lock as securely as factory pins. Perfect for the shooter who mounts different top ends for different applications on a single lower receiver. Precision machined, heat-hardened steel with long-wearing mil-spec Parkerized finish. b a SPECS: Steel, matte black finish. Set of 1 front pivot pin, 1 rear takedown pin. Fits receivers with .250" (6.3mm) dia. pins. #100-003-690AG EZ Pull Pin Set 9A14X99 . . . . . . . . .$ 19.99 BOLT UPGRADE KIT For Smoother Bolt Operation & Improved Extraction High-quality, drop-in replacement parts upgrade critical bolt components to improve extraction and ejection for more reliable bolt operation. High-lubricity nickel-Teflon finish reduces wear, repels fouling, and enhances smoothness of operation, plus it resists corrosion and cleans easily. All parts, including the precision machined extractor, are manufactured to original Colt specifications to fit mil-spec bolts. Kit includes replacement extractor, extractor pin, extractor spring assembly, ejector, ejector spring, and ejector pin. a b SPECS: Stainless steel, nickel-Teflon finish. #100-003-219AG Bolt Upgrade Kit 1B24H32 . . . . . . .$ 29.99 AR-15/M16 DPMS AR-15/M16 IACCESSORIESI COLT PUSH PIN - Steel pin with ball detent speeds takedown. Replaces the two-piece, threaded pin on Colt AR-15s with Hartford “Horsey” logo on the lower receiver. SPECS: Steel, matte black. 1.4" (3.5cm) long. Old .315" nominal (8mm) diameter. New - .250" (6.3mm) diameter. #231-015-011AG Old Colt Push Pin, 3B08U26. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 10.99 #231-015-013AG New Colt Push Pin 3B05U33. . . . . . . . 7.99 RECEIVER ADAPTER - Use this off-set bushing and pivot-pin screw to adapt pre-ban and current after-market, upper receivers 2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=32http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=32AR-15/M16 UPPER RECEIVER PARTS KITS AR-15/M16 BUSHMASTER AR-15 DPMS AR-STYLE .308 LOWER RECEIVER PARTS KIT LOWER RECEIVER PARTS KIT Brownells AR-15/M16/AR-STYLE .308 BOLT/CARRIER PINS Precision-Machined, High-Quality Replacement Pins Precision machined replacement pins let you repair or complete a new-build AR bolt and bolt carrier. Perfect for custom builds using a bolt and carrier obtained from different sources. AR-15 Firing Pin is made of solid steel hard-chromed for reduced friction, plus wear- and corrosion-resistance. Firing Pin Retaining Pin is made from chrome-plated steel and based on the original “push-pin” design by Eugene Stoner. Steel Cam Pins have a dry-lube finish to reduce friction and wear. Available for AR-15 b and AR-Style .308. a SPECS: Firing Pin – 8640 steel, hard-chrome plated. Firing Pin Retaining Pin – 1045 steel, chrome-plated. Cam Pin – 4340 steel, heat treated to Rc 45-48, Parkerized, dry-lube coated. #080-000-748AG AR-15 Firing Pin 8K06A25 . . . . . . . . .$ 8.99 #080-000-749AG AR-15 Firing Pin Retaining Pin, 8K07A12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.99 #080-000-746AG AR-15 Cam Pin 8K03A15 . . . . . . . . . . . 3.99 #080-000-754AG AR-Style .308 Cam Pin 8K03V33 . . . . 3.99 The Small Parts You Need To Assemble A Complete Upper Handy kits gather up all the small parts needed to complete a functional upper receiver. Eliminates the hassle of tracking down every component separately, including hard-to-find pins and springs, so you can start a custom build knowing you won’t be held up waiting for that one part you forgot to order. Select the stripped upper, barrel, gas block, flash hider, bolt/carrier, and handguard you want, then purchase the completion kit to fit the handguard style and gas system length. Each kit contains original factory parts, so you can install parts made by the manufacturer of your receiver. AR components from one manufacturer will fit another manufacturer’s receiver, but fitting may be required. Use Standard (STD) kits with GI-style snap-on handguards. Includes gas tube, delta ring, handguard retainer ring, barrel slip ring spring, forward assist assembly, ejection port cover assembly, flash hider crush washer, peel washer, and all required pins, springs, and clips. Use Free Float (FF) kits with free-float forends that attach to the barrel nut and do not require delta ring handguard attachment system. Includes gas tube, forward assist assembly, ejection port cover assembly, flash hider crush washer, and peel washer, plus pins, springs, and clips. SPECS: Carbine – 9¾" (24.8cm) gas tube length. Mid-Length – 11¾" (29.9cm) gas tube length. Rifle – 151⁄8" (38.4cm) gas tube length. COLT – Factory parts just like those used to produce U.S. military issue M16 rifles and M4 carbines. Kits available to fit carbine, mid-length, and rifle gas systems with Standard or Free Float handguard. #080-000-610AG Upper Rec’r Parts Kit, STD Carbine, 8K135V10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 166.99 #080-000-609AG Upper Rec’r Parts Kit, STD Mid-Length, 8K104A86 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136.99 #080-000-608AG Upper Rec’r Parts Kit, STD Rifle, 8K135A12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167.99 #080-000-597AG Upper Rec’r Parts Kit, FF Carbine, 8K109A44 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137.99 #080-000-596AG Upper Rec’r Parts Kit, FF Mid-Length, 8K78A91 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102.99 #080-000-599AG Upper Rec’r Parts Kit, FF Rifle, 8K109A00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141.99 DPMS – Factory parts used in the popular Panther™ rifle series available for carbine, mid-length, and rifle gas systems with Standard or Free Float handguards. #080-000-607AG Upper Rec’r Parts Kit, STD Carbine, 8K47A46 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 63.99 #080-000-605AG Upper Rec’r Parts Kit, STD Mid-Length, 8K46A13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58.99 #080-000-604AG Up2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=33http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=33Kit DPMS AR-15 J. DEWEY AR-15/M16 DPMS PARTS KITS Sub-Assembly, Mil-Spec Parts Packaged In Money-Saving Kits The easiest way to stock and sell genuine, mil-spec AR-15 parts, or use to assemble rifles on your receivers. Much lower in total cost than buying the parts one at a time. All kits listed contain only new, current-production, genuine, mil-spec parts; never pull-offs or direct-exchange surplus. SPECS: Unassembled kits packaged in heat-sealed, poly bags, labeled for resale. Fits AR-15 only. BOLT CARRIER ASSEMBLY - Kit includes: bolt carrier, bolt, extractor, extractor spring, extractor pin, ejector, ejector spring, ejector pin, (3) gas rings, firing pin, firing pin retainer, cam pin, gas key and screws. #231-000-176AG Bolt Carrier Assembly, 1C124H93 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 154.99 A2 UPPER RECEIVER PARTS KIT - Kit includes: charging handle assembly, A2 rear sight assembly, forward assist assembly, and ejection port cover assembly. #231-115-002AG Upper Receiver Kit 1C51Y70 . . . . .$ 68.99 LOWER RECEIVER PARTS KIT - Kit includes trigger spring, trigger pin, hammer spring, hammer pin, disconnector and spring, bolt catch, bolt catch plunger, bolt catch spring, bolt catch roll pin, selector, selector detent, selector detent spring, (2) takedown detents and springs, pivot pin, rear takedown pin, buffer retainer and spring, magazine catch, button and spring, screw and washer, triggerguard assembly and pin. Add a hammer, trigger, and pistol grip of your choice. 231-000-258AG Lower Receiver Kit 1C29P30 . . . . .$ 35.99 COMPLETE LOWER RECEIVER PARTS KIT - Includes everything listed in the kit above, plus a mil-spec trigger, hammer, and A2 pistol grip. #231-115-003AG Complete Lower Kit 1C55Y10 . . . . .$ 59.99 BUTTSTOCK ASSEMBLY - Kit includes buttstock shell, door assembly, buttplate, hinge and pin, rear swivel, lower buttstock screw, upper buttstock screw, aluminum buttstock spacer, extension tube, buffer, and buffer spring. #231-115-004AG Buttstock Assembly 1C71Y36 . . . . .$ 95.99 MIL-SPEC PARTS Genuine Mil-Spec Individual Parts Genuine AR-15/M16 parts made to military specifications by a government contractor. These oftenreplaced parts are supplied in individual bags. a b SPECS: Gas tubes, stainless steel. Pins, steel. Knobs, aluminum. STOCK # #234-901-020AG #234-901-016AG #234-902-100AG #234-902-250AG #234-902-101AG #234-903-102AG #234-903-202AG ITEM Long Gas Tube (20" bbl) Short Gas Tube (16" bbl) Take Down Pin Pivot Pin (.250" dia.) Bolt Cam Pin Elevation Knob (A2 rear) Windage Knob (A2 rear) PRICE 4C09Y39 $ 12.99 4C08Y65 $ 11.99 4C04Y18 $ 5.99 4C03Y00 $ 5.99 4C03Y00 $ 6.99 4C03Y27 $ 5.99 4C03Y31 $ 6.99 FULL-AUTO & BURST PARTS HIGH STANDARD AR-15/M16 PARTS KITS Maintain & Repair Select Fire Rifles High-quality, M16/M4 components from DPMS keep select fire weapons shooting longer and give you the confidence you need to get the job done in all tactical situations. All parts are precision engineered and made to rigid quality standards to ensure excellence and long-lasting strength when failure is not an option. All NFA rules apply. SPECS: Steel. Black. Heat-treated, hardened, or alloy steel. #231-000-209AG Bolt Carrier w/Bolt Assembly, 1C117D39 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 144.99 #231-000-210AG Bolt Carrier 1C56D16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69.99 #231-000-211AG Full Auto Disconnector, M16, 1C04D53 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.99 #231-000-212AG Full Auto Firing Pin, M16 1C04D79 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.99 #231-000-213AG Full Auto Mil-Spec Hammer, 1C17D84 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22.30 #231-000-214AG Full Auto Selector, M16 1C08D47 . . . 10.58 #231-000-133AG Full Auto Trigger 3B13V47 . . . . . . . . 34.99 #231-000-216AG LR-AS1 Auto Sear, M16 3B10D24 . . . 12.99 #231-000-217AG LR-AS2 Auto Sear Pin, M16 3B01D67 2.09 #231-000-218AG Tri Burst Kit 3B78H60 . . . . . . . . . . . . 98.25 #231-000-220AG Burst Cam 3B10D2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=34http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=34TTI INTERNATIONAL AR-15/M16 MIL-SPEC SMALL PARTS AR-15/M16 Replacement Pins, Springs & Rings Keep Your AR Shooting Genuine, Mil-spec quality small pins, springs, washers and screws for the AR-15/M-16 that wear out, break, or just get lost. Great for creating your own emergency parts kits. a b SPECS: Springs - steel, music wire or stainless steel wire. Parts sold 5 per pack. STOCK # ITEM PRICE #989-015-001AG A-1 Sight Drum Pin 9H01D01 $ 1.99 #989-015-003AG A-2 Windage Knob Pin 9H01D43 $ 1.99 #989-015-004AG Bolt Catch Pin 9H01D60 $ 1.99 #989-015-005AG Bolt Catch Spring 9H01D28 $ 1.99 #989-015-006AG 5 paks of (3) Bolt Gas Rings 9H06D02 $ 7.99 #989-015-007AG Buffer Retainer Spring 9H01D28 $ 1.99 #989-015-008AG CAR Buffer Spring 9H11D97 $ 14.99 #989-015-009AG STD Buffer Spring 9H11D97 $ 14.99 #989-015-010AG Carrier Key Screw 9H01D01 $ 1.99 #989-015-011AG Disconnect Spring 9H02D00 $ 2.99 #989-015-012AG Ejection Port Cover Spring 9H02D38 $ 2.99 #989-015-013AG Ejector Retainer Pin 9H01D28 $ 1.99 #989-015-014AG Firing Pin Retainer Pin 9H02D00 $ 2.99 #989-015-015AG Flash Suprsr Lock Washer 9H01D28 $ 1.99 #989-015-016AG Forward Assist Pin 9H01D60 $ 1.99 #989-015-017AG Forward Assist Spring 9H01D37 $ 1.99 #989-015-018AG Front Sling Swivel Rivet, Black 9H01D01 $ 1.99 #989-015-019AG Front Sight Detent Spring 9H01D28 $ 1.99 #989-015-020AG Gas Tube Pin 9H01D01 $ 1.99 #989-015-021AG Hammer Spring 9H04D72 $ 5.99 #989-015-022AG Mag Catch Spring 9H01D28 $ 1.99 #989-015-023AG Pivot Pin Spring 9H01D47 $ 1.99 #989-015-024AG Takedown Pin Spring 9H01D47 $ 1.99 #989-015-025AG Snap Ring 9H03D91 $ 4.99 #989-015-026AG Trigger Spring 9H04D72 $ 5.99 #989-015-027AG Triggerguard Pin 9H01D60 $ 1.99 #989-015-028AG Pistol Grip Star Washer 9H01D01 $ 1.99 #989-015-029AG Pistol Grip Screw 9H02D03 $ 2.99 MIL-SPEC SMALL PART KIT - One each of every AR-15 part listed in the chart above. With one of these economical kits on hand you’ll always have the part you need. #989-015-000AG Small Parts Kit, 8K15D92. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 19.99 AR-15/M16 BUTTSTOCK MOUNTING KITS All The Original Factory Parts Needed To Install Rifle & Carbine Buttstocks Convenient kits contain all the components needed to securely mount the buttstock of your choice using original factory parts from the manufacturer of your receiver. Eliminates the hassle of tracking down every part and accidentally getting incorrect ones for your stock. Have everything you need to finish your build, so you won’t be held up waiting for that one part you forgot to order. Each kit contains original factory parts; parts from one manufacturer will fit another manufacturer’s receiver but may require minor fitting. Select the buttstock you want (available separately), then purchase the mounting kit for that type of stock. A1 Rifle kit is for mounting any fixed rifle buttstock based on the military M16A1 stock. Kit includes receiver extension tube, recoil buffer, buffer spring, and buttstock screw. A2 Rifle kit is for mounting any fixed rifle buttstock based on the military M16A2 stock. Kit includes receiver extension tube, recoil buffer, buffer spring, buttstock spacer, and buttstock screw. Mil-Spec Carbine kit is for adjustable-length carbine buttstock that requires M4-type 1.14" O.D. buffer tube. Includes receiver extension tube, carbine recoil buffer, buffer spring, receiver plate, and lock nut. Commercial Carbine – For adjustable-length carbine buttstock that requires a “commercial” 1.17" O.D. buffer tube; same components breakdown as Mil-Spec kit. SPECS: A1 & A2 Rifle – Receiver extension: 101⁄8" (25.7cm) OAL. Mil-Spec Carbine – Receiver extension: 7¼" OAL (18.4cm), 1.14" O.D. Six locking positions for buttstock, unless otherwise indicated. Commercial Carbine – Receiver extension: 7¾" (19.7cm) OAL, 1.17" O.D. Six locking positions. COLT – From the original manufacturer of the M16 battle rifle. A1 Rifle, A2 Rifle, and Mil-Spec Carbine kits available. Carbine kit contains the four-position, 2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=35http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=35COMMAND ARMS AR-15/M16 COMMAND ARMS AR-15/M16 DOUBLE STAR CAR-15/M4 DPMS AR-STYLE .308 MODULAR BUTTSTOCK Unique Design Incorporates Battery Storage Plus Picatinny Accessory Rail Replace your existing buttstock with this updated, collapsible, six-position design that includes secure storage for up to four, CR123, 3-volt batteries in the snap-latch side compartment. Plus, the storage lid is interchangeable for either right- or left-side carry with a convenient Picatinny rail unit that accepts the Command Arms Rail Mounted Magazine Pouch. Kit comes with all the hardware, including the receiver extension and recoil buffer/spring assembly, necessary to convert your AR-15/M16 rifle to accept this stock. Made from long lasting and durable fiber-filled plastic composite with rubber buttpad that features a negative angle for faster shouldering and increased comfort, especially when wearing body armor. Combat proven design includes an easy-to-operate release lever, lower sling swivel and dual position receptacles for push-button type sling swivels. SPECS: Fiber-filled polymer composite, black. 7½" (19cm) long, 11 oz. (313g) weight. Fits AR-15/M16/M4 or equivalent buffer tube guns. Includes buttstock, receiver extension, recoil buffer/spring assembly, receiver extension nut, and receiver plate. #100-002-598AG M4 Modular Buttstock, 6C87Y43 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 109.99 ADJUSTABLE CHEEK PIECE - Adjustable cheek piece quickly installs on the accessory rail of your Command Arms Modular Buttstock to provide added cheek support and correct eye alignment with sights or optics for fast target acquisition. Easy installation and removal, just hold down the spring-loaded lever, slide the cheek piece onto the rail, then release the lever to lock the dual square pins into the rail grooves. Front-to-rear adjustable up to 1", friction lock knob allows up to ½" vertically adjustment. When in the full-down position, provides a very comfortable, streamlined stock that works perfectly with iron sights. Made from high-strength, lightweight, fiber-filled polymer composite. SPECS: Fiber-filled polymer composite, black. 4½" (12cm) long, 2¾" (7cm) wide, 25⁄8" (6.6cm) high. 3.5 oz. (100g) weight. Adjusts ½" vertically, 1" horizontally. Right hand only. #100-003-331AG Adjustable Cheek Piece, 6C22H39. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 30.59 RAIL MOUNTED MAGAZINE POUCH Attaches instantly to any Picatinny accessory rail; provides fast and secure access to one additional .223 magazine for quick reloads when every second counts. A great add-on to the Command Arms Modular Butt Stock. Magazine body is held securely by molded internal ribbing or finger release tab. Convenient, spring-loaded thumb lever allows fast installation and removal of entire pouch assembly. SPECS: Fiber-filled polymer composite, black. 3" (7 .6cm) wide, 2½" (6.3cm) high, 15⁄8" (4.1cm) thick including rail mount, 3 oz. (85g) weight. #100-002-599AG Rail Mounted Magazine Pouch, 6C13Y62 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 20.39 PUSH BUTTON SLING SWIVEL - Extra-wide steel swivel accepts slings up to 15⁄8" wide for your Command Arms Modular Buttstock or similar component that accepts a standard push button swivel. Smooth-operating, centrally located button and polished ball-bearing locking mechanism ensure easy attachment to either socket in the buttstock. SPECS: Steel, black oxide finish. Accepts slings up to 15⁄8" wide. #100-004-881AG Push Button Sling Swivel, 6C08Y79 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 9.99 SNIPER STOCK Fully Adjustable For The Precision Shooter Fulfills the tactical marksman’s requirements of a precision adjustable stock that delivers rapid target acquisition, minimal shooter fatigue during extended target observation, and maximum precision in shot placement. Push-button release, 10-position length adjustment system retains the rifle’s fixed A2 buffer tube and allows a 4" range of adjustment to fit any size sho2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=36http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=36DUOSTOCK DESIGNS CAR-15/M4 LUCID AR-15/M16 Item TACTICAL BUTTSTOCK Specially Contoured For Use With Body Armor WOOD STOCK SETS Walnut Rifle MAGPUL AR-15/M16/AR-STYLE .308 Kits MAGPUL AR-15/M16 AR-15/M16 Molded polymer stock provides maximum comfort, speed, and freedom of movement for operators wearing body armor in CQC situations. Same topside contours as a standard M4 carbine stock allow the shooter to maintain a solid cheekweld when firing, but overall length is slightly shortened to maintain correct length of pull. The deeper, curved underside is angled so the lower tip rides comfortably on the upper chest or collarbone in a forward, high carry position near the dominant eye; keeps the sights and barrel close to the line of sight, ready to be engaged with minimal head movement. Forward carry also provides better armor protection than the traditional angled stance that leaves the vulnerable arm holes exposed to threats. Made of lightweight, glass reinforced composite polycarbonate specially formulated for maximum impact and heat resistance. Reinforced at stress points for added strength. Aggressive checkering on contact surfaces minimize slippage. Matte black finish accepts most paints, so you can customize the color of your Duostock to fit your tactical requirements. Universal fits all M4-type buffer tubes. Sand interior to fit oversized tubes. Colt model provides a snug fit without “play” on the narrower-diameter buffer tube of Mil-Spec M4 carbines. SPECS: Impact-resistant polycarbonate, black. 61⁄4” (15.9 cm) OAL, .5 cm) high. Universal fits M4/CAR-15 carbine buffer tubes. 67⁄8” (17 Colt fits Mil-Spec M4 tubes. #100-002-540AG Universal Duostock 2Z64H97 . . . . .$ 79.99 #100-002-541AG Mil-Spec Duostock 2Z73H97 . . . . . . . 89.99 GENERATION II PRS PRECISION RIFLE STOCK Adjustable Length Of Pull & Comb Height Fully adjustable stock and comb for AR-15/ M16/AR-Style .308 rifles readily adapts length of pull and comb height with two click-detent adjustment wheels. Drop-in installation on rifles with standard A1/A2 fixed buffer tubes without A2 spacer. Rubber buttpad seats securely onto your shoulder and won’t slip during sustained shooting exercises. Fully-raised comb will not get in the way of charging handle operation. Removable base cover conceals an accessory rail to provide a mounting platform for a monopod. Removable sling loops can be mounted on either side of stock to accommodate your preferred carry position. AR-15/M16 model available in Black, Dark Earth, and O.D. Green to provide a close match to rifles painted in military colors. Separate AR-Style .308 model in black only. a b SPECS: Molded polymer, black. AR-15/M16 model also available in Dark Earth and O.D. Green. L.O.P . adjusts from 131⁄4" (33.6cm) to 141⁄2" (36.8cm). Comb height can be raised 1" (2.5cm). 1 lb. 12 oz. (.79kg) wt. #100-002-457AG AR-15/M16 PRS Stock, Black, 3K212H50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 254.99 #100-003-139AG AR-15/M16 PRS Stock, Dark Earth, 3K212C50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254.99 #100-003-138AG AR-15/M16 PRS Stock, O.D. Green, 3K212C50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254.99 #100-002-947AG AR-Style .308 PRS Stock, Black, 3K212C50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254.99 MGSS PRS STOCK QD SLING ADAPTER - Machined steel adapter lets you use a pushbutton quick-detach sling on your PRS stock. Replaces the stock’s factory sling loop to provide a secure mounting point for the pushbutton swivel. Allows you to use any tactical sling that requires a “flush cup” mounting socket. Built-in rotation limiter prevents unwanted sling twisting for optimized weapon balance. Can be mounted on any of the stock’s four sling loop attachment points using the factory loop’s hex-head mounting screws. Fully machined, hardened steel is protected with an anticorrosion matte black finish. .1cm) long, SPECS: Machined steel, matte black. 213⁄16" (7 9⁄ 3 16" (1.4cm) wide, ⁄8" (1cm) high. 1.1 oz. (32g) 2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=37http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=37Items MAGPUL AR-15/M16 Mount MAGPUL AR-15/M16 MAGPUL AR-15/M16 TAPCO AR-15/M16 ACS BUTTSTOCK ™ UBR BUTTSTOCK Compact, Convenient Collapsible Stock With The Comfort & Solidness Of A Fixed Stock MOE BUTTSTOCK ™ T6 COLLAPSIBLE STOCK CONVERSION KIT AR-15/M16 Drop-In Replacement For M4 Stock With Storage & Enhanced Comfort Features Adaptable Carbine/Storage (ACS) stock is a drop-in replacement for standard USGI M4 collapsible stock that gives the tactical operator extra storage options, a secure, comfortable cheekweld, and an advanced dual-locking lever. Smooth, streamlined exterior contours prevent snagging on clothing, sling, or vegetation, and help ensure fast exits from vehicles without snagging on gear. Removable battery storage compartments run the full length of the extra-wide comb and hold 2 AA or 3 CR-123 batteries, while providing a wide, contoured area for an exceptionally solid, comfortable cheekweld. Secure molded rubber caps keep water and dust out of compartments and face the rear of the stock for easy removal; cap exterior is beveled to resist snagging when shouldering weapon. Positivelocking trapdoor on right side of the stock reveals a roomy storage compartment for additional batteries, coiled up cleaning cable and other cleaning supplies, ear plugs, spare parts, or other small items. Magpul’s dual locking system uses an additional cam lever to protect the release lever from accidental operation, yet still allows you to adjust length of pull by simply pushing on the release lever. Slot molded in the toe provides an attachment point for a 1¼" wide sling. Also includes the same detachable rubber buttpad found on Magpul CTR and UBR buttstocks to help keep stock firmly mounted on shoulder. Mil-Spec fits 1.14" O.D. buffer tubes on Colt-manufactured M4 and similar mil-spec tubes that accept both four- and six-position collapsible stocks. Commercial fits larger, 1.17" O.D. commercial carbine buffer tubes. Buffer tube, carbine buffer, receiver extension nut, and carbine-length action spring not included. a b SPECS: Reinforced molded polymer, Black, Dark Earth, O.D. Green or Foliage Green. 77⁄8" (20cm) OAL, 5¼" (13.3cm) high. 13.6 oz. (385g) weight. Mil-Spec fits mil-spec 1.14" O.D. carbine buffer tubes. Commercial fits commercial 1.17" O.D. carbine buffer tubes. #100-003-527AG Mil-Spec ACS Buttstock, Black 3K112H46 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 134.99 #100-003-529AG Mil-Spec ACS Buttstock, Dark Earth 3K112H46 . . . . . . . . . . . . 134.99 #100-003-784AG Mil-Spec ACS Buttstock, O.D. Green 3K112Z46 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134.99 #100-003-528AG Mil-Spec ACS Buttstock, Foliage Green 3K112H46 . . . . . . . . . . . 134.99 #100-003-531AG Commercial ACS Buttstock, Black, 3K110H92 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134.99 #100-003-533AG Commercial ACS Buttstock, Dark Earth 3K110H92 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134.99 #100-003-785AG Commercial ACS Buttstock, O.D. Green, 3K109Z95 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134.95 #100-003-534AG Commercial ACS Buttstock, Foliage Green 3K110H92 . . . . . . . . . . . 134.99 SWIVEL MOUNT - Heavy-duty steel receptacle gives your ACS stock the versatility of quick-detach, pushbutton sling mounting. Bolts to attachment points molded into the right and left sides of the stock behind the release lever using the included hardware. No drilling or other stock modifications required. Accepts most pushbutton, single-point sling swivels. Swivel rotation may be restricted when the stock’s battery storage compartments are also installed. SPECS: Steel, phosphate finish, matte black. ¾" (1.9cm) long. Includes mounting hardware and instructions. 100-005-598AG ACS QD Sling Swivel Mount, 3K12D32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 14.99 Economical, Drop-In Upgrade For Carbine Collapsible Stock Stock shown partially extended Rugged, adjustable carbine buttstock combines the solidness of a fixed stock with a unique set of convenience and comfort features to provide a highly versatile, stable shooting plat2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=38http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=38VLTOR AR-15/M16 IMPROVED MODSTOCK COMBO KIT Better Control & More Options In Tactical Situations HIGH STANDARD CAR-15/M4 MIL-SPEC RECEIVER EXTENSION TUBE Replace Factory USGI Tube Or Convert Commercial Carbine To Accept Mil-Spec Adjustable Buttstock Brownells AR-15/M16 BUTTSTOCK SPACER SIMS VIBRATION LABORATORY AR-15/M16 Can’t Mount An A2 Rifle Stock Without It Machined aluminum spacer fits on the end of a fixed-stock receiver extension tube, and lets you install an A2-style buttstock on your rifle. Required for converting a rifle with an old A1 stock to the longer stock; replaces a lost or damaged spacer. a b SPECS: 6061 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, black. #080-000-751AG A2 Buttstock Spacer 8K03B14 . . . . .$ 3.99 LIMSAVER® CARBINE RECOIL PAD Reduces Felt Recoil & Improves Weapon Control Synthetic rubber recoil pad slips over the hard plastic buttplate on an M4-type adjustable carbine stock for secure, non-slip shouldering and as much as 70% reduction in felt recoil. Made from proprietary NAVCOM™ shock-absorbing material that won’t crack, split, or take a “set.” Spreads recoil over a larger area and prevents the stock from digging into your shoulder. Improves weapon control and reduces muzzle jump to aid in fast, accurate follow-up shots. Secure snap-on design for quick installation and removal. a b SPECS: NAVCOM synthetic material, black. 5¼" (13.3cm) high, 2" (5.1cm) wide. Fits M4-type adjustable carbine stocks with buttplate up to 53⁄16" (13.2cm) high x 17⁄8" (4.8cm) wide. #100-005-457AG Limbsaver Recoil Pad 7K29U17 . . .$ 36.99 AR-15/M16 Tactical stock system contains all the parts you need to replace an existing carbine or rifle stock with a highly versatile, five-position, carbine stock. The IMOD buttstock’s unique, “clubfoot” shape provides better overall control and firm, stable shoulder contact in combat situations. Removable, non-slip rubber buttpad angles slightly forward from heel to toe for a better hold in the “ready” stance and when the weapon is held above the shoulder pocket in the heads-up position. Snag-free design won’t hangup on clothing, web gear, or equipment. Two detachable storage compartments with waterproof caps hold up to four AA or six, CR-123 spare batteries. Two sling loops are wide enough for military-style, nylon web slings, plus there’s a socket for a quick-detach, push-button sling swivel on each side of the stock. SPECS: Molded polymer, Black, Dark Earth, or Foliage Green. 7" (17 .8cm) to 95⁄8" (24.5cm) l.o.p. Kit contains stock, mil-spec 1.15" O.D. receiver extension, carbine buffer, buffer spring, endplate, locking Nut, and two detachable storage compartments with caps. #100-005-448AG IMOD Combo Kit, Blk 3A139U99 .$ 159.95 #100-005-450AG IMOD Combo Kit, Dark Earth, 3A139U99. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159.95 #100-005-449AG IMOD Combo Kit, Foliage Green, 3A139U99. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159.95 Replacement receiver extension tube is the correct length and 1.146" outside diameter for proper fit of a mil-spec carbine adjustable buttstock. Replace a worn out USGI tube, or convert a commercial carbine or fixed-stock rifle to accept an adjustable buttstock that requires the smaller, mil-spec tube. Six precisionmachined notches on the underside grasp the stock’s locking pin securely to ensure fast, positive stock length adjustments without slippage. One-piece aluminum construction with a tough, abrasion-resistant matte black hardcoat anodized finish. Rifle conversion also requires a carbine action spring and buffer, available separately. a b SPECS: Aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. 7¼” (18.2cm) long, 1.146” O.D. #100-004-252AG Mil-Spec Receiver Extension Tube, 3D43H61 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 54.99 ACCURACY SPEAKS AR-15 ADJUSTABLE BUTT PLATE Four-Way Adjustment; Fits AR-15 Stock No-gunsmithing! Add increased shooting comfort to any AR-15 equipped with an A1 trap door butt plate. After mounting, loosen the two set screws 2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=39http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=39COMMAND ARMS CAR-15/M4 SMITH ENTERPRISES COMMAND ARMS AR-15/M16 DANIEL DEFENSE AR-15/M16 COLLAPSIBLE STOCK SADDLE Lightweight Cheek Support Plus Convenient Battery Storage Provides added cheek support for increased comfort and shooting accuracy to AR-type rifles equipped with M4-style collapsible stocks. Plus, gives an advanced tactical appearance similar to the SOPMOD stock. Made from a very lightweight, fiberglass reinforced plastic that’s as strong as it is functional. Waterproof, sealed compartments on each side will hold four “AA” or six CR123 cell batteries. No gunsmithing required for installation; saddle locks onto stock with accessory sling loop hardware that’s provided. Rubberized model includes all the features of the standard model and adds a rubberized, no-slip coating that gives an exceptionally solid cheekweld for even greater shooter comfort and control. a b SPECS: Injection molded plastic, black, matte finish,53⁄4" (14.5cm) long, 23⁄4" (6.9cm) wide. Fits M4-style stocks only. #100-002-567AG Standard M4 Stock Saddle, 6C17A79 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 26.49 #100-003-046AG Rubberized M4 Stock Saddle, 6C22A46 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30.59 STRAP-ON CHEEK PAD Provides Positive Cheek-To-Stock Contact For Improved Shooting Form & Comfort Comfortable, strap-on cheek pad helps you gain a positive and consistent cheekweld on buttstocks without an integral cheekrest or raised comb. Felt-like, waterproof inner pad with overlaid PVC shell cushions recoil and minimizes perceived vibration, so your face takes less of a beating when firing large caliber rifles or full automatic weapons. Outer covering of heavyweight, 1000 Denier ballistic cloth resists abrasion and perspiration. Three, extra-thick, hook-and-loop straps with loops allow you to cinch it down tight on the stock for absolutely no movement under recoil. Installs and removes in just seconds. Designed originally for the M14/M1A, but fits equally well on sporting rifles and shotguns. a b SPECS: 1000 Denier nylon, black or tan. 1⁄2" (12.7mm) thick. #851-200-500AG Black Strap-On Cheek Pad, 1E43D53 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 65.99 #851-000-073AG Tan Strap-On Cheek Pad 1E55T60 . 84.99 4-RAIL HANDGUARD Extra Mounting Area For Your Accessories Four Picatinny rails and rigid aluminum construction provide a two-piece handguard capable of supporting all your accessories, while holding up to the tough demands of tactical and competition exercises. Each rail is equipped with removable thermal rubber covers for better grip and protection for the rails when not in use. Integral metal heat shields with 24 ventilation holes help dissipate heat away from the barrel during sustained fire. Mounts easily using existing delta ring. No gunsmithing required. SPECS: Aluminum, painted matte black. 6” (15.2cm) long. #100-002-822AG 4-Rail Handguard 9C64A29 . . . . . . .$ 79.99 EZ CAR™ 7.0 CARBINE HANDGUARD Quad-Railed Forend Installs In Minutes With No Gunsmithing Lightweight aluminum handguard easily replaces the plastic factory handguard and gives you four MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny rails for mounting accessories with absolutely no permanent alterations to weapon. The 16-slot top rail and 15-slot side and bottom rails are T-marked for precise repeatability in mounting optics, bipods, vertical grips, lights, and other tactical gear. Extended top rail eliminates gap between it and receiver rail. Mounts to the delta ring and handguard cap of rifles with carbine-length gas systems. No gunsmithing, no special tools required. Four setscrews lock the EZ CAR firmly in place to prevent shifting under recoil. SPECS: 6061 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. 7¼" (18.4cm) long, 27⁄16" (6.2cm) wide, 27⁄16" high. 9.0 oz. (255g) wt. #100-005-587AG EZ CAR 7.0 Carbine Handguard, 8K137H93 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 148.00 AR-15/M16 CLARK CUSTOM AR-15/M16 CARBON FIBER HANDGUARD Lightweight; Unique Appearance; Sta2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=40http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=40DANIEL DEFENSE AR-15/M16 DPMS AR-15/M16 DOUBLE STAR AR-15/M16/M4 OMEGA RAIL/X RAIL AR-15/M16 Lightweight, Versatile & Easy To Install Rail Systems Maximize Accessory Mounting Options Free-float handguard with four MILSTD 1913 Picatinny rails installs in minutes with no permanent modifications to weapon. Two-piece design allows installation using basic tools and the included hex key. Tighten the four Allen-head screws against the barrel nut with the hex key to eliminate movement and align the extended top rail with the receiver rail for an exceptionally long expanse of uninterrupted accessory mounting space. Plenty of ventilation cuts keep barrel cool and minimize weight—perfect for tactical rifles where every ounce saved improves speed and maneuverability. Rail slots are indexed with white letters and numbers for precise positioning and remounting of accessories. Receptacles for push-button QD sling swivels in the side rails have built-in rotation limiters. Precision machined from 6061 T6 aluminum and mil-spec Type 3 hardcoat anodized for added strength and a rock-hard surface that resists wear and scuffing. The standard Omega Rail clamps directly to factory barrel nut; remove it and reinstall factory handguard any time. Omega X Rail comes with a replacement barrel nut for a streamlined, minimal-profile installation that maximizes available rail space for accessories. 7.0 fits rifles with carbine-length gas sytems. 9.0 is designed for rifles with midlength gas systems. 12.0 fits AR-15s with rifle-length gas systems. X Rail 12.0 provides extended accessory mounting space on any AR-15 with a carbine-length gas system. Cutout in the top rail allows clearance for the front sight tower/gas block. All models come with Santoprene rubber rail covers to provide a more comfortable, secure grip and protect the machined surfaces from damage. Rail covers resist temperatures up to 350º F. a b SPECS: 6061 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. Includes mounting screws, ladder-style rail covers, and instructions. .8cm) long. 7 .6 oz. (217g) 7.0 - 63⁄8" (16.2cm) long. Top Rail - 7" (17 wt. Fits AR-15 with carbine-length gas system. 9.0 - 83⁄8" (21.3cm) long. Top Rail - 9" (22.9cm) long. 9.6 oz. (273g) wt. Fits AR-15 with mid-length gas system. 12.0 - 113⁄4" (29.9cm) long. Top Rail - 123⁄8" (31.4cm) long. 13.6 oz. (386g) wt. Fits AR-15 with rifle-length gas system. 7.0 X Rail – 7¼" (18.4cm) O.A.L./top rail length. 9.4 oz. (266g) weight. Fits AR-15 with carbine-length gas system. 9.0 XRail – 9¼" (23.5cm) O.A.L./top rail length. 11.7 oz. (333g) weight. Fits AR-15 with mid-length gas system. X Rail 12.0 - 12½" (31.8cm) O.A.L. 13.8 oz. (391g) weight. Fits AR-15/M16 with carbine-length gas system. X Rail models require replacement of factory barrel nut with the included Omega X barrel nut. #100-003-309AG Omega Rail 7.0 8K244A29 . . . . . . .$ 265.00 #100-003-629AG Omega Rail 9.0 8K270V00 . . . . . . . . 293.00 #100-003-630AG Omega Rail 12.0 8K296V57 . . . . . . . 322.00 #100-005-072AG Omega X Rail 7.0 8K244H29 . . . . . . 265.00 #100-005-071AG Omega X Rail 9.0, 8K270Z00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293.00 #100-004-496AG Omega X Rail 12.0, 8K296X57 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322.00 CARBON FIBER FREE-FLOAT TUBE Lightweight & Fast-Handling For Smooth Target Transitions Lightweight carbon fiber free-float forend gives your rifle a fast-handling profile and keeps the barrel cool, even during sustained fire. Distinctive-looking, smooth surface won’t snag on clothing or gear, and lets your hand shift position easily for fast target transitions. Free-float design eliminates handguard-induced stress on barrel for maximum accuracy. Included barrel nut must be glued to tube with the supplied epoxy bonding agent. SPECS: Tube - Carbon fiber, black. Barrel nut – Aluminum, anodized, black. 2" (5.1cm) O.D. 1.8" (4.6cm) I.D. Rifle – 12½" (31.8cm) length. 8.2 oz. (233g) weight. Carbine – 7¼" (18.4cm) length. 6.1 oz. (173g2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=41http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=41Items J.P . ENTERPRISES AR-15/M16/AR-STYLE .308 MAKO AR-15/M16 Sizes MAGPUL AR-15/M16 MIDWEST INDUSTRIES AR-15/M16 MODULAR HANDGUARD SYSTEM Configure Accessory Rails & Swivels On Tactical Rifles For Each Mission Modular handguard/rail system gives maximum flexibility to customize the number, position, and length of accessory rails on the rifle. Mount rails or sling swivels at 45° intervals around the handguard. Free-float eliminates barrel pressure points for maximum accuracy; use a bipod or sling without affecting point of impact. Ventilated tube provides maximum heat dissipation, and the textured surface assures a non-slip grip. Dual barrel nut system provides precise alignment of tube with top of receiver. Inner nut can be secured with a standard armorer’s wrench. Fluted aluminum outer nut reduces weight without compromising strength and is secured to handguard with flush-fitting, Allen head screws for rock-solid alignment with upper receiver. Handguard comes with two sling swivels; rails sold separately. Rail Kits designed for JP system, will also work with many other free-float tubes. JPHG-1M - Rifle handguard leaves gas block exposed on AR-15 with 18", 20" or 24" barrel; covers gas block on 16" barrel. JPHG-5M - Mid-length handguard leaves gas block exposed on AR-15 with a mid-length gas system; covers gas block on carbine-length gas systems for a clean, streamlined profile. JPHG-4M - Carbine handguard leaves gas block exposed on AR-15 with 14" or 16" barrel. JPHG-1D and JPHG-4D fit DPMS LR-308 and AR-style .308 rifles with the same thread pattern on the upper receiver collar, including Knight’s Armament SR-25 and Remington R-25. Rifle-length JPHG-1D leaves gas block exposed on 18" or longer barrel, covers gas block on 16" barrel. Carbine-length JPHG-4D leaves gas block exposed on 14" and 16" barrels. JPHG-1A - Rifle-length handguard fits the ArmaLite® AR-10®, Bushmaster, and Rock River Arms AR-style .308 rifles. JPHG-EXT bolt-on extension adds 53⁄8" to JPHG-4D and JPHG-4M handguards to give the operator more options for mounting accessories. Cutout provides clearance for A2-style front sight tower. a b SPECS: 6061 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. Steel inner barrel nut, swivel studs, and setscrews with matte black oxide finish. 2" (5cm) dia. without attachments. Includes inner and outer barrel retainer nuts and two sling swivel studs with backer plates, setscrews. Additional studs available below. JPHG-1M – 11½" (29.2cm) long. JPHG-5M – 91⁄8" (23.2cm) long. JPHG-4M – 71⁄8" (18.1cm) long. JPHG-1D and JPHG-4D fit DPMS LR-308, Knight's Armament SR-25, Remington R-25, and AR-type .308 rifles with the same thread pattern on the upper receiver collar. JPHG-1D – 12½" (31.75cm) long. JPHG-4D - 71⁄8" (18.1cm) long. JPHG-1A – 12¾" (32.4cm) long. Fits ArmaLite AR-10, Bushmaster, and Rock River Arms AR-style .308 rifles with rifle-length gas system. JPHGEXT – 6¼" (15.8cm) OAL. Adds 53⁄8" (13.6cm) to handguard length; fits JPHG-4D and JPHG-4M handguards only. Rails – MIL -STD 1913 Picatinny cut. Backer plates and Allen head mounting screws in1⁄ cluded. Rifle rail is 11 2" (29.2cm) long; mid-length rail is 9" (22.9cm) long; carbine rail is 71⁄8" (18.1cm) long. #452-000-040AG JPHG-1M Rifle Handguard, 2E146P67 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 179.99 #452-000-051AG JPHG-5M Mid-Length Handguard, 2E163P33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204.99 #452-000-034AG JPHG-4M Carbine Handguard, 2E164P06 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174.99 452-000-108AG JPHG-1D AR-.308 Handguard, 2E151A08 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174.99 452-000-109AG JPHG-4D AR-.308 Handguard, 2E151A08 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174.99 452-000-072AG JPHG-1A AR-10/AR-.308 Handguard, 2E140U00. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174.99 452-000-110AG JPHG-EXT Handguard Extender, 2E60A43 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69.99 #452-000-038AG 11½" Rifle Rai2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=42http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=42Model MIDWEST INDUSTRIES AR-15/M16/AR-STYLE .308 MIDWEST INDUSTRIES AR-15/M16 Model MIDWEST INDUSTRIES AR-15/M16 ROCK RIVER ARMS AR-15/M16 TWO-PIECE FOREND AR-15/M16 Versatile, Easy To Install, Snap-On Forend Rails For Optics & Accessories Carbine length, twopiece vented forearm snaps solidly in place and replaces factory plastic handguard with no gunsmithing, no permanent alterations to rifle. Each of the four MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny rails contains 15 mounting slots for optics, lasers, vertical grips, bipods, and lights. Two-piece design permits removal of lower section to install a grenade launcher or shotgun. Both pieces remove easily for cleaning and maintenance. Rails are laser etched with white alphanumeric position markings to aid in fast mounting and remounting of optics and accessories. Large vent holes allow plenty of air circulation for barrel. Models available to fit standard AR-15/M4 carbine and b DPMS Sportical™ AR-style .308 rifle. a SPECS: Machined 6061 billet aluminum, mil-spec hardcoat anodized, matte finish, Black, Dark Earth, or O.D. Green. 65⁄8" (16.8cm) long. AR-15/M4 fits mil-spec 16" carbine-length barrels with round front handguard cap. Will not fit Colt-made AR-15/M4. Sportical fits DPMS Sportical AR-style .308 rifle with factory gas block and handguard cap. #100-002-330AG AR-15/M4 Carbine Forend, Black, 2A125T17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 154.99 #100-004-246AG AR-15/M4 Carbine Forend, Dark Earth, 2A125H17. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154.99 #100-004-247AG AR-15/M4 Carbine Forend, O.D. Green, 2A125H17. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154.99 100-005-396AG DPMS Sportical Forend, Black, 2A131T43 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149.99 EXTENDED-RAIL CARBINE FOREND Extended, MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny side rails give 10" of uninterrupted rail space and top rail extension past front sight provides flexibility in accessory mounting options. Laser-etched with alphanumeric designations. Bottom section is removable to allow installation of grenade launcher or shotgun. SPECS: CNC machined from 6061 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. 65⁄8" (16.8cm) long, 21⁄2" (6.35cm) diameter. Top and side rails are 10" (25.4cm) long. Fits carbine length, Mil-Spec barrels. Will not fit Colt-made AR-15s/M4s. #100-002-411AG Two-Piece Extended-Rail Carbine Forend 2A152Z00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 189.99 MID-LENGTH TWO-PIECE CARBINE FOREND - Four Picatinny rails contain 20 mounting slots for lasers, optics, bipods, vertical grips, and lights and each MIL-STD rail is USGI type laser etched with lettering and numbering. Two-piece design permits removal of lower section for installation of a shotgun or grenade launcher. SPECS: CNC machined from 6061 billet aluminum, hard coat anodized to Mil-Spec. Black. 81⁄2" (21.5cm) overall length. Fits carbine length barrels with extended gas system as made by Rock River Arms and Armalite. #100-002-455AG Two-Piece Mid-Length Carbine Forend, 2A148H00. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 184.99 FULL-LENGTH TWO-PIECE FOREND - Versatile, rifle-length vented forearm replaces factory handguard on full-size AR-15 rifles and provides four Picatinny rails, each with 28 mounting slots for optics, lasers, vertical grips, bipods, and lights. Two-piece design permits easy installation without removing gas block; no gunsmithing required. Bottom section is removable to allow installation of a grenade launcher or shotgun. Each rail has precise laser-etched alphanumeric markings TWO-PIECE CARBINE HANDGUARD Snap-On Replacement For Factory Handguard; Clearance For Gas Piston Machined aluminum two-piece handguard is a drop-in replacement for the factory plastic handguard that gives you 24½" of MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny rail space for tactical accessories. No gunsmithing, no need to remove the barrel nut or front sight to install, and no permanent alterations to rifle required. Fits standard delta ring equipped gas-impingement carbines, a2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=43http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=43Item YANKEE HILL MACHINE AR-15/M16 SPIKE’S TACTICAL AR-15/M16 15/M16 with rifle-length gas system. #100-004-309AG Smooth Free Float Forearm, Carbine, 9A112H00. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 139.99 #100-004-310AG Smooth Free Float Forearm, Rifle, 9A128H00. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159.99 CUSTOMIZABLE 2-PIECE CARBINE HANDGUARD - Two-piece forearm replaces your AR-15 carbine’s mil-spec, factory plastic handguard and allows you to install Picatinny rails at 45-degree intervals for precise, custom positioning of lights, lasers, vertical grips, and other accessories. Eight, evenly spaced rows of threaded mounting holes accept Yankee Hill’s Pictainny-type, modular, Add-On Rails. One full-length rail and one 3" elevated rail included; additional rails available separately below. Bottom half removes easily to provide clearance for a shotgun or grenade, flare, or tear gas launcher. Sixteen, lengthwise cooling vents ensure thorough dissipation of heat from barrel. Machined from rugged but lightweight aluminum, then hardcoat anodized matte black for added strength and exceptional wear resistance. SPECS: Aluminum, mil-spec hardcoat anodized, matte black. 65⁄8" (16.8cm) long x 2” (5.1cm). 7 .6 oz. (216g) wt. Accepts up to four 3” , 4” or 6" add-on rails. #100-002-896AG Customizable 2-Pc Carbine Handguard, 9A116V75 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 145.99 ADD-ON RAILS - Bolt-on Picatinny rails give you almost unlimited accessory mounting options for your Yankee Hill customizable handguards. Choose only as much rail as you need to avoid cluttering handguard with unused rail space. 6" rail is a full-length rail for Carbine-length handguards, 9¼" rail is the correct length for Specter tubes, and 12" rail is full-length for Rifle tubes. SPECS: Aluminum, mil-spec hardcoat anodized, matte black. Fits Yankee Hill Customizable Free-Float and Two-Piece Handguards. Mounting screws included. #100-002-081AG 3" Add-On Rail 9A12T65 . . . . . . . . . .$ 18.00 #100-002-082AG 4" Add-On Rail 9A13T85 . . . . . . . . . . . 19.50 #100-003-157AG 6" Add-On Rail 9A16C35 . . . . . . . . . . . 23.00 #100-002-083AG 7" Add-On Rail 9A17T25 . . . . . . . . . . . 24.50 #100-003-158AG 9¼" Add-On Rail 9A19C85 . . . . . . . . . 28.50 #100-002-080AG 12" Add-On Rail 9A27T00 . . . . . . . . . . 34.00 4-RAIL FREE-FLOAT HANDGUARD Four, integral, full-length Picatinny rails machined into a single piece of high-strength, rigid aluminum forms a handguard that delivers maximum Standard stability and reliability. Stress-free tube design ensures complete freefloat of the barrel for optimal accuracy. Barrel nut locks in place with two anti-rotation screws to ensure handguard remains locked in place, even Lightweight under the added torque from vertical grips. Four, threaded, swivel stud mounting holes allow attachment of Yankee Hill threaded swivel stud at the top, bottom, or either side of the handguard. Available in Carbine or Rifle lengths. Heavy duty, Standard model features narrow cooling vents that run lengthwise along the handguard. Lightweight model is a skeletonized version specifically machined to reduce weight from the rails; oversized cooling holes provide maximum ventilation and allow clear view of the barrel for the ultimate tactical look. SPECS: Aluminum, mil-spec hardcoat anodized, matte black. Carbine Models – 73⁄16" (18.3 cm) long x 23⁄8" (6 cm) wide. Rifle Models – 12½” (31.8cm) long x 23⁄8" wide. Weight: Standard Carbine - 14.3 oz. (405 g). Standard Rifle - 22.5 oz. (638 g). Lightweight Carbine - 10.6 oz. (300 g). Lightweight Rifle - 14.75 oz. (418 g). #100-002-169AG Std Carbine Handguard, 9A91X73 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 119.99 #100-002-170AG Std Rifle Handguard 9A124X62 . . . 159.99 #100-003-414AG Lightweight Carbine Handguard, 9A91Y73 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119.99 #100-003-413AG Lightweight Rifle Handguard, 9A123Y05 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1342011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=44http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=44TAPCO AR-15/M16 TROY INDUSTRIES AR-15/M16 VICTORY ARMS AR-15/M16 WILSON COMBAT AR-15/M16 INTRAFUSE HANDGUARD AR-15/M16 MODULAR RAIL FOREND Four-Rails For Maximum Accessory Mounting Versatility; Free-Float & Non-Free-Float Models FREE-FLOAT HANDGUARD QUAD RAIL HANDGUARD Gives The Versatility Of Four Accessory Rails Plus A Smooth, Comfortable Grasping Surface Free-floating handguard combines the accessory-mounting versatility of four Picatinny rails, with a smooth, comfortable grasping surface for the support hand. A proprietary barrel nut anchors the Quad Rail securely to the receiver and ensures a solid, flex-free accessory platform. Full-length top and bottom rails offer plenty of space for mounting optics, flip-up sights, and vertical grips, while each side has 1½" of rail at the front for lights, lasers, sling mounts, and other accessories. Eight ¼"-20 tpi threaded holes—three each on top and bottom, one on each side rail—accept sling swivel studs and other screw-on accessories. Large vents holes promote air circulation to keep the barrel cool and reduce weight without sacrificing strength. Installation requires the Quad Rail spanner wrench. a b SPECS: 6005A T5 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black finish. 7¼" (18.4cm) long, 23⁄16" (5.8cm) wide, 25⁄16" (5.8cm) high. 10 oz. (284 g) weight. Fits AR-15/M16 with carbine-length gas system and barrel O.D. 1.020" or smaller at the receiver flange/barrel extension. Installation requires removal of the gas block, factory barrel nut, and Delta ring. Kit includes handguard, barrel nut, spanner wrench, and wrench bar with cutout for ½" torque driver. Handguard also available separately, barrel nut included. #965-000-090AG Quad Rail Kit, 5F260U65 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 299.99 #965-000-089AG Quad Rail, Only 5F217U20 . . . . . . . . 249.99 Heavy Duty Barrel Nut Ensures A Rigid, No-Wobble Quad-Rail Accessory Mounting Platform One-piece free-float handguard has an extra-long barrel nut that provides extra strength and rigidity to ensure ultra-stable accessory mounting platform. Four MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny rails accept a variety of tactical accessories, and there’s plenty of internal clearance for most gas piston conversion systems. Barrel nut easily attaches to receiver with a standard spanneror strap-type barrel wrench, and enables easy indexing of top rail to align with receiver rail for a long expanse of uninterrupted mounting space for optics and backup iron sights. Laser-etched position marks aid in fast reinstallation of optics and accessories after temporary removal. Includes four attachment sockets for quick-detach pushbutton sling swivels. Available in Carbine (7"), Mid-Length (9¼"), or extended Rifle (12½") lengths for plenty of versatility. Multiple lightening cuts and oversized vents keep weight down without sacrificing strength and improve air flow for efficient barrel cooling. a b SPECS: 6061 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. 2" (5.1cm) wide, 2.4" (6.1cm) tall. Carbine – 7" (17 .8cm) long. MidLength – 9¼" (23.5cm) long. Rifle – 12½" (31.7cm) long. #100-004-874AG Carbine Free Float Handguard, 3C00UAV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 289.00 #100-004-873AG Mid-Length Free-Float Handguard, 3C00BXC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314.00 #100-004-872AG Rifle Free-Float Handguard, 3C00PUA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339.00 Increases Accessory Mounting Flexibility, Enhances Comfort & Control Modular, snap-on carbine handguard offers a comfortable, secure hand-hold and integral Picatinny rails to give the operator exceptional accessory mounting flexibility without sacrificing weapon controllability. Comfortable, hand-filling contours, molded-in grasping ridges, and a non-slip textured surface ensure a secure grip for superior weapon control that aids speedy target acquisition and quick recovery for follow-up shots. Picatinny rails at the 3, 6, 9, and 12 o’clock positions provide plenty of real estat2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=45http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=45FALCON INDUSTRIES AR-15/M16 MAGPUL AR-15/M16 MAGPUL AR-15/M16 FALCON INDUSTRIES ERGO GRIP RAIL COVERS ™ Snap-On, Non-Slip Gripping Surface Improves Weapon Control, Protects Rails & Hands Molded polymer covers snap over exposed portions of accessory rails to form a positive gripping surface for a comfortable, non-slip hand hold and improved weapon control. Protects your hands from the exposed rail edges and provides a soft cushion to help prevent damage to the rails during storage or transport. Available in a variety of styles to suit the requirements of different shooters and weapon configurations. Modular designs allow you to customize coverage area and configuration, even mix and match styles on the same handguard. a b LOWPRO RAIL GUARD - Low-profile, flexible polymer guard snaps neatly into the cross-slots on Picatinny rails. SPECS: Synthetic rubber polymer, .5cm) long x 1” (2.5cm) wide. black or O.D. green. 67⁄8" (17 #573-000-028AG LowPro Rail Guard, Black, 3G08B55 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 11.99 #573-000-029AG LowPro Rail Guard, O.D. Green, 3G10B71 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.00 LOWPRO WIRE LOOM RAIL GUARD Slightly overhangs the rail on one side, so wires from remote switches for lights or red dot optics can be threaded through the built-in wire loom. Retains wires close to the rail, out of the way, so they don’t snag on other gear. SPECS: Synthetic rubber polymer, Black or Combat Beige. 1¾” (4.5cm) long x 1¼” (3.2cm) wide. #573-000-056AG Wire Loom Guard, Black, 3G04T00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 6.00 #573-000-057AG Wire Loom Guard, Combat Beige, 3G04T00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.00 FULL RAIL COVER - Completely covers the rail and contoured to give a rounded shape to Picatinny or Weaverstyle rails. Grippy synthetic rubber snaps securely over rail and provides an excellent grasping surface. Long model has raised diamond-plate texture. Short model has two raised gripping ridges. SPECS: Synthetic rubber polymer, Black or Coyote Brown. Long model is 5¾" (14.6cm) long x 1½" (3.8cm) wide. Short model is 1¾" (4.5cm) long x 1½" wide; sold in 12 pak. #573-000-031AG Long Rail Cover, Black, each, 3G08Y55 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 12.00 #573-000-058AG Long Rail Cover, Coyote Brown, each, 3G08T21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.95 #573-000-014AG Short Rail Covers, Black, 12-Pak, 3G31Y94 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39.05 ERGOLOK RAIL COVER Complete rail coverage with minimal bulk and a checkered surface texture for a secure, non-slip grip even when hands are wet. Slides easily over rail, and hinged locking panel snaps tightly into a slot to prevent movement of cover. To reposition the cover, simply flip up the locking panel, slide to the new location on the rail, and snap down the lock. SPECS: Injection-molded hard polymer, black. 4 Panel - 31⁄8" (7.9cm) long x 1½" (3.8cm) wide. 8 Panel - 63⁄8" (16.2cm) x 1½" wide. #573-000-054AG ErgoLok Cover, 4 Panel, 3G08T00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 12.00 #573-000-055AG ErgoLok Cover, 8 Panel, 3G08T00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.00 ACCESSORY RAIL COVER Improves Grip, Protects Rails From Damage Tough, polymer cover slides over Picatinny rails to protect shooter’s hand from sharp edges of unused rails, and shield exposed rails from damage during rough tactical operations. Makes rail less likely to snag clothing and equipment and gives the rounded contour of a smooth, circular handguard with the freedom to reconfigure accessories whenever you need to. Rubber-like, pebble-texture grip surface helps shooter maintain better weapon control. Each panel covers 15 rail slots—the correct length to fit many carbine-length handguards without modification. Pre-segmented construction for ease in cutting to length to custom fit on other handguards. Multiple sections can be mounted one 2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=46http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=46CAVALRY ARMS AR-15/M16 Color FALCON AR-15/M16 MAGPUL AR-15/M16 A2-STYLE GRIP Proven, Mil-Spec A2 Design Provides a comfortable hold for those who prefer the straight, uncluttered lines of the standard A2-style grip. Extremely rigid and durable with hand-filling contours and molded-in ledges that lock your hand into position. Available in black only. a b SPECS: Polymer. 4” (10.2cm) high, 2” (5.1cm) wide, 17⁄32" (3.1cm) thick. Fits both rifle and carbine. #100-002-830AG A2-Style Pistol Grip, Black, 2K04Y80 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 6.00 ERGO GRIP Improves Trigger & Recoil Control Hand-filling, ergonomic profile with finger grooves, palm swells, and many other features improves shooting comfort and accuracy. Tactical grips feature either Suregrip or Rigid grip for a non-slip, textured finish. Suregrip adds an overmolded, rubberized covering to the polymer body for a superior grip and added cushion. Rigid grip features Rhino Hide™, a hard textured finish molded directly into the polymer. a b STANDARD - Slightly thinner than the factory grip but with additional depth front to back. Pebble grain, non-slip surface and subtle finger grooves improve grasp and promote correct trigger finger position. Curved rear backstrap fills web of hand. Available with Suregrip or Rigid textured finish. Right-Hand models have a distinct thumb shelf. SPECS: Polymer, hard texture or overmolded rubber, Black or Dark Earth. 4" (10cm) long. #573-000-008AG Ambi AR-15 Rigid ERGO Grip, Black, 3G18Y21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 22.99 #573-000-025AG Ambi AR-15 SureGrip ERGO, Black, 3G18Y99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24.99 573-000-059AG Ambi AR-15 SureGrip ERGO, Dk Earth, 3G19T41 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22.99 #573-000-026AG RH AR-15 SureGrip ERGO, Black, 3G18Y99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24.99 TACTICAL DELUXE - Upward-curved, grip extension fills the web of the shooting hand, spreads recoil over a large area for excellent feel and comfort. Tactical Deluxe w/Palm Shelf features palm shelf that adjusts vertically ½" providing a custom fit for maximum recoil control. All models feature Rigid grip textured finish. SPECS: Polymer, hard texture, black. 5" (12.5cm) long. Palm shelf 3" (7 .6cm) wide, 4" (10cm) long, 1" (2.5cm) thick. Includes attachment screw. #573-101-404AG AR-15 Tact. Deluxe Grip 3G29P07 .$ 39.99 #573-101-405AG AR-15 Tact. Deluxe Grip w/Palm Shelf, 3G42P31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60.50 #573-101-001AG AR-10 Tact. Deluxe Grip 3G34T22 . . 46.20 #573-101-002AG AR-10 Tact. Deluxe Grip w/Palm Shelf, 3G48T18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66.00 AR-15 GAPPER - Soft, polyurethane pad fits between pistol grip and frame to fill the gap under the triggerguard latch. Prevents the sharp edges of the frame from rubbing or cutting your index finger. SPECS: Polyurethane, black. 1⁄2" (12mm) long. Solvent resistant. #573-000-004AG Gapper 3G02H60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 3.25 PISTOL GRIPS Improves Comfort For Better Weapon Handling & Control; Fixed & Adjustable Models MAKO AR-15/M16 ERGONOMIC PISTOL GRIP For A Secure, Comfortable Grasp, Even With Wet Hand; Roomy Storage Compartment Drop-in replacement for factory pistol grip has sculpted, ergonomic contours designed to provide an exceptionally comfortable, secure grip that minimizes hand fatigue, enhances trigger control, and improves weapon handling during sustained rapid fire. Also helps reduce hand fatigue during long periods in the ready position. A wide, hand-filling palm swell and gently curved finger grooves provide plenty of support, while molded-in stippling and vertical grooves on the backstrap help you maintain a firm grip with wet hands. Sweeping, integral beavertail allows a high hand position for outstanding recoil control. Positive-locking trapdoor in the bottom opens to reveal a roomy internal storage compartment large2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=47http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=47SIERRA PRECISION RIFLES AR-15/M16 TAPCO AR-15/M16 ADVANCED TECHNOLOGY AR-15/M16 COMMAND ARMS AR-15/M16 SPR PISTOL GRIP Enhanced Grip & Comfort For Accurate Shooting Repositions the hand for a comfortable grasp and improved trigger finger location. Hand filling design with thumbrest and palmswell provide enhanced gripping endurance. Matte surface gives good, non-slip purchase. a b SPECS: Black, glass filled Polypropylene, matte finish. Fits AR-15, AR-10 and AR-25 rifles. Right-hand only. #936-001-015AG SPR Handgrip 6C18X95 . . . . . . . . . . $ 27.95 SAW-STYLE PISTOL GRIP Larger Diameter Than Issue, Increases Gripability & Shooting Comfort Inspired by the grip found on the M249 Squad Automatic Weapon; features a more ergonomic angle and increased width for greater comfort and shooting control. Inside the grip housing is a useful storage compartment that’s secured by a positive locking spring latch. Extension at top of grip covers the gap between the triggerguard and the receiver. Constructed of military-grade composite for years of use. a b SPECS: Nylon composite, black. 4” (10cm) high, 1¼” (3.1cm) wide. 3 oz. (85g) wt. Fits AR-15/M16 and AR-style .308 rifles. #100-002-915AG Saw-Style AR Grip 5A16X40 . . . . . .$ 16.99 FOLDING VERTICAL FOREND GRIP Helps You Get On Target Fast & Improves Recoil Control; Folds Away For Storage Fold-away vertical grip clamps to any forend with a bottom accessory rail and provides a comfortable platform for the support hand to improve control. Makes weapon easier to point to help you get on target—or change targets—fast. Pronounced finger grooves, textured surface, and a hand-filling shape help you maintain steady downward force to counteract muzzle rise during rapid fire. Hit the pushbutton on the left side of the grip to change between five locking positions: vertical, 45° forward/rearward, or folded forward/backward parallel with the handguard for storage or carry. Constructed of lightweight, yet robust, fiberglass-reinforced molded nylon to stand up to hard use; slides over Picatinny forend rail and locks in place with a steel crossbolt for solid, wobble-free installation. a b SPECS: Fiberglass-reinforced, injection-molded nylon, black. 4¾” (12.1cm) long fully extended. Requires 21⁄8” (5.4cm) rail space. 4.4 oz. (125g) weight. #019-000-025AG Folding Vertical Grip 9A29P06 . . . .$ 35.95 VERTICAL FOREND GRIP Improves Handling, Comfort & Controllability; Provides Extra Storage AR-15/M16 TACSTAR AR-15/M16 Injection-molded, polymer-resin, forend grips improve stability and overall rifle control by giving your forward hand a comfortable, hand filling, textured gripping surface. Helps you maintain a natural fighting stance, reduces on-target time, and helps maintain muzzle control during rapid fire. Hollow center provides convenient storage space for spare batteries or other small items; rubber cap keeps out dust and moisture. All models clamp securely to forends with Picatinny or Weaver-style rails on underside. a b SPECS: Molded, reinforced polymer, black. QUICK DETACH - Quickly detachable and compact. Mounts securely to Picatinny and Weaver-style rail systems using an internal threaded tension rod. Deeply ribbed, no-slip gripping surface. Removable plug is threaded into the base of the tension rod with a rubber O-ring to provide waterproof storage for up to three, lithium 123 size batteries. SPECS: 47⁄8" (12.4cm) long. #100-002-454AG Quick Detach Forend Storage Grip, 6C20H39. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 30.95 TACTICAL GRIPS Provides A Comfortable, Secure Hold For Improved Control & Recoil Management Ergonomically engineered tactical grips give the operator a comfortable, secure hold for maximum weapon control and recoil management to ensure fast, accurate follow up shots. Molded from high-impact hard polymer with deep finger grooves and palm swells to minimize fatigue and enhance the grasp. Covered with Pachmayr Decelerator rubber to absorb the shock of recoil. Pistol grip is a2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=48http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=48COMMAND ARMS AR-15/M16 GRIP POD SYSTEMS AR-15/M16 PRO MAG AR-15/M16 Colors MAGPUL AR-15/M16 FLASHLIGHT GRIP ADAPTER Provides Improved Weapon Control With Provisions For Flashlight Attachment GRIP POD Vertical Forend Grip With Built-In Quick-Deploy Bipod Dual-function vertical grip locks to the bottom accessory rail of your tactical rifle’s forend to give you enhanced control during CQB and a stable bipod rest for precise longrange fire. The grip’s hand-filling contours and deep grooves provide a solid purchase even when your hands are wet. Hit the large, deeply grooved release button, and a powerful spring deploys the legs instantly. Conveniently placed for thumb activation, the button sits flush with the surrounding surface to prevent accidental deployment. Extended legs provide sufficient elevation for a standard 30-round magazine to clear the ground, and will not snag on brush, vehicle interior, or other gear when retracted. Legs and grip are made of tough, injection-molded polymer; steel cross-bolt with easy-grip thumbscrew locks directly to any MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny rail to ensure a rock-solid fit. GPS-02 has steel inserts in legs for maximum strength in high-stress tactical operations. GPS-LE (Law Enforcement) is an economical alternative for applications where the steel reinforcements are excess to requirements. Both models accept GPRS1 and GPRS2 bolt-on accessory rails, available separately. May be used on many non-AR rifles and light machine guns with forend accessory rails. b a SPECS: Reinforced polymer, Black or Desert Tan. 6¼" (15.9cm) long with legs retracted. 8½" (21.6cm) high with legs extended. 13⁄8" (3.5cm) diameter. GPS-02 – Steel inserts in legs. 7 .8 oz. (220g) weight. GPS-LE - 7 oz. (197g) weight. #100-003-226AG GPS-02 Grip Pod, Black, 3B129V87 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 154.99 #100-004-611AG GPS-02 Grip Pod, Desert Tan, 3B129Z87 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154.99 #100-003-633AG GPS-LE Grip Pod, Black, 3B86V96 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94.99 #100-004-610AG GPS-LE Grip Pod, Desert Tan, 3B85Z99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99.99 ACCESSORY RAILS - Bolt-on, Picatinny-type rail increases the versatility and effectiveness of your Grip Pod by adding mounting space for tactical accessories directly below the handguard. Puts controls for lights and lasers in easy reach of your support hand for exceptionally fast activation in any situation. Made of the same tough, reinforced, high-density polymer as the Grip Pod itself, so it stands up to the rigors of tactical operations. No drilling or other permanent alterations required to install; simply remove a pin and plug from the front of the Grip Pod, insert the rail unit and lock it down by tightening the steel hex-head bolt with the included hex-wrench. Available in single, right-hand rail (GPRS1) and double rail (GPRS2) models. SPECS: Reinforced, injection-molded polymer, Black or Desert Tan. GPRS1 – 2½" (5.4cm) length rail on right side of weapon. GPRS2 – 2½" of rail space on each side. #100-003-478AG GPRS1 Single Rail, Black, 3B21C50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 26.99 #100-004-612AG GPRS1 Single Rail, Desert Tan 3B21Z50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26.99 #100-003-479AG GPRS2 Double Rail, Black, 3B24C95 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.99 #100-004-613AG GPRS2 Double Rail, Desert Tan, 3B24Z95 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.99 ARCHANGEL VERTICAL FOREND GRIP Easy To Install; Watertight Internal Storage Compartment High-impact molded polymer vertical grip clamps securely to a Picatinny forend rail to help you control recoil and point the rifle faster. O-ring sealed internal storage compartment is watertight to a depth of 66 feet. No tools required to install and remove—just slide on the rail and screw in the storage compartment to lock the grip in place. Full-Size model provides a large graspi2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=49http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=49PRO MAG AR-15/M16 TANGODOWN AR-15/M16 TAPCO AR-15/M16 MODULAR RAILED FOREGRIP Improves Weapon Control & Expands Accessory Mounting Options Machined aluminum vertical grip clamps to Picatinny handguard rail to provide enhanced recoil control and improved pointability. External ribbing with deep horizontal ridges provides a comfortable, non-slip grip. Bolt-on leftand right-side, 5-slot Picatinny rails let you mount a weapon light, laser sight, or other forward-mounted accessory close to the support hand for easy access to controls. Also comes with optional, lowprofile, smooth-side clamping bars, so you can configure the rails to suit specific mission requirements: both accessory rails, one rail on either side, or as a stand-alone grip without the rails. Storage compartment in the handle with knurled screw-on/off cover for easy removal; weatherproof O-ring seal keeps contents of the compartment dry. SPECS: 6061 T6 aluminum, Type III hardcoat anodized, matte black. Grip - 4¼" (10.8cm) long, 1¼" (3.2 cm) O.D. Rails - 2½" (6.3cm) long. 7 .5 oz. (213g) weight. Fits Picatinny rails. #687-000-034AG Modular Railed Foregrip, 7H68X46. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 89.25 BATTLEGRIP VERTICAL GRIP Improves Weapon Control; Standard & Short Models; Available With Quick-Detach System Large diameter, ribbed vertical grip helps prevent hand fatigue and cramping during long periods in the ready position. Improves weapon control and keeps hand away from hot handguard during sustained fire. Dual locking bars provide a rock-solid mounting interface to MIL-STD 1913 rails. Internal storage compartment for spare batteries or parts. O-ring on the screw-on cap forms a waterproof seal down to 66 ft. deep. Standard Battlegrip – Full-size grip has enough internal storage for a complete M4/M16 bolt assembly. Integral pocket for a light/laser remote pressure switch allows easy access to the switch yet protects it from bumps, damage, and accidental activation. Sliding panel covers pocket when switch is not mounted. Stubby Battlegrip – Low-profile “Stubby” grip keeps M4 carbines, breaching shotguns, and other CQB weapons as compact as possible and won’t interfere with most vehicle gun racks. No pressure switch pocket. a b SPECS: Injection-molded, fiberglass-reinforced polymer resin, Black, Dark Earth, or Foliage Green. Standard - 4¾” (12.1cm) long. Stubby - 33⁄8" (8.6cm) long. #071-000-034AG Battlegrip, Black 9B58A91 . . . . . . . .$ 69.99 #071-000-038AG Battlegrip, Dark Earth 9B55A63 . . . . 68.73 #071-000-036AG Battlegrip, Foliage Green 9B56A49 . . 69.99 #071-000-040AG Stubby Battlegrip, Black 9B51P91 . . 64.99 #071-000-041AG Stubby Battlegrip, Dark Earth, 9B52P58 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64.99 #071-000-042AG Stubby Battlegrip, Foliage Green, 9B51A91 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64.99 QUICK DETACH BATTLEGRIP - Adds a quick-detach locking system to the standard Battlegrip. Clamps to the forend rail as securely as the original mounting interface, yet releases with the flick of a finger. Will not work loose even under heavy recoil—the more force acting on the lever, the tighter it locks. Depress the release tab to swing the lever open, and the grip easily detaches from the rail. Adjustable with a flathead screwdriver or even a coin for an ultra-secure, no-slip fit on Picatinny and Weaver-style rails, including over- or undersized commercial rails. Lever may be configured to lock to the front or the rear to suit the operator’s preference. SPECS: Injection-molded, fiberglass-reinforced polymer resin grip, Black, Dark Earth, or Foliage Green. Aluminum and steel locking mechanism, matte black Standard - 4¾” (12.1cm) long. Stubby – 33⁄8" (8.6cm) long. #100-003-862AG QD Battlegrip, Black 9B72Z46 . . . . . $ 87.99 #100-003-864AG QD Battlegrip, Dark Earth 9B72Z46. 87.55 #100-003-863AG QD Battlegrip, Foliage Green, 9B72Z46 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87.55 #100-003-865AG QD Stubby2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=50http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=50Brownells AR-15/M16 AR-15/M16 Items 20- & 30-ROUND MAGAZINES The Most Up-To-Date & Reliable Civilian Magazine Available S U.S upplie . Ord Militar r Of er I yM Sav n Quan ags; e Ov t er 3 ity & 0% Brownells/ BLACK DOG MACHINE AR-15/M16 HIGH-CAPACITY MAGAZINES FOR .22 LR CONVERSIONS Shoot More, Reload Less; Full-Body Design Handles Like A Mil-Spec Magazine Brownells AR-15/M16 TACTICAL MAGAZINE/POUCH READINESS PACK Economically Load, Store & Carry Up To 90 Rounds Ready For Instant Use Convenient kit helps you maintain peak tactical readiness with everything you need to load, store, and carry up to 90 rounds of .223/5.56 ammo for your AR-15/M16. Each pack contains three, ultra-reliable Brownells 20or 30-round Tactical Magazines equipped with Magpul’s Ranger® floorplate to help ensure fast, positive extraction from the pouch and lightning-quick mag changes. 30-round magazines are further enhanced with a Magpul self-leveling follower to ensure snag-free movement of the round stack for easier loading and smooth, reliable feeding. You also get a Butler Creek LULA® loader for pain-free loading and unloading of a full mag in seconds, and our Signature Series Triple Magazine Pouch for secure storage and carrying of the mags. Pouch has fold-over snap closures that loop through the exterior straps on our M4 rifle case or other MOLLE-compatible gear, so you have plenty of spare mags where you need them—with your rifle. Available with Military Gray magazines and a black pouch. SPECS: Magazines - Aluminum body, hard-anodized Military Gray, dry-lube coated. Dry-lube coated chrome silicon spring. 20-Rd Magazines are equipped with green, fiberglass-filled plastic follower. 30-Rd Magazines have gray, Mag-pul self-leveling follower. Triple Mag Pouch - 1000 denier Cordura Plus nylon, Black. 30-rd - 9½” (24.1cm) long, 8¾” (27 .3cm) high. 20-rd – 10” (25.4cm) long, 6½” (16.5cm) high. LULA Magazine Loader/Unloader - Reinforced polymer, black. #080-000-560AG 30-Rd Mag/Pouch Pack, Gray/Black, 8K80A79 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 93.99 #080-000-562AG 20-Rd Mag/Pouch Pack, Gray/Black, 8K72A00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84.99 A battle rifle is only as reliable as its magazine – make sure the one in your rifle is from Brownells. When the difference between a “bang” and a “click” is life and death, a magazine failure is more than inconvenient – it can be fatal. So when we decided to build our own AR-15/M16 magazines, reliability was our first priority. Some of us have sons and daughters serving overseas or in law enforcement, and we aimed to build the kind of magazine we’d trust their lives with. We started with a clean slate, then worked out the bugs on the drawing board and the test range before we offered a single mag for sale, so you get a magazine of uncompromising quality and reliability that’s built to last and ready to run hard. When failure is not an option, these magazines deliver on the range, in the field, in a tactical situation, under fire. Load these smooth-feeding magazines to maximum capacity and fire the full 30 rounds you expect. No jams, no misfeeds, no hangups. a b All components are made of mil-spec materials and are manufactured under strict ISO quality control standards. The heat-treated, welded aluminum body is hard-anodized for superior corrosion resistance, then given a tough, dry-lube coating to eliminate the need for additional lubricants that would attract dust, sand, or dirt. The glass-fiber reinforced composite follower further guarantees flawless feeding in the harshest tactical or competition conditions. Choose from a mil-spec stainless steel spring or our high lubricity, dry-lube-coated chrome silicon spring that’s corrosion-resistant certified to 500 hour salt spray standards, and less prone to spring “set.” Updated material and design features like those in our 30-round magazine have been adapted to our straight-bodied, 20-round model. Since we manufacture these mags ourselv2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=51http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=51BETA AR-15/M16 100-Round Capacity For Enhanced Firepower C-MAG DPMS AR-15/M16 MAGPUL AR-15/M16/AR-STYLE .308 10 ROUND POLYMER MAGAZINE Semi-Transparent, Easy Round Counting Lightweight, waffle pattern, polymer body with a self-lubricating, nylon follower provides smooth, reliable feeding. Fits flush with bottom of magazine well. Resists rust and corrosion. SPECS: Polymer, transparent black. .223 caliber, 10 round capacity. Resistant to all known gun solvents. #231-000-010AG AR-15 Polymer Magazine 1C14A92$ 19.99 PMAG POLYMER MAGAZINE Dependable & Nearly Indestructible; Store Fully Loaded Without Loss Of Reliability Exceptionally rugged, combat- and competition-ready magazine functions flawlessly, even when left fully loaded for extended periods. Corrosion-proof, self-lubricating one-piece body of fiber-reinforced, molded polymer has no spot welds or joints to impair the follower, and the constant internal curve ensures smooth, unobstructed movement of the round stack. Anti-tilt follower stabilizes the stack to help prevent nose-diving and bolt-over-head failures. Heat-treated, stainless steel spring is stressrelieved for optimal performance. Included quick-release magazine cover seals out dirt and alleviates 20-Round feed lip deformation caused by pressure from a full ammo stack during long-term storage. Withstands the heat from prolonged full-auto fire and is not harmed by most bore cleaners and solvents. Exterior ribbing provides added gripping surface; magazine catch notch, rather than a traditional hole, keeps 30-Round dirt and debris out. Easy-to-grasp ledge on floorplate aids in extracting magazine from pouches; floorplate removes easily for cleaning. Curved-body 30-Round model is also available in MagLevel configuration with windows on both sides of the magazine and a bright, orange indicator to display ammo level. Compact, straightbody 20-Round model makes a tactical rifle easier to store and retrieve from a vehicle, and provides a stable rest for target shooting. All models available in Black, Flat Dark Earth, O.D. Green, and Foliage Green. b a SPECS: Molded polymer, stainless steel spring. 20- or 30-round capacity. Available in Black, Flat Dark Earth, O.D. Green, and Foliage Green. CAPACITY/STYLE BLACK FLAT DK EARTH O.D. GREEN FOLIAGE GREEN PRICE 30-Rd PMAG #100-003-119AG #100-003-305AG #100-003-581AG #100-003-580AG 3K12P97 $ 14.99 30-Rd MagLevel PMAG #100-003-144AG #100-003-304AG #100-003-593AG #100-003-592AG 3K16P55 $ 17.99 20-Rd PMAG #100-003-541AG #100-003-544AG #100-003-542AG #100-003-543AG 3K12T60 $ 13.99 .308/7.62MM PMAG - Molded polymer 20-round magazine is less than half the weight of a steel magazine and delivers all the benefits of the AR-15/M16 PMAG for ultra-reliable function in a variety of AR-style rifles chambered in .308/7.62mm. SPECS: Molded polymer, black, stainless steel spring. 20-round capacity. Fits DPMS LR-308, Patriot Ordnance Factory P-308, Remington R-25, and Knight SR-25 in .308/.243/7mm-08. Not compatible with ArmaLite® AR-10®. Optimized for military-type .308/7 .62mm NATO ammunition with overall cartridge length less than 2.820" (5.13cm). #100-004-161AG .308/7.62mm PMAG 3K15A90 . . . . . .$ 19.99 RANGER® FLOORPLATE FOR PMAG - Replacement floorplate brings the speed and controllability of the original Magpul Ranger Floorplate to both 20- and 30-round PMAGs for fast, secure tactical magazine changes under stress. Smoothly contoured, easy-tograsp finger loop and grooved thumb dimple aid in positive extraction from tight mag pouches and help you hang onto the empty magazine with just a finger after a tactical reload. Made from tough, reinforced polymer overmolded with soft, non-slip synthetic rubber that also cushions the magazine from impact if dropped on a hard surface. Includes molded-in para-cord hole for custom loop configurations. Easy, drop-in installation: simply remove the PMAG’s factory floorplate as you do for cleaning, and replace it with the Ranger Floorplate. Sold in 3-paks and 2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=52http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=52MAGPUL AR-15/M16 EMAG™ Capacity PRECISION REFLEX, INC. AR-15/M16 ROCK RIVER ARMS AR-15 CMMG AR-15/M16 Rugged, Dependable 30-Rd Magazine Compatible With A Wide Range Of AR-Type Weapon Platforms Lightweight molded polymer magazine combines features of Magpul’s popular PMAG with exterior dimensions engineered to meet NATO STANAG 4179 compatibility requirements. The EMAG (Export MAGazine) is fully compatible with all AR-15/M16 variants, HK 416, FN SCAR, SA-80, Beretta ARX-160, IMI Tavor, and other .223/5.56mm weapons that use AR-type mags. The crush-resistant, one-piece body of fiberglass-reinforced molded polymer has a slim, unribbed exterior that ensures it’ll fit in magazine pouches and couplers designed for USGI M16 magazines. The EMAG has the same sealed, constant-curve body and self-lubricating anti-tilt follower as the PMAG, and even accepts the PMAG Ranger Floorplate (available separately). A MagLevel window on the left side with numeric indicators (5, 15, and 25 rounds) molded into the body and a bright orange marker on the spring provide instant visual feedback on ammo status. Stainless steel spring is coated with a tough MIL-DTL-13924D black oxide finish. Quick-release, snapon cover protects the top round and seals out dirt, while preventing mag lip stretching during long periods of storage fully loaded. When the mag is loaded in a rifle, the cover can be snapped over the floorplate to prevent loss; also serves as a floorplate removal tool and a gauge for checking feed lip gap. Flared floorplate removes easily for cleaning and provides a pronounced grasping surface for pulling the EMAG from a mag pouch. a b SPECS: Molded polymer body and follower, stainless steel spring. Available in black only. 30-round capacity. #100-004-886AG Magpul EMAG 3K21H31 . . . . . . . . . .$ 22.99 6.8mm MAGAZINE Durable Steel Magazines Resist Wear, Maintain Their Shape Make the most of your 6.8mm chambered AR with long-wearing, extra-tough steel magazines. Hardened steel bodies with tempered feed lips hold their shape and won’t flex, bend, or deform. Tempered steel springs help maintain reliable feeding and function even with the heavier 6.8mm cartridge. Lightweight, Magpul brand, nylon composite followers are marked 6.8 to avoid confusion with AR magazines for other calibers. Available in 10-, 15-, or 25-round capacity. a b SPECS: Steel, blue. Fits. AR-15/M16 rifles chambered for 6.8 x 43mm Rem. SPC. #714-000-002AG 10-Round 6.8mm Mag 4A33H95 . . .$ 41.00 714-000-010AG 15-Round 6.8mm Mag 4A33D38 . . . . 41.99 #714-000-001AG 25-Round 6.8mm Mag 4A34H95 . . . . 43.00 9mm MAGAZINE Solid, All-Steel Construction For Reliable Operation In Sub-Caliber Conversions High-capacity UZI-type design has been specifically modified for use in 9mm AR-15 conversions. Robust, all-steel construction with metal follower and tough Parkerized finish for years of smooth, reliable service. Requires the Brownells/Rock River Lower Receiver Conversion Kit, available separately. SPECS: Steel, matte gray, Parkerized finish. 25-round capacity. #739-000-014AG 9mm AR-15 Magazine 9C00ZAY . . .$ 35.00 BUTLER CREEK “LULA” MAGAZINE LOADER – A must for loading Rock River’s 25-round 9mm AR-15 mags! As you move the lever back and forth, loader securely grasps each round for effortless loading/unloading. Reduces wear and tear on magazine feed lips—and your fingers. Fits in your pocket. SPECS: Reinforced polymer, black. Fits Rock River 25-round 9mm AR-15 magazines, and 20-, 25-, 32-, and 40-round 9mm Uzi metal magazines. #593-000-045AG 9mm AR-15/UZI Magazine Loader, 3E28Z53 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 34.95 STAINLESS STEEL ANTI-TILT FOLLOWER Ultra-Stable, Low Drag Design For Reliable Feeding Stainless steel follower rides evenly in all four corners of the magazine body to eliminate tilting, so the ammo stack stays fully supported for smooth, reliable feeding. High-lubricity, polished finish helps reduce drag on spot welds, seams, and rough patches in the mag bod2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=53http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=53MAGPUL AR-15/M16 USGI MAGAZINE UPGRADE KIT Improves Function, Reliability & Convenience of Standard 30-Round Magazines Convenient kit lets you improve the reliability and tactical effectiveness of three standard USGI 30-round magazines by replacing the factory followers and floorplates with Magpul Generation III Self-Leveling Followers and Ranger® Floorplates. Simply disassemble each magazine as you would for cleaning and reassemble with the Magpul parts. Gen III Self-Leveling Follower of high-lubricity molded polymer helps ensure smooth movement of the round stack for easy loading and ultra-reliable feeding. Fully supported at all four corners to prevent nosedives and other feeding failures caused by uneven spring pressure or roughness inside the mag body. Ranger Floorplate has easy-to-grasp finger loop for lightning fast magazine changes. Ensures positive extraction from tight mag pouches and helps you hang onto the empty magazine with just a finger after a tactical reload. Two-piece construction, polymer and stainless steel overmolded with soft, non-slip synthetic rubber that also cushions the magazine from impact if dropped on a hard surface. a b SPECS: Kit contains 3 followers and 3 floorplates. Follower – Molded polymer, foliage green. Floorplate – Stainless steel, rubbercovered, black. #100-003-718AG USGI 30-Round Magazine Upgrade Kit, 3K17Z98 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 22.99 AR-15/M16 HIGH CAPACITY MAGAZINE REBUILD KIT Brownells DPMS AR-15/M16 30-ROUND MAGAZINE REPAIR KIT Corrects Feeding Problems, Prevents Jamming Restores reliability to worn or damaged 30-round magazines. Corrects feeding and function problems, extends the life of valuable hi-cap magazines. Rebuild kit includes everything you need: Mil-Spec, polycarbonate follower plus a steel floorplate and factory weight, 30-round spring. SPECS: Polycarbonate, green follower, 23⁄8" (6cm) long, aluminum floorplate with black phosphate finish, steel spring. #231-000-041AG 30-Rd Repair Kit, 3-pak 1C10V56 . . $ 17.99 Brownells AR-15/M16 MAGAZINE COUPLER Keeps A Spare Mag Ready For An Instant Reload AR-15/M16 Bring Magazines Back To Top Performance Replacement spring, follower, and floorplate install easily to eliminate problems caused by worn-out parts. Chrome silicon spring maintains proper tension and gives consistent feeding, also available with stainless steel spring. 20- and 30-round followers are made of fiberglass-filled plastic. Anodized aluminum floorplate. Available for straight body 20-round magazines and mil-spec 30-round magazines. a b SPECS: Spring - Chrome silicon (CS) or stainless steel (SS). 30Rnd Follower - Fiberglass-filled plastic, green. 20-Rnd Follower - Fiberglass-filled plastic, black. Floorplate - Aluminum, anodized black. Kits available in 1, 3, & 6 Paks. Kits and individual components for 20-round magazines are designed to fit straight body, 20-round magazines. ISMI AR-15/M16 PREMIUM MAGAZINE SPRING Modern Design & Materials For Consistency, Reliability & Superb Performance Chrome silicon wire gives superior durability and performance. After winding, each spring is heat-treated, shot peened and stress relieved. 20-round springs are designed for use with standard magazine followers. 30- and 40-round springs should be used with green, mil-spec followers. a b SPECS: Chrome silicon steel wire. #445-000-016AG 20-Rd AR-15 Mag. Spring 5D06P56 .$ 8.75 #445-000-017AG 30-Rd AR-15 Mag. Spring 5D07P68 . 10.25 #445-000-018AG 40-Rd AR-15 Mag. Spring 5D08P41 . 12.75 Tough, molded nylon magazine coupler binds a backup magazine directly to the mag in the gun for lightning fast tactical reloads without moving your trigger hand. Three, steel bolts let you adjust retention force, so the magazines won’t slip out even during vigorous combat maneuvers. Side-by-side configuration with staggered Magazines not included heights, plus fixed standoff points between the compartments further ensure the magazines won’t shift position or rattle. Inclu2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=54http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=54BLADE-TECH AR-15/M16 BOONIE PACKER AR-15/M16 CENTER MASS AR-15/M16 LANCER SYSTEMS AR-15/M16 MAGAZINE POUCHES Holds Spare Magazines Securely Within Easy Reach Tough, injection molded Kydex magazine pouches allow you to carry extra magazines for fast reloads in tactical and competitive situations. Rigid, specially formed pouch bodies are molded to the shape of AR-15 and M-16 magazines to hold them firmly in place without crushing or denting. Adjustable tension screws eliminate the need for awkward flaps and hold magazines securely without rattling or falling out. Ambidextrous so you can put magazines in from either way depending on your preference. SPECS: Injection molded polymer, black matte finish. TEK-LOK MAGAZINE POUCH - Holds one spare 20- or 30-round AR-15/M-16 magazine. Proprietary Tek-Lok belt clip system mounts tightly to belts and will not come loose and fall off in the heat of battle or competition. Convertible for high ride or low ride placement on the hip and offers three-position adjustment for angle of carry. Hinge pin locking tabs make it easy to clip and unclip from your belt. #098-000-038AG Mag Pouch w/Tek Lok 8K21Z56 . . .$ 26.95 PADDLE MAGAZINE POUCH – Contoured paddle adjusts to your preferred angle of carry and holds one extra magazine. Adjustable wedge grips inside the waistband and under the belt for great stability on to 21⁄2" wide belts. #098-000-040AG Mag Pouch w/Paddle, 8K19Z96 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 24.95 MAGAZINE POUCH w/15⁄8" BELT LOOP – Designed to hold one additional magazine and fits belts 13⁄4" wide. Adjusts to fit your preferred angle of carry. #098-000-041AG Mag Pouch w/1¾" Loop, 8K21Z56 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 26.95 MAGAZINE POUCH w/3" BELT LOOP - Low-profile single magazine pouch fits snugly and adjusts to fit from 13⁄4" to 3" belts. Two adjustment screws allow you to modify the amount of tension holding the magazine in place. Also adjusts to fit your most comfortable angle of carry. #098-000-042AG Mag Pouch w/ 3" Belt Loop, 8K17A47 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 24.95 TRIPLE HIP POUCH - Three individual magazine pouches capable of holding Mil-Spec 5.56mm 20- or 30-round magazines are mounted in this one piece rig. Features a 2" wide adjustable nylon loop with two vertical Velcro straps. Entire unit is mounted to a contoured hip/leg bracket with interior foam padding to protect your leg from excess rubbing during shooting exercises. Fully adjustable tension screws hold magazines firmly in place without the need for flaps to prevent excess noise and provide smooth, fast reloads. A second, 2" adjustable nylon strap fastens with a belt clip to hold the unit firmly in place around your leg below. SPECS: Injection molded polymer, black matte finish. Top Velcro straps with fit belts up to 3" (7 .6cm) wide. #098-000-039AG Triple Hip Mag Pouch 8K60Z71 . . .$ 74.99 IMPROVED REDI-MAG Holds Spare Magazine On The Receiver For Ultra-Fast Reloads Don’t lose precious seconds in competition or combat fumbling for a spare magazine during a reload. Rugged, all-steel speed loading system clamps directly to the receiver of any AR-15/M16 rifle or carbine and securely holds a second, fully loaded magazine alongside the mag well for super-fast mag changes. More reliable and easier to use than improvised Mag Not Included methods, like taping two magazines together, that can cause malfunctions at critical moments. Closed-top design protects the spare mag from rain, dirt, dust, and debris and prevents the top round from jumping forward under recoil. Independent release system lets you drop the spare mag and the mag in the weapon separately to allow tactical reloads and greater flexibility in clearing malfunctions. Includes Bolt Catch Extension (BCE) that mounts directly to the factory bolt catch and lets you release the bolt, with or without the Redi-Mag attached to the gun, simply by slapping the BCE with an open palm. Installation requires 2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=55http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=55MAKO RAIL-MAG LLC AR-15/M16 STRAC TECHNOLOGIES AR-15/M16 ARRENDONDO AR-15/M16 TACTICAL RIFLE MAGAZINE COUPLER Clamps A Spare Mag To The One In The Gun For Ultra-Fast Mag Changes Lightweight, minimal-profile coupling system securely clamps two tactical rifle magazines together so the backup mag is right next to the one in the gun for exceptionally fast mag changes under stress. Universal design works with mags for a variety of .223/5.56mm and 7.62 x 39 weapons, including AR-15/M16, AK-47, Galil, H&K 93, Ruger® Mini-14®, and SIG 556. Durable, reinforced molded polymer clamps resist the rigors of tactical operations, including heat, cold, and impact, while steel bolts provide tensioning force for secure, nonslip, rattle-free grasp of the mag body. Smooth surface and rounded edges prevent snagging Magazines on BDUs, sling, foliage, or other gear. Installs in not included seconds with a standard slot-head screwdriver; no permanent alterations to magazines. Sold in 2-Paks. For an ultra-secure installation, use both couplers on one pair of mags; for less strenuous operations, one clamp may be used. SPECS: Reinforced molded polymer composite, black, steel bolts. Fits USGI-style metal AR-15/M16 magazines, AK-47/AKM, Galil 7 .62x39 and 5.54x39, H&K 33/53/93, Ruger Mini-14, and SIG 540/543/550/551/552/553/556. Sold in 2 paks. #100-003-844AG Universal Mag Coupler, 2-pak, 2B10X00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 14.99 RAIL-MAG MAGAZINE POUCH Change Mags & Return To Fire In Seconds Lightweight, rail-mounted, magazine pouch puts an extra 20 or 30 round magazine right at your fingertips. Aircraft-grade, aluminum mount clamps to the slotted rail on your AR-15/M4 handguard. Lets you keep weapon “at ready” for minimal interruption Mag not included of your shooting position. Tension-adjustable, Kydex pouch holds magazine secure during any level of physical activity. R.H. model attaches at left side of rifle for right-handed shooters; L.H. clamps to right side of weapon. a b SPECS: Kydex, flat black. 33⁄8" (8.6cm) long, 115⁄16" (4.9cm) wide, 35⁄8" (9.2cm) high. 4.7 oz. (133g) wt. #100-001-739AG Rail-Mag, RH 7A32Y97 . . . . . . . . . . .$ 40.97 #100-001-740AG Rail-Mag, LH 7A32Y97. . . . . . . . . . . . . 40.97 F.A.S.T. SYSTEM MAGAZINE CARRIER Hold Three Spare Mags Ready For Ultra-Fast Mag Changes Chest-mounted magazine dispenser holds three, spare, 30-round USGI magazines ready for lightning-fast mag changes. Drop the spent mag from weapon, retrieve a fresh one from the F.A.S.T. (Fast And Smooth Transition) pack, and seat it in the mag well, ready to fire, Magazines not included in as little as two seconds. When the operator pulls the first spare magazine from the carrier, a powerful spring-loaded mechanism snaps the next one into place, ready to grab for the next reload. The fresh mag is always in the exact same position, so there’s no fumbling for a different pocket each time. With brief training, the operator quickly develops muscle memory and instinctively reaches to the correct spot for the next mag without looking down. Fully ambidextrous design mounts on either side of chest for strong- or weak-hand access by left- and right-handed shooters. Shell is made from exceptionally strong ,yet lightweight, high-impact polymer composite, and comes with a durable, fitted, 1000 Denier nylon case fully compatible with load-bearing vests using MOLLE attachment systems. Case has removable dust cover secured via a hook-andloop attachment system, plus MOLLE loops on the front to allow attachment of additional pouches or accessories. a b SPECS: Molded hard polymer, black; steel spring. Carrying Case – 1000 Denier nylon, Black or O.D. Green. Requires mil-spec USGIdimension 30-round magazines without extended floorplates or external accessories. #100-004-149AG F.A.S.T. Mag Carrier, Black, 1C00HDZ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 139.99 #100-004-150AG F.A.S.T. Mag Carrier, O.D. Green, 1C00YTP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=56http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=56TAPCO AR-15/M16 COMMAND ARMS AR-15/M16 AMERIGLO AR-15/M16 Items KNS PRECISION Pick The Exact Blade You Need For Fast, Accurate Sighting MAGAZINE DUST COVER Protects Feed Lips From Damage & Ammo Inside From Dust, Dirt & Moisture MAGAZINE LOADER Refill Any Capacity Magazine Quickly—No Bruised Fingers Easy-to-use loader snaps over top of any AR-15/M16 magazine to help you quickly and efficiently insert rounds without pinching, bruising, or cutting fingers and thumbs. Lets you load up mags fast, so you spend Magazine more precious range time shooting. Wide Not Included thumb pad provides plenty of leverage to compress the magazine spring, even when close to full capacity. Quick-release tab locks into mag catch notch to prevent unwanted movement during loading. Rugged, molded polymer construction with a textured, no-slip surface. SPECS: Molded polymer, black. Fits any capacity AR-15/M16 and STANAG-compatible magazines in .223/5.56mm or 6.8mm. Also fits Ruger® Mini-14®. #100-004-133AG AR-15/M16 Magazine Loader, 6C09B41 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 12.99 NIGHT SIGHT SET Easy-To-See, Glowing Tritium Dots For Fast Targeting In Low Light Self-illuminating, green, Trijicon® Tritium inserts provide an easy-to-acquire, 3-dot sight picture for fast target acquisition in low-light conditions. Inserts appear as white dots for enhanced targeting in normal daylight conditions. Ghost ring rear aperture features dual side-on-side dots for easy sight alignment, and the elevation-adjustable, standard-width front blade is a drop-in replacement for an A2-type front post with a single green lamp for an instantly recognizable six o-clock hold. A block-out locking ring helps maintain your careful front sight adjustments. a b SPECS: Machined steel, matte black finish. Front Blade - .090" (2.3mm) wide, .250" (6.3mm) high. Rear Sight - battle aperture .083" (2.1mm) dia.; ghost ring aperture .207" (5.2mm) dia. Fits AR-15/ M16 equipped with A2-type elevation-adjustable rear sights. Kit includes rear sight aperture, front sight blade with lock ring, front sight detent, and stainless steel four- and five-prong A2 sight adjustment wrench. #100-004-185AG AR-15/M16 Night Sight Set, 4K85V67 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 109.99 AR-15 FRONT SIGHT PACK Seven, A2-style, front posts let you choose the right sight picture for improved hunting and target shooting accuracy. Tapered, round post with .072" (1.8mm) ball top; tapered post with .052" (1.3mm) ball top; tapered post with .034" (.87mm) ball top; square post with .072" (1.8mm) square top; square post with .052" (1.3mm) square top; square post with .034" (.87mm) square top; and two-way .072" square post with V-notch top and inverted V (point up) top. Available in a complete set of 7, or each post also sold separately. a b SPECS: Steel, black, matte finish. #923-000-038AG AR-15 A2 Front Sight Pack, 3B21V68 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 32.95 923-000-050AG Tapered/Ball Post, .034", 3B06X55 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 7.99 923-000-051AG Tapered/Ball Post, .052", 3B06X55 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.99 923-000-052AG Tapered/Ball Post, .072", 3B06X55 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.99 923-000-053AG Square Post, .034" 3B06X55 . . . . . . . . . 7.99 923-000-054AG Square Post, .052" 3B06X55 . . . . . . . . . 7.99 923-000-055AG Square Post, .072" 3B06X55 . . . . . . . . . 7.99 923-000-056AG V-Notch/Inverted V Post Sight, 3B06X55 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.99 AR-15/M16 Flexible rubber cover snaps on top of the magazine to keep out dust, dirt, debris, moisture, and other contaminants that can impair function and cause feeding failures. Protects feed lips and the top round in the ammo stack from dings and dents. SPECS: Rubber, black. 10 per pak. Fits any milMagazine not spec or aftermarket .223/5.56mm AR-15/M16 included magazine. #100-005-440AG Magazine Dust Cov2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=57http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=57MERIT AR-15/M16 TRUGLO AR-15/M16 Advanced Fiber Optic Front Sight With Tritium; Visible Day Or Night ADJUSTABLE APERTURE SIGHT For Optimal Contrast & Focus Hand-built, precision aperture with eleven iris settings (.022" to .125" dia.) to ensure excellent sight focus and contrast in all light conditions. Click-adjustable settings are spring-loaded for a positive stop that holds tight under rapid fire. Iris adjustments do not move bullet point-of-impact. Mounts to standard A2 rear sight. SPECS: Steel, black, matte finish. Rubber eyepiece. 1¼” (3.2cm) long x 1½” (3.8cm) diameter. #571-000-004AG Adjustable Aperture Sight, 1G64Z95 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 84.95 BRITE-SITE XS SIGHT SYSTEMS AR-15/M16 Sights A.R.M.S. AR-15/M16 HIGH VISIBILITY SIGHT Fast, Accurate Sighting In All Light Conditions WHITE LINE FRONT POST - Draws your eye to the sight and increases contrast on dark targets. Double-faced, 30° angle blade offers 2.5 MOA elevation per click. .080" wide version for improved accuracy at long range, .100" wide version is faster to acquire at close range. a b SPECS: Stainless steel, black, matte finish. Includes sight adjustment tool. .080” (2mm) or .100” (2.5mm) wide post. .030” (7 .6mm) wide, white stripe, square top. #006-111-080AG .080" White Front Post, 6K22A50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 30.00 #006-111-100AG .100" White Front Post, 6K22A50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30.00 24/7 TRITIUM STRIPE POST - Features a strip of glowing, green, tritium gas inset against a white stripe, surrounded by a .100" wide black blade. Ideal for low-light tactical situations where rapid sight acquisition is critical. Available with, or without, rear aperture. Rear aperture features a large, ghost-ring,.230" I.D. opening for close ranges and a precision, .100" I.D. opening for long distances. a b SPECS: Stainless steel, black, matte finish. Includes sight adjustment tool. 24/7 Tritium Stripe Post - .100” (2.5mm) wide post. square top. Green tritium stripe is inset against the .030” (7 .6mm) wide, white stripe. Rear Aperture - .230” (5.8mm) I.D. large aperture, .100” (2.5mm) I.D. small aperture. #006-000-103AG 24/7 Tritium Stripe Front Post, only, 6K52V50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 60.00 #006-000-104AG 24/7 Tritium Stripe Front Post/Rear Set, 6K67V50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90.00 ROUND TOP TRITIUM DOT FRONT POST - Round Top, single-faced, .080" wide front post with a bright, green tritium dot with a .11" O.D. white ring for fast, low-light, target acquisition. 5 MOA elevation per click. a b SPECS: Stainless steel, black, matte finish. Includes sight adjustment tool. .080” (2mm) wide, round top with .11” (2.8mm) O.D. white ring with tritium center. #006-111-181AG Round Top Tritium Dot Front Post, 6K45A00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 60.00 REAR APERTURE - Features two, flip-style apertures for close engagement and precision, distance shooting. Large, ghost-ring for close ranges has .230" I.D. opening; precision, long distance aperture with .100" I.D. opening. Elevation does not change when switching apertures. Direct replacement for factory rear sight, no modifications to the rifle are required. a b SPECS: Stainless steel, black matte finish. .230” (5.8mm) I.D. large aperture. .100” (2.5mm) I.D. small aperture. #006-111-001AG AR-15/M16 Rear Aperture, 6K22A50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 30.00 24/7 PRECISION TACTICAL SIGHT SET Tritium sight set provides excellent sight visibility in all light conditions. Front post is .100" wide and features a green, tritium vial for low-light operations. Easy-to-see, white outline reflects ambient light for day missions. Rear sight features two, flip-style apertures (.100" and .225" I.D.) for long-range and close-quarter engagement. Closerange aperture features two, subdued, tritium dots at 3 o’clock and 9 o’clock for proper alignment with the front2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=58http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=58CAR-15/M4 FLIP-UP TACTICAL SIGHTS AR-15/M16 Brownells DPMS AR-15/M16 HAHN PRECISION AR-15/M16 GG&G AR-15/M16 STEEL DETACHABLE FRONT SIGHT Detaches Quickly; Fits Weaver & Picatinny Rails Machined, steel, detachable front sight lines up at the perfect height for A2s and A3s. Serrated clamp screw tightens unit to Weaver or Picatinny gas blocks or front sight bases. Skeletonized center lightens weight and lets you mount sling attachments. Parkerized finish matches the look of your barrel. Sight post adjusts for elevation. SPECS: 4140 chrome moly steel, parkerized finish. 13⁄4" (4.4cm) high, 17⁄32" (14mm) wide across center. #231-000-170AG Steel Detachable Front Sight, 1C43V01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 53.99 BACKUP IRON SIGHT Clean, Low Profile Design For Less Weight, Easy Access To Main Optics Use as a standalone rear sight or attach to A4 receiver rail directly behind the BUIS Scout Rail by Hahn Precision. Provides easy co-witnessing of open sights with red-dot optics. Spring-loaded detent prevents aperture movement under recoil. Has standard A1 windage hardware. Angled forward profile allows easy access to holographic sight buttons. a b SPECS: 6061-T651 billet aluminum, hard black anodized. Body 2.15” (5.4cm) long x 1.2” (3 cm) wide x .9”(23mm) high. 1.53 oz. (42g) wt. Aperture - .117” diameter. Fits mil-spec flattop receivers. #100-002-869AG Back Up Iron Sight, 6K96X00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 120.00 BACKUP IRON SIGHTS Fast Deployment, With Excellent Accuracy Lightweight aluminum, flip-up sights provide instant backup if your primary sight fails or the tactical requirements change. Innovative, spring loaded detent button locks the sight in the upright position to ensure it won’t fold down unexpectedly. Steel cross-bolt is countersunk to provide a smooth, snag-free surface. A2-STYLE REAR SIGHT - Clamps to Picatinny or Weaver-style flattop rails and with proper setup will co-witness with an Aimpoint, EOTech, or similar red-dot sight system. All models feature standard military A2-style double peep apertures for an excellent field of view for both short- and long-range targets. Large, knurled windage knob is easy to grab and provides 0.48 MOA adjustment on M162E4 rifles and 0.65 MOA on M4 carbines. Precision machined from 6061 T6 aluminum and Type lll hardcoat anodized for durability; includes heat-treated, 4140 steel hardware. Standard sight includes a .062" diameter aperture for precision accuracy during daylight, especially at long range. Large, .195" diameter aperture provides a wide field of view for close quarters operations. XS Same Plane sight features the XS same plane aperture to eliminate noticeable shifts in pointof-impact when switching between short- and long-range apertures. Includes .100" diameter aperture for precision accuracy during daylight and at long range. Extra large, .230" diameter aperture allows superior low light visibility and faster close range target acquisition. Tritium sight with large .210" diameter aperture and two self-luminous, tritium dots provide fast, close range target acquisition during low light or night operations. Includes a plain black .090" diameter aperture for exceptional long range accuracy. SPECS: Base - 6061 T6 aluminum, matte, black, hardcoat anodized finish. Aperture/Hardware - 4140 steel, matte, black, mil-spec manganese phosphate coating. 2" (5.1cm) overall length (folded), 15⁄32" (2.9cm) high extended, 11⁄16" (1.7cm) high folded. #100-003-548AG Standard Backup Iron Sight, 6C99V95 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 124.95 #100-003-550AG XS Same Plane Backup Iron Sight, 6C159V95 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169.95 #100-003-549AG Tritium Backup Iron Sight, 6C159V95 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169.95 FLIP-UP FRONT SIGHT - Clamp to MILSTD 1913 Picatinny rails to provide backup sighting for almost any tactical or competition application. Easy to actuate, springloaded mechanism, wi2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=59http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=59MAKO AR-15/M16 Rugged & Reliable With Classic A2 Sight Picture; Co-Witness With Optics CLAMP ON SIGHTS MATECH AR-15/M16 USGI BACKUP IRON SIGHT Deploys Quickly; Fast, Easy Range Setting; Compact Profile When Folded Current U.S. Army standard-issue backup rear sight for M4 carbines and M16A4 rifles flips up instantly at the touch of your thumb when primary sight fails or tactical situation makes iron sights preferable. Designed in conjunction with Picatinny Arsenal engineering staff and rigorously tested at Fort Benning and Aberdeen Proving Ground for robustness, ease of use, and effective targeting out to 600 meters. Detent-locking lever lets you quickly switch to one of eight range settings: 200, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 550, and 600 meters. Adjust windage easily with grooved, A2-style windage knob and position markers on the back of the sight for repeatability of settings. Bright, white, laser etched numbers and markers are clearly visible even in low light. Rugged machined steel construction ensures sight retains zero even under heavy, full-auto fire. Clamps securely to the rearmost slot of MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny or Weaver-style accessory rail on flattop receiver via simple but strong locking bar and bolt. Rounded corners and beveled edges further reduce danger of snagging on other gear when sight post is down. Regulates correctly with A2 front sight on any AR-15style rifle or carbine; instructions included for adjusting front sight post height to set exact zero. Designed to co-witness with most non-magnifying optical sights. SPECS: Steel, matte black finish. #100-003-702AG USGI Backup Sight 6B94Y50 . . . .$ 104.99 MIDWEST INDUSTRIES AR-15/M16/AR-STYLE .308 PRO MAG AR-15/M16 FLIP-UP SIGHTS Instant Back-Up Sighting At All Ranges Flip-up sights deploy with the flick of a finger to provide instant back-up if your optic or laser sight fails. Super-smooth pivot mechanism with sturdy ball-bearing detent locks positively in the raised position and stays locked until you hit the pushbutton release. Sight folds down neatly out of your sight path when not in use. Machined from high-quality 6061 T6 aluminum and hardcoat anodized for increased wear-resistance. Hex wrench included with all models for easy installation. a b REAR SIGHTS - Clamp securely to flattop receivers. Flip-style A2 aperture features a small peep opening for long-range daylight shots and a large opening for close-range and low-light work. Same-plane calibration ensures the point of impact will not change MCTAR-ERS when switching from one aperture MCTAR-SPLP to the other. Deeply grooved knob provides positive clicks for windage adjustment in .65 MOA increments on rifles and carbines with 16" barrels and .49 MOA on rifles with 20" barrels. MCTAR-ERS - Emergency Rear Sight with protective “ears” to guard the aperture from accidental damage. Aperture has .060" and .200" diameter peep openings; same windage knob as standard A2 sight. MCTAR-SPLP - Low-profile design is less than ½" high when folded, yet provides full windage adjustment like the ERS model. Aperture has .070" and .200" diameter peeps. SPECS: Aluminum, hardcoat anodized, Black, Dark Earth, or O.D. Green. Fits flattop AR-15/M16 rifles. MCTAR-ERS - 13⁄8" (3.5cm) long, 13⁄8" wide, 1¾" (4.4cm) high deployed, 1" (2.5cm) high folded. 2.2 oz. (61g) weight. MCTAR-SPLP – 2¼" (5.7cm) long folded, 11⁄8" (2.9cm) long deployed, 1¼" (3.2cm) wide, 15⁄8” (4cm) high deployed, 7⁄16" (1.1cm) high folded. 1.5 oz. (41g) weight. #100-001-992AG MCTAR-ERS, Black, 2A90U34 . . . .$ 116.99 #100-004-249AG MCTAR-ERS, O.D. Grn 2A90H34 . . . 116.99 #100-003-432AG MCTAR-SPLP, Black, 2A107T07. . . . 124.99 #100-004-645AG MCTAR-SPLP, Drk Erth 2A115V31 . 128.99 #100-004-646AG MCTAR-SPLP, O.D. Grn 2A115V31 . 128.99 FRONT SIGHTS - Designed to work with Midwest Industries flip-up rear sights, all models have standard A2 front sight post and clamp directly to Picatinny rails. MCTAR-FFR mounts on AR-15/ M16 handguard rail; MCTAR-FFG attaches to gas2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=60http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=60TROY INDUSTRIES AR-15/M16 PRECISION REFLEX AR-15/M16 TRUGLO AR-15/M16 YANKEE HILL MACHINE AR-15/M16 BATTLE SIGHTS AR-15/M16 FLIP-UP TACTICAL SIGHTS Ready When You Need Them, Fold Out Of The Way When You Don’t Flip up sights deploy instantly to keep you operational if the primary sight system on your flattop AR15 fails or loses effectiveness in low light conditions. Push-button controlled, positive locking, balldetent system snaps sights firmly into position when you need them and locks them down when you don’t. Folded sights allow a completely unobstructed view through optics and won’t snag on brush, clothing, or gear. Large, spring-loaded button is easy to find and operate, even under stressful conditions. Protective hood over front sight posts and ears around rear sight aperture guard against damage during rough handling. Rugged, machined steel and aluminum construction will stand up to years of hard use. Durable, matte black, mil-spec finishes resist corrosion. Barrel Mount Front Sight - Solid, 4140 steel integral gas block/sight base clamps on .750" diameter barrel. Hex head crossbolts pull clamp halves tight to barrel to completely immobilize sight when properly tightened. Lightweight aluminum sight body comes with A2 sight post installed; also accepts aftermarket posts. Sight assembly folds to the rear when retracted. Rail Mount Front Sight - Functions like the barrel mount front sight when installed on a Picatinny style forearm rail positioned at the same height as the receiver rail. Folds to the rear in the down position. Rail Mount Rear Sight - Low-profile, windage-adjustable sight allows the use of optics and folds down compactly to the rear when not in use. A2-style same-plane aperture system is designed to flip between .090" and .195" diameter peep openings without losing zero. Ensures the correct sight picture for both close up and long range targets. a b SPECS: 4140 steel base, Parkerized, and aluminum hardcoat anodized; matte black finish. #714-000-003AG Barrel Mount Front Sight, 4A167H12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 189.99 #714-000-005AG Rail Mount Front Sight 4A99H00 . 119.00 #714-000-004AG Rail Mount Rear Sight 4A114H95 . 135.00 FIBER OPTIC FRONT GAS BLOCK SIGHT Glowing Fiber Optic Element For Fast Sight Alignment In Any Light Conditions Front sight tower clamps directly to a gas block with a topside accessory rail and provides a super-bright, green fiber optic dot for fast, easy-to-see sight pickup in all ambient light conditions. Push the rubber-sealed on/off button, and the integral batterypowered light source illuminates the extra-long, fiber optic rod so you are never left without a highly visible front sight, even at night. Front blade is easy to adjust for elevation. Lightweight aluminum base with dual protective ears attaches without gunsmithing to Picatinny or Weaver rail front gas blocks. SPECS: CNC-machined aluminum, black finish. Front Blade .080" (2mm) wide. Height - 1.80" (4.6cm) from top of base to top of blade at lowest setting. Weight - 1.9 oz. (54g). Fits AR-15/M16 equipped with MIL -STD 1913 Picatinny or nominal Weaver rail on gas block. Includes three 1.5 volt SR-60 batteries and sight adjustment wrench. #902-000-113AG AR-15/M16 F/O Front Sight Tower, 2K50B36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 61.99 A2-STYLE REAR SIGHT Factory-Profile Backup Sight Co-Witnesses With Most Red Dot Sight Systems Solid, A2-style rear sight clamps to the rear of your flattop receiver to co-witness with an Aimpoint, E.O. Tech, or similar red-dot sight system. Functions like the original carry handle sight—perfect for a combat-ready backup sight—and regulates correctly with standard, M16/M4 front sights and Yankee Hill front sights. Two, hardened steel cross-bolts clamp the sight to the rail for zero movement under recoil. Large, grooved, steel windage knob and elevation wheel provide full click-adjustments in ½ M.O.A. increments. Standard, flip-style aperture has .065"and .200" di2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=61http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=61YANKEE HILL MACHINE AR-15/M16 LIPSKI AR-15/M16 QDS SIGHT SYSTEM QDS front with hood COMPETITION REAR SIGHT BASE Easy Rear Aperture Sight Mounting For Target Rifles Attach receiver-style target sights to your favorite rifle without drilling and tapping. Clamps to flat top rails. Once sight is mounted to base, the entire unit may be removed and re-installed without loss of zero. Pre-drilled side mounting plate accepts Redfield Palma, Warner, Zelenak and other sights using 10-32 mount screws. Mounting plate is adjustable for vertical and horizontal position. a b SPECS: Steel, matte black. Adapter base 2.25" (5.7cm) long, .90" (23mm) high. Threaded 10-32. Weighs 3.1oz. (68 g). #527-100-015AG AR-15 Sight Base 7B65A99. . . . . . . .$ 80.95 Brownells COMPETITOR PLUS™ RIFLE SLING • PREMIUM LEATHER • U.S. MADE • EXTRA HEAVY HOOKS • STITCHED KEEPERS • 100% SATISFACTION GUARANTEED If you love fine leather, fine craftsmanship and a superbly functional, useful sling, our Competitor Plus is going to make you extremely happy! What you get is a no-compromise reproduction of the original 1907 Military Sling; the one that’s become the standard among hi-power service rifle shooters and many knowledgeable hunters; the one that’s sought after by collectors and restorers of pre-WWII military firearms and the one that’s carried more guns, more miles on more shoulders than darn near any other. Ours has all the good stuff: 1) It’s all U.S. made of the finest, oak-tanned, top grain, 9-10 ounce, U.S. steer hide. 2) It’s fitted with thick, forged, blued steel hooks. 3) Each extra-thick, steel hook is attached with three rivets. 4) The Keepers are skived at a taper, overlapped and glued; then stitched with 5-cord waxed linen thread. They fit TIGHT! We’re pretty proud of the Competitor Plus. We think you’ll love it, too. It’s unconditionally guaranteed to satisfy you 100%. a b SPECS: 11⁄4" (3.2cm) wide. 9-10 oz. leather. .108" (2.75mm) thick hooks. Front strap length = 54" (1.37m). Instructions. #084-270-110AG Tan Comp Plus Sling 4H48A99 . . . .$ 66.99 #084-270-210AG Black Comp Plus Sling 4H45X08 . . . 60.99 BROWNELLS COMPETITOR PLUS SLING w/NUMBERS - Our Competitor Plus sling with sixteen numbered reference points makes it easy for you to return to your sling setting for each shooting position. SPECS: 11⁄4" (3.2mm) wide. 9-10 oz. leather. Front length 54" (1.37m). 3⁄8" (14.7mm) numbers. #084-270-120AG Tan Numbered Competitor Sling, 4H50A49. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 66.99 COMPETITOR PLUS SLING w/SWIVELS - Add the Competitor Plus Sling to any rifle equipped with Michael’s-style swivel studs. Comes complete with two of the correct 11⁄4" Michael’s easy-on, easy-off, quick-detachable loops. 084-270-112AG Tan Competitor Plus Sling w/Swivels, 4H62C90. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 81.99 084-270-211AG Blk Comp. Plus Sling w/Super Swivels, 4H53U36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71.99 Brownells AR-15/M16 Gives Fixed-Stock Rifle The Versatility Of A Quick-Detach Single-Point Sling SINGLE-POINT SLING KIT AR-15/M16 QDS front/rear Rugged, Quick-Deploy Backup System; Minimal Profile When Folded Spring-loaded sights deploy at the push of a button to provide instant backup sighting. Quick Deploy System locks securely and requires a firm, positive press of the button to deploy or retract the sight, so it won’t accidentally activate when bumped— these sights stay where you put them. Minimal profile when folded—only .435” high—with radiused edges and a smoothly curved front surface to prevent snagging on foliage, gear, or clothing. Crossbolt and side bar provide solid attachment to MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny or Weaver-style rail systems. All-aluminum construction is lightweight, yet plenty strong to handle the hard knocks of tactical operations, with a durable, scratchresistant hardcoat anodized finish for extra surface strength. Front Sights have mil-spec A2 post that adjusts for elevation; same-plane alignment with 2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=62http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=62Sling BUTTON SLING AR-15/M16/M4 GEAR SECTOR AR-15/M16 Adapters OUTDOOR CONNECTION Color SPEC.-OPS. THROW & GO SLING Elastic For Tangle-Free Operation; Two Quick-Detach Systems SINGLE-POINT SLING Designed To Provide Fast & Easy Weapon Attachment Easy-to-use, ambidextrous nylon web sling features a high strength, polycarbonate quick-release buckle that attaches to most weapon platforms and connects directly to your sling. Loops around your shoulder and torso providing unlimited freedom of movement and cross-shoulder transition. Universal buckle design accepts all current weapon attachment stubs allowing use of a single sling with multiple weapons. Features rip-cord pull adjustment for instant height adjustment without taking your eyes off the target. Contains dual quick-release adapters. a b SPECS: Nylon webbing, black. Polycarbonate buckles, black. 34½” (2.5cm) long x 1” wide, 4” stub. #100-003-363AG ASP Torso Ambi Sling 9B29D20 . . .$ 32.99 A-Tac TACTICAL SLINGS Single-, Two- & Three-Point Models For Comfortable, Secure Carry & Fast Transitions MAMBA SLING Quiet, Tangle-Free; Keeps Collapsible Stocked Weapon At The Ready Elasticized single-point sling takes up the slack and prevents getting tangled in weapon-mounted accessories. Bungee cord material allows just the right amount of flex for CQB maneuvers. Tough, weather-resistant nylon outer covering prevents noise and limits expansion for optimum stealth and control. Self-lubricating polycarbonate buckles ensure fast, easy length adjustments. Available with an HK-style snap hook or the innovative Button Sling attachment system for ultra-fast, intuitive, one-handed installation and removal. Button system consists of a polymer loop on the sling that slips over a steel button on the weapon. Button pins are built from high-carbon steel to withstand hard use without failure. M4 Button Plate replaces receiver end plate on a rifle fitted with an M4-type collapsible stock and is right-hand only; requires removal of buttstock for installation. M4 Button clamps onto any M4-type buffer tube without removing the buttstock, and can be mounted for right- or left-hand shooters. SPECS: Sling - nylon, elastic, black. Polymer buckle. 1" (2.5cm) wide, 27½" (70cm) long. Adjustable for length. Aluminum snap hook, hardcoat anodized, with steel spring lock, matte black. M4 Button Plate - Carbon steel, matte black finish. M4 Button - Stainless steel clamp, natural finish, carbon steel button, matte black finish. #100-003-661AG Throw & Go Sling, Loop Button, 7B30H27. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 39.99 #100-004-994AG Throw & Go Sling, HK Snap Hook, 3B38H42. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49.99 #100-003-662AG M4 Button Plate 7B14H95 . . . . . . . . . 19.95 #100-003-664AG M4 Button 7B22H95. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29.95 SLINGS & ADAPTERS IBD PRODUCTS Hands-Free Control Of Your Firearm; No Swivels Needed THREE-POINT SLING Adjustable, nylon, threepoint tactical sling fits any fixed-stock long gun for comfortable, hands-free, readyposition control. Attaches without tools, swivels, or swivel studs. Available in black. a b SPECS: Nylon webbing, black. Polymer keepers, black. Approxi1⁄ mately 36" (91cm) OAL, 1 2" (3.8cm) wide. Ambidextrous. #100-001-339AG 3-Point Sling, Black 1A40X10 . . . . . .$ 49.99 Item DANIEL DEFENSE SIMPLE SLING SYSTEM™ Allows Rapid, Left- Or Right-Hand Transition & Hands-Free Carry Simple, rugged, single point sling is constructed of heavy-duty nylon webbing with reinforced stitching for years of reliable service. Attaches to Daniel Defense Burnsed Loop Sling Adapters (found elsewhere in catalog) or others with 1¼" loop. Designed for single point mounting at the rear of the receiver for hands-free access to a second weapon, while maintaining complete control of your rifle or carbine. Allows rapid switch from right- to left-hand carry. Simple design prevents tangles in weapon mounted lights and other accessories. Receiver mounted sling adapter p2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=63http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=63Items SPECTER GEAR TACTICAL SLINGS TAPCO TACTICAL SLING SYSTEM TROY INDUSTRIES Overbuilt For Secure Weapon Support & Adjustable For All-Day Carry Comfort BATTLESLING Single-Point WILDERNESS TACTICAL PRODUCTS Keeps Your Hands Free & Your Weapon Ready Specter Gear provides heavy-duty, nylon-web slings, with durable, polycarbonate clasps and keepers that hold your weapon in a comfortable, ready position until it’s time to fire. Double-stitched with #69 thread at all stress points for maximum strength and a long service life. Available in a number of tactical styles for a wide variety of guns. All slings are configured for ambidextrous use. a b CLOSE QUARTERS COMBAT (CQB) SLING - Provides a choice of six carry options. Lets you keep your hands free and bring the weapon into action quickly. Soft and flexible for quiet, comfortable carry; will not generate a noise signature. Easily adjustable with no unnecessary straps, buckles or fasteners. AR-15/ CAR-15QR features a quick release buckle that lets you quickly disengage from the rifle in emergency situations. SPECS: Nylon web, Velcro fasteners, black. 11⁄4" (3.2cm) wide. Approximately 38" (96.5cm) long. STOCK # MODEL PRICE #100-000-376AG AR-15, full stock 4K22X00 $ 36.99 #100-000-728AG AR-15 QR, full stock 4K25X14 $ 41.99 #100-000-377AG CAR-15 w/std handguard 4K22X00 $ 36.99 #100-000-729AG CAR-15 QR, std handguard 4K25X14 $ 41.99 #100-000-378AG CAR-15 w/M4 handguard 4K22X00 $ 36.99 #100-000-730AG CAR-15 QR, M4 handguard 4K25X14 $ 41.99 #100-001-226AG CAR-15,Side-Mount Front Sling Swivel 4K22H00 $ 36.99 #100-001-227AG CAR-15QR, Side-Mount Front Sling Swivel 4K25H14 $ 41.99 SPECIAL OPERATIONS PATROL (SOP) SLING - Wide, 11⁄2", nylon webbing distributes weight for comfortable carry. 1" mounting straps provide free, non-binding movement, so the sling moves with your body during carry and position shooting. Transition-release buckle lets you quickly shift from right- to left-shoulder carry or firing. Sling remains attached so you can drop the rifle to your side and keep both hands free. All models feature the ERB, quick release buckle that lets you disengage from the firearm in emergency situations unless otherwise noted in price line. Ambidextrous design fits right- and left-handed shooters. SPECS: Nylon web, Velcro fasteners, black or OD green. 11⁄2" (3.8cm) wide. Approximately 38" (96.5cm) long. CAR-15 fits collapsible stock only. STOCK # MODEL PRICE #100-000-797AG AR-15, full stock, black 4K28T81 $ 48.99 #100-000-798AG AR-15, full stock, OD 4K28T81 $ 48.99 #100-000-799AG CAR-15, std hndgrd, black 4K28T81 $ 48.99 #100-000-800AG CAR-15, std hndgrd, OD 4K28T81 $ 48.99 #100-001-231AG CAR-15 w/Front Side Sling Swivel, black 4K28H81 $ 48.99 HIGH-SPEED TRANSITIONS (HST) SLING - 11⁄4", nylon-webbed sling is perfect where rapid, cross-shoulder and secondaryweapon transitions are crucial to survival. Attaches easily to a side, single mounting point, receiver sling mount. Includes the ERB, quick-release buckle for emergency disengagement; ambidextrous design fits right- and left-handed shooters. SPECS: Nylon web, Velcro fasteners, black. 11⁄4" (3.2cm) wide. Approximately 48" (122cm) long. Universal fit; attaches to sling mount. #100-001-232AG Universal HST Sling 4K15H65 . . . $ 26.99 Versatile Single- & Two-Point Configurations To Support Multiple Mission Profiles Modular sling can be configured for single- or twopoint attachment so you can change your carry mode for each mission. Designed for convenient integration with Tapco’s Intrafuse modular rifle furniture, this sling works with common sling attachment systems on today’s tactical rifles. Configure with the included Y-adapter and HK-style snap hook for single-point carry that allows fast transition from one shoulder to the other. Snap on the strap modules and thread the straps through 1¼" sling loops to configure for traditional, two-point carry for maximum comfort and stable weapon retention. Made with ultra-thin, yet exceptionally strong,2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=64http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=64A2 SINGLE-POINT SLING ADAPTER AR-15/M16 Gives Your Fixed-Stock Rifle The Versatility Of Quick-Detach Sling Mounting Low-profile adapter gives an AR-15/M16 with an A2-style buttstock the convenience and versatility of single-point clip-on sling attachment. Lets you combine the stable cheekweld of a fixed rifle buttstock with the ease of the latest, quick-attach tactical slings. Precision machined from 4140 carbon steel for extra strength, with extra metal on the attachment loop, so no matter how hard you pull or twist the sling, this adapter won’t break. Right Hand (RH) model has the loop on the left side to accommodate right-handed shooters; Left Hand (LH) model has the loop on the right for left-handed shooters. Requires no permanent alterations to rifle: simply remove the buttstock, slide the adapter over the receiver extension tube, and reinstall the stock using the included spacer and extended buttplate screw. a b SPECS: 4140 steel, black oxide finish. #080-000-687AG RH A2 Single-Point Sling Adapter, 8K34C77 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 39.99 #080-000-658AG LH A2 Single-Point Sling Adapter, 8K34Z77 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39.99 Brownells AR-15/M16 DANIEL DEFENSE AR-15/M16/M4 DPMS AR-15/M16 BURNSED LOOP SLING ADAPTERS Easy To Install; For Secure Mounting Of Tactical Slings Lightweight sling adapter plates, designed by Ashley Burnsed, install easily on rifles with fixed A1/A2 buttstocks and CAR-15/M4 collapsible buttstocks. Provide 1¼" receiver sling loops for attaching single-point tactical slings. Precision CNC-machined from 6061 T6 aluminum and T3 mil-spec hardcoat anodized. Installs between buttstock and the lower receiver. Kit includes all necessary mounting hardware. Adapter may be removed easily, and rifle or carbine may be returned to original configuration. Separate models for A1 and A2 fixed stocks, and CAR-15/M4 collapsible stocks. Right Hand (RH) style positions loop on left side of rifle for right-handed shooters. Ambidextrous (Ambi) style has sling loops on both sides of adapter plate. a b SPECS: 6061-T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. A1 and A2 models include sling adapter plate, spacer, replacement buttstock screw, and instructions. CAR-15 model includes sling adapter plate and instructions. A1 - Fits AR-15/M16 with A1 buttstock. A2 - Fits AR-15 with A2 buttstock. CAR-15/M4 - Fits carbines with collapsible stock. #100-000-779AG RH A1 Sling Adapter 8K30Y00 . . . .$ 33.00 #100-000-780AG RH A2 Sling Adapter 8K30Y00 . . . . . 33.00 #100-000-778AG RH CAR-15/M4 Adapter 8K21Y43 . . 23.00 #100-003-156AG Ambi A2 Sling Adapter 8K30X00 . . . 33.00 SLING ADAPTER Tangle-Free Sling Operation MAGPUL AR-15/M16 ASAP SLING ADAPTER Gives Operator A Major Tactical Advantage With 180° Of Unrestricted Sling Movement Ambidextrous Sling Attachment Point helps the operator adapt quickly to changing tactical situations by allowing rapid switching of weapon from one shoulder to the other. An unrestricted 180° of sling movement lets you change shoulders to take maximum advantage of available cover, address targets around corners or other barriers, or shift weapon position if one arm is injured. Works with any single-point sling that attaches with a quick-release snap-hook, and fits any rifle or carbine with an M4-type collapsible buttstock. Simply remove the factory receiver end plate and replace with the ASAP; requires no other alterations to weapon, so you can continue to use your original receiver extension, buttstock, and sling. Heavy duty cast steel construction with a 1/8" thick link ring, protected by a durable, wear- and corrosion-resistant mil-spec black manganese phosphate Parkerized finish. Fits both Commercial and Mil-Spec receiver extensions. a b SPECS: Steel, Parkerized, matte black. Fits both mil-spec and commercial/universal M4-type receiver extensions. #100-004-450AG ASAP Sling Adapter 3K25H64 . . . .$ 29.99 Repositions the sling attachment point to between the2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=65http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=65NOVESKE AR-15/M16 QD SLING ADAPTER & SWIVEL Replacement Receiver End Plate For Mounting Pushbutton Sling Swivel Low-profile ambidextrous mount replaces the factory receiver end plate to allow easy attachment of a QD sling swivel to the rear of the receiver. Won't interfere with access to weapon's controls, and won't snag on foliage, vehicle, or other gear. Made of steel to allow proper staking of buffer tube lock nut on the lower receiver. Compatible with mil-spec lower receivers with M4-style collapsible stocks. Lets collapsible stocks collapse fully. Separately available QD sling swivel accepts 1¼" wide slings and gives a full 360° of rotation. SPECS: Steel, Parkerized, dark gray finish. Fits AR-15/M16 with M4-type collapsible stock. #100-004-756AG QD Receiver End Plate, 1A00XCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 24.99 #100-004-757AG QD Sling Swivel 1A00ZAY . . . . . . . . . 19.99 TROY INDUSTRIES AR-15/M16 BLUE FORCE GEAR AR-15/M16 COMMAND ARMS AR-15/M16 PROFESSIONAL-GRADE SLING ADAPTER Provides Quick-Detach, Ambi Sling Mounting; Built To Handle The Stress Of Tactical Use Heavy-duty sling adapter slides over collapsible stock buffer tubes to provide secure, ambidextrous attachment for the push-button QD sling swivel. No gunsmithing required—simply tighten down the steel crossbolt with the included hex key wrench. Solid aluminum construction with plenty of extra metal at the stress points to ensure this mount won’t twist, flex, or bend under pressure. Beveled and rounded edges help resist snagging on sling or other gear. Indexes to upper receiver to prevent unwanted rotation of buffer tube. Hardcoat anodized for extra strength and wear resistance; available in matte black or dark earth. Stainless steel swivel has a non-reflective black finish and allows a full 360° of rotation. a b SPECS: Aluminum, hardcoat anodize, matte black or dark earth, with stainless steel sling swivel, matte black finish. Accepts slings up to 1¼” (3.2cm) wide. #100-004-055AG Pro-Grade Sling Adapter, Black, 3B45H50. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 49.99 #100-004-056AG Pro-Grade Sling Adapter, Dark Earth, 3B49H00. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54.99 RAIL MOUNT SLING LOOP Versatile, Low-Profile Forward Sling Mount Low-profile sling loop clamps to Picatinny handguard rail and provides a secure, versatile forward mounting point for a 1" sling. Precision machined from billet aluminum with rounded edges to prevent snagging on other gear. Fixed, non-pivoting design prevents rattles and unwanted sling shifting. SPECS: Aluminum, hardcoat anodized, black. Stainless steel crossbolt, black oxide finish. 1½" (3.8cm) long. .6 oz. (17g) wt. #100-005-192AG Rail Mount Sling Loop 7A20X39 . .$ 23.99 PUSH BUTTON SLING SWIVEL For Secure, Quick-Detach Installation Of Extra-Wide Slings AR-15/M16 Extra-wide steel swivel accepts slings up to 15⁄8" wide for attachment to a Command Arms Modular Buttstock or similar component that accepts a standard push button swivel. Smooth-operating, centrally located button and polished ball-bearing locking mechanism ensure easy attachment. SPECS: Steel, black oxide finish. Accepts slings up to 15⁄8" wide. #100-004-881AG Push Button Sling Swivel, 6C08V79 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 9.99 COLT DEFENSE LL FALCON INDUSTRIES AR-15/M16 M-4 USGI BARREL MOUNT SWIVEL The Same, Tactical Sling Mount Used By Our Armed Forces This genuine, Colt factory part is the one used by our GI’s on the M-4 carbine to allow attachment of M203 grenade launchers or forward mounted lights and lasers. Steel, two-piece unit clamps directly around the barrel between the barrel bands of the Mil-Spec front sight housing. Can be mounted at the right or left side of weapon and features a rubber-coated swivel to eliminate sling abrasion and noise. No modifications or gunsmithing required. Also fits AR-15/M16 rifles with conventional front sight housing. SPECS: Black, hardened steel. 9⁄16" (1.4cm) long, 2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=66http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=66MIDWEST INDUSTRIES AR-15/M16 SOG ARMORY AR-15/M16 VLTOR FRONT SLING ADAPTER AR-15/M16 FRONT SIGHT SLING ADAPTER WITH RAIL Mounts Your Sling On The Sight & Adds An Accessory Rail Heat-resistant, graphite sling adapter attaches to the left side an A2 front sight and securely holds a sling in place. Picatinny rail allows for mounting an additional accessory for mission-specific configurations. No special tools needed and no permanent modifications to the sight. SPECS: Heat-resistant graphite, black. Picatinny rail is 1.5" (3.7cm) long. Fits A2 front sights. Accepts 11⁄4" (3.2cm) slings #100-002-208AG Front Sight Sling Adapter w/Rail, 9A18V00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 29.95 QUICK-DETACH SLING SWIVEL Heavy-Duty, Dependable & Strong Stainless Steel Construction Brownells SIGNATURE SERIES PINK M4 CASE Battle Breast Cancer & Protect Your Carbine Our pink M4 case is made of the same highquality materials as the rest of the Signature Series line of cases and bags. This case protects your AR-15 carbine while showing your support for finding a cure. For every pink Signature Series case sold, Brownells will donate 10% of the proceeds to the American Cancer Society, to help fight breast cancer. The tough, waterresistant Cordura nylon shell withstands rain and rough wear; a protective skirt keeps sand and grit out and prevents the zipper from contacting the gun. Dense foam padding and a snag-free, brushed tricot lining protect your rifle from damage. Large YKK zippers stay on track to open quickly and easily. Double-stitched 1½" wide nylon web carry straps wrap around the entire case for extra support. Adjustable, detachable shoulder strap enables hands-free carry. A leather trimmed, clear plastic I.D. window on the front holds a business card or luggage I.D. tag. The large, bellows front pocket includes a removable pouch that holds three 30-round AR-15 magazines. a b SPECS: 1000 denier Cordura nylon, pink. 35" (89cm) long, 11" (28cm) wide, 2½" (6.4cm) high. Front Pocket: 10½" long, 8" (20.3cm) high, 2" wide. #084-000-354AG Pink M4 Rifle Case 4H102T81 . . .$ 124.99 -06 -07 -08 -08HD -08HDO -TS Provides Strong, Reliable Sling Attachment Two-piece clamp with single cross-bolt secures adapter to Picatinny/Weaver-style handguard rails so you have a front sling attachment point. MCTAR-06 has pivoting, 1¼" wide swivel for direct sling attachment. Rubber coating on swivel prevents noisy, metal-to-metal contact. MCTAR-07 includes a fixed, dome-shaped stud that accepts your own, standard quick-detach swivel. MCTAR-08 includes a 11⁄4" wide, 360º rotating, push-button swivel for rapid sling removal. MCTAR-08HD has heavy duty base and swivel that stands up to extreme tactical operations. 1¼" wide, quick-detach swivel limits travel to prevent sling wrapping yet allows necessary movement. MCTAR-08HDO has same features as MCTAR-08HD, but is offset from centerline for unobstructed use of weapon light, laser, vertical grip, or other tactical accessories. MCTAR-TS has a fixed, round, 5⁄16" (7.8mm) ID loop for clip-on, H&K-style or similar quick-release slings. b a SPECS: Bases - 6061 aluminum, mil-spec hardcoat anodized, matte black; steel setscrew, matte black oxide. MCTAR-08HD - 7⁄8" (2.2cm) long x 13⁄16" (3cm) wide. MCTAR-08HDO - 2" (5cm) long x 1" (2.5cm) wide. Other models - 9⁄16" (1.4cm) long x 13⁄16" (3cm) wide. Swivels/Studs - Steel, black finish. Swivels accept slings up to 11⁄4" (3.2cm) wide. #100-001-922AG MCTAR-06 Adapter, 2A28Z63 . . . . .$ 34.99 #100-001-923AG MCTAR-07 Stud Adapter, 2A21Z32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26.99 #100-001-993AG MCTAR-08 Adapter, 2A30U70. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37.99 #100-003-198AG MCTAR-08HD Heavy Duty Adapter, 2A34V43 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42.99 #100-004-906AG MCTAR-08HDO Heavy Duty QD Adapter, 2A35V17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.99 #100-002-428AG MCTAR-TS Front Sling Adapter Loop, 2A312011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=67http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=67SIGNATURE SERIES GUN CASES Mission-Ready; Built To Take The Abuse Of Tactical Operations Eliminate nicks, dings, and damage that impair the performance and tarnish the appearance of tactical weapons with our Signature Series Gun Cases . We combined the very best materials - 1000 denier Cordura® nylon, YKK zippers, closed-cell foam padding - with your ideas to create what we feel is the ultimate line of gun cases anywhere . Plus, they look amazing . . . like anything we put our name on, you know these are top-of-the-line . b a TACTICAL WEAPONS CASE - All the structural and performance features to meet and exceed the stringent demands of today’s military and law enforcement personnel . and civilian AR15 shooters . Heavyweight shell resists punctures and snags, repels moisture, and blocks micro-fine particles of sand and grit that can cause ejection failures in automatic weapons . Bellow-style construction, with 3" wide zipper margin, accommodates firearms equipped with bipods and high-mount, large diameter optics . Adjustable, 2" wide, carry sling is box-stitched at the correct angle for proper weight distribution across the back and shoulders to ensure maximum mobility and less fatigue . Large, zippered, side pocket holds cleaning supplies, maps, shooting gloves, goggles, and other tactical gear . Tight-weave, friction-reducing, polyester lining makes weapon removal fast and easy in high stress situations . Extra thick, closed-cell, foam-core padding cushions blows and provides complete case floatation . Four, external, magazine pouches accept 30 round, M16 magazines . Available in two sizes . SPECS: 1000 denier, Cordura nylon exterior, black. 38” (96.5cm) or 46” (116.8cm) long, 12” (30.5cm) wide at buttstock, 5” (12.7cm) wide at muzzle, 3” (7 .6cm) thick. Pocket - 191⁄2” (49.5cm) long, tapered 31⁄2” (8.9cm) to 81⁄2” (21.6cm) high. 084-000-157AG 38" Tact. Weapons Case 4H82D25 $ 100.99 084-000-158AG 46" Tact. Weapons Case 4H89D54 . . 109.99 M4 RIFLE CASE You need to have 100% confidence that your gear won’t fail . That’s why Brownells built a case that will protect your rifle in the harshest operating conditions and give you added advantages . Three rows of MOLLE-compatible attachment points run the length of the case, letting you keep your gear with your rifle . A large, bellows-style front pocket includes a separate magazine pouch with MOLLE-compatible attachment points and three, separate, 30-round magazine compartments with hook-and-loop closures . (Additional pouches available separately, below .) The water-resistant 1000 denier, Cordura Plus nylon shell stands up to the toughest abuse . An outer layer of closed-cell foam and an inner layer of open-cell foam protect your rifle from the dings and dents that come from continuous use . A protective skirt keeps malfunction-inducing sand and grit out of your rifle and prevents contact with the zipper . Brushed tricot lining won’t snag your rifle, optics, and accessories, allowing for fast weapon removal in high-stress situations . Rugged, oversized YKK zippers with leather assists help you get the case open quickly, even when wearing gloves . Heavy-duty D-rings are securely stitched to a nylon reinforcing strip . Swivel snaps securely attach an adjustable carry strap . Reinforced carry handles are double-stitched around the case and will not tear off . Double Rifle Case has an additional nylon outer shell with protective pad double-stitched to the main case, providing twice the carrying capacity for extra gear or another M4 rifle . Both models come with the triple magazine pouch and are available in black, coyote tan, and O .D . green . Overbuilt? There’s no such thing when equipment failure is not an option . Brownells MAGPUL SPECS: 1000 denier Cordura Plus nylon exterior, black, coyote tan, or O.D. green. 35” (89cm) long, 11” (28cm) wide, 2½” (6.4cm) high. Front Pocket - 10½” long, 8” (20.3cm) wide, 2” high. Double Rifle Case includes additional outer shell - 33” (84cm) long, 2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=68http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=68Colors MT CHAMBER AR-15/M16 360° Visual Confirmation Your Weapon Is Unloaded CHAMBER SAFETY FLAG AR-15/M16 Brightly colored chamber flag provides quick, reliable confirmation that a rifle is unloaded and safe to handle . When properly inserted in the chamber, it eliminates the possibility of an unintended discharge caused by faulty or unobservant weapon handling . Unique design clearly visible from all angles is ideal for firearm training, range or household safety, and law enforcement use . Flexible nylon composite is practically unbreakable . a b SPECS: Nylon plastic composite, Safety Orange, Hot Pink, or Neon Green. Fits AR-15/M16 rifle chambered in .223/5.56mm. Also fits .45 caliber semi-auto pistol. #100-004-927AG Safety Flag, Orange 9C03X39 . . . . . . .$ 3.99 100-005-707AG Safety Flag, Hot Pink 9C03U39 . . . . . . 3.99 100-005-709AG Safety Flag, Neon Green 9C03U39 . . . . 3.99 Brownells AR-15/M16 DUST COVER SAFETY FLAG Highly Visible Indicator Shows Rifle Is Unloaded & Seals Ejection Port To Keep Out Dirt RING’S MANUFACTURING FIREARMS SIMULATOR AR-15 CLEANING LINK Locks AR-15 Open For Fast, Easy Cleaning Lets you easily clean and lube the action or swab out barrel, from the breech . Hold-open link separates upper and lower receiver assemblies, locks them solid, prevents the receiver from constantly flopping closed . Stainless steel and Delrin link installs in seconds, is impervious to solvents . SPECS: Delrin and stainless steel. #988-003-001AG AR-15 Cleaning Link 8H11T64 . . . .$ 15.99 ® Sinclair Bright, highly-visible yellow insert instantly lets the RSO and other shooters know your weapon is unloaded and safe . Perfect for training exercises and classroom activities where it’s vital to quickly identify that weapons are safe at all times . Blocks the chamber to ensure that a round cannot be loaded when the flag is installed . Completely seals the ejection port to keep out dust, dirt, and other debris . a b SPECS: Plastic, yellow. #084-000-300AG Dust Cover Safety Flag, 4H04X88 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 6.99 Safe, Non-Gun For Law Enforcement & Military Training A realistic, safe alternative to using real firearms for law enforcement training exercises and weapons retention drills . Molded from actual weapons for true-to-life detail . Strong, polyurethane plastic has steel reinforcement to prevent bending and flexing; handles and balances like an actual firearm . Safety blue color signifies this is a non-firing training aid . CAR-15 model does b not include provisions for attachment of grenade launcher . a SPECS: Polyurethane, safety blue. Approximately 5 lbs. 3 oz. (2.35kg) weight. #100-000-226AG CAR-15 Simulator 3K147B35 . . . . .$ 174.75 #100-002-556AG M4 Simulator 3K147Y35 . . . . . . . . . . 174.75 Brownells AR-15/M16 PROFESSIONAL CLEANING SYSTEM CHAMBERSAFE CLEANING SUPPLIES Brownells Clearly Marks Rifle As Unloaded; Ejects When Bolt Is Charged AR-15/M16 SAFE PORT CHAMBER BLOCKING DEVICE High Visibility Confirmation That Firearm Is Unloaded Bright orange chamber blocker fits in the ejection port and physically prevents chambering of a round to provide positive visual confirmation that the firearm is unloaded . Removes instantly by pulling the large, easy-to-grasp ring to clear the chamber and bring the weapon into operation . Use in any situation that requires fast, visual verification of firearm status— law enforcement, military, gun shops, as well as hunting, range, and competition applications . Fits semi- and full-auto rifles and carbines with an extractor enclosed within the bolt, including AR-15/M16/M4 and M14/M1A . Flexible, one-piece, molded polymer construction stands up to years of insertion and removal cycles . Tab on pull ring allows marking with individual weapon identification information . a b SPECS: Molded polymer, orange. Fits AR-15/M16, M14/M1A, and other semi- and full-auto rifles and carbines with extractor enclosed within the bolt. Should not be used on any firearm wi2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=69http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=69AR-15/M16/AR-STYLE .308 M-PRO 7® CLEANING KIT Complete System Ensures Thorough Cleaning To Keep Your AR Functioning Reliably Brownells has teamed up with M-Pro 7 to develop this cleaning kit specifically for maintaining an AR-type rifle in peak operating condition . Now you can clean your AR using the same operationally tested products used by the United States Armed Forces . Inside the kit’s compact hardshell case you’ll find M-Pro 7 Gun Cleaner that safely penetrates deep beneath even tough, scorched-on carbon fouling to lift away the gunk and leave the bore sparkling clean . M-Pro 7 Cleaner/Lubricant/Protectant delivers superior lubrication and corrosion protection, and can also be used for quick cleaning on the go, when there isn’t enough time for the complete cleaning routine . You get a military-style multi-section steel cleaning rod with a folding handle, plus five high-quality bronze brushes to clean ARs in the standard .223/5 .56mm and .308/7 .62mm calibers, as well as 9mm and .45 chamberings, plus a brush for cleaning the bolt carrier way—critical for maintaining reliable weapon cycling . There’s plenty of absorbent cotton flannel patches in three sizes to fit all those calibers, plus the M-Pro 7 Weapons Maintenance Guide . Due to its non-hazardous and non-flammable contents, this kit meets TSA regulations for legal transport in checked baggage aboard commercial airliners . a b SPECS: Kit contains polycarbonate box, black; 2 fl. oz (59ml) Gun Cleaner; 2 fl oz. Cleaner/Lubricant/Protectant; five-section steel cleaning rod w/30” maximum extended length; (4) bronze bore brushes to fit .22/.223/5.56mm, .308/7 .62mm, 9mm, and .45; bronze bolt way cleaning brush; polymer patch loop; 1” circular, 2” square, and 2½” square cotton flannel patches; lint-free gun cloth; and Weapons Maintenance Guide. #080-000-686AG AR-15 Cleaning Kit 9K28C11 . . . . . .$ 34.99 Brownells DEWEY AR-15/M16/AR-STYLE .308 IOSSO AR-15/M16 MASEN PULL-THROUGH CLEANING KIT Complete, Pocket Size Kits For Fast, Effective Cleaning In The Field Convenient, pull-through kit contains everything you need, in one compact unit, to effectively and easily clean your AR-15/M16 or AR-style .308 rifle while on the move . Flexible cable with protective coating allows thorough cleaning without damage to the bore or muzzle end . Large, nylon bead slides along the cable and provides a non-slip grasp and easy pulling . Patch loop, brush connector, and sliding pull bead are permanent parts of the cleaning cable . Connector is 8"-32 tpi for rifle size brushes . Includes a ½ oz . bottle of Shooter’s Choice FP-10 for cleaning, lubricating, and deep-penetrating corrosion protection . Compact, 1000 denier Cordura® nylon pouch stores all components and stows easily in a range bag, pocket, or on your belt . Separate kits available for AR-type rifles chambered in .223/5 .56mm, 6 .8mm/ .243/ .260, and .308/7 .62mm . a b SPECS: Coated 30” cleaning cable with 8”-32 female end, brass loop, bronze/steel chamber brush, coated steel T-handle chamber rod, brass stuck case remover, brass scraper & brass/steel pick, nylon bore brush; ½ oz. bottle of Shooter’s Choice FP-10, assorted cotton patches, and 1000 denier Cordura nylon pouch. #234-000-081AG Pull-Thru Kit, .223 4C32U34 . . . . . .$ 41.99 #234-000-076AG Pull-Thru Kit, 6 .8mm 4C28U00 . . . . . 38.95 #234-000-082AG Pull-Thru Kit, .308 4C28A69 . . . . . . . 36.99 ELIMINATOR AR-15 CLEANING KIT ™ MIL-SPEC CLEANING KIT Authentic, Issue Kits For Field Use Cleans Bore & Hard To Reach Areas, Including Gas Tube Handy, all-in-one kit contains tools customdesigned to clean an AR from chamber to muzzle . Dense, durable Nyflex™ fiber brushes offer maximum bristle area per square inch to thoroughly clean specific parts of the weapon without risk of scratching bore or the aluminum components . Includes brushes for .223/5 .56mm bore, upper receiver, chamber, bolt carrier, and carrier key, plus a dedicated gas tube brush . Cleaning rope accepts the bore2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=70http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=70DEWEY BRASS CHAMBER ROD Size SATERN CUSTOM AR-15 BORE GUIDE Prevents Damage To Chamber & Bore Clean your AR-15 from the breech to prevent muzzle or chamber damage . Insert into the upper receiver, replacing the bolt carrier, for safe and easy cleaning . Self-centers in the receiver with O-ring seals . Solvent port keeps chemicals out of the action . a b SPECS: Machined Delrin®. 9½" (24cm) long. Models for AR-15s chambered in .223/5.56mm NATO or 6.5mm Grendel. #812-015-002AG .223/5.56 Bore Guide 2A31P81 . . . . . $ 37.99 812-000-007AG 6.5 Grendel Bore Guide 2A30P34 . . . 36.99 AR-15/M16 UPPER RECEIVER CLEANING KIT Deluxe Kit, Wool Brownells DEWEY GRENADE LAUNCHER CLEANING KIT The Right Kit For The M203 Cleans military issue M203 (40mm) grenade launcher and 37mm variants . Two-piece, 5⁄ aluminum cleaning rod with 16"-27 female threads can also be used for short-barreled shotguns . a b SPECS: Kit includes: (1) 14" (36cm) aluminum rod w/fixed handle, (1) 8" (20cm) aluminum rod extension, (1) 5⁄16"-27 phosphor bronze brush, and (1) 5⁄16"-27 cotton mop. #234-000-051AG Complete Cleaning Kit 4C32P36 . .$ 39.99 #234-000-058AG 37/40mm Replacement Brush, 4C05U15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.95 #234-000-059AG 37/40mm Replacement Mop, 4C05U15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.95 The Right Length For Upper Receiver Cleaning AR-15/M16 Dewey's CHR brass chamber rod combined with a bronze/steel bristle brush cleans the chamber and critical locking lug area . a b SPECS: Brass rod, plastic handle. 8-32 tpi. 121⁄4" (31.1cm) long. #234-000-021AG AR-15 Combo 4C09Z05 . . . . . . . . . . .$ 13.95 #234-000-041AG AR-Style .308 Combo 4C09P70 . . . . . 14.95 The Right Tools For A Difficult Cleaning Job Make short work of cleaning heavily fouled AR-15 upper receivers, right down to the locking lug recess . Specially sized and shaped bronze receiver brush and mop quickly loosen stubborn carbon residue from the bolt carrier way and locking lug recess . Choose kit with Wool or Cotton mop . Standard Kit for cleaning upper receiver, bolt carrier way . Deluxe Kit features a longer rod and a chamber brush that lets you thoroughly clean the bolt carrier way, plus the chamber and locking lug recess . a b SPECS: Standard Kit includes bronze receiver brush, mop, and brass cleaning rod with plastic handle. Overall length - 61⁄2" (16.5cm) long, threaded 5⁄16"-27 tpi. Deluxe Kit includes bronze receiver brush, mop, AR-15 chamber brush, thread adapter and brass cleaning rod with plastic handle. Overall length - 141⁄4" (36.2cm) long, threaded 8-32 tpi. Replacement brush and mop are threaded 5⁄ 16"-27 tpi. #084-223-015AG Standard Kit, Wool Mop 4H14B63 . .$ 19.99 #084-823-115AG Deluxe Kit, Wool Mop 4H21V08 . . . . . 26.99 084-000-028AG Standard Kit, Cotton Mop 4H23Z71 . 32.99 #084-000-029AG Deluxe Kit, Cotton Mop 4H20Z99 . . . . 26.99 #084-223-003AG Replcmt Receivr Brush 4H03B54 . . . 4.99 #084-223-004AG Replacement Wool Mop 4H06B72 . . 11.99 #084-000-027AG Replacement Cotton Mop 4H05Z92 . 7.99 C.J. WEAPONS AR-15 Convenient, Lock-In-Place Bore Guide BORE STAY ™ C.J. WEAPONS AR-15/AR-STYLE .308 Machined Delrin® bore guide replaces the bolt carrier while integral “locking lugs” keep guide firmly in the receiver . Lets you keep both hands free for better cleaning rod control . Helps keep solvents and other debris out of lower receiver during cleaning . SPECS: Machined Delrin body. 91⁄2" (24.1cm) long. #100-000-432AG Bore Stay Bore Guide 5K18T75 . . .$ 24.95 CHAMBER MAID KITS Scrubs Chamber & Lug Recesses Extra Clean—Fast The perfect kit for fast, thorough cleaning of the chamber and hard-to-reach lug recesses in the barrel extension of AR-15 and AR-style .308 rifles . Each kit contains a detachable handle, a flexible steel braid, rubber coated cleaning rod, and a heavy duty bronze bore brush with a wider-diameter section of stainless steel bristles to scrub the lug recesses . Compact enough to fit comfortably in a pocket or ran2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=71http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=71A&O MFG. AR-15/M16 Item BOLT CARRIER CARBON SCRAPER Makes It Easy To Remove Carbon From Bolt Carriers Tool steel scraper quickly removes carbon buildup in AR-15/ M16 bolt carriers . Dual edges clean in both directions . b a SPECS: Tool steel, black, matte finish. 23⁄4" (7cm) long, 1⁄2" (12.7mm) 3⁄ wide, 16" (4.8mm) thick. #100-001-451AG Bolt Carrier Carbon Scraper, 7A16Z18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 19.99 MAGNA-MATIC AR-15/M16/AR-STYLE .308 CARBON REMOVAL TOOL Quickly Removes Carbon Fouling From Bolt & Carrier Handy, two-in-one tool quickly and easily removes carbon fouling from critical areas of the bolt and carrier to ensure proper bolt function and reliable cycling . Scrape carbon from the carrier with the reamer end of the tool, then clean the bolt tail with the other end . The unique, lathe-like design adjusts to fit any bolt tail radius, ensuring a universal-fit tool for any AR bolt . Made from hardened carbon steel, zinc plated for corrosion resistance . An ideal tool for the range bag, field armorer’s kit, or “necessaries” bag . a b SPECS: Hardened carbon steel, zinc plated. CRT-15 - 5½" (14cm) long, ½" (1.3cm) wide, 11⁄8" (2.8cm) high. Fits .223/5.56mm AR-15/ M16/M4 bolt and bolt carrier. CRT-25 - 5½" long, 1" (2.5cm) wide, 1" high. Fits any AR-style rifle chambered in .308/7 .62, including ArmaLite® AR-10®, M110 Sniper Rifle, Knight’s Armament SR-25, DPMS LR-308, and Remington R-25. #100-004-436AG CRT-15 Carbon Removal Tool, 4D31V99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 39.99 100-005-932AG CRT-25 Carbon Removal Tool, 4D37A03 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49.99 Brownells AR-15/M16/AR-STYLE .308 NYLON CHAMBER BRUSH Long-Wearing Bristles Won’t Break Down In Solvents Durable, tough, nylon bristles aggressively scrub your chamber; nylon tufts reach and clean the locking lug recess . Available for M16, AR-15, and AR-Style .308 rifles . M16 has an 8-36 thread to directly thread into the military’s “Cleaning Rod, Small Arms” . a b SPECS: Nylon brush, brass stem. M16 - 37⁄8" (9.8cm) overall. 8-36 military thread. AR-15 - 37⁄8" (9.8cm) overall. 8-32 standard thread. AR-Style .308 - 43⁄8" (11.2cm). 8-32 standard thread. 084-117-002AG M16 Nylon Chamber Brush, 4H04X15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 5.99 - 1 dz or More - M16 Nylon Chmber Brush 4H03X06 . 5.90 084-117-001AG AR-15 Nylon Chamber Brush, 4H04X02 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.99 - 1 dz or More - AR-15 Nylon Chamber Brush, 4H03X45 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.67 084-117-003AG AR-Style .308 Nylon Chamber Brush, 4H05X91 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.99 - 1 dz or More - AR-Style .308 Nylon Chamber Brush, 4H05X05 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.18 Brownells GUN/PARTS CLEANING BRUSH AR-15/M16 Meets Mil Std. 129J Military-Approved, Double-Ended Cleaning Power For Guns & Parts Developed for the U .S . Armed Forces to clean M16/M4 rifles quickly and effectively and get them back into action . Doubleended, solvent-proof, polypropylene handle provides a large, contoured series of nylon bristles to cover curves and open areas, while the short, extra-stiff, narrow line of bristles tackles the really tough crud in those hard to reach areas . Provides superior scrubbing action for individual parts Enough bristle backbone to remove greasy gun dirt, yet won’t scratch metal finishes . An exceptionally good, practical, cleaning brush for use at the bench or in the field . a b SPECS: Handle - Solvent-resistant polypropylene, O.D. green. Bristles - Nylon. 7" (17 .8cm) long. Meets Mil Spec 129J, NSN# 1005-00-494-6602. #676-450-001AG Gun/Parts Brush 8K01B28 . . . . . . . . .$ 3.99 #676-450-006AG Gun/Parts Brush, 10-pak 8K11B00 . . 20.99 BOLT RADIUS SCRAPER Easily Removes Carbon Deposits From Bolt Tail With A Few Gentle Turns Easy to use hand-held tool is for serious AR-15 shooters who want to quickly eradicate th2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=72http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=72Brownells TOOL KITS FOR AR-15/M16/M4 Complete Tool Kits To Service & Repair Military & Civilian AR-15/M16 Rifles & M4 Carbines The RIGHT way to repair and service the AR-15/M16/M4! These kits contain the tools the gunsmith or armorer needs to perform full maintenance and repairs of these rifles in the field or shop . Each tool is designed to do its job in the simplest, most effective manner to maintain and repair these guns correctly – and save time doing it . Standard Kit contains the tools needed to work on the AR-15 and the M16A1 through A4 . Premium Kit contains all the tools of the Standard Kit, plus an additional 11 items necessary to repair and maintain the M4 carbine as well . Both kits come in a custom-fitted, hard-side tool box that’s made from nearly indestructible molded polymer resin and meets mil-spec MIL-C-4150 and ATA specifications . The Standard kit’s foam inserts are pre-cut with spaces for the M4 tools, so you can turn it into a Premium Kit anytime simply by adding the Upgrade Kit. a b 080-216-000AG AR-15/M16 Standard Armorer’s Kit, complete with tools and case 8K977X99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 1,191.99 #080-216-004AG AR-15/M16 Standard Armorer’s Kit, tools ONLY 8K745X99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,004.99 080-216-003AG Upgrade Kit for AR-15/M16 Standard Armorer’s Kit 8K287X56 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349.99 080-216-002AG AR-15/M16/M4 Premium Armorer’s Kit, complete with tools and case 8K1232X99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,399.99 u 7 u 35 AR-15/M16 u 6 u 5 u 4 u 10 u 12 u 13 u 14 u 1 u 2 u 3 u 8 u 19 u 20 u 11 u 15 u 25 u 24 u 23 22 u 26 u 21 u u 27 u 28 u 29 u 30 u 32 u 31 u 34 u 16 u 37 u 38 u 36 u 9 ① 12 OUNCE BALLPEEN HAMMER - Heavy enough to drive out stubborn tapered front sight retaining pins, yet light enough for installation/removal of solid and roll pins . SPECS: 12¼" (31.1cm) long overall. 1 lb. (454 g), 6 oz. (170 g) total. Head is 3¾" (9.5cm) long. 13⁄16" (3cm) diameter flat face. 1" (2.5cm) diameter peen. #956-000-001AG 12 oz. Ballpeen 6E11V61 . . . . . . . . . .$ 14.72 ¾" PLASTIC/BRASS HAMMER - For the thousand and one instances when a part needs a gentle tap during assembly/ disassembly . Great when fitting stocks . SPECS: 3⁄4" (19mm) diameter faces. 10" (25.4cm) hickory handle. Weighs approximately 4 oz. (113 g). #818-600-343AG 3⁄4" Plastic/Brass Hmr 8A00YTP . . .$ 14.98 ⑩ MAGNA-TIP #81 HANDLE - Preferred by many for general use, shank is long enough to reach inside the pistol grip . Use with Stubby Handle to remove Pivot Pin . SPECS: Overall length 8" (20.3cm). #080-086-181AG MAGNA-TIP® #81 8K10Z60 . . . . . . .$ 12.99 ® u 39 u 40 ⑪ ② FIRING PIN PROTRUSION GAUGE - Essential for properly measuring the amount of the firing pin projecting through the bolt . Too little causes misfires; too much, pierced primers . SPECS: Steel. 2" (5.1cm) long, 1⁄4" (6.3mm) wide. #080-216-013AG AR-15/M16 Firing/Pin Gauge, 8K28X45 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 35.99 ½" SQUARE DRIVE TORQUE WRENCH - Necessary to apply the manufacturer’s recommended 30 foot pounds of torque to the barrel nut when installing barrel on receiver . Self-limiting design “clicks” at torque setting . SPECS: Chrome-plated steel. 17 1⁄8" (43.5cm) long. 1" (2.5cm) diameter handle. 30-150 ft. lb. range. #018-150-050AG 1⁄2" Drive Torque Wrench, 8F00ZAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 136.99 ③ MAGNA-TIP® STUBBY HANDLE - Use with various MAGNA-TIP® bits on butt plate screws, windage screw, AR-15 pivot pin head, etc . When removing the pivot pin, use Stubby Handle with the “RED” bit on the left side of the pin and the regular handle with the 445-6 bit on the right side . SPECS: 2½" (6.3cm) overall. 17⁄8" (4.8cm) handle, 5⁄8" (15.9mm) shank. #080-090-000AG Stubby Handle 8K08A16 . . . . . . . . .2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=73http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=7334 3⁄8" SQUARE DRIVE T-HANDLE TORQUE WRENCH - Precisely calibrated to apply the required 40 foot pounds of torque to tighten the two socket-head cap screws on the bolt carrier key . SPECS: Chrome-plated steel. 3½" (8.9 cm) long. 4-1/8" (10.5cm) wide handle. #792-000-005AG 3⁄8" Drive Torque Wrench 2G89C48 $ 111.99 u AR-15/M16 COMBINATION WRENCH Original Factory Design Simplifies Disassembly/Reassembly An exact duplicate of the original factory/military design so you know it will fit and work . Use for several jobs: to remove the barrel nut; to remove and install old and new flash suppressors; to remove and install the lower receiver extension . SPECS: Blued steel. 5" (12.7cm) long x 2" (5cm) wide x 1⁄4" (6.35mm) thick. 080-216-015AG AR-15/M16 Combo Wrench, 8K25X43 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 34.99 Brownells DPMS AR-15/M16/M4/AR-STYLE .308 ROCK RIVER ARMS AR-15 STOCK NUT WRENCH One Tool For Carbines & Rifles No-fail armorer’s tool provides all the leverage you need to tighten and loosen carbine stock nuts . Dual-purpose wrench fits the later M4 receiver extension nuts with .185" wide, slotted relief cuts, plus the additional slot fits the end of rifle buttstock receiver extensions . Includes a convenient hang-up hole drilled on the end for storage . SPECS: Tool steel, blue. 12”(30 cm) long, 1”(2.5cm) wide handle, 5⁄ .9mm) thick. Fits AR-15/M16/M4 and AR-Style .308 rifles. Will 16" (7 not fit Colt CAR-15 stock nuts with .160" square relief cuts. #231-000-229AG AR Stock Nut Wrench 1C26H01 . . . $ 27.99 M4 STOCK WRENCH Install M4 Carbine Stocks Without Damage Steel, dual function wrench lets you easily remove your old extension tube and install a new-style, A4 stock . Spanner has three lugs to fit the A4-style castle nut . Provides a non-slip fit so you can correctly torque the stock to the receiver . Also, the comfortable, rubber coated handle features a cutout to fit the receiver extension tube to remove the A1 or A2 stock . SPECS: Steel, parkerized finish. 75⁄8" (19.3cm) long. #739-000-010AG M4 Stock Wrench 9C00BXC . . . . . . . .$ 6.00 AR-15/M16 u 35 MIL-SPEC TOOL BOX - Heavy-duty case with four drawers, top compartment, and double latches . O-ring seals keep dust and moisture out; built-in wheels and a sturdy, retractable pull handle for easy transport . Extra storage space for parts, manuals, etc . SPECS: 24" (61cm) wide, 18" (45.7cm) high, 15" (38.1cm) deep. 38 lb. wt. #636-000-003AG Mil-Spec Tool Box 6C357V94 . . . . .$ 535.99 36 ACCU-GRIP BARREL VISE JAWS - Massive aluminum jaws lined with space age, polyurethane elastomer grip tight without marring the barrel . Grooves for both standard and heavy barrel contours . Replace Vise Jaws in Standard Kit. SPECS: Machined aluminum with blue polyurethane elastomer lining. 5" (12.7cm) wide, 1" (2.5cm) thick, 37⁄8" (9.8cm) long. 2 lb. 6 oz. (1 kg) wt. Fits 4" and wider vises. #852-015-000AG Accu-Grip Vise Jaws 2E00ZAV . . . $ 59.99 37 FRONT SIGHT BENCH BLOCK - Big, tough, polyethylene block gives fitted support for installing/removing the front sight assembly on mil-spec AR-15 rifles and carbines . SPECS: 4" (10.2cm) dia. x 111⁄16" (4.3cm) high. #080-000-252AG AR-15 Front Sight Bench Block, 8D31C99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 39.99 u ADDITIONAL TOOLS IN PREMIUM KIT: SMITH ENTERPRISE AR-15/M16 DPMS AR-15/M16 MULTI-TOOL Brownells CARBINE STOCK WRENCH Easy To Use; Plenty Of Leverage Long handled for quicker, easier removal or installation of collapsible stocks . Grabs the receiver extension nut, no need for a breaker bar . a b SPECS: Heat-treated, 17-4 stainless steel, black oxide finish. 9" (22.8cm) long. 7" (17 .7cm) handle. #851-015-150AG AR Carbine Wrench 1E00XCH . . . .$ 29.99 AR-15/M16/M4 BUTTSTOCK TOOL Seven Function Tool Lets You Build & Repair AR-15’s Durable steel wrench gives you seven tools-in-one for maintenance, repair or building AR-15 and M16 rifles . Use to install or remove: free float tubes and peg-style barrel nuts, stan2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=74http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=74DPMS AR-STYLE .308 ARRINGTON ACCURACY WORKS AR-15/M16 FREE-FLOAT TUBE WRENCH AR-15/M16 Removes & Installs A Wide Variety Of Tubes No-fail armorer’s tool allows precise, easy installation and removal of free-float tubes on a wide variety of AR-style .308 rifles . Dual-ended design works for the DPMS LR-series, ArmaLite® AR-10®, and Knight’s Armament SR-25 . Made from solid steel with hardened steel pins, plus convenient, square cutouts to get additional leverage with a ½" drive breaker bar . SPECS: Steel, blue. 16” (40.6cm) long, 1¼” (3.1cm) wide handle, 3⁄ 8" (9.5mm) thick. Fits DPMS LR-series (.308, plus .260 and .243), ArmaLite AR-10, and Knight SR-25 rifles. #231-000-230AG AR-.308 Free-Float Tube Wrench, 1C39D42 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 54.99 FREE-FLOAT HANDGUARD STRAP WRENCH Plenty Of Leverage To Remove & Reinstall Any Diameter Float Tube Heavy-duty strap wrench gives you plenty of leverage to remove screw-on free-float handguard tubes, even those sealed with thread locker or “frozen” on by corrosion between the barrel nut and guard . Large, adjustable strap of tough, reinforced rubber wraps securely around any diameter handguard, with no risk of scratching the finish, and grasps the guard tighter as you apply pressure . Lets you position the strap right over the threaded end of the tube for maximum torque transfer where it’s needed most . Hefty steel handle won’t bend, no matter how much force you apply, and machined aluminum head maintains optimal alignment of handguard, strap, and handle . Indispensable time-saver for professional armorers or anybody who regularly faces the chore of changing handguards . a b SPECS: Steel handle, aluminum head, rubber strap. 10” (25.4cm) O.A.L. #100-004-209AG Free-Float Handguard Wrench, 3C48B26 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 56.99 Brownells AR-15/M16 HANDGUARD ALIGNMENT TOOL Maintains Precise Handguard Alignment While Tightening The Locking Ring Eyeballing a railed, free-float handguard for perfect alignment with your flattop receiver is only half the battle . Keeping it from going cockeyed as you tighten the locking ring is another story . Talk about frustrating! Avoid the hassle with this handy jig that aligns the top handguard rail with the receiver rail and keeps it there . Just slide the jig on the rails, secure its setscrews, and tighten the locking ring—you’re done! With the time it saves, this tool will pay for itself the first few times you use it . A must for maintaining handguard alignment to ensure night vision devices, vertical grips, flip-up front sights, and other add-on accessories are also properly aligned . Precision machined from high-quality 6061 billet aluminum, then hardcoat anodized for extra strength and years of wear resistance . Designed for use with railed, free-float tubes that have a locking ring . a b SPECS: Aluminum, hardcoat anodized, black. 31⁄2" (8.9cm) long, 1" (2.5cm) wide, 11⁄2" (3.8cm) high. #080-000-368AG Handguard Alignment Tool, 8K47A33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 59.99 Brownells AR-15/M16 FRONT SIGHT BENCH BLOCK Two Working Sides For Installation & Removal Big, tough, polyethylene block gives fitted support for installing/removing the front sight assembly on mil-spec, AR-15 rifles and carbines . Precision-machined and clearly marked on both sides for driving the mounting pins “IN” or “OUT” of the sight . Accommodates the sling swivel, plus, includes provisions for removing the gas tube roll pin . a b SPECS: Polyethylene, orange. 4" (10.2cm) dia. x 111⁄16" (4.3cm) high. 080-000-252AG AR-15 Front Sight Bench Block, 8D31C99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 39.99 MIDWEST INDUSTRIES AR-15/M16 BARREL NUT/ JAM NUT WRENCHES For Maximum Torque Without Marring Or Slipping Custom barrel nut and jam nut wrenches are specifically designed to make installing Midwest Industries handguards fast and easy . Both wrenches transmit maximum torque smoothly and evenly to the nut wi2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=75http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=75REAR SIGHT ELEVATION SPRING TOOL Eases Installation & Removal Of Rear Sight Elevation Spring Hardened, drill-rod steel shaft depresses the elevation spring to ease installation or removal of the rear sight elevation spring retaining pin . Hand-filling plastic handle ensures a firm, comfortable grip while applying pressure to the spring . a b SPECS: Steel shank, in-the-white; plastic handle, black. 4" (10.2cm) OAL, .250" (6mm) O.D. #080-000-079AG AR-15 Rear Sight Elevation Spring Tool, 8K08Y01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 10.99 Brownells AR-15/M16 Items AR-15/M16/AR-STYLE .308 UPPER & LOWER RECEIVER BLOCKS Protect Receiver From Damage When Clamping Heavy-duty blocks allow you to firmly clamp AR-15/M16 receiver halves in a vise without risk of crushing, twisting, or otherwise distorting them when applying vise pressure or torquing the barrel nut . Keeps your rifle secure for safe, effective cleaning, assembly, and repair . a b UPPER RECEIVER ACTION BLOCK - High pressure, solvent resistant, structural Rynite block and insert surround the entire upper receiver and support it inside and out to make rebarreling the AR-15/M16 an easy, oneman job . Lets you tightly clamp a carry handle receiver or flattop receiver in a large bench vise for barrel removal/ installation . Torque generated while tightening the barrel nut is transmitted to the block and insert, not the receiver . Minimizes the possibility of damage to the barrel detent pin and receiver detent notch . Holds securely without marring the finish . SPECS: Injection-molded Rynite. Fits A1, A2, and flattop receivers. Block - 2.5" (6.3cm) thick, 3.5" (8.8cm) wide, 4.5" (11.4cm) high. Insert - 8" (20cm) long, 1" (2.5cm) dia. Torque tested to 200 ft. lbs. #080-000-661AG Upper Receiver Action Block, 8K42Z99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 54.99 UPPER RECEIVER VISE BLOCK Securely clamps into a bench vise and supports the receiver from the inside for maintenance, repairs, or accessory installation . Machined from hard, self-lubricating, polyethylene that won’t scratch or mar the receiver finish . Fits carry handle or flattop receivers with .250" diameter pivot/takedown pin holes . Separate models to fit milspec AR-15/M16 or AR-style .308 from ArmaLite® and DPMS . SPECS: Machined polyethylene, black. Fit upper receivers with .250" dia. pivot/takedown pin holes. AR-15/M16 – 7" (17 .8cm) long, 1.8" (4.6cm) wide, 2.5" (6.4cm) tall. Fits mil-spec receivers. ARstyle .308 – 73⁄8" long, 113⁄16" (4.6cm) wide, 25⁄16" (5.8cm) tall. Fits ArmaLite® AR-10®, DPMS LR-308 upper receivers and clones. Does not fit Rock River or Bushmaster. 080-000-795AG AR-15/M16 Upper Rec’r Vise Block, 4C38T57 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 49.99 080-000-796AG AR-Style .308 Upper Rec’r Vise Block, 4C42T43 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59.99 LOWER RECEIVER VISE BLOCK - Heavy-duty vise block takes all the clamping force, so your expensive lower receiver won’t get scratched, distorted, or otherwise damaged . Insert block into the mag well, just like an ordinary magazine, then clamp the other end in your bench vise . The magazine catch locks to the block, safely and securely holding the rifle for assembly, disassembly, cleaning, or repair . Will not mar or scratch weapon’s finish . AR-15/M16 model fits mil-spec .223/5 .56mm rifles and carbines . Dual-purpose design can be inserted into mag well from bottom or, when upper receiver is removed, from the top . AR-Style .308 model is a double-ended design to fit ArmaLite® AR-10®, Bushmaster .308, DPMS Panther™ LR-308, and Remington R-25 . Does not fit Rock River Arms lower receivers . Made of rugged, durable Delrin® polymer . SPECS: AR-15/M16 – Injection-molded high-density urethane plastic, black. 5" (12cm) high, 2¼" (5.7cm) wide, ¾" (1.9cm) thick. Fits mil-spec .223/5.56mm rifles and carbines. AR-Style .308 – Ma.6cm) wide, 1" (2.5cm) chined Delrin, white. 51⁄8" (13cm) high, 3" (7 thick. Fits mo2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=76http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=76Brownells AR-15/M16 MULTITASKER TOOLS AR-15/M16 Pocket-Packable Multi-Tools For Field Repair & Adjustment Of Your AR-15 MULTITASKER TOOL II Rugged, fold-open tool contains an array of tools to service your AR-15 and many popular accessories, all in a package that’s barely 4" long when folded . Fits in pocket, backpack, range bag, or the included MOLLEcompatible nylon belt pouch, so you always have it with you . All the tools in the Multitasker are machined, including the extended-length needle-nose pliers CNC-milled from billet D2 tool steel, with a hard Melonite® finish . There’s a castle nut wrench for M4-type collapsible carbine stocks, an adjustment tool for four-prong A2-type front sights, and a 3⁄8" box wrench for accessory mounts from LaRue Tactical and others . You also get an angled carbon scraper with radiused tip, file with 5⁄16" flatblade screwdriver, 2½" Tanto-style 440C stainless steel blade with liner lock, wire cutter, a bit driver with 10 interchangeable ¼" drive bits, and a steel dental pick/scraper with 8-32 threaded male connector that can integrate with an Otis pull-cable cleaning kit (not included) . Comes with 2 slot-head, 1 Phillips, and 5 hex-head bit tips, plus T10 and T15 Torx® head bits . Magnetic drive-socket ensures bits stay securely in place . The Multitasker is made of hardened, tool-grade stainless steel, with a scratchresistant, matte black hardcoat finish for exceptional strength, brass washers inside for smoother operation, and grip panels of durable G10 fiberglass composite with checkered, non-slip surface . Built-in lanyard loop and spring steel pocket clip . SPECS: Body/Tools - stainless steel, matte black oxide finish. PlierD2 tool steel, black Melonite finish. Grips - G10 fiberglass, black. .5cm) OAL extended. Includes 41⁄8" (10.5cm) OAL folded; 67⁄8" (17 10 driver tips with rubber storage sleeve and black 1000 denier nylon belt pouch. #080-100-671AG Multitasker Tool II 5C78V46 . . . . .$ 104.95 ULTRALIGHT MULTITASKER TOOL – Fits in the pocket like a folding knife, yet retains the full-size Multitasker’s all-stainless-steel construction and non-slip G10 fiberglass grips . Includes a castle nut wrench with built-in 5⁄16" flat-blade screwdriver, four-prong A2 front sight adjustment tool, carbon scraper, dental pick/scraper, and a ¼" bit driver with 10 interchangeable bits . Pick/scraper can be removed and replaced with any cleaning rod accessory (not included) that fits an 8-32 threaded male connector . Built-in lanyard loop and spring steel pocket clip . a b SPECS: Stainless steel, matte black oxide finish, with G10 fiber5 glass grips, black. 4¼" (10.8cm) OAL folded; 6 ⁄8" (16.8cm) OAL extended. Includes 2 slot-head, 1 Phillips, and 5 hex-head bit tips, plus T10 and T15 Torx® head bits with rubber storage sleeve and black 1000 denier nylon belt pouch. #080-000-791AG Ultralight Multitasker Tool, 5C50H00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 74.99 MULTITASKER TUBE TOOL – Pen-sized tool just over 5" long weighs less than 2 oz . and is machined from solid aluminum . It packs a pivot pin/takedown pin punch, four-prong A2 front sight adjustment tool, and a heavy duty pocket clip that doubles as a 3⁄16" flat-blade screwdriver . The hardened steel carbon scraper can be swapped out for the included dental pick tool, or replaced by any cleaning rod accessory that fits 8-32 male threads (not included) . The sight tool can be removed to reveal a magnetic drive socket that accepts screwdriver bits from the Expansion MILITARY WEAPON TAKEDOWN TOOL Dozens Of Uses In Field Stripping A Variety Of Military Firearms Handy steel tool eases the task of field stripping a variety of military weapons, including the AR-15/M16/M4, M14, and L1A1 rifles, as well as the M2 and M240 machine guns . Use the pointed end to remove pins, retainers, clips, and other subassemblies— much easier than using the tip of a cartridge . The other end can serve as a slot-tip screwdriver or pry bar . Deeply knurled handl2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=77http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=77CLYMER .223 & .308 CHAMBER REAMING KITS Complete Kits For Safe, Accurate Chambering High-quality finish reamer and precision made headspace gauges make easy work when chambering a new barrel . Precision machined from high-quality steel for a lifetime of service when properly cared for . Finish reamers can be used in your lathe or hand-turned; perfect for fitting short chambered barrels . Includes headspace gauge to accurately measure chamber size and ensure a tight, safe chamber . Gauges are etched with “Go” or “No-Go” and caliber/gauge name for easy identification . Made to SAAMI specs . b a SPECS: Reamer - M7 high speed steel, in-the-white. Right-hand 7⁄ cutting, six flutes. Solid pilot, integral throat. 16" round shank with 3⁄ 8" square drive. Headspace Gauge - Steel, in-the-white. #184-000-043AG .223 Chamber Reaming Kit, 4H00XCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 139.99 #184-000-044AG .308 Chamber Reaming Kit, 4H00AYT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139.95 HEADSPACE GAUGES Essential For Safe Chambering Gives the proper chamber headspace dimensions so you know a firearm is safe to fire . GO gauge gives the SAMMI-recommended, minimum chamber depth . NO/GO is slightly shorter than the SAMMI-recommended to give a small safety margin maximum chamber b depth . a MANSON PRECISION - Precisely made by Dave Manson . SPECS: M7 high speed steel, in-the-white, hardened. STOCK # GO STOCK # NO GO CALIBER #513-100-240AG #513-100-241AG .223 Remington #513-100-260AG #513-100-261AG .308 Winchester — Advise # — Manson Headspace Gauge, 3A00HDZ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 30.00 CLYMER - Clymer GO gauges are marked with a green band, Clymer NO-GO gauges are marked with a red band . SPECS: Machined Steel. STOCK # GO STOCK # NO GO CALIBER #184-100-240AG #184-100-241AG .223 Remintgon #184-000-035AG #184-000-036AG 5.56 NATO #184-100-260AG #184-100-261AG .308 — Advise # — Clymer Headspace Gauge, 4H00AYT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 25.00 FORSTER - Long-time industry standard made to the highest quality standards . SPECS: Machined Steel. STOCK # GO STOCK # NO GO CALIBER #319-223-464AG #319-223-467AG .223 Remington #319-308-630AG #319-308-634AG .308 (marked .243) — Advise # — Forster Headspace Ga. 9A19Y21 . . . .$ 27.40 Brownells BROKEN SHELL EXTRACTOR Easily Removes Broken Cases Without Field Stripping Case head separation from overfired or out of spec brass won’t ruin your shooting experience if you keep one of these handy tools in your pocket or field kit . Hardened, steel tool reliably and easily removes broken cases from AR-type or any other firearm chambered for the .223/5 .56 NATO or .308/7 .62 NATO cartridges . Exclusive, threaded, two-piece design is adjustable for overall length, so the tool completely engages the rim of the case mouth; cannot slip through or strip out . Very simple to use, drop the broken shell extractor into the chamber directly inside the broken case . Allow the bolt to close so the extractor engages the rim of the tool and draw back the bolt to open the chamber . The broken case will eject along with the broken shell extractor . a b SPECS: Steel, blue. Models for .223 Remington/5.56 NATO or .308 Winchester/7 .62 NATO cartridges. #080-000-441AG .223 Broken Shell Extractor, 8K16Y99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 19.99 #080-000-530AG .308 Broken Shell Extractor, 8K18X95 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22.99 Size Brownells AR-15/M16 CARRIER KEY STAKING TOOL Fast, Foolproof Staking Without Damaging Key, Screws, Or Carrier Precision-machined, solid steel tool lets you stake the carrier key screws the best way—from the sides—to ensure they don’t back out under the most strenuous rapid-fire conditions . Eliminates the hassle of trying to stake the screws with a hammer and punch that could slip and damage the key, screws, or carrier . Holds carrier securely and positions the key so it can be dimpled in the correct l2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=78http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=78YOUNG MANUFACTURING AR-15/M16 BOLT EJECTOR TOOL AR-15/M16 Safe, Effective Bolt Maintenance, Prevents Loss Of Parts Aluminum fixture securely cradles bolt and prevents flying parts . Threaded steel shank captures and compresses ejector spring and aligns roll pin for easy removal with punch, loosens gradually to relieve spring tension . Works well for bolt assembly . Compact and light enough to take to the field . A must for all AR-15/M16 shooters . a b SPECS: Aluminum, black anodized base. Steel shank. 4" (10.2 cm) long, 11⁄4" (3.2 cm) wide. 8 oz. (230 g) wt. #939-000-003AG Bolt Ejector Tool 9C36U23 . . . . . . . .$ 44.99 Brownells AR-15 HAMMER DROP BLOCK AR-15/M16 MAGAZINE FEED LIP TOOL Reforms Feed Lips For Improved Magazine Performance Feeding problems and jams in your AR-15 can often be attributed to bent or malformed magazine feed lips . This easy-to-use tool is designed specifically to bend the feed lips back into place, so they guide the cartridge body like they’re supposed to . Trying to straighten the lips with pliers can create rough, unsightly gouges, or worse yet, cracks in the metal that can’t be repaired . The machined, steel shank with bevel cut and slot allows you to hook the lips and keep them supported, while you tweak their angle of contact on the cartridge case . Helps you recondition those old magazines, and saves the cost of buying new ones . a b SPECS: Handle - Impact-resistant polymer, black. Shank - Steel, 1⁄ blued finish. 5 2" (14cm) long. 080-000-314AG AR-15 Mag Feed Lip Tool, 8K09U81 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 12.99 Brownells MARK BROWN CUSTOM AR-15/M16 GAS TUBE GAUGE Checks Gas Tube For Optimum Gas Flow CNC machined, mechanical “No-Go” gauge tells you instantly if your gas tube is out of spec and needs replacement . Simply insert into the gas tube to check for flat spots, dents, kinks, and loss of concentricity . Perfect for armorers, competition shooters and others looking for the most accurate, reliable way to check for tube damage and maintain optimum rifle function . Each gauge is precision ground to exact tolerances . Works on all AR-15, M16, and AR-style .308 rifles . a b SPECS: Steel, black, matte finish. 8¾" (22.2cm) long. #133-000-002AG Gas Tube Gauge, 3C29A66 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 34.99 Saves The Frame & Your Thumb When Tuning AR-15 Triggers Drop-in, Delrin block helps you gain a true feeling of trigger movement and pull weight without sacrificing your thumb . Go ahead, drop the hammer; this shock-absorbing block prevents the hammer from striking the wall of the magazine well . Helps eliminate expensive receiver damage and broken hammers . Fits into the magazine well with the upper receiver open or removed, withstands thousands of hammer strikes . a b .6cm) long. SPECS: Delrin, black. 21⁄8" (5.4cm) high, 3" (7 080-953-000AG AR-15 Hammer Drop Block, 8K20C74 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 25.99 Brownells BOLT EJECTOR TOOL Faster Removal Of Plunger-Style Ejectors Tough, steel clamp captures the bolt head, and the large-handled turnscrew depresses the ejector so the ejector pin can be safely removed or installed from bolts with plunger-style ejectors and forward-positioned locking lugs . Set includes turnscrews to fit both Standard and Small bolt faces plus separate bolt head retainers . One fits bolt bodies up to .720" diameter and the other fits AR-15/M16 bolts only . AR-15/M16 Bolt Ejector Tool also available separately . a b SPECS: Steel, blued. Plastic handle. Includes instructions. #080-792-100AG Bolt Ejector Tool Set, 8K27V54 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 35.99 080-792-002AG AR-15/M16 Bolt Ejector Tool, 8K16V53 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.99 POWER CUSTOM AR-15/M16 MARK BROWN AR-15/M16/AR-STYLE .308 SERIES II STONING FIXTURE Provides Precise, Controlled Stoning For A Perfect Trigger Pull Provides an accurate, repeatable method to achieve a crisp, clean-breaking trigger2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=79http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=79NORGON AR-15/M16 AMBI-CATCH™ TOOL GUN DIGEST® BOOK OF THE AR-15, VOLUME 2 Patrick Sweeney . 286 pages . 8½" x 11" . Softbound . A generously illustrated look at the vast array of aftermarket parts and accessories for the AR-15, with plenty of tips and ideas for customizing your rifle . Detailed discussions of barrels, buttstocks, forearms, accessory rails, optics, backup sights, triggers, bolts, slings, flash suppressors, muzzle brakes, and complete lowers . Includes a survey of magazines and ammunition, plus a look at 6 .8mm variants and Designated Marksman Rifles . a b #491-000-021AG Gun Digest Book of the AR-15, Vol . 2, 1D20Z13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 27.95 COLT® AR-15 & ALL VARIANTS GUN-GUIDE 17 pages . 5½" x 8½" . Soft cover . 20 photographs . 4 illustrated parts schematics . Contains detailed, step-by-step field stripping, disassembly, and reassembly procedures for Colt, Bushmaster, Olympic Arms, ArmaLite®, Rock River, DPMS, and other manufacturers . Features easy-to-read parts schematics and one-step-at-a-time disassembly instructions illustrated with large photographs . Includes special reassembly “tricks-of-the-trade” and short, historical background on the design and development of the AR-15 . Spiral bound to lay flat and stay open on the bench . #100-004-409AG AR-15 Gun-Guide 8A05T00 . . . . . . . . $ 7.00 THE COMPETITIVE AR-15 Compiled and edited by Glen D . Zediker, 300 pages, photo illustrated, 9" x 11", Softbound . Covers modifying, shooting, maintaining and handloading a match-grade AR15 for NRA High Power Service rifle, Match Rifle, IPSC Practical Rifle, sniper, varmint and other special purpose applications . Includes interviews with top AR-15 shooters, gunsmiths, barrel makers, ammunition producers, parts designers and manufacturers . a b #995-102-000AG The Competitive AR-15 5Z24A00 . .$ 29.95 Ends The Pain & Hassle Of Removing & Installing The Magazine Catch Convenient tool gives you the leverage to keep the magazine release button completely depressed while removing the magazine catch . No more pinched, numb fingers or awkward balancing with a pen or plastic drift punch . You can hold the rifle and press down on the button with one hand and unscrew the catch with the other . Perfect for installing the Norgon Ambi-Catch, or for removing and reinstalling the fact ory catch during maintenance—as long as your rifle has the factory release button . One-piece construction of tough, solvent- and oil-resistant molded polymer . Fits easily in range bag, tool pack, or pocket . a b SPECS: Molded polymer, Black, Dark Earth, or O.D. Green. Fits AR15/M16/CAR-15/M4 with factory magazine release button. #635-000-001AG Ambi-Catch Tool, Black 5C05V95 . . .$ 6.95 #635-000-003AG Ambi-Catch Tool, Drk Earth 5C05V95 6.95 #635-000-002AG Ambi-Catch Tool, O .D . Grn 5C05V95 . 6.95 AR-15/M16 THE NEW COMPETITIVE AR-15 Glen D . Zediker . 470 pages . 7" x 10" . Softbound . Not just a revision of Glen’s first, groundbreaking AR book, but a completely new volume written from the ground up with the benefit of the author’s 10 additional years of competitive shooting with the AR-15 . Detailed discussion of receivers, triggers, bolts, bolt carriers, barrels and twist rates, gas system options, springs, magazines and mag components, grips, buttstocks, handguards, and the selection of these components for specific competition, tactical, and field applications . Plenty of straight talk on ammunition and handloading, cleaning, and troubleshooting . Plus comprehensive discussion of “iron” combat sights, adjustable target sights, scopes, red dots, and sight mounts . Almost half the book is devoted to 10 project guns built by Glen, including tactical carbine, high-power match rifle, “raceguns,” varmint rifle, civilian-legal carbine, AR-style .308, and .22 LR conversions . Illustrated with 475 detailed black-and-white photographs . #995-000-004AG The Competitive AR-15 5Z24A99 . .$ 34.99 HISTORY OF THE M16 A comprehensive2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=80http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=80JERRY MICULEK PRACTICAL RIFLE DVD Shoot Smarter, Better, Faster DVD AMERICAN GUNSMITHING INSTITUTE VIDEO TRIGGER JOB COURSES Robert Dunlap . DVD format . 42 minutes . Demonstrates the proper way to achieve safe, clean-breaking triggers on AR-15 rifles . Explains sear/hammer relationship; also covers tool selection . #050-000-010AG AR-15 Trigger Job, 5K31H96 . . . . . . . . . . .$ 39.95 ATLAS METAL PARTS AR-15/M16 COMMAND ARMS ACCESSORY MOUNTS 3 DVDs . 2 hours 17 minutes . Widescreen . Learn how to shoot your AR-15 smarter, better, and faster from one of the world’s fastest, most knowledgeable, and “winningest” shooters, Jerry Miculek . Jerry’s achievements include three-time Masters International Long Gun Champion, five world records, winner of 28 multi-gun championships, and 85 national and international handgun titles . He provides over two hours of expert instruction that covers everything about shooting the AR-15, from how to set up your rifle like his, to the stance, grip, and trigger technique used by the pros . Plus, he'll take you through plenty of basic and advanced drills that’ll improve your shooting . Learn how to reload and clear malfunctions quickly, move and acquire targets faster, engage multiple and moving targets, and shoot from behind cover and in different positions . Produced entirely at Brownells studios in partnership with Bang Inc ., this threeDVD set is broken down into short, easy-to-follow segments, and features innovative camera angles, slow-motion footage, and animated illustrations so you can fully comprehend Jerry’s winning techniques . Fast paced, entertaining and educational, the format is designed to be instructionally sound and logical . A must-have for the serious AR shooter, hunter, and competitor . #100-004-974AG Practical Rifle 2K29A99 . . . . . . . . . .$ 39.99 ACCESSORY LIGHT MOUNT Rock Solid Mounting For Lights & Lasers Solidly clamps to either side of an AR15, front sight base . Features two Picatinny rails to hold lights, lasers, sling adapters and other accessories . Machined for a secure fit so it won’t rotate or twist out of alignment . a b SPECS: Aluminum, anodized, black. 13⁄4" long. 2.3 oz. (66 g) wt. #100-000-727AG AR-15 Light Mount 7K35X95 . . . . . .$ 44.94 FLASHLIGHT/LASER MOUNT Adjustable Five-Position Mount, For Rifle Or Pistol Accessory Rails Flashlight/laser mount pivots and locks into five positions, up to 90 degrees left or right of center, allowing you to quickly reposition your laser sight or flashlight if the tactical situation dictates . Use one mount for both your rifle and pistol; spring-loaded push-button provides fast installation and removal on both Picatinny and Weaverstyle rails, separate locking bars included . Integral mounting ring firmly clamps 1" diameter lights or laser sights . Made from high strength, durable fiber-filled polymer composite . SPECS: Fiber-filled polymer composite, black. 2¾” (7cm) long, 1½” (3.8cm) wide, 2½” (6.3cm) high. 2.8 oz. (79g) weight. Fits 1” O.D. flashlight/laser. #100-003-353AG Flashlight/Laser Mount, 6C20D00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 29.99 AR-15/M16 DVD AMERICAN GUNSMITHING INSTITUTE VIDEO ARMORER’S COURSES TACTICAL/PRECISION AR-15 Master gunsmith Larry Crow thoroughly covers the ins and outs of the AR-15 rifle in these two DVDs (120 minutes each) . Tactical AR-15 provides a detailed explanation of the basic AR-15 platform and shows you how to disassemble and reassemble your rifle . Also covers installation of factory or aftermarket parts for increased accuracy and reliability . Great information for the beginner and the tactical competition shooter . 160 minutes. Precision AR-15 expands on the first DVD, detailing the latest accuracy modifications for long-range applications . Includes discussion of high-end scopes, accessories, and ammunition information to obtain the best performance from your AR . #100-006-135AG Tactical AR-15 8A23V08 . . . . . . . . . .$ 29.99 #100-006-134AG Precision AR-15 82011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=81http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=81DANIEL DEFENSE AR-15/M16 ELZETTA MFG. AR-15/M16 GG&G AR-15/M16 MIDWEST INDUSTRIES AR-15/M16 ONE O’CLOCK OFFSET RAIL For Convenient Mounting Of Auxiliary Optics, Lights & Other Accessories Lightweight, low-profile, rail clamps to handguard side rail to allow easy off-axis mounting of red dot sights in the 1:00 or 11:00 position . Lets operator transition almost instantly from long-range primary optic to non-magnified CQB sight without breaking cheekweld . Viewing tunnel through the mount helps minimize obstruction of operator’s view of area around the target . Plenty of other uses, too; clamps to any MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny rail . Install on underside of handguard to position a laser or weaponlight close to vertical forend grip for easy operation of controls with support hand . Precision machined from 6061-T6 aluminum billet, then mil-spec Type III hardcoat anodized for added strength . Side bar and crossbolt locking system ensures secure, zero-movement attachment to primary rail, yet allows removal and reinstallation of backup sight without loss of zero . b a SPECS: 6061-T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. 1.2 oz. (34g) weight. #100-003-943AG One O’Clock Offset Rail, 8K34P29 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 37.00 TACTICAL FLASHLIGHT HOLDER Turns Hand-Held Flashlight Into Weapon Light Reinforced polymer mount clamps around the front sight/gas block to hold a compact, hand-held flashlight as a weapon light . Open design allows easy access to the tail cap switch to operate the light . Tough, yet lightweight, polymer construction resists impact and withstands the extreme heat of the gas block after sustained fire . Available with low-profile retaining screw for light or easy-tograsp, quick-release thumbscrew that allows rapid installation or removal of the light . No gunsmithing required . a b SPECS: Reinforced, injection-molded polymer, black. Approximately 3¼" (8.3cm) long, 1¾" (4.5cm) wide, 4" (10.1cm) high, 2.8 oz. (79g) weight. Accepts flashlights with .7" (2mm) to 11⁄8" (2.8cm) O.D., including Elzetta ZFL -M60, Mini-MagLite, PentagonLight, Inova, Streamlight, Pelican, Laser Devices, and SureFire models. Includes nylon sizing adapters and mounting hardware. #100-005-559AG Flashlight Holder 4B23C53 . . . . . . .$ 29.99 #100-005-560AG Flashlight Holder w/Thumbscrew, 4B29C03 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36.99 FLASHLIGHT/LASER MOUNTING BASE Offset Design Works Together With Vertical Grip Low profile, “L-shaped” base attaches next to the vertical grip on railed handguards to allow easy light/laser activation using your thumb, without your hand ever leaving the grip . Light/laser can be positioned at the 3 or 9 o’clock position to accommodate both right- and left-hand shooters . Includes an optional rail designed to fit any of the newer, smaller flashlights and lasers with integral rings . Precision machined from T6 aluminum billet, then hardcoat anodized for added strength and wear resistance . Steel hardware . a b SPECS: T6 aluminum, matte black anodized finish. 113⁄16" (4.6cm) long, 2” (5.1cm) wide, 7⁄8" (2.2cm) high. #336-000-008AG Light/Laser Mounting Base, 6C61X95 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 75.00 MX-SERIES TACTICAL LIGHT MOUNT Front Sight Mount For Flashlight, Laser Sight & Other Tactical Accessories AR-15/M16 Adds two, symmetrical, single-slot, Picatinny rails to your standard, front sight . An excellent alternative to swapping out a perfectly good handguard for a railed, forend tube in order to mount accessories . Helps give the right elevation for lights and laser sights in relation to bullet point-of-impact . Precision-cut angles and tapers deliver an extremely rigid mounting system that can’t shift or rotate once tightened . a b SPECS: 6061 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, black. 13⁄4" (4.4cm) long. #100-002-061AG MX Tactical Light Mount, 2A29C33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 39.99 HOGUE® AR-15/M16 SAFARILAND AR-15/M16 PICATINNY RA2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=82http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=82REMINGTON R-15 TACSTAR Color VIKING TACTICS WARNE RAILS & RISERS Picatinny Accessory Mounts Match Your Rifle's Camo UNIVERSAL FLASHLIGHT MOUNTS Steel, Two-Piece Mount Clamps Securely To Barrel Made especially to mount flashlights to your shotguns and rifles without modifications to the barrel . These all-steel, two-piece light mounts fasten securely to the barrel with two Allen head screws . Available in four different flashlight/barrel sizes . Allen wrench and two spare screws included . a b SPECS: Steel, gloss black finish. #1 Mount – Attaches ¾” light to ½” to ¾” barrel. #2 Mount – Attaches 1” light to ½” to ¾” barrel. #3 Mount – Attaches ¾” light to ¾” to 1” barrel. #4 Mount – Attaches 1” light to ¾” to 1” barrel. Two extra Allen head screws included. #867-000-008AG #1 Universal Flashlight Mount, 7F14A66 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 21.98 #867-000-009AG #2 Universal Flashlight Mount, 7F14A66 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.98 #867-000-010AG #3 Universal Flashlight Mount, 7F14A66 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.98 #867-000-011AG #4 Universal Flashlight Mount, 7F14A66 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.98 FLASHLIGHT/LASER MOUNT Offset For Fast, Easy Access To Activation Switches Extra-wide, offset base mounts flashlights and lasers to any railed handguard for easy light/laser activation using your thumb without your hand ever leaving the handguard or vertical grip . Ambidextrous design can be installed at the 3- or 9- o’clock positions to accommodate right- or left-handed shooters . Two, steel, Allen head screws pull the clamp tight to the rail, so it won’t shoot loose . Made from lightweight, PVC alloy thermoplastic that’s resistant to most solvents . Adjustable to fit flashlights and lasers from .800" to 1" diameter . a b SPECS: PVC alloy themoplastic, Black, Coyote Tan, or Flat Dark Earth. 1½" (3.8cm) long, 2½" (6.3cm) wide, 1¼" (3.2cm) high. 1.8 oz. (51g) weight. Fits .800" (20mm) to 1" (2.5cm) diameter flashlight and laser. #100-004-371AG Flashlight/Laser Mount, Black, 7K21H23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 26.99 #100-004-372AG Flashlight/Laser Mount, Coyote Tan, 7K21H39 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26.99 100-005-402AG Flashlight/Laser Mount, Flat Dark Earth, 7K20U86 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 24.99 Models PICATINNY SIDE-MOUNT ADAPTER Fits Any Picatinny 1913 Mount Perfect For Holding Tactical Accessories Aluminum, space-saving, side-mount adapter fits on Picatinny rails to let you mount flashlights, laser-light systems, reddot scopes, and more . Attachment leg doesn’t interfere with the mounting of your scope; no need to sacrifice optics for accessories . Will not fit Weaver bases. a b SPECS: Machined aluminum, powder-coated, black, matte finish. Approximately 1" (2.54cm) long, 27⁄32" (21.4mm) wide. #947-000-095AG Picatinny Side-Mount Adapter, 7D16A81 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 19.99 AR-15/M16 ACCESSORY MOUNTS Remington factory accessory mounts provide an exact match for your Remington R-15 VTR hunting rifle with Advantage MAX-1 HD Camouflage . Easy to install without gunsmithing or permanent alterations, all mounts accept accessories that fit MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny rails . Forend Picatinny Rail - Compact 4" rail attaches directly to the factory-drilled and tapped free-float handguard on all R-15 VTR rifles . Height of rail allows co-witnessing with top of receiver . Mini Risers - Separate risers attach to receiver or forend rails to provide an additional ½" of elevation that’s perfect for positioning scopes, red dots, or backup sights at the required height . Locking bar and hex-head cap screw attachment system provides plenty of clamping power to keep these risers securely on the rail . Available in ¾" and 1¼" lengths . Sold in 2-paks . SPECS: Machined aluminum, hardcoat anodized, Advantage MAX1 HD Camouflage finish. Forend Picatinny Rail - 4" (12011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=83http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=83AMERICAN DEFENSE AR-15/M16 AIMPOINT AR-15/M16 A.R.M.S. AR-15/M16 BOTACH TACTICAL AR-15/M16 QUICK-RELEASE OPTICS MOUNTS Rock-Solid Mounts With Quick-Detach System Quick-release lever-lock system clamps solidly to flattop rail and will not work loose even under heavy recoil—the more force acting on the lever, the tighter it locks. Depress the release tab to swing the lever open, and the mount easily lifts off the rifle. Adjustable with a flat head screwdriver or even a coin for an ultra-secure, no-slip fit on almost any Picatinny or Weaver-style rail, including over- or under-sized commercial rails. Lever may be configured to lock to the front or the rear to suit the operator’s preference. Large locking bar on the side of the mount engages the maximum amount of rail area, while the crossbolt and two integral locking lugs ensure rock-solid engagement of rail slots to prevent movement under recoil. Five heavy duty steel hex head screws (three on top, two on bottom) clamp the vertically split ring halves together. Cutouts in the ring sides and in the base reduce weight without sacrificing strength. a b AD-68 AIMPOINT MOUNT - Designed for Aimpoint optics or similar aiming devices requiring a single, 30mm ring, including the Comp C3 and M2/ML2/M3/ML3 series. Available in four configurations to suit a variety of mounting needs. Standard cowitnesses “iron” sights near the center of the optic when mounted on an AR-15/M16/ M4 with standard-height mil-spec sights. Low positions the scope as close as possible to the top of the receiver. High positions the backup sight picture in the lower 1/3 of the optic viewing area. Cantilever provides same co-witness elevation as High mount and positions the Aimpoint 1½" forward to provide room for rearmounted night-vision device or Aimpoint 3X Magnifier. SPECS: 6061 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. Height measured from top of rail to bottom of scope body. Standard .940” high. Low - .520” high. High – 1.120” high. Cantilever 1.120” high. #100-003-650AG Standard Aimpoint Mount, 7B94U95. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 119.95 #100-003-652AG Low Aimpoint Mount 7B94U95 . . . 119.95 #100-003-651AG High Aimpoint Mount 7B94U95 . . . 119.95 #100-003-649AG Cantilever Aimpoint Mount, 7B124U95. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149.95 AD-B2 MOUNT & RISERS – Mount replaces original factory base on 1.5x, 2x, and 3x Trijicon ACOG scopes and allows quick-detach installation on Picatinny receiver rails. Attaches with two steel Torx® B2-T1 Riser AD-B2 Mount screws (included) for a tight hold under heavy recoil. B2-T1SOCOM Micro Mount Riser adapts AD-B2 mount for an Aimpoint Micro T-1 series red dot sight. Positions the Micro so the rifle’s iron sights co-witness in the lower one-third of the Micro’s sight picture. B2-T1CO Micro Mount Riser adapts AD-B2 mount for a Micro T-1, with the rifle’s iron sights co-witnessed in the center of the Micro’s sight picture. Both risers secure to the sight with four steel Torx® screws. SPECS: 6061 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. ADB2 ACOG Mount - Height measured from top of rail to bottom of scope body - .25" (7 .8mm). Fits 1.5x, 2x, and 3x ACOG only. B2T1SOCOM Micro Mount Riser - Height measured from bottom of riser to bottom of scope body - .83" (21.1mm). B2-T1CO Micro Mount Riser - Height measured from bottom of riser to bottom of scope body - .71" (18mm). #100-004-583AG AD-B2 Mount 7B60X99 . . . . . . . . . . .$ 74.99 #100-004-585AG B2-T1SOCOM Riser 7B19X70 . . . . . . 24.99 #100-004-584AG B2-T1CO Riser 7B19X70 . . . . . . . . . . . 24.99 AD-SCOUT OPTICS MOUNT - One-piece integral base and rings designed for traditional optics or similar sights that require two, 30mm rings for additional support. Available in three different lengths for proper eye relief adjustment. AD-Scout-S is stan- MOUNT FOR COMP SERIES SIGHTS Easy, Fast, Secure Mounting To Flattop Single-ring mount for attaching Aimpoint Comp series red dot optical sights o2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=84http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=84Model GG&G AR-15/M16 ACCUCAM LEVER FOR EOTECH Cam operated quick-detach lever with an extra large finger loop replaces existing thumbnut mounting screw on EOTech for rapid installaton and removal. Does not change the mounting height of EOTech and allows co-witnessing with iron sights. SPECS: 4140 steel, matte black. 500 Series - 25⁄8" (6.7cm) long x 13⁄ 32" (1cm) wide. Fits EOTech models 511, 512, 551, and 552. XPS Series - 3" (7 .6cm) long x 9⁄16" (1.4cm) wide. Fits EOTech XPS2 and XPS3 sights. #336-000-017AG Accucam Lever For EOTech 500 Series, 6C75H63. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 84.99 336-000-041AG Accucam Lever For EOTech XPS Series, 6C78D87 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84.99 ACCUCAM MOUNT FOR TRIJICON ACOG - Low-profile mount attaches directly to the body of the ACOG and holds firm with two large Allen head screws for a rock-solid installation. Cam operated quickdetach lever with an extra large finger loop allows easy removal and installation. Fits all standard and compact ACOG scopes designed for mounting to a flattop with Picatinny or Weaver-style rail. SPECS: Base - 6061 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. 3½" (8.9cm) long x 13⁄8" (3.5cm) wide. Height - .25" (6.3mm). Lever - 4140 steel, matte black. 25⁄8" (6.7cm) long x 13⁄32" (1cm) wide. #336-000-018AG Accucam Mount For ACOG, 6C112H00. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 139.95 ACCUCAM MOUNT FOR REFLEX Machined base mounts directly to the body of the Reflex and the quickdetach feature allows easy removal and installation on Weaver-style and Picatinny rails. Designed to provide a low-profile and mild cantilever for a mount height that allows co-witnessing with back-up iron sights like the A2 or MAD. The 2½" long mounting platform is contoured for a perfect fit to the Reflex and secures with three, heavy duty Allen head screws for a firm hold during hard tactical use. SPECS: Base - 6061 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized black, matte. 4" (10cm) long x 13⁄8" (3.5cm) wide. Height - .44" (11.2mm). Lever 4140 steel black, matte. 25⁄8" (6.7cm) long x 13⁄32" (1cm) wide. #336-000-019AG Accucam Mount For Reflex, 6C100H67. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 120.99 ACCUCAM MOUNT FOR AIMPOINT COMPM4/M4S - Mounts directly to the body of the CompM4 and the quick-detach feature allows easy removal for using backup sights. Mounting platform is contoured for a perfect fit to the Aimpoint and holds firm with two, Standard heavy duty Allen head screws for a rock solid attachment. Cam operated quick-detach lever with easyto-grasp finger loop allows easy removal and installation. Available in Standard configuration or Cantilever model that positions the optic 2 inches farther forward to provide Cantilever additional eye relief or extra room for mounting Aimpoint 3XMag Magnifier behind the CompM4. `Both models fit MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny and Weaver-style receiver rails. SPECS: Base - 6061 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. Lever - 4140 steel, matte black. Standard – 2¾" (7cm) O.A.L. x 15⁄8" (4.1cm) wide. Height from top of rail to bottom of optic is .25" (6.4mm). Cantilever - 4¾" (12.1cm) O.A.L. x 2" (5.1cm) wide. Height from top of dovetail to bottom of optic is .615" (15.6mm). #336-000-020AG Accucam Standard Mount For CompM4/ M4S 6C114H95. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 139.95 #336-000-023AG Accucam Cantilever Mount For CompM4/M4S 6C133H10. . . . . . . . . . 166.99 C.R.T.C. AR-15/M16 DNZ PRODUCTS AR-15/M16 QUICK-DETACH OPTIC MOUNTS Solid, Quick-Detach Mounts With Repeatable Accuracy Quick-detach mounts provide a rock-solid platform for a variety of sight systems on Picatinny and Weaver-style flattop rails. Models with innovative Accucam system are tension adjustable to fit solid even on out-of-spec rails; provides quick removal and installation in just seconds while maintaining ½ MOA repeatable accuracy. Accucam lever features an extra large finger loop for easy operation when wearing gloves. Models with ove2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=85http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=85J.P . ENTERPRISES AR-15/M16 MIDWEST INDUSTRIES SOG ARMORY FLATTOP OPTIC MOUNT Integral Offset Rings For Rock-Solid Mounting; Accepts Both 1" & 30mm Scopes One-piece, aluminum mount with integral rings is precision machined to true MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny specs for a secure fit on flattop receiver rails. Accepts both 30mm and, using the included adapter shims, 1" scope bodies. Shim design eliminates risk of slippage and preserves the mount’s clean, streamlined look. Ring height and forward offset are ideal for use with long eye relief scopes. Four, Allen head screws secure each top ring strap to hold the optics tight under heavy recoil. Full-length base clamps to the receiver with five, equally spaced crossbolts for a rock-solid fit and zero movement. a b SPECS: 6061 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. Approximately 5½" (14cm) long, 1¾" (4.4cm) wide, 21⁄8" (5.4cm) high. 7 .1 oz. (201 g) weight. Elevates a 30mm optic .965" (24.5mm), measured from top of receiver rail to bottom of scope. #452-000-044AG Flattop Optic Mount 2E132X00 . .$ 164.99 AIMPOINT MOUNT Lightweight, Rock-Solid Mounting Bantam-weight, aluminum mounts for Aimpoint, Trijicon Tripower Tactical Sights, and other optics with 30mm tubes. Fits Picatinny and Weaver-style rails. Positions sight for co-witness use with a back-up sight. a b SPECS: 6061 aluminum, black, hard-anodized finish. 11⁄2" (3.8cm) long, .950" high from top of base to bottom of ring. Fits 30mm diameter sights. #100-002-240AG Aimpoint Mount 2A98Y33 . . . . . . .$ 124.95 AIMPOINT MOUNT U.S. OPTICS AR-15/M16 Strong, Lightweight; Standard & Offset Models Single-ringmountsofstrong, lightweight aluminum secure your Aimpoint or similar aiming device to any Picatinny or Weaver-style rail. Extra-large ring surface area ensures zero scope movement under recoil, with six Torx T-15 screws (wrench included) securing the ring halves. A cross-bolt with integral recoil lug and .510" diameter hex nut anchor mount to the rail. Standard model elevates the sight to the correct height to co-witness with a back-up iron sight. Cut-out in the base reduces weight without sacrificing strength. Cantilever-style Offset model provides co-witness elevation and positions sight 1¼" forward to make room for a rear-mount night vision device. Both models accept 30mm diameter scope tubes; aluminum reducer included for mounting a 1" tube. SPECS: Aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. Steel Torx screws cross-bolt, oxide finish, black. Fits 30mm and 1” diameter sights. Standard – 1” (2.5cm) long, 1” high from top of base to bottom of ring. Offset – 33⁄8" (8.6cm) long, 1” high from top of base to bottom of ring. #100-003-048AG Standard Mount 9A47H95 . . . . . . . .$ 59.95 #100-003-047AG Offset Mount 9A63H95 . . . . . . . . . . . . 79.95 POSA-SLIDE & LOCK MOUNT For Ultra-Secure, Quick-Detach Installation Of Optic On Flattop Rifle AR-15/M16 Mk II RAINIER ARMS BOBRO MOUNT FOR AIMPOINT COMP SIGHTS Anchors Sight Securely To Flattop Rail; Quick-Release For Instant Sight Removal Heavy-duty cantilever mount combines secure attachment of the popular Aimpoint Comp series red dot sights to flattop receivers with a quick-release system. Precisionmachined aluminum construction provides superb strength while adding minimal weight. No tools required for installation. When the quick-release latch is closed, the mount is as strong as any cross-bolt mounting system; a spring-loaded lock tab ensures the latch won’t work open under recoil or from snagging on sling or other gear. The only way to release the mount is to press the release tab as you pull the lever. Lets you remove and reinstall the mount and the Aimpoint as a single unit without loss of zero. Fits CompM2/ML2/M3/ML3 sights and is correct height for co-witnessing factory “iron” or aftermarket backup sights in the lower 1/3 of the optic’s field of view. May be used with other 30mm O.D. optics that require single-ring mount. SPECS: Aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black finish. 21⁄8" 2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=86http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=86WARNE AR-15/M16 AIMTECH AR-15/M16 Size R.A.M.P . TACTICAL MOUNT AR-15/M16 Cantilevered For Long Eye Relief Scopes, Plus 45° Offset Rails For Secondary Sights The Rapid Acquisition Multisight Platform (R.A.M.P.) is a one-piece cantilever mount with integral scope rings that positions optics farther forward to provide 1¾" of extra space at the rear for mounting a long eye relief scope, night vision device, or magnifier. Features removable MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny rails on the left and right sides that let you mount secondary sights 45° off-axis from the main optic. Each top ring strap is secured with four Torx® screws for recoil-proof holding power. Two large hex nuts and 3¾" long steel clamping bar lock the mount to a Picatinny receiver rail. Smooth contours and radiused edges give a streamlined appearance, reduce weight, and prevent snagging. Models available for 1" or 30mm scope body. SPECS: 6061T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, and steel hardware, magnesium phosphate finish, matte black. 71⁄8" (18.1cm) long, 23⁄8" (6cm) wide, 2¼" (5.7cm) high. Height measured from top of rail to bottom of ring: .75" (1.9cm). Approximately 9.7 oz. (275g) weight. #947-000-263AG 1" R.A.M.P. Tactical Mount, 7D161H54 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 199.99 #947-000-264AG 30mm R.A.M.P. Tactical Mount, 7D166H39 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209.99 “SECOND SIGHT” SEE-THRU BASE Low-Profile Bases Don’t Obscure Factory Sights Lightweight, see-thru bases attach quickly to factory drilled and tapped receivers with no modifications to the factory sights required. Hollow base gives you full vision of factory, barrel-mounted sights for closer shots, or if your scope becomes damaged. Clearance cut ensures proper ejection. Accepts Weaver-style rings. AR-15 Short has Weaver-style rail. AR-15 Long is Picatinny configuration. a b SPECS: Aluminum, anodized, black, matte finish. Approx. 6" (16cm) long, 1 oz. (28 g) wt. AR-15 bases fit carry handle receivers. AR15 Short: 4" (10cm) long. AR-15 Long: 71⁄2" (19cm) long. Includes screws, instructions. STOCK # FITS PRICE #017-300-015AG AR-15/M16 Short 7A17P33 $ 23.50 #017-000-009AG AR-15/M16 Long 7A19H65 $ 26.50 AR-15 Short AR-15/M16/AR-STYLE .308 MODULAR FLATTOP RISER MOUNT SYSTEM Customizable, Quick-Detach Mount Positions Scope At Eye Level Modular riser mount clamps to a flattop Picatinny receiver, so you can mount a scope at correct eye level for maximum accuracy. The separate base has two, oversized, easy-grip thumbscrews and full-contact clamping along entire length of base to provide rock-solid attachment to receiver without permanent modification of gun. This mounting system will not shoot loose no matter how many rounds you send downrange. Risers are sold separately, so you can choose one with the precise rail height and angle to suit your needs; riser is secured to base with three Allen head setscrews. Use an angled riser when you need to raise or lower the point of impact more than the scope’s internal elevation adjustment will allow. Standard risers are 5½" long; extended riser is 10" long to provide provides additional mounting area for large scopes, or those requiring long eye relief, as well as optic/magnifier combinations. Entire unit—base, riser, and attached scope—can be removed quickly so you can use your rifle’s factory sights. Reinstall unit in seconds without losing scope settings. True, MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny rail accepts both Weaver and Picatinny rings and mounts. CNC machined from 6061 T6 billet aluminum, then hardcoat anodized for outstanding strength and wear resistance. a b SPECS: Precision machined 6061 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized 1⁄ matte black. 5 2" (14cm) long; extended riser is 10" (14cm) long. Base is 1" (2.5cm) wide, .3" (7 .62mm) high. Available riser heights (including base): ¾" (1.9cm), 1" (2.5cm), 1¼" (3.2cm). Base and risers sold separately. #080-000-410AG MFRMS Base 8K31T71 . . . . . . . . . . .$ 40.99 #080-000-413AG MFRMS 3⁄4" Riser 8K15T42 . . . . . .2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=87http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=87EGW AR-15/M16 EXTENDARISER 20 MOA FLATTOP MOUNT ROCK RIVER ARMS AR-15/M16 TAPCO AR-15/M16 YANKEE HILL AR-15/M16 DOMINATOR2 EOTECH MOUNT Solid Attachment Of Optic At Correct Height To Co-Witness With A2 “Iron” Sights CARRY HANDLE MOUNT For Easy Mounting Of Optics To A2 “Carry-Handle” Rifles Clamps to the carry handle of an A2-style rifle to allow installation of a scope, holographic red dot sight, or other optic that requires Picatinny receiver rail mounts. Removes easily with the optic still attached, so you can quickly switch back to A2 configuration. One-piece, fiberglass-reinforced molded polymer construction is lightweight yet incredibly strong. Installs in seconds and cinches down tight with a steel bolt and easy-to-grip thumb. Sight tunnel under the rail allows continued use of factory iron sights as backups or for close-range shooting. SPECS: Fiberglass-reinforced molded polymer, Black or Dark Earth. 5¼” (13.3cm) O.A.L. Fits AR-15/M16 with A2-style carry handle. #100-004-292AG Carry Handle Mount, Black, 5A10Y72 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 10.99 #100-004-293AG Carry Handle Mount, Dark Earth, 5A10Y72 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.99 EOTECH RISER MOUNT Keeps Iron Sights From Blocking EOTech Reticle, Preserves Co-Witness Capability Rugged, yet lightweight riser mount positions your EOTech holographic sight .300" higher, so your rifle’s iron sights are less apt to interfere with the EOTech’s reticle, while preserving cowitness capability. Also helps you maintain a more comfortable, heads-up shooting form. Clamps to your flattop rifle’s Picatinny rail with a single hardened steel setscrew; a securing tab up front locks into one of the rail’s slots to ensure a solid, recoil-proof fit. Precision machined from solid aluminum, then mil-spec hardcoat anodized for extra strength and wear resistance. a b SPECS: Aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. 53⁄16” (13.5cm) 3⁄ long, 1 16” (4.6cm) wide, .525” (1.3cm) overall height. 2.5 oz. (70g) weight. Fits AR-15/M16 with flattop receiver only. #100-003-101AG EOTech Riser Mount 9A31H87 . . . .$ 39.99 AR-15/M16 Elevates Optics For Fast Target Acquisition; Extra Length For More Eye Relief Precision-machined aluminum riser mount adds approximately .600" to height of flattop so primary optics can be positioned higher for a more comfortable, heads-up shooting stance and faster target acquisition. Eliminates the need for extra-high rings in most installations. Top of mount is angled 20 MOA to compensate for added height and minimize effect on point-ofimpact. Provides a full 7" of usable mounting length, 1½" more than receiver rail; underside of extension is relieved to provide clearance over handguard. Precision CNC machined from lightweight, 6061 T6 aluminum billet, with MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny slot-and-rail spacing that allows fast and simple adjustment of eye relief, plus greater flexibility in choice of optics. Clamps securely to receiver rail with three heavy duty steel cross-bolts to prevent movement under recoil, and matches receiver profile for a smooth, seamless look. Accepts Picatinny and Weaver-style scope rings. a b SPECS: 6061 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. 8.875” (22.5cm) long, 1.125” (2.9cm) wide at base. Adds .600” (1.5cm) to height of flattop at rear, .570” (1.4cm) at front. 7 .7 oz. (219g) weight. #296-000-103AG Extendariser Flattop Mount, 6B105Z63 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 129.99 Rugged tactical mount provides secure attachment for an EOTech holographic weapon sight with correct elevation for co-witnessing iron sights through the optic. Clamps to flattop receiver and positions the EOTech’s dot just above the factory front sight for fast transition from primary to backup sighting. Integral A2-style rear backup sight is adjustable for windage and elevation with two-position, flip-up aperture with .195" diameter peep for close-range targeting, and .065" peep for long range. Machined aluminum base 2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=88http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=88STREAMLIGHT AR-15/M16 ISUREFIRE AR-15/M16 THUNDER RANCH URBAN RIFLE ILLUMINATION SYSTEM AR-15/M16 Quickly Converts Your AR-15 To An Urban Rifle Installs quickly and securely to any AR-15 standard issue handguard or any other firearm equipped with a Picatinny rail. Steamlight model TL3 utilizes long-lasting lithium batteries and a high-pressure xenon gas-filled, bi-pin bulb to provide tremendous bright-white illumination. The adjustable spot-to-flood reflector conforms quickly to handle any urban tactical situation. TL3 light features a sturdy pocket clip, momentary on-off switch, plus constant on with just a quick twist of the tail cap. Light body is made from machined and extruded, lightweight aluminum. All aluminum light mount attaches to Picatinny rail; includes a rail adapter for AR-15 handguards. Convenient bottom thumbwheel locks the light housing into place and can be removed in an instant. Waterproof and shock proof; green filter cap/flip-up lens cover and Thunder Ranch Urban Rifle Illumination System DVD included. SPECS: Aluminum, matte, black, anodized finish. 6¼”(1.9 cm) long. 11 oz. (311g) wt. 211 lumens max. output. Uses three CR-123A, 3V lithium batteries, included. #100-003-041AG Urban Rifle Illumination System, 1K121C19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 199.99 WEAPON MOUNTED LIGHT SYSTEMS High Intensity Lights Improve Tactical Operation For AR-15's Rugged, machined aluminum components with weather resistant seals withstand the rigors of rough, field use. Provides brilliant, target-illuminating light on demand. M-500A - Nitrolon composite, AR-15 handguards have M-4style, dual heat shield, plus a built-in light and switches - no exposed wires. Provides light for inside and outdoors. Highgrade aluminum light components M-500A and shock isolated lamp modules withstand the rigors of rapid fire. Disable switch, momentary-on, pressure pad switch, and a constant-on, rocker switch provide total control. Two lamp modules; Mn10 with 125 lumens and Mn11 with 225 lumens. Uses three Lithium batteries. SPECS: Nitrolon handguard and lamp body, machined aluminum lamp module, black, anodized finish. Includes batteries, instructions. Fits carbine-length barrels with round handguard cap. #152-015-500AG M-500A Light System 2E00PUA . .$ 550.00 #152-000-001AG Mn11 Replacement Lamp 2E00PUA 33.00 RAIL-MOUNTED VERTICAL GRIP WEAPONLIGHT - High-intensity white light gives excellent target illumination. Includes Mn10, 125 lumen and Mn11, 225 lumen lamp assemblies with scratch resistant, Pyrex lens. Separate, low-level, blue LED navigation lights provide enough light to see obstacles without compromising your position. Constanton, plus individual pressure switches and a disable switch control light output. Fits any rifle or shotgun with a Picatinny accessory rail; A.R.M.S Mount gives rapid installation and removal with a flip of a lever while the Thumb Screw mount provides permanent attachment. Vertical grip aids weapon retention and firing. Optional, Red and Blue, BeamCover filters protect your night vision while providing navigation and target illumination. Filters also fit 500A Light System listed above. SPECS: Nitrolon body, black. Aluminum lamp assembly, 1.6" (4cm) bezel. 71⁄2" (19cm) long, 6" (15.2cm) high, 11⁄2" (3.8cm) wide. 18 oz. (510 g) wt. #152-000-016AG A.R.M.S. Mount WeaponLight, 2E00VBX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 649.00 #152-000-017AG Thumb Screw Mount WeaponLight, 2E00HDZ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 584.00 #152-000-018AG FM15 Red BeamCover 2E00YTP . . . 75.00 #152-000-019AG FM16 Blue BeamCover 2E00XCH . . 75.00 XM-06 DUAL SWITCH TAILCAP Replacement tailcap assembly fits all Millennium® Universal Weapon Lights and provides two independently operating switches. Assembly screws directly into your existing light and comes with a 6" long cable with pressure switch and pushbutton on/off disable feature. Mounting hole can be plugged with attached plastic cap to keep moisture and 2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=89http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=891911 AUTO INDEX Barrel Bushings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93-94 Barrel Links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94-95 Barrels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91-93 Books & Videos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Compensators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Ejectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97-98 Extractors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Frames/Slides. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87-90 Grip Safeties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99-100 Grips & Screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119-124 Guide Rods/Buffers . . . . . . . . . . . .100-102 Gunsmithing Tools . . . . . . . . . . . .135-144 Holsters/Mag Pouches . . . . . . . . .131-134 Ignition Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102-106 Receivers CASPIAN 1911 AUTO LES BAER CUSTOM 1911 AUTO Magazine Releases. . . . . . . . . . . . .108-109 Magazines & Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . .109-114 Magwells . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107-108 Mainspring Housings . . . . . . . . . .106-107 Optic Mounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .130-131 Plunger Tubes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96-97 Range & Training Gear . . . . . . . . .134-135 Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . .118-119 Rimfire Conversion Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Sights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124-130 Slide Stops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-96 Springs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115-117 Thumb Safeties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98-99 Triggers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114-115 Item SLIDES SLIDE 1911 AUTO Superb Strength & Precise Tolerances For The Ultimate Combat Pistol Custom-quality slides from Caspian, ready to be fitted to the frame of your choice. They start as high-quality forgings for extra strength, then are heat-treated to Rc 38-41 before machining for exceptional dimensional stability. Sides are polished, while the rest of the surface is bead-blasted for a non-glare, matte finish. Deep-cut, forward-angled rear cocking serrations prevent slippage when racking, even with a wet hand. Available in 4340 carbon steel (CS) and 416 stainless steel (SS) with .45 ACP, .40 S&W, and 9mm breechfaces. Commander and Officers models in .45 ACP only. Choose a slide without sight cuts (NC), or between two pre-cut dovetail options: a Novak Lo-Mount or Bo-Mar BMCS rear cut, both coupled with a Novak front cut. All slides require the use of a 9mm/.38 Super firing pin. a b SPECS: 4340 carbon steel, in-the-white, or 416 stainless steel, natural finish. Government model accepts 5" barrel. Commander accepts 4.25" barrel. Officers model accepts 3.5" barrel. All Caspian slides require the use of a 9mm/.38 Super firing pin. Precision-Machined From Steel Bar Stock With The Custom Features You Need & Want Bar stock slides with lowered ejection port, surface-ground flats and bead-blasted rounds. Available with rear only (R) or front and rear (DBL) serrations, and with or without (NS) sight cuts. Front sight cut accepts 65° x .330", dovetail front sights. Rear sight cuts accept the Bo-Mar (Bo-Mar) BMCS or the Novak (Novak) Low Mount Sight (.495") dovetail. Lengths listed in specs are nominal barrel lengths the slides will accept. a b SPECS: Chrome-moly steel, in-the-white (CM) or stainless steel (SS). .38 Super (.38S) or .45 ACP (.45) breech face. Long, (L) 6", Government (G) 5", Commanche (Cmch) 41⁄4". ALL models require a .38 Super/9mm firing pin. #124-055-451AG CM .45 ACP G/Bo-Mar/Dbl Slide, 4B325D08. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 405.99 #124-055-452AG CM .45 G/Novak/Dbl Slide, 4B324D00. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405.05 #124-055-381AG CM .38S G/Bo-Mar/Dbl Slide, 4B324H00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405.05 #124-055-462AG SS .45 G/Novak/Dbl Slide, 4B353D35. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441.65 #124-056-453AG CM .45 Cmch/NS/R 4B232Z00 . . . . . 310.75 #124-056-452AG CM .45 Cmch/Novak/R 2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=90http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=90J 1911 AUTO STI 1911 AUTO SINGLE STACK RECEIVER Precise Dimensions For A Match-Grade Fit That Gives Superb Accuracy STI 1911 AUTO 2011 LONG SLIDE & FRAME A B Cylinder & Slide “Peerless Grade" Long Slide .45 ACP C D FRAMES/SLIDES Courtesy of Cylinder & Slide, Inc.® H I K N E F A B C D E F G H I J K L M N G L M #206-103-030AG CYLINDER & SLIDE ULTRA LIGHT TRIGGER PULL KIT See Page 103. #206-037-052AG CYLINDER & SLIDE HIGH-GRIP AMBI THUMB SAFETY See Page 98. #087-867-000AG ED BROWN MEMORY GROOVE BEAVERTAIL GRIP SAFETY (w/custom checkered bump) See Page 99. #087-000-027AG ED BROWN CHECKERED FLAT MAINSPRING HOUSING See Page 106. #087-000-055AG ED BROWN DOUBLE DIAMOND CHECKERED GRIPS See Page 121. #206-000-036AG CYLINDER & SLIDE COMPLETE PIN SET See Page 119. #207-000-024AG CHIP McCORMICK 8-RND POWER PLUS MAGAZINE See Page 111. #206-000-035AG CYLINDER & SLIDE MAGAZINE CATCH LOCK See Page 109. #206-000-033AG CYLINDER & SLIDE LONG ALUMINUM TRIGGER See Page 114. #087-000-050AG ED BROWN ADJUSTABLE REAR SIGHT See Page 125. #206-000-027AG CYLINDER & SLIDE FORGED SLIDE STOP (w/custom checkered thumb pad) See Page 95. #654-263-003AE NOWLIN MFG. EXTENDED MAGAZINE RELEASE See Page 109. #206-103-010AE CYLINDER & SLIDE ULTRA MATCH SEAR See Page 103. #206-000-037AE CYLINDER & SLIDE EXTENDED EJECTOR See Page 97 . . . . ONLY THE BEST . . . Fully machined single stack receiver is ready for the slide, barrel, and firecontrol components of your choice to build a rugged, precision-shooting competition, combat, or carry pistol. Gives you the high quality of STI’s 2011 competition frames in a traditional, all-metal package with the popular enhancements you expect on high-performance custom 1911s. Machined to precise tolerances from high-quality 4140 carbon steel, then heat-treated to Rc 28-32 for exceptional wear resistance. Bead blasted to produce a smooth, non-reflective surface ready for the finish of your choice. Rails are cut slightly oversized, ready for honing to a tight, smooth, slop-free slide-to-frame fit to help ensure best accuracy. Holes for all pins and controls are precisely located, with a .250" tang radius to accommodate a beavertail grip safety. Available in two models, both with a standard dust cover. Standard model is machined from a high-grade investment casting and has a smooth, plain, front strap with a rounded, undercut triggerguard, and a Wilson/ Nowlin-style feed ramp. Forged model is machined from a forged billet and has a straight, rounded triggerguard, and a standard ramp. Available with a plain, uncheckered front strap, or with 30 lpi checkering. Master model is investment cast and features a squared, undercut triggerguard, a cut to accept a barrel with Wilson/Nowlin feedramp, and a squared-off dustcover that extends the full length of a 5" slide for extra weight up front. a b SPECS: 4140 carbon steel, in-the-white. Hardened to Rc 28-32. FFL required for purchase. #791-000-071AG Standard Receiver 1F170X00 . . . .$ 204.00 #791-000-079AG Forged Receiver, Plain 1F235X10 . . 294.99 #791-000-054AG Forged Receiver, Checkered, 1F274B95 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327.00 #791-000-081AG Master Receiver, Checkered, 1F225X10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284.99 Stable Sighting Platform; Enhanced Recoil Reduction 6 inch Slide/Frame combination adds 3.5 oz. of forward weight to help reduce recoil and muzzle rise. Bar stock slide has full contact rails, lowered ejection port, matte finished top, front and rear cocking serrations and no sight cuts. Gunsmith fitting is required. Lightweight, nylon polymer, composite double stack grip frame is checkered for a secure grip with an undercut triggerguard. a b SPECS: Slide and rails, 4140 steel, in-the-white. Grip, fiber-filled nylon polymer. Frame includes nylon mainspring housing, titanium composite trigger and mag catch. Slide is 81⁄2” (21.5 cm) long, accepts 6" (15.2cm) long , Nowlin/Wilson ramped barrels. Frame: FFL required for purchase. #791-113-038AG 2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=91http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=91STI 1911 AUTO STI 1911 AUTO WILSON COMBAT 1911 AUTO WILSON COMBAT 1911 AUTO 2011 MODULAR GRIPS Lightweight Composite Or Aluminum Provides Match-Winning Performance Lightweight, one-piece, fiber-filled nylon composite or high-grade aluminum grip assemblies provide a dropin fit on all STI 2011 modular frames. Composite model, available in black, keeps overall pistol weight to an absolute minimum. Checkering on the side panels, front strap, and triggerguard ensures a positive gripping surface when hands get sweaty. Includes a factory-installed, checkered composite mainspring housing. Aluminum grips are precision-machined from a single block of aero-space grade aluminum, then abrasive-blasted matte, and left un-anodized in-the-white for custom checkering, painting, or the addition of grip tape or other texturing compounds. Offers added rigidity and a slight weight increase over composite models for improved recoil control and balance, plus gives that “feel” of an all-metal gun preferred by many shooters. Basic (B) size offers approximately the same grip circumference as the traditional Composite grip; Slim (S) size is milled down to provide a thin profile for shooter’s with smaller hands or those who prefer the slimmest grip contour possible. Mainspring housing not included. Both Composite and Aluminum models accept add-on magazine wells designed to fit STI/Infinity. Grip screw kit not included. a b SPECS: Composite - Fiber-filled nylon polymer, Black. 2.8 oz. (79.4g) wt. Aluminum - High grade aluminum alloy, unfinished inthe-white. Size B: 4.6 oz. (130.4g) wt. Size S: 3.6 oz. (102.1g) wt. #791-000-004AG Composite Grip, Black, 1G95A96 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 119.95 #791-000-086AG Basic Aluminum Grip, Size B, 1G367X75 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 459.99 #791-000-087AG Slim Aluminum Grip, Size S, 1G367X75 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 459.99 2011 GRIP SCREW KIT - Factory hardware fits 2011 composite and aluminum grip assemblies. For use when building a custom 2011 pistol or to replace lost or damaged screws. SPECS: Stainless steel, natural finish. Kit includes: (2) grip screw bushings, (1) triggerguard sleeve, (2) long grip screws, (2) short grip screws, (2) triggerguard screws, (1) 1⁄8" Allen wrench, and (2) 1⁄16" Allen wrenches. #791-117-000AG 2011 Grip Screw Kit, 1G16D63. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 20.80 2011 BAR STOCK SLIDE CHECKERED RECEIVER Precision-Machined From Forgings With Popular Custom-Pistol Performance Features SLIDE 1911 AUTO Comes With Popular Custom Features To Save Time & Money; Available In Carbon Or Stainless Steel The same premium-quality slide used in Wilson’s legendary custom 1911s now available separately to form the top end of your own custom tactical, self-defense, or competition pistol. Precision machined using the latest CNC equipment from hardened steel forgings for superb strength and precise dimensions that allow a slide-to-frame fit of as little as .004". Available in unfinished carbon steel or stainless steel, these unmarked, roundtop slides come with deep-cut, diagonal front and rear cocking serrations, plus a lowered, flared ejection port to minimize risk of stovepiping or other jams and help ensure spent cases are completely ejected. Also includes .300" x 60° dovetail cut for front sight; rear of slide is plain, without dovetail, so you can install the rear sight that best suits your requirements. Requires use with .38 Super/9mm firing pin, not included. a b SPECS: Carbon steel (CS), in the white, or stainless steel (SS), natural finish. Fits full-size .45 ACP Government model frame and 5” barrel. Accepts .38 Super/9mm firing pin only. #965-000-079AG CS Govt Model Slide 5F00TPU . . $ 300.00 #965-000-078AG SS Govt Model Slide 5F300T14. . . . 319.99 CNC Machined From Bar Stock With Most Wanted Custom Features Ready-to-fit, premium-grade slides improve function, reliability and accuracy on any 1911 Auto. Precision C2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=92http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=92L 1911 AUTO K J J TJ’S CUSTOM KIMBER 1911 AUTO FRAME SLOT BLANK Fills Series 80 Frame Cutout Fits in the firing pin block frame cuts, permitting Series 70 slides and components to be fitted to Series 80 frames. No alteration, drop-in fit. a b SPECS: Precision ground steel, in-the-white. #876-011-780AG Frame Slot Filler, each 6G04H95 . . .$ 4.99 RIMFIRE TARGET CONVERSION KIT Train With Economical .22 LR Ammo In Your Full-Size Pistol Blowback-operated sub-caliber conversion unit lets you shoot less expensive.22 LR ammunition in any mil-spec 1911 Government model, so you can afford to practice more. Preserves pistol’s weight, balance, and overall feel to help you develop specific skills and “muscle memory” to shoot better with full-power ammo. Simply remove the factory slide and barrel, replace them with the conversion unit, and load up the included .22 magazine with premium-grade high-velocity ammunition. Manufactured to the same rigorous quality standards as Kimber’s full-power 1911 pistols; slide is precision machined from aluminum billet, with wide front and rear cocking serrations and Kimber’s tough, scratch-resistant, KimPro II™ finish. Comes with plain black target sights installed; rear sight is click adjustable for windage and elevation, with flat, finely serrated rear face and a square notch. Includes ramped, match-grade 5" barrel with a 1:16" left-hand twist and stainless steel match-grade bushing. Reinforced polymer 10-round magazine is designed for a secure fit in a standard .45 ACP mag well, and has an anti-tilt polymer follower to ensure smooth feeding of rounds. Slide does not lock open after last shot; pistol may be dry fired with kit installed. SPECS: Aluminum slide, steel barrel, polymer magazine. Available with matte black or silver slide. Fits 1911 Govt model pistols chambered in .45 ACP with 4" or 5" non-ramped barrels and dimensional tolerances that meet U.S. Government specs, including Series 70 and 80 Colt pistols and clones. Requires high-velocity ammunition for proper operation. #387-000-045AG Rimfire Target Conversion Kit, Black, 5B00CHD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 319.99 #387-000-046AG Rimfire Target Conversion Kit, Silver, 5B00AYT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349.99 #387-000-047AG Spare 10-Rd Rimfire Mag 7H20U29 25.99 A B I Ed Brown Classic Custom .45 ACP Courtesy of Ed Brown Products, Inc.® WILSON COMBAT CHECKERED FRONT STRAP Fast, Easy, Grip Improver Add the secure feel of a checkered front strap to any 1911 Auto in minutes. No filing, no alterations. Remove the grips, slip the Wilson Checkered Front Strap over the frame; replace grips. a b SPECS: 2" (5.1cm) long, .006" (.1524mm) thick steel. #965-100-001AG Blued Front Strap 5F08V47 . . . . . . .$ 9.99 #965-100-002AG SS Front Strap 5F08V47 . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.99 C D FRAMES/SLIDES H M P O E F G A B C Mags TACTICAL SOLUTIONS 1911 AUTO 2211 CONVERSION KIT N Hone Critical Shooting Skills Using Economical .22 LR Ammo Complete .22 LR conversion system comes fully assembled and ready to install on your 1911 Government model or Commander to help you practice critical shooting skills with economical rimfire ammo. Concentrate on improving grip, sight alignment, trigger pull, breath control, and other skills without burning up expensive, full-power ammo. Simply remove the slide as if you’re field stripping, and replace with the 2211 slide/barrel assembly and 10-round rimfire magazine. With the 2211 installed, the gun functions normally—the slide even locks open after the last round is fired. Precision machined entirely from high-grade steel to the same high standards of workmanship as a custom-quality competition pistol, with a lustrous, matte blued finish. Custom features include wide, crisply milled front and rear cocking serrations, 4½" bull barrel with integral feed ramp, full-length steel guide rod, and a “flattop” sight rail with front and rear competition sights already installed. Champion rear target sight i2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=93http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=93PRE-FIT BARREL & SPHERICAL BUSHING BRILEY 1911 AUTO CLARK CUSTOM MATCH-GRADE BARREL EFK FIRE DRAGON 1911 AUTO KART 1911 AUTO PORTED PISTOL BARRELS Integral Comp Cuts Muzzle Flip Stainless steel barrels offer drop-in fit and improved accuracy. Forward-angled comp ports direct muzzle blast away from shooter and reduce muzzle rise. Broached rifling and polished feed ramp handle both lead and jacketed bullets. Extends approximately one inch past front of slide. Includes bushing, link and pin, pre-fitted bushing. a b SPECS: 416 stainless steel. 6" (15.2cm) long. #503-101-911AG 1911 Govt Bbl, .45 ACP 3K166T67 .$ 204.99 EASY FIT BARREL KIT 1911 AUTO Standard Barrel Ramped Barrel Minimum Fitting Required For Match Accuracy Matched components, with hood and lugs pre-cut, only minor fitting required for a true custom fit. Bottom feet are cut to lock up with a Wilson #3 link and pin. Includes Briley’s Spherical Bushing with titanium-nitrided insert for better functioning. a b SPECS: Barrel - Stainless steel, 5" (12.7cm) long, .45 ACP . Bushing - Stainless steel, gold, titanium nitride steel insert. Bushing O.D. : .698" (drop-in) or .703" (minor turning required). #129-115-698AG Bbl with .698" Bushing 9B180A00 $ 224.99 #129-115-703AG Bbl with .703" Bushing 9B180A00 . 224.99 Superb Clark Accuracy In Both Ramped & Standard Hardened, heat-treated and fully machined from long-wearing, solid billet, chrome-moly steel. (Jimmy’s favorite for contin- ued, long-wearing accuracy from full power and mid-range ammo). These are the same barrels the Clarks use to build super accurate bullseye and full-house IPSC pistols for top shooters everywhere. Ramped models feature an extended, integral ramp that fully supports the case head to end head separations and bulged cases. Rounds feed directly onto the ramp, no frame-tobarrel gap for bullet noses to hang up on. a b SPECS: 4150 CM steel, blued, Rc 34-38. 6" (15.2cm) long can be cut to fit most slide lengths. Available Threaded and Plain, Ramped (R) and Non-Ramped (NR). Threaded .575"-40 tpi to a length of 21⁄2" from tip of muzzle to fit most cone-style compensators and bushings. Oversized hood, top lugs and bottom feet require gunsmith fitting. STOCK # PLAIN STOCK # THREADED TYPE CALIBER #181-200-096AG #181-211-109AG R 9mm #181-200-386AG #181-211-138AG R .38 Super #181-200-106AG NA R 10mm #181-200-456AG NA R .45 ACP #181-111-106AG NA N/R .45 ACP – Advise # – Clark 1911 Plain Barrel 1H136A55 . . .$ 169.99 – Advise # – Clark 1911 Threaded Bbl 1H144D83 . . 179.99 Achieve A Match Quality Barrel Installation Using Only Hand Tools Install a precision quality, 5" barrel using just four small hand tools. The only fitting required is to adjust lockup with the two raised pads located on either side of the rear locking groove, cut the barrel hood to correct length and fit the bushing to the slide. A national match bushing is pre-fit to the barrel; has oversize O.D. for precise fitting to slide. Bottom lugs are fully finished and the correct length link installed to save hours of work. a b SPECS: 4150 ordnance steel, in-the-white. Available in 5" (12.7cm) length. (N/R) Non-ramped. (W/N) Wilson/Nowlin ramp. (C/P) Clark/Para ramp. Ramped barrels require machining of frame. Requires gunsmith fitting. Includes instructions. KART 1911 AUTO BRILEY PRECISION QUALITY BARREL .45 BARREL & SPHERICAL BUSHING 5" 1911 EASY FIT BARRELS Uncompromising Quality For Added Performance & Better Accuracy Forged from ordnance steel to strict, national match specs; rifled by a proprietary technique that holds lands and grooves to exceptionally close tolerances and leaves the surface finish mirror smooth. Air gauged to maintain .0002" tolerance through the bore. Feed ramps are throated for wadcutter ammo. Standard Barrel - Non-ramped, oversize hood, top and bottom lugs to achieve an exact fit for optimum match accuracy. Ramped Barrel - Fully supports the case head; gives direct feeding from magazine to chamber. a b SPECS: 4150 ordnance steel2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=94http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=94J 1911 AUTO LES BAER CUSTOM 1911 AUTO NOWLIN MFG. 1911 AUTO MATCH GRADE BARREL ULTRA COMPACT E.C.M. BARREL Improved Accuracy & Function For Sub-Compacts; Drop-In Fit Improve the accuracy and the functioning capabilities of any Kimber Ultra Compact or Springfield Armory Micro semi-auto pistol by installing this match-grade barrel. Long-wearing and dependable because it’s CNC-finished from a solid forging, then heat-treated. Barrel features the exclusive Nowlin ECM rifling that produces outstanding accuracy. Bull-style barrel uses the factory oversize bushing, includes pre-fit link and pin. Pre-fit external barrel dimensions at hood and feet require little to no additional gunsmithing; integral ramp will require machining of frame. a b SPECS: 416 stainless steel, heat-treated to Rc 40. 3.2" (8.1cm) long, .695" (17 .65mm) O.D. at muzzle, chambered .45 ACP . Chamber may require finish reaming, check with headspace gauge before firing. #654-000-047AG Nowlin Ultra Compact Barrel, 4E222P63 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 279.99 A B C G Heinie Long Slide 10mm Courtesy of Nighthawk Custom® I H Cathode Discharge Machining Increases Accuracy Mirror-like bore increases accuracy and boosts velocity with all bullet types, plus decreases fouling with lead bullets. a b SPECS: 4350 CM steel, in-the-white. Heat treated. .578" (14.1mm) O.D. Non-ramped. .45 ACP Caliber. 5" (12.7cm) or 6" (15.2cm) lengths. Oversized for gunsmith fitting, installation requires alterations to frame and slide. #124-011-045AG 5", .45 ACP Plain Bbl 4B129C75 . .$ 164.99 #124-011-046AG 6", .45 ACP Plain Bbl 4B157C35 . . . 199.99 D F K O N NOWLIN MFG. 1911 AUTO MATCH-GRADE ECM BARREL Ultra-Smooth Rifling Gives Superb Accuracy E A B C D E F G H I J K L BARRELS L M STI 1911 AUTO #100-003-268AG NIGHTHAWK CUSTOM TOOL STEEL HAMMER See Page 104. #100-003-269AG NIGHTHAWK CUSTOM TOOL STEEL SEAR See Page 104. #100-003-262AG NIGHTHAWK CUSTOM GOVERNMENT MODEL PIN SET See Page 119. #100-003-233AG NIGHTHAWK CUSTOM FLAT MAINSPRING HOUSING See Page 107 . #160-000-231AG COLT 8-ROUND 10mm STAINLESS MAGAZINE See Page 110. #100-003-260AG NIGHTHAWK CUSTOM MAG CATCH LOCK & SPRING See Page 109. #100-003-270AG NIGHTHAWK CUSTOM LIGHTWEIGHT TRIGGER See Page 115. #100-003-258AG NIGHTHAWK CUSTOM RECOIL SPRING PLUG See Page 100. #100-003-242AG NIGHTHAWK CUSTOM BARREL BUSHING See Page 94. #100-003-256AG NIGHTHAWK CUSTOM 9mm/.38 SUPER FIRING PIN See Page 105. #100-003-239AG NIGHTHAWK CUSTOM TACTICAL SLIDE STOP See Page 95. #100-003-252AG NIGHTHAWK CUSTOM TACTICAL MAGAZINE CATCH See Page 109. #100-003-240AG NIGHTHAWK CUSTOM EXTENDED THUMB SAFETY See Page 99. #100-003-261AG NIGHTHAWK CUSTOM BAR STOCK DISCONNECTOR See Page 105. Triple heat-treated, non-ramped, match-grade barrel delivers maximum accuracy. ECM machining holds groove and bore tolerances held to an amazing .0002". Unique, pre-cut design of the top lugs requires only minor fitting to achieve maximum lug engagement. Rifling is ultra-smooth, uniform, and precise. Angled edge on the driving band increases gas seal for reduced fouling with all bullet types and promotes long barrel life. Short chamber requires reaming (.4405" pilot diameter) to achieve correct headspace. a b SPECS: 416 stainless steel, hardened to Rc 40. 5” (12.7cm) long, .581” (14.7mm) O.D. .45 ACP . Non-ramped. Oversize hood and feet require gunsmith fitting. #654-000-049AG 5" Barrel, .45 ACP 4E215P58. . . . . .$ 259.99 BULL BARREL Match Quality Heavy Barrels Eliminates the barrel bushing for increased lockup area and improved accuracy. Machined from billet forging, button rifled and air gaged to ensure exact bore size and finish. Fully ramped with Wilson/Nowlin-style ramp for reliable feeding. Extra material at feed ramp, hood, locking lugs and muzzle allow precise fitting. Barrels are supplied with a generic short chamber which can be opened up to accept any of the popular pistol cartridges. b a SPECS: 416 stainless steel. Installation requires machining of fra2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=95http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=95SCHUEMANN 1911 AUTO WILSON COMBAT 1911 AUTO BRILEY ULTIMATCH BULL BARREL Integral Cone Increases Lockup & Accuracy Heavy, bull barrel puts extra weight at the muzzle and has more lockup area for better accuracy and control. Precision machined for outstanding adherence to specification and tolerances - each and every barrel is accurate and uniform. Integral ramp helps support the round and improves reliable chambering. Available pre-threaded and short-chambered to save the pistolsmith time and inventory dollars; chamber can be finish-reamed to any appropriate semi-auto cartridge. a b SPECS: Stainless steel, .693" (17 .6mm) diameter. Bore dia.; 9mm/.38-.3550", .40-.400". Available Plain - 5" (12.8cm) long or 3⁄ Threaded - 5 8" (13.6cm) long. Threaded .685"-40 tpi to a length of .4" (10.2mm). Short chamber requires reaming to achieve correct headspace. Installation requires machining of frame. DROP-IN BARREL & BUSHING Pre-Fit, No-Gunsmithing Installation Increases Accuracy Drops right into most .45 ACP, 1911 Auto slides without fitting. You get the increased accuracy of Wilson’s forged, button rifled barrels and machined bushings without gunsmithing or custom fitting. Barrel hood must be narrowed for installation on Colt “Enhanced” and Gold Cup. a b SPECS: Stainless steel, .45 ACP , 5" (12.7cm) long. Includes bushing and installation instructions. #965-033-645AG Drop-In Barrel & Bushing, 5F162A81 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 189.99 SPHERICAL BUSHING EGW ANGLE BORED BUSHING Maximum Accuracy; Drop-In Convenience Separate, ultra-hard, spherical, internal ring pivots on its horizontal axis inside the unique, precision-machined bushing. Absolutely prevents barrel spring. Provides the easiest, longest wearing, closest fitting barrel bushing setup available. Models available to fit full-size Government or Commander pistols, in two configurations: Drop-in Bushing/ Ring requires no fitting on the O.D. Oversized Bushing/Ring has an oversized skirt that requires turning to fit most slides. I.D.’s of Govt. Oversize Bushing skirts are threaded to accept the exclusive Briley Bushing Mandrel that makes turning the O.D. in a lathe simple and fast. Commander Oversize Bushings are not threaded for use with the mandrel. a b SPECS: Bushing - 17-4 stainless steel. Ring - 17-4 stainless steel, titanium nitrited to Rc 60. Drop-in - .698" (17mm) O.D. Oversized - .703" (17 .8mm) O.D. Bushing Mandrel - Stainless steel, 2" (5cm) long. To select correct bushing, measure barrel O.D. and select Bushing/Ring .001" larger than barrel O.D. Pre-Machined With The Proper Lockup Angle Less time-consuming fitting because the proper lockup angle is pre-machined right into the bushing. Pre-Fit requires only minor fitting for installation onto Colt factory barrels. Gunsmith Fit requires fitting of both dimensions. b a SPECS: 416 stainless steel, silver or chrome-moly steel, blued. Pre-Fit (P/F) - .702" (17 .8mm) O.D., .579" (14.7mm) I.D. Gunsmith Fit (G/F) - .702" O.D., .574" (14.6mm) I.D. Govt. (Govt.) or Commander (Comm.) length. STOCK # BLUE STOCK # SS MODEL LENGTH #296-410-010AG #296-410-110AG P/F Govt. #296-410-020AG #296-410-120AG P/F Comm. #296-410-011AG #296-410-111AG G/F Govt. #296-410-021AG #296-410-121AG G/F Comm. — Advise # — WCPI Blue Bushing 6B18X67 . . . . . . .$ 24.50 — Advise # — WCPI SS Bushing 6B18X67 . . . . . . . . . . 24.50 OVERSIZED 1911 BARREL BUSHINGS - Slightly oversize, machined bushings for Government Model 1911's take less time to fit because the proper lockup angle is pre-machined right into the bushing. Gunsmith fitting required. Available in Blue or Stainless Steel. SPECS: 416 Stainless steel, silver or chrome-moly steel, blued. .703" (17 .8mm) O.D., .574" (14.5mm) I.D. .705" (17 .9mm) O.D., .563" (14.3mm) I.D. STK # BLUE SIZE STK # SS SIZE #296-000-082AG .703 #296-000-083AG .703 #296-000-084AG .705 #296-000-085AG .705 — Advise # — BO/S Blue or SS Bushing 6B18T67 . .$ 24.50 ANGLED BORED BUSHING WITH CARRY BEVEL - Beveled2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=96http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=96K A 1911 AUTO J MGW 1911 AUTO BUSHING Drop-In Or Oversized; 4340 Or Stainless I Brownells 1911 AUTO MATCH GRADE LINK PIN Precision Ground To .0005" Tolerance B H C G D F L Q P O Nighthawk Custom "Suppressor Ready" .45 ACP with custom threaded barrel for use with Advanced Armament Corp. sound suppressors. Courtesy of Nighthawk Custom® Installs in 1911 Autos with little to no fitting. DropIn model fits snug in most slides, accepts standard barrels with no reaming. Oversize model has smaller I.D. that can be fitted to exactly match the barrel. a b SPECS: .701" (17 .8mm) O.D. 4340 CM or 416 Stainless steel. DropIn: .580" (14.7mm) I.D. Oversize: .575" (14.6mm) I.D. STOCK # DROP-IN STOCK # OVERSIZE STEEL #584-579-434AG #584-571-434AG 4340 #584-579-416AG #584-571-416AG Stainless — Advise # — 1911 Auto Bushing 4H11B48 . . . . . . . .$ 15.49 NIGHTHAWK CUSTOM 1911 AUTO BARREL BUSHINGS Precise Fit Eliminates Play For Superb Accuracy Match grade bushings machined from the same premium-grade stainless steel as Nighthawk 1911 barrels for a precision fit that improves accuracy and provides years of reliable service. I.D. and O.D. are left slightly oversized to allow custom fitting to your barrel, further ensuring precise lockup and excellent accuracy. a b SPECS: 416 stainless steel. Govt Bushing – .829” long (21.1mm) long, .582” (14.8mm) I.D., .698” (17 .7mm) O.D. Commander Bushing – .515” (13.1mm) long, .582” I.D., .698” O.D. Gunsmith fitting required. #100-003-242AG Govt Barrel Bushing, 2B15Y98 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 21.99 #100-003-241AG Commander Barrel Bushing, 2B14Y36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17.95 The strongest, most accurately ground link pin available for building Match Grade 1911 Autos. Centerless ground, hardened steel pins accurately sized and sorted according to diameter for faster, easier selection. Oversized for additional strength, chamfered on both ends for solid, problem-free installation. For best installation results link pin hole should be reamed. a b SPECS: Steel, heat treated. .368" (9.3mm) long. .154" (3.9mm) or .156" (4mm) diameter. #080-816-154AG .154" Match Link Pin 8K06X72 . . . .$ 10.99 #080-816-156AG .156" Match Link Pin 8K05X86 . . . . . . 6.99 #080-816-654AG .154" Match Grade Link Pins, 6 each, 8K34X13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40.99 #080-816-656AG .156" Match Grade Link Pins, 6 each, 8K31X43 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.99 Items BARREL BUSHINGS EGW 1911 AUTO BARREL LINK KIT Stress-Proof Links To Fit Most Barrel/Frame Combinations Set of six, stress-proof, hardened chrome-moly steel barrel links helps correct most barrel-to-frame fit and feeding problems on 1911 autos. Includes the following link sizes (measured center-to-center from barrel link pin hole to slide stop hole): factory standard #3 (.278"), as well as #0 (-.015"), #1 (-.010"), #2 (-.005"), #4 (+.005"), and #5 (+.010"). #0 is for Accurail-equipped guns with rails that have been moved down. #1-#5 also available separately. b a SPECS: 4140 chrome-moly steel, heat treated to Rc 39-44, blued. #296-000-087AG Barrel Link Kit 6B20T00 . . . . . . . . .$ 25.00 296-000-166AG #1 1911 Auto Barrel Link 6B04V97 . . 5.99 296-000-167AG #2 1911 Auto Barrel Link 6B04V97 . . 5.99 296-000-168AG #3 1911 Auto Barrel Link 6B04V97 . . 5.99 296-000-169AG #4 1911 Auto Barrel Link 6B04V97 . . 5.99 296-000-170AG #5 1911 Auto Barrel Link 6B04V97 . . 5.99 E A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q M N #100-003-268AG NIGHTHAWK CUSTOM TOOL STEEL HAMMER See Page 104. #100-003-269AG NIGHTHAWK CUSTOM TOOL STEEL SEAR See Page 104. #100-003-262AG NIGHTHAWK CUSTOM GOVERNMENT MODEL PIN SET See Page 119. #100-001-356AG ALUMAGRIP SLIM LINE ALUMINUM GRIPS (w/custom Nighthawk logo) See Page 120. #100-003-267AG NIGHTHAWK CUSTOM 8-ROUND MAGAZINE See Page 111. #100-003-260AG NIGHTHAWK CUSTOM MAG CATCH LOCK & SPRING See Page 109. #100-003-271AG NIGHTHAWK CUSTOM SOLID SHOE TRIGGER (w/custom matte 2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=97http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=97Link WILSON COMBAT EGW 1911 AUTO ED BROWN 1911 AUTO Hardened Tool Steel For Increased Durability BARREL LINK Adjusts Lockup For Best Accuracy Long and short barrel links kit; select the one giving best lockup and functioning. Nominal Colt spec is .278" hole center-tocenter. b a SPECS: 416 stainless. Kit includes all 5. STOCK # C-to-C STOCK # C-to-C #965-142-268AG .268" (6.8mm) #965-142-283AG .283" (7.19mm) #965-142-273AG .273" (6.9mm) #965-142-288AG .288" (7.36mm) 965-142-278AG .278" (7.1mm) — Advise # — Wilson Barrel Link 5F04A99 . . . . . . .$ 5.99 #965-142-000AG Wilson Barrel Link Kit 5F22A83 . . . 26.95 SEVEN CHAMBER COMPENSATOR Seven, Full Ports Stop Recoil & Steady Your Red Dot Eliminates red dot bounce and recoil. Forward canted ports diminish powder fouling on scope. Available with integral cone or threaded for use with Hybrid Compensated Barrel Systems. b a SPECS: Steel, in-the-white. Hybrid-Style - 2.3" (5.8cm) long. Threaded .685"-40 tpi. Cone-Style - 31⁄4" (8.2cm) long, 926" (23mm) wide, 3.4 oz. (111g). Conversion Cone - Stainless steel 13⁄4" (4.4cm) long. .705" (18mm) diameter. Threaded .685"-40 tpi male, .575"-40 tpi female. Comps available in 9mm/.38 only. #296-114-100AG Cone-Style Compensator, 6B120A00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 150.00 #296-114-101AG Hybrid-Style Compnsator, 6B120A00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150.00 #296-114-000AG Conversion Cone 6B32A00 . . . . . . . . 40.00 SLIDE STOP HARRISON DESIGN & CONSULTING 1911 AUTO Made from extra-hard, tool steel that works great, without deforming. Gives positive, last-round engagement and tight, long-lasting lockup with custom barrels. a b SPECS: Steel, blued or stainless steel. Pin diameter .200" (5.08mm) +/- .0005". Fits 1911 Auto, .45 ACP only. 087-810-000AG Blue ACP Slide Stop 7H24Z99 . . . .$ 30.99 #087-810-100AG Stainless ACP Slide Stop 7H25Z46 . 31.83 EXTREME SERVICE SLIDE STOP Curved, Low-Profile Pad For Secure Purchase & Fast, Positive Operation CNC-machined to precise dimensions from high-grade steel forgings, these slide stops feature a smooth, low-profile thumb pad that won’t snag on holsters or clothing. Pad’s unique, curved geometry still ensures positive engagement under stress, with cold hands, or when wearing gloves. Excellent choice for a concealed-carry pistol. Separate models for .45 ACP and 9mm/.38 Super/.40 S&W/10mm pistols, both models available in blued carbon steel or stainless. SPECS: 4340 carbon steel, blued, or 410 stainless steel, natural finish. .200" diameter pin. #100-005-833AG .45 Slide Stop, Blued, 9B43T03 . . . .$ 51.99 #100-005-834AG .45 Slide Stop, SS, 9B43T03 . . . . . . . . 51.99 #100-005-835AG 9mm/.38/.40 Slide Stop, Blued, 9B43T03 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51.99 #100-005-836AG 9mm/.38/.40 Slide Stop, SS, 9B43T03 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51.99 1911 AUTO ED BROWN 1911 AUTO HARDCORE® SLIDE STOP Maximum Dimensions For Maximum Reliability Pin is machined to maximum dimensions for a tighter lockup and increased accuracy. Oversize lip gives positive, last round engagement. Fits all .45 ACP 1911 Autos, including highcapacity. Specially heat-treated steel gives unlimited service; includes Ed’s LIFETIME GUARANTEE. a b SPECS: Steel, blue or stainless steel, silver finish. Pin diameter .200" (5.08mm) +/- .0005". #087-815-001AG Blue Hardcore Slide Stop, 7H29Z71 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 37.15 #087-815-101AG Stainless Steel Hardcore Slide Stop, 7H30Z56 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38.20 Models BEDELL CUSTOM 1911 AUTO PROGRESSIVE 7-PORT COMP More Efficient Recoil Reduction & No More Scope Hazing Progressive 7-port design virtually eliminates muzzle flip. Each top port decreases in size gradually, offering balanced pressure release, and is angled 7˚ forward to eliminate scope lens hazing. Plenty of room for a relief cut on the bottom to allow a government-length guide rod and reverse plug on command2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=98http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=98A 1911 AUTO K J I H WILSON COMBAT 1911 AUTO ED BROWN 1911 AUTO BULLET PROOF SLIDE STOP ® PLUNGER TUBE Direct Replacement For The Factory Tube High-quality, machined from Barstock, plunger tube that fits just like the factory part, but the studs are slightly over-length for a positive crimp. a b SPECS: Steel, blued, or stainless steel, matte finish. 087-821-000AG Blue Plunger Tube 7H12A88 . . . . . .$ 15.99 #087-821-100AG SS Plunger Tube 7H13A56. . . . . . . . . 16.95 B Reinforced In Critical Areas For Improved Function & Durability Fully-machined from bar stock, then heat treated and hardened for fail-proof durability. Radiused corners won’t catch on holsters or clothing. Thumb pad extends slightly at a 90° angle for increased leverage and faster, more positive engagement. Maximum-diameter pin increases barrel lockup. a b SPECS: Steel, blue or stainless steel (SS), matte finish. Models for .45 ACP or .38 Super/9mm. #965-414-000AG Blue Bullet Proof Slide Stop, .45 ACP, 5F52Y24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 59.95 #965-000-010AG SS Bullet Proof Slide Stop, .45 ACP, 5F53A98 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61.95 #965-000-028AG Blue Bullet Proof Slide Stop, .38S/9mm, 5F48A67 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59.95 #965-000-039AG SS Bullet Proof Slide Stop, .38S/9mm, 5F53Y98 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61.95 MICHIGUNS 1911 AUTO HEAVY DUTY PLUNGER TUBE Thick Walls & Extra Mounting Stakes To Protect Plunger From Damage Or Misalignment Replacement for factory plunger tube is designed to stand up to the harshest operating environments to ensure unhindered plunger function critical for reliable, positive operation of the thumb safety and correct retention of slide stop. Precision machined from solid steel barstock, with extra-thick walls for added strength, with two additional staking studs to ensure a rock-solid attachment to the frame that won’t work loose under the most extreme combat or competition conditions. Smooth internal finish and exacting tolerances help guarantee reliable operation of both plungers without snagging or grittiness. Rounded exterior and radiused edges won’t snag on clothing or holster—perfect for carry, combat, or competition. Easy to install using the Installation Jig available separately. a b SPECS: Steel, blued, matte finish. #100-003-822AG Heavy Duty Plunger Tube, 3Z35C48 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 40.99 INSTALLATION JIG - Use to install the Michiguns Heavy Duty Plunger. Includes drilling guide that fits into existing plunger tube holes on frame, high-speed steel drill for properly drilling additional holes, and a tube guard that lets you install your Michiguns plunger tube without risk of crushing or deforming it when staking it to the frame. SPECS: Steel and aluminum. Includes drill guide, 2 roll pins, drill bit, and plunger tube guard. #100-003-823AG Installation Jig 3Z19C95 . . . . . . . . .$ 24.95 C D SLIDE STOPS Wilson Combat Centennial .45 ACP Courtesy of Wilson Combat® E L P O WILSON COMBAT 1911 AUTO EXTENDED SLIDE RELEASE Easy-To-Reach, To Speed Magazine Changes Wider and longer than the factory lever so the shooter can keep his eyes on the target during magazine changes. Reduces recovery time greatly. Deeply grooved for no-slip grip. a b SPECS: 11⁄8" (2.8cm) long x 3⁄16" (4.8mm) wide contact area. Matte finish. #965-601-045AG Blue Ext. Slide Release, 5F27X84 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 32.95 #965-601-145AG SS Ext. Slide Release, 5F29X63 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.99 F A B C PLUNGER TUBES G M N #965-000-030AG WILSON COMBAT BULLET PROOF® SS EXTRACTOR See Page 97 . #965-337-002AG WILSON COMBAT BULLET PROOF® HAMMER See Page 104. #965-000-068AG WILSON COMBAT BULLET PROOF® GRIP SAFETY See Page 100. #965-351-102AG WILSON COMBAT CHECKERED COCOBOLO GRIPS See Page 123. #965-313-004AG WILSON COMBAT HEX HEAD GRIP SCREWS See Page 124. #965-011-170AG WILSON 2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=99http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=99STI 1911 AUTO ED BROWN 1911 AUTO MILLENNIUM CUSTOM 1911 AUTO WILSON COMBAT 1911 AUTO A1 PLUNGER TUBE Precise Internal Dimensions For Smooth Plunger Movement Standard 1911A1-style plunger tube of high-grade 4140 carbon steel has a precision drilled tunnel with polished internal finish for smooth spring operation and plunger movement. Generous staking studs ensure a secure installation that won’t work loose. Hard, black oxide finish adds strength, surface wear resistance, and corrosion protection. a b SPECS: 4140 steel, matte black oxide finish. Fits Colt 1911A1 and clones. #791-000-084AG A1 Plunger Tube 1G09X24 . . . . . . . .$ 10.99 HARDCORE EXTRACTOR ® ADVANCED COMPETITION EXTRACTOR BULLET PROOF® EXTRACTOR 1911 AUTO Extra-Tough, Machined From Solid Bar Stock Harder, Stronger For Longer Life Pre-fitted shape helps eliminate feeding problems before they start. Made from premium-grade carbon steel and specially heat treated for longer service life and peak performance. Includes Ed’s LIFETIME GUARANTEE. a b SPECS: 4340 tool steel, blue. Approximately 211⁄16" (6.8cm) long. Fits .45 ACP only, Series 80 (S80) or Series 70 (S70). #087-813-080AG S80 Hard Core Extractor, 7H24A79. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 30.99 #087-813-070AG S70 Hard Core Extractor 7H23A96 . 29.99 Dual Coil Springs End Extractor Failure No-fail extractor operates with long-lasting coil springs for increased service life; provides enhanced, reliable performance for self-defense and competition. Machined from super strong, alloy steel; specially hardened and heat treated to last indefinitely. Installs easily in Series 70 1911 Autos without slide modifications. a b SPECS: Steel, in-the-white, heat treated. Includes two sets of springs, complete instructions. NOTE on 9mm: If your slide has a true, 9mm breech face (like the SVI interchangeable, some Caspians and Nowlins, order extractor #466-001-038. If your 9mm is built on a .38 Super Slide (most are) order extractor #466-001-009, STOCK # FITS PRICE #466-001-009AG 9x19, 9x21, 9x23, .38S Comp 5A66H55 $ 82.99 #466-001-038AG .38 Super 5A61H95 $ 76.95 #466-001-040AG .40 S&W/10mm 5A61H95 $ 76.95 #466-001-045AG .45 ACP 5A61H95 $ 76.95 EXTRACTOR REPLACEMENT SPRINGS & CAP - Steel springs replace worn springs in your Millenium Custom Advanced Competition Extractor. Steel cap replaces worn or damaged cap for restored performance. Springs available in 4-paks, caps sold each. SPECS: Steel springs. Steel cap. Works with Millennium Custom Advanced Competition Extractor only. #466-000-001AG Extractor Springs for 9x19-.40, 4-pak, 5A04H00. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 5.95 #466-000-002AG Extractor Springs for .45, 4-pak, 5A04H00. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.95 #466-000-003AG Extractor Spring Cap, each, 5A16H00. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.00 WILSON COMBAT 1911 AUTO PLUNGER TUBE Rugged Bar Stock For Long Life Fully machined plunger tube milled to exact specifications for a perfect fit. Smooth, internal finish for proper spring action without binding. a b SPECS: Steel. Blue or Stainless steel matte finish. #965-000-026AG Plunger Tube, Blue 5F15Y64 . . . . . . $ 17.95 #965-000-027AG Plunger Tube, Stainless 5F16T06 . . . 18.95 ED BROWN MATCH EXTRACTOR Machined, not cast, from solid, Bullet Proof, barstock for durability and abrasion resistance that will last for thousands and thousands of rounds. Radiused corners on the hook help ensure extended life and reliable feeding. a b SPECS: Steel, blue, matte finish. Approximately 211⁄16" (6.8cm) long. .45 ACP only. #965-415-070AG Series 70 Bullet Proof Extractor, 5F26X70 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 31.99 #965-415-080AG Series 80 Bullet Proof Extractor, 5F26X20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.95 BULLET PROOF® STAINLESS STEEL EXTRACTOR - Supertough extractor milled from bar stock to maintain proper tension, properly extract shells, and withstand constant shock a2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=100http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=100EGW 1911 AUTO AMERICAN SHOOTING CENTER 1911 AUTO EGW 1911 AUTO LES BAER CUSTOM 1911 AUTO EXTENDED EJECTOR Oversized At Both Ends For Precise Fitting SWENSON THUMB SHIELD SAFETY Extra-High Shield Prevents Thumb-To-Slide Contact Ambidextrous thumb safety with extra-high shield ensures a safe “high thumb” position. Prevents even the slightest thumb-to-slide contact for more consistent cycling and less chance of jams. Large, oversized thumb contact area is comfortably curved to match the natural shape of the thumb; provides increased leverage for better recoil control. a b SPECS: Stainless steel. Serrated contact pad .950" (24mm) long x .315" (8mm) wide. Fits 1911 Auto only, gunsmith fitting required. #136-102-002AG Ambi Thumb Shield Safety, 6C74U26. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 91.99 HEAVY DUTY THUMB SAFETY Oversized Thumb Pad For Fast, Positive Contact Extended thumb safety is precision machined from solid steel barstock using a state-of-the-art, fouraxis CNC cutting station to ensure outstanding strength and duarability. The deeply grooved, oversized pad is ergonomically shaped to ensure natural, comfortable thumb contact and provide maximum leverage for quick, positive safety engagement and disengagement under stressful conditions. Edges are beveled or rounded to prevent abrading of the finger or snagging on clothing during the draw from concealment. a b SPECS: Carbon steel, blued, or stainless steel (SS), natural silver, matte finish. Contact pad 1" (2.5cm) long, ¼" (6.4mm) wide. Gunsmith fitting may be required. #296-000-129AG HD Thumb Safety, Blued 6B48Y00 .$ 59.99 #296-000-130AG HD Thumb Safety, SS 6B51Y65 . . . . . 60.95 AMBIDEXTROUS SAFETY Designed To Clear Thumb Guards & Scope Mounts Left-side thumb pad sets slightly out from the frame to move your thumb away from most popular thumb guards and scope mounts. Large, gracefully-contoured shape with serrated top surface provides an easy-to-reach support for shooters that use a high-thumb hold. Thinner, right-side thumb pad gives true, ambidextrous operation and is less likely to snag. a b SPECS: Steel. Blue, matte finish or stainless steel (SS) polished finish. Contact Areas: Left Side - .960" (24mm) long x .400" (10mm) wide. Right Side - .960" long x .150" (3.8mm) wide. #124-111-001AG Blue Ambi Safety 4B49P35 . . . . . . .$ 61.65 #124-111-101AG SS Ambi Safety 4B49P35 . . . . . . . . . . 61.65 1911 AUTO Hardened, competition-grade ejector is left long at both ends so you can custom fit it to your gun. Extra long at the front, so you can cut, fit, and contour the nose to achieve the precise ejection angle and eliminate ejection-related failures. Additional metal at the rear can be ground off flush with the slide after barrel fitting, so there’s no unsightly gap between the ejector and the slide. Gunsmith fitting required. a b SPECS: Carbon steel, blued. Hardened to Rc 40-42. Fits 1911 Auto, standard and high-capacity frames. #296-100-038AG 9mm/.38S Ext. Ejector 6B19T20 . . .$ 25.20 #296-100-045AG .45 ACP Extended Ejector, 6B19T20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.20 HEAVY DUTY EJECTOR - Precision machined from solid carbon steel barstock, with plenty of extra metal for exceptional strength and precise fitting. Extra width and extra-long posts mean this ejector won’t budge under the pounding of thousands of rounds in hard competition and tactical operations. Longer at the front and rear, just like EGW’s standard extended ejectors, to allow custom-fitting to your gun. Gunsmith fitting required. SPECS: Steel, heat-treated, blued. Fits .45 ACP 1911 Auto, standard and high-capacity frames. #296-000-134AG .45 ACP HD Ejector 6B19Y20 . . . . .$ 23.99 CASPIAN 1911 AUTO EXTENDED THUMB SAFETIES Long Pads For Positive Thumb Contact; Single & Ambi Models Extended thumb paddle provides a large contact surface for fast, positive safety operation under stress. Beveled edges won’t abrade the finger, snag the holster on the draw, or grab clothing durin2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=101http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=101NIGHTHAWK CUSTOM 1911 AUTO Style EXTENDED THUMB SAFETY Generous Thumb Pad For Easy Engagement; Blended, No-Snag Contours Extended, single-side safety lever has a curved, serrated thumb pad with plenty of surface area that ensures fast, positive operation. Pad is positioned to provide maximum leverage, even for the shooter who prefers a high-thumb hold, and it can be reshaped to a custom contour by a gunsmith. All edges are beveled or rounded to eliminate sharp spots that could snag on clothing or other gear—excellent for concealed carry, tactical, or competition guns. The side plate is thicker at the front to prevent the safety lock plunger from riding over it, and tapers toward the rear to reduce bulk. Finished in Nighthawk’s proprietary ceramic-based, self-lubricating Perma Kote™ finish that has been tested to stay rust-free even after 5,000 hours in a salt spray. a b SPECS: Steel, matte black finish. Contact pad 7⁄32" (5.6mm) wide, 15⁄ 16" (2.38cm) long. Some fitting required. #100-003-240AG Extended Thumb Safety, 2B27P96 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 34.95 WILSON COMBAT 1911 AUTO LES BAER CUSTOM 1911 AUTO SMITH & ALEXANDER EXTENDED THUMB SAFETY Wide Or Narrow For Fast, Positive Disengagement Single side design with serrated surface provides fast, positive operWide ation and a comfortable thumb position with minimal bulk for easier carry. Wide - Extra large, full-length thumb pad can be used full size for Tactical maximum thumb engagement or custom contoured to meet special requirements. Tactical - Shorter, slimmer thumb pad won’t snag on holster or clothing; helps prevent Low Lever accidental disengagement during the draw. Minimum size; best for concealed carry or tactical use. Minimum size is ideal for concealed carry. Bullet Proof® (BP) models are precision machined from billet steel for installations where only the BP Ambi best in fit, finish, strength, and durability will do. Available with traditional left-side only thumb pad or ambidextrous pads for maximum tactical efficiency. Low Lever – Slim, Tactical-style pad is positioned low for faster b thumb contact and rapid, short-throw disengagement. a SPECS: Steel, blued or stainless, matte or polished finish. Pin diameter is .002" oversize; fitting required. Pad Size: Wide - 1" (2.5cm) long, 3⁄16" (4.8mm) wide. Tactical - .750" (19mm) long, 1⁄8" (3.1mm) wide. Bullet Proof (BP) - .750" long x .230" (5.8mm) wide. Low Lever - 7⁄8" (2.2cm) long, 5⁄32" (4mm) wide. STOCK # STYLE FINISH PRICE #965-600-006AG Wide Matte Blue 5F26Z98 $ 31.95 #965-600-106AG Wide Matte SS 5F27Z84 $ 33.95 #965-600-007AG Tactical Matte Blue 5F27Z45 $ 31.99 #965-600-107AG Tactical Matte SS 5F27Z84 $ 33.95 #965-000-053AG BP Tactical Polished Blue 5F48A76 $ 57.99 965-000-057AG BP Ambi Polished Blue 5F117A00 $ 139.99 965-000-058AG BP Ambi Matte SS 5F135A42 $ 159.99 #965-000-054AG BP Low Lever Polished Blue 5F62A22 $ 73.99 BEAVERTAIL GRIP SAFETY Lowers the Pistol In Your Hand; Contact Pad Assures Engagement Lowers the pistol deeper into your hand for less felt recoil and more comfortable, more accurate shooting. Raised contact pad increases engagement and helps ensure proper safety operation for shooters that use a high-thumb hold. a b SPECS: Steel, blue or stainless steel, matte finish. Fits Series 70; modify to fit Series 80. .250" (6.3mm) radius, requires alteration of frame. #124-152-100AG Blue Grip Safety 4B33P35 . . . . . . . .$ 41.65 #124-152-101AG Stainless Grip Safety 4B33P35 . . . . . 41.65 HIGH GRIP SAFETY .220" Radius Fits Springfield Armory Frame Contour .220" radius eliminates the unsightly gap at the top edge of the frame tangs on Springfield Armory guns. Raised palmswell gives positive release with any style grip. Curved shape lets the pistol set lower in your hand for better recoil control. Extra width and a long trigger block arm help you get a precise, custom-looking fit. a b SPECS: Steel, matte Blue or stainless steel (SS) finish. .886" (22mm) from rear of hole to 2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=102http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=102WILSON COMBAT 1911 AUTO BRILEY 1911 AUTO DROP-IN BEAVERTAIL GRIP SAFETY 1911 AUTO High Ride Comfort For Colts, Without Frame Cutting Install the comfort and convenience of a high ride beavertail safety on your Colt 1911 Auto without cutting or altering the frame. Deeply curved shape lets the pistol sink farther into the web of your hand for improved recoil control and shooting comfort. Raised pad at the base ensures positive safety engagement even with a high-thumb hold. Wide beavertail eliminates painful hammer bite. All models must be used with Commanderstyle or bobbed hammers only. Minor fitting of trigger engagement area may be required for proper operation. b a SPECS: CM steel, blue or stainless steel, matte finish. Fits Colt Series 70 and 80 1911 Auto only. Commander also fits Officers ACP . STK # GOVT. STK # COMM. FINISH PRICE #965-429-100AG #965-429-110AG Blue 5F31X33 $ 35.95 #965-429-101AG #965-429-111AG SS 5F32C03 $ 37.95 REVERSE PLUG Contains The Recoil Spring On Cone Comp & Bull Barrel Guns MORE REVERSE PLUGS Flange COMINOLLI 1911 AUTO Support plugs fill in the empty space under the muzzle on bull barrel installations. Provides support and gives a clean, finished look to the front of the slide. Standard plug retains the recoil spring and guide rod on guns using cone comps or tapered sleeve bushings. a b SPECS: 17-4 Stainless steel. #129-105-001AG Govt. Support Plug 9B21C42 . . . . .$ 26.78 #129-105-002AG Comm. Support Plug 9B21C42 . . . . . 26.78 #129-105-003AG Off ACP Support Plug 9B21C42 . . . . 26.78 #129-105-103AG Comm. Standard Plug 9B21H42. . . . 26.78 ACCU-LOCK - “Eared” band design fills the unsightly holes around barrel when fitting a bull barrel or cone bushing. Oversized band allows precise fitting to your slide for increased barrel Collar support. Flange plug retrofits existing slides with cone-style bushings. Collar plug fits STI/SVI slides. SPECS: GM: Steel, in-the-white. 1.7" (43.2mm) long, .50" (12.7mm) diameter. #448-191-100AG GM Collar Plug 8D24C00 . . . . . . . . .$ 29.95 #448-191-101AG GM Flange Plug 8D24C00 . . . . . . . . . 29.95 EGW COLLAR REVERSE PLUG & REAMER - Reverse Plugs include integral collar. Piloted Reamer cuts the spring guide tunnel to proper depth and diameter. a b SPECS: Reverse Plugs - 1018 machined steel. 1.70" (4.3cm) long ½" (12.7mm) dia. body, .530" (13.5mm) dia. collar. All reverse plugs will require fitting. Long Plug - fits Govt. slides. Short Plug - face back for shortened Govt. or Commander slides. Reamer - Tool Steel (TS) or Carbide blades. 8" (20cm) long, 7⁄16" (11.1mm) dia. shank. #296-108-102AG Long Reverse Plug 6B13H00. . . . . .$ 16.00 #296-108-101AG Short Reverse Plug 6B13H00 . . . . . . 16.00 #296-108-100AG Tool Steel Reverse Plug Reamer, 6B00AVB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53.35 #296-108-200AG Carbide Reverse Plug Reamer, 6B00HDZ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80.00 STI REVERSE PLUGS - For slides with tapered bushings, bull barrels and cone-comps. 5" fits standard Govt. slides. 6" fits long slides, uses standard 5" recoil springs. a b SPECS: 4140 steel, in-the-white. 5" - 1.7" (4.3cm) long. 6" - 2.7" (6.9cm) long. Requires full-length guide rod, machining of slide. #791-000-005AG 5" Reverse Plug 1G05A50 . . . . . . . . . .$ 6.88 #791-000-006AG 6" Reverse Plug 1G07A81 . . . . . . . . . . . 9.77 TUNGSTEN GUIDE ROD Heavyweight Rod Fights Recoil; Drop-In Installation Adds over three ounces of recoil-killing weight directly beneath the barrel for improved muzzle control and a faster follow-up shot. Machined tungsten rod includes cushioned “Frame Saver” rod head that helps prevent frame damage. One-piece rod fits all Govt. length slides with 5" barrels without modification. a b SPECS: Tungsten, silver finish. 3.2 oz. (92 g) wt. Includes extra Frame Saver cushions. #213-103-100AG Tungsten Guide Rod 3A65Y88 . . . .$ 86.99 TUNGSTEN GUIDE ROD PLUGS - Put additional weight right where you need it to diminish recoil by simply repla2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=103http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=103EFK FIRE DRAGON 1911 AUTO GUN RUNNERS 1911 AUTO SPRINCO 1911 AUTO STI 1911 AUTO DUAL ACTION BUFFER SPRING SYSTEM Softens Felt Recoil, Tames Muzzle Rise & Reduces Frame Wear Dual action, captive-spring system cushions the recoil impulse to reduce gun wear and tame muzzle jump for fast followup shots and accurate shot placement. Full-length, stainless steel guide rod fully supports the recoil spring through the entire compression/expansion cycle to provide smoother cycling and improved function. A second, fully enclosed spring in the guide rod acts like a car shock absorber to slow slide velocity and reduce frame impact. Prolongs the life of frame and slide without compromising reliability. Available with recoil springs calibrated for Government model in .45 ACP, .38 Super/9mm, and .40 S&W/10mm. Easy, drop-in installation requires no alterations to gun. SPECS: 416 stainless steel, natural matte finish. Fits full-size Government model with 5” barrel and clones. Instructions included. #503-000-013AG Dual Action Buffer Spring, .40 S&W/10mm 3K51Y47. . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 64.99 #503-000-012AG Dual Action Buffer Spring, .45 ACP, 3K50Y84 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64.99 #503-000-014AG Dual Action Buffer Spring, .38 Super/9mm, 3K50Y84 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64.99 RECOIL SPRING GUIDE Factory-Style Replacement For Repair, Restoration Or Building New Machined from tough, solid barstock to factory configuration. Heat treated, one-piece design resists recoil battering. a b SPECS: Steel, blue, matte finish or parkerized, matte gray finish. 13⁄4" (4.4cm) long. #634-000-006AG Blue Recoil Sprg Guide 4C10D31 .$ 12.99 #634-000-007AG Parkerized Spring Guide 4C10D31 . 12.99 RECOIL MANAGEMENT SYSTEM ONE-PIECE GUIDE ROD 1911 AUTO Reduces Felt Recoil, Muzzle Climb & Frame Damage Drop-in sytem provides significant reduction in felt recoil and grip fatigue. Plus, it keeps the gun “flat” so your sights stay on target to help you shoot faster. Bright polished, stainless steel guide rod fitted with a chrome silicon, secondary spring that reduces slide-to-frame impact with no loss of reliable cycling. Softens the recoil impulse by gradually slowing the slide to prevent frame battering; helps extend your pistol’s service life. Drop-in installation requires no modifications to your pistol. a b SPECS: 17-4 stainless steel (SS), heat treated to Rc 38-42. Polished finish.Select Bushing Plug (BP) or Reverse Plug (RP). Includes instructions. STOCK # FITS PRICE #943-100-011AG 1911 Govt/5” clones, SS, BP 3D67T70 $ 89.99 #943-100-003AG 1911 Govt/5” clones, light loads 9mm, .38S, .45 wad, SS, BP 3D67T46 $ 89.99 #943-000-002AG 1911 Govt/5" clones, heavy loads, (+P+) .40-.45 Super, .460 Rowland, SS, BP 3D71Z21 $ 94.99 #943-000-005AG 1911 “short” (CMP ball match legal) SS, BP 3D59Z95 $ 79.94 #943-100-012AG Commander and 4.25" clones, SS, BP 3D67T46 $ 89.99 #943-000-008AG Delta Elite 10mm, SS, BP 3D71Y22 $ 94.99 #943-100-001AG 1911/SVI Limited, SS, RP 3D71T21 $ 94.99 #943-100-002AG 1911/SVI Open Gun, SS, RP 3D71T21 $ 94.99 #943-000-009AG Kimber 4" Pro Carry & Compact, SS, RP 3D67Y46 $ 89.99 Improves Function; Relieves Spring Bind One-piece, solid steel rod improves function and reliability of competition and carry guns. Helps prevent recoil spring bind for improved feeding and extraction. Hollow Spring Tube requires no slide modification to install a one-piece guide rod in bushingequipped guns. a b SPECS: 4140 steel, blue finish. Guide Rod - 5.1" (12.9cm) long. 1.6 oz., (45 g). Fits 1911 Govt or 5" models. Does not include Hollow Spring Tube. Hollow Spring Tube - Steel, blue (BL) finish. 1.095" (27 .8mm) long. #791-110-001AG Steel Guide Rod 1G13H13 . . . . . . . .$ 16.41 #791-000-011AG BL Steel Hollow Spring Tube, 1G07A65 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.56 NIGHTHAWK CUSTOM 1911 AUTO FULL-LENGTH GUIDE ROD WITH PLUG Robust, One-Piece Rod Prevents Recoil Spring Bind High-quality one-piece guide rod with matching, corr2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=104http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=104WILSON COMBAT 1911 AUTO BUFFER TECHNOLOGIES 1911 AUTO BLUE FORCE GEAR 1911 AUTO CYLINDER & SLIDE 1911 AUTO “GROUP GRIPPER” GUIDE ROD & PLUG 1911 AUTO RECOIL BUFFER ™ VICKERS IGNITION COMPONENTS High-Grade, Precision-Fit Parts For An Ultra-Smooth Trigger Pull & Crisp Letoff H i g h - p e r f o rmance ignition parts deliver an ultra-smooth trigger pull and a crisp, clean letoff without sacrificing reliability. Larry Vickers, noted American Pistolsmiths Guild member and retired 20-year veteran of the U.S. Army Special Forces, designed each component with improved geometry to provide a precise, reliable trigger job with minimal fitting. All parts are wire-EDM cut to exacting tolerances from hardened tool steel, with hand-polished sear engagement hooks, precisionmilled pin holes, beveled no-snag edges, and a mirror polished surface for ultra-smooth operation. Available as complete kits with either classic Commander-type ring hammer or slotted style with a large, elongated relief hole, plus Larry’s Tactical Sear and Disconnector. Hammers, sear, and disconnector also available separately. a b SPECS: Hardened tool steel, in-the-white. Some fitting required. Gunsmith installation recommended. #100-004-351AG Classic Hammer/Sear/Disconnector Kit, 7A00YTP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 149.99 #100-004-366AG Slotted Hammer/Sear/Disconnector Kit, 7A00VBX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159.99 #100-004-364AG Classic Commander Hammer, only, 7A89V99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115.99 #100-004-586AG Slotted Hammer, only, 7A00HDZ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94.99 #100-004-367AG Tactical Sear, only, 7A37H99. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51.99 #100-004-362AG Tactical Disconnector, only, 7A24V99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.99 1911 AUTO TRIGGER PULL KIT Match Quality Trigger Pull In A Drop-In Kit Kits are tested on a Series 70-style frame to make certain they will produce the specified pull weight with little or no fitting. Parts are wire EDM cut from bar stock, honed and polished, then heat treated for years of service life. All profiles and through-holes are mechanically correct to function without hand fitting. Sear nose has correct relief angle, sear spring is narrowed to reduce pull weight. Each kit contains a hammer, sear, disconnector, sear spring and hammer spring. Professional kit has 5 lb. of pull weight and is designed for military and police shooters. Gives complete trigger control in high-stress situations. a b SPECS: Billet alloy steel, in-the-white. Hammer, Rc 50–54, .5 oz. (14.1 g) weight. Sear .2 oz. (5.6 g) weight. Disconnector .2 oz. (5.6g) weight. 23 lb. hammer spring, tactical sear spring included. #206-000-019AG Professional 5 lb. Trigger Kit, 6K126B00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 157.50 Softens Felt Recoil, Stops Frame Battering Polyurethane spacer fits on the recoil spring guide to cushion slide impact against the frame. Gently slows the slide; helps prevent the constant frame battering that causes premature wear or cracking. Extends the service life of competition and carry pistols. Softens felt recoil, reduces muzzle rise for faster followup shots. Change every 1000 rounds for best results. SPECS: Polyurethane, gray. 1 per pack. 1911 Auto, polyurethane, yellow. 8 per pack. #071-000-005AG 1911 Auto Recoil Buffer 1G06X97 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 9.95 Easy, Drop-In Kit Squeezes Maximum Accuracy From Standard Barrels Exclusive Dwyer “Group Gripper” acts like an instant accurizing job for standard or factory barreled guns. Full-length guide rod with heavy, internal spring forces barrel top lugs upward into the slide. Gives maximum lug engagement, positive lockup and far more consistent shot-to-shot repeatablility. a b SPECS: Stainless steel. Kit includes two-piece, full-length guide rod, guide plug, barrel link and instructions. Available for Govt./Gold Cup (G/2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=105http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=105CYLINDER & SLIDE 1911 AUTO CYLINDER & SLIDE NOWLIN MFG. EMC 1911 AUTO Precision-Machined, Hardened Steel For Durability; Gives Pistol A Distinctive Look TRIGGER PULL KIT Tactical Match Ultra Light Ultra Light Speed II ULTRA LITE, ULTRA MATCH & SUPER MATCH COMPONENTS Premium-Quality Parts To Produce A Long-Wearing, Match-Quality Trigger Pull Super Match Ultra Lite DROP-IN TRIGGER JOB A Professional 31⁄2 Lb. Trigger Pull Without The Work Ready-to-drop-in parts put an ultra-smooth, clean breaking, professional quality trigger job in Commander your 1911 Auto in only minutes. Fully prepared hammer and preground, pre-polished sear, plus springs and fully-machined disconnector, will install into most models of 1911 Autos with little or no fitting required. Helps proSpeed Demon Pro Match mote better trigger control and improved accuracy. Pro Match & Commander Match - feature wire EDM’d hammer and sear that are double heat treated, then finish ground for outstanding durability. 31⁄2 lb pull weight. These will exceed the demands of all styles of competitive shooting. Speed Demon Match - Ultra lightweight hammer quickens lock time for the fastest possible follow-up shot. Features wire EDM’d hammer and special spring weights. b 31⁄2 lb. pull weight. a SPECS: Kit includes hammer, sear, sear spring, mainspring and disconnect. Pro Match - S-7 tool steel hammer, polished sides, Rc 50. Speed Demon & Commander Match - 420 XL stainless tool steel hammer, polished sides, Rc 50. #654-012-110AG Pro Match Trigger Job, 4E127Y53 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 154.95 #654-012-111AG Commander Match Trigger Job, 4E124Y24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149.95 #654-012-112AG Speed Demon Trigger Job, 4E132Y53 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159.95 HAMMERS 1911 AUTO Super Match Tactical II Warp Speed Duty/Carry Match Quality Trigger Pull In A Drop-In Kit Each kit is tested on a Series 70-style frame to make certain it will produce the specified pull weight with little or no fitting. Parts are wire EDM cut from bar stock, honed and polished, then heat treated for years of service life. All profiles and throughholes are mechanically correct to function without hand fitting. Sear nose has correct relief angle, sear spring is narrowed to reduce pull weight. Exposed hammer edges on Ultra-Light, Super Match and Tactical II are chamfered to minimize slide drag and clothing wear. Each kit contains a hammer, sear, disconnector, sear spring and hammer spring. ULTRA LIGHT KIT - 3.5 lb. pull weight. Ultra light, skeletonized, hammer; relieved to prevent frame rub. Ultra light match sear and disconnector. Lightened sear spring, 18 lb. hammer spring. ULTRA LIGHT SPEED II KIT - 3 lb. pull weight. Low-profile, skeletonized hammer relieved to prevent frame rub; ultra-light weight cuts lock time to a minimum. Deep, crisp serrations ensure secure thumb contact for fast, positive cocking. Properly matched spring weights give the specified pull weight and ensure positive ignition. SUPER MATCH KIT - 3.5 lb. pull weight. Ultra match, lightened hammer. Relieved to prevent frame rub. Ultra light match sear and disconnector. Light pull sear spring, 18 lb. hammer spring. TACTICAL II KIT - 4 lb. pull weight. Tactical II hammer with relieved sides, ultra match sear and disconnector, light sear spring, 18 lb. hammer spring. TACTICAL MATCH KIT - 4.5 lb. pull weight. Tactical hammer, sear, disconnector, light pull sear spring, 18 lb. hammer spring. Great for carry guns. WARP SPEED KIT - 3 lb. pull weight. Very low mass hammer, relieved to prevent frame rub. Low mass sear and disconnector, 18 lb. hammer spring, light pull sear spring. DUTY/CARRY KIT - 4½ lb. pull weight for duty or carry pistols. Comes with classic, military-style spur hammer, for those who prefer that style or are required to have it on duty weapons. Includes sear, disconnector, 23 lb. hammer spring, and sear spring. PROFESSIONAL KIT - 5 lb. of pull weight and is designed for 2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=106http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=106INFINITY 1911 AUTO NOWLIN MFG. 1911 AUTO 201-Pro 201CS XCELERATOR HAMMER 1911 AUTO Lightweight Design; Hard Tool Steel For Long Lasting Performance Skeletonized profile removes excess weight; gives faster lock times and improved accuracy. EDM-cut from cryo-treated S7 tool steel for a lasting edge. Narrowed body prevents slide drag; smoothes function. Half cock notch is narrowed to prevent sear damage. Square cut and polished hooks require just light, final stoning to produce a first class trigger pull. Three popular styles for competition and carry guns. a b SPECS: Machined S7 tool steel, cryo-treated, hardened to Rc 5456. Available in - Commander (Comm), Square (SQ), Spur. Polished blue. Gunsmith installation recommended. #823-102-105AG Commander Hammer 3B62X12 . . . $ 77.65 #823-102-106AG Square Hammer 3B62X12 . . . . . . . . . 77.65 #823-102-107AG Spur Hammer 3B62X12 . . . . . . . . . . . 77.65 EDM SEAR - Precision, EDM-cut from ultra-hard, A6 tool steel that holds those finely-honed edges longer for a trigger job that lasts. SPECS: S-7 tool steel, in-the-white. #823-103-106AG EDM Sear 3B32X11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 40.13 HAMMER WILSON COMBAT 1911 AUTO ED BROWN 1911 AUTO Three Grades To Satisfy All Types Of Shooters VALUE LINE HAMMER & SEAR Reliable Performance; Affordable Price Ready to install, fully finished parts give a crisp, clean trigger pull. All engagement surfaces are correctly ground for positive hammer/sear engagement. Hammer has low-mass oval cut spur that reduces lock time. Narrowed sides improve function by reducing drag. Sear primary angle is cut; just polish it and stone the relief angle for a super clean breaking trigger. a b SPECS: MIM 4340 steel, Rc 47-52. Matte black finish. #965-314-110AG Value Hammer 5F23Y45 . . . . . . . . . .$ 29.95 #965-314-100AG Value Sear 5F13Y51 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.99 MATCH SEAR Extra-Hard For Long-Wear Life, Clean Break Precision finished from 4340 alloy that will stone sharper and wear longer. Correct geometry assures positive sear/hammer engagement and helps prevent dangerous sear bounce and hammer follow. Made to maximum 1911 Government Model specs for long life and durability. a b SPECS: Steel, hardened and heat treated. #087-812-000AG Brown Match Sear 7H19Z96 . . . . . .$ 21.20 Fully prepped and ready to install. Fully-cut hooks and pre-ground engagement surfaces don’t require additional work. 201 Pro - Wire EDM’d then machined from tool steel to provide long life for competition use. Lightweight, cutaway loop. 201 CS - Traditional, Commander -style loop. EDM’d and fully CNC machined. a b SPECS: 201 Pro - S7 tool steel, matte finish. 201CS - 420XL stainless tool steel, matte finish. All hammers Rc 50-53. #654-217-201AG 201 Pro Hammer 4E48D81 . . . . . . . . . 59.95 #654-217-202AG 201CS Hammer 4E47D19 . . . . . . . . . . 56.95 ED BROWN 1911 AUTO PERFECTION SEAR Perfectly Mated For A Precise Trigger Pull Ready to use as the final touch in a match trigger job. Pre-fit with primary angle already cut; simply stone the correct relief angle and install. a b SPECS: 4340 tool steel, blued. Hardened to Rc 50. #087-045-874AG Perfection Sear 7H25D46 . . . . . . . . .$ 31.85 STI 1911 AUTO Three Functional Styles In Two Durable Materials For Match & Carry Use HAMMER WILSON COMBAT 1911 AUTO MASEN 1911 AUTO HAMMER Quality, Affordable Replacement Hammers Quality castings, CNC finish machined and hardened with custom features for all shooting styles. Standard (Std.) - Faithful reproduction of the original 1911 Auto hammer with long, checkered spur. Oval Commander (OC) - Large, oval hole lightens weight, and serrations ease hammer pull. Wide Spur (WS) - Bullseye hammer with an extrawide, checkered spur for easier cocking. a b SPECS: Steel, blued or stainless steel, matte finish. #555-103-010AG Blue Std. Hammer 6E12X49 . . . . . . $ 14.99 #555-103-110AG SS Std. Hammer 6E13X55 . . . . . . . . . .19.99 #555-103-011AG Blue OC Hammer 6E15X28. . . . . . . . .24.99 #555-103-111AG2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=107http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=107ED BROWN 1911 AUTO WILSON COMBAT 1911 AUTO EGW 1911 ED BROWN 1911 AUTO PERFECTION DISCONNECTOR Precise Fit, Perfect Functioning In 1911 Triggers Designed to work with Ed Brown’s Perfection Sear and Hardcore Hammer for crisp, high performance trigger jobs. Heat treated for super durability in rugged service. All machined surfaces are finished and dimensionally precise to ensure perfect fit and smooth functioning. Gunsmith installation required. a b SPECS: Steel, blued. Fits all 1911 pistols including hicapacity models. #087-000-040AG Perfection Disconnector 7H16P96 $ 21.20 BULLET PROOF DISCONNECTOR ® TITANIUM MAINSPRING CAP Light Weight Helps Decrease Lock Time Use as an integral part of a lightweight ignition system to reduce overall lock time and increase accuracy. Machined from solid titanium for strength and long service life. a b SPECS: Titanium, matte finish, silver, Govt./Comm. - .437" (11mm) long, .274" (6.9mm) diameter cap. Fits 1911 Govt. & Commander. Officer - .483" (12.3mm) long, .310" (7 .9mm) diameter cap. Fits Officer Model and pistols with Ed Brown bobtail magazine housings. #296-000-086AG Ti Mainspring Cap, Govt/Comm., 6B08T00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 10.00 #296-000-093AG Ti Mainspring Cap, Officer, 6B17T33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.67 Machined To Tight Specs & Polished For Smooth Trigger Pull Designed to meet or exceed factory specifications, with lapped and polished engagement surfaces to reduce friction for a smooth, clean trigger pull. CNC machined from solid billet steel and heat-treated for hardness to help ensure precise contact between critical parts. For building custom pistols or just getting a good pistol back to original specs. Gunsmith installation recommended. SPECS: 1045 carbon steel, in-the-white. #965-000-115AG Bullet Proof Disconnector, 5F22C68 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 26.99 HARDCORE® FIRING PIN & FIRING PIN STOP 1911 AUTO Superior Toughness & Lifetime Replacement Firing pin provides the correct weight for reliable ignition with all types of primers. Machine-turned from tool steel and specially heat treated to last for years. .45 ACP only. Stop is oversized for the tightest, drop-in fit available; keeps the extractor properly oriented. Both include Ed’s LIFETIME GUARANTEE. a b SPECS: Tool steel, in-the-white (ITW) or stainless steel, (SS) silver finish. Stop fits all calibers of 1911 Auto and clones. #087-808-001AG ITW Hardcore F/P 7H08Z46 . . . . . .$ 10.60 #087-809-100AG ITW Hardcore F/P Stop 7H13Z56 . . 16.95 #087-809-101AG SS Hardcore F/P Stop 7H14Z41 . . . . 18.01 INFINITY 1911 AUTO TRI-GLIDE DISCONNECTOR Reduced Mass & Friction, Improves Trigger Performance Reduced weight resets faster on guns with very light trigger pulls. Low friction head has reduced bearing area, gives trigger a smooth feel with a crisp, clean break. CNC machined from bar stock for greater strength. a b SPECS: 4140 steel, blue. #823-109-000AG Tri-Glide Disconnector, 3B32H11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 40.13 BLUE FORCE GEAR 1911 AUTO VICKERS HAMMER STRUT Improved Geometry For Consistent Hammer Fall & Reliable Ignition High-performance strut has improved geometry to eliminate interference between grip safety and sear spring for consistent hammer fall, fast lock time, and reliable ignition. Wire-EDM machined to precise tolerances from hardened tool steel for the strength and durability required in a hard-running tactical or competition pistol. Designed by Larry Vickers, noted American Pistolsmiths Guild member and retired 20-year veteran of the U.S. Army Special Forces. a b SPECS: Hardened tool steel, in-the-white. 2.25” (5.7cm) long. #100-004-365AG Hammer Strut 7A19V99 . . . . . . . . . .$ 24.99 STI 1911 AUTO MAINSPRING CAP Ready To Install; Hard Black Oxide Finish Don’t put a worn or dinged mainspring cap back in your gun when replacing the spring or mainspring housing. This cap is precision machined from highgrade 4140 carbon st2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=108http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=108NOWLIN MFG. 1911 AUTO EGW 1911 AUTO EMC 1911 AUTO ED BROWN 1911 AUTO STAINLESS STEEL FIRING PIN 1911 AUTO Helps Prevent Primer Flow, Jams & Misfires Heat-treated stainless steel is precision machined to exact tolerances to help eliminate “primer flow” with hot loads. Prevents unreliable firing pin ignition and primer deformation that can lead to jams and misfires. Available for .45 ACP and 9mm/.38 Super. Drop-in fit; does not require alterations. SPECS: 6150 stainless steel, heat treated. Fits Series 70 and 80 type 1911 pistols. 9mm/.38 Super - .069" dia. .45 ACP - .091" dia. #654-000-052AG .45 ACP 1911 Firing Pin 4E10P81 .$ 12.99 #654-000-051AG 9mm/.38 1911 Firing Pin 4E10P81 . . 12.99 OVERSIZE FIRING PIN STOP Helps Prevent Extractor Rotation For Improved Extraction Machined steel firing pin stop is wider and thicker than standard, so you can gunsmith it for a tight fit that helps keep the extractor face square to the case rim for improved extraction and feeding. Bottom edge is left square, ready for final fitting to help slow slide opening and increase dwell-time with major power factor ammunition. Heat-treated to Rc 48, with radiused corners that resist cracking, for a long service life. Available in carbon steel with a tough black oxide finish and stainless steel. Series 70 is sized specifically to give a no-gap fit on .45 ACP Colt Series 70 pistols and clones. Series 80 fits 9mm/.38 Super/.40 S&W/.45 ACP Colt Steries 80 pistols and clones. a b SPECS: Carbon steel (CS), black oxide finish, or stainless steel (SS), natural finish. .48” (12mm) wide, .65” (16.6mm) high, .133” (3.3mm) thick. Gunsmith fitting required. #296-000-058AG Series 70 O/S Firing Pin Stop, CS, 6B12Y41 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 14.99 #296-000-131AG Series 70 O/S Firing Pin Stop, SS, 6B19Y99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24.99 #296-100-001AG Series 80 O/S Firing Pin Stop, CS, 6B12T41 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.99 #296-000-132AG Series 80 O/S Firing Pin Stop, SS, 6B19Y99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24.99 MAINSPRING HOUSING Flat Contour With Vertical Grooves For Ease Of Concealed Carry Simple and effective mainspring housing design benefits both the competition shooter, as well as those who carry a Government or Commander model for personal protection. Features a flat, lowprofile contour to help minimize “printing,” while maintaining the extra-secure “feel” you get when the frame sets lower in your grip. Deep, smooth, vertical grooves help reduce lint collection during daily carry, plus won’t catch on clothing and slow down your draw. Cleanly machined inner surfaces ensure free movement of the mainspring and plunger (not included). Available in matte blue or natural stainless finishes. Gunsmith installation recommended. SPECS: Steel, blue, matte finish, or natural stainless steel (SS), matte finish. Fits Govt./Commander 1911 Auto. #100-004-488AG Mainspring Housing, Blue, 7A17D78 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 22.49 #100-004-489AG Mainspring Housing, SS 7A17D78 . . 22.49 MAINSPRING HOUSING Traditional Shapes, Plus Different Surfaces Let Every Shooter Get Their Favorite Grip Feel Classic and contemporary looking mainspring housings combine form and function, so there is no 25 Lpi Flat Blank Snakeskin compromise in grip control even though they look great. Flat shaped housings are available with popular 25 lpi checkering preferred by many shooters, as well the latest Snakeskin and Chainlink patterns that provide a secure gripping surface without the “sharpness” of machine cut checkering. Because they won’t abrade your hand or clothing, they make the perfect addition to competition, Arched Chainlink Grooved carry, and tactical guns. Chainlink model also available with integral lanyard loop for attaching a weapon retention device. Traditional, Arched housing rides high in the heel of the hand to keep it close to the bore for minimal muzzle rise 2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=109http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=109MASEN 1911 AUTO SMITH & ALEXANDER 1911 AUTO WILSON COMBAT 1911 AUTO DAWSON PRECISION PARA-ORDNANCE CHECKERED MAINSPRING HOUSING Solid Steel, Checkered Surface Improves Grip, Controls Recoil 20 LPI checkering greatly improves the grip and helps keep the pistol steady in the hand for improved recoil control. Finishmachined from a solid steel casting, no fitting required. a b SPECS: Chrome Moly blued (BL) or 410 stainless steel (SS), flat (FL) or arched (AR). Fits Govt./Commander (GM) 21⁄16“ (5.2cm) long, .536“ (13.6mm) wide. STOCK # STOCK # STOCK # STOCK # BL/FL BL/AR SS/FL SS/AR FITS #555-102-001AG #555-102-002AG #555-102-003AG #555-102-004AG GM — Advise # — Govt. BL Mainspring Housing, 6E16X44 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 19.99 — Advise # — Govt. SS Mainspring Housing, 6E16X25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.50 LANYARD LOOP MAINSPRING HOUSING Provides Additional Weapon Security & Retention Military-type lanyard loop gives extra security, and peace of mind, that your handgun will not be accidentally dropped or lost during extreme tactical situations. Excellent for use in military re-enactments or anytime the handgun must be secured to your body or equipment. Checkered models feature non-slip, 20 LPI checkering; improves grasp and helps counter the effects of recoil. a b SPECS: Steel, blue finish. Fits 1911 Auto. #849-000-005AG Flat Checkered 9D38Z37 . . . . . . . . .$ 49.99 #849-000-006AG Flat Smooth 9D38Z37 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49.99 #849-000-015AG Arched Checkered 9D38Z56 . . . . . . . 48.99 LANYARD LOOP - Replace lost or broken lanyard loops, or add a loop to any 1911 for improved weapon retention. Installs easily to the bottom of the mainspring housing; drill three holes and secure with supplied roll pin. Available blued or stainless to match your pistol. SPECS: Steel, blued or stainless steel (SS), natural finish. 1⁄4" (6.4mm) long, 3⁄8" (9.5mm) wide. #849-000-020AG SS Lanyard Loop 9D07Z99 . . . . . . . .$ 9.99 #849-000-021AG Blued Lanyard Loop 9D07Z99 . . . . . . 9.99 V-GRIP MAINSPRING HOUSING Fully Checkered, Consistent High Grip Fully machined, drop-in mainspring housing forces the web of the hand high into a beavertail-style grip safety. Fully checkered for a positive grip. a b SPECS: Blued (BL) or stainless steel (SS). #965-000-035AG V-Grip Mainspring Housing, BL, 5F39A40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 46.95 #965-000-036AG V-Grip Mainspring Housing, SS, 5F42A16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48.95 MAGWELL & BASEPAD Easy Installation; Rapid Reloads & Increased Capacity CNC machined, T6 aircraft aluminum magwell installs quickly and easily with no special tools and helps you make lightning-quick magazine changes. Aluminum basepad slides onto the magazine body and locks into place. Removes in seconds for easy cleaning. Adds 3-4 rounds to P14 magazine and 5-6 rounds to P16 mag, depending on caliber. Requires extended magazine spring. a b SPECS: T6 aircraft aluminum, matte black or silver. Fits Para-Ordnance only. #100-002-222AG PARA Silver Magwell 9A39P99. . . .$ 49.99 #100-002-224AG PARA Black Magwell 9A39P99 . . . . . 49.99 #100-002-225AG PARA Silver Basepad 9A27P99 . . . . 34.99 #100-002-223AG PARA Black Basepad 9A27P99 . . . . . 34.99 1911 AUTO VZ GRIPS 1911 AUTO LIGHTWEIGHT MAINSPRING HOUSING Shaves Weight For A Fast Handling, Easy-To-Carry Pistol Flat mainspring housing machined from 6082-T6 aluminum helps achieve maximum weight reduction for shooters who want the advantages of a light, custom carry or competition gun. Weighs only 17 grams – over 2½ times lighter than similar flat housings made of steel. Checkered model is bead-blasted, then treated with a proprietary, black or silver hardcoat anodized finish that’s denser and more abrasion-resistant than traditional sulfuric anodizing; 20 lpi checkering improves grip and is less prone to snagging on clothing than extra-fine line patterns. Plain model is smooth without2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=110http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=110Models SMITH & ALEXANDER WILSON COMBAT 1911 AUTO HOGUE 1911 AUTO 10-8 PERFORMANCE 1911 AUTO MAG GUIDE Extra-Wide Opening For Fast Reloads; No Alterations To Frame EZ-LOADER Drop-In/Flared Magazine Well Opening Speeds Reloading Provides the flared magazine well opening needed for fast, sure reloads without heating, grinding or beating on the gun. Loosen the grips, slip tabs over the stock bushings, file flush with the inside of the magazine well and replace the grips. Magazines should have “bumpers” for best functioning. a b SPECS: Blued, or Stainless Steel. 1" (2.5cm) wide, 13⁄4" (4.4cm) lg. #965-170-113AG Blued EZ-Loader 5F25P30 . . . . . . . .$ 29.99 #965-170-213AG Stainless EZ-Loader 5F27P84 . . . . . . 32.95 EXTREME SERIES MAGRIP KIT Integral Magwell Ensures Fast Reloads Without Extra Weight Or Bulk Three-piece kit, machined from aerospace grade aluminum, installs without fitting to form an integrated magwell with no added bulk and minimal weight increase. Bottom of each grip panel features an integral 7/32" extension that tapers up and inward at the frame’s magazine well opening; a specially cut, custom mainspring housing completes the contours to form an integrated magwell. Sharp, precision-cut checkering on the grips and housing provide a positive gripping surface. Eliminates the bulk and excessive weight of oversized magazine wells used in competition, yet enlarges the surrounding magazine well opening enough to speed magazine changes in high-stress situations. An extremely low profile makes this system especially adaptable to carry guns. Models for Government/Commander and Officers frames, available with Flat or Arched mainspring housing. SPECS: High-grade aluminum alloy, black, matte finish. Grips – ¼” (6.4mm) thick. Weight (Grips & Housing) - 3 oz. (85g). Includes (2) grip panels with mainspring housing. Fits 1911 Auto Government and Commander. #408-000-085AG Govt/Comm Magrip, Flat MH, 8K119X52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 149.95 #408-000-086AG Govt/Comm Magrip, Arched MH, 8K119X52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149.95 #408-000-087AG Officers Magrip, Flat MH, 8K119X52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149.95 #408-000-088AG Officers Magrip, Arched MH, 8K119X52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149.95 EXTENDED MAGAZINE CATCH Fast, Positive Release Without Extra Bulk Drop-in replacement for factory magazine catch has a unique, convex button surface to ensure positive finger contact for fast magazine changes under pressure. Crisp, 30 lpi serrations further aid in fumble-free engagement; .045" longer than factory part for extra leverage without creating an unwanted protrusion that snags on clothing, holster, or other gear. Tumbled and bead-blasted for a uniform, matte finish with rounded “dehorned” edges. Interior of the catch is relieved to enable instant magazine free-fall when you hit the button. Available in Carbon Steel (CS) with black manganese phosphate finish or natural finish Stainless Steel (SS). a b SPECS: Carbon steel, black, or stainless steel, natural silver, both matte finish. Gunsmith fitting may be required. #100-003-706AG Magazine Catch, CS 1B29Z95 . . . . .$ 34.95 #100-003-707AG Magazine Catch, SS 1B30Z58 . . . . . . 35.99 1911 AUTO Drop-in, one-piece mag well and mainspring housing makes the mag well opening 100% bigger for easier magazine insertion and faster, “can’tmiss” mag changes. Increases grip length by 1⁄4" for additional leverage and greater recoil control. Checkered models feature extra-defined, 20 lpi checkering on the mainspring housing for a no-slip, no-shift grip. Smooth models have uncheckered mainspring housing. Grooved model has full-length vertical grooves on the mainspring housing. a b SPECS: Steel. Available in blued (BL) or stainless steel (SS) with flat (FL) or arched (AR) mainspring housing to fit: 1911 Govt./Commander (GM); Officers Model (OM); Para-Ordnance P-14/P-16 (PO). Para-Ordnance models require minor modific2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=111http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=111CLYINDER & SLIDE 1911 AUTO HARRISON DESIGN & CONSULTING 1911 AUTO SMITH & ALEXANDER 1911 AUTO CASPIAN 1911 AUTO MAGAZINE CATCH LOCK Replaces This Commonly Marred Part So Pistol Looks New Again A small, but never overlooked part on any 1911 pistol. Restores the look and function of the magazine release after years of field stripping has caused unsightly damage to the screw slot. A must-have part whenever installing a new magazine catch that does not include this critical part. Machined from hardened steel, then polished for smooth function, and given a hot blue finish. a b SPECS: Hardened steel, blue. .512” (1.3 cm) long. 206-000-035AG Mag Catch Lock 6K04H80 . . . . . . . . .$ 6.00 EXTREME SERVICE MAGAZINE CATCH Rugged, Reliable, Hardened Steel For Extreme Tactical Duty Blued AMBI-MAG CATCH Trigger Finger Magazine Release For Right- & Left-Handers Get quick, positive magazine changes, without shifting your grip. Fully ambidextrous magazine release permits use of trigger finger or the thumb to release the mag; provides full leftor right-hand magazine control for Colt 1911 and clones. a b SPECS: Blued or Stainless Steel (SS). Gunsmith fitting required. #849-008-101AG 1911 Mag Catch, SS 9D78Y00 . . . . .$ 99.00 #849-008-001AG 1911 Mag Catch, Blue 9D78Y00 . . . . . 99.00 HIGH CAPACITY MAGAZINES More Firepower, Fewer Mag Changes For Caspian Double Stack Pistols Premium-quality magazines are manufactured to precise specifications for reliable fit and function in Caspian high capacity 1911 Autos. Provides increased firepower with fewer mag changes. Rigid, smooth-welded, polished steel body for slick feeding and positive magwell fit. High-impact nyQuick Change Tactical lon follower is shaped to help ensure reliable feeding. Machined aluminum base pad removes easily for cleaning. Quick Change (Q.C.) model has an extended base pad that boosts the round count and is easy to grasp for fast mag changes in competition. Tactical model has a low-profile, matte black base pad that doesn’t protrude from mag well. Base Pads also available separately to replace a damaged pad, or convert a magazine from one configuration to the other. b a SPECS: Steel body, blued; aluminum base pad, anodized, natural silver finish (Q.C.) or matte black (Tactical); nylon follower, black. CALIBER Q.C. STK # RDS. TACTICAL STK # RDS. 9mm #168-000-112AG 21 #168-000-116AG 17 .38 Super #168-000-109AG 21 #168-000-115AG 17 .40 S&W #168-000-111AG 18 #168-000-114AG 15 .45 ACP #168-000-110AG 12 #168-000-113AG 10 — Advise # — Quick Change Magazine, 8F58P59 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 67.99 — Advise # — Tactical Magazine 8F58P59 . . . . . . . . 67.99 #168-000-087AG Quick Change Base Pad 8F29B24 . . 36.99 #168-000-117AG Tactical Base Pad 8F24P44 . . . . . . . . 30.55 #168-000-085AG .40 S&W Spring 8F02V76 . . . . . . . . . . . 3.45 #168-000-086AG .40 S&W Follower 8F02B76 . . . . . . . . . 3.45 1911 AUTO ED BROWN 1911 AUTO MAGAZINE CATCH Replacement Catches For Faster Magazine Changes Models in varying styles to fit most shooting needs. Standard, oversized, and extended catches available in blue or stainless steel. Rugged, hardened steel construction for carry and competition. a b 1911 OVERSIZED BUTTON CATCH – Extra-long, oversize release button features 40 lpi checkering for positive grip and increased length for faster, easier mag changes with little or no change in grip. Long wearing, heat-treated, pre-drilled, hardened magazine catch comes already tapped and ready-to-install. Does not include catch lock and spring. SPECS: Available in Blue catch and button or Stainless Steel (SS). Button: 3⁄8" (9.5mm) O.D., 3⁄16" (4.7mm) thick, 4-40 thread. #087-011-150AG Blue Mag. Catch/Button 7H25C92 .$ 32.40 #087-011-151AG SS Mag. Catch/Button 7H27C62 . . . . 34.55 #087-011-160AG Blue Mag. Catch Button, only, 7H08C07. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.10 #087-011-161AG SS Mag. Catch Button, only, 7H08C07. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=112http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=112COLT 1911 AUTO INFINITY METALFORM FACTORY MAGAZINES Premium-Quality Direct From The Factory Genuine Colt replacement magazines, manufactured to factory specifications for reliable fit and function. Long-wearing, hardened steel followers; full power, tempered steel springs. The most reliable choice for duty and self-defense use. SPECS: Fits Colt 1911 and most copies. Available in blue (BL), Nickel (NIK) and Stainless (SS). Bright SS has high polish base pad. Bumper models have black rubber base pad. Ext. models have a one finger width grip extension that adds gripping area for large hands. STOCK # GUN/CAL/RDs/FINISH PRICE #160-114-100AG Delta 10mm/8/BL 6A36D74 $ 45.93 #160-114-101AG Delta 10mm/8/SS 6A39D46 $ 49.33 #160-000-231AG Delta 10mm/8/Bright SS 6A40D51 $ 50.99 #160-114-470AG Govt .380/7/BL 6A19D95 $ 24.94 #160-114-471AG Govt .380/7/SS 6A24D87 $ 31.99 #160-114-090AG Govt 9mm/9/BL 6A26D39 $ 32.99 #160-000-223AG Govt 9mm/9/NIK 6A28U29 $ 35.36 #160-114-091AG Govt 9mm/9/SS 6A50D01 $ 62.51 #160-114-380AG Govt .38S/9/BL 6A27D32 $ 34.15 #160-000-224AG Govt .38S/9/NIK 6A37U67 $ 47.09 #160-000-230AG Govt .38S/9/Bright SS 6A42U63 $ 53.29 #160-114-381AG Govt .38S/9/SS 6A34D95 $ 43.69 #160-000-226AG Govt .40 S&W/8/SS 6A33U49 $ 41.86 #160-114-450AG Govt .45/7/BL 6A21D90 $ 27.99 #160-000-222AG Govt .45/7/NIK 6A30U83 $ 38.54 #160-114-451AG Govt .45/7/SS 6A20D71 $ 25.99 #160-000-228AG Govt .45/7/Bright SS 6A27U56 $ 34.45 #160-114-452AG Govt .45/8/BL 6A24D85 $ 30.99 #160-114-453AG Govt .45/8/SS 6A28D91 $ 35.99 #160-000-227AG Govt .45/8/Bright SS 6A29U77 $ 37.21 #160-114-460AG Officers .45/6/BL 6A18D32 $ 22.90 #160-114-480AG Mustang .380/6/BL 6A20D41 $ 25.99 #160-000-234AG Mustang .380/6/NIK 6A23D97 $ 29.96 #160-000-328AG Mustang .380/6/SS 6A31P98 $ 39.98 #160-000-225AG Mustang .380/7/BL/Ext 6A27U84 $ 34.80 MAGAZINE COMPONENTS Replacement Tube Gives Original Capacity TIG welded, stainless steel, flat-panel wall design gives long-wearing durability. Replacement tube allows you to repair or refurbish an existing .38/9mm high-capacity magazine. Base pad, spring and follower not included. It is a violation of the law in some states to use replacement tubes to assemble a new, high-cap magazine. b a SPECS: 124mm long. 17-rd capacity. For .38/9mm cal. #823-338-017AG .38/9mm Magazine Tube . 3B64A25 $ 80.32 FOLLOWERS - Competition style followers increase magazine capacity. Smooth polymer construction for flawless feeding. SPECS: Polymer, blue or red depending on caliber. #823-302-338AG Blue .38/9mm Follower 3B07A45 . . .$ 9.32 #823-302-340AG Red .40/10mm Follower 3B07A45 . . . . 9.32 MAGAZINE MAGAZINE FOLLOWERS - Replacement steel, round and flat top magazine followers greatly increase functioning and help reduce last round hang ups with all bullets, including wadcutters. Flat Top 9mm - Fits single stack, Colt 9mm magazines. Round Top Follower - Fits single stack, .45 Govt./Commander magazines. SPECS: Stainless steel, silver or black finish. #620-000-012AG SS Flat Top 9mm Follower, 2F06V81 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 8.44 #620-000-003AG Silver Rnd Top Follower 2F10V24 . . 12.93 #620-000-004AG Black Rnd Top Follower 2F09V02 . . 11.34 MAGAZINE BUMPER PADS - Rubber pad provides protection from falls on hard surfaces and gives additional finger rest area. Precision formed to fit all Metalform magazines, bumper attaches with two screws that secure the pad to the bottom of the magazine using pre-existing holes. No modifications to the magazine required. SPECS: Rubber, black. 505" c-to-c mounting holes with sheet metal screws supplied. Fits all Metalform 1911 Auto Magazines. #620-000-011AG Bumper w/Screws 2F03V06 . . . . . . . .$ 3.96 BASE Removable Welded Welded Welded Welded Welded Welded Welded Welded Removable Welded Welded Welded Welded Removable Removable Removable Ultramag Welded FOLLOWER Rnd. Flat Rnd. Flat Rnd. Flat Rnd. Nylon Round Flat Flat Flat Flat Nylon Rnd. Flat Flat Flat Nylon PRICE 2F38H53 $ 64.99 2F14T83 $ 26.482011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=113http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=113Items McCORMICK 1911 AUTO NIGHTHAWK CUSTOM 1911 AUTO POWER MAGAZINE Premium, No-Fail Features Plus Additional Rounds Built to the very highest standards for the no-fail performance competitive and self-defense shooters demand. Feed lips are roll-formed and polished, not die cut, for added strength, and Chip’s proprietary follower design provides flawless feeding with semi-wadcutters and hollow points. Powerful spring of proprietary, heat-treated Rocket Wire further ensures reliable feeding, even when left fully loaded and seated in a pistol for extended periods. Removable plastic base pad with full, front-to-back engagement, is built to withstand continual use, and numbered witness holes on both sides of the body provide a fast, visible round count. Available in 8-round capacity with slightly extended base pad that adds about ¼" to magazine length; long-body 10-round model has base pad that wraps around exposed portion of magazine that extends beyond mag well. Power Plus models have an advanced anti-tilt follower for even more stable support of the round stack—extra insurance that every round feeds, first to last. Replacement Power Mag Followers (standard model only) and Springs available. a b SPECS: Stainless steel body and follower, plastic base pad. Available in 8- and 10-round capacities. Fits .45 ACP 1911 Auto single stack only. #207-145-228AG Power Magazine, 8-Rd 7B22Y76 . . . $ 27.99 #207-000-002AG Power Magazine, 10-Rd 7B25U29 . . . 29.99 #207-000-024AG Power Plus Magazine, 8-Rd, 7B24U99. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34.99 #207-000-025AG Power Plus Magazine, 10-Rd, 7B26Z56 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34.99 #207-000-011AG Repl. Standard .45 Cal. Follower, 7B06U12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.99 #207-000-012AG Repl. Mag Spring, 8-Rd 7B07U72 . . . . 9.99 #207-000-013AG Repl. Mag Spring, 10-Rd 7B07U72 . . . 9.99 POWER PLUS CONVERSION KIT - Converts a McCormick Power magazine to Power Plus configuration, known for reliable function and consistent slide lock after the last shot, signaling weapon empty condition. Features stainless steel anti-tilt follower that’s designed not to make contact with the receiver—perfect for aluminum frame pistols. Available for 8- and 10-round .45 ACP Power mags. SPECS: Stainless steel follower, steel spring. .45 ACP only. 207-000-028AG Power Plus Conversion Kit, 8-Rd, 7B11V72 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 14.99 207-000-027AG Power Plus Conversion Kit, 10-Rd, 7B11V72 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.99 POWER MAG BASE PAD - Rugged, highimpact plastic pads attach to Power Mag magazines to adapt for specific uses. Extended pad is ¼" longer than standard Power Mag base pad so it extends beyond the mag well to aid in positive seating for combat specialists or IDPA and IPSC competitors. Concealment pad shortens the top-to-bottom length of 8-round Power Mags to reduce “printing” in carry applications. Pads work with McCormick Power Mag magazines only. SPECS: Plastic, black. For use with McCormick Power Mag magazines only. #207-000-015AG Extended Base Pad 7B03U96 . . . . . .$ 4.99 #207-000-016AG Concealment Base Pad 7B03U96 . . . . 4.99 STAINLESS STEEL MAGAZINE Built To Feed Flawlessly Extra-thick, stainless steel magazine body is formed to tight tolerances with a smooth-welded seam that's carefully polished to eliminate any rough spots or burrs that could snag the follower. Polished exterior finish eases insertion into the mag well, while the precision-formed feed lips are engineered to resist deformation even after storing the magazine fully loaded for extended periods. Numbered witness holes let you know exactly how many rounds are loaded. Smoothmoving, polymer/fiberglass composite follower is specifically contoured to keep the last round from feeding too fast and causing a jam; extra-strong spring delivers consistent force to ensure reliable feeding in all shooting conditions. Standard m2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=114http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=114Items STI 1911 AUTO WILSON COMBAT 1911 AUTO Items WILSON COMBAT 1911 AUTO WILSON COMBAT 1911 AUTO MAGAZINES, TUBES & REBUILD COMPONENTS 1911 AUTO Mags & Components For Rebuilding High Capacity Magazines Complete high capacity magazines and components to rebuild your damaged magazines so they work just like new. TIG welded, heat-treated, stainless steel bodies hold up to competition use without cracking or failure. All springs are tempered music wire and fit STI bodies without trimming. Complete mags come with polymer base pad and nylon follower for flawless feeding. a b SPECS: 410 stainless steel tubes. Fits STI, SVI, and McCormick high-cap frames only. Base pads on carry mags and 170mm mags can be used on both 140mm and 170mm tubes and still be legal for USPSA competition. Replacement tubes do not include base pads. 140mm Spring is caliber specific, 170mm Spring is universal. Capacity shown for all models is with non-extended magazine pads. “BUREAUCRAT” 10-ROUND MAGAZINE + 2 Rounds Of .45 ACP Wilson’s outstanding quality, 47 Series magazine, lengthened to accept two additional rounds of .45 ACP. Gives increased firepower with fewer mag changes for the limited class shooter. All stainless steel construction, tempered steel spring, removable base pad for easy cleaning; welded stop prevents over-insertion. a b SPECS: Stainless steel, nylon follower and base plate. 965-047-110AG “Bureaucrat” Magazine, 5F33A94 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 38.95 WILSON-ROGERS MAGAZINE Self-Lubricating, Synthetic Follower; Improves Feeding, Won’t Rust Made from heat-treated, 17-7, aircraft-grade stainless steel to stand up to the demands of competitive and defensive shooting. Precisionformed bodies are built to very close tolerances for excellent, universal fit. Exclusive, molded, self-lubricating follower ensures reliable feeding and slide stop operation. Extra-power Wolff spring resists “spring set”. Removable base, spring, and follower for fast, easy cleaning. Black models have black, oxide finish and removable steel base pad. a b SPECS: 17-7 Stainless steel. 1911 Auto and Officers ACP models have bright, stainless steel finish with black polymer base pad. 8-round Officers ACP models are 5⁄8" longer, respectively, than factory magazines. Black models have black, oxide finish with steel base pad. Furnished with low profile base pad. .45 ACP SERVICE MAGAZINE Outstanding Value With Legendary Performance & Reliability Affordable, extra-capacity 46-Series Service Govt model magazine features renowned Wilson Combat performance, reliability, and quality with a price that provides outstanding value. All-steel construction, with a tempered steel spring for consistent performance. Witness holes on both sides are numbered for quick visual confirmation of remaining ammo. Flat base plate fits flush in standard 1911s. An optional .375" thick hard rubber base pad is available for extended mag wells. a b SPECS: Steel, blue finish. Magazine - 45⁄8" (11.7cm) long. 8-round capacity. For .45 ACP only. Base Pad - Rubber, black, .375” (9.5mm) thick. #965-000-061AG 8-Rd Govt Magazine 5F17P38 . . . . .$ 19.99 #965-000-063AG Base Pad 5F03P82 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.95 WILSON COMBAT 1911 AUTO STI HIGH CAPACITY MAGAZINES STOCK # CAL./LENGTH CAPACITY PRICE #791-000-055AG .38/126mm 17 1G48Z00 $ 60.00 #791-000-058AG .38/140mm 21 1G48Z00 $ 60.00 #791-000-061AG .38/170mm 27 1G80Z00 $ 100.00 791-000-098AG 9mm/140mm 20 1G43A42 $ 51.99 791-000-099AG 9mm/170mm 26 1G74A48 $ 89.99 #791-000-056AG .40/126mm 15 1G48Z00 $ 60.00 #791-000-059AG .40/140mm 18 1G48Z65 $ 59.99 #791-000-057AG .45/126mm 12 1G48Z00 $ 60.00 #791-000-060AG .45/140mm 15 1G48Z00 $ 60.00 ELITE TACTICAL MAGAZINE Ultra-Reliable, Smooth Feeding Of All The Rounds; Extra-Capacity Models Available Wilson Combat applied 30 years of experience building high-performance 1911 magazines to develop this ultra-reliable magazine for combat, competition, or self-defense. Made with state-ofthe-art ma2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=115http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=115ARREDONDO HIGH-CAPACITY ISMI WOLFF 1911 AUTO A & G 1911 AUTO MAG PERFORMANCE PACK Increased Capacity & Performance Converts pre-ban high-capacity magazines to accept additional rounds while increasing performance and reliability. Self-lubricating, “Super-Tuff ”, extruded nylon follower and extra power spring help ensure reliable feeding. Extended, hollow base pad increases capacity for up to three extra shots per magazine. Fits pre-ban magazines and replacement tubes only. a b SPECS: Pack includes base pad, spring, follower and retainer. Base Pad - nylon plastic, black. Extended (E) +3 rounds .38/.40 S&W, +2 rounds .45 ACP or flat (F) no change in capacity. Follower and Retainer - nylon. Para-Ordnance (PO) fits P14, P16 only. (STI) fits STI Standard and 140mm tubes. PREMIUM HIGH CAPACITY MAGAZINE SPRINGS Chrome Silicon Wire For Superior Performance & Durability Wound with high tensile, chrome silicon wire that’s shot peened, heat treated, then stress-relieved for the longest service life possible, without cracking or failure. a b SPECS: Chrome silicon steel wire. 1911 AUTO - SSCS fits single-stack, 8-round .45 ACP and 10 round .38 Super magazines. SSCS2 is for use with plastic and metal followers that require a narrow magazine spring. 7-or 8- round capacity depending on follower. SS10 fits 10-round .45 ACP magazines. Do not use with Wilson Combat plastic followers. #445-001-100AG SSCS 1911 Spring, 5D06P71 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 8.95 #445-000-019AG SSCS2 1911 Spring, 5D05P31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.95 #445-001-101AG SS10 1911 Spring, 5D07P68 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.25 PARA-ORDNANCE - Fits 19-rd. .38 super; 13-, 12- and 10-rd. .45 ACP high capacity magazine tubes. Requires trimming to fit shorter magazines. #445-125-100AG Para-Ord Mag Spring, 5D07A68 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 10.25 PARA-ORDNANCE 170mm - Fits high capacity Para Ordnance magazines up to 170mm in length, can be shortened to fit other models. #445-125-170AG PO170 Spring 5D08A61 . . . . . . . . . . .$ 12.75 STI/INFINITY 25-2 - Fits STI/Infinity standard magazine, all calibers, up to and including 140mm +1 and +2 round base pads. Important when using 200 gr. bullets and heavier, 11 coils. #445-126-100AG ST25-2 Spring, 5D07A68 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 10.25 STI 170mm - Fits 170mm, STI, high capacity magazine tubes, 13 coils. #445-126-170AG 170mm STI Mag Spring, 5D08A41 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 12.75 EXTRA POWER MAGAZINE SPRING GOVT & OFFICERS ACP - .45 ACP. Extra power springs help stabilize the follower for improved feeding performance with full power loads. 8-Rd.- 5% extra-power fits newer Govt/Commander, plus Shooting Star magazines, will NOT allow 8-rd capacity in Sig GSR mags; 7-Rd.- 11 lb. rating, fits Govt/Commander, Officers ACP only, except Wilson Combat. a b STK # 8-RD. STK # 7-RD. QTY PRICE #969-714-610AG #969-713-710AG 1 9F05A00 $ 7.49 #969-714-630AG #969-713-730AG 3 9F11A53 $ 17.29 #969-000-145AG #969-000-178AG 10 9F32Z00 $ 47.99 COLT 1911 AUTO - 9mm and .38 Super. 8 lb., 10% extra power. 7 lb. is standard. Fits Govt/Commander magazines. a b #969-000-081AG Colt 9mm Mag Spring 9F05H00 . . . . $ 7.49 #969-000-082AG Colt 9mm Mag Spring, 3-pak, 9F11H53 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17.49 #969-000-083AG Colt .38 Super Mag Spring, 9F05H00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.49 #969-000-084AG Colt .38 Super Mag Spring, 3-pak, 9F11H53 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17.49 COLT .380 - 5% extra power replacement for weak, worn, or broken spring helps ensure reliable feeding in Colt 1911-style pistols chambered in .380 ACP. Govt 380/Mustang +2 fits Government Model and Mustang Plus 2 magazine. Mustang/Pony fits Mustang with standard magazine and Pony. a b #969-000-195AG Govt .380/Mustang +2 Mag Spring, 9F05X00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=116http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=116FREED DESIGNS 1911 AUTO 10-8 PERFORMANCE LLC SPRINGFIELD EMP CLYINDER & SLIDE 1911 AUTO GREIDER PRECISION 1911 AUTO X-GRIP MAGAZINE ADAPTER ™ EMP TRIGGER Staked Bow For High Strength & Reliable Performance Full width, stainless steel bow eliminates flex and is permanently staked to the trigger shoe for added strength, making this trigger a top choice for carry guns. Stainless steel overtravel stop screw is mounted in the rear of the shoe and requires no staking or threadlocker to keep it in place – once it’s set, it won’t shoot loose. Aluminum, serrated shoe provides a non-slip grip and positive control. Oversized shoe and overtravel stop require gunsmith fitting. Long Curved allows a different length-of-pull depending on index finger position; ideal for larger hands. Long Flat trigger features a flat, square face for uniform length-of-pull regardless of index finger position. Length-of-pull is equal to the shortest point on a traditional, “long” curved trigger. a b SPECS: Bow - Stainless steel, polished finish. Shoe - Aluminum, silver, anodized finish. Long Curved - 2.28” (5.8cm) OAL. Flat 2.13” (5.4cm) OAL. .3 oz. (8.6g) wt. Fits Springfield EMP in 9mm and .40 S&W. #100-003-712AG Long Curved Trigger, 1B19Z95 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 24.95 #100-003-713AG Long Flat Trigger, 1B19Z95 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24.95 LONG ALUMINUM TRIGGER Helps Ensure Correct Finger Placement For Best Accuracy Long, aluminum, trigger shoe helps ensure proper placement of the index finger so pull force is directed straight rearward, preventing disturbance to sight alignment for improved accuracy. Shoe is permanently staked and drilled in a 3-hole configuration to keep weight to a minimum. Fine line serrations on the face provide a positive “feel” and help improve overall trigger control. Highly polished, stainless steel bow prevents trigger-flex and eliminates drag. Overtravel stop screw allows adjustments for creep. Gunsmith fitting required. a b SPECS: Shoe – Aluminum, silver, anodized finish. Bow – Stainless steel, polished finish. 2.40” (6.1cm) OAL. 206-000-033AG Long Aluminum Trigger 6K21H08 $ 26.99 V-SERIES MATCH TRIGGER Proven, Videki Design For Match-Winning Performance Lightweight, competition trigger minimizes drag and reduces pull weight for extra smooth engagement and faster return. Features the same, proven design that made the “Videki Speed Trigger” the industry standard. Extra-stiff, high-strength bow is machined using the original Class A, Videki tooling and 400 series stainless steel. Shoe is CNC-machined from top-quality, aluminum billet and left slightly oversize for custom fitting. Stop screw helps eliminate overtravel; grooved face gives excellent control. Three sizes provide the correct length-of-pull (LOP) for most shooters. 3-Hole shoe features three holes to help keep pistol weight to a minimum. a b SPECS: Bow - 400 Series S, polished finish. Shoe - Aluminum, silver. Long - 21⁄4" (5.7cm) long. Medium - 21⁄8" (5.4cm) long. Short - 2" (5.1cm) long. STOCK # LOP SHOE #377-000-001AG Long Solid #377-000-002AG Long 3-Hole #377-000-003AG Medium Solid #377-000-004AG Short Solid — Advise # — V-Series Match Trigger 7G14D62 . . .$ 17.47 1911 AUTO Adapts Full-Size 8-Round Magazines To Officers Model For Increased Firepower Snap-on adapter converts 8-round Government model Novak, Act-Mag, and Mec-Gar magazines for use in an Officers model pistol. Gives your Officers model the capacity of a full-size pistol, so you have more ammo available when you need it. Two-piece, closed-bottom unit snaps tightly around the floorplate, but removes easily if you want to use the magazine with a full-size grip frame. Streamlined contours provide a nearly seamless mate to the grip frame. Gives added support for your little finger to improve weapon control, and offers extra cushion to protect the floorplate when dropping the mag during reloads. Made of rugged, impact-resistant polymer, so it takes a beati2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=117http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=117INFINITY 1911 AUTO INTERLOCKING TRIGGER SYSTEM Quick Change Trigger Profiles For The Best Possible Fit Quickly customize your pistol to get the trigger feel that’s right for you. Lightweight, interchangeable trigger inserts provide enhanced flexibility to trigger shape selection and overall length adjustment. Separate bow with staked-on base accepts interlocking inserts; change just the insert to match shooting conditions or course of fire without affecting your precisely-tuned trigger job. Top and Bottom Curved are Short-Flat style inserts available with the curve at the top or bottom. Standard trigger base has lightweight Titanium bow. Tri-Glide trigger base has a steel ball bearing inset into rear of a Titanium bow. Provides uniform contact surface and reduces friction. All base models feature overtravel and takeup adjustments. Purchase base and inserts separately. a b SPECS: Bow - Titanium. Base & Inserts - 6061 aluminum. Available to fit single stack 1911 auto and Infinity (SVI) and STI wide body frames. Infinity/STI trigger bases and inserts measure .250" (6.35mm) wide and may require enlarging the width of the trigger slot in the frame. Overall Length - Long-Flat 2.4" (6.1cm), Short-Flat 2.2" (5.6cm), Long-Curved 2.3" (5.8cm), Short-Curved 2.1" (5.4cm), .3 oz. (7g) wt. STI MATCH GRADE TRIGGER Outstanding Feel, Extremely Lightweight Rigid stainless steel bow attached to extremely lightweight, durable shoe has tabs for take up adjustment to provide a crisp-feeling trigger. Comes equipped with an overtravel stop screw, and choice of glass-filled nylon or aluminum shoe. Precise bow tolerances maintain proper magazine clearance for smooth function. a b SPECS: Bow - 4140 stainless steel. Shoe - Glass-filled nylon or aluminum. Long Curve Trigger is 27⁄16" (6.1cm) long, .239" (6mm) wide. Short Curve Trigger is 21⁄4" (5.7cm) long, .237" (6mm) wide. Aluminum Trigger is 21⁄4" long, .217 (5.5mm) wide. #791-000-063AG Long Curve Nylon Trigger, 1G21B12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 26.99 #791-000-064AG Short Curve Nylon Trigger, 1G20B84 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26.05 #791-000-065AG Lightweight Aluminum Trigger, 1G25B00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.25 PRO-SPRINGSTM FOR ACTION TUNING MADE BY WOLFF Replaces All The Springs For The Government Model & Its Variations “Guaranteed Superior” Specially selected replacement springs to greatly improve functioning and reduce trigger pull form the basis of a top-quality 1911 tuning job. Five Wolff coil springs plus a factory-style, 3-leaf sear spring. Includes: Variable Power Recoil Spring which functions with a wider range of ammo than single power springs; Hammer Spring which lightens trigger pull; Extra Power Firing Pin Spring; New Magazine Catch; Series 80 Firing Pin Safety Block Spring; Plunger Tube Springs, plus the Sear Spring. Three kits - each with a different strength recoil spring. a b GM-451 - 10 lb. Recoil Spring for light loads, comp guns. #080-665-451AG Kit GM-451 6K15V92 . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 20.16 GM-452 - 161⁄2 lb. Recoil Spring for standard factory ammo. #080-665-452AG Kit GM-452 6K15V91 . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 20.15 GM-453 - 181⁄2 lb. Recoil Spring for maximum power loads. 080-665-453AG Kit GM-453 6K16V88 . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 20.99 CC-454 FOR COLT COMBAT COMMANDER - Includes 1 each factory standard weight, 18 lb., variable power recoil spring and 23 lb. hammer spring, plus (1) 19 lb. RP hammer spring and (1) XP firing pin spring. #080-665-454AG Kit CC-454 6K10V49 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 15.73 OM-456 FOR .45 ACP CALIBER OFFICERS ACP - Single recoil spring replaces the factory double spring to give crisp, reliable functioning; reduced power mainspring (hammer spring) helps reduce trigger pull. Kit includes both 20 lb. reduced power recoil spring and 24 lb. extra power recoil spring, plus an extra power firing pin spring and a 21 lb., reduced power mainspring (hammer spring). Fits guns with2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=118http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=118OTHER SEAR SPRINGS ED BROWN HARDCORE™ - Longer center leg allows precise spring tuning; helps prevent disconnector failure and provides more positive sear engagement. Specially heat treated, spring, tool steel will never fail under normal use. Includes Ed’s LIFETIME GUARANTEE. a b SPECS: Spring steel, blue. #087-825-100AG Hardcore Sear Spring, 7H05Y91. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 7.40 ED BROWN SEAR SPRINGS -Assures positive sear engagement and helps prevent disconnector failure. High-quality, tempered spring features extra length on the center leg that allows precise tuning of the disconnector. a b SPECS: Steel, blue, tempered. #087-045-822AG Sear Spring, 7H04D21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 5.26 WILSON COMBAT BULLET PROOF™ - Made from the finest spring steel and correctly tempered for long service life. Maintains constant tension without taking a set. a b SPECS: Spring steel, blue. #965-417-000AG Bullet Proof Sear Spring, 5F05X95 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 6.95 WOLFF SEAR SPRING - Wolff ’s renowned quality standards ensure uniform thickness throughout the entire spring for consistent tension on both the sear and disconnector. Correctly tempered so it won't take a set when left “cocked and locked”. a b SPECS: Blued steel, tempered. Sold singly or in 5,10 and 25 paks. Fits all 1911 Autos. #969-302-010AG 1911 Sear Spring, Single, 9F04D33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 6.49 #969-302-020AG 1911 Sear Spring, 5-pak, 9F19D67 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29.49 #969-302-030AG 1911 Sear Spring, 10-pak, 9F35D34 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52.99 #969-302-040AG 1911 Sear Spring, 25-pak, 9F80D03 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119.99 ED BROWN 1911 AUTO NIGHTHAWK CUSTOM 1911 AUTO WILSON COMBAT 1911 AUTO COMPETITION MAINSPRING Lighter Mainspring For Match-Quality Triggers Top-quality springs assure consistent, reliable ignition plus dependable performance. Provides the lower weight necessary to achieve the clean-breaking, light trigger sought after by 1911 aficionados everywhere. a b SPECS: Steel, pak of 5. 19 lb. weight, factory is 23 lb. #087-045-919AG Mainspring, 5-pak 7H05Z91 . . . . . . . . $ 7.40 SPRING KITS High Quality Springs For Smooth, Reliable Function High-quality replacement springs ensure reliable performance from your pistol, including proper feeding, positive ejection, and minimal battering of frame and slide. Replace fatigued springs to return a gun to consistent, dependable function or use as components in a custom build. Pistolsmiths recommend changing springs regularly as part of a positive preventive maintenance program. Kits include two standard weight recoil springs, an extra power recoil spring for hot or +P loads, extra power firing pin spring for positive ignition, and reduced power hammer spring. a b SPECS: Spring steel. Govt. contains two 17 lb. recoil springs, 20 lb. extra power recoil spring, reduced power hammer spring, and an extra power firing pin spring. Commander contains two 20 lb. recoil springs, 22 lb. extra power recoil spring, 21 lb. reduced power hammer spring, and an extra power firing pin spring. #100-003-264AG Govt. Model Spring Kit, 2B15T96 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 19.95 #100-003-265AG Commander Spring Kit, 2B15T96 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.95 FIRING PIN RETURN SPRING “Extra Power” Replacement Spring Helps Prevent Accidental Discharge Steel replacement spring helps reduce the possibility of discharge if pistol is dropped without reducing ignition reliability. Also minimizes firing pin bounce, and helps keep the firing pin stop in place. Fits all 1911 Autos. a b SPECS: Steel. 21⁄8" (53mm) long. #965-000-029AG XP Firing Pin Return Spring, 5F02U59 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 2.95 1911 AUTO ED BROWN COMMANDER RECOIL SPRING Constant Rate Design For Improved Ejection & Dependable Cycling P2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=119http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=119WOLFF 1911 AUTO Lighter & Heavier To Tailor Trigger Pull HAMMER SPRING WOLFF COMPACT 1911 RECOIL SPRING WOLFF RECOIL SPRING 1911 AUTO PARTS U.S.-Made Parts For The 1911 Auto Pistol Each and every part is U.S.-made, high-quality and guaranteed to fit and function just like the factory part. a b SPECS: Fits 1911 Auto. Carbon steel, blued (B) or stainless steel (S), natural finish. Plunger Detent Assemblies include Slide Stop Plunger, Safety Lock Plunger and Plunger Spring. Mag Catch Assemblies include Mag Catch, Mag Catch Lock and Mag Catch Lock Spring. STOCK # DESCRIPTION PRICE #100-000-857AG Barrel Bushing, Govt. (S) 8K11A02 $ 14.99 #560-453-102AG Disconnector (S) 6E14Z03 $ 19.99 #560-451-201AG Extractor, .45 ACP (B) 6E11H97 $ 14.99 #560-451-202AG Extractor, .45 ACP (S) 6E12H13 $ 14.99 #560-451-302AG Ejector, .45 ACP (S) 6E07H26 $ 9.99 #100-000-861AG Ejector Pin (B) 8K01A29 $ 2.09 #560-451-701AG Firing Pin Stop (B) 6E04H10 $ 5.99 #560-451-702AG Firing Pin Stop (S) 6E04H82 $ 6.99 #560-453-501AG Grip Safety, Govt. (B) 6E12Z69 $ 14.99 #560-453-502AG Grip Safety, Govt. (S) 6E13Z95 $ 19.99 #100-000-862AG Hammer Pin (B) 8K01A29 $ 2.09 #100-000-863AG Hammer Pin (S) 8K01A97 $ 3.09 #560-452-701AG Hammer Strut (B) 6E05D03 $ 5.99 #100-000-864AG Hammer Strut Pin (B) 8K01A29 $ 2.09 #849-000-021AG Lanyard Loop (B) 9D07C99 $ 9.99 #849-000-020AG Lanyard Loop (S) 9D07C99 $ 9.99 #100-000-865AG Link Pin (B) 8K01A29 $ 2.09 #078-450-230AG Magazine Catch Assy. (B) 8G16Z45 $ 20.99 #078-451-230AG Magazine Catch Assy. (S) 8G17Z08 $ 19.99 #100-000-995AG Mag Catch Lock Spring (B) 8K03Z38 $ 5.99 #100-000-867AG Mainspring Housing Pin (B) 8K01V29 $ 2.09 #100-000-869AG Mainspring Housing Pin (S) 8K01V97 $ 3.09 #100-000-871AG M/S Housing Pin Retainer (B) 8K01V29 $ 2.09 #100-000-873AG M/S Housing Pin Retainer (S) 8K01V97 $ 3.09 #100-000-875AG Mainspring Cap (B) 8K01V29 $ 2.09 #100-000-877AG Mainspring Cap (S) 8K01V97 $ 3.09 #100-000-878AG Mainspring Cap Pin (B) 8K01V29 $ 2.09 #100-000-880AG Mainspring Cap Pin (S) 8K01V97 $ 3.09 #560-450-101AG Plunger Tube (B) 6E07C39 $ 9.99 #560-450-102AG Plunger Tube (S) 6E07C90 $ 9.99 #078-450-234AG Plunger Detent Assy. (B) 8G02Z35 $ 3.99 #078-451-234AG Plunger Detent Assy. (S) 8G03Z07 $ 4.99 #100-000-884AG Recoil Spring Plug, Govt. (B) 8K05V60 $ 8.99 #100-000-885AG Recoil Spring Plug, Comm. (B) 8K05B47 $ 8.99 #100-000-886AG Recoil Spring Plug, Govt. (S) 8K07B43 $ 12.99 #560-453-601AG Safety Lock (Thumb Safety) (B) 6E12Z69 $ 14.99 #560-453-602AG Safety Lock (Thumb Safety) (S) 6E13Z95 $ 19.99 #100-000-888AG Sear Pin (B) 8K01B29 $ 2.09 #100-000-890AG Sear Pin (S) 8K01B97 $ 3.09 Lighter hammer springs are required to gain those ultralight trigger pulls demanded by competitive shooters. Heavy springs adjust trigger let-off to individual requirements. a b STOCK # 1 EA. STOCK # 3-PAK WEIGHT #969-262-170AG #969-263-170AG 17 lb. (light) #969-262-180AG #969-263-180AG 18 lb. (light) #969-262-200AG #969-263-200AG 20 lb. (light) #969-262-230AG #969-263-230AG 23 lb. (factory) #969-262-250AG #969-263-250AG 25 lb. (heavy) — Advise # — (1) Hammer Spring 9F02B86 . . . . . . . .$ 4.29 — Advise # — (3) Hammer Springs 9F06B00. . . . . . . . . 8.99 OFFICERS ACP HAMMER SPRING - 20 lb. reduced power for lighter trigger pull. Factory is 23 lb. #969-000-054AG (1) Off. ACP Hammer Spring, 20#, 9F02C86 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 4.29 #969-000-055AG (3) Off. ACP Hammer Springs, 20#, 9F06H00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.99 #969-000-166AG (1) Off. ACP Hammer Springs, 23# 9F02B87 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.29 Replacing the factory double spring with one of these Single springs eliminates binding, improves function and reliability. b a SPECS: Factory standard is 22 lb. recoil spring. OFFICERS ACP , W/FACTORY GUIDE ROD - Supplied with extra power firing pin spring. For use with factory, recoil spring guide rod only. #969-423-220AG 22 lb. Officers ACP Spring, 9F05C26 . . . . . 2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=120http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=120CASPIAN 1911 AUTO PARTS ALL AMERICA 1911 AUTO PARTS Economically Priced Factory-Quality Parts; Excellent For Restoration Or Repair ED BROWN 1911 AUTO WILSON COMBAT STANDARD PARTS “Quick Index” Of Quality Replacement Parts High-quality parts for building the ultimate custom 1911 Auto for target, hunting, and tactical applications. All parts are carefully inspected and tested to produce the highest possible accuracy, reliability and finish. a b SPECS: Stainless Steel (SS) or steel, blue (B) finish. Fits Govt. Series 70 and Series 80 unless otherwise indicated. STOCK # DESCRIPTION PRICE #087-041-306AG 9mm/.38S/10mm Ext. Ejctr B 7H18C66 $ 24.40 #087-041-305AG .45 ACP Ext Ejector, B 7H18C91 $ 23.99 #087-130-300AG 9mm/.38S Extract 70 7H21Y21 $ 26.51 #087-130-100AG .45 ACP Extract.70 7H20A36 $ 25.45 #087-130-200AG .45 ACP Extract 80 7H21Y21 $ 26.51 #087-130-400AG 9mm/.38S Extract 80 7H22Y06 $ 27.58 #087-130-500AG .40 S&W/10mm Ext. 80 7H22Y06 $ 27.57 #087-205-825AG 9mm/.38S Firing Pin 7H05D06 $ 6.35 087-205-824AG .45 ACP Firing Pin 7H05D41 $ 6.99 #087-000-019AG Firing Pin Spring 7H01Y70 $ 2.15 087-810-000AG Slide Stop, B 7H24Z99 $ 30.99 #087-810-100AG Slide Stop, SS 7H25Z46 $ 31.83 #087-045-832AG Govt. Barrel Bushing, B 7H16D11 $ 20.15 #087-045-833AG Govt. Barrel Bushing, SS 7H16D96 $ 21.20 087-881-001AG Recoil Spring Plug, B 7H06T95 $ 8.99 #087-000-017AG Recoil Spring Plug, SS 7H07Y61 $ 9.51 087-882-001AG Recoil Spring Guide 7H12T83 $ 15.99 #087-045-203AG Full Lgth Guide Rod Plug, SS 7H06D76 $ 8.45 #087-805-006AG Slide Buffers, 6-pack 7H05D06 $ 6.33 087-823-000AG Hammer Strut 7H06A07 $ 7.99 #087-000-012AG National MatchTrigger 7H17Y19 $ 21.99 #087-812-000AG Match Sear 7H19Z96 $ 21.20 #087-011-100AG Ext. Mag Catch, B 7H16C96 $ 21.20 #087-011-101AG Ext. Mag Catch, SS 7H18C66 $ 23.35 #087-000-018AG Mag Catch Spring, Comp. 7H01Y70 $ 2.15 “FACTORY PLUS” PARTS Quality Parts Meet Or Exceed Factory Specs “Just like original” parts for building a 1911 Auto or returning a gun to factory specifications. b a SPECS: Fits 1911 Auto. Stainless (S) and Carbon steel, blue, (B) matte finish. Plunger Spring Assembly includes spring, slide stop and thumb safety plungers. STOCK # DESCRIPTION PRICE #965-011-050AG Barrel Link Pin (B) 5F01V95 $ 1.99 #965-011-051AG Barrel Link Pin (S) 5F01V95 $ 1.99 #965-011-300AG Disconnector 5F16U36 $ 19.99 #965-011-360AG Ejector Pin 5F01U95 $ 1.99 #965-000-046AG Extended Ejector (B) 5F24P86 $ 29.95 #965-011-103AG Firing Pin, 9mm/38S Series 80 5F13V30 $ 14.99 #965-011-104AG Firing Pin, .45 ACP Series 70 or 80 5F12V98 $ 14.99 #965-011-110AG Firing Pin Stop Pre-Series 80 5F14V66 $ 16.99 #965-011-120AG Firing Pin Spring 5F03V29 $ 3.99 #965-011-280AG Grip Screw (B) each 5F00CHD $ 1.99 #965-011-281AG Grip Screw (S) each 5F00AYT $ 1.99 #965-011-210AG Hammer Pin (B) 5F01C70 $ 1.95 #965-011-211AG Hammer Pin (S) 5F01C95 $ 1.99 #965-011-190AG Hammer Strut 5F03X95 $ 3.99 #965-011-200AG Hammer Strut Pin (B) 5F01X95 $ 1.99 #965-011-201AG Hammer Strut Pin (S) 5F02X79 $ 2.95 #965-011-150AG Magazine Catch (B) 5F13V79 $ 15.99 #965-011-151AG Magazine Catch (S) 5F15B51 $ 17.99 #965-011-152AG Magazine Catch Spring 5F01B25 $ 1.49 #965-011-153AG Magazine Catch Lock (B) 5F02B95 $ 2.99 #965-011-154AG Magazine Catch Lock (S) 5F02B71 $ 2.99 #965-011-160AG Mainspring 5F01B70 $ 1.95 #965-011-161AG Mainspring Cap (B) 5F01B60 $ 1.95 #965-011-162AG Mainspring Cap (S) 5F02B95 $ 2.99 #965-011-163AG M’spring Pin Retainer (B) 5F01B95 $ 1.99 #965-011-165AG Mainspring Cap Pin (B) 5F01X70 $ 1.95 #965-011-166AG Mainspring Cap Pin (S) 5F02X78 $ 2.95 #965-011-170AG Mainspring Housing Pin (B) 5F01X95 $ 1.99 #965-011-171AG Mainspring Housing Pin (S) 5F02X86 $ 2.99 #965-011-330AG Plunger Spring Assembly (B) 5F03U44 $ 3.95 #965-011-331AG Plunger Spring Assembly (S) 5F04U45 $ 4.99 #965-011-332AG Plunger Tube (B) 5F10U36 $ 11.99 #965-011-290AG Sear Spring 5F04U31 $ 4.99 #965-011-310AG Sear 5F12U94 $ 14.99 #965-011-320AG Sear Pin (B) 5F01U88 $ 1.99 #965-011-321AG Sear P2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=121http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=121WILSON COMBAT 1911 AUTO EGW 1911 AUTO FRAME PARTS KIT All The Parts To Turn A Bare Frame Into A Complete “Lower Half” FEED RAMP INSERT CLYINDER & SLIDE 1911 AUTO STI 1911 AUTO Converts Alloy Frame Pistols To Accept Hollow Point Ammo; Repairs A Damaged Ramp Machined, hardened steel insert lets you convert alloy frame pistols to use hollow point ammunition without feeding problems or damage to frame. Also the perfect solution for repairing a frame that’s been battered by hollow points or boogered up by an incorrectly cut ramp. Gunsmith installation required. a b SPECS: Steel, in-the-white. #296-000-112AG Feed Ramp Insert, .45 ACP, 6B32C88 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 40.99 #296-000-111AG Feed Ramp Insert, .38 Super/9mm, 6B32C49 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40.95 COMPLETE PIN SET Replaces Every Pin In The 1911 Auto Complete set of eleven, centerless ground pins helps you refurbish or build a new 1911 from scratch. Each is heat-treated for added wear-resistance and long service life. a b SPECS: Hardened steel, blued. Fits single stack 1911 auto. Set includes: hammer strut pin, link pin, mainspring plunger, sear pin, ejector pin, mainspring housing pin, mainspring plunger, mainspring plunger retainer, hammer pin, slide stop plunger, and thumb safety plunger. 206-000-036AG 1911 Pin Set 6K09P66 . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 12.99 PIN SET Ready To Install In Your Frame Every 1911 Auto pin, in one package. Centerless ground, then heat treated and hardened for durability. a b SPECS: Steel, blue or stainless steel, matte finish. 1911 fits single stack, 1911 autos. STI fits STI/Infinity widebody frames. Set includes; hammer strut pin, link pin, mainspring plunger, sear pin, solid ejector pin, mainspring housing pin, mainspring housing retainer, mainspring plunger retainer, hammer pin, slide stop plunger, and thumb safety plunger. #791-000-030AG 1911 Pin Set 1G12C47 . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 15.58 #791-000-031AG STI Pin Set 1G13C29 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.62 1911 AUTO Handy kit has all the necessary parts to complete a stripped, fullsize .45 ACP Government Model frame so it’s fully functional and ready to receive the slide of your choice. Saves time and money—no need to hunt down each item individually—and the Wilson name ensures superb fit, finish, and reliability. Perfect for a custom build, or rebuild an old frame to like-new condition. Available in matte blued Carbon Steel (CS) or natural finish Stainless Steel (SS). Kit contains: mainspring housing, mainspring, mainspring cap, mainspring retainer, trigger, hammer, hammer strut, sear, sear spring, disconnector, grip safety, thumb safety, magazine catch, magazine catch lock, slide stop, plunger tube, safety lock plunger, slide stop plunger, grip bushings and screws, and all the other necessary retaining pins. Includes many performance features preferred by experienced tactical pistol shooters. Skeletonized, ultralight hammer and trigger deliver exceptionally quick lock time and reset. Low-profile hammer spur minimizes risk of snagging during carry or draw from concealment, and match-grade trigger features machined aluminum shoe with deeply serrated face and hardened stainless steel bow that’s brightly polished to minimize friction on frame. Deluxe sear is wire-EDM cut from S-7 tool steel bar stock and heat treated for maximum hardness before contact surfaces are precision ground for ultra-crisp letoff. Narrow-profile thumb safety’s deeply grooved pad is contoured for natural thumb placement to ensure quick, instinctive disengagement, yet is low enough to resist accidental release. Highride beavertail grip safety allows a high hand position close to the bore axis for better recoil control. Raised “Posi-Release” tab at the base helps you locate your hand properly for positive safety disengagement, while hammer pocket surrounds the hammer spur when cocked to protect against hammer bite. Mainspring housing is fully machined from steel bar stock 2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=122http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=122AHRENDS 1911 AUTO ALUMAGRIP 1911 AUTO BAR S GRIPS SEMI-AUTO EXOTIC WOOD GRIPS Handsome & Functional, For Combat, Carry, Or Display ALUMINUM GRIPS Precision Machined For Style, Endurance, Function Tough, machined aluminum creates exceptionally durable grips that withstand years of hard, tactical use. Faultless border-pattern checkering features unique, smooth-top diamonds with square edges for a very comfortable and secure grip that won’t abrade clothing. CNC’d with all curves, angles and cutouts true and exact; cut for ambi safeties. Models available to fit full-size Government, Officers, and single-action Para-Ordnance P14/16/18. Para available with checkered or smooth surface. a b SPECS: Aluminum, anodized, satin finish, black. Approx. 1⁄4" (6.7mm) thick. Para grips fit single-action P14, P16, and P18; available in checkered or smooth. #100-000-507AG 1911 Auto Grips 5K44X54 . . . . . . . . .$ 55.99 #100-000-898AG Officers Grips 5K43A96 . . . . . . . . . . . 54.95 #100-004-592AG Checkered Para Grips 5K64P29 . . . 79.99 #100-004-593AG Smooth Para Grips 5K51P75 . . . . . . 64.99 SLIMLINE GRIPS - Very thin aluminum grips help shooters with small hands maintain a good hold on the gun. CNC-machined checkering is cut to full depth for a superb, no-slip grip, with smooth-top diamonds that won’t damage clothing. Not cut for ambi safety. SPECS: Aluminum, anodized, satin finish, black.153" (3.9mm) thick nominal. Not cut for ambi safety. #100-001-356AG Slimline 1911 Grips, 5K43H96 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 54.95 #100-001-360AG Slimline Officers Grips, 5K43H96 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54.95 TRU IVORY™ GRIPS Handmade Pistol Grips Look & Feel Like Genuine Ivory Handcrafted and polished from a manmade, state-of-the-art, ivory substitute that looks and feels so much like genuine elephant ivory that only an expert can tell the difference. Available in two natural shade variations with authentic grain layering throughout the full cross-sectional density. Natural White (NW) mimics un-aged, virgin ivory with a beautiful off white grain pattern. Slightly Aged (SA) is a subtle shade darker with a hint of yellowing and natural scarring. Can be carved and checkered like natural, elephant ivory. Available in standard, 1911, A-1 confiquration or with square bottom (S/B) for proper fit to frames equipped with add-on magazine wells. a b SPECS: Manmade ivory substitute. Natural White (NW) or Slightly Aged (SA). STK # NW #100-001-713AG #100-001-717AG #100-001-715AG #100-001-719AG STK # SA FITS #100-001-714AG 1911 Govt A-1 #100-001-718AG 1911 Govt S/B #100-001-716AG 1911 Officers A-1 #100-001-720AG 1911 Officers S/B PRICE 7A78H67 $ 95.00 7A78H67 $ 95.00 7A78H67 $ 95.00 7A78H67 $ 95.00 Brownells PREMIER WOOD GRIPS Traditional Elegance Of Beautiful Hardwoods, Three Distinct Styles Beautifully crafted, hardwood grip panels enhance the appearance of any 1911 Auto. Premiumgrade woods are carefully selected for their natural grain patterns, then properly kiln dried for superior stability, precision shaped, expertly checkered, and carefully paired. All models are inletted for ambi safeties, with cutouts for the mainspring housing pin and crisply beveled bottom edges. A clear, semi-gloss protective finish seals the pores and protects the grip from moisture and scratches. Choose from one of four distinctive woods: Cocobolo is an extremely dense, reddish-brown wood tinged with orange and distinct grain stripes of dark red-brown. Rosewood is a richly hued medium dark brown with contrasting, almost black, grain stripes. Strong and heavy, it takes a smooth, even polish. Walnut, the traditional American stock wood, is light/medium brown with softly contrasting, slightly darker grain patterns. Three styles are available: Double Diamond (D/D) - traditional style with 16 lpi checkering, broken by smooth diamonds at the grip screw holes. Combat - full-coverage, 16 lpi checkering, for maximum gripping texture when hands are wet2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=123http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=123CRIMSON TRACE 1911 AUTO FALCON INDUSTRIES 1911 AUTO HOGUE 1911 AUTO McCORMICK 1911 AUTO LASER GRIPS Instant On-Off Aiming Without The Bulk Of An Accessory Laser Unit Laser Grips give you an immediate, decisive advantage because 80% of self-defensive shootings occur in low light conditions or complete darkness. Provides an added defensive edge in any light condition. With just a squeeze of your shooting hand the laser grip unit instantly projects a bright red aiming dot on your intended target; even in broad daylight. Makes a great training tool; provides instant feedback to shooting students learning how to achieve a steady trigger pull, consistent follow through, proper sight alignment and instinctive aiming. Grips are made from a rugged but soft, over molded rubber for increased shooting comfort. Laser units are located in the top of the grip. Laser unit on Wrap Around (W/A) models are activated from the pressure sensitive finger pads located on either side. The pressure switch located in the lower front finger groove activates laser unit on Front Activated (F/A) models. Both models include a manually activated on/off switch on the lower left side helps prevent dead batteries and accidental laser activation. a b SPECS: Injection molded rubber, black, matte. Front Activated 1911 Auto models require shortening of right side thumb safety lever. Includes batteries, installation instructions and training manual. STOCK # FITS STYLE #100-002-590AG 1911 Govt./Comm. W/A #100-002-600AG 1911 Govt./Comm. F/A #100-002-601AG Off. ACP/Def F/A — Advise # — Crimson Trace Laser Grips, 4B00AYT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 299.00 XT GRIPS Extremely Tough, Textured Grip Surface Strong, lightweight, and extremely tough, heavily textured grips provide excellent handling and stability in all conditions. Cut for ambidextrous safeties. Install easily with standard grip screws and bushings. Models available for Government/Commander grip frame, as well as Officers Model. Beveled has a neatly beveled bottom edge that allows fast hand clearance during draw and minimizes “printing” through clothing on concealed carry pistols. Square Bottom gives a flush, tight fit against magazine guides and chutes that attach to the 1911. a b SPECS: Injection molded nylon-based rigid polymer. Govt/Comm available with beveled bottom edge (BB) or square bottom (SB) in black or O.D. green. Officers in beveled black only. #573-000-046AG Govt/Comm BB Grip, Black, 3G19A52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 24.99 #573-000-048AG Govt/Comm BB Grip, O.D. Green, 3G19A52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24.99 #573-000-049AG Officers Model BB Grip, Black, 3G19A52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24.99 #573-000-040AG Govt/Comm SB Grip, Black, 3G19A52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24.99 #573-000-042AG Govt/Comm SB Grip, O.D. Green, 3G19A52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24.99 PISTOL GRIPS Hand-Filling, Versatile Designs In Rubber & Wood Hand-filling grips help absorb recoil by spreading the shock over a wider area of the hand. Finger groove models tighten the grip upward, into the triggerguard for better recoil control. All wood grips are cut from imported, select grades of hardwood. Molded rubber grips cushion recoil. Non-slip, pebble finish. Checkered grips are Double Diamond pattern. SPECS: Select model from chart. Model designations abbreviated as follows. Checkered (CH); Finger Grooves (FG); Goncalo Alves (GA); Pau Ferro (PF); Rubber (RU); Slabs (SL). STOCK # MODEL FITS PRICE #408-602-045AG RU/SL 1911 Auto 8K10T92 $ 17.99 #408-602-145AG RU/FG 1911 Auto 8K16P08 $ 26.99 #408-000-013AG RU/SL/CH 1911 Auto 8K10Z92 $ 17.99 #408-605-045AG GA/CH/SL 1911 Auto 8K32Z18 $ 42.99 #408-606-045AG PF/CH/SL 1911 Auto 8K32Z18 $ 42.99 #408-602-245AG RU/FG Off ACP 8K16P08 $ 26.99 #408-602-012AG RU/FG Para-Ord P-12 8K16T08 $ 26.99 #408-602-014AG RU/FG Para-Ord P-14 8K16T08 $ 26.99 EXHI2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=124http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=124NAVIDREX NAVIDREX MAHOGANY GRIPS Genuine Philippine Mahogany A true asian hardwood with the beauty of expensive exotics, at a fraction of the cost. Deep reddish/brown color of varying intensity provides attractive contrast with blue and stainless steel guns. Contoured (Ctd) is relieved in the center to improve grip for persons with smaller hands. Available Standard or square bottom (S/B) for guns with add-on mag wells. Fits 1911 Auto and Officers Model frames. SPECS: Approximately 1⁄4" (6.7mm) thick. STK #1911 STK # OFF. ACP STYLE #647-025-001AG #647-026-001AG Std Double Diamond #647-025-002AG #647-026-002AG S/B Double Diamond #647-025-003AG #647-026-003AG Std Double Diamond Ctd #647-025-004AG #647-026-004AG S/B Double Diamond Ctd #647-025-005AG #647-026-005AG Std Full Checkered #647-025-006AG #647-026-006AG S/B Full Checkered #647-025-007AG #647-026-007AG Std Full Checkered Ctd #647-025-008AG #647-026-008AG S/B Full Checkered Ctd – Advise # – Mahogany Grips 7D14Y00 . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 18.00 SLIM GRIPS MIL-TAC KNIVES & TOOLS 1911 AUTO PACHMAYR Reduces Bulk For Easy-To-Grip Shooting & Carry Comfort Extra-thin to reduce bulk for concealed carry and give shooters with small hands a better hold. Available Checkered with full coverage checkering or Double Diamond checkered to fit 1911 Auto and Officers ACP. All require slim bushings and screws, available separately. Black Micarta® gives the appearance of fine ebony. Black RoseBlack Rosewood wood is a deep, reddish brown with contrasting black vertical stripes. Ebony is very deep brown/ Shown black, almost black, with mild grain pattern. Mahogany is deep reddish/brown color of varying intensity. SPECS: Approx. .165" (4.2mm) thick. Black Rosewood and Ebony are resin impregnated Dymondwood. Mahogany is genuine Philippine mahogany. TACTICAL GRIPS Aggressive Patterns Prevent Slippage; Made From Nearly Indestructible G10 & Micarta Laminates Fully CNCmachined from G10 fiberglass and Micarta laminates,these grips are impervious to impact, TFB Black/Gray GFB Woodland Camo GB DesertTan solvents, heat, sweat, and moisture for non-degrading dimensional stability in all conditions. All models come with cutout for ambi safety. Government Beveled (GB) grips are machined from G10 to the standard 1911A1 configuration with beveled bottom and an aggressive diamond pattern that forms an aggressively textured gripping surface. Features a notched thumb ramp on the left panel for fast reach to the magazine release. Cutout allows access to mainspring housing pin without removing the whole grip panel. Tactical Flat Bottom (TFB) grips are machined from G10 with a traditional diamond checkering pattern that provides an outstanding gripping surface. Square bottom provides a proper fit for guns equipped with add-on magazine wells; covers mainspring housing pin. Includes notched thumb ramp on left panel. Government Flat Bottom (GFB) Micarta grips have square bottom for guns with add-on mag wells, with a cutout notch allowing access to mainspring housing pin. Wide, pronounced vertical grooves and underlying linen-like texture provide a superb grip even with wet hands, yet won’t abrade the skin. No thumb ramp. a b SPECS: G10 laminate or Micarta, black, black/gray speckled, desert tan, desert camo, or woodland camo. Fits 1911 Govt. model and Commander grip frames. Cut for ambi safety. GB - G10 laminate. A1 configuration with cutout for mainspring housing pin. TFB - G10 laminate. Square bottom. GFB - Micarta. Square bottom with cutout for mainspring housing pin. GB STOCK # TFB STOCK # GFB STOCK # COLOR #100-003-931AG #100-002-545AG #100-003-939AG Black #100-002-546AG #100-003-935AG NA Black/Gray #100-003-932AG #100-003-936AG #100-003-940AG Desert Tan #100-003-933AG #100-003-937AG #100-003-941AG Desert Camo #100-003-934AG #100-003-938AG #100-003-942AG Woodland Camo — Advise # — GB/TFB G10 Grips 5A56P00 . . . . . . . .$ 69.99 — Advise # — GFB Micarta Grips 5A39P97 . . . . . . . . . 49.99 COMBAT GRIPS Faster Hand2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=125http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=125STRIDER KNIVES 1911 AUTO VZ GRIPS 1911 AUTO VZ GRIPS 1911 AUTO SIMONICH GUNNER GRIPS Extreme Texture For Maximum Weapon Retention In Any Condition Aggressive, golf-ball-like texture provides maximum grip potential to help you retain your pistol in the most extreme match or tactical situations, even when the grip is wet or oily. Features hundreds of clean-edged dimples that grab like tiny suction cups. You may have seen similarlooking grips elsewhere, but only Strider is producing these high-quality grips to the original specs by agreement with Simonich Knives. Made from tough, maintenance-free, G-10 filament glass cloth/epoxy resin composite matched to the exact colors used by the U.S. armed forces. G-10’s superior impact-resistance, low moistureabsorption properties, and dimensional stability over a wide temperature range mean these grips will not fail, even under the worst weather conditions. Non-tapered, cut for ambidextrous safety. a b SPECS: G-10 laminate, Ranger Green, Coyote Brown, or Black. Approximately 1⁄4" (6.3mm) thick. Fits 1911 Government and Commander frames. #100-002-450AG Gunner Grip, Ranger Green, 4A49C66 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 59.99 #100-002-451AG Gunner Grip, Coyote Brown, 4A49C66 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59.99 #100-002-829AG Gunner Grip, Black 4A49T66 . . . . . . . 59.99 DOUBLE DIAMOND GRIPS Traditional Checkering Pattern; Sharp Texture For Excellent Hold & Weapon Control Rugged grip panels made from tough G10 fiberglass are cut with a traditional double-diamond checkering pattern to give your 1911 a classic look with the durability and superior gripping texture of modern composite materials. Prevents hand from shifting and helps maintain strong recoil control for fast, accurate followup shots. Advanced G10 laminate won’t absorb moisture, resists impact, and won’t expand or contract due to temperature fluctuation— perfect for all-weather operations and extreme conditions. Crisp, 20 lpi checkering and smooth, diamond-shaped raised areas around screw holes are CNC machined into the laminate, then hand-finished to ensure uniform pattern depth. The laminate’s hard surface allows the checkering to be cut a little sharper to give more “bite” than traditional checkered wood grips. Features inletting for ambi safety and a square bottom with cutouts to allow access to mainspring housing pin. a b SPECS: G10 fiberglass composite, Tactical Black, Black/Desert Sand, or Brown/BlackTiger Stripe Approximately .275” (7mm) thick. Fits 1911 Auto Govt. and Commander. Inletted for ambi safetiy. #100-003-955AG Dbl Diamond Grips, Tactical Black, 7A54P99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 69.99 #100-003-956AG Dbl Diamond Grips, Black/Desert Sand, 7A54P99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69.99 #100-003-957AG Dbl Diamond Grips, Tiger Stripe, 7A54P99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69.99 VZ 320 GRIPS Extremely Stable In All Weather Conditions; Superior Gripping Texture That Won’t Snag On Clothing Attractive, square bottom warp-proof panels of lightweight canvas Micarta laminate provide an excellent gripping surface that will not abrade or catch on clothing, making these grips the perfect addition to any carry gun. Micro CNC milling, plus a unique texturing process creates a grip texture similar to fine, 320 grit sandpaper. Laminate construction forms a resilient, solvent-resistant panel Desert Blast that’s completely stable in all temperaBlonde Black ture and humidity extremes to maintain a custom fit indefinitely. Grips are not relieved for ambidexdrous safety. Blasted Black Canvas is a versatile, medium gray color overall, highlighted with light gray strands of canvas. Desert Blonde Canvas is a medium tan color with contrasting strands of light tan canvas that matches well with desert camo gear. a b SPECS: Canvas Micarta laminate, Blasted Black or Desert Blonde. 3⁄ 16" (5mm) thick. Fits 1911 Auto Government and Commander m2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=126http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=1261911 AUTO SLIM GRIP SCREWS AND BUSHINGS The Right Fit For Thin Grips Replacement package of four, short socket-head screws and bushings for use with Slim Grips. Hex head looks great and prevents ragged looking screws. a b SPECS: Steel, blued or electroless nickel plated (NP) to match stainless steel. Screws: .150"-50 tpi. Bushings: .236"-60 tpi. #080-000-074AG Blue Slim Grip Screws & Bushings, 8K08B90 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 11.99 #080-000-075AG NP Slim Grip Screws & Bushings, 8K10B37 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.99 Brownells 1911 AUTO OVERSIZED STOCK BUSHINGS & TAP Professionally & Easily Replace Stripped-Out Bushing Holes - No Welding Or Drilling Easily and professionally solves the problem of stripped out stock bushing holes. Special tap cleans out stripped frame threads, cuts new ones without pre-drilling. Matching bushing screws right in, uses original grip screw. Will save your life when polishing/bluing, accurizing .45’s! a b SPECS: Bushings - .255"-60, blued steel. Tap - High speed steel. #080-570-000AG Oversized Bushing Set, Basic, 1 set of 4/one tap 8K29Z75 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 54.99 #080-571-100AG Oversized Bushing Set, Deluxe, 6 sets of 4, (24)/one tap 8K50Z41 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92.99 #080-572-012AG Oversized .45 Bushings, per 1 set of 4, 8K07Z98 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.99 #080-572-025AG Oversized .45 Bushings, 6 sets of 4, (24), 8K38Z52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59.99 #080-572-050AG Oversized .45 Bushings, 12 sets of 4, (48), 8K61Z62 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97.99 #080-598-225AG Oversized Bushing Tap, each, 8K25D12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45.45 Brownells SMITH & ALEXANDER 1911 AUTO ARISTOCRAT 1911 AUTO ENGRAVED GRIP SCREWS Give Your Gun A Unique, Individual Appearance Hand engraved, polished and blued screws with an attractive floral pattern that provides a distinctive, custom look to 1911 Auto pistols. Hex head “slot” blends into the engraving pattern, plus reduces the possibility of slot damage. Blue or Stainless steel compliments the finest exotic wood grips. a b SPECS: Steel, polished blue or stainless steel (SS) matte finish. Four per pack. #849-015-011AG Blue 1911 Engraved Screws, 9D16A00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 20.00 #849-015-111AG SS 1911 Engraved Screws 9D16A80 21.99 T5-45 TRI-SET ADJUSTABLE REAR SIGHT Simplified Mill-In Installation Blends beautifully with the 1911 Auto slide. Hidden recoil shoulder prevents shoot-off. Your 1⁄2", center-cut end mill makes the necessary cuts, no dovetails. Slotted cam selects three pre-set positions for fast elevation changes. b a SPECS: Blued steel, satin finish. Body - 2.2" (5.6cm) long, .700" (17 .7mm) wide. Blade - .874" (22mm) wide. .432" (11mm) high. Notch - .11" (2.8mm) wide. Use approx. .215" (5.4mm) high front sight. Installation requires milling of slide. #044-045-401AG TS-45 Tri-Set Rear, 4D130A08 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 154.95 J-POINT ADAPTER MOUNT - Lightweight machined aluminum adapter base fits the slide cuts for the TS-45 to allow mounting of a J-Point, Optima, or Pride-Fowler-style red dot sight. Requires no additional modifications to slide. Kit includes all necessary hardware for easy installation. SPECS: Aluminum, hardcoat anodized, black. 2" (5cm) long, 1" (2.5cm) wide, 9⁄32" (7mm) tall. .6 oz. (17g) weight. #044-000-026AG J-Point Adapter Mount, 4D45U48 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 54.99 1911 AUTO Brownells GRIPS & SCREWS Made to Original Factory Specs For Easy Replacement STI 1911 AUTO STOCK BUSHINGS, SCREWS & TAPS 2011 GRIP SCREW KIT Stainless Steel Replacement Hardware For 2011 Modular Grips Factory hardware fits 2011 composite and aluminum grip assemblies to ensure reliable performance. Kit is the perfect option when building a 2011 pistol, or keep as a spare to replace lost or damaged screws. 2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=127http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=12710-8 PERFORMANCE 1911 AUTO CASPIAN CYLINDER & SLIDE HARRISON DESIGN & CONSULTING 1911 AUTO U-NOTCH REAR SIGHT Rugged Construction For Daily Carry, Plus A Clear, Easy-To-See Sight Picture Fixed rear sight is precision machined from heat-hardened 4140 steel bar stock, so it withstands the wear and tear of daily carry, yet delivers a clear, precise sight picture. Perfect for concealed carry, duty, or combat pistols where a rugged, reliable rear sight is mission critical. Fully “dehorned,” with rounded and chamfered edges to prevent snagging on holster, clothing, or other gear that could impede draw. Easy-to-acquire .125" high U-shaped notch aligns quickly with a wide variety of factory-height front sights, including fiber optic, tritium dot, and gold beads. Rear face of the plain black blade has 40 lpi serrations for a glare-free sight picture under almost any light conditions; front of the blade has ledge contour to aid in one-hand cocking. A hard, manganese phosphate parkerized finish that matches many tactical pistol finishes adds strength and surface wear resistance. A hidden setscrew helps anchor the sight in the slide dovetail for extra-secure mounting and resistance to shifting under recoil. Standard/ Tall are cut to fit the popular Novak Lo-Mount-type dovetail. Kimber fits dovetail on fixed-sight Kimber pistols and comes with a matching .200" high front sight. All models come with wrench and instructions. May require minor fitting. a b SPECS: Steel, matte black finish. Fits Novak-style 65° x .500” dovetail. Standard - .325” high, available with .125” , .140” , and .156” wide notches. Tall - .375” high, with .125” wide notch, for Officers model and other short-barrel 1911s; a direct replacement for Springfield Armory factory rear sight. Kimber - Rear: .360” high, with .135” wide x .125” high notch. Fits Kimber fixed-sight pistols with forward-slanting factory rear sights. Fits the dovetail on pre-Series II and Warrior series pistols that came with rear-slanting sights, but will shoot high on guns with 5” barrels. Will not fit SIS series. Front: .125” wide x .200” high. #100-003-766AG Standard .125" U-Notch Rear Sight, 1B39H04. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 52.99 #100-003-768AG Standard .140" U-Notch Rear Sight, 1B41H66. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52.99 #100-003-769AG Standard .156" U-Notch Rear Sight, 1B41H66. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52.99 #100-003-767AG Tall .125" U-Notch Rear Sight, 1B39H04. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52.99 #100-004-357AG Kimber U-Notch Sight Set 1B60V79 75.99 NM U-NOTCH REAR SIGHT - National Match style rear sight combines modern features with “retro” looks. Fits the dovetail of GI-pattern 1911 pistols, including current-production Colts—no milling required. Extra-thick blade is tall enough to work with Colt .175" high front sight or same-height aftermarket alternatives. Wide .140" notch aids in easy, fast acquisition of front sight for precise targeting. Ledge on front of blade aids in one-hand slide racking. SPECS: Steel, matte black finish. .315” high, with .140” wide x .125” high notch. Fits dovetail for GI-pattern 1911 pistols, including current-production Colts with .175” high front sight. #100-004-375AG NM U-Notch Rear Sight 1B26Y76 .$ 33.95 FIBER OPTIC DOVETAIL SIGHT Enhanced Sight Picture, Faster Sight Pickup Light gathering, interchangeable green and red fiber optic rods really stand out against various target backgrounds. Improves front sight visibility, excels with ghost ring rear sights. a b SPECS: Steel, matte black finish. Blade .185" high, .125” wide. 60N: 65° x .330" x .75" dovetail. 60H: 60° x .300" x .60" dovetail. #168-203-600AG 60N Fiber Optic Sight 8F22X20 . . .$ 26.99 #168-203-605AG 60H Fiber Optic Sight 8F22X22 . . . . 26.99 “STRONG” FRONT SIGHT Extra Metal Prevents Front Sight Failure; Fits Novak Dovetail Heavy duty front sight is over-engineered with the needs of the tactical operator in 2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=128http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=128HEINIE SPECIALTY 1911 AUTO HEINIE SPECIALTY 1911 AUTO HEINIE SPECIALTY SEMI-AUTO QWIK SIGHTS Extra Wide Rear Notch For Fast Alignment SLANTPRO NIGHT SIGHTS ® TRIJICON® FRONT DOVETAIL SIGHT Serrated Ramps & Tritium Dots For Fast Pickup Fully-contoured, cross-dovetail sights complete with the increased, low light visibility of genuine Trijicon, tritium vials. Tapered dovetail holds the sight firmly. Fits nominal 60° x .300" x .060" front sight dovetails. a b SPECS: Steel, blued, matte finish, green dot. Blade; .126" (3.2mm) wide, . 175 (4.4mm), .185" (4.6mm), .190" (4.8mm) or .200" (5mm) high. Installation requires machining of slide. #394-000-001AG .175" Tritium Sight 4C39B97 . . . . . .$ 49.96 #394-311-185AG .185" Tritium Sight 4C39Z97 . . . . . . . 49.96 #394-311-190AG .190" Tritium Sight 4C39Z97 . . . . . . . 49.96 #394-311-200AG .200" Tritium Sight 4C39Z97 . . . . . . . 49.96 1911 AUTO Fixed sights feature an extra wide rear notch that promotes fast acquiClassic QWIK sition and alignment with the front blade. Perfect for competitive shooters, as well as aging eyes that need a little more daylight around the front sight. Wedge-shaped body sits low in Classic Straight Eight the slide and has rounded edges to promote a smooth, snag-free draw from concealment or competition holsters. All QWIK sights feature fine-line serrations on the rear face and a plain, SlantPro QWIK matte black finish to eliminate glare for excellent contrast and a crisp sight picture in bright light. Available as a front/rear set or rear sights only, in three of Heinie’s most popular configurations. Classic™ model is popular with many IPSC competitors and has a rear face that angles 1-2 degrees to the rear at the top to cut glare. SlantPro® rear sight face slants slightly forward with rounded corners on the front face for easy draw. Both available in plain black or Straight Eight® Night Sight configuration with Trijicon® self-illuminating green Tritium inserts that provide an easy-toacquire sight picture in low light. Tritium dot on the front sight aligns vertically with the single dot on the rear in a distinctive, elongated figure eight pattern. SPECS: Steel, matte black finish. Dovetails are cut .002"-.003" oversized to allow custom fitting. Front Sights – .300" x 60 degree dovetail. Heights vary to regulate properly with rear sight. Rear Sights – .375" x 65 degree dovetail. Notch: .156" wide x .120" deep. #394-000-046AG Classic QWIK Sight Set 4C59H13 .$ 70.99 #394-000-047AG Classic QWIK Sight, Rear Only, 4C44H48. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52.99 #394-000-048AG Classic QWIK Straight Eight Set, 4C119H74 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142.99 #394-000-049AG Classic QWIK Straight Eight, Rear Only, 4C78H44. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92.99 #394-000-050AG SlantPro QWIK Sight Set 4C59H13 . 70.99 #394-000-051AG SlantPro QWIK Sight, Rear Only, 4C44H48. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52.99 #394-000-052AG SlantPro QWIK Straight Eight, Rear, 4C119H74 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142.99 The ultimate marriage of quality and function, fixed combat sights with Trijicon® self-illuminating tritium inserts provide a fast, easy-to-acquire sight picture in all light conditions. Wedge shaped body has fully rounded edges and sets low in the slide for minimum profile and a smooth, snag-free draw for concealed carry. Fine-line serrations on rear of blades eliminate glare for the best possible sight picture. Dovetails are cut .002"-.003" oversized for secure fit in existing sight cuts; gunsmith fitting may be required. Setscrew locks rear sights in the slide dovetail to prevent shifting under recoil. Straight Eight® - One tritium dot on the front sight and one on the rear align vertically for exceptionally fast acquisition. 3-D - One tritium dot on the front sight, and two side-by-side dots on the rear sight for a more traditional, three-dot horizontal sight picture. The rear dots ar2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=129http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=129KENSIGHT 1911 AUTO KENSIGHT CLASSIC TARGET SIGHT Wire EDM Produced For Precision Fit & Function Machined steel sights have a onepiece blade cut from barstock, so it won’t fly apart when your shot matters most. Consistent, click-adjustable detents for windage and elevation give precise repeatability. All models feature a serrated blade for better target White Dot recognition and a rebated square notch for improved, “shadowless” front sight definition. BM #1 Deep Notch features a .020" deeper sight notch and finer surface serrations than standard model for easier front sight acquisition. LPA fits the LPA sight cut found on Springfield Armory, ParaOrdnance, Nowlin, High Standard, Olympic Arms, and Charles Daly 1911 Autos with factory-installed adjustable rear sights. White Dot models have rounded corners like the old Bo-Mar combat style adjustable sight, and features two, white, .070" (1.8mm) diameter dots, one on each side of rear notch. SPECS: 4140 steel, blue, matte finish. Blade - .750” (19mm) wide, x .430” (10.9mm) high. Notch - .100” (2.5mm) deep (except BM #1 Deep Notch and LPA), .135” wide. LPA - Notch is .115” wide x .095” deep. BM #1 Deep Notch – Notch is .135” wide x .120” deep. STOCK # FITS DOVETAIL PRICE #100-002-632AG BM #1 Standard 5A52P05 $ 64.99 #100-002-633AG BM #1 Deep Notch 5A52P50 $ 69.95 #100-003-069AG BM #1 White Dot 5A54V95 $ 69.95 #100-004-083AG LPA White Dot 5A54Y49 $ 69.95 #100-002-634AG Kimber 1911 Adj. 5A52P50 $ 67.95 #100-002-635AG Elliason 5A40U00 $ 53.95 Standard DEFENSIVE SIGHTS MEPROLIGHT PARA ORDNANCE MGW SEMI-AUTO Low Profile, No-Snag Design For Self Defense Pistols No sharp edges to drag Adjustable Fixed on holsters or snag clothing because these low profile sights are designed specifically for concealed carry. EDM machined from 4140 steel, then heat-treated to Rc 38-40 and vacuum tempered. Fully Adjustable (Adj.) models are click-adjustable for windage and elevation. Elevation Adjustable (Elev.) model provides the consistency of click adjustment for elevation only. Fixed (Fxd.) models feature no adjustments for maximum reliability and simplicity preferred by many shooters. White Dot (WD) model features two white, ABS plastic .070" (1.8mm) diameter dots, one on each side of rear notch. Tritium (Trit.) versions feature dual, self-luminous, .076" (1.9mm) diameter, green Tritium dots on both sides of the rear notch for improved sighting in low light conditions. Serrated (Sert.) models feature fine line serrations on the rear surface of the sight. Available to fit Novak-style dovetail. SPECS: 4140 steel, blue, matte finish. Fits Novak-style 65° x .495” dovetail cut. STOCK # MODEL PRICE #100-002-639AG Lo-Mount, Adj. 5A51U50 $ 64.95 #100-002-640AG Lo-Mount, Adj./Sert. 5A53U00 $ 68.95 #100-003-068AG Lo-Mount, Adj./Sert./WD 5A57V42 $ 73.99 #100-002-641AG Lo-Mount Elev./Trit. 5A80U71 $ 105.95 #100-002-642AG Lo-Mount Adj./Trit. 5A94U16 $ 124.95 #100-002-643AG Lo-Mount Fxd./Sert. 5A27U95 $ 34.95 #100-002-916AG Lo-Mount, Fxd./WD 5A29H77 $ 38.99 #100-002-644AG Lo-Mount Fxd./Trit. 5A57U23 $ 81.95 TRITIUM NIGHT SIGHT Daytime Visibility Plus Confidence In Low Light Conditions Rugged, steel tritium sight gives you a bright, white dot for fast target acquisition in low light situations with your Para Ordnance LDA. Rear sight has two dots, front sight has one dot for positive sight picture. Sealed, Tritium vials aren’t affected by even the most aggressive cleaning solvents. SPECS: Blued steel with white tritium inserts. Fits Para Ordnance LDA models with fixed dovetail front/rear sights. #387-000-038AG Tritium Night Sight 7H75C00 . . . .$ 109.00 DOVETAIL FRONT SIGHT BLANK 1911 AUTO Ready-To-Shape For Custom Applications Long enough and high enough for most custom pistol applications. Dovetail installation is much stronger than staking, so the front sight stays put under heavy recoil or extreme use. Drilled b for 1⁄16" diameter roll pin for more “hold”. Blues easily. a SPECS: Steel, blued. Blade - .268" (6.8mm) h2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=130http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=130NOVAK 1911 AUTO NOVAK NOVAK 1911 AUTO CARRY REAR SIGHT Low Profile; Fits Factory Dovetails FIBER OPTIC SIGHTS SIGHT No-Snag Design NOVAK 1911 AUTO TRITIUM GHOST SIGHT Fast, Clear Sight Picture; Compact, No-Snag Size Streamlined, rugged, all-steel sight eliminates the top half of the conventional ghost ring to quickly and naturally center the eye on the front sight. One Tritium dot is positioned below the aperture. Wedge shape prevents snagging. For use with .175".200" high front sights. a b SPECS: Steel, blue, matte finish. 1.02" (25.9mm) long, .720" (18.3mm) wide, .325" (8.3mm) high. .345" (8.8mm) wide semi-circular ghost ring. Use 65° x .495" dovetail cutter. Retrofits to pistols already equipped with Novak sights. #662-004-003AG Tritium Ghost Sight 2F73V65 . . . . .$ 89.99 1911 AUTO Exclusive, wedge-shaped, “Concealed Carry” design puts the sight body and blade close to the slide for a snag-free draw and smooth, comfortable carry. Highly visible rear blade with re- bated notch gives fast, glare-free sight pickup for more accurate instinctive shooting. Available in: plain black; with two, white dots; or two tritium dots. a b SPECS: Machined steel, blue, matte finish. 1911 AUTO - Fits Colt-style, 1911 auto rear dovetail, uses Series 80 factory front. Includes windage lock screw. May require slight fitting. .125" (3.1mm) wide notch. Rear blade is .630" (16mm) wide, .223" (5.6mm) high. #662-017-004AG Black 1911 Carry Sight 2F27Y96 . .$ 34.99 #662-017-005AG 2-Dot 1911 Carry Sight 2F31Y96 . . . 39.99 #662-001-002AG 2-Dot Trit. 1911 Carry Sight, 2F73A65 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89.99 KIMBER CLASSIC - Fits Kimber Classic dovetail, uses factory front sight. Includes windage lock screw. May require slight fitting. .125" (3.1mm) wide notch. Rear blade is .700" (17.9mm) wide, .316" (8mm) high. #662-030-125AG 2-Dot Kimber Sight 2F31Y96. . . . . .$ 39.99 #662-002-031AG 2-Dot Trit. Kimber Sight 2F73V65 . . 89.99 Maximizes Available Light For Fast, Low-Light Sight Acquisition Advanced light gathering properties of fiber optic rods make maximum use of ambient light to provide a bright glow that stands out against dark backgrounds and puts you on target fast, even in low-light or high-stress situations. Fronts and rears sold separately, so you can create a custom, three-dot, fiber optic system tailored to your shooting needs. Available with red or green inserts. Lo-Mount rear sights have radiused edges that won’t snag on holster or clothing. Front sight can also be used with Novak’s plain, wide-notch rear. Colt rear sight fits Government model; requires milling, installation instructions included. S&W rear sight drops in; fits both Commander and Government models. Kimber and Taurus front and rear sights are the same height as factory sights and fit factory dovetails; no machining required. a b SPECS: Machined steel, matte black finish with fiber optic rods in red or green. Colt – Front: Blade is .64" (1.6cm) long, .127" (3.2mm) wide. Rear: 1" (2.5cm) long, .72" (1.8cm) wide, .46" (1.17cm) high, with .125" (3.2mm) wide notch. Fits Government model; milling required, instructions included. Kimber – Front: Red insert. Blade is .650” (16.5mm) long, .125” (3.2mm) wide. Available in .150” (3.8mm) and .175” (4.4mm) heights. Rear: Green inserts. 1.080” (2.7cm) long, .704” (1.8cm) wide, with .125” wide notch. Fits factory dovetails of Kimber 1911 pistols; minor fitting may be required. S&W – Front: Blade is .47" (1.19cm) long, .127" (3.2mm) wide. Rear: .94" (2.4cm) long, .69" (1.8cm) wide, .38" (9.7mm) high, with .122" (3.1mm) wide notch. Fits Government and Commander models. Taurus – Front: Red insert. Blade is .66” (1.7cm) long, .123” (3.1mm) wide, .150” (3.8mm) high. Rear: Green inserts. .76” (1.9cm) long, .625” (1.6cm) wide, with .135” (3.4mm) wide notch. Fits Taurus 1911 pistols; minor fitting may be required. Competition (Comp) plain, target style, undercut blade with Lo-Mount Competition protected notch. Hangs over t2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=131http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=131NOVAK 1911 AUTO STI TRIJICON® WARREN TACTICAL 1911 AUTO X-MODEL REAR SIGHTS Tritium Bar ADJUSTABLE REAR SIGHTS Low-Profile, Easy Carry; Precise Sight Picture With Full Adjustability Precision-machined steel rear sights give ideal sight picture for Adjustable target or carry, with low profile and rounded contours that resist snagging. Flush-mounted, positive-click windage and elevation screws won’t get knocked from your selected settings. Flat blade with anti-glare serrations and wide notch provide Tactical Adjustable a clear, fast sight picture that is easy to acquire under stress. Adjustable sits low on the slide for quick alignment, yet provides a precise sight image. Fits Bo-Mar BMCS slide cut. Tactical Adjustable combines the adjustability of a target sight with the compact, snag-free profile of a fixed tactical sight that fits a standard Novak rear sight slide cut. Beveled and rounded edges won’t catch on clothes when drawing or holstering. a b SPECS: Steel, matte black finish. Installation may require milling, drilling, and tapping of slide. Adjustable – Blade: .434” (11mm) high, .762” (19.3mm) wide. Notch: .110” (2.8mm) wide. Fits Bo-Mar BMCS (BM#1) 60° x .359” cut. Tactical Adjustable – Blade: .325” (8.3mm) high, .690” (17 .5mm) wide. Notch: .110” wide. Fits Novak 65° x .495” slide cut. #791-256-000AG STI Adjustable Sight, 1G47P12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 58.99 #791-000-074AG Tactical Adjustable Rear Sight, 1G62H08 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77.60 TRITIUM HANDGUN SIGHTS Low Light Handgun Sights Without Batteries Nighttime and low light shooting tests prove sights equipped with these glowing dots are easier to see and more accurate than instinctive shooting with standard black sights. Rugged, heavy duty, Traser®, luminous, 3-Dot tritium lamps provide their own long-lasting energy source. Lamps are mounted in silicone-sealed, metal cylinders to give maximum protection from breakage or leakage. Polished sapphire, crystal windows give a bright, crisp and perfectly round aiming dot in low light. Inlaid white rings around each sapphire make the sights appear as standard white dots in daylight. Very narrow blades do not have the white ring and will look more like a plain black blade in daylight. Most can be installed in factory dovetail or sight base. Tenon, staked, 1911 models require use of special Trijicon installation tools to prevent sight damage. b a SPECS: Steel, blued with tritium inserts. Sights listed as Adj. are adjustable sights to fit guns originally equipped with factory, adjustable sights. Sights listed as Fxd. fit guns originally equipped with factory, fixed sights. Kimber fits Polymer Custom, Polymer Stainless, Pro Carry, Pro Carry II, Ultra Carry, Compact, Pro Eclipse II, and Ultra 10. Para - Fits Para-Ordnance. STOCK # FITS PRICE #892-101-001AG Colt 1911, Para P10, 2H89Y33 $ 97.75 P14 (Fxd.) Wide #892-101-002AG Colt 1911, (Fxd.) Narrow 2H97Y33 $ 106.25 #892-101-004AG Colt Comm., 2H105Y33 $ 114.75 Para P13 (Fxd.) Wide #892-101-006AG Colt Enhanced Govt. 2H108Y00 $ 117.30 #892-101-005AG Colt Off. ACP, Para P12 (Fxd.) 2H105Y33 $ 114.75 #892-101-103AG Colt Installation Tool 2H00YTP $ 270.30 #892-000-014AG Kimber (see specs for fit) 2H113A33 $ 123.50 #892-000-028AG S&W 1911 (Fxd.) 2H128U00 $ 140.25 TACTICAL SERIES SIGHTS Gets You On Target Fast; Plain Black & Fiber Optic Models Streamlined, all-steel sights fit low on the slide to resist snags that can impede the draw. Provide fast front sight recognition and enhanced field-of-view for quick target acquisition under stress—excellent for concealed carry or tactical competition. Rear sights are drift-adjustable for windage, with a locking setscrew to stay put. Some fitting may be required to install all these sights. Front Sight is available with a black, serrated rear face for reduced glare or interchangeable, bright red or green fiber optic rods for enhanced visibility in all light conditions. Sevigny Competition r2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=132http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=132HARRISON DESIGN & CONSULTING 1911 AUTO XS SIGHT SYSTEMS XS SIGHT SYSTEMS EXTREME SERVICE REAR SIGHTS 1911 AUTO Heavy-Duty Fixed Sight With Novak Dovetail; Plain Black & Tritium Models Rugged, fixed rear sight features a precision machined Novak dovetail for easy replacement of your factory sight with a combat sight suitable for duty or carry. Extra-wide, .135" notch provides more light around the front blade to open up the sight picture for fast target acquisition. Precisely milled, horizontal 50 lpi serrations on the rear face help eliminate glare in bright light. Allen head setscrew locks sight into slide dovetail for a rock-solid installation that won’t shoot loose. Precision machined from steel bar stock. Regulates with most factory installed front sights. Machined from solid steel bar stock with radiused edges that help prevent holster snag for a smooth, uninterrupted presentation. Minor fitting may be required. Available in standard and extra-height Plain Black, plus 1- or 2-Dot Tritium night sight configurations. Extra-height model recommended for Officers Model or shorter slides. Does not fit Kimber, Para-Ordnance, or Smith & Wesson SW1911. SPECS: Steel, black, matte finish. 1" (2.5cm) long, .690" (1.7cm) wide, .325" (8.3mm) high rear blade. Extra height model has .375" (9.5mm) high rear blade. Notch - .135" (3.3mm) wide x .125" (3.17mm) deep. Fits Novak .495" x 65° dovetail cut. Does not fit Kimber, Para-Ordnance, or Smith & Wesson SW1911. #100-006-568AG Novak-Cut Rear Sight, Plain Blk, 9B45H52. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 54.49 #100-006-571AG Novak-Cut Ex-Height Sight, Plain Blk, 9B47H17. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56.49 #100-006-569AG Novak-Cut Rear Sight, 1-Dot Tritium, 9B74H48. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89.99 #100-006-570AG Novak-Cut Rear Sight, 2-Dot Tritium, 9B92H69. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109.99 24/7 TRITIUM EXPRESS SIGHT SET Quick Sight Acquisition, Day or Night Matched sight set features green tritium on both the front and rear sights for fast pickup under any light conditions. Rear sight features vertical tritium bar with a highly visible, white border; front includes tritium dot surrounded by a white ring. Rounded, low profile design won’t slow your draw. Designed to directly replace factory sights. Standard Dot front sight has narrow, white ring around the tritium dot for precise aiming at longer distances. Big Dot front sight has a large, easyto-see white ring surrounding the tritium dot. a b SPECS: Machined steel, matte black. Big Dot .161" (4mm) diameter dot. Standard Dot .110" (2.8mm) diameter dot. 1911 Govt, Comm, Officers: Rnd. fits round top slides. Novak fits slides with Novakstyle sight cut. 1911 front requires 65° x .330" x .075" front sight dovetail. All rear sights are secured with two set screws. Para P13/ P14 Limited rear sight has adjustment screws for elevation. Gunsmith installation recommended. STOCK # BD STOCK # STD TRIT EXP SET TRIT EXP SET FITS #006-000-132AG NA Charles Daly EMS #006-000-052AG NA Kimber Compact #006-115-004AG #006-000-074AG Kimber Cust. & Ultra Carry #006-115-001AG #006-000-063AG 1911 Govt. Rnd #006-000-042AG #006-000-064AG 1911 Govt. Rnd Novak #006-000-043AG #006-000-065AG 1911 Comm. Rnd #006-000-044AG #006-000-066AG Officer ACP & .380 Cal. Rnd #006-000-120AG #006-000-121AG Para P10, P12, C6.45, C7.45 #006-000-122AG #006-000-123AG Para P13, P14 Limited, Adj. #006-000-046AG #006-000-068AG Springfield 1911 Loaded NA #006-000-069AG Springfield Champ. & Cmpct #006-000-048AG #006-000-070AG Sprgfld Ultra & Micro Cmpct — A dvise # — 24/7 Express Sight Set, except P13/P14 Limited 6K90A00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 120.00 — A dvise # — 24/7 Express Sight Set, P13/P14 Limited, 6K112A50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150.00 EXPRESS SIGHT SET Low Profile, High Visibility, Rapid Sight Picture ALLCHIN C-MORE COMP MOUNT Lightweight & Rigid Single side design help2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=133http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=133EGW 1911 AUTO ALESSI 1911 AUTO DOCTER RED DOT SIGHT MOUNT Replaces Rear Sight For Easy Installation Of A Docter-Style Red Dot Adapter base fits “iron” rear sight dovetails for easy mounting of a Docter or similar red dot sight with a hole pattern that fits a Docter base. No modifications to slide required. Adjustable hex-head screw ensures a secure lock in the dovetail; includes two hex-head cap screws to secure sight to base. Models available to fit Novak and Bo-Mar rear sight dovetails. a b SPECS: 7075 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, black. Will not accept J-Point/Optima red dot sights. #296-000-137AG Novak Sight Mount 6B40H43 . . . . .$ 49.95 #296-000-135AG Bo-Mar Sight Mount 6B40H43 . . . . . 49.95 HOLSTERS BLACKHAWK INDUSTRIES 1911 AUTO BLACKHAWK INDUSTRIES 1911 AUTO Super-Fitting, Handmade, Top-Grade Gunleather That’ll Last A Lifetime Each holster is individually handmade from top-grade leather for a superb made-for-your-gun fit you can depend on. They look great, last a lifetime, and are available in a variety of styles to fit your pistol and your style of carry. Meticulously hand-fitted to the contours of the gun to ensure secure retention, with a molded sight channel that protects the front sight and the holster from unwanted wear. All materials made in the USA. Requires no break-in. Nylon thread stitching with double-stitched stress points and back-tacked ends for years of service. SPECS: Top-grade leather, black only. Fits belts up to 1½" wide. Right-hand carry only. CQC-S HOLSTER – Features a slight forward cant for ease of presentation. Designed to be worn on the outside of the waistband just behind your hip in front of your rear pocket. Snap-closure belt loops on both sides help prevent twisting, and let you install the holster without taking off your belt. Reinforced on the front face for added stiffness and easy re-holstering. #100-005-473AG CQC-S Holster, Govt 7D120C69 . . .$ 124.99 #100-005-472AG CQC-S Holster, Commander, 7D120C69. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124.99 #100-005-471AG CQC-S Holster, Officers 7D120C69 . 124.99 PCH HOLSTER – An extremely comfortable inside-the-waistband holster, the Professional Carry Holster features a 15° forward cant to aid in quick presentation and easy one-handed re-holstering. Designed to wear just behind the hip with an extended stabilizing tab that helps distribute weight and prevent uncomfortable rubbing. Compact, double belt loop with snapflaps let you install the holster without taking off your belt. #100-005-465AG PCH Holster, Govt 7D140X00 . . . . .$ 144.99 #100-005-464AG PCH Holster, Commander, 7D140X00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144.99 #100-005-463AG PCH Holster, Officers 7D140X00 . . . 144.99 DOJ-S HOLSTER – Originally designed for the California Department of Justice, this outsidethe-waistband holster features an extended rear wing for stability and a snug, low-profile fit to the body. An extra layer of leather, stitched to the front edge for extra support includes the integral belt loop. Vertical no-cant design for enhanced crossdraw capability. #100-005-482AG DOJ-S Holster, Govt, 7D120C69. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 124.99 #100-005-481AG DOJ-S Holster, Commander, 7D120C69. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124.99 #100-005-480AG DOJ-S Holster, Officers 7D120C69 . 124.99 WATCH 6 HOLSTER – Combines some of the best features of the CQC-S and PCH models for a great, inside-the-waistband holster for all-around-carry. A 15° forward cant keeps the grip from digging into your side and aids in fast, smooth presentation. An extra wide wing with a riveted polymer belt loop on each side provides excellent weight distribution. #100-005-490AG Watch 6 Holster, Govt, 7D96C55 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 99.99 #100-005-489AG Watch 6 Holster, Commander, 7D96C55 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99.99 #100-005-488AG Watch 6 Holster, Officers 7D96C55 . . 99.99 SHOULDER HOLSTER2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=134http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=134BLADE-TECH 1911 AUTO BLADE-TECH INDUSTRIES FOBUS 1911 AUTO GALCO INTERNATIONAL 1911 AUTO BLACK ICE HOLSTER Secure Weapon Retention & Fast Draw Lightweight Kydex® competition holster has a broad “speed-cut” front opening that lets the gun clear the holster fast, even when you draw from a seated position. Enables quick rotation of the muzzle forward, toward the target, eliminating sideways movement during the draw that can endanger bystanders. Tall sight channel provides plenty of clearance for aftermarket night sights or fiber optic sights. Triggerguard tension lock ensures the weapon stays in the holster until you draw it. Tough, chemical- and wear-resistant Kydex holds its shape indefinitely and provides a super-slick, snag-free interior surface that aids a fast draw. Dual tension screws let you fine-tune the level of retention. Adjusts for three optional carry angles: straight drop, muzzle forward, or FBI cant. Adjustable Tek-Lok belt clip gives a choice of high- or low-ride on hip. Hinge pin and locking tab make it fast and easy to unclip from belt. ASR attachment system pulls gun closer to the body for better concealment. SPECS: Thermoformed Kydex, black. Right-hand only. Fits full-size 1911 Government Model. Tek-Lok fits belts up to 2¼" (5.7cm) wide. ASR fits belts up to 2" (5.1cm) wide. #098-000-086AG Black Ice Holster, Tek-Lok, 8K53X55 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 66.99 #098-000-083AG Black Ice Holster, ASR, 8K51X98 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64.99 KYDEX HOLSTERS & POUCHES ® TACTICAL ELITE HOLSTER Comfortable Carry That’s Light & Secure Triggerguard-detent, passive retention system provides nearly snatch-proof security, and allows a quick, smooth draw. Molded from lightweight thermoplastic for an exact fit, with a molded-in sight channel to prevent snagging. Contoured paddle with a full width belt lock lets the firearm hug your body. SPECS: RX18 thermoplastic, black. Right-hand only. C-21 fits 5" 1911 Auto. #100-000-286AG C-21 Tactical Paddle Holster, 3K16B93 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 27.99 MAGAZINE POUCH - Uses a friction pad retention system to keep magazine secure; prevents rattling. Paddle, with full-length belt lock, holds pouch tightly to your belt. SPECS: RX18 thermoplastic, black. Accepts singlestack,1911 Auto magazines. #100-000-288AG 1911 Auto Double Mag Pouch, 3K15B67 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 24.99 Comfortable, Simple, Secure; Impervious To Wear Kydex provides long-lasting weapon retention, plus it stands up to the harshest environment, does not squeak, and it’s impervious to solvents and oils. Tension screws allow you to adjust retention. All models include reducers for 11⁄2" and 11⁄4" belts. STANDARD HOLSTER - Paddle model has threeway adjustment for carry angle, FBI cant, straight drop and muzzle forward. Wide, comfortable paddle with adjustable retaining keeper holds the holster to the waistband. Belt model has straight-up carry angle, provides fast draw and close, comfortable carry. IDPA approved. SPECS: Kydex, black. Fits belts to 13⁄4" (4.4cm) wide. Fits Colt-style slides. Oversize, aftermarket slides may not fit. STK # PADDLE STK # BELT FITS #098-100-011AG #098-101-011AG Govt #098-100-012AG #098-101-012AG Cmdr — Advise # — Paddle Holster 8K50X36 . . . . . . . . . . .$ 62.95 — Advise # — Belt Holster 8K50X36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62.95 INSIDE WAIST BAND HOLSTER (IWB) - Wear between the belt and pants or inside the waist band. Adjustable for angle of carry; FBI Tilt or straight up carry position. Dual belt loops secure holster. Hammer shield prevents snagging on clothing. SPECS: Kydex, black. Adjustable to fit belts 11⁄4" to 13⁄4" (4.4cm) wide. Fits Colt-style slides. Oversize, aftermarket slides may not fit. #098-000-011AG IWB Holster 8K44V80 . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 51.99 FLASHLIGHT/MAGAZINE POUCH - Holds one single stack magazine and a Surefire 6P/9P flashlight, lens down. Tek-Lok™ quick release b2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=135http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=135HOGUE SEMI-AUTO IMITCH ROSEN 1911 AUTO SAFARILAND SAFARILAND UNIVERSAL POWERSPEED HOLSTER ™ EXPRESS LINE GUN LEATHER ™ 013 COMPETITION HOLSTER Adjustable To Fit All Barrel Lengths One holster fits both your Limited and Unlimited pistol. Adjustable nosepiece has reduced profile with closed bottom, gives fast draw with excellent security. May be quickly adjusted to accommodate pistols with barrel or barrel/compensator combinations from 5" (12.7cm) to 7" (17.8cm) long. Aluminum body accepts all frame- or slide-mounted scope applications with no adjustment necessary. Tension-adjustable insert block locks onto the triggerguard and holds the pistol securely until you’re ready to draw. A simple slide lever on the outside of the holster locks the trigger block to prevent accidental release of the pistol. Flick the slide to the rear as you start the draw to release the lock. a b SPECS: Machined aluminum & reinforced molded polymer, matte black. Right-hand only. Fits 1911 Auto, STI/SVI, EAA Witness, ParaOrdnance, Caspian. CZ-75, CZ-85, McCormick/Tripp, Sphinx, Strayer-Voigt Infinity, Tanfoglio, and Springfield P-9. Fits belts up to 13⁄4" (4.4cm) wide. Hook and loop fasteners lock holster to belt. #797-000-133AG 013 Holster 7G215A93 . . . . . . . . . . .$ 259.99 ARRENDONDO MUZZLE PLATFORM - Replaces the Safariland factory muzzle strap; secures gun without restricting your draw. Muzzle rests over a nylon spud that won’t lose tension with use. Spud fits 9mm/.38/.40/.45 caliber. SPECS: High-impact polyurethane, black, matte finish. #069-000-002AG Muzzle Platform 9F30V08 . . . . . . . .$ 38.50 6004 TACTICAL HOLSTER Lightweight, Rugged, Secure Weapon Retention & Protection Maximum Retention; Releases Instantly For A Lightning-Fast Draw Modular holster securely retains your pistol, then releases instantly as you draw. Exclusive design uses three, extremely powerful rare earth magnets to hold almost any semi-auto pistol snugly on the support platform ready to draw. Separate locking mechanism secures the triggerguard in your choice of two levels of retention. Fully-Locked or Semi-Race; releases instantly with just a light push from the thumb as you draw. Disengage the lock for a completely unimpeded draw in full-race situations. Made from lightweight, unbreakable, resin impregnated plastic. Holster is fully adjustable for width at triggerguard, height of draw and left- or right-hand carry. Includes two belt mounts: Competition/Duty is adjustable for cant and angle, fits belts 11⁄2" (3.8cm) to 3" (7.6cm) wide; High Rise fits 11⁄2" wide belts and is designed for concealed carry. SPECS: Plastic, black 7 .2 oz. (202 g) wt. Fits most full-size, semiauto pistols with steel slides and a minimum barrel length of 31⁄2". #408-300-000AG Powerspeed Holster 8K85Z71 . . . . $ 119.99 Top-Of-The-Line Craftsmanship At An Affordable Price From One Of The Most Innovative Names In Handgun Leather Hand fitted from the finest quality cowhide to precisely match the contours of the firearm for a snug fit and secure retention. Nylon thread stitching with double-stitched stress points and back-tacked ends for years of service. Formed sight channel ensures the front sight never snags or pulls leather. Excellent attention to detail and design gives comfortable, all-day carry. a b ARG, AMERICAN REAR GUARD - Inside-thewaistband. Double leather and steel reinforced top for easy, one-hand re-holstering. Rides extremely low with radical rearward muzzle rake. Single rear belt loop reduces bulk; holds securely to belt. Draws the butt tightly against body for minimal printing. One-way snap for easy removal. SPECS: Cowhide, tan and brown. Fits 11⁄2" belt loops. Right-hand. #100-000-465AG ARG Holster, 1911 Auto 5K70A00 . .$ 90.00 PREMIER HOLSTER - Hand-fitted from the finest quality cowhide to precisely match the contours of the firearm for a snug fit and secure retention. Holster features two snap closures for quick attachment and release without removing belt. Double nylon stitchi2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=136http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=136SAFARILAND 1911 AUTO SOFT ARMOR 1911 AUTO Leg SKYLINE TOOLWORKS NOVAK 1911 AUTO 77-53 DOUBLE MAGAZINE POUCH Secure Magazine Retention & Protection From The Elements HOLSTERS Lightweight Nylon Holsters For A Variety Of Carry Styles UNIVERSAL CLIPDRAW Attaches In Seconds To Most Handguns; Easily Removable For Use With Holsters Spring steel belt clip installs to most pistols and revolvers to provide secure carry with minimum bulk for maximum concealment. Attach the pre-drilled mounting plate to a clean, flat surface on the gun using the provided high-bond, 3M double-back tape, then fasten the clip to the mounting plate with the included Allen screws. Adhesion actually increases over time. For conventional holster carry, simply unscrew and remove the clip; mounting plate will not interfere with most holster configurations. Installation requires a minimum 3"x1/4" flat surface area on the firearm. Great for any handgun with varying carry requirements. Stretch release technology makes it easy to completely remove all traces of mounting tape with no remaining residue or blemishes to your gun’s metal finish. SPECS: Steel, blue (BL) or stainless steel (SS), natural finish. 3” (7 .6cm) long, ¼” (6mm) wide, 3⁄8" (10mm) high. Includes adhesive strips, cleaning pads, screws, and Allen wrench. #918-000-003AG SS Universal Clipdraw 8A11Y95 . .$ 19.95 #918-000-004AG BL Universal Clipdraw 8A11Y95 . . . 19.95 TACTICAL LIGHT RAIL Rock Solid Under-Receiver Mounting Of Tactical Lights & Lasers Low-profile accessory mount attaches to underside of receiver in front of triggerguard for ultra-secure mounting of tactical lights and laser aiming devices. Gets light/laser close to the bore axis for accurate aiming, with controls in easy reach of support hand. Four precision machined slots accept any accessory designed to fit a MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny rail. Beveled and dehorned for snag-free operation; extends only ¼" below frame to allow easy fit in any holster designed for use with light/ laser-equipped pistols. Available in blued carbon steel, matte gray stainless steel, or extremely lightweight aluminum with matte black anodized finish. Mounts using three super-strong, heat-hardened hex-head screws; drilling and tapping of frame required. b a SPECS: Steel - Carbon steel, blued, or stainless, matte gray finish. 1.3 oz. (36g) weight. Aluminum - Anodized, matte black. .4 oz. (12g). All models 2.18” (5.5cm) long, .835” (2.1cm) wide. Extends approx. ¼” (6.4mm) below frame when installed. Drilling and tapping of frame required. Includes mounting screws, hex wrench, and instructions. #662-000-080AG Blued Steel Tactical Light Rail, 2F49U49 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 59.95 #662-000-078AG Stainless Steel Tactical Light Rail, 2F49U96 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59.99 #662-000-079AG Aluminum Tactical Light Rail, 2F49U96 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59.99 1911 AUTO HOLSTERS/MAG POUCHES Rugged pouch made of incredibly tough, abrasion-resistant synthetic material securely holds two spare magazines at the ready for fast tactical reloads. Individual snap-flaps lets you access one mag while leaving the other one secured in its compartment. Designed specifically for use with the Safariland 6004/6005 Tactical Thigh Holster system, but will fit any 2¼" belt. Injection-molded polymer and heat-fused polymer laminate construction provides snug fit, with adjustment screw for extra secure retention. Inside of pouch back and flaps is covered with a thin layer of Safari-Suede™ to protect magazine finish and absorb oils and lubricants. Tough STX Tactical™ exterior finish blends well with other tactical and duty gear, repels water, and resists scuffs and nicks, yet looks good through years of hard use. Will not absorb water or sweat, and cleans up easily with water and mild soap. SPECS: Molded and heat-laminated polymers, black. Fits magazines for Colt 1911 Government Model, Commander, Officers, and clones includi2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=137http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=137EGW THERMOLD 10-8 PERFORMANCE C.B. GIORNESTO 1911 AUTO 4-CALIBER CARTRIDGE CHECKER Helps Prevent Jams By Making Sure Each Round Meets Specs Before Shooting Make sure all your ammo is in spec before you shoot that critical match. One tool lets you check four popular calibers used in practical shooting matches: 9mm, .38 Super, .40 S&W, and .45 ACP. Helps you avoid jams, misfires, feeding problems, and other malfunctions caused by out-of-spec ammo that can cost you precious points—or the whole match. Machined aluminum with check holes precision bored using the same high-quality Clymer reamers EGW chambers its barrels with. a b SPECS: 6061 T6 aluminum, anodized, black. 3” (7 .6cm) long, 1” (2.5cm) wide, 1¼” (3.2cm) high. #296-000-125AG 4-Caliber Cartridge Checker, 6B16U49. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 21.95 PISTOL MAGAZINE LOADER Makes Loading Fast, Easy & Painless Molded polymer, pushbutton-operated loader helps you quickly load a centerfire pistol magazine with less wear and tear on your fingers and thumb— and the magazine. Compresses the mag spring uniformly, so inserting the rounds puts less pressure on the feed lips and helps extend magazine life. Push the spring-loaded plunger down onto the magazine follower, slide a round in the opening, release the plunger, and push the round the rest of the way into the magazine. Repeat until magazine is full. SPECS: Zytel nylon, black. Single-Stack fits magazines up to .550" (14mm) wide; Double- Stack fits magazines up to .800" (20.3mm) wide. Not intended for Glock magazines. #100-005-860AG Single Stack Magazine Loader, 7C05V38 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 6.99 #100-005-861AG Double Stack Magazine Loader, 7C05V38 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.99 ARMORER TOOL Sturdy Non-Marring Tool Has Dozens Of Uses Handy tool of extremely tough, non-marring glassreinforced nylon is perfect for prying and pushing applications where a metal tool can damage the part or gun finish. Rigid chisel point on one end is useful for depressing springs and spring-loaded parts—even use to thread MOLLE straps through webbing—while the semi-flexible flat blade on the other end can get into tight spots or serve as a temporary shim. Great to have around during disassembly of semi-auto pistols like the 1911, Glock, or Smith & Wesson M&P or when working on service rifles like the AR-15/M16. Multiple ridges molded into the grasping area in the middle of the tool help prevent slippage when working with oily or greasy hands. Available in Black, Flat Dark Earth, and Foliage Green. a b SPECS: Glass reinforced nylon, Black, Flat Dark Earth, or Foliage Green. Approximately 5” (12.7cm) long, ¼” (6.4mm) diameter. #100-003-708AG Armorer Tool, Black 1B06V49 . . . . . . $ 7.95 #100-003-709AG Armorer Tool, Flat Dark Earth, 1B06V49 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.95 #100-003-710AG Armorer Tool, Foliage Green, 1B06V49 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.95 THE 1911 BLOK Frees Both Hands & Holds Pistol Securely In Vise For Easy Cleaning & Maintenance 1911 AUTO Solid, high-strength vise block slides into mag well and locks tight using the mag catch to hold your 1911 pistol securely for easy cleaning and maintenance. Keeps both hands free for detailed, precision work, and helps eliminate the chance of dropping the pistol and causing damage. Durable, injection-molded polymer composite construction won’t mar or scratch gun and resists most common solvents. Fits Government Model, Commander, and Officers Model. a b SPECS: Polymer, black. Stem - 4¼” (10.8cm) long. #100-003-987AG 1911 Vise Block 6B30V54 . . . . . . . . .$ 39.99 BAT INDUSTRIES 1911 AUTO ROTO STAND Holds Pistol Securely In Any Position For TwoHands-Free Cleaning & Maintenance Sturdy, adjustable stand holds your 1911 securely in a wide range of positions for easy cleaning and maintenance. Frees both hands to work and gets the pistol up from the work surface to protect i2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=138http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=1381911 ARMORER’S TOOL KIT 1911 AUTO u 23 Brownells i u 10 u 1 u 16 u 12 u 13 u 6 u 9 u 7 u 17 u 11 u 20 u 8 u 18 u 3 u 2 u 19 u 5 u 4 u 21 u 14 u 22 j PLUNGER TUBE CRIMPER KIT - Easy-to-use tool lets you secure the plunger tube to the frame without fear of tube crush or frame damage. SPECS: Steel, 7" (17cm) long. Crimper Kit includes crimper and plunger tube support. Includes external reinforcing block. Plunger Tube Support - Hardened steel. 4" (10.2cm) long, .106" (2.7mm) diameter. Step is .300" (7 .6mm) long, .090" (2.3mm) diameter. #080-806-500AG Plunger Tube Crimper Kit, 8K57Z94 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 74.99 Brownells 1911 AUTO FIELD MAINTENANCE PACK Complete, Dedicated Kit For Field Repair & Maintenance Of Tactical 1911 Autos This compact field maintenance pack is designed specifically for servicing combat 1911 Autos during Military Ops. And, it provides the soldier with all the required tools to field strip, repair, and maintain this pistol while on the move. This is not a run-of-the-mill cleaning kit, but carefully selected, high-quality field armorer tools dedicated to working on the 1911 pistol, so there is no confusion and no down time spent scrounging through one large field case of loose odds and ends. Individual pouches and compartments inside the water- and abrasion-resistant, denier Cordura case keeps all tools secure and separated to help minimize noise that could jeopardize your mission. Quiet, #9 YKK zippers with oversize pulls make it fast and easy to get tools in and out. Front panel features clear, I.D. card sleeve and loop strip for name tape. Includes two, nylon grab handles for easy carry. Made in the U.S.A. Field Pack Case is also available separately. a b SPECS: Includes: #81 MAGNA-TIP® screwdriver handle w/ #1203, #185-00, #185-1, #240-5, T15 Torx, and bushing driver bits; grip bushing staker; lug iron; bushing wrench; plunger tube crimper kit; safety detent depressor; trigger stirrup die; nylon/brass hammer; pistol bench block; (3) nylon punches; front sight staking tool; extractor removal tool; .092" and .120" dia. brass push punches; mainspring housing pin pusher; 12"x24" bench/field gun mat. 5 lb. 2 oz. (2.32 kg) wt. #080-000-456AG 1911 Auto Field Pack 8K276H46. .$ 366.99 FIELD PACK CASE - The same, heavy-duty, Cordura field case included with our 1911 Auto Weapons Field Maintenance Pack. Made available separately for your addtional tactical gear and accessories. SPECS: Denier Cordura nylon, O.D. green. 12" (30.5cm) long, 10½" (26.7cm) high, 3½" (8.9cm) thick. #080-000-459AG Field Pack Case 8K48H73 . . . . . . . .$ 64.99 Brownells 1911 AUTO TRIGGER STIRRUP DIE Forms Stirrup For Precise Trigger Pull Makes it easy to smooth out the bends Trigger not included and bumps found in production triggers and match-fit them for precise, no-wobble travel. Slide a trigger over the die and tap lightly around it with a small hammer. Maintains correct shape and angles. Dual use, lets you save dinged and damaged ones too. Models available for standard Single-Stack, as well as double-stack Para-Ordnance and STI pistols. a b SPECS: Hardened Steel. Single-Stack - 115⁄16" (23.8mm) long, 5⁄8" 1⁄ 17⁄ (15.9mm) thick, 1 2" (3.8cm) high. Para-Ordnance - 1 32" (3.9cm) long, 15⁄16" (2.4cm) thick, 2" (5.1cm) high. STI - 2" long, 15⁄16" thick, 3" (7 .6cm) high. #080-710-045AG Single-Stack Stirrup Die 8K20C88 $ 25.99 #080-000-388AG Para-Ord Stirrup Die 8K25Z98 . . . . . 38.99 #080-000-389AG STI Trigger Stirrup Die 8K25Z98 . . 38.99 u 15 MAINSPRING HOUSING PIN PUSHER - Pops the mainspring housing pin out easily. SPECS: Approx. 3" (7 .6cm). RC 50 steel shank, plastic handle. #080-850-000AG Mainspring Housing Pin Pusher, 8K16U56. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 24.99 1911 AUTO TRIGGER STIRRUP DIE - Smoothes out bends and bumps found in production triggers to match-fit them for smooth travel. SPECS: Hardened Steel. 115⁄16" (23.8mm) long, 5⁄8" (15.9mm) thick, 11⁄2" (3.8cm) high. #080-710-042011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=139http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=1391911 AUTO RAIL SWAGING PUNCHES Helps Prevent Frame Rail Damage Puts downward swaging pressure directly onto the frame rails and not on the frame. Giant steel punches with specially machined steps prevent overpeening and crushed frame rails. Single or Double design allows tightening only the specific rail area required for closer frame-to-slide fit. a b SPECS: Machined steel. 57⁄8" (56cm) long, 1" (2.5cm) diameter. Set includes 1 punch of each design. #080-805-001AG Single Swage Punch 8K29Z98 . . . .$ 39.99 #080-805-002AG Double Swage Punch 8K25Z41. . . . . 30.99 #080-805-000AG Swage Punch Set 8K49Z84 . . . . . . . . 65.95 Brownells Brownells 1911 FIELD TOOL KIT 8 POWER CUSTOM 1911 AUTO FRAME SUPPORT SYSTEM 2-Piece Set Prevents Frame Damage During Fitting, Acts As Guide For Stippling Stops frame “crush” while performing any of the lapping, heavy hammering or heating and bending alterations that require holding and squeezing the frame in a bench vise. Expandable Magazine Well Support adjusts to fill magazine opening so it can’t collapse. Hardened steel Side Plates index off the grip bushings to take vise jaw pressure and dings, plus provide a convenient, damageproof, straight edge guide for stippling on the front strap. Fits all types and calibers of 1911 Auto frames. a b SPECS: Heat-treated steel, blued finish. Mag Well Support - 4" 3⁄ .62cm) (10cm) long, adjusts to 1 8" (3.5cm) wide. Side Plates - 3 " (7 wide, 41⁄2" (11.4cm) long, 1⁄4" (6.3mm) thick. Includes Allen wrenches, adjustment screws and instructions. #713-100-000AG Frame Support System, 3A00VBX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 75.00 Brownells Remove Slide “Play” Accurately & Professionally 1911 AUTO SLIDE FITTING BARS 1911 AUTO 7 3 4 5 2 6 1 1911 AUTO SLIDE RAIL MICROMETER Quickly Choose Correct Slide Fitting Bar With Micrometer Accuracy For match level accuracy, slideto-frame fit on 1911-style au- tos must be closer than a gnat’s whisker. This specially modified Starrett mike precisely measures the thickness of the slide’s “rails”. Makes choosing the correct slide fitting bar quick and accurate. No guesswork. Take measurement at three points along the slide, average readings together, and select a slide fitting bar (listed elsewhere) .001" to .002" thicker. a b SPECS: Stainless steel, 21⁄2" (6.3cm) overall. Carbide measuring faces read .0000 to .4265" (10.8mm). Includes plastic case. #827-561-730AG Slide Rail Micrometer, 7B00ZAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 213.99 Brownells/STARRETT Fix In-The-Field Problems On The Spot Six critical tools to do field maintenance, improve performance, and assist in assembly/disassembly on your 1911 pistol. The heavy-duty tool box provides you a convenient way to haul the tools to matches or wherever you take your 1911. To protect your gun, parts, and work surface, we also included a highlyabsorbent field/bench mat to work on. a b #080-100-184AG 1911 Field Tool Kit 8K183C06 . . . .$ 205.99 WEIGAND COMBAT 1911 AUTO FRAME HOLDING FIXTURE Clamps & Holds Frames Without Damage Aluminum vise jaws hold all singlestack, 1911 Auto frames for machining and rail-peening operations. Won’t slide in the vise. Relieved for plunger tube/oversize mag wells. a b SPECS: Machined aluminum, silver, 1⁄ matte finish. 4" (10cm) square, each plate is 2" (12.7mm) thick. Includes instructions. 957-122-000AG Frame Holding Fixture, 7E00XCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 64.99 TOOL BOX - Heavy-duty, plastic case conveniently holds everything in one place. Perfect for the shop, armory, or as a take along to a match. SPECS: High-impact plastic. 15" (38.1cm) long, 7" (18cm) wide, 5" (13cm) high. #696-100-303AG Tool Box 6F11Z98 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 17.59 1911 ARMORER’S ADD-ON PAK - 15 additional tools essential to assemble, disassemble, improve performance, and to do general maintenance on 1911-style pistols; turns your Field Tool Kit into an Armorer’s Kit. SPECS: Upgrade Kit includes: (1) #81 Magna-Tip®2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=140http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=140Brownells/YAVAPAI 1911 AUTO 1911 AUTO 1911 AUTO SLIDE JIG Faster, More Precise Milling Of Popular Slide Modifications FITTING & DEBURRING FILE SET Indispensable For Accurizing Your Pistol For Precise Fit & Function Convenient set of five, round parallel files for deburring mag release hole, slide stop hole, and other frame pin holes to ensure precise fit and smooth function of your 1911. Also use to fit, shape, and blend beavertail grip safety to frame. Americanpattern, single-cut files ensure gradual, even metal removal to help you maintain precise dimensions. Indispensable for any accurizing job. a b SPECS: Hardened cutting steel. Round parallel files with approximately 6½” (15.2cm) cutting surface, 2” (5.1cm) tang. Kit contains one each 1⁄8" (3.2mm), 5⁄32" (4mm), 3⁄16" (4.8mm), 7⁄32" (5.6mm), ¼” (6.4mm) diameter. #191-000-002AG 1911 File Set 1A16X36 . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 21.99 Brownells 1911 AUTO DISCONNECT SCRAPER Brownells GRIP SCREW BITS Securely holds all models of 1911 Auto slides for more precise milling of low-mount sight dovetails, extractor rollover cuts, front cocking serrations, French Cuts, ejection port lowering, 1° comp cuts plus, makes a great handle for power-sanding and polishing. a b SPECS: Aluminum. 53⁄4" (14.6cm) long, 2" (10cm) wide, 1 lb. 10 oz. (759g) wt. Includes complete instructions. #080-835-002AG 1911 Slide Jig 8K95U10 . . . . . . . . .$ 126.99 Deepens Disconnector Notch For Smoother Trigger “Feel” Super-hard, steel scraper lets you deepen the disconnector notch to keep the disconnector from bumping the slide. The right way to end the problem. NEVER shorten the disconnector. a b SPECS: CPM Rex 76 steel. 51⁄4" (13.3cm) long overall. #080-746-002AG Disconnect Scraper 8K11T88 . . . . .$ 16.99 Allen®, TORX® & Slotted Bits Fit Right Here are the three Magna®-Tip bits you’ll need to install and remove our custom grip screws. Although we picked them to match our screws, they’ll fit other brands too. a b SPECS: Steel, heat treated. Allen: 3⁄32" hex. Slotted: 240-5. TORX: T-15. Fit Brownells 1911 Auto and Ruger MkI/MkII grip screws. #080-185-100AG 3⁄32" Allen Bit 1K02U52 . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 2.99 #080-240-540AG 240-5 Slotted Bit 8K02H52 . . . . . . . . . . 2.99 #080-435-015AG T-15 TORX Bit 8K02B52 . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.99 Brownells 1911 AUTO SLIDE/FRAME RAIL FILE 1911 AUTO DISCONNECTOR STAKING TOOL Eliminates Lateral Movement Of The Disconnector For A Tighter, Cleaner Trigger Pull Steel punch reduces the size of the disconnector hole in the frame to prevent lateral movement of the disconnector and help eliminate creep from the trigger pull. Use as part of any accurizing or trigger job to produce a smoother, more precise pull and cleaner release. Concave tip ensures controlled application of staking force by letting you use the tool with the disconnector in place to help keep the tip centered on the frame hole. a b SPECS: Tool steel hardened to Rc 58-60. 3" (7 .6cm) long. Includes instructions. #080-000-691AG Staking Tool 8K16Y02 . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 19.99 Brownells POCKETSMITH One File Does It All: Trues, Deburrs & Squares Slide Rails Clean up and square slide rails with one side of this file, turn it over and deburr or enlarge the rail channels with the other. Specially ground, stepped file does the job of two or more separate files and the safe edges make sure that only the areas that need to be cut, get cut. Simplifies, speeds up and adds precision to slide fitting work. a b SPECS: 6" (15.2cm) long, 1⁄2" (12.7mm) wide. Surface ground. #080-753-000AG Slide/Frame Rail File, 8K39H76 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 50.99 Brownells/CASPIAN ARMS 1911 AUTO MAGNA-TIP® 1911 AUTO BUSHING DRIVER™ BIT Supports Bushing For Easiest Removal - & Fits Into Your MAGNA-TIP’s Hollow Handle!! Special bits that fit our MAGNATIP® and Clip-Tip handles to correctly center the blade and fully support 1911 grip bushings. Makes removal easier, faster and prevents tearing up the slot. Regular 19112011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=141http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=1411911 AUTO LUG FITTING KIT Helps You Fit The Standing Lugs On Oversized Barrels Three essential tools work together to help you successfully fit oversized barrels. The Barrel Holder locks the barrel in the slide to let you cut the excess material on the lugs with the included, carbide Barrel Lug Cutters. Plus, the Slide Pusher holds the slide forward to put a consistent pressure on the barrel while cutting. Comes in a convenient case. a b SPECS: Barrel Holder - Steel. Approximately 3.5" (9cm) long .44" (1.1cm) O.D. Barrel Lug Cutter - Carbide. .186" cutter and .195" cutter; includes handle. Slide pusher- steel shaft, plastic handle. 6.5" (16.5cm) long. #080-000-089AG 1911 Auto Lug Fitting Kit, 8K134H54 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 179.99 #080-746-001AG 1911 Auto Slide Pusher, 8K14T68 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.99 #080-711-100AG 1911 Auto Barrel Holder, 8K15A56 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.99 #080-000-058AG 1911 Auto Lug Cutter, Handle only, 8K17A29 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.99 #080-000-063AG 1911 Auto .195 Lug Cutter, 8K43A88 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53.99 #080-000-062AG 1911 Auto .186 Lug Cutter, 8K43A99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53.99 Brownells 1911 AUTO BARREL LOCKING LUG FILE For Critical Fitting Of Match-Grade Barrel Top Lugs Precision, surface-ground file deepens barrel locking lugs without increasing width. Safe on two sides to let the gunsmith file to a close fit with no chance of widening lug area. #2 cut, Swiss pattern cuts smoothly; little or no additional stoning/ polishing is needed. a b SPECS: 6" (15.2cm) long. .171" (4.35mm) square. #080-751-000AG Barrel Locking Lug File, 8K45H43 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 59.99 Brownells CHADWICK & TREFETHEN 1911 AUTO BARREL BUSHING REAMER A Better-Fitting Bushing Means Enhanced Accuracy Expandable reamers easily adjust to cut the exact I.D. dimension required for a tight barrel-to-bushing fit. “A” Reamer is used for the smaller I.D., Colt factory Commander barrels in 9mm and .38 Super. “B” Reamer is used for all factory and aftermarket Government-length barrels in all calibers. a b SPECS: Carbon steel, in-the-white. Dimensions and expansion 5⁄ ranges: “A” 5 8" (14.2cm) long, .218" (5.5mm) square shank, .468" .1mm) (12mm) - .531" (13.5mm). “B” 53⁄4" (14.6cm) long, .282" (7 square shank, .531" - .593" (15mm). #170-531-001AG “A” Adjustable Reamer 7A52X64 . .$ 52.99 #170-531-002AG “B” Adjustable Reamer 7A52C64 . . . 52.99 #170-531-102AG “B” Replacement Reamer Blade Set, 7A31C28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.99 #170-531-202AG “B” Replacement Reamer Nut, 7A00YTP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.99 Brownells COLT WRENCH 1911 AUTO 1911 Auto Bushing Wrench, Plus Ratchet/Ejector Rod Wrench An obvious “must have” tool belonging on the bench of every gunsmith or armorer who works on (or strips for rebluing) any Colt handgun. The double-ended 1911 Auto bushing wrench feature has been time proven by gunsmiths. Ours handles the traditional Government model with one end and the Colt Officer’s ACP with the other. We’ve all sweated over the mar-free removal and reassembly of the ratchet (ejector/extractor) from the ejector rod of large and small frame Colt revolvers. Brownells Colt Wrench handles the operation properly. The hex opening fits over the ratchet of large frame Colts (including old and new Pythons) to hold the ratchet for unscrewing from the ejector rod. For small frame Colt revolvers, the slot with two small studs fits between ratchet and cylinder face; the two studs fitting into two of the ratchet cartridge extractors. The tool ratchet unscrews from rod with no mar or deformations! A lifesaver!! SPECS: Blued steel. 61⁄8" (15.6mm.) x 1" (2.5cm) x 1⁄8" (3.2mm). #080-557-000AG Brownells Colt Wrench 8K18U00. .$ 24.99 Brownells 1911 AUTO EJECTION PORT GRINDING STONE KIT “2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=142http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=142Brownells 1911 AUTO SEMI-AUTO PISTOL COMPENSATOR TAP & DIE Make & Install Custom Compensators For Reduced Recoil And Better Control EGW 1911 AUTO EGW 1911 AUTO FRAME CUTTER FOR WILSON/NOWLIN RAMPED BARREL Removes Factory Feed Ramp From Frame; Trues Up Contact Surfaces End-mill cutter helps you quickly convert a standard 1911 frame for precise fit of a Wilson/Nowlin ramped barrel. Use in a lathe or milling machine to cleanly remove the frame’s feed ramp and true up factory flaws found in many frames to allow proper contact with the barrel feet. Helps ensure a cleaner impact surface that prevents excess battering and uneven stresses on the feet for longer barrel life. Manufactured from U.S.-sourced M42 high-speed tool steel blanks for precise cutting surfaces that stay sharp. One-piece design means nothing to work loose halfway through the job. Shank is long enough to clear full-length dust covers. a b SPECS: Tool steel, in-the-white. 6” (15.2cm) long, 7⁄16" (11.1mm) diameter cutter, ½” (12.7mm) diameter shank. #296-000-124AG W/NRamp Cutter 6B00AYT . . . . . . .$ 60.00 HOOD LENGTH GAUGE Makes It Easy To Fit Hood Length On New, Oversized Barrels Steel gauge fits in your slide to precisely measure the correct hood length down to a thousandth of an inch. Shows you how much to cut the first time and eliminates the time-consuming, file, fit, and file some more process. a b SPECS: Steel, black-oxide finish. 63⁄8" (16.2cm) long, 1⁄2" (13mm) 1⁄ wide, 8" (3.2mm) thick. Indicates hood lengths of 1.313", 1.315", 1.318", and 1.321". #296-000-055AG Hood Length Gauge 6B26P67 . . . . .$ 33.33 Brownells 1911 AUTO PLUNGER TUBE CRIMPER KIT Foolproof, Military Design For Tightest Tubes Easy-to-use adaptation of a proven armorer’s tool lets you secure the plunger tube to the frame without fear of tube crush or expensive frame damage. Adjustable to fit all makes of frames and tubes for both installing and re-tightening. Beveled jaws allow easy frame access; hardened crimping point assures long tool life. Plunger Tube Support slips inside plunger tube and prevents compression damage while tube is being staked to frame. a b SPECS: Steel, 7" (17cm) long. Crimper Kit includes crimper and plunger tube support. Includes external reinforcing block. Plunger Tube Support - Hardened steel. 4" (10.2cm) long, .106" (2.7mm) diameter. Step is .300" (7 .6mm) long, .090" (2.3mm) diameter. Replacement Tip - 10-32 tpi fits current crimpers, 8-32 tpi fits all older crimpers. 080-806-500AG Plunger Tube Crimper Kit, 8K57Z94 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 74.99 #080-707-000AG Plunger Tube Support 8K10A54 . . . 15.99 #080-806-100AG 10-32 tpi Crimper Replacement Tip, 8K03Z12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.99 #080-806-101AG 8-32 tpi Crimper Replacement Tip, 8K03Z58 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.99 Use die to thread custom and standard barrels to accept recoil compensators. Use plug tap to chase threads or tap your own custom compensators. a b 1911 AUTO COMPENSATOR TAPS AND DIES - Dies are 11⁄2" (3.8cm) diameter. Unthreaded comps should be drilled with 35⁄64" HSS drill then reamed to .551" before threading with either tap. Turn barrels to approximately .002" smaller than thread diameter. .575"-40 thread matches most commercial, tapered-sleeve or integral, cone-style comps. .581"-40 thread is same as used on Wilson, Brown and Storm Lake Machine barrels and bushing style comps. .685"-40 thread is used to fit compensators to threaded Bull and Hybrid barrels. SPECS: High speed steel. #080-598-575AG .575"-40 Compensator Tap, 2K35V70 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 44.99 #080-598-576AG .575"-40 Compensator Die, 2K71V36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103.99 #891-235-640AG 35⁄64" Drill Bit 1H00XCH . . . . . . . . . . . . 28.77 #080-598-581AG .581"-40 Compensator Tap 2K34V81 49.97 #080-598-582AG .581"-40 Compensator Die, 2K54V96 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=143http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=143KRIEGER 1911 AUTO WEIGAND COMBAT DETENT SPOTTING DRILL Cut Positive Detents On New Thumb Safeties/Slide Stops Combination step drill and ball end mill aligns through the plunger tube and cuts new detents using only finger pressure. b a SPECS: Drill rod. 61⁄2" (16.5cm) long, .088" (2.26mm) diameter. #492-002-000AG Detent Spotting Drill 2D00VBX . . .$ 23.65 EXTRACTOR TENSION GAUGE SET Eliminate Extraction Problems Accurately measure extractor/shell rim tension to help achieve reliable case feeding, extraction and ejection. Slips between the breech face and the extractor. Take measurement with your 6 lb. trigger pull gauge. b a SPECS: EDM brass. 2" (5cm) long. Set includes two double-ended gauges to fit 9mm/.38 Super, .40, 10mm/.45 ACP for most semiauto pistols with exposed extractors and open breech faces. #957-101-000AG Extractor Tension Gauge Set, 7E00PUA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 14.95 Brownells 6" x 1⁄2" x 1⁄2" CERAMIC STONES State-Of-The-Art Stones Combine Fast Metal Removal With Fine Finish Custom made to our specs from premium ceramic. The cutting action is very fast and the resulting surface very smooth. Perfect for all trigger work from burr removal to final finish. Use dry or with water as a lube (no messy oil); soap and water cleanup. Less fragile than Arkansas stones. Sold in two colors, White and Black. Ground sides for sharp, 90° edges and an extremely fine cutting action for polishing and smoothing triggers and sears, like the 1911 Auto, that require an exact 90° interface for best performance. White stones produce a finer cut than Black. Set contains one of each stone. a b STOCK # STYLE COLOR/CUT PRICE #080-721-604AG Ground Black/M-Fine $ 29.99 #080-721-601AG Ground White/X-Fine $ 29.99 080-721-621AG 2 Ceramic Stone Ground Set, 8K35V84 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 49.99 BROWNELLS HAMMER/SEAR FILE & STONE KIT - The most complete and useful selection of specially designed 1⁄2" x 1⁄2" x 6" sharp edged stones and files ever offered for 1911 Auto trigger and sear work. Our exclusive 90° Hammer Hook Squaring File w/Handle, FF-46 India Stone, Ground Black Ceramic Stone and Ground White Ceramic Stone packaged in a convenient polypropylene storage box with oak divider tray. #080-811-000AG Brownells Hmmr/Sear File & Stone Kit, 8K95A38 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 125.99 Brownells 1911 AUTO SEAR STONING FIXTURE Helps You Adjust Primary Sear Angle For A Perfect Trigger Pull 1911 AUTO ED BROWN 1911 AUTO BEAVERTAIL INSTALLATION JIG Radius Frame Ears “Just Right” For Brown Beavertail Safeties Neat little jig “buttons” show you just how much of the frame ears to mill/grind away when installing Ed's Beavertail Safety. Just drop in the thumb safety pivot pin hole, scribe around, grind/mill close, then hand file right down to the hardened button. Includes instructions. a b SPECS: Hardened steel. 1⁄2" (12.7mm) dia. x 13⁄4" (4.4cm) long. #087-145-886AG Brown Beavertail Jig 7H18B66 . . .$ 23.35 WEIGAND COMBAT 1911 AUTO EXTRACTOR TENSIONING TOOL Improves Case Feeding, Extraction & Ejection Easily puts just the right bend in the extractor, without over-bending, for precise tension adjustment, right to the ounce. Use in conjunction with the Weigand Extractor Tension Gauges to fine tune the extractor for optimum extraction and feeding reliability. Carry in your range bag to keep the extractor performing its best. a b SPECS: Aluminum, natural finish. 23⁄4" long. Instructions included. 957-000-037AG Extractor Tensioning Tool, 7E00ZAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 29.99 Easy-to-use, hand-held tool retains the sear and positions it so you can stone the contact surfaces at the correct angles to produce a smooth, cleanbreaking trigger free from unwanted creep. Helps you produce precise, mirror-finish surfaces for complete, full-width contact with the hammer to ensure reliable ignition while preserving proper operation of the thumb safety. Raising or lowering the2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=144http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=144CUSTOM MADE DOVETAIL END MILLS IN BOTH PREMIUM CARBIDE AND HIGH SPEED STEEL 1911 AUTO LOW MOUNT 1911 AUTO SIGHT BASE CUTTER 65° Shoulder x .495" Brownells SIGHT BASE CUTTERS SEMI-AUTO PISTOL SIGHT BASE CUTTER 60° & 65° Shoulder x .330" Our special 65° shoulder Sight Base Cutter designed to cut dovetails for both standard Colt factory and mil-spec 1911 Autos, and for replacement sights like Wichita Hi-Mount, older Bo- Mar and others with a 65° shoulder. Some makers use a 60° dovetail on their rear sights and we also have a cutter to match them. For low-mount adjustable sights use the Standard Sight Base Cutter shown on this page. Actual cutting diameter is .330" so more than one pass will be required to install most sights. This is done on purpose to allow for factory variations in base width as well as milling tolerances. CAUTION: For use in milling machine only. HSS SEMI-AUTO PISTOL SIGHT BASE CUTTER - High speed steel, 2" (5cm) long, 3⁄8" (9.5mm) diameter shank. 60° or 65° shoulder. DO NOT EXCEED 700 rpm, HIGHER SPEED WILL BREAK TEETH. #080-621-331AG 60° HSS Semi-Auto Sight Base Cutter, 8K24X28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 29.99 #080-621-330AG 65° HSS Semi-Auto Sight Base Cutter, 8K23X72 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.99 CARBIDE SEMI-AUTO PISTOL SIGHT BASE CUTTER - Solid carbide cutter resists wear when cutting pistols made from hardened steel. 2" (5cm) long, 3⁄8" (9.5mm) diameter shank. 60° or 65° shoulder. #080-621-066AG 60° Carbide Semi-Auto Sght Base Cutter, 7A60B15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 85.99 #080-621-065AG 65° Carbide Semi-Auto Sght Base Cutter, 7A57B93 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80.99 POWER CUSTOM 1911 AUTO SERIES I STONING FIXTURE Ultimate For Hammer & Sear Work; Accurate, Repeatable Setup Save time and money by providing repeatable setup and accurate and measurable adjustments for 1911 trigger jobs. To use, mount hammer or trigger/sear on adapter, set and lock at correct index mark as instructed. Set stoning angle by counting “clicks” specified to raise or lower elevator and stoning guide. Lock guide, place stone on both roller and hammer or trigger/sear, and stone as normal. Easily adjustable to allow variations in stoning angle for exact, desired trigger pull weight. Fixture is available with or without adapter. Instructions included. You will also need a #10 machinb ist’s clamp and 6"x1⁄2"x1⁄2" stones. a .6cm) high. SPECS: 5 9⁄16" (14.1cm) long x 2 9⁄16" (6.5cm) wide x 3" (7 3⁄ 3 4" (19mm) thick base. 5 ⁄4 lb. (2.6 kg) Blued steel. Fixture Complete includes roller guide and Colt Govt. adapter. Adapter also sold separately. #713-070-002AG Series I Fixture Complete, 3A00VBX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 149.99 #713-071-002AG Colt Govt. Adapter, only, 3A00HDZ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.49 STANDARD SIGHT BASE CUTTER 60° Shoulder x .359" Universal Sight Base Cutter made for sights with 60° shoulder and a 3⁄8" base. Cuts most standard front and rear rifle sights as well as 1911 Auto low-mount, adjustable sights like E.E.A. Super Sights, Millett and Bo-Mar-style. Cutter is slightly undersized at .359" which requires that you make two cutting passes to compensate for factory variations in sight manufacture and milling tolerances. Designed with proper relief for maximum strength and clean cutting. CAUTION: For use in milling machine only. HIGH SPEED STEEL STANDARD SIGHT BASE CUTTER - 2" (5cm) long. 3⁄8" (9.5mm) diameter shank. 60° shoulder. DO NOT EXCEED 700 rpm, HIGHER SPEED WILL BREAK TEETH. #080-621-359AG HSS Standard Sight Base Cutter, 8K25X40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 34.99 CARBIDE STANDARD SIGHT BASE CUTTER - Solid carbide. 2" (5cm) long. 3⁄8" (9.5mm) diameter shank. 60° shoulder. #080-621-060AG Carbide Standard Sight Base Cutter, 7A53B20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 75.99 These cutters are specially designed by us and made to ou2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=145http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=145Brownells TRIGGER, HAMMER & SEAR KIT FOR 1911 AUTOS u 6 Brownells HAMMER/SEAR PIN BLOCK Allows Visual Inspection Of Hammer & Sear Engagement Machined steel block allows you to mate the hammer and sear (or trigger) outside of the firearm for a clear, unobstructed view of the critical point of engagement. Accepts a wide selection of hammer and sear pins sized for various handguns and rifles. Dovetailed adjustment block rides in slotted channel so pin spacing can be precisely set to match individual frames and receivers. Allen screw locks the pin setting so hammer and sear can be dropped in place relative to their actual position in the firearm. Great for cutting the engagement surfaces on new parts or fine-tuning the factory ones. Pins are individually numbered for proper identification. a b SPECS: Block - Steel, blued. Pins - Stainless steel. 21⁄2" (6.4cm) 11⁄ long, 16" (1.7cm) wide. Block and pins sold separately. #080-000-098AG Hammer/Sear Block Hammer Pin, for 1911, 8K03H99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 4.99 #080-000-099AG Hammer/Sear Block Sear/Trigger Pin, for 1911, 8K03H99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.99 #080-000-116AG Hammer/Sear Pin Block, only, 8K47D96. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75.99 Brownells SIGHT BASE FILES The Professional Way To Safely Widen Or Cut New Dovetails 65°- 1911 AUTO-TYPE SLOT Designed especially for widening and final fitting after using our 65° Sight Base Cutter to cut the basic slot. Or, can open up a 60° slot to proper 65° angle if changing to a new sight design. Has true parallel cutting edges for precision filing, giving you full control over the angle of the dovetail. One cutting side only, with the other two sides “safe”, so you can widen or deepen sight slots safely without fear of changing the other dimensions. SPECS: 7" (17 .8cm) long. 3⁄16" (4.8mm) wide #1, medium, doublecut. #2, fine, single-cut. #080-648-165AG #1 65° Sight Base File 6C27V93 . . .$ 34.99 #080-648-265AG #2 65° Sight Base File 6C26V90 . . . . 33.99 (See Sight Base Cutters listed elsewhere.) Brownells/KAISER SHOOTING PRODUCTS UNI-2OOL UNIVERSAL SIGHT MOVER 1911 AUTO Adjusts Both Front & Rear Dovetail Pistol Sights Versatile sight tool fits most semiauto slides for easy, precise installation, adjustment, or removal of front and rear dovetail sights. Clamp the slide in the tool and move sights to the left or right by turning the T-handle. Rubbed padded jaw faces prevent slippage and protect the slide finish from damage. Works on a wide variety of pistols including 1911s, Beretta, FNP, Glock, HK, Kimber, S&W automatics, SIG Sauer, Springfield XD and XDM, Taurus, and more. Also gently moves fragile aftermarket Tritium night sights. Steel frame, inserts, and clamp block handle are machined from heavy bar stock for a lifetime of service. Pusher block is tool steel hardened to Rc 62, so it won’t distort under pressure. Storage case included. a b SPECS: Steel, matte black & natural silver finish. 3½" (8.9cm) long, 1" (2.5cm) wide, 4½" (11.4cm) high. 24 oz. (680g) weight. #080-000-688AG Uni-2ool Sight Mover, 9A126V40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 159.99 u 1 u 3 u 5 u 4 Indispensable Tools To Help You Produce A Match Quality Trigger Job A smooth, clean breaking trigger is one of the most important steps in fine tuning the 1911 Auto. We’ve brought together a complete selection of professional quality jigs, stones, files and more; plus, we’ve included clear, easy-to-understand instructions to help you produce that clean-as-glass trigger break and light, smooth-as-silk pull your customers want. This kit will help you modify most triggers, hammers and sears made for the Colt 1911A1, its many models and copies, including both the traditional single-stack and the popular double-stack variations. Complete kit includes each of the items listed below. a b #080-785-000AG 1911 Auto Trigger/Hammer/Sear Kit, 8K230U22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 306.99 u 2 1911 AUTO NIGHT SIGHT M2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=146http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=146P500 UNIVERSAL SIGHT TOOL Safely Removes & Installs Dovetail Front & Rear Sights; Works On Shallow, Cross-Dovetails Precision-machined, steel tool safely removes, installs and adjusts front and rear sights on handguns. Clamp your slide into the tool and line up the sights with the tool’s pusher tip for installation, removal, or adjustment. Mobile jaw customizes to the height of your slide and can be used from the right or left side. Delrin® liner protects slide from scratches. Includes three sight pushers that attach to the end of the sight-pushing bolt. 1⁄4" square tip works perfectly on shallow, cross-dovetail sights. Hold Down Clamp helps prevent the slide from twisting in the frame of the P500 by applying extra force to the top of the slide. Provides a secure seat in the tool when working with hard-to-remove sights or slides with angled sides, like the Springfield Armory XD and the S&W M&P. Slide Stop speeds up the process of performing the same sight job on a large number of the same model pistol. Stop simply screws to the P500 frame and lets you position each slide in exactly the same place to perform the necessary sight adjustment quickly and easily. P500 Universal Sight Tool Kit combines P500 Universal Sight Tool with the Hold Down Clamp and Slide Stop to provide the ultimate of flexibility and versatility in a sight adjustment tool. a b SPECS: Steel, black, powder-coat finish. Approximately 5" (12.5cm) long, 2" (5cm) wide, 1" (2.54cm) high. Instructions included. Hold Down Clamp – Steel, powder-coated, black. Approximately 4" (10cm) long, 1½" (3.8cm) wide, 3¾" (9.5cm) high). Comes with clamp assembly, jaw screw, 3⁄32" hex wrench, and instructions. Slide Stop - 1018 steel, black oxide finish. Approximately 1¼" (3.2cm) long, ½" (1.3cm) wide, 1" (2.5cm) high. Includes stop block, stop pin, hex wrench, (5) 6-32 setscrews, and instructions. P500 Universal Sight Tool Kit contains the P500 Universal Sight Tool, Hold Down Clamp, Slide Stop, and complete instructions. #694-000-001AG P500 Sight Removal Tool, 4F104Y70 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 129.99 #694-000-003AG Hold Down Clamp 4F62Y07 . . . . . . . 64.99 #694-000-002AG Slide Stop 4F20Y69 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24.99 #694-000-004AG P500 Universal Sight Tool Kit, 4F187Y46 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219.99 JERRY KUHNHAUSEN THE COLT .45 AUTOMATIC A SHOP MANUAL 200 pages. 6" x 9". Softbound. Covers the popular 1911 including the Series 80. All the step-by-steps, plus a full section on popular accurizing tricks and how to do them. Includes the only really detailed instructions on fitting barrel and link that we’ve seen in print. With the popularity of the .45 still growing, this book will pay for itself many times over. a b #924-200-045AG .45 Auto Manual, Vol. I 4B00XCH . . $ 27.99 FIREARMS TAKEDOWN GUIDES J. Martin. Approximately 14 pages. 81⁄2" x 11". Covers field stripping and disassembly procedures for the 1911. Detailed, step-bystep instructions, with large photos of disassembly sequence and reassembly tips. a b #551-000-004AG 1911 Takedown Guide, 7K06A36 . . . . . . . . . $ 7.95 ED BROWN’S 1911 BENCH REFERENCE Ed Brown. CD-ROM. Well illustrated, step-by-step instructions cover installation of new parts and bench work the individual can perform with minimal tools. Photographs define important points. Twenty-three chapters, including one on reloading. Read on screen, enlarge the graphics, even print out for use at the bench. Runs on Mac (with Adobe Acrobat) or PC. a b #087-000-002AG 1911 Bench CD-ROM 7H27B16 . . . .$ 33.95 CD-ROM 1911 AUTO KUHNHAUSEN M1911 WALL CHART Illustrates Basic Function & Cycle Of Operation Illustrates Illustration shows just some of 18 views the operating cycle of the 1911 A1 pistol. Very detailed, printed on Tan 80 lb. poster stock and covered with a leather grain, embossed plastic laminate to cut glare and protect against damage. a b #924-850-172AG 17" x 25" 1911 Chart 4B24P02 . . . . .$ 30.00 #924-8502011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=147http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=147RIFLE INDEX 10/22 Performance Parts . . . . . . . .145-147 AK-47 Replacement Parts . . . . . . . .147-148 Barrels - Centerfire . . . . . . . . . . . .159-162 Barrels - Rimfire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .162-163 Bolt Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149-151 Bottom Metal & Screws . . . . . . . .172-174 Extractors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .152-153 Firing Pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151-152 Gas System Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . .157-158 Hammers/Sears . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .156-157 FORCE RUGER® 10/22® JARD RUGER® 10/22® Magazine Releases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Magazines & Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . .167-172 Muzzle Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163-166 Receivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148-149 Recoil Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .158-159 Safeties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 Springs/Recoil Buffers . . . . . . . . . .174-176 Stocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .176-183 Triggers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .153-156 pOWER CUSTOM RUGER® 10/22® pOWER CUSTOM RUGER® 10/22® GRANDMASTER DROp-IN TRIGGER MODULE Get A Crisp, Match-Grade Trigger In Minutes; No Gunsmithing Required Self-contained, drop-in module replaces the factory fire control system in minutes and delivers an ultra-crisp, single-stage, 2¼ lb. trigger pull. Installs using the factory pin holes, so there’s no drilling, machining, or permanent modifications to make on the receiver. The aluminum trigger shoe has a wide, smooth, comfortable face, with a Garand style safety in the integral triggerguard, and an easy-to-operate extended magazine release just ahead of the triggerguard. The positioning of the safety and mag release close to the trigger aid in fast, positive, easy operation in competition. Lightweight hammer reduces lock time, while an extra-power hammer spring maintains reliable ignition. An internal setscrew allows adjustment of the trigger pull from 1¾ lb. to 3 lb., and setscrews on the sear and trigger allow adjustment for pre-travel and over-travel. Housing is machined from solid aluminum billet to precise tolerances, with a removable side plate to aid gunsmith adjustment of internal parts. Included torsion spring enables springloaded magazine ejection; spring installation requires milling of housing. Standard model comes with a convenient, extended bolt release and uses standard Ruger factory and aftermarket magazines. Deluxe model includes the CST Auto Bolt Stop that holds bolt open after the last shot is fired. Requires a Power Custom modified 10/22 magazine, one included; will not work with factory or aftermarket magazines. a b SPECS: Housing – Machined aluminum billet, hardcoat anodized, matte black or silver. Trigger Shoe – Aluminum, anodized, red. Internal Components – Hardened steel, black oxide finish. Instructions included. #713-000-102AG Deluxe 10/22 Trigger Module, Black, 3A271C43 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 319.99 #713-000-103AG Deluxe 10/22 Trigger Module, Silver, 3A271C43 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319.99 #713-000-104AG 10/22 Trigger Module, Black, 3A245C71 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289.99 #713-000-105AG 10/22 Trigger Module, Silver, 3A245C71 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289.99 HAMMER & SEAR pACKAGE Drop-In 23⁄4 pound Trigger Job Complete, easy-to-install kit means little to no gunsmithing required for a custom, 23⁄4 pound trigger pull that breaks clean and crisp. Hammer and sear are EDM machined from longwearing carbon steel, vapor honed then fully ground and prepped so you get a light, crisp-breaking trigger pull without the hard work. Provides faster lock time, shorter trigger travel and improved accuracy. Kit includes Ron's special springs, hammer and stainless steel sear shims that help eliminate excessive tolerances, plus a slave pin to make reassembly even easier. DOES NOT fit 10/22 Magnum rifles. a b SPECS: Kit inclu2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=148http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=148Items pOWER CUSTOM RUGER® 10/22® pOWER CUSTOM RUGER® 10/22® VOLQUARTSEN RUGER® 10/22® CLARK CUSTOM RUGER® 10/22® COMpETITION TRIGGER pARTS Drop In parts For Reduced Trigger pull; provide Smoother Function & Improved Accuracy Drop-in, EDM machined parts provide improved performance at a fraction of the cost of expensive hand fitting. a b pRETRAVEL ADJUSTABLE COMpETITIONTRIGGER KIT - Dropin, EDM machined parts kit includes a pre-travel adjustable sear so you can achieve a custom trigger pull that performs exactly to you liking. Matched hammer further helps reduce trigger take-up to ensure a crisp trigger pull for improved accuracy. Includes everything needed to produce a light, crisp trigger for the 10/22: overtravel adjustable titanium trigger, two hammer and two trigger shims, extra power hammer spring, extra power disconnector spring, extra power trigger return spring, sear assembly pin, and trigger pivot pin. SPECS: Titanium trigger, silver matte finish. Other parts, steel, matte blue finish. Heat treated to Rc 56-58. Includes assembly pin and instructions. #713-000-079AG 10/22 Pre-Travel Adjustable Trigger Kit, 3A114X35 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 129.99 COMpETITION TRIGGER KIT Everything you need to produce a light, crisp trigger for the 10/22. EDM matched hammer and sear, overtravel adjustable titanium trigger, two hammer and two trigger shims, extra power hammer spring, extra power disconnector spring and extra power trigger return spring. Recoil buffer included. SPECS: Titanium trigger, silver matte finish. Other parts, steel, matte blue finish. Heat treated to Rc 56-58. Includes assembly pin and instructions. #713-123-000AG 10/22 Trigger Kit 3A100X02 . . . . . . $ 117.99 ALUMINUM TRIGGER – Machined aluminum trigger has a wide, smooth face and sits lower than the factory trigger to give you better control with less pressure needed for release. Includes over-travel adjustment screw (hex wrench included) and a predrilled hole that allows easy access to adjust the sear pre-travel. SPECS: Aluminum, anodized, black or red, matte finish. Includes hex wrench, sear assembly “cheater” pin, and instructions. 713-000-091AG 10/22 Trigger, Black, 3A22C07 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 25.99 713-000-092AG 10/22 Trigger, Red, 3A22C07 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.99 COMpETITION HAMMER - Gives a lighter pull with faster lock time. Precision ground with vapor honed and hand stoned engagement surfaces. Includes extra power hammer spring, two, .004" shims and trigger return spring. SPECS: Carbon steel, matte blue finish. Heat treated to Rc 56-58. Instructions included. DOES NOT fit 10/22 Magnum. #713-123-001AG 10/22 Competition Hammer, 3A32X19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 39.99 HAMMER BUSHINGS - Machined stainless steel bushings let you install an aftermarket hammer in the current-production factory 10/22 trigger assembly. Place one on each side of the hammer to help ensure smooth function, fast lock time, and reliable ignition. SPECS: Stainless steel, natural finish. Sold in pairs. 713-000-090AG Hammer Bushings, 3A08C34 . . . . . .$ 10.95 TRIGGER/SEAR, HAMMER & DISCONNECTOR SHIMS Ensures Consistent Trigger pull Trigger/Sear and Hammer shims remove excess play from trigger, sear, and hammer. Keep engagement points uniform for consistent pull weight. Hammer shims can also be used to adjust cylinder endshake on Ruger KSP 101 and Colt Anaconda revolvers. Disconnector Shims eliminate play between trigger and disconnector. a b SPECS: 303 SS, hardened. Hammer and Trigger/Sear - 004" (.10mm) thick. Disconnetor - .002" (.05mm) thick. 10 shims/bag. #713-122-001AG 10/22 Hammer Shims 3A14X40 . . . . $ 17.99 #713-122-002AG 10/22 Trigger/Sear Shims 3A14X40 . .17.99 #713-000-068AG 10/22 Disconnector Shims 3A14X40 18.00 HIGH pERFORMANCE ACTION KIT Improves Trigger pull & Smooths Function Drop-in kits give match-grade trigger pull, plus adjustment for overtravel; withou2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=149http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=149pOWER CUSTOM RUGER® 10/22® VOLQUARTSEN RUGER® 10/22® VOLQUARTSEN RUGER® 10/22® .17 RIMFIRE HEAVY BOLT HANDLE Smoother Cycling & Improved Reliability For Converted 10/22 Rifles Dense, tungsten core provides the added weight required to slow bolt speed for safe and reliable function of higher pressure, .17 rimfire cartridges in converted 10/22 rifles. Keeps bolt closed longer to prevent case ruptures, extractor blowout, and cracked receivers, and is a mandatory part when using the factory .22 rimfire bolt for your conversion. Oversized handle is easy to locate and grasp in the field or during fast paced competition. Precision machined, stainless steel, bolt handle body resists rust and corrosion. Included stainless steel guide rod and Wolff Extra Power bolt spring must be used in .17 Mach 2 conversions; use the factory spring and guide rod when installing bolt handle on 10/22 Magnum rifles converted to .17 HMR. a b SPECS: Stainless steel body with tungsten core, natural, matte finish. Handle - 1” (2.5cm) long, .75” (1.9cm) diameter. 3.1 oz. (87g) weight. Guide Rod - 4¼” (10.8cm) long. #713-000-074AG .17 RF Heavy Bolt Hdl. 3A47X99 . .$ 59.99 Style EXTENDED BOLT HANDLE Fast, Easy Operation; Hardened For Durability Extended, carbon steel bolt handle is 1⁄4" longer than the factory part, making it fast and easy to grasp. Carbon steel, recoil rod is polished, hardened, then coated with a proprietary finish to reduce friction and build-up of fouling. Recoil rod spring is cryogenically treated for improved stability and longer service life. Drops-in without fitting. a b SPECS: Carbon steel, matte finish. Fits Ruger 10/22. #930-000-040AG Extended Bolt Handle 3Z29P33 . . . $ 37.50 RECOIL BUFFER pIN prevents Bolt Battering, Receiver Damage Picture colored black for visibility TACTICAL SOLUTIONS RUGER® 10/22® V-BLOCK Ensures A Tight Barrel-To-Receiver Fit For Improved Accuracy Machined stainless steel replacement for factory part eliminates the problem of barrel “droop” caused by the 10/22’s slip-in barrel design. Maintains steady pressure to ensure a tight barrel-to-receiver fit for improved accuracy. Replaces factory block without modification to gun or stock; uses the existing screws. a b SPECS: Stainless steel. .880" (22.4mm) long, .56" (14mm) wide. #100-005-998AG 10/22 V-Block 8K15H71 . . . . . . . . . . .$ 19.99 Drop-in, clear plastic, bolt stop pin cushions the metal to metal contact between bolt and receiver. Prevents cracked and battered receivers, eliminates the metallic clank of bolt hitting receiver for quieter operation. a b SPECS: Clear plastic. Fits Ruger 10/22 long rifle and 10/22 magnum rifles. #930-010-000AG Recoil Buffer Pin 3Z09B00 . . . . . . . $ 11.30 RIFLE VOLQUARTSEN RUGER® 10/22® DOUG KOENIG 10/22® V-BLOCK COMpETITION BOLT ASSEMBLY Complete, Fully Assembled & Ready-To-Shoot Ready to drop in bolt assembly, machined to strict tolerances, improves reliability and accuracy. Case hardened to prevent cracking, with extra smooth bearing surfaces for reliable cycling. Unique, round, titanium firing pin, encased in the bolt to prevent binding and misfires, plus helps decrease locktime. EDM machined, hardened extractor ensures positive extraction. Features easily interchangeable bolt handle. Includes recoil spring and rod for easier installation. a b SPECS: 12L14 steel. Silver. Case hardened. Fully assembled. #930-000-016AG Competition 10/22 Bolt 3Z186T66 $ 248.99 Solid Steel, Won’t Break Provides a tighter barrel/receiver lockup for improved accuracy. Holds barrel firmly in position, won’t shoot loose or break when torquing into place. Replaces factory block with no modification to gun or stock. a b SPECS: O-1 steel, in-the-white. .880" (22.4mm) long, .5" (12.7mm) wide. #388-122-001AG 10/22 V-Block 8H16T14 . . . . . . . . . . .$ 20.17 SUpERIOR CONCEpTS RUGER® 10/22® ACCESSORY BAND Easy Installation, provides 3 Rails For Mounting Lights, Lasers & Slings Reinforced nylon composite barrel band with three, integral Picatinny ra2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=150http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=150TApCO AK-47 TRIGGER GROUp RETAINING pLATE Makes Installation & Removal Of Trigger Components Easy DAKOTA ARMS Receiver SURGEON RIFLES Rugged, Remington-Style Bolt Action For Building precision Rifles VOLQUARTSEN RUGER® 10/22® DAKOTA 76 MAGNUM ACTION Desirable, Custom Features Built Right In A Rebirth Of The Classic, pre-’64 Winchester Model 70 All the classic features that made the Pre-’64 Model 70 the action that others are still compared to — locking lugs that mate perfectly with the action recesses, long Mauser-style claw extractor for controlled round feeding, positive manual ejector, 3-position side swing safety, and a fully adjustable trigger. Includes magazine and drop floorplate; drilled and tapped for scope bases. Standard model has 3-round magazine capacity. Safari features a 4-round drop belly magazine with straddle floorplate. SPECS: 4140 steel, in-the-white. 1"-16 thread. Right-hand, only; left-hand available by special order. Magnum length and bolt face accepts .300 Weatherby, .300 H&H, .375 H&H, .416 Hoff., etc. Max. magazine length is 3.68" (9.3cm). Standard - 3-round capacity. Safari - 4-round capacity. FFL Required for Purchase. #359-125-375AG Dakota 76 Mag Action, Standard, 9E1675A99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 2,095.00 #359-300-375AG Dakota 76 Mag Action, Safari, 9E1955X20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2,444.99 RECEIVER & BOLT ASSEMBLY STAINLESS STEEL .22 LR RECEIVER Match Grade Foundation For Your Ultimate 10/22 10/22-style receiver, CNC machined from a solid billet of 416 stainless steel, and held to precise tolerances to give great accuracy. Unique, tapered cone system holds the barrel in perfect alignment to the receiver, without threading. Ensures a concentric, tight fit with all makes of barrels. Furnished with Weaver-style base and recoil buffer pin. Accepts most 10/22 factory and aftermarket parts. SPECS: 416 stainless steel, brushed satin finish. 1 lb. 5 oz. (600 g) weight. FFL Required for purchase. #930-000-014AG SS .22 LR Receiver 3F363T25 . . . .$ 454.06 Drop-in steel plate helps keep trigger group pins in place for ease in removing or installing the fire control components. Locks the hammer and trigger pivot pins in position to speed reassembly after cleaning or service; after installation, plate is conveniently retained by the selector. Fits nearly all AK variants, including the Tantal, and requires no permanent alterations to the rifle. Installation tab at the top helps position the plate in the right place and provides a grasping surface for removing it. SPECS: Steel, military-grade phosphate finish, matte black. Instructions included. #100-004-718AG AK-47 Retaining Plate, 5A04P70 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 4.99 RIFLE VULCAN ARMS AK-47 SHEpHERD’S CROOK RETAINING pLATE Installs In Seconds; Keeps Hammer & Trigger pins In place Flat steel plate replaces the bent wire retainer found in AK series and Galil receivers to secure the hammer and trigger pins in correct alignment. Ensures reliable function of the trigger group. Quick installation and removal, with no permanent modification to the gun—easier than threading the wire retainer over and under the trigger. Minor fitting may be required. SPECS: Steel, 26-gauge, Parkerized, matte black. Approximately 3" (7 .6cm) long. #997-000-011AG Shepherd’s Crook 7Z07B45 . . . . . . . .$ 8.99 M. O. A. CORp RUGER® 10/22® STAINLESS STEEL 10/22 RECEIVER Front & Rear Lugs Improve Bedding & Accuracy Fully finished, stainless steel, rear-lug receiver adds a second bedding point to hold the action rigidly within the stock. Allows the barrel to float free for improved accuracy. An excellent foundation for super accurate .22 rimfire rifles. Unique, twoway barrel fit; action ac-cepts 3⁄4"-16 tpi threaded barrels up to 1" in diameter or standard, slip-fit barrels up to 920" diameter. Rear cleaning hole permits barrel cleaning from the breech, eliminates muzzle damage or the need to remove barrel. CNC machined slide2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=151http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=151JJ INDUSTRIES REMINGTON 700 NORDIC COMpONENTS RUGER® 10/22® TROY INDUSTRIES M14/M1A SMITH ENTERpRISE M14/M1A Improves Bolt Release & Lock-Up ACTION SLEEVE prevents Action Flex For Improved Accuracy Precision machined, aluminum action sleeve helps prevent receiver twist and bend for improved accuracy with your Remington 700. Integral, full-length Davidson-style dovetail base fits most precision competition rings and allows mounting a variety of high power scopes. Square, flat-bottom design with large surface area provides maximum contact and a firm hold during recoil. Footprint matches a Stolle Panda action for an easy fit to most benchrest stocks. Integral front lug provides additional stiffness and helps prevent flexing, a must-have for precision rifles. Features complete 360º coverage around the receiver to provide maximum bedding surface for a rock-solid hold. Built from 7050-T7451 aircraft aluminum for minimum weight without sacrificing strength. Pre-drilled to match factory hole spacing, includes milled bolt handle slot and trigger cut-out. Requires machining out shell ejection port. Available for all short action (SA) and long action (LA) Remington 700 receivers with hinged floorplates and blind magazines, however will not allow magazine use. Fits right hand actions only. a b SPECS: 7050-T7451 aluminum, in-the-white. SA - 8½” (21.6cm) long, 1½” (3.8cm) wide, 1¾” (4.5cm) high. 8 oz. (227g) weight. LA - 915⁄16" (23.6cm) long, 1½” wide, 1¾” high. 9 oz. (255g) weight. Requires bedding to receiver. #100-004-265AG SA Action Sleeve 2B159Y00 . . . . . .$ 199.99 #100-004-264AG LA Action Sleeve 2B159Y00 . . . . . . . 199.99 AR22 RECEIVER CHASSIS Accepts AR-15/M16 Accessories For Optimal Tactical Configurations CNC machined aluminum chassis takes full advantage of proven technology and accepts off-the-shelf AR15/M16 free float tubes, hand grips, receiver extensions, and buttstocks. Heavy duty upper and lower wraps-around around the original receiver to create a one-piece unit and provide the starting point for an outstanding tactical platform. Upper attaches firmly to the top of receiver for a rock-solid mount and improved accuracy. Includes a built-in Weaver-style base 6½" long that allows a variety of options for mounting optics. Radiused edges give a streamlined appearance, reduce weight, and prevent snagging; hardcoat anodized for durability. Fits factory 10/22 barreled action and trigger group, including heavy barrels up to .990" in diameter. a b SPECS: T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. 9½” (24cm) long, 1½” (3.8cm) wide, 35⁄16" (8.4cm) high. 23 oz. (652g) weight. #100-003-499AG AR22 Receiver Chassis, 1B133V27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 169.95 MODULAR CHASSIS SYSTEM BOLT STOp Advanced Tactical System For Accessory Mounting & Improved Accuracy High quality, machined aluminum chassis turns your M14/ M1A service rifle into an advanced tactical weapon platform with a built-in, four-rail system for mounting accessories. Rigid, two-piece upper and lower with an adjustable bedding block allows fine-tuning for improved accuracy. MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny rails feature numbered cross slots for easy identification, plus machined lightening holes between the rails for enhanced barrel cooling. Low profile top rail allows back-up iron sights or cowitness capability. Back end accepts AR-15/M16 style buttstock assemblies and pistol grips for superior recoil control and reduced muzzle jump. Easy installation without special tools; fits all diameter M-14 barrels and standard operating rod guide. T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized for durability. a b SPEC: Chassis – T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. 23½” (59.7cm) OAL. Rails: Top - 22” long (56cm), Bottom – 11” long (28cm), Right – 6½” long (16.5cm), Left – 6½” long. #100-003-461AG Black Modular Chassis, 3B557V07 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 599.99 #100-003-462AG Dark Earth Modular Chassis, 3B556V21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=152http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=152Brownells RIFLE MAUSER BOLT SHROUD Classy Way To Streamline 98's & Swedes ADVANCED TECHNOLOGY 98 MAUSER LENARD BROWNELL CONVERSION BOLT HANDLE Convert Straight Bolt To Bent Without Welding Or Forging Easy, cut-and-replace installation lowers the bolt handle on straight bolt rifles without welding or forging. Gives the same bolt lift height as the military bent bolt to clear high mounted scopes. Easy-to-grasp, round knob gives fast, smooth cycling. Includes the correct drill and tap, plus complete, easy-to-follow, instructions. SPECS: Steel, in-the-white. Includes bolt handle, mount screw, drill bit and tap. #019-000-008AG Conversion Bolt Handle 9A15P99 .$ 19.99 CUSTOM BOLT KNOB Attractive Design, proper End Shape & Weldable/Bluable Steel Make This “The Choice” For A professional Bolt Alteration STOCKADE GUN STOCKS SAVAGE® EXTENDED BOLT HANDLE Smooth Cycling Bolt Handle Clears Scope & Scope Covers Stainless steel bolt handle replaces factory part and gives you an extra 1⁄2" of length and a slimmer shank to clear medium and large scopes without pinching your fingers or hitting the scope covers. The longer length reduces bolt lift by 30-40% and gives an additional .015" to .025" camming distance on the bolt. 5⁄8" diameter knurled knob is easy to grasp and cycle. SPECS: Stainless steel, natural (SS) or blue (B). Overall length; 3.6" (9.2cm); 5⁄8" (15.8mm) dia. knob. Requires bolt disassembly for installation. #100-002-199AG Savage Extended Bolt Handle, SS, 1A44X14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 54.99 #100-002-200AG Savage Extended Bolt Handle, B, 1A44X14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54.99 Model Finish off that sporterized military Mauser by replacing the ugly, issue shroud with this streamlined, classy, commercial-style shroud. Greatly improves looks of the bolt and eliminates the awkward, over-the-top, military safety. Since the original safety is removed, you must INSTALL A TRIGGER WITH ITS OWN SAFETY (like the Timney). a b SPECS: 21⁄4" (5.7cm) long, 11⁄4" (3.2cm) wide. 2 oz. (57 g) Investment cast steel, beaded finish. Large Ring (LR) fits all M98's. Swedish fits 94/96/36. Gunsmith fitting required. #078-100-098AG LR Mauser Bolt Shroud 2B41P51 .$ 52.45 #078-100-096AG Swedish Mauser Bolt Shroud, 2B40P00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50.00 DAKOTA M-98 FORTMAN’S REMINGTON MODEL 70-STYLE SHROUD WITH WING SAFETY BOLT COMpONENTS Final professional Touch For Mauser Modifications Classic Model 70-style safety and bolt shroud for the equally classic Mauser action. Combines the gas deflecting design of the original Mauser bolt shroud with the three-position, side-swing safety of the Model 70 for better scope clearance. Gunsmith installation required. a b SPECS: Polished steel, in-the-white. Weighs 21⁄2 oz. (71 g). #359-141-070AG Model 70-Style Shroud 9E119U34$ 149.99 NYLON 66 BOLT HANDLE Stronger Than The Factory part Strong, Nylon-Delrin, replacement for broken or age-embrittled Nylon 66 bolt handles. Restores function and value. Styled after the correct part, maintains original appearance. a b SPECS: Nylon-Delrin, Black. Not affected by oils and solvents. #331-066-100AG Nylon 66 Bolt Handle 1C06H35 . . . .$ 6.99 Swept-back, streamlined design is ideal for converting military rifles to attractive sporters . . . or simply replacing an ugly knob with a beautifully designed new one! Properly shaped to give clearance between bolt and low scope mounting. Hollowed for weight reduction and sharp appearance (if you ever do run into a customer who wants a solid knob, can be quickly welded solid). Investment cast of 8620 steel, selected for its ideal combination of toughness and ease of working. Welds perfectly with gas or arc welder. Can be polished and blued to highest professional standards. a b SPECS: 21⁄2" (6.3cm) overall length, 7⁄8" (22.2mm) diameter knob. 1⁄ Weighs 1 2 oz. (42 g). #095-001-001AG L. Brownell Bolt Knob 5K13D50 . .$ 13.99 – 6 or More – L. Brownell Bolt Knobs, e2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=153http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=153OVERSIZED TACTICAL BOLT KNOB Large Diameter For Optimal Bolt Cycling Oversized bolt knob is easy to grab for quick, unencumbered bolt cycling on tactical and benchrest rifles. Features a tapered, palm-fitting design for additional leverage when clearing hard to remove stuck shells. CNC machined from lightweight aluminum and finished with Brownells Gun-Kote™. Installation requires threading of original bolt handle. Available in matte black, matte green, and natural silver finish. a b SPECS: 6061 T6 aluminum, matte black, matte green, or natural silver finish. 117⁄32" (3.9cm) long, .990" (25.2mm) diameter. 1.3 oz. (35 g) weight. Gunsmith installation recommended. #084-000-302AG Green Tactical Bolt Knob, 7B23H53. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 26.99 #084-000-303AG Black Tactical Bolt Knob 7B23H53 . 26.99 #084-000-304AG Silver Finish Tactical Bolt Knob, 7B20H59. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23.99 5⁄ 13⁄ 16"-24NF DIE 16" O.D. - High-speed steel, 13/16" O.D. die cuts perfect threads and cleans up dinged threads. This is the correct die for cutting threads for Brownells Tactical Bolt Knob. SPECS: High speed steel. 13⁄16" (20.6mm) O.D. #080-000-297AG 5/16"-24NF Die 8K36A93 . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 49.97 Brownells GLEND ARMS FIRING pINS precision-Made; Duplicates The Original Ready for installation by gunsmith. Precision workmanship. Duplicates original. Saves waiting for, or having to make one. a b SPECS: Heat-treated, blued. Gunsmith fitting may be required. 211 212 BLACKHEART INTERNATIONAL REMINGTON 700 SUpERIOR SHOOTING SYSTEMS “LIGHTNING LOK” FIRING pIN 213 204 SpEEDLOCK FIRING pIN KITS RIFLE Reduces Lock Time For Faster Ignition & Improved Accuracy Lightweight Titanium firing pin driven by an extra-power Wolff spring decreases lock time by up to 40% for a noticeable improvement in accuracy. Faster lock time minimizes the chance of gun movement between the time the trigger is pulled and the firing pin hits the primer. Features a Titanium Nitride (TiNi) coating that creates a hard, smooth surface resistant to corrosion, high temperatures, galling, fretting, and seizing. Slick TiNi resists fouling buildup, is easy to clean, and promotes fast firing pin travel through the bolt. SPECS: Firing pin - Titanium, TiNi coated. Spring - 28 lb. Fits Remington 700 short action (SA) and long action (LA) rifles. #100-005-739AG Lightning Lok Firing Pin, SA, 2B64T83 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 77.99 #100-005-738AG Lightning Lok Firing Pin, LA, 2B64T83 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77.99 Cut Lock Times By 1⁄3 & More For Improved Accuracy Lightweight firing pins weigh less than half of original factory firing pins, and the weight savings alone would decrease lock times dramatically. But, for even faster lock times and to help ensure positive ignition, the Tubb Firing Pins come with a factory weight chrome silicon spring. CS springs maintain load height and compression strength without taking a set for thousands of compression cycles. Faster lock time means there's less chance of gun movement between the time the trigger is pulled and the firing pin hits the primer. Tubb Firing Pins cut lock time without increasing vibrations and maintain positive ignition. Designed by NRA Highpower Rifle and Highpower Silhouette Champion David Tubb. Perfect for benchrest shooting and especially valuable for off-hand shooters.whether they're Highpower or Silhouette competitors, or hunters wanting the best, cleanest shot possible. a b SPECS: Firing Pin - 70 series machined aluminum with 4140 steel tips. Spring - Chrome silicon, heat-treated, shot peened, stress relieved. Remington models not for use with ISS bolt lock system. Winchester fits all pre-’64 and post-’64 M70 rifles with push-feed or controlled round feed actions, except WSM models. Pre-’64 and current “Classic”-style actions with claw extractor require the Speedlock Cocking Piece, available separately. STOCK # FITS pRICE #2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=154http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=154REMINGTON 700 FIRING pIN ASSEMBLY TIMNEY FULTON ARMORY M1/M14/M1A pOWER CUSTOM RUGER® 10/22® BUEHLER-STYLE LOW SAFETY positive Stops At On & Off; Simple, Fast Installation The re-make of the famous Buehler Low Safety. Faster and much more convenient to operate than the factory safety plus, it will not interfere with even the lowest mounted scopes. Rotates through a 70° arc on the right side of the rifle with positive stops in both the “on” and “off” positions. Securely holds the bolt and the striker in the locked position. Precision CNC machined from high-quality steel, hardened at all wear points, polished and blued. No machining required for installation on M98. M93/96 may require grinding of cocking piece. a b SPECS: Steel, blued. .490" (12.4mm) wide, .725" (18.4mm) long. M98 fits Mauser M98 & FN. M93/96 fits Mauser 93, 94, 95, 96 & 97 Small Ring. #883-804-098AG Timney M98 Safety 3H32D01 . . . . .$ 38.99 #883-805-096AG Timney M93/96 Safety 3H31D59 . . . . 38.99 SAFETY LEVER Built To USGI Specs & Ready To Install One-piece steel safety lever is a direct replacement for a worn, bent, or broken safety lever on an M1 Garand, M14 or clone, and Springfield Armory M1A. Built to USGI specifications to provide trouble-free operation, with a durable Parkerized finish that matches most military rifle finishes. SPECS: Cast steel, Parkerized, matte finish. Fits mil-spec M1 Garand, M14 and M1A rifles. Minor fitting may be required on nonmil-spec rifles. #100-005-284AG M1/M14/M1A Safety 3K21V43 . . . . .$ 24.99 SHARp CLAW EXTRACTOR positive Extraction Of Match Chambers For The Mk II pistol & 10/22 Rifle Machined with sharp, well defined angles to securely grip case head and give positive extraction even on tight, match chambered barrels. Will not “blow out” in the event of a ruptured case. Hard and tough titanium or A-2 Tool steel greatly extends service life. Available in Titanium or A-2 Tool Steel. Correct dimension works in 10/22, 10/22 Magnum and Mk II pistol without modification. a b SPECS: Titanium - 6 AL-4V titanium. Silver finish. Includes extra power spring. A-2 Tool Steel - A-2 Tool Steel, black. Inlcudes extra power spring. #713-123-003AG Titanium Extractor 3A09X74 . . . . .$ 10.99 #713-000-067AG A-2 Tool Steel Extractor, 3A09X74 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.99 Non-ISS Assembly Takes Your Late Model Rifle Back In Time RIFLE Factory-original, firing pin assembly eliminates the ISS bolt lock system on your current production, Remington 700 rifle to make it like they used to be. Features a blued or stainless bolt shroud with standard firing pin, cocking piece and firing pin spring. Proven factory parts provide reliable function and drop-in fit. SPECS: Steel, blued finish or SS, natural finish. Available for long (LA) and short action (SA). #767-220-400AG Blue LA Firing Pin Assembly, 7F43Y47 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 54.34 #767-000-916AG Blue SA Firing Pin Assembly, 7F43V39 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54.24 #767-000-064AG Stainless SA Firing Pin Assembly, 7F43D39 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54.24 WINDY CITY SOURCING M1/M14/M1A SAFETY LEVER Mil-Spec Replacement For Original part Ready-to-install safety lever is a direct replacement for a worn or damaged mil-spec factory part— no fitting required. Machined, hardened steel, Parkerized to resist surface wear and corrosion. SPECS: Steel, Parkerized, matte finish. Fits original or replica M1 Garand, M14, Springfield Armory M1A, and clones built to USGI specs. #100-004-979AG M1/M14/M1A Safety Lever, 2Z20T83 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 24.99 TACTICAL SOLUTIONS RUGER® 10/22® MURRAY’S SKS EXTRACTORS ENHANCED FIRING pIN WISNER HEAVY DUTY EXTRACTOR Hardened Tool Steel With Improved Hook For Reliable Extraction Improved hook design helps ensure consistent extraction each and every time. Machined from tool steel then hardened to resist breakage and reduce wear for a lifetime 2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=155http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=155HARRIS GUNWORKS SUpERIOR SHOOTING SYSTEMS REM. RIFLE BOYDS’ SAKO-STYLE EXTRACTOR KIT Convert Remington Bolts For Reliable Extraction Complete parts kit converts Remington 700 bolts to use a larger, Sako-style extractor which grabs a bigger bite of case rim for increased extractor performance. a b SPECS: 17-4 stainless steel extractor. Kit includes extractor, plunger pin and spring. Installation requires machining of bolt. #562-102-000AG .308 Sako-Style Ext. Kit 2F25Y64 . .$ 32.05 #562-102-001AG .223 Sako-Style Ext. Kit 2F25Y45 . . . 31.81 SAKO-STYLE EXTRACTOR KIT Solid Steel Replaces Stamped Sheetmetal; Improves Function & Reliability Sako-style extractors have a longer, wider “hook” that gives a positive bite on the case rim. An essential modification for rifles where reliable extraction is crucial. Precision machined on 4-axis CNC equipment for exact fit and function. Can be fitted to older rifles to replace Remington’s obsolete, riveted extractor or the current rivetless design. “2000” is the commonly used, small extractor suitable for .223, .30-06 and Magnum bolt face. “A” fits rifles with .470", .30-06 or .530" Magnum bolt face. “B” fits .404, .284 and 7.21 Lazzeroni. “C” fits .416 Rigby, .378 and .460 Weatherby. a b SPECS: Carbon steel, in-the-white. Kit contains extractor, spring, plunger and illustrated instructions. Adapts to Remington models: 721, 722, 725, 700, 600, 660, 40-X centerfire, XP-100, 7 and Sportsman 78. Installation requires machined modifications to bolt. Gunsmith installation required. #840-000-025AG “2000” Extractor Kit 4H21C34 . . . .$ 26.66 #840-000-033AG “A” Extractor Kit 4H21D34 . . . . . . . . 26.66 #840-000-034AG “B” Extractor Kit 4H21D34 . . . . . . . . 26.66 #840-000-035AG “C” Extractor Kit 4H21D34 . . . . . . . . 26.66 BOLD TRIGGER HUBER CONCEpTS Easy To Install; premium Quality Precision-machined, light-weight aluminum housing plus hardened steel sear and internal components provide reliable performance for both the marksman and the sportsman. Fully adjustable for engagement, letoff and overtravel. Optima (Op) model includes a two-position, locking thumb safety. Choose premium (pR) model if using the factory safety. Adjustment range: 2.7 lb.-7 lb. a b SPECS: Aluminum housing, steel trigger. .186" (4.7mm) wide face. OP-98 and PR-98 fit Spanish Mauser 93/95, Military Mauser M-98 and Commercial Mauser M-98. OP-94/96S and PR-94/96S fit Swedish Mauser M94/96. #104-100-098AG OP-98 Optima Trigger 9C45X26 . . .$ 55.92 #104-150-098AG PR-98 Premium Trigger 9C37X06 . . 46.99 #104-100-094AG OP-94/96S Optima Trigger 9C45X26 55.92 #104-150-094AG PR-94/96S Premium Trigger, 9C36X87 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46.10 MILITARY RIFLE TRIGGERS Uses Existing Sear; Offers Three Different Adjustments 27 oz. trigger attaches in the original location and works with your gun’s existing sear and spring. Unique, adjustable, anti-friction ball lets you change sear-engagement surface area for a smooth, clean break. Additional screws help minimize overtravel and creep on some models. Mosin Nagant and SMLE don’t include additional screws. a b SPECS: Steel, black Teflon, matte finish. 27 oz. (766g) pull weight using original sear and spring. 6-40 setscrew. 7⁄32" (6mm) wide shoe, 21⁄2" (59mm) high overall (Mauser), others will vary. May require fitting. Mauser fits 98k only. SMLE I fits Lee-Enfield No. 1 and No. 2 Mark IV rifles. #100-000-972AG 98k Mauser Trigger 9K64T17 . . . . .$ 80.22 #100-001-444AG Moslin Nagant Trigger 9K64P17 . . . 80.22 #100-001-445AG SMLE I Trigger 9K64P17 . . . . . . . . . . 80.22 #100-000-978AG Springfield 03 Trigger 9K64T17 . . . . 80.22 RIFLE REMINGTON 700-STYLE RIVETED EXTRACTOR KIT Factory-Type Replacement Restores Function & Serviceability Replaces the no-longer-available Remington factory part to keep older rifles shooting. A fast, economical, alternative to returning rifle to the factory for repair. Replacement requires no modification to bolt or rifle. Fits all variat2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=156http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=156JARD TRIGGER UpGRADE KITS JARD REMINGTON 700 N.E.C.G. M98 Gives Your Bolt Action A Match-Grade Trigger pull Reliable, easy-to-install upgrade kits replace some or all of the factory trigger components to deliver match-grade performance. Specially designed, system (except Mauser 98) moves the sear engagement point to a precise location for more leverage that lightens pull weight. Fewer working parts help eliminate malfunctions caused by moisture and freezing temperatures. Precision machined and polished engagement surfaces help minimize drag for smooth, crisp let-off. All models use the factory safety without alteration. Drop-in installation. a b MARLIN 800/900 RIMFIRE KIT - Gives your early model Marlin .17 or .22 caliber rimfire a smooth, consistent, trigger pull. Upgraded sear, trigger lever and trigger return spring replace the factory parts and provide adjustability for sear engagement. Does not fit late model rifles with T-900™ Fire Control System. Choice of 2 lb. or 2.5 lb. pull weights. SPECS: Steel, matte black finish. 2 lb. or 2.5 lb. pull wt. Fits pre-2004 800/900 series rimfire rifles without T-900 trigger system. #100-002-573AG Marlin Trigger Kit, 2 lb. 2K70H40 .$ 88.00 #100-001-868AG Marlin Trigger Kit, 2.5 lb., 2K70D40. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88.00 REMINGTON 700 TRIGGER KIT - Uses the factory Remington 700 trigger housing to achieve match-quality trigger performance. Available with 14 oz. or 28 oz. pull weight. Uses factory screws for over-travel and sear engagement adjustments. SPECS: Steel, black, matte finish. 14 oz. or 28 oz. pull weight. Fits Rem. 700. #100-000-661AG Rem 700 Trigger Kit, 14 oz., 2K50H16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 62.70 #100-000-662AG Rem 700 Trigger Kit, 28 oz., 2K50H16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62.70 RUGER M77 MKII, 77/22 & 77/17 TRIGGER KITS Polished sear and trigger lever, plus a reduced power return spring smoothes trigger movement and lightens pull to 2 pounds. Adjustments for sear engagement and overtravel provide a crisp, cleanbreaking feel. Elliptical head, adjustment screw, provides positive contact with safety; requires no special fitting for proper engagement. SPECS: Steel, black matte or polished silver finish. 2 lb. pull weight. MK II - Fits Ruger M77 Mark II. Will not fit Target (VT) models. 77/22 & 77/17 - Fits Ruger 77/22, 77/22 WMR, and 77/17 . #100-001-874AG Black MK II Trigger Kit, 2K70D40. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 88.00 #100-001-875AG Silver MK II Trigger Kit, 2K74D80. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93.50 #100-001-885AG Blk 77/22 & 77/17 Trigger Kit, 2K70Z40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88.00 #100-001-886AG Sil. 77/22 & 77/17 Trigger Kit, 2K74Z80 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93.50 AK-47 - Lightens trigger pull and reduces negative effects of trigger slap to help steady the gun and improve accuracy. Includes trigger, trigger return spring, double hook hammer, hammer spring, disconnect, disconnect spring, trigger pin retainer plate (shepherd crook), andthread lock agent. Choice of 2 or 3 lb. pull weight. SPECS: Steel, black, matte finish. 2 lb. or 3 lb. pull weights available. #100-003-131AG 2 lb. AK47 Trigger Kit 2K79H20 . . .$ 99.00 #100-003-132AG 3 lb. AK47 Trigger Kit 2K79H20 . . . . 99.00 SAVAGE TRIGGER KIT - Upgraded trigger lever and sear feature ultra-smooth engagement surfaces for a 16-ounce, cleaning breaking trigger pull. Adjustable sear engagement and over travel allow fine-tuning. All models use the factory safety without alteration. SPECS: Steel, matte black finish. 1 lb. pull weight.Fits Savage centerfire rifles. #100-004-021AG Savage Trigger Kit 2K68C92 . . . . . .$ 85.99 TRIGGER ASSEMBLY Easy Installation, Crisp Release, Choice Of pull Weight To Suit Your Needs Drop-in replacement provides a smoother, crisper letoff and lighter pull weight than factory original. An easy, economical way to achieve a2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=157http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=157SpEC-TECH RUGER® RIFLE BASIX TIMNEY SAVAGE 10/110 TRIGGER - Investment cast from tool steel, then heat treated for consistent release and reliable operation. Completely adjustable for pull weight, sear engagement and overtravel. Uses factory sear and safety. SAV-1 uses factory trigger housSAV-1 ing; pull weight is adjustable from 11⁄2 to 3 lb. SAV-2 features a two-lever design enclosed in its own housing for easy trigger installation. Adjusts from 4 oz. to 3 lb. for target or hunting rifles. Replaces factory trigger housing. Both models fit all Savage 10/110 series rifles manufactured after 1966 with standard or AccuTrigger triggers. SPECS: A-2 tool steel, black, matte finish. Fit SAV-2 all Savage 10/110 series rifles manufactured after 1966 with standard or AccuTrigger tirgger. SAV-1 - 1½ to 3 lb. Includes return spring and instructions. SAV-2 - 4 oz. to 3 lb. Includes video instructions on CD-ROM. #758-000-001AG SAV-1 Trigger, 8E78B36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 97.99 #758-000-006AG SAV-2 Trigger, 8E140B65 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154.99 SAVAGE RIMFIRE ADJUSTABLE TRIGGER Heat treated, tool steel trigger provides a match grade trigger pull for Savage rimfire rifles equipped with original AccuTrigger™. Delivers the crisp, clean break of a high-quality, conventional trigger with consistent sear disengagement and reliable operation. Fully adjustable for optimal take-up, sear engagement, pull weight (1¼ - 4 lb.), and overtravel. Uses existing safety and pivot pin for a drop-in fit without modification to action or stock. SPECS: A-2 tool steel, black, matte finish. Pull weight adjustable from 1¼ - 4 lb. Fits Savage rimfire rifles with AccuTrigger. Includes instructions. #758-000-016AG SAV-RAT Savage RF Trigger, 8E78X36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 97.95 SAVAGE RIMFIRE SEAR - Light, crisp-breaking, match-quality sear, for bolt action rimfires that’s perfect for hunting or competition. Pull weight that adjusts from 13⁄4 lbs. down to 10 oz. Heat treated for consistent release and reliable operation. Drop-in fit, uses factory safety and trigger housing. SPECS: A-2 tool steel. 10 oz. to 1¾ lb. Fits bolt action Mark I, Mark II, 93 Magnum, 900Target .22 and .17 caliber, plus 501, 502, and 503 Rimfire Striker handguns. Does not fit models with Accu-Trigger. #758-000-004AG SAV-R Sear, 8E78B36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 97.95 WEATHERBY/HOWA/S&W/MOSSBERG Precision made trigger is factory pre-set for a light, crisp pull that requires no further adjustments. CNC machined, aluminum housing provides greater internal clearance for reduced drag and is hardcoat anodized for durability. Hardened steel internal components provide a consistent, smooth pull. Simple drop-in fit replaces factory trigger assembly without alterations. Fits Weatherby Vanguard, Howa with both 2- and 3-position safeties, Smith & Wesson 1500, and Mossberg 100 ATR, right hand only. WTHBY-1 trigger pull weight is preset to approximately 2 to 2½ lb. and is from 1½ to 4 lb. WTHBY-V trigger pull weight is preset to 16 oz., ideal for varmint shooting or competition. Adjustable from 12 oz. to 1½ lb. SPECS: Housing - T6-6061 aluminum, hardcoat anodized. Internals - A-2 tool steel, hardened. Black, matte finish. Right hand only. Fits Weatherby Vanguard, Howa with 2- and 3-position safeties, Smith & Wesson 1500, and Mossberg 100 ATR. WTHBY-1 - 1½ lb. to 4 lb. (1.8kg) pull wt. WTHBY-V - 12 oz. to 1½ lb. pull wt. #758-000-022AG WTHBY-1 Trigger, 8E105X03 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 129.99 #758-000-023AG WTHBY-V Trigger, 8E112X71 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139.99 ADJUSTABLE TRIGGER Installs Easily, Lightens & Smooths Trigger pull Increases accuracy by providing a lighterfeeling, smoother-operating trigger with no take-up or overtravel. Lets you concentrate on making your shot and not overcoming a long, heavy trigger pull. Adjustable for weight of pull from 12011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=158http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=158TIMNEY BOLT ACTION RIFLE TRIGGER Gives A Clean, Crisp Break, Fully Adjustable, Helps Improve Accuracy TIMNEY SAVAGE 10/110 Triggers FEATHERWEIGHT TRIGGER Greatly Improves pull, Feel & Function On Savage 10/110 Hardened steel trigger replaces the factory unit and its accuracy-robbing heavy pull. Gives a clean, crisp breaking trigger pull. Factory-type set screws adjust for letoff, overtravel and weight of pull (2 to 4 lb.). Parts are fully-finished; heat treated for durability and ready to install; requires gunsmith fitting, and modification to stock. Includes trigger and trigger springs. Sear not included. a b SPECS: Steel, blue, matte finish, 58-60 Rc. Includes instructions. #883-000-001AG Savage Featherweight Trigger, 3H89C13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 104.99 TIMNEY REMINGTON TRIGGER SIERRA pApA BERETTA CX4 provides A Light, Clean Break To Help You Get The Best possible Accuracy Single-stage replacement is fully adjustable; gives Remington 700 rifles a clean, crisp break so you can concentrate on making the shot. Precision machined, milled steel housing, with hardened and fitted parts, delivers maximum reliability. Adjustable for weight-of-pull (11⁄2 - 4 lb.), creep and backlash. Lock nuts hold settings. 3⁄8" wide trigger shoe provides excellent control, grooved surface improves feel. For Rem. 700 with factory safety. Fits Model Seven with minor fitting. 721/722 use model with Ultra Light Arms safety (#883-000-005). a b SPECS: Steel housing, blued. Heat-treated and polished sear and trigger surfaces. Serrated .375" (9.5mm) wide blued (Blue) or nickel plated (Nickel) shoe. Includes instructions. #883-400-270AG Rem. 700, RH/Blue 3H102C70 . . . . .$ 124.99 #883-400-273AG Rem. 700, RH/Nickel 3H121C58 . . . . 149.99 #883-400-271AG Rem. 700, LH/Blue 3H102C70 . . . . . . 124.99 700 TRIGGER W/SAFETY - New-design safety blocks the trigger, not the sear. There’s no way to move the trigger when it’s on safe, virtually eliminating the risk of accidental sear release when you take it off safe. Right-hand (RH) and left-hand (LH) models available, both with a 3⁄8" wide, grooved trigger shoe. Choose a traditional Curved trigger shoe or Straight shoe preferred by some benchrest shooters. Adjustable, 11⁄2 to 4 lb. weight-of-pull, creep and backlash. Fully assembled to save time and labor. Includes bolt release. SPECS: Housing - Aluminum billet, matte black.Trigger Shoe/Safety Lever – Steel, matte blued finish or matte nickel plated. Heat-treated steel internals and polished sear/trigger surfaces. Serrated .375" wide shoe. Includes instructions. Fits 700, 721, and 722, including models with ISS bolt lock. Does not lock the bolt closed, even on older model rifles with original safeties that locked the bolt. #883-000-005AG 700, RH/Curved/Blue 3H106C43 . . .$ 124.99 883-000-030AG 700, RH/Curved/Nickel 3H115A82 . . . 139.99 883-000-029AG 700, RH/Straight/Blue 3H105A54. . . . 129.99 883-000-032AG 700, RH/Straight/Nickel 3H115A82 . . 139.99 883-000-027AG 700, LH/Curved/Blue 3H106A43. . . . . 124.99 883-000-031AG 700, LH/Curved/Nickel 3H115A82 . . . 139.99 883-000-033AG 700, LH/Straight/Nickel 3H115A82 . . 139.99 700 TACTICAL TRIGGER - Adjustable, 3-lever design gives a weight of pull from 2 - 8 oz. Poststyle finger lever adjusts for length and cant. Lets benchrest, long range varmint and match shooters achieve a precise fit to their finger. All steel construction, with polished and heat-treated internal parts, provides durability and long life. No safety. SPECS: Steel housing. Heat-treated and polished sear/trigger surfaces. Includes instructions. #883-000-006AG 700 Tactical Trigger 3H109C15 . . .$ 134.95 600 TRIGGER W/SAFETY - Adjustable, Featherweight-style, single-stage trigger for delivers clean, crisp trigger pulls that help improve accuracy. Adjustable for weight of pull (1½-4 lb.), creep and overtravel. Lock nuts hold the settings. SPECS: Aluminum housing. Heat-treated steel internals. Polished sear/trigger surfaces. Shoe2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=159http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=159GROVTEC AUTOMATION SOLUTIONS CZ 452 ACCURACY SYSTEMS MINI-14®/MINI THIRTY® FULTON ARMORY M14/M1A GT HAMMER EXTENSIONS ™ ADJUSTABLE SEAR Reduces Takeup & Creep; Helps Achieve Your Best Accuracy Lets you reduce that long, heavy, factory trigger pull to a crisp, clean break. Adjusts for engagement to improve feel; removes the factory creep. Helps you achieve accurate shot placement. Drop-in installation. a b SPECS: 440C stainless steel. Rc 58-60. Includes spare detent ball. Models for CZ 452, .22 Long Rifle and .17 HMR/.22 Magnum. #100-000-749AG CZ 452 .22 LR Sear 8K56U00 . . . . . .$ 66.00 #100-001-017AG CZ 452 .17 HMR/.22 Mag Sear, 8K56B00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66.00 LIGHTWEIGHT TRIGGER SpRING – Lightweight, trigger spring reduces pull on standard, factory triggers to less than two lbs. If installed with the Adjustable Sears listed above, pulls as low as 8 oz. are attainable. SPECS: Spring steel. Fits CZ452 rifles in .22 LR, .17 HMR and .22 Mag. #100-001-168AG Lightweight CZ 452 Trigger Spring, 8K05D71. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 6.72 ADJUSTABLE GAS BLOCK Adjust Gas pressure For Different Loads Steel gas block replaces factory part using simple tools and helps you fine tune the gas pressure on your Ruger® Mini-14® or Mini Thirty®. Lets you adjust the distance brass flies, reduce battering of the op-rod, and protect optics from excess shock. Improves accuracy by reducing the internal harmonics of the op-rod contacting the receiver during high speed cycling. Adjust from no-cycling for single-shot operation, to wideopen shooting. Sling swivel hole accepts most swivel loops, including quick-detach swivels. Separate models for Mini-14 and Mini-Thirty. Use Mini Thirty model on Mini-14 chambered in 6.8 Rem SPC. a b SPECS: Steel, in-the-white. Includes gas block bottom half, gas pipe, spring-loaded adjustment screw, and instructions. Retain factory top strap, screws and gas bushing. Mini-14 model fits rifles with serial number prefix 181 and below (.562” barrel O.D.) . Will not fit the new Mini-14, including Mini-14 Target, with serial number prefix 580 or 581 (.625” barrel O.D.). Mini Thirty model also fits Mini-14 in 6.8 Rem SPC. #100-002-140AG Mini-14 Gas Block 1A117Z27 . . . . .$ 146.75 #054-000-002AG Mini Thirty Gas Block 1A117D27. . 146.75 GAS pISTON Micro-polished Surface Resists Wear & Carbon Build-Up Precision-machined, stainless steel piston is heat treated for hardness to maintain critical tolerances, resist wear, and help prevent rounding of the gas grooves for extended service life. Micro-polished surface reduces friction and resists carbon buildup, requiring less frequent cleaning. SPECS: 420 stainless steel, polished finish. 3.620” (9.2cm) long x .497” (1.3cm) piston diameter. 1.7 oz. (48.24g) wt. #100-005-283AG M14/M1A Gas Piston 3K34V29 . . . .$ 39.99 For Easier Access & Faster Cocking Clamp-on steel extension adds a serrated lever to the side of the hammer spur to give your thumb a large, easy-to-find horizontal grasping surface. A must-have if using a low-mounted scope, heavy gloves, or you just want a hammer that’s easy to grasp under stress or in wet weather. Hollow design keeps weight to a minimum, so hammer speed and locktime are unaffected. Holds tight on left or right side of hammer with steel Allen head screw. SPECS: Steel, blued, matte finish. Extension - 5⁄8" (15.5mm) long x 3⁄ 8" (9.2mm) diameter. STOCK # MODEL #100-005-615AG GTHM-68 FITS Winchester 94 including Big Bore and angle-eject (not 94/22), Ithaca X-Caliber, Henry Lever/Pump .22 #100-005-616AG GTHM-69 Winchester 94/22 #100-005-617AG GTHM-70 Marlin Lever, 1957-1982 #100-005-618AG GTHM-71 Browning BL-22/Astra 357 #100-005-619AG GTHM-72 Ruger® Blackhawk®, H&R Topper, H&R/NEF Handi-Rifle #100-005-620AG GTHM-73 Browning BLR, 1981-1991 #100-005-621AG GTHM-74 Marlin lever, made 1983 and later including 39A, 39M, 1894, 1894C, 1895S, 336C, 336T, 375, 444S, Glenfield 30A #100-005-622AG GTHM-79 Thompson Ce2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=160http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=160SCHUSTER M1/M1A FULTON ARMORY M14/M1A SADLAK INDUSTRIES M14/M1A SHARp SHOOTER SAVAGE ADJUSTABLE GAS SYSTEM Saves Wear On Bolt Lugs & Softens Blow On Op Rod Vented steel design changes cycle time by letting you adjust the gas volume in the cylinder. Quick adjustment of vent size with integral set-screw; eliminates changing screws for different vent sizes. Reduces battering on op rod, bolt lugs, receiver and trigger group. Available for M1 Garand and M1A rifles. a b SPECS: Steel, parkerized finish. Replaces existing gas nut with no modifications to the rifle. Includes adjustment tool and instructions. #100-001-733AG M1 Adj. Gas System 5K31Y45 . . . . .$ 39.35 #100-002-329AG M1A Adj. Gas System 5K41Y80 . . . . . 49.85 FORGED OpERATING ROD USGI-Spec Rod Keeps Your Rifle Running Smoothly Precision-forged and machined, one-piece steel operating rod is drop-in ready. Conforms to USGI specs to provide trouble-free operation in military-issue M14 rifles or clones, and Springfield Armory M1A® rifles. Surface hardened to Rc 40-46 for superior wear characteristics, with a matte black, Parkerized finish that matches military rifle finishes. SPECS: 8645 steel, heat treated to Rc 40-46, Parkerized, matte black. Fits mil-spec M14 and M1A rifles. Gunsmith fitting may be required on non-mil-spec rifles. #100-005-277AG Forged Operating Rod 3K185V00 $ 229.99 OpERATING ROD SpRING GUIDE Reduces Friction, Stops Mag Catch Failures Solid, one-piece design features four milled flats to reduce weight and friction for smooth operation and long service life; helps eliminate magazine catch failures. Guide body is turned to .344" diameter. Integral, CNC-machined magazine catch means no more broken welds or bent stampings halfway through your range work. a b SPECS: 8620 hardened tool steel, Mil-Spec manganese phosphate finish. #100-001-328AG M14/M1A Spring Guide, 6A31C22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 38.99 COMpETITION RECOIL LUG Machined For Uniformity & Extra Strength Oversize, lug replaces the stamped, factory part that tends to be slightly thicker at the bottom than at the top. .240" thick for added strength and surface ground for flatness. Standard lug fits 1.060" barrel shanks. Large bore lug fits 1.125" diameter barrel shanks. a b SPECS: 410 stainless steel, natural finish. 113⁄16" (4.6cm) long, .240" (6.1mm) thick. 1.060" (2.7cm) and 1.125" (2.9cm) bores. #436-000-001AG 1.060" Savage Recoil Lug, 6C25Y75 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 32.05 #436-000-002AG 1.125" Recoil Lug 6C28Y95 . . . . . . . . . 35.40 RIFLE SUNNY HILL REMINGTON 700 ARSENAL AK-74 MAXIMIZED RECOIL LUG Enhanced Recoil Control & Improved Accuracy Machined slightly thicker than the factory part for added stiffness to eliminate lug flex or twisting under heavy recoil. Inner and outer dimensions are similar to the original, factory dimensions for a smooth, seamless receiver to barrel fit. Factory barrel installation may require setting the shoulder forward. a b SPECS: Chrome moly (CM), in-the-white or stainless steel (SS), natural finish. 1.72” (4.37cm) long, 1.35” (3.4cm) wide, .240” (6.10mm) thick. 1.064” (2.70cm) bore I.D. Fits Remington 700. #848-000-004AG CM Maximized Recoil Lug, 8D24Z95 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 29.99 #848-000-005AG SS Maximized Recoil Lug 8D27Z50 34.99 STAINLESS STEEL GAS pISTON GAS SYSTEM pARTS Improve Action Cycling; Helps prevent Jams Get improved performance and reliability from your AK-74 with this highquality, U.S.-made, drop-in gas piston. Precision machined from corrosion-resistant stainless steel for improved bolt cycling and long service life. Ultra-smooth, polished finish helps reduce carbon fouling for longer shooting sessions between cleanings. Counts as one U.S. made part for compliance with U.S. Code Title 18 Section 922(r) part-source requirements. a b SPECS: Stainless steel, polished natural finish. 63⁄8" (16.2cm) long x 5⁄ 16" (8mm) diameter shaft. Fits AK-74 5.45x39mm caliber. #100-2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=161http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=161HICKS DESIGNS RUGER #1 ACCURIZER Fine Tune The Barrel For Consistent Accuracy Stabilizes the barrel to prevent point of impact shift as barrel heats up. Steel bedding block attaches to receiver extension and gives you an adjustable tensioning screw to regulate barrel movement. Only minor inletting of the forearm required. a b SPECS: Steel, blue finish. 1.28" (3.2.cm) long, .74" (18.9mm) wide, .51" (13.2mm) high. Includes instructions. #419-100-001AG #1 Accurizer 9A47V96 . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 59.95 Brownells BARREL . . . by SHILEN All the loving care of the best stockmaker and the meticulous attention to detail of the master machinist will not make a gun shoot any straighter than the accuracy capability of the barrel used. And, it is the insides of a barrel, that very small and vital area of lands and grooves over which the gunsmith has no control, that can determine whether the finished work of art is for shooting - or “just for looks”. Craftsmanship . . . not price . . . determines the quality of a barrel. But, by the same token, the customer willing to spend the money for a custom gun is shortsighted indeed, if he starts economizing and orders “just any old barrel so long as it’s cheap.” Furthermore, he is jeopardizing your reputation as a gun builder by making such a request. We, as your supplier, are laying our reputation (and yours, too!) on the line by offering you barrel blanks. They have got to be good or we are in trouble! Big trouble!! We must never sell you anything but that which will enlarge your stature with your trade. And, we feel that the Brownells Barrel, made for us by Shilen, will do just that! Shilen barrels, either chrome moly or stainless, are rifled with eight lands and grooves by the “cold forming” process using carbide dies made in Shilen’s own UNTURNED BLANK BORE & TWIST .204-12 .224-9 .224-12 .224-14 .22 Rim-16 6mm-10 6mm-12 .257-10 .257-12 6 .5mm-9 .270-10 7mm-9 7mm-11 .30-10 .30-12 .338-10 .358-14 .375-12 .416-14 .458-14 CM 7H126X60 $ 158.25 SS 7H192Z20 $ 240.25 CONTOUR #1 CM 7H170X60 $ 213.25 SS NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA CONTOUR #2 CM 7H161X04 $ 201.99 NA NA NA #787-224-142AG NA #787-243-102AG NA #787-257-102AG NA NA #787-270-102AG #787-284-092AG NA #787-308-102AG NA #787-338-102AG NA NA NA NA SS 7H227A43 $ 284.99 NA NA NA NA NA #787-924-102AG NA #787-925-102AG NA NA #787-927-102AG #787-928-092AG NA #787-930-102AG NA NA NA NA NA NA Match-Grade Barrel Blanks In Chrome Moly Or Stainless Steel SUpERIOR SHOOTING SYSTEM FINAL FINISH SYSTEM™ polishes Bore, Reduces Fouling, Gives Easier Cleaning Abrasive coated bullets polish bore and throat to remove tool marks, rough areas and high spots. Eliminates the primary cause of lead and copper fouling and makes cleaning easier and less time consuming. Long bullets provide maximum bearing surface for efficient polishing. Each caliber kit includes 10 bullets, in five grits to progressively smooth and polish bore. a b SPECS: 50 bullets. Plastic storage box. Instructions included. STOCK # CALIBER WEIGHT(grains) pRICE #840-000-001AG .224 rifle 80 4H29C30 $ 36.65 #840-000-002AG .243 rifle 107 4H29C30 $ 36.65 #840-000-004AG .264 rifle 142 4H29C30 $ 36.65 #840-000-005AG .270 rifle 135 4H29C30 $ 36.65 #840-000-006AG .284 rifle 130 4H29C30 $ 36.65 #840-000-007AG .308 rifle 190 4H29C30 $ 36.65 .22 RIMFIRE KIT - One hundred specially-coated, .22 long rifle cartridges, in five different compounds, smooth and polish rough bores. Restores accuracy of many rifles, both new and old alike. SPECS: 100 bullets. Plastic storage box. Instructions included. We cannot ship until we have: A copy of your driver’s license or concealed handgun license and a signed affidavit stating “There are no laws prohibiting me from owning ammo, I am 21 years or older.” #840-000-012AG .22 Rimfire Lapping Kit, 4H29C29. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 36.99 Barrels plant under the most rigid controls. This rifling method achieves ex-tremely close i2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=162http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=162SHORT CHAMBERED MAUSER BARREL RIFLE High Quality, Value priced, Ready To Install At last! Factory grade, ready-to-install, 4140 chrome moly barrels in popular calibers at a price that puts a custom-built sporter on a Mauser 98 action within everyone’s reach. Compact, 24" length is great for fast-handling hunting rifles. Stress-relieved, button-rifled, right-hand twist barrels are short chambered, crowned, and fully threaded. All you have to do is finish chambering, set the headspace, and polish and blue the exterior. a b SPECS: 4140 chrome moly steel, in-the-white. 1.1"-12 tpi; “V”type thread. 24" (61cm) long, 1.15" (2.9cm) diameter at breech, .57" (1.5cm) diameter at muzzle. STOCK # CALIBER TWIST #080-000-373AG .22-250 1-14 #080-000-377AG .25-06 Rem . 1-10 #080-000-374AG 6 .5x55mm 1-9 #080-000-375AG .270 Win . 1-10 #080-000-376AG .308 Win . 1-10 #080-000-378AG .30-06 1-10 – Advise # – Short Chambered Mauser 98 Barrel, 1A73B27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 83.99 Brownells FITTED MAUSER BARREL Short-Chambered & Threaded To Fit Most Large & Small Ring Actions A “no lathe” way to turn a surplus Large Ring 98 or Small Ring 93-96 into a sporter. Already threaded with the chamber left slightly short. After installation, use a hand-turned finish reamer to deepen until headspace is perfect. (Reamer and Headspace Gauges required.) Made to our specifications by Shilen. a b - Advise # - Chrome Moly Fitted Barrel, 7H220T69 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 279.99 Brownells/SHILEN SHILEN SPECS: Chrome moly steel. 1.1" diameter x .625" long, - 12 tpi, “V” type thread. 25" (63.5cm) long. STOCK # CALIBER TWIST CONTOUR #801-124-103AG .243 Win . 10 #3 #801-124-104AG .243 Win . 10 #4 #801-125-103AG .257 Rob . 10 #3 #801-126-102AG .25-06 Rem . 10 #2 #801-126-103AG .25-06 Rem . 10 #3 #801-126-104AG .25-06 Rem . 10 #4 #801-127-103AG .270 Win . 10 #3 #801-127-104AG .270 Win . 10 #4 #801-178-093AG 7mm-08 9 #3 #801-175-092AG 7x57mm 9 #2 #801-175-093AG 7x57mm 9 #3 #801-170-093AG 7mm Rem . Mag . 9 #3 #801-128-092AG .280 Rem . 9 #2 #801-138-104AG .308 Win . 10 #4 #801-138-105AG .308 Win . 10 #5 #801-138-107AG .308 Win . 10 #7 #801-136-102AG .30-06 10 #2 #801-136-104AG .30-06 10 #4 #801-135-143AG .35 Whelen 14 #3 #801-135-144AG .35 Whelen 14 #4 FITTED BARRELS FOR LARGE RING MAUSER 98 SELECT MATCH BARREL Superb Stainless Steel Barrels For Top Accuracy Hand chosen for the ultimate in accuracy. Button rifled, stress relieved, hand lapped, air gauged and optically inspected to ensure that each one falls within the Select Match category. That means within .0003" of specs and uniform over the entire bore to within .0001". Not threaded or chambered. a b SPECS: 416 stainless. #7 contour only 28" (71.2cm) long. (See Shilen chart for dimensions). STOCK # CAL./TWIST STOCK # CAL./TWIST #787-000-001AG .22/1-8 #787-000-003AG 6 .5mm/1-8 #787-950-722AG .22/1-14 #787-950-728AG 7mm/1-9 #787-000-029AG 6mm/1-8 #787-950-730AG .30/1-10 #787-000-002AG 6mm/1-10 #787-000-004AG .30/1-12 #787-950-724AG 6mm/1-14 #787-000-028AG .338/1-10 — Advise # — Select Match Barrel 7H288V42 . . . .$ 360.99 FITTED BARRELS FOR SMALL RING MAUSER 93-96 NOTE: These actions are not as strong as the Mauser 98. The barrels listed are chambered for low pressure cartridges. Guns using them should be fired only with standard, factory-equivalent rounds. Handloads MUST NOT exceed SAAMI specs. SPECS: Chrome moly steel. .980" diameter x .645" long, - 12 tpi, “V” thread. 26" (66cm) long. STOCK # STOCK # CONTOUR #2 CONTOUR #3 CALIBER TWIST #801-225-102AG NA .250 Sav . 10 #801-265-092AG #801-265-093AG 6 .5mm x 55 9 #801-275-092AG NA 7 x 57 9 INSTALLING BARRELS To properly install barrels, you’ll need an action wrench and a barrel vise. Both will help you do a good quality job and minimize the risk of damage to either action or barrel. Brownells/SHILEN REMINGTON 700 FACTORY CONTOUR pRE-THREADED BARRELI Fits Remington Factory Stocks With Little-To-No Modification Made 2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=163http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=163DOUGLAS “AIR GAUGED” E.R. SHAW REMINGTON 700 GREEN MOUNTAIN M-14PARTS.COM PREMIUM BARRELI XX Grade; Hand-Selected For Uniformity To Within .0001" Every barrel is precision, instrument-inspected for absolute straightness and air gauged for maximum uniformity to yield the greatest accuracy possible. Land and groove tolerance from breech to muzzle can vary only .0001". Only a barrel that meets these demanding criteria wears the XX Premium stamp. a b SPECS: Stainless (SS) or 4140 chrome moly (CM) steel, #7 con1⁄ tour, 27 2" (69cm) long. Muzzle end marked for tightest taper. Not chambered or threaded. X-Long Unfinished blank 30" long. BORE/TWIST CM STOCK # SS STOCK # .22 Rim-16 #237-622-167AG #237-722-167AG .224-14 #237-622-147AG #237-722-147AG 6mm-10 #237-624-107AG #237-724-107AG .257-10 #237-625-107AG #237-725-107AG .7mm-9 #237-628-097AG #237-728-097AG .30-10 #237-630-107AG #237-730-107AG .30-12 #237-630-127AG #237-730-127AG — Advise # — Air Gauged Chrome Moly Blank, 7C213B63. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 258.00 — Advise # — Air Gauged SS Blank 7C268B26. . . . . 326.00 #237-630-100AG .30-10 X-Long Blank 7C261B63 . . . . 316.00 PREMIER GRADE BARRELS Superb Materials & Craftsmanship Ensure Quality Chrome moly barrels, stress relieved before machining to ensure bore smoothness, uniformity, and accuracy. Short chambered and shaped to fit Remington factory stocks. a b SPECS: Chrome moly Rc 20-26, in- the-white. CHROME MOLY BARRELS LENGTH/ STOCK # CALIBER CONTOUR TWIST #100-001-179AG .223 #1 Sporter 24"/9 #100-001-181AG .223 #3 Varmint 26"/9 #100-001-185AG .25-06 Rem #1 Sporter 24"/10 #100-001-191AG .308 #1 Sporter 22"/10 #100-001-192AG .308 #3 Varmint 26"/10 #100-001-193AG .30-06 #1 Sporter 22"/10 — Advise # — CM Rem 700 Barrel 1A120D33 . . . . .$ 149.99 BLACK POWDER CARTRIDGE OCTAGON BARREL Outstanding Accuracy; Octagon Shape Provides Traditional Look Top-quality, CNC-machined, black-powder, cartridge barrel blank is stress relieved and air gauged to guarantee long-lasting durability and great accuracy. Slightly-tapered, octagon shape gives your rifle an authentic, 19th Century look. 4140, chrome moly, 35" blank can be cut to the exact length you want. Button rifling ensures consistent precision. Gunsmithing required. a b SPECS: 4140, chrome moly steel, in-the-white. 35" (89cm) long. Barrels are slightly tapered. .314"/.321" weighs 7 lb. 4oz. (3.3 kg). Other barrel weights will vary. Across Flats (A/F). 1" = 25.4mm. Will not fit Remington Rolling Block. STOCK # BORE/GROOVE A/F TWIST PRICE #371-000-016AG .314"/.321" 1.05"-95" 1-14" 1G244C44 $ 305.99 #371-000-017AG .368"/.375" 1.05"-95" 1-14" 1G244C44 $ 305.99 #371-000-020AG .400"/.408" 1.12"-1.08" 1-16" 1G244C44 $ 305.99 #371-000-021AG .450"/.458" 1.05"-95" 1-18" 1G244C49 $ 305.99 #371-000-022AG .450"/.458" 1.12"-1.08" 1-18" 1G244C48 $ 305.99 M14/M1A BARREL Heavier Contour & Greater Rigidity To Improve Accuracy Chrome-lined, button-rifled barrel has a heavier contour behind the op rod guide than the standard USGI barrel for added rigidity that enhances accuracy potential. Compatible with any receiver built to USGI specs, including Springfield Armory and LRB Arms receivers; legal for high-power service rifle matches. New-design op rod guide matches the barrel contour and doesn’t contact the handguard, eliminating a pressure point that could reduce accuracy. Guide is made from the same 4140 steel as barrel to maintain similar heat expansion rate, further minimizing strain on the barrel. Knurled guide seat on barrel, plus included roll pin gives a precise fit—no drilling required. May require minor stock inletting. a b SPECS: 4140 carbon steel, Parkerized, matte black. Chrome lined, 4-groove, 1–11" twist rate. 22" long, 13⁄32" largest outside diameter. 3 lbs., 4 oz. (1.48kg) weight. Includes op rod guide and roll pin. Fits USGI-spec receivers, including Springfield Armory and LRB Arms. #100-005-604AG M14/M1A Barrel w/Op Rod Guide, 5B271C43 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=164http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=164BARREL LINER DRILLS RIMFIRE BARREL LINERS Special Deep-Hole Drills For Installing Barrel Liners Easily & Professionally Reline Rimfire Rifle Barrels In Your Shop; Made By One Of The Most Respected Names In The Liner Industry There are untold thousands of rimfire .22’s over the country today that need only a barrel liner to bring them back to their original shooting abilities. Some of these guns are beautiful collection pieces, others are fine hunting guns and some of them are just “loved” by their owners who want them back to their original condition. Plus, a lot of shooters want to convert to one of the .17 rimfires. Brownells .17 and .22 Barrel Liners, made by Redman Mfg., are button rifled with ultra smooth, uniform finish and sharp, distinct rifling for superb accuracy that’s better than - or equal to - an original, new barrel. With the Brownells system, barrel liner installation is not difficult. It can be done with a minimum of tools and shop equipment. Your original investment is quickly paid off in the first few jobs. The instruction booklet gives complete, easy-to-follow details for either the old, classic method of soldering the liners in, or the more modern method of using ACRAGLAS® for the permanent bond between barrel and liner. You’ll find that along with a relining, most of your customers will also want a blue job (Solder or ACRAGLAS will both stand hot bluing temps); a stock refinish and probably action work “Make it like new” are the usual instructions. This, you can do. When deciding to offer this service for your trade areas, you should also consider the price and quality of some new guns today and tightening up of your customers’ spending habits. By relining, they can often have a better gun for less money. a b .22 CALIBER LINER - For .22 Short and Long Rifle. SPECS: 4140 steel. .223" (5.6mm) groove diameter for .22 Short and Long Rifle (LR). 1-16 twist (LR) or 1-20 twist for Short. 5⁄16" (7 .9mm) O.D., 25” Liner - 263⁄8" (67cm) overall, 25" (63.5cm) usable .7cm) usable length. length. 32" Liner - 32" (81.2cm) overall, 305⁄8" (77 Not chambered. #770-100-022AG Brownells/Redman 1-16 Twist 25" Liner, 7G27P52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 34.99 #770-100-122AG Brownells/Redman 1-20 Twist 25" Liner, 7G26P43 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33.64 #770-100-216AG Brownells/Redman 1-16 Twist 32" Liner, 7G69P08 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87.99 .17 CALIBER LINER - Perfect for updating and converting .22 LR and .22 WRM rifles to popular .17 High Standard and .17 HMR. Button rifled to give optimum accuracy. Available in 1-9 twist for bullets 30 grains and heavier, and 1-10 twist for bullets under 30 grains. .9mm) O.D., SPECS: 4140 steel. .172" (4.36mm) groove dia. 5⁄16" (7 263⁄8" (67cm) overall, 25" (63.5cm) usable length. Not chambered. #770-000-001AG Brownells/Redman 1-10 Twist .17 Cal., Barrel Liner 7G29P99 . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 36.90 #770-000-002AG Brownells/Redman 1-9 Twist .17 Cal., Barrel Liner 7G29P99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36.90 #513-050-012AG .17HMR Redman Liner Reamer, 3A00HDZ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75.00 BARREL LINER INSTRUCTION BOOK - Details the systems used by gunsmiths Bob Schuetz, Willis Sprunger and Ralph Walker. Walker used a variable speed hand drill and ACRAGLAS to hold the liner in. Schuetz solders the liner in place. Sprunger extended a regular bit, drilled the hole in a lathe and bonded with ACRAGLAS. Instructions FREE, not included. Please request; not sent automatically. .9cm). 16 pages. SPECS: 81⁄2" (21.6cm) x 11" (27 #077-200-143AG Liner Instruction Book 7G00UAV . . . . NC Brownells/REDMAN Brownells RUGER ® 10/22® E.R. SHAW RUGER® 10/22® M4-STYLE BARREL TARGET BARRELS Bentz Chambered For Improved Accuracy Heavy contour, premium-grade “Bentz” chambered .22 LR barrel provides an immediate improvement in accuracy over your original factory barrel. Close-tolerance Bentz chamber combines the accuracy o2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=165http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=165Barrels GREEN MOUNTAIN Items BARREL BLANKS Top-Quality Construction; Ideal For A Super-Accurate Small Caliber Rifle Button-rifled, 4140 chrome moly or stainless steel barrel blanks are stress-relieved and air gauged to +/- .0002" for superb accuracy and performance from your custom rimfire rifle. Not chambered or threaded, ready for custom fitting. a b SPECS: 4140 chrome moly steel (CM) or stainless steel (SS), inthe-white. 1.06” (27mm) O.D.; lengths listed in table below. STOCK # CALIBER STEEL LENGTH TWIST PRICE #371-000-029AG .17 HMR/ CM 25" 1:9" 1G71C91 $ 90.99 HM2 #371-000-032AG .17 HMR/ SS 25" 1:9" 1G86H32 $ 107.99 HM2 #371-000-027AG .22 LR CM 25" 1:16" 1G71C93 $ 90.99 #371-000-030AG .22 LR SS 25" 1:16" 1G85H58 $ 106.99 371-000-035AG .22 LR CM 17" 1:16" 1G57H14 $ 79.99 371-000-036AG .223 CM 17" 1:7" 1G57H14 $ 79.99 TACTICAL SOLUTIONS RUGER® 10/22® VOLQUARTSEN RUGER® 10/22® VOLQUARTSEN RUGER® 10/22® FLUTED ALUMINUM TARGET BARREL FLUTED TARGET BARREL Reduces Weight, Delivers Consistent Accuracy Drop-in barrels with machined fluting to reduce weight and increase axial stiffness for more consistent accuracy on long shot strings. Features integral, single-chamber compensator, match ammo chamber, and top surface is drilled and tapped to accept the Volquartsen Cantilever Scope Mount. SPECS: Stainless steel, .22 rimfire, no taper, .926" (23mm) diameter, 20" (50cm) long, 3 lb. (1.3 kg) wt. Available in silver matte (SL) or black Teflon (BK) finish. #930-122-020AG BK 10/22 Fluted Barrel, 3Z335H71. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 418.99 #930-122-021AG SL 10/22 Fluted Barrel, 3Z302H37. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376.99 .17 MACH 2 BARRELS RIFLE Light Or Heavy Weight “Bulls” For Superior Accuracy High quality, match barrels precision turned, chambered and rifled to deliver exceptional accuracy and no-fuss mating to your 10/22 receiver. Each barrel features a “bull” contour and is drilled and tapped to accept the Volquartsen Barrel Scope Mount, found elsewhere in catalog. THM Tension Barrel is equipped with a matte black, aluminum, tension sleeve that adds superior rigidity and balance to your target gun with minimal weight increase. S.S. Match Barrel is digitally measured to ensure concentricity within +/- .0001" from breech to muzzle. At slightly over 3 pounds, it’s the competitor’s choice for improved stability on or off the bench. THM Carbon Fiber Comp Barrel uses a carbon fiber sleeve to reduce heat buildup and keep weight to a minimum. Integral, 32-hole compensator reduces recoil for fast follow-up shots. All barrels must be used in conjunction with Volquartsen .17 Mach 2 Heavy Bolt or other modified bolt system designed specifically for firing the .17 Mach 2 cartridge in Ruger 10/22 receivers. SPECS: THM Tension Barrel - Stainless steel, polished finish with matte black, aluminum sleeve. 161⁄2" (42cm) long x .925" (2.4cm) O.D. S.S. Match Barrel - Stainless steel, polished finish. 181⁄2" (47cm) long x .925" O.D. THM Carbon Fiber Comp Barrel - Stainless steel, polished finish with carbon fiber sleeve. 183⁄8" (46.7cm) long x .925" O.D. #930-000-039AG .17HM2 THM Tension Barrel, 3Z224P16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 278.99 #930-000-041AG .17HM2 S.S. Match Barrel, 3Z222P67 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278.24 #930-000-042AG .17HM2 Carbon Fiber Comp Barrel, 3Z260P00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325.00 Model Reduces Weight Without Compromising Accuracy Drop-in, .22 LR target barrel features a premium, buttonrifled, chrome moly liner installed in a lightweight aluminum shell to achieve match grade accuracy and reduced weight. Deep, CNC machined flutes help keep barrel weight to 1 lb., plus increase rigidity and overall surface area for improved heat dissipation. Hardcoat anodized surface delivers added strength and abrasion resistance. Versatile, 1-16" twist rifling stabilizes a wide variety of hunting and match ammunition. Installation may require alte2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=166http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=166FA ENTERPRISES Krinkov AK MUZZLE BRAKE Reduces Flash & Recoil GENTRY “QUIET” BRAKE Reduces Recoil & Muzzle Lift Without Increasing Muzzle Blast Or Noise J.P . ENTERPRISES RECOIL ELIMINATOR Reduces Recoil & Muzzle Lift KDF MUZZLE BRAKE Russian military pattern provides effective flash and AK-74 recoil control. For 7.62mm, pre-ban, Slant AK-47 pattern rifles with 14mm-1.0 lefthand thread barrels. AK-74 splits the flash. Open chamber with 6 gas ports keeps muzzle rise to a minimum. Krinkov has two gas ports with a flash cone to redirect muzzle flash. Slant redirects muzzle gas to almost eliminate muzzle rise. SKS Adapter, nonpermanent attachment to unthreaded barrels for muzzle brakes and flash hiders. 14mm-1.0Tap cleans and restores threads, cuts new threads. 14mm-1.0 LH Die cuts 14mm-1.0, left-hand, metric barrel threads. Thread Alignment Tool aligns threading die to barrel. a b SPECS: Steel, blued finish.Threaded 14mm-1.0 LH. AK-74 - 2.8" (7 .2cm) long. Krinkov - 3" (7 .7cm) long. Slant - 1.5" (4cm) long. SKS Adapter fits barrels to .550" (14mm) O.D. 14mm-1.0 LH Die - HHS, 1⁄ 1 2" (3.8cm) diameter. 14mm-1.0 LH Tap - HHS, 35⁄8" (9.2cm) long, 3⁄ 8" shank. #246-199-001AG AK-74 Muzzle Brake 6D18T45. . . . .$ 22.99 #246-199-002AG Krinkov Muzzle Brake 6D16T29 . . . 20.99 #246-199-003AG Slant Muzzle Brake 6D12T50 . . . . . . 15.99 #246-199-004AG SKS Muzzle Brake Adptr 6D14T82 . 18.99 #246-199-005AG 14mm-1.0 LH Threading Die, 6D48T68 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60.67 #246-000-010AG 14mm-1.0 LH Tap 6D50Y17 . . . . . . . . 61.83 #246-199-006AG Thread Alignment Tool 6D12T50 . . . 15.99 Neatly controls the ear shattering muzzle blast by directing the gases, and noise, away from the shooter. Does not affect accuracy or velocity - Reduces recoil for comfort. Reduces muzzle rise for fast follow-up shots. a b SPECS: Steel, polished blue (PB), matte blue (MB) or stainless steel (SS), satin finsih. 1.94" (49.3mm) long x .750" (19mm) O.D. All calibers are 1⁄2"-28 tpi thread except .338 is 9⁄16”-28 tpi. Approx. 21⁄4 oz. (64 g). wt. STOCK # CALIBER THREAD FINISH #339-101-270AG .270 ½”-28 PB #339-201-270AG .270 ½”-28 SS #339-101-284AG 7mm ½”-28 PB #339-111-284AG 7mm ½”-28 MB #339-201-284AG 7mm ½”-28 SS #339-101-308AG .308 ½”-28 PB #339-111-308AG .308 ½”-28 MB #339-201-308AG .308 ½”-28 SS 9⁄ #339-202-338AG .338 SS 16”-28 — Advise # — Quiet Brake, PB or MB 9C90B96. . . .$ 113.99 — Advise # — Quiet Brake, SS 9C98X90 . . . . . . . . . . 123.99 Dual, curved restrictor plates increase surface area to tame recoil by pulling the barrel forward. Sights and optics stay on target better for fast repeat shots. Tapered nut allows fitting to barrels from .600" to .650" diameter. Threaded ½-28" for calibers up to .358. a b SPECS: Steel, blued, matte. 11⁄2" (3.8cm) dia., 21⁄4" (5.7cm) long, 4 oz. (113 g) wt. Exit hole must be drilled to .040" over bullet dia. #452-017-528AG Tapered Recoil Eliminator, 2E89A19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 109.99 Baffles & Chambers Arrest Recoil & Muzzle Flip Enjoy less felt recoil and a big reduction in muzzle flip provided by five baffles and five internal chambers. After installation, nominal .250" diameter bore exit hole is reamed for maximum recoil reduction and to prevent bullet hit (see reamers listed elsewhere). Precision machined from solid steel. SPECS: CM steel, blue, matte finish. 2" (5cm) long. O.D.: #62 .620" (15.7mm), #68 - .680" (17 .2mm), #83 - .830" (21mm). Fits rifle muzzle diameters (DIA.) and maximum calibers (MAX. CAL.) listed in chart. STOCK # MODEL/DIA. MAX. CAL. THREAD 1⁄ #481-062-570AG 62/.570" 8mm 2"-28 1⁄ #481-062-600AG 62/.600" 8mm 2"-28 1⁄ #481-062-620AG 62/.620" 8mm 2"-28 9⁄ #481-068-625AG 68/.625" .375 16"-24 9⁄ #481-068-650AG 68/.650" .375 16"-24 9⁄ #481-068-660AG 68/.660" .375 16"-24 5⁄ #481-083-830AG 83/.830" .458 8"-24 — Advise # — KDF Muzzle Brake 1H104Y00. . . . . .$ 138.00 RIFLE JOHN HELLER Superior Recoil Control For Improved Accuracy L.A.W. MUZZLE BR2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=167http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=167PRIMARY WEAPONS AK-47 SHREWD Model SMITH ENTERPRISE SMITH ENTERPRISE M14/M1A FLASH HIDER & COMPENSATOR Tames Muzzle Jump & Flash For Improved Weapon Control Aggressive, scallop-type cuts deliver superior gas dispersion to help stabilize the muzzle during periods of sustained fire. Special internal blast chamber with side-facing ports help reduce recoil and hide muzzle flash. Includes washer for precise indexing of the side ports. Wrench flats directly over the internal threads help ensure easy installation. Includes instructions. SPECS: Steel, black, matte finish. Includes washer. Fits AK-47 (7 .62 x 39mm). 21⁄8" (5.4cm) long x 7⁄8" (22mm) diameter. 2 oz. (57g) wt. 14”-1 tpi LH thread. #100-003-719AG AK-47 Flash Hider/Compensator, 4B89T06 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 104.99 MUZZLE BRAKE Ready-To-Fit Brakes Enhance Recoil Control Multi-port brake softens and reduces recoil and muzzle flip. Multitude of gas dispersion holes have an offset pattern, and a 7° forward rake, that effectively moves blast and sound forward to provide maximum noise deflection. .22 caliber bore exit hole must be opened up to .020" over bullet diameter. Rear of comp can be tapered to blend with barrel contour. .865" Brake is correct outside diameter for Lone Eagle pistols. Furnished with a 6mm exit hole that can be opened up to .44 caliber. a b SPECS: 4140 steel, chrome moly (CM), in the white or 416 stainless steel (SS), satin finish. 25⁄8" (6.6cm) long. Outside diameter; #01 - .560" (14.2mm), #1 - .625" (15.8mm), #2 - .700" (17 .7mm), #3 - .850" (21.6mm), #4 - 1" (2.5cm), .865" (22mm). STK # CM STK # SS MODEL TPI 7⁄ #860-100-028AG #860-101-028AG #01 16"-28 1⁄ #860-100-128AG #860-101-128AG #1 2"-28 1⁄ #860-100-228AG #860-101-228AG #2 2"-28 9⁄ #860-100-224AG #860-101-224AG #2 16"-24 9⁄ #860-100-324AG #860-101-324AG #3 16"-24 5⁄ #860-100-325AG #860-101-325AG #3 8"-24 9⁄ #860-100-424AG #860-101-424AG #4 16"-24 5⁄ #860-100-425AG #860-101-425AG #4 8"-24 5⁄ #860-000-001AG #860-000-002AG .865" 8"-24 — Advise # — Shrewd Muzzle Brake 6H35A84. . . . .$ 59.99 — Advise # — CM .865" Muzzle Brake 6H35A84 . . . . . 59.99 — Advise # — SS .865" Muzzle Brake 6H42A86. . . . . . 64.99 VORTEX FLASH ELIMINATOR Helical Flutes Dissipate Gas, Hide Muzzle Flash Four, specially angled flutes hide nearly 100% of muzzle flash, even during full-auto fire, by dissipating gas and retaining unburned powder for increased residual burn. Constructed of the same 8620 bar stock steel used in the manufacture of AR-15/M16 bolts and carriers, then heat-treated to provide a high-strength core and tough, outer shell. Special, helix design helps align exiting barrel gas to improve accuracy with all bullet types. a b AR-15/M16 G6-A2 VORTEX - Skirt extension conceals gap between barrel shoulder and flash hider on AR-15, M16, and M4 rifles. Grooved base ring allows integration of Blank Firing Attachment (BFA) used by law enforcement trainers, and permits installation of military sound suppressors. Thread-on design requires no washer. Torque to 10 ft. lbs. maximum, self-tightens as weapon is fired. Use M-193, SS-109, American Eagle 55 gr. FMJ, and NATO spec ammunition for highest degree of flash suppression. Can be permanently attached to 14.5" long, M4 barrels for an overall length of 16.1". SPECS: 8620 steel. Parkerized, black, matte finish. 1⁄2"-28 tpi. 2.31" (5.9cm) long, .858" (22mm) dia. 2.9 oz. (82 g) weight. Fits AR-15, M16, and M4. #851-000-047AG AR-15/M16 Vortex 1E48A37 . . . . . . .$ 52.99 6.8mm/.30 CAL. VORTEX - Provides the Vortex system’s superior flash hiding benefits for 6.8mm/7.62mm/.30 caliber AR-15-type rifles and carbines. Clean, streamlined design with rounded edges minimizes snagging; skirt extension conceals gap between barrel shoulder and flash eliminator. Threadon design requires no washer. Models available to fit rifles with ½"-28 tpi and 9⁄16"-24 tpi threaded muzzles. SPECS: 8620 steel, Parkerized matte black finish. 2¼” (5.7cm) long, .859” (22mm) O.D. 2.2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=168http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=168SMITH ENTERPRISE M14/M1A SWISS PRODUCTS SCHMIDT-RUBIN K31 VAIS SOCOM 16 KIT Allow Easy Interchangeability Of Flash Hider & Compensator Threaded gas lock allows fast interchangeability of the included Vortex flash hider and Compensator so weapon meets changing mission requirements. Vortex flash hider features four, specially angled flutes to reduce muzzle flash and preserve night vision, even during full-auto fire. Dissipates gas and retains unburned powder for increased residual burn. Compensator controls muzzle flip and felt recoil for improved accuracy and fast follow-up shots. Special internal blast chamber with side-facing ports deliver superior gas dispersion to help stabilize the muzzle during periods of sustained fire. Flash hider and compensator are precision machined from 8620 bar stock, then heat-treated to provide a high-strength core and tough outer shell. Gas lock is made from 1144 Stressproof® steel to survive heavy recoil. Height of the gas lock dovetail deck allows the use of standard issue USGI front sights or the Smith Enterprise Match or Close Combat Tritium front sights. Kit installation requires no permanent alterations to rifle. a b SPECS: Parkerized, black, matte finish. Gas Lock - 1144 Stressproof® steel. 15⁄16" (3.3cm) long, 13⁄16" (2.1cm) wide, 113⁄16" (4.6cm) high. 5.6 oz (158 g) wt. 9⁄16"-24 tpi O.D. threads. Vortex & Compensator - 8620 steel. 3¾” (9.5cm) long x .900” (23mm) dia. 5.6 oz (158 g) wt. 9⁄16"-24 tpi I.D. threads. Fits M14 and M1A. Gas lock wrench recommended for installation. #851-000-079AG SOCOM 16 Kit 1E231A29 . . . . . . . .$ 289.99 CLAMP-ON MUZZLE BRAKE Reduce Felt Recoil For Fast Follow-Up Shots Precision machined, modern muzzle brake for the popular K31 service rifle helps improve accuracy and get you back on target quickly for fast follow-up shots. Clamps to the muzzle to eliminate drilling, pinning or threading. Redirects muzzle blast to the rear to help limit recoil to a soft push. Solid bottom section eliminates dust printing. a b SPECS: Steel, blued finish. 3” (7 .6cm long), 1” (2.5cm) O.D., 4.8 oz. (136g) wt. #100-002-993AG K31 Clamp-on Brake 7K56A00 . . . .$ 70.00 RIFLE MUZZLE BRAKE Superior Recoil Control; Muzzle Blast Reduction TAPCO AK-47/AMD MUZZLE BRAKES SUREFIRE FLASH SUPPRESSOR & MUZZLE BRAKE Superior Flash Suppression Or Recoil Reduction For Military/Tactical Arms MB338SS03 SPRINGFIELD ARMORY M1A MUZZLE BRAKE/STABILIZER Diffuses Recoil; Practice Shooting Longer With Less Pain All of the parts, tools and instructions necessary to replace the M1A flash suppressor with a recoil reducing muzzle brake/stabilizer. Combination of front baffles and side vent holes reduce felt recoil and muzzle rise, replaces the sharp kick with a gentle push. Features a solid bottom to prevent dust printing. Includes muzzle brake/stabilizer, hex wrenches and Castle nut pliers for quick and easy replacement. SPECS: Steel, black, matte finish. 41⁄4" (10.7cm) long. #817-000-002AG M1A Muzzle Brake/Stabilizer, 7A67Y00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 89.00 FLASH SUPPRESSOR - Advanced design provides superior muzzle flash reduction to help conceal the shooter’s position and FH726KM14 preserve night vision. Easily replaces factory flash suppressor with no permanent modifications to gun, and stands up to the intense tempo of combat conditions without loss of performance. Precision CNC machined to exacting tolerances from high-quality stainless steel alloy that withstands extreme heat and gas particle erosion, even after thousands of rounds. Provides a rock-solid mounting platform for SureFire FastAttach® sound suppressors. Includes a set of varying-thickness crush washers for proper indexing. SPECS: Heat-treated stainless steel, matte, black, Melonite finish. Bored for 7 .62/.308 caliber. .595-32 tpi. 3.2” (8.1cm) long x .865” (2.2cm) diameter. Adds 1.8” (4.6cm) additional length to barrel. Includes crush washer set, tube of Rocksett heat-resistant threadlocker, and complete instru2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=169http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=169ASSAULT PLANET AK-47 POWER CUSTOM RUGER® 10/22® ® MAG LOCK BULLET-BUTTON Makes Your Rifle Meet California Requirement For Permanently-Attached Magazine TITANIUM EXTENDED MAG RELEASE Extends Below Receiver For Easy Reach EDM, titanium part drops-in to provide an easyto-hit release for fumble-free magazine changes. Grooved surface for positive engagement. a b SPECS: Titanium, gray, satin finish. Approx. 1⁄2" (12.7mm) wide, 11⁄2" (3.8cm) tall. Fits .22 LR and .22 Mag. Does not fit synthetic stock models. #713-000-050AG 10/22 Ti Extended Magazine Release, 3A21P56 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 26.95 RAM SUPERIOR FIREARM SOLUTIONS AK-47/-74/SAIGA ALANGATOR RUGER® 10/22® TACTICAL MAGAZINE CATCH Oversized For Fast, Easy Mag Changes Direct replacement for the standard magazine catch on AK-47 style firearms has a larger contact surface that gives you more leverage for fast, positive mag release. Also helps you drop the empty magazine in the gun more quickly by simply hitting the catch with the fresh mag. Precision laser cut and formed from heavy, 16 gauge steel, with a durable, black powder coat finish. Due to the large variety of AK-style guns, includes hardware and instructions for two mounting options: a simple, deformable rivet or a neat, internally threaded rivet. Designed to fit AK-47/-74/AKM rifles, plus commercial Saiga rifles and .410 bore/20 gauge shotguns. Fitting required. a b SPECS: Steel, powder coated, black. Contact pad is ¾" (1.9cm) tall, 7/8" (2.2cm) wide, and is ½" (1.3cm) longer than stock part. #100-005-697AG Tactical Mag Catch 3Z20A69 . . . . . .$ 24.99 TRIMAG™ Clamps Together Three Factory Magazines For Fast Reloads Low-profile, molded polymer coupler clamps together three factory 10/22 magazines to put 30 rounds at your fingertips for super-fast reloads without fumbling for the next mag. More economical and less bulky than high-cap “banana” magazines, and easy to use. Slide the mags onto the TriMag and secure them by tightening the stainless steel crossbolt with a slot-head screwMagazine not included driver or even a coin. Loosen the bolt to release the magazines for single use again. a b SPECS: Polymer, matte black. Approximately 1¾" (4.5cm) long, 1½" (3.8cm) wide. 1 oz. (69g) wt. #100-005-354AG TriMag 10/22 Coupler, 5D08C66 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 10.95 TRIMAG™ POUCH – Nylon mag pouch holds three factory 10/22 magazines clamped together by an Alangator TriMag coupler. Built with double-walled sides, double-stitched seams, and plastic inserts to hold its shape when inserting the TriMag pack. Oversized pull tab gives a secure grasp for easy opening of flap. Indexing slot ensures proper positioning of mag and coupler assembly during insertion. Snap-closure belt loop for easy mounting on belts up to 2¼" wide. SPECS: Ballistic nylon, mil-spec webbing, black. Holds one TriMag with three, factory Ruger 10/22 magazines attached. Fits belts up to 2¼" wide. #100-005-705AG TriMag Pouch 5D19Y36 . . . . . . . . . .$ 24.99 Easy to install lock clamps over the magazine release button of an AK-type rifle and permanently retains the magazine in the receiver to conform with California Code of Regulations §978.20(a). Prevents rapid magazine removal, so your gun can meet the requirement for a permanent, non-detachable magazine. Rugged all-aluminum construction with a durable hardcoat anodized finish. Installs in minutes with no permanent alteration to rifle. In order to be fully compliant, magazine capacity can be no more than 10 rounds. SPECS: 7075 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, black. Includes mounting hardware and instructions. Fits AK-47 , AK-74, AKM, and clones, plus commercial Saiga rifles chambered for 7 .62 x 39mm. #100-005-886AG AK-47 Bullet-Button, 4E24U83. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 29.99 RIFLE PRO MAG M14/M1A EXTENDED MAGAZINE RELEASE Easy To Find For Fast, No-Fumble Mag Drop Square contact pad is longer and wider than the factory button, with more 2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=170http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=170MAGPUL INDUSTRIES VMG TACTICAL AK-47/AKM AR-7 SURVIVAL RIFLE BUTLER CREEK RUGER® 10/22® MAGPUL ™ VERTICAL MAGAZINE GRIP For Better Weapon Control Rubber sleeve with molded-in finger grooves slides over AK-47/AKM magazine to provide the pointability and recoil management benefits of vertical forend grips commonly used on AR-15/M16 rifles. Due to the way the AK magazine rotates forward for removal, installing a vertical grip on the handguard that the average shooter can reach comfortably is nearly impossible. The VMG creates a secure, conveniently positioned gripping surface for the support hand to let the operator maintain the classic CQB “boxer stance” with weapon held close to the body and elbows tucked close to the sides, so he can quickly address targets simply by pivoting at the waist. Also protects upper portion of magazine from damage that can lead to feeding failures, and helps prevent noise of magazines banging together from giving away your position. Slip-on fit; no tools required for installation. Made of tough, tear-resistant synthetic rubber compound that resists extreme heat, cold, oil, grease, ozone, alkalis, and water. Prototypes were rigorously evaluated by members of the FBI, U.S. military, and private security firms. BATFE has ruled that the VMG is not a forward vertical grip and can be legally installed on an AK47-type pistol without turning it into a prohibited A.O.W. (any other weapon). SPECS: Synthetic rubber, black. Fits curved 20-, 30-, and 40-round AK-47/AKM 7 .62 x 39 magazines. #100-003-511AG AK-47/AKM Vertical Magazine Grip, 6B07X95 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 9.95 8-ROUND MAGAZINE Factory Original, Steel Replacement For Charter Arms, ArmaLite & Henry Original, blued steel magazine for proper fit and reliable function in Charter Arms, ArmaLite, and current-production Henry AR-7 Survival Rifles. No need to struggle with getting an old worn or damaged mag to work when you can get a brand-new replacement just like the one that came with your gun. Have plenty of spares on hand for backup and plinking. a b SPECS: Steel, blued. Plastic follower, black. Fits AR-7 rifles manufactured by ArmaLite, Charter Arms, and Henry Repeating Arms. #341-000-006AG AR-7 Magazine 1D11A43 . . . . . . . . .$ 14.99 HOT LIPS® MAGAZINES Reliable, High Capacity Magazines For Popular Ruger .22 Rimfire Rifles Extra-tough, polymer magazines are selflubricating and hold 25 rounds of .22LR ammo. Constant force spring provides uniform feeding and smooth loading. Two alternating, interlocking notches make it easy to “click” two or three mags together for fast reloads and increased shooting time. Available with separately molded, Polymer feed lips or Stainless Steel (SS) feed lips for optimum performance. Fits Ruger 10/22 and 77/22, and AMT Lightning. a b SPECS: Polymer, available in Clear or Smoke tint. #120-000-057AG Polymer Lip Mag, Clear 3E21Y62 . .$ 25.95 #120-000-058AG Polymer Lip Mag, Smoke 3E21Y62 . . 25.95 #120-000-059AG SS Lip Magazine, Clear 3E32Y00 . . . 37.95 #120-000-060AG SS Lip Magazine, Smoke 3E32Y59 . . 37.99 HOT LIPS LOADER - Time-saving loader quickly loads 22LR ammo into any Hot Lips magazine. Just dump a box of ammo into the hopper and turn the dial. Instructions included. SPECS: Polycarbonate, Smoke tint. 81⁄2" (22cm) long, 2" (5.1cm) wide. #120-000-009AG Hot Lips Loader 3E28Z54 . . . . . . . .$ 34.95 Fast, Fumble-Free Mag Changes Thermoplastic loop installed on the base of a rifle or subgun magazine to provide an easyto-grasp handle for unsurpassed speed and controllability during high stress, tactical magazine changes. Recessed, rough texture provides positive gripping surface under slippery or wet conditions. Finger loop acts as shock absorber to protect magazine from damage when dropped from rifle. Silences magazines stored next to each other in pouch. a b SPECS: Industrial thermoplastic, black, flat dark earth or olive drab green depending on model. Impervious to most chemical compoun2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=171http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=171HIGH STANDARD M-1 CARBINE PRO MAG GSG-5 REMINGTON 788 30-ROUND MAGAZINE Tough & Durable, Just Like The M-1 Carbine The smooth operation and feeding of these 30-round magazines from High Standard ensure that you can keep shooting your favorite M-1 carbine with no jams or hang ups. Removable floorplate allows for easy spring replacement or cleaning. Made in the USA of rugged, all-steel construction, you can be certain that these magazines will not let you down when you’re target shooting or just plinking away. SPECS: Steel, black oxide finish. #430-000-361AG M-1 30-Round Magazine 3D18T50 .$ 22.99 22-ROUND MAGAZINE Replacement .22 LR Magazine Built To High-Performance Standards High-capacity replacement for factory GSG-5 .22 LR magazine features a lightweight, yet rugged one-piece polymer body for added firepower and reliability. Precision-wound spring and polymer follower help ensure smooth feeding. Includes assist button for retracting the follower with your thumb for easy loading, plus handy viewing slot for checking your round count. SPECS: Reinforced, injection-molded polymer body and follower, black. Heat-treated, chrome-silicon wire spring. Fits GSG-5, GSG522 Carbine, and GSG-5P pistol chambered in .22 LR. #687-000-030AG 22-Rd GSG-5 Magazine 7H18U85 . .$ 24.99 MAGAZINES RUGER® MINI-14® /MINI THIRTY® Quality Aftermarket Magazines For Reliable Feeding Precision-made, high-quality steel magazines are built to original factory specifications to help ensure dependable operation in the field or at the range. Spring-loaded finger latch drops the magazine free for fast loading and unloading. Steel follower and tempered steel spring provide smooth feeding without hang-ups. SPECS: Steel, matte black finish. Holds 3-rounds. Fits Remington 788. .308 Win. accepts .243, .308, and 7mm-08. #341-000-004AG 6mm Rem. Magazine 1D33A70 . . . .$ 42.99 #341-000-005AG .308 Win. Magazine 1D33A70 . . . . . .$ 42.99 20- & 30-ROUND MAGAZINES Genuine Factory Magazine For Long-Lasting Performance Genuine Ruger, high quality magazines for optimal performance and long-lasting reliability. Spot welded all-steel body, self-lubricating nylon follower, and tempered steel spring give reliable feeding and extra-long service life. a b SPECS: Chrome moly steel, blued, finish. Mini-14 fits .223 caliber Mini-14 and Mini-14 Ranch Rifle. Mini Thirty fits 7 .62 x 39mm caliber Mini Thirty. #780-002-515AG Mini-14 20-Rd Magazine 8G31T22 .$ 39.99 #780-002-516AG Mini-14 30-Rd Magazine 8G39T65 . . 49.99 #780-001-263AG Mini-Thirty 20-Rd Mag 8G31A71 . . . 37.99 RIFLE JOHN MASEN CO., INC. RUGER® MINI-14® MAGAZINES Heavy-Gauge Body & Long-Life Spring Provide Durability & Reliable Feeding Mini-14 magazines with heavy-duty springs for stable loading, reliable following, and a long service life. Formed, high-lubricity, black-polymer follower helps improve feeding. 10-round capacity; nickel or black powdercoat provides corrosion resistance and lubricity. Black polymer baseplate adds stability and strength. a b SPECS: Fits all .223 caliber Mini-14 rifles. #560-000-005AG Nickel Mini-14 Magazine 6E16X91 $ 20.99 #560-000-006AG Black Mini-14 Magazine 6E15X93 . . 21.85 REMINGTON MAGAZINE CLIP Back-Ups For Remington Centerfire Rifles PRO MAG M14/M1A SCHERER MOSSBERG 42 20-ROUND MAGAZINE Rugged, All Steel Body For Competition & Tactical Use High capacity, steel magazine is built to withstand extreme abuse and still provide trouble-free, reliable operation. High-strength, welded magazine body includes steel follower and precision wound spring for smooth, repeatable feeding. Removable floorplate allows easy cleaning. a b SPECS: Steel body and follower, black, matte finish. 20-rd capacity. #687-000-023AG M14/M1A 20-Round Mag 7H16U19 $ 31.99 MWG RUGER® 10/22® ULTRA HIGH CAPACITY MAGAZINE 50-Round Capacity To Keep You Shooting Longer Durable, clear polymer 10/22 magazine holds fifty rounds of .22 long rifle ammunition. Steel feed lips provide years of reliable service. Rotating, coiled spring e2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=172http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=172TANK’S RIFLE SHOP M1 GARAND Mags TAPCO AK-47/-74/GALIL TRIPLE K RUGER® MINI-14® WISNER WINCHESTER 88/100 AMMO CLIPS Quality Replacements For The Hard-To-Find Originals Reproduction spring steel clip is a direct replacement for the original M1 Garand “en bloc” clip. Available in the original 8-round capacity or a 5-round model for hunting in areas with magazine capacity restrictions. Durable Parkerized finish resists corrosion and looks like the original. a b SPECS: Spring steel, Parkerized, matte black. #901-000-005AG M1 Garand Clip, 8-Rd 1K01T67 . . . . .$ 1.99 #901-000-004AG M1 Garand Clip, 5-Rd 1K04T97 . . . . . . 5.99 POLYMER MAGAZINES Reliable, Easy Loading, High-Capacity Mags Rugged magazines manufactured using the latest in polymer molding technology for reliable feeding in Kalashnikov-type rifles. Lightweight, one-piece body of reinforced polymer is rustproof and self-lubricating to ensure smooth, snag-free movement of the follower. Anti-tilt, polycarbonate follower with heavy duty, heat-treated steel spring helps ensure reliable feeding. Horizontal exterior ribbing promotes a secure grasp. Removable base plate for easy disassembly for cleaning. Models available for AK-47 (7.62 x 39mm), AK-74 (5.45 x 39mm), and Galil/Golani (.223/5.56mm NATO) rifles. Counts as three parts for compliance with U.S. Code Title 18 Section 922(r) part-source requirements. b a SPECS: Molded polymer, Black, Dark Earth, or O.D. Green. AK-47 – Fits AK-47 and clones chambered in 7 .62 x 39mm. 30 Rd – Approx. 9" (22.8cm) high, 2¾" (7cm) wide, 1¼" (3.2cm) thick. 20 Rd – Approx. 7" (17 .8cm) high, 2¾" wide, 1¼" thick. 10 Rd – Approx. 4¾" (12.1cm) high, 2¾" wide, 1¼" thick. AK-74 - Approx. 7½" (19cm) high, 2¾" (7cm) wide, 1¼" (3.2cm) thick. Fits AK-74 chambered in 5.45 x 39mm. Galil/Golani - Approx. 7½" (19.1cm) high, 2¾" (7cm) wide, 1" (2.5cm) thick. 30-round capacity. Fits Galil and Golani rifles chambered in .223/5.56mm NATO. #100-003-962AG 30-Rd AK-47 Magazine, Black, 5A14P54 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 14.99 #100-003-963AG 30-Rd AK-47 Magazine, Dark Earth, 5A14P54 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.99 #100-003-964AG 30-Rd AK-47 Magazine, O.D. Green, 5A14P54 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.99 #100-004-529AG 20-Rd AK-47 Magazine, Black, 5A14X40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.99 100-005-779AG 10-Rd AK-47 Magazine, Black, 5A08U72. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.99 100-005-439AG 30-Rd AK-74 Magazine, Black, 5A12T57 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.99 100-005-441AG 30-Rd Galil/Golani Magazine, Black, 5A12T57 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.99 10-ROUND MAGAZINE Steel Body & Nylon Follower For Long-Wearing Durability Rolled-steel body, self-lubricating nylon follower, and tempered steel spring give reliable feeding and extra-long service life. Fixed-bottom magazine with shockabsorbing, nylon floorplate and black epoxy coating that resists scuffs, abrasion, and corrosion. a b SPECS: Steel, black finish. 10-round capacity. .223 caliber. #486-199-014AG .223 Mini-14 Magazine 6H23D27 . .$ 29.99 MAGAZINES OEM Quality Gives Flawless Performance Take those Winchester lever action and semi-auto rifles hunting again with these replacement magazines made on the original, factory tooling. Features solid, heavy-wall, steel bodies, die cast follower and long-wearing tempered spring. a b SPECS: Steel, blue. 4-round capacity, .308 accepts .308 and .243 Win. .284 fits .284 Win. caliber only #895-100-088AG .308 Winchester 88 Magazine, 5H44T05. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 55.06 #895-100-100AG .308 Winchester 100 Magazine, 5H44T05. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.06 #895-000-001AG .284 Winchester 88 Magazine, 5H67T44 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85.84 #895-000-002AG .284 Winchester 100 Magazine, 5H66T67. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=173http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=173GUNRUNNERS MAGAZINE FOLLOWER Gives Smooth Chambering, Improves Loading & Feeding Machined aluminum barstock followers replace factory plastic or stamped metal. Gives smooth, reliable, first and last round feeding that corrects problems caused by poorly fit original parts. Models available for short action (SA) and long action (LA) rifles. a b SPECS: Aluminum, silver, matte finish. Rem 700 LA - 35⁄8" (9.2cm) long, others vary. Rem 700 SA fits .223 length cartridges only. Savage SA fits .223 length cartridges only. 2¼" (5.7cm) long. STOCK # FITS PRICE #634-000-030AG Rem 700 SA (.223 length) 4C20Z29 $ 26.99 #634-000-017AG Rem. 700 LA 4C20Z29 $ 26.99 #634-000-018AG Mauser 98 4C20Z29 $ 24.88 #634-000-020AG Savage LA 4C20Z29 $ 26.99 #634-000-031AG Savage SA (.223 length) 4C20Z29 $ 26.99 #634-000-022AG Win 70 post-64 LA 4C20Z29 $ 26.99 .22 RIMFIRE INSIDE & OUTSIDE MAGAZINE TUBES Brownells .22 MAGAZINE TUBE KITS The Parts You Need To Rebuild An Old Tube For most of the older .22’s that no longer have a factory replacement magazine tube, these 3 kits provide the parts needed to custom-make a magazine to fit. All tube blanks have a rolled crimp on one end only. a b SPEC: Brass tube, steel follower and spring. KIT NO. 1: .350" O.D. tube, 171⁄2" (44.4cm) long. 231⁄2" (59.6cm) spring, with follower, plug, and cross pin. For some Winchesters, both older and new, plus many others. #084-027-001AG No. 1 Magazine Tube Kit 3A14D40 $ 18.99 KIT NO. 2: .350" O.D. tube, 223⁄8" (56.8cm) long. 32" (81.2cm) spring with follower, plug and cross pin. For some Marlins, Remingtons, Stevens and others. #084-027-002AG No. 2 Magazine Tube Kit 3A15D45 $ 20.99 KIT NO. 3: Undersized .343" O.D. 1715⁄16" long, centerless ground, brass tube with 24" spring, follower and long cap for Savage 29A tubes as well as some earlier Savage/Stevens. #084-027-003AG No. 3 Mag. Tube Kit 3A18D75 . . . . .$ 23.99 BRASS MAGAZINE TUBES ONLY: .350" O.D. Brass tube, 24" long, crimped on one end. Pak of 3. #084-027-324AG Brass Tubes, 3-pak 4H23D86 . . . . . .$ 29.97 UNIVERSAL MAGAZINE SPRINGS: 32" spring is long enough to fit most .22 rimfire, tube magazines. Cut to length. #084-028-032AG .22 Tube Spring, each 4H02D63 . . . . .$ 3.05 #084-028-332AG .22 Tube Spring, 3-pak 4H06D28 . . . . . 9.99 Brownells LEVER ACTION MAGAZINE SPRING RIFLE Improves Tube Magazine Feeding Approximately 20% extra power over the factory spring for smoother, more reliable feeding. Longer than factory spring; cut to fit most magazine tubes. In addition, .38-.40 will also fit many .30/30 and .32 Special rifles, .44-40 will also fit many heavy .45 cal. rifles, inlcuding .45/70 and .45/90. a b SPECS: Tempered spring, 40" (110cm) long. Fits Winchester 1866, 1873, 1892, 1894; Marlin 1893, 1894, 336. #969-000-144AG 2/32 Rimfire Magazine Spring, 9F03D67 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 5.49 #969-000-143AG 38-40 Magazine Spring 9F03D67 . . . . 5.49 #969-000-142AG 44-40 Magazine Spring 9F03D67 . . . . 5.49 Top-Quality Replacement Tubes Made To Manufacturer’s Specs Replacement tubes complete with spring, plug, follower and retainer pin, assembled and ready for your customer’s rifle. These are top-quality tubes, U.S. made to original factory specifications from the same material (brass or steel) as the gun’s original tube. a b SPECS: Length and diameter vary with specific gun. Sav/Stev/ Sprgfld (old) model fits guns originally equipped with cartridge guide spring. INSIDE TUBES STOCK # #895-496-200AG #895-696-100AG #895-699-000AG #709-022-008AG #895-442-700AG #895-442-710AG #709-022-002AG #709-022-003AG #709-022-004AG #709-022-005AG #709-022-007AG #895-405-705AG #895-871-600AG MFG. NO. FITS W4962A Win 1890, ’06, 62, 62A W6961A Win 61 W6690 Win 90 WRF Win. 9422 W44270 Win 250, 270, 290 w/plastic front sights W44270NS Win 150, 190, 250, 270, 290 Stevens Visible Load Marlin 39A Rem 12 Rem 24 Rem 550 Sav/Stev/Sprgfld (old) A87-160 Sav/Stev/Sprgfld PRICE 5H20P85 $ 25.53 5H20P85 $ 25.53 5H20P85 $ 25.53 9K13B2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=174http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=174WYATT’S OUTDOOR BADGER ORDNANCE REMINGTON 700 DAKOTA ARMS REMINGTON 700 HERITAGE ARMS REMINGTON 600 EXTENDED MAGAZINE BOX RIFLE Extra Length For Ultra Mag & .404-Based Cartridges Precision stamped, stainless steel magazine box has .110" additional length to provide the required clearance for extra long rounds. Extended box and LongWindow box have plenty of room for the popular .300 and .338 Ultra Mag and other calibers based on the .404 Jeffery case. Extra-long feed lips give reliable feeding with .284 Win. cases. Long and Short Window boxes have a triangular window that provides extra room for case shoulder; holds three rounds of these large diameter cases. Remington fits 700 ADL and BDL, requires minor modification to stock, receiver and bolt stop. WSM has a flat follower and center feed to prevent last round feeding problems with Winchester Short Magnum cartridges. M-70 fits Winchester Model 70; increases magazine length from 3.4" to 3.82". Requires machining receiver and altering bolt stop and ejector. a b SPECS: Stainless steel. Capacity: ADL - 3 rounds, BDL - 2 rounds. Extended - 3.91" (9.62cm) long. Long Window Box 3.91" long. Fits Remington 700 long action. Short Window Box 3.06" (7 .6cm) long. Fits Remington 700 short action. WSM - Standard - 2.95" (7 .5cm) long, fits 700 short action and Model 7 . Extended - 3.06" (7 .6cm) long, fits 700 short action. Capacity two rounds. M-70 3.82" (9.7cm) long, fits Winchester Model 70 long action. Capacity three rounds. #100-000-002AG 700 Extended Box 1K34D00 . . . . . . .$ 42.50 #100-000-147AG 700 Short Window Box 1K34U00 . . . 42.50 #100-000-148AG 700 Long Window Box 1K34U00 . . . . 42.50 #100-000-535AG 700 WSM Standard Box 1K54V20 . . . 67.76 #100-000-536AG 700 WSM Extended Box 1K54V20 . . 67.76 #100-000-568AG M-70 Extended Box 1K34B00 . . . . . . 42.50 EXTENDED CENTER FEED MAGAZINE BOX - Precision stamped, stainless steel magazine box feeds rounds from the center to correct feeding problems. .300" additional length provides the required clearance for extra long rounds. Extended box has plenty of room for the popular .300 and .338 Ultra Mag and other calibers based on the .404 Jeffery case. Fits 700 ADL and BDL, requires modification to stock, receiver and bottom metal. SPECS: ADL - 2 rnds, BDL - 2 rnds. Includes flatmetal follower. #100-001-452AG Extended Center Feed Magazine Box, 1K63P00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 78.75 TACTICAL TRIGGERGUARD/FLOORPLATE CUSTOM STEEL FLOORPLATES Distinctive, Classic Style; Replaces The Factory Aluminum TRIGGERGUARD & FLOORPLATE Steel Replacement For Factory Plastic Put your Remington 600 back into shooting condition with this machined steel floorplate and triggerguard. Floorplate is contoured to match the original plastic part; drop-in fit without modifying the original stock. Provides a stronger base for seating tang and barrel screws or action bedding. Uses existing magazine spring and follower. a b SPECS: Steel, (MB) matte blue or (ITW) in-the-white. 6.5” (16.5cm) long. 4.5 oz. (127 g) weight. #429-600-101AG MB Triggerguard 9B141H65 . . . . . $ 177.99 #429-600-100AG ITW Triggerguard 9B128H35 . . . . . 160.40 Solid Steel For Rough Duty Use Heavy duty, steel replacement for the aluminum factory part. Gives additional strength and durability to tactical use rifles. Oberndorf-type floorplate latch holds secure yet provides rapid unloading of loaded magazine. Front and rear tangs are thicker for additional clamping power; allows contouring to match stock perfectly. Requires minor inletting. Socket head screws included. a b SPECS: Steel, in-the-white. 8.3 oz, (235 g) weight. Fits BDL stocks. #093-306-020AG 700 Short Tactical Floorplate, 3K301B39 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 340.00 #093-306-030AG 700 Large Tactical Floorplate, 3K306B35 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345.00 Finely-crafted, steel floorplates add a personal touch of elegance to the Remington 700. Made slightly oversized for preci2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=175http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=175SUNNY HILL TACTICAL RIFLES REMINGTON 700 RAM SUPERIOR FIREARM SOLUTIONS SUNNY HILL MAUSER 98 PETE GRISEL CUSTOM FLOORPLATE BOTTOM METAL ASSEMBLY Faster, Easier Reloads; Drop-in Fit Add all the convenience of a removable magazine to your favorite short action Remington 700 BDL tactical rifle. Precision machined from high strength steel and overbuilt to withstand extreme tactical use. Large, spring-loaded lever outside the triggerguard is easy to find and reliably drops the magazine free to allow fast loading and unloading. Uses Accuracy International, steel, 5-round and 10-round magazines, available separately. Includes Allen head action screws. a b SPECS: Steel, matte, black oxide finish. 9.3 oz.(265 g) weight. Fits Rem 700 BDL .308 length, short action (SA). Gunsmithing required. #100-003-754AG Rem 700 SA Bottom Metal Assembly, 8B349U99. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 379.99 SAIGA TRIGGERGUARD Provides An Easy Triggerguard Conversion For A Pistol Grip Stock Drop-in replacement triggerguard converts a Saiga sporting rifle to a standard AK-47/74 guard. Provides a smooth-fitting, clean-looking installation when converting from the sporter buttstock to military-style furniture with a pistol grip. Fits the existing receiver holes for the factory guard. Includes button head screws that tighten into the triggerguard from inside the receiver for a neat-looking exterior. a b SPECS: Steel, powder coated, black. 2" (5cm) long, ½" (12.7mm) wide, 1¼" (3.1cm) high. Includes two 8-32 x 3⁄16" button head screws and installation instructions. #100-004-744AG Saiga Triggerguard 3Z16A67 . . . . .$ 19.99 “STRADDLE” FLOORPLATE Precision Machined, Original Style; Oversized For Custom Fit Machined steel, one-piece, Mauser floorplate is slightly oversized to overlap the triggerguard to allow for custom fitting. Polished to a 220 grit finish and in-the-white, ready for custom engraving. A beautiful addition to any fine, custom-built rifle. Same as original 1909 Argentine style bottom metal. a b SPECS: Steel, in-the-white. Fits standard Mauser 98 long action triggerguard. Floorplate - 4.1” (10.4cm) long, tapers .95" (2.4cm) to 1.15" (2.9cm) wide. #848-000-007AG Mauser 98 “Straddle” Floorplate, 8D69Z95 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 89.95 RIFLE Unequaled For Craftsmanship, Style & Beauty Machined steel, one-piece, Oberndorf-type triggerguard assemblies designed for the custom gun builder by Pete Grisel. Straight sided, integral magazines (on Pre-'64 70 and Mauser 98 models) and a 5° draft, or taper, on the floorplate edges greatly cuts inletting time and gives tightest fit. Fully engravable, polished to a 220 grit finish and can be inletted into the original stock. A beautiful addition to any fine, custom-built rifle. a b SPECS: Steel or stainless steel as indicated by (-SS) in model number. All models in-the-white. All include action screws. 640 Fits pre-’64 Win. M70 .375 H&H w/dropped magazine. 710 - Fits post-’64 Win. M70 long action w/standard magazine. 740 - Fits post-’64 Win. M70 long magnum w/dropped magazine. 410 - Fits Mauser 98 .30-06. 510 & 515-SS - Fit Rem. 700 long action. STOCK # #848-162-500AG #848-178-000AG #848-181-000AG #848-164-000AG #848-176-000AG #848-168-009AG MODEL # 640 710 740 410 510 515-SS PRICE 8D453P16 $ 564.99 8D357B24 $ 444.99 8D378B67 $ 474.99 8D407P24 $ 509.99 8D313B37 $ 389.99 8D357P24 $ 444.99 BAT MACHINE REMINGTON 700 ADL WILLIAMS FIREARMS REM 700/WIN M70 ALUMINUM TRIGGERGUARD Lightweight; High-Polish Finish Improves Appearance Beautifully machined with a highly polished finish to look better and last longer than the original factory part. Polished Black replaces the fragile, plastic piece. Polished Silver replaces the bead-blasted, factory part. Drop-in fit on Remington 700 ADL and other rifles with a blind magazine. a b SPECS: Aluminum, anodized, black or silver, high-polish finish. 33⁄8" (8.6cm) long, 5⁄8" (15mm) wide. #805-000-001AG Black 700 Triggerguard 9D33H51 .$ 40.99 #100-0052011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=176http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=176Brownells RIFLE MARLIN LEVER ACTION QUICK TAKEDOWN SCREW For Quick Lever Removal & Installation SLOTTED HEAD TRIGGERGUARD SCREWS FORSTER STOCK # #319-414-098AG #319-414-170AG #319-414-171AG #319-414-300AG #319-414-306AG #319-414-270AG — Advise # — #319-414-070AG #319-414-998AG SPECS: Blued steel. Length varies. FITS Mauser non-locking, pair Enfield as issued, pair Enfield straightened guard, pair Springfield and Krag, pair Springfield Long Rear Tang Screw, pair Sako (Set of 2) Slotted Guard Screws 9A04V06 . . . .$ 5.80 Slotted Guard Screws, Win. 70, set of 3, 9A06V31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.00 Slotted Guard Screws, Mauser locking, set of 4 9A08B65 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.60 N.E.C.G. WIN M70 TRIGGERGUARD SCREW SET Stainless Steel Allen Head Screws For Maximum Torque Replace worn or damaged factory triggerguard screws with these stainless steel, Allen head screws that allow you to apply maximum torque without slipping and damaging the screw head or the stock. Set includes three standard-length screws, plus 5⁄32" Allen wrench. May require minor alteration to screw heads to fit custom bottom metal. b a SPECS: Stainless steel, natural finish. Includes: (1) front guard screw, 15⁄16" (3.3cm) long; (1) center guard screw, 15⁄8" (4.1cm) long; (1) rear guard screw, 113⁄16" (1.7cm) long. Fits Winchester Model 70 triggerguards. #661-000-057AG Model 70 Triggerguard Screw Set, 1F10X39 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 12.99 WILSON COMBAT RIFLE SHOK-BUF® Protects The Receiver From Damage High-density, polyurethane pads eliminate metal-to-metal contact to reduce wear and protect the receiver. a b SPECS: Polyurethane rubber, blue. #411 fits Ruger Mini-14 and Mini-30, #413 fits AK-47/MAK. #438 fits M14/M1A. #965-411-000AG #411 Shok-Buf 5F12Y68 . . . . . . . . . .$ 14.95 #965-413-000AG #413 Shok-Buf 5F12Y68 . . . . . . . . . . . 14.99 #965-438-000AG #438 Shok-Buf 5F12T69 . . . . . . . . . . . 14.99 Oversized, steel takedown screw allows easy lever removal for a thorough cleaning, plus makes quick work when swapping standard levers for large loop levers for cowboy action shooting. Large diameter, knurled head provides a non-slip grasp during installation and removal. Replaces the original, factory lever screw without alteration. a b SPECS: Steel, blued, matte finish. 12-28 NF male thread. Fits Marlin 336, 1894, 1895, 30AS, and 30AW lever action rifles. #080-000-559AG Quick Takedown Screw, 8K14H99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 19.99 Machine Turned Tool Steel For Maximum Strength - Service SIERRA PAPA BERETTA CX4 STORM STAINLESS STEEL TRIGGERGUARD SCREW KITS Rust-Resistant Hardware For Stainless, Hunting & Target Rifles Standard length, stainless steel screw kits match factory, stainless triggerguards for good looks and all-weather durability. Natural, stainless steel finish resists rust and hides marks caused by screw removal/ installation. Remington screws feature socket-heads. a b SPECS: Stainless steel. Rem Model Seven Kit includes: (1) front guard screw - 1⁄4"-28 x 1" (2.54cm), (1) rear guard screw - 8-36 x 15⁄8" (4.1cm). Rem 700 BDL Kit includes: (1) front guard screw - 1⁄4"-28 x 11⁄16" (2.7cm), (1) rear guard screw - 1⁄4"-28 x 11⁄2" (3.8cm). Rem 700 ADL Kit includes: (1) front guard screw - 1⁄4"-28 x 11⁄16" (2.7cm), (1) center guard screw - 8-36 x 11⁄2" (3.8cm), (1) rear guard screw 1⁄ 1 4"-28 x 1 ⁄2" (3.8cm). . #084-273-002AG Rem Model Seven Screw Kit, 4H07X05. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 10.99 #084-273-003AG Rem 700 BDL Screw Kit, 4H07X08. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.99 #084-273-004AG Rem 700 ADL Screw Kit, 4H10X45. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.99 Brownells GUIDE ROD UPGRADE KIT VOLQUARTSEN 10/22® FORSTER MAUSER 98 TRIGGERGUARD LOCK SCREWS Fills The Unsightly Hole On Military Bottom Metal Relief cut allows removal of triggerguard screw without removing the lock screw. a b SPECS: Steel, b2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=177http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=177FULTON ARMORY M1 GARAND HOLLAND WINCHESTER 70 PRE-64 THE SMITH SHOP UBERTI 1860/1866/1873 WOLFF OPERATING ROD SPRING Ensures Reliable Feeding & Extraction Brings back reliable extraction and feeding cycles to a Garand that has a worn-out or kinked spring. Made to original USGI specifications, and perfect for putting the “spring” back into an old rifle. Keep a spare on hand as a backup. SPECS: Tempered spring steel, natural finish. #100-005-274AG M1 Op Rod Spring 3K05V97 . . . . . . .$ 6.99 SPRING REBUILD KIT Replaces Old, Worn Out Springs For Optimum Performance Wound from high quality music wire to restore your classic, pre-64 Winchester to like new operating condition. The perfect option for complete spring replacement or as a backup kit for vintage hunting rifles still carried in the field. Includes seven factory weight springs to replace the hard-to-find originals, plus an extra-power firing pin spring for reliable ignition and faster locktime. a b SPECS: Music wire. Includes one (1) each of the following: breech bolt sleeve lock spring, bolt stop plunger spring, ejector spring, extra-power firing pin spring, safety lock plunger spring, sear spring, trigger spring, and magazine cover catch spring. Fits all pre-1964 production Winchester Model 70 rifles. #403-000-022AG Pre-64 Win. Spring Kit 3K04V75 . . .$ 5.95 LIFTER/LEVER SPRINGS & SCREWS Direct Replacement Parts Make Action Jobs Faster & More Consistent Don’t be afraid to tackle action jobs on the Uberti '60, '66 and '73 Winchester clones for lack of viable parts. These direct replacement lifter and lever spring sets are made from music wire with a stainless steel mounting base for consistent action jobs time after time. No need to hand grind the stock springs or leave them loose. Completely eliminates gouged lever and lifter cam surfaces. Recommended for use with the high-quality, 6-40 tpi screw sets sold separately, because the rough, threaded factory screws are usually damaged when removed. Screws manufactured with correct head dimensions and length. a b SPECS: Springs - Music wire, stainless steel base. Screws- Steel, blue, matte-finish. Hardened, 6-40 tpi. Spring Set includes (2) springs. Screw Set includes (2) screws. Springs and screws must be purchased separately. #100-002-464AG L/L Spring Set 2Z32Y00 . . . . . . . . . .$ 40.00 #100-002-465AG L/L Spring Screw Set 2Z06Y40 . . . . . . 8.00 RIFLE TUNE-UP KITS & INDIVIDUAL SPRINGS Springs To Improve Functioning SKS 7.62mm - Fits Chinese and Russian variants. Kit contains (1) 27½ lb. reduced power hammer spring (factory is approx. 34 lb.) and (1) reduced power sear/magazine latch spring. a b #969-301-900AG SKS Kit 9F06X00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 9.00 RUGER® 77/17® & 77/22® - 20% reduced power (RP) trigger/sear spring lightens trigger pull. Fits models chambered in .17 HMR, .17 Mach 2, .22 LR, and .22 WMR. a b #969-000-138AG RP Trigger/Sear Spring 9F02D33 . .$ 3.49 #969-000-129AG RP Trigger/Sear Spring, 3-pak, 9F05P00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.49 RUGER 10/22® - Extra Power (XP) Recoil Spring fits .22 LR only. Slows the bolt down for optimal cycling when using hyper-velocity ammunition. Factory Power (FP) Recoil Spring available for .22 LR or .22 WMR/.17 HMR. Replaces worn out factory spring for reliable performance. Gunsmith installation of recoil springs recommended. Reduced Power (RP) Tune-Up Pak fits 10/22 in all calibers. Includes XP hammer spring, RP trigger spring, and RP sear spring to improve let-off and reduce trigger pull. TuneUp Pak fits all calibers. Includes XP hammer spring, XP trigger spring, and RP sear spring for a clean, crisp trigger pull. For an even smoother, lighter-feeling trigger pull, install the RP trigger/ sear spring. Tune-Up Paks do not include recoil springs. a b #969-000-201AG XP Recoil Spring, .22 LR 9F06D95 . .$ 9.95 #969-000-202AG FP Recoil Spring, .22 LR 9F06D95 . . . 9.95 #969-000-203AG FP Recoil Spring, .22 WMR/.17 HMR 9F06Z95 . . . . . . . .2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=178http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=178WOLFF COMMAND ARMS AK-47 FULTON ARMORY M1/M14/M1A Item SAMSON MFG. CORP . AK-47/-74/AKM BLITZSCHNELL STRIKER SPRING Faster Lock Times For Bolt Action Rifles Improves striker acceleration and can help correct ignition problems. Made from high quality, heat-treated, round, spring stock. Ends closed and ground for a flat seat. Ratings determined by compressing the spring as it is in the bolt. Installation of custom triggers may change ratings. Factory weight shown in ( ). b a STOCK # WT. STOCK # WT. FITS #969-624-022AG 22# NA Mauser, 1891, 93-96 (19#) #969-625-022AG 22# #969-625-024AG 24# Mauser 1898 (Various Military) (19#) #969-625-026AG 26# #969-625-030AG 30# Mauser 1898 (Sporting Actions) (19#) #969-634-028AG 28# #969-634-032AG 32# Rem. (short) 700/722/725/40X (24#) #969-635-028AG 28# #969-635-032AG 32# Rem. (Lng) 700, 721, 725 (24#) #969-000-175AG 26# NA Rem. 700 Muzzleloader #969-648-020AG 20# NA Springfield 1903 (All Models) (16#) #969-654-025AG 25# #969-654-030AG 30# Winchester 70 (23#) NA #969-640-028AG 28# Ruger 77 (Short/Long Action) (21#) — Advise # — Blitzschnell Springs, each 9F05Z53 . . .$ 8.29 UPPER HANDGUARD Mount Mil-Std Picatinny Accessories For Tactical Situations Reinforced, plastic, composite handguard replaces the factory handguard with no gunsmithing and provides a Mil-Std 1913 (Picatinny) rail for mounting accessories. Super light weight material gives a rigid surface for mounting almost any attachment on your AK-47. SPECS: Reinforced plastic composite, black. Overall length: 4.7" (11.9cm) #100-002-202AG AK-47 Upper Handguard w/ Rail, 6C27X20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 40.79 HANDGUARD RETAINING CLIP For Secure, Rattle-Free Handguard Attachment Steel retaining clip provides a snug, rattle-free grasp on the handguard. Replaces an old clip lost during maintenance, or one “sprung” by excessive removal and installation. Perfect for properly restoring a vintage rifle or completing a new project. Fits M1 Garand and M14-style rifles. Made to original USGI specifications for fit and finish. SPECS: Steel, Parkerized, matte black finish. #100-005-286AG Handguard Clip 3K08V57 . . . . . . . . .$ 9.99 K-RAIL FOREARM Plenty Of Forward Rail Space For More Accessory Mounting Versatility Machined aluminum replacement for factory forearm gives Model 2 your AK the same Model 1 accessory mounting flexibility long available for the AR-15/M16 platform. Two-piece design clamps securely to the front barrel trunion and puts four, MIL-STD 1913 rails up front to provide plenty of space for mounting lights, lasers, optics, vertical grips, bipods, quickdetach sling swivels, and other accessories. Top rail won’t interfere with use of original iron sights; bottom rail has cutout to accommodate under-folding stock, and side rail allows clearance for side-folding stock. White, etched alphanumeric slot markings help you make sure accessories get reinstalled in the right locations after temporary removal. Hardcoat anodized for extra strength with a wear-resistant, non-reflective, matte black finish. Separate Models available for full-size AK-47/AKM, AK-74 “Krinkov” and Bulgarian Krinkov. a b SPECS: 6061 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. Due to variations in rifles, all models may require minor modifications to weapon, such as removal of sling loops. Model 1 - 9¾" (24.8cm) OAL. Fits most full-size AK-47/AKM with fixed or folding stocks. Model 2 - 6¾" (17 .2cm) OAL. Fits most AK-74 Krinkovs, except Bulgarian. Model 3 - 5" (12.7cm) OAL. Fits Bulgarian Krinkov with fixed or folding stock. #100-004-241AG AK-47 K-Rail Model 1 Forearm, 1B194V67 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 249.00 #100-004-242AG Krinkov K-Rail Model 2 Forearm, 1B181V43 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239.00 100-005-736AG Bulgarian Krinkov Model 3 Forearm 1B180T00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219.99 RIFLE HOGUE AK-47/74 COMMAND ARMS AK-47 PISTOL GRIPS MONOGRIP® PISTOL GRIP Non-Slip Surface & Orth2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=179http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=179ULTIMAK AK-47 Items ADVANCED TECHNOLOGY ADVANCED TECHNOLOGY REM 7600 BELL & CARLSON SAVAGE MULTI-RAIL FOREND SYSTEM & SCOUT MOUNT Lets You Install Mission-Specific Picatinny Accessories Hard-anodized, MIL-STD aluminum Rail Forend has MILSTD 1913 Picatinny rails at 3, 6, and 9 o’clock for mounting lights, lasers, and other accessories. Expanding rear tenon system self-squares and self-centers inside the receiver and has a dual, floating steel clamp system that locks the forend to the barrel, without applying forces to the barrel. Leaves room for bayonet on gas block mounted lugs. Fits over the outside of the factory forend cap on stamped, standard length receivers, including Chinese manufactured AK-47s. Tools and instructions included. Scout Mount is constructed of one-piece, 6061-T6 hard anodized aluminum and a single MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny rail for mounting optics and accessories. Mount replaces the gas tube and attaches directly to the barrel with 4140 steel clamps for stability and accuracy. Includes vent holes near front end. Mounting tools and instructions included. No gunsmithing needed. a b SPECS: Multi-Rail Forend – Hard-anodized aluminum with 4140 steel attachment points, matte black. 9.8" (24.9cm) long. Fits stamped, standard-length receivers. Scout Mount – 6061 T6 hard anodized aluminum, 4140 steel mounting clamps, matte black. 6.7" (17cm) long. Forend and mount sold separately. #100-002-178AG AK-47 Multi-Rail Forend, 5K204V00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 224.99 #100-002-177AG AK-47 Scout Mount 5K88V47 . . . . . .117.99 STRIKEFORCE STOCKS Length-Adjustable, Folding Buttstocks For All Tactical Ops PISTOL GRIP BUTTSTOCK Fast, No-Gunsmithing Conversion For Tactical Applications; Improves Rifle’s Balance And Pointability Convert your Remington 7600 Series semi-auto or pump rifle into a fast pointing tactical rifle just by changing the buttstock. Ergonomically designed, full-length stock with an integral, pebble-textured pistol grip provides maximum control and pointability for improved accuracy. Recoil absorbing, synthetic rubber recoil pad assures shooting comfort. Stock is made in the U.S. from virtually indestructible fiberglass-filled, synthetic nylon material and includes a lifetime warranty. a b SPECS: Black, injection-molded synthetic nylon. 14½" (36.8cm) length of pull. 1 lb. 5 oz. (.6kg) wt. Includes steel sling swivel stud and stock bolt bushings to fit the following models: Remington 7600, 760, 740, and 7400 Pump Action and Semi-Auto Rifles in all calibers. Uses factory stock bolt. #019-000-015AG Remington 7600 Pistol Grip Stock, 9A42V04 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 57.99 DURAMAXX™ STOCK Drop-In Fit For Heavy Barrel Rifles Injection molded from solid polyurethane - won’t flex or twist; ideal for off-hand, bipod and benchrest use. Black textured finish gives a non-slip grip in any weather. Straight comb has forward cant to reduce cheek slap and felt recoil. Barrel channel free floats factory varmint and tactical barrels. Includes bedding pillars, sling swivels and a Pachmayr Decelerator pad. a b SPECS: Polyurethane, black. 303⁄4" (78.1cm) long. 2 lb. 6 oz. (1 kg) wt. Fits Long action, 110, 112, 114. Short action 10, 11, 12, 16. #137-000-005AG Savage LA Stock 7C93X92 . . . . . . .$ 131.99 #137-000-006AG Savage SA Stock 7C93X92 . . . . . . . . 131.99 RIFLE Ruger 10/22 Six position stock lets you adjust length of pull and folds for ultimate compactness when storing the rifle. Made from durable, glass-filled nylon composite with a rubber buttpad that has a slight negative angle for quick and easy shouldering. Easy-tooperate, spring-loaded release lever for quick adjustments of the buttstock. Cheek rest has 7/8" vertical adjustment and buttstock can be raised an additional ¼" with included spacer to provide correct eye alignment with optics. Sling swivel studs mount in different locations to allow a variety of sling options for rightor left-handed operators. Picatinny rails 2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=180http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=180BELL & CARLSON RUGER® 10/22® BOYDS’ M1 GARAND BUTLER CREEK 10/22® CHOATE Keeps Rifle Compact For Transport ODYSSEY TARGET STOCK Competition Ready; Stable Composite Construction Greatly improves accuracy by tuning stock fit for shooter comfort. Vertical grip and high comb place the eye in the proper position for correct scope alignment and maximum eye relief. Fully adjustable for length of pull and height at comb. Kevlar/Graphite composite construction is stable in all conditions. Molded checkering on the grip and forearm gives a sure grasp. Textured surface and flat bottom, tapered forearm enhance benchrest stability. Includes rubber recoil pad, aluminum, forearm accessory rail; accepts heavy barrel contours up to .920" diameter. a b SPECS: Fiberglass with Kevlar and graphite, black, textured fin1⁄ 1⁄ ish. 27 2" (70cm) long. LOP Adjustment - 12 4" (31.7cm) to 137⁄8" (35cm). 1" (2.5cm) drop at comb, + 11⁄2" (3.8cm) comb adjustment. 3 lbs. 5 oz. (1.5 kg) weight. #137-203-300AG Odyssey Target Stock 7C273T45 .$ 364.99 REPLACEMENT STOCK SET Enhances The Look & Performance Of Your Classic Garand High-quality, American walnut replacement stock breathes new life into your vintage Garand. Features the oversized, Korean War style contours and comes as a three-piece set with buttstock, plus front and rear handguards. a b SPECS: American walnut. Finished (F) - 100% fit and sanded to an in-house action for drop-in installation, military oil finish. Unfinished/Virtual Inlet (UFVI) - Rough sanded and machined but not fit to in-house action; may require minor fitting. STOCK # FITS TYPE PRICE #239-000-013AG M1 Garand 3-Pc Set F 9C110P68 $ 131.99 #239-000-012AG M1 Garand 3-Pc Set UFVI 9C97P09 $ 118.99 FOLDING PISTOL GRIP STOCK ULTIMATE SNIPER STOCK BROCKMAN'S MARLIN 1895G BELL & CARLSON RUGER® 10/22® RIFLE STOCK TARGET/VARMINT STOCK STOCKS Handsome, Finely Finished To Give Your Marlin Exceptional Looks Rigid Composite Construction & Comfort Features For An Ultra-Stable Shooting Platform Full-size target-style stock comes fully finished and inletted for drop-in installation of a heavy barrel Ruger 10/22 action. Provides an exceptionally strong, stable platform for a preciseshooting target/varmint rifle. Rigid fiberglass/Kevlar composite construction won’t flex and put uneven pressure on barrel or action that can compromise accuracy. Withstands temperature extremes, moisture, and hard use; textured black finish ensures a non-slip grasp. Wide, extended pistol grip with deep thumb rest gives a natural, comfortable hand position. Wide forend is gently tapered to aid in quick, easy adjustments of position for elevation, with a flat underside for solid contact with sandbags or shooting rest. Straight comb gives consistent cheekweld and eye alignment with optics, while “thumb hook” on buttstock provides extra stability when shooting on bags or a rest. Soft, rubber buttpad ensures secure, comfortable shoulder contact. Includes rear sling stud and dual front studs to allow both sling and bipod attachment. a b SPECS: Fiberglass/Kevlar composite with textured finish, black. Approximately 295⁄8" (75.2cm) long. 13¾” l.o.p. 2.6 lb. (1.2kg) weight. Drop-in design may require minor fitting. Inletted for Ruger 10/22 with factory bull (.920” O.D.) barrel. #137-000-020AG 10/22 Target/Varmint Stock, 7C179H65 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 230.99 Beautifully crafted, laminated walnut with a clear coat finish, stock and forearm set hand-crafted and fit to a factory Marlin 1895G. Lightweight and sturdy, stronger than the factory stock and withstands all weather conditions. Extra comb height for improved sight picture and easier scope alignment. Each stock comes with Limbsaver recoil pad already installed as well as a swivel stud for your sling. Some fitting and bedding may be required. a b SPECS: Laminated walnut. Length of pull approximately 133⁄8" (33.9M). Buttstock 113⁄4" (29.8cm).long. Forend is 95⁄8" (24.5cm) long. #127-000-012AG Marlin 1895G Stock 2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=181http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=181CHOATE CHRISTIE & CHRISTIE RUGER® 10/22® H-S PRECISION REMINGTON 700 H-S PRECISION REMINGTON 700 ULTIMATE VARMINT STOCK Versatile Platform For Long Range Varmint Shooting Innovative synthetic stock with design features that enhance accuracy and usability. Full-length aluminum insert molded into the forearm improves strength without excess weight. Serrated bottom keeps rifle steady when shooting off bags. Accessory rail includes a quick detach bipod adapter. Aluminum blocks give a rock solid stock-to-action fit; barrel channel is free floating. Buttpad is adjustable for length-of-pull; cheekpiece adjusts for height, fore and aft position. a b SPECS: Dupont Rynite SST-35, black. Approx. 4 lb., 7 oz. (2 kg) weight, 35" (89cm) long. Anschutz-type rail. Furnished with 1⁄2” spacer only. Buttstock Spacer Pak - 1⁄4", 1⁄2", and 3⁄4" buttstock spacers. Rem 700 and Savage models will accept Accu-Trigger action. Measure center-to-center action screw hole spacing before ordering short action models with 4.275” or 4.411” hole spacing. STOCK # FITS COLOR #159-225-702AG Rem 700 ADL/BDL Short Action Black #159-225-701AG Rem 700 ADL/BDL Long Action Black #159-225-110AG Savage 110 Long/Short Action Black #159-225-010AG Savage Short Action 10, 11, 12 (4.275” hole spacing) Black #159-000-029AG Savage Late Model Short Action Centerfeed (4.411” hole spacing) Black — Advise # — Ultimate Varmint Stock, 9E162X76 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 210.99 #159-221-100AG Buttstock Spacer Pak 9E13Y84 . . . . 18.48 SUPER STOCK Better Control & Comfort With A Tactical Rifle Look Rigid polymer replacement stock improves shooter comfort and control for more accurate shot placement, plus gives your 10/22 an aggressive tactical look. Three, detachable, Picatinny-type rails on the forearm allow you to mount a variety of accessories, including lights, lasers, a bipod, and the included detachable vertical grip. Seven-position, collapsible buttstock gives a full 3" length-of-pull adjustment from 127⁄8" to 157⁄8". Detachable thermoplastic rubber buttpad and cheek rest, along with hand-filling pistol grip, provide exceptionally solid contact when mounting rifle to shoulder. Includes adjustable sling swivels, cutout in the stock for serial number visibility, and storage compartments in buttstock, pistol grip, and vertical forend grip. Drop-in installation; no modifications required. Fits 10/22s with standard tapered barrels. a b SPECS: Injection-molded polymer & thermoplastic rubber, black, matte. 3¾ lbs. Fits 10/22 rifles with standard tapered barrels. #100-003-024AG 10/22 Super Stock 8A119Y95 . . . . .$ 149.95 Color POLICE RIFLE STOCK For Building Precision Rifles Same stock as used by the U.S. Army. Exclusive, molded-in, machined, aluminum bedding block gives a true “drop-in” fit that requires no initial fitting and no maintenance. Made from Kevlar/graphite-reinforced fiberglass, bonded to structural polyurethane foam for lightest weight and complete stability, regardless of changes in temperature or humidity. Extra-wide forend and double palmswells in the grip area help promote a tighter, more comfortable hold for consistent accuracy when it’s needed most. Available in black or sand color. a b SPECS: Kevlar/graphite-reinforced fiberglass. Flat black or sand. 1⁄ , minimum drop at heel, 2 lb. 12 oz. (1.3 kg) wt. 13 2" (34.2cm) LOP Includes sling and tripod stud, and rubber recoil pad. Fits Remington 700 BDL short action, heavy barrel only. #393-100-705AG Police Rifle Stock, Blk 3C299H99 .$ 319.99 #393-000-018AG Police Rifle Stock, Sand 3C316A85. 339.99 TACTICAL RIFLE STOCK Full-Length, Aluminum Bedding Block For The Ultimate In Stability Kevlar/graphite-reinforced, fiberglass stock gives complete stability in all climates. Machined aluminum bedding block runs from the front sling studs, through the forearm and action area and extends five inches past the tang for a drop-in, no-beddingrequired fit that guarantees the ultimate in rifle stock rigidity and st2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=182http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=182HOGUE HOGUE RUGER® 10/22® Sets ARSENAL AK-47/AK-74 ACCURACY INTERNATIONAL OVERMOLDED RIFLE STOCK ™ OVERMOLDED RIFLE STOCK ™ FURNITURE SET Synthetic Polymer For Durability; Choice Of Two Buttstock Lengths Update your AK-47 or AK-74 rifle with this furniture made from high strength, synthetic polymer for survival in harsh environments. Available with Standard Warsaw Pact military-issue buttstock (approx. 9¼" LOP) or NATO stock with an extra 1¼" added to the length of pull for a more comfortable stance and better control for larger-stature shooters. U.S. markings on the buttstock and upper forend meet U.S. made parts requirements. Fixed buttstock includes a side-mounted sling loop, and removable, stamped steel buttplate with a trapdoor gives access to the internal storage compartment. Textured finish on pistol grip and deep, horizontal serrations on lower handguard provide a secure, non-slip grip. Handguard includes an internal aluminum heat shield. Requires drilling for rear tang screws. a b SPECS: Injection molded reinforced polymer, black or O.D. green. Kit includes buttstock, lower forend, upper forend and pistol grip. Fits AK-47/AK-74 with stamped receivers. Standard – Buttstock: 9¼" (23.5cm) LOP . NATO – Buttstock: 10¾" (27 .3cm) LOP . #100-003-979AG Standard Furniture Set, Black, 6B99P43 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 120.99 #100-003-980AG Standard Furniture Set, O.D. Green, 6B105P69 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133.99 100-004-679AG NATO Furniture Set, Black, 6B106X96 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120.99 100-004-680AG NATO Furniture Set, O.D. Green, 6B116X87 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133.99 REMINGTON 700 AICS STOCK Stage 1.5 Fixed RIFLE Lightweight & Easy To Carry Classic-style, straight line stock with rubber skin overmolded on fiberglass shell, is warm to the touch and won’t become slippery when wet. Non-slip rubber surface provides an enhanced grip, plus it is extremely quiet. Pebble finish, textured panels along the wrist and forend provide additional grasping surface. Fully inletted for a drop-in fit. Pillar model features molded in, aluminum bedding posts at front and rear action mounting points. Full Block model has an accuracy improving, CNC machined, full-length aluminum bedding block that extends from the action to the forend. All models feature rubber recoil pads. SPECS: Fiberglass with rubber covering, black. 7075 aluminum bedding block. 31.5" (80cm) long. 14" (35.5cm) l.o.p. 1.9 lb. (862 g) wt. Mauser fits 98 sporter and military actions. Rem. fits 700 BDL only. Ruger® fits M77® Mark II only. STOCK # FITS/ACTION BBL. STYLE BEDDING #408-000-041AG Mauser 98 Sporter Pillar #408-000-042AG Mauser 98 Sporter Full #408-050-008AG Rem. Long Sporter Mag. Pillar #408-050-215AG Rem. Long Sporter Mag. Full #408-050-216AG Rem. Short Sporter Pillar #408-050-262AG Rem. Short Sporter Full #408-050-001AG Rem. Short Varmint Pillar #408-050-002AG Rem. Short Varmint Full #408-050-101AG Rem. Long Varmint Pillar #408-050-102AG Rem. Long Varmint Full #408-050-010AG Ruger Long Standard Pillar #408-050-011AG Ruger Long Standard Full #408-050-012AG Ruger Short Standard Pillar #408-050-013AG Ruger Short Standard Full #408-050-014AG Ruger Short Varmint Pillar #408-050-015AG Ruger Short Varmint Full #408-050-020AG Win. Long Sporter Pillar #408-050-021AG Win. Long Sporter Full #408-050-022AG Win. Short Sporter Pillar #408-050-024AG Win. Short Varmint Pillar — Advise # — Pillar Bed Overmolded Stock, 8K104T69 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 161.99 — Advise # — Full Block Overmolded Stock, 8K195T46 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300.99 Non-Slip Comfort Over A Fiberglass Shell Cushioned outer skin of rubber or Nylon provides non-slip shooting comfort; internal fiberglass body gives solid support, light weight and easy carrying. Fully-inletted for a drop-in fit; with either factory standard barrels (S/B) or nominal .920" diameter 2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=183http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=183PRECISION GUN WORKS RAM-LINE LEVER ACTION FOREND BUTTSTOCK & BUTTPLATE CADET RIFLE STOCK Reduced Length Fits Junior Shooters REVOLUTION RUGER® 10/22® TAPCO AK-47 LAMINATED STOCK Extreme TIMBERSMITH STOCK SET Tight Grained Walnut For Authentic Restoration Superior grade, straight-grained, American Black Walnut closely matches the original wood to provide that extra look of authenticity. Semi-finished, fully contoured to within approximately 1⁄16" of finish size, then machine sanded to remove all production marks; buttstock throats are opened and sanded. Inletting is left slightly “tight.” All stocks are ready for final fit, stain and finish. Forends and buttstocks sold separately. a b SPECS: Black walnut, straight grain. Buttstock (B/S) accepts the original factory buttplate or buttplates listed below. Carbine forends (CFE) accept round barrels with barrel band; Rifle forends (RFE) accept octagon barrels. Win. 92 forend and buttstock also fit Win. 94 before serial #1,500,000. Forends and buttstocks sold separately. STOCK # FITS STYLE PRICE #710-101-286AG Win. 86 Rifle RFE 1G70B35 $ 79.99 #710-101-192AG Win. 92/94 Carbine CFE 1G47B12 $ 53.99 #710-101-292AG Win. 92/94 Rifle RFE 1G47B12 $ 53.99 #710-100-194AG Marlin 94 Cowboy B/S 1G66B66 $ 75.99 #710-100-286AG Win. 86 Rifle B/S 1G66B66 $ 75.99 #710-100-192AG Win. 92/94 Carbine B/S 1G66B66 $ 75.99 #710-100-292AG Win. 92/94 Rifle B/S 1G66B66 $ 75.99 BUTTPLATE - Authentic reproductions of original factory parts. Require final shaping and polishing, plus drilling screw holes. Winchester doesn’t have trap for cleaning rod. Fits late 1873, late 1885 and late 1886, plus 1890, 1892, 1894, 1895 and 1904. Marlin Crescent buttplate fits models 1888, 1889, 1891, 1892, 1893, 1894, 1895 and 1897. SPECS: Steel, as cast, in the white. 15⁄16" (3.34cm) wide, 43⁄8" (11.1cm), 2" (5cm) long tang. #710-000-004AG Win Buttplate 1G33B34 . . . . . . . . . . $ 37.50 #710-000-005AG Marlin Crescent Buttplate 1G33B34 37.50 Fiberglass reinforced polymer construction with a shortened length of pull to better fit junior shooters and folks of smaller stature. Completely finished, action drops-in. a b SPECS: Fiberglass composite, black, textured finish. Long Action 1⁄ . 2 lb. 3 oz. (992g) wt. (LA). Short Action (SA).12 4" (31cm) LOP #674-000-003AG Marlin 336 Cadet Stock 5E47V81. .$ 69.99 #674-000-004AG Rem 700 LA Cadet Stock 5E54V42 . 78.99 #674-000-005AG Rem 742 Cadet Stock 5E49V25 . . . . . 72.99 #674-000-006AG Rem 760 Cadet Stock 5E47V81 . . . . . 69.99 #674-000-008AG Savage 110 LA Cadet Stk 5E57V01 . 82.99 RIFLE Good-Looking, Durable Replacements For Beat Up Original Furniture Trail Blazer RAM-LINE SYN-TECH® RIFLE STOCK Drop-In Design; Ready-To-Shoot Out Of The Box Tundra Explorer SGM TACTICAL AK-47/SAIGA TACTICAL ASSAULT STOCK KIT Adjustable Length Of Pull & Ergonomic Pistol Grip Replacement furniture of 50% glass-filled, molded nylon gives your AK or commercial Saiga the comfort, control, and adjustability of the latest high-tech tactical rifles. Adjustable buttstock lets you set length of pull from 9½" up to 14½" in ¼" increments. Rubber recoil pad helps cut felt recoil for more comfortable shooting and longer range sessions, while the snap-on cheek rest gives you a far more solid cheekweld than the narrow factory buttstock. Remove the recoil pad for access to three large internal storage compartments. Stock attaches to a replacement rear trunnion that also accepts any M4-style carbine receiver extension, so you can substitute an M4/AR-15 adjustable stock. Ergonomically shaped pistol grip clamps to the underside of the trunnion and has comfortable finger grooves, plus an internal storage cavity. Bottom of stock has 2½" of Picatinny rail for attaching a clampon monopod or sling mount, plus there’s a molded-in sling loop on the comb. May require fitting. a b SPECS: Glass-reinforced, injection molded nylon with aluminum receiver extension, matte black. Approximately 14½" (36.8cm) long fully extended x 6¼" (15.82011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=184http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=184TAPCO AK-47/SAIGA Stock TAPCO SKS INTRAFUSE FURNITURE Functional, Durable Buttstocks, Handguards, Pistol Grips Attractive and functional, AK-47 furniture replaces wooden factory parts and gives your AK a modern look and long-lasting durability. Made from rugged, military-grade, molded polymer composite that stands up to the toughest abuse. Made in the U.S.A. to keep your gun in compliance with U.S. Code Title 18 Section 922(r) part-source requirements. a b T6 ADJUSTABLE STOCK - Six position, adjustable stock lets you select the length of pull best suited for the tactical environment. Easyto-operate, spring-loaded release lever for fast adjustment. Checkered buttplate with slight negative angle for quick and easy shouldering when wearing body armor. Toe-mounted sling loop accepts slings up to 11/8" wide. Fits stamped receivers only and requires drilling two holes in stock. SPECS: Molded polymer, black or dark earth. Collapsed length 81⁄4" . adjusts from 10" (8.3cm), extended length 121⁄4" (31.1cm). L.O.P (25.4cm) to 141⁄8" (35.8cm). Fits stamped receivers only. #100-002-488AG T6 Adj. Stock, Black 5A45C85 . . . . . $ 47.99 #100-003-791AG T6 Adj. Stock, Dark Earth, 5A45P67 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47.99 FOLDING STOCK - Modeled after the original Israeli Galil design with positive frame locking for superior control. Ribbed buttplate prevents slippage. SPECS: Molded polymer, black. L.O.P . is 131⁄4" (36.6cm). Fits stamped receivers only. #100-002-489AG Folding Stock 5A45C84 . . . . . . . . . . . $ 47.99 SAW-STYLE PISTOL GRIP - Unique, horizontal texturing won’t slip and provides an excellent gripping surface in all weather conditions. Features a storage compartment for accessories. SPECS: Molded polymer, black. 41⁄4" (10.8cm) tall, 11⁄2" (3.8cm) thick, 21⁄2" (6.3cm) wide at base. Fits stamped and milled receivers. #100-002-490AG SAW-Style Pistol Grip, Black, 5A17C76 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 18.99 GALIL-STYLE AK-47 HANDGUARD - Reduces heat by allowing more room for ventilation around the barrel. Works in conjunction with factory gas tube. Top cover is removable and snaps easily in and out of place. Fits standard AK-47 rifles only. SPECS: Molded polymer, black. 61⁄2" (16.5cm) long, 15⁄8" (4.1cm) wide. Fits stamped and milled standard AK-47 receivers only. Does not fit commercial Saiga rifle. #100-002-491AG Galil-Style AK-47 Handguard, Black, 5A28C58 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 29.99 SAIGA RIFLE/SHOTGUN HANDGUARD - Lightweight, modular handguard with detachable side and bottom Picatinny rails gives you maximum accessory mounting flexibility. Plenty of ventilation to keep your hand cool even after extended periods of rapid fire. Includes detachable loop for clip-on sling. Fits all commercial Saiga rifles and shotguns, except the .410 bore shotgun. SPECS: Molded polymer, Black, Dark Earth, or O.D. Green. 9½" (24.1cm) long,19⁄16" (3.9cm) wide. #100-004-621AG Saiga Handguard, Black, 5A39Y78 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 41.99 #100-004-620AG Saiga Handguard, Dark Earth, 5A39Y78 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41.99 #100-004-622AG Saiga Handguard, O.D. Green, 5A39Y78 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41.99 INTRAFUSE STOCK & COMPLIANCE KIT Convert Your SKS To A Fully Adjustable, Easy-To-Store Collapsible In Just Minutes TAPCO RUGER® SEMI-AUTO RIFLE VLTOR M14/M1A INTRAFUSE ADJUSTABLE STOCK KIT SOCOM EMOD STOCK RIFLE Collapsible stock unit coverts any SKS into an easy-to-pack and store short rifle without permanent alterations or gunsmithing. Nearly indestructible, lightweight, composite synthetic stock fits all models of the SKS (even the Model D with slight modification). Six-position adjustable T6 buttstock allows fast changes in length-of-pull. If you are building your SKS from a parts kit, this stock contains three, U.S-made compliance parts: Intrafuse stock (with sling loop), SAW style pistol grip (with s2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=185http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=185VOLQUARTSEN RUGER® 10/22® & 77/22® WOOD PLUS LAMINATED STOCK WALNUT MAUSER STOCK WOOD PLUS REPLACEMENT GRADE STOCK Real Walnut; Original Contours Classic walnut provides a close match to original factory stocks. Quality wood, has a straight grain pattern. 95% inletted for easy fitting to your action. Ready for final sanding, stain and finish. a b SPECS: Walnut, straight grain, no figure. Accepts original hardware. Win. 1890 buttstock relieved for crescent buttplate. Win. 1906 buttstock cut flat. Classic Monte Carlo In Traditional Walnut For Comfortable Carry, Quick Handling Inletted To Accept Bull Barrels; Wide Forend Rides The Bags The correct dimension and style to improve accuracy and shooting comfort when sighting through a scope. Raised, Monte Carlo roll-over cheekpiece and extra drop at heel places the eye in direct line with the scope. Non-warping, laminated wood with beefy forend offers improved stability when shooting offhand or from a rest. Barrel channel is fully inletted for .920" diameter target barrels and includes a foam pressure pad that eliminates the need for additional bedding up front. Includes Pachmayr recoil pad and action screw escutcheon. a b SPECS: Laminated hardwood, coffee brown, satin urethane finish. 1⁄ 14" (36cm) L.O.P . 2 2" (6.3cm) drop at heel. Approx. 2.4 lb. (1.1 kg) wt. 10/22 - 29" (73cm) long. Fits 10/22 .22LR only. 77/22 - 301⁄2" (77 .5cm) long. Fits 77/22 .22LR and .22WMR. #930-123-001AG 10/22 Laminated Stock, 3Z233D33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 239.99 #930-123-701AG 77/22 Laminated Stock, 3Z233D33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239.99 Classic lines and quality walnut enhance the looks and accuracy of the small or large ring Mauser action. Raised cheekpiece puts your eye right in line with the scope; forward slope (lowered nose) diminishes the effects of recoil. Receiver area is fully inletted, barrel channel is semi-inletted, lets you get an exact fit to your barrel contour. Fully machined and sanded; includes hard plastic buttplate. Stock requires final sanding before applying stain and finish. a b SPECS: American walnut. Length of pull approx. 14" (35.5cm). 32" (81.2cm) long. 2 lb. 3 oz. (992 g) weight. 95 fits small ring model 95 and 96, 98 fits large ring model 98, VZ-24 and commercial receivers. Yugoslav (Yugo) 48 fits the mid-length action with 75⁄8", center-tocenter, receiver screw spacing. #984-000-035AG Mauser 95 Walnut Stock, 4H72A86. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 98.08 #984-000-034AG Mauser 98 Walnut Stock 4H72A86 . . 98.08 #984-000-041AG Yugo 48 Mauser Walnut Stock, 4H87A86. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118.27 RIFLE BUTTSTOCKS ONLY STOCK # #984-100-336AG #984-100-099AG #984-000-047AG #984-100-890AG #984-100-906AG #984-100-194AG #984-110-890AG #984-110-906AG #984-110-094AG #984-110-194AG FITS Marlin 336 Pistol Grip Savage 99 Pistol Grip Steven’s Favorite .22 Winchester 1890 Winchester 1906 Winchester 94 post ‘64 Winchester 1890 Winchester 1906 Winchester 94 pre ‘64 Winchester 94 post ‘64 PRICE 4H42V14 $ 56.73 4H42V86 $ 57.69 4H60A00 $ 80.77 4H40V00 $ 53.85 4H40V00 $ 53.85 4H40V00 $ 53.85 4H58V57 $ 78.85 4H58V57 $ 78.85 4H65V71 $ 88.46 4H65V71 $ 88.46 HELPS YOUR BOTTOM LINE Brownells Business Advantage (BBA) gives you big savings on four essential business services: • Full-service credit/debit card processing with rates as low as 1.38%. • Exceptionally low rates or cash View the BBA online back on Visa business video credit card. • Generous discounts on UPS shipping. • Complete liability/property insurance coverage designed specifically for firearm-related businesses like yours. Get all these services for a low, initial membership fee of $50. (Only $25 annual renewal.) Call 800-741-0015 or visit BrownellsBusinessAdvantage. com to learn more about how BBA can save you money. For more choices of VOLQUARTSEN STOCKS visit brownells.com WOOD PLUS BUTTSTOCK AND FOREND SETS STOCKS PRE-FINISHED REPLACEMENT STOCK2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=186http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=186SHOTGUN INDEX Choke Tubes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .184-186 SHOTGUN Competition Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . 197-198 Magazine Tubes & Parts . . . . . . . 189-191 Performance Parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . .186-188 BIRCHWOOD CASEY Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . .188-189 Springs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 Stocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192-196 Tactical Accessories . . . . . . . . . . 198-199 BRILEY CARLSON’S BENELLI® CRIOTECH® X-2 SCREW-IN CHOKE TUBE Extended Length, Competition Grade Tubes Improve Pattern & Accuracy Choke constrictions, from Cylinder to X-Full let you precisely match your load to the shooting conditions. Long tube extends beyond the length of the muzzle, features highly polished interior for less pellet deformation; reduced fliers and tighter patterns. Knurled grasping band speeds installation and removal. Choke constriction is marked on band, no need to remove tube a to verify size. b SPECS: 17-4 stainless steel. Polished, bright finish. Extends beyond muzzle approx. .812" (20.6mm). Use with lead and bismuth shot. Steel shot can be used with constrictions of Modified and larger. Beretta chokes will not fit guns with Optima choke thread. CRIO-PLUS CHOKE TUBE Tighter Patterns With CrioTech Barrels 25% longer parallel section gives more consistent, dense patterns (compared to Carlson’s standard tubes) in Benelli CrioTech M2 and Super Black Eagle II shotguns. Knurled ends make installation and removal easy, and each choke tube is laser marked on the end for quick identification. For use with lead, copper-plated, nickel, Hevi-Shot, bismuth, tungsten or steel shot. a b SPECS: 17-4 stainless steel. Fits Benelli CrioTech M2 and SBE II only. STOCK # CHOKE STOCK # CHOKE #155-000-068AG Cyl #155-000-072AG Mod #155-000-069AG Skeet #155-000-073AG Imp Mod #155-000-070AG Imp Cyl #155-000-074AG Full #155-000-071AG Lt Mod #155-000-075AG X-Full — Advise # — 12 Ga. Crio-Plus Tube 5E28H94 . . . . .$ 39.99 CHOKE TUBE LUBE Eliminates Stuck Choke Tubes, Barrel Damage Non-evaporating, metallic base, anti-seize lubricant prevents corrosion and galling caused by high pressure loads and extreme temperatures. a b SPECS: A squeeze tube, net wt. 3⁄4 oz. (21 g). #167-400-150AG Choke Tube Lube 7F04D39 . . . . . . . . $ 7.99 – 3 or More – Choke Tube Lube, per each 7F03D87 . 7.20 Brownells DESIGNATED DRIVER A Screwdriver Kit For Your Pocket, Tool Box & Range Bag CHOKE TUBES BRILEY CHOKE TUBE SPEED WRENCH Speed & Leverage To Quickly Remove Tubes Aluminum fingers accurately align the wrench inside the tube and hold the teeth in place. Crank handle quickly spins tubes in or out. Fits factory choke tubes and Briley X-2 tubes. (Not for Briley special thinwall tubes.) b a SPECS: Plastic knob, aluminum fingers/handle, stainless steel body. #129-070-012AG 12 Gauge Tube Wrench 9B21A38 . .$ 26.73 #129-070-020AG 20 Gauge Tube Wrench 9B21A38 . . . 26.73 Handy, fluted aluminum handle with one Phillips and four of our premium hollow ground slotted bits; all stored right in the handle, always available when you need them. 3" length gives excellent control; keeps your hand close to the work and helps prevent damage to screw slots. Quick-change, magnetic bit retainer also keeps small screws from getting lost. 2" magnetic extension provides extra reach. Driver, w/choke wrench includes an additional choke wrench bit. a b SPECS: Aluminum handle, green. 3" (7 .6cm) overall length, 1" 1⁄ (2.5cm) diameter. Accepts all Brownells 4" hex drive bits. 1" long bits - 445-1, 445-2, 445-3, 445-4 and 440-2 Phillips. Choke Wrench Bit - 7⁄8" (22.2mm) diameter, 11⁄2" (3.8cm) long. 080-000-023AG Designated Driver, w/o choke wrench, 1E22V91 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 29.99 #080-000-059AG Designated Driver, w/choke wrench, 1E24B15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29.97 #198-000-010AG Magna-Tip® Choke Tube Wrench, only, 8A04X52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=187http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=187CARLSON’S CHOKE TUBE IBRILEYI CARLSON’S Non-Rusting Stainless Steel Flush mount, stainless steel tubes available for the many shotguns using the popular Win-Choke thread size and standard Tru-Chokes, plus Remington, Beretta/Benelli, Browning Invector Plus, and Mossberg 835 Ultra Mag. These tubes can be used with magnum and steel shot loads. Tru™-Choke Thinwall tubes are recommended for 23⁄4" lead shot loads ONLY. All X-Full and Turkey constrictions are for use with lead and Hevi-Shot ONLY! a b SPECS: 1704 Stainless steel, heat treated. Available for 12 and 20 gauge, depending on model. Tru-Choke™-style (T-C): .795"-44 tpi fits 12 ga. Tru-Choke-style, .675"-44 tpi fits 20 ga. Tru-Choke-style. Tru-Choke Thinwall-style: .774"-44 tpi fits 12 ga. barrels altered to accept Thinwall chokes and recommended for 23⁄4" lead shot loads ONLY. Win-Choke®-style: .812"-32 tpi (12 ga.) or .687"-32 (20 ga.) fits barrels originally equipped with Win-Choke®, Browning Invector, Mossberg Accu-Choke®, Weatherby IMC®, or Savage choke tubes. Rem™Choke-style: .814"-32 tpi (12 ga.) or .702"-32 (20 ga.) fits barrels originally equipped with Rem™Choke factory tubes. Beretta/Benelli: .810"-1mm fits Beretta and Benelli M1 and Super 90. Invector Plus-style: .820"-32 tpi (12 ga.) fits barrels originally equipped with Browning Invector Plus factory tubes. SPECTRUM MACH 1 CHOKE TUBE Competition Grade Tubes, Extra High Polish Interior Improves Pattern & Accuracy Minimum gap geometry and high resolution “RMS” interior finish gives less pellet deformation; consistently tighter patterns. Choke constriction is laser marked on color coded band, no need to remove tube to verify size. Long tube with hidden wrench slots extends beyond the length of the muzzle. Knurled grasping band speeds installation and removal. a b SPECS: 17-4 stainless steel. Polished bright finish. Extends beyond muzzle approximately .812" (20.6mm). Use with lead and bismuth shot. Steel shot can be used with constrictions of Modified and larger. Available to fit Browning Invector Plus and Beretta/Benelli. STOCK # STOCK # INVECTOR PLUS BERETTA/BENELLI GAUGE CHOKE #129-000-019AG #129-000-055AG 12 Skeet #129-000-020AG #129-000-056AG 12 Imp Cyl #129-000-021AG #129-000-057AG 12 Lt Mod #129-000-022AG #129-000-058AG 12 Mod #129-000-023AG #129-000-059AG 12 Imp Mod #129-000-024AG NA 12 Lt Full #129-000-025AG NA 12 Full #129-000-026AG NA 12 X-Full — Advise # — Spectrum Mach 1 Choke Tube, 9B42A80 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 53.51 PORTED TURKEY TUBE COLONIAL ARMS Tight Patterns, Reduced Recoil Super full constriction gives dense patterns for precise shot placement. Multiple ports reduce muzzle rise and recoil. Hardened stainless steel adds strength and wearability. Knurled for fast, easy removal. CAUTION: Turkey constrictions are FOR LEAD or Hevi-Shot ONLY! a b SPECS: 1704 stainless steel, hardened. Matte black finish. 23⁄8" (6cm) long. REM fits 12 ga. Remington .812-32 threads only. Inv. Plus fits Browning Invector Plus, WBMW fits Winchester, Browning Invector, Mossberg 500, Weatherby Beretta fits Beretta/Benelli, Moss. 835 fits Mossberg 835. STOCK # FITS CHOKE DIA. PRICE #155-000-035AG Rem. .665" 5E29X50 $ 44.99 #155-000-036AG Inv. Plus .665" 5E29X50 $ 44.99 #155-000-037AG WBMW .660" 5E29X50 $ 44.99 #155-000-038AG Beretta .665" 5E29X50 $ 44.99 #155-000-039AG Moss. 835 .675" 5E29X50 $ 44.99 EXTENDED TURKEY TUBES - 17-4, heattreated, stainless steel turkey tubes stand up to the heaviest loads and deliver tight, consistent patterns with less fliers. Knurled on the end for quick installation and removal. 12 gauge tubes extend approximately 1" from the end of the barrel, and 20 gauge tubes extend approximately ¾" from the end of the barrel. For use with lead, copperplated, nickel, Hevi-Shot, buffered lead, and bismuth shot. NOT FOR USE WITH STEEL SHOT. SPECS: 17-4, heat-treated stainless steel, matte blue. NOT FOR USE WITH STEEL SHOT. STOCK # FITS/GAUGE CONSTRICTION #155-000-076AG Win-Choke®2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=188http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=188COLONIAL ARMS PATTERNMASTER Slows The Wad For A Dense, Extra-Tight Shot Pattern DOUBLE GUN TUBE Steel Shot Tubes; Slim Profile Fits EAA Baikal Doubles & Over/Unders CHOKE TUBES POLY CHOKE POLY-CHOKE II Adjustable Shotgun Choke For Any Shooting Situation TRULOCK CHOKES TACTICAL CHOKE TUBE Delivers Excellent Performance From A Variety Of Law Enforcement Ammo Reduced diameter, extended knurled ring gives the necessary clearance to let you use two choke tubes in side-by-side and over/under guns. Extended tube places the choke restriction outside the barrel. Prevents steel shot battering from jamming tube into the barrel. Knurled ring for easy removal b without a wrench. Not for use with “F” or “T” size shot! a SPECS: Steel, blue finish. 23⁄8" (6cm) long. Tru-Tube fits EAA Baikal and other guns. 12 ga. only, .795"-44 tpi. #198-000-001AG 12 Ga. Imp Cyl Choke 8A19Y02 . . . $ 27.50 #198-000-002AG 12 Ga. Modified Choke 8A19Y02 . . . 27.50 #198-000-003AG 12 Ga. Full Choke 8A19Y02 . . . . . . . . 27.50 #198-000-004AG 12 Ga. X-Full Choke 8A19Y02 . . . . . . 27.50 ICOLONIAL ARMSI SCREW-IN CHOKE TUBE “Invisible” Replacement Tubes For Popular Screw-In Choke Systems Beautifully made tubes with an extremely smooth inside finish and an undercut, tube-tobarrel joint to minimize shot and wad fouling buildup. Both WinChoke® and Tru-Choke™ tubes are “invisible” style, no unsightly “knob” sticks out. And, they can't rust; they are stainless steel. Install/remove with a quarter. For use with lead shot only! a b SPECS: Approximately 11⁄2" (3.8cm) long. Stainless steel. Threads ® are as follows - Win-Choke 12 ga. are .812"-32 tpi, 20 ga. are .687"-32 tpi; Tru-Tube 12 ga. are .795"-44, 20 ga. are .675"-44; TruChoke™-style Thinwall are .774"-44. STK # WIN-CHOKE® GA. CHOKE PRICE #198-012-730AG 12 Skt-1 8A12B64 $ 20.95 #198-012-725AG 12 Imp Cyl 8A12B64 $ 20.95 #198-012-715AG 12 Mod 8A12B64 $ 20.95 #198-012-705AG 12 Full 8A12B64 $ 20.95 #198-012-700AG 12 X-Full 8A12B64 $ 20.95 #198-020-595AG 20 Mod 8A12X64 $ 20.95 #198-020-585AG 20 Full 8A12X64 $ 20.95 STK # TRU-TUBE STK # THINWALL GA. CHOKE #198-112-730AG #198-212-730AG 12 Skt-1 #198-112-725AG #198-212-725AG 12 Imp Cyl #198-112-715AG #198-212-715AG 12 Mod NA #198-212-710AG 12 Imp Mod #198-112-705AG #198-212-705AG 12 Full #198-112-700AG #198-212-700AG 12 X-Full #198-120-620AG NA 20 Imp Cyl #198-120-610AG NA 20 Mod #198-120-600AG NA 20 Full — Advise # — 12/20 Ga. Tru-Tube 8A13D08 . . . . . . .$ 21.50 — Advise # — 12 Ga. Thinwall 8A15P34 . . . . . . . . . . . . 23.75 CHOKE TUBES Five, internal studs slow the wad for a fraction of a second to allow the shot column to leave your 12-gauge in an extra-tight pattern. Ported end moves gases away to prevent pattern break-up. Delivers dense, full-choke shot patterns with #4 and larger, steel and tungsten waterfowl loads as well as lead buckshot. Produces short shot strings for increased knockdown power on larger game birds and varmints. Features the correct constriction to shoot hard steel and tungsten without risk of bore damage. Best results are achieved using shotshells with 1-piece, plastic, shot cups. a b SPECS: 17-4PH stainless steel, polished. 31⁄4" (8.3cm) long. 12 ga. only. Rem. - Fits Remington shotguns with Rem™ Choke systems. Benelli - Fits 3rd Generation (3G) Benelli choke systems. Browning - Fits Browning and Winchester Super X2 shotguns with Invector Plus choke systems. Mossberg 500 - .812"-32 tpi fits barrels originally equipped with Mossberg, Win-Choke®, and Browning Invector tubes. #100-001-202AG Rem. 12 Ga. Choke 6A75B71 . . . . . .$ 94.65 #100-001-203AG Benelli Plus 12 Ga. Choke, 6A75B71 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94.65 #100-002-064AG Browning 12 Ga. Choke, 6A75D71 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94.65 #100-002-614AG Mossberg 500 12 Ga. Choke, 6A75Z71 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94.65 Adjustable to nine constriction settings, these heavy-duty chokes allow you to select the proper2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=189http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=189CHOATE COMBAT BOLT HANDLE NORDIC COMPONENTS Extra Wide, Extra Long Handle Gives Positive Charging For Remington 1100 Increased size allows you to reach over the receiver and operate the bolt with your “off” hand without taking your finger out of shooting position. Provides extra leverage to help clear a jammed chamber. Reverse contour and open center design gives better b grip with gloved hands. Requires no alteration to gun. a SPECS: 4140 Steel, blued finish. Handle is 1.25" (3.1cm) high, 7⁄8" (22mm) wide. Fits Remington 1100, 11-87 only. #159-101-112AG Combat Bolt Handle 9E08Z00 . . . . $ 11.00 SHOTGUN SPEED BOLT HANDLE Oversized, With Fluted Surface For Fast Charging & Jam Clearance Easy to install, oversized charging handle helps you clear misfeeds and eject a chambered round quickly and efficiently. Machined steel construction, with a distinctive tubular shape, and deep, corkscrewpattern flutes give an excellent purchase and stylish look. No gunsmithing required. SPECS: Steel, matte black finish. Benelli/Beretta fits Benelli M1/ M2 and Beretta Extrema. Rem. fits Remington 1100 and 11-87 . Win./FN fits Winchester SX2, SX3, and FNH SLP . #100-005-452AG Speed Bolt Handle, Benelli/Beretta, 1B19U20. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 24.99 #100-005-453AG Speed Bolt Handle, Rem. 1100/11-87, 1B23U05. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29.95 #100-005-454AG Speed Bolt Handle, Win./FN, 1B23U05. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29.95 ELITE TACTICAL MOSSBERG 500/590/930/935 VANG COMP SYSTEMS REM 870/1100/11-87 TACTICAL SAFETY Oversized, Deeply Ridged For Fast, Reliable Operation Under Stress Machined aluminum, drop-in replacement for the factory plastic safety is stronger, wider, taller, and easier to activate under stress, with gloves or wet/ cold hands. Deep-stepped ridges on the top of the button ensure a secure purchase to operate the safety even if your whole thumb isn’t making contact. Large contact surface lets you operate the safety while keeping the trigger finger in the ready-to-fire position. Can be installed in the “wings up” position on guns with traditional stocks, or for shooters with large hands. Install with the “wings down” for shooters with small hands or on guns with pistol grip stocks. All installation hardware included. SPECS: Machined billet 7075 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. Steel wear plate and screw, black. 15⁄16" (3.3cm) .8mm) high at center. Fits Mossberg long, 7⁄8" (22mm) wide, 5⁄16" (7 500/590 pump-action and 930/935 semi-auto shotguns. #100-005-838AG Tactical Safety, 1C19A23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 24.99 BIG SPEED SAFETY Easy-To-Locate, Quick-To-Disengage Large, dome-shaped button is quick to locate. Just a quick push with the side of your trigger finger will disengage the safety. Round profile does not snag clothing or guncase liner. Drop-in installation, right-hand use only. b a SPECS: Steel, blue, polished finish. .960" (24.4mm) long. Head - .350" tall (8.9mm .433" (11mm) diameter. #100-000-569AG Big Speed Safety 6K08X57 . . . . . . . . $ 11.99 SHOTGUN DAVE’S METAL WORKS BENELLI/BERETTA VANG COMP SYSTEMS MOSSBERG 500/590 ACCESSORIES OVERSIZE SAFETY BUTTON - Easily disengages with firing hand trigger finger. Reversible for right- or left-hand use. Fits Benelli Super 90, 121M1 and Beretta 1200 shotguns, no modification to gun. SPECS: 4140 steel, black oxide finish. Head: .440" (11.1mm) diameter. .185" (4.7mm) high. #260-100-100AG Oversize Safety Button 6B21P33 . .$ 26.67 LARGE BOLT HANDLE - Quick-to-grasp for competition. Fits Benelli Super 90 and Beretta 1200 series, no alterations to gun. SPECS: 4140 steel, black oxide finish. Extends .900" (23mm). .68" (17 .4mm) diameter. #260-100-101AG Large Bolt Handle 6B21P33 . . . . . .$ 26.67 OVERSIZED SAFETY Provides Easier Safety Engagement Oversized, aluminum safety is larger than the factory part in every dimension to give your thumb more surface area for engagement. Tal2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=190http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=190RAM SUPERIOR FIREARM SOLUTIONS SAIGA 12 EXTENDED MAGAZINE RELEASE SHOTGUN For Fast Reloads In The Ready Position Ambidextrous, extended magazine release enables lightning-quick reloads without your shotgun ever leaving your shoulder. Press the release with your trigger finger while keeping your hand wrapped around the pistol grip, and change magazines with your opposite hand—all in one motion. Precision laser-cut from heavy-duty, 16 gauge sheet steel and powder coated for durability. Drop-in installation using the factory mag release pin and spring. Some guns may require minor fitting, following the included instructions. a b SPECS: Steel, powder coated, black finish. 13⁄8" (3.5cm) wide. Includes mounting hardware. #100-005-300AG Saiga 12 Extended Mag Release, 3Z25D71 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 29.99 SHOTGUN ANTI-WALK TRIGGER HOUSING PIN Prevents Pin & Housing Movement For Repeatable Trigger Performance Eliminates pin drift in the receiver holes so your trigger housing stays in the same place for every shot. Slotted, truss head screws at each end of pin keeps trigger housing properly aligned and free of wobble. Helps deliver reliable trigger performance in tactical and competition guns. Remington includes both front and rear, anti-walk trigger pins. SPECS: Steel, blued finish. Remington - Fits Remington 870/1100/11-87 . Mossberg - Fits Mossberg 500/590. Winchester - Fits Winchester 1200/1300/1400. Benelli - Fits Benelli Super 90, Winchester Super X and Browning Gold. #078-000-048AG Remington Anti-Walk Trigger Pins, 8G12A81 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 15.99 #078-000-049AG Mossberg Anti-Walk Trigger Pin, 8G05A61 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.99 #078-000-050AG Winchester Anti-Walk Trigger Pin, 8G05A61 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.99 #078-000-051AG Benelli Anti-Walk Trigger Pin, 8G05A61 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.99 #078-000-057AG Replacement Screws, pair, 8G01V02 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.25 Brownells WRIGHT’S WINCHESTER SUPER X1 TUNE UP KIT Brownells PUMP & SEMI-AUTO SHOTGUN FIELD REPAIR KIT Make Your Field Repairs With Genuine Factory Parts Don’t get caught short or let a broken shotgun ruin your hunt. Convenient, pre-packaged kits contain the parts most often required for emergency, field repairs. All parts are Remington, Mossberg and Winchester Factory, tagged with the Brownells stock number, and current factory parts number. a b SPECS: Kits contain one each of parts listed unless noted. REMINGTON 11-87 - Firing pin, firing pin spring, firing pin retaining pin, bolt buffer, right-hand extractor, extractor plunger, extractor spring, operating handle, barrel seal, front and rear trigger plate pins. Fits 12 ga. only. #080-938-000AG 11-87 Field Repair Kit 8K53V09 . . . $ 67.99 REMINGTON 1100 - Firing pin, firing pin spring, firing pin retaining pin, breech bolt buffer, bolt buffer, extractor, extractor plunger, extractor spring, barrel seal, front and rear trigger detent springs, operating handle. Fits 12 ga. only. #080-937-000AG 1100 Field Repair Kit 8K57V77. . . .$ 70.99 REMINGTON 1100/11-87 PISTON/SEAL FIELD SERVICE KIT Two barrel seals, one piston and one piston seal. Fits all 12 ga., plus large-frame 16/20 ga. guns with X or N in serial number. #080-936-000AG 1100/11-87 Piston Field Service Kit, 8K19V99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 24.99 REMINGTON 870 - Firing pin, firing pin spring, firing pin retaining pin, 12/16/20 gauge extractor, extractor plunger, extractor spring, magazine spring retainer (old style), magazine spring retainer (new style), front and rear trigger detent springs. #080-935-000AG 870 Field Repair Kit 8K48V02. . . . .$ 60.99 Gives New Life & Performance To Your X1 Semi-Auto Seven competition grade parts restore performance . a b SPECS: Fits Super X Model 1. Kit includes: stainless steel magazine tube, neoprene bolt buffer, extra 2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=191http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=191NU-LINE REMINGTON 1100/11-87 WILLIAMS GUN-SLICKER WINCHESTER 1897/12 GAS SYSTEM PARTS Restores Function & Reliability Don’t let rusted, broken or badly carboned-up gas pistons and seals keep your 1100 or 11-87 from working its best. Long-lasting, stainless steel and Teflon replacement for factory gas system parts. a b SPECS: Teflon barrel seal, stainless steel gas piston and piston seal. Kit contains piston, piston seal and barrel seal. #655-110-003AG 12 Ga. Gas Piston 5E07P90 . . . . . . . .$ 9.95 #655-110-002AG 12 Ga. Piston Seal 5E08P02 . . . . . . . . . 9.99 #655-110-000AG 12 Ga. Gas System Kit 5E15P99 . . . . 19.99 #655-110-001AG 12 Ga. Barrel Seal, 1-pak 5E02P00 . . . 2.50 #655-110-004AG 12 Ga. Barrel Seal, 10-pak 5E14P95 . 19.95 #655-110-005AG 12 Ga. Barrel Seal, 25-pak 5E32P00 . 40.00 #655-000-002AG 20 Ga. Barrel Seal, 4-pak 5E06T50 . . . 8.50 #655-110-007AG 20 Ga. Barrel Seal, 10-pak 5E15U00 . 19.95 FIRING PIN KIT Does Many Singles & Doubles Takes care of most single and double barrel firing pin replacements. a b SPECS: Kit contains 25 firing pins; 5 each of 5 styles, plus 5 rebound springs. STYLE FITS 1 Stev. 94B-C, 107B-C, 94BT, 107BT;Sav./Stev Sgls. 2 Obsolete Stevens Single Barrel 3 Iver Johnson Champion/Western Field Sgls. 4 Fox "B" Stevens 515, 315, 530, 530A, 311, 311A, 311T, 530A 5 H&R 48; Sears/Wards Singles made by H&R #962-500-000AG Firing Pin Kit 2F64T75. . . . . . . . . . $ 86.95 #962-500-001AG Style 1 Firing Pin, each 2F05T09 . . . . 7.25 #084-000-165AG Rebound Sprngs, 3-pak 4H08Y19 . . . 10.99 BARREL SHIMS Restores “Factory-Fit” For Takedown Models Tightens the loose barrel/barrel extension fit common to older Model 97s and Model 12s. Provides a stronger, more secure lockup on guns that are adjusted to nearly maximum. .005" brass shims conform to action irregularities to improve thread engagement. a b SPECS: Brass, .005" (.13mm) thick. Pack contains two shims. #100-000-629AG 12 Gauge Barrel Shims, 7K11Y96 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 14.95 Brownells SHOTGUN FOLLOWERS Tough, Durable Replacement For Factory Followers Lightweight aluminum or stainless steel followers for Remington, Mossberg, Benelli, and Browning shotguns. Tough construction holds up to years of competitive and law enforcement shooting and won't wear out after thousands of rounds, break under spring pressure, or degrade when cleaning solvents are used. Bright colors let you see immediately if the magazine is empty. Vented design reduces weight to allow for smooth feeding. Stainless steel (SS) followers are natural finish. Aluminum followers are available in red, orange, green and black, depending on model and gauge. a b SPECS: Aluminum or stainless steel. Benelli does not fit Nova or Super Nova, fits 12-gauge 3” Magnum guns. SHOTGUN SPEEDFEED REMINGTON 1100 FOREND WAVE WASHER Interchange New Model Forends Without Detent Ball Installation Stainless steel, hardened washer is specifically shaped to retain the late-model Remington forend wood using the old-model magazine tube nuts. Allows you to install new model wood onto the older shotguns without having to drill the forend and stake in a magazine tube nut retaining detent. Can also be used to help retain worn Remington 870 magazine b tube nuts. a SPECS: Stainless steel. Fits 12 gauge only. Sold in 3-Paks. #838-000-021AG Forend Wave Washer, 3-pak, 6K05A95 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 5.99 REMINGTON 1100/11-87 REMINGTON FOLLOWERS STK # 12 GA. #080-000-226AG #080-000-227AG 080-000-237AG #080-000-175AG #080-000-228AG STOCK # MOSS12 GA. 080-000-167AG #080-000-168AG 080-000-232AG #080-000-233AG STK # 20 GA. #080-000-229AG #080-000-166AG #080-000-238AG NA #080-000-230AG MATERIAL SS Alum Alum Alum Alum COLOR Natural Red Orange Green Black BARREL SEALS Improve Reliability & Function Remington factory gas system seals keep 1100s and 11-87s functioning their best. Available for 12 and 20 gauge models in a single pak and money-saving six and twelve paks. a 2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=192http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=192CLARK CUSTOM CHOATE MD ARMS SAIGA SHOTGUN SHOTGUN MAGAZINE BAND Supports Extended Magazines & Counter Weights SHOTGUN MAGAZINE EXTENSION Screw-On Tubes For Increased Capacity Gives you additional magazine capacity in only a minute. Quick and simple to install and remove. Threaded tube replaces magazine cap. Perfect for action shooting events or Law Enforcement. Sling Swivel Clamp (included on Remington and Benelli/ Beretta models only) secures extension to the barrel for extra support. Provides a convenient front mounting point for carry strap or sling. Sling Swivel Clamp also available separately. a b SPECS: Extension - Steel, blued or parkerized, matte finish. Models for 12 ga. and 20 ga. only. Includes extended spring, follower and swivel clamp. Sling Swivel Clamp - Blued or parkerized steel, front and rear 1" swivel rings with studs. Chart indicates number of ROUNDS (RDS) in addition to factory magazine capacity for each model. 20-RD DRUM MAGAZINE Ultimate High-Cap Magazine For Your 12 Gauge Saiga Shotgun High-capacity rotary drum magazine delivers 20 rounds to your Saiga 12 gauge shotgun’s chamber between reloads. Ideal for three-gun competition where fewer stops to reload means shorter times and better scores. Closedbody design keeps out dust and debris; clear front cover allows quick ammo status check. Made from lightweight yet nearly indestructible, glass-reinforced polymer composite. Removable cover allows easy disassembly for thorough cleaning and maintenance. a b SPECS: Molded polymer composite, black and clear. 7" (17 .8cm) diameter, 3" (7 .6cm) thick. 2 lbs. (907g) weight. Includes instructions. Fits Saiga 12 gauge shotguns only. For use with 2¾" low- and medium-brass ammunition. #100-004-895AG 20-Rd Drum Magazine, 4B110Z34 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 119.99 Model PRO MAG SAIGA-12 10-ROUND MAGAZINE Lightweight & Reliable-Feeding, Ideal For Competition Lightweight, molded polymer magazine has reinforced steel feed lips to ensure reliable delivery of all 10 rounds to the chamber of your 12 gauge Saiga shotgun. Ideal for the three-gun competition shooter, with deep, “waffle” texturing on the outside for a secure grasp during high-speed mag changes. Extra length ensures that even when fully loaded there’s extra compressibility to the round stack so the magazine can be inserted with the bolt closed. b a SPECS: Reinforced injection-molded polymer, black. 10-round capacity. Fits Saiga 12 gauge shotguns only. #687-000-029AG Saiga-12 Magazine 7H36Z55 . . . . . .$ 39.99 SHOTGUN Joins barrel and extended mag tubes to keep extra weight from pulling gas system out of alignment. b a SPECS: Steel, matte blued. Fits most single barrels. #181-380-001AG Magazine Band 1H37A24 . . . . . . . . .$ 45.99 Clamp MESA TACTICAL REMINGTON/BENELLI TACTICAL BARREL/ MAGAZINE CLAMP Secures Extended Mag Tube & Mounts Accessories Up Front Lightweight, aluminum clamp locks barrel and extended magazine tube together to form a rigid rocksolid assembly. Can be used as a tactical light mount: install a 1" diameter light in one side of the clamp and secure the other side to the barrel or magazine. Left- and right-side sling swivel sockets accept standard pushbutton swivels. Two steel Allen head screws pull the clamp halves together for a tight, non-slip hold. Also available with a 2" long, 4-slot, MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny rail that can be installed in the 3- or 9- o’clock position, for mounting additional accessories. Fits Remington 870, 1100, 11-87 and Benelli M1, M2, M4, M1014, 12 gauge shotguns. a b SPECS: 6061 T6 aluminum, mil-spec Type 3 hardcoat anodized, 7⁄ matte black. Clamp - 1½" (3.8cm) long, 1 16" (3.5cm) wide, 15⁄8" (4.1cm) high. Rail - 2" (5.1cm) long. Includes mounting hardware. Fits Remington 870/1100/11-87 and Benelli M1/M2/M4/M1014, 12 gauge only. #100-004-032AG Barrel/Mag Clamp, w/Rail, 5A64V86 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 79.99 100-005-447AG Barrel/Mag Clamp, Only 5A47U14 . . 54.99 12 GA. BLUE M2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=193http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=193SRM PERFORMANCE MAGAZINE TUBE EXTENSION KIT SHOTGUN MAGAZINE TUBE EXTENSION VANG COMP SYSTEMS Increased Round Capacity For Remington & Mossberg Shotguns Short, screw-on magazine extensions add one or two additional rounds to tactical and sporting shotguns without increasing overall gun length. Replaces factory magazine cap with no permanent modifications. Machined from solid steel bar stock for a much stronger system to resist dents. Included sling loop can be installed for left- or right-handed shooters. Smooth-feeding, unbreakable follower is molded in bright green for easy inspection upon loading/ unloading. Models available for Remington 870/1100/11-87 and Mossberg 590A1 shotguns. a b SPECS: Steel, black matte finish. Includes extension tube, follower, and extended magazine spring. Accepts 1¼” slings. 12 ga. only. 1-Shot – 2¼” (5.9cm) long. Models for Remington 870/1100/11-87 and Mossberg 590A1. 2-Shot – 63⁄16" (15.7) long. Fits Remington 870/1100/11-87 . #100-003-057AG 1-Shot Rem Magazine Tube Extension, 6K60V00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 75.00 #100-003-058AG 1-Shot Moss Mag Tube Ext 6K60V00 75.00 #100-003-056AG 2-Shot Rem Mag Tube Ext 6K60V00 75.00 WOLFF 100 STRAIGHT CHARLES DALY Quality Replacement Mainsprings For Charles Daly O/U Shotguns SHOTGUN SPRINGS Improves Function & Reliability High-tensile strength, precision-made, carbon steel springs from Wolff help you achieve reliable cycling and top performance from both hunting and competition shotguns. Replace weakened springs for better performance or use as part of a custom project for ultimate reliability. a b SPECS: High-tensile, heat-treated spring steel. Gunsmith fitting required for some springs as indicated. XP MAGAZINE TUBE SPRING – Provides 20% extra power (XP) over factory original magazine spring. Measures 40" long and will fit all 3- to 5-round factory magazine tubes. Multi-Gauge XP Spring Pak includes two, extra power magazine tube springs for each of the following: .410 bore, 28 ga., 20 ga., 16 ga., and 12 ga. 12 Ga. XP Spring Pak includes 10 extra power magazine springs for 12 gauge only. All springs may require gunsmith fitting. #969-000-151AG .410 XP Mag. Spring 9F03Y67 . . . . . .$ 5.49 #969-000-153AG 20 Ga. XP Mag. Spring 9F03Y67 . . . . . 5.49 #969-000-154AG 16 Ga. XP Mag. Spring 9F03Y67 . . . . . 5.49 #969-000-155AG 12 Ga. XP Mag. Spring 9F03Y67 . . . . . 5.49 #969-100-650AG Multi-Gauge XP Spring Pak, 9F16Z66 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24.99 #969-651-660AG 12 Ga. XP Spring Pak 9F19X00. . . . . 28.50 PRE-FIT XP MAGAZINE TUBE SPRING - Wolff’s exceptional quality, extra power shotgun magazine tube springs ready to drop-in to the models listed below – no gunsmithing required. Rem 870 is 10% extra power and fits 3- to 5-round 12 gauge magazine tubes; Benelli is 15% extra power and fits Super 90 shotguns with 3-round magazine tube only. #969-000-067AG Rem 870 XP Mag. Spring, each, 9F04C67 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 6.99 #969-000-068AG Rem 870 XP Mag. Spring, 5-pak, 9F20C00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29.99 #969-000-146AG Benelli Super 90 XP Mag. Spring, each, 9F05V67 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.49 BENELLI RECOIL SPRING - Use 25% extra power (XP) recoil spring for heavy loads; 25% reduced power (RP) for light, trap/ skeet loads to ensure maximum performance and service life from hunting and competition shotguns. Fits Super 90, Super Black Eagle, Montefeltro, and M1 models. #969-000-090AG Benelli XP Recoil Spring 9F08H66$ 12.99 #969-000-091AG Benelli RP Recoil Spring 9F08H66 . 12.99 XP SHOTGUN HAMMER SPRING - Extra power (XP) for faster, more positive ignition. Factory dimensions, no fitting required. Browning Gold fits 12 and 20 gauge. #969-000-161AG Brng Citori XP Hammer Spring, 9F07Y33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 10.99 #969-000-181AG Brng Gold XP Hammer Spring, 9F05T00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=194http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=194ADVANCED TECHNOLOGY COMMAND ARMS MOSSBERG 500/590 FALCON INDUSTRIES PHOENIX TECHNOLOGIES STANDARD FOREND SHOTGUN Shortened, Tactical Length To Prevent Catching & Jamming Minimum, necessary overall length will not overlap the receiver; eliminates the chance of a momentary jam caused by a sling, clothing or other material catching on the forend. Made from extra-strong, lightweight synthetic material with a textured finish for improved grip. Multi-fit design is configured to fit Remington 870, but includes front and rear adapters, and a forend nut wrench to fit a wide variety of other shotguns. a b SPECS: Forend- Synthetic, injection molded, black matte color. 6" (15 cm) long, 7 oz. (198g) wt. Fits 12 and 20 ga. Rem. 870, Mossberg 500/590/835, Win. 1200/1300, Norinco 98. Will not fit Maverick 88. #019-000-017AG Standard Forend, 9A16V79 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 20.99 TRIPLE RAIL FOREND Rigid, Lightweight Picatinny-Rail Platform For Tactical Accessories Direct, drop-in replacement for factory forend has plenty of Picatinnystyle rail space for mounting lights, lasers, and other tactical accessories. Features a fulllength, 6" bottom rail, and two detachable 2½" long side rails. Lightweight, rugged polymer construction with deep “V” grooves on the gripping surface that ensure you keep a secure purchase on the weapon for fast, reliable cycling. SPECS: High-density, reinforced polymer, black. Fits Mossberg 500/590 12 ga. #100-004-628AG Mossberg 500/590 Railed Forend, 6C44Y44 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 54.99 ERGO GRIP 3-RAIL SHOTGUN FOREND ® UNIVERSAL SHOTGUN FOREND Rugged One-Piece Forend For Tactical Upgrade Rugged, shock-proof polymer replacement for factory forend upgrades your Remington, Mossberg, or Winchester pump shotgun with a heavily textured tactical forend for home defense or competition. Deep grooves give a secure purchase for fast, positive racking and enhanced recoil control. Installation requires some disassembly of shotgun, including barrel, forend, and forend nut. a b SPECS: Injection-molded polymer, matte black. 6" (15.2cm) long, 17⁄8" (4.8cm) dia. 5.5 oz. (155g) wt. Fits Remington 870 - 12 gauge only; Mossberg 500/590/835 - 12/20 gauge; Winchester 1200/1300 - 12/20 gauge. Mounting hardware and instructions included. #100-005-359AG Universal Forend 3C12Y14 . . . . . . .$ 14.99 Easily Converts Shotgun For Tactical Applications & Accessories Ultra-strong, lightweight, slide assembly replaces your shotgun’s forend with three MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny rails positioned at 3, 6, and 9 o’clock for mounting tactical lights and other accessories. Nine, removable rubber rail covers let you expose the exact parts of the rail needed for accessory attachment, while covering the rest of the rails with a comfortable, no-slip gripping surface that protects your hand when shooting and cycling rounds. Models available for Remington 870 and Mossberg 500/590. a b SPECS: Extruded aluminum, matte black. Rubber rail covers, black. Rem 870 – 6¼” (15.9cm) long. Moss 500/590 - 7¾” (19.7cm) long. Fits guns with 6¾” long factory forend; will not fit guns with forend metal for 7¾” factory forend. #573-000-039AG Rem 870 Forend 3G55Z17 . . . . . . . .$ 74.99 #573-000-045AG Moss. 500/590 Forend, 3G55Z17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74.99 FAB DEFENSE REMINGTON 870 R & R TARGETS SAIGA SHOTGUN PICATINNY RAIL HANDGUARD Lightweight, One-Piece Construction With Plenty Of Rail Space Rigid, lightweight reinforced composite handguard directly replaces the Remington 870 factory forend to provide much needed rail space for tactical shotguns. Full length fixed rail on the bottom side accommodates a vertical grip. Compact side rails provide the right amount of space for lights, lasers and other small accessories, and are easily removed with an Allen wrench if not needed. Ribbed texture provides a non-slip surface during 3-gun competition or high-stress tactical maneuvers. Fits 12 gauge only. SP2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=195http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=195TACSTAR BILL DAVIS ENTERPRISES REM 870/1100/11-87 SHOTGUN TACTICAL GRIP Forend & Rear Pistol Grips For Popular Pumps Grip width, angle and backswell all combine to spread recoil over both hands. Finger grooves and the pebble texture give a positive grip. No alterations to the gun are required. Rear grip includes sling loop. Sold separately with all necessary mounting hardware and instructions. a b SPECS: Black, ABS polymer. Forend Grip - Approximately 61⁄4" (15.9cm) long, 55⁄8" (14.3cm) high. Rear (Pistol) Grip - Approximately 41⁄4" (10.8cm) long, 55⁄8" high. STOCK # FOREND STOCK # REAR FITS #867-100-870AG #867-101-870AG Remington 870 #867-100-500AG #867-101-500AG Mossberg 500 #867-100-120AG #867-101-120AG Winchester 1200/1300 — Advise # — Tactical Forend 7F21D98 . . . . . . . . . .$ 29.99 — Advise # — Tactical Rear Grip 7F21D98 . . . . . . . . . 29.99 ADJUSTABLE COMB STOCKS ADVANCED TECHNOLOGY Quickly Change Comb Height & Offset To Fit Any Type Of Shooting Or Shooter Drop-in replacement for factory stock lets you adjust the comb height and left/ right position to provide a solid cheekweld for different types of shooting or different shooters. Carbon Graphite Simply loosen two hex-head screws on the right side of the comb to change height; remove the comb and loosen STOCK # 870 #100-004-325AG #100-004-328AG #100-004-345AG Stock the two support posts to change left/right position. Made from lightweight, yet exceptionally strong, 30% fiberglass-reinforced molded polymer that resists impact, moisture, and surface abrasion. Available with a non-reflecting black finish or silver/black/ gray carbon graphite basket weave pattern. Molded-in pebble texturing at the pistol grip helps you maintain a secure hold, while a generous, 1" thick recoil-absorbing synthetic rubber buttpad protects the shoulder. Buttstock available alone or as part of a matching set that includes an ergonomically contoured forend with molded checkering. SPECS: Fiberglass-reinforced molded polymer, matte black or Carbon Graphite finish, both with black synthetic rubber recoil pad. Mounting hardware and instructions included. DESCRIPTION Stock Only, Black Stock Set, Black Stock Set, Carbon Graphite PRICE 5C142H79 $ 199.99 5C157H08 $ 219.99 5C171D36 $ 219.95 ADJUSTABLE SHOTGUN STOCK Improves Control & Handling Of Pump Shotguns Rugged molded polymer stock combines the look of a traditional shotgun stock with adjustability and comfort features that help improve control and speed to target. Comes with mounting hardware to fit popular Remington, Mossberg, and Winchester pump guns. Buttstock offers four quick-adjust length-of-pull settings and a height-adjustable neoprene rubber cheekrest for a secure cheek-weld customized to the shooter. Ventilated rubber buttpad helps reduce felt recoil and keeps the stock positioned in the shoulder pocket. Deeply checkered pistol grip has an ergonomically shaped palm swell to ensure an ultra-secure grasp. Pebble-grain texture on the forend aids secure handling in all weather conditions. Easily installs in minutes, for a professional-looking, smooth fit, with no modifications to firearm. a b SPECS: Reinforced molded polymer, matte black. Buttstock - 11" (28cm) collapsed length, 12¾" (32.4cm) fully extended length. Forend – 8¼" (21cm) long. Fits 12- and 20-gauge Remington 870, Mossberg 500/590, Maverick 88, and Winchester 1200/1300. Includes mounting hardware and instructions. #019-000-030AG Adjustable Stock/Forend Kit, 9A122B48 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 159.99 #019-000-031AG Adjustable Stock, Only 9A99B22. . . 129.99 #019-000-032AG Forend, Only 9A30B40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39.99 SHOTGUN STOCK # 1100 #100-004-326AG #100-004-329AG #100-004-346AG STOCK # 11-87 #100-004-327AG #100-004-330AG #100-004-347AG TACTICAL SHOTGUN SYSTEM Improves Control & Handling Convenience ADVANCED TECHNOLOGY PUMP SHOTGUN TACTICAL CAR-15 SHELLHOLDER - Elastomeric polymer shellholder keeps extra ammo within easy reach for rapid reloads. 2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=196http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=196BLACKHAWK INDUSTRIES CAVALRY ARMS SHOTGUN CHOATE REM 870 / MOSSBERG 500 & 600 CHOATE REMINGTON 870 SPECOPS RECOIL REDUCING ADJUSTABLE STOCK ™ AR-15 STOCK CONVERSION SHOTGUN FOLDING STOCKS Top & Side Fold Models Adapt To Your Tactical Application MK5 ORANGE PISTOL GRIP STOCK SET Quick Identification; High Strength With Adjustable Length Of Pull For A Custom Fit “Less than Lethal” fluorescent orange coloring allows quick and easy identification during training or tactical operations. High strength, fiberglass filled plastic stock stands up to the roughest handling without denting or chipping. Two, half-inch thick spacers let you choose from a 13", 13½", or 14" length-ofpull. Recessed pistol grip provides increased control to make follow-up shots faster and more accurate. Features a swivel stud and a hard rubber, vented, recoil pad. Forend tapers slightly for a natural hold and is grooved for a positive grip. Fits 12 gauge Rem. 870 shotguns. a b SPECS: Fiberglass, Less than Lethal Orange. Pistol Grip - Approximately 1¼ (3.2cm) wide, extends 3½” (9cm). Stock - 20 oz. (567 g) weight; 14” (36cm) length-of-pull, adjustable to 13” (33cm) and 13½” (34.3cm). Forend - 6¼” (15.8cm) long, 1¾” (4.4cm) diameter, 4 oz. (113 g) wt. #159-000-030AG Rem 870 Stock Set 9E74U95 . . . . . .$ 94.95 SHOTGUN Heavy Duty Recoil Reduction System For Improved Control & Fast Follow-Up Shots Recoil-reducing, collapsible pistol grip stock improves control and maneuverability for faster target acquisition and more accurate follow-up shots—perfect for tactical use. Unique, dual spring-loaded recoil-reduction system minimizes felt recoil and prevents muzzle rise, allowing you to stay on target after every shot, even when shooting magnum loads. Fiveposition buttstock allows length of pull adjustment from 11¼" to 15¼" to fit most shooters in a variety of shooting situations. Comfortable pistol grip helps maintain control and enhances pointability. Allows continued use of factory front bead; includes both sling swivel stud and slot for mounting the sling system of your choice. Models available for 12/20 gauge Mossberg 500, 12 gauge Remington 870, and a separate model for Remington 870 20 gauge and 740/750/760/7400/7600/7615 rifles. Includes 11/8" soft rubber recoil pad to further improve comfort and recoil protection. Rem 870 NRS model gives your 12 gauge Remington 870 the pistol grip and adjustable buttstock without the recoilreduction system. Includes a 5/8" rubber recoil pad. a b SPECS: Molded polymer, black. Installation instructions included. 31 oz. (879g) wt. Moss 500 fits 12 and 20 gauge Mossberg 500. Rem 870/12 fits 12 gauge Remington 870. Rem 870/20 fits 20 gauge Rem 870 plus 740, 750, 760, 7400, 7600, and 7615 rifles. Rem 870 NRS fits Remington 870, 12 gauge only. 25 oz. (709g) wt. #100-002-438AG Rem 870/12 Stock 8K107B13 . . . . .$ 134.99 #100-003-244AG Rem 870/20 Stock 8K107T13 . . . . . . 134.99 #100-003-243AG Rem 870 NRS Stock 8K52T62 . . . . . . 69.99 #100-002-439AG Moss 500 Stock 8K107B19 . . . . . . . . 134.99 POWERPAK ACCESSORY SYSTEM Enhance the tactical effectiveness of shotguns fitted with the SpecOps stock. Includes raised cheekpieces for better cheekweld and improved stability. Use low cheekpiece on guns with standard bead, rifle or ghost ring sights, high cheekpiece for use with optical, holographic, or raised ghost ring sights. Shell holder and spare battery storage compartment mount to either side of the cheekpiece through pre-drilled holes with eight included screws. Shell holder keeps five extra rounds. PowerPak assembly snaps firmly in place on SpecOps stock. SPECS: Injection-molded, high-impact polymer resin, matte black. Kit contains high and low cheek pieces, shotshell holder, battery storage compartment, (12) assembly screws, and Allen wrench. Includes instructions. #100-002-810AG PowerPak System 8K40T58 . . . . . .$ 49.99 Side fold Gives A Tactical Shotgun The Handling Qualities Of An AR-15 Machined aluminum stock adapter with Picat2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=197http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=197COMMAND ARMS REMINGTON 870 HOGUE MESA TACTICAL REMINGTON 870 Pattern REMINGTON 870/11-87 PISTOL GRIP SYSTEM Integral Picatinny Rail Expands Sighting Options Pistol grip with integral MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny rail lets you install red dot sights, ghost-rings, and other optics on your tactical shotgun. Heavy duty, 12-slot rail with radiused underside is contoured to fit the full-length of the receiver and holds tight with the included steel buttstock bolt, even during heavy recoil. Open center design allows the use of iron sights, however optics may have to be removed. Ergonomic pistol grip with pebble-textured, hard rubber palm swells and finger grooves reduce shock, enhance trigger control, and improve weapon handling during sustained fire. Interchangeable grip panel system includes three different size palm swells and two different size finger groove panels to help ensure a perfect fit with any size hand. Positivelocking trapdoor in the bottom opens to reveal a roomy internal storage compartment large enough for two AA or CR123 batteries, spare ammo, cleaning supplies, or small parts. Includes two receptacles for push-button type sling swivels. Molded from rigid, nearly indestructible reinforced polymer composite. Accepts both Weaver and Picatinny rings. Pistol Grip model features only the integral grip and rail system to configure the ultimate, close quarters tactical shotgun. Pistol Grip w/ExtensionTube includes pistol grip with integral rail, plus a 1.17" diameter extension tube that accepts any commercial size M4-style collapsible buttstock. Aluminum extension tube bolts to rear of pistol grip with included hardware and requires no permanent alterations to your gun. Will not fit Mil-Spec size buttstocks. Pistol Grip w/Buttstock model includes pistol grip with rail and bolt-on replacement stock that gives your Remington 870 the control and adaptability of a collapsible M4 carbine stock. Telescoping, six position polymer buttstock allows instant length-of-pull adjustment to adapt to body armor and heavy tactical clothing. Includes secure storage for up to four, CR123, 3-volt batteries in the snap-latch side compartment. Storage lid is interchangeable for either right- or left-side carry. Made from fiber-filled plastic composite with rubber buttpad that features a negative angle for fast shouldering. Combat proven design includes an easyto-operate release lever, lower sling swivel, and dual position receptacles for push-button type sling swivels. SPECS: Fits Remington 870, 12 gauge only. Pistol Grip – Molded polymer, hard rubber inserts, matte black. Extension Tube – Aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. 1.17” (2.98cm) O.D. Fits commercial diameter M-4 style buttstock. Buttstock – Molded polymer, matte black; adjusts 11” to 14¼” L.O.P . #100-004-254AG Pistol Grip 6C61P64 . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 89.99 #100-004-255AG Pistol Grip w/Extension Tube, 6C86P77 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129.99 #100-004-256AG Pistol Grip w/Buttstock 6C133P34 199.99 OVERMOLDED SHOTGUN STOCKS Durable Stock With Outstanding Grip Characteristics Fiberglass-reinforced, polymer stock and forend provide added durability and are overmolded with rubber for a sure grip. Rubber is pebble-textured in the gripping areas. Includes recoilcushioning buttpad and sling swivel stud. Available in factory length-of-pull or in ShortShot that has 12" length-of-pull for use with body armor or for smaller shooters. Sets includes stock and forend. Sets and individual components fit 12 gauge only. SPECS: Polymer w/overmolded rubber, black. Stock sets and components fit 12 gauge only. ShortShot stocks have a 12" L.O.P . Mossberg Forend Adapter Nut required for Mossberg 500/835 with 63⁄4" forend tubes. #408-000-044AG Rem. 870 Stock Set 8K49T42 . . . . . .$ 75.99 #408-000-059AG Moss. 500 Stock Set 8K48P84 . . . . . . 75.99 #408-000-060AG Win. 1300 Stock Set 8K48P84 . . . . . . 75.99 #408-000-055AG Rem. 870 ShortShot Stock Set, 8K55T82 . . . . . . . . .2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=198http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=198SPEEDFEED SYNTHETIC SHOTGUN STOCK Sport Forend SPEEDFEED SPEEDFEED REMINGTON 870 Items PISTOL GRIP SHOTGUN STOCK INTERNATIONAL ORANGE STOCK Quick Identification For Safety & Training Highly visible International orange designates training guns for law enforcement; adds visibility for hunters. Full dimensioned, includes hard rubber recoil pad. Tenite® and fiberglass stock/forend set duplicates weight and balance of factory wood stock. Resists chips, dents and dings, won’t shrink or warp due to weather. Pebble-grained wrist and short, deeply grooved forend for non-slip grip. Available as unmarked Orange or with Less Lethal marked on each side of buttstock. a b SPECS: Tenite, fiberglass composite, international orange. Duplicate factory length of pull. 1.6 lb. (720 g) wt. Fits 12 ga. only. #838-000-007AG Orange Remington 870 Stock, 6K76Z79 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 110.42 #838-000-008AG Less Lethal Orange Rem. 870 Stock, 6K78Z87 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110.99 TAPCO REM 870/MOSSBERG 500/535/590 INTRAFUSE STOCK SET Bolt-on replacement stock and SAWstyle pistol grip give your shotgun the feel and control of an M4 carbine. Six position, adjustable buttstock For Optimum allows instant lengthFlexibility & Control of-pull changes for a comfortable fit with body armor or heavy tactical clothing. Pistol grip has deep, molded-in horizontal ribbing for a non-slip grasp to help control recoil. Includes an internal storage compartment for batteries or other small items; easy-to-grasp spring latch provides quick access. Optional loop for an HK-style sling clip can be mounted on either side of the receiver adapter. Also includes a rubber recoil pad to help reduce felt recoil, and a toe-mounted sling swivel that pivots for either right- or left-side carry. All mounting hardware and instructions included; requires no permanent alterations to your gun. SPECS: Molded composite polymer, matte black, with rubber buttpad. Buttstock - 10½" (26.7cm) OAL collapsed, 14½" (36.8cm) OAL fully extended; buttpad adds ½" to both lengths. Models for 12/20 gauge Remington 870 and Mossberg 500/535/590 shotguns. #100-004-298AG Intrafuse Stock Set, Rem, 5A57V74 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 59.99 #100-004-299AG Intrafuse Stock Set, Moss, 5A57V74 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59.99 TGA-12 PISTOL GRIP – The bolt-on SAW-style pistol grip from the Intrafuse Stock Set, with a low-profile receiver adapter that eliminates the buttstock to give your shotgun the maneuverability and control of a compact tactical weapon for home defense, patrol, or close quarters tactical operations. Makes gun easier to carry in patrol car racks. Rear of the adapter has a loop for an HK-style single-point, clipon sling. All mounting hardware and instructions included; requires no permanent alterations to your gun. SPECS: Molded composite polymer, matte black. 4¾ (12cm) long, 13⁄8" (3.2cm) wide, 6¼" (15.9cm) high. Models available to fit Remington 870/Ultra 87 in 12 gauge only or Mossberg 500/535/590 shotguns in .410 bore, 12 and 20 gauge. 100-006-074AG TGA-12 Pistol Grip, Rem, 5A19Z24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 20.99 100-006-073AG TGA-12 Pistol Grip, Moss 5A19Z24. . 20.99 SHOTGUN 870-L Forend LE Forend Unbreakable, Weather-Proof Replacement Stocks Match Factory Dimensions Synthetic stocks made from thermo-set plastic give long lasting durability and strength. Resin impregnated material, bonded to long-structured fiberglass strands make these stocks lightweight but completely stable, even in extreme hot or cold weather. They can’t warp, crack, or check and ruin your hunt. Extra-thick, open cushion, field-style pad helps soak up recoil. Includes checkered, sport forend. a b SPECS: Resin/fiberglass impegnated molded polymer, black. Factory L.O.P . and dimensions. Drilled for rear swivel stud. 1 lb. 8 oz. (640 g) wt. *Note: 20 ga. guns with serial numbers ending in “K” or “U” are sm2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=199http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=199CALIFORNIA COMP WORKS ARREDONDO MESA TACTICAL TACSTAR 12 GAUGE SPEED STRIPPER Holds Spare Ammo For Fumble-Free Reloads Provides controlled carry of four or six, 3", 12 gauge shells for fast, fumble-free reloads. Clips to belt, allows spare rounds to be grasped without fumbling or dropping; reduces reload times. Spacers adapt for shorter rounds. SPECS: Plastic, black. Stainless steel belt clip. 51⁄2" (14cm) long, 25⁄8" (6.6cm) wide. Fits belts up to 21⁄4" (5.7cm). #151-120-012AG 12 Gauge Speed Stripper, 6-Round, 1E19X86 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 24.99 #151-000-030AG 12 Gauge Stripper, 4-Round, 1E20B55 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.99 SPEED LOADER GUIDE ROD Prevents Speed Loader Binding Guide rod works with Armstec Shotgun Speed Loader (#100001-125) to prevent the feed push Speed Loader Not Included handle from binding or going off-center. Super-tough plastic rod attaches quickly to the push handle and keeps push handle from riding up when loading. a b SPECS: ABS plastic, red. Works only with Armstec Shotgun Speed Loader. #069-000-014AG Speed Loader Guide Rod 9F02T88 .$ 3.60 RECEIVER MOUNT SHOTSHELL HOLDER Puts Extra Shotshells Right Where You Need Them For Fast Loading SIDE SADDLE SHELL HOLDER Rem/Moss Sidemount Mounts To Receiver; Holds Extra Rounds For Quick Reloads Lightweight, molded-nylon shell carrier puts additional fire power quickly within your reach. Aluminum mounting plate attaches to the side of the receiver using the existing pin/screw holes—no permanent alterations or gunsmithing required. Four- and six-round models available for a variety of popular law enforcement shotguns. Rem. 870/1100/11-87 ESN has a convenient window in the mounting plate that leaves the weapon’s serial number exposed for viewing with the shell holder installed. Designed for armorers and law enforcement agencies who track their firearms by serial number for inventory, maintenance, and record keeping. a b SPECS: Shell Holder - nylon plastic, black. Mounting Plate - aluminum, black, matte. 63⁄4" (17cm) long, 5.3 oz. (152 g) wt. (6-round). Includes mounting screws, pins and instructions. Field-grade forends that extend onto the sides of the receiver must be modified or replaced to provide adequate clearance for 6-shot shell holders. STOCK # FITS/RNDS GA. PRICE #867-105-870AG Rem. 870/1100/11-87/6 12 7F24Z37 $ 35.99 #867-105-874AG Rem. 870/1100/11-87/4 12 7F22Z66 $ 33.99 #867-000-018AG Rem. 870/1100/ 11-87 ESN/4 12 7F22D66 $ 33.99 #867-000-005AG Rem. 870/1100/1187/4 20 7F22H66 $ 33.99 #867-105-120AG Win. 1200/1300/6 12 7F24Z37 $ 35.99 #867-105-500AG Mossberg 500/6 12 7F24Z37 $ 35.99 #867-105-504AG Mossberg 500/4 12 7F22Z66 $ 33.99 #867-000-017AG Benelli M4/6 12 7F24D37 $ 35.99 #867-000-004AG Benelli Nova/4 12 7F22H66 $ 34.99 #867-105-090AG Benelli Super 90/6 12 7F24Z37 $ 35.99 SHOTGUN ARMSTEC, INC. SHOTGUN SPEED LOADER Capable Of Loading Four, 12-Gauge Rounds In Under Two Seconds DOUBLE SHOTSHELL HOLDER SAFARILAND Puts Two Rounds In Easy Reach Lightweight, polymer shell holder provides instant access to two spare 12 gauge shotshells for rapid reloads during competition or tactical operations. Compact, low-cut profile allows an easy grasp of exposed shells for quick removal without hang-ups. Features a one-piece, wrap around belt clip with extra-long bottom hook for worry-free retention. Molded polymer construction. Fits belts up to 2¼" (5.7cm) wide. SPECS: Molded polymer, black. 17⁄8” (4.7cm) long, 1¾” (4.4cm) wide, 2½” (6.3cm) high. Fits belts up to 2¼” (5.7cm) wide. 12 gauge only. #797-000-127AG Dbl ShotShell Holder 7G05V86 . . . .$ 8.50 Rigid, nylon-polymer, speed-loading unit drops onto your shotgun with no gunsmithing. Bracket mounts to the underside of the trigger housing; nylon pouch attaches to your belt and holds the loading tubes for easy access. Each tube holds up to four rounds. For 12 gauge only. SPECS: Includes (2) nylon-polymer tubes, (2) nylon-polymer handles, (1) nylon pouch; bla2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=200http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=200SCATTERGUN TECHNOLOGIES BALLISTIC SPECIALTIES BERETTA 391 GRACO SIDE-SADDLE SHELL HOLDER SHOTGUN Attaches To Receiver; Puts 6 Additional Shells Right At Your Fingertips Puts 6 additional shots right next to your hand for faster reloads. Balances the extra weight between your hands for no change in shouldering and aim. Attaches easily to Remington 870, 11-87 and 1100, 12 ga. receivers with threaded trigger-plate pins. a b SPECS: Aluminum side plate, black anodized. Nylon-plastic shell holder, black. 63⁄4" (17cm) long, 5.3 oz. (152 g) wt. Includes screws, washers and Allen wrench. Extended forearms will require modification. #800-303-780AG Side Saddle Shell Holder, 8Z29A43 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 31.99 MAGAZINE TUBE END CAPS Easy, Fast Solutions For Improved Gun Handling Or Easier Maintenance KINETIC WEIGHTED END CAP Weighted replacement for factory magazine tube cap adds weight to your Beretta 391 shotgun where it’s needed—up front—to reduce muzzle jump and dampen felt recoil for speedy recovery and fast follow-up shots. Also improves gun swing for smoother target acquisition, while adding less than 7 ounces to the total weight of your gun. Mounting position ensures no obstruction of shooter’s field of vision, and requires no permanent alterations to gun. If needed, simply unscrew the Kinetic Weighted End Cap and put the factory cap back on. Machined from solid aluminum bar stock, steel weight installed inside, and anodized with a durable gloss black finish that matches your gun’s bluing. SPECS: Aluminum, anodized, gloss black. Fits 12 and 20 gauge Beretta 391 shotgun. 6” (15.2cm) long. 6.7 oz. (186g) weight. #100-003-698AG Beretta 391 Kinetic End Cap, 8K79U95. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 99.95 STANDARD WEIGHT END CAP - Standardweight replacement for factory end cap is made from noncorrosive materials to ensure easy removal for maintenance and cleaning. Threaded sleeve is precision machined from solid stainless steel bar stock to prevent seizing of cap on magazine tube. Stylish external cap body of machined aluminum billet is fluted to ensure secure purchase when removing or tightening cap. Durable, gloss-black anodized finish matches gun’s bluing. SPECS: Stainless steel and aluminum, gloss black. Fits 12 and 20 gauge Beretta 391 shotgun. 2 oz. (56g) weight. #100-003-682AG Beretta 391 Magazine Tube End Cap, 8K54P95 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 64.95 ALL GAUGE COUNTERWEIGHT Universal Set Fits Over/Unders & Singles Interchangeable weights can be positioned anywhere along the barrel, varying the balance to suit the shooter. Set includes barrel clamp, 4, 6 and 8 oz. weights and adapters for attaching to 12, 20, 16, and .410 barrels. a b SPECS: Aluminum clamp 2.25" (5.7cm) long. Weights: 4 oz. (113 g), 2.7" (6.8cm). 6 oz. (170 g), 3" (7 .6cm). 8 oz. (226 g), 4.1" (10.45cm) long. .75" (5.7cm) diameter. #352-088-000AG Counterweight Set 2E44Y25 . . . . . .$ 66.99 Brownells SHOTGUN DUMP POUCH For Fast, Easy Reloading During Competition Heavy duty, 1000 denier Cordura® nylon pouch hangs at thigh level for quick, easy access to your shells when shooting trap, skeet, and clays. Durable, double-stitched partition divides the pouch into two separate compartments, one to hold a box of shells for 25-round competition, the other to store empties. Side mounted pocket is ideal for storing your shooting glasses, extra choke tubes or other gear and includes an overlapping cover with hook-and-loop latch for a tight seal that won’t open unexpectedly. Conveniently located elastic shell holder stores up to three extra shells for quick access. Brass coated “D” ring allows attachment of additional accessories like ear muffs or range cloth. Adjustable belt provides a custom fit to any size shooter. a b SPECS: Pouch - 1000 denier Cordura nylon, brown or hunter green. 7” (17 .8cm) long, 5” (12.7cm) wide, 8” (20cm) high. Pocket - 4¼” (10.8cm) long, 1” (2.5cm) wide, 7” (17 .8cm) deep. 20 oz2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=201http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=201Brownells Converts Field Gun To A High-Capacity Tactical Shotgun REMINGTON 870 TACTICAL CONVERSION KIT ELITE TACTICAL ADVANTAGE GG&G Rem. RH Rear SHOTGUN RAIL SYSTEMS SHOTGUN SLING MOUNT Moss. Front Rem. Ambi Rear MIDWEST INDUSTRIES SHOTGUN ENDPLATE SLING ADAPTERS Tough, No Hassle Mounting System For Shotgun Slings SHOTGUN Easy-to-install kit lets you convert a sporting Remington 870 shotgun Deluxe Kit Shown to tactical/home-defense configuration with collapsible buttstock and extended magazine capacity. Drop-in replacement stock uses a spring-loaded recoilabsorption system to reduce felt recoil and muzzle rise. Ergonomic pistol grip with deep grasping grooves helps improve control and maneuverability for fast target acquisition and accurate follow-up shots. Five preset locking positions allow length-of-pull adjustment from 11¼" to 15¼". Includes 5/8" rubber recoil pad to further improve comfort and recoil protection. Machined steel magazine extender increases capacity by two rounds without gunsmithing or permanent alterations to magazine tube. Knurled collar replaces factory mag tube cap, and a stationary loop on the left side for direct attachment of 1¼" wide tactical sling. Standard kit includes the above components. Deluxe Kit adds XS ghost ring sight set to aid in fast, precise targeting while preserving the ability to engage multiple targets quickly. Front sight features green, tritium dot surrounded by a thin, white ring for fast target acquisition in low light conditions. Barrel band mounting system keeps sight securely in place, even under heavy recoil. Rear sight is fully adjustable for windage and elevation, with interchangeable large and small aperture rings; base is contoured for exact fit on receiver (drilling and tapping required). All-steel construction and thick protective side wings on both sights guard against damage from impact. SPECS: Buttstock – Molded polymer & aluminum, matte black. Magazine Extender – Steel, Parkerized, matte dark gray. Includes extended-length magazine spring and high-visibility, nylon follower. Sight Set – Steel, matte black finish. Fits Remington 870 with .860”-.885” (21.8-22.5mm) muzzle diameter. Rear sight installation requires drilling and tapping. #080-000-567AG Standard Tactical Conversion Kit, 8K144A95 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 179.95 #080-000-568AG Deluxe Tactical Conversion Kit, 8K249A95 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289.95 For The Ultimate In Tactical Accessory Mounting Versatility One-piece aluminum chassis turns your shotgun into an advanced tactical weapon platform. Built-in Picatinny/STANAG rail system provides with a huge amount of real estate for mounting accessories, including optics, bipods, lights, lasers, vertical grips, even tear gas and other less-lethal launchers. Low-profile top rail has plenty of room for back-up iron sights co-witnessed with primary optic, or for an optic/magnifier combo. Machined from high-grade billet aluminum, with weight-reducing cuts between the rails that also enhance barrel cooling, without sacrificing strength and rigidity. Designed to distribute weight evenly, so it causes minimal alteration to the natural balance and pointability of your shotgun. No gunsmithing and no permanent alterations to shotgun required. Bolts to the receiver with replacement action pins, and clamps around the barrel/magazine tube up front (extended magazine tube required, available separately) for a rock-solid installation. a b RHINO RAIL - Fits Remington 870/887 pumps and 1100/1187 semi-autos, with an open bottom design that allows plenty of clearance for cycling pump actions. Provides a total of 36" of rail space, including side and bottom rails up front. SPECS: Machined 6061 T6 aluminum, mil-spec hardcoat anodized finish, matte black. 24" (60.9cm) OAL. Rail lengths:Top - 21" (53.3cm); Sides/Bottom – 5¼" long (13.3cm). 1 lb. 8 oz. (680g) weight. Fits Remington 870, 887 , 1100, and 11-87 shotguns. Mounting hardware inc2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=202http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=202PISTOL INDEX Barrels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .201-202 Frames/Slides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 PISTOL Grips & Screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214-215 Guide Rods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203-204 Ignition Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204-205 Mag & Slide Releases . . . . . . . . . 205-206 CCF RACEFRAMES CASPIAN ® Magazines & Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . 206-209 Magwells . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 Safeties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .202-203 Springs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209-211 Triggers & Components . . . . . . . 212-214 50 GI ® GUNCRAFTER INDUSTRIES CONVERSION SYSTEM for GLOCK® VOLQUARTSEN RUGER® MARK II/III™ PICATINNY MATCH BARRELED RECEIVER Match Grade Accuracy; Integral Scope/ Accessory Mounts Complete barreled receiver has MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny rails on the top and bottom to provide plenty of room for mounting almost any combination of scope, red dot optic, laser sight, tactical light, or other target accessories. Installs without permanent modification on any Mark II, Mark III, or 22/45™. The tensioned, stainless steel, 5½" barrel has a taperhoned match chamber and bore for superb accuracy and performance. Receiver and barrel shroud are CNC machined from billet aluminum for exceptional rigidity and strength without piling on weight. Includes precision machined steel Volquartsen TL target sights with repeatable click adjustments for windage and elevation. Standard model’s match-grade bull barrel offers greater stiffness and less vibration than the factory barrel. Deluxe model’s match-grade barrel has a slightly shorter rifled portion to make room for the integral, two-port compensator that minimizes muzzle jump and keeps the shooter on target for quick, precise follow-up shots. SPECS: Receiver - Aluminum, black, matte finish 97⁄16" (23.9cm) OAL. Barrel - Stainless steel, 5½" (13.9cm) long. Steel sights with .110" (2.8mm) wide rear notch. 25 oz. (709g) total weight. Fits Ruger Mark II, Mark III, and 22/45. FFL required for purchase. #930-000-058AG Std Match Barreled Receiver, 3F00TPU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 419.99 #930-000-057AG Deluxe Match Barreled Receiver, 3F00DZA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 474.99 Steps Up Large-Frame Glock Pistol To Powerful .50 Caliber Cartridge Drop-in conversion system replaces the top end of your Glock 20/21 pistol and converts it to fire the hard-hitting, yet controllable, 50 GI cartridge. Developed by Guncrafter, the 50 GI’s head is the same diameter as a .45 ACP, so the rest of your pistol remains stock, allowing easy conversion back to the original caliber. 50 GI ammo can be loaded to drive a 185 grain bullet at 1,200fps, with a felt recoil similar to 230 grain .45 ACP ball ammo. Delivers greater knock-down power, while remaining controllable during rapid fire. Conversion unit comes fully assembled with 4½" stainless steel barrel, firing pin, and guide rod with captive recoil spring. Slide and barrel are precision machined from stainless steel forgings to the same exacting tolerances as the original factory components. Non-reflective, matte finish is durable and good-looking. Black polymer fixed sights with easy to acquire white dot on front sight and U-shaped white outline around rear sight notch. The SF-style magazine uses a modified .45 ACP follower and has an extended base pad that allows it to hold 9 rounds; convenient witness holes at the rear. Fits standard mag pouches for .45 caliber Glock mags. Cut for SF-style magazine catch. Additional magazines available separately. a b SPECS: Slide/Barrel Assembly - Stainless steel, matte finish. Magazine – Stainless steel liner, black polymer shell, base pad, and follower. 9-round capacity. May require some fitting of conversion unit’s locking lug and/or pistol’s locking block. Fits Glock 20/21 pistols only. #100-003-756AG 50 GI Conversion System for Glock, 9A00PUA . . . . . . . . . . .2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=203http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=203Inserts PEARCE GRIP ® GRIP FRAME INSERT for GLOCK Fills The Opening In Glock Frames For Smoother Reloading SPRINGER PRECISION SPRINGFIELD XDM HIGH STANDARD KKM COMPENSATOR Reduces Felt Recoil & Muzzle Flip For Fast Followup Shots Single-chamber compensator with three ports tames muzzle flip and reduces felt recoil for superb control, fast follow-up shots, and highly consistent groups. Designed for an XDM pistol with an aftermarket barrel chambered in 9mm and a threaded muzzle. Machined from 7075 aluminum billet, with smooth, “melted” contours that wont snag on holster and blend with the slide and frame. Class III hard-anodized for extra strength to resist blast erosion, and PTFE coated to resist surface wear and carbon fouling buildup. SPECS: 7075T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, PTFE coated, matte black. 1¾" (4.5cm) long, .927" (2.4cm) wide. ½"-28 tpi threads. Fits 9mm barrel with .4" to .5" of exposed threads at the muzzle. #100-005-257AG Springfield XDM Compensator, 1B85C71 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 99.99 Style FACTORY PISTOL BARRELS MATCH-GRADE BARREL for GLOCK® Match-Grade Plastic plug installs in the bottom rear cavity of the frame to fill the opening found in Glock pistols. Front “lip” forms a tight, flush bond with the mag well to help make sure the mag goes where it should, smoothly. Keeps dirt and debris from finding its way inside the pistol and gives a clean, smooth look. Uses the lanyard hole for retention to snap firmly into place. Glock Plus Zero fits Models 17 through 25, 31, 32, 34, 35, 37, and 38. Other inserts fit the Glock models indicated in the price lines below. Does not add extra rounds. a b SPECS: Impact-resistant plastic, black. One per pack. Does not fit Glock Gen IV guns with interchangeable grips. #092-000-009AG Glock Plus Zero Grip Frame Insert, 2K04C00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 6.00 #092-000-011AG G26/27/33/39 Grip Frame Insert, 2K04C00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.00 092-000-013AG G29/30 Grip Frame Insert, 2K04C00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.99 092-000-014AG G20SF/21SF Grip Frame Insert, 2K04C00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.99 092-000-015AG G29SF/30SF Grip Frame Insert, 2K04C00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.99 092-000-016AG G36 Grip Frame Insert, 2K04C00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.99 PISTOL 4-Port Comp Factory Made For Best Fit & Accuracy Restore or customize your High Standard pushbutton, takedown pistol with a factory replacement barrel. All barrels are drilled and tapped for High Standard Universal Scope Mount (#430-000-122). Models with front sight cut or tap, as well as cuts for muzzle stabilizer, are noted in chart. Sight not included. a b SPECS: Steel, blued, gloss or matte finish. Available in .22 LR and .17 High Standard (.17 PMC/.17 Aguila) calibers and three contours: Round (R), Fluted (F), and Slab-Sided (S). Shoot Any Bullets With Improved Accuracy Pre-fit, match quality barrels let you shoot cast lead or jacketed bullets with excellent accuracy. Button rifled from stainless steel for lasting durability. Slightly larger exterior dimensions improve lockup without affecting reliability. a b MATCH-GRADE BARRELS - Made identical to the 4-Port Comp Barrels minus the compensator, these barrels provide outstanding accuracy. (See below for specs.) STOCK # FITS CALIBER LENGTH #836-060-017AG Glock 17 9x19 4.49" (11.4cm) #836-060-019AG Glock 19 9x19 4.02" (10.21cm) #836-060-021AG Glock 21 .45ACP 4.60" (11.68cm) #836-060-422AG Glock 22/31 .40S&W 4.49" (11.4cm) #836-060-322AG Glock 22/31 .357Sig 4.49" (11.4cm) #836-060-423AG Glock 23/32 .40S&W 4.02" (10.21cm) #836-060-323AG Glock 23/32 .357Sig 4.02" (10.21cm) #836-060-424AG Glock 24 .40S&W 6.08" (15.4.4cm) #836-060-427AG Glock 27 .40S&W 3.46" (8.78cm) #836-060-030AG Glock 30 .45ACP 3.78" (9.6cm) #836-000-015AG Glock 34 9x19 5.31" (13.5cm) #836-000-016AG Glock 352011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=204http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=204STORM LAKE PRE-FIT BARRELS for GLOCK® Barrels STORM LAKE S&W M&P Broach Cut Rifling For Optimum Accuracy With All Bullet Types STORM LAKE WILSON COMBAT ® PRE-FIT MATCH GRADE BARRELS Ready-to-install, match grade 416R stainless steel barrels with broachcut rifling provide outstanding accuracy with both copper jacketed and lead bullets. CNC machined to precise tolerances, then hardened to Rc 40-42 for superior strength and durability. Chambered for maximum case support. Drop-in installation, may require minor modifications to fit certain models. Ported models are longer than factory barrel and have two ports on top, at the muzzle, to vent blast upward and counteract muzzle flip to help you get back on target faster. Threaded models are also longer than factory barrel and come pre-threaded to accept screw-on aftermarket compensators. Thread pitch is indicated in table; comes with a thread protector. .40 S&W-To-9mm Conversion barrel converts M&P Compact .40 S&W caliber pistols to shoot 9mm ammunition; 9mm extractor and ejector must be installed to ensure reliable shell ejection. .40 S&W-To-.357 SIG Conversion converts a full-size M&P .40 S&W pistol to shoot .357 SIG. a b SPECS: 416 stainless steel, natural, polished finish. Hardened to Rc 40-42. STOCK # MODEL/CAL #842-000-044AG M&P Full Size .357 Sig #842-000-045AG M&P Compact .357 Sig #842-000-046AG M&P Full Size .40 S&W 842-000-091AG M&P .40 S&W Full Size (Ported) #842-000-047AG M&P Compact .40 S&W #842-000-048AG M&P Full Size .45 ACP 842-000-092AG M&P .45 ACP Full Size (Ported) 842-000-094AG M&P .45 ACP Full Size (.578"-28 threaded) #842-000-049AG M&P Full Size 9mm 842-000-093AG M&P 9mm Full Size (Ported) 842-000-095AG M&P 9mm Full Size (½"-28 threaded) #842-000-050AG M&P Compact 9mm #842-000-051AG M&P Compact .40 S&W-to-9mm conversion 842-000-090AG M&P Full-Size .40 S&W to .357 SIG Conversion (Ported) LNGTH 4.25" 3.58" 4.25" 4.95" 3.58" 4.6" 5.3" 5.3" 2D217B80 $ 237.99 4.25" 4.95" 4.95" 2D217B80 $ 237.99 3.58" 3.58" 2D149A60 $ 172.99 4.95" 2D162V84 $ 183.99 2D149A60 $ 172.99 2D149A60 $ 173.99 2D162B84 $ 183.99 PRICE 2D149A60 $ 172.99 2D149A60 $ 172.99 2D149A60 $ 173.99 2D162B84 $ 183.99 2D149A60 $ 172.99 2D149A60 $ 172.99 2D162B84 $ 183.99 PORTED PISTOL BARREL for GLOCK MATCH-GRADE BARREL for GLOCK® PISTOL Provides Easy Installation & Superb Accuracy; Stainless Steel Gives Unique Contrast To Black Slide Machined, 416 stainless steel barrels are held to tolerances of .001" to ensure maximum accuracy and a precision fit. Features cut-broach rifling with 1-16 twist that’s great for cast bullets. May require minor fitting. a b SPECS: 416 Stainless steel, matte finish. Rc 40-42. STOCK # #842-000-003AG #842-000-004AG #842-000-034AG #842-000-026AG #842-000-030AG #842-000-005AG #842-000-035AG #842-000-029AG #842-000-033AG #842-000-006AG #842-000-028AG #842-000-037AG #842-000-007AG #842-000-031AG #842-000-008AG MODEL/CAL. 17/9mm 17L/9mm 19/9mm 21/.45 22, 31/.357 SIG 22, 31/.40 S&W 23/9mm 23, 32/.357 SIG 23/.40 S&W 24/.40 S&W 27/.357 SIG 27/.40 S&W 34/9mm 35/.357 SIG 35/.40 S&W LENGTH 4.5" (11.4cm) 6" (15.2cm) 4" (10.16cm) 4.6" (11.6cm) 4.5" (11.4cm) 4.5" (11.4cm) 4" (10.16cm) 4.2" (10.2cm) 4" (10.16cm) 6" (15.2cm) 3.5" (8.9cm) 3.5" (8.9cm) 5.3" (13.5cm) 5.3" (13.5cm) 5.3" (13.5cm) PRICE 2D149P60 $ 172.99 2D162P84 $ 188.99 2D149U60 $ 172.99 2D149U60 $ 172.99 2D149U60 $ 172.99 2D149P60 $ 172.99 2D149U60 $ 172.99 2D149U60 $ 172.99 2D149U60 $ 183.99 2D149P60 $ 172.99 2D149U60 $ 172.99 2D149U60 $ 172.99 2D149P60 $ 172.99 2D149U60 $ 172.99 2D149P60 $ 172.99 Quality Stainless Steel With A Drop-In Fit 416R stainless steel, extended two-port barrel controls recoil and muzzle flip. Drop-in design replaces factory barrel with no fitting needed. Oversized lockup area enhances accuracy. Works with lead and jacketed ammunition. a b SPECS: 416R stainless steel. Glock 22 also fits model 31, Glock 23 also fits model 32. STOCK# MODEL/CAL STOCK # MODEL/CAL #842-000-016AG 17/9mm #842-000-017AG 19/9mm #8422011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=205http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=205CYLINDER & SLIDE COMBAT BROWNING HI-POWER EXTENDED/AMBI SAFETY Wide, Can’t-Miss Thumb Pad For Faster Release, Faster Shooting Easy-to-install, extended safety lever effectively doubles the thumb contact area and makes it easier to hit in all shooting situations. Both ambidextrous and single side extended styles. Serrated, extra wide thumb contact areas with rounded edges to help prevent snagging on holsters or clothing. Gunsmith fitting required. a b SPECS: Steel matte blue or hard-chrome silver finish. Contact area: Single - .726" (18mm) x .17" (4.3mm), Ambi - 1" (2.5cm) x .21" (5.4mm). Includes detent spring, plunger and instructions. #206-035-010AG Blue Single Ext. Safety 6K42Z00 . .$ 52.50 #206-035-011AG Blue Ambi Ext. Safety 6K70Z20 . . . . 87.75 #206-035-013AG Silver Ambi Ext. Safety 6K81Z84 . . 104.99 WILSON COMBAT SHOK-BUFF® for GLOCK® Helps Prevent Expensive Frame Damage Durable, vinyl elastomer washer guards your pistol frame from expensive damage and protects the pistol from wear. Install between the recoil guide rod and spring to prevent the slide from ever touching the frame. a b SPECS: Includes one Shok-buff. Fits all Glock pistols. #965-000-047AG Shok-Buff, for Glock, 5F08Y16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 9.95 CYLINDER & SLIDE BERETTA 92/96 STAINLESS STEEL GUIDE ROD Drop-In Replacement For Factory Plastic Part No gunsmithing required to gain improved function and reliability with your Beretta Model 92 or 96. One-piece, stainless steel guide rod replaces the two-piece plastic Beretta factory guide rod; works with your factory recoil spring. a b SPECS: Stainless steel, matte finish, silver. 3.5” long (9.1 cm) long, .28”(7 .2mm) diameter. Fits Beretta models 92 and 96 only #206-000-021AG S/S Beretta Guide Rod, 6K20Y47 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 26.99 LIGHTNING STRIKE RECOIL GUIDE ROD for GLOCK® PISTOL Replaces The Plastic Factory Rod For Improved Cycling; Captured & Non-Captured Styles Full-length, polished, solid stainless steel rods prevent spring bind for smooth cycling and improved reliability. Supplied with flat wire spring. Non-Captured models give you the option of easily changing to different weight springs. Captured models are easy to install and remove for cleaning and maintenance without risk of losing the spring. a b SPECS: Stainless steel, polished. 17/22 fits 17 , 17L, 22, 24, 31, 34, 35, 37 . 19/23/32 fits 19, 23, 32. 26/27/33 fits 26, 27 , 33. 29/30/36 fits 29, 30, 36. #642-105-017AG 17/22 Non-Captured Rod, 2D15C00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 20.99 #642-105-020AG 20/21 Non-Captured Rod, 2D15C00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.99 #642-105-019AG 19/23/32 Non-Captured Rod, 2D15C00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.99 #642-000-010AG 17/22 Captured Guide Rod, 2D19X00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24.99 #642-000-011AG 20/21 Captured Guide Rod, 2D20X00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.95 #642-000-012AG 19/23/32 Captured Guide Rod, 2D19X00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24.99 #642-000-019AG 26/27/33 Captured Guide Rod, 2D34X67 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43.33 #642-000-020AG 29/30/36 Captured Guide Rod, 2D37X33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46.67 Rods ARO-TEK™ GUIDE ROD for GLOCK® EFK FIRE DRAGON DUAL ACTION BUFFER SPRING KIT for GLOCK® Lightweight Titanium Or Durable Stainless Steel; Improves Function & Durability Improves function, reliability and accuracy. Lightweight, titanium guide rods are hollow to provide rigid, no-flex spring function that will tighten groups and improve reliability. Stainless steel rods add extra muzzle weight and corrosion resistance. Easily installed; both use factory recoil spring. Plain titanium uses a press-fit spring retaining plug. Stainless rod has no spring retainer. Captured, titanium and stainless, rods feature a removable tip for easy spring replac2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=206http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=206SPRINCO SEMI-AUTO WOLFF SEMI-AUTO CYLINDER & SLIDE BERETTA 92/96 CYLINDER & SLIDE BROWNING HI-POWER RECOIL MANAGEMENT SYSTEM PISTOL RECOIL GUIDE ROD SET Superior Support & Function Full-length, hardened, tool steel guide rod and plug prevent spring bind. Extra power springs improve cycling. Non-captive system allows fast LOW-MASS DROP-IN TRIGGER PULL KIT For A Smoother, Lighter Trigger Pull Precision-machined replacements for factory parts let you perform a professional trigger job on a Beretta 92 or 96 pistol for a lighter, smoother trigger pull, more precise, letoff, better shot placement, and faster follow-up shots. When properly installed, kit provides a 4.5 lb. trigger pull that can be further reduced to 3 lb. to 3.5 lb. with proper stoning. C&S Beretta Low-Mass Hammer and C&S Beretta Match Sear are CNC wire-EDM cut from solid stainless steel billet plate stock, then finish machined to tolerances of +/-.0005", heat treated to Rc 50-54, and 100% inspected for quality, fit, and function. Light pull hammer spring and trigger return spring included. Recommended for competition use only. a b SPECS: Hammer and sear - stainless steel, silver finish. Springs music wire. Fits Beretta models 92 and 96 only. #206-000-022AG Low Mass Trigger Pull Set, 6K162Y03 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 202.99 COMMANDER-STYLE HAMMER Narrowed, Light, Commander-Style; Ends Hammer Bite Premium, hardened and heat treated, combat grade hammer is fully EDM machined for better fit, function and longer life. Oversized fitting pads below the full cock notch help the gunsmith achieve proper sear engagement and a Type II Standard smoother trigger pull. Exposed edges are chamfered to minimize slide drag and clothing wear. Standard - fine line serrated, round spur is easy to cock, has attractive style. Type II - narrowed sides reduce slide drag. Lightweight, skeletonized and serrated spur speeds lock time. a b SPECS: 4140 chrome-moly steel. Hardened to Rc 50-53. Standard - Blue finish or silver, hard-chrome finish. .53 oz., (15 g) weight. Type II - Blue finish. .49 oz., (14 g) weight. Includes instructions. Gunsmith installation recommended. #206-035-100AG Blue Standard Hammer 6K51Z67 .$ 65.99 #206-035-101AG Silver Standard Hammer 6K60Z77 . 79.99 #206-035-102AG Blue Type II Hammer 6K63Z03 . . . . 78.99 HAMMER & SEAR SET - Combines above hammers and the CNC machined sear, listed elsewhere, into a convenient package that will greatly improve the trigger pull on your Hi-Power. Standard Set features blue, standard hammer. Type II Set uses type II hammer. Standard Type II SPECS: Hammer - 4140 chrome-moly steel, blue finish. Hardened to Rc 50-53. Sear - Tool steel, in-thewhite. Hardened to Rc 50-53. #206-000-005AG Std. Hammer/Sear Set 6K84Y96 . .$ 106.99 #206-000-006AG Type II Hmer/Sear Set 6K93Y92 . . 118.99 Reduces Felt Recoil, Muzzle Climb & Frame Damage Drop-in sytem provides significant reduction in felt recoil and grip fatigue by gradually slowing the slide to prevent frame battering. Plus, it keeps the gun “flat” so your sights stay on target. Stainless steel guide rod fitted with a chrome silicon, secondary spring that reduces slide-to-frame impact with no loss of reliable cycling. 1911 models can be tuned by changing recoil springs. Models marked with a * include a new recoil spring, others use your factory or aftermarket spring. Drop-in installation requires no modifications to your pistol. a b SPECS: 17-4 stainless steel, Rc 38-42. Polished.Bushing Plug (BP) or Reverse Plug (RP) for 1911 models. Includes instructions. STOCK # FITS PRICE #943-100-011AG 1911 Govt./5” clones, BP 3D67C70 $ 89.99 #943-100-003AG 1911 Govt/5” clones, light loads 9mm, .38S, .45 wad, BP 3D67C46 $ 89.99 #943-000-002AG 1911 Govt./5" clones, heavy loads, (+P+) .40-.45 Super, .460 Rowland, BP 3D71C21 $ 94.99 #943-000-005AG 1911 “short” (CMP legal) BP 3D59C95 $ 79.94 #943-100-092AG *Beretta/Taurus 92/99, all 3D59H95 $ 79.94 #943-100-096AG *Beretta 96/Taurus 100/101 all 2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=207http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=207LIGHTNING STRIKE LIGHTWEIGHT STRIKER for GLOCK® VOLQUARTSEN RUGER® MARK II/III TACTICAL SOLUTIONS RUGER® 10/22® PREZINE TARGET SEAR Replaces Factory Sear For A Light, Clean-Breaking Trigger Pull Drop-in sear provides a crisp, clean, responsive trigger pull for Ruger semi-auto .22 LR pistols. Engagement surface is precision-ground and polished—no stoning required. Made from tool steel and then hardened. Includes sear spring. a b SPECS: A2 tool steel, in-the-white, hardened to Rc 58-60. Includes sear spring. Fits Ruger Mark II, III, and .22/45 pistols. #930-000-050AG Mark II/III Target Sear 3Z24D29 . . $ 27.99 HEAVY DUTY EXTRACTOR Hardened Tool Steel With Improved Hook For Reliable Extraction Improved hook design helps ensure consistent extraction each and every time. Machined from tool steel then hardened to resist breakage and reduce wear for a lifetime of reliable operation. Includes extra-power spring for added reliability. Also fits Ruger® Mark I, II, III™ and b 22/45™ pistols. a SPECS: Tool steel extractor, high performance spring. Fits Ruger 10/22, 10/22 Magnum, Mark I/II/III & 22/45. #100-006-000AG Heavy Duty Extractor, 8K07Z14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 9.99 GRIP ADAPTER & MAG WELL for GLOCK® Increases Mag Well Opening For Smoother Insertion; Helps Support your Shooting Hand Cuts Lock Time By 50% In Glocks Lightweight Titanium Striker reduces lock time by a minimum of 50% for a faster shot and improved accuracy. Drops in with no gunsmithing and no permanent alterations to the firearm required. CNC machined from titanium and hardened for long lasting performance. Lightweight Steel Striker is 32% lighter than factory part, heat treated for exceptional strength and performance with hot loads. Coated with Kolene Nutride for greater lubricity and corrosion resistance. Titanium striker includes Wolff striker spring. a b SPECS: Solid titanium, TiN coated gold or EDT150 tool steel, heat treated to Rc 70. Small Frame fits Glock 9mm/.40 S&W. Large Frame fits Glock 10mm/.45 ACP . #642-100-001AG Ti. Small Frame Striker, 2D80X00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 100.00 #642-100-002AG Ti. Large Frame Striker 2D80X00 . 100.00 #642-104-001AG Steel Small Frame Striker, 2D52C95 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65.95 PISTOL VOLQUARTSEN RUGER® MARK II HAMMER BUSHING Close Tolerances For A Smooth, Consistent Trigger Pull CNC machined from hardened steel to exceptionally close tolerances to help ensure a smooth, consistent trigger pull. Advanced screw machine technology is used to drill and ream the pivot pin hole perfectly concentric for optimal hammer-to-sear engagement. Black oxide finish for added durability and resistance against corrosion. a b SPECS: Steel, black oxide finish. Fits Ruger Mark II pistols only. #930-000-056AG Mark II Hammer Bushing, 3Z06D00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 7.99 Drop-in, plastic grip adapter and mag well helps funnel magazine into the grip for faster reloads. Adds a flare at the bottom of the grip that increases stability. Extended mag well also protects magazine if weapon is dropped, helping to minimize jams. Requires no modification to the gun. Fits Glock models 17, 22, 24, 31, 34, and 35. b a SPECS: High impact plastic, black. Fits Glock models 17 , 22, 24, 31, 34, & 35. #727-000-001AG Grip Adapter & Mag Well, 7B18H85. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 29.95 VOLQUARTSEN WALTHER P22 EXACT EDGE EXTRACTOR Tuned & Hardened For Lasting Performance Steel extractor is machined using advanced EDM technology to ensure precise tolerances, then hardened to Rc 58-60 to help prevent premature wear. Extra long extractor hook is .005” closer to case rim for a positive, non-slip grip on the case head. Made from A2 T.H.E. ACCESSORIES COMPETITION MAGWELL for GLOCK® Speeds Reloads, Helps Control Recoil Oversized magwell guides the magazine into the gun quickly and smoothly to eliminate fumbling during reloads. Helps you make m2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=208http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=208CYLINDER & SLIDE RANCH PRODUCTS RUGER® MARK II LONE WOLF DIST. Magaziness AMBIDEXTROUS MAGAZINE RELEASE for GLOCK® PISTOL Positive, Right- Or Left-Hand Operation Additional length on the strong left side and a small, removable cam lever on the weak side provide positive magazine drops when shooting with either hand. Cam lever will not interfere with grip. Very easy to install and includes the required extrapower magazine catch spring. SPECS: Nylon, black. 1.4” (35mm) long. Fits small frame Glock pistols. #206-000-028AG Ambi. Mag Release 6K36Y00 . . . . . .$ 45.00 EXTENDED MAGAZINE RELEASE Increased Length For Easier Mag Changes Provides increased length and better purchase for faster, easier magazine changes; even with oversized or target-style grips. Easy to install, simply replaces the factory mag release with no permanent alterations to your pistol required. a b SPECS: Steel, blued or stainless steel (SS), matte finish. Fits Ruger Mk II .22 rimfire pistols. #746-102-001AG Blue Extended Mag Release, 6D07Y96 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 9.95 #746-102-101AG SS Extended Mag Release, 6D10Y36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.95 EXTENDED SLIDE LOCK LEVER for GLOCK® Easier Slide Removal For Quicker Field Stripping If you’ve ever tried to field strip your Glock with even slightly oily or sweaty fingers, you’ll appreciate the benefit of this extended slide lock lever. Drop-in replacement is 3mm longer than the factory original part to provide a firmer grasp, so you can remove the slide quickly without fumbling with the lever. No gunsmithing required; easy to install, no permanent alterations to the gun. Gun will still fit all standard holsters. a b SPECS: Steel, black oxide finish. 13⁄32" (29.9mm) long. Fits all Glock pistols except M36. #100-002-412AG Extended Slide Lock Lever for Glock, 2K08U75. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 11.99 FACTORY PISTOL MAGAZINES for GLOCK® Choose Genuine Factory Magazines For Top Performance & Reliability Be confident your Glock pistol will perform to factory standards each and every time with genuine Glock factory magazines. Manufactured to Glock specifications in Austria by Glock. Available in all factory round counts, including high-capacity, and listed below by factory model designation and caliber. All models include round count indicator on rear face of magazine body and standard factory baseplate. SPECS: Polyethylene body over steel liner. STOCK # #100-002-752AG #100-002-770AG #100-002-771AG #100-002-753AG #100-002-772AG #100-002-754AG #100-002-773AG #100-002-755AG #100-002-774AG #100-002-756AG #100-002-775AG 100-006-053AG #100-002-757AG #100-002-776AG 100-006-053AG #100-002-760AG #100-002-777AG #100-002-761AG #100-002-778AG 100-006-053AG #100-002-762AG #100-002-763AG #100-002-764AG #100-002-758AG #100-002-779AG #100-002-759AG #100-002-780AG #100-002-765AG #100-002-781AG #100-002-752AG #100-002-770AG #100-002-771AG #100-002-756AG #100-002-775AG 100-006-053AG #100-002-766AG #100-002-767AG #100-002-768AG #100-002-769AG FITS 17 17 17 19 19 20 20 21 21 22 22 22 23 23 23 26 26 27 27 27 29 30 30 31 31 32 32 33 33 34 34 34 35 35 35 36 37 38 39 CAL RNDS PRICE 9mm 10 5B27H96 $ 34.99 9mm 17 5B28D43 $ 35.99 9mm 33 5B40D55 $ 49.99 9mm 10 5B27D45 $ 34.95 9mm 15 5B27D83 $ 34.99 10mm 10 5B27D45 $ 34.95 10mm 15 5B27D45 $ 34.95 .45 ACP 10 5B28D43 $ 35.54 .45 ACP 13 5B28D03 $ 34.99 .40 S&W 10 5B28D99 $ 32.99 .40 S&W 15 5B28D84 $ 34.99 .40 S&W 22 5B37C94 $ 39.99 .40 S&W 10 5B27D45 $ 34.95 .40 S&W 13 5B27D83 $ 34.99 .40 S&W 22 5B37C94 $ 39.99 9mm 10 5B27D45 $ 34.95 9mm 12 5B34D74 $ 45.04 .40 S&W 9 5B27D45 $ 34.95 .40 S&W 10 5B34Z85 $ 44.99 .40 S&W 22 5B37C94 $ 39.99 10mm 10 5B27D45 $ 34.95 .45 ACP 9 5B27D45 $ 34.95 .45 ACP 10 5B27D45 $ 34.95 .357 SIG 10 5B27D45 $ 34.95 .357 SIG 15 5B27Z45 $ 34.95 .357 SIG 10 5B27D45 $ 34.95 .357 SIG 13 5B27Z45 $ 34.95 .357 SIG 9 5B27D45 $ 34.95 .357 SIG 11 5B34Z85 $ 44.99 9mm 10 5B27H96 $ 34.99 9mm 17 5B28D43 $ 35.99 9m2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=209http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=209BERETTA BERETTA 92 MEC-GAR BERETTA M9/M92 FACTORY HIGH CAPACITY MAGAZINES Dependable, Factory Magazines For Superior Performance Factory, double stack 9mm magazines is ultra-reliable in combat or competition. Hightech manufacturing techniques allow seamless construction for snag-free follower movement and smooth insertion into the mag well. Selflubricating follower and is injection molded from high-strength polymer for durability. Numbered witness holes on the backside allow easy viewing of remaining ammunition. Built from high carbon, heat-treated steel for maximum strength; includes a high tensile strength music wire spring that resists memory and won’t weaken over time. Removable base pad allows easy cleaning. Standard 15-Round magazine features a matte blued body and an aluminum base pad. Sand-Resistant 15-Round (SR) model features a synthetic base pad, a full-length “sand slot” to allow debris to fall out, and a special dark gray, high-lubricity coating for improved reliability in desert environments. Adopted for use by the USMC. 17-Round comes with a synthetic base pad and an attractive, high-gloss blued finish. SPECS: Body - Carbon steel, heat treated. Spring - Music wire. Follower/Pad - Polymer, black. Fits all 9mm Beretta 92’s, except Type-M and old Model 92/92S that use a single stack magazine. 15-Rd - Matte blued finish, aluminum base pad. 15-Rd SR – Dark gray, high-lubricity coating, polymer base pad. 17-Rd – Blued, gloss finish, polymer base pad. #100-004-405AG 15-Rd Beretta 92 Magazine, 7K17Y95 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 21.95 #100-003-851AG 15-Rd SR Beretta 92 Magazine, 7K50A41 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57.99 #100-003-850AG 17-Rd Beretta 92 Magazine, 7K36A00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41.99 PRO-MAG FN FIVE-SEVEN SIG SAUER MOSQUITO OPTIMUM MAGAZINES High Capacity With Anti-Friction Coating; The Mags That Really Work You’ll gain reliable, additional round capacity with these high quality replacement magazines that really fit and function like proven factory magazines. Tempered steel body with hardened feed lips is treated with a phosphated antifriction coating inside and out to ensure drop-free operation and no-jam feeding. Hardened, high tensile music wire spring and supported, self-lubricated nylon follower eliminates follower tilt so every round feeds flawlessly. Flush-fitting, 18-Round magazine features a tough synthetic base pad that removes easily for magazine cleaning. 20-Round model includes a removable, synthetic “Plus 2” base pad. Witness holes in the rear side on both models provide fast, remaining round count. Specs: Body - Hardened carbon steel, black phosphated antifriction coating. Spring - High tensile music wire. Follower - Nylon, black. Fits Beretta M9 and M92, 9mm caliber. #625-000-032AG 18-Rd M9/M92 Magazine 5B24X54 .$ 38.99 #625-000-033AG 20-Rd M9/M92 Magazine 5B29X86 . . 46.99 30-ROUND MAGAZINE Increases Capacity By 10 Rounds Over Factory Magazine Rugged, lightweight polymer magazine increases the capacity of your 5.7 x 28mm FN Five-seveN pistol by an additional 10 rounds over the factory mag. Extension is contoured for a smooth, seamless fit to the bottom of the mag well, with exterior texturing that matches the pistol grip’s texturing. SPECS: Reinforced, injection-molded polymer, black. 30-round capacity. Fits FN Five-seveN pistol chambered in 5.7 x 28mm. #687-000-038AG 30-Rd Five-seveN Magazine, 7H32Z69 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 42.50 FACTORY MAGAZINE Factory Built For Reliability & Performance Genuine factory, 10-round magazine helps ensure maximum reliability from your Sig Sauer Mosquito .22 LR pistol. Aluminum body has an ultra-smooth, spot weld-free seam for unimpaired follower movement. Self-lubricating follower and music wire spring provide effortless feeding without hang-ups. Slots in sides allow fast visual inspection of remaining rounds. Removable floorplate for fast, easy cleaning.2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=210http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=210TAURUS TACTICAL SUPPLY DEPOT SEMI-AUTO Lightweight Aluminum With Custom Logos FACTORY PISTOL MAGAZINES Guaranteed To Fit Your Taurus Pistol Genuine, factory magazines feature steel bodies for durability with steel springs and plastic followers for reliable feeding. Magazines available for PT-22 (8 rd), PT-92/99 (17 rd), and PT-100/101 (11 rd). SPECS: Steel body, steel spring, plastic follower. Fits Taurus pistol models as listed below. #872-000-003AG PT-22 Magazine, 8-Rd 2G18P67 . . . .$ 25.67 #872-000-004AG PT-92/99 Magazine, 17-Rd 2G31P08 . 42.99 #872-000-005AG PT-100/101 Mag., 11-Rd 2G30P81 . . . . 42.92 LOGO MAGAZINE BASE PLATE ARREDONDO EXTENDED BASE PAD for GLOCK® Replacement for factory plastic base plate is precision machined from lightweight, durable aluminum and laser-etched with a custom logo that gives your pistol a unique, personal touch. Hardcoat anodized for extra strength and resistance to scuffs and wear. Slides on and off magazine body just like factory plate; removes for easy cleaning. Available with patriotic American Flag, aggressive death’s head Punisher, international Bio-Hazard, or Happy Face logo. Plain base plates without logo available for Glock® only. All Glock plates are machined to extremely close tolerances and require minor fitting to the magazine (instructions included). SPECS: 6061 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. GUN/CALIBER STK # PLAIN STK # FLAG Glock 9mm/.40 #100-006-002AG #100-006-022AG Glock .45 ACP #100-006-003AG #100-006-023AG Springfield NA #100-006-010AG XD 9mm/.40 Springfield NA #100-006-011AG XD .45 ACP S&W M&P 9mm/.40 NA #100-006-016AG S&W M&P .45 ACP NA #100-006-017AG - Advise # - Plain Base Plate 4C10Z37. . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 14.99 Item PISTOL Provides Extra Capacity For High-Capacity Magazines Two-piece, synthetic base pad increases the cartridge capacity of pre-ban, Glock magazines without compromising reliability. Impact-resistant pad locks securely to the magazine body; removes quickly and easily with the supplied compression tool. Wolff, 10% extra power spring ensures reliable feeding. Checkered, bottom panel allows positive, non-slip, mag changes. Plus 5 extends pre-ban magazines to 140mm. Adds +6 rounds to 9mm, +5 to .40 S&W and 10 mm, and +4 to .45 ACP. USPSA Limited legal. Plus 3 meets the PPSC box rule. Adds +4 rounds to 9mm and +3 rounds to .40 S&W pre-ban mags. Available in black, blue and red. a b SPECS: Pad - High-impact, fiberglass-filled nylon. Black, blue, or red. 11⁄2" (3.8cm) long, 11⁄8" (2.9cm) wide, 11⁄2" high for 9mm/.40 S&W, 10mm/.45 ACP is larger. Spring - Tempered music wire, 10% extra power. TRIPLE K SEMI-AUTO STK # PUNISHER #100-006-020AG #100-006-021AG #100-006-008AG #100-006-009AG STK # BIO HAZ #100-006-024AG #100-006-025AG #100-006-012AG #100-006-013AG STK # HAPPY #100-006-026AG #100-006-027AG #100-006-004AG #100-006-005AG MAGAZINES High-Quality Replacements For Many Current & Obsolete Pistols Now you can keep your pistol shooting with these high-quality replacement magazines. 100% Made in the U.S.A. All feature welded seams, machined followers, and music wire springs. Unconditionally guaranteed to fit and feed. a b SPECS: Steel, blue, matte finish unless otherwise denoted in fits line. RNDS. indicates capacity of magazine. STOCK # FITS RNDS PRICE #486-200-009AG Browning 1910 .380 6 6H30D57 $ 38.99 #486-200-296AG Browning Medalist .22 10 6H33D24 $ 43.99 #486-200-120AG Browning, Baby .25 6 6H26D59 $ 33.99 #486-000-007AG Browning Challenger II 10 6H28V33 $ 34.99 #486-200-017AG Colt Pocket .380 7 6H28D25 $ 36.99 #486-200-016AG Colt Pocket .32 8 6H28D25 $ 36.99 #486-200-015AG Colt Pre-War .25 6 6H26D59 $ 33.99 #486-200-213AG Colt Woodsman (Early) .22 10 6H32D27 $ 41.99 #486-200-394AG Colt Woodsman (Late) .22 10 6H31D58 $ 40.99 #486-200-465AG Colt Ace .22 10 6H39D88 $ 50.99 #486-200-405AG High Standard “B” .22 10 6H31D37 $ 39.99 #486-200-612AG Hi. Std. Duramatic .22 10 6H31Z58 $ 40.99 #486-200-990AG Hi. Std. Military .22 10 6H36Z56 $ 47.92011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=211http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=211DAWSON PRECISION PACHMAYR PEARCE GRIP EXTENDED BASEPAD & SPRING for GLOCK® Add Additional Rounds Without Special Tools MAGAZINE BUMPER KIT For Positive Seating & Magazine Protection Gives extra length needed for fast, positive magazine changes. Protects magazine from damage too. Same compound as used on Pachmayr grips. a b SPECS: MBK-Colt fits 1911 Auto/copies. Screw on; screws, drill and jig included. MBK-B fits Browning Hi-Power, Beretta/Taurus 92, Ruger P-85, 89, 90, 91. Glue on. Kits include 5 bumpers. #692-700-000AG MBK-Colt Bumper Kit, 2F17T01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 25.99 #692-701-000AG MBK-B Bumper Kit 2F12V34 . . . . . . 18.99 Items FML GRIP ENHANCER for GLOCK® Provides Extra Gripping Surface Replaces factory floorplate to fill in the opening at the bottom of the Glock frame for a more secure grip. a b SPECS: Nylon plastic, matte black. Fits new-style, metal lined magazines for models 17 , 18, 19, 22, 23, 24, 25. #092-100-201AG FML Grip Enhancer 2K06P00. . . . . .$ 9.95 Model Brownells Smooth, Reliable Performance In High-Capacity Magazines BERETTA 92 CHROME SILICON 9mm MAGAZINE SPRING PISTOL High-strength, aircraft aluminum base pad slides open to accept magazine body and locks into place. Removes in seconds for easy cleaning. Base pad increases capacity of 15 round, .40S&W magazines by three rounds and 9mm magazines by 4 rounds. Maintains 140mm USPSA rule. Comes with extra-power, steel spring and installation instructions. a b SPECS: Aluminum, black. Steel mag spring. Fits small frame Glock 9mm & .40 S&W pistols. #100-002-221AG Basepad w/ Mag Spring, for Glock, 9A26P34 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 32.99 SCHERER SEMI-AUTO FINGERTIP EXTENSION Improves Grip For Large Hands; Better Recoil Control Polymer grip extension replaces the magazine base plate and provides a handy rest for the little finger for more support and better recoil control. Extra length and textured front give you a secure purchase and more to grasp during magazine changes. a b SPECS: Molded polymer, black. Does not increase magazine capacity. Includes 2 per pak. Glock 9/40 fits 9mm and .40 S&W Glock magazines, Glock 45 fits Glock .45 ACP magazines, P10/12 fits Para-Ord magazines. P-32/P-3AT fits Kel-Tec micro pistols in .32 ACP and .380, including P-32 and P-3AT. #861-118-940AG Glock 9/40 Extension 1F06A34 . . . . .$ 9.99 #861-118-145AG Glock 45 Extension 1F06A17 . . . . . . . 9.99 #861-118-101AG P10/12 Mag Extension 1F07A06 . . . . . 9.42 861-000-025AG P-32/P3AT Mag Extension, 1F05A95. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 7.95 PEARCE GRIP SEMI AUTO GRIP EXTENSION Adds Recoil Control For Better Accuracy Lets you use your entire hand to grip the gun for better recoil control and more consistent shot placement. Grip Extension does not increase magazine capacity or weight. Extended “shelf” for the little finger attaches in place of the factory magazine base. Makes shooting these little “handfuls” a lot more comfortable. Plus One and Plus Two extensions increase magazine capacity by number indicated in chart. Glock Plus Two* adds two rounds to 9mm magazines, one round to .40 S&W and .357 SIG magazines. Glock Sub-Compact Plus Extension XL** adds one round for Model 39, two round for Model 27/33, and three rounds for Model 26. Glock Plus XL Magazine Extension*** adds one round in .45 GAP magazines, two rounds in .40 S&W and .357 SIG magazines, and 3 rounds for 9mm magazines. Springfield XD fits 9mm, .40 S&W, .357 Sig, and .45 GAP only. Springfield XD .45 ACP fits .45 ACP caliber only. b a SPECS: Impact-resistant plastic, black. Sold singly, except Beretta Tomcat, Kahr models, and Ruger® LCP™ are sold in 2-paks. STOCK # FITS ADDS PRICE #092-000-002AG Beretta 92/Browning Hi 2 Power 2K06H00 $ 9.95 092-000-020AG Beretta Tomcat 3032/ 0 Bersa .380/Kel-Tec P3AT 2K09Y35 $ 14.99 #092-100-026AG Glock 26/27/33 0 2K06T00 $ 9.95 #092-100-029AG Glock 29 0 2K06T00 $ 9.95 #092-100-030AG Glock 30 0 2K06T00 $ 9.2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=212http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=212WOLFF SEMI-AUTO BOB’S CUSTOM SHOP SPRINGFIELD XD/XD-M EXTRA POWER MAGAZINE SPRING Better Feeding For Your Semi-Auto TRIGGER SPRING KIT Produces A Smooth, Light Trigger Pull For Improved Accuracy High-quality, drop-in springs provide an ultra-smooth, clean-breaking trigger for improved accuracy during competition. Trigger return spring, sear spring, and striker spring work together for a 25% to 30% reduction in factory trigger pull weight (factory pull weight is 5½ to 7 lbs). Made from high tensile music wire that resists taking a set and won’t weaken over time. a b SPECS: Steel, music wire. Includes trigger return spring, sear spring, and striker spring. Models available for Springfield XD and XD-M. #100-004-004AG XD Trigger Spring Kit, 9mm/.40 S&W/.357 Sig 3C14X56 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 17.99 #100-004-003AG XD Trigger Spring Kit, .45, 3C14X36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17.99 #100-004-002AG XD-M Trigger Spring Kit, .40 S&W, 3C14X36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17.99 PRO-SPRINGS™ FOR ACTION-TUNING by WOLFF Brownells Pro-Spring Kits are made from the very finest high-tensile spring wire - wire that is formulated and drawn especially for the finest quality springs. The tension is actually built into the wire as it is being drawn - not added afterwards by heat treating. Consequently, Brownells Pro-Springs will continue to function correctly and continually, long after many of the other springs have taken on so much “set” that they have lost their ability to return to the required length and tension you need. It’s simply not worth taking a chance when the best quality springs are only a small part of the repair or custom project. Find out for yourself the satisfaction of using a really good gun spring - designed and made expressly for us by Wolff, the Dean of quality gun springs for the professional firearms industry. a b SPECS: RP = Reduced Power, XP = Extra Power, FSW = Factory Standard Weight. ™ Brownells Springs GLOCKWORX TRIGGER UPGRADE COMPONENTS for GLOCK® For A Smoother, Crisper, More Refined Trigger Pull; Drop-In Installation Drop-in parts give your Glock a smooth, crisp, light pull that helps promote consistent, match-grade accuracy. Change specific components to improve a particular aspect of the trigger pull, or do a complete upgrade. Fits all Glock pistols. COMPETITION SPRINGS - Precisely calibrated spring weights deliver consistent force through the entire compression/release cycle to give you a light, refined trigger without sacrificing the reliability of your pistol’s Safe Action system. Highstress, aerospace-grade stainless steel spring wire is heat- and cryo-treated for 99.99% consistent energy output, so trigger pull feels the same every time. For maximum improvement over factory pull, use with V2 Race Connector, below. Trigger Spring has nearly 30% more power than factory spring, yet actually reduces pull by as much as 1 lb. for improved control. Also produces faster trigger reset for quicker follow-up shots. Reduced power Safety Spring reduces friction caused by the firing pin safety, further smoothing the pull. Striker Spring is designed for improved consistency and durability over factory spring. Available in standard factory weight for a 3 to 3½ lb. pull or light model that reduces pull by at least 1 lb. to a consistent 2 to 2½ lb., while preserving reliable primer ignition. Competition Spring Kit contains the trigger spring, firing pin safety spring, and standard power striker spring. SPECS: Spring stainless steel wire. Fits all Glock pistols. #100-004-108AG Competition Spring Kit 8B07P67 . .$ 8.99 100-005-562AG Trigger Spring, Only 8B02P92 . . . . . . . 3.99 100-005-561AG Firing Pin Safety Spring, Only, 8B02P92 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.99 100-005-563AG Std. Striker Spring 8B02P31 . . . . . . . . 2.99 100-005-564AG Light Striker Spring 8B02P31 . . . . . . 2.99 V3 RACE CONNECTOR - Redesigned connector gives 2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=213http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=213ISMI SEMI AUTO CERTIFIED SPRING Designed For Maximum Consistency & Reliability WOLFF HIGH STANDARD SPRING KITS Items WOLFF RECOIL SPRINGS WOLFF For optimum reliability with hardball and hot handloads. Improves overall function by matching the spring to the specific loads being fired. a b BROWNING HI-POWER RECOIL CALIBRATION PAK - A wide range of recoil springs to match your loads and shooting conditions. Factory recoil spring is 17 lb. Fits 9mm and .40 S&W pistols. (1) 17 lb., (1) 18.5 lb., (1) 20 lb. and (1) 22 lb. recoil springs, plus (3) extra power firing pin springs. 18.5 lb. extra power recoil spring also available separately. #969-131-370AG Recoil Pak 9F16P66 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 24.99 #969-407-180AG 18½ lb. Recoil Spring, only 9F05X26. 7.89 RUGER® LCP® RECOIL SPRINGS – Factory weight is 9 lb. Use heavier 11, 12, or 13 lb. spring to improve cycling reliability, especially with hot loads. The LCP recoil “spring” consists of an outer and inner spring; each recoil spring pair comes with an extra-power firing pin spring to further promote reliable ignition. Recoil Calibration Pak contains one each 11, 12, and 13 lb. recoil springs, plus three extra-power firing pin springs. 969-000-226AG LCP Recoil Calibration Pak, 9F13V23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 19.99 969-000-234AG LCP 9 lb. Factory Weight Recoil Spring, 9F04B86 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.99 969-000-235AG LCP 11 lb. Recoil Spring 9F04B86. . . 6.99 969-000-236AG LCP 12 lb. Recoil Spring 9F04B86. . . 6.99 969-000-237AG LCP 13 lb. Recoil Spring 9F04B86. . . 6.99 SMITH &WESSON M&P RECOIL SPRINGS – For full-size 9mm, .40 S&W and .357 SIG pistols. Factory spring is 16 lbs. Use a lighter-weight spring with light loads or to soften felt recoil for faster recovery in competition. Use a heavier-weight spring with “hot” loads or to enhance cycling reliability. NOTE: These springs require a full-length, non-captive guide rod. Each recoil spring, including those in calibration kits, comes with a factory weight striker spring. Calibration Paks let you try out different weights to see which works best in your pistol. Extra Power (XP) Recoil Calibration Pak contains one each 17, 19, 20, 22, and 24 lb. recoil spring, plus five replacement, factory-weight striker springs. Reduced Power (RP) Recoil Calibration Pak contains one each 12, 14, and 15 lb. reduced-power recoil spring, plus three factory weight striker springs. 969-000-233AG M&P XP Recoil Calibration Pak, 9F19B38 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 29.99 969-000-232AG M&P RP Recoil Calibration Pak, 9F11B57 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.99 969-000-238AG M&P 14 lb. Recoil Spring 9F04B86 . . 6.99 969-000-239AG M&P 15 lb. Recoil Spring 9F04B86 . . 6.99 969-000-240AG M&P 16 lb. Factory Weight Spring, 9F04B86 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.99 969-000-241AG M&P 17 lb. Recoil Spring 9F04B86 . . 6.99 969-000-242AG M&P 19 lb. Recoil Spring 9F04B86 . . 6.99 SIG SAUER RECOIL CALIBRATION PAK - Each spring pack is provided with three extra power firing pin springs. P-225/228/229 Spring Pak contains (1) 17 lb., (1) 19 lb. and (1) 21 lb. extra power recoil springs. Factory is 16 lb. P-220 and P-226 Spring Paks include (1) 15 lb., (1) 16 lb., (1) 18 lb., and (1) 20 lb. recoil spring. Factory P220 is 20 lb., factory P226 9mm is 15 lb., factory .357 Sig and .40 S&W are both 20 lb. #969-131-940AG P-225/228/229 Spring Pak 9F12B53 $ 18.79 #969-131-770AG P-220 Spring Pak 9F16B66. . . . . . . . . 24.99 #969-000-205AG P-266 Spring Pak 9F16V66. . . . . . . . . 24.99 WALTHER PPK/PPKS RECOIL CALIBRATION PAK - A variety of reduced power recoil springs to match your handloads and provide optimal slide function. Includes (1) 14 lb., (1) 15 lb., (1) 16 lb. and (1) 17 lb. reduced power recoil springs; and (3) extra power firing pin springs. Fits 9mm (.380) pistols. Factory standard recoil spring is 20 lb. #969-000-194AG Recoil Calibratio2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=214http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=214GHOST RUGER® SR9®/SR9c™/SR40™ Triggers GLOCKWORX for GLOCK® Precise Letoff, Fast Reset, Fully-Adjustable For Takeup & Overtravel; Easy To Install GHOST Logos ® TRIGGER CONNECTOR Improves Accuracy By Reducing Trigger Pull & Over-Travel Redesigned connector reduces the factory trigger pull down to 3½ to 5 lbs., while it drastically shortens or completely eliminates accuracy-robbing over-travel. A debris channel lets dust, dirt, grit, and other foreign matter exit the trigger system, helping to ensure reliable function. Three models available to meet a variety of needs, including concealed carry, competition, and law enforcement use. Ultimate model offers drop-in, no-gunsmithing installation for a 3½" lb. trigger pull; comes pre-set for minimum over-travel. The Rocket also features a 3½ pull, with a Trigger Control Tab that lets you completely eliminate over-travel for maximum accuracy. Some fitting required. Tactical model has the same great features as the Rocket but with a slightly heavier, 5 lb. pull for law enforcement and self-defense applications where a heavier pull is desirable. Some fitting required. a b SPECS: Steel, polished, natural finish. All models fit Ruger SR9, SR9c, and SR40 pistols. #100-005-898AG Ultimate 3.5 Trigger Connector, 7K30T00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 39.99 #100-005-896AG Rocket 3.5 Trigger Connector, 7K30Y00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39.99 #100-005-897AG Tactical 5.0 Trigger Connector, 7K30T00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39.99 FULCRUM TRIGGER SYSTEM ROCKET 3.5 TRIGGER KIT for GLOCK TACTICAL SUPPLY DEPOT SLIDE PLATE for GLOCK® Functional, All-Metal Construction; Personalizes Your Glock Provides Short Pre-travel & Fast Reset Drop-in kit with newly designed selfcleaning trigger connector helps eliminate bothersome pre-travel and allows fast reset for improved accuracy and quick shot recovery. Trigger connector features a self-cleaning debris channel that reduces accumulation of grit and residue for less friction, longer service life, and improved reliability; connector may require minor fitting. Installation requires no permanent alteration to pistol. Not for use for self defense with 4 lb. firing pin spring or 2 lb. firing pin safety spring. For self defense use with 10mm/.45 caliber Glock, a Wolff 6 lb. firing pin spring and factory Glock firing pin safety spring are recommended. a b SPECS: Trigger Connector - Stainless steel, polished finish. Springs - Tempered steel. Includes 2 lb. firing pin safety spring, 4 lb. firing pin spring, 6 lb. trigger spring, armorer’s orange slide cover plate, and armorer’s tool. Fits all Glock models. #100-003-306AG Glock Rocket 3.5 Trigger Kit, 7K29P41 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 39.99 GHOST TRIGGER CONNECTOR for GLOCK® Lightens & Improves Trigger Feel Stainless steel connector reduces the length of trigger pull, improves reset, and eliminates accuracyrobbing overtravel. 5.0 Tactical and Ghost Rocket 3.5 reduce trigger-pull weight to 5 pounds and 3.5 pounds respectively; both have an extra tab that contacts the trigger bar and prevents overtravel after the striker falls. Each connector requires minor fitting. a b SPECS: Stainless steel, polished finish. Fits all models. #100-000-631AG Ghost Rocket 3.5 Trigger Connector, 7K19B99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 25.99 #100-000-935AG 5.0 Tactical Trigger Connector, 7K18B57 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.00 GHOST 3.5 CONNECTOR – Easyinstall, drop-in, steel connector lowers trigger-pull weight to 3.5 pounds for competition and sporting use and improves trigger reset. Does not have extra overtravel fitting tab. SPECS: Stainless steel, polished finish. Fits all models. #100-000-936AG Ghost 3.5 Trigger Connector, 7K10B34 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 12.99 ARMORER’S ORANGE SLIDE COVER PLATE A “must have” for easy, error-free installation of Ghost Rocket 3.5 and Ghost T2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=215http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=215POWDER RIVER PRECISION SPRINGFIELD XD/XDM Kit SPRINGER PRECISION SPRINGFIELD XD/XDM CLARK CUSTOM RUGER® MARK I/II Kit VOLQUARTSEN RUGER® MARK II TRIGGER UPGRADE KITS Select Items TRIGGER/SPRING KITS For A Smooth, Crisp Trigger Pull CNC machined components allow a smooth, crisp trigger with a much lighter pull and more precise letoff for better accuracy and fast follow-up shots. Cuts sear pre-travel by about ¼" to help increase control and prevent accuracy-degrading creep. Kits include the reducedtravel sear with pre-polished face, heat-treated to Rc 45-50, plus trigger and sear springs, trigger bar, 10% reduced power striker spring and 15% extra power striker spring. Lightens trigger pull by approximately 1 to 1½ lbs. a b SPECS: Steel, in-the-white. Includes: Sear, heat treated to Rc 4550, trigger/sear springs, and trigger bar. Striker Springs - Steel, tempered, (1) 10% reduced power, (1) 15% extra power. STOCK # FITS #100-003-967AG XD Standard, 9mm/.357 Sig/.40 S&W #100-003-968AG XD Sub-Compact, 9mm/.357 Sig/.40 S&W #100-003-969AG XD Service, Tactical Compact, .45 ACP #100-003-970AG XD w/Thumb Safety, .45 ACP 100-005-361AG XDM Standard & Sub-Compact, 9mm/.40 S&W PRICE 1B119U99 $ 149.99 1B119U95 $ 149.95 1B121U68 $ 149.99 1B121U68 $ 149.99 1B119Z99 $ 149.99 STEEL TRIGGER Precision Trigger Gives 1st-Class Trigger Job Chrome Moly steel replacement trigger for the Ruger Mark I/Mark II and 22/45 pistols. Precision drilled and reamed pin holes eliminate trigger sloppiness, making it possible for the pistolsmith to complete a first class trigger job on these guns. Adjustable trigger stop screw. As a big plus, Clark also made this 3⁄8" wide, serrated trigger longer to fit the shooter’s finger better. Since trigger pull is so basic to good accuracy, anytime a Ruger Auto comes in for “tuning up,” either as a target pistol or for the serious plinker, replacement of the factory trigger with this excellent custom trigger is an obvious and important place to start the accurizing job. a b SPECS: 3⁄8" (9.5mm) wide, grooved. 15⁄8" (4.2cm) long. Fits Ruger Mark I, Mark II, and 22/45 pistols. Requires gunsmith installation. #181-002-022AG Ruger Auto Trigger 1H24T00 . . . . .$ 30.00 DROP-IN ACCURIZER KIT Instant Target Grade Accuracy Complete kit eliminates the factory weak spots for a smoother trigger pull and faster bolt cycling. Redesigned, hand matched, hammer and hardplated sear with fully ground and polished engaging surfaces combine for a shorter, faster trigger pull. Correct angles; no stoning required. Smooth trigger with 1⁄2" wide face and built-in overtravel screw lightens perceived pull. Trigger rebound spring matched to the redesigned parts to further reduce trigger pull and give smoother cycling. Available with a Black anodized aluminum or natural finish Stainless steel trigger to match the finish of your pistol. a b SPECS: Trigger – 6061 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, black, or stainless steel, natural finish. Stainless steel hammer, sear, and slide stop. Steel springs. Includes complete instructions. Fits Ruger Mark II and Mark II 22/45 pistols only. May require minor fitting. #930-012-100AG Ruger Accurizer Kit, Black Trigger, 3Z75P17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 99.99 930-000-124AG Ruger Accurizer Kit, Stainless Trigger, 3Z84Y14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104.99 VOLQUARTSEN RUGER MK II TARGET HAMMER - Hardened, precision-ground, drop-in hammer lightens trigger pull by 35% on Mark II pistols. Electro-polished to remove even minor imperfections for an ultra-smooth sear surface and a clean breaking, target-quality, trigger pull. Includes strut and pin. SPECS: Machined steel, 1.05" (2.6cm) long, .56" (14mm) wide. .5 oz. (14 g) wt. Fits Ruger Mark II and Mark II 22/45 pistols only. #930-012-003AG Target Hammer 3Z34P67 . . . . . . . . .$ 46.23 For A Lighter, Cleaner Trigger Pull; Easy-To-Install MATCH TARGET EASY-FIT TRIGGER KIT – Replacements for factory trigger group parts improve the pu2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=216http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=216VOLQUARTSEN RUGER® MARK II/III™ HOGUE SEMI AUTO EXTENDED BOLT RELEASE Oversized Thumb Pad For Fast, Positive Operation Drop-in replacement bolt release has a large, easy-to-find, contact pad with a serrated face ensures fast, positive closing of the action, especially during high-stress competition. Gives the shooter a secure, non-slip grip with or without gloves on. Replaces the factory bolt release on both Mark II and Mark III pistols in minutes. No permanent modifications required. a b SPECS: Carbon steel, gloss blued, or stainless steel, silver finish. 9⁄ Pad is 16" (1.4mm) long x 7⁄16" (1.1mm) wide. .2 oz. (5.6g) weight. #930-000-068AG Extended Bolt Release, Blued, 3Z09H85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 11.99 #930-000-067AG Extended Bolt Release, Silver, 3Z09H85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.99 GRIP SCREWS BROOKS TACTICAL SEMI-AUTO AGRIP ACCURACY GRIP RUGER® MARK II/III Factory Replacement Screws For Popular Semi-Autos Blue and stainless steel slot head replacement screws maintain factory appearance. Hex head gives grips a neat, clean look, prevents burred slots. SPECS: Steel, blued or hard chrome (H/C), matte finish. Package contains two or four screws, as required. STK # BLUE STK # H/C STYLE FITS #408-010-226AG NA Slot SIG P226, P228, P229 #408-010-228AG #408-011-228AG Hex SIG P226, P228, P229 #408-010-220AG NA Slot SIG P220, P230 #408-010-230AG #408-011-230AG Hex SIG P220, P230 #408-010-035AG NA Slot Browning HP #408-010-075AG NA Slot CZ-/TZ-75 #408-010-092AG #408-011-092AG Slot Beretta/Taurus #408-010-093AG #408-011-093AG Hex Beretta/Taurus — Advise # — Slotted Beretta/Taurus, SIG, 8K06V91. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 8.99 — Advise # — Slotted Browning, CZ/TZ 8K06V91 . . . . 8.99 — Advise # — Hex SIG, Beretta/Taurus 8K06V91 . . . . 8.99 Improves Handling & Control, Secure Grip Helps Increase Accuracy Pre-cut, wrap around sleeve sticks on easily with an ultra high-tech, pressure-sensitive adhesive. Won’t peel off in harsh conditions, even under water. Provides a comfortable, secure grip for competition, law enforcement and tactical firearms. Non-slip and non-abrasive, with a soft feel that’s not tacky. Extremely durable, resists splitting, tearing, abrasion, and wear. Flexible, conforms to Glock frames with and without finger grooves. Resistant to most oils and solvents. Use 5" x 8", AGrip Sheet to cover rifles, shotgun stocks, forends, flashlights and tools or handguns not listed below. a b SPECS: Black. Soft texture. STOCK # FITS #100-000-528AG Glock 17 , 18, 22, 24, 31, 34, 35, 37 #100-000-529AG Glock 19, 23, 25, 32, 36 #100-000-626AG Glock 20, 21 #100-000-530AG Glock 26, 27 , 28, 33 #100-001-239AG Kahr PM/MK/M/Covert #100-000-731AG Kel Tec P32, P-3AT #100-001-245AG Springfield XD/HS2000 – Advise# – AGrip 5K22C29 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 31.99 #100-000-532AG AGrip Sheet 5K24Z19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33.99 Model GRIP KIT For Improved Accuracy & Better Control Endorsed by champion shooter Jerry Miculek, Grip Kits are easy to install and place the tip of your finger consistently on the trigger for better control and accuracy with every shot. Keeps your hand firmly seated on the grips and allows you to pull straight back on the trigger. Kit contains two molded one-piece grips. Trigger finger extender is molded into right hand grip. Right handed only. Fits Ruger Mark II and Mark III™ pistols. a b SPECS: Molded polymer, black. Measure from web between trigger finger and middle finger to end of middle finger to determine grip size needed. Med. = 2½" - 3", Lg. = 3" - 3¼", XL = 3¼" and longer. #100-002-476AG Accuracy Grip Kit, Med 4A14Y00 . .$ 24.95 #100-002-477AG Accuracy Grip Kit, Lg 4A14Y00 . . . . 24.95 #100-002-478AG Accuracy Grip Kit, XL 4A14Y00 . . . . 24.95 PISTOL TRIGGERS & COMPONENTS VOLQUARTSEN RUGER® MARK II/III TITANIUM DISCONNECTOR For Improved Trigger Function & Accuracy Lightweight, titanium disconnector improves lock tim2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=217http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=217HOGUE RUGER® MARK II™ MAJESTIC ARMS, LTD. RUGER® MARK II/III ROCO FIREARM TECHNOLOGY SIG SAUER VINTAGE GUN GRIPS TARGET GRIPS Comfortable, Hand Filling Custom Wood Or Soft Rubber Shaped to improve comfort and recoil control for better accuracy. Two styles of soft rubber: 82060 with right-hand thumbrest or 82000 without. Both have a “Cobblestone” texture and wraparound finger grooves for a grip that isn’t spongy or tacky. Smooth-cut, Pau Ferro grips have a single palmswell and right-hand thumbrest; feature a handbuffed, carnauba wax finish. SPECS: Rubber, black or Pau Ferro, Medium brown with mediumto-dark, brown graining. Fits Ruger Mark II pistols. #408-604-222AG Pau Ferro Grips, 8K56A35 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 75.99 #408-502-108AG 82060 Rubber Grips, 8K16Z08 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26.99 #408-502-109AG 82000 Rubber Grips, 8K16Z08 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26.99 COCOBOLO GRIPS Provides A Comfortable, Secure Grip High-quality Cocobolo wood grips dress up the appearance of your Ruger Mark II or III pistol and provide a comfortable, solid, natural grip for better shooting. Attractive, dark orange-brown with distinct black grain stripes, Cocobolo is durable and holds the clean, precise 20 lpi checking extremely well to give you a solid purchase. Right-Hand (RH) grips feature a smooth, comfortable thumb rest for right-handed shooters. Ambi grips offer a low-profile thumb rest on each panel to accommodate either right- or left-handed shooters. a b SPECS: Cocobolo wood. Fits Ruger Mark II and III pistols. #941-000-001AG RH Mark II/III Grips 1D33T99 . . . .$ 38.99 #941-000-004AG Ambi Mark II/III Grips 1D34T41 . . . 39.99 WALNUT GRIPS Ergonomically Designed For Shooting Comfort & Accuracy Solid walnut grips enhance your hold with their contoured swell that fills and supports the palm for increased shooting comfort. Helps accommodate differences in finger length for a more consistent trigger pull and accuracy. Stippled surface allows secure, non-slip contact with the hand without abrading the skin during recoil. Made from fancy Turkish Walnut hardened for extra strength, then beautifully finished and sealed with urethane resin. SPECS: Turkish Walnut. Inletted for decocker. Minor fitting may be required on some guns. #100-002-549AG SIG P220 Grip 3A73X13 . . . . . . . . . . $ 97.50 #100-002-550AG SIG P226 Grip 3A73X13 . . . . . . . . . . . 97.50 REPRODUCTION HANDGUN GRIPS Faithful Reproductions Of The Original, Hard, Black Rubber Grips Modern, high-quality reproductions of the original grip panels make restoring that old pistol or revolver more authentic. Checkering patterns, company logos, borders and decorations have all been faithfully reproduced from the originals. a b SPECS: Black, plastic. Screws and escutcheons are not included. STOCK # FITS PRICE #121-100-072AG Beretta 70S 1B22D88 $ 28.60 #121-100-007AG Browning, Baby .25 1B16X54 $ 20.50 #121-100-009AG Colt 1903 Pocket 1st. Type 1B25C40 $ 31.75 #121-100-021AG Colt 1903 Pocket 2nd. Type 1B25H40 $ 31.75 #121-100-022AG Colt 1903 Pocket 3rd. Type 1B25H40 $ 31.75 #121-100-034AG Colt Woodsman (1915-48) 1B25H40 $ 31.75 #121-100-100AG Walther PPK (2 piece) 1B33D56 $ 41.95 #121-100-101AG Walther PP (Banner) 1B22D88 $ 28.60 PISTOL NAVIDREX BROWNING HP PACHMAYR COMBAT GRIPS COMBAT GRIPS Thin, Checkered Or Palmswell Grips Give Improved Comfort & Secure Grasp Available in two different styles. All models feature full-coverage, handcut, 18 lpi checkering for a secure, no-slip grip and are relieved for new, factory ambi safeties. Thin Combat are much thinner than the factory grips so it’s easier for smaller hands to hold and shoot. Available only in long wearing, genuine jet-black or Ivory White Westinghouse Micarta® (MI) for superior wearability and strength. Palmswell features thumb and palmswells that spread recoil energy over a greater area for increased shooting comfort. Available in three different materials.2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=218http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=218REVOLVER/SILHOUETTE/TC REVOLVER / SILHOUETTE / TC INDEX Barrels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .218-219 Double Action & T/C Parts . . . . . . . . . . 216 Grips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220-223 CYLINDER & SLIDE S&W REVOLVER Single Action Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . .216-218 Speedloaders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223-224 Springs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219-220 POWER CUSTOM POWER CUSTOM S&W STRATTON CUSTOM THOMPSON CENTER COMPETITION HAND Oversize For Fitting & Correcting Timing No more heating and bending, oversize dimensions can be fitted to all S&W “K”, “L” and “N” revolvers. a b SPECS: Tool steel, i-t-w. Gunsmith fitting required. #713-028-002AG “K” Frame Hand, 3A20P00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 25.00 #713-028-003AG “L” Frame Hand 3A20P00. . . . . . . . . . 25.00 #713-028-004AG “N” Frame Hand 3A20P00 . . . . . . . . . 25.00 HAMMER SPUR Provides Easy, Positive Cocking Round, knurled pad for non-slip thumb purchase, gives extra reach for easy cocking of Contenders and Encores equipped with a scope. May be mounted left- or righthand; slips over the hammer spur and locks in place. a b SPECS: Aluminum, anodized, black or silver. 11⁄8" (3cm) long, 3⁄8" (9.3mm) diameter. #100-000-522AG Black Hammer Spur 5K13D20 . . . .$ 16.50 #100-000-523AG Silver Hammer Spur 5K13Z20 . . . . . 16.50 EXTRA LENGTH FIRING PIN Gives Reliable & Consistent Ignition .015", extra-length pin lets you use the lightest possible mainspring weight and still achieve consistent and reliable ignition. Improves firing pin strike on new model revolvers with the frame mounted firing pin. Drop-in fit. a b SPECS: Special steel, in the white. Heat treated to factory specs. .510" (12.95mm) OAL. .210" (5.33mm) pin length. .071" (1.79mm) pin diameter. Fits J, K, L and N frames. #206-000-010AG Extra Long S&W Firing Pin, 6K11V96 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 14.95 CYLINDER & YOKE ENDSHAKE BEARINGS Quickly Eliminates Excess Cylinder/Yoke Endplay It’s easy to eliminate excess cylinder and yoke endplay with these stainless steel bearings. Made by pistolsmith Ron Power as an alternative to stretching the yoke. Whether rebuilding worn guns or building custom ones, these will help turn out a 1st-class job. Each pak contains 10 bearings of 1 thickness. a b SPECS: Hardened 302 stainless steel. Cylinder Bearings - see chart. Yoke Bearings - .002" (.051mm) thick for S&W K,L,N. POWER CUSTOM S&W REVOLVER POWER CUSTOM OVERSIZE CYLINDER STOP Improve Function & Accuracy In S & W Revolvers Install one of these oversize cylinder stops to help improve the function and accuracy of worn and loose Smith & Wesson K, L, and N frame revolvers. CNC machined from A-2 tool steel, these stops are slightly oversized in width to allow for worn frame windows and cylinder notches. a b SPECS: A-2 tool steel. Fits K, L, and N frame revolvers. #713-000-066AG Oversize Cylinder Stop, 3A23Z96 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 29.95 SINGLE ACTION REVOLVER GAS RING SHIMS Fast, Drop-In Solution For Eliminating Excess Cylinder Endshake Eliminate excess cylinder endshake on Colt and clones, plus all Ruger® single action revolvers with these stainless steel gas ring shims. Installs between frame and the front of the gas ring to eliminate cylinder binding caused by the cylinder face rubbing the rear of the barrel, and helps cure headspace problems that can lead to misfires. Shim thickness of .0045" accommodates most revolvers that have cylinder endshake problems; remove material from the gas ring for “tighter” guns. Developed by master pistolsmith Ron Power as a cost-effective alternative to stretching the gas ring. Whether you’re servicing a worn gun or building a custom one, these shims will help turn out a first-class job. Available in 10-paks. a b SPECS: Stainless steel. .0045" thick. For guns with base pin diameter no larger than .260" and gas ring no smaller than .380". Fits Gen. 1, 2, 3 Colt SA a2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=219http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=219POWER CUSTOM RUGER® SA POWER CUSTOM RUGER® SA POWER CUSTOM COLT/RUGER® POWER CUSTOM COLT SAA REVOLVER/SILHOUETTE/TC HALF-COCK HAMMER & TRIGGER KIT Gives An Instant Trigger Job CNC machined hammer and trigger reduce pull weight to an easy-breaking 21⁄2 to 3 pounds. Smoothly contoured trigger face gives a lighter feel. Half-cock notch provides an additional Bisley Kit shown click when cocking, located so chambers will line up with loading gate. Allows cylinder to rotate without opening loading gate. Raised boss around hammer pivot hole eliminates side play; honed and polished engagement surfaces provide consistent trigger release. Requires no modification to grip frame. Hammers provide a drop-in fit only when used with Power Custom trigger. Requires gunsmith fitting/ alteration to factory trigger. a b SPECS: Steel, polished blue or bright polished, natural finish. Hardened to Rc 56-58. Kits include 17 lb., 18 lb. and 19 lb. hammer springs, 30% reduced power trigger spring and extra power cylinder latch spring. RUGER SA HALF COCK HAMMER & TRIGGER - Duplicates the clean, simple styling of the factory hammer. SPECS: Standard fits new model large frame Blackhawk®, Super Blackhawk® and Vaquero®. Single-Six its all Ruger Single-Six® models with no modifications. #713-020-000AG Standard Kit, Blue 3A127B96 . . . .$ 159.95 #713-000-039AG Standard Kit, Silver 3A143C96 . . . . 179.95 #713-000-055AG Single-Six Kit, Blue 3A127D96 . . . . . 159.95 #713-000-056AG Single-Six Kit, Silver 3A143D96. . . . 179.95 RUGER BISLEY HAMMER & TRIGGER - Features gracefully shaped and well-defined serrations for excellent thumb purchase. Low, round spur is great for scope-equipped guns. SPECS: Fits Bisley frame with no modifications. #713-000-009AG Bisley Kit, Blue 3A143H96 . . . . . . .$ 179.95 #713-000-042AG Bisley Kit, Silver 3A159H96 . . . . . . . 199.95 #713-000-004AG Bisley Hammer, Blue 3A103H96 . . . 129.95 #713-000-043AG Bisley Hammer, Silver 3A111H96 . . 139.95 RUGER BISLEY HAMMER & VAQUERO TRIGGER - Graceful styling and serrations of the Bisley-styled hammer. Drop-in fit for new model large frame Blackhawk, Super Blackhawk, and Vaquero. SPECS: Fits new model Blackhawk, Super Blackhawk, and large frame Vaquero with no modifications. #713-000-045AG Bisley/Vaquero Kit, Black, 3A143H96. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 179.95 #713-000-046AG Bisley/Vaquero Kit, Silver, 3A159H96. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199.95 RUGER COLT-STYLE HAMMER & NEW VAQUERO® TRIGGER KIT - Original Colt SA styling. Features a Colt style hammer, standard trigger, 30 oz. trigger spring, 14 lb. hammer spring, and extra-power base pin latch spring. SPECS: Steel, blue finish or bright polished, silver finish. Fits small frame New Vaquero and 50th anniversary Blackhawk models with internal hammer lock and XR-3 grip frame. #713-000-073AG Colt-Style/New Vaquero Kit, Blue 3A127Z96 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 159.95 #713-000-081AG Colt-Style/New Vaquero Kit, Silver 3A164Z95 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189.95 RUGER ALTERED TRANSFER BAR - Re-designed, dropin transfer bar gives a Ruger single action the feel and operation of a Colt single action. Allows loading gate to open with hammer at half cock. Cylinder can then rotate clockwise and the pawl is functional. For use with Power Custom Half Cock Hammer/Trigger Kits. Saves time and effort modifying the factory part. SPECS: Steel, in-the-white. Fits new model Blackhawk, Super Blackhawk, and large frame Vaquero with no modifications. #713-000-047AG Altered Transfer Bar, 3A23H99. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 29.99 COLT-STYLE GRIP FRAME Fits Your Hand To Improve Control Get the Colt-grip feel on your large-frame, Old Model, Ruger single action. CNC machined, two-piece, steel grip frame is slightly smaller than the Ruger factory original, with a shorter reach, too. Oversize for precise fitting/finishing; requires no modifications to frame. Heel is designed fo2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=220http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=220REVOLVER/SILHOUETTE/TC BORCHARDT RIFLE RUGER® BLACKHAWK® BELT MOUNTAIN SINGLE ACTION EJECTOR ROD HOUSING Replaces The Factory Aluminum Part Made from durable, machined steel that wears longer and functions smoother than the factory aluminum part. Increased weight helps cut down muzzle flip. High-lustre blue finish adds a touch of class to your Ruger Blackhawk revolver. a b SPECS: Steel, high-lustre blued. 4" (10cm) long, 1⁄4" (6.3mm) wide. Fits Blackhawk w/71⁄2", 51⁄2" and 45⁄8" barrels. Older guns, w/silver brazed studs, use the 1⁄4" model. New guns use .200" model. #850-200-250AG E/R Housing, ¼" 5H20X00 . . . . . . . .$ 25.00 #850-200-200AG E/R Housing, .200" 5H20X00 . . . . . . . 25.00 REPLACEMENT BASE PINS Tightens Cylinder Fit For Better Accuracy Maximum size base pins tighten cylinder fit to correct accuracy problems caused by worn-out or out of spec base pins and cylinder holes. Machined, heat-treated, then centerless ground for uniform tolerances. Standard Locking (Std Lock) pins have a locking set screw to prevent pin jump. Knurled features an easy to grasp knurled head with locking set screw. Standard (Std) pins have no locking set screw, replace the factory pin, and meet SASS requirements for no external modifications. Minor fitting may be required. a b SPECS: D416 stainless steel, silver finish (SIL) or 4340 chrome moly, blue (BL). Ruger and Colt Clone Pins - .2495" (6.34mm) OD. Colt Pins - .2515" (6.39mm) OD. Measure cylinder hole ID with pin gauge before ordering. For larger pin OD’s, see Oversize Base Pins. Includes instructions. ® Brownells SA REVOLVER BASE PIN LATCH KIT Replaces Commonly Lost Parts; Don’t Leave Home Without It PEACEMAKER SPECIALISTS COLT SAA BASE PIN RETENTION KIT Tightens Cylinder Fit To Restore Accuracy Maximum sized base pin tightens cylinder-to-frame fit for improved accuracy with minor fitting. Precision machined for straightness, then heat treated for extra strength and longer service life than the original, factory part. Eliminates lateral movement caused by worn, or out-of-round, base pins. Grooved head is b easy to grasp. Comes with base pin latch, spring and nut. a SPECS: Steel, blued. .250" (6.4mm) O.D. Fits 1st, 2nd and 3rd generation Colt centerfire SAA. #998-000-019AG Base Pin Retention Kit 8Z38U08 . .$ 45.99 MK TECHNOLOGIES RUGER® SA CRESCENT EJECTOR ROD/BUTTON Easy-To-Hit, Colt SAA-Style For Cowboy Shooters Larger, crescent size makes ejecting shells faster, smoother and more positive. Helps lower times, too. Fits all models of Blackhawk® and Vaquero®. Minor fitting required. SPECS: Blued or Stainless Steel. 3.8" (96.8mm) long, head .643" (16.3mm) wide. SASS legal. #737-400-001AG Blue Crescent Ejector 7C31Y96 . . .$ 39.95 #737-400-101AG SS Crescent Ejector 7C33T33 . . . . . . 41.66 STOCK # BL #141-000-019AG #141-000-023AG #141-000-020AG #141-100-007AG MK TECHNOLOGIES RUGER® SA BULLSEYE EJECTOR ROD Early Colt SAA-Style For Hunters, Sport & Cowboy Shooters Large, round button has a dished face that gives positive finger purchase. Makes ejecting shells a smooth, positive operation. Gives faster reloads; helps Cowboy shooters get lower times, too. Fits all models of Ruger Blackhawk® and Vaquero®. Minor fitting required. SPECS: Blued or stainless steel. 3.8" (96.8mm) long, head .643" (16.3mm) wide. SASS legal. #737-000-008AG Blue Bullseye Ejector, for Ruger SA, 7C31Y96 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 39.94 #737-000-009AG SS Bullseye Ejector, for Ruger SA, 7C33Y33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41.66 SINGLE ACTION PARTS FITS New Vaquero® (Small Frame) New Vaquero® (Small Frame) New Vaquero® (Small Frame) New Model Blackhawk®, Super Blackhawk®, Vaquero®, Bisley #141-100-001AG #141-101-001AG Knurled New Model Blackhawk, Super Blackhawk, Vaquero, Bisley #141-100-006AG #141-101-006AG Std New Model Blackhawk, Super Blackhawk, Vaquero, Bisley #141-100-009AG NA Std Lock Old Model Blackhawk & Super Blackhawk .30 Carbine, .41 Mag., .44 Mag., .45 Colt NA2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=221http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=221DOUGLAS HANDGUN BARREL LEE’S GUNSMITHING SINGLE ACTION GUNSLINGER SPRING KITS Lightens Trigger Pull & Smoothes Action Cycling High-quality springs provide smoother action function and operation, plus reduce felt trigger pull. Coil springs are slightly reduced in diameter to eliminate guide rod spring bind. Colt hammer spring is narrowed along the sides, maintains strength and reduces cocking effort; trigger spring is durable wire-type. a b SPECS: Spring steel. Includes hammer and trigger springs. Colt SAA - Fits Colt Single Action Army and clones. Ruger® SA - Fits Blackhawk® and Vaquero®. #100-000-509AG Colt SAA Spring Kit 5K16D20. . . . .$ 26.95 #100-000-510AG Ruger SA Spring Kit 5K15D00 . . . . . 24.95 Brownells PRO-SPRINGS “Guaranteed Superior” REVOLVER/SILHOUETTE/TC ™ FOR ACTION-TUNING by WOLFF RGP-103 FOR RUGER GP100® - Contains (3) RP hammer springs: 9 lb., 10 lb., and 12 lb. (factory is 14 lb.), plus (2) RP trigger springs, 8 lb. and 10 lb. (factory is 11 lb.). Gives choice of best springs for individual gun. Reduces, smooths hammer actuation and trigger pull, yet ensures reliability on factory issued or professionally tuned guns. #080-665-103AG Kit RGP-103 6K07B89 . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 11.84 .38/.357 Blanks In 1-10 & 1-14 Twist, Plus .44 & .45 Famous Douglas Double XX premium quality blanks in the two most popular twist rates for PPC and other precision shooting. 1-14 duplicates the Python twist rate that is given much of the credit for the Colt's accuracy. 1-10 rate gives superb accuracy with 148 grain wadcutters and the heavier bullets needed to keep the .357 competitive in silhouette. a b SPECS: 4140 CM Steel. 271⁄2" (69.8cm) rough blank, finishes to 1.2" (3cm) O.D. STOCK # GROOVE DIA TWIST LENGTH #237-358-014AG .357 1-14 27½" #237-358-010AG .357 1-10 27½" #237-429-016AG .429 1-16 27½" #237-451-016AG .451 1-16 27½" — Advise # — Douglas Blank 7C176A39 . . . . . . . . . .$ 212.99 SHILEN HANDGUN BARREL MAGIC SPRINGS BY SEVEN RUGER® SA Brownells Pro-Spring™ Kits are made from the very finest high-tensile spring wire - wire that is formulated and drawn especially for finest quality springs. The tension is actually built into the wire as it is being drawn - not added afterwards by heat treating. Consequently, Brownells Springs will continue to function correctly and continually, long after many of the other springs have taken on so much “set” that they have lost their ability to return to the required length and tension you need. a b It’s simply not worth taking a chance when the best quality springs are only a small part of the project. Try Brownells ProSpring Kits and find out for yourself the satisfaction of using a really good gun spring - designed and made expressly for us by Wolff, the Dean of quality gun springs for the professional firearms industry. SPECS: RP = Reduced Power, XP = Extra Power, FSW = Factory Standard Weight. FOR S&W K, L, N FRAME REVOLVER REVOLUTIONARY POWER RIB™ DESIGN Kits contain a new flat mainspring with a unique, Power Rib™ designed by Wolff that is slowly “squeezed” into place for correctly flowed grain structure of the spring steel. Gives fantastically improved smoothness and consistency of pull. Eliminates any possibility of stacking and provides optimum hammer actuation - the likes of which you have longed for in the action-tuning jobs you have done on S&W’s in the past. (Requires unaltered strain screw). SWK/L/N-201 - Reduced power kit with lighter than stock Power Rib mainspring plus 13, 14, and 15 lb. rebound springs for precise tuning. Lightens trigger pull and gives superior smoothness and consistency of both double and single action pull. #080-665-201AG Kit SWK/L/N-201 6K11X91 . . . . . . . . $ 17.99 SWK/L/N-202 - Standard power kit with a Power Rib™ mainspring that duplicates the factory spring's rate. Gives positive ignition of magnum primers, vastly improved smoothness and consistency of pull. Includes 13, 14, and 15 lb. rebound springs for precise tuning. #080-665-202AG Kit2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=222http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=222REVOLVER/SILHOUETTE/TC WOLFF MK TECHNOLOGIES RUGER® SA WOLFF RUGER® SA WISNER COLT SAA REVOLVER SPRING KITS RUGER SP101® KIT - Contains (1) 9 lb., (1) 10 lb., and (1) 12 lb. reduced power hammer spring for tailoring trigger pull.Includes (1) 8 lb. reduced power trigger return spring. a b #969-171-130AG Ruger SP101 Kit, 9F06A53 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 9.79 TAURUS 73, 85, & 605 SHOOTERS PAK - Fits small-framed Taurus Models 73, 85 and 605. Kit includes (1) 9 lb. hammer spring, FSW - 11 lb.; (1) 9 lb. and (1) 6.5 lb. trigger return spring, FSW - 14 lb. a b #969-301-510AG Taurus Shooters Pak, 9F07H00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 10.50 TAURUS 669 SERIES SHOOTERS PAK “A” - Kit contains (1) 10 lb., (1) 11 lb., and (1) 12 lb. reduced power hammer spring. (1) 10 lb. and (1) 11 lb. reduced power trigger return spring. Fits 65, 66, 669, 689, 80, 82 and 83. a b #969-171-900AG 669 Shooters Pak 9F07A00 . . . . . . . .$ 10.50 MARSHALL’S TUNE UP KIT Provides Extra Smooth Cocking & Trigger Release Top quality, drop-in, spring kit lowers cocking effort and provides a light, crisp trigger pull when installed as part of your action job. Kit includes one, 17 lb. reduced power mainspring, one, 2 lb. reduced power hammer spring, plus one extra power base pin spring for improved reliability. SPECS: Spring steel. Fits New Model Ruger Blackhawk®, Super Blackhawk®, Vaquero®, and Single Six®. #737-000-013AG Ruger SA Tune Up Kit, 7C19Y96 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 24.95 REDUCED POWER REVOLVER SPRINGS For A Smooth Action, Fast Follow-up Shots, Helps Improve Accuracy Give your New Vaquero®, 50th Anniversary Blackhawk®, or other Ruger single-action revolver, a lighter cocking pull and ultrasmooth trigger with these easy-to-install, high-grade replacements for the factory springs. No time-consuming honing, filing, and other reworking of parts. These precision action springs are carefully manufactured for easy fitting to your revolver with only minor disassembly. a b SPECS: Spring steel, natural finish. NEW VAQUERO/ANNIVERSARY BLACKHAWK SHOOTERS PAKS – Reduced power springs make cocking easier, lighten trigger pull, and improve accuracy. Kits include reduced power, 14 lb. hammer spring for easier cocking, and a choice of light 30 oz. or 40 oz. trigger spring, plus extra-power base pin latch spring for positive cylinder latching. SPECS: Fits New Model Vaquero and New Blackhawk 50th Anniversary models with internal hammer lock and XR-3 grip frame. #969-000-156AG 30/14 Reduced Power Shooters Pak, 9F09U47 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 13.99 #969-000-157AG 40/14 Reduced Power Shooters Pak, 9F09U00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.50 TRIGGER SPRINGS - Choice of two levels of reduced let-off force for smoother trigger pulls, greater accuracy, and faster shooting times. Great for cowboy competition. SPECS: Fits Single Six®, Blackhawk, 50th Anniversary New Blackhawk, Super Blackhawk, Super Blackhawk Hunter, Maximum Blackhawk, Bisley®, New Vaquero with XR-3 grip frame, and large frame Vaquero. #969-000-163AG 30 oz. Reduced Power Trigger Spring, 9F05U33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 7.99 #969-000-162AG 40 oz. Reduced Power Trigger Spring, 9F05U33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.99 HAMMER SPRINGS - Substantially lighter than factory, standard 23-lb. springs for easier cocking and faster follow-up shots. SPECS: Fits Single Six, Blackhawk, Super Blackhawk, Super Blackhawk Hunter, Maximum Blackhawk, Bisley, and large frame Vaquero. #969-000-158AG 17 lb. Reduced Power Hammer Spring, 9F02U87 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 4.29 #969-000-159AG 18 lb. Reduced Power Hammer Spring, 9F02U92 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.99 #969-000-160AG 19 lb. Reduced Power Hammer Spring, 9F02U87 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.29 NEW VAQUERO/BLACKHAWK HAMMER SPRINGS2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=223http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=223HANDGUN FRAME & MODEL AHRENDS S&W REVOLVER ALL AMERICA SALES BANG, INC. S&W REVOLVER/SILHOUETTE/TC CROSS REFERENCE CHART Most grip manufacturers list their grips according to which frame they fit. If you don’t know which frame size a gun is, check the Model Numbers & Names column in the chart, then which Frame Designation it is under. The list is general and may not include every model made under a frame designation. FRAME DESIG. MODEL NUMBERS & NAMES -Astra .357 Magnum -Undercover .38; Pathfinder .22 LR; Undercoverette .32 S&W Long; Bulldog .38 & .44 Spec. Colt D Det. Special-Sq. Butt; Police Pos. Spec.-Sq. Butt; Cobra; Agent; Diamondback Colt E Official Police (Pre'70) Colt I Officl Mod. Match; Police Python; Trooper (Pre '70) Colt J Metropolitan Mk III; Lawman Mk III; Official Police Mk III; Trooper Mk III Colt V Trooper Mk IV, Mk V, Anaconda King Cobra, Peace-maker (D/A) Colt -1917 Army Colt -Single Action Army, 1860 Army; New Frontier S/A Dan Wesson Small 8-2 .32 Spec. Service; 14-2 .357 Mag. Service; 9-2 .38 Spec. Target; 15-2 .357 Mag. Target Dan Wesson Large M40, 741, 744 (.357 Max, .41 & .44 Mag) Ruger 151 .38; .357 Service Six; SDA 32/34/84; GF 34/84, Blued & Stnls; .357 Security Six, RDA & GA; 32/34/36, Blued & Stainless; 9mm; .38; .357 Speed Six, SS&GS; 32/34/82, Blued & Stainless Ruger -GP-100 Ruger -Redhawk Ruger -Super Blackhawk (except XR-3 Frame) Ruger XR-3 New Mod. Blackhawk Super Single Six; RED Old Army Smith & Wesson J 30: .322 Hand Ejector; 31: .32 Regulation Police; 32: Terrier Double Action; 33: .38 Regulation Police; 34: '53, 22/32 Kit gun, Round Butt; 34: '53, 22/32 Target; 36: .38 Chiefs Spec. Rd. Butt; 36: .38 Chiefs Spec. Sq. Butt; 37: .38 Chiefs Special Airweight Round Butt; 37: .38 Chiefs Special Airweight Square butt; 38: Bodyguard Airweight; 43: '55, 22/32 Kit gun Airweight, Square butt; 49, 649: Bodyguard (steel frame); 51: '60, 22/32 Kit Gun, .22 WMRF, Round butt; 51, 651: '60,22/32 Kit Gun, .22 WMRF, Sq. butt; 60: .38 Chiefs Special, Stnls, Round butt; 60: .38 Chiefs Special, Stnls, Square butt; 63: 22/32 Kit gun, Stnls. GUN MFG. Astra Charter Arms 10: .38 M&P , Round butt; 10: .38 M&P , Square butt; 12: .38 M&P Airweight, Round butt; 12: .38 M&PAirweight, Square butt; 13: .357 M&P , Round butt; 13: .357 M&P , Square butt; 14: K38 Masterpiece, D/A & S/A; 15: K38 Combat Masterpiece; 16: K32 Masterpiece; 17: K22 Masterpiece; 18: K22 Combat Masterpiece; 19: .357 Combat Mag. Rd. butt; 19: .357 Combat Mag. Sq. butt; 48: K22-MRF Masterpiece; 53: .22 Magnum (.22 Jet) D/A; 64, 65, 66: .38/.357 M&P , Combat Masterpiece, Stainless, Rd. butt; 64, 65, 66: .38/.357 M&P , Combat Mag. Stainless, Sq. butt Smith & Wesson K Smith & Wesson 547, 581, 586, 681, 686 Disting. Combat Mag. Smith & Wesson N 20: .38/.44 Heavy Duty; 21: '50, .44 Mil. D/A; 23: .38/.44 Outdoorsman; 24: '50 Target .44 D/A; 25: '50 Target .45 D/A; 27: .357 Mag. D/A; 28: Highway Patrolman; 29: .44 Mag. D/A; 57: .41 Mag. D/A; 58: .41 Mag., M&P; 629: .44 Mag. Stnls; All w/round butt --Contender - Grip (Below #195,000); Contender-Forend, 14" Round Barrels Model 73 & 85 L EXOTIC WOOD GRIPS Beautiful Grain, Improves Control, Ideal For Concealed Carry Provides a secure gripping surface that still lets clothing slide smoothly to help minimize “printing” on carry guns. Precision shaped, Finger-Groove uncheckered Cocobolo or Goncalo Alves brings Round-To-Square out the depth and beauty of the wood. Reddish brown Cocobolo has contrasting grain stripes of dark red-brown for a distinctive touch of elegance. Fine-grain Goncalo Alves ranges from light reddish-brown to deep red-brown, with irregular, dark brown, almost black, markings. Available with Smooth contour or Finger Groove (FG) for even more control and accuracy. Smooth Round-To-Square grips give round butt revolvers the look and feel of a square butt gun for a comfortable, hand-filling grip on target and hunting guns. RetroTarget Smooth grips give the appearance of traditional, square-butt S&W t2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=224http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=224REVOLVER/SILHOUETTE/TC Items N.C. ORDNANCE PACHMAYR REVOLVER GRIPS Mirror-Image Reproductions Of Hard-To-Find Grip Panels Affordable, exotic grips for single action revolvers are molded from polyurethane resin and finished by hand for a precise fit. Molding process uses the highest-quality molds cast from mint-condition original factory grips to ensure no unsightly air bubbles in the finished product. Grips look and feel like the hardwearing stag antlers, jigged bone, or ivory used to customize original Old West sixguns. a b SPECS: Molded polyurethane resin, in simulated Stag, Ivory, or Jigged Bone (JB). Minor fitting may be required. Colt SAA Ivory includes gold medallion. Ruger Vaquero also fits Blackhawk and Single Six. Ruger Vaquero Old Model fits larger, pre-2005 Vaquero grip frame. 100-005-910AG Beretta Stampede, Ivory/Checkered, 8B23P17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 29.99 #100-005-016AG Colt SAA, Stag 8B26A92 . . . . . . . . . . . 34.99 #100-005-013AG Colt SAA, Ivory 8B46Z15 . . . . . . . . . . . 59.99 100-005-911AG High Standard Double Nine, Stag, 8B26P92 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34.99 100-005-907AG Remington 1858, Ivory/Smooth, 8B23P17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29.99 #100-005-011AG Ruger Super Blackhawk, Stag, 8B30Z77 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39.99 100-005-906AG Ruger Vaquero, Stag 8B27P03 . . . . . . 34.99 100-005-905AG Ruger Vaquero Old Model, JB, 8B34P75 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44.99 100-006-133AG Ruger Vaquero Old Model, Stag, 8B26X92 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34.99 #100-005-015AG Ruger Vaquero, Ivory, 8B23A08 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29.99 #100-005-012AG Ruger Bisley, JB 8B34Z62 . . . . . . . . . 44.99 #100-005-014AG Uberti Model P, Ivory 8B36Z29 . . . . . 44.99 COLT WALNUT GRIPS – Reproduction grips of genuine U.S. black walnut turn an old, classic Colt double action revolver into a prized collector’s item. Beautifully finished and sealed with two coats of linseed oil. Comes with brass escutcheon, nut, and blued screw, like the original grips. Plain, uncheckered Model 1917 grips replicate the simple, clean, elegant lines of the original World War I era U.S. Army service revolver. New Service grips are fully checkered, with the silver Colt medallion. SPECS: Black walnut, linseed oil finish. Model 1917 grips also fit M1909. New Service grips also fit M1909, M1917 , and 1937 Royal Canadian Mounted Police revolver. 100-005-908AG Colt M-1917 Grips 8B73P36 . . . . . . .$ 94.99 100-005-909AG Colt New Service Grips, 8B95P83 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114.99 “GRIPPER” HANDGUN GRIPS Famous Quality & Super Fit The combination you’ve been looking for. Positive, no-slip grip provided by Pachmayr’s famous grip material, plus . . . the excellent accuracy advantage of contoured finger grooves for consistent a hand placement. Won’t chip, crack or break. b SPECS: Molded, black, neoprene rubber. STOCK # MODEL FITS #692-600-001AG SJ-G S&W “J” frame w/round butt #692-600-002AG SJ-GS S&W “J” frame w/square butt #692-601-001AG SK-G S&W “K/L ” frame w/square butt #692-601-011AG SK-GP S&W "K/L" frame w/square butt open back, fits smaller hands #692-602-001AG SK-GR S&W “K” frame w/round butt #692-603-003AG SN-G S&W “N” frame w/square butt #692-612-011AG TR-G Taurus Large Frame .38 Spl./.357/.44 #692-605-005AG RS6-G Ruger® Security® and Service Six® w/square butt #151 or higher #692-611-011AG RHK-G Ruger Redhawk® #692-611-012AG RSB-G Ruger Super Blackhawk® w/square-back triggerguard only #692-606-006AG CD-G Colt D frame all w/short square butt #692-607-007AG CI-G Colt I frame w/square butt #692-610-010AG CHA-G Charter Arms Bulldog #692-613-100AG GP-G Ruger GP-100® #692-612-012AG TC-G T/C Contender — Advise # — Gripper Grip, except TC-G, 2F22Y67. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 33.99 #692-612-012AG TC-G Gripper Grip 2F42T2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=225http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=225VINTAGE GUN GRIPS COLT & RUGER® SA SINGLE ACTION GRIPS A Touch Of The Old West For Today’s Revolvers Authentic reproduction of the hard rubber grips used on frontier Colt Single Actions. Made from modern synthetic materials, with superior strength and durability. a b SPECS: High impact plastic, black. Includes screws and escutch® eons. Blackhawk fits new model Blackhawk®, New Model Single Six®, and old, large frame Vaquero®. STOCK # FITS PRICE #121-100-024AG Colt SAA (Rampant Colt) 1st Generation 1B25H48 $ 32.99 #121-100-025AG Colt SAA (Eagle) 1st Gen. 1B25H48 $ 32.99 #121-100-125AG Colt SAA (Checkered., 2nd & 3rd Generation) 1B25D48 $ 32.99 #121-100-225AG Colt SAA (Eagle, 2nd & 3rd Generation 1B25D48 $ 32.99 #121-100-026AG Colt Bisley 1B25H48 $ 32.99 #121-100-243AG Blackhawk 1B24Z84 $ 32.99 #121-100-245AG Ruger Bisley 1B24Z84 $ 32.99 MOON CLIP STRIPPER Strip & Hold Every Round From Your Revolver Long steel tube holds all the empty cases you’re stripping from your revolver’s moon clip - even 8-rounds of empty .357 mag. Durable, Brownells screwdriver handle makes the tool easy and comfortable to use. Extended-length 10 mm holds 9mm, .38 Spl., .357 Mag. and 10mm; also available in standard length .45 ACP. a b SPECS: Hardened steel, blued. Plastic handle. 10mm - 107⁄8" (27 .6cm) OAL. .45 ACP - 7” (17 .8cm) OAL. #352-197-100AG Extended 10 mm Moon Clip Stripper, 2E11A30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 17.00 #352-197-000AG .45 ACP Moon Clip Stripper, 2E11A89 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17.95 Brownells MOON CLIP .45 CAL. MOON CLIPS - Speeds loading/unloading of S&W 25-2, 625, plus Colt/S&W 1917 revolvers. Reusable clip holds six rounds in a lightweight, easy-to-load unit. Keeps all your spent brass together, too. b a SPECS: Available in blue or nickel plated (NK). Approx. 11⁄2" (3.8cm) dia. 5 clips per pak. #965-069-005AG Blue .45 ACP Moon Clips 5F04U26 .$ 4.95 #965-069-105AG NK .45 ACP Moon Clips 5F09U31 . . 10.95 10mm MOON CLIPS - Faster reloads for the S&W 610. Light weight, reusable, keeps spent brass from getting lost. SPECS: Steel, blue. Approx. 11⁄2" (3.8cm) dia. 5 clips per pak. #861-001-010AG Blue 10mm Moon Clips 1F02A71 . . .$ 4.99 PRUDHOME S&W REVOLVER Loads Moon Clips Fast, Hassle-Free MOONSETTER REVOLVER/SILHOUETTE/TC CALIFORNIA COMPETITION WORKS “SHOOT A MOON” CLIP HOLDER Carry Additional Clips For Competition & Hunting Spring steel clip provides quick-to-grasp, instant access to loaded moon clips for rapid reloads. Steel lip holds carrier secure to belt; won’t slide or pull off. Nylon cartridge guide positions rounds for correct alignment. 2 per package. Designed to work specifically with six-shot .45 ACP revolvers but can be modified to work with 9mm, .357 and 10mm six-shot revolvers. SPECS: Spring steel, nickel plated. Nylon guide. .45 ACP clips. Sold in pak of 2. #151-111-000AG Shoot A Moon Clip Holders, 2-Pak 1E13C50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 17.90 BLADE-TECH TWIN MOON CLIP HOLDER Ambidextrous, Double-Capacity Carrier For Fast Reloads Caliber-specific, dual slots allow you to carry two, 6-, 7-, or 8-shot, full moon clips on your belt. Lightweight, impact-resistant, Kydex takes a beating and won’t lose its shape. Tek-Lok™ clip allows easy on/off without removing your belt. Ambidextrous and easily concealable. .6cm) SPECS: Kydex, black. 2" (5.1cm) long, 13⁄8" (3.5cm) wide, 3" (7 1⁄ high. Fits 1 4" (3.2cm) to 21⁄4" (5.7cm) wide belts. STOCK # CALIBER STOCK # CALIBER #098-000-028AG .38 Special #098-000-026AG .40 S&W #098-000-024AG .357 Mag. #098-000-025AG .45 ACP – Advise # – Twin Moon Clip Holder 8K28P75 . . . . .$ 35.95 Specially designed pliers puts an end to the dreaded chore of seating stout revolver cartridges into tightfitting moon clips. Strong, 10-gauge steel handles pivot smoothly and provide plenty of leverage for effortless, one-handed loading. Eliminates bruised, cut-up fingers, bent clips, and hours of monotony that could better be spe2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=226http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=226REVOLVER/SILHOUETTE/TC TK CUSTOM S&W REVOLVER FULL MOONCLIPS Competition Grade Moonclips For Fast, Fumble-Free Reloads Long-lasting moonclips keep revolver cartridges together and properly aligned for fast, positive reloads in Smith & Wesson revolvers. Made to uniform tolerances from rigid steel for consistent fit and function. 625/25-2x6 fits 6-shot, .45 ACP cylinders in S&W models 625 and 25-2. 627x8 Standard fits 8-shot, .38 Spl./.357 Mag. cylinders in S&W model 627. Available in 10-Paks and designed for use with specific brands of brass. a b SPECS: Steel, blued finish. 625/25-2x6 - .040” thick. Fits Prudhome Moonsetter mandrel TK-A. Works with most brands of brass. 627x8 - .022” thick. Fits Moonsetter mandrel TK-I. Use with Federal or Remington brass, or WW unplated brass. 10-Paks. #100-002-058AG 625/25-2x6 Moonclips, 6A15V96 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 19.95 #100-002-059AG 627x8 Std Moonclips 6A31V96 . . . . . 39.95 MAXFIRE SPEEDLOADER Fast, Sure Reloads Without Fiddling One-piece molding of soft, rubber holds cartridges firmly without rattling. Handle clears grips and cylinder latch. Wear on your finger before/after reloading. Stairstep design lets Ammunition not included you line up just two rounds and the rest follow into the cylinder. A quick sideways pull releases ammo without spilling. a b SPECS: Synthetic rubber, black. Sold in package of 2. M1K fits S&W 627 , Taurus 608, 8 shot. M2K fits S&W K-frame, Dan Wesson, Taurus 65, 66, Colt Det. Spl., Diamondback. M4K fits S&W -frame, Ruger J-frame, Ruger SP-101®, Taurus 85. M5K fits S&W L GP1-00®, Colt Trooper. M14K fits S&W N-frame, Ruger Redhawk/ ® Super Redhawk , Colt Anaconda, Taurus 441. STOCK # MODEL CALIBER PRICE #100-000-172AG M1K .38/.357 2K09X33 $ 14.95 #100-000-173AG M2K .38/.357 2K09X33 $ 14.95 #100-000-174AG M4K .38/.357 2K09X33 $ 14.95 #100-000-175AG M5K .38/.357 2K09X33 $ 14.95 #100-000-178AG M14K .44 Mag./Spl. 2K09X33 $ 14.95 SPEEDLOADER POUCH – Leather, double pouches have steel snaps and plastic inserts to keep speedloaders securely in place. Flaps don’t interfere with speedloader handle. Fits belts up to 21⁄4" wide. For use with Maxfire Speedloader models only. SPECS: Leather, black. Steel snaps. #100-001-786AG Speedloader Pouch, Fits M4K, 2K26T67 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 39.95 #100-002-509AG Speedloader Pouch, Fits M2K, M5K, M8K, 2K29D33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42.95 #100-002-510AG Speedloader Pouch, Fits M3K, M13K, M16K, 2K29D33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42.95 SAFARILAND COMP II SPEEDLOADER Rapid Reloading For Competition & Law Enforcement Fast, reliable speedloader for competition, law enforcement and sporting use. Holds six rounds ready for instant, all-at-once loading into the cylinder. Single “push” motion releases rounds, no twisting. Just hold the outer ring, start the bullet noses into the cylinder and push down. a b SPECS: High-impact, black plastic. 11⁄2" (3.8cm) dia., 11⁄2" (3.8cm) high. Wt., 1⁄2 oz. (14 g). For .38 Spl./.357 Mag.only. STOCK # FITS #797-200-002AG S&W “K” , Dan Wesson, Taurus 66, 669, 689 #797-200-008AG S&W “L ” , Ruger® GP-100® #797-200-004AG Ruger Security-Six®/Speed-Six®/Service-Six® #797-200-003AG Colt Python — Advise # — Comp II Speedloader 7G09V49 . . . . .$ 13.75 SAFARILAND HKS SPEEDLOADER COMP III SPEEDLOADER For The Competitor; Spring-Loaded For Fastest Cylinder Filling The latest stage of speedloader development. Extra length so it’s easy to hang onto. No-twist, no-turn, spring-loaded design launches rounds into cylinder the instant the loader touches it. b a SPECS: High-impact, black plastic. 11⁄2" (3.8cm) diameter, 3" (7 .6cm) long. .38/.357 . 002 fits - D/Wesson .38/.357 , “K” Frame, Taurus 66, 669, 689. 008 fits - Ruger GP 100, “L ” Frame. #797-350-002AG 002 Comp III Speedloader, 7G15H71 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 20.00 #797-351-008AG 008 Comp III Speedloader, 7G15H17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=227http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=227GALCO Accessory RESCOMP WILDERNESS TACTICAL PRODUCTS SKYLINE TOOLWORKS HOLSTERS & MAG HOLDERS INSTRUCTOR`S GEAR BELT Dual-Layer Nylon Webbing For Secure Retention Of Holster & Other Gear Full 1¾" wide holster belt made from dual layers of lateral-stitched mil-spec nylon webbing forms the ultimate gun belt to keep your holster, magazine pouches, and accessories securely in place. Independent laboratory tested to withstand over 8,000 lbs. of force, this is the one belt that’ll handle your demands without failure. Reversible design can be worn facing left or right. Features overlapping hook-and-loop closure strip, heat-sealed edging to resist fraying, and a drop-forged steel buckle with a durable black Roguard finish. b a SPECS: Nylon webbing, Black or Coyote. 1¾" (4.4cm) wide, .20" (5mm) thick. Steel buckle, black Roguard finish. To find proper size, measure the length of a leather belt that fits you correctly from the inside edge of the buckle away from the hinge to the hole you currently use. Increase inch size to the range shown in these belt sizes: Medium - 34"-37". Large - 38"-41". #100-004-762AG Medium Instructor’s Belt, Black, 7A41V62 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 44.99 #100-004-763AG Medium Instructor’s Belt, Coyote, 7A41V62 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44.99 #100-004-760AG Large Instructor’s Belt, Black, 7A41V62 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44.99 #100-004-761AG Large Instructor’s Belt, Coyote, 7A41V62 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44.99 CR 2001 “HI TORQUE” BELT Won’t Slip Or Shift & Won’t Snag Clothing Shooter friendly, buckleless design features non-snag Velcro® loop inner belt that won’t wear on clothing and car seats. Inner and outer belts are nylon cloth sewn to a reinforced nylon-plastic liner; provides a firm, stable foundation for your holster and accessories that won’t slip or shift. Fast on and off; rig can be positioned in just seconds. SPECS: Nylon cloth over a nylon-plastic liner, black. 11⁄2" (3.8cm) wide. Order one size larger than actual waist size. #775-000-010AG 34" 2001 Hi Torque Belt 5G53B30. .$ 66.62 #775-000-011AG 36" 2001 Hi Torque Belt 5G49B20. . . 61.50 #775-000-012AG 38" 2001 Hi Torque Belt 5G49B86. . . 61.99 #775-000-013AG 40" 2001 Hi Torque Belt 5G49B20. . . 61.50 #775-000-014AG 42" 2001 Hi Torque Belt 5G49B20. . . 61.50 #775-000-015AG 44" 2001 Hi Torque Belt 5G49B20. . . 61.50 #775-000-022AG 46" 2001 Hi Torque Belt 5G48B48. . . 60.60 #775-000-023AG 48" 2001 Hi Torque Belt 5G48B48. . . 60.60 #775-000-024AG 50" 2001 Hi Torque Belt 5G48B48. . . 60.60 #775-000-025AG 52" 2001 Hi Torque Belt 5G48B48. . . 60.60 BELT TAG - Nylon webbing “keeper” attaches around Rescomp CR 2001 holster belt to keep the inner belt properly aligned with the outer belt and hold the belt tip in place. Large, Velcro® closure ensures the tag stays where you put it, and internal plastic stiffener prevents it from bending as you move around. Rubber face pad with bright red “CR Speed” logo. SPECS: Nylon webbing, black. 2" (5.1cm) x 2" when installed. Fits Rescomp CR 2001 “Hi Torque” belt system. 775-000-033AG Hi Torque Belt Tag 5G08X46 . . . . . . .$ 9.99 ORIGINAL INSTRUCTOR BELT Lateral Stitched For Vertical Stability; Won’t Flex, Sag or Fail Because “overkill never fails” this instructor belt is made from dual-thickness, nylon web strap sewn together with five rows of lateral stitching that keeps your holster, ammo, magazine and accessory pouches upright and in their proper position. This belt simply won’t sag or lose rigidity regardless of conditions or application. Tested to withstand up 8,000 pounds of weight. Solid steel V-ring buckle includes a floating lock bar tensioner that accepts a carabiner for emergency extraction applications. Overlap tongue is retained by nylon hook and loop fastener material; can be worn left or right facing. SPECS: Belt - Nylon web, coyote brown or black. 11⁄2” (3.8cm) wide. Buckle - Cast steel, black. Si2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=228http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=228HOLSTERS & MAG HOLDERS ALESSI HOLSTERS belt loop on each side provides excellent weight distribution. STOCK # FITS #100-005-485AG Glock 17 #100-005-484AG Glock 19 #100-005-483AG Glock 26 #100-005-486AG S&W M&P 9mm/.40/.357 Sig #100-005-487AG S&W M&P .45 ACP - Advise # - Watch 6 Holster 7D96H55 . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 99.99 ANKLE HOLSTER - Backup holster for small revolvers and semi-autos has a padded ankle band of extrasupple leather backed with heavy felt fabric for comfortable, nonslip, all day carry. Secures with a 2" wide, adjustable hook-and-loop closure for a tight seal that won’t open unexpectedly. Form-fitting holster grasps gun tightly, yet still allows a quick, smooth draw. STOCK # FITS #100-005-491AG S&W J-Frame #100-005-493AG Ruger® LCP™ #100-005-492AG Glock 26/27 #100-005-494AG Kahr PM9 - Advise # - Ankle Holster 7D144P83 . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 149.99 SHOULDER HOLSTER - Fully adjustable shoulder rig is designed to provide comfortable, concealed carry for a variety of different-sized shooters. Holster is positioned semi-horizontally between the arm and body, underneath the shoulder. Two integral pouches are secured to the other side of the rig to hold spare mags, speed loaders, ammo, or additional small gear; snap-flap covers keep contents secure. Unique Speed Break (SB) retention system snaps into the triggerguard for a secure hold, yet still allows a fast, natural draw. More traditional Thumb Break (TB) retention system snaps around the rear of the slide. STOCK # FITS RETENTION #100-005-509AG Beretta 92FS SB #100-005-505AG Glock 19 TB #100-005-506AG Glock 26/27 TB #100-005-507AG S&W M&P 9mm/.40/.357 Sig SB #100-005-508AG S&W M&P .45 ACP SB - Advise # - Bodyguard Holster 7D168U97 . . . . . . . .$ 174.99 GUARDIAN - Similar to the Bodyguard model, but with an inverted holster for a “barrel up” position. Ideal for the business professional or plain cloths officer who carries a revolver on a daily basis. Includes built-in dump pouch or speed loader pouch with snap-flap cover to keep contents secure. Fits S&W J-Frame revolvers and Colt revolvers with 2" barrel. Thumb-break retention system. #100-005-513AG Guardian Holster 7D168U97 . . . . .$ 174.99 MAGAZINE POUCHES - Made with the same attention to detail as the Alessi’s premium-grade holsters. Low-cut for easy magazine access and fast reloads. Features a full-width snap-flap that wraps around the belt slides easily around the belt from underneath. Single- and double-magazine models available. BLADE -TECH SEMI-AUTO PISTOL BLADE-TECH SEMI-AUTO PISTOL Super-Fitting, Handmade, Top-Grade Gunleather That’ll Last A Lifetime Each holster is individually handmade from top-grade leather for a superb made-for-your-gun fit you can depend on. They look great, last a lifetime, and are available in a variety of styles to fit your pistol and your style of carry. Meticulously hand-fitted to the contours of the gun to ensure secure retention, with a molded sight channel that protects the front sight and the holster from unwanted wear. All materials made in the USA. Requires no break-in. Nylon thread stitching with double-stitched stress points and back-tacked ends for years of service. SPECS: Top-grade leather, black only. Belt holsters fit belts up to 1½" wide; right-hand carry only. CQC-S HOLSTER - Features a slight forward cant for ease of presentation. Designed to be worn on the outside of the waistband just behind your hip in front of your rear pocket. Snap-closure belt loops on both sides help prevent twisting, and let you install the holster without taking off your belt. Reinforced on the front face for added stiffness and easy re-holstering. STOCK # FITS #100-005-468AG Glock 17 #100-005-467AG Glock 19 #100-005-466AG Glock 26/27 #100-005-469AG S&W M&P 9mm/.40/.357 Sig #100-005-470AG S&W M&P .45 ACP - Advise # - CQC-S Holster 7D120C69 . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 124.99 PCH HOLSTER - An extremely comfortable inside-the-waistband holster, the Professional Carry Holster features2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=229http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=229BLADE-TECH BLADE- TECH BLADE-TECH KYDEX HOLSTER & POUCH ® BLACK ICE HOLSTER Secure Weapon Retention & Fast Draw Lightweight Kydex® competition holster has a broad “speed-cut” front opening that lets the gun clear the holster fast, even when you draw from a seated position. Enables quick rotation of the muzzle forward, toward the target, eliminating sideways movement during the draw that can endanger bystanders. Tall sight channel provides plenty of clearance for aftermarket night sights or fiber optic sights. Triggerguard tension lock ensures the weapon stays in the holster until you draw it. Tough, chemical- and wear-resistant Kydex holds its shape indefinitely and provides a superslick, snag-free interior surface that aids a fast draw. Dual tension screws let you fine-tune the level of retention. Adjusts for three optional carry angles: straight drop, muzzle forward, or FBI cant. Adjustable Tek-Lok belt clip gives a choice of high- or low-ride on hip. Hinge pin and locking tab make it fast and easy to unclip from belt. ASR attachment system pulls gun closer to the body for better concealment. SPECS: Thermoformed Kydex, black. Right-hand only. Tek-Lok fits belts up to 2¼" (5.7cm) wide. ASR fits belts up to 2" (5.1cm) wide. M&P accepts S&W M&P pistols with 4.25" or 5" barrels chambered in 9mm, .357 Sig, and .40 S&W. XD accepts Springfield XD with 4" or 5" barrel chambered in 9mm, .357 Sig, and .40 S&W. XDM accepts Springfield XDM chambered in 9mm and .40 S&W. #098-000-087AG Glock 17/22, Tek-Lok 8K53C55 . . . . .$ 66.99 #098-000-084AG Glock 17/22, ASR 8K51C98 . . . . . . . . . 64.99 #098-000-088AG Glock 34/35, Tek-Lok 8K53C55 . . . . . . 66.99 #098-000-085AG Glock 34/35, ASR 8K51C98 . . . . . . . . . 64.99 #098-000-091AG S&W M&P, Tek-Lok 8K53C55 . . . . . . . 66.99 #098-000-090AG Springfield XD, Tek-Lok 8K53C55 . . . 66.99 #098-000-089AG Springfield XDM, Tek-Lok 8K53C55 . 66.99 IDPA COMPETITION PAK Model BLACKHAWK INDUSTRIES HOLSTERS & MAG HOLDERS Comfortable, Simple, Secure; Impervious To Wear Kydex provides long-lasting weapon and shape retention, plus it stands up to the harshest environment, does not squeak, and it’s impervious to solvents and oils. Tension screws allow you to adjust retention. All models include reducers for 1½" and 1¼" belts. All Glock holsters accommodate Aro-Tech and Crimson Trace Laser systems. STANDARD HOLSTER - Paddle model has threeway adjustment for carry angle, FBI cant, straight drop and muzzle forward. Wide, comfortable paddle with adjustable retaining keeper holds the holster to the waistband. Belt model has straight-up carry angle, provides fast draw and close, comfortable carry. IDPA approved. SPECS: Kydex, black. Fits belts to 1¾" (4.4cm) wide. STK # PADDLE STK # BELT FITS #098-100-017AG #098-101-017AG Glock 17/22 #098-100-019AG #098-101-019AG Glock 19/23/32 #098-100-026AG NA Glock 26/27 #098-100-034AG #098-101-034AG Glock 34/35 — Advise # — Paddle Holster 8K50U36 . . . . . . . . . . .$ 62.95 — Advise # — Belt Holster 8K50U36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62.95 INSIDE WAIST BAND HOLSTER (IWB) - Wear between the belt and pants or inside the waist band. Adjustable for angle of carry; FBI Tilt or straight up carry position. Dual belt loops secure holster. Hammer shield prevents snagging on clothing. SPECS: Kydex, matte black. Adjustable to fit belts 1¼" to 1¾" (4.4cm) wide. STOCK # FITS PRICE #098-000-012AG Glock 17/22 8K44T80 $ 51.99 #098-000-013AG Glock 19/23/32 8K44T80 $ 51.99 #098-000-014AG Glock 26/27 8K44T80 $ 51.99 TEK-LOK™ HOLSTER FOR SMITH & WESSON M&P - Rugged Kydex construction and Tek-Lok™ belt clip system provide an outstanding carry platform for the Smith & Wesson M&P semi-auto. Adjustable design accommodates most shooting styles and carry preferences. Convertible for high-ride or low-ride positioning on the hip, with choice of three carry angles—straight drop, muzzle forward, or FBI cant. Tek-Lok system offers fast, easy unclipping from belt, while locking piece prevents accident2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=230http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=230HOLSTERS & MAG HOLDERS GALCO INTERNATIONAL FOBUS PREMIUM GUNLEATHER Top Quality Holster Systems For Concealed Carry World famous, expertly crafted holsters and accessories provide superior fit, function and concealability. Cut from the top 2% of the finest, “Number One” grade, U.S. vegetable tanned steer hides, then hand-molded to the specific firearm for a perfect fit. Horsehide models are constructed in the same, painstaking manner. Galco’s naturally luminous, tan color is achieved with four to six, hand-rubbed applications of specially formulated oil. Havana brown is a deep, rich burgundy color produced through careful application of penetrating, aniline dyes that show the natural beauty of the leather. A final, transparent, protective coating repels dirt and wards off moisture. a b MIAMI CLASSIC - Premium, saddle leather, shoulder system. Includes tensionadjustable pistol holster, 1" wide harness and double magazine carrier with accessory tab for cuff case or tie down. All connections pivot independently for added mobility. Swivel back plate provides excellent support and all day comfort. As used on Miami Vice TV series. SPECS: Premium steer hide, tan. Right-hand. STOCK # FITS PRICE #100-001-634AG Beretta 92F/FS, 96F/ FS, Brigadier; Taurus PT100, PT101, PT92, PT99 7A136T27 $ 174.95 #100-001-635AG AMT Hardballer; Colt, Kimber, S&W & Springfield 1911s (3"-5" bbl); Star PD 7A136T27 $ 174.95 #100-001-636AG Glock 17 ,19, 22, 23, 26, 27, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35 7A136T27 $ 174.95 U.S.A. - Features a Generation III J-Hook for concealability. Hook attaches over the waistband, behind the belt and hooks upward over the bottom of the belt. Totally conceals with a tucked-in shirt. Smooth interior gives fast, snag-free draw. Sewn-in sight rails align gun for holstering. SPECS: Premium horsehide, natural, rough-out finish. Right-hand. Fits 11⁄4" (3.2cm) wide belts. STOCK # FITS #100-001-658AG Colt, Kimber, & Springfield 1911s (3" bbl); Para-Ord. LDA (3" bbl) #100-001-660AG Glock 19, 23, 32, 36 #100-001-661AG Glock 26, 27, 33 #100-001-662AG Glock 29, 30 PRICE 7A55P96 $ 69.95 7A55P96 $ 69.95 7A55P96 $ 69.95 7A55P96 $ 69.95 EVOLUTION SERIES HOLSTER for GLOCK® FOBUS FOBUS RUGER® TACTICAL ELITE HOLSTER Comfortable Carry That’s Light & Secure Triggerguard-detent, passive retention system provides nearly snatch-proof security, and allows a quick, smooth draw. Molded from lightweight thermoplastic for an exact fit, with a molded-in sight channel to prevent snagging. Contoured paddle with a full-width belt lock lets the firearm hug your body. SPECS: RX18 thermoplastic, black. Right-hand only. STOCK # FITS #100-000-612AG Beretta 92/96; CZ-75B (.40 only); Taurus 92/99 #100-004-560AG Bersa Thunder .380; Firestorm .380 #100-000-286AG Colt 1911 Auto and clones #100-000-287AG Glock 17/19/22/23/31/32/34/35 #100-004-562AG Glock 20/21/37/38 #100-004-554AG Glock 21SF/29/30/30SF/39; S&W Sigma Series V #100-004-561AG Hi-Point 9mm & .380 #100-000-611AG Glock 26/27/33 #100-004-552AG Ruger® 90/93/94/95/97; CZ P-01/40P; Taurus 24/7 Pro #100-004-557AG Ruger LCP™; Kel-Tec P3AT - 2nd Generation #100-004-553AG SIG 220/225/226/228/229/245; EAA Witness P/PS/PC/P Comp; S&W 3913/ 3913TSW/3914/3919/4013/5904/ 5906/6906 Standard/908V/910/915/CS9/CS45; Armalite AR-24 #100-004-550AG SIG 2022/250; Springfield XD Compact/ XDM; H&K P2000SK; Taurus Millennium PT145/745 and Pro Compact #100-004-558AG S&W J Frame .38/.357 revolvers; Rossi 88; Charter Arms U.C. Lite .38 #100-004-556AG Smith & Wesson M&P 9mm/.40/.45; CZ P-06 #100-004-559AG Springfield XD/XDM; H&K P2000 #100-004-563AG Taurus 85/605/905; Rossi R351/352/35202/ 35102; Interarms Model 68 #100-004-551AG Walther P22 PRICE 3K16P93 3K21P04 3K16B93 3K16B93 3K21P04 $ 27.99 $ 27.99 $ 27.99 $ 27.99 $ 27.99 Tension-Adjustable For Optimal Fit Performance enhanced holster with adjustable tension screw allows you to determine the amount of force required to secure your pistol. Form-fitted holster is thermoplastic molded with a protectiv2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=231http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=231IMITCH ROSENI SAFARILAND SOFT ARMOR EXPRESS LINE GUN LEATHER ™ 5188 PADDLE HOLSTER Compact & Lightweight With Low Sides For Comfort & Ease Of Draw Low-profile, open-top holster offers minimal bulk and a low-cut front to help the muzzle clear the holster fast and improve the speed of your draw. Cut-down sides won’t interfere with draw and maximize wear comfort and concealment. Constructed of nearly indestructible Safari-Laminate™ thermal molded to the exact shape of your pistol for superior retention and no movement of gun while walking or running. Adjustable tension system lets you set the right amount of retention and unholstering resistance, while soft, suede lining protects the gun’s finish. Approved by the International Defensive Pistol Association (IDPA) for competition use. Self-locking paddle of injection-molded polymer readily conforms to your body for a comfortable, close to the body fit. Can be used with belts up to 1¾" wide for extra secure attachment. SPECS: Safari-Laminate with suede leather lining, black. Right hand only. Includes hex wrench for tension adjustment. Fits belts up to 1¾” (4.5cm) wide. STOCK # FITS PRICE #797-000-097AG Glock 17/22 7G26P90 $ 39.00 #797-000-098AG Glock 20/21/38 7G26P90 $ 39.00 #797-000-099AG Glock 34/35 7G35P36 $ 45.00 HOLSTERS SPECTER GEAR HOLSTERS & MAG HOLDERS TACTICAL THIGH HOLSTER Multiple Adjustments For Comfort; Securely Retains Your Handgun & Magazine Heavy-duty pistol holster offers almost infinite adjustability for correct fit and increased wearing comfort. Multiple adjustment points safely and securely retain your handgun at the recommended mid-thigh level for tactical duty applications. Fully adjustable, double leg straps are made with durable, 2" wide nylon webbing with interwoven rubber stitching to prevent shifting during use. Dual, quick-release side buckles with elastic inter-loops evenly distribute weight for less fatigue and expansion of the leg straps during movement. Triple routing channels for the attachment straps provide a perfect fit for all users. Vertical hanger strap with quick-release buckle is constructed of three layers of 2" wide webbing with a full length hook-and-loop pad for up to 6" of vertical drop adjustment. All stitching and seams are sewn with either #69 or #92 mil-spec nylon thread; high stress points are quadruple stitched for added strength. Adjustable hammer retention strap with additional security release flips clear with minimum thumb pressure, yet securely retains your pistol even when low crawling or rappelling. Includes single magazine pouch located at the front of the holster. b a SPECS: Ballistic nylon with 1000 denier cordura nylon outer shell, black. Approx. 1 lb. (.5 kg) weight. depending on model. Available in right hand (RH) or left hand (LH). STOCK # FITS STOCK # FITS #100-002-860AG 5" 1911 RH #100-002-864AG Glock 17/22/31 RH #100-002-861AG 5" 1911 LH #100-002-866AG Glock 17/22/31 LH #100-002-862AG Beretta M9/92 RH #100-002-867AG Glock 20/21 RH — Advise #— Tactical Thigh Holster 4K63C20 . . . .$ 79.99 Top-Of-The-Line Craftsmanship At An Affordable Price Hand fitted from the finest quality cowhide to precisely match the contours of the firearm for a snug fit and secure retention. Nylon thread stitching with double-stitched stress points and back-tacked ends for years of service. Molded-in sight channel ensures the front sight won’t snag or tear the leather. Excellent attention to detail and design gives comfortable, all-day carry. b a ARG, AMERICAN REAR GUARD - Insidethe-waistband. Steel reinforced top for easy, one-hand re-holstering. Rides low with radical rearward muzzle rake. Single belt loop reduces bulk. Draws the butt tightly against body for minimal printing. One-way snap for easy removal. SPECS: Cowhide , tan and brown. Fits 11⁄2" belt loops. Right-hand. #100-000-465AG ARG Holster, 1911 Auto 5K70X00 . .$ 90.00 #100-000-466AG ARG Holster, Commander, 5K70C00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90.00 #100-02011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=232http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=232HOLSTERS & MAG HOLDERS KIRKPATRICK LEATHER GHOST PRODUCTS COWBOY COMPETITION LEATHER The Top Choice For Speed & Authenticity Tailored for speed of draw, reload time, overall shooting form and comfort. Each piece is handcrafted from top grain, vegetable-tanned, American leather, then border stitched where needed and sealed on the edges. The Long Hunter Series of products combines the shooting experience of twotime, modern world champion Jim Finch, aka Long Hunter, with the expert craftsmanship of Kirkpatrick Leather. a b Guns not included SEMI-AUTO GHOST HOLSTER Lightweight, Fast & Secure RESCOMP SAFARILAND C-R SPEED HOLSTER; MODELS “A” & “G” Highly Functional Design Provides Lightning Fast Draws For 1911 Auto & Glock Ultra-lightweight, rail-style design provides open access to grip for a fast, unrestricted draw. Exclusive, safety-locking lever engages with a flick of your thumb. Fully adjustable for overall length, degree of rake, draw tension, height and outward cant. Fits all barrel lengths, with or without scopes and comps. Can be converted for lefthand use; clamps to belts up to 15⁄8" wide. SPECS: Polyethylene plastic, black. 8.8 oz.(250 g) wt. Imported from South Africa. Includes 3mm and 4mm Allen wrenches. Model “A” fits 1911 Auto, all styles and models plus, many other guns with triggerguards from 3⁄8" (9.5mm) to .453" (11.5mm) wide. Model “G” fits all models of Glock. #775-100-001AG “A” C-R Speed Holster 5G87X27 . .$ 109.99 #775-003-007AG “G” C-R Speed Holster 5G87X78 . . 110.99 “A” 002 “CUP CHALLENGE” REVOLVER HOLSTER Competition Speed For Wheelguns All the great Safariland competition features in a holster designed specifically for revolvers with standard factory barrels. Dual, adjustable tension screws on the holster body give balanced retention. Velcro, belt-mount system gives incredible stability and safety. Muzzle strap provides extra front sight protection; removable for use with taller sight ribs. a b SPECS: Available in Safari-Laminate, Black basketweave (BLK) or Nylok, black, Tactical (TAC) finish, right-hand (RH) and left-hand (LH). Fits Colt Anaconda, King Cobra and Python, S&W K/L/N and Ruger GP-100, Security Six, 6" (15.2cm) barrels only. Fits belts up to 13⁄4" (4.4cm) wide. 11⁄2" (3.8cm) 028/4350 Buckleless™ competition belts recommended for maximum holster performance. LONG HUNTER HOLSTER BELT - At 23⁄4" wide, this belt gives superior stability, balanced weight distribution and makes it virtually impossible for your rig to slip. Polished, solid brass, nickel-plated buckle secures the 11⁄2" tapered ends for a reliable fit, high or on the hips. Detailed, hand-tooled, scallop pattern adorns the border. Does not include holsters or belt slide. SPECS: Belt - Top grain leather, chestnut. Buckle - Brass, nickelplated finish. Belt lengths are measured from the center buckle hole and will accommodate two inches up or down from the specified length. Measure where you will wear the belt with a tape measure, and that will be the size belt to order. STOCK # LENGTH PRICE #100-002-104AG 38" 9A88B00 $ 110.00 #100-002-108AG 40" 9A88X00 $ 110.00 #100-002-110AG 42" 9A88X00 $ 110.00 #100-002-111AG 44" 9A88X00 $ 110.00 #100-002-112AG 46" 9A88X00 $ 110.00 LONG HUNTER HOLSTERS - Right- and left-hand holsters built for speed. Each is hand molded for a perfect fit to your Ruger or Colt SA revolver. Extra wide, molded skirt contours your hip for comfort; exposed triggerguard and low cut front reduce drag. A slight drop with eight-degree muzzle forward cant prevents breaking your wrist at an awkward angle during draw. Rolledout edges make holstering a breeze. Includes hammer ties and a hand-tooled scallop pattern to match the Holster Belt. SPECS: Top grain American leather, chestnut. Ruger - Fits Vaquero, Bisley Vaquero, and birdshead Vaquero. Colt - Fits Colt SAA and clones. Available for barrel lengths 43⁄4" (12.1cm) and 51⁄2" (14cm). Right-hand (RH) and left-hand (LH) models sold separately. RUGER STK# LENGTH COLT STK# LENGTH 2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=233http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=233BLADE-TECH CALIFORNIA COMP WORKS RESCOMP MILLENIUM MAGAZINE POUCH Lightweight, Low-Profile, Secure Retention Impact- and abrasion-resistant injection-molded polymer mag pouch provides secure retention and concealment of a single pistol magazine. Two, internal tapered ribs, and two adjustable tension screws let the operator fine-tune the retention level for optimum mag draw. Tek-Lok™ quickrelease belt clip system keeps the pouch where you put it, with a movable spacer that accommodates belts up to 2¼" wide. SPECS: Injection-molded hard polymer, black. Fits belts up to 2¼" wide. Models available to fit magazines for Glock and Smith & Wesson M&P chambered in 9mm, .40 S&W, and .357 Sig. #098-000-093AG Glock Magazine Pouch, 8K15H62 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 19.99 #098-000-092AG M&P Magazine Pouch, 8K15H62 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.99 5/10 TOURNAMENT POUCH Protects & Secures Magazines During Competition Robust, 1000 denier Cordura® nylon pouch provides convenient storage for up to ten 1911 single-stack magazines or five double-stack magazines. Overlapping cover with hook-and-loop latch provides a tight seal to keep magazines clean and secure during tactical competition. High strength, double-stitched loop fits belts up to 2¾" wide. Mounts on either left- or right-hand side for easy access. SPECS: 1000 denier Cordura nylon, black. 45⁄8" (11.7cm) long, 2” (5.1cm) wide, 4” (10.2cm) deep. 20 oz. (567g) wt. Fits belts up to 2¾” (6.9cm) wide. #151-000-031AG 5/10 Mag Pouch 1E17C95 . . . . . . . . .$ 24.95 C-R VERSA POUCH SAFARILAND HOLSTERS & MAG HOLDERS Adjust Angle & Tension For High-Speed Magazine Changes; Ambidextrous Design Injection-molded, competition pouch makes it easy to fine-tune the pull tension and angle of draw. Spacer inserts and knurled-head, adjusting screw provide proper fit for most singleand double-stack mags. Finger groove gives a positive, repeatable grip. Belt hanger reverses for left- or right-hand use. Fits belts to 11⁄2" wide. SPECS: Molded polymer, black, red, or blue. Pouch - 15⁄8" (4.1cm) long, 13⁄8" (3.5cm) wide, 23⁄4" (7cm) high. 3.2 oz. (90.7 g) wt. Accepts all hi-cap magazines including STI, SV, SPS, Para Ordnance, Bul M5, Tanfoglio, and clones; Glock small frame; 9mm box-style including Beretta, Browning HP , CZ 75/85, Springfield XD, and Caspian. #775-000-018AG Black C-R Versa Pouch 5G37B84 . .$ 46.99 #775-000-019AG Red C-R Versa Pouch 5G37B84 . . . . 46.99 #775-000-021AG Blue C-R Versa Pouch 5G37B84 . . . . 46.99 773 COMPETITION MAG POUCH Fully Adjustable For Fast, Smooth Draw Thermo-molded from Safari-Laminate® for light weight and durability. Adjustable draw angle and tension. Closed front improves retention. SPECS: Safari-Laminate, black basketweave finish for right-handed shooters. Fits belts up to 11⁄2" (3.8cm) wide. Fits: 53 - 1911 Auto, single-stack; 83 - Glock 17 , 19, 22, 23, 34, 35, HK USP 9 & 40; 850 - STI/Infinity, Para-Ordnance P-14. STOCK # MODEL PRICE #797-773-001AG 53 7G27T60 $ 35.00 #797-773-003AG 83 7G24T14 $ 35.00 #797-773-005AG 850 7G27T60 $ 35.00 CALIFORNIA COMP WORKS SEMI-AUTO RIFLE MAGAZINE STORAGE POUCH Organizes & Protects Cordura nylon with full-width cover and velcro closures to keep magazines clean. .223 holds eight AR-15 or twelve .30 Carbine, 30-round mags. .308 holds eight 20-round, AR-10 or twelve 30-round, .30 Carbine mags. SPECS: Cordura nylon. Closed: 81⁄2" (21.6cm) w. 13" (33cm) lg. #151-000-001AG .223 Black Storage Puch 1E26X70 .$ 34.99 #151-000-007AG .308 Black Storage Pouch 1E25X75 . 34.95 #151-000-006AG .223 Olive Drab Storage Pouch, 1E26X60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34.99 #151-000-012AG .308 Olive Drab Storage Pouch, 1E25X75 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34.95 SAFARILAND SPEC.-OPS. MAGAZINE DUMP POUCH CALIFORNIA COMP WORKS SEMI-AUTO PISTOL MAGAZINE STORAGE POUCH Organizes, Protects & Stores Mags Stores your magazines separately and damage free, plus keeps them organiz2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=234http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=234SLINGS & SWIVELS SWIVEL STUD INSTALLATION TOOL Handy Tool Makes Installing Swivel Studs Easy & Accurate Steel shank centers the swivel stud directly in the center of the tool to properly align the stud in the hole in the stock. Tool prevents stock scratches that happen if you crank it in with a punch through the swivel hole. Use sling swivel drills for a properly sized hole. Plastic handle gives you a large gripping surface to keep your hand steady while driving the stud. a b SPECS: Steel shank, plastic handle. 5.8" (14.8cm) long. Fits common swivel studs. #080-000-253AG Swivel Stud Installation Tool, 8K13B16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 16.99 Brownells OUTDOOR CONNECTION TALLEY SWIVEL BASE DRILL BIT SET For Easy, Clean Swivel Stud Holes Easy to use, carbon steel drill bits contain a special relief tip to help prevent wood splintering and break-out when drilling sling stud holes. Features a built-in counter-sink for precise inletting of the stud spacer and a flush fit every time. Pre-set, drill-depth indicator prevents drilling too deep and ruining the hole. Includes two drill bits, 5/32" dia. and 3/16" dia., for both front and rear stud holes. a b SPECS: Steel, black, finish. Drills - 5⁄32" (3.9mm) diameter & 3⁄16" (4.6mm) diameter. #683-000-005AG Swivel Base Drill Bit Set, 3H15T86. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 21.16 ACCESSORIES TALLEY STANDARD SWIVEL BASES - Wood screw-attachedrearandmachinescrewattached front bases with straight sides and prominent posts. b a SPECS: 1" (2.5cm) long. 5⁄16" (8mm) wide. Base is 9⁄64" (14.3mm) thick. Hole spacing: .700 center-to-center. Total height: 7 ⁄16" (11.1mm). Use Michaels QD 115. #874-003-100AG Forend Screw w/Nut 4G01U08 . . . . .$ 1.80 #874-002-000AG Talley Swivel Base Set 4G20H00 . . . 24.00 SCREW-ON OVAL BASES - Oval shape looks graceful and contoured; secured with wood and machine screws. a b SPECS: 11⁄16" (2.7cm) x 3⁄8" (9.5mm). 13⁄32" (10.3cm) high. Holes, .740" (18.9mm) center-to-center. #874-002-202AG Talley Oval Screw-On Base Set, 4G20A00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 24.00 EUROPEAN SWIVEL BASES European-style bases with the traditional, wide swivel slot. a b SPECS: 11⁄16" (2.7cm) x 5⁄16" (7 .9mm). Holes, .740" (18.8mm) cto-c. 2° draft. 13⁄32" (10.3mm) total height. #874-002-300AG Talley European Bse Set 4G20A00 $ 24.00 BARREL BAND SWIVEL BASE Classic Mounting Method For The Custom Gun Duplicate the swivel mount found on classic big game rifles. Polishes and blues beautifully. Prereamed hole can be easily tapered to match barrel. a b .5mm) long. Approximately 1" SPECS: Steel, in-the-white. 11⁄16" (17 (2.5cm) high. OD is .030" larger than ID shown in chart. STOCK # ID STOCK # ID STOCK # ID #874-014-665AG .665" #874-014-765AG .765" #874-014-840AG .840" #874-014-690AG .690" #874-014-790AG .790" #874-014-865AG .865" #874-014-715AG .715" #874-014-815AG .815" #874-014-890AG .890" #874-014-740AG .740" — Advise # — Barrel Band Swivel Base 4G26X31 . .$ 34.99 B-SQUARE N.E.C.G. BLACKHAWK INDUSTRIES SWIVEL JIG & DRILL SET Makes A Rough Job Easy For You To Do Two-way jig guides drill on butt stock, inverts for use inside barrel channel to install front swivel. Hardened drill bushing locates swivel attaching point from butt or forend tip, keeps 5⁄32" diameter drill in line to prevent off-center holes. 7⁄ 32" safety counterbore is correct depth for butt stock screw. The No. 10 drill and safety counterbore will drill and counterbore forend screw and nut in one operation. Drills can be removed from safety counterbores for sharpening or replacement. SPECS: Set contains: Jig; 5⁄32" (4mm) Pilot Drill; #10 Safety Drill/ Counterbore; 7⁄32" (5.5mm) Safety Drill and Counterbore. #122-140-000AG B-Sq Swivel Jig Set 6K57X55 . . . . .$ 74.99 CLASSIC SWIVEL STUD Easy-To-Install, Gives A Custom Inletted Look Machined steel, European-style, gives the look of a custom inletted base without the extra work. Gracefully rounded contour, with parallel 2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=235http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=235UNCLE MIKE’S QD SWIVELS GUN ANSCHUTZ 54, 54MS, 54.18MS, 64, 64MS, 141, 164, 184, 520, 525 Sporter, Kadett, Exemplar Pistol, 1365, 1388, 1416, 1418, 1432, 1450, 1518, 1808ED Super . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BERETTA Over/Under . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BERNARELLI All Rifles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BRNO All Rifles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BROWNING 81 BLR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BL-22 Lever Action .22, BAR-22, BPR-22. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T-Bolt .22, A-Bolt .22, Lightning BLR Auto-loading .22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model 1895 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model 1886, Model 71 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Jonathan Browning Mt. Rifle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHIPMUNK .22 Rifle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . COLT Colteer Autoloader .22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FN-SAUER Bolt Action Rifle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FRANCHI All Over/Under, All Autos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GLENFIELD (SEE MARLIN) HARRINGTON & RICHARDSON 157, 301, 317, 330, 340, 333, 165 .22, 865 Plainsman, Bolt Action .22’s, 700 Auto .22, 750 Pioneer, 5200 Sporter, 700 DLX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158, 1871 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 749 .22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Springfield 171, 172, 174, 177 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Topper 58, 98, 258, 162, 490, 490 Greenwing, 088, 088 Jr., Pumps 162, 1212 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176, 176 Slug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HECKLER & KOCH 1981 and earlier HK 270, HK 300, HK 630, HK 770, HK 940 . . . . . . . . . . . 1982 and later HK 270, HK 300, HK 630, HK 630D, HK 770, HK 770D, HK 940, SL6, SL7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HIGH STANDARD Sport King, Flite King .22, .22 Carbines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INTERARMS Bolt Action Mk X, WhitworthMini Mauser, All. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ITHACA (PRE-’87) Model 5X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model 49, 49 Deluxe, 72, 72 Deluxe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IVER JOHNSON M1 & M2 Carbines, Paratrooper,Super Enforcer, Trailblazer .22, Lil’ Champ Single Shot .22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EW 22 HBL & MHBL .22 Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MARLIN 1894C, 1894CS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422, 455, 99 M1 Auto., 989 M2 Auto. Carbine, 995, 70, Other .22’s w/Clip, Model 9, Model 45 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57M, .22s w/Tube Magazine, 781, 990, 40, 60, 75C, M-93TDS . . . . . . . . 56, 101 Single Shot 2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=236http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=236GROVTEC SLINGS & SWIVELS GROVTEC OUTDOOR CONNECTION UNCLE MIKE’S SLING SWIVEL SET Dependable, All Steel With Quick Release System All-steel swivels are made in the U.S.A. and contain no plastic parts to crack and fail when you least expect it. Quick-detach feature allows you to use one sling for several rifles. Swivel attaches to mounting stud and locks down with knurled cylinder nut to prevent accidental opening. Available for 1" or 1¼" wide slings. Swivels are available in pairs with or without mounting studs. Model GTSW-23 uses a wood screw front stud, all other sets use a front stud with machine screw and nut or specific hardware for attaching to a magazine tube or barrel. GTWS-30 uses a low-profile mounting bracket that attaches to the underside of the rib between the barrels (drilling and tapping required) and a ¾" screw-in stud for the buttstock. a b SPECS: Steel, blued, matte finish except GTSW-05 with Mil-Spec phosphate finish. STOCK # MODEL KIT SIZE PRICE #100-003-367AG GTSW-23 Swivels w/wood screw front stud & rear stud 1" 4B08X95 $ 11.95 #100-003-380AG GTSW-07 Swivels w/machine screw front stud, wood screw rear stud 1" 4B08X95 $ 11.95 #100-003-377AG GTSW-01 Sling swivels only 1" 4B08X50 $ 10.95 #100-003-381AG GTSW-08 Swivels w/machine screw front stud, wood screw rear stud 1¼" 4B08X95 $ 11.95 #100-003-378AG GTSW-02 Sling swivels only 1¼" 4B08X50 $ 10.95 #100-003-379AG GTSW-05 Mil-Spec phosphate square-cornered, swivels only 1¼" 4B15X95 $ 21.95 #100-004-937AG GTSW-30 Fits side-by-side shotguns; includes swivels, forend mounting bracket & rear stud 1" 4B19A16 $ 24.99 #100-003-368AG GTSW-40 Fits .22 rimfire w/.420-.470 dia. magazine tube, incl. 1" 4B10X50 $ 14.95 swivels & rear stud #100-003-369AG GTSW-41 Fits Win./Marlin lever action centerfire w/.645-.660 dia. mag tube, includes. swiv1" 4B10X58 $ 16.99 els & rear stud #100-003-370AG GTSW-43 Fits lever action w/.630-.675 dia. barrel or mag tube, incl. 1" 4B10X29 $ 16.26 swivels & rear stud #100-003-371AG GTSW-45 Fits pump/auto w/.645-.660 dia. barrel or mag tube, incl. 1" 4B10X29 $ 16.26 swivels & rear stud SHOTGUN MAGAZINE CAP SLING SWIVEL SETS Rugged, U.S.-Made, All-Steel Quick Release System Sturdy, all-steel, quick-detach swivel system for pump and semi-auto shotguns lets you attach or remove a sling as needed or even use the same sling on several shotguns. Made entirely in the U.S.A. from the finest quality materials, with no plastic parts to wear out and let you down in the field. Replacement magazine cap has integral swivel stud with ¾" screw-in stud for the buttstock. Pair of 1" swivels attach to studs and lock down with knurled cylinder nut to prevent accidental opening. a b SPECS: Steel, blued, semi-gloss finish. Each set includes magazine cap with stud, ¾” wood screw rear stud, (2) locking 1” swivels, (2) spacers, and instructions. Fits 12 gauge only. GTSW-34 fits Remington 870 Express with internal ratchet magazine cap, except 3½” mag models. GTSW-35 fits Remington 870 with external ratchet magazine cap, including Youth Model. #100-003-372AG GTSW-34 Rem 870 Express Swivel Set, 4B24X99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 35.99 #100-003-373AG GTSW-35 Rem 870 Swivel Set, 4B24X95 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.95 #100-003-374AG GTSW-36 Rem 11-87 Swivel Set, 4B24X95 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.95 #100-003-375AG GTSW-37 Moss 500 Swivel Set, 4B24X95 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.95 #100-003-376AG GTSW-39 Win 1200/1300 Swivel Set, 4B24X95 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.95 SHOTGUN MAGAZINE TUBE CAP WITH SWIVEL BASE Installs Easily For Instant Sling Attachment Machined steel magazine cap with builtin, 360° rotating swivel stud makes it easy to convert your Remington shotgun to accept a carry sling. Unique cap design includes both ratchet and ball/spring type detent systems for no-hassle installation. Includes a ¾" long, wood screw swivel stud for the b2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=237http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=237BLUE FORCE GEAR PRO EARS OUTDOOR CONNECTION Instant, One-Hand Adjustment MALE & FEMALE SIDE RELEASE BUCKLE SYSTEM Great For Any Nylon Webbing Sling/Strap Project; Quick Release Rugged, polymer male and female side release buckles are handy for replacing damaged hardware or building your own 1¼" nylon web slings, straps, or any carrying harness. Fast, easy pinch release with two fingers. SPECS: Polymer composite, black. Accepts 1¼” nylon webbing. #100-005-193AG Male Side Release 7A01Z54 . . . . . . . .$ 1.99 #100-005-194AG Female Side Release 7A01Z54 . . . . . . 1.99 CROSSFIRE EXTREME SLING ® SUPER SLING® QUAKE “CLAW” SLING SYSTEM SLINGS & SWIVELS Provides Multiple Carry Positions For Firearms & Bows Versatile, double-strap sling offers 20 different carry options for your rifle, shotgun, or muzzleloader. Hands-free design allows unlimited freedom of movement so you can go from carry to shoot in one fluid motion. Configures for several advanced shooting positions that provide a solid hold for off-hand shooting. Can be used as a conventional single-shoulder sling or a back-pack style, doubleshoulder sling for extra security. High-strength polymer buckle with push-button, quick-release lets you quickly open and disengage the sling in emergency situations. Friction lock polymer keepers allow easy adjustment of the sling length. Flexible, abrasion-resistant nylon webbing with reinforced stress points includes high strength polymer sling swivels double-stitched into the sling for a permanent hold. Sling swivels lock onto conventional swivel studs with a steel cross bolt that prevents accidental opening. Swivel studs not included. SPECS: Nylon webbing; polymer buckles, keepers, and swivels, black. 43” (109cm) long x 1¼” (3.2cm) wide. #773-000-036AG Crossfire Extreme Sling, 3G16Z97 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 19.99 OUTDOOR CONNECTION TACWEB MULTI-PURPOSE WEBBING For Building Custom Slings, Tie-Downs Or Straps Durable polypropylene webbing has a host of uses including building your own custom slings, tie-downs or straps. This tightly woven mil-spec webbing is UV resistant and completely weatherproof. Available in 1" and 1¼" widths, 10 yards long. a b SPECS: Polypropylene webbing, black. 3500 lbs. tensile strength. 10 yards (9.14m) long x 1" (2.5cm) or 1¼" (3.2cm) wide. #683-000-020AG 1" TacWeb Webbing 3H05P75. . . . . . . $ 7.99 #683-000-021AG 1¼" TacWeb Webbing 3H07P50 . . . . . . 9.99 Switch from carry to shooting sling without buckles, hooks or snaps. Use as a “hasty sling” for off-hand shots or adjust to lock into other positions. Mil-spec nylon webbing won’t rot, mildew or break down. a b SPECS: Black or Mossy Oak. Includes Talon™ Q/R swivels. 1" (2.5cm) wide adjusts from 23 1⁄2" to 331⁄2" long. 1 1⁄4" (3.1cm) wide adjusts from 27 3⁄4" to 39 1⁄4" long. #683-100-003AG 1" Black Super Sling 3H14U87 . . . .$ 29.99 #683-125-003AG 11⁄4" Black Super Sling 3H15A81. . . . 23.99 #683-101-990AG 1" Mossy Oak Super Sling 3H14U87 29.99 #683-126-990AG 11⁄4" Mossy Oak Super Sling, 3H15A81 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33.99 PADDED SUPER SLING - Comfortable, shoulder pad of silicone-treated, suede leather lock-stitched over a neoprene rubber pad. Integral thumb loop reduces hand and arm fatigue; helps control the rifle on rough terrain. Includes Talon™ Q/R swivels. Go from carry to shooting sling without buckles or hooks. SPECS: Mil-Spec nylon webbing, black. 1" (2.5cm) wide adjusts from 231⁄2" to 331⁄2" long. #683-209-130AG Padded Super Sling, 3H23C35 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 44.99 Quiet, Comfortable & Completely Weatherproof Tough, nylon webbing with rubber pad cushions and grips your shoulder for all day comfort and control. Provides just enough stretch to absorb shock without generating rifle bounce. Synthetic materials eliminate weakening or rot in wet environments. Includes quiet polymer swivels for direct attachment to standard sling swivel studs. b a SPECS: Nylon webbing, rub2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=238http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=238SLINGS & SWIVELS • PREMIUM LEATHER • EXTRA HEAVY HOOKS • STITCHED KEEPERS • U.S. MADE • 6" LONGER - 54" FRONT STRAP INCREASES USEABLE LENGTH • 100% SATISFACTION GUARANTEED • AVAILABLE IN TAN OR BLACK If you love fine leather, fine craftsmanship and a superbly functional, useful sling, our new Competitor Plus is going to make you extremely happy! What you get is a no-compromise reproduction of the original 1907 Military Sling; the one that’s become the standard among hi-power service rifle shooters and many knowledgeable hunters; the one that’s sought after by collectors and restorers of pre-WWII military firearms and the one that’s carried more guns, more miles on more shoulders than darn near any other. Ours has all the good stuff: 1) It’s all U.S. made of the finest, oak-tanned, top grain, U.S. steer hide. 2) It’s fitted with thick, forged, blued steel hooks. 3) Each hook is attached with three rivets. 4) The Keepers are stitched and fit TIGHT! Once we eliminated all the shortcomings of the current crop of ’07 copies, we convinced a sling maker that folks who use their guns really do want better not cheaper. Once the maker believed, they gave us suggestions concerning the leather. a b Ooohh, the leather! It’s absolutely wonderful. A full heavyweight, 9-10 ounce leather, tanned correctly for sling use to give maximum flexibility, stability and toughness without stretching or being oily. The tanning makes the Competitor Plus Sling leather what it is. The process starts with a complete hide that’s shaved just enough to make it even thickness throughout. Then it’s painstakingly tanned using oak tannage, NOT chromic salts. (Chromic salts cause tarnish and corrosion on any metal the leather touches.) Finally, the smooth, burnished finish which shows off the natural grain of this high-grade leather. All this time and effort means Competitor Plus Slings can bend and twist for a tight grip with no splitting or cracking, even across the holes, with no more than the barest minimum of medium tanning oil being added during the process. Your careful adjustments and precise shooting position won’t be fouled up by a rubbery sling. Each extra thick, blued steel hook is locked onto the leather with three, hand-hammered, copper rivets. The extra steel keeps the hooks from bending under the extreme pressure created when you lock into position. And, the hooks fit their holes TIGHTLY…no slop to mess up a hard hold and no accidental unhookings. Even the keepers are designed as part of a working sling. Since they absolutely must fit and grab the straps tightly, ours are skived at a taper, overlapped and then glued and stitched with 5-cord waxed linen thread. They’ll hold your adjustments! The end result is a sling that gives you so much more: more service for so much longer as a traditional field sling; more authenticity as a replacement for restorations; plus more, higher match scores by eliminating a concentrationbreaking source of problems. You can spend your time glassing for game, doping the wind or paying attention to sight picture and trigger squeeze instead of fiddling with the sling. This level of exceptional quality is a little more expensive, but we honestly believe you’ll agree it’s more than worth it. As you can tell, we’re pretty proud of the Competitor Plus. We think you’ll love it, too. It’s unconditionally guaranteed to satisfy you 100%. If it doesn’t, send it back for a full refund. SPECS: 11⁄4" (3.2cm) wide. 9-10 oz. leather. .108" (2.75mm) thick hooks. Front strap length = 54" (1.37m). Instructions. #084-270-110AG Tan Competitor Plus Sling 4H48A99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 66.99 #084-270-210AG Black Competitor Plus Sling 4H45A08 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60.99 BROWNELLS COMPETITOR PLUS SLING W/NUMBERS - Our Competitor Plus sling with sixteen numbered reference points makes it easy for you to return to your sling setting fo2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=239http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=239BUTTON SLING REMINGTON/MOSSBERG Items SPECTER GEAR DANIEL DEFENSE GALCO INTERNATIONAL ™ THROW & GO SLING Quick-Detach; Elastic For Tangle-Free Operation Innovative sling uses a polymer loop and steel button attachment system for quick, one-handed removal and installation. Singlepoint, rubberized sling takes up the slack and prevents getting tangled in weapon mounted lights and accessories. Throw & Go Sling is built from high-elastic, bungee cord material that allows just the right amount of flex for CQB maneuvers; with a tough, weather-resistant nylon outer covering that prevents noise and limits expansion for optimum stealth and control. Button Pins are built from high carbon steel to withstand the toughest use without cracking and breaking. Versatile, ambidextrous pins can be mounted on either side to allow left- or right-hand carry. a b SPECS: Throw & Go Sling - nylon, elastic, black. Polymer loop. 1” (2.5cm) wide, 27½” (70cm) long. Adjustable for length. Button Pin - Steel, blue, matte finish. #100-003-665AG Rem. 870/1100/1187 Button Pin, 7B11A95 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 14.95 #100-003-666AG Moss. 500 Button Pin 7B11A95 . . . . . 14.95 #100-003-661AG Throw & Go Sling 7B30A27 . . . . . . . . 39.99 TACTICAL SLINGS Keeps Your Hands Free & Your Weapon Ready Heavy-duty, nylon-web slings with durable polycarbonate clasps and keepers hold your weapon in a comfortable ready position until it’s time to fire. Double-stitched with #69 thread at all stress points. Available in a number of tactical styles for a wide variety of guns. All are ambidextrous. a b CLOSE QUARTERS COMBAT (CQB) SLING - Provides a choice of six carry options. Lets you keep your hands free and bring the weapon into action quickly. Soft and flexible for quiet, comfortable carry; will not generate a noise signature. Easily adjustable with no unnecessary straps, buckles or fasteners. QR models feature a quick release buckle that lets you quickly disengage from the weapon in emergency situations. SPECS: Nylon web, black. 11⁄4" (3.2cm) wide. Length varies per model. M1A Springfield fits models with the Springfield Armory synthetic stock. UNIV models fit rifles and shotguns with existing 1" or 11⁄4" side sling mounts. STOCK # MODEL PRICE #100-000-376AG AR-15, full stock 4K22U00 $ 36.99 #100-000-728AG AR-15 QR, full stock 4K25V14 $ 41.99 #100-000-377AG CAR-15 w/std handguard 4K22U00 $ 36.99 #100-000-729AG CAR-15 QR, std handguard 4K25V14 $ 41.99 #100-000-378AG CAR-15 w/M4 handguard 4K22U00 $ 36.99 #100-000-730AG CAR-15 QR, M4 handguard 4K25V14 $ 41.99 #100-001-226AG CAR-15,Side-Mount Front Sling Swivel 4K22C00 $ 36.99 #100-001-227AG CAR-15QR, Side-Mount Front Sling Swivel 4K25C14 $ 41.99 #100-001-222AG HK MP5, 94, 53, 91, 93 4K22X00 $ 36.99 #100-000-379AG Mini-14 w/factory stock 4K22U00 $ 36.99 #100-000-380AG M1A wood & military stock 4K22U00 $ 36.99 #100-000-382AG AK-47 w/military style stock 4K22U00 $ 36.99 #100-002-276AG Benelli QR M1/M2/M3/M4 w/factory sling mounts 4K25C14 $ 41.99 #100-000-385AG Rem. 870 w/fixed stock 4K26U40 $ 44.99 #100-000-452AG Mossberg 500 w/fixed stock 4K30X46 $ 39.99 #100-000-387AG Mossberg 590 w/fixed stock 4K26U40 $ 44.99 #100-000-390AG UNIV125 existing 11⁄4" swivel 4K15U08 $ 25.99 SPECIAL OPERATIONS PATROL (SOP) SLING - Wide, 11⁄2" nylon webbing distributes weight for comfortable carry. 1" mounting straps provide free, non-binding movement, so the sling moves with your body. Transitionrelease buckle lets you quickly shift from right- to left-shoulder carry or firing. Sling remains attached so you can drop the rifle to your side and keep both hands free. All models feature the ERB, quick release buckle that lets you disengage from the firearm in emergency situations unless otherwise noted in price line. Ambidextrous design fits right- and left-handed shooters. SPECS: Nylon web, Velcro fasteners, black or OD green. 11⁄2" (3.8cm) wide. Approximately 38" (96.5cm) long. CAR-15 fits collapsible stock only. Remington 8702011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=240http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=240Colors SPEC.-OPS. MASTER BLASTER TAPCO SLINGS & SWIVELS TACTICAL RIFLE/SHOTGUN SLING Spring-Loaded To Fit & Steady Your Gun Durable cordura nylon sling has an integral, elastic band that pulls the gun against your body for a tight, custom fit. Available in Standard configuration for use with the sling swivel system of your choice or with Talon quickdetach swivels that clip to any standard swivel stud. a b SPECS: 1,000 denier Cordura nylon, Black or Coyote Brown. #100-001-448AG Std. Master Blaster Sling, Black, 7K26D46. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 34.99 100-005-921AG Std. Master Blaster Sling, Coyote, 7K26P46 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34.99 100-005-922AG Master Blaster Sling w/Talon, Black, 7K36P00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46.99 TACTICAL SLING SYSTEM Versatile Single- & Two-Point Configurations To Support Multiple Mission Profiles Items V-TAC QUICK ADJUST SLING VIKING TACTICS Buttstock Adapter WEST ONE M1 CARBINE SLING & OILER Reproductions Of USGI Originals Give Your Carbine An Authentic Look High-quality, new-production replicas of the originalissue G.I. sling and oiler give an authentic, vintage look to an M1 Carbine or a Ruger® 10/22® equipped with a West One M1-style stock. The sling is made from period-correct O.D. green cotton, not nylon, webbing with stamped steel tabs on the ends to prevent unraveling and make it easy to thread the sling through the stock. The stamped steel buckle is an exact replica of the original, while the snap closely resembles the “Klikit” snap, down to the brass stud and retaining clip. The steel oiler/sling bar has a slightly different serrated cap (originals were knurled), O-ring seal, and a pin dauber for applying small amounts of oil. Still the handiest, most practical sling for carrying an M1. SPECS: Sling – Cotton webbing, O.D. Green, with steel hardware, black oxide finish. 46" (117cm) long x 1" (2.5cm) wide. Oiler – Steel, Parkerized, light gray finish. 25⁄16" (7.1cm) long, 7⁄16" (11.1mm) diameter. #100-006-115AG M1 Carbine Sling & Oiler, 7B12U41. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 14.99 V-TAC Sling SPEC-OPS. Single- & Two-Point Modes For Secure, Comfortable Weapon Retention PATROL SLING Modular sling can be configured for single- or two-point attachment so you can change your carry mode for each mission. Designed for convenient integration with Tapco’s Intrafuse modular rifle furniture, this sling works with common sling attachment systems on today’s tactical rifles. Configure with the included Y-adapter and HK-style snap hook for single-point carry that allows fast transition from one shoulder to the other. Snap on the strap modules and thread the straps through 1¼" sling loops to configure for traditional, two-point carry for maximum comfort and stable weapon retention. Made with ultra-thin, yet exceptionally strong, military-grade nylon webbing, box stitched at stress points for added strength, with heavy-duty reinforced polymer hardware. Main sling body is 1½" wide to help disperse load and prevent digging into neck and shoulders. SPECS: Nylon webbing, molded polymer hardware, steel snap hook, black. Kit includes main sling body, two strap attachment modules, Y-attachment harness, and HK-style snap hook module. #100-004-127AG Tactical Sling, Black 5A32P75 . . . . .$ 34.99 #100-004-295AG Tactical Sling, Coyote 5A32Z75 . . . . . 34.99 Simple One-Hand Transition From Firing Position To Carry Nylon web sling adjusts from carry to firing while moving into position. After firing, a quick tug on the lanyard returns sling to carry position. Designed to carry gun, muzzle down on your back. Padded model features a closed-cell foam shoulder pad for greater comfort when carrying heavy weapons long distances. Buttstock Adapter provides a correct, top-of-stock sling mounting point on fixed-stock rifles and shotguns. a b SPECS: Nylon web, Black, Coyote, O.D. Green, or Foliage Green. 1" (2.5cm) wide. Padded mode2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=241http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=241B-SQUARE S&W REVOLVER WEIGAND COMBAT Models REVOLVER MOUNT No-Drill, Scope/Aimpoint Base Takes Magnum Recoil Quickly converts popular, adjustable-sight revolvers to accept compact scopes (using Weaver-style rings) or Aimpoint. Attaches using a special “nut” installed into the rear sight recess. SPECS: Aluminum, anodized black or silver. Steel nut. 51⁄4" (13.3cm) long. Fits K/L/N models originally equipped with adjustable sights, and barrels 5 1⁄2" long or longer. Rings not included. #122-200-010AG S&W Mount, Black 6K37X05. . . . . . .$ 49.95 #122-200-110AG S&W Mount, Silver 6K37B05 . . . . . . . 49.95 HANDGUN SCOPEMOUNTS ® EGW REVOLVER SCOPE MOUNT Fits Ruger & S&W Revolvers Ruger - Mounts the scope low on all single and double action revolvers. Requires drilling and tapping two holes. Smith & Wesson - Remove the rear sight and quickly install on newer revolvers drilled and tapped at the factory. Locates the scope on the top strap, over the top of the grip for better balance. Accepts Weaver-style rings. b a SPECS: Aluminum, anodized finish, black or silver. 4" (10cm) long, includes mounting screws. S&W fits K, L and N frame. #296-302-100AG Black Ruger Mount 6B24H00 . . . . .$ 30.00 #296-302-101AG Silver Ruger Mount 6B24H00 . . . . . . 30.00 #296-301-100AG Black S&W Mount 6B24C00 . . . . . . . 30.00 #296-301-101AG Silver S&W Mount 6B24C00 . . . . . . . 30.00 TAURUS DRILL & TAP SCOPEMOUNT Mounts to the top strap on all Taurus, large and medium frames equipped with factory, adjustable rear sights. Requires drilling and tapping two, 6-40 holes in top strap. Accepts Weaver-style rings. Models available for guns made pre-1/01 and post-1/01 guns. a b SPECS: Aluminum, black or silver matte finish. 41⁄2" (11cm) long, 7⁄8" (22mm) wide, 1.7 oz. (48 g) wt. Includes mounting screws. #957-100-180AG Blk D/T Mount, pre 1/01, 7E23B96 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 29.95 #957-100-181AG Silver D/T Mount, pre 1/01, 7E23B96 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29.95 #957-000-059AG Silver D/T Mount, post 1/01, 7E23P96 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29.95 #957-000-060AG Blk D/T Mount, post 1/01, 7E23P96 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29.95 TAURUS TRACKER SCOPE MOUNT Precision-machined, aluminum scope mount accepts Weaver-style rings to let you mount a scope on your Taurus Tracker. Also great for red-dot optics. Integral recoil lug fits into rear sight notch for a rock solid hold that prevents scope movement. Requires removing rear sight. No drilling or tapping required. a b SPECS: Aluminum, silver, matte finish. 4½” (11.4cm) long, 5⁄16” (7 .8mm) high from bottom to top of mount. 1.3 oz. (36.8g) weight. Includes mounting screws. Fits .22 LR, .22 Mag, .17 HMR. #957-000-076AG Tracker Scope Mount, 7E24X28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 29.99 ANACONDA/PYTHON/KING COBRA DRILL & TAP MOUNT Large, contoured lug fits in place of the rear sight and prevents base movement under recoil. Fits factory drilled and tapped (three hole) Anacondas and current Pythons. Accepts Weaver-style rings. a b SPECS: Aluminum, anodized, natural silver finish. 41⁄2" (11cm) long, 7⁄ 8” (22mm) wide, 1.7 oz. (48 g) wt. Installation requires drilling and tapping of frame. Includes screws and instructions. #957-107-101AG Silver Anaconda Mount, 7E23D96 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 29.95 REDHAWK 6" & 7½" BARREL Strong, lightweight mounts available for Ruger Redhawk models with 6" or 7½" barrels. Remove rear sight for installation, no drilling or tapping required. Uses a front sight replacement block for attachment at the muzzle end and the rear sight elevation hole for attachment at the back of the top strap. Rear sight notch becomes a rock-solid recoil lug for consistent accuracy. Eight cross-slots allow you to position your optics for optimum eye relief. Accepts Weaver-style rings or mounting systems. a b SPECS: 6063-T6 aluminum, silver or black, matte, anodized finish.2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=242http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=242REDFIELD T/C CONTENDER MAGNUM PISTOL MOUNT RINGS & BASES Three Rings Magnum-Proof Your Scope So It Stays Put A sturdy, one-piece, magnumproof mount supplied with three Rotary Dovetail rings to spread out recoil forces and cut down on tube flex. Gives positive, superstrong holding power. Fits all T/C Contenders. SPECS: Steel, polished blue finish. Includes base and (3) 1" (2.5cm) diameter rings. #750-510-004AG T/C Contender Mount 5E47T39 . . .$ 68.99 VOLQUARTSEN RUGER® MARK II/III B-SQUARE WEAVER REMINGTON/MOSSBERG SHOTGUN SCOPE MOUNT Fast, Easy, Secure Mounting Of Scopes & Red Dot Sights Lightweight, one-piece Weaver-style rail allows easy mounting of a red dot optic or reflex scope on your pistol. Seven cross-slots provide plenty of flexibility in positioning a variety of different-style optics. Secures to factory pre-drilled receiver holes with three, steel Allen head screws for a solid installation unaffected by recoil. a b SPECS: Aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black or matte silver. 5 7 5 .8mm) high. 1.8 oz. (51g) 4 ⁄8" (24cm) long, ⁄8" (2.2cm) wide, ⁄16" (7 weight. Mounting screws included. Fits factory pre-drilled receivers on Ruger Mark II and III pistols. #930-000-066AG Scope Mount, Black 3Z25H09 . . . . .$ 29.99 #930-000-065AG Scope Mount, Silver 3Z25H09 . . . . . . 29.99 SHOTGUN SADDLE MOUNTS No Gunsmithing, Contoured To Fit Receiver Firmly attaches to both sides of receiver using existing screw/pin holes, and won’t obstruct operation. Recoil transfers to receiver for greater strength. Weaver-style rail with multiple slots provides plenty of eye relief Scope rings not included adjustment for scopes and electronic sights. Open sight channel under the rail allows continued use of iron sights. SPECS: Aluminum, anodized, black. Approx. 6" (15cm) long. Two 1" Weaver-style rings included. Rem 870/1100/11-87 fits 2¾" and 3" 12 gauge models. Rem 870 Magnum fits 3½" Magnum 870 12 gauge shotguns only. STOCK # FITS GAUGE PRICE #122-460-090AG Benelli Super 90 12 Ga. 6K50X16 $ 70.23 #122-000-009AG Benelli Super Black Eagle 12 Ga 6K50Z16 $ 70.23 #122-000-001AG Benelli Nova 12 Ga. 6K76Z97 $ 89.99 #122-460-005AG Browning A-5 12 Ga. 6K50X16 $ 70.23 #122-460-500AG Mossberg 500 12 Ga. 6K50X16 $ 70.23 #122-460-870AG Rem 870/1100/11-87 12 Ga. 6K50X16 $ 70.23 #122-000-047AG Rem 870 Magnum 12 Ga. 6K50U16 $ 70.23 #122-460-120AG Win. 1200/1300/ 1400/1500 12 Ga 6K50X16 $ 70.23 NO-GUNSMITHING OPTIC MOUNT Easy-To-Install, Low-Profile Sight Mount Easy-toinstall mount lets you attach an optic or laser sight to your shotgun without drilling, tapping, or making permanent alterations to the gun. Remove the two trigger group pins (Remington), or the ejector screw and trigger pin (Mossberg), slide on the mount, line up the holes, and secure it with the included replacement pins. Low-profile, form-fitting design looks like part of the receiver and positions the sight close to the bore axis. Seven cross-slots in the 5" rail let you install an optic, Weaver top-mount rings, or other accessory, with plenty of flexibility in setting eye relief. Lightweight, yet rugged, reinforced molded polymer stands up to extreme weather conditions ranging from -40°F to 150°F. SPECS: Reinforced, injection-molded polymer composite, Black or Realtree Hardwoods HD Camo. Includes mount, button head ejector screw, trigger group bolt, knurled nut, threaded insert, nylon-tipped set screw, 3⁄32” and 1⁄8” hex head wrenches, and instructions. Remington fits 870, 1100, 11-87; 12 and 20 gauge; right or left handed models. Mossberg fits 500, 835; 12 gauge only; right handed models only. #955-000-141AG Remington Mount, Black, 5E21Y65 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 26.99 #955-000-143AG Remington Mount, Realtree Camo, 5E38Y59 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49.99 #955-000-142AG Mossberg Mount, Black, 5E21Y65 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26.99 #955-000-144AG Mossberg Mount, Reatree Camo, 5E37Y47 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=243http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=243”DA-MAR” SHOTGUN SCOPE MOUNT HAVLIN MOSSBERG 500/590/835 Secure, Extra-Strong Scope Mounting Even On Thin, Semi-Auto Receivers Wrap-around sub-base puts the mounting screws into the receiver’s thicker sidewalls for rock-solid, no-fail scope mounting even on thin, semi-auto receivers. Drill and tap six, 6-48 holes, then cinch down the lightweight, aluminum, sub-base plate over the top radius. Aluminum top rail accepts all Weaver-style rings. a b SPECS: Aluminum, black anodized. Approximately 5" (12.7cm) long. 2.3 oz. (64g) approximate weight. Includes screws and instructions. Browning A5 model requires epoxy and screws for mounting. STOCK # BASE# FITS #483-100-001AG #1 Rem. 870/1100/11-87/58/11-48. 12 Ga. (23⁄4"), Ithaca 51, SKB 20 Ga. S&W 1000, Brwning 2000, Franchi 20 Ga. #483-100-009AG #1A Rem. 870/11-87 Super Mag 12 Ga. (31⁄2") #483-100-002AG #2 Rem. 870/1100 LT 20, 11-87 20 Ga. #483-100-004AG #4 Browning BPS 10, 12 (31⁄2") Ga., Browning Gold 10 #483-100-006AG #6 Browning A5 12 Ga. (Belgian), A-5 12 Ga., 20 Ga. Mag, 12 (Japan), Rem. 11 #483-100-007AG #7 Browning B-80 12 Ga., Beretta 302/390/1200, SKB, Weatherby 82/92,.Charles Daly, Win. 1200/1400, Browning Gold 12, Franchi 12 ga., Mossberg 9200/835, Benelli Super 90, Win. Super X2. — Advise # — Shotgun Mount 3H41Y21 . . . . . . . . . . .$ 54.95 SCOPE RAIL Solid & Lightweight For Mounting Scopes & Other Optics Weaver-style scope mounting rail matches the top contour on all Mossberg 500/590 and 835 models for a durable, no-gap installation. Held by four, 8-40 tpi machine screws that stand up to recoil without deformation or stripping. Machined from lightweight, extruded aluminum, and anodized to match the anodized or black painted Mossberg receivers. Accepts all Weaver-style scope mounts and accessories. a b SPECS: Aluminum, black, anodized finish. 5” (12.7cm) long. 2 oz. (56.6g) wt. Includes (4), 8-40 tpi mounting screws. Installation requires drilling and tapping on early model Mossberg 500. #100-002-901AG Mossberg Scope Rail 6A14P00 . . . .$ 16.95 SHOTGUN CANTILEVER SCOPE MOUNTING BASE RBC Increased Accuracy For Slug-Shooting Shotguns Attaches to the barrel and positions the scope back, over the receiver. Solders to non-ribbed barrels. MTF Base - Holes drilled, radius left blank for custom applications. a b SPECS: Base - steel, blued. Rail - aluminum, black. 53⁄4" (12cm) long, 3.8 oz. (109 g) wt. Instructions included. Gunsmith installation recommended. Mossberg 500 also fits M9200 and M5500 with plain barrels. Ithaca 37/87 fits quarter rib or Deerslayer only. STOCK # FITS PRICE #752-100-037AG Ithaca 37/87 12 & 20 Ga. 2E36H70 $ 49.05 #752-100-500AG Mossberg 500 12 Ga. 2E36H70 $ 49.05 #752-100-870AG Rem. 870 12 Ga. 2E36H70 $ 49.05 #752-100-110AG 1100/1187 12 Ga. 2E36H70 $ 49.05 #752-100-000AG MTF Base 2E36H70 $ 49.05 Brownells STEEL SHIM STOCK RINGS & BASES Solves Most “Need A Little More Metal” Problems For scope base adjustment, sight adjustment, head-space adjustment and checking, restoration of misaligned parts soldering on for buildup, inletting templates, spacers. You name it, and somewhere along the line a shim can be used for everything from shimming, to measuring, to fixing! a b KIT NO. AC-24 consists of one piece, each, steel shim stock, 21⁄2" x 6" in the following thicknesses: .001" .002" .003" .005" .010" .015" #080-544-024AG AC-24 Steel Shim Stk Kit 8K14Y47 $ 24.99 KIT NO. AF-12 consists of one piece, each, steel shim stock, 6" x 12" in the following thicknesses: .001" .0015" .002" .003" .004" .005" .006" .007" .008" .010" .012" .015" #080-544-012AG AF-12 Steel Shim Stk Kit 5A47Y98 $ 59.99 McCANN INDUSTRIES FORS MOUNT Shotgun Scope Mount With Built-In Fiber Optic Backup Sights Lightweight, Fiber Optic Rail Sight (FORS) mount lets you install an optic on a tactical shotgun, while the integral fiber optic sights provide a great back-up sighting option. Two, bright green dots on the rear sight align with the bright orange front sight dot for fast target acquisitio2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=244http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=244EGW RINGS & BASES PICATINNY EXTRUSION Build Custom Scope Bases; Saves Time & Money MOULDS PICATINNY BASE STOCK A.R.M.S. FAL/L1A1 AMEGA RANGES PICATINNY SCOPE MOUNT Integral Rail Mounts Optics Or Tactical Sights Heavy duty, one-piece dust cover with integral Picatinny rail provides a rock-solid platform and optimum mounting flexibility for scopes or tactical sights. MIL-STD 1913 rail accepts both Picatinny and Weaver-style mounting components. Over 8½" long to provide plenty of mounting space, even for long body scopes. Rigid, extruded aluminum body with riveted, internal steel frame rails for extra support. Hardcoat anodized for durability. Models available for standard and paratrooper actions. Paratrooper features a steel, recoil spring rod riveted in place for use with folding stocks only. Fits inch and metric pattern FAL/L1A1 and clones. a b SPECS: Extruded aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black with steel rails. 85⁄8" (21.8cm) long x 17⁄16" (3.6cm) wide. Standard - 7 oz. (198g) weight. Paratrooper - 7 .4 oz. (210g) weight. Fits FAL/L1A1 and clones with inch or metric pattern receivers. #100-004-124AG Standard FAL Scope Mount, 1K106D76. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 134.99 #100-004-125AG Paratrooper FAL Scope Mount, 1K119D49. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149.99 MINI-SCOUT-MOUNT Allows Forward Mounting Of Optics & Accessories; Helps Control Barrel Vibration Rock-solid, precision machined, aluminum mount provides plenty of top rail space for secure attachment of forward-mounted optics. Directly replaces the factory handguard/ dust cover on Ruger® Mini-14®/Mini-Thirty®, M14, M1A, and M1 Garand with no permanent alterations to gun. Attaches directly to barrel above the forearm on Ruger 10/22®. Under-barrel clamp mounts tight to barrel to improve barrel rigidity and harmonics, so you gain optimal accuracy from your firearm. Rail accepts Picatinny or Weaver-style rings and features a full-length sight channel that allows use of iron sights when optics are removed. Mini-14 fits pre-580 series rifles with straight taper barrel and Mini-14/Thirty fits all 580 Series rifles with heavy flanged barrel, including NRA model, Target, 6.8 SPC, and Mini-Thirty® (7.62 x 39). Other models available for 10/22 carbine; M14/M1A with U.S. mil-spec, standard contour barrel or Springfield Armory standard weight barrel only; M1 Garand with USGI military spec barrel, including Tanker model and BM-59; and U.S. mil-spec M1 Carbine, including recent models manufactured by Kahr Arms. a b SPECS: Aluminum, hardcoat anodized finish, matte black. Mini-14 - 10" (25cm) long, 1¾" (4cm) wide, 7⁄8" (2cm) high. 9.3 oz. (264g) weight. Fits early model Ruger Mini-14 with 180 to 198 serial number prefix and non-flanged, straight taper barrel, including Ranch Rifles. Mini-14/Thirty fits 580 series Ruger Mini-14/Mini-Thirty with heavy flanged barrel, chambered in .223, 6.8 SPC, or 7 .62 x 39mm. 10/22 carbine with .22 LR, factory barrel. M14/M1A - 12¾" (32.4cm) long, 17⁄8" (4.8cm) wide, 13⁄16" (3cm) high. 15.3 oz. (434g) weight. Fits M14/M1A rifles with U.S. Mil-Std contour barrel and Springfield Armory STANDARD weight barrels only. WILL NOT fit heavier Springfield Armory SOCOM type barrels or any Chinese manufactured barrels. M1 Garand fits USGI military spec barrels, includingTanker models and BM-59. M1 Carbine - 8" (20.3cm) long, 1¾" (4.4cm) wide, ¾" (1.9cm) high. 8.4 oz. (238g). Fits all U.S. milspec M1 carbines, including those manufactured by Kahr Arms. #100-003-202AG Mini-14 1B90D25. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 139.95 #100-004-361AG Mini-14/Thirty 1B99V99 . . . . . . . . . . 149.95 #100-004-403AG Ruger 10/22 1B86P84 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129.99 #100-003-203AG M14/M1A 1B164D95 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249.95 #100-004-404AG M1 Garand 1B106P80 . . . . . . . . . . . . 154.95 #100-004-465AG M1 Carbine 1B117V96 . . . . . . . . . . . . 149.95 Picatinny cross-section aluminum rail stock gives you a head start on building custom2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=245http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=245CALCULATING REQUIRED SCOPE RING HEIGHT The following formula provides a quick and effective way to determine proper scope ring height for the majority of rifle scope mounting applications.There are a few applications where the barrel contour will allow the scope to be mounted slightly lower than the calculated measurement, and other instances where a heavy barrel equipped with a rear sight may require a slightly higher scope ring height than calculated. An alternative to using the formula provided here is available in the Determining Scope Ring Height video at brownells.com. Models PICATINNY SCOPE BASE Cross-Slot System Provides Solid, Versatile Mounting On Tactical & Sporting Rifles Rugged, one piece design provides a rock-solid base for scope rings with greater flexibility than traditional ring-andbase systems. Slots cut to true MIL-STD 1913 specs accept both Picatinny and many Weaver-style rings to increase your scopemounting options on both tactical and sporting rifles. Easily alter the spacing between the rings to accommodate differentlength scope bodies, and adjust eye relief to fit the specific needs of each shooter. Installs quickly using factory drilled scope base holes and screws—no drilling and tapping on most guns. Underside of base is cut out to accommodate receivers with right- or left-hand ejection ports. Choose between models precision machined from 4140 billet steel for superb strength and stability, or aluminum models machined from 6061 T6 billet for maximum weight reduction. Matte, black, anodized finish blends with most factory finishes. Models available for Remington, Winchester, and Savage short action (SA), long action (LA), and Winchester Short Magnum (WSM) receivers, plus military Mauser 98 rifles. 20 MOA models have built-in 20 MOA elevation to help you get enough elevation for accurate long-range targeting without exceeding the elevation adjustment of your scope. a b SPECS: Aluminum Models - 6061 T6 aluminum billet, hardcoat anodized matte black. Steel Models - 4140 billet steel, matte black oxide finish. Savage fits models with AccuTrigger™. Mauser 98 fits military rifles; requires drilling and tapping of receiver; four (4) Torx® head screws included. Winchester models fit post-’64 rifles. Brownells BURRIS RUGER® WEAVER ADAPTER RINGS & BASES Weaver-Style Rings For Ruger Rifles & Revolvers Gives you a wider selection of available rings. Extra slots expand mounting options. Securely clamps to rifles and handguns; machined for Ruger factory rings. SPECS: Steel, polished blue finish. 2" (5cm) and 13⁄8" (3.5cm) long. M77® fits M77 rifles, Super Redhawk®. 77/22® fits Redhawk® Hunter, Blackhawk® Hunter, 77/22®, 77/44®, 77/50®, Model 96™ (.44 Rem. Mag), 10/22® Mag., Mini-14®, Deerfield, and No. 1. #118-410-990AG M77 Weaver Adapter 8A28Z00 . . . .$ 40.00 #118-410-991AG 77/22 Weaver Adapter 8A28Z00 . . . . 40.00 A D B C BADGER ORDNANCE MAXIMIZED SCOPE RAIL Forward Cant Lets You Zero At Extended Range A = Outside diameter of scope objective end. C = Base Height: Distance from top of receiver to top of front scope base. D = Ring Height: Distance from top of base to bottom of scope tube. *NOTE: Subtract known height of the front base from Dimension B in table to determine the actual ring height. OBJECTIVE DIAMETER DIMENSION A .984” (25mm) 1.023” (26mm) 1.062” (27mm) 1.102” (28mm) 1.141” (29mm) 1.181” (30mm) 1.220” (31mm) 1.259” (32mm) 1.299” (33mm) 1.388” (34mm) 1.377” (35mm) 1.417” (36mm) 1.456” (37mm) 1.496” (38mm) 1.535” (39mm) 1.574” (40mm) 1.614” (41mm) 1.653” (42mm) 1.692” (43mm) 1.732” (44mm) 1.771” (45mm) 1.811” (46mm) 1.850” (47mm) 1.889” (48mm) 1.929“ (49mm) 1.968” (50mm) 2.000” (51mm) 2.047” (52mm) 2.086” (53mm) 2.125” (54mm) 2.165” (55mm) 2.204” (56mm) 2.244” (57mm) 2.283” (58mm) 2.322” (59mm) 2.362” (60mm) 2.401” (61mm) 2.440” (62mm) 2.480” (63mm) 2.519” (64mm) 2.559” (65mm) *1" SCOPE TUBE DIMENSION B 0” (0mm) .011” (.27mm) .031” (.78mm) .051” (1.29mm) .071” (1.80mm) .091” (2.31mm) .111” (2.81mm) .12011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=246http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=246Mounts EGW No Frills Accuracy Enhancement For Popular Rifles & Shotguns FARREL INDUSTRIES ONE-PIECE SCOPE MOUNT RINGS & BASES SCOPE BASES Precision-Machined Quality & Innovative Design FULTON ARMORY M14/M1A KWIK-SITE PICATINNY SCOPE MOUNT Secure, Stable, No-Gunsmithing Scope Attachment One piece, steel mount provides a secure, stable scope base that won’t shift between shots. Rocksolid, three-point mounting system attaches to the factory scope mount screw hole in the receiver and the charger guide dovetail, while the setscrew at the front uses the receiver ring as a stop to prevent forward movement. No drilling or tapping required; mounting hardware included. Machined from the same type of steel as the M14 receiver, so mount and receiver expand at the same rate as the gun heats up to help keep your optic zeroed during prolonged fire. Thirteen MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny cross-slots offer plenty of versatility in setting eye relief. Sight channel allows use of iron sights without removing the scope. Cutout above ejection port helps prevent case hangups. SPECS: 8620 steel, Parkerized, matte black finish. 5½” (14cm) long, 1½” (3.8cm) wide, 2” (5.1cm) tall. 11.6 oz. (329g) weight. All mounting hardware included. Minor fitting required. #100-005-275AG Scope Mount 3K217Z54 . . . . . . . . .$ 225.99 KWIK-MOUNT® ADAPTER BASE Lets You Use Weaver-Style Rings On Any 3⁄8" Dovetailed Receiver Weaver-style conversion bases let you mount optics on any .22 caliber rifle with a 3⁄8" dovetailed receiver. One-piece model has eight slots that allow you to vary the ring spacing and mount a variety of different eye-relief scopes. Two-piece model, with a single slot on each base, ensures the correct ring spacing, while preserving easy access to the chamber. Made of aluminum to keep additional weight to a minimum with steel cross-bolt and clamping bar for a tight hold. a b SPECS: Aluminum with steel hardware, matte black finish. 1-Piece - 4.3" (10.9cm) long. 2-Piece - .8" (2.1cm) long, each. #100-005-941AG 1-Piece Adapter Base 8B23X17 . . . . $ 27.99 #100-005-940AG 2-Piece Adapter Base 8B09X31 . . . . . 10.99 Add the versatility of a one-piece Picatinny scope rail to your rifle or shotgun with no drilling or tapping. Precision machined from extruded aluminum or hardened steel with Picatinny slot-and-rail spacing that allows fast and simple changes to eye relief, plus great flexibility in scope choice. Drilled to fit the factory scope mount holes on the gun’s receiver. Accepts Picatinny or Weaver scope rings. Lightweight Tactical mounts have a milled center channel for weight reduction; hex-head mounting screws and Allen wrench included. Heavy Duty mounts are .100" lower than the Lightweight mounts to minimize weight and keep your optic closer to the barrel centerline for improved accuracy. Full-width crossslots are gauged to MIL-STD 1913 specs to +/-.002". Machined from ultra-rigid, extruded 7075 T6 aluminum or 4140 chromemoly steel pre-hardened to Rc 35-35 before machining. Some models available with 20 or 30 MOA built-in elevation to aid in long-range shooting without maxing out scope elevation adjustment. Includes socket head Torx® screws and wrench. SPECS: Lightweight Tactical - 6061 T6 aluminum, anodized, matte black finish. Includes socket head Allen screws and wrench. Heavy Duty - 7075 T6 aluminum, mil-spec hardcoat anodized, or 4140 chrome-moly steel pre-hardened to Rc 32-35, mil-spec Parkerized, matte black. Includes Torx screws and wrench. Scope bases precision CNC-machined from solid bar stock are held to .002" tolerances to create an exceptionally flat, straight, solid platform for optics. Accepts Picatinny and Weaver-style rings. Bedding-compound groove helps you get an exact, base-to-receiver fit. Self-centering Torx® head screws and chamfered screw holes help prevent slippage under recoil. Available in one-piece Standard or one- and two-piece 20 MOA (20 minutes built-in elevation) models. a b SPECS: Steel, black oxide finish. 7⁄16" (11mm) h2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=247http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=247MOULDS RUGER® No. 1 Relocates The Scope For Correct Eye Relief SCOPE BASES PRO MAG M14/M1A S&K SWISS PRODUCTS SCHMIDT-RUBIN K31 TACTICAL SCOPE MOUNT Easy-To-Install, Rock Solid; No Permanent Alterations To Rifle All-steel, bolt-on mount provides a rock solid platform for a scope, red dot, or other holographic sighting device on an M14-type rifle. 13-slot rail accepts Picatinny or Weaver -style rings. Three anchor points on receiver make sure the mount won’t shift under recoil, so there’s no loss of zero. Sight channel allows use of the original iron sights without removing scope. Requires removal of stripper clip guide. No permanent modification required. Installation instructions and tools included. Minor fitting may be required. SPECS: Machined 4150 chrome-moly steel, heat treated to Rc 55, phosphate coated, matte black finish. 53⁄8" (13.6cm) long, 13⁄8" (3.5cm) wide, 17⁄8" (4.7cm) high. 11.9 oz. (337g) weight. #687-000-035AG M14/M1A Scope Mount, 7H101U15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 131.25 Model INSTA SCOUT MOUNTS Fast To Install; No Permanent Alterations Lightweight, machined aluminum mounts deliver the increased accuracy of Scout Rifle optical sighting without changing or altering the original configuration of your prized military rifle. All models replace the standard issue rear sight assembly, so you can mount intermediate eye relief scopes over the handguard for fast, both-eyes-open aiming. Requires no drilling, tapping or permanent alterations to the rifle. Accepts Weaver-style rings and accessories. a b SPECS: Aluminum, anodized, black, matte finish. May not fit all variants of models listed. Includes instructions. #794-000-008AG Schmidt Rubin K31 Mount, 4G48A30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 69.00 #794-000-009AG Mauser 98 K Mount, 4G48A78 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69.99 #794-000-010AG Yugo 48, 4G48A30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69.00 SCOPE MOUNT Helps Achieve The Accuracy These Rifles Are Famous For Sturdy, machined aluminum mounts let you improve sighting and accuracy. Compact and lightweight, with a full-length rail that accepts 3/8" scope rings. Clamp-On mount positions the scope along the right side of the receiver. Does not interfere with bolt operation and requires no modifications to rifle. Permanent Mount positions scope to the left side of the receiver. Requires drilling and tapping for three, 10-32 screws. a b SPECS: Aluminum, anodized, black or steel, blued finish. Clamp3⁄ On - 5 8" (13.7cm) long, 1" (2.5cm) high. Permanent Mount - 31⁄2" (8.9cm) long, 5⁄8" (15.8mm) high. #100-002-998AG Steel K31 Clamp-On Mount, 7K92X67 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 115.85 #100-000-725AG Aluminum K31 Clamp-On Mount, 7K60D81 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64.99 #100-000-726AG Aluminum K31 Permanent Mount, 7K40D00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48.00 RINGS & BASES Steel bases move the scope back to get correct eye relief without “crawling” the stock. Weaver-style with extra cross slots to accommodate all sizes of scopes, plus electronic sights. Replaces the sight rib or bases on Ruger No. 1B or 1V. a b SPECS: 4140 steel, blue, polished finish. Front base - 3.6" (9cm) OAL. Rear base - 2.8" (7cm) long. Model 1V fits post 1976. #578-000-011AG 1B Scope Base Set 8G83D96 . . . . .$ 104.95 #578-000-012AG 1V Scope Base Set 8G83D96 . . . . . . 104.95 NEAR MFG. REM 700 25 MOA BASE Built-In Elevation For Extreme Long Range Shooting One-piece scope base gives long range shooters an additional 25 MOA of elevation. Helps preserve scope internal adjustment by keeping the crosshairs in the center of the adjustment range. Integral recoil shoulder provides additional shear strength on heavy recoiling rifles. Each base is hardened and stress relieved before machining. All critical dimensions and clamping surfaces are CNC machined to tolerances as close as .0003". Made to MILSTD 1913 Picatinny speci2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=248http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=248ULTIMAK M14/M1A RINGS & BASES FORWARD OPTIC MOUNT No Machining Required; For Fast-Sighting Forward Optics VOLQUARTSEN RUGER® 10/22® XS SIGHT SYSTEMS LEVER ACTION Items BARREL & RECEIVER SCOPE BASE Cantilever Or Receiver Mount Design Gives Stability & Accuracy Two, highly functional designs for the Ruger 10/22. Barrel Mount - Attaches to the barrel; cantilevers rearward, over the top of the receiver. Scope stays aligned with the bore, diminishes the effect of tolerance stacking between the receiver and slip-in barrel. Installation requires drilling and tapping of barrel. Receiver Mount - For tightly fitted or threaded barrels. Raised design provides the proper height and eye relief for stocks equipped with Monte Carlo combs or raised cheekpieces. Same hole pattern as factory mount. a b SPECS: Aluminum, anodized, matte black (MB) or matte silver (MS) finish. Barrel Mount - 8" (20cm) long, 21⁄2" oz. (70g) wt. Receiver Mount - 43⁄4" (12cm) long, 2 oz. (56 g) wt. Accepts Weaverstyle rings. #930-122-300AG MS 10/22 Barrel Mount, 3Z27D25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 34.99 #930-122-302AG MB 10/22 Barrel Mount, 3Z27D25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34.99 #930-000-035AG MB 10/22 Receiver Mount, 3Z25T00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.30 LEVER SCOUT MOUNT ™ XS SIGHT SYSTEMS MARLIN LEVER ACTION Mounts Scope Over Barrel For Fast Sighting Lightweight, Weaverstyle mount positions an extended eye relief scope forward of the receiver for quick, both-eyes-open sighting. Weaver-style base features multiple cross slots for attaching a wide range of electronic and optical sights. Mounts to existing holes and rear sight dovetail. Sets low to allow use of iron sights without removing mount. Requires no modifications to rifle. Marlin models available for 1895 Guide Gun, 1894 and 336 rifles. Winchester fits Model 94’s with rear sight dovetail 4" forward of receiver. a b SPECS: Aluminum, black, matte finish. 8" (20.3cm) long. Includes instructions, plastic punch, hex wrench and Loctite®. Winchester also includes bedding compound. #006-000-020AG Marlin 1895 Scout Mount, 6K34Z00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 50.00 #006-000-031AG Marlin 1894 Scout Mount, 6K34B00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50.00 #006-000-032AG Marlin 336 Scout Mount, 6K34B00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50.00 #006-000-035AG Winchester 94 Scout Mount, 6K36B67 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.00 Item LEVER RAIL Provides Flexible Mounting Of Optics & Sights Gain increased sighting options for your Marlin centerfire lever rifle by installing this lightweight, aluminum scope rail. Accepts Picatinny or Weaver-style rings, plus is specially milled on back end to accept the XS Sight Systems Lever Rail Ghost Ring Sight for Marlin 1894, 1895 and Marlin 336/308MX (found elsewhere in catalog). Extra-long rail gives plenty of versatility in mounting scope directly over the receiver or forward over the barrel for intermediate eye relief optics or red dot sights. Requires removal of factory rear sight. Gunsmith installation recommended. b a SPECS: Aluminum, matte finish, black. 11" (27cm) long, .830" (21mm) wide. 3 oz.(85g) weight. Includes mounting hardware. 006-000-170AG Marlin 1894 Lever Rail, 6K46D15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 59.99 #006-000-151AG Marlin 1895 Guide Gun Lever Rail, 6K40Y00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60.00 #006-000-165AG Marlin 336/308MX Lever Rail, 6K44X99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59.99 MARLIN 1894/1895/336/308MX LEVER RAIL SIGHT SYSTEM Lightweight scope rail with backup iron sights mounts to Marlin lever rifles without drilling and trapping. Features a large light-gathering rear ghost ring and high-visibility front post sight for fast sight acquisition during day or low-light conditions. Rear ghost ring is fully adjustable for windage and elevation, and in2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=249http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=249XS SIGHT SYSTEMS B-SQUARE MAUSER 98 BADGER ORDNANCE Models SCOUT SCOPE MOUNT Allows Fast Sighting Puts a long eye relief scope just ahead of the receiver. Attaches with two screws and Acraglas®. Accepts Weaverstyle rings. Models 097 and 099 fit large ring Mauser 98 military barrels. 106 fits commercial bolt action, tapered sporter barrels. No. 1 Mk III fits SMLE models No. 1 Mk III, 2A, 2A1, No. 7. No. 4 Mk I fits SMLE Models No. 4 Mk I, No. 4 Mk 1/2, No. 4 Mk 2, No. 5 Mk I. a b SPECS: 6063 T6 Aluminum, black, anodized finish. 6" (15.2cm) long, 3.2 oz. (90 g) weight. Includes 1⁄2 oz. Acraglas and instructions. Measure barrel just forward of receiver: for .960" order 097 mount, for .980" barrel order 099 mount. Bolt action Sporter barrels order 106 mount; requires turning barrel to 1.05" dia. for a minimum length of 13⁄4" forward of the receiver. No. 1 Mk III and No. 4 Mk I require removing front and rear sights and inletting of forearm. #006-109-097AG 097 Military Mount 6K50T90. . . . . .$ 68.99 #006-109-099AG 099 Military Mount 6K53V71. . . . . . . 72.99 #006-109-106AG 106 Sporter Mount 6K53H71 . . . . . . . 72.99 #006-000-027AG No. 1 Mk III Scout Mount, 6K51Z52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68.70 #006-000-028AG No. 4 Mk I Scout Mount, 6K51Z52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68.70 CLASSIC MILITARY MOUNT No Gunsmithing To Mount Long Eye Relief Scout Scopes Lets you enjoy accurate shooting without reducing the collector value of classic military rifles. Gives improved sighting without permanent modifications to the rifle. Weaver-style base includes 1" rings, replaces rear sight; use with long eye relief handgun or Scout scopes. SPECS: Aluminum, black, matte finish. 41⁄2" (11.4cm) lg. Includes 1" rings, instructions. #122-185-610AG M98 Classic Mil. Mount, 6K23A04 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29.95 MICRO-SIGHT MOUNT For Offset, Scope-Ring Mounting Of Auxiliary Sights, Lights & Other Accessories Lightweight, low-profile, railed cap replaces the existing top half of a Badger Ordnance scope ring to add an offset, three-slot Picatinny rail. Provide easy, off-axis mounting of a red dot sight, laser, light, or other tactical accessory. Allows instant transition from primary optic to a non-magnified CQB sight without breaking cheekweld. Machined from 6061 T6 aluminum billet for strength with minimal weight and hardcoat anodized for added strength. Models available to fit 30mm and 34mm Badger scope rings with 4- or 6-screw caps. SPECS: 6061 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. Rail - 1½" (3.8cm) long. #093-000-031AG 30mm Mount, 4-screw 3K71C43 . . . .$ 79.99 #093-000-032AG 30mm Mount, 6-screw 3K71C43 . . . . . 79.99 #093-000-033AG 34mm Mount, 4-screw 3K71C43 . . . . . 79.99 #093-000-034AG 34mm Mount, 6-screw 3K71C43 . . . . . 79.99 Heights Brownells PICATINNY SCOPE RINGS RINGS & BASES Robust, Versatile, Affordable Rings For Tactical & Sporting Rifles These rings are precision machined to true MIL-STD 1913 specs to fit Picatinny-type bases such as Brownells Modular Flattop Riser Mount and Picatinny Scope Bases. No special wrenches needed for installation. Underside of ring is undercut with a rounded radius that offers extra clearance for finger tightening the nut and for final tightening with a standard socket or flat-blade screwdriver. Extrastrong U.S.-size hex nuts have a deep slot that provides maximum engagement of screwdriver blade to help prevent slippage and slot damage—you can even use a U.S. quarter in a pinch. Crossbolt has a square shank that serves as a recoil lug to solidly engage scope base when properly installed to ensure rings won’t shift forward under recoil. Four, strong 6-40 x ¼" T-15 Torx® head screws securely anchor the ring halves, and large contact area with scope helps prevent slippage even on heavy-recoiling, magnum rifles. Available in 4140 billet steel for superb strength and stability, or aluminum models machined from 6061 T6 billet for r2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=250http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=250BURRIS RINGS & BASES DOUBLE DOVETAIL RINGS & BASES Solid Mounting With A Clean Look BURRIS SIGNATURE RINGS POS-ALIGN Pivoting Synthetic Inserts End Scope Misalignment EGW TACTICAL SCOPE RINGS Machined As A Matched, Serial-Numbered Pair For Precise Alignment LEUPOLD DUAL DOVETAIL SCOPE MOUNTS & RINGS Absolutely The Strongest Ring & Base System Available Two-piece mounting system uses Signature Pos-Align rings to prevent any possible scope damage from misaligned bases. Double dovetail rings must be used with double dovetail bases. SPECS: Ring Pairs - Steel, blue, polished or matte finish. Heights measured from top of base to inside bottom of ring: 1" Med. - .270" (6.8mm); 1" High - .390" (9.9mm); 30mm Med. - .180" (4.6mm); 30mm High - .300" (7 .6mm); 30mm Extra High - .420" (10.7mm). Base Set - Steel, blue, matte finish. Fits long- and short-action Rem 700. DOUBLE DOVETAIL RING PAIRS STOCK # FITS/FINISH PRICE #118-420-560AG 1" Med./Polished 8A34P00 $ 49.00 #118-420-561AG 1" Med./Matte 8A34P00 $ 49.00 #118-420-571AG 1" High/Matte 8A34P00 $ 49.00 #118-420-583AG 30mm Med./Matte 8A54P00 $ 78.00 #118-420-584AG 30mm High/Matte 8A54U00 $ 78.00 #118-420-586AG 30mm Ex High/Matte 8A54U00 $ 78.00 #118-410-593AG Rem. 700 LA/SA Base Set, 8A19Z00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 27.00 Unique system puts an end to dinged, damaged, and misaligned scope tubes, plus holds scopes firmly against recoil. Steel outer rings with self-centering, synthetic inner rings, adjust to slight mounting variations so any 1" or 30mm scope is perfectly aligned. On bases without windage adjustment you get maximum usage of the scopes’ internal windage/elevation adjustment, closer lens alignment, and clear, sharp images. a b SPECS: Rings - Steel, 1" (2.5cm) and 30mm I.D. Available in polished blue (PB), matte blue (MB), or satin nickel (SIL) silver. Rings sold in pairs and include 1 pair concentric inner rings (inserts). PosAlign Standard (STD) Rings fit Burris/Leupold/Millett rotary dovetail systems. Pos-Align Zee Rings (ZEE) fit Weaver-style bases. Height shown is from top of base to bottom of ring. 1" Standard Rings: Med - .270" (6.8mm); High - .390" (9.9mm). 1" Zee Rings: Med. - .270" (6.9mm); High - .420" (10.7mm). 30mm Standard Rings - Med. - .180" (4.6mm); High - .300" (7 .6mm); Extra High - .420" (10.7mm). Inserts - Synthetic material, black. 30mm Zee Rings - Med. - .200" (5.1mm); High - .325" (8.3mm); Extra High - .580" (14.7mm) STOCK # FINISH MODEL HEIGHT #118-420-400AG PB 1" STD Med. #118-420-401AG MB 1" STD Med. #118-420-578AG MB 30mm STD Med. #118-420-410AG PB 1" STD High #118-420-411AG MB 1" STD High #118-420-581AG MB 30mm STD High #118-420-582AG MB 30mm STD Ex High #118-420-420AG PB 1" ZEE Med. #118-420-421AG MB 1" ZEE Med. #118-420-422AG SIL 1" ZEE Med. #118-420-430AG PB 1" ZEE High #118-420-431AG MB 1" ZEE High #118-420-432AG SIL 1" ZEE High #118-000-018AG MB 30mm ZEE Med. #118-000-017AG MB 30mm ZEE High #118-000-004AG MB 30mm ZEE Ex High PRICE 8A34Y00 $ 49.00 8A34Y00 $ 49.00 8A54P00 $ 78.00 8A34Y00 $ 49.00 8A34Y00 $ 49.00 8A54P00 $ 78.00 8A54P00 $ 78.00 8A39Y00 $ 55.00 8A39T00 $ 55.00 8A43T00 $ 62.00 8A39T00 $ 55.00 8A39T00 $ 55.00 8A43T00 $ 62.00 8A58V57 $ 82.99 8A57V00 $ 82.00 8A57V00 $ 82.00 BURRIS WEAVER-STYLE “ZEE” RINGS Made Of Steel Heavy duty Picatinny rings are precision machined from solid aluminum billet as matched pairs to aid in obtaining the best possible alignment. Each pair is clamped together and the center holes bored to 30mm to tolerances of +/-.0014", then engraved with matching serial number. In addition, the lower halves are marked to prevent separation from their matched ring caps. All edges are beveled or radiused, including both sides of the steel ring nut, to minimize potential for snagging on other gear. Surfaces are blasted to ensure an even, matte finish, then hard anodized with a durable black finish for added strength and wear resistance. Crossbolt and nut are machined from chrome-moly steel, heat tre2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=251http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=251LEUPOLD LEUPOLD LEUPOLD ONE-PIECE BASE Carefully machined from coldrolled, steel bar stock, featuring generous windage adjustments for rear ring and precision fitted rotary dovetail for front ring. Note: “STD” Mount Bases accept Burris, Millett and Redfield rotary dovetail rings. SPECS: 12L14 cold rolled steel. Polished Blue (PB), Matte blue (MB), Satin nickel (SIL) finish. Long Range (LR) gives additional elevation. All include TORX mounting screws. RIFLE MODEL Browning FN Action A-Bolt A-Bolt A-Bolt A-Bolt BAR semi auto BLR lever action pre-’96 BSA Monarch right hand Monarch right hand Harrington & Richardson Howa 1500 Husqvarna Crown Grade & Carl Gustaf JC Higgins Model 51 Model 53 Marlin 36 / 336 Model 455 Model 7 Mauser FN & Mk X, Parker Hale Unaltered Large Ring 98 Mossberg 1500 / 1700 Model 1500 / 1700 Remington Model 4, 6, 7400, 7600 700, 721, 725, 40-X right hand 700 left hand 700 matte LR long range 700 silver LR long range 7, 700, 721, 725, 40-X right hand 700 matte 700 silver 700 matte LR long range 600, 660, XP-100 single shot 597 .22 LR 740, 742, 760 Ruger 10/22 M-77 round action Sako round action Savage 110 thru 116 right hand Long Long 10 thru 16, Striker right hand Short Short 110 thru 116 left hand Long 10 thru 16, left hand Short 110 thru 116,right hand w/AccuTrigger Long Long 110 thru 116, left hand w/AccuTrigger Long 10 thru 16,right hand w/AccuTrigger Short Short Short 10 thru 16, left hand w/AccuTrigger Short Model 99 Lever Action Long ACTION Long Short Short Long Long FINISH STOCK # PB #526-261-620AG PB #526-000-033AG MB #526-000-034AG PB #526-480-850AG MB #526-000-035AG PB #526-261-630AG PB #526-261-640AG PB PB PB PB PB PB PB PB PB PB PB PB PB PB #526-261-670AG #526-261-660AG #526-261-620AG #526-261-660AG #526-261-720AG #526-261-720AG #526-261-620AG #526-261-650AG #526-261-620AG #526-261-700AG #526-261-620AG #526-261-730AG #526-261-660AG #526-261-670AG ”STD” RINGS Classic steel, holds scope tightly. Fits Leupold STD, one- and two-piece bases, plus bases from Burris, Millett and Redfield. SPECS: Steel 1" (2.5cm), 26mm (1.02") or 30mm (1.18") I.D. Gloss, polished blue. Matte, matte blue. Silver, satin nickel. Height measurements are from top of base to center of ring: 1", 26mm and 30mm: Super Low, .550" (13.9mm). Low, .650" (16.5mm). Medium, .770" (19.55mm). High, .900" (22.86mm). Super High, 1" (25.4mm). Extension Ring Set (Extension) contains one standard ring, and one front extension ring that offsets ring spacing .650" (16.5mm). STOCK # SIZE FINISH/STYLE HEIGHT #526-261-590AG 1" Gloss Low #526-261-600AG 1" Gloss Medium #526-261-610AG 1" Gloss High #526-463-970AG 1" Gloss Super High #526-408-270AG 1" Matte Super Low #526-404-790AG 1" Matte Low #526-404-800AG 1" Matte Medium #526-461-340AG 1" Matte High #526-463-980AG 1" Matte Super High #526-452-690AG 1" Silver Low #526-453-380AG 1" Silver Medium #526-470-680AG 1" Silver High #526-499-080AG 1" Gloss, Extension Low #526-499-100AG 1" Matte, Extension Low #526-294-250AG 1" Gloss, Extension Medium #526-499-110AG 1" Matte, Extension Medium #526-478-820AG 1" Gloss, Extension High #526-478-830AG 1" Matte, Extension High #526-517-180AG 30mm Matte Low #526-499-600AG 30mm Gloss Medium #526-455-840AG 30mm Matte Medium #526-510-340AG 30mm Matte, Extension Medium #526-524-940AG 30mm Silver Medium #526-470-050AG 30mm Gloss High #526-499-590AG 30mm Matte High #526-510-350AG 30mm Matte, Extension High #526-524-950AG 30mm Silver High #526-524-001AG 30mm Matte Super High #526-524-960AG 30mm Silver Super High — Advise # — 1" Gloss & Matte Rings, 6B22P28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 38.00 — Advise # — 1" Silver Rings 6B22H28. . . . . . . . . . . . . 38.00 — Advise # — 1" Extension Rings 6B29H90 . . . . . . . . . 51.00 — Advise # — 26mm & 30mm Rings 6B33X41 . . . . . . . 57.00 — Advise # — 30mm Extension Rings 6B46U31 . . . . . 79.00 PRW RINGS LEUPOLD MARK 4 Weaver-Style, All-Steel, For Rock-Solid Mounting Machined from steel barstock with the str2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=252http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=252LEUPOLD RINGS & BASES LEUPOLD TWO-PIECE RIFLE BASE SETS Two-piece base sets, CNC machined to exacting tolerances, provide rock solid scope mounting. Reversible and long rear bases make it easy to use standard rings to mount scopes, from extra long varmint and target models to small compacts on any length action. Front bases accept Leupold’s (and Burris/Redfield/Millett) rotary dovetail ring. The rear base uses standard Leupold/ Burris/Redfield windage, screw-secured ring. SPECS: 12L14 Cold Rolled Steel. Polished blue (PB), Matte blue (MB), or Satin nickel (SIL) finish. Includes 2 bases with TORX screws. (RF) Reversible front base. (RR) Reversible rear base. RIFLE MODEL STK # SIL STK # MB STK # PB Austin & Halleck NA NA #526-500-320AG Browning FN action NA #526-462-900AG #526-370-070AG FN action RF NA NA #526-370-080AG A-Bolt long rear base #526-451-570AG #526-462-970AG #526-417-770AG A-Bolt Std. rear base NA NA #526-492-250AG A-Bolt WSSM NA #526-000-076AG #526-000-077AG X-Bolt #526-000-104AG #526-000-102AG #526-000-103AG BLR Lightning NA #526-502-380AG #526-502-370AG BR 1885 Low-Wall (Will not fit BPCR, Traditional) NA NA #526-512-600AG BR 1885 Hi-Wall (Will not fit BPCR, Traditional) NA NA #526-492-220AG BSA Monarch NA #526-476-640AG #526-370-030AG Monarch RF #526-463-010AG NA #526-370-040AG Harrington & Richardson 300, NA #526-462-900AG #526-370-070AG 301,330,370 (FN Mauser) NA NA #526-370-080AG JC Higgins Model 51 NA #526-462-900AG #526-370-070AG Model 51 RF NA NA #526-370-080AG Kimber 84 NA #526-000-108AG NA 8400 NA #526-000-109AG NA Knight Disk, Wolverine NA NA #526-000-029AG Marlin 455 NA #526-462-900AG #526-370-070AG 455 RF NA NA #526-370-080AG Model 7 NA #526-462-800AG #526-370-050AG Model 7 RF/RR #526-462-630AG NA #526-370-060AG Mauser FN, Mark X, Parker Hale NA #526-462-900AG #526-370-070AG Mauser RF NA NA #526-370-080AG Swedish M-96 NA #526-512-630AG NA Mauser ’98 NA #526-000-075AG NA Remington Model 7 #526-512-570AG NA #526-512-560AG 700, 721, 725, 40-X, 700BP NA #526-476-640AG #526-370-030AG 700 RF #526-463-010AG #526-000-030AG #526-370-040AG 710 NA #526-541-000AG NA 541 NA NA #526-000-029AG Ruger M-77 round action NA #526-476-640AG #526-370-030AG Model 77 RF #526-463-010AG NA #526-370-040AG Sako round action NA #526-462-900AG #526-370-070AG Sako RF NA NA #526-370-080AG Savage 10/110 - 16/116 w/Accu-Trigger #526-000-074AG #526-000-073AG #526-000-072AG S&W 1500 NA #526-476-640AG #526-370-030AG 1500 RF #526-463-010AG NA #526-370-040AG Tikka Whitetail Hunter NA NA #526-000-056AG Weatherby FN action NA #526-462-900AG #526-370-070AG FN action RF NA NA #526-370-080AG Vanguard NA #526-476-640AG #526-370-030AG Vanguard RF #526-463-010AG NA #526-370-040AG Mk V NA #526-517-010AG #526-517-000AG Mk V RF NA #526-517-030AG NA Mk V LT NA #526-525-070AG NA Winchester 70 RR NA #526-462-800AG #526-370-050AG QUICK-RELEASE™ MOUNT SYSTEM Remove Scope In Seconds; Positive Return To Zero LEUPOLD MILLETT RIMFIRE RINGS No-Drill, No-Tap Design For ³⁄8” & 13mm Dovetails All-steel rings mount 1" scopes on rimfire rifles and handguns with integral 3/8" or 13mm receiver ® dovetails. Torx screw mounting system guarantees these rings stay put! SPECS: Steel, high-polish blue. Torx head wrench included. Height measured from top of base to center of ring. STOCK # FITS DOVETAIL HEIGHT 3 ⁄8" #526-000-049AG Med. - .875" (22.2mm) 3 ⁄8" #526-000-050AG High - 1" (25.4mm) – Advise # – 1" Rimfire Scope Rings 6B39H86. . . . . .$ 68.00 ANGLE-LOC® SCOPE RINGS Windage Adjustable, Mount Directly To Weaver, European Dovetail & Ruger® Remove the scope with just a twist of the levers and reinstall it in only seconds with no loss of zero. Doublelever, dual locking cam system withstands the recoil from any rifle cartridge without shooting loose or accidentally unlocking. SPECS: Steel. Polished blue (PB), matte blue (MB) or Silver. 1-piece bases fit right-hand actions only. 2-piece bases sold per pair to fit RH, and LH actions. Rings, sold in pairs, 1" (2.5cm) or 30m2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=253http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=253MILLETT REDFIELD ANGLE LOC DETACHABLE ALUMINUM RINGS Aluminum Alloy For Less Weight Horizontally split and made from heattreated aluminum alloy to dramatically cut weight without compromising strength. Allen-head cross bolts make them easy to remove and replace. Fit Weaver-style bases. SPECS: Aluminum, black or silver matte finish. Fits 1" (2.5cm) dia. scope bodies. Height from top of base to inside bottom of ring: Low - .150" (3.8mm); Medium - .285" (7 .2mm); High - .560" (14.2mm). STOCK # DIA/HEIGHT/COLOR PRICE #601-000-030AG 1" Low, Black 1K14Z92 $ 21.99 #601-000-032AG 1" Medium, Black 1K14Z92 $ 21.99 #601-000-033AG 1" Medium, Silver 1K14Z92 $ 21.99 #601-000-034AG 1" High, Black 1K14Z92 $ 21.99 JR 1-PIECE BASE REDFIELD EXTENSION RING SET Cures Mounting Problems Precision crafted of the finest tool steel. Built to take heaviest recoil without shooting loose. Streamlined for good looks, rugged for dependability. Available for popular shotguns and rifles. SPECS: Steel. Polished Blue (PB) or Matte Blue (MB). Long Action (LA), Short Action (SA). To take care of the scope mounting problems with short or long stocks. Gives .660" (16.8mm) greater forward or rearward ring placement. SPECS: Steel, 1" (2.5cm) or 30mm (1.2") diameter. Available in Polished Blue (PB) or Matte Blue (MB). Heights shown are from top of base to inside bottom of ring: 1" (2.5cm), Med. .272" (6.9mm), High .402" (10.2mm), 30mm (1.2"), High .490" (12.5mm). STOCK # EXTENSION/HEIGHT COLOR PRICE #750-522-608AG 1" Std. Rear, Ext. Frt/Med. PB 5E30D78 $ 44.99 #750-523-608AG 1" Std. Rear, Ext. Frt/Med. MB 5E33U80 $ 48.99 #750-522-613AG 1" Std. Rear, Ext. Frt/High PB 5E30D78 $ 44.99 #750-522-618AG 1" Ext. Rear, Ext. Frt/Med. PB 5E39D81 $ 58.99 #750-523-708AG 30mm Std. Rr, Ext. Frt/Hi MB 5E48U63 $ 70.99 RINGS & BASES JR 1-PIECE BASES STOCK # #750-511-138AG #750-511-134AG #750-511-126AG #750-511-227AG #750-511-134AG #750-511-126AG #750-511-134AG #750-511-134AG #750-511-223AG #750-511-134AG #750-511-137AG #750-511-134AG #750-511-138AG #750-511-126AG #750-511-227AG #750-511-227AG #750-511-227AG #750-532-227AG #750-511-126AG #750-532-126AG #750-511-228AG #750-511-159AG #750-511-161AG #750-511-126AG #750-511-134AG #750-511-134AG #750-511-227AG #750-511-126AG #750-511-142AG #750-511-141AG #750-511-250AG #750-511-126AG #750-532-126AG #750-511-134AG #750-511-134AG #750-511-223AG #750-511-114AG #750-511-114AG — Advise # — — Advise # — FINISH (MODEL) PB (JR-MK) PB (JR-FN) PB (JR-700LA) PB (JR-700SA) PB (JR-FN) PB (JR-700LA) PB (JR-FN) FITS BRNO 757 Small Ring Browning FN Action BSA Monarch LA, Round Receiver BSA Monarch SA, Round Receiver Colt 57 30-06 & FN Mauser Howa 1500 H & R 300, 301, 330, 370 prior to 1973 PB (JR-FN) Interarms Mark X PB (JR-336R) Marlin 36, 336, 336T, 444 PB (JR-FN) Marlin 455 PB (JR-M) Mauser 98 PB (JR-FN) Mauser FN, Mark 10, Parker Hale 1100 PB (JR-MK) Mauser ‘96 Swedish plus other Small Ring PB (JR-700LA) Mossberg 1500, 1700 LA/SA PB (JR-700SA) Rem. 7 Lightweight, XP-100 PB (JR700SA) Rem. 600, 660 SA PB (JR700SA) Rem. 700 SA, (RH) 40X, 78, 722, 725 MB (JR700SA) Rem. 700 SA, (RH) PB (JR-700LA) Rem. 700 LA, (RH) 40X, 78, 721, 725 MB (JR-700LA) Rem. 700 LA, (RH) PB (JR-760) Rem. 740 742, 760 PB (JR-788LA) Rem. 788 LA .222 Mag, 22-250, 30-30 PB (JR-788XL) Rem. 788 X LA .243, .308, .358 PB (JR-700LA) Ruger 77 Round Receiver, LA PB (JR-FN) Sako, Mauser Actions PB (JR-FN) Sears (J.C. Higgins) 50, 51, Mauser Action PB (JR-700SA) Smith & Wesson 1500 & 1600, .243 Cal. PB (JR-700LA) S&W 1500, 1600 & 1700 PB (JR-S) Springfield '03 PB (JR-S Spec) Springfield '03-A3, A4 PB (JR-TC Encore Rifle) TC Encore Rifle, Single Dovetail PB (JR700-LA) Weatherby Mark V, Vanguard Right Hand MB (JR700-LA) Weatherby Vanguard PB (JR-FN) Weatherby FN action PB (JR-FN) Western Field 30-06 PB (JR-336R) Western Field 740 PB (JR-70AM) Win. 70 Target PB (JR-70AM) Win. 70 Belted Magnum between #66,350 & 700,000 JR PB Base 5E16H91 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 24.99 JR MB Base 5E18U55 . . . . 2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=254http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=254REDFIELD RINGS & BASES SR 2-PIECE BASE SET Two-piece steel for less weight, easier access to loading port. Available for popular rifles. SPECS: Steel. Polished Blue (PB) or Matte Blue (MB). Long REMINGTON REM 700 S&K INTEGRAL SCOPE MOUNT Fast, Easy, Custom-Fit Scope Mounting; No Drilling Or Tapping Lightweight 1" rings with integral bases are custom made for Remington 700 rifles to provide fast, easy scope mounting with precise centering and error-free alignment. Made of advanced Z2 alloy, similar in weight to aluminum but 50% stronger. Hardened steel Torx® head screws retain top ring half and clamp base to factory receiver holes. Reversible to allow different ring spacing for mounting anything from extra long varmint/target scopes to short, compact optics. Base provides 100% metal-to-metal contact with the receiver for recoil-proof holding power with no loss of zero. SPECS: Z2 alloy, powdercoat finish, matte black. Accepts 1" dia. scopes. Height measured from top of receiver to bottom of scope - .70" (1.7cm). Fits long and short action Remington 700. #768-194-250AG Integral Scope Mount 8F25B26 . . .$ 31.99 SCULPTURED MOUNTS & KONTOURED RINGS Almost-Invisible Rings, Plus Light, Cutaway Bases SMITH ENTERPRISE TACTICAL RINGS Rugged, High-Strength Steel; Securely Holds Heavy Tactical Scopes Extra-strong, machined from solid bar stock; keeps the heaviest 30mm scopes from moving under recoil. Heavy-duty, U.S.size hex nuts allow you to correctly torque rings to base. Uses oversized, square cross lugs for increased contact on Picatinny bases; provides additional security against ring slippage and wear caused by recoil battering. Each cap features four, sockethead screws that positively lock scope into rings. a b SPECS: 4140 steel billet, parkerized, matte finish. Rc 35. Fits 30mm dia. scope tubes. .500" (12.7mm) high from top of base to inside bottom of ring. ##851-000-054AG 7018 Tactical Rings 1E120X00 . . . 150.00 7003 BMG RINGS - Six cap screws and double clamp bolts with 1⁄2" nuts, solidly lock scope, rings and base into one unit. Prevents large objective 30mm scopes from slipping under recoil on .50 BMG rifles. Povides clearance for 56mm objective scopes. Square cross bolts provide secure, ring-to-base contact with excellent return to zero. Wire EDM cut from bar stock and stress relieved. Fits Picatinny rails only. SPECS: 4140 steel, parkerized, matte finish. Rc 35. Fits 30mm dia. scope tubes. .685" (17 .4mm) high from top of base to inside bottom of ring. #851-000-034AG 7003 BMG Rings 1E193B33 . . . . . .$ 241.67 Action (LA), Short Action (SA). STOCK # FINISH (MODEL) FITS #750-512-018AG PB (SR-153) Anschutz 54, 64, 153, 1400, 1600 #750-512-203AG PB (SR-70A) Browning BBR #750-512-209AG PB (SR-700) BSA Monarch LA/SA Round Receiver #750-512-209AG PB (SR-700) Churchill LA/SA #750-512-203AG PB (SR-70A) Sears, J.C. Higgins 53 #750-512-011AG PB (SR-FN) Mauser FN #750-512-209AG PB (SR-700) Mossberg 1500, 1700 LA/SA #750-512-209AG PB (SR-700) Rem. 700 LA/SA 40X ,78, 722, 725 #750-532-209AG MB (SR-700) Rem. 700 LA/SA 40X ,78, 722, 725 #750-512-209AG PB (SR-700) Ruger® M77® Round Receiver, LA #750-512-216AG PB (SR-SDT) Sako Tapered Dovetail #750-512-209AG PB (SR-700) S&W 1500, 1600 & 1700 #750-512-209AG PB (SR-700) Weatherby Vanguard #750-512-203AG PB (SR-70A) Win. 70, 70XTR, 670, 770, Ranger — Advise # — PB SR Bases, pair 5E19T81 . . . . . . .$ 28.99 — Advise # — MB SR Bases, pair 5E18U55 . . . . . . . . 27.99 S&K NO-DRILL, NO-TAP SCOPE MOUNT Easily Add A Scope To Bolt & Semi-Auto, Military & Sporter Models For Mini-14, M1A/M14, Krag, M1 Carbine, Enfield, SKS-TYPE 56, Springfield 03A3, Garand, Mosin Nagant, Schmidt Rubin Direct, bolt-on installation; no drilling and tapping required. Replace the original, open sights with the S&K Mount; install your favorite scope with a set of Weaver-style rings and go shooting. This is the easiest, quickest way we’ve seen to get smaller groups from these guns without making modifications that could hur2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=255http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=255TALLEY TALLEY TALLEY LIGHTWEIGHT SCOPE MOUNT When Every Ounce Counts; The Strength Of Steel Without The Weight One-piece construction blends the ring and base into a single unit. Eliminating the ring/base joint not only keeps weight to a minimum, it provides a stronger mount. Each ring cap is 5⁄8" wide, with four TORX screws to keep large scopes from slipping or shifting. Designed by Mel Forbes of New Ultralight Arms. a b SPECS: 7000 series aluminum, black, anodized, matte finish. Accepts 1" dia. scopes, unless otherwise listed in fits column for 30mm dia. scopes. Height from bottom of ring to top of receiver: Low - .400" (10.1mm), Med - .500" (12.7mm). High - .640" (16.3mm), X-High - .740" (18.8mm). Approx. weight 2.1 oz. (59 g). Some heights vary, see chart below. Rem. 700 also fits 721/722/725 and 40X models. Rem. Model Seven fits receivers with four screw holes. Savage AccuTrigger fits round top centerfire receivers with AccuTrigger. Win. 70 fits .860" rear hole spacing only. STOCK# FITS HEIGHT PRICE #874-000-026AG Anschutz 54 Med 4G26X37 $ 43.95 #874-000-027AG Browning A Bolt Low 4G26X37 $ 43.95 #874-000-028AG Browning A Bolt Med 4G26X37 $ 43.95 #874-000-041AG Howa Low 4G26P37 $ 43.95 #874-000-042AG Howa Med 4G26P37 $ 43.95 #874-000-037AG 98 Mauser Lg Ring Low 4G26P37 $ 43.95 #874-000-039AG Marlin 336/1895 (.500") Low 4G26P37 $ 43.95 #874-000-040AG Marlin 336/1895 (.600") Med 4G26P37 $ 43.95 #874-000-041AG Rem. 700 Low 4G26P37 $ 43.95 #874-000-042AG Rem. 700 Med 4G26P37 $ 43.95 #874-000-110AG Rem. 700 30mm Low 4G28Z77 $ 47.95 #874-000-111AG Rem. 700 30mm Med 4G28Z77 $ 47.95 #874-000-043AG Rem. 700 Ext. Low 4G26U37 $ 43.95 #874-000-044AG Rem. 700 Ext. Med 4G26U37 $ 43.95 #874-000-047AG Rem. Model Seven Low 4G26U37 $ 43.95 #874-000-048AG Rem. Model Seven Med 4G26U37 $ 43.95 #874-000-049AG Ruger® 10/22® Low 4G26U37 $ 43.95 #874-000-050AG Ruger 10/22 Med 4G26U37 $ 43.95 #874-000-093AG Sav. AccuTrigger Low 4G26B37 $ 43.95 #874-000-094AG Sav. AccuTrigger Low Ext. 4G26B37 $ 43.95 #874-000-096AG Sav. AccuTrigger Med Ext. 4G26C37 $ 43.95 #874-000-102AG Sav. AccuTrigger High 4G26H37 $ 43.95 #874-000-103AG Sav. AccuTrigger X-High 4G26H37 $ 43.95 #874-000-055AG Tikka (.500" high) Low 4G26P37 $ 43.95 #874-000-056AG Tikka (.600" high) Med 4G26P37 $ 43.95 #874-000-060AG Wthby Mark V Med 4G26P37 $ 43.95 #874-000-063AG Win. 70 .860" Rear Low 4G26P37 $ 43.95 #874-000-064AG Win. 70 .860" Rear Med 4G26P37 $ 43.95 #874-000-065AG Win. 70 .860" Rear F/Ext. Low 4G26P37 $ 43.95 TACTICAL SCOPE RINGS Billet Machined For Strength; Dual Recoil Lugs Stay Put Heavy-duty scope rings are precision-machined from solid billet aluminum with dual recoil lugs to ensure your tactical scope won’t budge under the heaviest recoil. Full-width ring caps are cut from the same billet as the bottom half of the ring for precise fit and held in place with four stainless steel Allen head screws that won’t work loose when properly tightened. Matching serial numbers ensure you always mate the cap with the bottom it came with. Locking bar, heavy-duty crossbolt and oversized, ½" hex nut locks the ring to any MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny rail. Hard-anodized for extra surface strength, with a non-reflective matte black finish. Engraved front and back with the distinctive Talley cross-bones logo. SPECS: 7075 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black, with 303 stainless steel screws, black finish. 1.9" (5cm) wide, .665" (16.8mm) thick. Models available for 1" (2.5cm) or 30mm O.D. scope tubes. Heights measured from top of base to center of ring: Low - 1" (2.5cm); Medium - 1.125" (2.8cm); High - 1.275 (3.2cm). STOCK# 1" STOCK# 30mm HEIGHT #874-000-112AG #874-000-115AG Low #874-000-113AG #874-000-116AG Medium #874-000-114AG #874-000-117AG High - Advise # - Tactical Scope Rings, 4G182Z56 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 239.99 SCOPE RINGS & BASES Fixed Or Quick Detach Models Anchor Solidly To Shouldered Bases; Provides A Clean, Uniform Look Beautifully machined fro2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=256http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=2567.3 SERIES RINGS & BASES RINGS & BASES Smooth Profile, Horizontal Split; For Centerfire & Rimfire Unique, double-duty 1" rings feature a removable recoil lug that lets them fit Warne Premier bases and .22 rimfire rifles. Four screws evenly draw the cap onto the base and keep the scope from rotating as you tighten the cap. Reversible clamp, with 60° dovetail, provides optimum fit to base or nominal 3⁄ b 8" dovetail. a SPECS: Steel, powder coated, black, gloss or matte finish. Height measured from top of base to inside, bottom of ring. 1" - Low: .325" (8.2mm). Med: .425" (10.8mm). High: .550" (14mm). Ex. High: .715" (18mm). STOCK# DIA/HEIGHT FINISH PRICE #947-000-076AG 1"/Low Matte 7D32P56 $ 39.99 #947-000-077AG 1"/Low Gloss 7D32P56 $ 39.99 #947-000-078AG 1"/Med Matte 7D32P56 $ 39.99 #947-000-079AG 1"/Med Gloss 7D32P56 $ 39.99 #947-000-080AG 1"/High Matte 7D32P56 $ 39.99 #947-000-081AG 1"/High Gloss 7D32P56 $ 39.99 #947-000-082AG 1"/Ex High Matte 7D32P56 $ 39.99 7.3 SERIES BASES - Heavy-duty machined steel bases feature a heavy recoil shoulder to provide a solid, low-profile, zero-movement mount for Brownells/Warne 7.3 Series Rings. Low profile adds minimal bulk to your rifle and maintains a sleek appearance. Fast, easy installation; mounting instructions included. SPECS: Steel, blued, matte finish. Includes mounting screws. Accepts Brownells/Warne 7 .3 rings, or any rings designed to fit nominal 3⁄8" (11mm) dovetail. #947-000-253AG 7.3 Base, Browning A-Bolt 7D18U57.$ 21.99 #947-000-250AG 7.3 Base, Marlin 336 7D18U57 . . . . . . 21.99 #947-000-254AG 7.3 Base, Mauser 98 7D18U57 . . . . . . . 21.99 #947-000-255AG 7.3 Base, Mauser 96 7D18U57 . . . . . . . 21.99 #947-000-248AG 7.3 Base, Rem. 700 7D18P57 . . . . . . . . 21.99 #947-000-251AG 7.3 Base, Sav 110 AccuTrigger/Rnd Rec’r 7D18U57 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.99 #947-000-252AG 7.3 Base, Sav 110 Non-AccuTrigger/Flat Rec’r 7D18U57 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.99 #947-000-249AG 7.3 Base, Win. 70 7D18P57. . . . . . . . . . 21.99 Brownells/WARNE WARNE EUROPEAN DOVETAIL MAXIMA RINGS Fits Tikka, BRNO/CZ 527 & BRNO Integral Bases WARNE MAXIMA 2-PIECE BASE SETS Weaver-Style In Steel Vertically split, rings attach directly to the factory integral dovetails on Tikka, BRNO/CZ 527 and BRNO rifles. TORX screws lock scope, rings and rifle into one solid unit. a b SPECS: MIM Steel, powder coated black, matte. Height measured from top of base to inside bottom of ring: Medium - .425" (8.9mm), High - .535 (13.6mm). TIKKA-BASE PERMANENT RINGS STOCK # #947-000-035AG #947-000-036AG #947-000-038AG STOCK # #947-000-114AG #947-000-115AG #947-000-117AG #947-000-118AG DIA/HEIGHT 1"/Med 1"/High 30mm/High DIA/HEIGHT 1"/Med 1"/High 30mm/Med 30mm/High FINISH Matte Matte Matte FINISH Matte Matte Matte Matte PRICE 7D37Y16 $ 44.99 7D37Y16 $ 44.99 7D35Y92 $ 40.99 PRICE 7D37A16 $ 44.99 7D37A16 $ 44.99 7D35A92 $ 40.99 7D35A92 $ 40.99 Smooth, solid steel two-piece bases provide an extra strong mount system. Accept Warne Maxima rings or any Weaver-style ring. Three finishes. a b SPECS: 12L14 steel. Available in polished blue, matte blue, or silver. Two-piece only, Includes mounting screws. Do not mix Maxima bases with other brands of Weaver-style base, the heights are often different. RHS = Rear Hole Spacing. FITS Anschutz (All); Marlin A1, 50 Browning A-Bolt .22, Micro-Medallion; Steyr SBS Browning A-Bolt WSSM Browning BAR, BAR II, Mark II, BLR Lightning, BPR, T-Bolt; Colt Coltsman, 264 & 30-06 Round Top (Enfield/Rem 30 style); Marlin Camp 9 & 45; Rem 30 & 720; Sav 40 & 45; Win SXR #947-000-161AG #947-000-162AG NA Browning BLR (steel receiver); Colt 223, 243 & 308 Round Top; Sauer SHR Pro Hunter NA #947-000-244AG NA Kimber 84 NA #947-000-245AG NA Kimber 8400 #947-000-165AG #947-000-166AG #947-000-214AG Knight Disc/Revolution; Mossberg 680, 695, 800, 50, 51, 151, 350, 351, 352; Rem 541-T, 541-S; Western Field 775, 780 #947-000-167AG #947-000-168AG #947-000-215AG Marlin 9, 45, 32011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=257http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=257WARNE WARNE Base MAXIMA RINGS Strong, All-Steel With Adjustable Levers; Fit Weaver-Style Bases Give any gun equipped with Weaverstyle bases the good looks and quick-detach/return-to-zero advantages of Warne rings. Just two turns let you tip the ring off the base. Levers can be easily repositioned so both rest at the same angle. a b SPECS: Steel, powder-coated black or nickel plated. Available in polished black (Reg.), Matte black, or matte Silver finish. Height measured from top of base to inside bottom of ring. Available in Low, .250" (6.35mm), Medium, .375" (9.5mm), or High, .525" (13.3mm). MAXIMA TPA RINGS Rock Solid Mounting; Smooth, Snag-Free Style Two, socket head cap screws positively clamp these steel rings to any Weaver-style base. Gives a nicely finished look. Steel recoil lug prevents shifting and loss of zero. a b SPECS: Steel, powder coated Black (Reg.), Matte blue (Matte), or Silver Alloy in matte Silver (Silver) finish. Height measured from top of base to inside bottom of ring. Available in Low, .250" (6.35mm); Medium, .375" (9.5mm); High, .525" (13.3mm). 1" MAXIMA TPA RINGS STK # LOW STK # MEDIUM STK # HIGH FINISH #947-005-111AG #947-005-121AG #947-005-131AG Reg. #947-005-112AG #947-005-122AG #947-005-132AG Matte #947-005-113AG #947-005-123AG #947-005-133AG Silver — Advise # — 1" Maxima TPA Rings, Reg, Matte, 7D25A10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 31.99 — Advise # — 1" Maxima TPA Rings, Silver, 7D30A73. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37.99 MAXIMA TACTICAL RINGS & BASES WARNE WARNE MAXIMA RUGER -BASE RINGS ® Rigid, Steel Construction For Maximum Strength Picatinny tactical rings and bases, precision-machined from steel for maximum strength and reliability. Rugged, 1" and 30mm Tactical Rings feature a robust, stainless steel crosslug that will not swage, peen or deform under heavy recoil. Ensures consistent return-to-zero for optics that are removed and re-attached. Three, torx-style fasteners secure the vertically split ring halves at the top to prevent scope shift. Large, clamping nut at bottom provides exceptional holding power. One-piece, Tactical Bases are made from solid bar stock of cold drawn alloy steel, stress relieved for extra strength and uniformity. Available for standard elevation adjustment or with 20 MOA forward angle for extra long range shooting. a b SPECS: Rings: Steel, matte black, powder coat finish. Medium - .375" (9.5mm) high. High - .525" (13.3mm) high. Extra-High .650" (16.5mm) high. Ultra-High - .935" (23.7mm) high. Bases: 12L14 carbon steel, powder coated, matte black. Available in standard or 20 MOA. Savage bases available for models with and without AccuTrigger™ (Accu). Winchester bases fit current production Model 70. TACTICAL RINGS STOCK # #947-000-113AG #947-000-121AG #947-000-122AG #947-000-123AG #947-000-112AG #947-000-125AG #947-000-126AG #947-000-127AG STOCK # #947-000-128AG #947-000-129AG 947-000-262AG #947-000-130AG #947-000-131AG #947-000-132AG #947-000-133AG #947-000-134AG #947-000-135AG #947-000-136AG #947-000-138AG #947-000-139AG #947-000-140AG #947-000-141AG #947-000-143AG #947-000-144AG #947-000-146AG DIA./HEIGHT 1"/Medium 1"/High 1"/Extra-High 1"/Ultra-High 30mm/Medium 30mm/High 30mm/Extra-High 30mm/Ultra-High TACTICAL BASES HEIGHT/FITS Std/Rem 700 SA Std/Rem 700 LA Std/Rem 870/1100 Std/Sako TRG Std/Savage SA Std/Savage LA Std/Savage SA, Accu Std/Savage LA, Accu Std/Win 70 SA Std/Win 70 LA 20MOA/Rem700 SA 20MOA/Rem 700 LA 20MOA/Sako TRG 20MOA/Savage SA 20MOA/Savage SA, Accu 20MOA/Savage LA, Accu 20MOA/Win 70 LA PRICE 7D72V77 $ 82.99 7D72V77 $ 82.99 7D72V77 $ 82.99 7D72V77 $ 82.99 7D72B77 $ 82.99 7D72B77 $ 82.99 7D72B77 $ 82.99 7D72B77 $ 82.99 7D72B77 $ 82.99 7D72B77 $ 82.99 7D86B35 $ 97.99 7D86B35 $ 97.99 7D86B35 $ 97.99 7D86B35 $ 97.99 7D86B35 $ 97.99 7D86B35 $ 97.99 7D86B35 $ 97.99 PRICE 7D78A97 $ 98.99 7D78A97 $ 98.99 7D78A97 $ 98.99 7D78A97 $ 98.99 7D84A30 $ 104.99 7D84V30 $ 104.99 7D84V30 $ 104.99 7D84V30 $ 104.99 Per2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=258http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=258WEAVER RINGS & BASES TOP MOUNT BASES One- & Two-Piece Bases For Rifles, Shotguns, Handguns RIFLE MODEL Colt continued 57 COOEY 71 REAR 1-PC/SET FRONT RIFLE MODEL Marlin continued MR-7 F/extension 39A 39A 455 REAR 1-PC/SET FRONT RIFLE MODEL Remington continued 25 30, 720 33 41 513S, 513T 514 514 if not drilled & tapped, 550 541S, 541T 597 REAR 1-PC/SET FRONT Lightweight aluminum bases fit a wide range of modern and older rifles, plus shotguns and long range handguns. Sold each; order front and rear base. One piece bases and base pair sets available for some models. Base pair sets are marked with * or **. a b SPECS: Aluminum, polished blue finish except Matte (M), Silver (S). Extension bases: Front (F), Rear (R). Fits Top Mount and SeeThru Mount Rings. RIFLE MODEL REAR 1-PC/SET FRONT ANSCHUTZ Mark 12 #955-010-016AG (16) #955-010-016AG (16) 54, 54MS, 64, 64ms, 164, 1413, 1422, 1424, 1430, 1432, 1433, 1434, 1522, 1530, 1532, 1534 #955-010-091AG (91) #955-010-091AG (91) 153 Deluxe #955-010-019AG (19) #955-010-019AG (19) 1568 #955-010-061AG (61) #955-010-046AG (46) #955-010-161AG (61M) #955-010-146AG (46M) AUSTIN & HALLECK 420 (inline M/L) #955-010-085AG (85) #955-010-085AG (85) BENELLI Super Blk Eagle, S. Blk Eagle II #955-010-093AG (93) Nova #955-010-004AG (423M) BROWNIING A-Bolt after 1996 #955-010-047AG(47) #955-010-084AG (84) except WSSM A-Bolt, A-Bolt 22 before 1996 #955-010-047AG (47) #955-010-047AG (47) #955-010-147AG (47M) #955-010-147AG (47M) #955-000-119AG (47M, 47M)* #955-000-120AG (47S, 47S)* A-Bolt WSSM, .204 & .223 #955-000-092AG (427)# #955-010-047AG (47) A-Bolt European model #955-010-085AG (85) #955-010-085AG (85) A-Bolt Shotgun #955-010-147AG (47M) #955-010-419AG (419M) BBR FN Mauser action #955-010-045AG (45) #955-010-046AG (46) #955-000-121AG (45M, 46M)* BBR F/extension #955-010-045AG (45) #955-010-402AG (402) BBR long & short action #955-010-047AG (47) #955-010-046AG (46) #955-010-147AG (47M) #955-010-146AG (46M) #955-000-125AG (47M, 46M)* #955-000-126AG (47S, 46S)* BBR F/extension #955-010-047AG (47) #955-010-402AG (402) #955-010-147AG (47M) #955-010-401AG (402M) BAR, BAR II, Mark II, semi-auto #955-010-054AG(54) #955-010-054AG (54) #955-000-127AG (54M, 54M)* BLR #955-010-025AG (25) #955-010-025AG (25) BLR flat top receiver #955-010-028AG (28) #955-010-028AG (28) T-Bolt (new model) #955-010-015AG (15) #955-010-015AG (15) 1885 Hi Wall octagon barrel #955-010-011AG (11) #955-010-029AG (29) 22 Auto base attaches to barrel extends over receiver. Norinco clones. #955-010-060AG (60A) #955-010-085AG (85) #955-010-085AG (85) 52 BSA Monarch med./L action, F/ext. #955-010-036AG (36) #955-010-040AG (40A) #955-010-136AG (36M) #955-010-041AG (40A-M) Monarch, CF2 long action #955-010-036AG (36) #955-010-035AG (35) #955-010-136AG (36M) #955-010-135AG (35M) #955-000-117AG (36M, 35M)* #955-000-118AG (36S, 35S)* Medium action one-piece base #955-010-097AG (97) Long action one-piece base #955-010-098AG (98) Other high powers #955-010-028AG (28) #955-010-028AG (28) CHARLES DALY Mini Mauser #955-010-023AG (23) #955-011-071AG (71A) 98 #955-010-055AG (55) #955-010-035AG (35) CIL 871 #955-010-062AG (62) 900 #955-010-019AG (19) #955-010-019AG (19) 950, 950C #955-010-061AG (61) #955-010-046AG (46) #955-010-161AG (61M) #955-010-146AG (46M) #955-000-122AG (61M, 46M)* 972-C #955-010-045AG (45) #955-010-046AG (46) #955-000-121AG (45M, 46M)* COLT Coltsman SA round receiver #955-010-025AG (25) #955-010-025AG (25) Coltsman LA round receiver #955-010-054AG (54) #955-010-054AG (54) #955-000-127AG (54M, 54M)* Sauer #955-010-035AG (35) #955-010-035AG (35) #955-010-135AG (35M) #955-010-135AG (35M) Sauer, F/R/extension #955-010-040AG (40A) #955-010-040AG (40A) Colt Top Mount Bases continued in next column CVA Round Receiver ENFIELD receiver cut down like: Remington 30 #955-010-011AG (11) #955-010-011AG (11) #955-010-036AG (36) #955-010-035AG (35) Remington 721 #955-010-136AG (36M) #955-010-135AG (35M) Remington 721 F/ext. #955-010-036AG (36) #955-02011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=259http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=259RIFLE MODEL SPRINGFIELD ‘03 03-A3 STEVENS 26 53 56, 66 57, 76, 417-1⁄2, 762 110E REAR 1-PC/SET FRONT RIFLE MODEL Wichester continued 61 octagon barrel 74 75 Sporter 75 Target 77 88, 100 94 Big Bore Angle Eject 94 Angle Eject except earliest 670, 770 REAR 1-PC/SET FRONT WEAVER #955-010-054AG (54) #955-010-055AG (55) #955-010-059AG (59) #955-010-045AG (45) #955-010-022AG (22) #955-010-022AG (22) #955-010-016AG (16) #955-010-021AG (21) #955-010-012AG (12) #955-010-013AG (13) #955-010-012AG (12) #955-010-012AG (12) #955-010-061AG (61) #955-010-046AG (46) #955-010-161AG (61M) #955-010-146AG (46M) 416 #955-010-018AG (18) #955-010-017AG (17) 417 #955-010-015AG (15) #955-010-015AG (15) 418, 418-½ #955-010-016AG (16) #955-010-016AG (16) STEVENS-SPRINGFIELD 83 #955-010-016AG (16) #955-010-021AG (21) 85, 87, 872 #955-010-012AG (12) #955-010-012AG (12) THOMPSON CENTER TCR rifle #955-010-405AG (405) Contender handgun & carbine #955-010-092AG (92A) #955-000-090AG (92A-S) Encore handgun & carbine #955-010-410AG (410) Omega Muzzleloader #955-010-410AG (410) Scout rifle & pistol #955-010-404AG (404) System 1 & Blk Diamond 2 per package #955-010-411AG (411) #955-010-421AG (411S) Thunderhawk, Firehawk 2 per package #955-010-406AG (406) #955-010-407AG (406S) TIKKA flat reciever #955-010-061AG (61) #955-010-061AG (61) TRADITIONS Whitetail Hunter #955-010-161AG (61M) #955-010-161AG (61M) In-Line Buck Hunter #955-010-075AG (75) #955-010-075AG (75) VOERE 2150, 2165, Mauser action #955-010-045AG (45) #955-010-046AG (46) #955-000-121AG (45M, 46M)* 2130 #955-010-028AG (28) #955-010-028AG (28) WEATHERBY Mark V Magnum #955-010-033AG (424) #955-010-035AG (35) #955-010-034AG (424M) #955-010-135AG (35M) Vanguard 22-250, 224, 30-06 #955-010-036AG (36) #955-010-035AG (35) #955-010-136AG (36M) #955-010-135AG (35M) #955-000-117AG (36M, 35M)* #955-000-118AG (36S, 35S)* Vanguard F/extension #955-010-036AG (36) #955-010-040AG (40A) #955-010-136AG (36M) #955-010-041AG (40A-M) Others with FN Mauser actions #955-010-045AG (45) #955-010-046AG (46) #955-000-121AG (45M, 46M)* Lightweight U.S. made actions #955-010-036AG (36) #955-010-415AG (415) #955-010-136AG (36M) #955-010-416AG (415M) WESTERNFIELD 730 #955-010-025AG (25) #955-010-011AG (11) 740 #955-010-063AG (63B) #955-000-091AG (63B-S) 770 #955-010-055AG (55) #955-010-020AG (20A) 775, 780 #955-010-055AG (55) #955-010-055AG (55) WINCHESTER 70 short action #955-010-099AG (99) 70 long and short action, H&H mags above #1,896,476 #955-010-047AG (47) #955-010-046AG (46) #955-010-147AG (47M) #955-010-146AG (46M) #955-000-125AG (47M, 46M)* #955-000-126AG (47S, 46S)* 70 LA/SA above #1,896,476 F/ext #955-010-047AG (47) #955-010-402AG (402) 70 long action and H&H mags above #1,896,426 #955-010-096AG (96) 70 Target, H&H mags up to #1,896,476 #955-010-049AG (49A) #955-010-046AG (46) 70 Target up to #1,896,476 F/ext #955-010-049AG (49A) #955-010-402AG (402) 70 WSSM #955-000-094AG (428) #955-010-046AG (46) 03, 63 #955-010-019AG (19) #955-010-022AG (22) 05, 07, 10, 95 #955-010-020AG (20A) #955-010-017AG (17) 06, 62, 62A, 90 Octagon barrel #955-010-032AG (32) #955-010-032AG (32) 43 #955-010-018AG (18) #955-010-018AG (18) 47, 69A, 72 #955-010-012AG (12) #955-010-017AG (17) 52 hole spacing different #955-010-025AG (25) #955-010-057AG (57) 52 hole spacing same #955-010-046AG (46) #955-010-046AG (46) #955-010-146AG (46M) #955-010-146AG (46M) #955-012-046AG (46S) #955-012-046AG (46S) #955-000-123AG (46M, 46M)* #955-000-124AG (46S, 46S)* 52C #955-010-085AG (85) #955-010-085AG (85) 57, 69 #955-010-012AG (12) #955-010-013AG (13) 60, 67, 68 #955-010-021AG (21) #955-010-021AG (21) 61 round barrel #955-010-019AG (19) #955-010-013AG (13) Winchester Top Mount Bases continued in next column 670, 770 F/ext. 1300 Shotgun Super X Rifle ZB Small ring Mauser action 22 #955-010-025AG (25) #955-010-032AG (32) #955-010-012AG (12) #955-010-012AG (12) #955-010-015AG (15) #955-010-030AG (30) #955-010-015AG (15) #955-010-016AG (16) #955-010-015AG (15) #955-02011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=260http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=260WEAVER RINGS & BASES GRAND SLAM BASES Solid Steel, Two-Piece Bases For Rifles, Hunting Handguns WEAVER WEAVER QUAD LOCK RINGS Four Caps Give Double The Holding Power Two caps per base pro­ vide twice the clamping power. 210° coverage pro­ vides even clamping pres­ sure that pulls scope into Standard base, prevents scope from Extension rotating when tightening caps. Aluminum construction keeps weight to a minimum. SPECS: Aluminum, gloss black, matte black, or natural silver finish. Height from top of base to bottom of ring: Medium - .160" (4mm). High - .328" (8.3mm). Standard and Extension (Ext) rings fit Weaver-style bases. Extension sets include one standard ring and one extension ring. Others have two standard rings. Tip-Off rings fit 3⁄8" grooved .22 rimfire receivers. STOCK # STYLE FINISH PRICE #955-000-001AG 1" Medium Gloss 5E09H10 $ 13.99 #955-000-002AG 1" High Gloss 5E08H96 $ 12.99 #955-000-003AG 1" High Ext. Gloss 5E10H30 $ 15.99 #955-000-004AG 1" Medium Matte 5E09D10 $ 13.99 #955-000-005AG 1" High Matte 5E09D10 $ 13.99 #955-000-006AG 1" High Ext. Matte 5E10D30 $ 15.99 #955-000-104AG 1" Medium Silver 5E09P10 $ 13.99 #955-000-105AG 1" High Silver 5E09P10 $ 13.99 #955-000-106AG 1" High Ext. Silver 5E10U30 $ 15.99 #955-000-102AG 1" Tip Off Matte 5E10P93 $ 15.99 #955-000-103AG 1" Tip Off Silver 5E10P93 $ 15.99 WEAVER TACTICAL SCOPE RINGS For Ultra-Secure Mounting Of Large-Objective Scopes Oversized rings provide ex­ tra contact area for ultra­se­ cure mounting of large optics on hard­recoiling, long­range rifles such as sniper rifles. Fits all Weaver­style bases. Six no­strip, no­slip Torx® screws hold down the ring cap to ensure the scope keeps its position even under heavy recoil. Oversize hex nuts allow quick removal or attachment of optics in dynamic situations. a b SPECS: Aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. Height measured from top of base to underside of scope body. 1" High - .400" high. Accepts scopes with objectives up to 44mm dia. 1" Extra High - .525" high. Accepts objectives up to 50mm dia. 30mm High - .495" high. Accepts objectives up to 44mm dia. #955-000-138AG 1" Tactical Rings, High, 5E27V17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 31.99 #955-000-139AG 1" Tactical Rings, Extra­High, 5E27V17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.99 #955-000-140AG 30mm Tactical Rings, High, 5E27V17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.99 ADAPTER BASE For Enfield, 10/22® & Grooved Receiver .22’s High­strength, steel bases to fit a wide range of modern and older rifles, plus some long range handguns. Sold each; order front and rear base. (F) front, (R) rear EXTENSION BASES provide added flex­ ibility for mounting all types of scopes. a b SPECS: Steel, blue, matte finish. Fits Weaver Grand Slam, Top Mount, Tip-Off and See-Thru Mount Rings. Includes screws. RIFLE MODEL REAR FRONT ANSCHUTZ 54, 54MS, 64, 64MS, 164, 1413, 1422, 1424, 1430, 1432, 1433, 1434, 1522, 1530, 1532, 1534 #955-000-040AG (S91) #955-000-040AG (S91) 1568 #955-000-033AG (S61) #955-000-026AG (S46) BROWNING A-Bolt, A-Bolt 22 #955-000-027AG (S47) #955-000-027AG (S47) BAR, BAR II, Mark II, semi-auto #955-000-029AG (S54) #955-000-029AG (S54) BBR long & short action #955-000-027AG (S47) #955-000-026AG (S46) BSA Monarch med./L action #955-000-024AG (S36) #955-000-023AG (S35) Monarch med./L action F/ext. #955-000-024AG (S36) #955-000-042AG (S40A) CHURCHILL Highlander #955-000-024AG (S36) #955-000-023AG (S35) Highlander F/ext. #955-000-024AG (S36) #955-000-042AG (S40A) CIL 950, 950C #955-000-033AG (S61) #955-000-026AG (S46) 950, 950C F/extension #955-000-033AG (S61) #955-000-081AG (S402) 972-C #955-000-025AG (S45) #955-000-026AG (S46) 972-C F/extension #955-000-025AG (S45) #955-000-081AG (S402) COLT Coltsman LA round receiver #955-000-029AG (S54) #955-000-029AG (S54) Sauer #955-000-023AG (S35) #955-000-023AG (S35) Sauer F/R/extension #955-000-042AG (S40A) #955-000-042AG (S40A) 57 #955-000-025AG (S45) #955-000-026AG (S46) 2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=261http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=261SAMSON MANUFACTURING CORP . SOG ARMORY BURRIS BURRIS QUICK-FLIP MOUNT FOR AIMPOINT 3XMAG Flips Magnifier Aside For Instant Transition From Long-Range To Close-Range Targeting Quick­transition mount combines se­ cure, correct­height attachment of an Aimpoint 3XMag behind a compatible red dot sight with a spring­loaded mechanism that flips the magnifier aside for instant return to unmagnified op­ eration of sight. Lets you shift from long­range to short­range targeting almost instantly. Heavy­duty machined­aluminum construction ensures solid, wobble­free mounting on MIL­STD 1913 Picatinny receiver rail, so the magnifier stays correctly positioned behind the sight. Mount bolts directly to the factory holes in the bottom of the 3XMag (machine screws included)—no gunsmithing required. Ambi design allows installation with le­ ver and flip path on the left or right side. Quick­flip tab has deep, grooves for easy activation with a flick of your thumb. Bolt-On model clamps to rail with a robust locking bar and bolt system. Bolt serves as a recoil lug that locks into one rail slot to prevent unwanted movement under recoil. Also available with A.R.M.S. quick­release throw­lever base that lets you remove the magni­ fier and mount as a unit in seconds; re­mount just as fast without loss of zero. Steel lever system combines a cam and locking foot with a robust recoil lug to clamp the mount to the rail as tightly as the bolt­on base. Lever closes securely against the side of the mount to prevent snagging on other objects, yet releases easily when needed. a b SPECS: Aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. A.R.M.S. QD Base – Steel, black oxide finish. #100-004-239AG Quick-Flip Mount w/Bolt-On Base, 1B146A94 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 195.99 #100-004-238AG Quick-Flip Mount w/A.R.M.S. QD Base, 1B177A03 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219.99 AIMPOINT MOUNT Strong, Lightweight; Standard & Offset Models Single­ring mounts of strong, lightweight aluminum secure your Aimpoint or similar aiming device to any Picatinny or Weaver­style rail. Extra­large ring surface area ensures zero scope movement under recoil, with six Torx T­15 screws (wrench included) securing the ring halves. A cross­bolt with integral recoil lug and .510" diameter hex nut anchor the mount to the rail. Standard model elevates the sight to the correct height to co­witness with a back­up iron sight. Cut­out in the base reduces weight without sacrificing strength. Cantilever­style Setoff model provides co­witness elevation and positions sight 1¼" forward to make room for a rear­mount night vision device. Both models accept 30mm diameter scope tubes; aluminum reducer included for mounting a 1" tube. SPECS: Aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. Steel Torx screws cross-bolt, oxide finish, black. Fits 30mm and 1” diameter sights. Standard Model – 1” (2.5cm) long, 1” high from top of base to bottom of ring. Setoff Model – 33⁄8" (8.6cm) long, 1” high from top of base to bottom of ring. #100-003-048AG Standard Mount 9A47Z95 . . . . . . . .$ 59.95 #100-003-047AG Offset Mount 9A63Z95 . . . . . . . . . . . . 79.95 AR-332 PRISM SIGHT RINGS & BASES RED DOT REFLEX SIGHTS Fast, Precise Heads-Up Sighting; Ultra-Robust Design Handles Magnum-Power Recoil FASTFIRE II ­ Provides fast, both­eyes­ open sighting on handguns, rifles, and shotguns. Stainless steel and aluminum housing handles the recoil of magnum shotgun loads; installed weight under 2 oz. allows mounting on semi­auto pistol slides. Gives a panoramic field of view and unlimited eye relief for an unobstructed view of Shown with Picatinny/ the area around the target. A high­ Weaver Mount intensity LED projects a 4 MOA red sighting dot, while a light sensor and integrated control circuitry adjust the dot’s brightness. Coated lens resists scratches and scuffs and is parallax­free to 50 yards. 1.07x magnification aids in acquiring long­range targets, without compromising close­in effectiveness. Set the po2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=262http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=262Item AIMPOINT OPTICS & ACCESSORIES RED DOT OPTICAL SIGHTS Rugged, No-Fail Sight Systems For Hunting, Target Shooting & Tactical Applications Parallax­free aiming with a single, bright glowing red dot; proven to be the fastest, most accurate sighting system avail­ able. Exclusive Advanced Circuit Efficiency Technology (ACET) greatly improves the useable life of the single 3­volt battery. ACET sights can last nearly 50,000 hours (over five years on setting 7 out of 10) of constant use. AA battery model can last up to 80,000 hours with a single battery. All sight housings are machined or extruded from 6000 series aluminum for maxi­ mum strength without unecessary added weight. Lens surfaces are optically ground (not cast) for superior clarity. Proprietary housing and lens sealing material keeps electronic and lens surfaces dry, fog­free and fully functional regardless of weather conditions. All models feature non­reflective, Mil­Spec anodized finishes. a b MICRO SERIES - Ultra Compact to reduce weight and bulk, plus easy to remove and install on multiple fire­ arms. Provides an easy­to­see, bright red LED aiming dot for hunting and tactical applications. Both models in­ clude an integral Weaver­style mount that attaches easily without knobs, and is keyed to the sight body to ab­ sorb recoil. Fully adjustable for windage and elevation; adjust­ ment tool is an integral part of the adjustment knob caps so you never loose it. Micro H-1 is designed for hunting/sporting applications and is submersible to 15 feet. Can be mounted on shotguns, rifles, handguns, and bows, and includes 12 daylight settings and one extra­bright setting. Micro T-1 is designed for tactical use; includes band pass lens coating with 6 night vision/7 daylight settings, so it’s fully compatible with all generations of Night Vision Devices, and submersible to 80 feet. Features integral Picatinny base. SPECS: Anodized, matte black. 2.4” (6.2cm) long x 2.4” wide x 1.6” (3.6mm) high, including mount. 3.7 oz. (105g) wt including mount. 1X magnification. 4 MOA dot. ½” adjustment @ 100 yds (13mm @ 100m). ACET = 50,000 hrs on one battery. Includes lithium battery (3v, DL2032) and rubber flip-up lens covers. #100-003-004AG Micro H-1 7A564X00 . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 639.99 #100-003-003AG Micro T-1, 7A633X00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 716.99 MICRO MOUNTS QD Riser Precision machined aluminum and steel components provide LRP Conversion more mounting op­ tions to increase the versatility of your Aimpoint Micro se­ ries red dot sight. LRP Quick-Release Conversion Kit converts the mount that came with your Micro to a quick release configu­ ration that allows the sight to be removed from the firearm with the flip of the locking lever. Return sight to firearm without loss of zero in just seconds. LT660 QD Riser Mount allows mounting the Micro on any flattop AR­15/M16/M4 at the ideal height for quick, precise, head­up target acquisition. Lets you to retain and co­witness your rifle’s factory iron sights through the lower 1/3 of the Micro’s field of view, so they won’t interfere with the Micro’s sight picture. Locking, quick­release lever for fast attachment and removal from rail; machined recoil lug and side rail clamp ensure a rock solid installation. Provides the correct height for use with Aimpoint 3XMag Magnifier. Requires 21/8" (5.4cm) of rail space. Dovetail Mount replaces the base that came with your Micro sight so you can mount it on any gun with a nominal 3/8" dovetail on the receiver. SPECS: LRP - Steel, matte black finish. LT660 & Dovetail - Aluminum, hard anodized, matte black. #100-003-575AG LRP Quick-Release Conversion Kit, 7A33U80. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 38.99 #100-003-578AG LT 660 QD Riser Mount, 7A118U14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135.99 #100-003-576AG Dovetail Mount, 7A71U92. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82.99 9000SC - Medium length sight has nine daylight brightness settings, 2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=263http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=263Items EOTECH AIMPOINT MODELS 516, 517 & 556 – Flush­ mounted control buttons positioned on the left side of the unit ensure easy, fast access when back­up iron sight or EOTech Magnifier is installed. Integral mount with knurled cross­ bolt locks securely MIL­STD 1913 Picatinny and Weaver­style rails; zero is repeatable to 1 MOA after removing and re­mounting. Front one­third of the base underside is elevated .275" (7mm) for clearance over delta ring and standard military­style plastic handguard. Submersible to 33 ft. depth. Models 516 and 556 oc­ cupy only 3¼" of rail space, leaving adequate room for a backup iron sight. Both have an easy­to­acquire tactical reticle with a 1 MOA dot inside a 65 MOA ring and provide up to 1,100 hours of continuous operation on two (2) 3 volt CR123A lithium batteries, included. Model 556 is also compatible with Gen I­III+ night vision systems; 1000:1 night vision brightness range with NV switch engaged. Full­size Model 517 is powered by two common 1.5 volt AA batteries for 600 hours of continuous operation with alkaline batteries or 1,000 hours with lithium cells. Reticle is a 65 MOA circle with a 1 MOA center aiming dot. Requires 3¾" of rail space. Buttons positioned on left side of housing for easy access when G23 Magnifier is mounted behind sight. SPECS: Polycarbonate body, aluminum hood, matte, black. Lens 3⁄ 1 16" thick, 3-layer, shatterproof laminate glass. 516/556 - 5 ⁄8" (13cm) long, 21⁄8" (5.4cm) wide, 2¾” (7cm) high. 11.9 oz. (337g) weight. 517 - 5¾” (14.6cm) long, 21⁄8" wide, 2¾” high. 12.3 oz. (349g) weight. 516/517/556 - Reticle: 1 MOA dot inside 65 MOA ring. #100-003-473AG 516 Holographic Sight, 9K00XCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 479.00 #100-004-280AG 517 Holographic Sight 9K00HDZ . . 449.00 #100-003-475AG 556 Holographic Sight 9K00PUA . . 569.00 XPS/EXPS SERIES – The most com­ pact EOTech holographic weapon sight series yet. Runs on a single CR­ 123 battery, yet delivers up to 600 hours of continuous operation. Overall sight length is less than 3¾" because the battery is mounted crossways, at the front of the housing. Sealed, wa­ terproof buttons let you activate the high­visibility red reticle and precisely adjust the brightness level for any ambient light conditions. Automatically shuts off after 8 hours (user may reset to 4 hours) to preserve battery life. Fully adjustable for windage and elevation in ½ MOA clicks. Non­magnifying, fogproof optics of shatter­resistant, anti­glare coated laminate provide exceptional clarity. Base requires only 2¾" of rail space; fits MIL­STD 1913 Picatinny or Weaver rail. O­ring sealed battery cap keeps out moisture (submersible to 10­ft. depth). Standard XPS models have rear­mounted control buttons. XPS2-0 model features a reticle with an easy­to­see 65 MOA circle with a 1 MOA aiming dot in the center. XPS3-0 is night­vision compatible with a night vision brightness range of 1,280:1 with NV switch engaged. Extreme-XPS (EXPS) models are both Gen I­III+ night­vision compatible and feature a bat­ tery compartment positioned above the base so the sight can be mounted closer to the Delta ring. A slightly higher base positions the viewing window to co­witness with iron sights. Quick­release rail mounting system has a release lever that fits flush along the side of the sight, so the EXPS is no bulkier than the XPS. A locking tab prevents accidental lever release. Control buttons on the left side of the housing. EXPS3-0 has a 65 MOA circle/1 MOA center dot reticle. EXPS3-2 reticle has 65 MOA circle with two, vertically aligned 1 MOA dots, the top dot for targeting out to 200 yards, the lower dot for ranges out to 500 yards. SPECS: Aluminum housing, hardcoat anodized, matte black. Windage and elevation adjustment range +/-40 MOA in ½ MOA clicks (½" at 100 yards). Brightness adjustment range: 146,000:1, brightest to lowest. 20 brightness settings; night-vision compatible models have additional 10 NV settings. Brightness range in NV mod2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=264http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=264INSIGHT TECHNOLOGY OPTICS & ACCESSORIES Item J.P . ENTERPRISES MRDS RED DOT SIGHT Ruggedized For Tactical Operations; 3.5 MOA Dot With Manual & Auto Intensity Settings Lightweight reflex sight combines lightning­fast target acquisition with military­grade durability specifi­ cations that meet or exceed those used by special operations personnel working in extreme combat conditions. The non­ magnifying lens is crafted from lightweight, impact resistant polymer with an anti­reflective coating for a clear, crisp field of view. Sealed pushbutton conveniently located on the rear of the housing lets you choose between four pre­set intensity levels for the 3.5 MOA dot, or the default Auto mode that automatically adjusts to ambient light conditions. The MRDS fits any mount designed for Docter® red dot sights. The sealed housing is molded from advanced polymers to reduce weight without sacrificing strength, and is waterproof down to 66 feet for up to 2 hours. Extensive salt, fog, drop, vibration, and shock testing ensures this sight meets MIL­STD 810G standards, and will operate at temperatures ranging from ­104° F to 120° F. Adjustable for windage and elevation in 1 MOA clicks. Powered by one 3­volt CR­1632 lithium battery, included; depending on output setting, continuous run time on one battery is up to one year. Top­loading battery compartment eliminates loss of zero by allowing bat­ tery change without removing sight from mount. Comes with a slip­on protective rubber cover and Insight MiniPro II compact cleaning system for lens maintenance. SPECS: Optic-grade polymer lens and molded polymer housing, Black or Tan. 1.9" (4.8cm) long, 1.1" (2.9cm) wide, 1.5" (3.8cm) high. Weight .85 oz. Includes rubber cover, CR-1632 lithium battery, windage/elevation adjustment tool, mounting screws, lens cleaning pen, and instructions. Fits mounts that accept Docter red dot sights (not included). #100-004-749AG MRDS Red Dot Sight, Black, 6B00YTP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 489.99 #100-004-758AG MRDS Red Dot Sight, Tan, 6B00YTP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 489.99 J-POINT MOUNT MEPROLIGHT SIGHTRON Mounts Sight Low For Fast Alignment Gives the J.P. J­Point, and the old Tasco Optima and Fire Point sights, the lowest possible mount for fast eye align­ ment and sight pickup. No machining required; fits the factory dovetail. Four locating studs lock sight to base. BM #1 fits slides cut for “melted­ in” sight. LPA fits Para­Ordnance and others with LPA sight cut. S&W Revolver fits factory drilled and tapped guns. b a SPECS: Aluminum, black anodized, matte finish. STOCK # FITS PRICE #452-000-002AG BM #1 2E32V00 $ 39.95 #452-000-018AG 1911 Auto w/fixed sight 2E32B00 $ 39.95 #452-000-019AG Glock all models 2E32B00 $ 39.95 #452-000-003AG LPA 2E32V00 $ 39.95 452-000-115AG Ruger® Mark II & P-Series 2E33A10 $ 39.99 #452-000-004AG S&W Revolver 2E40V00 $ 49.95 #452-000-021AG Weaver/Picatinny 2E48B00 $ 59.95 MEPRO 21 REFLEX SIGHTS Glowing Reticle Works In All Light Conditions Light­gathering, fiber optics and a tritium insert provide a crisp ret­ icle in bright daylight or low light Mepro 21-I that’s easy to see for quick target acquisition. No batteries to fail at the wrong time, no switches to break, always on and ready to use. 30mm lens gives an excellent field of view and has a multi­ layered coating to enhance light transmission. Mepro 21-I is ultra bright, with fiber optics both above the sight and below the lens, giving it three times more light­gathering capabilities than the discontinued Mepro 21­C. Available in your choice of either a 5.5 MOA dot or a 12 MOA triangle. Dual­lever, quick­ release mounting system provides accurate return­to­zero on Picatinny rails. SPECS: Alloyed casting, matte black. 41⁄2" (11.4cm) long, 11⁄2" (4.2cm) wide. 13 oz. (368 g) weight. #387-000-033AG Mepro 21-I 5.5 QR 7H484V00. . . . .$ 605.00 #387-000-035AG Mepro 21-I 12 QR 7H506V00 . . . . . . 632.00 ELECTRONIC SIGHTING DEVICE Multiple Retic2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=265http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=265Scope TRIJICON® AR-15/M16 Sight TRIJICON® ACOG SCOPES Advanced Combat Optical Gunsight Ultra strong, lightweight, forged aluminum housing and the compact design make this the strongest, most tech­ nically advanced, combat gun sight available. Tremendous light transmission and unbelievable optical clarity rivals many high­ quality hunting scopes. Mounts on the AR­15/M16 or AR­10/ SR25 carry handle without modifications. TA01 4x32 - The ex­ clusive Trijicon, self­luminous reticle has a built­in range­find­ ing feature that’s ballistically matched to the 5.56 X 45 NATO cartridge and clearly shows “center­of­mass” aiming points for ranges up to 800 yds. Easy­to­see reticle glows red in low­light conditions. Sight tunnel in mount allows use of standard issue sights. TA01B 4x32 - Features the Trijicon, self­luminous reticle calibrated for 7.62mm NATO ammunition. TA51 Bracket con­ verts standard ACOG for easy mounting on flat top receivers and Weaver­style rails. a b SPECS: 7070-T6 alum. housing, black, anodized. 5.8" (14.7cm) long, 9.9 oz. (280 g) wt. 4X magnification, 32mm objective lens. #892-800-432AG TA01 4x32 2H896P00 . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 983.45 #892-800-433AG TA01B 4x32 2H896P00 . . . . . . . . . . . . 983.45 #892-810-051AG TA51 Bracket 2H60B00 . . . . . . . . . . . . 65.45 TA01NSN 4x32 SPECIAL FORCES Includes integral peep rear with tritium dot front sight for fast, close range sighting; TA51 mounting bracket easily mounts the ACOG Special Forces on flat top receivers; Includes “bikini”­style scope cov­ ers and yellow center, range find­ ing reticle to match M4A1 Carbine NSN 1240­01­412­6608. SPECS: 7070-T6 alum. housing, black, anodized. 5.8" (14.7cm) long, 9.9 oz. (280 g) wt. 4X magnification, 32mm objective lens. #892-810-432AG Spec. Forces ACOG 2H965B33 . $ 1,059.94 TA11 3.5x35 - A larger ACOG with the exclusive Bindon Aim­ ing Concept (BAC) for “quick­ as­thinking” aiming. Built­in range­finding reticle for ranges up to 800 yds. Mounts on the AR­ 15/M16 handle without modifi­ cations; allows use of standard issue sights. SPECS: Forged 7070-T6 aluminum housing, black, anodized, coated lenses. 8" (20cm) long, 14 oz.(396 g) wt. 3.5X magnification, 35mm objective lens. Adjustable for windage and elevation. #892-800-335AG 3.5x35 ACOG 2H1109P33 . . . . . . $ 1,218.05 TA44 1.5X16 - The smallest, lightest ACOG we offer, the ultra­compact TA44 delivers fast targeting and outstanding mobility on lightweight tactical carbines. Perfect for entry teams and other tactical operators. Dual­illuminated reticle is a bright, easy­to­acquire, red dot within a circle, and modest 1.5x magnification ensures a wide field of view (7.4°, 39 ft. at 100 yards) for fast target acquisition under stress. Mounts directly to A2­type carry handle; tunnel in the integral base allows use of standard­issue sights. SPECS: Forged 7070-T6 aluminum housing, black, anodized, coated lenses. 4.1” (cm) long. 5.1 oz. (145g) weight. 1.5X magnification, 16mm objective lens. Adjustable for windage and elevation. #892-000-052AG 1.5x16 Red Circle/Dot ACOG, 2H813A33. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 893.35 ACOG BIKINI COVER - Flexible rubber lens covers seal out unwanted moisture and de­ bris; comes equipped with a rubber pull tab for fast installation and removal. SPECS: Rubber, black. 51⁄2” (14cm) long. Fits 4x32 ACOG scopes only. #892-801-052AG ACOG Bikini Cover 2H11P60 . . . . .$ 12.75 ACOG REFLEX SIGHT OPTICS & ACCESSORIES TA47 2.0x20 - Lightweight, Com­ pact ACOG, with the exclusive Bindon Aiming Concept (BAC) for quick, both eyes open, aim­ ing. Mounts on the AR­15 carry handle without modifications; al­ lows use of standard issue sights. Dual illumination; fiber optic rod with glowing amber tritium illuminates the aiming Triangle Dot reticle in bright daylight and low light. SPECS: Forged 7070-T6 aluminum housing, black, anodized, coated lenses. 5.3" (13.4cm) long, 5.8 oz.(164 g) wt. 2.0X magnification, 20mm objective lens. Adjustable for windage a2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=266http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=266TRIJICON OPTICS & ACCESSORIES RED DOT MOUNT Mount Red Dot Sights To Rails Or ACOG Scopes TRIJICON TRIPOWER TACTICAL SIGHT Three Light Sources, Ensures Aiming Point Is Always Visible LEUPOLD LEUPOLD ™ Precision machined alumi­ num mounts provide a secure, solid platform for the original Trijicon RedDot, J­Point, Optima, and Fire Point sights. Will not fit Trijicon RMR™ red dot sight. MS19 fits standard Picatinny and Weaver­style accessory rails. Large, deeply grooved thumb­ screw serves as a recoil lug and pulls the steel locking bar tightly against the rail for a zero­movement installation. MS12 allows secure piggyback mounting on Trijicon ACOG TA01NSN and TA31DOC scopes. a b SPECS: Aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. Will not fit Trijicon RMR red dot sight. MS19 fits Picatinny and Weaver-style rails. MS12 fits ACOG TA01NSN and TA31DOC scopes. #892-000-048AG MS19 Mount 2H56X00 . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 68.95 #892-000-046AG MS12 Piggyback Mount 2H51B00 . . 60.00 TRUGLO RED DOT SIGHTS Fast Sight Pickup, Wide Field Of View These sights offer unlimited eye relief and a wide field of view, making them extremely versatile for sport, tactical, and hunting applications. Shock­resistant up to .50 caliber for reliable service on almost any firearm platform. Integral, weaver­style base on all models gives rock­solid mounting and easy installation. 30mm RED DOT SIGHT - Rugged, wa­ terproof and fog­proof sights sights feature a 5 MOA dot size for fast target acquisition, 11 brightness control set­ tings, fingertip windage and elevation adjustments, and lens covers. Multi­ coated lenses provide more than 95% Traditional light transmission for superior clarity and brightness. Traditional model fea­ tures a single red­colored dot reticle. Dual Color offers the same dot reticle with selectable illumination in red or green for improved visibility in all light conditions. Both have 1 MOA click ad­ justments. Dual Color SPECS: Aluminum body, black, matte finish. 3.75” (9.6cm) long x 2” (6.4cm) wide. 7 .9 oz. wt. Includes instructions, lens covers, and CR2032 battery. 1X magnification x 30mm objective. #902-000-090AG Traditional Red Dot 2K54H42 . . . . $ 77.28 #902-000-105AG Dual Color Red Dot 2K57D58 . . . . . . 83.08 OPEN RED DOT SIGHT - Water­ and shock­resistant sights feature a tube­ less design for maximum simplicity and minimal weight. Special lens coatings completely eliminate double dot and split images. Tru-Point model features a Tru-Point 4 MOA, red, aiming dot for quick sight­ ing. “Auto Mode” uses a light­sensitive rheostat for automatic brightness con­ trol; “Manual Mode” overrides rheostat for fixed brightness when desired. Dial windage and elevation adjustment with locking screw for easy sight­in. Battery can be replaced without removing the MR/DC sight from the mount. Protective cover activates “Sleep­Mode” to extend battery life. Multi-Reticle/ Dual Color (MR/DC) model delivers maximum versatility with four different reticle settings: 10 MOA dot, 15 MOA peep, 3 MOA center dot, and standard crosshair. Offers dual­color, red or green illumination with five brightness settings in both colors. Precise 1 MOA click adjustments for windage and elevation. Does not feature automatic brightness control. SPECS: Aluminum body, black, matte finish. Includes instructions, lens cover, and CR2032 battery. Tru-Point - 1.97" (5cm) long x 1.1" (2.8cm) wide. 1.7 oz. wt. 1X magnification, 26mm window. FOV 42' at 100 yd. MR/DC - 3.3" (8.4cm) long x 1.4" (3.5cm) wide. 4.1 oz. wt. 1X magnification, 34mm window. FOV - 74' at 100 yd. #902-000-091AG Tru-Point Red Dot 2K291H66 . . . .$ 414.23 #902-000-118AG MR/DC Red Dot 2K66A50 . . . . . . . . . 84.99 Multiple light source, optical sight makes sure the chevron reticle is al­ ways illuminated for reliable target engagement. Integrated fiber optic system automatically adjusts bright­ ness to match light conditions. In total darkness, tritium­illumination pro­ vides a distinct aiming point. Battery backu2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=267http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=267TRIJICON ACCUPOINT SCOPE BUTLER CREEK Models DEVTRON Tritium & Fiber Optic Illumination In A Traditional Scope Configuration Advanced, fiber optic/tritium aiming­point illumination speeds target acquisition in all light conditions. Battery­free, illuminated reticle au­ tomatically adjusts aiming point brightness to existing light conditions; provides ideal reticle­to­target contrast and extends shooting hours. Manual brightness override lets you adjust the brightness to your personal preference. Multi­layer coated lenses deliver superb clarity and light­gathering capacity without distortion. Variable power magnification with quick­focus eyepiece that gives exceptional edge­to­edge lens optical clarity. SPECS: Forged 6061-T6 aluminum body, hardcoat anodized, matte black. Coated lenses. TR-20, TR20-1 & TR20-2 - 12¼" (31.1cm) OAL. 13.2 oz. (374g) weight. TR21-3 - 10½" (26.7cm) OAL. 11.8 oz. (334g) weight. TR22-1 - 13½" (34.3cm) long. 20.9 oz. (591g) weight. TR24 - 105⁄16" (25.2cm) OAL. 14.4 oz. (408g) weight. STOCK # MODEL RETICLE MAGNIF. OBJ. DIA. BODY DIA. PRICE #892-000-013AG TR20 Post w/amber triangle dot 3-9x 40mm 1" 2H696A00 $ 765.00 #892-000-040AG TR20-1 Crosshair w/amber dot 3-9x 40mm 1" 2H696B00 $ 765.00 #892-000-041AG TR20-2 Mil-dot crosshair w/amber dot 3-9x 40mm 1" 2H696B00 $ 765.00 #892-000-042AG TR21-3 German #4 crosshair w/amber dot 1.25-4x 24mm 1" 2H696B00 $ 765.00 #892-000-043AG TR22-1 Crosshair w/amber dot 2.5-10x 56mm 30mm 2H793B33 $ 871.25 #892-000-054AG TR24-R Post w/red triangle dot 1-4x 24mm 30mm 2H770A66 $ 845.75 #892-000-056AG TR24-G Post w/green triangle dot 1-4x 24mm 30mm 2H770Y66 $ 845.75 FLIP OPEN SCOPE COVERS Keeps Harmful Debris From Scratching Or Abusing Lenses Weatherproof, dust­proof, moisture­proof scope covers protect your scope’s lenses from being damaged during tactical and hunting situations. Cover flips open easily with finger pressure to spring up, and out of the way. Eye and Objective covers sold separately. SPECS: Polycarbonate, black, matte, finish. Select the cover that most closely matches the diameters of the Eye and Objective bells within .01" (.25mm) undersize and .025 (.64mm) oversize. #15 eye fits Redfield Widefield eyepiece. STOCK # MFG # STYLE SIZE PRICE #120-000-039AG 01 Eye 1.341" 3E08U62 $ 9.95 #120-000-040AG 03 Eye 1.388" 3E08U62 $ 9.95 #120-000-041AG 05 Eye 1.432" 3E08U62 $ 9.95 #120-000-038AG 9 Eye 1.468" 3E08P62 $ 9.95 #120-000-023AG 09A Eye 1.485" 3E08P62 $ 9.95 #120-000-012AG 10 Eye 1.516" 3E08T62 $ 9.95 #120-000-011AG 11 Eye 1.55" 3E08T62 $ 9.95 #120-000-014AG 13 Eye 1.570" 3E08T62 $ 9.95 #120-000-015AG 14 Eye 1.605" 3E08T62 $ 9.95 #120-000-037AG 15 Eye 1.66"x1.45" 3E08P62 $ 9.95 #120-000-013AG 16 Eye 1.660" 3E08T62 $ 9.95 #120-000-016AG 17 Eye 1.675" 3E08T62 $ 9.95 #120-000-017AG 18 Eye 1.700" 3E08T62 $ 9.95 #120-000-025AG 19 Eye 1.730" 3E08P62 $ 9.95 #120-000-024AG 20 Eye 1.775" 3E08P62 $ 9.95 #120-000-048AG 01 Objective 1.00" 3E08U62 $ 9.95 #120-000-056AG 02 Objective 1.225" 3E08A62 $ 9.95 #120-000-053AG 09 Objective 1.485" 3E08U62 $ 9.95 #120-000-045AG 10 Objective 1.50" 3E08U62 $ 9.95 #120-000-050AG 02A Objective 1.181" 3E08U62 $ 9.95 #120-000-042AG 13 Objective 1.530" 3E08U62 $ 9.95 #120-000-027AG 15 Objective 1.558" 3E08P62 $ 9.95 #120-000-054AG 17 Objective 1.612" 3E08U62 $ 9.95 #120-000-049AG 19 Objective 1.646" 3E08U62 $ 9.95 #120-000-055AG 20 Objective 1.70" 3E08A62 $ 9.95 #120-000-052AG 21 Objective 1.735" 3E08U62 $ 9.95 #120-000-051AG 23 Objective 1.760" 3E08U62 $ 9.95 #120-000-043AG 25 Objective 1.80" 3E08U62 $ 9.95 #120-000-018AG 26 Objective 1.82" 3E08P62 $ 9.95 #120-000-019AG 27 Objective 1.84" 3E08P62 $ 9.95 #120-000-021AG 28 Objective 1.89" 3E08P62 $ 9.95 #120-000-047AG 29 Objective 1.919" 3E08U62 $ 9.95 #120-000-022AG 30 Objective 1.96" 3E08P62 $ 9.95 #120-000-046AG 31 Objective 1.998" 3E08U62 $ 9.95 #120-000-030AG 33 Objective 2.043" 3E08P62 $ 9.95 #120-000-026AG 34 Objective 2.100" 3E08P62 $ 9.95 #120-000-044AG 39 Objective 2.220" 3E08U62 $ 9.95 2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=268http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=268BIRCHWOOD CASEY OPTICS & ACCESSORIES VIZWIZ LENS CLEANER Pump Spray Or Convenient Take-Along Wipes For Cleaning Your Optics Highly effective lens cleaning formula safely removes oily fin­ gerprints, dust, and other debris from coated and uncoated plastic and glass lenses, so your scopes, binoculars, and shooting glasses remain clear, bright, and easy to see through. Handy Spray Pump version allows you to distrib­ ute any amount of cleaner to your preferred lens cloth or di­ rectly onto the lens surface. Wipes are field­ready, individually foil­wrapped cloths impregnated with just the right amount of cleaner to eliminate the need for another cloth to dry. Anti­static and anti­fog additives help repel lint and prevent exterior fog­ ging caused by sudden changes in air temperature. a b SPECS: 2 fl. oz. (59 ml) pump spray bottle or 4” (10cm) x 5” (12cm) wipes in 25 or 100 packs. #167-000-029AG 2 oz. VizWiz Pump Spray 7F03H00 .$ 5.00 #167-000-030AG 25 VizWiz Wipes 7F04H73 . . . . . . . . . . 7.99 #167-000-031AG 100 VizWiz Wipes 7F17H58 . . . . . . . . 29.99 Brownells DECORATIVE SLOT BLANK DAKOTA ARMS QUARTER RIB BLANK Machined To Fit Douglas & Shilen Blanks AMERIGLO AK-47 TRITIUM NIGHT SIGHTS Replace Original Factory Sights With Easy-To-Acquire, Green Tritium Dots For Fast Targeting In Low Light Two, self­illuminating, green, Trijicon® tritium inserts in the rear sight and one in the front post provide an easy­to­acquire, 3­dot sight picture during low light operations. Rear sight fea­ tures click adjustments for windage and uses the same elevation increments as a standard issue AKM tangent rear sight. Eleva­ tion settings are calibrated for 7.62 x 39mm trajectory up to 1000 meters. Fine line serrations on rear blade surface cuts light reflection to enhance sight pick up. Front post has M6 x .075" tpi thread for easy replacement with any standard issue front sight post. Front sight post and rear sight available separately. a b SPECS: Machined steel, black, matte finish. Front sight - M6 x .075” tpi thread. .33” (8.4mm) long, .12” (3mm) wide, .95” (24mm) high. .07” (1.8mm) O.D. green tritium dot. Rear sight - 2½” (6.3cm) long, .75” (19mm) wide, .11” (2.8mm) wide notch. Two .07” O.D. green tritium dots. Calibrated for 7 .62 x 39. Front Sight fits all AK-47 style rifles with M6 x .075” tpi front sight post. Rear Sight fits AK-47 style rifles in 7 .62 x 39mm. #100-004-187AG AK-47 Tritium Front Sight, 4K46C37 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 59.99 #100-004-186AG AK-47 Tritium Rear Sight, 4K101C39 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129.99 Finely Crafted, Custom Pattern Looks Good On Modern & Classic Rifles Not just another slot­filler, but an attractive, all steel blank that hides the unsightly appearance of an empty sight dovetail on your favorite sporter rifle. Stylish, diamond shape with deco­ rative, milled edges blends naturally into the barrel contour for a truly finished look. Polished and blued with enough room for custom engraving, if so desired. Fits standard, .375" x 60° dove­ tails without fitting. a b SPECS: Steel, polished blue finish. 1" (2.5cm) long x 9⁄16" (1.4cm) wide. Fits .375" x 60° dovetail. #080-000-193AG Decorative Slot Blank 8K14D24 . . . $ 17.99 Contoured, drilled and fully shaped blanks save valuable milling machine time. Accepts .500" wide rear sight base. a b SPECS: CM steel, in-the-white. .500" (12.7mm) wide. Number matches contour of Shilen (S) or Douglas (D) barrel. Shilen blanks are 7” (17 .8cm) long. Douglas blanks are 7½” (19.1cm) long. #359-105-003AG #3 (S) Quarter Rib Blnk 9E61U32 .$ 74.99 #359-105-005AG #5 (S) Quarter Rib Blank 9E61U32 . 74.99 #359-106-004AG #4 (D) Quarter Rib Blank 9E61U32. 74.99 #359-106-005AG #5 (D) Quarter Rib Blank 9E61U32. 74.99 DOVETAIL SLOT BLANK Fill Empty Dovetails For A Clean, Finished Appearance The perfect cure when removing factory sights or restoring antiques to original space. Mild steel blanks machined slightly oversize for a close, per2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=269http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=269BROCKMAN’S MARLIN HIVIZ CALCULATING SIGHT HEIGHTS Determining proper sight height is not difficult. Just remember the front and rear sights must be the same height above the center of the barrel. And, when you make your measurements, you MUST use a caliper or micrometer. A few thousandths can have a substantial effect, and this is no place for a tape measure or eyeballing! REAR PEEP SIGHT Steel Ghost Ring Gets You On Target Fast Machined from steel bar stock to with­ stand the rigors of everyday use. Sturdy, steel wings protect ap­ erture from damage. Furnished with .125" replaceable aperture; threaded to accept Williams and Merit aperture discs. Fully ad­ justable for windage and elevation. Serrated rear sight surface re­ duces glare for easier sighting. No gunsmithing installation. b a SPECS: Steel, matte blued. 7⁄32" - 40 aperture thread. 1.35" (3.4cm) long, 1⁄2" (12.7mm) wide, .736" (18.7mm) tall. Fits Marlin 336, 1895, 1894 with 1⁄2" c-to-c hole spacing. Requires front sight higher than factory front; use one of the front sights listed below. #127-000-003AG Rear Peep Sight 7B117P53 . . . . . .$ 146.99 MARLIN FRONT SIGHT - Machined from steel bar stock with serrated rear face. Available in two widths: .125" for hunters and .080" for Cowboy Action Shoot­ ers. Fits nominal 3⁄8" dovetail. SPECS: Steel, matte blued. Height from top-of-blade to top-of-dovetail - .385" (9.8mm). Fits all Marlin lever-action centerfire rifles. Works with factory rear sight on rifles with dovetail barrel. Use Brockman Rear Peep Sight on rifles with ramp front sight. #127-000-004AG .125" Front Sight, 7B29P20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 37.99 #127-000-005AG .080" Front Sight, 7B29P20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37.99 1895 FRONT SIGHT - Steel ears guard the front sight blade. Full blade is easily picked up by the eye to get on target fast. Serrations on sight blade prevent glare. SPECS: Steel, matte blued. Sight blade - 130" (3.3mm) wide. Sight Base - 2.07" (5.3cm) long, .44" (11.2mm) wide. Fits Marlin 1895 with 1" c-to-c hole spacing. #127-000-007AG Marlin 1895 Front Sight, 7B80P15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 87.99 FIBER OPTIC RIFLE SIGHT RIFLE/SHOTGUN SIGHTS Eye Grabbing Dot For Fast Target Acquisition Front sight: Six, interchangeable, fiber optic rods offer a choice to match nearly all shooting and light condi­ tions. The glowing, orange and green light pipes provide great contrast against dark target backgrounds. a b SPECS: Steel, black, matte finish. .315" (8mm), .380" (9.7mm), .420" (10.7mm), .500" (12.7mm) height. Standard 3⁄8" dovetail. Light pipes: 1⁄16" (1.5mm), 3⁄32" (2.4mm), 1⁄8" (3.1mm), diameter. .720" (18m) long. #638-115-000AG .315" Fiber Optic Sight 8C22X36 . .$ 33.40 #638-000-013AG .380" Fiber Optic Sight 8C22X36 . . . 33.40 #638-000-014AG .420" Fiber Optic Sight 8C22X36 . . . 33.40 #638-000-015AG .500" Fiber Optic Sight 8C22X36 . . . 33.40 B A C D Instructional video available at Brownells.com A = Distance from centerline to top of barrel at rear sight. Barrel outside diameter divided by 2. C = Distance from centerline to top of barrel at front sight. Barrel outside diameter divided by 2. B = Rear sight height. D = Front sight height. For more choices of HIVIZ SIGHTS visit brownells.com KENSIGHT AK-47 ADJUSTABLE NIGHT SIGHTS Genuine Trijicon Lamps For Fast Sight Acquistion In Low Light Drop­in sights with genuine, Tri­ jicon lamps feature polished quartz lenses, which make these sights the perfect upgrade for AK­47 rifles and variants used during low light peri­ ods. Sight bodies are EDM machined from rugged, 4140 steel, then heat­treated to Rc 38­40 and vacu­ um tempered to retain the extra­tight tolerances. Rear sight fits AK­47, Norinco 56S, Mak­90, and Polytech AKS variants. Fine line serrations on the rear blade surface help cut glare in bright light conditions. Features click adjustments for windage and uses standard issue, tangent rear sight increments f2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=270http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=270MARBLE RIFLE/SHOTGUN SIGHTS #30 UNIVERSAL REAR SIGHT All Steel, Windage & Elevation Adjustable; Plain Or Fiber Optic Blades MARBLE DOVETAIL FRONT RAMP Graceful & Attractive For Rifles & Muzzleloaders MARBLE UNI-RAMP FRONT SIGHT Solid Steel Body For Strength; Long Rod Picks Up Lots Of Light MARBLE SPORTING REAR SIGHT Traditional Sights Fit Many Brands Barrel­mounted rear sight is machined from solid steel to de­ liver precise windage­ and elevation­adjustable sighting while holding up under the toughest hunting conditions and heaviest recoil. Strong, stylish, ribbed base looks good on any rifle, slug gun, or muzzleloader. Screw tension locks the windage setting, and a spring­loaded push button release allows fast, easy eleva­ tion changes. Depress the button, move the slider to change set­ ting, and release the button to lock the slider securely in position. Numbered, evenly spaced graduation lines stamped on right side of base ensure exact repeatability of settings. Elongated rear mounting hole in base accommodates center­to­center hole spacing of ½" to 1", including the 5/8" and 9/16" spacing used by earlier versions of Marble Universal Sight. Base and blades are sold separately; select the correct­size base for your gun, then choose the blade that suits your shooting requirements. Base includes slide mechanism and is available in sizes to fit .775", .875", and 1" O.D. barrels, plus flat base for mounting on flats of octagon barrels. Choose your base/slide by measuring the bar­ rel O.D. at the position where the sight will be attached, then select the blade you want. Blades are interchangeable, so you can purchase extra blades for different shooting applications. Plain black blades available in three styles: low semi­buckhorn, .085" peep, and .150" peep. Fiber optic blade is low semi­buckhorn style with orange or green light gathering fiber optic rods that glow brightly, making it easy for you to see the rear sight, no mat­ ter what the light conditions. Rods are recessed in deep channels to protect them from damage. a b SPECS: Steel, blued, semi-gloss finish. Base/Slide – 2½” (6.4cm) long x ½” (1.3cm) wide. Height Adjustment - .420” (10.7mm) to .520” (13.2mm). Fits ½” (13mm) up to 1” (2.5cm) center-to-center hole spacing. Two, 6-48 mounting screws included. Blades fit #30 Universal Sights only. Fiber Optic (F/O) rods are .750” (1.9cm) long x .080” (2mm) dia., available in Green and Orange. Solid steel ramps for custom fitting fiber optic, ivory and brass bead sight blades. Available in two heights and four barrel con­ tours to fit a wide selection of current and older production rifles. Ramp attaches to barrel with a single screw under the sight body and solder; flat base is drilled for two mounting screws. a b SPECS: Steel, blue, polished finish. .340" (8.6mm) wide. 2" (5cm) long. Height is from the top of barrel to the bottom of dovetail. STOCK# BL DIA. HGT STOCK# BL DIA. HGT #579-000-034AG .625 .100" #579-000-038AG .625 .225" #579-000-035AG .6875 .100" #579-000-039AG .6875 .225" #579-000-036AG .875 .100" #579-000-040AG .875 .225" #579-000-041AG Flat .225" — Advise # — Dovetail Front Ramp 9G07U57 . . . . .$ 11.95 Glowing, 3⁄4" long, fiber optic rod gives excellent visibility. Quickly replaces screw­held front sights on rifles, shotguns and muzzleloaders. Two blade heights and two barrel contours to fit a variety of applications. a b SPECS: Steel, blue, polished finish. 2" (5cm) long. Height - .405" 5⁄ (10.3mm) or .470" (11.9mm). Barrel Contour - 8", 3⁄4", 7⁄8" diameter. Optic rod 3⁄4" (19mm) long, orange. STOCK# HEIGHT CONTOUR PRICE 5⁄ #579-000-016AG .405" 8" 9G12P26 $ 18.99 5⁄ #579-000-017AG .470" 8" 9G12P26 $ 18.99 7⁄ #579-000-020AG .405" 8" 9G12U26 $ 18.99 7⁄ #579-000-021AG .470" 8" 9G12U26 $ 18.99 Flattop Semi-Buckhorn Full-Buckhorn Sporting Rear Sight Base with three styles of Uprights. Perfect as replacement sights for customizing sight picture, or adding adjustment to fixed sight guns. Fits standard 3⁄8" dovetails; 2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=271http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=271MARBLE’S SIGHT SELECTION CHART MARBLE WINCHESTER RIFLES 1892 Rep. .25-20, .32-20, .38-40, .44-40 1892 Carb. .25-20, .32-20, .38-40, .44-40 1892 Carb. with ramp 1894 Rep. .32-40, .38-55 1894 Rep. .25-35, .30-30, .32 Spec. 1894 with ramp .25-35. .30-30, .32 Spec. 1894 Carb. .32-40, .38-55 1894 Carb. .25-35, .30-30, .32 Spec. 1894 Carb. with ramp Mod. 61 Pump Action .22 Cal. Mod. 62 Rep. Rifle .22 Cal. Mod. 63 .22 L. R. Auto Mod. 64 .25-35, .30-30, .32 Spec. Mod. 65 .25-20, 32 Mod. 67 Single Shot .22 Cal. Mod. 68 .22 Cal. Mod. 69 .22 Cal. Mod. 70 All Cal. Mod. 71 .348 Cal. Mod. 77 .22 Cal. S. L. Rifle Mod. 88 .308 Cal. L. A. Rifle Mod. 100 MARLIN RIFLES Mod. 39, A Rep. Rifles Mod. 39 A with Ramp Mod. 56 22 Cal. L. A. Mod. 36, 336 rifle and carbines Mod. 336, SC .35 Cal. REMINGTON RIFLES Mod. 12 Rep. Rifle .22 Cal Mod. 121 Fieldmaster .22 Cal. Mod. 121 Fieldmaster (1936 Series) .22 Cal. Mod. 141 Gamemaster .30, .32, .35 Mod. 241 Speedmaster .22 Auto-Ldg. Mod. 33, 34, 41, .22 Cal. Single Shot Mod. 341 Speedmaster .22 Cal. Mod. 510, 513T Mod. 511, 512, 550, 552 Mod. 514 Mod. 521T .22 Cal Mod. 572 .22 Cal. Mod. 700 Mod. 721, 722 All Cal. Mod. 760 All Cal. Mod. 740 .22 Cal. Mod. 740 ADL Mod. 742 Mod. 760 .22 Cal. Mod. 725 FLAT TOP 66 63 63 66 66 66 63 63 63 63 63 63 66 66 63 63 63 66 66 63 66 63H 63 63 63 66 66 SPORTING REAR SEMI-BUCK 67 64 64 67 67 67 64 64 64 64 64 64 67 67 64 64 64 67 67 64 67 64H 64 64 64 67 67 FULL BUCK 68 65 65 68 68 68 65 65 65 65 65 65 68 68 65 65 65 68 68 65 68 65 65 65 65 68 68 LEAF REAR FLAT 69 69 69 69 69 69 69 69 69 69 69 69 69 69 69 69 69 69 69 69 69 69H 69 69 69 69H 69H FRONT MOD. NO. 31W 31W 45W 894 34W 34W 34W 34W 45W 45W 41M 26MR 37M 45W 37M MEPROLIGHT® REMINGTON RIFLE SIGHT MIDWEST INDUSTRIES SIG 556 All Steel Replacement Sights With Excellent Low-Light Visibility Easy­to­install, adjustable replace­ ment sights equipped with Meprolight’s standard, tritium insert with visibility guaranteed for five years. All sights fit in the factory sight bodies. No alteration to the gun. Fits Remington model 4, 6, 7400, 7600, 870, 1100 and 11­87 equipped with adjustable rifle sights. SPECS: Steel sight body, blued. Tritium inserts. Includes front and rear sight. #387-310-460AG Remington Rifle Sights, 7H80A34. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 116.99 Ramps FOLDING FRONT SIGHT Allows Use Of AR-15 Rear Sights On Your Sig; Fits Factory Sight Dovetail Flip­up front sight deploys with the flick of a finger to provide instant back­up to keep you in the fight if your Sig 556’s primary op­ tics or laser sight fails. Fits the factory dove­ tail on the gas block, and is the correct height to allow use of any Midwest Industries AR­15 flip­up rear sight. Uses standard A2 front sight post to ensure correct sight picture and easy adjustment using an A2 front sight tool. Super­smooth pivot mechanism with sturdy ball­bearing detent locks positively in the raised position and stays locked until you hit the pushbutton release. Folds down neatly out of your sight path when not in use. a b SPECS: 6061 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. #100-004-065AG Sig 556 Folding Front Sight, 2A80V65 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 89.99 RIFLE/SHOTGUN SIGHTS N.E.C.G. UNIVERSAL SCREW-ON RAMP Adjustable, With Easy-To-Change Blades Pivoting, interchangeable front blades provide up to .030" of el­ evation adjustment. Optional hood mounts from the rear to resist re­ coil. Installs easily with a single, 6­48 screw; accepts the Universal Front Sight Beads and Ramp Hoods (listed below). b a SPECS: Steel, matte blue. Height measured from top of barrel to top of base. Includes 6-48 attachment screw and Allen wrenches. STOCK # HEIGHT STOCK # HEIGHT #661-000-005AG .385” (9.8mm) #661-000-006AG .455” (11.6mm) #661-000-007AG .525”(13.3mm) #661-000-008AG .595”(15.2mm) SAMSON SIG 556/522 QUICK FLIP FOLDING FRONT SIGHT Familiar AR Sight Picture, Rugged Construction & Reliable Mechanism Machined aluminum replace­ ment for fa2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=272http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=272Ramps N.E.C.G. “MASTERPIECE” N.E.C.G. RIFLE/SHOTGUN SIGHTS BANDED FRONT RAMP Classic, Hooded Front Sight Bands Machined from solid, mild steel; classic sight that’s easy to fit and finish. A wide selec­ tion of interchangeable blades match any hunting situation. Accepts “Masterpiece” front sights only. Hood shown is optional. Hoods are available in Window-Style Small, Medium, and Large diameter. Window­ style hood features light­admitting side cutouts for use with fi­ ber optic front sights. SPECS: Mild steel, in-the-white. Band - approx. 3.3" (8.4cm) long. Height shown in chart is from top of barrel to bottom of dovetail. Hoods - approximately 11⁄8" (3.1cm) long, .Small - .555" (14mm); Med. - .630" (16mm); Large - .708" (18mm) I.D. STOCK # MODEL I.D. (mm) HEIGHT PRICE #661-120-551AG 1 .551" (14) .500" 1F56X00 $ 70.00 #661-120-571AG 1A .571" (14.5) .421" 1F56X00 $ 70.00 #661-120-590AG 2 .590" (15) .421" 1F56X00 $ 70.00 #661-120-618AG 3 .610" (15.5) .421" 1F56X00 $ 70.00 #661-120-650AG 4 .650" (16.5) .421" 1F56X00 $ 70.00 #661-120-670AG 4A .670" (17) .386" 1F56X00 $ 70.00 #661-120-689AG 5 .689" (17.5) .362" 1F56X00 $ 70.00 #661-120-708AG 5A .708" (17.9) .386" 1F56X00 $ 70.00 #661-120-728AG 5B .728" (18.5) .362" 1F56X00 $ 70.00 #661-120-748AG 6 .748" (19) .362" 1F56X00 $ 70.00 #661-120-768AG 6A .768" (19.5) .362" 1F56X00 $ 70.00 #661-120-787AG 6B .787" (20) .362" 1F56X00 $ 70.00 #661-120-827AG 6C .827" (21) .362" 1F56X00 $ 70.00 #661-120-080AG #661-120-100AG #661-120-120AG #661-000-045AG Small Sight Hood 1F20X00 . . . . . . .$ 25.00 Medium Sight Hood 1F20X00 . . . . . . 25.00 Large Sight Hood 1F20X00 . . . . . . . . 25.00 Large Window-Style Hood, 1F25P60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32.00 EXPRESS SIGHT Fast Sight Picture, Elegant Looks N.E.C.G. RUGER® RIFLE FRONT SIGHTS High-Visibility White Bead Or Fiber Optic Rod Speeds Target Acquisition No­gunsmithing replacement front sights for Ruger No. 1® and M77® rifles feature sturdy, fully­machined bodies with a high­visibility white bead or bright fiber optic rod for fast sight acquisition. Makes your front sight stand out even when aiming against dark foliage or muted backgrounds. Beautifully blued sight body blends with your rifle’s original bluing. SPECS: Steel body, blued. Fits factory sight ramp on Ruger No. 1 and M77 rifles. Heights given below are measured from bottom of base to top of sight. White Bead - White polymer bead, .300" (7 .6mm) high, .940" (2.4mm) wide. Fiber Optic - Red fiber optic bead, .330" (8.38mm) high, .100" (2.5mm) wide. #661-000-064AG .300" White Bead Front Sight, 1F19U65 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 24.99 #661-000-066AG .330" Red Fiber Optic Front Sight, 1F29U14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32.99 Brownells SIGHT APERTURES Standard Classically styled, all­steel sight with one fixed, plus single or double flip­up leaves give fast pickup and clear sight picture for hunting in thick cover. Install directly on a rib or on the specially contoured N.E.C.G. base. SPECS: Machined steel, in-the-white. Height from top of base radius to bottom of dovetail is .250" (6.3mm). Total sight height to top of middle leaf is .755". 1-Leaf Sight: .98" (25mm) long, 2-Leaf Sight: 1.4" (3.5cm) long, .7" (17mm) wide. 1-Leaf Base: 2.2" (5.7cm) long, 2-Leaf Base: 2.6" (7 .5cm) long, .65" (16.5mm) wide. #661-000-028AG 1-Leaf Express Sight 1F64T00 . . . .$ 80.00 #661-000-029AG 2-Leaf Express Sight 1F72T00 . . . . . 90.00 #661-000-030AG 1-Leaf Express Base 1F43T20 . . . . . 54.00 #661-000-031AG 2-Leaf Express Base 1F44T00 . . . . . 55.00 A Complete Selection Of Williams Apertures Have the right combination of ap­ erture and disc always on hand. Per­ fect to change between hunting and target shooting or as replacements for missing ones. Fit Williams b and Lyman, 7⁄32"­40 sights. a 5D Big Game N.E.C.G. CZ 550 Highly Visible Front Sights In Classic & Modern Designs FRONT SIGHT MERIT STANDARD SHANK SIGHT APERTURES - Standa2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=273http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=273LIPSKI/SOUTH SHORE LYMAN BARREL BAND & SIGHT BASE Easy Aperture Sight Mounting For Target Rifles No machining required, no holes to drill. Clamps quickly onto target contour bar­ rels. Separate, heat treated, screw­on base is machined to accept Anschutz, Redfield and other, similar, target globe front sight assemblies. a b SPECS: Steel, blue, matte finish. Band - 1" (2.5cm) long, fits barrels .750" (19mm), .812" (20mm), .835" (21.2mm) or .922" (23.4mm) diameter. Bases - 1" long, .562" c-to-c hole spacing, .175" (4.4mm), .225" (5.7mm), .275" (6.9mm) high. #527-100-750AG .750" Barrel Band 7B32T65 . . . . . . .$ 40.95 #527-100-812AG .812" Barrel Band 7B32T65 . . . . . . . . 40.95 #527-000-001AG .835" Barrel Band 7B32T65 . . . . . . . . 40.95 #527-000-002AG .922" Barrel Band 7B32T65 . . . . . . . . 40.95 #841-101-175AG .175" Sight Base 1D09C75 . . . . . . . . . . 12.00 #841-101-225AG .225" Sight Base 1D09C75 . . . . . . . . . . 12.00 #841-101-275AG .275" Sight Base 1D09C75 . . . . . . . . . . 12.00 RECEIVER SIGHT LYMAN MJT TARGET SIGHT N.E.C.G. RUGER RECEIVER SIGHT ® RIFLE/SHOTGUN SIGHTS 3 Styles Fit Hundreds Of Gun Models Rugged and precise sights, machined to hug the receiver for lowest line of sight, least protrusion. Audible­click, 1⁄4 minute adjustments for elevation and windage. Elevation slide is scribed in 3 minute increments. Quick release allows slide to be removed with a press of a button. El­ evation stop screw permits instantaneous return to zero. Model 57 is for round receivers; Model 66 is for flat receivers, 66 WB includes semi­target knobs. The 57 SML is a special model for tang installation on muzzleloaders such as T/C Hawken and similar rifles and includes semi­target knobs. The 57 SMET includes target knobs. a b SPECS: Aluminum, black, anodized. Comes with two apertures, 1⁄2" 5⁄ (12.7mm) x .093" (2.3mm) and 8" (15.8mm) x .040" (1.1mm). FITS STOCK # MODEL BROWNING Sako #539-057-002AG 57 SME BSA Majestic #539-057-003AG 57 WJS COLT Sako #539-057-002AG 57 SME ENFIELD U.S. 1917, .30/06 British 1914 303B (altered receiver) #539-057-002AG 57 SME MARLIN 39A #539-066-003AG 66 MC 336 #539-066-002AG 66 LA MOSSBERG 402 #539-066-003AG 66 MC MUZZLELOADERS Lyman Great Plains, Trade, Deer Stalker #539-000-001AG 57 GPR T/C Hawken and others #539-057-004AG 57 SML IN-LINE MUZZLELOADERS White Systems In-line #539-057-007AG 57 SMET REMINGTON 141 #539-066-001AG 66A 700, 721, 722, 660 #539-057-003AG 57 WJS XP-100 #539-057-003AG 57 WJS SAVAGE 10, 110 #539-057-003AG 57 WJS WINCHESTER 52 #539-057-006AG 57 WTR 64, 92, 94 #539-066-001AG 66 A 70 #539-057-003AG 57 WJS 1886 Win. & Browning #539-000-004AG 66 WB JAP Arisaka, 6.5mm, 7.7mm #539-057-002AG 57 SME MAUSER ’98; ’91, ’93, ’94, ’95, ’96 1904, 1909, 1936, G33/40 #539-057-002AG 57 SME #539-057-007AG 57 SMET SPRINGFIELD 1903 #539-057-002AG 57 SME #539-057-007AG 57 SMET — Advise # — Receiver Sight 9C80T06 . . . . . . . . . . .$ 106.99 TARGET KNOBS FOR LYMAN 57 - Knurled thumb knobs replace the original screws on the 57 series. SPECS: Blued steel. Windage and Elevation Knob sold per each. Fit Lyman 57 series only. #539-399-262AG Target Elevation Knob, 9C02D56 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 3.99 #539-399-261AG Target Windage Knob, 9C02D56 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.99 90 MJT UNIVERSAL RECEIVER SIGHT - Features windage and elevation knobs with click detents in minute and 1⁄4 min­ ute graduations. a b SPECS: Machined aluminum body, steel knobs. Matte black finish. Adjusts from 1.06" (2.6cm) to 1.56" (3.9cm) above bore line. Includes 7⁄8" (22mm) target disc w/.040" (1mm) aperture. Wt. 4 oz. (113g). Fits Williams Foolproof Bases. For .22RF target rifles. #539-090-000AG MJT Receiver Sight, 9C74H69. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 98.99 20 MJT GLOBE FRONT SIGHT - Machined steel, globe front with interchangeable inserts. a b SPECS: Steel, blued. 11⁄4" (3.1cm) long, .875" (22.2mm) diameter. 3⁄8" (nominal) dovetail. 1.8 oz. (51g) wt.2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=274http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=274SHAVER RIFLE/SHOTGUN SIGHTS GLOBE SIGHT INSERTS Finer Crosshairs, Posts Or Silhouettes For Greater Accuracy FULTON ARMORY M1/M14/M1A TRUGLO REAR SIGHT ELEVATION KNOB Replaces Worn-Out Part; Calibrated In Yards Steel rear sight elevation knob is drop­in ready to replace a worn out knob on your Garand. USGI­ Spec, calibrated in yards, with one minute of elevation at 100 yards per click, just like the original. Can also be used to replace the elevation knob on an M14/M1A to change rear sight calibra­ tion from meters to yards. SPECS: Steel, Parkerized, matte black. Calibrated in yards. Fits M1 Garand and M14/M1A rifles. #100-005-278AG Rear Elevation Knob, 3K40Z29 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 49.99 RIFLE SIGHT SET Fully Adjustable, Fiber Optic Increases Visibility WILLIAMS TARGET FOOLPROOF Micrometer Click Adjustments FOR .22LR TARGET RIFLES - Deluxe Model Shown True, target receiver sights with positive­click, micrometer adjust­ ments on both windage and eleva­ tion, knurled target knobs and el­ evation lock. All come with 7⁄8" x .050" aperture sight disc. a b SPECS: Aluminum, black, anodized. HIGH, for target rifles with globe fronts. Aperture 1.250"-1.750" above bore axis. LOW for sporter rifles with standard front sights (may require a higher bead). Aperture .750" to 1.250" above bore axis. #962-201-001AG Target FP High 2F52B95 . . . . . . . . .$ 79.95 #962-201-002AG Target FP Low 2F52B95 . . . . . . . . . . . 79.95 DELUXE TARGET FOOLPROOF - Adds markings and arrows for “UP” and “R”. Uses steel, quick­release elevation nut for eleva­ tion/windage overarm. b a SPECS: Aluminum, black, anodized. Line of sight is 1.250"- 1.750" above bore axis. #962-201-210AG D/T Foolproof Sight 2F70D50 . . . . .$ 99.95 TARGET FOOLPROOF BASES - Adapt sights above to .22 rifles. b a SPECS: Rem. 510 also fits 511, 512, 513T, 521T. Rem. 540X also fits 541S, 580, 581, 582. #962-201-075AG Target FP Base, Win. 75, 2F15D21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 20.95 #962-201-510AG Target FP Base, Remington 510, 2F15D21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.95 #962-201-540AG Target FP Base, Remington 540X, 2F15D21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.95 Developed specifically for silhouette shooters using globe front sights. Thinner, more ver­ satile crosshairs, posts and ap­ ertures do away with thick, bulky inserts; won’t hide that 500 meter ram or tiny “black” you need to hit. a b SPECS: 1095 spring steel, blued. .01" (.25mm) thick. Post & Aperture Card includes 3 apertures, 4 crosshairs, 3 posts. Lyman 17A also fits Browning BPCR. .470" (12mm) dia., Redfield/Alley - .550" (14mm) dia. Fits Redfield 65/66 and Alley globe sights. Large Lyman/Anschutz - .675" (17 .1mm) dia., Parker-Hale - .587" (14.9mm) dia., Redfield International/Mid Tompkins - .769" (19.5mm) dia., Redfield Olympic - .700" (17 .8mm) dia. All-Aperture Card features 10 apertures for Redfield Olympic, from .072" (1.8mm) dia. to .145" (3.7mm) dia. TRIJICON® POST & APERTURE CARD STOCK # #781-100-017AG #781-100-010AG #781-100-011AG #781-100-012AG #781-100-013AG #781-100-014AG STOCK # #781-100-016AG MODEL Lyman 17A Sight Redfield/Alley Large Lyman/Anschutz Parker-Hale Redfield Int. /Tompkins Redfield Olympic PRICE 1H17V69 $ 21.95 1H17A33 $ 20.00 1H17A33 $ 20.95 1H17A69 $ 21.95 1H17A69 $ 21.95 1H17V69 $ 21.95 PRICE 1H17V69 $ 21.95 RIFLE SIGHT Self-Luminous Replacement Sights For Popular Rifles The ultimate, self­luminous rifle sight. Improves sight pickup and visibility dur­ ing low­light hours when game is most active. All sights include rugged sapphire crystal, self­illuminating Tritium lamps for a bright, well­defined aiming point and extra­long life. Lamps guaranteed by the manufacturer to remain self­luminous for 12 years. a b SPECS: Steel body, blued. Tritium insert. Includes front and rear sight unless shown in chart. All sights are adjustable if rifle or shotgun barrel was originally equipped with factory adjustable s2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=275http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=275WILLIAMS SIGHT SELECTION CHART Rear Sight Rear Blade Height Williams Ramp Height Williams Bead Height Tot. Frnt Height abv. Bbl. Rear Sight Rear Blade Height Williams Ramp Height Williams Bead Height .750 .605 .535 .594 .531 .594 .656 .800 .600 .425 .640 .500 .500 .625 .625 Tot. Frnt Height abv. Bbl. Rear Sight Rear Blade Height Williams Ramp Height Williams Bead Height .730 .555 .656 .531 .656 Tot. Frnt Height abv. Bbl. Rear Sight Rear Blade Height Williams Ramp Height Williams Bead Height .735 .635 .260 .281 .281 .281 .745 .620 .260 .312 .312 .312 .890 .670 .460 .312 .281 .281 .345 .900 .600 .485 .563 .563 .689 .760 .685 .485 .281 .312 .312 .312 .750 .650 .281 .281 .281 .712 .580 .740 .312 .312 .312 .775 .630 .770 .312 .312 .312 .717 .750 .770 .260 .345 .312 .930 .660 .747 .260 .312 .281 .729 .656 .751 .448 .439 .500 .656 .531 .656 656 .531 .656 .500 .563 .625 .563 .531 .594 .656 .656 .563 .625 .689 .604 .531 .594 .656 .604 .500 .563 .625 Tot. Frnt Height abv. Bbl. WILLIAMS BLADES & BASES FOR “WGOS” & “WDOS” SIGHTSI Assemble Complete Sights Or Replace Blades To Change Sight Picture Precision-made sight bases and blades milled from high-tensile strength, rustproof alloy. Dovetailed windage and elevation adjustments have hardened gib locks. Make adjustments quickly by loosening one U-Notch Sq.-Notch screw. No dovetailing of barrel necessary. Bases and blades sold separately. Blades can also replace the aperture on WGRS sights. a b SPECS: Bases and blades: aluminum, black anodized finish. Bases - All models except the One Inch have .5625" c-to-c hole spacing. Small - .347" radius, fits .660" to .730" dia. barrels Medium - .395" radius, fits .730" to .830" dia. barrels. Large - .440" radius, fits .830" to .930" dia. barrels. X-Large - .5625” c-to-c hole spacing .475" radius, fits .900" to 1" dia. barrels. One Inch - 1" c-to-c hole spacing, .500" radius, fits 1" dia. barrels. 26mm - .550" radius, fits 1" to 1.1" dia. barrels. Blades available in 3⁄16" (4.8mm),¼" (6.3mm), 5⁄16" (7 .9mm), and 3⁄8" (9.5mm) heights. Range of adjustment for each listed in table below. RIFLE/SHOTGUN SIGHTS COMMERCIAL RIFLES Barrel Diameter 4" ahead of Receiver Barrel Diameter at Muzzle Height of Factory Ramp and Bead above Barrel FP-98 WGOS-L WGOS-L 3/16" 1/4" 3/8" 7/16" BROWNING 30-'06 (FN Mauser) .980 .585 .700 .594 .594 .656 Barrel Diameter 5-1/4" ahead of Receiver Barrel Diameter 22" ahead of Receiver Height of Factory Ramp and Bead above Barrel FP-70, 5D-70 WGOS-M WGOS-M WGOS-M 1/4" 5/16" 3/8" 3/8" 5/16" 3/8" 7/16" REMINGTON 721, 722 Barrel Diameter 4-1/4" ahead of Receiver Barrel Diameter at Muzzle Height of Factory Ramp and Bead above Barrel FP-98 (Fits Right or Left Hand) MS WGOS-S WGOS-S 1/4" 3/8" 7/16" 5/16" 7/16" WEATHERBY MARK V Barrel Diameter 4-1/4" ahead of Receiver Barrel Diameter 22" ahead of Receiver Height of Military Front Sight above Barrel 5D-JEMS or FP-JAP WGOS-M WGOS-M WGOS-M 1/4" 5/16" 3/8" 7/16" 5/16" 3/8" 7/16" 6.5 JAP .280 .312 .312 .980 .500 .800 .312 .312 .312 .312 .312 .312 .312 Barrel Diameter 4" ahead of Receiver Barrel Diameter at Muzzle Height of Factory Ramp and Bead above Barrel FP-98 WGOS-L WGOS-L 3/16" 1/4" 7/16" 7/16" 7/16" BROWNING 308 AND 270 (FN Mauser) Barrel Diameter 4-12/" ahead of Receiver Barrel Diameter 20-3/4" ahead of Receiver Height of Factory Front Sight above Barrel (old style) Height of Factory Front Sight above Barrel (new style) .689 .625 .689 FP-760 or 5D-570/740 WGOS-M WGOS-M WRGS-760 3/16" 5/16" 5/16" 5/16" 7/16" 7/16" .281 .281 .281 .281 REMINGTON 760, 740, 742 Barrel Diameter 5" ahead of Receiver Barrel Diameter 22-1/2" ahead of Receiver Height of Factory Front Sight above Barrel WGOS-S 3/16" 9/32" WINCHESTER 61, 61 MAGNUM .725 .584 .260 .469 Barrel Diameter 4-1/4" ahead of Receiver Barrel Diameter 22" ahead of Receiver Height of Military Front Sight above Barrel 5D-JEMS or FP-JAP WGOS-M WGOS-M WGOS-M 1/4" 5/16" 3/8" 7/16" 5/16" 3/8" 7/16" 7.7 JAP .281 .345 .281 .345 .605 .875 .560 Barrel Di2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=276http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=276RIFLE/SHOTGUN SIGHTS I WILLIAMS FOOLPROOF & 5D RECEIVER SIGHTS Dependable, Accurate Sights - Available For Most GunsI 5D RECEIVER SIGHT - Same dependable, accurate construction as the Foolproof models but without micrometer adjustments. Windage and elevation adjustments are easily made by loosening screws, moving the sight, and re-tightening the screws. Excellent for hunting rifle applications that don't require regular tweaking of the sight adjustment settings. Stop screw provides an accurate guide, so the 5D sightwill return to absolute zero upon detaching and reattaching to the gun. Standard hole spacing for easy, secure mounting. SPECS: Aluminum, black, anodized. Steel screws. Advise Stock # from chart below. — Advise # — 5-D Sight 2F30H30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 41.99 MODEL FOOLPROOF-TK STOCK # MODEL 5D STOCK # NA NA NA NA NA NA NA MODEL WILLIAMS RIFLE FIRE SIGHT FOOLPROOF RECEIVER SIGHTS - Internal micrometer adjustments lock positively to prevent accidental movement of sight setting. No obstructions to impair and blot out shooter’s field of vision. Weighs only 11⁄2 oz. Standard hole spacing to fit guns factory drilled and tapped for receiver sight. Foolproof features adjustment screws for windage and elevation. Foolproof-TK comes equipped with target knobs. SPECS: Alum., black, anodized. Steel screws. See chart below. — Advise # — Foolproof Sight 2F53H32 . . . . . . . . . . .$ 74.99 — Advise # — Foolproof-TK Sight 2F61D31 . . . . . . . . 86.99 FOOLPROOF STOCK # NA NA #962-200-017AG #962-200-098AG FP-17 †† FP-98 †† FOOLPROOF-TK STOCK # #962-000-046AG NA #962-000-035AG #962-000-041AG FP-17-TK FP-98-TK FOOLPROOF TARGET KNOBS - All Foolproof sights (except TK models) use the Short ElTarget evation Knob. The Long Elevation Knob is for Knob use with Foolproof-TK target sights. † indicates Short Windage Knob, †† indicates Long Windage knob. The Elevation Gib Lock Knob fits both standard Foolproof and Foolproof-TK models. a b Gib Lock Knob #962-157-520AG Target Windage Knob, Long 2F06A73 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 8.99 #962-157-530AG Target Windage Knob, Short 2F05A65 7.99 #962-157-240AG Target Elev. Knob, Long 2F06A36 . . . . 7.99 #962-157-250AG Target Elev. Knob, Short 2F06A36 . . . 7.99 #962-000-079AG Elevation Gib Lock Knob 2F05Z99 . . 8.99 5D STOCK # NA #962-150-790AG NA NA NA NA NA NA #962-150-770AG #962-150-770AG #962-150-094AG NA #962-150-123AG #962-150-770AG NA NA #962-150-081AG NA #962-150-094AG #962-150-001AG #962-150-039AG NA NA #962-150-081AG #962-150-094AG NA NA #962-150-094AG #962-150-770AG #962-150-070AG #962-150-070AG NA #962-150-123AG #962-150-510AG NA #962-150-123AG #962-150-123AG #962-150-510AG #962-150-070AG #962-150-770AG #962-150-070AG NA #962-150-123AG NA 5D-12/37 5D-JEMS MODEL 5D-SH FITS Ruger Continued Mod. 77, 77/22, No. 1 Mini-14 Ranch SAKO FINNWOLF SAVAGE(see Stevens) 99 99DL-w/tang safe 110 SEARS Centerfire Lever SHERIDAN, Model C SHOTGUNS Pump/Flat Rec’s SMITH & WESSON, Rifle, Model 1500 SPRINGFIELD ’03 ’03/A3 STEVENS 22/410 & 20 ga. 300 series 620 THOMPSON/CENTER Contender Hawken/Renegade WINCHESTER 9422 05, 07 & 10 12, 1200, 1400 12-25 54 55 & 65 64 & 94 70 Old Style 70 New Style 71, Win/Brwg 1895 repro. 74 86, Win/Brwg 1895 repro. 88 94 94 Angle Eject Big Bore 100 Auto 150 & 190 241 250-255, 270-275, 290 670 & 770 New WEATHERBY, Mk V FOOLPROOF STOCK # Glowing, Fiber Optic Dots For Faster Sight Pickup Easy-to-install front sights for popular centerfire and muzzleloading rifles gather ambient light for superb visibility. The more light, the brighter the round, red beads glow; won’t “wash out” even in the strongest sunlight. Narrow sights fit Williams Streamlined and Shorty Ramps. Medium sights fit most factory ramps including Marlin and Remington. Wide sights are for .22 rimfire rifles and muzzleloaders. a b SPECS: Blued steel. Fiber optic insert. Beads: 1⁄16" (1.6mm) dia. Fit 3 ⁄ nominal 8" dovetail. Number indicates height, letter (N, M or W) indicates base width. Height 2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=277http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=277WILLIAMS “WGRS” RECEIVER SIGHT WILLIAMS WILLIAMS • Easily Installed • Compact • Rustproof • Low Profile • Lightweight • Positive Windage & Elevation Adjustments In most cases, these sights utilize dovetail or existing screw holes on top of receiver to give guns the advantage of peep sights. a b SPECS: Aluminum, black, anodized. Peep height is approximately the same as a 3⁄16" (4.8mm) Open Sight Blade. STOCK # MODEL # FITS #962-100-037AGWGRS-37 Ithaca 37, Rem. 870/1100/11-87 shotguns (drilling/tapping req’d) #962-100-044AGWGRS-44 Ruger® 44; use .500 to .560 front sight #962-100-022AGWGRS-RU-22 Ruger 10/22®; use .500 to .570 front #962-100-054AGWGRS-54 Sav-Ans 54, 64, 141, 141M, 153, 153S; Rem 541S, 552BDL, 572BDL; Win 310, 320. Can be fitted to most dovetailed receiver .22’s #962-100-070AGWGRS-70 Post-war Win 70 (ex .375), 670, 770 #962-100-100AGWGRS-100 Win 88-lever, 100-auto, Sako Finnwolf, use .450" front sight #962-100-700AGWGRS-700 Remington 700, 721, 722 #962-100-742AGWGRS-742 Rem 742ADL, 760ADL; For BDL’s use FP-740AP Foolproof #962-100-740AGWGRS-7400 Rem 4, 7400, 6, 7600 #962-000-019AGWGRS-336 Marlin 336 #962-100-750AGWGRS-BAR Browning sporting Hi-Power auto rifle and lever #962-100-760AGWGRS-FN Any FN Mauser (and others) w/ 1⁄2" hole spacing #962-100-001AGWGRS-M1-Carb. Dovetail on .30 M1 Carbine #962-100-158AGWGRS-HR H&R Topper/Handi-Rifles & Ruger Mk II pistols (drilling/tapping required) #962-100-085AGWGRS-KN Knight MK-85 Modern Muzzleloader #962-100-003AGWGRS-DISC Knight DISC, Browning T-Bolt #962-100-086AGWGRS-Legend Modern Muzzleloading Legend & Wolverine, fits factory holes #962-100-751AGWGRS-CVA CVA Apollo, Traditions, Deerhunter and others w/octagon bbl or receiver #962-000-027AGWGRS-CVA Rnd CVA with round barrel, Win. X-140 #962-100-143AGWGRS-Mini 14/30 Mini-14® Ranch Rifle & Mini Thirty® #962-100-770AGWGRS-M/L Muzzleloader with octagon barrels #962-100-775AGWGRS-TC T/C Contender #962-000-015AGWGRS-TC T/C Encore #962-100-002AGWGRS-Black Diamond T/C Black Diamond #962-000-068AGWGRS-Savage Savage 110 Accu-trigger (round receiver) (for use w/538M bead) — Advise # — Guide Receiver Sight 2F28Z81 . . . . .$ 39.99 RUGER FRONT/REAR SIGHT SET - A WGRS rear sight and .570" high gold bead front makes a fast system for Ruger carbines. SPECS: Aluminum, black anodized. Front - 1⁄16" gold bead, .570" high. #962-445-650AG WGRS-RU-22 Set 2F37T61 . . . . . . . .$ 49.99 GHOST RING APERTURE - Use with WGRS-37 for a fast sight picture on combat and slug-shooting shotguns. SPECS: Aluminum, black anodized. .195“ (4.9mm) diameter aperture. #962-100-901AG Ghost Ring Aperture 2F03H95 . . . . .$ 5.95 GIB LOCK & SCREW KIT FOR WGRS/WGOS 52-piece Kit has the two, old-style Gib Locks and Gib Screws, plus the new-style Elevation Screw required to lock adjustments. Specs: Kit contains: 12, Elevation Gib Locks; 12, Windage Gib Locks; 12 Elevation Gib Screws; 12 Windage Girb Screws. 12, New Style Elevation Screws. Supplied in plastic bench box. Re-fill Paks contain 12 Gib Locks or Screws. #080-768-000AG Gib Lock/Screw Kit 8K50H54 . . . . .$ 76.70 #080-768-037AG Windage Gib Lock Refill 8K15H78 . 30.99 STREAMLINED DOVETAIL RAMP Long & Graceful Polished and Blued Steel. Sweat-on models have one attaching screw. Screw-on models have two attaching screws, one under sight and one on ramp. Hole spacing on Remington models matches factory drilled and tapped barrels. a b SPECS: Fractional height listed in table is the overall ramp height measured from top of barrel to top of ramp. Decimal height listed is measured from top of barrel to bottom of dovetail. Width of ramp is .250" (6.3mm). Supplied without hood. SCREW-ON SWEAT-ON REMINGTON STOCK # STOCK # STOCK # HEIGHT 3⁄ #962-020-097AG NA NA 16" (.0975) 5⁄ #962-020-219AG #962-025-219AG NA 16" (.2195) #962-020-282AG #962-025-282AG #962-021-282AG 3⁄8" (.282) 7⁄ #962-020-344AG NA NA 16" (.3445) 9⁄ #962-020-469AG NA NA 16" (.4695) — Advise # — Streamlined Ramp 2F18Y50 . . . . . .$ 24.95 #962-026-000AG Stream2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=278http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=278WILLIAMS RIFLE/SHOTGUN SIGHTS SHORTY DOVETAIL RAMP Compact & Attractive For Smaller Guns Polished, blued steel. Hoodless. Sweat-on, screw-on, or use optional Dovetail Filler Block to WILLIAMS ONE-PIECE FIRE SIGHT RAMP Replaces Fragile, Plastic Ramps With Sturdy, One-Piece Metal Items XS SIGHT SYSTEMS LEVER ACTION XS SIGHT SYSTEMS AK-47 attach to existing dovetail. a b SPECS: Height shown in parenthesis in chart is from top of barrel to bottom of dovetail. Width of ramp is .250” (6.3mm). Made only in heights shown. STOCK # HEIGHT #962-010-032AG 1⁄8" (.032) #962-010-094AG 3⁄16" (.0945) STOCK # HEIGHT #962-010-188AG 9⁄32" (.188) #962-010-282AG 3 ⁄8" (.282) — Advise # — Shorty Ramp 2F15A95 . . . . . . . . . . .$ 21.95 #962-010-900AG Shorty Dovetail Block 2F03A50 . . . . . 4.95 RISER BLOCKS - Add .250" height, use lower front sight. SPECS: Aluminum, black, anodized. 5⁄8" (15.9mm) L x 3⁄8" (9.5cm) H. .250" wide fits Williams Shorty Ramp. .340" wide fits Remington, Lyman and older Marlin ramps. #962-027-250AG .250 Riser Block 2F06Y15 . . . . . . . . . .$ 8.20 #962-027-340AG .340 Riser Block 2F06Y15 . . . . . . . . . . . 8.20 No need to worry about breaking a sight ramp when you’re busting through heavy brush. Solid, one-piece, CNC machined aluminum ramp attaches with one 6-48 screw and gives you a bright, glowing, sight picture. Fire red, fiber optic rod glows brightly using only available, natural light for high visibility. a b SPECS: CNC machined aluminum, black. Fire red fiber optic rod. #70105 - height = .410", fits barrel dia. of .625"; #70220 - height = .485", fits barrel dia.of .875"; #70678 - height =.634", fits barrel dia. of .650". Gunsmith installation recommended. #962-000-065AG #70105 Fire Sight Ramp 2F13Z60 .$ 18.95 #962-000-066AG #70220 Fire Sight Ramp 2F13Z60 . . 18.95 #962-000-067AG #70678 Fire Sight Ramp 2F13Z60 . . 18.95 APERTURE REAR & FRONT SIGHT SETS Combines The Accuracy Of Aperture Sights With The Speed Of Open Sights Easy-to-see post front and ghostring rear get you on target fast for brush hunting and action shooting. All steel construction, front/rear sets provide the correct front sight for each model, eliminating the guess work of choosing sights. Easy-to-install, fully machined to fit existing rear scope base and front sight holes/dovetails. Windage and elevation adjustable with dual set screws. Modified post front sight with vertical white line insert provides excellent target contrast, is quick to pick up in all light conditions. Includes .191" and .230" I.D. apertures. a b SPECS: Rear – Steel, blue, matte finish. Win. 92 and Win. 94 Top Eject require drilling and tapping of receiver. Front - Steel, blue, matte finish. Fits .250" or .340" wide front bases or nominal 3⁄8" dovetail, as noted. Post - .100" (2.7mm) wide with .030" (.76mm) wide stripe. STOCK # FITS #006-000-139AG Marlin 336 w/ .340" wide front base #006-000-140AG Marlin 336 w/ 3⁄8" dovetail barrel #006-000-141AG Marlin 1895SS, 444SS w/ 3⁄8" dovetail barrel #006-000-142AG Marlin 1895 w/ .340" wide front base #006-000-143AG Marlin 39A ,w/ .250" & .340" wide front base #006-000-144AG Win. 92, 94 Angle Eject Big Bore w/dovetail barrel #006-000-145AG Win. 94 w/ 20-24" dovetail barrel #006-000-147AG Win. 94 Trapper w/ dovetail barrel #006-000-148AG Win. 94 Big Bore & Timber Carbine w/ front base — Advise # — Aperture & Post Sight Set, 6K67T50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 90.00 MARLIN INTEGRAL POST AND BASE SET - One-piece front base, plus a fully adjustable ghost ring rear sight for Marlin lever guns. Hunters and competitive shooters alike will benefit from the faster sighting offered by the .191" and .230" inside diameter rear apertures and .100" wide, white line front sight blade. Ghost Ring sets include a rear ghost ring sight that mounts directly to the receiver without drilling and trapping. Lever Rail Ghost Ring sets include a rear ghost ring sight that mounts in the milled sight recess on the XS Sight Systems Leve2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=279http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=279XS SIGHT SYSTEMS XS SIGHT SYSTEMS Faster To Find Than Factory Sights; Legal For SASS Competition LONG-STEM GHOST RING APERTURE Tall Rear Sight Posts For Increased Elevation Gain increased elevation for those longer shots or cure insufficient sight elevation without machining or permanent alterations. These long stem apertures are simple and easy to install in any XS Rear Sight base equipped with their proprietary, ghost b ring aperture. a SPECS: All- steel, matte finish, black. .649" (16.5mm) total height, .350" (8.8mm) threaded shaft length, .218" (5.5mm) diameter aperture, threaded 7/32-40 to accept Williams apertures. #006-000-153AG .649" Threaded Ghost Ring Aperture, 6K08U00. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 12.00 COWBOY FRONT & REAR EXPRESS SIGHTS MARBLE SMITH ENTERPRISE IMPROVED PEEP TANG SIGHT Interchangeable Posts For Quick Change From Short- To Long-Range Configuration Gives the single-shot or lever gun shooter the period looks of a traditional tangmounted peep sight, plus new adjustability features that allow fast changes from short- to long-range settings. Great for the cowboy shooter who wants to use the same gun in cowboy competition and long-range side matches, or as an alternative to vernier-type sights on single-shot rifles used in BPCR and other long-range competitions. Each sight comes with a post that is the correct height to regulate the same as the original factory iron sights. Click adjustable for windage and elevation; each click is approximately ¼" of adjustment at 100 yards. For larger elevation changes, you can easily swap in a higher or lower post (available below); choose a lower post for close-in shooting and a taller post for longer ranges. All components are precision CNC machined from 4140 steel, with critical parts heat-treated for extra strength. To purchase, find your gun in the left column, then find the correct sight kit and mounting screw set for it in the right column. Use with Marble’s front sights, available separately. a b SPECS: Steel, blued. Drilling and tapping may be required for installation on older guns. Sight kit includes base, Low (L) or Standard (S) height post, ½" O.D. aperture disc with .055" peep, and Allen wrench. FITS POST STK # SIGHT STK # SCREWS American Arms 1874 Sharps S #579-000-166AG #579-000-126AG Armi 1874 Sharps L #579-000-167AG #579-000-131AG Ballard No. 8 Union Hill L #579-000-168AG #579-000-124AG Browning 1885 w/tang L #579-000-167AG #579-000-100AG Browning 1885, 78 w/o tang L #579-000-167AG #579-000-125AG Browning 1886 S #579-000-174AG #579-000-112AG Browning 1892, 53, 65 (Japan mfr) L #579-000-167AG #579-000-106AG Browning 1892 w/tang safety S #579-000-178AG #579-000-123AG Browning 1895 (Japan mfr) S #579-000-176AG #579-000-106AG Browning 71LT S #579-000-174AG #579-000-106AG Cimarron 1866 S #579-000-166AG #579-000-109AG Cimarron 1873 S #579-000-166AG #579-000-133AG Colt Lightning (small frame) S #579-000-173AG #579-000-128AG EMF 1874 Sharps (not carbine) L #579-000-167AG #579-000-131AG H&R Buffalo Classic L #579-000-167AG #579-000-125AG Henry .22LR Lever (H001 & H001T, not H001V) L #579-000-167AG #579-000-105AG Henry Golden Boy .22LR (H004) & .22 Mag (H004M) L #579-000-173AG #579-000-105AG Henry Big Boy .30-30, .357/.38, .44 Mag. & .45 Colt S #579-000-166AG #579-000-116AG Marlin 1889, 1892, 1893, 1894, 25, 27, 29, 39, 39A (old/original models) L #579-000-168AG #579-000-124AG Marlin 1894 & 1897 (current models) L #579-000-170AG #579-000-114AG Marlin 39A, 39AS, 39M, 39TDS (current models) L #579-000-170AG #579-000-114AG Marlin 336, incl. 444SS, 1895G, 1895SS S #579-000-176AG #579-000-114AG Marlin/Glenfield 30A, 30AS, 30GT L #579-000-170AG #579-000-114AG Remington Model 1, 2, 5 S #579-000-173AG #579-000-130AG Rem. No. 1 Rolling Block (current mfr) L #579-000-179AG #579-000-100AG Rossi 1892, 65 L #579-000-167AG #579-000-101AG Rossi 59, 62 L #579-000-167AG #579-000-104AG Savage 30G Stevens Favorite L #579-000-168AG #579-000-124AG Shiloh Sharps 182011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=280http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=280MARBLE RIFLE/SHOTGUN SIGHTS TANG SIGHT PEDERSOLI Period Looks, Superb Accuracy Adds a touch of authenticity to pump and lever action rifles, whether they’re used for hunting or Cowboy Action Shooting. Provides better sight definition and faster target acquisition in the field or on the range. Locates the aperture closer to the eye for a clear sight picture; longer sight radius increases accuracy. All steel construction with micrometer adjustments for windage and elevation. Folds to the rear for storage. Mounting screw set must be purchased separately. a b SPECS: Steel, blued. Older guns may require drilling and tapping. Includes (2) ½" diameter apertures: .055" (1.4mm) and .102" (2.6mm) size holes, and (1) ¾" diameter aperture with .032" (.81mm) hole. Savage 99 will not fit late rifles with top safety. Late rifles with safety at trigger will require drilling and tapping. Mounting screw sets sold separately. COWBOY TARGET RIFLE SIGHTS Superb Long-Range Accuracy & The Right Period Styling Single-shot rifles of the Old West are capable of tremendous range and accuracy, but fixed, factory sights rarely allow these guns to reach their full potential. In the days before compact scopes, target shooters and hunters seeking tack-driving accuracy relied on precisely adjustable vernier tang-mounted rear sights and globe front sights. Pedersoli offers BPCR silhouette shooters, competitors, and Cowboy Action shooters taking part in Schuetzen side matches affordable, high-quality replica sights that function just like the originals. Get your Winchester 1885, Rolling Block, Sharps, Ballard, Trapdoor Springfield, or other vintage single-shot rifle performing—and looking—its best. “CREEDMOOR” REAR TANG SIGHTS – Named after the famous range on Long Island that hosted many long-range rifle competitions in the 1870s and ‘80s, the Creedmoor ladder-type sight is fully adjustable for windage and elevation and works equally well on cartridge rifles and muzzleloaders. Sight is precision machined from steel and attaches to tang with supplied setscrews and folds down when not in use. The Universal model is available in middle-range 2" and long-range 3" heights. The windage adjustment mechanism is on the eyepiece, allowing the eyepiece to dropped close to the base for close-in shots. The Soule model provides maximum adjustability to fit any hunting or target shooting conditions. Elevation is adjustable in precise increments of 1 MOA, and one full turn of the windage knob moves the point of aim left or right by 2½ MOA in ½ minute increments. Large knurled knob at the sight base allows fast, accurate return to center or previous setting. Choice of Short, Middle, and Long Range models. SPECS: Steel, blued. Elongated rear mounting hole allows installation on most rifles. Drilling and tapping of tang may be required. Distance between mounting holes 2.20”-2.29” (5.6-5.8cm). Mounting screws and installation instructions included. #100-002-377AG Univ. Middle Range 2" Tang Sight, 4A130V29 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 162.87 #100-002-376AG Univ. Long Range 3" Tang Sight, 4A132V42 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165.51 #100-002-378AG "Soule" Short Range 2" Tang Sight, 4A193V39 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241.74 #100-002-379AG "Soule" Middle Range 3" Tang Sight, 4A199V72 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249.65 #100-002-380AG "Soule" Long Range 4" Tang Sight, 4A216V54 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270.67 SPIRIT LEVEL TUNNEL FRONT SIGHT W/INSERTS – Windageadjustable, tunnel front sight comes with 12 interchangeable inserts so you can choose the sight picture that’s best for the distance and range of your target. The spirit level helps you hold the rifle completely upright to eliminate inaccuracies caused by tilting to the left or right. Perfect companion for the Creedmoor Rear Sights. Inserts available separately. Universal set includes 15 additional inserts for even broader choice 2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=281http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=281BROWNELLS SHOTGUN SIGHT KITS SHOTGUN SIGHT KIT “A” TWO KITS THAT COMPLIMENT EACH OTHER, A TOTAL OF 160 PRECISION, ECONOMICAL, GOOD-LOOKING, REPLACEMENT SHOTGUN BEADS SHOTGUN SIGHT KIT “A” CONTAINS: Head Thread Drill & Tap Color Dia. Shaft Sizes .067 3 - 56 No. 45 - 3-56 G .130 3 - 56 No. 45 - 3-56 G .175 3 - 56 No. 45 - 3-56 G .175 6 - 48 No. 31 - 6-48 G .067 3 - 56 No. 45 - 3-56 W .130 3 - 56 No. 45 - 3-56 W .175 3 - 56 No. 45 - 3-56 W .175 6 - 48 No. 31 - 6-48 W SHOTGUN SIGHT KIT “B” CONTAINS: No. 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 Head Dia. .067 .130 .130 .175 .067 .130 .130 .175 Thread Shaft 6 - 48 6 - 48 8 - 40 8 - 40 6 - 48 6 - 48 8 - 40 8 - 40 Drill & Tap Sizes No. 31 - 6-48 No. 31 - 6-48 No. 28 - 8-40 No. 28 - 8-40 No. 31 - 6-48 No. 31 - 6-48 No. 28 - 8-40 No. 28 - 8-40 Color G G G G W W W W RIFLE/SHOTGUN SIGHTS SHOTGUN SIGHT KIT “B” No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Brownells Shotgun Sight Kit “A” is a practical, economical assortment of top-quality, replacement shotgun sights. The workmanship is superb, being done on the most modern and up-to-date machinery in the U.S.A. The sight globes are true spheres - not lop-sided as those found on many other sights at a higher price. The threads are cut onto the shank, and are clean, sharp and well-machined for the best possible fit. Shanks are threaded right up to the base of the bead so you can set the sight exactly onto the barrel. a b Your choice of sights in the Kit is extremely wide. There are 2 shank sizes, 3 bead sizes and 2 bead colors, giving you a total of 8 different sights to choose from so you can fit nearly any gun that comes into the shop. The two shank sizes are 3-56 and 6-48. Size 3-56 is one of the most widely used shanks in the industry and will fit most guns having threaded sight holes. The 6-48 shaft was chosen for the alternate size to be used when the original hole must be redrilled and tapped - or where there is no hole at all - because 6-48 is the firearm industry standard screw size, and every gunshop in the country will have the drill and tap on hand to make the new hole. Bead sizes are .067, .130 and .175, (the most popular sizes), giving your customer the choice of small, medium or large beads. In addition, each bead size is available in Gold color - machined from finest brass; or White color - machined from high tensile aluminum alloy. Neither color will bleed at the heels, wear off with hard use, or chip and peel, as almost all enameled sights eventually do. Brownells Shotgun Sight Kit “A” comes to you very attractively displayed in a clear plastic counter case. Each individual sight number is in its own plainly identified box on a black tray. There are 10 sights of each number, giving you a total of 80 sights in the Kit - 40 Gold and 40 White - a complete inventory of top-quality shotgun sights with an absolute minimum of capital invested. Don’t pass up the opportunity to cash-in on the shotgun sight replacement market. For an unbelievably low investment you can have a complete, correctly balanced and assorted inventory of 80 superb shotgun sights, each carrying Brownells guarantee of perfect workmanship and materials. Don’t let yourself get caught short when you can have them on hand so easily. Order your Brownells Shotgun Sight Kit “A” today! SPECS: Brass and Aluminum Beads in 31⁄2" (8.9cm) x 7" (17 .8cm) clear plastic box. #080-532-000AG Shotgun Sight Kit “A”, total of 80 sights in Counter Case 8K42B05 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 79.99 Brownells Shotgun Sight Kit “B” is truly the natural and logical companion to the original Kit “A” - giving you all the sights that Kit “A” doesn’t contain, but that you need to have for a really versatile and complete replacement shotgun sight inventory. Plus, in Kit “B,” we took the practical step of making the White beads out of stainless steel. Stainless is stronger, won’t crush or distort when the beads are installed, does not have to be removed when the gun goes into the hot bluing solution (and w2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=282http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=282RIFLE/SHOTGUN SIGHTS Brownells SHOTGUN SIGHT BEAD KIT “C” WITH SHOULDERS SHOTGUN SIGHT KIT “C” CONTAINS: No. 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 Head Dia. .130 .130 .175 .175 .067 .130 .175 .175 Thread Shaft 3 - 56 6 - 48 3 - 56 6 - 48 3 - 56 3 - 56 6 - 48 3 - 56 Drill & Tap Sizes No. 45 - 3-56 No. 31 - 6-48 No. 45 - 3-56 No. 31 - 6-48 No. 45 - 3-56 No. 45 - 3-56 No. 31 - 6-48 No. 45 - 3-56 Color G G G G W W W W MARBLE TRITIUM SHOTGUN SIGHT MEPROLIGHT® TRU-DOT Shouldered Beads Install To The Right Height Every Time; Popular Sizes In Brass & Stainless Steel Gets You On Target Quickly In Low & Regular Light CNC-machined, steel sight uses eye-catching tritium to provide a fast sight picture in low light and an easily-noticeable, white ring for regular light. White ring is recessed to protect it from being scratched and to ensure proper light reflection from any angle. Five different thread diameters fit most shotguns. b a SPECS: Steel, blued, matte finish. Approximately .32" (8.1mm) 3⁄ 3⁄ long, 16" (4.8mm) wide, .21" (5.4mm) high. 32" (2.4mm) shank length. See price line for thread diameter. 6-48 Oversize (OS) has a diameter of .146" (3.7mm). #579-000-077AG 3-56 Tritium Shotgun Sight, 9G23X30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 35.99 #579-000-078AG 6-48 Tritium Shotgun Sight, 9G23X30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.99 #579-000-079AG 6-48 OS Tritium Shotgun Sight, 9G23X30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.99 #579-000-080AG 5-40 Tritium Shotgun Sight, 9G23X30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.99 DAY/NIGHT SHOTGUN BEAD Constantly Visible Sight Almost Like Magic! Unique, universal shotgun sight bead that stays visible in all light conditions: bright sun, heavy overcast, late afternoon shadows, deep woods hunting. Tritium gas light source sealed in the center of a blued steel bead. On bright days, the shooter sees a black bead with a light center. As the light fades, the center becomes a soft green glow. No switches, batteries, wires, or charging. Factory warranteed to provide illumination for 12 years. SPECS: .160" (4.06mm) H x .158" (4.01mm) W. .110" (2.8mm) long shank. 6-48 thread. #387-314-405AG TRU-DOT Bead, 7H24A00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 37.00 MOUNTING SOLUTIONS PLUS Brownells Shotgun Sight Kit“C”is a must have for any gunsmith or sporting goods store looking to save valuable time and really please their customers.We have taken everything that’s great about our Shotgun Sight Kits “A” and “B” - like their unparalleled selection of highqualityandsize-popularsightbeads-andaddedaspecialfeaturetomakethebeadsinKit“C”fast,easy,andconvenienttoinstall.everytime. Every sight bead in Shotgun Sight Kit “C” has the advantage of skirted shoulders. What this means to you, the professional gunsmith or the sporting goods store owner, is you’ll never have to get out your mike or calipers again to ensure you’ve installed the sight to its proper height. No more guesswork either! Because when the skirted shoulder reaches the barrel, it provides a positive stop that lets you know the sight is at its optimum height. Every sight from Shotgun Sight Kit “C” installs with fool-proof ease - saving you both valuable shop time and, even more important, the nightmare of upsetting a valuable customer. Not only will customers be pleased with the installation you do, they’ll also love the huge selection of sizes and styles from which to choose. We selected the most popular sizes from our Shotgun Sight Kits “A” and “B”, because we know that’s what your customers will come in and ask you for. Plus, we know how important it is to offer different styles to please as many shooters as possible. That’s why Kit “C” offers each size bead in both Gold and White. It provides the perfect selection; Gold brass for a classy, traditional look many shotgun owners are partial to and White stainless steel for a sight bead so strong it even stands up to hot bluing. Thread sizes include 32011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=283http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=283SHOTGUN FIBER OPTIC SIGHT HIVIZ Improves Target Visualization Light gathering, polymer rod works in low light as well as bright to provide an easy-to-see, fast-pointing dot. Four colored rods let you change sights to fit shooting conditions. Locating fingers on each end center the sight on your rib; two strong magnets prevent movement. a b SPECS: Base - Plastic, black. Rods - Polymer, red, green, yellow, orange. .170" (4.3mm) diameter sighting dot. M-300 - fits ribs 7⁄32" (5.5mm) to 5⁄16" (8.2mm) wide. M-400 - Fits ribs 5⁄16" (8.2mm) to 7⁄16" (11.3mm) wide. M-500 - Fits ribs 7⁄16" to 9⁄16" (11.3mm-14.5mm) wide. MPB - Fits all 16, 20 and 12 gauge, non-ribbed barrels. #638-300-000AG M-300 Fiber Optic Sight, 8C17P88 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 22.20 #638-400-000AG M-400 Fiber Optic Sight, 8C17P88 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22.20 #638-500-000AG M-500 Fiber Optic Sight, 8C17P88 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22.20 #638-100-000AG MPB Fiber Optic Sight, 8C17T88 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22.20 COMP SIGHT - Light gathering, polymer rod provides an easy-to-see dot in low light and bright daylight. Steel base replaces front bead, screws on for a secure mount. Includes eight interchangeable light pipes, three orange, three green and two white in three diameters: .105", .115" and .130" for competition, law enforcement and field use. Four sight mounting screws are supplied to fit nearly all shotgun ribs, plus a rotary carrying case for storing light pipes and spring release key. SPECS: Steel base, matte black. 1" (2.5cm) long. Screw/fits: 3-56" for Ruger, Beretta/Benelli, BrowningTarget Citori, Krieghoff; M3X.5" for Browning Gold and Citori Field; 5-40" for Mossberg; 6-48" for Remington (with threaded bead) and SKB sporting models. #638-000-001AG Comp Sight 8C25V90 . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 39.99 TOM BUSTER II SIGHT SET - Fits shotguns with vent ribs between 11⁄64" and 7⁄16" wide and a removable front sight. Rear has two green dots and adjusts for windage and elevation. Front has one green and one orange, interchangeable rod. Sights fit a variety of shotguns and kit includes five installation screws. SPECS: Rear Sight – Steel base, black. 21⁄2" (63mm) long, 3⁄4" (19mm) wide, 1⁄8" (3.1mm) high. Front sight – 21⁄2" (63mm) long, 1⁄ 1 4" (6.3mm) wide, ⁄4" high. Includes: 3-56; 3mm x .5; 3mm x .6; 5-40; 6-48. Gunsmith installation recommended. #638-000-038AG Tom Buster II Sight Set, 8C22B87 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 36.20 TRI VIZ TURKEY SIGHT - Three, green, triangular elements provide a precise, sight picture with fast sight alignment. Rear sight is fully adjustable for windage. Also includes a round, front pipe. Remove the rear sight use just the front sight for bird hunting, and clay target shooting. Mounts to any shotgun with a vent rib; no drilling or tapping. SPECS: Rear sight - Injection-molded, optical-grade, resin, black. 1" (2.5cm) high, 11⁄4" (3.2cm) wide. Front sight - 21⁄2" (6.4cm) long. Includes 4, green, LitePipes (3 triangular in varied heights and one round). Fits all vent ribbed shotguns with replaceable front beads. #638-000-009AG Turkey Sight 8C22V87 . . . . . . . . . . .$ 36.20 FLAME SIGHT - Replaces the front bead with a highly visible fiber optic rod on all shotguns with a ventilated rib. Screws are included to fit all front bead thread sizes. An easy way to upgrade to a bright front sight for hunting, target shooting, or tactical use. SPECS: Base – steel black oxide finish. Approximately 7⁄8" (2.2cm) long. Fluorescent LitePipe available in green or red. Replaces front sight bead on all vent ribbed shotguns. #638-000-040AG Flame Sight, Green, 8C10B00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 16.65 #638-000-041AG Flame Sight, Red 8C10B00 . . . . . . . . . 16.65 SIMS VIBRATION LABORATORY FLASHPOINT & TRICOMP SIGHTS Each versatile unit includes triangular and round, full-dot sighting tubes you can 2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=284http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=284RIFLE/SHOTGUN SIGHTS GLO-DOT SHOTGUN SIGHT High Visibility Glowing Dot No Batteries Required Lightweight, fiber-optic rod presents a bright, glowing bead for better visibility in both bright and low light hunting conditions. Mounts to the top of all ventilated rib shotguns using dual-sided tape (included). Does not require front bead removal. May also be installed by drilling and tapping rib, screws not included. a b SPECS: Base - Plastic, matte black. 3” (7 .6cm) long. Rods - Polymer, red or green. 2¼” (5.7cm) long x .060” (1.5mm) dia. Fits all ventilated rib shotguns. #902-100-090AG Red Glo-Dot Sight 2K12U02 . . . . . . $ 17.05 #902-100-091AG Green Glo-Dot Sight 2K12U72 . . . . . .17.99 GLO-DOT II - Bright, high-visibility red or green fiber optic rod snaps in place behind factory front bead on plain barrel 12 or 20 gauge shotgun; no gunsmithing required. Notch in base uses factory bead to locate Glo-Dot II sight correctly along bore axis. SPECS: Base - Plastic, matte black. 2½” (6.35cm) long. Rods - Polymer, red or green. 2¼” (5.7cm) long x .078” (2mm) dia. Fits 12 and 20 gauge, un-ribbed barrels .728” (18.5mm) O.D. or larger. #902-093-728AG Red Glo-Dot II Sight, 2K13P73 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 19.51 #902-092-728AG Green Glo-Dot II Sight, 2K13P73 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.51 GLO-DOT XTREME - Magnetically attached, highly visible fiber optic sight provides exceptional sight acquisition in all light conditions. Features four different bases with different internal mounting dimensions that fit a variety of ventilated ribs. Polymer base snaps onto the rib and is held firmly in place with a high-strength magnet for quick installation without screws. Includes one red, green, yellow, and amber fiber optic rod. Rods are easily interchanged using thumb and finger pressure. Notch in base uses factory bead to locate sight correctly along bore axis. Two sets of magnets allow mounting sights on two shotguns with different width ventilated ribs. Includes pocket sized, steel case for convenient storage. Universal fit for all shotguns equipped with ¼" (6.4mm), 5/16" (7.9mm), 3/8" (9.5mm), or ½" (12.7mm) wide ventilated ribs. Includes one base of each size. SPECS: Bases - Plastic, black. (1) .260” (6.5mm), (1).330” (8.4mm), (1) .420” (10.7mm), (1) .520” (13.2mm) internal dimension. 2” (5.1cm) long. Rods - Polymer, (1) red, (1) green, (1) yellow, (1) amber. 113⁄16" (2cm) long x .060” (1.5mm) dia. Includes (2) sets of magnets & steel carry case. Universal fit for all shotguns equipped .9mm), 3⁄8" (9.5mm), or ½” (12.7mm) wide with ¼” (6.4mm), 5⁄16" (7 ventilated ribs. #902-000-124AG Glo-Dot Xtreme 2K23P57 . . . . . . . . .$ 29.99 TRUGLO AMERIGLO REMINGTON SAGE INTL. TRITIUM NIGHT SIGHTS Easy-To-See Tritium Dots For Fast Targeting In Low Light Two, self-illuminating, Trijicon® tritium inserts in the rear sight and one in the front blade provide an easyto-acquire, 3-dot sight picture during low light conditions. Front sight with narrow white ring around the green tritium dot appears as a round white dot in daylight for enhanced visibility in bright light. Features a rear sight with an extra-wide notch that allows more light around the front sight for a larger sight picture. Two, subdued yellow tritium dots located left and right of the notch are smaller than the front sight dot to eliminate confusion during acquisition. Smooth, contoured edges on front and rear sight help prevent snagging. Fits factory ramp rifle sights on Remington 870, 1100, and 11-87 shotguns, 12 gauge only; plus early Model 74, 76, 740, 760, 7400, and 7600 rifles. Requires factory front dovetail sight base and barrel mounted rear sight base. a b SPECS: Machined steel, black, matte finish. Front sight - ¾” 1⁄ 3⁄ (19mm) long, 8" (3.2mm) wide, 8" (8.9mm) high, .11” (2.8mm) O.D. white ring with green tritium center. Rear sight - 11⁄16" (17mm) .9mm) high, with .13” (3.3mm) wide long, 7⁄16" (11mm) wide, 5⁄16" (7 notch. Two .02011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=285http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=285WILLIAMS WRENTECH INDUSTRIES XS SIGHT SYSTEMS REMINGTON SHOTGUN UNIVERSAL ”SLUGGER” FIRE SIGHT Quickly Turns Rib-Equipped Shotguns Into Slug Guns Give your favorite shotgun a more accurate, rifle-style sight picture in only minutes. Clamps to vent-rib; fast to install and fast to remove. Adjusts for windage and elevation. Front sight provides a red dot that glows in all ambient light conditions. The more light, the brighter it glows; won’t “wash out”, even in direct sunlight. U-Notch rear blade is equipped with a bright green rod on either side of the notch for precise, low-light sight alignment. a b SPECS: Machined aluminum, black, anodized, matte. Universal fit .9mm) and 3⁄8" for all shotguns equipped with 1⁄4" (6.3mm), 5⁄16" (7 (9.5mm) wide, vent ribs. Rear - “U” notch fiber optic. Front - Fluorescent red front bead on sheared-style blade. Includes wrench and instructions. #962-000-014AG Universal Slugger Fire Sight, 2F27C95 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 39.95 SHOTGUN FIRE SIGHTS - Models for Browning BPS, pre-2003 Remington 870/1100, Mossberg 500 and Winchester 1300 guns equipped with slug or turkey barrels and factory sight bases. Front sight provides a glowing red dot that’s easily seen in all ambient light conditions. Fully adjustable, U-notch rear has two glowing green dots for precise sight alignment. SPECS: Machined aluminum, black, anodized. Rear - "U" notch fiber optic. Front - Fluorescent red front bead on sheared-style blade. Includes instructions. Browning fits BPS shotgun with slug barrel; does not fit vent rib barrel. Remington fits Remington shotguns with 3⁄8" dovetail front sight ramp. #962-000-023AG Browning Fire Sights 2F27H00 . . . $ 37.95 #962-565-300AG Remington Fire Sights 2F21P98 . . . 29.99 #962-000-001AG Mossberg Fire Sights 2F24C25 . . . . . 33.95 #962-000-002AG Winchester Fire Sights 2F24C50 . . . 34.95 REMINGTON GHOST RING FIRE SIGHTS - Bright, high contrast fiber optic sights with large aperture, rear ghost ring provide fast, accurate sight alignment in all light conditions. The more light, the brighter the beads glow. Front sight has a single red insert, rear ghost ring has two green inserts to form an easy-to-align, 3-dot sight picture. Fits Remington shotguns with 3/8" dovetail front sight ramp. SPECS: Steel front 3⁄8" dovetail sight. Aluminum rear sight. Black, matte finish. Fiber optic insert. Bead - 1⁄16" (1.6mm) dia. Ghost Ring - .15” (3.8mm) dia. aperature. #962-000-083AG Rem. Ghost Ring Fire Sights, 2F22Z75 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 29.99 ITHACA 37 FIRE SIGHT - Contrasting, green rear and red front dots provide excellent sight visibility. Eye-catching colors give fast, accurate sight alignment against dark backgrounds. Fully adjustable for windage and elevation; replaces factory rear sight and front bead. Fits Deerslayer models, no gunsmithing required. Metal body construction for durable service. SPECS: Aluminum, anodized, matte black. Rear - 21⁄2" (6.4cm) long, fits nominal 3⁄8" dovetail. Front blade - 5⁄8" (15.9mm) long. #962-000-017AG Ithaca 37 Fire Sight 2F26C50 . . . . .$ 36.95 ADVANTAGE TACTICAL SHOTGUN SIGHT Pyramid Design Speeds Front Sight Acquisition; Improves Accuracy Highly visible, polymer front and rear sight form a pyramid shape when properly aligned for fast, accurate shot placement during competition or tactical operations. Features an aluminum, matte black front and rear sight with colored inserts that easily interchange for optimal sight contrast in most light conditions. Includes one each: orange, red, green, yellow, and white inserts for the front sight, plus identical colors for the rear sight. Front and rear sight blades feature a serrated face for reduced glare. Front sight includes a shim, 030" thick, that can be trimmed in .002" increments for elevation adjustment. Low profile, windage adjustable rear sight features steamlined sides that angle inward to open up the sight picture for fast target acquisition. Lightwe2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=286http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=286HANDGUN SIGHTS SIGHT INSERT KIT Easily Install Colored Plastic Front Sight Inserts Everything you need to install or replace a colored plastic front sight insert. Enough material for 228 Sight Inserts, plus files and complete, illustrated instructions. a b SPECS: Kit Contains: PLASTIC SHEETS, 7 pieces, 2" (5.1cm) x 6" (15.2cm), one each, Black, White, Yellow, Orange, Traditional Red (matches factory front sights), Fluorescent Red, and Fluorescent Green; 3-SQUARE NEEDLE FILES, one fine cut, one medium cut; NEEDLE FILE HANDLES, 2; INSTRUCTIONS. STOCK # COLOR STOCK # COLOR #080-068-069AG Black #080-068-072AG Orange #080-068-070AG White #080-068-073AG Red #080-068-071AG Yellow #080-068-074AG Flo. Red #080-068-075AG Flo. Green — Advise # — Sight Insert Sheet 8K08T28. . . . . . .$ 10.99 #080-068-999AG Sight Insert Sheets, 6 or more, each, advise qty. 8K07T99 . . . . . . . . . . . 10.99 #080-068-000AG Sight Insert Kit 8K39T78 . . . . . . . . . . 50.99 #076-200-115AG Instructions 4B00YJJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NC Brownells MOUNTING SOLUTIONS PLUS Sights AMERIGLO FIBER OPTIC SIGHT RODS Restore Fiber Optic Sight’s Bright, Glowing Dot Optical-grade, acrylic rods replace lost or broken rods on popular fiber optic sights. Pak includes one each: red, green, and amber fiber optic rods. Available in four diameters: .060" diameter rod fits most shotgun sights and .125" wide pistol sights. .040" fits most rifle and some shotgun sights, plus .090" wide pistol sights. .030" and .020" rods fit competition-style, rifle sights. a b SPECS: Optical-grade, acrylic rod. One each in red, green, amber. 6" (15.2cm) long. .060" (1.5mm), .040" (1mm), .030" (.75mm), or .020" (.5mm) dia. #100-001-459AG .060" Fiber Optic Rod, 3-pak, 1K17H88 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 27.99 #100-001-460AG .040" Fiber Optic Rod, 3-pak, 1K13H86 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.99 #100-001-461AG .030" Fiber Optic Rod, 3-pak, 1K06H70 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.75 #100-001-462AG .020" Fiber Optic Rod, 3-pak, 1K05H50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.25 Sight SEMI-AUTO PISTOL SIGHTS Low-Profile Combat Sights In Plain Black Or With Tritium Dots Fixed, low-profile combat sights are drop-in replacements for factory sights and feature streamlined contours with rounded corners to help prevent snags and hanging-ups. Precision-machined steel sight bodies sit low in the slide to resist catching on clothing during the draw, yet stand up to the abuse of hard operational and competition use. a b SIGHTS FOR GLOCK® - Plain Black sights have traditional, fine-line serrations on the rear face to help prevent glare. Can be used in conjunction with Night Sights for distinctive dot/no-dot combination sight pictures. Night sights have two self-illuminating, Trijicon® Tritium inserts in the rear sight and one in the front blade to provide an easy-to-see, 3-dot sight picture in low-light conGhost Ring ditions. Helps you acquire the sights and get on target quickly under stress. Works like a simple, 3-white-dot system for enhanced visibility in daylight. Nothing to turn on: as the ambient light gets lower, the Trijicon® Tritium dots start glowing. Classic Tritium sights have standard-width rear notches, and green front and rear dots. Pro Series night sights have an extra-wide rear notch that allows more light around the front blade to speed target acquisition. Rear sight face extends all the way to the back of the slide for maximum sight radius. Wedge-shaped rear sight body has Pro Series fully rounded edges and sits low in the slide to resist snagging on clothing during the draw. Green front sight insert; available with Green or Yellow rear dots. Ghost Ring rear aperture sight uses the eye’s natural ability to center objects in a circle to aid in fast target acquisition. Tritium dots on each side of the ghost ring are smaller than the front sight dot to eliminate confusion during Classic sight alignment. Green2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=287http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=287ARISTOCRAT ARO-TEK™ BOWEN CLASSIC ARMS RUGER® REVOLVER ® REVOLVER & SEMI AUTO RIBS Front & Rear Adjusting Ribs For Bull Barrel Revolvers Proven performance and state-of-the-art design for bull-bar- reled PPC and Combat revolvers. Rib top is serrated and blade notch beveled to reduce glare. Durable front blade. Matte blue finish. Screws and instructions included. Gunsmith installation required. a b GHOST RING SIGHT for GLOCK Draws Your Eye Toward The Target For Faster, More Accurate Sighting ROUGH COUNTRY REAR SIGHTS Strong & Reliable For Rugged Use A heavy-duty, highly visible replacement for current production Ruger revolvers. Opposing-tension screws eliminate fragile click movements when making precise adjustments for windage and elevation. Blades interchange without sight removal. Square-Notch, standard, .125" high square-notch/white-outline blade for use with conventional blade front sights. V-Notch provides shallow V-cut, white-line blade for dot front sights. a b SPECS: Heat-treated steel alloy, black matte. Fits newer model Ruger revolvers with .350" (8.9mm) high rear sight. Note - some Redhawks, Super Redhawks and GP-100 models are factory-fit with .390" (9.9mm) rear sight and will require shorter front sight. #100-001-391AG Square-Notch Sight 1A71B96 . . . . .$ 89.95 #100-001-392AG V-Notch Sight 1A71B96 . . . . . . . . . . . . 89.95 Brownells/WEIGAND COMBAT S&W REVOLVER COMPETITION REAR SIGHT BLADE KIT Provides A Sharp, Easy-To-Align Sight Picture Flat blade gives a crisp, target-style sight picture that eliminates the distracting “double-notch” found on factory sights. .160" high blade (same as factory) features an angled and serrated rear face that reduces glare. Extends over the rear of the sight body for a cleaner look and gives a slight increase in sight radius. Available in two notch widths, .110" for target and PPC use, plus .125" for IPSC, IDPA and pin shooting. Deeper notch gives easier eye alignment. a b SPECS: 6061-T6 aluminum, matte black, anodized. Heat treated. .700" (17 .8mm) blade width, .371" (9.4mm) height, .350" (8.9mm) long. .085" (2.2mm) deep notch. Kit includes windage screw assembly for installation. Fits Smith & Wesson K, L, and N frame revolvers. Will work on all with adjustable sights. #078-000-012AG .110" Notch Sight Blade Kit, 8G23Y47 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 27.99 #078-000-013AG .125" Notch Sight Blade Kit, 8G23Y47 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27.99 HANDGUN SIGHTS TRI-SET COMPETITION SIGHT RIB - Rear Adjusting Features the unique Aristocrat Poly-Set slotted cam system which allows selection of 3 pre-set rear sight positions for standard PPC and Combat distances. Can be reset to any of those distances with a quick, easy movement of the elevation cam. Rear sight also has windage adjustment and an extra elevation screw to compensate for light or ammo changes. SPECS: Blued steel. Approx. .7" (18mm) wide. Fits Ruger Speed Six and S&W “K” w/6" (15.2cm) long, .950" (24.1mm) - 1.062" (27mm) diameter bull barrels. 81⁄4 oz. (234 g). #044-007-206AG Tri-Set TS-6-T Aristocrat Rib, 4D149A99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 184.99 Open-aperture uses your eye’s natural tendency to align concentric shapes; provides fast, accurate sighting in all conditions. Front sight with easy to see green, light-gathering Aro-Glow insert helps draw your eye toward the target. Smooth shape won’t snag. SPECS: Aluminum, black, matte finish. +0 .180" high front blade with green Aro-Glow insert, fits Glock 17 , 19, 22, 23, 24, 34, 35. Includes screws, Allen wrench and instructions. #066-012-160AG +0 G/R Sight Set, Green, 6F71Z20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 89.00 #066-500-074AG G/R Rear Sight, only, 6F47A20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59.00 TRITIUM GHOST RING NIGHT SIGHT SETS FOR GLOCK - Two, green, tritium-filled vials in the rear plus a single tritium vial in the front blade provide an easy-to-find, 3-dot reference2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=288http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=288CYLINDER & SLIDE HEINIE SPECIALTY SEMI-AUTO HEINIE SPECIALTY SEMI-AUTO Style “STRONG” FRONT SIGHT HANDGUN SIGHTS Extra Metal Prevents Front Sight Failure; Fits Novak Dovetail Heavy duty front sight is over-engineered with the needs of the tactical operator in mind. Plain, black blade incorporates an integral “gusset” of reinforcing metal between the base and the blade for additional strength that helps prevent breakage. Ideal choice for pistols used during room clearing operations or close quarter battle. Fits in the standard Novak-style front dovetail cut. Pre-drilled for vertical roll pin. SPECS: Machined steel, matte black finish. Blade - .295" (7 .3mm) high, .125" (3.1mm) wide. Fits standard .330" x 65° Novak front dovetail cut. Includes stainless steel roll pin. #206-000-044AG “Strong” Front Sight 6K22X01 . . . .$ 24.99 RAMPED DOVETAIL FRONT SIGHT A Bold, Easy-To-See Sight Picture In A Compact, Easy-To-Carry Shape Serrated-ramp fronts provide a perfect match for low mount, rear sights. Available with Black Ramp (BR) or White Dot (WD). Installation requires machining of slide. .185" or .190" match Heinie 1911 and Bo-Mar BMCS rears. .200" front matches Heinie Browning HP Rear. a b SPECS: Steel, blue, matte finish. Blade - .126" (3.1mm) wide, .175" (4.4mm), .185" (4.6mm,) .190" (4.8mm), .200" (5mm) high, .500" (12.7mm) long. Dovetail - .60° x 300" x .060" with .002" taper. STOCK # BR STOCK # WD HEIGHT #394-000-002AG NA .175" #394-309-185AG #394-312-185AG .185" #394-309-190AG #394-312-190AG .190" #394-309-200AG #394-312-200AG .200" — Advise # — BR Ramped Front Sight 4C17A72 . .$ 22.15 — Advise # — WD Ramped Front Sight 4C19Z49 . . . 24.36 TRIJICON FRONT DOVETAIL SIGHT ® HEINIE SPECIALTY SEMI-AUTO Low Mount With Tritium Dots Serrated Ramps & Tritium Dots For Fast Pickup Fully-contoured, cross-dovetail sights complete with the increased, low light visibility of genuine Trijicon, tritium vials. Tapered dovetail holds the sight firmly. Fits nominal 60° x .300" x .060" front sight dovetails. a b SPECS: Steel, blued, matte finish, green dot. Blade; .126" (3.2mm) wide, . 175 (4.4mm), .185" (4.6mm), .190" (4.8mm) or .200" (5mm) high. Installation requires machining of slide. #394-000-001AG .175" Tritium Sight, 4C39A97 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 49.96 #394-311-185AG .185" Tritium Sight, 4C39D97 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49.96 #394-311-190AG .190" Tritium Sight, 4C39Z97 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49.96 #394-311-200AG .200" Tritium Sight 4C39Z97 . . . . . . . 49.96 SLANTPRO® NIGHT SIGHTS Fixed combat sights with Trijicon® self-illuminating Tritium inserts provide a fast, easy-to-acquire sight picture in all light conditions. The Tritium dot on the front sight aligns vertically with the single dot on the rear sight in a distinctive elongated figure eight pattern. Wedge-shaped body has fully rounded edges and sets low in the slide for minimum profile. Offers an exceptionally smooth, snag-free draw for concealed carry and competition guns. Fine-line serrations on front and rear blade eliminate glare for the best possible sight picture. Fits factory dovetail cuts; minor fitting may be required. Supplied as a front/rear sight set. Standard SlantPro rear sight has a rear face that slants slightly forward and a gently curved front face. Ledge™ rear sight has a vertical, square-cut front face that provides extra purchase for one-handed slide racking. Straight Eight Tritium dot on the front sight aligns vertically with the single Tritium dot on the rear sight in a distinctive, elongated “figure eight pattern.” Sight sets are Straight Eight configuration unless indicated otherwise in the table. 3D – Tritium dot on the front sight aligns horizontally with two dots on each side of the rear sight notch for an easy-to-see three dot sight picture. Supplied as a front/rear sight set. a b SPECS: Steel, matte blue finish. Tritium inserts - Green. Rear Sight: .125" (3.1mm) x .112" 2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=289http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=289Models OVERMOLDED HANDGUN FRONT SIGHTS HIVIZ Improved Visibility In All Light Conditions KENSIGHT Items ADJUSTABLE NIGHT SIGHT Glowing Tritium Lamps Maximize Sight Visibility In Low Light Genuine, Trijicon, green Tritium lamps feature polished quartz lenses for improved sight recognition in low light, plus appear as white dots for enhanced sight acquisition in bright sunlight as well. Sight bodies are EDM machined from 4140 steel, then heat-treated to Rc 38-40 and vacuum tempered to retain the extra-tight tolerances. Features precise clickadjustments for consistent changes in windage and elevation. Fine line serrations on rear blade surface cuts light reflection to enhance sight pick up. SPECS: 4140 steel, blue, matte finish. .076” (1.9mm) diameter Tritium lamps. BM #1 retrofits pistols modified to accept the Bo-Mar BMCS rear sight. LPA fits Springfield Armory, Para-Ordnance, and Charles Daly 1911 Autos using the LPA TRT dovetail. Kimber Adjustable fits Kimber models with adjustable factory rear sight. Elliason fits Colt Anaconda, Diamondback, Gold Cup, Officer’s Model Match, Python, Trooper, Ace, and others originally fitted with either Accro or Elliason sights. #100-002-627AG BM #1 Sight 5A91Z26 . . . . . . . . . . .$ 116.95 #100-002-628AG LPA 1911 Auto Sight 5A92Z79 . . . . 121.99 #100-002-629AG Kimber Adjustable Sight, 5A87Z95 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114.95 #100-003-407AG Elliason Adjustable Sight, 5A91Y26 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116.95 models, available in red or green. SPECS: Steel, black, matte finish. Red or green light rod. .790” (20mm) long. #638-000-073AG M&P Front Sight, Red, 8C27H29. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 43.20 #638-000-074AG M&P Front Sight, Green, 8C27H29. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43.20 GLOCK - Attaches using existing front sight screw hole. Standard, .090" bead diameter for precise target shooting; minimal steel on the blade edge gives maximum visibility of the light rod. Available in red only. Fits all Glock models except ported/compensated pistols. SPECS: CNC machined steel, black, matte finish. .785" (19.9mm) long. #638-000-047AG Front Sight, Red 8C27X29 . . . . . . . .$ 43.20 CZ 75 - Fits existing dovetail on CZ pistols. Bright green light rod is visible in all conditions. Fits CZ 75 models except Kadet, Champion, and IPSC. SPECS: Steel, black, matte finish. .878" (22.3mm) long. #638-000-048AG Front Sight, Green 8C27X29 . . . . . . .$ 43.20 SIG P220/P225/P226/P228/P229/P239 - CNC machined base installs firmly in the factory dovetail. Smooth edges won’t catch on clothing or holster. Fits P220, P225, P226, P228, P229 and P239. Available with green or red light rod. SPECS: Steel, black, matte finish. .793" (20.1mm) long. #638-000-058AG Front Sight, Green 8C27X29 . . . . . . .$ 43.20 #638-000-057AG Front Sight, Red 8C27X29 . . . . . . . . . 43.20 SPRINGFIELD XD - Precision machined to fit the factory dovetail; will not shift, even under the heaviest recoil. Overmolded with clear resin to protect the light-gathering rod, prevents snagging on clothes or holster. Standard .090" front sight diameter allows accurate shooting under the most demanding conditions. Fits Springfield XD models. Available in red or green. SPECS: Steel, black, matte finish. .790” (20mm) long. #638-000-080AG Front Sight, Red 8C27H29 . . . . . . . .$ 43.20 #638-000-079AG Front Sight, Green 8C27H29 . . . . . . . 43.20 FIBER OPTIC HANDGUN SIGHTS HIVIZ Improves Sight Visibility For Fast Target Acquisition COMBAT CARRY ADJUSTABLE REAR SIGHT KENSIGHT Rounded Blade Edges Won’t Snag On Clothing Or Holsters Enjoy the accuracy of a fully adjustable, competition-style rear sight in a package suitable for daily carry. Beveled edges on sight body and radiused corners on blade minimize chances of snagging on clothing or holster. Blade, sight body, and base are EDM-wire machined from high-grade, 4140 billet steel, then heat-treated to Rc 28-32 to retain 2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=290http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=290LPA MEPROLIGHT Models LASERLYTE MGW SEMI-AUTO SEMI-AUTO PISTOL SIGHT HANDGUN SIGHTS Compact, Adjustable - Low Mount Rears Or High-Visibility Sets Two styles of sights, both with micro-click windage and elevation screws and all-steel construction. Available in: solid black target model; white-outline rear; 2-dot rears or 3-dot systems. SPECS: CNC machined steel, matte blued finish. TPU REAR SIGHTS - Extra low profile, adjustable sight mounts down, out of the way, and increases sight radius for enhanced sight picture. Rectangular body, raised adjustment screws. Requires no alteration to the slide; fits in the standard dovetail and uses the existing front sight. STOCK # STOCK # STOCK # FITS MODEL TARGET WHITE OUTLINE 3-DOT REAR Beretta 92F, 92SB, 96, 98F #625-100-192AG #625-100-292AG #625-100-392AG Browning HP (.285” Dvtl) #625-100-135AG NA NA 1911 Auto .45 Govt. #625-100-111AG #625-100-211AG #625-100-311AG Colt 1911, 70/80/90 #625-100-112AG #625-100-212AG #625-100-312AG Glock 17, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24 #625-100-117AG #625-100-217AG #625-100-317AG Sig-Sauer P220, 225, 226, 228 #625-100-120AG #625-100-220AG #625-100-320AG S&W 3rd Gen. 9mm, .40 Novak NA NA #625-100-340AG EAA/Tanfoglio, all NA #625-100-250AG #625-100-350AG Taurus PT-92/58/100 NA #625-100-258AG NA — Advise # — TPU Pistol Sight 3K48T32 . . . . . . . . . .$ 71.99 SPR FRONT & REAR SIGHT SETS - Standard profile, adjustable sights fit factory dovetails and require no alterations to slide. Tapered body, flush adjustment screws. Front sights may require gunsmith installation. Beretta 92, 96, 98 NA NA #625-102-392AG Browning HP Std., MKIII, HP Practical, NA NA #625-102-335AG Brno CZ-75, CZ-85 new, w/dovtail front NA NA #625-102-380AG 1911 Auto .45 Govt. #625-102-111AG #625-102-211AG #625-102-311AG Colt 1911, Ser. 80/90 #625-102-112AG #625-102-212AG #625-102-312AG Glock 17, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24 #625-102-117AG #625-102-217AG #625-102-317AG Ruger P85®, P89 NA NA #625-102-385AG Ruger P90®, P91 NA NA #625-102-390AG Sig Sauer P229 NA NA #625-102-321AG — Advise # — SPR Front/Rear Sight Set, 3K51X13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 80.99 TRU-DOT DAY/NIGHT SIGHT ® REAR SIGHT LASER Ultra-Compact Laser & Rear Sight For Fast, Precise Sighting Incredibly compact laser replaces factory rear sight to provide unparalleled sighting performance that gets you on target faster and more accurately without adding bulk to your pistol or requiring a new holster. The Laserlyte rear sight laser retains a factory-style, white outline notch so it can continue to be used with the factory front sight as a traditional “iron” sight. Exclusive FSL technology and a tiny 650nm laser module provide precise targeting up to 500 yards at night. Laser body is machined from 4650 high-carbon nickel-steel alloy for exceptional strength and durability. Triple mode (on/pulse/off) ambidextrous switch allows for instant activation by both right- and left-handed shooters. Works with all Threat Level 1 or Threat Level 2 duty holsters. Fully adjustable for windage and elevation. a b SPECS: 4650 steel body, black finish. .85" (2.2cm) long, 1" (2.5cm) wide, .35" (8.8mm) high. 1.2 oz. (34g) weight. Laser – Class IIIA, 5mw, 650nm. Uses four LR-626 micro cell batteries, included. Battery life – 1 hour, constant on. Installation requires removal of rear sight; installation tools included. RL-1 fits Glock factory rear dovetails. RL-XD fits factory rear dovetail on all Springfield XD and XDM pistols, plus SIG 225/226/228/239 and 2009. RL-SR replaces factory rear sight on Ruger SR9. RL-MP replaces factory rear sight on all Smith and Wesson M&P pistols. #100-004-519AG RL-1 Laser Sight 1B169H52. . . . . .$ 199.95 #100-004-993AG RL-XD Laser Sight 1B169U52 . . . . . 199.99 100-005-573AG RL-SR Laser Sight 1B159A96 . . . . . 179.99 100-005-574AG RL-MP Laser Sight 1B159A96 . . . . . 179.99 DOVETAIL FRONT SIGHT BLANK Strong & Ready-To-Shape For Custom Applications FOR POPULAR HANDGUNS Always “On”; No Batteries, No Cha2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=291http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=291NOVAK FIBER OPTIC SIGHTS for GLOCK® Steel Replacement Sights For All Light Conditions Snag-free, steel front and rear fiber optic sights enable you to find the target quickly in all types of light conditions. Front sights replace Glock factory sights with a slightly angled front edge to prevent snagging. Tactical front sight covers both sides of light insert for maximum concealability; Competition front sight exposes more of the light rod for excellent light gathering capability. Rear sights are CNC machined to fit the factory dovetail and include a setscrew; machined light channels provide optimum light gathering. Available with .040" or .060" diameter light inserts. Edges are rounded to prevent drag on holsters or clothing. Available in red or green. a b SPECS: Steel, blued, matte finish. Tactical Front - is .63” (1.6cm) long, .12” (.3cm) wide. Competition Front - is .63"(1.6cm) long, .12” (.3cm) wide. Both are available in red or green. Rear Sights are .66” (1.6cm) long, .72” (1.8cm) wide, .19” (.48cm) high, with .13” (3.3cm) wide notch. Available in red or green. #662-000-047AG Tactical Front Sight, Red, 2F33A56 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 41.99 #662-000-048AG Competition Front Sight, Red, 2F33A56 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41.99 #662-000-051AG Tactical Front Sight, Grn 2F33A56 . 41.99 #662-000-052AG Competition Front Sight, Green, 2F33A56 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41.99 #662-000-049AG .040" Rear Sight, Red 2F39A96. . . . . . 49.99 #662-000-050AG .060" Rear Sight, Red 2F39A96. . . . . . 49.99 #662-000-053AG .040" Rear Sight, Green 2F39A96 . . . . 49.99 #662-000-054AG .060" Rear Sight, Green 2F39V96 . . . . 49.99 NOVAK BROWNING HI-POWER NOVAK RUGER® LCR™ NOVAK RUGER® SR9® LO-MOUNT REAR SIGHT No-Snag “Angle” Design; Fast Sight Picture Smooth, low-profile rear sight has an angled top surface with mitered edges that won’t snag on holsters or clothes. Rebated blade fights glare. Helps aging eyes see front sight more easily. Available in Plain Black (PB) or Tritium night sight with two self-illuminating Tritium dots for easy sight acquisition in low light conditions. a b SPECS: Machined steel, matte black finish. Fits later models with external, side extractor only. Use with .175"-.215" high front sight. Requires milling of slide; use 65° x.495" dovetail cutter. PB has .125" (3.2mm) wide notch; Tritium has .123" (3.9mm) wide notch. #662-260-009AG PB Lo-Mount Sight, 2F28T05 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 34.99 #662-002-007AG Tritium Lo-Mount Sight, 2F73X65 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89.99 MEGA DOT FRONT SIGHTS ® NIGHT SIGHTS HANDGUN SIGHTS Drop-In Replacements With Tritium Inserts For Fast Targeting In Low-Light Self-illuminating Tritium inserts glow bright green in dim light to help you see the sights and get on target fast. Rear sight has a dot on each side of the notch, front sight has one dot, for an intuitive, horizontal three-dot sight picture that’s easy to acquire, even under stress. White circles around the inserts retain the daylight visibility advantage or your SR9’s original factory white dot sights. Same height as factory sights, and cut for dropin installation in factory dovetails. Both sights are drift-adjustable for windage; rear sight elevation is fixed. Recessed rear face and wide notch on rear sight help guide your eye quickly to the front sight. Forward sloping top surface, beveled edges, and rounded corners won’t snag on clothing or holster. Front sight is slightly longer than factory sight but will fit holsters designed to accept the stock pistol. Precision-machined steel construction, with non-glare matte black finish, handles the rigors of daily carry and tactical operations. SPECS: Machined steel, matte black finish. Fits factory dovetails on Ruger SR9 pistol; rear sight also fits SR9c and SR40. Minor fitting may be needed. #662-000-100AG SR9 Rear Night Sight 2F73B56 . . .$ 91.95 #662-0002011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=292http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=292SDM S&W REVOLVER TRIJICON® TRIJICON GOLD BEAD FRONT SIGHT HANDGUN SIGHTS Classic, McGivern-Style Gold Bead Keeps Its Shine, Won’t Tarnish Distinctive, 14K gold, McGivern-style bead dresses up your Smith & Wesson revolver and provides an easy-to-see dot that won’t dull or corrode. Blade is EDM wire cut from ground, flat stock to ensure clean edges and proper fit, then matte finished for excellent contrast and glare resistance. Available in .250" or .300" blade heights to regulate properly with standard factory loads or today’s high performance, hunting ammo. 1⁄8" diameter, bead is slightly domed and highly polished for excellent light reflection. GC models fit S&W Classic and DX revolvers with interchangeable front sights. GP models fit S&W revolvers with pinned front sights; requires drilling and pinning for installation. a b SPECS: Blade - Steel, matte blued. 21⁄32" (16.7mm) long, 1⁄8" (3.2mm) 1⁄ wide, 4" (4.4mm) high. Bead - 14K gold. 1⁄8" diameter. #864-000-009AG GP .250" Gold Bead Sight, 4F45C91 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 57.99 #864-000-010AG GP .300" Gold Bead Sight, 4F45H91 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57.99 #864-000-011AG GC .250" Gold Bead Sight, 4F45H91 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57.99 #864-000-012AG GC .300" Gold Bead Sight, 4F45H91 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57.99 TRITIUM HANDGUN SIGHTS Low Light Handgun Sights Without Batteries Nighttime and low light shooting tests prove sights equipped with these glowing dots are easier to see and more accurate than instinctive shooting with standard black sights. Rugged, heavy duty, Traser®, luminous, 3-Dot tritium lamps provide their own long-lasting energy source. Lamps are mounted in silicone-sealed, metal cylinders to give maximum protection from breakage or leakage. Polished sapphire, crystal windows give a bright, crisp and perfectly round aiming dot in low light. Inlaid white rings around each sapphire make the sights appear as standard white dots in daylight. Very narrow blades do not have the white ring and will look more like a plain black blade in daylight. Most can be installed in factory dovetail or sight base. Glock® models require use of special Trijicon installation tools to prevent sight damage. b a SPECS: Steel, blued with tritium inserts. Sights listed as Adj. are adjustable sights to fit guns originally equipped with factory, adjustable sights. Sights listed as Fxd. fit guns originally equipped with factory, fixed sights. S&W models fit 3rd generation only, will NOT fit guns originally equipped with plastic sights.S&W M&P fits Smith & Wesson M&P . STOCK # FITS PRICE #892-000-003AG Beretta Brigadier (Fxd.) 2H81T33 $ 89.25 #892-000-004AG Beretta Cougar (Fxd.) 2H81T60 $ 89.25 #892-000-005AG Beretta 9000 (Fxd.) 2H81T33 $ 89.25 #892-000-032AG Beretta PX4 Storm (Fxd.) 2H105C33 $ 114.75 #892-103-001AG Glock 17/17L/19/22/23/24/26/27/ 33/34/35 (Fxd.) 2H81C33 $ 89.25 #892-103-002AG Glock 20/21/29/30/32 (Fxd.) 2H81C33 $ 89.25 #892-000-007AG Glock 36 (Fxd) 2H81T33 $ 89.25 #892-103-102AG Glock Installation Tool 2H00CHD $ 122.40 #892-108-006AG H&K USP (Fxd.) 2H89A33 $ 97.75 #892-108-007AG H&K USP Compact (Fxd.) 2H89A33 $ 97.75 #892-102-001AG Ruger® P85® (Fxd.) 2H97A33 $ 106.25 #892-000-009AG Ruger SP-101®, .357 Mag. front only 2H28T00 $ 29.75 #892-100-001AG S&W 9mm, .40 (Adj.) 2H128B00 $ 140.25 #892-100-004AG S&W 9mm/40 Full Size (Fxd.) 2H113B33 $ 123.25 #892-100-005AG S&W 9mm Compact (Fxd.) 2H113X33 $ 123.25 #892-100-012AG S&W 410 909 910 Full Size (Fxd.) 2H128X00 $ 140.25 #892-100-007AG S&W 9mm Full Size, Novak (Fxd.) 2H128X00 $ 140.25 #892-100-008AG S&W 9mm Compact, Novak (Fxd.) 2H128X10 $ 140.25 #892-100-011AG S&W 4006/4046 Novak (Fxd.) 2H128X00 $ 140.25 #892-100-009AG S&W .45 Std., Novak (Fxd.) 2H113X33 $ 123.25 #892-000-034AG S&W M&P (Fxd.) 2H113C33 $ 123.25 #892-000-002AG S&W Sigma .40 S&W (Fxd.) 2H120T00 $ 131.75 #892-104-002AG SIG 3-Dot 220,229,240,245,2340 (Fxd.) 2H82011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=293http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=293Models TRUGLO SEMI-AUTO BRITE-SITE Gathers Light & Illuminates For Maximum Sight Visibility In All Conditions TFO Items WARREN TACTICAL Tactical 2-Dot Tritium Rear/ Tritium Front Tactical Rear/ Fiber Optic Front PISTOL SIGHTS Sevigny Comp Rear/Std Front Models WILLIAMS FIRE SIGHTS HANDGUN SIGHTS FRONT SIGHTS for GLOCK STOCK # 100-005-081AG 100-005-079AG 100-005-075AG 100-005-080AG 100-005-092AG 100-005-093AG 100-005-094AG 100-005-100AG #100-003-610AG 100-005-103AG 100-005-119AG 100-005-121AG 100-005-122AG STYLE Gunsmith Blank w/Serr. Face Black Serrated Black Serrated Black Serrated Black Serrated Black Serrated Black Serrated Fiber Optic Fiber Optic Fiber Optic 1-Dot Tritium 1-Dot Tritium 1-Dot Tritium H xW .3 x .125 .185 x .125 .215 x .125 .245 x .125 .185 x .115 .215 x .115 .245 x .115 .185 x .115 .215 x .115 .245 x .115 .185 x .125 .215 x .125 .245 x .125 ® PRICE 5A18Y17 5A18Y17 5A18Y17 5A18Y17 5A18T87 5A18T87 5A18T87 5A25T87 5A30H58 5A25T87 5A34P27 5A34P27 5A34P27 $ 25.95 $ 25.95 $ 25.95 $ 25.95 $ 26.95 $ 26.95 $ 26.95 $ 36.95 $ 40.99 $ 36.95 $ 48.95 $ 48.95 $ 48.95 Glowing Fiber Optic Dots For Fast Sight Pickup Direct replacements for factory sights on popular handguns gather ambient light for superb visibility. The more light, the brighter the rods glow. Easy-to-acquire 3-dot sight picture; front sight has red insert, rear has two green inserts. The Fire Sights for guns originally equipped with fixed sights are also fixed. If the gun was originally equipped with an adjustable rear sight, the Fire Sight will be adjustable for windage and elevation. a b SPECS: Aluminum body, black finish. Fiber Optic Rods - 1 red rod in front sight, 2 green rods in rear sight. STOCK # FITS #962-000-022AG Browning Buckmark w/rear sight more than 1" long #962-563-620AG Colt 1911 Series 80 #962-563-590AG Glock, all models 962-000-093AG Ruger® GP100®, Redhawk®, Super Redhawk®, Super Blackhawk® Hunter 962-000-095AG Ruger® Mark II/III™ w/ 67⁄8" tapered barrel 962-000-094AG Ruger® Mark II/III™ and 22/45™ w/bull & slab-sided bbl #962-563-600AG Ruger P-Series (all except P-85®) 962-000-096AG Ruger® New Model Single Six® (.22 & .32 cal.) 962-000-097AG Ruger® SR9®/SR40™ #962-000-091AG Smith & Wesson M&P, all models #962-000-053AG Springfield XD, all models #962-000-052AG Taurus 111/132/138/140/145/ Millennium/Millennium Pro w/screw-on sights #962-000-086AG Taurus 100/111/140/145/745/24-7/ Millennium/Millennium Pro w/dovetail sights TYPE Adj. Fixed Fixed Adj. Adj. Adj. Fixed Adj. Adj. Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed 2F40X01 $ 49.95 PRICE 2F36P95 $ 49.95 2F36P95 $ 49.95 2F36P95 $ 49.95 2F48C50 $ 59.99 2F48C50 $ 59.99 2F48C50 $ 59.99 2F36P95 $ 49.95 2F48C50 2F48C50 2F36C95 2F36A99 $ 59.99 $ 59.99 $ 49.95 $ 49.99 Tritium/Fiber Optic (TFO) technology combines the self-illuminating properties of Tritium with the light-gathering capabilities of fiber optics to ensure fast sight acquisition in any light conditions from daylight to complete darkness. Precision-machined, steel body provides excellent strength to handle the rigors of combat or competition. Low-profile design prevents holster snagging. Fits factory dovetails; rear sight includes setscrew for extra-secure installation on slide. Sold in front/rear pairs. a b SPECS: Steel, matte black. Fiber optic/Tritium rods, green front/ green rear or green front/yellow rear. Sight heights same as factory. H&K USP – Front – .965" (2.4cm) long x .160" (4mm) wide. Rear - .965" long x .652" (1.7cm) wide. Fits all H&K USP models except Compact and Tactical. SIG 9mm/.357 - #8 Front (F) - .952" (2.4cm) long x .166" (4mm) wide. #8 Rear (R) - .917" (2.3cm) long x .625" (1.6cm) wide. SIG .40/.45 – #6 Front (F) - .965" long x .167" (4mm) wide. #8 Rear (R) - .922" (2.3cm) long x .642" (1.6cm) wide. S&W M&P – Front - .920" (2.3cm) long x .355" (9mm) wide. Rear – .867" (2.2cm) long x .820" (2.1cm) wide. Springfield XD - Front (F) - .970" (2.5cm) long x .163" (4.2mm) wide. Rear (R) - .905" (2.3cm) long x .618" (1.6cm) wide. Fits all2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=294http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=294WEIGAND COMBAT HANDGUN SIGHTS Sight XS SIGHT SYSTEMS SEMI-AUTO INTERCHANGEABLE FRONT SIGHT SYSTEM Steel base features a spring-loaded plunger that lets you interchange front blades. Blades also fit S&W Classic models with quickchange factory front sights. SPECS: Steel base, black, matte, or silver, hard chrome finish. Base: 1⁄ 4" (6.35mm) wide and high, 1.75" (4.5cm) long. Blade: black, matte finish. .125" (3.2mm) wide. Requires milling of barrel or slide. #957-000-005AG Front Sight Base, Blue 7E27D96 . .$ 34.95 #957-000-006AG Front Sight Base, Silver 7E27D96 . . 34.95 SINGLE ACTION FRONT SIGHT BODY - Silver solders to the top of single action barrels, accepts Weigand Interchangeable Front Sight Blades. a b SPECS: Carbon steel (CS), in-the-white or stainless steel (SS). 1.75" (4.4cm) L, .3" (7 .9mm) W, .28" (7 .1mm) H. #957-000-058AG S/A Front Sight Base, CS, 7E31U96 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 39.95 #957-000-063AG S/A Front Sight Base, SS, 7E31U96 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39.95 INTERCHANGEABLE SIGHT BLADE ONLY STOCK # STYLE HEIGHT PRICE #957-000-007AG Patridge .200" 7E11D96 $ 14.95 #957-000-008AG Patridge .250" 7E11D96 $ 14.95 #957-000-009AG Patridge .300" 7E11D96 $ 14.95 24/7 TRITIUM EXPRESS SIGHT SET Quick Sight Acquisition, Day or Night Matched sight set features green tritium on both the front and rear sights for fast pickup under any light conditions. Rear sight features vertical tritium bar with a highly visible, white border; front includes tritium dot surrounded by a white ring. Rounded, low profile design won’t slow your draw. Designed to directly replace factory sights. Standard Dot (STD) front sight has narrow, white ring around the tritium dot for precise aiming at longer distances. Big Dot (BD) front sight has a large, easy-tosee white ring surrounding the tritium dot. a b SPECS: Machined steel, matte black. Big Dot .161" (4mm) diameter dot. Standard Dot .110" (2.8mm) diameter dot. 1911 Govt, Comm, Officers: Rnd. fits round top slides. Novak fits slides with Novakstyle sight cut. Beretta 92/96 requires .250" x 60° front sight dovetail. Older Browning HP requires .303" x 60° front sight dovetail. 1911 front requires 65° x .330" x .075" front sight dovetail. All rear sights are secured with two set screws. Para P13/P14 Limited rear sight has adjustment screws for elevation. Gunsmith installation recommended. STOCK # BD STOCK # STD TRIT EXP SET TRIT EXP SET FITS #006-000-039AG NA Beretta Elite & Brigadier 92 & 96 #006-000-040AG #006-000-060AG Browning HP & Mk II std. dovetail #006-000-132AG NA Charles Daly EMS #006-115-002AG #006-000-061AG Glock, all 9mm, .357, .40, and Glock 36 #006-000-041AG #006-000-062AG Glock 20, 21, 29, 30 #006-000-052AG NA Kimber Compact #006-115-004AG #006-000-074AG Kimber Custom & Ultra Carry #006-115-001AG #006-000-063AG 1911 Govt. Rnd #006-000-042AG #006-000-064AG 1911 Govt. Rnd Novak #006-000-043AG #006-000-065AG 1911 Comm. Rnd #006-000-044AG #006-000-066AG Officers ACP & .380 Cal. Rnd #006-000-120AG #006-000-121AG Para P10, P12, C6.45, C7.45 #006-000-122AG #006-000-123AG Para P13, P14 Limited Adj. 006-000-172AG NA Ruger® SR9® #006-000-055AG NA SIG 220 #006-000-056AG #006-000-079AG SIG 225, 226, 228, 229, 2340, 2009 #006-000-049AG NA S&W 4006, 5903, 5906, CSpl 9mm #006-000-046AG #006-000-068AG Springfield 1911 Loaded NA #006-000-069AG Springfield Champion & Compact #006-000-048AG #006-000-070AG Springfield Ultra & Micro Compact #006-000-056AG #006-000-079AG Springfield XD & HS2000 — Advise # — 24/7 Express Sight Set, except P13/P14 & SR9 6K90C00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 120.00 — Advise # — 24/7 Express Sight Set, P13/P14 Limited, 6K112Z50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150.00 — Advise # — 24/7 Express Sight Set, Ruger SR9, 6K85T71 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109.99 XS SIGHT SYSTEMS EXPRESS SIGHT SET for GLOCK® Low Profile, High Visibility, Rapid Sight Picture White line, V-notch2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=295http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=295CLEANING INDEX Bore Cleaning Rods . . . . . . . . . . . 299-300 Bore Guides/Rod Stops . . . . . . . . 298-299 Bore Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295 Chamber Rods & Brushes . . . . . 306-307 Cleaning Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295-298 Cleaning Patches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305 CREST ULTRASONICS Gun Cradles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .294-295 Parts Brushes/Cloths . . . . . . . . . . 307-309 Rod Attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300-305 Solvents/Oils/Greases . . . . . . . . . 309-317 Special Purpose Brushes . . . . . . . . . . 307 Ultrasonic Cleaners . . . . . . . . . . . . .293-294 IL&R ULTRASONIC CLEANING & LUBRICATION SYSTEMSI Fast, Hands-Free, Microscopic Cleaning for Dirty Guns & Parts Add superfast, ultrasonic cleaning to your shop; save yourself a lot of time and make money in the process. 43KHz, Ultrasonic sound waves, plus CA2 Heat create the proven, aggressive action that’s a must for thorough gun cleaning. Incremental, consistent heat along with billions of tiny scrubbing bubbles remove powder fouling, lead and jacketed bullet fouling, light rust, dirt and grease; better, faster and easier than ever before. CA2 Heat eliminates the need to use ammoniated cleaning solutions to remove copper fouling. To clean most firearms, only the most basic field strip is needed. Drop the parts into the basket, turn on the Ultrasonic cleaner and you’re free to do other jobs while the cavitating action in the tank gets everything microscopically clean in as short a time as 7 to 10 minutes. The Gun Cleaning Packages have everything you need to start cleaning guns more efficiently, including auxiliary pans and baskets to speed up the already fast ultrasonic process, plus solutions that attack fouling and provide superb lubrication. All the units are heavy duty, built for constant use in a busy shop or department. Not recommended for use with ammoniated solutions. a b CLEANING IQUANTREX® SERIES Three units, just the right size for the gunsmith, armorer or agency. All will easily take handguns; the bigger models will take everything, up to a shotgun or rifle by leaving the barrel sticking out. Fast, easy, efficient gun cleaning. Not recommended for use with ammoniated cleaning solutions. SPECS: Tanks, lids, Accessory Baskets and Auxiliary Pans are stainless steel, outer shell is vinyl-coated steel. Fully transistorized with automatic frequency control, 30 minute timers, pilot lights, drains. FIREARMS CLEANING & LUBRICATING SYSTEM Powerfully Removes Gun Powder, Carbon Dirt & Oil In Just Minutes; Leaves Entire Firearm Clean & Lubricated A real time saver for the busy shop or department armorer with lots of guns to clean. Advanced technology uses a combination of heated cleaning solution and ultrasonic frequency vibrations to “scrub” firearms clean, providing a quick and easy alternative to hand cleaning. Exclusive Tru-Sweep™ frequency sweeping penetrates and cleans even the smallest crevices leaving heavily-fouled, field-stripped firearms restored to factory new cleanliness and ready for lubrication or refinishing. Complete systems with large capacity tanks allow multiple firearms to be cleaned at one time. a b F1200HT Benchtop system simultaneously cleans four handguns or one submachine gun. Constant power generator with ceramic enhanced transducers produces higher frequencies than was previously possible, resulting in superior contaminant removal while reducing damage to sensitive parts. Complete kit includes adjustable temperature control with on/off switch, stainless steel heated tank, 30 minute timer, rear drain with pinch valve, two full-length heavy duty mesh baskets with handles, lube pan, two tank covers, 1 gallon of cleaner concentrate and 2 gallons of lubricant. Cleans approximately 500 guns per gallon of cleaner. SPECS: Tank – 316L annealed stainless steel. 19½” (50cm) long, 5½” (14cm) wide, 6” (15cm) high. 2½ gal. (9.5 L) capacity. Current Draw - 8 amps @ 115 VAC. Shipping2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=296http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=296ULTRASONIC CLEANING SOLUTION & OIL CLEANING Advanced Formulas Power Away Dirt & Fouling; Lubricates, Fights Corrosion Powerful, fast-acting cleaning and lubricating solutions are specially formulated for today’s ultrasonic gun cleaning systems to thoroughly clean, condition, and protect your firearms. Safe for all metal surfaces, including carbon steel, aluminum, titanium, and stainless steel. Won’t harm bluing, parkerizing, anodizing, or most paints. Environmentally safe, non-toxic, ammonia-free, and biodegradable with minimal odor, so both products can be safely used right in the shop. Cleaning Solution penetrates petroleum-based greases and oils and removes carbon fouling, dirt, grime, and powder residue to leave the metal completely clean. Gets into nooks and crannies for thorough, deep-down, “in the pores” cleaning without completely disassembling firearm. Economical, concentrated formula: mix 1 gallon of solution with 9 gallons of water to produce 10 gallons of cleaner. Waterdisplacing Oil with “Thin Coat” technology drains quickly from parts without puddling and leaves a microscopic layer of longlasting corrosion protection. Ultra-low friction coefficient helps minimize wear on moving parts for smooth firearm operation and improved reliability. a b SPECS: 1 gal. (128 fl. oz./3.8 liters) plastic jug. #083-000-031AG Ultrasonic Cleaning Solution, 1 Gal., 3H29A95. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 49.95 #083-000-032AG Ultrasonic Oil, 1 Gal. 3H32A95 . . . . . 54.95 Brownells SONIC SYSTEMS HG575 ULTRASONIC CLEANING SYSTEM Cleans & Lubricates Two Handguns In Minutes Compact, economical system cleans and lubricates two handguns, even big magnums, with a combination of heated solution and ultrasonic frequency vibrations that break loose the toughest carbon and powder fouling in just 10-15 minutes. Millions of small, fast-moving bubbles penetrate deep into the tiniest nooks and crannies, leaving heavily-fouled firearms clean as new. Offers the same durable, all-stainless steel construction of industrial ultrasonic cleaners in an affordable kit with everything you need to start cleaning guns, including heated tank with adjustable temperature control, 20 minute timer, and optional “constant on” setting. You also get two stainless steel baskets, lube pan, and two covers, plus 1 quart of Crest CR-235 Ultrasonic Cleaner and 1 gallon of Crest CC-400L Ultrasonic Lubricant—enough to clean, lubricate, and protect approximately 150 guns. SPECS: Stainless steel. 14½" (36.8cm) long x 7" (17 .8cm) wide x 12" (30.5cm) high. 10.6 lbs. (4.8kg) weight. Internal Dimensions - 11" (28cm) long x 6" (15cm) wide x 6" high. Basket Size – 10½" (cm) long x 5½" (14cm) wide x 5½" high. 120 volt AC. Heater - 300 watt, with 68°-176° F (20° - 80° C) temperature adjustment range. Transducers - (3) 40 KHz. #100-005-309AG HG575 Ultrasonic Cleaning System, 2E617A36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 664.99 Brownells d’Solve® GUNSMITH CLEANER Bench-Top Soaking Cleaner Concentrate Is Fast And Economical Fast, efficient, soak-cleaner for guns and parts that is non-hazardous, non-flammable, biodegradable, odor-free and NOT expensive! The grimiest parts left soaking in a bench tray of d’Solve, while you’re doing other work on the gun, come out clean, ready to dry, oil, and assemble. Used as a brush-on cleaner, actions and chambers are rapidly rid of crusted dirt and grime. Wiped on, d’Solve is an excellent pre-cleaner for touch-up bluing; tool and equipment cleaning. With a small brush, it is unsurpassed for cleaning old checkering, the caked-on dirt on gunstocks, tough dirt on hunting and camping gear. A stronger mix even removes road tar from finished surfaces. Word-of-mouth from gunsmith to gunsmith has made it our most popular bench cleaner. It is 100% guaranteed to do the job! One gallon of d’Solve makes five gallons of bench cleaner. It can be mixed stronger for tougher jobs - lighter for less demanding cleaning operations. a b SPECS: N2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=297http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=297MTM PORTABLE MAINTENANCE CENTER On The Bench Or At The Range Holds rifles and shotguns in the padded forks for cleaning and minor gunsmithing. Portable Model - Forks store in base; dust covers keep your supplies secure. Gunsmith’s Model - Open top, bench model for easy access. a b SPECS: Polypropylene plastic. Portable - 211⁄4" (59cm) long, 11" (cm) wide, 3 1⁄2" (8cm) high. Gunsmith’s - 29 1⁄2" (long), 9 1⁄2" (24cm) wide, 4" (10cm) high. Unassembled. #574-101-000AG Portable Maint Center 4G28A96 . .$ 46.41 #574-101-530AG Gunsmith’s Maint Center, 4G25A47 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40.82 SHOOTERS ACCESSORY BOX Tough, polypropylene box lets you store and carry range and cleaning gear in 8 top compartments, and roomy bottom compartment with 2 removable partitions. Portable Maintenance Center fits on top. SPECS: Polypropylene plastic, black. 21" (53.3cm) x 9" (22.8cm) x 91⁄4" (23.5cm). #574-000-004AG Shooters Accessory Box, 4G30C67 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 48.15 SITE-IN-CLEAN™ SHOOTING REST & CASE Removable shooting rest tray with lots of storage below. Rest is precision height adjustable. SPECS: Polypropylene plastic, red. Case - 21" (53.3cm) x 13" (33cm) x 9" (22.8cm).Rest - 11" (27 .9cm) x 20" (50.8cm). #574-000-005AG Site-In-Clean Rest & Case, 4G48H05 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 77.71 SHOOTING RANGE BOX - Durable, polypropylene box stores and organizes all your gear, plus holds your shotguns and rifles during cleaning and minor gunsmithing. Two-piece design features a removal top box that can be carried separately; includes plenty of space for jags, brushes, patches and 20-round ammo boxes. Separate bottom box is deep enough to hold 100-round ammo boxes and most solvent containers. Removal gun forks with over-molded rubber hold guns firmly without damage. Three, convenient slots hold rifle, shotgun, and muzzleloader cleaning rods and keep them out of the way. Includes a convenient gauge for easy brush and jag diameter identification. Polypropylene construction is resistant to most solvents. SPECS: Polypropylene, dark green. OAL - 24½” (62cm) long, 11½” (29cm) wide, 8¼” (21cm) high.Top section - 24½” long, 11½” wide, 3¼” (8.2cm) high. Bottom section - 24½” long, 9¾” (24.7cm) wide, 5¼” (13.3cm) high. #574-000-006AG Shooting Range Box 4G40H78 . . . .$ 49.99 FLEX LIGHT Most Bendable Light We Can Find No gimmicks, just a darn nice light with the most bendable, least kinking, flex head we’ve found. Pinpoint, high intensity beam reaches into corners in action recesses, magazine wells and barrels. a b SPECS: 141⁄2" (36.8cm) long overall. 9" (22.9cm) long flex section. Requires two AA batteries (not included). #531-322-500AG Flex Light 1C14V50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 19.99 #531-322-510AG Wire/Bulb Assembly 1C05V62 . . . . . . . 7.99 DEWEY DEWEY MIL/LE PISTOL CLEANING KIT Essential Cleaning Gear For Popular Service Pistol Calibers Caliber-specific kits for basic cleaning of service pistols in calibers commonly deployed with military and law enforcement agencies. Available for 9mm/.357/.38 and .40, each kit includes 6" brass cleaning rod, brass loop, and bronze bore brush to protect your weapon’s rifling; a ½ oz. bottle of Shooter’s Choice FP-10 for thorough cleaning and lubrication; a GB-5 double-ended military parts brush; and a silicone-impregnated wipe-down cloth. Compact, zippered vinyl storage pouch stows easily in a pack or vehicle, yet has plenty of room for additional items. a b SPECS: Kits available for 9mm/.357/.38 and .40 caliber pistols and revolvers. Includes 6” (15.2cm) long cleaning rod with 8-32 tpi female threads, brass loop, bronze bore brush, ½ oz. (14.8ml) Shooter’s Choice FP-10 cleaner, double-ended nylon parts brush, cotton flannel patches, silicone-impregnated wipe-down cloth, and zippered 5” (12.7cm) x 10½” (26.7cm) storage pouch. #234-000-072AG 9mm/.357/.38 Mil/LE Pistol Kit, 4C15T95 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 19.2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=298http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=298ALL-IN-ONE PROFESSIONAL GUN CLEANING SYSTEM CLEANING Premium-Quality Cleaning Kit For All Firearm Types Professional-grade cleaning kit contains everything you need to thoroughly clean and protect the bore, chamber, and exterior surface of about any caliber of rifle, handgun, and shotgun to ensure peak reliability and accuracy. This is not the low-cost group of generic supplies you'll find in the big box stores, but a comprehensive kit filled with premium-quality cleaning components, all of which are stored in a rugged, polymer, carry box with roomy top compartment and four pull-out drawers. You get top-quality, nylon-coated Dewey cleaning rods that won’t scratch bores or damage rifling, and Brownells Special Line bore brushes with pure phosphor bronze wire bristles that make short work of copper, lead, and powder fouling. Our tough-scrubbing, all-cotton flannel patches and nylon bore brushes provide vigorous yet gentle cleaning. Bronze chamber brushes help you remove carbon fouling that leads to extraction problems. Includes Shooter’s Choice bore cleaner to break up and lift stubborn powder fouling, and Break-Free CLP Cleaner/Lubricant/Protectant for quick field cleaning, long-term lubrication and corrosion protection. a b SPECS: Includes 11" and 36" cleaning rods for .17-.22 cal., 12" centerfire pistol rod, 36" centerfire rifle rod, 34" one-piece shotgun rod, and nylon cleaning rod storage sleeve; brushes, mops, and patches as listed under the specialty kits below; 12" (30.5cm) x 24" (61cm) bench mat; 4 oz. (118ml) Shooter’s Choice bore cleaner; 16 oz. (474ml) Break-Free CLP; 24 oz. (680g) Brownells TCE Cleaner/ Degreaser; 3 double-ended gun/parts cleaning brushes; and 6 shop cloths. #080-000-588AG All-In-One Cleaning System, 8K309U69. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 381.99 Brownells Brownells/OTIS ELITE KIT The Complete Kit From Air Gun Tactical Pistol To Bench Rest Rifle & Shotgun Brownells and Otis have teamed up together to bring you the most advanced gun cleaning system on earth! From the breech to the muzzle this is the only kit that cleans and maintains all rifles, shotguns, pistols and air guns from .177 caliber to 10 gauge. It completely eliminates the need for owning multiple, separate kits because this kit truly has it all, including a complete selection of high quality Brownells/Otis Bronze cleaning brushes for every caliber and gauge individually packaged in screw-top, clear plastic protective tubes. The more than 200 individual components contained in this do-it-all, clean-it-all kit are the finest quality, most functional products available. a b In true, “No Compromise, Brownells Tradition,” the Brownells/ Otis Elite Kit is packaged in a rugged but padded nylon case that's easily stored in a day pack for trips to the range or into the field. This deluxe zippered case with carry handles includes individual internal storage pockets and elastic tabs to securely hold every item contained in the Elite Kit. Plus a single side storage pocket holds additional shooting gear. The Elite Kit also includes the Brownells/Otis 750 Tactical Kit contained in a separate, convenient, take-anywhere belt pouch for enhanced rifle cleaning while you are on the go. Everything you need to effectively and efficiently clean your firearms is contained in the Brownells/Otis Elite Kit. Plus, the no-hassle, guaranteed-for-life promise of complete satisfaction from Brownell and Otis backs up each and every cleaning component in this kit, so you can buy with confidence and know you are maintaining your firearm with the very best. SPECS: Storage case measures 15”(38cm) wide, 9”(22cm) high, 3”(7 .6cm) thick. Kit contains: One each 36”(91cm), 34”(86cm), 30”(76cm), 12”(30cm) plus two 8”(20cm) Memory-Flex cleaning rods; 100 all-caliber patches; 50 small-caliber patches; two .5 oz.(12.8ml) squeeze tubes of 085 Ultra Bore Cleaner; one each .22, .25, .27 , .30, .35, .38, .41, . 45, .50 caliber plus .410 bore, 28, 20, 16, 12 gauge bronze 2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=299http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=299SADLAK INDUSTRIES M14/M1A OTIS GAS SYSTEM CLEANING TOOLS Best Way To Remove Carbon Buildup From Gas Plug & Piston Bores Drill-type cleaning tools quickly break loose and remove hard-to-get-at carbon buildup from the gas plug and gas piston internal bores. Just insert the hardened steel scraping bit and twist back-and-forth; dual scraping edges clean in both directions. Small enough to store in a range bag or cleaning kit. Ergonomically shaped aluminum handles give you a comfortable, secure grip for maximum torquing action. Gas Plug Drill is .316" diameter for the gas plug bore. Piston Drill Set - .180" and .323" diameter drills for thorough cleaning of the piston bores. SPECS: Bits – Hardened carbon steel. Handles – 6061 T6 aluminum, O.D. green. Gas Plug Drill - "O"-size. .316" (8mm) dia., 15⁄8" (4cm) long bit. Piston Drills - #15: .180" (4.6mm) dia., 2" (5.1cm) long bit. "P"-size: .323" (8.2mm) dia., 15⁄8" long bit. #100-005-518AG Gas Plug Drill 6A11H59 . . . . . . . . . .$ 13.99 #100-005-520AG Piston Drill Set 6A23H17 . . . . . . . . . . 27.99 RELOAD KITS Money-Saving Refills Keep Your Otis Tactical Kit Up To Date & Ready To Clean Keep your Otis Tactical Kit “reloaded” and ready to perform to its optimum with these money-saving refills. Conveniently packed and sized so you get enough to refill your kit without extras you don’t need. a b BRUSH RELOADS - Available in either Bronze or Nylon and include a specific selection of premium quality, rifle-length cleaning brushes with twisted brass cores, twisted ends and brass ferrule. SPECS: Bronze or Nylon bristles, brass ferrule, brass threads, 2" (5cm) long, 8-32 tpi. Includes one each of the following calibers: .22, .270, .30, .38, .45. #668-000-019AG Bronze Reload Kit 8F05V58 . . . . . . . $ 7.99 #668-000-020AG Nylon Reload Kit 8F05V42 . . . . . . . . . . 7.47 PATCH RELOAD - Includes the fantastic 085 Ultra Bore cleaner that lubricates, penetrates beneath fouling, preserves and prevents rust, all in a single application. Plus the highly absorbent, all-cotton flannel, round cleaning patches are conveniently pierced for use with the Otis cleaning system. Cleans rifles and pistols from .22 to .50 caliber. SPECS: Kits includes two .5 oz.(12.8ml) squeeze tubes of 085 bore cleaner. 50, 3" (7 .6 cm) diameter cleaning patches. #668-000-021AG Patch Reload Kit 8F05V29 . . . . . . . .$ 10.49 RIMFIRE MICRO CLEANING KIT OTIS For On-The-Go Cleaning Of Any .17-.22 Caliber Rifle Go-anywhere cleaning kit fits in pocket, range bag, or gun case, so you can clean any .17 through .22 caliber rimfire or air rifle at home, in the field, at the range— anywhere. Memory-Flex® cleaning cable with an integral brass slotted tip allows proper cleaning from breech to muzzle to eliminate risk of damaging muzzle crown. Comes with a .22 caliber bronze brush, Otis O85 cleaning solvent/lubricant, and plenty of patches. a b SPECS: 34" (863cm) long plastic-coated steel cable, bronze brush, brass loop, .22 caliber patches, and ½ oz. tube of O85 solvent/ lubricant, plus mini-DVD with instructional video #668-000-059AG Rimfire Micro Cleaning Kit, 8F10D36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 12.99 GUNSLICK Electrochemical Bore Cleaning System Strips Dirty Bores Right Down to “Zero” Clean FOUL OUT III ® CLEANING HOPPE’S OTIS LAW ENFORCEMENT CLEANING SYSTEMS Pocket-Size Kits To Clean All Your Duty Weapons GUN CLEANING PRODUCTSI Steel & Aluminum Rods & Accessories Electrochemically removes the last speck of lead or copper from any firearm bore. Leaves even rough or pitted bores sparkling clean. Copper and lead deposits are stripped from the bore electronically and deposited onto the FOUL OUT III stainless steel rod to clean any rifle or handgun in an hour or less. a b SPECS: Kit contains: Control unit, 120 VAC plug-In transformer and lead wire, 1 .125: (2.17mm) diameter 30" (76.2cm) long, stainless steel multi-gun rod; 16 O-rings in four sizes; 4 bore plugs to fit .22 caliber through .45 caliber; 8 fl. oz. (22011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=300http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=300GUNSLICK ROLL-UP CLEANING KIT REMINGTON Compact Kit Cleans Rifles, Shotguns & Handguns FAST SNAP™ CLEANING SYSTEM Compact cleaning kit easily fits in your range bag and on the bench to provide everything you’ll need to clean rifles, shotguns, and handguns. High strength, steel cleaning rod won’t bend and scrape your bore while you scrub away powder, lead and copper fouling. Plastic loops and jags prevent damage to delicate rifling. Extra thick and dense mops are made from ultra-absorbent, 100% wool fibers to provide effective bore cleaning and lubrication. Stiff, tightly spun phosphor-bronze brushes remove stubborn lead and copper deposits. All loops, jags, brushes, and mops are marked for easy size identification. Kit also includes nylon parts brush, super absorbent cotton patches, and Ultra-Klenz™ gun cleaner for easy removal of plastic, copper, lead, and powder fouling, plus UltraLube™ gun oil for superior lubrication and protection of metal surfaces. Roll-up carrying case with simulated leather exterior and soft, felt interior doubles as a gun mat during cleaning or repair. Durable elastic bands and clear plastic pouches keep components in place when rolled up. SPECS: Simulated leather/felt roll-up, carrying case, black. Fits .22, 6mm-.25, .270-7mm, .30-8mm, .357-.38/9mm, .40/10mm-.45 rifles & handguns, 20/28/12/10 gauge shotguns. Kit includes: (6) brass brushes, (2) loop tips, (4) jag tips, (6) bore mops; 1¼ oz. (37ml) Ultra-Klenz cleaning solvent; 1¼ oz. (37ml) Ultra-Lube gun oil; cotton patches, 1” (2.5mm) x 1” and 1½” (3.8cm) x 3” (7 .6cm); nylon parts brush; 8-32 tpi to 5⁄16"-27 tpi rod adapter; three-piece steel rod, 303⁄8" long. #955-000-134AG Roll-Up Cleaning Kit 5E22T33 . . . .$ 29.99 CLEANING Go-Anywhere Kits For Thorough Cleaning On The Run Compact, convenient go-anywhere kits contain everything needed to clean a rifle, shotgun, or handgun and keep it in pristine condition. Each kit includes a non-scratch, plasticcoated, cleaning cable with a comfortable, easy-to-grasp Fast Snap T-handle, a bottle of Rem® Oil, a bottle of Brite Bore™ carbon/copper/lead/plastic wad fouling solvent, and an assortment of bronze brushes, bore mops, patch loops, and patches. An easy-to-use bore light with interchangeable straight and 90° necks projects bright, white light for easy inspection of bores, chambers, and other hard-to-see areas. Durable, reinforced canvas case, with foam interior and separate slot for each component, keeps everything organized. Small enough to fit in your range bag or backpack. SPECS: All kits include: Rem Oil - 1 oz. (30mL). Brite Bore - 2 oz. (60mL). Bore light - Polymer, straight and 90 degree lenses. 37⁄8" (9.8cm) OAL, 11⁄16" (1.7cm) dia. housing, ¼" (6.4mm) dia. lens. Includes AAA battery. Case - Canvas, hard-sided. 6¾" (17 .2cm) long, 4½" (11.4cm) wide, 2¾" (7cm) high. Rifle includes: 32" (81cm) (.22 cal. and up) and 26" (66cm) (.17 cal.) cleaning cables; (3) brass patch loops; .17 , .22, .25, .270, .30, .375, .45 caliber bronze bore brushes; .22 and .30 caliber bore mops; (25) each 11⁄8" (3cm), 1½" (3.8cm), 2" (5cm) square cleaning patches. Shotgun kit includes 39" (99cm) cleaning cable; (2) brass patch loops; .410, 20 ga. & 12 ga. bronze bore brushes; .410 bore, 20 ga. & 12 ga. cotton bore mops; (75) 2" x 2" cleaning patches. Handgun kit includes: 12" (30cm) & 24" (61cm) cleaning cables; (2) brass patch loops; .22, .357/9mm, .40, .45 caliber bronze bore brushes; .22, .357/9mm, .40 & .45 caliber cotton bore mops; (25) each 11⁄8", 1½", 2" square cleaning patches; revolver cylinder cleaning adapter. #768-000-021AG Rifle Cleaning Kit 8F27Z94 . . . . . . .$ 39.99 #768-000-020AG Shotgun Cleaning Kit 8F27Z94 . . . . 39.99 #768-000-022AG Pistol Cleaning Kit 8F27Z94 . . . . . . . 39.99 LEWIS LEAD REMOVER Brownells POSSUM HOLLOW RUGER® 10/22® CLEANING CLIP Prevents Damage To Bolt Face High impact ABS plastic clip inserts into magazine well and prevents cleaning rod from damaging the bolt face. Captures solve2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=301http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=301MTM BORE GUIDE FOR BOLT ACTION DEWEY ROD GUIDE/GUARD Aligns Rod To Bore Keeps cleaning rod perfectly aligned in rifle bore, solvent and crud out of magazine and trigger. a b SPECS: Solvent-proof plastic. 9" (22.9cm) overall length. STOCK # MODEL FITS #574-400-100AG BGR-S .222 to 6mm Bore w/Short Action #574-400-200AG BGR-L .25 to .375 Bore w/Short Action #574-400-400AG BGW-L .25 to .375 Bore w/Long Action — Advise # — Bolt Action Bore Guide 4G06P13 . . . .$ 9.83 M14/M1A BORE GUIDE COATED ROD MUZZLE GUIDE - Machined brass guide with protective O-Ring retainer prevents damage to rifling and coated cleaning rods. Keeps rod centered; will not scrape coating from rod. Four different sizes fit .30 through .45 caliber barrels; accommodate all .30 caliber coated rods. a b SPECS: Machined brass. C-30 fits .30-308 caliber. C-35 fits .35358, 9mm, 357 caliber. C-44 fits .44-.444 caliber. C-45 fits .45, 45/70, .458 caliber. #234-018-030AG C-30 Guide 4C04X20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 6.50 #234-018-035AG C-35 Guide 4C04X20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.50 #234-018-044AG C-44 Guide 4C04X20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.50 #234-018-045AG C-45 Guide 4C04X20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.50 BRASS MUZZLE GUARD - Fully machined, brass guard helps maintain accuracy by centering cleaning rod in the bore to prevent damage to crown or rifling. Not for use with Coated Rods. a b SPECS: Brass. 3⁄4" (22mm) diameter, .582" (14mm) long. #234-802-022AG .22 Muzzle Guard 4C01D90 . . . . . . . .$ 2.95 #234-802-027AG .27 & Up Muzzle Guard 4C01D90 . . . . 2.95 CLEANING ROD STORAGE SLEEVE Fully Coated Rod Cleans Without Scratching Stores & Protects Your Bore Cleaning Rods Heavy duty sleeve holds up to three, 36" long cleaning rods and keeps them clean and protected from damage so they don’t scratch your bore. Double stitched nylon with hook-and-loop cover for a tight hold that won’t come loose unexpectedly. Folds easily to a compact size for storage inside your cleaning kit or range bag when not in use. SPECS: Nylon, black. Holds cleaning rods up to 36” (91cm) long. 38½” (97 .8cm) long x 4¼” (10.8cm) wide, large end. #084-000-323AG Cleaning Rod Storage Sleeve, 4H06V98. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 9.99 Cushioned handle has 22 ball bearings inside for effortless rotation so the patch always follows the rifling. Full-length epoxy coating on spring steel rod is impervious to solvents. Index dots on the handle let you check twist rates. 6mm BR rod gives an exact fit to 6mm benchrest, varmint, and hunting rifles. a b SPECS: 8-32 female threads. .17 cal. & .20 cal. rods have 5-40 1⁄ female threads. Handles are 1 8" (2.9cm) diameter, 5" (12.7cm) long. STOCK # LENGTH #509-173-600AG 36" #509-000-025AG 36" #509-000-026AG 44" #509-000-006AG 25" #509-000-007AG 36" #509-000-008AG 44" #509-000-009AG 44" #509-000-010AG 36" #509-000-011AG 44" CALIBER .17 cal. .20 cal. .20 cal. .22 cal. .22 cal. .22 cal. 6mm BR .27/35 cal. .27/35 cal. PRICE 9K46T76 $ 49.99 9K46T76 $ 49.99 9K46T76 $ 49.99 9K46Y76 $ 49.99 9K46Y76 $ 49.99 9K46Y76 $ 49.99 9K46Y76 $ 49.99 9K46Y76 $ 49.99 9K46Y76 $ 49.99 Brownells BORE TECH BORE STIX CLEANING Eliminates Muzzle Damage & Cleaning Rod Wear Centers and supports your cleaning rod close to the rifle’s muzzle. Taper machined to provide an exact fit inside the flash suppressors on M14/M1A Match Rifles. SPECS: Aluminum 35⁄8" (9.2cm) long. Max. rod diameter: .260" #022-100-014AG M14/M1A Bore Guide 2B11Z65 . . . .$ 14.85 ATSKO DEWEY MUZZLE GUARD POSSUM HOLLOW Protects Chamber & Bore O-RING BORE GUIDE Protects The Crown From Damage Made specifically for semi-auto rifles that must be cleaned from the muzzle. Integral oilite bearing decreases rod wear. a b SPECS: Machined Delrin®, 19⁄16" (3.9cm) long. STOCK # FITS PRICE #234-014-102AG Ruger 10/22 4C07B10 $ 10.95 #234-014-202AG Ruger 10/22 w/.920" dia. barrel 4C07B75 $ 11.95 #234-014-014AG M14/M1A 4C06B45 $ 9.95 #234-000-026AG M14/M1A w/.750" muzzle brake 4C07H75 $ 11.95 #234-014-016AG AR2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=302http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=302DEWEY LARGE BORE ROD DEWEY PISTOL/SERVICE RIFLE ROD DEWEY BRASS ROD PARKER HALE CLEANING RODS Coated To Protect Bores Eliminates Flex, Speeds Cleaning Large, 5⁄16" diameter, nylon-coated, steel rods decrease flex and provide easier cleaning of rifle bores .35 cal. and larger. Ball bearings in the handle let the rod follow the rifling. 36BPR/44BPR rods have a 10-32 tpi female end to accept Brownells “Beefy” Bore Brushes and Dewey Blackpowder Accessories with a 1032 male thread. Includes the 35A, 10-32 male to 8-32 female thread adapter for use with standard brushes. 35C rod has a 12-28 thread that accepts Dewey Jags and Adapters. Comes with a 35J rifle jag and a 30A, 12-28 to 8-32 adapter. 50 BMG rod is specifically designed for use on your 50 BMG. Only the 44" coated section touches your bore, while the 18" stainless steel provides plenty of additional length to clear oversize actions. Includes an LGBA brush adapter and a 50J, .50 caliber brass jag. a b .3cm) long. All rods fit SPECS: Handles are 11⁄8" (2.9cm) dia. x 2 7⁄8" (7 .35 cal. and larger. 36 rods - 36" (91cm) long, 44 rods - 44" (111cm) long. 50 BMG Rod - 62" (157 .5cm) long. #234-035-036AG Dewey 36BPR 4C18X80 . . . . . . . . . .$ 28.95 #234-035-044AG Dewey 44BPR 4C18X80 . . . . . . . . . . . 28.95 #234-035-108AG 35A, 10-32/8-32 Adaptr, only, 4C02X10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.25 #234-035-001AG Dewey 35C-36 4C20X75 . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.95 #234-035-002AG Dewey 35C-44 Rod, 4C20X75 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.95 #234-000-029AG 50 BMG Rod 4C33Y70 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44.99 #234-800-227AG LGBA Adapter, only, 4C01D45 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.25 #234-800-050AG 50J Jag, only 4C02D55 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.95 Designed for cleaning .223 service rifles and most .22 caliber handguns, these coated rods prevent metal-to-metal contact that can scratch the rifling and ruin accuracy. Spring steel rod with durable proprietary coating that resists solvents and abrasion for a lifetime of use. 22-CF-6 & 22-CF-9 have a 8-32 female threaded tip for use with all standard-size cleaning accessories. Includes brass cleaning loop. 22-C-30 has 8-36 male threaded tip that fits included jag, plus a separate 8-32 female threaded adapter for use with standard cleaning accessories. a b SPECS: Handle - molded polymer, 1¼” (3.2cm) dia., ball bearings. Rod - nylon coated spring steel, .21” (5.6mm) dia. STOCK # MODEL FITS LENGTH PRICE #234-322-006AG 22-CF-6 .22 cal. 6½" 4C14H25 $ 21.95 #234-000-008AG 22-CF-9 .22 cal. 9" 4C14H25 $ 21.95 #234-000-074AG 22-C-30 .22 cal. 30" 4C18T80 $ 28.95 CLEANING High-Quality Brass; Smooth Roller Bearing Handles Traditional, solid brass; will not damage delicate rifling. b a SPECS: 8-32 female thread. Rod - brass 36" (91cm) lg. Handle - plas1⁄ tic, roller bearings 1 8" (2.9cm) dia. Includes brass loop. #234-522-036AG .22 Cal. Brass Rod 4C18H15 . . . . . . $ 27.95 #234-530-036AG .30 Cal. Brass Rod 4C18H15 . . . . . . . 27.95 Durable Cleaning Supplies From A Time-Tested Brand ONE-PIECE CLEANING ROD - Hardened steel core with an acetate coating that protects your bore and rod from damage. Handle glides on ball bearings. Includes Parker-Hale to 8-32 tpi adapter for most U.S. brushes/accessories. SPECS: Steel rod, acetate covered, plastic handle. Length shown does not include handle. #689-037-122AG 37", .22-6.5mm 9H29A10 . . . . . . . . . . $ 42.06 #689-044-122AG 44", .22-6.5mm 9H29A10 . . . . . . . . . . . . 42.06 #689-037-127AG 37", .270 & larger 9H29A10 . . . . . . . . . . 42.06 #689-044-127AG 44", .270 & larger 9H29A10 . . . . . . . . . . 42.06 PARKER-HALE BRASS SECTIONAL ROD - Jointed, all-brass; breaks down into three sections. Same thread on all sections. SPECS: Brass rod, plastic handle. Length shown does not include handle. Includes P-H to 8-32 tpi adapter. #689-035-322AG 35", .22-6.5mm 9H40A35 . . . . . . . . . . $ 57.99 #689-037-327AG 37", .270 & larger 9H39A34 . . 2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=303http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=303PS PRODUCTS SOLID BRASS JAG KIT Won’t Scratch Or Damage Your Bore; Fits Most Popular Rods Solid brass jags hold the maximum amount of cleaning patch against the bore without worrying about scratches that can reduce accuracy. Male threads fit most popular rods and adapters. Includes following sizes: .17, .22, .243/6mm, .25/6.5mm, .270/7mm, .30, 8mm/.338, .35/9mm, .375, .40, .44, and .45. SPECS: Brass. .17 has 5-40 threads; .22-.45 have 8-32 threads. #100-003-294AG Brass Jag Kit, 2B16H24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 27.99 Brownells Won’t Scratch Or Damage Your Bore; Fits Most Popular Rods BRASS LOOP CLEANING ROD ADAPTERS MILITARY ROD ADAPTER - Adapts military “Cleaning Rod, Small Arms” to accept 8-32 commercial brushes and jags. a b SPECS: Steel, parkerized finish. 31⁄4" (8.26cm) long. Pak of 2. #084-116-362AG 8-32F/8-36M Adapters 4H04A27 . . . .$ 6.99 DEWEY ROD ADAPTERS - 17A, 5-40 male/8-32 female converts .17 cal. Dewey rods to accept 8-32 rimfire accessories. SMBA, (.22-.26 cal.) adapters, and LGBA, (.27 cal. and up) adapters convert male end on Coated Rods to 8-32 female thread for use with all standard 8-32 accessories. LGBP, female/female, converts 1228, male thread, Dewey .50 BMG and Large Bore rods to accept standard 10-32 blackpowder accessories. SBA, female/female, lets 30C series Coated Rods accept 5⁄16"-27 accessories. LGPH allows .30 cal. Parker-Hale rod to accept 8-32 brushes. 35A, male/ female, lets 10-32 male Dewey Big Bore rods accept 8-32 female brushes. 22A, male/male, 8-32 to 8-36 for .22 CF rods, adapts 8-32, female thread, civilian rods to accept 8-36 Dewey coated rod jags. 22SA, male/female, adapts 8-32 rods to use 5/16"-27 bore mops and brushes. 22M, male/female, adapts 8-32 female rods to 8-36 male, military, brushes. 22SA, male/female adapts 8-32 rods to use Brownells Hoppes and Outers 5⁄16" -27 brushes. 30A, male/male, converts 8-32 female rods to accept Dewey 12-28 female coated rod jags, .270 cal. and larger. SPECS: Machined brass. 22A, 22M, 35AS and 30A sold as 2-Pak. STOCK # STYLE FITS PRICE #234-800-117AG 17A .17 cal. rods 4C02D10 $ 3.25 #234-800-223AG SMBA .22-.26 cal. 4C01D45 $ 2.25 #234-800-227AG LGBA .27 & up rods 4C01D45 $ 2.25 #234-800-327AG LGBP Large Bore rods 4C02D10 $ 3.25 #234-800-127AG SBA .27 & up rods 4C01D90 $ 2.95 #234-000-023AG LGPH .30 cal. P-Hale 4C02H10 $ 3.25 #234-035-108AG 35A Large Bore rods 4C02X10 $ 3.25 8-32 to 8-36 4C04Y52 $ 6.99 #234-000-002AG 22A #234-000-007AG 22M 8-32 to 8-36 4C04H31 $ 6.99 #234-000-056AG 22SA 8-32 to 5⁄16"-27 8K03Y99 $ 4.99 #234-000-006AG 30A 8-32 to 12-28 4C04H52 $ 6.99 VFG ADAPTER - Holds two VFG felt pellets, one on threads and one slip-fit. Threads to the male end of .22 and .30 caliber Dewey rods. a b SPECS: Brass. 11⁄2" (3.8cm) long. #084-000-002AG .22 Cal. VFG Adapter 4H04V52 . . . . .$ 5.99 #084-000-003AG .30 Cal. VFG Adapter 4H04V52 . . . . . . 5.99 VFG THREE PELLET ADAPTER Brass adapter has an extra long shaft that’s threaded to hold three pellets. Improves scrubbing power with J-B Bore Cleaner. Dewey models thread to the male end of Dewey rods. 8-32 models fit other popular rods. a b SPECS: Brass. 2" (5cm) long. Big Bore Dewey has 10-32 tpi to fit 5⁄ Big Bore Rods. Shotgun has 16-27 tpi. #084-000-017AG .22 Cal. Dewey VFG-3P Adapter, 3K05B04 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 6.99 #084-000-018AG .30 Cal. Dewey VFG-3P Adapter, 3K05B04 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.99 #084-000-019AG .22 Cal. 8-32 VFG-3P Adapter, 3K05B04 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.99 #084-000-020AG .30 Cal. 8-32 VFG-3P Adptr 3K05B04 . 6.99 #084-000-031AG Shotgun Rod VFG-3P Adapter, 3K05X66 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.99 THE 29 CORP “MY OLD” BORE CLEANER MODEL B-29-S1 Superior Removal Of Stubborn Lead & Plastic Wad Buildup, Won’t Scratch The Finest Shotgun Bores The time savings alone is reason enough for the avid shotgun shooter not to be without this sa2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=304http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=304VFG WEAPONS CARE SYSTEM Brownells ”SPECIAL LINE” DEWEY-THREAD BORE BRUSH ™ Brownells DOUBLE-TUFF BORE BRUSH ™ CLEANING Absorbent Felt Pellets Quickly Scrub Barrels Clean Innovative and efficient system cleans rifle, shotgun and handgun barrels with a minimum of effort and mess. Slip two felt pellets on the cleaning rod adapter, apply your favorite solvent and push through the bore to rapidly scrub out dirt and fouling. Pellets fit snugly to easily follow the rifling for fast, efficient cleaning; as you withdraw the rod, the front pellet falls off while the rear pellet polishes the bore. Lets you apply oil, cleaning solvents, J-B® Bore Cleaner or Moly Bore Paste easily with minimal mess. Plain pellets are made from a highly absorbent, hardened felt. Super Intensive pellets also have interwoven brass fibers for even greater scrubbing action to quickly clean heavily fouled barrels. All require cleaning rod adapter. a b SPECS: Felt, white. 3⁄8" (9.5mm) long. 8-32 Adapter fits 8-32 tpi rods. Aluminum, 13⁄4" (4.4cm) long. STOCK # #929-100-022AG #929-105-022AG #929-100-243AG #929-105-243AG #929-100-250AG #929-105-250AG #929-100-270AG #929-105-270AG #929-100-300AG #929-105-300AG #929-100-338AG #929-105-338AG #929-100-357AG #929-105-357AG #929-100-400AG #929-105-400AG #929-100-440AG #929-100-450AG #929-000-021AG #929-000-027AG PLAIN FELT PELLETS FITS QTY .22 Cal. 80 .22 Cal. 500 .243-6mm 50 .243-6mm 500 .264-.25 Cal. 50 .264-.25 Cal. 500 7mm-.270 Cal. 50 7mm-.270 Cal. 500 .30 Cal.-7.5mm 50 .30 Cal.-7.5mm 500 .338-8mm 50 .338-8mm 500 .38-9mm 40 .38-9mm 500 .40-10mm 30 .40-10mm 500 .44 Cal. 250 .45 Cal. 250 .50 Cal. 250 12 Gauge 25 PRICE 9B05X71 $ 7.15 9B23X98 $ 29.98 9B05X71 $ 7.15 9B26X83 $ 33.99 9B05X71 $ 7.15 9B27X57 $ 34.45 9B07X23 $ 8.99 9B30C86 $ 38.99 9B05X71 $ 7.15 9B35C86 $ 44.99 9B05X71 $ 7.15 9B36C05 $ 45.00 9B07X23 $ 8.99 9B42C45 $ 53.99 9B07X23 $ 8.99 9B37C99 $ 47.50 9B22X38 $ 28.00 9B25X10 $ 31.99 9B23A24 $ 29.05 9B06V31 $ 7.90 Coupling Fits Dewey Coated Rods; Hard-Scrubbing Bronze Bristles & A Brass Shank Do away with the thread adapter; these brushes thread right onto Dewey Coated rods. Eliminates the need to constantly change adapters; no more hunting for a misplaced adapter. Special Line brushes have the best phosphor bronze wire bristles for long life and thorough cleaning. A one-piece, looped and wound, brass shank and coupler prevent any chance of putting a scratch in that all-important barrel. a b SPECS: Bristles: Phosphor bronze. Shank: Brass, looped and 1⁄ wound. Rifle: 3 2 (8.5cm) OAL. Pistol: 23⁄8 (6cm) OAL. Calibers .22 to 6.5mm have 8-36 female threads. Calibers .270 to .50BMG have 12-28 female threads. STOCK # Per 3 STOCK # DZ. FITS #084-418-021AG #084-418-022AG .22 Rimfire Rifle #084-418-001AG #084-418-002AG .22 Centerfire Rifle #084-418-121AG #084-418-122AG .22 Pistol #084-418-024AG #084-418-025AG .243/.25 Rifle #084-418-065AG #084-418-066AG 6.5mm Rifle #084-419-026AG #084-419-027AG .270 Rifle #084-419-070AG #084-419-071AG 7mm Rifle #084-419-029AG #084-419-030AG .30 Rifle #084-419-080AG #084-419-081AG 8mm Rifle #084-419-032AG #084-419-033AG .338 Rifle #084-419-037AG #084-419-038AG .35/.38 Spec./.357 Rifle #084-419-137AG #084-419-138AG .38/.357/9mm Pistol #084-419-035AG #084-419-036AG .375 Rifle #084-419-140AG #084-419-141AG .40 S&W/.41/10mm Pistol #084-419-040AG #084-419-041AG .416 Rifle #084-419-044AG #084-419-045AG .44/.45 Rifle #084-419-144AG #084-419-145AG .44/.45 Pistol #084-419-049AG #084-419-050AG .50 BMG Rifle — Advise # — 3 Dewey Special Line Bore Brushes, .22 to 6.5mm 4H06A67. . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 10.99 — Advise # — 1 Dz. Dewey Special Line Bore Brushes, .22 to 6.5mm 4H21A65 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.99 #084-418-999AG 4 Dz. or more Dewey Special Line Bore Brushes, per dz., advise by caliber, .22 to 6.5mm 4H12A51 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22.54 — Advise # — 3 Dewey Special Line Bore Brushes, .270 to .50BMG 4H07A36 . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.99 — Advise # — 1 Dz. Dewey Special Line Bore Bru2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=305http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=305Brownells HEAVY WEIGHT NYLON BORE BRUSH Tough on Crud, Easy On Barrels Super-aggressive, nylon brush makes short work of stubborn bore deposits. Extra-stiff, large diameter bristles are safe on rifling and smoothbore surfaces. Won’t de-teriorate when used with your favorite solvent. Strong, one-piece, looped and wound brass shank and coupling prevents scratching. a b SPECS: Bristles: Heavy weight (HW) nylon. Shank: Brass, looped and wound. Rifle: 31⁄4 (8.3cm) OAL, 8-32 thread. Pistol/Revolver: .3cm) OAL, 5⁄16"-27 21⁄8 (5.4cm) OAL, 8-32 thread. Shotgun: 27⁄8" (7 thread. Brownells Since darn near as many bore brushes get used in the shop, as get sold, we’ve packed these custom-made, top quality brushes in bulk paks to make them more convenient and less expensive. The shank is one-piece, looped and wound (not two, twisted together and chopped off). a b SPECS: Bristles: Available in stainless steel, nylon, or bronze. Shank: Steel, looped and wound. Rifle: 31⁄4 (8.3cm) OAL, .17 and.20 cal. 5-40 threads, all others 8-32 thread. Pistol/Revolver: 21⁄8 (5.4cm) OAL, .17 cal. 5-40 thread, all others 8-32 thread. Shotgun: .3cm) OAL, 5⁄16"-27 thread. 27⁄8 (7 fouled or rusted bores, the aggressive cleaning action of a stainless steel brush can help get them clean. However, the aggressive action accelerates wear, and regular use can shorten barrel life. .54 BP Rifle - 10-32 thread, for use with Dewey Large-Bore Coated Rods. STOCK # Per 3 STOCK # DZ. FITS #084-411-121AG #084-411-122AG .22 Pistol #084-411-021AG #084-411-022AG .22 Rimfire Rifle #084-411-001AG #084-411-002AG .22 Centerfire Rifle #084-411-023AG #084-411-024AG .243/.25 #084-411-065AG #084-411-066AG 6.5mm Rifle #084-411-026AG #084-411-027AG .270 Rifle #084-411-070AG #084-411-071AG 7mm Rifle #084-411-029AG #084-411-030AG .30 Rifle #084-411-079AG #084-411-080AG 8mm Rifle #084-411-032AG #084-411-033AG .338 Rifle #084-411-034AG #084-411-035AG .35/.38 Spec./.357 Rifle #084-411-137AG #084-411-138AG .38/.357/9mm Pistol #084-411-036AG #084-411-037AG .375 Rifle #084-411-140AG #084-411-141AG .40 S&W/.41/10mm Pistol #084-411-040AG #084-411-041AG .416 Rifle #084-411-144AG #084-411-145AG .44/.45 Pistol #084-411-044AG #084-411-045AG .44/.45 Rifle #084-411-480AG #084-411-481AG .475/.480 Revolver #084-411-051AG #084-411-052AG .50 Pistol #084-411-049AG #084-411-050AG .50 BMG Rifle #084-411-054AG #084-411-055AG .54 BP Rifle — Advise # — 3 Stainless Bore Brushes, 4H07D23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 9.99 — Advise # — 1 Dz. Stainless Bore Brushes, 4H26D99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.99 #084-411-999AG 4 Dz. or more Stainless Bore Brushes, per dz., advise by caliber 4H21D42. . . . 35.64 STOCK # Per 3 STOCK # DZ. FITS #084-413-010AG #084-413-011AG 10 Ga. #084-413-012AG #084-413-113AG 12 Ga. #084-413-016AG #084-413-017AG 16 Ga. #084-413-020AG #084-413-120AG 20 Ga #084-413-028AG #084-413-029AG 28 ga. #084-413-410AG #084-413-411AG .410 Bore — Advise # — 3 Stainless Shotgun Bore Brushes, 4H07Z35 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 9.99 — Advise # — 1 Dz. Stainless Shotgun Bore Brushes, 4H22Z46 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29.99 #084-413-999AG 4 Dz. or more Stainless Shotgun Bore Brushes, per dz., advise by gauge, 4H18Z77 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29.62 STANDARD LINE BORE BRUSHES wire, for long life, thorough cleaning. STOCK # Per 3 STOCK # DZ. FITS #084-401-005AG #084-401-006AG .17 Cal. Pistol #084-401-007AG #084-401-008AG .17 Cal. Rifle #084-401-021AG #084-401-022AG .22 Rimfire Rifle #084-401-003AG #084-401-004AG .22 Centerfire Rifle #084-401-121AG #084-401-122AG .22 Pistol #084-401-024AG #084-401-025AG .243/.25 Rifle #084-401-065AG #084-401-066AG 6.5mm Rifle #084-401-026AG #084-401-027AG .270mm Rifle #084-401-070AG #084-401-071AG 7mm Rifle #084-401-029AG #084-401-030AG .30 Rifle #084-140-510AG #084-140-511AG .32/7.65mm Pistol #084-401-080AG #084-401-081AG .32/8mm Rifle #084-401-032AG #084-401-032011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=306http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=306Brownells ”SPECIAL LINE” BRASS CORE BORE BRUSH CLEANING Hard-Scrubbing Bronze Bristles; Brass Shank & Coupling Won’t Scratch Bores ™ KLEEN-BORE Size OTIS PATCH HOLDER BRUSH Benefits Of A Patch With The Scrubbing Action Of A Brush Loop/brush combo allows you apply crud-loosening solvent and immediately follow-up with the scrubbing action of a brush. Helps remove stubborn fouling from the lands and grooves of your barrel and improves the performance of your bore cleaner. Rigid, wound steel shank; fits 8-32 adapters and cleaning rods. SPECS: Steel shank with phosphor bronze bristles, aluminum cou.3cm) to 31⁄4" (8.3cm) OAL depending on caliber. 8-32 tpi pler. 27⁄8" (7 male thread. For rifles and handguns. STOCK # FITS STOCK # FITS #100-003-725AG .22 #100-003-727AG .38/.357/9mm #100-003-724AG .25/.257 #100-003-728AG .40/10mm #100-003-726AG .32 #100-003-729AG .44/.45 — Advise # — Patch Holder Brush 6K01T79. . . . . . . .$ 2.24 RIFLE/PISTOL BORE BRUSHES Bronze Or Nylon Bristles Scrub Bores Clean Without Scratching Hard-scrubbing brushes strip fouling quickly, leaving the bore sparkling clean. Premium-quality phosphor bronze bristles have twice the fill and a much longer life than generic brushes, with bristles all the way to the tip. More bristles mean fast, thorough cleaning. Stem is cold welded to the looped-andwound brass core to withstand up to 200 lbs. of pull force without separating. All models, including 12 gauge, are threaded to fit standard 8-32 rods. Caliber stamped on the stem, so you can be sure you always have the correct-size brush for your gun. Some calibers available with nylon bristles for jobs requiring less agressive scrubbing action. Universal length fits both rifle and b handgun bores. a SPECS: Brass shank, bronze or nylon bristles. Approx. 21⁄8" (5.4cm) long. Standard 8-32 tpi threads. Pistol/rifle brushes sold in 10 paks, 12 gauge brushes in 6 paks, each brush in individual plastic tube. STOCK # BRONZE STOCK # NYLON FITS #668-000-028AG #668-000-029AG .22 Rimfire/.223/5.56mm #668-000-030AG #668-000-031AG .243/.25/6mm/6.5mm #668-000-032AG NA .270/.284/6.8mm/7mm #668-000-033AG #668-000-034AG .30/.32/7.62mm/8mm #668-000-035AG NA .338/.35/.357/9mm #668-000-036AG NA .375/.380/9.3mm #668-000-037AG NA .40/.41/10mm #668-000-038AG NA .44/.45/.458 #668-000-039AG NA .50/12.9mm 668-000-090AG NA 12 Ga. (6 pak) – Advise # – Otis Bore Brushes 8F09V40 . . . . . . . . . .$ 11.99 Brownells BORE MOP Pure, Natural; Choose From Cotton Or Wool COTTON BORE MOP - Cotton fibers really soak up cleaning solvents and oil. The natural scrubbing action of cotton helps remove loosened powder fouling. Great for applying Brownells Moly Bore Paste or b J-B Compound. a SPECS: Cotton. .17 & .20 cal. - Brass shank and coupling. 31⁄4" (8.3cm) long, 5-40 thread. .22-.45 cal. - Steel shank, aluminum .3cm) long, 8-32 thread. .50 cal. - Brass shank and coupling. 27⁄8" (7 coupling. 31⁄4" long, 8-32 thread. Shotgun - Steel shank, aluminum 7⁄ coupling. 2 8" long, 5⁄16"-27 thread. ® If you or your customer has one of those special guns that drives tacks or knocks down birds every time, the slight extra cost of our Special Line brushes is well worth it to eliminate any chance of the cleaning brush’s shank putting a scratch in that all-important barrel. The brass shank is one-piece, looped and wound (not two, twisted together and chopped off). The coupling is no-scratch brass. The bristles are the best, phosphor bronze scrubbing wire for long life and thorough cleaning. a b SPECS: Bristles: Phosphor bronze. Shank: Brass, looped and wound. Rifle: 31⁄4 (8.3cm) OAL except .17 cal., which is 2" (5.1cm) OAL, .17 and.20 cal. 5-40 threads, all others 8-32 thread. Pistol/ Revolver: 21⁄8 (5.4cm) OAL, .17 cal. 5-40 thread, all others 8-32 .3cm) OAL, 5⁄16"-27 thread. .22 M16 Rifle: thread. Shotgun: 27⁄8 (7 8-36 thread fits military M16 cleaning rods only. STOCK # Per 3 #084-405-016AG #084-405-020AG #084-405-021AG 084-405-001AG 084-405-018AG #084-405-121AG #084-405-024A2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=307http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=307HOPPE’S BORE SNAKE 100% COTTON FLANNEL BULK PAK Fast, Pull-Through Cleaning; Rod, Brush & Patch All In One Scrubs and cleans in a single step. Apply bore cleaner to the front of the cord and oil to the end. Drop cord into the bore and pull through five times. The built-in, phosphor bronze brush and braided floss scrub, clean and oil the bore in just minutes. Washable and reusable; lightweight design folds neatly away for easy storage and carry. SPECS: Braided nylon cord, nylon floss. STOCK # FITS PRICE #699-000-007AG .17 Rifle 3E16P41 $ 19.95 #699-000-017AG .204 Rifle 3E16U41 $ 19.95 #664-100-022AG .22 Rifle (rimfire & 3E14H03 $ 16.99 centerfire) #664-100-243AG .243 Rifle 3E16H41 $ 19.95 #664-100-257AG .257-.263 Rifle 3E16H41 $ 19.95 #664-100-270AG .270-7mm Rifle 3E16H41 $ 19.95 #664-100-300AG .30 Rifle 3E16H44 $ 19.99 #664-100-800AG .32-8mm Rifle 3E16H41 $ 19.95 #664-100-338AG .338 Rifle 3E16H41 $ 19.95 #664-100-357AG .357 Rifle 3E16H41 $ 19.95 #664-100-445AG .44/45 Rifle 3E16H41 $ 19.95 #699-000-008AG .50-.54 Rifle 3E16P41 $ 19.95 #664-200-022AG .22 Pistol 3E15H55 $ 18.95 #664-200-332AG .30-.32 Pistol 3E15H55 $ 18.95 #664-200-938AG 9mm/.357 Pistol 3E15H80 $ 18.99 #664-200-400AG .40 Pistol 3E16H36 $ 19.99 #664-200-445AG .44/.45 Pistol 3E15H80 $ 18.99 #664-300-012AG 12 ga. Shotgun 3E16H51 $ 19.99 #699-000-010AG 16 ga. Shotgun 3E17P27 $ 20.65 #664-300-020AG 20 ga. Shotgun 3E17H27 $ 20.65 #699-000-009AG 28 ga. Shotgun 3E17P27 $ 20.65 #699-000-011AG .410 Shotgun 3E17P27 $ 20.65 #699-000-020AG 37mm/40mm Gas Gun 3E33U72 $ 40.95 ROUND CLEANING PATCHES Super Absorbent In Hard-To-Find Shape Save money and get guns cleaner. These round patches are made of 100% cotton flannel, fleeced on both sides to be extra absorbent, and bulk packed in 1000’s. All natural fibers carry far more solvent or oil into a bore than any synthetic patch can. Soak up and carry far more crud and fouling out! Big Price savings from buying in bulk, gives lots more patches for the buck. Hundreds of other uses, too. a b SPECS: Sold per 1000 in bulk pak. STOCK # NAME DIA. CAL. PRICE #084-268-001AG #1 Round 7⁄8" .17-.22 9K08Z80 $ 14.99 #084-268-002AG #2 Round 11⁄4" .22-.270 9K10Z11 $ 16.99 #084-268-003AG #3 Round 13⁄4" .270-.38/.357 9K14Z09 $ 23.99 #084-268-004AG #4 Round 21⁄4" .35 Rifle-20 Ga. 9K21Z25 $ 35.99 Brownells REALLY HEAVY-DUTY PATCHES Industrial Grade, Flannel, Glove Cotton For Really Tough Cleaning Jobs Extra tough patch that is fleeced on one side, natural on the other to get into the cracks and crevices where dirt hides. The heavy woven twill side scrubs well, while the fleece side is super absorbent. Made from 10 oz. per yard, 104 thread count per square inch, flannel glove cotton for durability. Packaged in bags of 100 or 1000 in a variety of calibers. For really heavy duty cleaning jobs, you need a Really Heavy Duty Patch. a b SPECS: Extra heavy duty flannel glove cotton. 100 & 1000 Paks. Brownells SQUARE CROSS-LOCK PATCHES Two Textures In One Patch For Aggressive Scrubbing Or Application Of Solvents & Oils Extra-tough, heavy duty patches with a cross-locking coarse weave on one side for aggressive removal of copper, plastic wad, lead and powder fouling, plus a smooth, flat weave on the other side to apply solvents or oils onto the lands and grooves. Made from a lint-free, superabsorbent blend of cotton and cellulosic fibers that hold more solvent and absorb more fouling than traditional patches. Sized for most calibers, from .22 centerfire to 12 gauge shotguns. Available in 1,000-Paks. a b SPECS: Cotton/cellulosic fiber blend, white. Select size/caliber from table below. Available in 1,000-Paks. STOCK # SIZE FITS PRICE #084-000-328AG 11⁄8" .22-.25 Cal. 9C07B49 $ 11.95 3⁄ #084-000-329AG 1 8" .25-.270 Cal. 9C08B49 $ 13.95 #084-000-330AG 1½” .270-.30 Cal. 9C09B49 $ 15.95 #084-000-331AG 1¾” .30-.35 Cal. 9C11B49 $ 17.95 #084-000-332AG 2” .35-.40 Cal. 9C12B49 $ 18.95 #084-000-333AG 2½” .40-.50 Cal. 9C14B49 $ 21.95 #084-000-334AG 3” 20-12 Ga. 9C21B49 $ 342011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=308http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=308DANFORTH GUNSMITHING DEWEY BOLT ACTION MAINTENANCE ROD CLEANING Brush & cotton roll not included CHOKE TUBE & CHAMBER ROD Short Length For Maximum Leverage Without Flex Heavy duty, “stubby” cleaning rod is just the right length to provide plenty of leverage for scrubbing out stubborn fouling in chambers and choke tubes. Just insert a standard brush, mop, or other accessory tip into the rod end and tighten the Allen head setscrew for a secure hold. Large, comfortable handle gives you a firm grip to generate plenty of scrubbing force. SPECS: Steel shaft, black oxide finish; plastic handle. 47⁄8" (19.4cm) OAL, ½" (6.4mm) diameter rod. Accepts standard 5⁄16"-27 thread shotgun cleaning accessories. Includes extra set screw. #234-000-077AG Chk Tube/Chamber Rod 4C13T97 . $ 17.99 Brownells Quickly Cleans Chamber & Lug Recesses At The Same Time BRONZE RIFLE/PISTOL CHAMBER BRUSH Brownells ”HANDLED” CHAMBER BRUSH Ready To Go To Work NOW! Extra heavy-duty, brass bristled brushes remove the toughest powder and wad fouling from chambers. Looped and twisted steel shanks with contoured, solvent-proof handles. Long enough to clear barrel extension. a b SPECS: 12" (30.5cm) overall. .008" (.20mm) dia. brass wire. #084-155-012AG 12 Ga. Chamber Brush 4H06P75 . . .$ 9.99 #084-155-020AG 20 Ga. Chamber Brush 4H06P75 . . . . 9.99 #084-155-016AG 16 Ga. Chamber Brush 4H06P71 . . . . 9.99 #084-155-028AG 28 Ga. Chamber Brush 4H06P71 . . . . 9.99 #084-155-410AG .410 Bore Chamber Brush 4H06P67 . 9.27 #084-155-010AG 10 Ga. Chamber Brush 4H06P71 . . . . 9.99 Safely, Easily Cleans Dirty Chambers Durable, phosphor bronze bristles are held firmly in place by a looped-and-wound, brass shank that won’t scratch your chamber. In sizes to correctly fit the chambers of most popular rifle and handgun rounds on the market. a b SPECS: Bronze bristles, brass shank. 8-32 thread. STOCK # QTY FITS PRICE #084-450-022AG 3 .222, .223 Rem 4H04Z53 $ 5.99 #084-450-023AG Dz. 7mm TCU, etc. 4H11Z41 $ 18.99 084-450-030AG 3 .22/250,.243,.270,7mm-08 4H04A53 $ 5.99 084-450-031AG Dz. 7mm Mauser, .308, .30-06 4H11A41 $ 18.99 084-450-001AG 3 7.62 x 39 4H04Z53 $ 5.99 084-450-002AG Dz. 4H11Z41 $ 18.99 #084-452-074AG 3 Magnums: .264, .300, .338 4H06A26 $ 8.99 #084-452-075AG Dz. .300, .375, H&H, Wthby 4H18A21 $ 25.99 084-450-137AG 3 .38/.357, 9mm Luger, 4H04A54 $ 5.99 084-450-138AG Dz. .380 ACP, .38 S&W 4H11A41 $ 18.99 084-450-040AG 3 .40 S&W/10mm 4H04A53 $ 5.99 084-450-041AG Dz. 4H11A41 $ 18.99 084-450-144AG 3 .44 Special/Mag. 4H04A54 $ 5.99 084-450-145AG Dz. .45 ACP/.45 Colt 4H11A41 $ 18.99 084-450-146AG 3 .50 BMG 4H10A45 $ 13.99 084-450-147AG Dz. 4H41A11 $ 50.99 #084-450-999AG 4 Dz. or more Rifle/Pistol Chamber Brushes, per dz., except Magnum rifle, advise by cal. 4H08A90 . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 18.78 – 4 dz or More – Magnum Rifle Chamber Brushes, per dz, 4H18A21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.99 – 4 dz or More – 4 Dz. or more, .50 BMG Chamber Brush, 4H32A75 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50.99 All-in-one cleaning tool lets you scrub the bolt lug recesses and chamber on any bolt-action rifle quickly and thoroughly. Install a disposable cotton cleaning roll (available separately) to clean the recesses, and attach a standard 8-32 male-threaded chamber brush or mop of your choice in the tip of the tool to clean the chamber. Add an 8-32 to 5/16"-27 adapter and use to clean shotgun chambers as well. Rugged, machined aluminum shank and solvent-resistant plastic grip ensure years of trouble-free service. a b SPECS: Machined aluminum cleaning rod, 8-32 female thread. Plastic handle. #100-003-121AG Bolt Action Maintenance Rod, 8B24T99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 29.99 #234-000-049AG Cotton Cleaning Rolls, 50-pak, 4C01Y90 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.95 Brownells SHOTGUN CHAMBER BRUSH Quickly, Safely Scrub Chambers Long lasting phosphor bronze resists corrosion. Looped and wound shanks. a b SPECS: 8-32 or 52011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=309http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=309IRMF ASSOCIATESI “Rodge-F” CHAMBER BRUSH Military Cannon Brush Cleans The Dirtiest 12 Gauges A lot of competitive trap shooters use this 20mm cannon brush to make short work of the heaviest 12 gauge chamber fouling. Tool includes the brush mounted on a plastic-covered steel shank with large, easy-to-grasp plastic handle. Replacement 20mm brushes available separately. a b SPECS: Steel shank, plastic handle, phosphor bronze brush with wound steel core. 20" (51cm) O.A.L. Brush - 5 1⁄2" (14cm) long, .980" (24mm) dia. Threaded 5⁄16"-18. Fits 10 and 12 gauge chambers. #755-001-000AG Chamber Brush Kit 5E32V51 . . . . . $ 37.99 #755-001-001AG 20mm Brush, only 5E12V12 . . . . . . . . 16.99 MAGAZINE MAINTENANCE KIT for GLOCK® GTUL Easy-To-Use System For Fast Disassembly & Cleaning Of Magazines GTUL system helps you disassemble and clean Glock magazines quickly. Tool fits over the bottom of a 9mm, .40 S&W, .357 SIG, or .45 GAP magazine and disengages the locking tabs, so you can remove the floorplate. Helps prevent damage to the tabs and won’t mar, gouge, or dent the metal liner. The brush handle has a hardened steel punch to depress the floorplate retaining pin—can also be used to disassemble the rest of the pistol, too. Brush has tough, spiral-wound nylon bristles to scrub away dirt, dust, and powder residue that can cause feeding problems. Brush is also available separately and can be used to clean a wide variety of other manufacturers’ double stack magazines. a b SPECS: GTUL – Plastic, red. Brush – Molded plastic handle, nylon bristles, aluminum shank, steel punch. Fits Glock 9mm, .40 S&W, .357 SIG, and .45 GAP magazines. #100-005-522AG GTUL/Magazine Brush System, 2C18H21. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 21.99 #100-005-936AG Magazine Brush, Only 2C12Y41 . . . . 14.95 Brownells SHOTGUN PORT BRUSH Specifically Sized For Cleaning Shotgun Barrel Ports Extra-stiff, twisted wire, stainless steel brushes are tapered and sized to fit “right” in the port to loosen wad residue and carbon fouling; leaves the port clean and ready to go. a b SPECS: Bristles - stainless steel, .005" dia. 202 - 6" (15cm) overall length, .125" (6.3mm) diameter. Fits most barrel ports. 238 - 7" (17cm) overall length, .187" (4.6mm) diameter. Fits Colonial Arms ported choke tubes. Sold in 3 Paks and 12 Paks. STOCK # Per 3 #084-454-103AG #084-454-203AG — Advise # — — Advise # — STOCK # Per Dz. #084-454-112AG #084-454-212AG MODEL 202 238 GUN/PARTS CLEANING BRUSH CLEANING Meets Mil Std. 129J Double-Ended Cleaning Power For Guns & Parts Developed for the U.S. Armed Forces to clean M16/M4 rifles, the double-ended, solvent-proof, polypropylene handle provides a large, contoured series of nylon bristles to cover curves and open areas, while the short, extra-stiff, narrow line of bristles tackles the really tough crud. Gets into choke tube threads, down inside actions, and corners on shop machinery. Enough bristle backbone to remove greasy gun dirt, yet won’t scratch delicate blued surfaces. We’ve used them with d’Solve™, EZ-Soak™ WD-40, Hoppes, Shooter’s Choice, and other solvents on everything from fine customs to neglected, black powder guns. a b SPECS: Handle - Solvent-resistant polypropylene, O.D. green. Bristles - Nylon. 7" (17 .8cm) long. Meets Mil Spec 129J, NSN# 1005-00-494-6602. #676-450-001AG Gun/Parts Brush 8K01P28 . . . . . . . . .$ 3.99 #676-450-006AG Gun/Parts Brush, 10-pak 8K11P00 . . 20.99 Brownells Brownells HANDGUN CLEANING BRUSH Handy On The Bench, Excellent At The Range Doesn’t require a separate cleaning rod. Nylon bristles work great with the new generation bore cleaners, brass handles won’t scratch the bore. a b SPECS: Bristles - Nylon, 11⁄4” (3cm) brush, 81⁄4” (21cm) overall. STOCK # Per 3 STOCK # Per 12 Size 084-052-109AG 084-052-110AG 9mm 084-052-140AG 084-052-141AG .40/10mm 084-052-145AG 084-052-146AG .45 ACP — Advise # — 3 H’gun Brushes 4H06X25 . . . . . . . . .$ 8.99 — Advise # — 1 Dz. H’gun Brushes 4H19X03 . . . . . 26.99 #084-052011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=310http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=310OTIS ALL PURPOSE BRUSHES Have The Right Brush On Hand For The Toughest Cleaning Job COTTON-TIPPED APPLICATORS Gets Down In The Nooks & Crannies We first spotted cotton-tipped applicators in pro use when touring the beautiful gunsmith shop at the FBI Academy in Quantico, VA. Beside each vise was a handful of them where one could be quickly grabbed for a host of uses - lubrication, cleaning down inside actions, getting into barrel chambers and for touch-up bluing of spots on barrels, frames and sights. The uses are limitless! a b SPECS: 6" (15.2cm) long. Wood handle. #885-861-500AG 500 Cotton-Tipped Applicators, 1A06H17. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 7.99 #885-861-600AG 1000 Cotton-Tipped Applicators, 5H10D51 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.99 Brownells/RUSTY’S RAGS SILICONE CLEANING CLOTH Protects & Preserves Gun Finishes Extra-thick,silicone-impregnated, sheepskin cloth cleans and protects your valuable firearms so they’ll stay looking like new. Advanced silicone formula easily removes corrosive fingerprints, dirt, dust, and grime, making it ideal for wiping down your firearms before they go back in the case or on the gun rack. Leaves behind a long-lasting, protective film for advanced moisture resistance and rust protection. Works on wood, metal, and plastic surfaces. Features a 1" thick, super-soft sheepskin pad with leather backing, plus a flannel cloth to help wipe away any excess silicone. Includes instructions and plastic bag for convenient storage. a b SPECS: Silicone-treated sheepskin. 45⁄8" (12cm) long, 2½" (6.3cm) wide, ½" (13mm) thick. Flannel square - 10" (25cm) x 10". #080-000-788AG Silicone Cleaning Cloth, 8K09Y45 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 11.99 SILICONE GUN OIL - Just a few drops of this low-viscosity silicone oil replenish and renew your silicone cleaning cloth to give your gun’s finish a fresh, lustrous appearance. Convenient flip-top bottle is easy to use at the bench or in the field. SPECS: Silicone oil. 1 oz. (29ml) plastic bottle. #080-000-794AG Silicone Gun Oil 3B07H52 . . . . . . . . .$ 9.99 Quantity KLEEN BORE™ Removes Rust-Causing Fingerprints & Restores Luster To Gun Finish SILICONE GUN CLOTH Nylon, bronze or stainless steel bristles means you will always have the correct brush on hand even for the toughest cleaning requirement. Flexible, double-ended design is best around in the shop; can be put to dozens of uses cleaning, polishing and restoring. Blue or white nylon takes care of fresh carbon or powder residue inside or out but won’t scratch your firearm’s finish. Nylon can also be used on wood without damage. Bronze cleans more stubborn residue on metal surfaces that require more aggressive scrubbing action like inside slides, receivers or locking lugs. Stainless steel is best for aggressive cleaning of fouling other brushes won’t touch. Use stainless steel on interior surfaces only because it will scratch and mark most gun steels and finishes. a b SPECS: Unbreakable handle, 7" (17 .7 cm) long. Single row bristles on small end, triple row bristles on large end. Variety Pack contains one (1) each stainless steel, bronze, and white nylon brush. #668-000-022AG Stainless Steel AP Brush 8F02V65 .$ 3.99 #668-000-023AG Bronze AP Brush 8F02V50 . . . . . . . . . 3.99 #668-000-024AG Blue Nylon AP Brush 8F02V50. . . . . . 3.99 #668-000-025AG White Nylon AP Brush 8F02V50 . . . . 3.99 #668-000-018AG All Purpose Brush Variety Pack, 8F06V99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.99 CLEANING EXTRA LENGTH COTTON SWABS Plenty Of Length To Apply Anything, Anywhere Extra-length, Polypropylene handle gives you plenty to hang onto when reaching up inside short and magnum-length rifle actions and barrel chambers. Use the cotton applicator tip to clean, lubricate, touch-up bluing, and for countless other jobs around the gunsmith shop. Works great for stock finishing; gets into those hard to reach, inletted areas around the tang, trigger a2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=311http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=311VELOCITY WIPES, INC. GUN CLEANING WIPES For Fast, Easy One-Step Cleaning On The Range Or In The Field Convenient cleaning wipes are pre-treated with an environmentally-friendly cleaning solution for fast, one-step gun cleaning when time is short or in conditions where traditional cleaning methods can't be used. These disposable, nonabrasive wipes are perfect for wiping down the gun's exterior on the range or in the field— or cut them into smaller pieces for use as bore patches. The non-flammable, noncorrosive solution cuts through carbon fouling and air dries quickly, leaving the metal clean and dry, ready for your favorite corrosion protectant. b a SPECS: Each wipe approx. 12½" x 8½" (31.8 x 21.6 cm). Packed in a resealable canister of 30 wipes. #100-004-753AG Velocity Wipes 2B15C57 . . . . . . . . . .$ 19.99 TCE CLEANER DEGREASER Powerful Cleaner-Degreaser In A Big Spray Can Ozone-Safe Replacement For Trichloroethane Cuts through grease, wax, gunk, even silicones; lifts them away and dries clean with little to no residue. Extra-large can with low-pressure, highvolume stream - the easiest way to get the cleaning power into recesses and corners with minimum disassembly time. Will damage some stock finishes and paints. Use with adequate ventilation; gloves and eye protection are recommended. a b SPECS: 24 oz. (672 g) net contents. #083-060-024AG TCE Aerosol 3H17P20 . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 24.99 Cannot ship outside Continental U. S. Shipped UPS or FedEx Ground only within U.S. Brownells SHOOTER’S CHOICE QUICK SCRUB III Fast Acting Cleaner/Degreaser That’s Ozone Safe Quickly loosens and removes grease and powder fouling. Cuts right through wax and silicone. Flushes them away, dries quickly and leaves little or no residue.Gets into action recesses with minimal disassembly.Use with all black powder and conventional firearms as well as fishing tackle and sporting equipment. a b SPECS: Aerosol, 15 oz. (425g). With extension tube. #934-020-015AG Quick Scrub III 4C06V91 . . . . . . . . .$ 10.99 Cannot ship outside Continental U.S. Shipped UPS or FedEx Ground only within U.S. Brownells FRICTION DEFENSE GUN CLEANING PRODUCTS ® CLEANING The Latest Technology For The Most Effective Gun Cleaning & Maintenance FRICTION DEFENSE XTREME GUN OIL - Delivers twice the lubricity of the industry standard-setting, original Friction Defense formula, with even better corrosion protection and tolerance for extreme operating temperatures. Stays slick at temperatures as low as -100° F (-74° C) and up to +550° F (+288° C) for superb versatility in a wide variety of sporting and duty firearms: full-auto, semi-auto, single-shot, pistols, rifles, and shotguns. It contains a careful blend of the most advanced synthetic oils, with water-displacing additives to combat rust caused by moisture and the contaminants in fingerprints. Enhanced lateral and horizontal “creep” ensures the oil penetrates into the tiniest nooks and crannies. Micro-fine particle PTFE (the same material used on non-stick cookware) won’t settle in the bottle and provides outstanding lubrication on the hottest-running guns. Unique heat transfer properties actually pull heat away from friction points, while extreme pressure additives keep Friction Defense Xtreme working, even in the hardest cycling semiautos and full-auto military weapons. We call it “slicky”—slick lubrication, plus a sticky quality that keeps Friction Defense Xtreme on metal parts through high-volume shooting sessions. This protection also inhibits the formation of carbon and other fouling byproducts, so guns clean up more quickly and easily than with ordinary petroleum-based oils. Available in convenient flip-open, dropper-top bottle for precise application of just the right amount of Friction Defense Xtreme. a b SPECS: 2 oz. (59ml) or 4 oz. (118ml) bottle. #083-000-039AG Friction Defense Xtreme Gun Oil, 2 oz. 3H05T50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 6.99 #083-000-040AG Friction Defense Xtreme Gun Oil, 4 oz. 3H07T52011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=312http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=312d’Solve™ GUN CLEANER CLEANING Dissolves Grime Fast; Non-Hazardous, Biodegradable Spray-On & Bench-Top Soaking Formulas Replaces harsh solvents to remove built-up powder residue, carbon, and other crud inside your gun’s action and bore, plus sparkles up exterior metal surfaces as well. Brush on to rid actions and chambers of crusted dirt and grime fast. An excellent pre-cleaner for touch-up bluing; cleans tools and equipments, too. Applied with a small brush, it’s unsurpassed for cleaning gummed-up checkering and removing caked-on grime from gunstocks. Make sure to oil metal surfaces after cleaning. Non-hazardous, non-flammable, biodegradable, and odor-free – and 100% guaranteed to do the job for you! a b SPECS: 4 oz. (118ml) plastic, pump spray bottle. #082-010-004AG d’Solve Gun Cleaner 5L09Z50 . . . .$ 12.99 GUNSMITH’S CLEANING SOLUTION - Concentrated d’Solve formula is perfect as a fast, efficient, economical soak-cleaner for guns and parts. Soak the grimiest parts in a bench tray of d’Solve while you’re doing other work on the gun, and they’ll come out clean, ready to dry, oil, and assemble. One gallon of concentrate makes five gallons of bench cleaner. Mix it stronger for tougher jobs, lighter for less demanding cleaning operations. A stronger mix removes road tar from finished surfaces and even gets grease and oil stains out of clothes – rub some full-strength d’Solve into the spots before tossing into the wash. SPECS: 1 gal. (128 fl. oz./3.8 L) in plastic container or 5 gal. (640 fl. oz./19 L) in bulk container. Includes full instructions. 082-010-128AG 1 Gallon d’Solve™ Concentrate, 5L36Z08 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 4.99 082-010-640AG 5 Gallon d’Solve™ Concentrate, 5L126Z18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169.99 Brownells BREAK-FREE PANTHEON CHEMICAL CLEANING PRODUCTS Powerful, Effective Cleaning, Lubrication & Preservation Without The Hard Work CLP - A super cleaner, lubricant, preservative containing Teflon and other specialized chemicals. Penetrates and displaces corrosion, dirt, firing residue and water. Keeps on working after application as a fantastic lubricant. Guns and parts treated and cleaned with it are never “degreased”—so there’s no chance of rust forming. In lab tests, Break-Free removed 98% of all firing residue and withstood over 100 hours in a 5% salt spray test with no evidence of corrosion. Provides lubrication at temperatures from -65°F to +475°F without gumming up or breaking down. CLP has been assigned Mil Specification MIL-L-63460. a b .5ml) syringe applicator; 2⁄3 fl. oz. (19 ml), 2 fl. oz. SPECS: 3⁄10 oz. (7 (60 ml), or 4 fl. oz. (118 ml) plastic dropper bottles; 4 oz. (113 g) or 12 oz. (340 g) aerosol; 16 oz. size w/pump sprayer; 1 gallon (128 fl. oz./3.8 L). #102-000-007AG Break-Free, 3⁄10 oz. syringe 6K04C80 .$ 5.99 #102-100-023AG Break-Free, 2⁄3 oz. bottle 6K02C63 . . . . 3.99 #100-003-847AG Break-Free, 2 oz. bottle 6K03V67 . . . . . 4.59 #102-100-003AG Break-Free, 4 oz. aerosol 6K05C21 . . . . 6.99 #102-100-004AG Break-Free, 4 oz. bottle 6K05C99 . . . . . 6.99 #102-100-012AG Break-Free, 12 oz. aerosol 6K10C40 . . 12.99 #102-100-016AG Break-Free, 16 oz. pump spray, 6K18C36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22.99 #102-100-128AG Break-Free, 1 Gallon Jug 6K79C49 . . 99.99 Cannot ship outside Continental U. S. Shipped UPS or FedEx Ground only within U.S. M-PRO 7® PRODUCTS Technologically-Advanced Formulas Give High-Performance Results A great selection of military-grade gun care products to completely clean, lubricate, and protect your entire gun. a b M-PRO 7 GUN CLEANER - Gets gun bores squeaky clean and shining but is harmless to all metal surfaces, including titanium, aluminum and stainless steel. Actually breaks down carbon so copper and lead fouling float free; completely odorless, non-flammable, non-toxic, biodegradable and environmentally safe to use. Penetrates hydrocarbon-based greases, oils (will remove oil-based stock finish2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=313http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=313GUNSLICK WESTERN POWDERS KG SYSTEMS SHOOTER’S CHOICE CLEANING PRODUCTS Easy & Fast, One-Step Gun Cleaning Solutions FOAMING BORE CLEANER - Expanding foam formula fills the bore to attack copper and powder fouling without harsh scrubbing. Contact with copper turns the foam blue, so you can easily see when the copper is removed. Non-corrosive, contains no ammonia, and not harmful to skin. Convenient spray tube directs foam directly into the bore with no overspray. a b SPECS: Aerosol foam, 3 oz. (85g), 5 oz. (142g), or 12 oz. (340g) can. #674-000-015AG Foaming Bore Cleaner, 3 oz., 5E06Y26 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 9.49 #674-000-017AG Foaming Bore Cleaner, 5 oz., 5E07Y44 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.95 #674-000-016AG Foaming Bore Cleaner, 12 oz., 5E09Y36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.49 GUN-FOAM GUN OIL - Easy-to-apply, no-drip foam expands to deliver superior lubrication and corrosion protection to every nook and cranny of the bore and action. Leaves a long-lasting, thin lubricating film that protects your gun regardless of temperature extremes. a b SPECS: Aerosol foam, 5 oz (142g) can. #674-000-018AG Gun-Foam Oil, 5 oz., 5E08Y57 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 12.49 COPPER-KLENZ - Powerful formula uses the latest chemical technology to remove tough powder residue, lead, and copper fouling safely and quickly— without resorting to harsh chemicals. A popular choice for benchrest shooters, varminters, and other folks who send a lot of copper jacketed bulb lets downrange. a SPECS: 4 fl. oz (120ml) plastic jar. #674-000-019AG Copper-Klenz, 4 oz., 5E05Y28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 7.95 MONTANA X-TREME™ GUN CARE PRODUCTS Fast, Thorough Cleaning & Protection Of High-Performance Firearms Complete line of advanced gun care products cleans and protects your fine competition and sporting arms quickly and effectively. Specially formulated for high-performance firearms that see extreme use in Cowboy Action, benchrest and shotgun competitions, varminting, law enforcement, and other highvelocity or repetitive shooting situations that cause hard-toremove fouling. a b BORE SOLVENT - Powerful, one-step, bore solvent contains ammonia to break down and remove heavy copper and powder fouling fast. Fantastic on built-up fouling in neglected bores. Use during routine cleaning with bore brush and patches. SPECS: 6 fl. oz. (177 ml) or 20 fl. oz. (591 ml) bottle. #100-005-019AG 6 oz. Bore Solvent, 2A06V54 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 8.11 #100-005-020AG 20 oz. Bore Solvent, 2A18V46 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23.33 COPPER KILLER - Non-abrasive, industrial-strength solvent has the power to remove the toughest copper fouling from any gun. The secret is its specially formulated ammonia oil that is strong enough to vaporize the stubborn copper fouling but safe enough to leave in the bore for up to an hour. Does not contain acids, amines, or chlorides that can etch the rifling. SPECS: 6 fl. oz. (177 ml) or 20 fl. oz. (591 ml) bottle. #100-005-021AG 6 oz. Copper Killer, 2A07V73 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 9.66 #100-005-022AG 20 oz. Copper Killer, 2A21V42 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27.03 “COWBOY BLEND” LEAD & POWDER SOLVENT Wipes out heavy leading caused by cast lead, cowboy bullets. Eats through caked-on powder fouling, cuts plastic wad residue, and quickly removes carbon buildup from the throat area. Works equally well to clean choke tubes and revolver cylinders. It’s concentrated to work fast, so you have time to clean between stages. SPECS: 20 fl. oz. (591 ml) bottle. #100-005-017AG “Cowboy Blend” Solvent, 2A18V51 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 23.33 COPPER CREAM - Non-drip consistency stays on the patch and spreads evenly over the bore to distribute the ammonia thoroughly onto the lands and grooves where heavy copper buildup resides. Also removes stubborn lead fouli2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=314http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=314SMITH & WESSON SPS MARKETING MIL-COMM FIREARM CARE PRODUCTS CLEANING High Performance Products To Clean & Protect Your Guns An outstanding selection of high performance firearm care products from Smith & Wesson specially formulated to keep your guns in peak condition. Handy spray cans are the perfect addition to your work bench and fit easily in a range bag for transport to the range or field. ADVANCED GUN OIL - Specially formulated with Cerflon® solid lubricant for outstanding lubricity and wear resistance. Inhibits corrosion and rust from forming by leaving a light film of oil that won't gum up or evaporate over time. Displaces water and penetrates all metal surfaces including tiny microscopic gaps for complete coverage and long-lasting protection. Safe for use on all finishes. SPECS: 4 oz. (118ml) aerosol spray can. #100-002-782AG Advanced Gun Oil, 4 oz. 2B04P15. . $ 5.99 PREMIUM LUBRICANT & PROTECTANT - Complete, all-in-one liquid cleans, lubricates, and protects your firearms while attacking rust, powder residue, and fingerprints. Cerflon® solid lubricant offers high lubricity and excellent wear resistance. Provides constant self-lubrication in all harsh environments. Meets MIL-PRF-63460D. SPECS: 4 oz. (118ml) aerosol spray can. #100-002-783AG Premium Lubricant & Protectant, 4 oz., 2B07P13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 9.99 DRY LUBE - Penetrates and lubricates the smallest crevices in your firearm's metal surfaces and is made especially for use on moving parts. Contains Cerflon® to increase lubricity. Solvents evaporate quickly to leave a dry lubricating film with no oily residue. Resists corrosion and won't wash off in wet conditions. SPECS: 4 oz. (118ml) aerosol spray can. #100-002-784AG Dry Lube, 4 oz. 2B06U18 . . . . . . . . . . . $ 7.99 SYNTHETIC SAFE BORE CLEANER - Non-chlorinated, ammonia-free bore cleaner quickly removes copper, lead, and stubborn powder residue from bores and actions. Safe for use with varnishes, paint, wood, and synthetic stocks. Prevents rust formation. SPECS: 8 oz. (236ml) or 14 oz. (414ml) aerosol spray can. #100-002-786AG Synthetic Safe Bore Cleaner, 8 oz., 2B06U65. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 8.99 #100-002-789AG Synthetic Safe Bore Cleaner, 14 oz., 2B12U25. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.99 PREMIUM BORE GEL - Highly concentrated gel contains no ammonia or chlorinated solvents and removes plastic wad fouling, copper and lead effortlessly. Simply spray onto a patch or directly into the bristles of a cleaning brush and begin cleaning. Won't run or drip and is safe on all finishes. Can also be used on moving parts and your firearms exterior parts. SPECS: 4 oz. (118ml) aerosol spray can. #100-002-787AG Premium Bore Gel, 4oz. 2B08U18 .$ 10.99 HEAVY DUTY BORE CLEANER - Removes tough carbon fouling, oil, plastic wad fouling, copper and lead deposits quickly by cleaning surfaces right down to the metal without leaving messy residue behind. Contains no Ammonia. May harm plastics, paint, synthetic stocks, and stock finishes. SPECS: 10 oz. (295ml) or 19 oz. (561ml) aerosol spray can. #100-002-785AG Heavy Duty Bore Cleaner, 10 oz., 2B05U16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 6.99 #100-002-788AG Heavy Duty Bore Cleaner, 19 oz., 2B10U31. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.99 SLIP 2000 GUN CARE PRODUCTS Effective, High-Strength Cleaning & Protection For All Your Firearms Non-toxic, highly-effective gun care products are specially formulated to provide superior firearms cleaning and protection without using harsh, smelly chemicals. Carbon Killer eliminates tough carbon fouling from bolts, cylinder faces, actions, muzzle breaks, and other hard-to-reach nooks and crannies. Designed as a parts bath, simply soak fouled parts for 5 to 10 minutes and wipe or brush clean. Can also be used with mops and brushes for bore cleaning. Completely non-hazardous, non-flammable, and biodegradable with a pleasant citrus scen2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=315http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=315SABOT SOLVENT Removes Plastic Residue Deposited By Sabots Chemically breaks down plastic sabot residue and loosens blackpowder fouling. Evaporates slowly, so you can soak heavily fouled barrels. Caution: May remove some stock finishes. Do not store in plastic containers. b a SPECS: 4 fl oz. (118 ml) bottle. #083-000-011AG 4 oz. Sabot Solvent 6K06C06 . . . . . . .$ 9.19 Brownells HOPPE’S No. 9 Famous The World Over Nitro-Solvent, the most universally used solvent for removing primer, powder, lead and metal fouling - for preventing rust. Quick, super-efficient, safe and easy to use. Flows freely and penetrates rapidly. Five sizes meet every cleaning requirement. a b SPECS: 2 fl. oz. (59 ml), 4 fl oz. (118 ml), pint (16 fl. oz./473 ml), quart (32 fl. oz./946 ml) or gallon (3.8 l) container. #699-902-002AG 2 oz. Hoppe’s No. 9 3E02P55 . . . . . . .$ 3.95 – 10 or More – 2 oz. Hoppe’s No. 9, per each, 3E02P55 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.95 699-000-005AG 4 oz. Hoppe’s No. 9 3E05P30 . . . . . . . . 6.99 #699-902-016AG Pt. Hoppe’s No. 9 3E09P71 . . . . . . . . . 11.99 #699-902-032AG Qt. Hoppe’s No. 9 3E15P34 . . . . . . . . . 20.99 #699-000-006AG *Gallon Hoppe’s No. 9 3E53P67 . . . . 66.95 Cannot ship outside Continental U.S. Shipped UPS or FedEx Ground only within U.S. *Requires Additional Hazardous Materials Surcharge. Item SHARPSHOOT-R WIPE OUT Item BIRCHWOOD CASEY All-Weather Rust Preventive BARRICADE No-Brush Foam Cleans Fast BRUSHLESS BORE CLEANER - Foam dissolves carbon, copper, brass, bronze, black powder, and smokeless powder fouling. Foam suspends and absorbs the fouling for superb cleaning. Contains corrosion inhibitors so you can leave the cleaner in the bore for up to 24 hours. Won’t harm modern gunstock finishes, carbon steel, or stainless steel; contains no acid or ammonia. SPECS: Aerosol, 5 oz. (142g). Will remove antique finishes such as varnish, shellac, oil and lacquer. #100-001-388AG Wipe-Out 7A07U80 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 13.99 Cannot ship outside Continental U. S. Shipped UPS or FedEx Ground only within U.S. BORE TECH BORE CLEANERS Sophisticated Solvents That Take The Chore Out Of Bore Cleaning ELIMINATOR - Eliminate the mounds of dirty cleaning patches that are created using your current solvent by switching to this advanced formula, which literally wipes-out all copper, lead, carbon, plastic, and powder fouling in minutes instead of hours. Technologically advanced in every way, Eliminator literally alters the chemical makeup of copper to break its bind from the barrel steel, then uses advanced chelating agents to keep it from re-depositing. Rust preventatives guard against corrosion. Non-toxic, non-flammable, and completely biodegradable. This stuff is incredible! a b SPECS: 4 fl. oz. (118 ml) squeeze or 16 fl. oz. (473 ml) plastic bottle. #509-000-021AG 4 oz. Eliminator 9K12T99 . . . . . . . . .$ 14.99 #509-000-027AG 16 oz. Eliminator 9K23T99 . . . . . . . . . 30.99 RIM FIRE BLEND - Blended with lead and carbon removing agents to make quick work of fouled rimfire bores. Strips caked-on bullet lubricant and heavy leading from match barrels, as well as cowboy action guns that shoot a lot of soft, cast lead bullets. Leaves behind a protective, corrosion inhibiting film. a b SPECS: 4 fl. oz. (118 ml) squeeze bottle or 16 fl. oz. (473 ml) glass bottle. #509-000-023AG 4 oz. Rim Fire Blend 9K12T40 . . . .$ 13.99 #509-000-024AG 16 oz. Rim Fire Blend 9K22T06 . . . . 26.99 C4 CARBON REMOVER - Technologically advanced, 100% biodegradable formula is environmentally safe, yet strong enough to remove the toughest carbon, lead, and moly fouling in just seconds. Ideal for rifle barrels, bolt faces, flash suppressors, compensators, silencers, chamber throats, revolver cylinders, gas pistons and any other place extreme carbon fouling is found. Will also neutralize and remove corrosive salts found in surplus military ammunition and black powder. Deep cleaning action easily penetrates the smalles2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=316http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=316CLEANING ACCESSORIES SILICONE CLOTH - Packed in plastic Pocket Pak. Prevents rust and corrosion. Removes fingerprints and eliminates salt spray damage. a b SPECS: 17" (431.8cm) x 17" (431.8cm). #674-420-000AG Outers Cloth 5E02U68 . . .$ 3.95 HOPPE’S OIL - A good, general purpose lubricating oil for firearms and all sporting equipment. Comes in screwcapped, spouted bottle. SPECS: 2 1⁄4 fl. oz. (66 ml) can. #699-100-003AG Hoppe’s Oil, 21⁄4 oz. 3E02U38 .$ 2.99 NYOIL - Eliminates sludge and limited efficiency at low temperatures. Odorless and colorless; for guns, reels. SPECS: Available in 4 fl. oz. (118 ml) bottle. #659-001-004AG Nyoil 9E06B90 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 8.63 — 12 or More — 12 Nyoil, per each 9E04B20 . . . . . 8.56 SEMI-AUTO No. 9 - Cleans copper, lead and powder residue quickly; leaves no residue that can cause feeding and extraction problems in finely tuned semi-autos. SPECS: 5 fl.oz. (148 ml) bottle. #699-909-004AG Semi-Auto No. 9 3E07P88 . . .$ 10.99 - 10 or More - Semi-Auto No. 9 3E05P24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.95 Cannot ship outside Continental U.S. Shipped UPS or FedEx Ground only within U.S. SIMICHROME POLISH For Brass, Chrome, Gold, Silver, Aluminum, Glass & Plastic Not only for cleaning up brass but is the most fantastic stuff you have ever seen on chrome, gold, silver, aluminum, glass and plastic. The people who import it from Germany put it this way: “Absolutely guaranteed to be the best polish in the world or your money back”!! One of the big problems in the gun shop is polishing Plexiglas, and other plastic spacers and inserts. Simichrome will do it “Quick as a Wink”. SPECS: 1.76 oz. (50 g) tube, a 8.82 oz. (250 g) can. #189-001-000AG 1.76 oz. Tube Simichrome, 9H08A25. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 10.55 – 24 or More – 1.76 oz. Tube Simichrome, per each, 9H06A52. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.81 #189-002-882AG 8.82 oz. Can Simichrome 9H25A31 . 33.99 J-B BORE BRIGHT ® Brownells Kits FLITZ POLISH High Luster On Blued Steel, Aluminum, Brass, Plastic, Glass & More ™ CLEANING The Final Finish For Your Barrel, Improves Accuracy, Reduces Cleaning Effort A micro-fine bore cleaning and finishing compound that works as both a cleaner and a final polish to help keep barrels free of fouling and shooting their absolute best. Regular use gives your barrel a mirror-like finish that helps prevent the build-up of accuracy robbing copper fouling, plus greatly reduces cleaning effort. Clean your barrel as you normally would, then after cleaning with J-B Compound, follow with J-B Bore Bright to achieve a super clean, final polish. At the range, regular use of J-B Bore Bright between strings of fire minimizes the accumulation of jacket fouling to help maintain consistent accuracy. As a bore cleaner, the soft, oil-paste formula liquefies as you use it to quickly remove fouling, copper, lead, and powder residue in rifles and handguns, plus plastic deposits in shotgun bores. Because J-B Bore Bright is absolutely non-embedding it wipes easily from the barrel with a dry patch. You never need to worry about Bore Bright harming your barrel. a b SPECS: 2 oz. (57 g) jar. Carton contains 12, 2 oz. jars. 083-065-100AG 2 oz. J-B Bore Bright, 3H07B60. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 11.99 #083-065-112AG 1 Carton J-B Bore Bright, 3H90B25. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134.99 Absolutely nonabrasive polish for all metals, fiberglass and most hard plastics. Removes corrosion, tarnish and discolorations. Brings finishes up to superb brightness, but its greatest asset in the gunshop is the ability to remove surface rust from blued finishes without damaging the bluing underneath. Leaves a protective film that resists further rust, corrosion, etc., for up to six months. Contains no acids. SPECS: 50 g (13⁄4 oz) or 150 g (5.3 oz) tube. #314-100-050AG 50 gram Flitz Polish 4A08Z61 . . . . .$ 11.99 #314-100-150AG 150 gram Flitz Polish 4A18Z81 . . . . . 25.99 FL2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=317http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=317Products IOSSO GUN CARE PRODUCTS Take The Chore Out Of Getting Your Guns Clean A manufacturer of innovative and environmentally responsible products for over 25 years, Iosso gun cleaning products help you get guns down-to-the-metal clean quickly and effectively. a b BORE CLEANER – Quickly removes copper/lead/powder fouling, moly, plastic wad residue, and even surface rust. Concentrated, paste won’t spill or drip. Non-corrosive, will not harm metal or stock finish. SPECS: 1.5 oz. (43 g) tube. Contains mild ammonia. #073-000-002AG Iosso Bore Cleaner 3G04Y39 . . . . . . .$ 6.93 ELIMINATOR TRIPLE ACTION OIL – Cleans, lubricates, and protects firearms. As a cleaner, it penetrates deep to loosen powder, carbon, and plastic wad from barrels and bores. Excellent lubricant for action parts, with superb anti-corrosion properties that thoroughly protect metal after cleaning. Biodegradable solution made from plant extracts does not contain petroleum or ammonia. Works in harsh conditions down to -74°F (-65°C). Won’t freeze or dissipate in hot climates. SPECS: 4 oz. (118ml) plastic, flip-top bottle. 073-000-004AG Eliminator Oil 3G04Y37 . . . . . . . . . . .$ 5.99 GUNBRITE – Safely removes powder fouling, surface rust, tarnish, and discoloration from blued, stainless steel, chrome, and nickel finished firearms. Even removes the stubborn black rings on cylinder faces. Leaves behind a polished look without an oily feel. SPECS: 2 oz. (57 g) tube. 073-000-006AG GunBrite 3G05Y38 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 7.99 ACTION MAGIC II® Increased Lubricity For All Moving Metal Parts; Exclusive, Two-Step Dry Formula Will Not Trap Water, Dust, Sand Or Contaminants Action Magic II is not a quick-spray, “wonder oil,” but a two-step, permanent, firearms lubrication treatment with a natural affinity for metal that bonds to any metal surface at the molecular level. Easy-to-apply treatment enhances surface lubricity for extreme, long-lasting resistance to corrosion and accelerated wear caused by friction and heat. After firing thousands of rounds, tests on semi-auto pistols have shown no measurable wear. Cleanup is as simple as dusting off powder residue with a soft nylon brush! Unlike oil-based lubricants, Action Magic II will not trap moisture in wet environments and cannot freeze in cold weather. The dry, silver-gray, lubricated surface resists powder residue, carbon, lead, dirt and fouling so your firearm stays cleaner, longer. Action Magic II treatment can be used inside bores, on semi-auto pistol slides, frames, triggers and sears, rifle bolts and raceways. a b SPECS: Kit contains 5⁄8 oz. (18 ml) liquid and 1⁄2 oz. (14 g) wt. dry powder in convenient needle oiler bottles and instructions. 083-052-001AG Action Magic II, 3H19T60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 24.99 #083-052-101AG AM II Part A Powder Refill, 3H12T42 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.95 #083-052-102AG AM II Part B Liquid Refill, 3H12T42 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.95 Cannot ship outside Continental U.S. Shipped UPS or FedEx Ground only within U.S. Brownells Size KANO LABORATORIES The Oil That Creeps KROIL LOCTITE® C5-A ANTI-SEIZE LUBRICANT Protects Metal From High-Temperature Galling Copper based lubricant protects metal parts against seizing up to 1800°F (980°C) during extended firing sessions. Used by top gun manufacturers to keep parts moving smoothly without galling. Easy to use: simply apply a thin coat and wipe off the excess. SPECS: 1 oz. (28g) tube. #532-000-012AG C5-A Anti-Seize 2C05V97 . . . . . . . . . .$ 7.99 A lubricating and penetrating oil that flows into the tiniest of crevices, lifts away lead and copper jacket fouling, frees up super-tight barrels, loosens frozen screws and bolts. Dissolves dried grease and oil, displaces water, without harming metal. Works great for getting underneath and loosening built-up carbon, copper and lead fouling in shotgun, rifle and pistol barrels. a b SPECS: Kroil Pour Can -2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=318http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=318BIRCHWOOD CASEY ROSS LEAD REMOVER CLOTH Cleans Lead & Powder Fouling From Stainless Steel LEATHER DRESSING Revives & Maintains The Natural Beauty, Suppleness Of Leather Brownells STAINLESS SLICK Prevents Galling Of Stainless Steel; Lubricates & Protects Completely; Scientifically formulated to go far beyond the capabilities of common grease. Special, highly refined and purified, white lubricating ingredients provide excellent adhesion and film strength; completely prevents the surface-to-surface contact and abrasion that galls stainless steel. Actually reduces the surface wear of any metal that’s treated. Low sulphur content helps prevent corrosion; high resistance to pressure eliminates thermal breakdown and loss of lubrication. a b SPECS: Resealable syringe with needle spout, 12cc. #083-303-012AG Stainless Slick 3H10V20 . . . . . . . . . .$ 14.99 LUBRIPLATE Top-Quality White Grease The original white lubricant. Long-lasting, dependable, waterproof lubrication for internal parts or whenever a lightweight, top quality grease is preferred. b a SPECS: 3⁄8 oz. (11 g), 13⁄4 oz. (50 g) or 10 oz. (284 g) tubes. #311-001-003AG 3⁄8 oz. Lubriplate 1A04B29 . . . . . . . . .$ 4.49 3⁄ – 12 or More – 8 oz. Lubriplate, each 1A01B40 . . . . . . 2.25 #311-002-007AG 13⁄4 oz. Lubriplate 1A05P85 . . . . . . . . . 5.99 – 12 or More – 13⁄4 oz. Lubriplate, each 1A02P47. . . . . 4.50 #311-003-010AG 10 oz. Lubriplate 1A05P46 . . . . . . . . . . 9.99 Chemically-treated cloth attacks lead and copper bore deposits and removes powder fouling from the face of revolver cylinders and lead/ plastic from shotgun barrels. Polishes nickel and stainless surfaces. b a SPECS: 9" (22cm) X 12" (30cm), 108 sq. in. Not recommended for blued or case hardened surfaces. #167-022-001AG Lead Remover Cloth 7F04H50 . . . . .$ 7.99 – 3 or More – Lead Cloths, per each 7F04H50 . . . . . . 7.99 Cannot ship outside Continental U.S. Shipped UPS or FedEx Ground only within U.S. BLUE WONDER LEATHER CARE3 Cleans, Restores & Protects Leather Advanced, triple-action formula penetrates deep below the surface to clean, restore, and protect leather goods. Removes ugly stains and restores recoil pads, holsters, mag pouches, gloves, slings— just about any leather item you can think of—to a “like new” condition. Environmentally friendly, biodegradable formula uses a special blend of natural waxes that prevent damage caused by water, UV rays, mold, and mildew. Repeated use conditions and preserves the leather’s natural flexibility and shine. a b SPECS: 4 fl. oz. (118 ml) squeeze tube. #100-005-001AG Leather Care3 6C04A68 . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 5.99 This proprietary paste dressing is so extraordinary in its ability to replenish the original oils in neglected leather goods that it’s used exclusively by Ross to restore all belts and holsters returned to their factory for reconditioning. Select waxes and lubricants penetrate deep into the fibers of oil-tanned leathers to restore their natural flexibility and prevent the unsightly oxidation that takes place when leather goods are left unprotected from air and sunlight. Built-in cleaners work to soften and remove stains; conditioners prevent cracking and help blend blemishes caused by wear and moisture. So gentle and safe, this dressing has been used on the finest, leather automotive interiors. Will not darken or leave the leather with a “greasy” feel once absorbed. Specially engineered for gun leather, but provides superior protection for all smooth leather products. SPECS: .75 oz. (22mL). #778-000-054AG Leather Dressing 8G03X98 . . . . . . . . $ 7.99 CLEANING MD LABS XF7 WEAPON LUBRICANT Protects Your Firearm In Extreme Environments Provides continuous protection in temperatures up to 500° F; short-term protection up to 600° F plus, withstands high cyclic rates of fire in full-auto weapons. Will not wash off in fresh or salt water. Handy, 15cc syringe dispenses lubricant exactly where you want it. Safe for rubber or polymers; won’t attack commo2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=319http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=319HOLD-IT NOZZLE HOLDER Keeps Straw Nozzles Secured For Easy Access This is a must-have for all those aerosol cans with detachable straws that insert into the spray nozzle. Rubber lanyard keeps the straw attached to the spray can so you’ll never lose it again, saves both time and money. Flexible ring stretches around the aerosol can and the opposite end holds the straw for easy access when needed. a b SPECS: Rubber, yellow. Fits aerosol cans approx. 1¾” (4.4cm) to 3” (7 .6cm) O.D. #083-000-036AG Hold-It Nozzle Holder, 3H01A49. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 1.99 Brownells FLIP-TOP SPOUT BOTTLE Easy-Pour & Store For Lubricants Take your favorite liquid lubricant along in your range bag or tool box and not worry about spills or leaks. Resistant to most oils and solvents. a b SPECS: Low density polyethylene. Holds 1 fl. oz. (30 ml). Three pak. #084-038-103AG Flip-Top Bottles, 3-pak 4H05B21 . . . $ 7.99 Brownells SIGNATURE SERIES PINK GUN CASES Battle Breast Cancer & Protect Your Guns With Our Premium Quality Gun Cases Made from the same high-quality materials as our popular Signature Series cases, these cases protect your guns while showing your support for finding a cure. For every pink Signature Series case sold, Brownells will donate 10% of the proceeds to the American Cancer Society, to help fight breast cancer. The tough, water-resistant shell of Cordura nylon withstands spills, rain, and rough wear. Dense foam padding and a non-marring interior lining protect your guns from damage. Large YKK zippers stay on track to open quickly and easily. Double-stitched 1½" wide nylon web carry straps wrap around the entire case for extra support. Adjustable shoulder straps enable comfortable, hands-free carry. A leather trimmed, clear plastic I.D. window on the front holds a business card or luggage I.D. tag. a b PISTOL BAG - Compact and easy to carry—perfect for transporting your pistol, ammunition, and hearing/eye protection to the range. Also makes a great carry-on bag for air travel. Main compartment has an adjustable divider for keeping fresh ammo and spent brass separate, or remove the divider to carry larger items. Includes two zippered side compartments, one with a pull-out padded pistol rug for a full-size handgun, the other for magazines or small items. Carry strap is detachable. SPECS: 1000 denier Cordura nylon, pink. 13" (33cm) long, 7" (18cm) wide, 8½" (22cm) high. Pistol Rug: 11½" (30cm) long x 7" wide. #084-000-355AG Pistol Bag, 4H66X45. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 77.99 SCOPED RIFLE CASE - Dual-layer foam padding protects a scoped rifle or shotgun, while soft, tricot lining won’t scratch bluing or catch on the gun when pulling it out. A wide, bellows pocket on the exterior is perfect for carrying small items. Includes a plastic Dring at the muzzle end and a nylon loop at the rear for hanging and convenient storage. SPECS: 1000 denier Cordura nylon, pink. 49" (124.5cm) long, 8" (20.3cm) wide at buttstock, 4" (10.2cm) wide at muzzle, 2" (5.1cm) thick. Pocket: 8½" (20.3cm) long, 5" (12.7cm) high, 2" wide. #084-000-353AG Scoped Rifle Case, 4H64X27. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 75.99 M4 RIFLE CASE - Protects a tactical rifle in harsh conditions, with features including a protective skirt that keeps malfunction-inducing sand, grit, and debris away from the gun and guards it from being scratched by the zipper. Brushed tricot lining won’t snag your rifle, optic, or accessories, aiding in fast removal from the case. A large, bellows front pocket includes a convenient, removable pouch that holds three 30-round AR-15 magazines. Carry strap is detachable. SPECS: 1000 denier Cordura nylon, pink. 35" (89cm) long, 11" (28cm) wide, 2½" (6.4cm) high. Front Pocket: 10½" long, 8" (20.3cm) high, 2" wide. #084-000-354AG M4 Rifle Case, 4H102X81. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 124.99 Brownells DISCREET RIFLE BAG CLEANING MICRO DROP PINPOINT OILER Brownells Covert, Low-Pr2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=320http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=320GUN CASES & STORAGE Brownells SIGNATURE SERIES GUN CASES Premium Features Provide Maximum Convenience & Protection; Superb Materials & Construction Stand Up To Rugged Use - Made In U.S.A. Eliminate nicks, dings, and damage that tarnish the appearance and performance of the guns you love with our Signature Series Gun Cases. When we developed this line, we combined the very best materials - 1000 Denier Cordura nylon, YKK zippers - with your ideas to create what we feel is the ultimate line of gun cases anywhere. Plus, they look amazing . . . like anything we put our name on, you know these are top-of-the-line. FLOATATION GUN CASE - Actually floats with a gun inside! Cordura Plus outer shell encloses a thick layer of closed-cell foam around an inner layer of open-cell foam. Tricot nylon inner lining won’t snag. Plenty of height for long-range scopes with large objectives. Quick-release polymer, buckles, adjustable straps, sling-ready D-rings at the ends, and box-X stitched, nylon carry handles help make transportation a breeze. Roomy, exterior bellows pocket with brass zipper pulls and leather assists, and a clear, plastic ID card window. SPECS: 1000 denier Cordura Plus nylon exterior, brown. 51" (131cm) long, 12" (30.4cm) wide at buttstock, 5" (12.7cm) wide at muzzle, 2.5" (6.4cm) thick. Pocket – 8.5" (21.6cm) long, 5" (12.7cm) high, 2" (5.8cm) wide. #084-000-225AG Floatation Gun Case 4H70C30 . . . .$ 88.99 SHOTGUN TAKEDOWN CASE - Double-padded, interior pockets for stocks and barrels. Removable, foam-padded nylon sleeve holds your barrel securely and fits long, interior pockets. Barrel sleeve opens and closes with hook-and-loop attachment. SPECS: 1000 denier Cordura nylon exterior. 35" (89cm) long, 101⁄2" (27cm) wide, 21⁄2" (6.4cm) thick. Pocket - 10" (25.4cm) long, 8" (20.3cm) high, 2" (5.1cm) wide. Barrel Sleeve - 32" (81.3cm) long, 6" (15.2cm) wide. #084-000-119AG Shotgun Takedown Case 4H65B94 $ 82.99 PISTOL CASES - Use as a stand-alone case or for extra protection when carrying your handgun in a range bag with other gear. Large enough for guns with optics, lasers, or tactical lights. Triple protection system includes a tough, Cordura nylon outer shell, dual layer of shock-absorbing foam, and nylon Tricot inner lining. Nylon zipper with brass slide and pull keeps the case sealed; a brass D-ring lets you lock the case (padlock not included). Nylon-web carry strap completes the package. Standard is just the right size for small and mid-size pistols and revolvers. Magnum is built extra large to fit those long barreled, large magnum revolvers and pistols. Deluxe Magnum has an external, zippered pocket ideal for storing extra ammunition, cleaning supplies, shooting glasses, hearing protection or other gear. SPECS: Brown Cordura nylon shell, black Tricot interior. Standard - 12" (30.5cm) long, 8" (20.3cm) high, approximately 1½" (3.8cm) thick when zipped. Magnum - 18" (45.7cm) long, 9" (22.8cm) high, approximately 1½" thick when zipped. Deluxe Magnum - Storage pocket, 8" (20cm) long, 6" (15cm) high, approximately 1¾" (4.4cm). #084-000-155AG Standard Pistol Case 4H16C86. . . .$ 20.99 #084-000-339AG Magnum Pistol Case 4H21X46 . . . . . 25.99 #084-000-352AG Deluxe Magnum Pistol Case, 8K28X79 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34.99 TACTICAL WEAPONS CASE - Puncture-resistant Cordura shell keeps out moisture and dirt. Closed-cell foam padding cushions blows and makes case floatable. Large enough for a rifles with bipods and high-mount, large diameter optics. Adjustable carry sling and large, zippered, side pocket, plus four, external, magazine pouches that accept 30 round, M16 magazines. Available in two sizes. GUN SHOW CASE BOYT HARNESS TACTICAL GUN CASE Built Tough For Maximum Protection; Plenty Of Storage For Extra Gear Water-resistant Cordura® nylon case is built to take a beating, while protecting your shotgun or tactical rifle from damage. Fully padded interior has two rows of nylon webbing loops to secure the we2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=321http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=321BLACKHAWK INDUSTRIES BULLDOG CASES KALISPEL TACTICAL RIFLE CASE Added Padding Protects Rifle & Optics A shell of abrasion- and mildewresistant, 1000 denier, Nytaneon nylon surrounds 3⁄8" of padding on the top and bottom of the case for snug, no-slip protection of your rifle and its expensive optics. Padding on the bottom of the case covers the zipper tracks to protect your rifle from scratches. A double-stitched, nylon carry handle is attached to the case with multi-reinforced stitching; an adjustable, padded sling offers a tactical-carry option. All cases accept rifles with mounted optics and fully unzip to be used as a shooting mat. Standard Rifle case is available in 34", 37", and 41" lengths and features four high-capacity magazine pouches (five on 41" case) with positive-close hook-and-loop patch closures, plus zippered compartments in the front for additional storage. Scoped Rifle case provides 51" of length to accept a scoped rifle with longer barrel and includes two, large, outside cargo pouches for ammo, magazines, and supplies instead of separate magazine pouches. SPECS: 1000 denier, Nytaneon nylon, black. STOCK # MODEL LENGTH PRICE #100-002-880AG Rifle 34" 8K70Z15 $ 97.99 #100-002-878AG Rifle 37" 8K71Z52 $ 100.99 #100-002-879AG Rifle 41" 8K76Z42 $ 106.99 #100-000-816AG Scoped Rifle 51" 8K91V20 $ 113.99 EXTREME RIFLE CASES Secure, Economical Carry For Tactical Rifles Or Shotguns Durable, secure tactical rifle cases protect your weapon and provide features normally found only on expensive highend cases. A waterresistant outer shell of double-stitched nylon or Tetron canvas, generous foam padding, and a heavy-duty, full-length nylon zipper stand up to the rigors of any mission. The soft, brushed nylon Tricot lining won’t snag on optics, lights, rails, and other accessories when removing weapon. Wrap-around carry handles of tough, woven nylon webbing won’t tear under hard use, and zippered exterior pockets give you quick access to ammo, accessories, and other gear without opening the main compartment. Assault Rifle Case features exterior pouches with hook-and-loop flaps for secure carry of four standard 30-round or extra-capacity AR-15 magazines. Adjustable shoulder strap aids in comfortable carry, plus a zippered outside pocket for tools and other accessories. Discreet Rifle Case – Compact, rectangle shape has plenty of room to carry a long gun, plus extra gear, including ammo in six magazine sleeves concealed in the two, external zippered pockets. Heavy-duty Tetron canvas shell and fiber-reinforced sidewalls give the weapon extra protection from impact and the elements. SPECS: Assault Rifle Case – Heavy duty nylon shell, O.D. Green. 40" (102cm) long, 12" (30.5cm) wide at buttstock, 7" (17 .8cm) wide at muzzle, 2¼" (5.7cm) thick. Discreet Rifle Case – Tetron canvas shell, black. 45" (114cm) long, 13" (33cm) wide, 2½" (6.4cm) thick. #100-005-031AG Assault Rifle Case 7F30Y55 . . . . . . . $ 37.99 #100-005-305AG Discreet Rifle Case 7F41A96 . . . . . . . 47.99 Superb Protection For Your Guns ALUMINUM RIFLE CASE NEW INNOVATIVE PRODUCTS STARLIGHT CASES Super Strong Mil-Spec Cases Withstand Roughest Use Premium, hard-side cases made from tough polymer resin are ideal for storage, shipping, and protection of small arms, optical equipment, and precision instruments. Used by the military for sensitive items, meets mil-spec MIL-C-4150 and ATA specifications. Pressure equalization valve and watertight O-ring seals keep out dust and moisture. Features rounded corners, stackable, interlocking design, dent, rust, and corrosion proof. Naturally buoyant, plus they’re watertight to 400 feet. Protective ears surround the snap latches to prevent accidental opening. Two attaching points for padlocks. Stainless steel latch and hinge pins. Spring-loaded, padded, steel handle always lays flat. Fully padded interior, lined with hex-cut closed-cell foam that conforms to any shape. SPECS: Polymer resin, black. Interior dimensions: 016 Pistol - 12011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=322http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=322SPORTSMAN’S OUTDOOR PRODUCTS GUN CASES & STORAGE SEAHORSE BORE STORES BAUER ENTERPRISES UNIVERSAL PISTOL CASE Surrounds Handgun In 360° Of Foam Protection Molded, lockable case puts 360° of foam padding around your valuable handgun to protect it from knocks, dings, dirt, and jostling. Tough, durable, water-resistant nylon outer shell looks good and takes a beating. Molded foam interior panels cradle the gun and a spare magazine in separate compartments to keep them from bumping into each other. Gentle, nylon lining protects gun’s finish. Single-piece, reinforced, wraparound handles are comfortable to carry to and from the range or field. Metal D-ring provides a lock point for the zipper pull tab. Standard holds full-size service pistols up to 8" long and 5½" high at grip, including 1911 Auto, Beretta 92/96, Browning Hi-Power. Compact fits Glock, SIG, and similar-sized pistols up to 6½" long and 4¾" high. SPECS: Nylon shell & lining, molded foam, two-tone black & dark gray. 11¼” (28.6cm) long, 9” (22.8cm) wide, 1½” (3.8cm) thick. #100-004-582AG Standard Pistol Case 7C23X54 . . . .$ 29.95 #100-004-581AG Compact Pistol Case 7C23X54 . . . . . 29.95 HANDGUN CASES Crushproof, Hard Cases With Pre-Cut Or Customizable Foam Padding Rugged, lightweight, injectionmolded polypropylene pistol cases withstand heavy abuse in any environment. A rubber O-ring sealed, tongue-and-groove lid keeps out water and dust. Fully padded interior with high-density Accuform foam insert surrounds the guns to protect them from drops, tumbles, and impact. Sturdy ridges protect hinges, easy-opening latches, and molded-in padlock holes. Automatic pressure relief system for easy opening after air travel. These cases meet TSA checked baggage guidelines, MIL-STD 810F 512.4, and Ingress Protection Standard IP-67. SE-540FP4 features die-cut foam to hold four downward-facing handguns, eight magazines, and two revolver speed loaders. A large cavity has room for a box of ammo or other items. SE-540F features the same rugged shell construction as SE-540FP4, but with a full foam insert the user can custom-cut to his needs. SE-300F features cutouts in the foam to hold a single revolver or 1911-size semi-auto, plus two magazines and a box of ammunition. a b SPECS: High-impact polypropylene shell, black. High-density foam, gray. SE-540FP4/SE-540F – 15" (38cm) long x 121⁄8" (30.8cm) wide x 9½" (24.1cm) high. Internal dimensions: 13½" (34.3cm) long x 9¾" (24.8cm) wide x 83⁄8" (22.2cm) high. SE-540FP weight: 6.3 lbs. (2.8kg). SE-540F weight: 6.5 lbs. (2.9kg). SE-300F – 10¾" (27 .3cm) long x 10" (25.4cm) wide x 4½" (11.4cm) high. Internal dimensions: 9½" (24.1cm) long x 7½" (19cm) wide x 4" (10.2cm) high. 2.8 lbs. (1.3kg) weight. #100-005-943AG SE-540FP4 Four-Pistol Case, 8D87Y18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 119.99 #100-005-944AG SE-540F Customizable Pistol Case, 8D65Y81 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91.85 #100-005-945AG SE-300F Single-Pistol Case, 8D21Y70 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32.55 LONG TERM STORAGE CASES Economical Protection From Moisture, Rust & Dust Prevents moisture, corrosion, rust, grit and dust from getting to any firearm stored inside. Soft, cushioned cases, treated with silicone- and rust-inhibitor double as handy quick-case or provide maintenance-free, long term storage without heavy oils or grease. Open weave exterior fabric allows thorough air circulation. Soft pile interior cushions against nicks and scratches. a b SPECS: Gray, knit exterior, acrylic pile interior, velcro closure. Order by overall length and type of firearm. STOCK # MODEL FITS/OVERALL LENGTH PRICE #132-100-002AG P-2 Small Auto, Rev/7" 2C04Z59 $ 6.95 #132-100-003AG P-3 Large Frame Auto/10" 2C05Z31 $ 7.95 #132-100-004AG P-4 4", 6" Revolver/12" 2C06Z00 $ 7.75 #132-100-005AG P-5 Scoped Handguns, Contender/10" x 18" 2C07Z80 $ 11.99 #132-000-001AG P-6 8" Revolver/14" 2C06Z17 $ 8.95 #132-000-002AG P-7 Long Revolver/16" 2C06Z89 $ 12011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=323http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=323Item VERSATILE RACK DI ARMERIA EQUIPMENT MASTER LOCK® HANDGUN RACK Vinyl Coated To Protect Gun Finish Four Gun ROTATING GUN RACK “Lazy Susan” Rack For Display & Easy Access To Each Gun Sturdy “Lazy Susan” style rack of steel and ¾" plywood laminate holds 12 long guns for convenient storage and display. Recessed polymer boot in the base cradles each gun’s buttplate, while felt-lined notches with soft rubber fingers securely grasp the forearm, so your guns can’t slip off the rack. Steel central support post with telescoping height adjustment. Attractive wood grain pattern on the laminate, with Winchester logo on the post. Smooth, silent-rotating base makes this rack great for use in the corner of a room, an eye-catching in-store display, or even inside a large gun safe. SPECS: ¾" plywood laminate, wood grain pattern, and steel, matte black finish. Height: 37¼" (94.6cm) from base to top of rack when fully extended. 22" diameter base. #100-006-305AG Rotating Gun Rack 7Z147U04 . . .$ 189.99 GUNLOCK ACID BRUSH GUN CASES & STORAGE Not Just For Soldering But A Host Of Other Uses This old standby, the original tinner’s acid brush, will also handle the 1,001 other odd shop jobs that call for a handy, inexpensive brush. Spread glue, brush on stain, apply solder flux, clean out an action, slap on oil or grease, brush metal filings from cutting tools - you name it. SPECS: Rolled tin handle, bristles tightly crimped; 2 sizes: #1 - 3⁄8" (9.5mm) and #3 - 9⁄16" (14.3mm). 6" (15.2cm) long. #080-001-024AG #1 Acid Brush, 2 dozen 8K03X26 . . . .$ 4.99 #080-001-144AG #1 Acid Brush, 1 gross 8K15X41 . . . . 16.99 #080-003-024AG #3 Acid Brush, 2 dozen 8K05X30 . . . . . 6.99 #080-003-144AG #3 Acid Brush, 1 gross 8K24X99 . . . . 32.99 Use On Almost Any Gun; California-Approved Hardened steel lock with braided-steel cable locks the action on most guns. Keyed Alike - multiple locks, one key; Keyed Differently - unique key for each lock. SPECS: Hardened steel. Cable - 14" (36cm) long. 13⁄64" (5mm) O.D. Body - 1" (2.54cm) long, 1" high, 1⁄2" (13mm) wide. Fits most guns. California approved. #585-000-004AG Gun Lock, Keyed Alike 5H08P59 . . .$ 10.99 #585-000-005AG Gun Lock, Keyed Differently 5H07P65 9.99 Space-saving racks make best use of limited storage area. Tough, vinyl coated, steel framework offers a non-slip coating that won’t mar gun finishes. 2-, 4-, 6- and 8-Gun Racks hold semi-autos Peg Board and revolvers with any barrel length. Peg Board rack holds one handgun. Ideal to utilize that unused space on the door of your gunsafe. Includes mounting plate for non-drilled walls. Stacking System features a powder-coated steel framework that allows you to stack two of the handgun racks (any capacity) for even more compact storage. Includes O-ring gaskets to prevent marring or scraping of the gun rack legs. a b SPECS: Steel frame, vinyl coated. All racks are 5¼" (13.3cm) wide 1⁄ x 5¼" high. 2-Gun - 4¾" (12.1cm) long. 4-Gun - 9 8" (23.2cm) .8cm) long. long. 6-Gun - 141⁄8" (35.9cm) long. 8-Gun - 18½" (47 Peg Board Rack - 41⁄2" (11.4cm) deep, 4" (10.2cm) wide. Stacking System - Steel, gray powder-coat finish. 9” (23cm) high. Does not include gun rack. 100-006-708AG 2-Gun Rack 6K09T99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 11.49 #100-000-579AG 4-Gun Rack 6K18A61 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22.49 #100-000-580AG 6-Gun Rack 6K22A06 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26.49 100-006-709AG 8-Gun Rack 6K26T65 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29.99 #100-000-581AG Peg Board Rack 6K07V13 . . . . . . . . . . 8.99 #100-004-226AG Gun Rack Stacking System, 6K11B65 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.99 THERMO-ELECTRIC AIR DRYER 70 Watt Big Capacity For Large Cabinets/Closets VERSATILE RACK No moving parts. Just a gentle flow of warm, dry air that helps prevent rust, condensation and mildew. Two sizes: 70 watt protects 500 cu. ft. (10'x10'x5'); 130 watt protects 1,000 cu. ft. (10'x10'x10') of air space. Low operating cost, trouble-free protection. SPECS: Aluminum base, plastic cove2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=324http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=324REMINGTON GUN CASES & STORAGE MOISTUREGUARD™ PLUGS Neutralizing Vapor Protects All Metals From Rust & Corrosion Proprietary Volatile Corrosion Inhibitor (VCI) plug fits in the chamber like a snap cap to protect the gun from moisture, rust, and corrosion. Special wicks emit a vapor barrier that bonds with oxygen and water molecules to make them incapable of starting the corrosion process. Penetrates the smallest cracks and crannies to stop rust in its tracks. No smelly odors or residue. Safe for all metals, including carbon steel, stainless steel, aluminum, brass, bronze, and copper, as well as wood and synthetics. Last up to one year. Shotgun Plug available for 12 or 20 gauge, and provides moisture protection for up to 30 cu. ft. Includes a clip for hanging in a gun safe, closet, or cabinet. Rifle Plugs come in a 3-pak, each plug fitting a popular caliber. SPECS: Plastic. Shotgun Plugs available in 12- or 20-gauge, sold 1 per pak. Rifle Plugs sold in 3-pak with sizes to fit rifles chambered in .222/.223, .243/.308/7mm-08, and .270/.30-06. #768-000-013AG Shotgun Plug, 12 Ga. 8F04P57 . . . . .$ 4.99 #768-000-014AG Shotgun Plug, 20 Ga. 8F04P57 . . . . . . 4.99 #768-000-019AG Rifle Plugs, 3-Pak, 8F04P57 . . . . . . . . . 4.99 Brownells POLY BAGS Extra Thick 2 Mil Construction Holds Anything That Fits With this assortment you can quit hoarding every poly bag that comes into the shop! The assortment will give you the right size with a good closure - and enough on hand to take care of your needs. Their use is as extensive as your imagination…for carrying different weight handloads when hunting or test-firing…shotshell loads and hulls… smallest bags are great for pins, parts, springs, sights, screws…in the bluing room for storing parts after polishing and prior to bluing…bigger ones for larger gun parts and the largest will hold pistols and actions. Drop in one of our Rust-Blox™, zip shut and you can store things for years without loss or messing up - and in full view! SPECS: Heavy 2 mil. 6 sizes. Mini-Assortment contains 20 - 2’s; 20 - 3’s; 10 - 4’s; 8 - 5’s; 5 - 6’s; 3 - 9’s. Maxi-Assortment contains all sizes in quantities shown below, 165 Bags in all. #084-059-223AG Poly Bag 2’s - 2" x 3", 40 bags, 4H03C16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 3.97 #084-059-335AG Poly Bag 3’s - 3" x 5", 35 bags, 4H03C16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.97 #084-059-446AG Poly Bag 4’s - 4" x 6", 30 bags, 4H04C78. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.99 #084-059-558AG Poly Bag 5’s - 5" x 8", 25 bags, 4H05C34. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.71 #084-059-669AG Poly Bag 6’s - 6" x 9", 20 bags, 4H03C28. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.97 #084-059-991AG Poly Bag 9’s - 9" x 12", 15 bags, 4H03C72. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.97 #084-060-066AG Mini-Assortment 4H12C12 . . . . . . . . . 14.97 #084-060-165AG Maxi-Assortment 4H20C09 . . . . . . . . 25.11 Brownells TRIPLE TOUGH PREMIUM STORAGE BAGS ™ Brownells GUNWRAP ™ PAPER Meets Mil Spec P-3420F Rust-Free Storage In Gun-Factory Paper Wrap around guns, tools, other steel valuables for protection from moisture and rust. 1 square foot of paper protects 1 cubic foot of space. Tests show 10-15 years protection when steel parts were wrapped in GUNWRAP, sealed in plastic and stored in a cool place. Will not damage bluing or steel. Not recommended for aluminum, silver, brass or copper. May cosmetically stain nickel plating, tho' normally cleans off. Not compatible with some older lacquer finishes. Modern finishes unaffected. a b SPECS: Available in 12" (30.5cm) x 12" (30.5cm) Sheets or 4" (10.2cm) x 36" (91.4cm) Strips. #084-031-010AG Trial Pak 1212, 10 Sheet 4H06D29 . .$ 9.97 #084-031-436AG Trial Pak 436, 10 Strip 4H07D52 . . . . . 9.99 #084-032-050AG Bulk Pak, 50 Sheets 4H13D47 . . . . . . 24.99 #084-032-150AG Bulk Pak, 50 Strips 4H15D43 . . . . . . . 25.73 Once Sealed, They’re Impervious To Moi2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=325http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=325SHOOTING ACCESSORIES INDEX Ammo Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350 Chronographs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354 Magazine Loaders . . . . . . . . . . . . 356-357 Protective Gear . . . . . . . . . . . 323-326, 349 Range Bags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .349-350 Rests & Bipods. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350-353 Safety & Training Aids . . . . . . . . 358-360 Shooting Aids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357-358 Targets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354-356 Timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353 ESCA-TECH CAVALRY ARMS SIMS VIBRATION LABORATORY SHOOTING ACCESSORIES INDIVIDUAL TRAUMA KIT Helps Deliver Immediate Response First Aid When Trauma Occurs Many years of combined experience from military and EMS professionals went into the development of this compact, life-saving trauma kit that’s extensive enough to cover a wide range of medical conditions from minor cuts and abrasions to severe, life-threatening injuries such as amputations and deep puncture wounds. Includes Celox™, the state-of-the-art bleeding control agent used with success by military medics in Afghanistan and Iraq. Pour Celox into the wound, pack, and apply pressure to stop bleeding fast; will not generate heat and works regardless of temperature or the presence of anti-coagulants. A non-adherent emergency hemorrhage control bandage allows you to treat traumatic hemorrhage wounds by helping to apply direct pressure to the injury site; works similar to a tourniquet for emergency treatment when every second counts. The complete emergency bandage set features a primary dressing, pressure applicator, secondary dressing, and foolproof closure to secure the bandage in place. Kit also includes (3) rolls of stretchable, Kerlix™ gauze, (1) Dermacea™ super-absorbent abdominal pad that’s resistant to leak-through, (1) extra-long elastic bandage, (1) pair of extra-large, tear-resistant nitrile gloves to help prevent infection, and (1) yellow chemical light that glows for up to 12 hours. All components fit into the included re-sealable and waterproof polymer bag. Keep it in your survival kit, bug-out bag, vehicle glove box or back pack. Instructions included. SPECS: Kit Size - 7” (17 .8cm) long, 5½” (14cm) wide, 3” (7 .6cm) high. Includes ½ oz. (15g) Celox bleeding control agent, (1) 58” (147cm) long x 4” (10.2cm) wide hemorrhage control bandage, (1) roll of 12¼' (3.7m) long x 4½” (11.4cm) wide Kerlix gauze, (2) rolls of 9’ (2.7m) long x 2¼” (10.2cm) wide Kerlix gauze, (1) 9” (22.8cm) long x 5” (12.7cm) wide Dermacea abdominal pad, (1) 6½” (2m) long x 3” (7 .6cm) wide elastic bandage, (1) 6” (15.2cm) long 12-hour yellow light stick, and instructions. #100-004-342AG Individual Trauma Kit 2K36D86 . .$ 44.99 LIMBSAVER® PROTECTIVE SHOOTING PAD Reduces Felt Recoil To Eliminate Flinch Strap on the pad and immediately reduce felt recoil and shooting discomfort for increased accuracy. Lightweight, protective pad is worn on the shooting shoulder and is fully reversible; can be worn by either right- or left-hand shooters. Incorporates the exclusive NAVCOM III rubber material engineered to disperse recoil across the variable sized surface nodes. The shooting pad is enclosed in a durable, nylon, one-size fits all harness/pouch with easily adjustable cotton straps, elastic expansion band and quick-release nylon buckle for all-day wearing comfort. Pad is easily removable from the harness for washing. a b SPECS: Cordura nylon w/cotton straps, black. 7 .5 oz (212g) wt. #100-004-203AG Protective Shooting Pad 7K39T99. . 42.99 GUN GLOVE SKIN PROTECTANT Helps Guard Against The Absorption Of Lead, Powder Residue & Other Harmful Substances Specially formulated skin lotion helps protect against harmful absorption of lead compounds, powder residue, penetrating oils, cleaning solvents, and lacquers. Provides an extra measure of protection for high volume shooters, gunsmiths, reloaders, and bullet casters who frequently handle gun cleani2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=326http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=326SHOOTING ACCESSORIES SHOOTING SYSTEMS ULTIMATE SHOOTER’S MAT DELUXE CLOTH EAR MUFF COVERS Warmer In The Winter, Cooler In The Summer Form-fitting, cotton covers with elastic bands slip over the earpiece of muff-style hearing protectors. Provides a soft, cushioning barrier between your ears and the vinyl cups; wicks away sweat in the summer and keep your ears warm in the wintertime. Plus, keeps things sanitary when sharing hearing protection with other shooters. Won’t affect the performance of electronic muffs or interfere with volume controls. Sold in pairs. SPECS: Cotton, black. Fits muff-style hearing protectors. . #084-000-227AG Deluxe Cloth Ear Muff Covers, pair, 4H07U41 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 9.99 Brownells Model PELTOR PRO-EARS HEARING PROTECTORS Excellent Noise Reduction Plus Unique Features Three styles of hearing protection from an industry leader. All feature replaceable cushions and adjustable top strap. ULTIMATE 10 - Dual, internal cups separated by a layer of compressed foam cut down resonance within the protector and control high frequency noises. Helps achieve the highest reduction rating possible for muff-style protectors. Plus, the lower resonance makes it easier to understand voices around you. Padded, adjustable, spring-wire top strap is designed for over-the-head wear. SPECS: Noise Reduction Rating when worn over the head is 29 dB. 9.3 oz (263g). Foam ear cushions. #284-100-010AG Ultimate 10 Hearing Protector, 4H22V22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 36.99 “6” SHOTGUNNER - Slim, tapered lower half won’t interfere with stock comb. Liquid-filled foam cushions increase comfort. Cups tuck under the covered, adjustable, spring-steel top strap. SPECS: Noise Reduction Rating when worn over the head is 21 dB. 6.5 oz. (184g). #284-100-106AG “6” Shotgunner Protector, 4H17V56. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 29.28 TACTICAL “7” LONG-EAR STEREO - Dual microphones reach out 100 yards to amplify sounds while special circuitry automatically suppresses loud noises to protect hearing. Range commands and game moving through the woods come through loud and clear but anything over 85 dB is silenced. Padded, adjustable, spring-wire top strap for over-the-head wear. Liquidfilled foam cushions provide hours of comfortable wear. SPECS: Noise Reduction Rating when worn over the head is 21 dB. 13.3 oz (377g). #284-100-107AG Tactical “7” Stereo Hearing Protector, 4H00VBX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 149.99 COMTAC II DYNAMIC - Exclusive electronic suppression circuits cut out damaging noise levels, but allow you to hear voice commands. Cutaway at the top of each muff easily fits inside most tactical helmets. Twin microphone, dual pin receptacles allow use with portable radios or other communication gear. Detent switch provides selective volume levels so you clearly hear range commands or conversations at normal voice levels. Includes leather headband and foam-filled ear cups for long-wearing comfort. SPECS: 19 dB noise reduction. O.D. Green, black leather headband. 12 oz.(359g) wt. Uses two, AA alkaline batteries, included. #284-000-002AG Comtac II Hearing Protection, 4H320T64. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 329.99 SWAT-TAC II - Low-profile, tactical muffs fit under many ballistic helmets and provide instant electronic suppression of gunfire and other harmful impulse noise to a safe 82 dB level. Dual microphones give stereo sound, while electronic volume control provides three levels of loudness, so you can hear commands and conversation without removing your hearing protection. Dualpin microphone jack allows use with many portable radios, and advanced electronics enable continuous two-way communication even when the Swat-Tac’s batteries fail. Automatically mutes input from muff’s microphones when incoming radio signal is received. Rubber-sealed battery compartments are accessible without removing muffs. Low-profile headband has a spring stee2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=327http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=327PRO-EARS DIMENSION GOLD SERIES ELECTRONIC MUFFS ™ PRO-AMP ELECTRONIC EARMUFF RADIANS Protects Your Ears From Damaging Sounds Dual, electronic, buffering microphones automatically reduce sounds above 85 decibels to protect your hearing from gunfire, but amplify low level sounds to help you hear range commands. Independent volume controls allow accurate directional pinpointing of even the smallest noise. Low profile ear cups won’t interfere with gunstocks. Adjustable, Cool Max headband wicks away moisture away from your head. Collapsible design folds down for easy storage. SPECS: Dark gray housing, black ear pads and head band. NRR 23 dB. Powered by three (3), AAA batteries, included. #100-002-949AG Pro Amp Electronic Muffs, 6G72Z23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 99.99 REMINGTON ARMS E-A-R ELECTRONIC THIN MUFFS Protects From Ear-Damaging Noises & Amplifies Normal Conversation Cushioned, lightweight, dual-volume, electronic, ear muffs snugly seal out noises above 84dB, and still let you hear regular conversation. Foam-filled PVC cups and padded stainless steel band adapt to the contours of your head for all-day comfort. SPECS: O.D. green muffs, black mainframe. Requires (1) 1.5V battery (included). Dual volume controls. Sounds do not exceed 84 dB. 9.2 oz. (261g). #768-000-004AG Electronic Thin Muff 6G90T78 . . .$ 113.47 DISPOSABLE EAR PLUGS SHOOTING ACCESSORIES Fits Any Ear Canal - Economical Box of 50 Inexpensive plugs for hearing protection in the most hazardous noise ranges. Form fit to any ear size.Lightweight,comfortable,washable,reusable. Use alone or in combination with muffs for super protection. Available with traditional flat ends or new Round-Tip (RT) for easy insertion. 50 pair, individually sealed in counter display box. a b SPECS: Approx. overall length 3⁄4" (19mm), 1⁄2" (12.7mm) dia. NRR 33 dB. #284-313-130AG Disposable Ear Plugs 4H19D13 . . .$ 30.15 #284-000-005AG RT Disposable Ear Plugs 4H20T35 . 32.07 ULTRA-FIT EAR PLUGS - Comfortable, easyto-carry ear plugs protect your ears. Molded from safe, washable, non-irritating polymer rubber. Triple-flange forms a perfect seal in any size ear canal so one size fits all. Convenient, stay-together cord lets you hang ’em around your neck when not in use. SPECS: 1 pr., 1 carrying case, 1 key chain per bag, 50 bags per box. NRR 25 dB. #284-340-001AG Ultra-Fit Earplugs, 1 pr. 8K00DZA . $ 4.99 #284-340-010AG Ultra-Fit Earplugs, 10-pk 4H16T81 . 19.99 #284-340-050AG Ultra-Fit Earplugs, 50 bx 4H77T01 104.99 COMBAT ARMS EARPLUGS - Dualend, three flange design meets the demands of modern military and law enforcement personnel whose hearing protection needs are duty- or mission-specific. The nonlinear acoustical design of the yellow end provides “hear-through” protection so low level sounds such as normal speech communication, footsteps, rifle bolts, or approaching danger can be detected as quickly as possible to maintain mission safety. Internal filter reacts instantly to dampen, high-level impulse noises like weapon fire and explosions up to 190 dB Peak. During operations around high-level, steady-state noises like running vehicles, generators and aircraft, the olivecolored side delivers up to 22 dB of constant protection – greater than many electronic muffs. Molded polymer is washable and provides a comfortable fit and effective ear canal seal for most adults. Available in pairs. SPECS: (1) pair. Molded polymer. 15⁄16" (3.3cm) long x 9⁄16" (1.4cm) dia. NRR 22 dB. Includes carrying case and instructions. #284-000-006AG Combat Arms Earplugs 4H10T35 . $ 17.25 Latest Audio Technology Lets Normal Sounds Through While Compressing Dangerous Noise To A Safe Level Lightweight, compact muffs use advanced electronic circuitry that reacts instantly to block the sound of gunshots and protect your hearing on the range or in the field. Dynamic Level Sound Compression (DLSC) technology compresses loud noises to a safe 70 dB level in less than 1.5 milliseconds, while letting y2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=328http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=328SHOOTING ACCESSORIES SUREFIRE EARPRO SONIC DEFENDERS Noise Filter Blocks Loud Sounds To Help Prevent Hearing Damage ESS WILEY X TACTICAL EYEWEAR Wrap-Around Eye Protection For All Lighting Conditions Tactical glasses with high-impact polycarbonate lenses shield your eyes from ballistic projectiles, provide 100% UV-A and UVB protection, and deliver distortion-free clarity in a variety of ambient light conditions. A proprietary lens coating protects the outside from scratches and resists fogging on the inside. All of these glasses have undergone rigorous ballistic testing to ensure they meet or exceed MIL-PRF-31013, ANSI Z87.1, CE EN 166, and OSHA standards. CROSSBOW™ 3LS - Wraparound, 2.4mm thick lenses were tested to withstand a shotgun blast from 35 yards. Comes with a set of three, interchangeable lenses: Smoke Gray lens allows only 15% light transmission for bright conditions. Hi-Def Yellow lens allows 85% light transmission for general daylight conditions. Clear lens allows 90% light transmission for low-light and indoor light conditions. Switch out the lenses simply by pivoting the DedBolt retention lock lever from front to the rear, remove lens, insert the replacement lens, and pivot back lock lever to the secure position. Universal-fit frame eliminates pressure points for maximum comfort on a wide variety of head sizes. SPECS: Polymer frame with rubber nosepiece and ear tips, black. Polycarbonate lenses, 2.4mm thick, Smoke Gray, Hi-Def Yellow and Clear. 6" (15cm) wide x 2" (5.1cm) high. 1¼ oz. (36g) wt. Includes protective drawstring bag, elastic headband, and zippered hard case with 1½" wide belt loops for storage. #100-005-976AG Crossbow 3LS 2C82B90 . . . . . . . . . .$ 99.00 ICE 2X - Two complete pairs of eyeshields let you quickly adapt your eyewear to changing light conditions, without swapping out lenses. Clear glasses for low-light and indoor operations; Smoke Gray glasses bright light conditions. Wraparound, 2.4mm thick lenses ensure an unrestricted field of view with excellent peripheral protection, and have been tested to withstand a blast of .15 caliber shotgun pellets from 35 yards. Adjustable earbends and telescoping temples allow superb fit to the head and are designed to provide plenty of clearance for headborne radio equipment. Authorized for use by USMC and USAF personnel. SPECS: Polymer frame with rubber nosepiece and ear tips, black. Polycarbonate lenses, Smoke Gray and Clear. 6" (15.2cm) wide x 17⁄8" (4.8cm) high. 11⁄8 oz. (30g) wt. Comes with elastic headband, cleaning cloth, and hard storage case. #100-005-975AG ICE-2X Eyeshields, 2C49B57 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 59.99 CDI™ TACTICAL SUNGLASSES Comes with interchangeable Smoke Gray tint and Clear lenses for quick changes to adapt to bright- and low-light conditions. CDI has 2.2mm thick lenses and fits small to medium-sized faces. CDI MAX™ features a thicker, 2.4mm lenses, and a better fit to medium-to-large size faces, with a wider lens wrap for better protection and an expanded field of vision. SPECS: Polymer frame with rubber nosepiece and ear tips, black. Polycarbonate lenses, Smoke Gray and Clear. CDI - 5¼" (13.3cm) wide x 1½" (3.8cm) high. 1 oz. (30g) wt. CDI Max - 5¼" (13.3cm) wide x 1¾" (4.5cm) high. 1.2 oz. (34g) wt. Both include elastic headband, cleaning cloth, and hard storage case. #100-005-974AG CDI Tactical Sunglasses, 2C72B71 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 90.00 #100-005-973AG CDI Max Tactical Sunglasses, 2C72V71 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90.00 SHOOTING GLASSES WILEY X BALLISTIC GOGGLES Meets Military & ANSI Eye-Protection Ratings Lightweight, Comfortable Eye Protection With Style Die-cut, wrap-around, curve design gives distortion-free viewing and less eye fatigue. Made from shatterproof, ballistic, selenite, polycarbonate that protects your eyes from harm but is lightweight and comfortable to wear. Tough, triloid nylon framewithstands the rigors of daily wear. E2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=329http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=329Cut along this line # Cut along this line Cut along this line Cut along this line # Source Code: (Enter from back of catalog) # Your P .O.# Date Billing Address (If this is a new address, please list Old Address Info on back) Shipping Address (If this is a new address, please list Old Address Info on back) Your Name Shop Name Street or PO Box City State Extn. With our FLAT RATE SHIPPING Policy, just tell us how fast you need it. No zones, no figuring, no hassles. See the yellow Shipping Information pages for details and exceptions. Small package rate of $5.95 available for qualifying orders. Zip Code Fax E-Mail Your Name Shop Name Street or PO Box City State Zip Code Daytime Ph: SHIPPING INSTRUCTIONS PAYMENT METHOD p Standard p 2nd Day p Next Day $12.95 $24.95 $39.95 Card # p Master Card p VISA p Discover p American Express p Cash p Check p C.O.D p Money Order Expires Name Shown on Card p Check here to authorize us to ship “Balance COD” if your cash, check or money order does not cover the cost of your merchandise. If Out of Stock: p Back Order STOCK NUMBER PAGE NO. p Notify p Substitute p Cancel QTY UNIT PRICE TOTAL PRICE PRODUCT NAME AND DESCRIPTION Order T oll Free: ORDER TOTAL SALES TAX (IOWA & INDIANA ONLY) 800-741-0015 Fax: 800-264-3068 Web: brownells.com International orders Phone: 641-623-5401 Fax: 641-623-3896 SHIPPING $ p NRA-ILA Donation Protect Your Freedom COD/Other Additions to Shipping Charges GRAND TOTAL2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=330http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=330Cut along this line # Cut along this line Cut along this line Cut along this line # Old Shipping Address p Same # OLD ADDRESS INFORMATION Old Billing Address Your Name Shop Name Street or PO Box City State Zip Code State Zip Code Your Name Shop Name Street or PO Box City Marks of Excellence, Brought To You by Brownells, Inc. Brownells Brownells ® Aerosol TEFLON®/MOLY “OVEN CURE” GUN FINISH GUN-KOTE® BROWNELLS GUARANTEE Very Simple: If you don’t like a product or don’t need a product; if it doesn’t fit or is somehow defective for any reason, you can return it for Exchange, Credit or a Refund Check. • No authorization numbers needed • No justification • No hassles • Just send it back PRICE CHANGES We don’t artificially mark up our prices to cover possible increases from the manufacturers which might come in throughout the year. When the manufacturer notifies us of a price increase (or, at times, a decrease) we change our price at that time. As a result, All Prices Are Subject To Change Without Notice. HOW TO RETURN SOMETHING If you have a Brownells Return Merchandise form, please fill it out. If not, write a note and tell us what you want done. You can reach Customer Service at 800-741-0015 or 641-623-5401 or contact at brownells.com Send the Form or note and the product to: Attn: Returns Department Brownells, Inc. 200 South Front Street Montezuma, IA 50171 USA Send the package UPS, FedEx or Parcel Post, with adequate insurance. TECHNICAL SUPPORT Our world renowned, full-time, Technical Support Staff can answer your “will it fit?” or “how do I.?” questions. Give them a call between 8:30 am and 4:30 pm, central time, at 800-741-0015 or 641-623-5401 or contact at brownells.com ORDERING VIA OUR WEB SITE Go online at brownells.com and you’ll find our entire catalog. It’s fully indexed and searchable by manufacturer name, general product category, various key words and by stock number. The site is constantly growing, updated daily, including price changes, and contains more information than is found in the catalog itself. You’ll even find new products here, before they appear in our printed Catalog or New Product Supplements. SECURITY Your Credit Card and Personal Information are completely safe, and private, with us. We use the latest 128 bit security encryption technology anytime we need your name, address, e-mail address, credit card info or telephone number. Don’t worry, we never sell, rent, or give out our customers’ names or personal information to anyone, anytime. Made In U.S.A. GLASBED2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=331http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=331BUSINESS AND SHIPPING POLICIES GUARANTEES: It is our policy to carry only those products which are the best available, and will please YOU - regardless! We personally guarantee, on a money-back basis, that you will be pleased with the products you buy from us. Your satisfaction is guaranteed 100% - period! TRANSPORTATION CHARGES: Brownells OneRate Program applies to all orders. The exceptions to this program are listed on the following page, and below the product in the catalog. Items listed in the New Product Supplements may also be exceptions to the policy and will be listed as such. DELIVERY: We have an unusual record for Fast Service, generally delivering faster and sooner than if you were to order locally. We are constantly working to improve our service to you. METHODS OF PAYMENT: CASH: Send remittance in personal check, cashier’s check or money order to avoid loss in the mail. Payment by cashier’s check or money order will avoid any possible delay for personal check or company check clearance. C.O.D.: C.O.D.’s are subject to a $15.00 charge per order. Carriers accept cashier’s checks, money orders and pre-approved *Personal or *Business checks. Brownells must preapprove payment by Personal or Business check; contact us for details. (No 2-party checks.) OPEN ACCOUNT: Accepted only from firms rated “Good” or better in Dun & Bradstreet, and recognized, government institutions. CREDIT CARD: Visa, Mastercard, Discover and American Express cards are accepted. Please give your card number, expiration date, and the name on the card. WIRE TRANSFER: Permits direct, immediate transfer of funds from your bank to our bank. For large phone orders exceeding Credit Card or C.O.D. limits, this is the best method of payment. To perform a wire transfer, please call us during normal business hours at 641-623-5401 and we will assist you with the transaction. Please include an extra U.S. $30 for banking fees. Your bank must forward your Name, Address, Country, and Invoice Number with the transfer. We ship immediately. EXTRA CHARGES: Are subject to change without prior notice. C.O.D.: $15.00 per order. ADULT SIGNATURE REQUIRED: All FFLrestricted items require an additional $6.00 fee for delivery confirmation with an adult signature required. HAZARDOUS: All hazardous material ships alone and will include an additional single charge per order mandated by shippers. Please ask for current amount at time of order SATURDAY DELIVERY: If you want your package delivered on Saturday, there will be an additional charge of $20.00 per order. Saturday delivery not available in all areas. Please be at shipping address at time of delivery. SHIPPING ADDRESS: It is very important that we have your street address, AND your P.O. box, if applicable. PLEASE SEND SUFFICIENT FUNDS: In cases where insufficient funds are sent to cover price increases and you have not advised us to ship “Balance COD”, we will ship your order to you the same day it is received as nearly complete as possible. This prevents having to delay your order and the inconvenience to you and your customer. Whenever possible, please send a little extra to cover price increase. Any overage will be refunded by Bank Check with the order. Or, mark the “Balance COD” box on the order blank and we will send a COD billing for the amount that’s short. E-MAIL: Send us your e-mail address and we will notify you when your order shipped, giving tracking number, total for order and order number. FIREARMS SALES: All sales of FFL-restricted items are made in strict accordance with all federal regulations. (1) You must send a copy of your current FFL, SIGNED with an original signature in ink which will be kept on file, for an action, frame or barreled action. There can be no changes or alterations to any information on the copy of the FFL. (2) Your order for controlled items will be shipped to the address on the signed FFL. No other address can be used. WARRANTIES: All warranties, whether expressed or implied, are 2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=332http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=332Refer to Product Copy For Actual Shipping Cost STOCK # #082-007-140AE #082-084-140AE TITLE 40 lb. Oxynate® #7 40 lb. Oxynate® #84 PAGE # 397 397 Heavy or Multi-Package Items with Fixed Shipping Rates INTERNATIONAL PAYMENT METHODS 1) INTERNATIONAL VISA, MASTERCARD DISCOVER OR AMERICAN EXPRESS BANK CARD: Fast, convenient. Give card number, expiration date and card holder's name as shown on the card. Current exchange rates apply. We ship immediately. 2) INTERNATIONAL MONEY ORDER IN U.S. DOLLARS made payable to Brownells, Inc. We ship immediately. 3) BANK DRAFT OR CHECK IN U.S. DOLLARS written on an International U.S. Bank and made payable to Brownells, Inc. Have your bank put the "routing numbers" on the face of the Bank Draft or Check. We ship as soon as the Draft or Check clears, usually 2 weeks. 4) CHECK DRAWN ON YOUR BANK: Canada: Make payable in U.S. funds. If payable in Canadian $, we hold order until check clears and charge exchange rate charges against order. Overseas: Do Not send a check drawn on your bank payable through an International Bank. The bank deducts a $25 to $50 U.S. fee to handle, and will not process checks under $50 U.S. We will return check to you, and ask for payment by an alternative method. 5) SEND U.S. DOLLARS with order. We ship immediately. 6) WIRE TRANSFERS: Direct, immediate transfer of funds from your bank to ours. To perform a wire transfer, please call us during normal business hours at 641-623-5401 and we will assist you with the correct account information so your bank can wire U.S. Dollars through their U.S. correspondent bank. Please include an extra U.S. $30 for banking fees. Your bank must forward your Name, Address, Country, and Invoice Number with the wire transfer. You must notify us that the wire transfer is coming and provide your Name, Address, Country, Invoice Number, and U.S. Dollar amount so we can match the funds to your order. We ship immediately. 7) PROFORMA INVOICE: Send your list of items wanted, and we will total the order, include document fees and shipping charges and advise you of the total. If re-contacts, recalculations, re-notifications are required, we will add additional document fees. No product is held on a proforma invoice. Your order will be shipped upon receipt of payment. 8) COD SHIPMENT: Not available. OVERSEAS & CANADIAN SHIPMENTS INTERNATIONAL ORDERS via - FAX - PHONE - E-Mail You must use English. You must provide us: 1) Name, Address, Country Name, and Postal Code exactly as it must appear on shipping label. 2) Country Code plus FAX Number. 3) Country Code plus Phone Number. We must have all of the above to ship your order, or to contact you. PRIORITY MAIL INTERNATIONAL TO CANADA Weight not over 1 lbs. 2 lbs. 3 lbs. 4 lbs. 5 lbs. 6 lbs. 7 lbs. 8 lbs. 9 lbs. 10 lbs. 11 lbs. 12 lbs. 13 lbs. 14 lbs. 15 lbs. 16 lbs. 17 lbs. 18 lbs. 19 lbs. 20 lbs. 21 lbs. 22 lbs. 23 lbs. 24 lbs. 25 lbs. 26 lbs. 27 lbs. 28 lbs. 29 lbs. 30 lbs. 31 lbs. 32 lbs. 33 lbs. Fee $21.25 23.10 24.95 26.80 28.65 30.50 32.35 34.20 36.05 37.90 39.85 41.80 43.75 45.70 47 .65 49.60 51.55 53.50 55.45 57 .40 59.35 61.30 63.25 65.20 67 .15 69.10 71.05 73.00 74.95 76.90 78.85 80.80 82.75 Weight not over 34 lbs. 35 lbs. 36 lbs. 37 lbs. 38 lbs. 39 lbs. 40 lbs. 41 lbs. 42 lbs. 43 lbs. 44 lbs. 45 lbs. 46 lbs. 47 lbs. 48 lbs. 49 lbs. 50 lbs. 51 lbs. 52 lbs. 53 lbs. 54 lbs. 55 lbs. 56 lbs. 57 lbs. 58 lbs. 59 lbs. 60 lbs. 61 lbs. 62 lbs. 63 lbs. 64 lbs. 65 lbs. 66 lbs. Fee $84.70 86.65 88.60 90.55 92.50 94.45 96.40 98.35 100.03 102.25 104.20 106.15 108.10 110.05 112.00 113.95 115.90 117 .85 119.80 121.75 123.70 125.65 127 .60 129.55 131.50 133.45 135.40 137 .35 139.30 141.25 143.20 145.15 147 .10 REGISTERED TRADEMARKS The list below contains the names of products whose names are registered trademarks. Brownells makes every effort to make sure these products are marked within this catalog. However, some may have been inadvertently overlooked. This notice serves to protect those trademarks even if they a2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=333http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=333GENERAL INDEX 44/40 GUN BLUE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401 5F RUBBING COMPOUND . . . . . . . . . . . . 428 ABRASIVE - Compounds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393 - Disc, Belts, Strips . . . . . . . . . . 390-391 - Drums . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390 - Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391 - Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450-452 - Polish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392-393 - Powder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393 - Rods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450-452 - Rolls/Mandrel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450-452 - Stones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139, 450-451 - Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391-392 - Wools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391 Accu-Wedge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Accupro Pipettes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312 Accurizing Tools, Receiver . . . . . . . 472, 473 Acid Brush . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321 ACRA-20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424, 491 ACRA-BED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425 ACRA-COAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427 ACRA-QUICK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424, 491 ACRA-RELEASE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424 ACRA-WELD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424, 491 ACRAGLAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422 ACRAGLAS-GEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423 Action - Block, AR-15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 - Contouring Fixture . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472 - Proving Dummies . . . . . . . . . . . 75, 463 - Rifle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 - Truing Sleeve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 473 - Tuning Springs . . 115-117, 175, 210-212 - Wrenches, Pistol . . . . . . . . . . .485, 489 - Wrenches, Rifle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457 ACTION LUBE PLUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315, 316 ACTION MAGIC II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315 Action Proving Dummies . . . . . . 71, 75, 463 Adhesives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426 Air Brush Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406 Aircraft Counterbore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422 AK-47 PARTS - Forends/Buttstocks/Grips . . . .176, 181, 182 - Magazine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169, 170 - Muzzle Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 - Scope Mounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246 - Sights . . . . . . . . . . . .266, 267, 272, 277 - Spring Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 Aligning Pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435 ALUMA HYDE I & II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405 Aluminum - Discs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390 - Oxide Grit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393 Ambidextrous Thumb Safety . . . . . . . 98, 99 AMMUNITION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505-510 - Action Proving Dummies . . . . . . . . . 66 - Pouches . . . . . . . . . . .131-133, 226-231 AMT/HIGH STANDARD FACTORY PARTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 515 Apron, Shop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401, 489 AR-15/M16 - Accu-Wedge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 - Armorer’s Wrench . . . . . . . . . . . . 69, 70 - Barrel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-17 - Barrel Nut Alignment Gauge . . . . . . 70 - Barrel Extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17-18 - Barrel Extension Wrench . . . . . . . . . 72 - Barrel Forend Tubes . . . . . . . . . . 37-41 - Barrel Thread Adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 - Barrel Thread Alignment Tool . . . . . 76 - Barrel Vise Jaws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70, 73 - Barreled Actions . . . . . . . . . . 1-3, 9, 10 - Bayonet Lug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 - Bolt Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11, 12 - Bolt Carrier/Group/Parts . . . . . . 11-12, 30, 31, 66 - Bolt Carrier Bit Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=334http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=334Charging Handle/Latch . . . . . . . . . . . . 26, 27 Chasers Hammer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .394, 436 CHECKERING (Metal) - 1911 Auto Guide . . . . . . . . . . . 139, 497 - Files, Metal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .394, 446 CHECKERING (Wood) - Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418, 419 - Book/DVD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372 - Cradle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418 - Cutters & Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . 418, 419 - Files, Wood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418, 419 - Finger Rest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418 - Gauge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418 - Jointer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418, 419 - Pounce Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419 - Restoration Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418 - Riffler/Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405 - Tools. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418, 419 Cheekpieces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33, 37, 358 CHISELS - Die Sinkers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394 - Handles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394 - Inletting & Carving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420 - Sharpener . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .394, 420 CHOKE TOOLING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479-480 Chokes - Adapter (Screw-In) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 - Gauge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 478 - Ported Choke Tube . . . . . . . . . 185, 186 - Reamers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479-480 - Rifled, Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 - Shotgun . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184-186 - Sleeve System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 - Tubes/Lube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184-156 - Tube Wrench . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 Chronograph . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254 CLAIM CHECKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 492 CLAMPS - Machinists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453 - Magazine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 - Slide Rail Compound (1911) . . . . . . 136 Clay, Stock Bedding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425 Cleaner - Action . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309 - Bluing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398 - Bore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310-314 - File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444 - Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .294, 295 - TCE Cleaner/Degreaser . . . . . . . . . 309 - Ultrasonic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293-295 CLEANING - AR-15/M16 Cleaning System . . . . . . 66 - Bore Guides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68, 299 - Bottles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317 - Brushes (See also BRUSHES) . . .67-69, 302-304, 306-307 - Buttstock, Pouch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 - Cleaners/Degreasers . . . . . . . .293-294, 309, 310 - Cloths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .308, 489 - Electrochemical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297 - Gun Cradles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .294, 295 - Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296-298 - Loops/Jags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301-302 - Maintenance Center. . . . . . . . . . . . . 295 - Muzzle Guard/Guide . . . . . . . . . 66, 299 - Pads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302 - Patches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305 - Pipe Cleaners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308 - Rods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296-301 - Aluminum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299 - Brass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300, 306 - Coated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300-301 - Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . 299, 300 - Wooden . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296, 300 - Rod Attachments . . . 65-66, , 301-304 - Rod Guide O-Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299 - Rod Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299 - Rod Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298 - Solutions . . . . . . . . .293, 294, 309, 310 - Solvent . . . 2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=335http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=335- Square Drive, 3/8” & 1/2” . . . . . . . . 444 Handscrews, Stockmaker’s . . . . . . . . . . 420 Headspace - Gauges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71, 461, 462 - Rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480 Hearing Protectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324, 325 Heat - Sinks, Bolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 473 - Treating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388-389, 404 Hex - Bits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438-442 - Plug Screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381 - Wrenches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443 HI-FORCE 44 SOLDER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387 HIGH STANDARD FACTORY PARTS . . . . 575 Hinge Pins/Reamers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 HOLD RUST PREVENTIVE . . . . . . .393, 398 Holsters/Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131, 134 Hone - Barrel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480 - Cylinder/Handgun . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 487 - Diamond . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450 - Extension Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480 - Forcing Cone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480 - Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 474, 480 - Rifle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 474 Hot Stuff Glue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426 HYDRAULIC DENT RAISER . . . . . . . . . . 477 Impact Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443 India Stones. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Inlay Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394 INLETTING - Black/Blue/Gold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394 - Chisels/Rasps/Scrapers . . . . . 420-421 - Guide Screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420 INTERARMS/HIGH STANDARD FACTORY PARTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 578 Inspection - Bore Scopes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448 - Bore/Chamber Lights. . . . . . . . . . . . 295 - Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448 Insta Grip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358 Instrument Screwdrivers . . . . . . . . . . . . 443 INTERSTATE ARMS FACTORY PARTS . . 578 ITHACA FACTORY PARTS . . . . . . . . . . . . 578 J-B BORE CLEANER/BORE BRIGHT . . . 314 Jags, Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297-301 Jeweler’s Saw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444 Jewelling/Damascening - Bolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395 - Tools/Grits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395 Jointer, Checkering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418, 419 Jumbo Shotgun Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 Kennedy Tool Chests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431 Kinetic Bullet Puller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437 Knives - Emergency Rescue Tools . . . .366, 367 - Sharpening Stones . . . . . . . . .449, 450 Knobs - Bolt Handle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 - Cocking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150, 151 KROIL OIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315 Lacquer - Baking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404 - Sticks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426 Lamps, Bench/Inspection . . . . . . . .394, 448 Lapping Compound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393 Lapping Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137, 472 Laser Boresighters . . . . . . . . . . . . . .366, 367 Laser Sights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360-361, 362 LATE NEW ARRIVALS . . . . . . . . . . . 492-504 LATHE - Bits/Cutters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456 - Bolt Fixture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 473 - Centering Bar/Buttons . . . . . .455, 456 - Files (Draw) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446 - Mandrels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472 LATIGO SLING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 Law Enforcement Screwdriver Handle . 441 Lay-A-Way Tickets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 491 I Layout - Fluid (Dykem Blue) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455 - Pencils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=336http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=336- Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107, 108 - Holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131-134 - Lip Forming Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 - Loader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 - Performance Pak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113 - Pouch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131-134 - Rebuild Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112-114 - Release/Catch. . . . . .108, 109, 205, 206 - Springs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113 - Well Filler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 - Wells/Pads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107, 108 - Mainspring Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 - Mainspring Housing . . . . . . . . 106-108 - Mainspring Housing Pin Tool . . . . 138 - Moon Clips/Tools . . . . . . . . . . 223, 224 - Muzzle Chamfer Tool . . . . . . . 463-464 - Nylon Wedge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484 - Parts Kits, 1911 Auto . . . . . . . . . 117-119 - Pawl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 - Peacemaker SA Parts . . . . . . . . . . . 217 - Pin Sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118, 119 - Plunger Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96, 97 - Crimper, Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140 - Reamer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140 - Staker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140 - Support. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140 - Pocket Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 - Rail Spreader & Swage . . . . . . 136, 137 - Rail Swaging Punches . . . . . . . . . . . 137 - Range Rods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 486 - Receiver Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87, 89 - Recoil Buffers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 - Recoil Spring/Guide . . . . . . . . 101, 102 - Recoil Spring Plug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 - Rest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 - Reverse Plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101, 102 - Revolver Action Wrench . . . . . . . . 485 - Ribs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 - Roto Stand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 - Ruger Mark II & III - Accurizer Kit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 - Bolt Racker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 - Bolt Release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .214 - Disconnector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .214 - Ejector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 - Field Repair Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 - Firing Pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 - Hammer Bushing/Hammer. . 203, 213 - Magazines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 - Magazine Ejector Kit . . . . . . . . . . . 206 - Magazine Release /Ejector . . . . . . 206 - Sear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 - Ruger Single Action Revolver - Base Pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 - Gate Detent Clamp . . . . . . . . . . . . 486 - Grip Frames . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 - S&W Sight Screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285 - Safety, Grip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99, 100 - Safety, Thumb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98, 99 - Safety Installation Jig . . . . . . . . . . . 141 - Safety Mag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 - Safety Plunger (Glock). . . . . . . . . . . 212 - Scope Mounts/Bases . . . . . . . . 130, 131 - Screwdriver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 - Sear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103, 104 - Sear Pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 - Sear Spring, 1911 . . . . . . . . . . 115, 116 - Serration Cutter, Slide . . . . . . . . . . 137 - Shok-Buffs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 - SIG Tool Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481 - Sight Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143-144 - Sights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125-130 - Single Action Spring Kits . . . . 219, 220 - Single Action Tools . . . . . . . . .484, 486 - Slide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87-89 - Buffers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102 - Fitting 2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=337http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=337- CZ-Style Rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254 - Double/Dual Dovetail. . . . . . . . . . . . 248 - Dovetail Scope Base . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 - Dovetail-To-Weaver Adapter . . . . . 242 - Drill & Tap Handgun . . . . . . . . . . . . 239 - Drill & Tap Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453 - Encore Ring/Base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253 - Extended Mount/Base . . . . . . . . . . . 246 - Extension Rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251 - Eye Protector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265 - Fillister Head Screw Kit . . . . . . . . . 383 - FN-FAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242, 243 - Forward Optic Rail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246 - J Point Mount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 - Lens Caps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265 - Lens Cleaners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266 - Levels/Anti-Cant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265 - Lever Action Rail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246 - Lightweight Rail/ Rings . . . . . . 239, 253 - M1 Carbine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 - M14/M1A Bases . . . . . . . . . . . .244, 245 - Magnum Pistol Mount . . . . . . . . . . . 240 - Mil-Dot Calculator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357 - Mount Shims. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 - No-Gunsmithing Mounts . . . .238-240, 242-246, 257 - Parts Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453 - Picatinny Base Stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 - Picatinny Rails/Rings . . . . . . . . . 78-85 - Pistol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239, 240 - Quick Detach/Release Rings . . . . . 249, 254-255 - Rail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238-246 - Red Dot Mounts . . . . . . . . . . . . 259-262 - Red Dot Scopes . . . . . . . . . . . . 259-262 - Reticle Leveler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466 - Revolver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239-240 - Rimfire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246 - Ring & Base Height Chart . . . . . . . . 243 - Ring Lap. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 465 - Ring Reamer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466 - Ring Reducers (Delrin). . . . . . . . . . . 241 - Ring Wrench, Leupold . . . . . . . . . . . 465 - Ruger Factory/Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251 - SAKO-Style Rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254 - Scope Ring Base Stock . . . . . . . . . . 242 - Scopes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .263, 264, 265 - Scout Mount/Rail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247 - Screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383 - Sculptured/Kontoured . . . . . . . . . . . 452 - See-Thru Mount/Rings . . . . . . . . . . 258 - Shims . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 - Shotgun . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240, 241 - Side Mount Rings/Bases . . . . . . . . . 257 - SR 2-Piece Bases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 - STD Rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249 - Sure Grip Rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257 - Tactical Base Conversion Kit . . . . . 383 - Tactical Ring Mounts . . . . . . . . . . 78-85 - Tactical Scopes. . . . . . . . . . . . . 260-264 - Target Base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245 - Tenebraex Killflash . . . . . . . . . 260, 263 - Thread Locker Liquid . . . . . . . . . . . . 490 - Tikka-Style Rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254 - Tip Off Rings/Bases . . . . . 247, 250, 255 - Tools. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .465, 466 - Top Mount Rings/Bases . . . . . 256, 257 - Torque Wrench . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 465 - Torx Head Screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370 - Weaver Base Stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 - Wrenches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .465, 466 Screen - Black Iron. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401 - Stainless . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401 Screw Chek’r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .448, 454 SCREWDRIVERS - Buttstock Long Shank . . . . . . . . . . . 442 - Fixed Blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441-443 - Gun-Specific Sets . . . . . . . . . .440, 442 - Hex-2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=338http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=338STOP-CREEP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399 Stop, Forend/Rail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Storage Box, Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 490 Striker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 Stripper - Bluing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398 - Nickel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403 - Stock Finish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426 Stuck Case Remover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Stuck Choke Remover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 Stuck Screw Remover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453 Sun Glasses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326, 327 SUPER-STRIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403 Surgical Tubing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425 Swabs - Cotton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308 - Shop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401 - Wool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68, 304 SWIVEL - Base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63, 64 - Mount. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 - Sling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63, 64 - Studs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232-234 - Tools. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 Syringes, Reusable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316 T-4 DICROPAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402 T-Handle & Extensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408 T-Shirt Squares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308 T-Shirts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381 TACTICAL - Bolt Knob, Oversize . . . . . . . . . 150, 151 - Buttstock . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-34, 177-182 - Holographic Sights . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281 - Holsters/Belts . . . . . . .131-134, 225-231 - Knives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .366, 367 - Light/Rails . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78-80, 85, 86 - Mounts/Rail Mounts . . . . . . . . . . 74-86 - Ring Mounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74-86 - Scopes/Red Dot Sight . . . . . . . 259-264 - Scope Base Conversion Kit. . . . . . . 383 - Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59-64, 235-238 Tags, Gun . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 491-492 Tang Sight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277-278 TANK - Bluing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400 - Cleaning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293-294 - Solvent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .294, 309 - Stands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400 Tank Heaters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400 Tape - Bedding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425 - Sandblast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393 - Tactical. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .363, 406 Tapered Sanding Rolls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452 TAPS - AR-15 Flash Suppressor . . . . . . . . . . 74 - AR-15 Receiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 - Compensator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 - Die Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453 - Extractor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454 - General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453-455 - Grip Screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123-124 - Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455 - Lube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455 - Premium Quality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454 - Receiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74, 473, 487 - Rifle Barrel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 473 - S&W Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 487 - Shotgun Choke . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477-478 - Sight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453-455 - Stock Bushing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 - Wrenches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455 Target Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353-357 Target Stands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354 TCE CLEANER/DEGREASER . . . . . . . . . . 309 TEFLON/MOLY GUN FINISH . . . . . . . . . . 404 Tem2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=339http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=339Factory Gun Parts Index can be found on page 513. The Book Index is located on page 368. 3 BUCC AR-15/AR-.308 Brass Catcher . . . . . . . . 65 3M- 6300 Respirator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406 - Filter Mask . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 489 10-8 PERFORMANCE - 1911 Auto - Armorer Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 - Magazine Release/Catch . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 - Rear Sight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 - Trigger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 - Armorer Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73, 135 - Pistol Sights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284 - S&W M&P Magazine Base Plate . . . . . . . 208 57 CENTER AR-57 Upper Receiver . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 A & G SUPPLY Pistol Grip Extender . . . . . 113, 208 A & O MANUFACTURING - Bolt Carrier Carbon Scraper . . . . . . . . . . . 69 AR-7 SURVIVAL RIFLE Factory Magazine . . . . 168 A.R.M.S. - AR-15/M16 - Gas Block/Front Sight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 - Quick Detach Optic Mount/Riser . . . . . . . 81 - Rear Sight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 - FN FAL Picatinny Scope Mount . . . . . . . . 242 - M14/M1A Scope Mount. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .500 A-ZOOM - Action-Proving Dummies, Rimfire . 450 - Snap Caps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359 AACFI - Handgun Security Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320 ACCU-LOCK 1911 Auto Reverse Plug . . . . . . . . 100 ACCUPRO - Bore Cleaner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312 - Jags. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .300 - Pistol Field Cleaning Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295 ACCURACY GRIP INC. - Pistol Grips. . . . . . . . . 119 ACCURACY INTERNATIONAL - Magazine (Rem.700) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 - Rifle Stock (Rem.700 AICS) . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 ACCURACY RIFLE SYSTEMS - Mini-14®/Thirty® Trigger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 ACCURACY SPEAKS - Adjustable Buttplate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 - M14/M1A Gas System Tools . . . . . . . . . . . 470 - Remington Trigger System . . . . . . . . 157, 188 ACCURACY SYSTEMS - Mini-14®/Mini Thirty® - Adjustable Gas Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 - Extended Magazine Release . . . . . . . . . 167 - Factory Gas Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 497 ACCUTACT AR-15/M16 Anglesight . . . . . . . . . .500 ACCUTEC Barrel Pusher (Ruger 10/22). . . . . . . 468 ADAMS ARMS - AR-15/M16 Gas Piston Conversion. . . . . . 492 ADG SPORTS Spotting Scope Range Box . . . . 349 ADVANCED ARMAMENT - AR-15/M16 - Accessory Mounting Rail . . . . . . . . . 78, 364 - Cyclic Rate Reducer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 - Flash Hider . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 - Forend Grip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 - Rifle Accessory Rails . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364 ADVANCED ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY - Tang & Globe Sight Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277 ADVANCED INNOVATIONS & MFG. - AR-15/M16 Manta Rails . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 494 ADVANCED TECHNOLOGY - AR-15/M16 Stock/Pistol Grip Set. . . . . . . . . 32 - AR-15/M16 Forend Grip, Folding . . . . . . . . 45 - Bipod. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351 - Bolt Handle Conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 - Rifle Stocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 - Scope Mount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 - Shell Holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 - Shotgun Barrel Heat Shield . . . . . . . . . . . 193 - Shotgun Stocks/Forend . . . . . . . . . . . 192, 193 - Picatinny Rail Pak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 AVERVOE PACIFIC Aerosol Camo Paints . . . . . 406 AFM AR-15/M16 Extractor Spring. . . . . . . . . . . . 25 AHRENDS - Handgun Grips . . . . . . . . . . . 120, 221 MANUFACTURER INDEX # A AIMPOINT - Micro H-1 Sight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .500 - Red Dot Sights, M2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=340http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=340- Welding Jig/Heat Sinks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 473 - Books/DVD’s . . . . . . . . . . . 77-78, 144, 368-380 - Bore Brushes/Mops/Patches . . . . . . . 302-303 - Bottles/Dispensers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317, 401 - Brass Punch Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434 - Brass Rounds & Flats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387 - Breech Plug, Rem. 700 ML . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 - Broken Shell Extractors. . . . . . . . . . . 437, 468 - Broken Tap Extractors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454 - Bronze Vise Jaws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432 - Brownells® Logo Accessories . . . . . . 380, 381 - Brushes, General Cleaning 302-303, 306, 307 - Buffing Wheel Rake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389 - Buttplates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409 - Carding Brushes/Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391 - Celluplastic Tubes/Caps . . . . . . . . . . . 450, 489 - Ceramic Stones/Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449, 450 - Cerrosafe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 459, 474 - Choke Adapter, Screw-In . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 - Choke Removal Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 - Compensator Taps/Dies/Mandrel . . . . . . 140, - Chamber - Brushes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307 - Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 - Chamfering Tools/Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 488 - Chasers Hammer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394, 436 - Checkering Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418, 418 - Claim Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 492 - Classic Rust Blue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402 - Cleaning - Box, Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294 - Brass Loops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301 - Brushes/Mops . . . . 67-69, 302-304, 306, 307 - Handgun Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295 - Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67-69, 295, 296 - Pads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308 - Patches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305 - Rods & Attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67, 68 - Rod Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299 - Rod Storage Sleeve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299 - Shop Cloths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308 - Solvents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309, 310, 312, 313 - Swabs, Cotton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308 - Coffee Mugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380 - Coil Spring Stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386 - Cold Blue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402 - Color Case Hardening/ Kit . . . . . . . . . 389, 404 - Comet Flux, No. 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388 - Compartment Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 490 - Competitor Plus Sling . . . . . . . . . 59, 235, 236 - Copper Bond Flux . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388 - Cotton Swabs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308 - Counterbores/Sinks . . . . . . . . . . 383, 422, 453 - Crane Stretcher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 486 - Cup-Tip Punches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435 - Curl Scrapers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420 - Cutter, Sight Dovetail. . . . . . . . . . 142483, 484 - d’Solve Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310, 399 - Dental Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447 - Desi Pak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321 - Designated Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184, 441 - Detent Ball/Spring Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385 - Dicro-Clean #909/NH 909 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399 - Dicropan® IM® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396, 398 - Dicropan® T-4® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402 - Discreet Rifle Bag. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317 - Do-Drill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452, 455, 459 - Double-Up Brush/Mop . . . . . . . . . . . .2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=341http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=341- Tool Steel Drill Rod. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386 - Top Dead Center Punch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434 - Torque Wrenches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72, 444 - Tough Quench Quenching Oil . . . . . . . . . . 388 - Touch Up Spray Gun . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407 - Trigger - Adjustment Pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142, 449 - Adjustment Wrenches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443 - Bedding Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425 - Pull Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456 - Pull Weight Sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457 - Stirrup Die . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 - Stones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141, 450 - Stop Screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153, 213, 283 - Triggerguard Screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174, 384 - Triple “F” Compound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428 - Triple Tough Gun Storage Bags . . . . . . . . . 322 - “T” Shirt Squares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428, 489 - Tung Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427 - Tweezer Magnifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393, 448 - Ultra Flux® Paste . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388 - Ultrasonic Cleaning Solution/Oil . . . . . . . 294 - UNI-200L Universal Sight Mover . . . 143, 482 - “Unsafe To Fire” Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 491 - Vinyl Tubes & Caps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 489 - Vise & Vise Jaws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431, 432 - Walnut Finish Repair Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426 - Water Displacing Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399 - Water Soluble Dye . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426 - Weapons Field Maintenance Pack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429, 468, 482 - Weatherby: Man, Gun, Legend Book . . . . 347 - Welding Rods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388 - Wheel, Matte & Carding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391 - Wheels-n-Polish Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391 - Wheel Prep™ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392 - Whiting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426 - Winchester Magazine Adapter . . . . . . . . . 171 - Wood Screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383 - Wood Stippling Punches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418 - Xtreme Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309 - Yoke Facing/Finishing Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 486 BROWNING Rife/Shotgun Case . . . . . . . . . . . . 319 BUCK BROTHERS Stock Inletting Chisels . . . . 420 BUD’S MACHINING SERVICES - Winchester Trigger Assembly Tool . . . . . . 478 BUENGER ENTERPRISES - Goldenrod Dehumidifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321 BUFFER TECHNOLOGIES - 1911 Auto Recoil Buffer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 - AR-15/M16 - Extractor Upgrade Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 - Magazine Coupler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 - Recoil Buffers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 - Glock Guide Rod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 - Jet Loader/Pouch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 - Mag Cinch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 - Pistol Recoil Buffers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 - Rifle Recoil Buffers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 BUILD ALL CORPORATION - Bench-Top Cleaning Tank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293 - Gun Cleaning Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293 BULLDOG ARMS - Camouflage Pattern Stencils. . . . . . . . . . . 406 BULLDOG CASES Rifle Cases. . . . . . . . . . . 64, 319 BULLS BAG Field Shooting Rest . . . . . . . . . . . 351 BURRIS - 1911 Auto Fastfire Mount. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 - P.E.P.R. Mount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 - Prism Scope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259 - Reflex Sight/Mounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259 - Ruger-To-Weaver Adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243 - Scope Rings/Bases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247, 248 - Tip-Off S2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=342http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=342- Shotgun Forend w/Rails . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 FARRELL INDUSTRIES - Barrel Vise. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 458 - Scope Bases/Rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248 FISHER MACHINE SHOP Machine Tools . . . . . 455 FLITZ - Polish/ Polishing Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314, 392 - Polishing Cloth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308, 314, 428 FOBUS - AR-15/M16 Handguard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 - Holsters/Mag Pouches . . . . . . . . . . . . 132, 228 FORCE PRODUCTIONS, INC. - Ruger 10/22 Extended Charging Handle . 497 - Ruger 10/22 Trigger System. . . . . . . . . . . . 145 FOREDOM Power Tool/Accessories . . . . . . . . . 451 FORMAX Polishing Compound . . . . . . . . . . . . 392 FORSTER - Headspace Gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . 70, 75, 462 - Inlay Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394 - Inletting Guide Screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420 - Screwdrivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442 - Sight Mounting Fixture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 465 - Stockmaker Handscrews . . . . . . . . . . 420, 474 - Swiv-O-Ling Mini Vise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431 - Triggerguard/Lock Screws . . . . . . . . . 174, 384 FORTMANNS - Bolt Handle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 - Ejection Port Dust Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 FREED DESIGNS, INC. - 1911 Auto Magazine Adapter. . . . . . . . . . . 114 - S&W/HK Magazine Adapter . . . . . . . . . . . 209 FULTON ARMORY - AR-15/M16 Bolt Gas Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - AR- Style .308 Barrels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 493 - M1/M14/M1A - Barrels, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 - Bolt & Roller, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 - Buttplate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409 - Clip Latch Spring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 498 - Gas Cyl. Shims . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 497 - Gas Cyl. Wrench, M1 Garand . . . . . . . . . 470 - Gas Piston . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 - Handguard/Retaining Clip, . . . . . . . . . . 176 - Magazines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 498 - Operating Rod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 - Operating Rod Spring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 - Picatinny Scope Mount . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244 - Rear Sight Knob . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 - Safety Lever, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 - Simulated Selector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 FUSION Silver Solder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388 G & B CUSTOM 1911 Auto Slide Racker. . . . . . . 89 G.B. SYSTEMS AR-15/M16 Gas Block. . . . . . . . . 13 GALAZAN - Choke Gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 478 - Front Sight Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267 - Gun Screw Sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174, 384 - Recoil Pads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410 - Stock Shields/Ovals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409 GALCO INTERNATIONAL - Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225 - Holsters/Mag Pouches . . . . . . . . . . . . 132, 228 - Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60, 235, 237 GARLAND MFG. Rawhide Hammers . . . . . . . . 437 GEAR SECTOR - AR-15/M16 - Clamp-On Sling Mount, Front . . . . . . . . . 63 - Offset Flashlight Mount . . . . . . . . . . . . . 495 - Rail Mount Handstop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 - Single Point Sling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 - Weapon Light Mount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 495 GEISSELE AUTOMATICS - AR-15/M16/AR-.308 Trigger Group . . . . . . . 22 GEMTECH Pistol Lanyard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225 GENTRY CUSTOM LLC - Barrel Band Swivel Stud . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 - Muzzle Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 - Rifle Bolt Safety Shroud . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 GERBER “EFECT” Military Maintenance Tool . . 74 GESSWEIN Ruby Stones. . . . .2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=343http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=343MARVEL (AL) CUSTOM GUNS, INC. - 1911 Auto - Safety Detent Depressor . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 - Sear Jig . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 - Slide Lapping Tool. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 MARVEL (BOB) PRECISION - 1911 Auto - Checkering Fixture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 - Sear Jig . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 MASEN - 1911 Auto - Hammer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 - Magazine Loader. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134, 356 - Mainspring Housings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 - Slide Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 - AR-15/M16 - Cheekpiece . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37, 414 - Cleaning Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 - Magazine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 - Recoil Pad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 - Flash Hider . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 - Hammer & Punch Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434 - Handgun Magazine Loader . . . . . . . . 134, 356 - Mini 14® Magazine, Rifle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 - Muzzle Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 - Recoil Pads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36, 414 - Rifle Cleaning Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298 MASTER LOCK Gun Locks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321 MATECH AR-15/M16 Rear Sight . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 MAXFIRE Speed Loaders/Pouches . . . . . . . . . . 224 MAYHEW STEEL Punches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435 McCANN INDUSTRIES - M1 Garand Adj. Gas System. . . . . . . . . . . 157 - Optic Mounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 - SIRS Rail Mount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364 McFADDEN MACHINE CO. INC. - Magazine Loader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357 McFARLAND - Bolt Handle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 - Buttplates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409 MD ARMS - Saiga drum magazine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 - AK-47/Saiga Pistol Grip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 498 MD LABS Gun Lubricant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316 MEC-GAR Pistol Magazines . . . . . . . . . . . 110, 207 MECHARMOR DEFENSE AR-15/M16 Tacops-1 Charging Handle . . . . . 27 MENCK - .22 Chamber Iron . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 459, 474 - Barrel Nut Wrench, Rem. 742/7400 . . . . . . 468 - Bolt Tool, Rem./Ruger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471 - Damascening Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395 - Shotgun Tools. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477, 478 MEPROLIGHT - Front Sight Wrench (Glock®) . . . . . . . . . . . 484 - Pistol Sights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127, 288 - Reflex-Type Sights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262 - Rifle Sights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54, 269 - Shotgun Sights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280, 282 - Sight Installation Tools . . . . . . . . . . . 143, 483 MERCOB SECURITY GROUP - AR-15/M16 PMAG Coupler . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 MERIT - AR-15/M16 Rear Sight Aperture . . . . . . . . . 55 - Shooting Glasses Aperture . . . . . . . . . . . . 357 - Target Sight Disc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 MESA TACTICAL PRODUCTS - Shotgun - Accessory Rail Mount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 - Barrel Magazine Clamp . . . . . . . . . 190, 364 - Saddle Rail Mount, Remington . . . . . . . 240 - Scope Rail, Shotgun . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 - Shotshelll Holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 - Sling Mount. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 - Tactical Buttstock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 METALFORM - 1911 Auto Magazines & Parts . . . . . . . . . . 110 - AR-15 Magazine, 9mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 METROPOLITAN MUSICThumb Plane . . . . . . . 420 MGI - AR-15/M16 - Buffer, Rate Reducing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 - Extractor D-Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 - Gas2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=344http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=344SABOT TECH Boresight Arbor . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467 SADLAK INDUSTRIES - AR-15/M16 Gas Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 - M14/M1A - Bipod Post . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353 - Gas Cleaning Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297 - Gas Piston . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 - Handguard Clip Pliers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470 - Magazine Release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 - Operating Rod Spring Guide . . . . . . . . . 158 - Tactical Scope Mount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245 SAF-T-BLOK Trigger Block, Glock® . . . . . . . . . . . 203 SAFARILAND - Belts, Leg Strap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225, 229 - Forend Rail Mount/Optic Mount . . . . . . 79, 83 - Holsters & Accessories133, 134, 229-231, 497 - Revolver Speedloaders/Holders . . . .224, 500 - Revolver Holster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 - RLS Weapon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361 - Shotshell Holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 SAFETECH Saf-T-Round . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360 SAGE INT’L Shotgun Combat Sights . . . . . . . . 282 SAMSON - Aimpoint Magnifier Mount . . . . . . . . . 83, 259 - AK-47 Forearm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 - AR-15/M16 Field Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 - AR-15/M16 Folding Sight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 - AR-15/M16 Forends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 - Quick-Flip Aimpoint Mount . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 - SIG 556/552 Front Sight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 SATELLITE CITY Hot Stuff Glue . . . . . . . . . . . . 426 SATERN CUSTOM - AR-15/M16 Bore Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 - M1 Garand Timing Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470 - Barrel Lock Nut. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 - Bolt Handle, Oversize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 - Factory Magazines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 SAVANNA TOOL - Trigger Group Assembly Fixture . . . . . . . . 470 SCATTERGUN TECHNOLOGIES00 - Ghost Ring Sights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282 - Magazine Tube Extensions & Parts . . 189, 190 - Safety Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 - Side Saddle Shell Holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 - Sling Mounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 SCHERER - Glock Grip Plug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 - Glock Trigger Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 - Magazine Extensions/Pads . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 - Magazine, Mossberg Rifle. . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 - Thread Adapter, Muzzle Brake. . . . . . . 18, 165 SCHUEMANN 1911 Auto Barrel . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 SCHUSTER - M1/M1A Adjustable Gas System . . . . . . . 158 SCOPE DOPE Ballistic Data System . . . . . . . . . 357 SCOPLEVEL Scope Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265 SCORE HIGH - Magazine Follower. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 - Stock Bedding Block Kit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425 SCOT WORKS Holster Wheelchair adapter . . . 227 SCOTTWERX, LLC. - Ruger® 10/22® Chicago Conversion Kit . . . . 149 SDM FABRICATING - Cylinder Latch, S&W Revolver . . . . . . . . . 216 - Handgun Sights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290 SEAHORSE Handgun Cases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320 SEEKONK PRECISION TOOLS - Torque Wrenches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444 SENTRY SOLUTIONS - Gun Lubricant/Protectant . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316 SGM TACTICAL Rifle Stock (AK-47) . . . . . . . . . 181 SHARP SHOOTER SUPPLY - Barrel Nut Wrench . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469 - Recoil Lug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 - Triggers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 SHARPSHOOT R (PAUL CO.) Bore Cleaners . . 313 SHAVER Sights & Inserts . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271, 272 SHELLBACK TACTICAL - AR-15/M16 Magazine Coupler. . . . . . . . . . . 53 SHILEN - Handgun Barrels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 - Rifle Barrels . . . . . . 17, 48, 152011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=345http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=345- Hammer, Mark II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 - Hammer Bushing, Mark II . . . . . . . . . . . 205 - Magazine Ejector. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 - Mag Latch Magazine Loader . . . . . . . . . 357 - Picatinny Mounting System . . . . . . . . . . 240 - Scope Mount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 - Sear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 - Sight, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291 - Spring Kit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 - Trigger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 - Extractor, Walther P22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 - Hammer, Rem. 597 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 VORTEX OPTICS - Red Dot Scopes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501 - Viper PST Riflescope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501 VULCAN ARMS - AK-47 Lower Handguard Retainer . . 148, 177 - AK-47 Flash Hiders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 - AK-47 Front Sight Base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 498 - AR-15/M16 Gas Block. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 - AR-15/M16 Flash Hider . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 - FN/FAL Headspace Rod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470 VZ GRIPS - 1911 Auto Grips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 - 1911 Auto Mainspring Housing. . . . . . . . . 107 W. FREAR INNOVATIONS - Collimator Elevator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467 W.H. MERCHANT Throat Erosion Gauge . . . . . 474 WAGNER INDUSTRIES - Vise Jaw Pads. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432 WALKER MACHINE & FOUNDRY - Target Stand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354 WALKER’S GAME EAR - Hearing Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325 WARNE - Picatinny Side-Mount Adapter . . . . . . . . . . 80 - Scope Bases/Rings/Mounts . . . . . . . 240.254, 255, 496 - Tactical /Mount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 - Torque Wrench . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 465 WARREN TACTICAL SERIES - 1911 Auto Sights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 - Front Sight Screws, Glock® . . . . . . . . . . . 291 - Semi-Auto Pistol Sights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291 WASHITA MOUNTAIN - Arkansas Stones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450 WEAPON SOLUTIONS - AR-15/M16 Peep Sight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 WEAVER - Optics Mounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85, 490 - Scope Lens Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265 - Scope Mounts/Bases/Rings 85, 246, 255-258 - Shotgun Top Mount Base . . . . . . . . . 240, 241 - Tactical Multi-Slot Scope Base . . . . . . . . . 246 WEIGAND COMBAT - 1911 Auto - Frame Holding Fixture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 - Extractor Tension Gauge/Tools. . . . . . . . 141 - Revolver Front Sight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292 - Handgun Scope Mounts . . . . . . . . . . 131, 239 - Rifle Scope Mounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246 WEST ONE - Rifle Stocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 - Ruger 10/22 Sight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502 - Sling & Oiler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 WESTERN POWDERS - Montana X-Treme Bore Cleaners . . . . . . . 311 WHIDDEN GUNWORKS - AR-15/M16 Monopod. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 - Rem. 700 Bedding V-Block. . . . . . . . . . . . . 421 WHITWORTH TOOL Barrel Extension, M4 . . . . . 18 WICHITA Rifle/Pistol Rest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351 WILCOX ALL PRO - Barrel Vises . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 459 - Rifle Action Wrench . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 458 WILCOX INDUSTRIES - Aimpoint/J Point Mounts . . . . . . . . . . 84, 259 WILD WEST GUNS - Magazine Follower. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 - Rifle Ejector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 - Rifle Sight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 - Rifle Trigger. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 - Triggerguard/Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=346http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=346SHOP PRICE SURVEY (Labor Only - - - Parts, Materials NOT Included) The charges shown are the result of a survey made of a cross-section of our Gunsmith/Dealer Customers. They are presented as a "price range" guide to assist the Gunsmith. Due to many factors - including, but not limited to, gunsmith skill level, local economic conditions, type and value of firearm being worked on, quality and quantity of work requested by the customer - prices charged by your shop may vary from those shown. That is as it should be; this chart is only a price range guide. We at Brownells do no gun work either retail or wholesale . . . Repeat: WE DO NO GUN WORK but leave it all to our gunsmith customers. INSTALL FRONT SIGHT RAMP Sweat-on type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 50.00 $ 75.00 Screw-on type (including drill & tap) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40.00 60.00 Band type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hourly Rate INSTALL INSERT IN PISTOL SIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30.00 50.00 INSTALL FRONT OR MID-RIB BEAD ON SHOTGUN (Plus cost of sight) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.00 45.00 Plug hole and re-drill for bead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30.00 65.00 INSTALL RECEIVER SIGHTS Gun drilled and tapped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.00 45.00 SCOPE MOUNTING Gun drilled and tapped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.00 50.00 SERVICE CHARGES Price Range Per Man Hour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 40.00 $ 80.00 Per Man & Machine Hour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50.00 95.00 MINIMUM CHARGE PER GUN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.00 70.00 Written appraisals, cost estimates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30.00 50.00 GENERAL BARREL, ACTION & RIFLE WORK CLEAN & OIL CUSTOMER GUN Consisting of completely stripping gun, cleaning all parts, checking for wear, making suggestions to a customer of services needed to put in A-1 condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50.00 100.00 METAL FINISHING OXYNATE® 7 REBLUING Abrasive / bead blast / wire wheel (matte) finish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95.00 145.00 Deluxe Finish: Same as above followed with #240 and #400 grit polish with all screw holes and corners protected and square Handgun . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140.00 200.00 Rifle/shotgun . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135.00 190.00 Master Finish: Same as Deluxe Finish with all polishing marks removed, no ripples, and finished with #555 polish to a mirror finish Handgun . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165.00 235.00 Rifle/shotgun . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160.00 250.00 ™ IM , BELGIAN BLUING Handgun . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125.00 250.00 Rifle/shotgun . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125.00 275.00 SLOW RUST BLUING / BROWNING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200.00 350.00 OXYNATE® 84 BLUING OF STAINLESS STEEL or cast Win. 94’s and others Add to price of appropriate normal steel bluing cost . . . . . . . . . . 50.00 85.00 NitreBlue™ BLUING (Small parts / accessories) Not including polishing time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50.00 175.00 BAKING LACQUER FINISH/TEFLON-MOLY FINISH . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95.00 175.00 BEAD, SANDBLAST OR WIRE BRUSH STAINLESS STEEL . . . . . . . . 75.00 125.00 ELECTROLESS NICKEL PLATING Handguns or small parts only High polish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=347http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=347Brownells is very proud to present NRA Life of Duty, a truly unique online community dedicated exclusively to supporting individuals who keep us safe and defend our freedoms. Through its website NRALifeof Duty.tv, the network offers: • News reports, features, and video programs important to the men and women who risk their lives for their fellow citizens • Stories of heroism, selflessness, courage, and honor the mainstream media often ignore • Subscription to the on-line NRA American Warrior magazine, with practical guidance on training, technology, and gear • Regular programs hosted by Lt Col. Oliver North and former SERE Specialist Rick Stewart • Supplemental insurance benefits • Discounts on gear and equipment from Brownells Law Enforcement/PoliceStore.com and other preferred suppliers An annual membership with full access is only $50 o Brownells invites you to Give a patriot the Gift of memBership in nra life of Duty nly those who have served know what it’s like to put your life on the line to guard the safety and security of fellow Americans. It’s part of a day’s work for members of our military and law enforcement agencies—the patriots who live the life of duty. Visit brownells.com/LOD to purchase a one-year membership for a friend or loved one today2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=348http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=348All the folks here at Brownells absolutely believe in the tremendously important work the National Rifle Association does on behalf of all gun owners. Not just defending our rights at the federal, state, and local government levels, but through the extensive shooter education programs and support of our military and law enforcement personnel. GET AN ANNUAL MEMBERSHIP FOR $25—A $10 DISCOUNT OFF THE REGULAR DUES Membership includes these great benefits: • • • • • • • • • PROTECT YOUR FREEDOMS JOIN THE NRA TODAY 24/7/365 defense of your Constitutional Right To Keep and Bear Arms Choice of subscription to American Rifleman, American Hunter, or America’s 1st Freedom NRA logo black-and-gold shooters cap, membership card, decal Firearm theft/loss, personal accident, and life insurance No-annual-fee VISA® credit card for qualified applicants Hotel and car rental discounts Access to NRA hunting, shooting, and safety programs Invitations to Friends of the NRA events And MUCH more… We think everyone who owns guns, hunts, or shoots should be an NRA member. To encourage you to join this vital organization, we’ve arranged for a special membership offer. Join now through Brownells and get an annual membership for $25—$10 off the regular dues. Sign up at brownells.com/NRA to get a $10 discount off regular annual membership dues2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=349http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=349SPECIAL OFFERS ON YOUR FAVORITE TITLES Provide the authorization code when you call, FAX, mail or order online to receive your special offer discounts! See the BOOKS & VIDEOS section of this catalog for title descriptions. The Man. The Gun. The Legend. by JAMES B. MEEK WEATHERBY: By Grits & Tom Gresham #108-008-001AE GUNSMITH KINKS #108-001-001AE ® 609 SUBJECT HEADS, KINKS & STORIES, 520 PAGES 317 ILLUSTRATIONS, 5000 CROSS-INDEXED ENTRIES SPECIAL PRICE #108-005-000AE REGULAR PRICE: $ 29.95 $ 20.97 ® SPECIAL PRICE REGULAR PRICE: $ 47.95 $ 33.56 SPECIAL PRICE REGULAR PRICE: $ 29.99 Authorization Code: 611081 $ 20.99 GUNSMITH KINKS II #108-001-002AE 719 KINKS & STORIES, 496 PAGES 252 ILLUSTRATIONS, 2400 CROSS-INDEXED ENTRIES Authorization Code: 610050 Authorization Code: 640080 SPECIAL PRICE REGULAR PRICE: $ 29.95 $ 20.97 ® HANDBOOK OF HARD-TO-FIND GUN PARTS DRAWINGS DELUXE EDITION #108-015-000AE LeeRoy Wisner’s Authorization Code: 611082 GUNSMITH DATA RING BINDERS SPECIAL PRICE $ 16.44 REGULAR PRICE: $ 22.68 GUNSMITH KINKS III #108-001-003AE 778 KINKS & STORIES, 503 PAGES 260 ILLUSTRATIONS, 3600 CROSS-INDEXED ENTRIES SPECIAL PRICE REGULAR PRICE: $ 29.95 $ 20.97 ® #263-250-000AE Authorization Code: 611083 GUNSMITH KINKS 4 #108-000-001AE 706 KINKS & STORIES, 544 PAGES 332 ILLUSTRATIONS, 5000 CROSS-INDEXED ENTRIES SPECIAL PRICE REGULAR PRICE: $ 64.95 $ 45.47 Authorization Code: 602632 SPECIAL PRICE REGULAR PRICE: $ 29.95 $ 20.97 Authorization Code: 630150 Authorization Code: 611084 PAGE-PAK EDITION #108-015-100AE BOLT RIFLES #108-004-000AE KINKS 4-BOOK SET ® #108-000-002AE SPECIAL PRICE REGULAR PRICE: $ 49.95 ALL FOUR BOOKS, 2812 TOTAL KINKS & STORIES 1161 ILLUSTRATIONS & EVEN BIGGER SAVINGS $ 34.97 SPECIAL PRICE REGULAR PRICE: $ 64.95 on the web Authorization order Code: 610040 SPECIAL PRICE $ 45.47 REGULAR PRICE: $ 109.95 $ 76.96 Authorization Code: 601080 Orders/Tech: 800-741-0015 Authorization Code: 630151 www.brownells.com BROWNELLS . . . ONLY THE BEST . . . PAGE 3472011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=350http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=350How Brownells Supports the Shooting Sports Providing our customers with the gunsmithing tools and firearms accessories they need is more than just a business for the gang at Brownells. Hunting and the shooting sports are a way of life around here. Many of our employees don’t just love to shoot, they love tinkering with guns. And it’s not just the gunsmiths around here. That’s one of the reasons that we’ve made a strong commitment to giving back to the shooting sports. We do that in a variety of ways, from sponsoring shooting events, providing prizes at regional and national matches, actively participating in the shooting sports and supporting the National Rifle Association. Introducing the Shooting Sports to the Next Generation Through its many programs, the NRA links our shooting past and present to the future. Perhaps nowhere else is this more evident than its extensive youth programs. Brownells truly believes an investment in our young people and the shooting sports is the best way to guarantee our freedoms. To help make sure those freedoms continue, we’ve joined with the NRA Foundation to make it easier for more young people to experience the joys of shooting. Through a variety of themes, the NRA Shooting Sports Camps are designed to teach kids about shooting. Each of the seven camp programs exposes them to the broad range of shooting activities available. Brownells permanent endowment of the Youth Shooting Sports Camp Program will ensure that this effort continues to introduce more young people to the joys of shooting. This is just one small way in which Brownells supports the National Rifle Association. There’s nothing more satisfying than seeing a young person get excited about participating in the shooting sports for the very first time. different ranges, each for a specific discipline, but also lodging to cover all needs from camping to housekeeping cabins at rates that fit any shooter’s wallet. The construction, maintenance and operation of the Whittington Center are supported 100% by the voluntary contributions of individuals and corporate sponsors like Brownells. Putting More Dollars to Work for the NRA The shooting sports are full of great people. And, Brownells customers are no exception. You are among the most generous people we’ve ever seen. Since Brownells adopted the NRA Round Up program, you have given nearly $1 million to support the NRA Foundation’s Endowments. Serving Our Customers by Supporting the National Rifle Association Individually and as a company, Brownells believes strongly that the work the NRA does on behalf of all shooters is vital to protecting our right to shoot. That’s a big reason we support many different National Rifle Association programs. And it’s why we’ve arranged for a special membership offer for all of our customers. In fact, Brownells believes so strongly in the value of NRA membership that it has committed to pay for a membership for all of our employees and their spouses. We’re proud of the work that the National Rifle Association does on behalf of all gun owners. That’s why we support the NRA – and so should you. Helping National and Regional Events Throughout the year, Brownells supports more than 150 national and regional shooting events through sponsorships and by providing match prizes. While we receive more requests than we can possibly fulfill, sponsoring these events is just one more way that Brownells helps encourage more shooting. In addition to these sponsorships and match prizes, Brownells also supports the Friends of the NRA program. One of the highlights of these banquets is the auctions they hold after dinner, auctioning everything from limited edition, valuable firearms, to Friends of the NRA–specific merchandise, to tools and accessories made available from different suppliers. We’re proud to contribute some of our most desirable products to these auctions. These are just a few ways that Brownells encourages participation in the shooting sports. As a valued cu2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=351http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=351CREWS, INC. SHOOTING GLASSES Adjustable, Lightweight, Impact-Resistant Eye Protection Wrap-around lens and a molded plastic frame with ratchet-adjustable earpieces provide protection from 99.9% of all ultraviolet rays and shooting debris. Scratch-resistant coating. SPECS: Plastic frame and earpieces; polycarbonate lens, molded nosepiece. Mossy Oak (M/O) models have camo frame. Winchester (Win) models have black frame. #100-000-695AE M/O Amber Glasses 7K07P99 . . . . . . $ 11.95 #100-000-697AE M/O Clear Glasses 7K07P45 . . . . . . . . 10.99 #100-000-702AE Win. Amber Glasses 7K07P99 . . . . . . 11.95 #100-000-703AE Win. Clear Glasses 7K09P99 . . . . . . . . 14.99 #100-000-704AE Win. Clear/Mirror Glasses 7K07P55 . 11.45 #100-000-705AE Win. Gray Glasses 7K07U55 . . . . . . . . 11.45 Brownells SIGNATURE SERIES SHOOTING BAG Holds All Your Gear For Competition & Range We’ve incorporated many of the same great features of our original Signature Series Range Bag into a slightly smaller, more compact bag with bellows pockets, adjustable dividers, magazine pouches, six individual shotshell holders and much, much more. Constructed of long lasting, 1000 denier, Cordura® nylon with non-scratching, self-healing, nylon YKK zippers and solid brass pulls. We put top-grain, leather straps on the zipper pulls to make opening and closing the “high-use” compartments easy when wearing shooting gloves. Adjustable, detachable shoulder strap is constructed of strong, 1½" wide nylon webbing and includes a comfortable pad lined with non-slip, suede leather. Quick-detach, brass-plated swivel clips are spring loaded for extra security and ease of removal. Double-layered, 3/16" thick, corrugated bottom panels provide full support for heavy loads of ammunition, pistols, tools, and other shooting accessories, while retaining the original shape of the bag. The Signature Series Shooting Bag is a full-featured bag designed to perform and built to last. a b SPECS: 1000 denier Cordura nylon body; plastic bottom support inserts; leather zipper pull-straps; brass zipper hardware; brassplated D-rings and swivel clips. Dark Brown or Hunter Green. 15" (38cm) long, 13" (33cm) wide, 9" (23cm) high. #084-000-306AE Signature Series Shooting Bag, Dark Brown 4H104V35 . . . . . . . . . . .$ 130.99 #084-000-341AE Signature Series Shooting Bag, Hunter Green 4H104B35 . . . . . . . . . . . 130.99 PISTOL SHOOTER’S BAG - Incorporates the full-size Shooting Bag’s high-quality materials and construction features in a smaller package that’s compact, yet roomy, and easy to carry. The big central compartment has an adjustable divider of sturdy corrugated plastic, perfect for keeping fresh ammo and spent brass separate. Or remove the divider completely and store muffs, protective eyewear, shooting gloves, and other gear. One of the full-length, zippered side compartments contains a fully padded, pull-out pistol rug with a soft, non-marring interior to protect a full-size handgun from nicks, dings, and other damage during transport. The other compartment offers generous storage for magazines and small items. Strong, double-stitched 2" wide nylon web carry straps wrap around the entire bag for even weight distribution and extra support. A leather trimmed, clear plastic I.D. window doublestitched on the front holds a business card or luggage I.D. tag. SPECS: 1000 denier Cordura nylon body; plastic bottom insert; leather zipper pull-strap; brass zipper hardware. Dark brown. 12" (30.5cm) long, 6" (15.2cm) wide, 8" (20.3cm) high. #084-000-308AE Signature Pistol Shooter’s Bag, 4H62V57 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 73.99 for easy carry. Both top compartments stay closed using four snap-down latches, two with built-in, snag proof locks for extra security. Bottom slide out drawer includes one snap-down latch with built-in lock to prevent opening unexpectedly. Includes two keys that fit all three locks. SPECS: PVC extruded sides with aluminum frame, light gray brushed finish. H2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=352http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=352SHOOTING ACCESSORIES BOYT HARNESS TACTICAL BAGS Built Tough For Maximum Protection Of Gear Anywhere You Go Rugged nylon bags are built tough to protect your expensive gear from abuse by taking it instead. Made with high-quality features like heavy duty military-grade #10 YKK zippers, with extra-long, non-slip textured pull tabs for easy opening, even when wearing gloves. Reinforced carry handles have hook-andloop closure for extra security, and rubber feet protect the bottom of the bag from abrasion. Adjustable, padded, detachable shoulder strap clips to two heavy-duty D-ring attachment points on the outside. A full-length nylon outer pocket is double-stitched to the main case for easy storage of equipment and accessories you need to get at quickly. TACTICAL SHOOTER’S BAG Large, hard-sided bag has a convenient outside compartment on each end, plus three rows of external PALS webbing along one side to mount a variety of MOLLE-compatible accessories. Three webbing loops on the inside secure gear. Overlapping skirt on the zipper keeps out dust, dirt, and sand and helps ensure easy opening. SPECS: 1000 denier nylon shell, black. 20" (51cm) long, 9½" (24cm) wide, 11½" (29cm) high. #100-004-434AG Tactical Shooters Bag 3A93X70 . . $ 117.99 TACTICAL BRIEFCASE Main compartment is lined with high-density foam for a snug, padded fit and maximum protection of expensive gear. Four outside zippered compartments, plus a full length outer pocket and pull-to-close pouch provide a variety of storage options. Outer pocket has a separate, pull-out pouch inside for small items. Two heavy-duty D-ring attachment points secure extra gear to the outside of the case. Clear plastic ID holder double-stitched to the side cover. SPECS: 1000 denier nylon shell, black. 18½" (47cm) long, 6" (15cm) wide, 11½" (29cm) high. #100-004-433AG Tactical Briefcase 3A95X25 . . . . . . $ 119.99 Brownells AMMO BOX PLUS Protects Ammo & Supplies During Storage & Transport Large capacity, impact-resistant, plastic, dry box keeps ammo and precision shooting equipment secure during transport and storage. Lockable, hinged cover features beefy, fold down, carry handle and integral tool compartment. Cam latch pulls cover down for watertight seal between gasket and base. Inside, 131⁄2" x 71⁄4" tray lifts out for easy access to 131⁄4" b x 63⁄4" x 51⁄4" base compartment . a SPECS: Impact-resistant plastic, black. Approximately 15" (38cm) long, 8” (20cm) wide, 10” (25cm) high. 2 lb. 13 oz. (822g) wt. #080-000-188AG Ammo Box Plus 3A20Y93 . . . . . . . . .$ 25.99 BOYT HARNESS O.H. PRODUCTS BENCH REST Stable Dual Rest Design For Repeatable Accuracy Heavy-duty steel base holds your rifle securely for repeatable accuracy. Features three-position elevation adjustment, three-point leveling jacks, padded vinyl forearm bag and nylon buttstock strap. Easy-to-see, bubble level helps prevent canting the gun for added consistency. Threaded leveling jacks allow fine-tuning elevation; includes large wing nuts to lock jacks in place. Disassembles for easy storage. SPECS: Steel frame, green. Rubber coated feet. 24” (61cm) long, 11½” (29cm) wide 7 .1 lbs. (3.2kg) wt. Front adjusts from 9” (22.8cm) to 13½” (34.3cm) high. #100-004-224AG Bench Rest 3A61B64 . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 82.99 BULLSHOOTER PISTOL REST Multiple Use Design Has Outstanding Versatility Lightweight, polyethylene rest has a wide “footprint” for excellent stability. Use it for shooting, or as a vise for cleaning. a b SPECS: Polyethylene, black. 13” (33cm) long, 7 .25” (18cm) wide. 3 lb. 7 oz (1.5 kg). #666-100-013AG Bullshooter Pistol Rest 6F46X77 . . $ 77.99 RANSOM MACHINE REST MTM AMMO BOX DESERT MOUNTAIN Ultimate Handgun Accuracy Tester - Eliminates Human Error - Fitted Inserts For Popular Handguns The finest handgun machine rest; very well made and extremely reliable. Shows pistolsmiths, competitive shooters and accuracy buffs the true shooting potential of their guns and ammunition. Designed, thoroughly tested, and performance p2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=353http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=353WICHITA PRECISION RIFLE REST Premium Quality, Beautifully Made, Rock-Solid Stability Heavy-duty, cast iron and steel, precision rifle rest. Adjustments can be hand set and locked. Hardened leveling screws prevent sliding. Nest accepts most Owl ear bags. Forend stop adjusts 3" vertically, 51⁄2" horizontally for exact, shot-to-shot positioning. a b SPECS: Steel, black powder coat finish. Rolled threads; steel hardware. 12" (30.5cm) leg spread. Nest: 21⁄2" (6.4cm) x 53⁄4" (14.6cm). Weight 11 lb. (5kg). #958-500-000AG Wichita Rifle Rest 8E115C67. . . . .$ 144.58 CANVAS SHOOTING BAGS Replaces Hard-To-Find, Traditional Shot Bags For Range Work & Varminting Rugged and dependable, 10 oz. heavy-weight duck canvas bags just like the shot bags Ol’ Timers used to shoot off. Filled with your favorite fill medium, they provide stable, portable, no-scratch support for the forend and buttstock on the range, in a prairie dog town – wherever precise accuracy is absolutely critical. More robust than original shot bags, these have a built-in drawstring for easy closure if you don’t like sewing the ends up after filling. b a SPECS: 10 oz. heavy-weight duck canvas, natural canvas color w/ brown silkscreen. Fill media not included. #084-000-235AG Shooting Bag, per each, 4H03X50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 4.99 #084-000-237AG Shooting Bag, 3-pak 4H09X27 . . . . . . 12.99 HEAVY BOTTOM RABBIT EAR REAR BAG An extra thick bottom sets flat on the bench. Slopes to match stock angle; “ears” prevent side shift. .1cm) L x 5" (12.7cm) W x 25⁄8" (6.7cm) SPECS: 6 3⁄4" (17 H (in front). 2 5⁄8" (6.7cm) high ears. #723-300-004AG HB Rabbit Ear Rear Bag, 3B30X30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 45.99 NO. 13B CUSTOM RABBIT EAR REAR BAG A 1" taller rabbit ear bag with double thick sides and heavy bottom that sets flat on the bench. Slopes to match stock angle; “ears” prevent side shift. 13B features all-leather construction; 13BC has Cordura ears to minimize drag. .1cm) L x 5" (12.7cm) W x 35⁄8" (9.2cm) H (in front). SPECS: 63⁄4" (17 25⁄8" (6.7cm) high ears. #723-000-002AG 13B Rabbit Ear Rear Bag, 3B42X23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 64.99 #723-000-008AG No. 13BC Rabbit Ear Bag, 3B46X73 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69.99 NO. 14B & 14BC CUSTOM BUNNY EAR BAGS Similar to the Rabbit Ear, but with shorter, lower, ears to accept extra wide buttstocks; will not interfere with cheekpiece. Thick, leather base sets flat on the bench for zero movement. Double-thick sides help retain a consistent bag height. 14BC has Cordura ears. .1cm) L x 5" (12.7cm) W x 35⁄8" (9.2cm) H (in front). SPECS: 63⁄4" (17 11⁄4" (3.2cm) high ears. #723-000-003AG No. 14B Bunny Ear Rear Bag, 3B42X23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 64.99 #723-000-009AG No. 14BC Bunny Ear Bag, 3B46X73 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71.12 NO. 14 BUNNY EAR REAR BAGS - Identical to the Rabbit Ear Bag except the ears are shorter and half as high. Accommodates thicker buttstocks and will not hit cheekpieces. .1cm) L x 5" (12.7cm) W x 35⁄8" (9.2cm) SPECS: 63⁄4" (17 H (in front). 11⁄4" (3.2cm) high ears. #723-300-014AG Bunny Ear Rear Bag, 3B26X00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 39.99 NO. 16 BRICK BAG - Brick-sized bag that makes a perfect rest for arm or elbow. SPECS: 8" (20.3cm) long x 4" (10.2cm) wide x 11⁄2" (3.8cm) high. #723-400-016AG No. 16 Brick Bag, 3B19X00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 29.99 NO. 18 PILLOW BAG - An alternate design for excellent support of arm or elbow. SPECS: 6" (15.2cm) long x 6" (15.2cm) wide x 2" (5.1cm) high. #723-400-018AG No. 18 Pillow Bag, 3B14C93 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 22.99 Brownells BULLS BAG HARRIS FIELD SHOOTING REST Butterfly Shape Grabs Rifle Securely For Consistent Accuracy Lightweight, “butterfly” profile est produces a hinge-like action that grabs the rifle securely and provides a rock-steady sho2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=354http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=354Items SHOOTING ACCESSORIES KENG’S FIREARMS COMMAND ARMS wet grass; and raptor feet for the roughest, slipperiest conditions. Quick-deploy legs can be adjusted anywhere from 9” (fully retracted) to 12” (fully extended) high. Pan-and-tilt mechanism lets you pivot the rifle left, right, up, or down to compensate for uneven ground. An adjustable, friction-locking thumbscrew limits the range of pivot movement or even locks in the setting completely. Mounts to almost any rifle using any Versa Pod adapter. SPECS: Steel and aluminum, matte black finish. Leg height adjustment: 9” (22.9cm) to 12” (30.5cm). 20.4 oz (578g) weight. Separately available adapter required to mount on rifle. #100-004-397AG Versa-Pod Battle Pack, 5A109Y95 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 139.95 PICATINNY BATTLE PACK – Same features as the standard Battle Pack listed above, with a Model 50 Versa-Pod that comes with an integral adapter for clamping directly to a MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny handguard rail. Available with two different leg height adjustability ranges: 7"-9" legs are excellent for an AR-15/ M16 rifle fitted with a straight 20 round magazine; 9"-12" legs are best for AR-15/M16 with a standard USGI 30-round magazine. Kits come with a zippered MOLLE-compatible carry pack of heavy duty, digital camo pattern, woven nylon to hold the main bipod assembly and all three sets of legs. SPECS: Steel and aluminum, black, matte finish. Carry Pack – Woven nylon, digital camouflage pattern. Approx. 10" (25.4cm) long x 6" (15.2cm) wide x 4" (10.2cm) deep. Available with two leg height adjustment ranges: 7" to 9" (17 .8cm to 22.9cm) or 9" to 12" (22.9cm to 30.5cm). 100-005-526AG Picatinny Battle Pack, 7"-9" Legs, 3K201H40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 254.95 100-005-527AG Picatinny Battle Pack, 9"-12" Legs, 3K201H40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254.95 PICATINNY RAIL ADAPTER - Attaches to rail with an oversized, ½" knob; tighten by hand or a wrench for rock-solid stability. SPECS: Steel, matte black. 1⁄2" clamping knob. Attaches to Picatinny rail systems with no permanent modifications. #100-002-144AG Picatinny Rail Adapter, 3K36H90 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 52.95 ACCURACY INTERNATIONAL® ADAPTER - Adapts an Accuracy International rifle or chassis-type stock to accept a Versa Pod with no permanent modifications. Includes a 360° rotating quick-detach sling swivel. SPECS: Steel matte black. 3.5 oz. (99.9g) wt. Attaches to Accuracy International rifles or chassis-type stock. 100-005-576AG Accuracy Int’l Adapter 3K65Y77 . .$ 94.95 AR-STYLE RIFLE FREE FLOAT TUBE ADAPTER - Provides secure mounting of Versa-Pod to any AR-15 style rifle with a tube-type free float forend with an Uncle Mike’s or similar design sling swivel stud. This adapter will fit ArmaLite® T-Series rifles, Rock River Arms Varmint models, and similar rifles with stud positioned on underside of tube. Comes with a 360° rotating quick-detach sling swivel that fits receptacles on both sides and bottom of mount. No gunsmithing required. SPECS: Steel and hard, reinforced polymer composite, black. #100-003-760AG Free Float Tube Adapter, 3K39X49 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 49.95 VLTOR VERSA POD Tactical & Hunting Shooting Rest System Modular, two-piece design provides easy, push-button bipod removal. In the field you can carry the legs on your rifle or in a backpack. Multi-pivot head pans right and left; cants to compensate for uneven ground. Height adjustable legs may be folded to the front or rear. Mounting adapter included, additional adapters let you quickly interchange bipods between rifles. Model 50, 51, 52 - bench/prone, has rubber feet. Mounts to QD swivel stud. Model 1 - bench/prone, has grooved metal feet. Mounts to QD swivel stud. Model 2 - bench/prone, has rubber feet. Mounts to QD swivel stud. Model 3 - sitting, has rubber feet. Mounts to QD swivel stud. Model 1T - has metal feet, mounts to round handguard vent hole. 2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=355http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=355FA ENTERPRISES KMW BIPOD ADAPTER Versatile Bipod & Sling Mounting Swivel stud mounted to an aluminum block slides onto Picatinny and Weaver-style accessory rails. Lets you mount a sling or bipod where you want it. Clamps tightly with no external nuts to snag. Great on AR-15s and rifles with accessory rails. a b SPECS: 6061-T6 alum., Anodized, matte black. 23⁄4" (6.9cm) long. #246-000-018AG Bipod Adapter 6D31T31 . . . . . . . . . . $ 37.99 POD-LOC COMPETITION ELECTRONICS Power & Features For Club & Individual Needs PROTIMER IV COMPETITIVE EDGE DYNAMICS SHOOTING ACCESSORIES No Tools Required To Lock & Unlock Bipod Swivel Spring loaded lever replaces the Harris lock nut, provides plenty of leverage to lock or unlock the swivel using only your fingers. Provides a dust and dirt shield that protects the clutch mechanism from damage. Spring loaded lever may be parked against the stock to minimize snagging. Installation requires no modification to bipod. Used by the U. S. military, NSN 1005-09-000-2008. SPECS: Synthetic handle, stainless steel mechanism, black, matte finish. Handle 11⁄2" (3.8cm) long. Fits Harris S-series bipods. #100-000-326AG Pod-Lock 4K21T60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 26.99 CED8000 SHOT ACTIVATED TIMER The Smallest, Lightest, Most Compact, Full Function Competition Timer Available Dramatically improve your shooting scores! The CED8000 state-of-the-art electronic timer provides every timing function any competitive shooter needs in a small, easy-to-use, easy-to-carry, dependable package. No complicated toggle switches or key pads; simply turn on the timer and start shooting. Features include: Easy-to-read illuminated LCD display • Unlimited shot record and review • 999.99 second time record capacity • Split time recorded and shown for all shots fired • Programmed NRA Bianchi, PPC and Field Shooting events • Sportsman Challenge Countdown and Gunsmith Modes • Par-time function • Repetitive mode • Combined Comstock function (programmable up to 199.9 sec.) • Low-battery indicator • Power down mode (after 30 min. of non-use) • Input jacks for airsoft or stop plates • Auxiliary jacks for earphone and external horn • Selfdiagnostic system • Low frequency buzzer • Convenient steel belt clip and much, much more. SPECS: High impact plastic housing, blue. 33⁄4" (9.5cm) long, 31⁄2" (8.9cm) wide, 11⁄2" (3.2cm) high w/display closed. 8.6 oz. (244g) wt. Includes padded Cordura carrying case and instruction booklet. Uses one 9 volt, alkaline battery (not included). #399-000-007AG CED8000 Shot Activated Timer, 9C00XCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 149.99 GG&G BIPOD ADAPTER Mounts Harris Bipods & Other Stud-Mounted Accessories To Railed Forearm Bolt-on, low-profile adapter clamps to the Picatinny rail on the underside of a tactical rifle’s forearm to allow mounting of a swivel stud-mounted bipod. Expands the accessory mounting versatility of your rifle without requiring permanent alterations to the weapon. Cross-bolt and locking bar mechanism provides secure rail engagement, even on worn or undersize rails. Radiused edges, counter-sunk bolt head, and locking bar recessed into the mount body give a smooth, streamlined profile and help resist catching on sling, vegetation, or other gear. Precision machined from solid 6061 T6 aluminum billet and Type III hardcoat anodized for extra strength and corrosion resistance, with a hard, non-reflective surface. Locking bar, cross-bolt, and stud are steel for maximum strength and durability. SPECS: Body - 6061 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. Locking Bar, Cross-Bolt, Stud – Hardened steel, black oxide finish. 2¼” (5.7cm) long, 1¼” (3.2cm) wide. Mount body extends 3⁄8" (9.5mm) below rail. 2.3 oz. (64g) weight. #336-000-028AG Bipod Adapter 6C23D70 . . . . . . . . . .$ 29.95 TANK’S RIFLE SHOP BIPOD SPEEDY KNOB Fast, No-Tool Knob For Harris Bipod Install or remove your Harris Bipod in just seconds. Mounts in place of the Harris mounting/attachment screw. Also works wi2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=356http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=356SHOOTING ACCESSORIES COMPETITION ELECTRONICS COMPETITIVE EDGE DYNAMICS SHOOTING CHRONY GREAT INDUSTRIES PROCHRONO DIGITAL Gives Accurate Analysis Of Ammo Velocity Takes guesswork out of analyzing ammunition performance. Extra large shooting area for accurate shot placement and easier setup. Displays 9 strings of fire, 99 shots each, plus delete string or current shot, high and low velocity, extreme spread, standard deviation and average velocity. Threaded for 1⁄4-20 tpi camera tripod. Measures speeds from 22 to 7000 in fps or meters per second. Optional indoor light kit required for indoor use. Light kit available by special order. Optional Indoor Lighting System available. PC USB Interface provides everything needed to display all your data from the ProChrono Digital chronograph in an easy-to-read format on your computer screen. Control all of the chrono functions from your computer, list velocity strings, compute ft./lbs. of energy, power factors, and even create graphs for easy data comparison and interpretation. Uses the computer USB port for a cable connection to the ProChrono Digital chronograph. User-friendly software allows two chronographs to be used with one PC for easy side-by-side chronograph velocity comparisons. Includes 25 ft. long USB cable, USB adapter interface, and software CD. a b SPECS: ProChrono Digitall - Plastic case, white, matte finish. Powered by a 9 volt battery, not included. 16" (40.6cm) x 4" (10.1cm) x 33⁄4" (9.5cm) Weighs 2 lbs. (907g). External printer compatible. Includes wire support rods, diffusers and detailed instructions. PC USB Interface - Includes 25’ (7 .6m) long USB cable, USB adapter interface, and software CD with instructions. Requires Windows® 98, Windows® 2000, Windows® XP or Windows Vista® operating system. Compatible with ProChrono Digital chronograph only. #225-100-101AG ProChrono Digital, 5B95P96 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 119.95 #225-000-004AG PC USB Interface, 5B40P49 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49.95 PROCHRONO PAL - Determines the actual velocity of factory and reloaded ammunition. Large shooting area for accurate shot placement and easier setup. Displays velocity, number of shots, average velocity, high and low velocity. Lightweight design, threaded for 1⁄4"-20 tpi camera tripod. Measures from 22 to 7000 feet per second. Optional Indoor Lighting Kit required for indoor use. Light kit available by special order. SPECS: Plastic case, white, matte finish. Powered by a 9 volt battery, not included. 16" (40.6cm) x 4" (10.1cm) x 33⁄4" (9.5cm) Wt. 2 lbs. (907 g). Includes wire support rods, diffusers; instructions. #225-100-100AG ProChrono Pal 5B85P33 . . . . . . . . . .$ 99.95 INDOOR LIGHTING KIT - Features 72 LEDs that emit invisible, infrared light for optimum contrast over the optical sensors and reliable, indoor chronograph operation. Eliminates possible invalid readings when using incandescent or florescent light sources that can vary in intensity and coverage. Portable and fast setup, just mount the light arcs and connect power. Red “ON” indicator illuminates when operating. 120 VAC adapter included. Will operate on a 24 VDC source (two 12 Volt batteries wired in series). Shipping box protects the unit during storage and transport. Includes complete instructions. Fits all ProChrono model chronographs. SPECS: Adapter input - 120 VAC 60Hz. Light Arc Input/Adapter Output - 24 VDC 200mA. Power Consumption - Approx. 200mA (100 mA per arc). #225-000-005AG Indoor Lighting Kit 5B54P99 . . . . .$ 66.99 M2 CHRONOGRAPH Advanced Technology Helps You Determine Best Loads Lightweight, compact system with a large, easy-to-read LCD screen records velocities from 50 fps to 7,000 fps and provides output data in feet or meters. Voice chip technology lets you hear each shot. Permanent memory stores up to 500 shot strings, or 1,000 shots total. Convenient, one-touch calculation of IPSC/ IDPA Power Factors, plus a builtin calculator to make crunch2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=357http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=357BIRCHWOOD CASEY BIRCHWOOD CASEY BIRCHWOOD CASEY SELF-ADHESIVE TARGET SPOTS Create Instant Bullseyes For All Types Of Target Practice Bright stick-on target spots are easy to use and convenient for creating instant bullseyes for target practice, sighting in, and other shooting activities that require a target that’s easy to see, even at long range. High-contrast, radiant orange-red color ensures a sharp sight picture for smaller groups. Vertical and horizontal crosshair lines aid in aligning scope reticles. Available in 1", 3", and 6" diameters for different distances and applications, including handgun, rifle, slug gun, and archery. a b SPECS: Orange-red adhesive-backed paper, with black markings. Comes on waxed, peel-off backing sheets. #167-339-010AG 1" Target Spots, 360-pak 7F03T34 . . .$ 5.99 #167-339-030AG 3" Target Spots, 24-pak 7F03T32 . . . . . 4.99 #167-339-060AG 6" Target Spots, 12-pak 7F04T57 . . . . . 6.99 SHOOT•N•C TARGET ® DIRTY BIRD TARGET Produces A Multi-Color Splatter For Superior Downrange Contrast Four, black target rings separated by different fluorescent colored outlines produce a halo of color around every bullet hole, so you can instantly see your point-of-impact without having to run downrange. Because each target ring has its own underlying fluorescent color (green, yellow, orange, or pink), you know exactly where each bullet impact occurs in relation to the green, center bull’s-eye. Constructed of weather-proof, plastic-film laminate. MCV-20 includes 20 sheets, each with four, 2" diameter and five, 3" diameter targets, MC8-20 includes 20 sheets, each with a single 8" diameter target, and MC12-10 includes 10 sheets, each with a 12" diameter target. a b SPECS: Plastic-film laminate paper. MCV-20 - 20-Pak, each 8½” square sheet has four 2” (5.1cm) dia. targets and five 3” (7 .6cm) dia. targets. MC8-20 - 20-Pak, each 8½” square sheet has one 8” (20.3cm) dia. target. MC12-10 - 10-Pak, each 12¼” square sheet has one 12” (30.5cm) dia. target. #167-000-034AG MCV-20 2"/3" Targets, 20-pak, 7F07V30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 12.20 #167-000-032AG MC8-20 8" Targets, 20-pak 7F07V30 . 12.20 #167-000-033AG MC12-10 12" Targets, 10-pak, 7F07V30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.20 NATIONAL TARGET SHOOTING ACCESSORIES SIGHT-IN TARGETS High Contrast Improves Sight Picture Brilliant fluorescent red on a white background, with grid divided into 1" squares for precise sight adjustments. ST-3 has an easy-to-see red bull. ST-4 has 5 separate sighting points, including a diamond center with bold 90° alignment lines. a b SPECS: ST-3 - 14" (35.5cm) x 14". 6" (15.2cm) diameter bull. ST-4 15" (38cm) x 17" (43cm). Sold in paks of 100. #644-000-001AG ST-3 Sight-in Target 4D24B00 . . . . .$ 39.99 #644-000-002AG ST-4 Sight-in Target 4D13B30 . . . . . . 23.99 Highlights Your Hits So They’re Easy To See No need for spotting scopes or binoculars. When the bullet hits, the black is replaced by a bright halo of fluorescent, chartreuse color that makes the hit instantly visible to the naked eye. Convenient, peel-n-stick, self-adhesive backing. 8" Crosshair – Round target with fluorescent orange “crosshair” pattern, shows bullet holes as splashes of bright fluorescent orange on impact. Available in paks of 6 or 50 targets. Includes repair pasters. 8" Laser Reflective – Round bullseye target with stick-on reflective target centers that provide maximum contrast of aiming dot from laser sight or laser boresighter. Turns fluorescent chartreuse on bullet impact. 1", 2", 3" Bullseye - 12 sheets with 72-1", 36-2", 24-3" targets. 9" Oval - 5 targets, 15 b replacement centers. a SPECS: Vinyl targets, adhesive back. STOCK # TYPE/SIZE QTY. PRICE #167-343-150AG 3" Bullseye 12 pk 7F04T40 $ 7.30 #167-345-101AG 6" Bullseye 12 pk 7F04T40 $ 7.30 #167-345-500AG 6" Bullseye 60 pk 7F14T60 $ 24.40 #167-348-050AG 8" Bullseye 6 pk 7F04T40 $ 7.30 #167-000-006AG 8" Bullseye 30 pk 7F14T60 $ 24.40 #167-348-060AG 8" Crossha2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=358http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=358SHOOTING ACCESSORIES NATIONAL TARGET BUTLER CREEK SEMI-AUTO MAGLULA RUGER® MINI-14® CRABTREE TOOL & DIE IDPA PRACTICE TARGET Practice To Match Standards tune your shooting skills to improve competition performance and scores. Inexpensive alternative to cardboard targets. Buff target against a black background gives excellent target visibility; aids shooter concentration. b a SPECS: Paper, sold in paks of 100. 22" (55.9cm) x 341⁄2" (87 .6cm). 18" (45.7cm) x 303⁄4" (78cm) center. #644-000-012AG IDPA Practice Target 4D31B00 . . .$ 36.99 ACTION PISTOL PRACTICE TARGET - Paper targets are NRA approved for 50 yard shooting for pistol. Silhouette style for USPSA/IPSC shooting with A, B, C and D zones. SPECS: Paper, 35" (88.3cm) x 22" (55.1cm) overall. #644-000-016AG IPSC (P) Pistol Targets, per 100, 4D30Z83 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 40.99 Official size and scoring rings let you fine L.U.L.A. MAGAZINE LOADER/UNLOADER Load & Unload Magazines Fast; Saves Overworked Fingers & Thumbs Tough, lightweight, reinforced, polymer loader/unloader saves fingers, thumbs, and wasted time. Extends magazine life and lessens wear and tear on feed lips. Staggered, triangular pieces of plastic securely grasp rounds for effortless loading/unloading when you move the lever back and forth. Fits in your pocket. SPECS: Reinforced polymer. AR-15/M16 fits 10, 20, 30, 100 rd, .223 caliber magazines. AK-47/Galil fits all Ak-47 (7 .62mm) and Galil (5.56/.223) metal and plastic magazines. Colt SMG fits Colt SMG 9mm-type metal and polymer magazines. FN FAL fits 10-, 20- and 30-round FAL metric and inch type magazines; also fits L4A1 and L1A1 magazines. M1A/M14 fits 10-, 20-, and 30-round M1A/M14 magazines and AR-10 magazine with rear magazine catch. MP5 fits 15- and 30-round 9mm MP5, HK94 and SP89 metal magazines. Uzi fits 20-, 25-, 32-, and 40-round 9mm Uzi metal magazines. #100-000-637AG AR-15/M16 Mag Loader, 3E25D34 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 29.99 #100-001-414AG AK-47 Mag Loader 3E28B57 . . . . . . . 34.99 #593-000-044AG Colt SMG Mag Loader, 3E26Y25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29.99 #593-000-047AG FN FAL Mag Loader 3E31Y58 . . . . . 34.99 #593-000-046AG M1A/M14 Mag Loader, 3E31Y49 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34.99 #593-000-043AG MP5 Mag Loader 3E28Y53 . . . . . . . . . 34.95 #593-000-045AG Uzi Mag Loader 3E28Y53 . . . . . . . . . . 34.95 STRIPLULA ™ MAGAZINE CLIP LOADER Fast, Painless Way To Load Pistol Magazines Helps load magazines quickly, without wear and tear on your fingers and thumb, so you can spend more time shooting and less time reloading. Easyto-use, just slide over the magazine until it grabs the follower side button, then push down with your thumb to compress the spring and begin inserting rounds until full. Durable, one-piece molded polymer is solvent-resistant. Easily stores in your pocket, range bag, or on a key chain. a b SPECS: Molded polymer, black. 1¼" (3.2cm) long, 15⁄8" (4.1cm) wide, ½" (1.3cm) high. Fits Ruger®, Browning®, and High Standard .22 LR single stack pistol magazines. #100-004-406AG Magazine Clip Loader, 2C05Y13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 6.99 Greatly Speeds Loading & Unloading Mags Tough, polymer loader makes it possible to load a 20-round magazine in less than 8 seconds. Also accepts 10-round stripper clips and loose rounds and allows unloading a 20-round mag in 10 seconds. Ambidextrous, grooved thumb slide provides a non-slip grip for right- or left-hand loading. Designed to load factory Ruger .223 Mini-14 magazines. SPECS: Polymer, black. 53⁄8" (13.6cm) long, 11⁄8" (2.8cm) wide, 1¼” (3.2cm) high. 1.2 oz. (34g) weight. Fits factory Ruger .223 Mini-14 magazines, 10-round stripper clips, and loose rounds. May fit some aftermarket magazines as well. #593-000-048AG Mini-14 Striplula 3E29Y46 . . . . . . . .$ 31.99 NATIONAL TARGET MAGLULA AR-15/M16 BENCHLOADER POLICE TARGETS Practice Often, Stay-In-Tune The two 2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=359http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=359Model BUTLER CREEK SEMI-AUTO PISTOL THERMOLD MIDSOUTH PHOTOGRAPHIC SPECIALTIES SNIPER TOOL DESIGNS SHOOTING ACCESSORIES UPLULA MAGAZINE LOADER Loads Pistol Magazines Fast, Protects Fingers & Thumbs Hand-held loader fills pistol magazines quickly and easily, so you spend less range time loading mags and more of it shooting. Smooth, positive operation protects fingers and thumbs while you load hundreds of rounds painlessly—as fast as one round per second. Also lengthens magazine life by reducing wear and tear on feed lips. Hold the magazine upright with the bottom resting on a solid surface. Place the loader over the top of the mag, press down lightly while squeezing the lever to depress the follower, drop in a round, and work the lever quickly to push it into the mag. Repeat the process until the magazine is full. Constructed from tough, reinforced, black polymer. Locks closed when not in use, so it takes up minimal space in pocket or range bag. UpLula fits single- and double-stack 9mm, .357 SIG, .40 S&W, 10mm, and .45 ACP magazines, plus some .380 mags. Will not load Glock 6-round single-stack .45 caliber, Smith & Wesson 7-round single-stack 9mm, or magazines with less than 8mm between feed lips. Baby UpLula fits smaller single-stack pistol magazines, including most .22 LR, .25 ACP, .32 ACP, and .380 ACP. Does not fit Ruger® Mark I or 22/45™, S&W 22A/22S, or Walther P22. .3cm) long, 1¼” SPECS: Reinforced polymer, black. UpLula - 27⁄8" (7 (3.2cm) wide, 3¼” (8.3cm) high. Fits single and double stack magazines from 9mm to .45 ACP . Baby UpLula - 21⁄2” (6.3cm) long, 15⁄16” , (2.4cm) wide, 31⁄4” (8.3cm) high. Fits single-stack .22 LR, .25 ACP .32 ACP , and .380 ACP (9mm Short/Kurz) magazines. #100-003-052AG UpLula Magazine Loader, 3E29V79 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 32.99 100-005-262AG Baby UpLula Pistol Mag Loader, 3E30H77. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39.99 PISTOL MAGAZINE LOADER Makes Loading Fast, Easy & Painless Molded polymer, pushbutton-operated loader helps you quickly load a centerfire pistol magazine with less wear and tear on your fingers and thumb— and the magazine. Compresses the mag spring uniformly, so inserting the rounds puts less pressure on the feed lips and helps extend magazine life. Push the spring-loaded plunger down onto the magazine follower, slide a round in the opening, release the plunger, and push the round the rest of the way into the magazine. Repeat until magazine is full. SPECS: Zytel nylon, black. Single-Stack (SS) fits magazines up to .550" (14mm) wide; Double-Stack (DS) fits magazines up to .800" (20.3mm) wide. Not intended for Glock magazines. #100-005-860AG SS Magazine Loader 7C05D38 . . . . .$ 6.99 #100-005-861AG DS Magazine Loader 7C05D38 . . . . . . 6.99 TARGET SHOOTER’S RULER For Quick Scope Sight-In Without Guesswork Quick and easy way to determine how many “clicks” of turret adjustment are needed to zero your scope. Eliminates guesswork or the trial and error method when sighting in a scoped rifle or handgun. Laminated cardstock folds in half for easy storage in your wallet, range bag, or pocket. Calibrated for 25, 50, 75 and 100 yards; just use the ruler to measure from the bullet hole to bull’s-eye, read the number of clicks, and then adjust the scope for a perfect, one-shot zero. For scopes with ¼ MOA windage and elevation adjustment; double the clicks for 1⁄8 MOA scopes. a b SPECS: Cardstock, 3-pak. For ranges of 25, 50, 75 and 100 yards. #100-005-704AG Target Shooter’s Ruler, 4C04V55 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 5.99 COSINE INDICATOR Improves Accuracy When Shooting Up Or Down Hill Indicator shown with Precision-machined, aircraftOptional Mount grade aluminum instrument eliminates guesswork when adjusting your scope to fire at elevated, or very low targets. The orange needle moves with your rifle and displays a number that indicates the percent your rifle is off level. Multiply the indicated percent by the target dist2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=360http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=360SHOOTING ACCESSORIES “INSTA GRIP” For Any Part That Needs A Little More “Bite” Cut, peel, and stick to handgun grips, bull barrels, rifle or shotgun stock forearms and butt plates for a better grip. a b SPECS: Black only. Medium and Heavy texture. Two sizes: 1" (2.5cm) W. x 12" (30.4cm) L., 12 pieces per pkg.; 2" (5.1cm) W. x 12" (30.4cm) L., 6 pieces per pkg. Assortment has 18 pieces: 6 ea., 1"x2", Med. and Heavy; 3 ea., 2"x12", Med. and Heavy. #084-093-112AG 1x12 Medium Insta-Grip, 4H15D98 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 19.99 #084-093-106AG 2x12 Medium Insta-Grip, 4H16D90 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.99 #084-093-212AG 1x12 Heavy Insta-Grip, 4H15D46 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.99 #084-093-206AG 2x12 Heavy Insta-Grip, 4H13D60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.99 #084-093-000AG “Insta-Grip” Assortment, 4H26D67 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.99 Brownells D&E SCOPE EZE SPECIAL OPS TECH CRTC Instantly Adds Comb Height For Heavy Recoiling Rifles, Slug Guns Recoil-absorbing, rubber pad raises the line of sight. Cushions the cheek from recoil for faster, more comfortable shooting. Works for both scope-mounted and open-sight-equipped rifles and shotguns. Made from extra-dense, polymer-foam rubber. Stick-On - Peel-off adhesive backing won’t shoot loose or shift position. Caution: Installation considered permanent. Adhesive may damage some stock finishes. Strap-On - Removable/replaceable; velcro and elastic straps attach pad to stock. a b SPECS: Polymer foam, black. 6" (15cm) long. 1.3 oz. (37g) wt. Height tapers above factory; drop at comb shown in chart. ¼" Slimside - 1⁄16" (1.6mm) thick sides with 1⁄4" (6.3mm) thick, parallel top. 3⁄8" Slimside - 1⁄16" (1.6mm) thick sides with 3⁄8" (9.5mm) thick, parallel top. Elevator - 1⁄8" (3.2mm) sides with 1⁄8" to 1⁄2" (12.7mm) tapered top. Fits right- and left-hand stocks. STOCK # #946-101-750AG #946-101-900AG #946-101-925AG #946-101-950AG #946-000-001AG #946-000-007AG #946-000-002AG STOCK # #946-102-001AG #946-102-002AG #946-102-003AG #946-102-004AG #946-000-004AG #946-000-005AG STICK-ON TAPER/MODEL ⁄4" (6.3mm) to 3⁄4" (19mm) 5 ⁄8" (15mm) to 1" (2.5cm) 7⁄ 1 8" (22mm) to 1 ⁄4" (3.1cm) 11⁄8" (2.8cm) to 11⁄2" (3.8cm) 1⁄ 4" Slimside 3⁄ 8" Slimside Elevator 1 RIFLE BUTTSTOCK CARRIER Holds 10-Rounds Of Ammo Securely In Reach For Fast Reloads Padded cheek piece with builtin ammo pouch keeps 10-rounds of .308 or similar-size ammunition in reach for fast reloads. Designed to hold the 10-round tray from the factory ammunition box to help prevent loose shells that cause unwanted noise. Internal, adjustable paracord strap with hook-and-loop fastener is used to “cinch” the tray snug and keep it in place for easy shell removal. Nylon zipper closes the compartment tight and seals out dust, dirt, water, and other contamination. Easy-to-grasp nylon pull-tab allows one-handed opening and closing. Integral shooting pad with non-slip backing provides a comfortable cheekweld. Three adjustable nylon straps with hook-and-loop fasteners hold the carrier tight on a variety of buttstocks. Available in right-hand only. a b SPECS: Cordura® nylon, Black or Coyote Brown. Pad - 8¼" (18.1cm) long, 4¼" (15.6cm) high, ¼" thick. Pouch - 6" (18.1cm) long, 1" (15.6cm) wide, 3½" (15.6cm) high. #100-004-416AG Rifle Buttstock Carrier, Black, 2C44Y95 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 56.00 #100-004-417AG Rifle Buttstock Carrier, Coyote Brown, 2C44Y95 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56.00 SAFETY MAG Weighted, Inert Magazines Enhance Firearms Safety Training Duplicates the weight and feel of a loaded magazine; eliminates the fear of accidental discharge during training. Ideal for creating safer, more realistic training in tactical reloads, dry firing, and immediate response drills. International Inert Blue color provides fast, easy identification. a b SPECS: Solid synthetic, blue. 1911 Auto fi2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=361http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=361CSP WOOLY SNAP CAPS A-ZOOM AMMO Prevents Firing Pin & Rust Damage Spring-loaded primer plunger prevents firing pin damage during dryfiring exercises. Treat the wool, chamber mop with your favorite gun oil to help prevent rusty chambers during storage. a b SPECS: Aluminum head, wool mop. 31⁄2" (8.8cm) long. Available to fit 12 and 20 ga. Sold 2 per package. #365-115-012AG 12 Ga. Wooly Snap Caps, 5F14A42 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 20.99 #365-115-020AG 20 Ga. Wooly Snap Caps, 5F14A42 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.99 SNAP-CAPS Practice Loading, Unloading Dry Firing Machined, aluminum body with synthetic, cushion primer withstands repeated cycling and saves wear and tear on your firing pin. Shaped like loaded rounds for correct loading and feeding. Handgun shooters can practice reloading and trigger squeeze. Competitive shooters and hunters can improve rifle handling proficiency. a b SPECS: Aluminum, black, hard anodized finish. STOCK # FITS PER PACK PRICE #187-000-046AG .22 Hornet 2 9C06H66 $ 9.98 #187-000-002AG .25 Auto 5 9C12X66 $ 18.98 #187-000-003AG .32 Auto 5 9C11X33 $ 16.98 #187-000-004AG .32 S&W Long 6 9C14X66 $ 21.99 #187-105-109AG 9mm 5 9C11H33 $ 16.98 #187-000-005AG .380 Auto 5 9C11X33 $ 16.98 #187-105-138AG .38 Super 5 9C12H66 $ 18.98 #187-106-038AG .38 Spl. 6 9C13H33 $ 19.98 #187-106-357AG .357 Mag. 6 9C13D33 $ 19.98 #187-000-027AG .357 Sig. 5 9C11X33 $ 16.98 #187-000-006AG .40 S&W 5 9C11X66 $ 16.99 #187-000-007AG 10mm Auto 5 9C11X33 $ 16.98 #187-000-008AG .44 Spl. 6 9C13X33 $ 19.98 #187-000-009AG .44 Mag. 6 9C13X33 $ 19.98 #187-106-440AG .44-40 6 9C13D33 $ 19.98 #187-105-145AG .45 ACP 5 9C11H33 $ 16.98 #187-106-045AG .45 Colt 6 9C13H33 $ 19.98 #187-000-045AG .45 GAP 5 9C12H66 $ 18.98 #187-000-032AG .500 S&W 6 9C14H66 $ 21.99 #187-000-035AG .17 Rem. 2 9C10H66 $ 15.99 #187-000-036AG .204 Ruger 2 9C06H66 $ 9.98 #187-000-010AG .220 Swift 2 9C10X66 $ 15.99 #187-000-011AG .222 Rem. 2 9C06X66 $ 9.98 #187-102-223AG .223 Rem. 2 9C06H75 $ 9.99 #187-000-012AG .22-250 2 9C06X66 $ 9.98 #187-102-243AG .243 Win. 2 9C06H66 $ 9.98 #187-000-029AG .223 WSSM 2 9C10H66 $ 15.99 #187-000-037AG .25 WSSM 2 9C10H66 $ 15.99 #187-000-038AG .270 WSM 2 9C06H66 $ 9.98 #187-000-013AG 7x57 Mauser 2 9C09X32 $ 13.99 #187-000-040AG 7mm-08 2 9C09H32 $ 13.99 #187-000-014AG 7mm Mag. 2 9C06X66 $ 9.98 #187-102-762AG 7.62x39 2 9C06H66 $ 9.98 #187-000-015AG .30 Carbine 2 9C06X66 $ 9.98 #187-000-016AG .30-30 2 9C06X66 $ 9.98 #187-102-308AG .308 2 9C06H66 $ 9.98 #187-102-306AG .30-06 2 9C06H66 $ 9.98 #187-000-028AG .300 Win. Mag. 2 9C06H66 $ 9.98 #187-000-039AG .300 WSM 2 9C06H66 $ 9.98 #187-000-017AG .300 Wthby Mag. 2 9C10X66 $ 15.99 #187-000-041AG .300 RUM 2 9C10H66 $ 15.99 #187-000-018AG 8x57 Mauser 2 9C06X66 $ 9.98 #187-000-019AG .338 Win Mag. 2 9C06X66 $ 9.98 #187-000-020AG .375 H&H Mag. 2 9C09X32 $ 13.99 #187-000-021AG .45-70 2 9C06X66 $ 9.98 #187-000-022AG .410 Ga. 2 9C07X00 $ 10.50 #187-000-023AG 28 Ga. 2 9C07X00 $ 10.50 #187-000-024AG 20 Ga. 2 9C07X00 $ 10.50 #187-000-025AG 16 Ga. 2 9C07X00 $ 10.50 #187-102-012AG 12 Ga. 2 9C07H00 $ 10.50 #187-000-026AG 10 Ga. 2 9C07X00 $ 11.50 PRECISION GUN SPECIALTIES MAGPUL SHOOTING ACCESSORIES SAF-T-TRAINERS Brightly Colored “Dummies” For Training Exercises Brightly colored plastic and a different “feel” makes sure you won’t confuse these for live rounds. Popular with many departments and agencies for use in Immediate Action training for just that reason. These do not duplicate weight and balance of loaded rounds or function-testing dummies. SPECS: Orange or yellow plastic. Rifle and Handgun calibers supplied 50 or 10 rounds per bag, Shotgun calibers supplied 25 or 10 rounds per bag. 9mm Makarov: (9mm Mak). STOCK # CAL./GA. QTY. COLOR PRICE #729-000-070AG .17 HMR 50 Orange 9B17Z52 $ 21.90 #729-000-071AG 10 9B04Z50 $ 5.99 #729-000-064AG .17 Rem. 10 Orange 9B05X73 $ 6.99 #729-050-022AG .22 LR 50 Orange 9B09Z58 $ 11.99 #729-000-065AG .22 Mag. 50 Orange 9B18X17 $ 22.99 #722011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=362http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=362SHOOTING ACCESSORIES KEITH SUDDES SAFETECH Sights LASERLYTE K5 WEAPON SAFETY DEVICE Clearly Indicates Weapon Is Safe; Glows In The Dark High-visibility chamber flag gives you and others on the range a positive, visual indicator that your weapon is unloaded. A phosphorescent additive in the polymer glows in low-light conditions, to clearly indicate the weapon’s safe condition during low light/darkness training scenarios. Keeps you in compliance with “chamber flag” requirements at NRA competitions and on many ranges when weapon is not being fired. Tough moldedpolymer construction handles the impact of bolts and slides closing on the flag, yet is flexible enough to allow normal holstering of handguns. a b SPECS: Polymer, white. Fits most semi-auto handguns and rifles. Sold 2 per pak. #100-005-387AG K5 Weapon Safety Device, 2 Pak, 1D03P64 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 4.99 Colors SAF-T-ROUND Visible Proof That Chamber Is Empty; Firearm Is Safe Bright, international orange tab gives clear indication of weapon condition. Provides the user, range safety officer and bystander alike with a visual and physical method of determining that a firearm is safe. Machined, brass case head lets you rapidly work the action and eject the Saf-T-Round. Molded from heat-resistant nylon polymer to provide lasting durability; won’t deform after repeated use. a b SPECS: Polymer, international orange, brass head. Sold as one per pack. STOCK# FITS PRICE #100-000-590AG .22 LR 6K07V33 $ 10.70 #100-000-591AG 9mm 6K07V33 $ 10.70 #100-000-592AG .40 Cal. 6K07V33 $ 10.70 #100-000-594AG .223 6K07V67 $ 11.20 #100-000-597AG 12 Ga. Pump 6K09V33 $ 13.75 #100-000-598AG 12 Ga. Auto 6K09V33 $ 13.75 INSIGHT TECH-GEAR REAR SIGHT LASER Ultra-Compact Laser & Rear Sight For Fast, Precise Sighting Incredibly compact laser replaces factory rear sight to provide unparalleled sighting performance that gets you on target faster and more accurately without adding bulk to your pistol or requiring a new holster. The Laserlyte rear sight laser retains a factory-style, white outline notch so it can continue to be used with the factory front sight as a traditional “iron” sight. Exclusive FSL technology and a tiny 650nm laser module provide precise targeting up to 500 yards at night. Laser body is machined from 4650 high-carbon nickel-steel alloy for exceptional strength and durability. Triple mode (on/pulse/off) ambidextrous switch allows for instant activation by both right- and left-handed shooters. Works with all Threat Level 1 or Threat Level 2 duty holsters. Fully adjustable for windage and elevation. a b SPECS: 4650 steel body, black finish. .85" (2.2cm) long, 1" (2.5cm) wide, .35" (8.8mm) high. 1.2 oz. (34g) weight. Laser – Class IIIA, 5mw, 650nm. Uses four LR-626 micro cell batteries, included. Battery life – 1 hour, constant on. Installation requires removal of rear sight; installation tools included. RL-1 fits Glock factory rear dovetails. RL-XD fits factory rear dovetail on all Springfield XD and XDM pistols, plus SIG 225/226/228/239 and 2009. RL-SR replaces factory rear sight on Ruger SR9. RL-MP replaces factory rear sight on all Smith and Wesson M&P pistols. #100-004-519AG RL-1 Laser Sight 1B169H52. . . . . .$ 199.95 #100-004-993AG RL-XD Laser Sight 1B169V52 . . . . . 199.99 100-005-573AG RL-SR Laser Sight 1B159Y96 . . . . . 179.99 100-005-574AG RL-MP Laser Sight 1B159Y96 . . . . . 179.99 STOCK # FITS 100-005-032AG Glock 17, 17L, 19, 22, 23, 31, 32, 34, 35, 37, 38 #100-002-603AG Glock 17, 17L, 20SF, 21SF, 22, 24, 31, 34, 35, 37 #100-002-604AG Glock 19, 23, 25, 35, 38 100-005-026AG Kel-Tec P3AT, P32 #100-004-064AG Ruger® LCP™ #100-004-499AG Ruger Mark II/III™ STYLE F/A Hard W/A Hard 4B00ZAY $ 199.00 W/A Hard F/A Hard F/A Hard F/A Soft 4B00PUA $ 199.00 4B00ZAY $ 179.00 4B00XCH $ 179.00 $ 239.00 $ 299.00 PRICE 4B00PUA $ 299.00 WX150 WEAPON LIGHT Compact, Powerful Light Gives You A Tactical Edge Compact weapon light projects a powerful, highly focused be2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=363http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=363Batteries UNI-MAX RAIL MOUNT LASER SIGHT LASERMAX LASERMAX Items STREAMLIGHT® SAFARILAND TACTICAL LIGHTS & LASERS Low-Profile, Lightweight, Mounts On Weapon Accessory Rail Compact, lightweight laser sight projects a bright, highly visible beam on the target for precise shot placement. Mounts in seconds on any pistol, rifle, or shotgun with 1¾" or more of Picatinny or Weaver-style rail space. Ambidextrous switch is comfortably positioned for quick engagement when pistol shooter’s index finger rests along the slide in the Universal Cover Mode. Beam may be set to constant output or rapidly pulsating mode for even greater visibility. Low-profile housing allows many guns fitted with the Uni-Max to be carried in standard holsters. Integral Picatinny rail on underside of housing allows mounting of tactical weapon light. Windage and elevation adjust easily with the included tools, also used to set beam output mode. Uni-Max Red produces a bright red/ orange beam that’s suitable for most close quarter combat applications. Unit operates in temperatures from 10 to 130° F with a normal battery life of 3½ hours with two, 357 batteries, included. Uni-Green outputs a bright green beam that’s more visible to the human eye in all lighting conditions and over longer ranges. Timeout circuit automatically turns the unit off after 10 minutes to extend battery life. Normal battery life is 1 hour with two, 1/3N batteries, included. Operates in temperatures from 40 to 100° F. Uni-Green includes a heavy duty, polymer hardcase with foam lining. a b SPECS: Fiber reinforced nylon, black. 2¼” (5.7cm) long, 1” (2.5cm) wide, ¾” (1.9cm) high. Beam Diameter - 5/16” (1.6cm) at 7 yards, ¾” (1.9cm) at 25 yards. Uni-Max Red - 635 nm wavelength laser. .9 oz. (26g) weight. Includes (2) 357 batteries and (2) Allen wrenches. Uni-Green – 532 nm wavelength laser. 1 oz. (28g) weight. Includes polymer hardcase, (2) 1/3N Lithium batteries, and adjustment tool. #100-003-110AG Uni-Max Red Laser Sight, 1B166Y67 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 179.99 #100-003-568AG Uni-Green Laser Sight, 1B346H67 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369.99 REPLACEMENT BATTERIES - The exact size and type of batteries that ship from the factory with Uni-Max laser sights. Correct voltage to ensure the brightness, reliability, and longevity of your sight. SPECS: Sold in 2- and 10-paks. 357 - 1.55 volt silver oxide button-cells for the Red Uni-Max, two required. DL1/3N - 3 volt lithium cell for the Green Uni-Max, two required. 100-006-293AG 357 Battery for Red Uni-Max, 2-Pak, 1B03Y93 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 4.99 100-006-294AG 357 Battery for Red Uni-Max, 10-Pak, 1B15Y52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.99 100-006-295AG DL1/3N Battery for Green Uni-Max, 2-Pak 1B09Y00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.49 100-006-296AG DL1/3N Battery for Green Uni-Max, 10-Pak 1B00YTP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.99 MOMENTARY ACTIVATION SWITCH - Easy-toinstall replacement switch provides momentary on/off control of your Uni-Max, so you can conserve battery power and avoid giving away your position. Squeeze the large 3" x ¾" pressure activation pad to activate the laser when you’re ready to acquire a target. Velcro® attachment system lets you position the pad on the forearm or vertical grip of a tactical rifle/shotgun, even the grip panels of some pistols, yet detaches quickly for temporary removal of the sight. Smooth, straight cord, in 6" or 10" lengths. Recessed master on/off switch prevents unintentional activation. SPECS: Molded plastic and synthetic rubber, black. Available with 6” (15.2cm) or 10” (25.4cm) cord. Kit includes switch assembly, two mounting screws, installation tool, and instructions. #100-003-319AG Momentary Switch, 6" cord, 1B56V45 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 62.99 #100-003-320AG Momentary Switch, 10" cord, 1B56V45 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62.99 UNI-MAX MI2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=364http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=364TACTICAL LIGHTS & LASERS SIG ARMS STL-900L TACTICAL WEAPON LIGHT/LASER Powerful, Dual-Mode Illumination & Precise Aiming Laser SUREFIRE SUREFIRE ST07 REMOTE TAIL SWITCH Put Switch Exactly Where You Want It For Instantaneous Light Activation Sealed, weatherproof pressure switch lets you remotely activate your SureFire WeaponLight for immediate, on-demand target illumination. Plugs directly into the tail cap switch of a variety of SureFire lights. Comes with a 7" long cable ending in the pressure pad that can be taped to the forearm or vertical grip of a tactical rifle or shotgun. Fits all Surefire lights with a plug-in socket in the tailcap, including the X300, X400, XT, Scout Light, Millenium Universal, and Classic Universal lights. NSN #5930-01-531-2192. SPECS: Plastic housing, black. 7" long cable w/sealed synthetic rubber pressure switch. #152-000-065AG ST07 Remote Switch, 2E00TPU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 69.00 X300 WEAPON LIGHT Powerful Tactical Illumination For Rail-Equipped Handguns Compact, lightweight weapon light provides powerful target illumination for tactical pistols equipped with Picatinny and Universal Standard mounting rails. Solid-state, shock-isolated, electronically controlled LED outputs 170 lumens of clean, white light— more than five times a standard two-D-cell flashlight—for up to 2½ hours runtime. LED is protected by a tempered Pyrex® lens; anti-reflective coating ensures maximum light transmission. Specially engineered Total Internal Reflection focusing lens tightens light beam to project a more focused beam at longer distances, yet provides enough surround beam to support peripheral vision. Ambidextrous constant on/off toggle switch provides fail-safe operation under stress. Push button, springloaded mounting clamp allows you to instantly attach or detach light for any situation. O-ring sealed fittings are waterproof to 70 feet. Adapter plates and mounting hardware for Picatinny and Universal Standard rails included. SPECS: Aluminum body, mil-spec Type III hardcoat anodized, black. 35⁄8" (9.2cm) long, 13⁄8" (3.5cm) wide, approximately 1” (2.5cm) high when mounted. 3.8 oz. (108g) weight, with two, included, CR-123A lithium batteries installed. #152-000-041AG X300 Weapon Light, 2E00HDZ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 275.00 X400 WEAPON LIGHT/LASER - Includes the same powerful 170 lumen LED and other technical features as the X300 with the addition of a fully-adjustable, superbright red aiming laser that puts you on target immediately. Makes the X400 the perfect choice for military, law enforcement, and self defense use. Laser outputs 5 milliwatts at a wavelength of 635 nanometers, making the beam brighter and more visible than comparable units. Five-position switch, located behind the laser, offers four modes of operation, including light only, laser only, light and laser together, and two disable positions. Nylok® adjustment screws won’t back out under recoil, so loss of zero is a thing of the past. Fully sealed to keep dust and moisture out. Includes adapters and hardware for mounting to Picatinny and Universal Standard rails. SPECS: Aluminum body, mil-spec Type III hardcoat anodized, black. Approx. 35⁄8" (9.2cm) long, 17⁄16" (3.7cm) wide, 17⁄8" (4.8cm) high. 4.4 oz. (125g) weight, with two, included, CR-123A lithium batteries installed. #152-000-059AG X400 Weapon Light/Laser, 2E00UAV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 595.00 SOG ARMORY MINI WEAPON LASER High-Output Laser Provides High Speed, Low Light Aiming;Adapts To Virtually Any Weapon Low-profile combination weapon light and laser sight clamps securely to pistol or rifle accessory rail to provide powerful illumination and precise aiming in any light conditions from daylight to total darkness. High-output LED gives an intensely bright 130 lumens of steady, white light, or optional strobe function for disorienting a perpetrator. Advanced integrated circuits provide “smart” power management to maxim2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=365http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=365TAC-STAR COMMAND ARMS LASER DEVICES Mounts VLTOR TACTICAL LIGHTS & LASERS WLS 2000 WEAPON LIGHT Compact, Powerful, Multi-Configuration Light System For Rifles & Shotguns Clamp-on light system for rifles and shotguns puts control of 75 lumens (15,000 candle power) of bright, white light at your touch to illuminate your intended target. Multi-configuration system lets you choose the setup that suits your needs: a push button tailcap switch or the pressure-sensitive on/off switch with expandable coiled cord that attaches to a vertical grip or forearm and provides instant activation without shifting your grip. Includes two clamps that allow mounting to a variety of guns ranging from .22 caliber rifles to 12 gauge shotguns. Light body of machined aluminum is lightweight yet strong, with a knurled surface for nonslip engagement with the barrel clamp. “O” ring seals protect against shock and make the WLS 2000 water-proof to 100 feet. Shockresistant, fixed-beam, Xenon gas filled bulb; up 1 hour continuous output from a pair of lithium batteries. a b SPECS: 6061 T6 aluminum, anodized, black. Body - 4½" (11.4cm) long, 1" (2.5cm) diameter. Reflector - 1¼" (3.1cm) diameter. Mounting Clamps - Steel, black oxide finish. 5.7 ounces (170g) total weight with batteries. Includes two CR-123A lithium batteries, rifle and shotgun barrel clamps, mounting hardware, and instructions. #867-000-023AG WLS 2000 Weapon Light, 7F82Z35 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 94.99 FLASHLIGHT/LASER MOUNT Adjustable Five-Position Mount, For Rifle Or Pistol Accessory Rails Flashlight/laser mount pivots and locks into five positions, up to 90 degrees left or right of center, allowing you to quickly reposition your laser sight or flashlight if the tactical situation dictates. Use one mount for both your rifle and pistol; spring-loaded push-button provides fast installation and removal on both Picatinny and Weaver-style rails, separate locking bars included. Integral mounting ring firmly clamps 1" diameter lights or laser sights. Made from high strength, durable fiber-filled polymer composite. SPECS: Fiber-filled polymer composite, black. 2¾” (7cm) long, 1½” (3.8cm) wide, 2½” (6.3cm) high. 2.8 oz. (79g) weight. Fits 1” O.D. flashlight/laser. #100-003-353AG Flashlight/Laser Mount 6C20X00 .$ 29.99 1” NATO PICATINNY RING MOUNT Mounts Tactical Accessories To Picatinny Rail Systems Lightweight, aluminum ring clamps securely to picatinny rails for mounting lasers, lights, and other tactical accessories. Knurled, .62" knob secures the ring to the rail. Hex screw tightens mount to device in the ring without crushing or marring the device. Ring b fits Picatinny rails. a SPECS: 6061T-6 aluminum, matte black. .413" (10.5mm) from bottom of ring to top of base. Accepts 1" (25.4mm) diameter devices. Hex key included. #100-001-969AG 1" Picatinny Ring Mount, 9A52Y35 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 65.99 SCOUT MOUNT Turns Handheld Flashlight Into Compact, Rail-Mounted Weaponlight All-metal, low-profile mount converts a SureFire or similar handheld tactical flashlight into a compact weaponlight that gives you the versatility of weaponmounted illumination without the expense of a separate light. Quickdetach design lets you remove the light from Flashlight not included the gun and return it to handheld use in seconds. Triple-function cross-bolt with large, easy-grasp thumbscrew tightens the mount around the light body to prevent slippage under recoil and clamps the mount to any MIL-STD 1913 Picatinny or similar accessory rail. Also serves as a recoil lug to prevent unwanted movement of the mount on the rail. Retaining pin captures cross-bolt so it can’t fall off when the mount is removed from the weapon. Models available to fit three flashlight body diameters, listed below. Off-set models let you position the light to the left, right, or below the rail, approximately 1¼" off-set from the centerline of the rail. SM-OCG – Dual thumbscrew cross-bolts ensur2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=366http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=366TACTICAL LIGHTS & LASERS ADVANCED ARMAMENT HK UMP & USC ACCESSORY MOUNTING RAIL Provides Solid Mounting For Tactical Lights & Grips Picatinny rail provides quick, secure mounting for lights, lasers, and vertical foregrips. Mounts to existing hardpoints cast in sides and bottom receiver on UMP submachinegun and USC semi-autos. a b SPECS: Aluminum alloy, hardcoat anodized, matte black. Includes mounting hardware, tools and instructions. 53⁄4" (14.6cm). Fits standard and carbine handguards with six or seven holes, with or without heat shields. #276-000-008AG HK UMP Rail 6G20P00 . . . . . . . . . . .$ 25.00 RUGER® MINI-14® TACTICAL LIGHT MOUNT Mount Lights & Lasers To The Popular Mini-14 Solid, steel mount directly replaces the upper gas block clamp on older Ruger Mini-14 rifles to provide a fixed mounting platform for tactical lights and laser devices. Positions two, Weaverstyle rails next to the barrel so light/laser path is properly aligned with bullet point of impact. Will not interfere with factory stock and maintains shooter’s full field of view during aim. Precisionmachined with the correct radiuses to ensure drop-in installation. Attaches using the factory gas block and screws. a b SPECS: Steel, black oxide finish. 13⁄4" (4.4cm) long, 21⁄8" (2.9cm) wide, 1" (2.5cm) high. Fits Ruger Mini-14 rifles with serial number prefix 579 and lower. #080-000-270AG Mini-14 Tactical Light Mount, 8K62U84. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 78.99 Brownells MIDWEST INDUSTRIES LITE MOUNT TECHNOLOGIES M14/M1A TACTICAL LIGHT MOUNT Lightweight, Easy To Install Mount Provides A Rugged Platform For Your Lights & Accessories When you’re shooting in low light conditions, you want to be sure your light stays fastened securely to your rifle, especially with heavy-recoil M14 and M1A’s. Lightweight construction keeps weapon balance changes to a minimum. Attaches firmly to the barrel and gas piston tube and allows you to mount lights, lasers, or accessories on the right or left hand side. Will not interfere with stock removal during field stripping and cleaning. No gunsmithing required. a b SPECS: Aluminum, CNC machined from billet hard-coat anodized 15⁄ 13⁄ .5cm) long, 16" (2.1cm) wide. to Mil-Spec, black. Rail is 2 16" (7 Allen wrenches included. #100-002-327AG M14/M1A Tactical Light Mount, 2A54D75 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 69.95 3-RAIL PICATINNY SHOTGUN MOUNT Mounts Easily Under Barrel; Accepts Picatinny Accessories Rigid, aluminum, tri-rail mount lets you attach picatinny accessories such as lights, lasers, and other tactical equipment to your shotgun. Installs on the magazine tube without modifications to the gun, and will hold up to three attachments. Low mounting point keeps lights and lasers in proper alignment with the shot pattern and prevents interference with iron sights. Secures with two 8⁄32" clamping screws. Models for most popular brands of tactical shotguns. SPECS: 6061-T6 aluminum, matte black. 15⁄8" (4.2cm) long. 1" - Fits Winchester, Remington, and FN shotgun magazine tubes. 25mm - Fits Mossberg and Ithaca shotgun magazine tubes. 26mm - Fits Benelli and Franchi SPAZ shotgun magazine tubes. #100-002-041AG 1" 3-Rail Shotgun Mnt 2Z42U67 . . .$ 55.00 #100-002-015AG 25mm 3-Rail Shotgun Mount, 2Z42P67 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.00 #100-002-052AG 26mm 3-Rail Shotgun Mount, 2Z42V67 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.00 TACTICAL NIGHT VISION SCOPE ACCESSORY RAIL Securely Mounts Accessories Directly To Scope Tube Compact accessory rail clamps directly to scope tube to provide mounting space for holographic sights, lasers, IR illuminators, flashlights, and other accessories that fit Weaver-style rails. Increases accessory mounting options, especially on bolt guns, without restricting your scope base and ring options. Short enough not to interfere with rings, turret, or scope objective, yet provides adequate rail length to accept a wide variety of devices. Rai2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=367http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=367Items SUREFIRE HANDHELD LIGHTS engage the high beam, and twist the cap for constant-on in either mode. Machined aluminum body has rubber O-ring seals to keep out moisture, and a long-wearing hardcoat anodized finish. Two CR-123A batteries (included) provide up to 2 hours of continuous high beam operation or 30 hours at low setting. Comes with lanyard and reversible spring-steel pocket clip. E1E/E2E/E2L/E2D - As compact as a penlight, yet with a light output greater than a full-size D-cell, alkaline flashlight. Fits into a pocket, purse, or range bag or clip to the bill of a hat with the removable pocket clip for hands-free operation. Ultra-compact E1E Executive Elite is less than 3½" long. E2E Executive Elite provides the output of a four D-cell flashlight. E2D Executive Defender offers powerful tactical illumination in a compact package that features a crenellated Strikebezel™ for personal defense. E2L Outdoorsman adds the extreme shock resistance and long life of a high-output LED lamp and the tight, focused beam of a total internal reflection lens. Switchable, dual output system provides 60 lumens of illumination for up to 11 hours or 3 lumens for 100 hours of continuous operation. G2/G3 LED - High-output lithiumpowered LED lamps produce up to 80 Lumens of intense, bright white illumination. Same great features as G2 Nitrolon, including a lightweight, shock-resistant body of reinforced, corrosion-proof Nitrolon polymer. Lamp modules use a pre-focused, metallic vapor coated reflector and a Lexan lens to prevent dark spots or unevenness in the beam. G2 LED features 3 hours run-time above 60 lumens, plus 9 hours runtime below 60 lumens. Advance circuitry regulates the current delivered to the LED for 12 hours total, useful runtime. G3 LED features 5.8 hours runtime above 60 lumens, plus 3.6 hours runtime below 60 lumens. 9.4 hours total, useful runtime. SPECS: Nitrolon polymer body, black. LED lamp. Z2 COMBATLIGHT - Tough, pocketsized tactical light provides 65 lumens of brilliant, even, white light. Standard-issue handheld of the FBI, U.S. Air Marshals, and thousands of police departments, features an ergonomic, rubber enhanced grip with a dual position lanyard ring and lanyard. Z2-S LED COMBATLIGHT - Powerful, pocket-sized light delivers 160 lumens in steady-on or strobe mode for up to 4.5 hours constant-on operation. Strobe can be used for a variety of special tactical or emergency applications. Press the tailcap switch for momentary-on, press three times rapidly for strobe, and twist for constant-on in either mode.Rugged, machined aluminum body stands up to hard use, with CombatGrip rubber sleeve to ensure a non-slip hold. Includes dual position lanyard ring and lanyard. LENGTH 5.2" (13.2cm) 5.5" (14cm) 6.5" (16.5cm) 5.1" (12.9cm) 6.5" (16.5cm) 5.1" (12.9cm) 6.5" (16.5cm) 3.4" (8.6cm) 3.9" (9.9cm) 5.4" (13.7cm) 5.5" (14cm) 5.2" (13.2cm) 5.0" (12.7cm) 5.4" (13.7cm) 5.7" (14.5cm) WEIGHT 5.3 oz. (150g) 5.4 oz. (153g) 6.5 oz. (184g) 4.1 oz. (116g) 5.5 oz (156g) 4.1 oz. (116g) 5.5 oz. (156g) 2.2 oz (62g) 3.2 oz. (91g) 3.7 oz. (105g) 4.2 oz. (119g) 4.8 oz. (136g) 4.9 oz. (139g) 4.3 oz. (122g) 5.1 oz. (145g) BATTERIES (2) CR-123A (2) CR-123A (3) CR-123A (2) CR-123A (3) CR-123A (2) CR-123A (3) CR-123A (1) CR-123A (2) CR-123A (2) CR-123A (2) CR-123A (2) CR-123A (2) CR-123A (2) CR-123A (2) CR-123A PRICE 2E00VBX $ 88.00 2E00AVB $ 112.00 2E00UAV $ 95.00 2E00HDZ $ 59.00 2E00PUA $ 62.00 2E00DZA $ 89.00 2E00TPU $ 92.00 2E00CHD $ 79.00 2E00YTP $ 120.00 2E00CHD $ 185.00 2E00CHD $ 210.00 2E00CHD $ 93.00 2A00XZH $ 139.99 2E00SXB $ 239.99 3B00XZH $ 139.99 A2 AVIATOR - High-output primary white LED for blindingly bright illumination and four secondary red LEDs that produce a wide, low-output flood beam for tracking and close-quarter lighting that preserves night vision. Primary LED provides 113 lumen output for up to 2½ hours of continuous operation; secondary LEDs provide 3 lumens output for over 17 hours of continuous use. Batteries, lanyard2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=368http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=368TACTICAL LIGHTS & LASERS Lights STREAMLIGHT® WILSON COMBAT HANDHELD LIGHTS Powerful & Nearly Indestructible SCORPION - Light, compact and powerful with up to 6,500 candlepower. Features a rubber grip sleeve and Oring moisture protection, on/off/blink tail cap switch, plus spot-to-flood focus. Spare bulb storage; powered by two, 3-volt lithium batteries, included. SPECS: Aluminum, black finish. 4.9" (12.4cm) long. 4.4 oz (125 g) wt. 1 hour continuous use run time. #100-000-080AG Scorpion Flashlight 1K36H99 . . . . .$ 42.99 POLYTAC LED HANDHELD LIGHT Compact, ultra-lightweight hand-held light packs powerful C4 LED technology to deliver a super-bright 120 lumen (4,800 candlepower) beam. Features a rugged, high-impact polymer body, with deep grasping grooves for a non-slip grip. O-ring seals make the light waterproof down to 1 meter for 30 minutes. The LED lamp is far more resistant to shock than traditional filament lamps, and has a 50,000 hour lifetime expectancy. Push-button switch in the tailcap provides one-handed momentary or constant-on operation. Rotate the cap to “lockout” off position to prevent accidental activation and battery run down. Three hours of continuous runtime on two batteries. SPECS: Reinforced nylon polymer, Black or Coyote. 5¼" (13.3cm) long, 1" (2.5cm) O.D. 4.1 oz. (116g) wt. Two CR-123A lithium-ion batteries included. 100-004-725AG PolyTac Flashlight, Black, 1K39X99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 44.99 100-004-726AG PolyTac Flashlight, Coyote, 1K39X99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44.99 PT1L/PT2L - Ultra-compact lights use powerful C4 LED technology to produce a super-bright beam that’s as bright as a high-intensity xenon bulb. Impact-resistant tempered glass lens and computer-designed reflector ensure a smooth, even beam. Rugged machined aluminum body with handy pocket clip is O-ring sealed and waterproof down to 3 feet for 30 minutes. Push-button tailcap switch enables one-handed momentary or constanton operation. PT1L has three output settings: 1 hour 45 minute run-time at 120 lumens, 14 hour run-time at 12 lumens, and 3 hour run-time on strobe. PT2L features 2½ hours of run-time at 180 lumens, 50 hours at 10 lumens, 6 hours on strobe. Both models come with a MOLLE-compatible belt sheath. SPECS: Aluminum, hardcoat anodized, black finish. PT1L – 35⁄16" (8.5cm) long, ¾" (19.6mm) body O.D. 2 oz. (57g) wt. Uses one CR123A battery, included. PT2L – 45⁄8" (11.8cm) long, ¾" body O.D. 2.8 oz., (79g). Uses two CR-123A batteries, included. 100-005-926AG PT1L LED Flashlight 1K44A69. . . .$ 53.99 100-005-927AG PT2L LED Flashlight 1K44A69. . . . . 53.99 MICROSTREAM - Mini-flashlight has a 20 lumen high-flux LED (30,000 hour lifetime) with Micro-Optical System technology for optimized output and run-time, and “batterybooster” electronics to provide a super-bright beam. 1½ hour run-time on one AAA battery. Push-button momentary or constant-on tail cap switch. SPECS: Aluminum, hardcoat anodized, black finish. 3½" (8.9cm). 1.1 oz., (30g). Includes key ring, pocket clip, breakaway lanyard, and one AAA alkaline battery. 100-005-923AG MicroStream LED Flashlight, 1K16A76 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.99 STYLUS REACH - Powerful, 100,000-hour LED bulb that lets you direct Stylus Reach a bright, white beam exactly where you need it without flooding the surrounding area. Steady on and momentary push-button control. Stylus Reach features the addition of a 71⁄2" long, flexible wand. SPECS: Brass body, black, matte finish. Includes pocket clip. 6" (cm) LIGHTS SUREFIRE Versatile Lighting System For Tactical Or Hunting Applications Powerful, versatile LED illumination system can be used in a variety of tactical and sporting applications as a handheld or weaponmounted light. The compact, rugged, all-aluminum flashlight has an LED light source that outputs 83 lumens of intense, uniform white light and is nearly impervious to shock and rough handling. Runs on economical2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=369http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=369BLADE-TECH TACTICAL KNIVES HOGUE Two Sizes, Two Blade Styles, For A Variety Of Applications Built Tough For A Lifetime Of Hard Use Premium quality tactical knives are built to get the job done in the harshest environments. Blade-Tech threw away the old rules of knife design and began fresh with all-new designs. The result is not just knives, but state-of-the-art, tactical defensive weapons. Crafted from the finest components for quality you can depend on, with flat-ground blades precision machined from impurity-free stainless steel and heat-treated to Rc 58-60 for added strength. Advanced G10 composite carbon fiber or nylon handles make these knives virtually indestructible, while Torx fasteners ensure easy disassembly for maintenance. a b PROFILI FOLDER - Made in Italy by Fox Cutlery, official supplier of NATO and internationally recognized for old-world, traditional craftsmanship. Blade is precision ground from N690Co cobalt-vanadium steel, then tungsten DLC (“diamond like carbon”) coated for abrasion resistance. Streamlined blade is contoured to minimize weight without sacrificing strength. Steel thumb studs on both sides allow quick opening using either thumb or index finger. Serrations on the top and bottom of blade root help prevent your thumb and index finger from slipping and contacting the cutting edge. Internal spring automatically locks the blade open, and an easy-tosee, red sliding safety prevents inadvertent spring-lock release and accidental blade closure. Tough G10 composite handle has a textured, hand-filling palm swell with slip-resistant finish, plus smooth, contoured finger grooves to enhance control and minimize hand fatigue. Removable steel belt/pocket clip can be installed in one of four positions; includes rear lanyard loop. SPECS: 83⁄8" (22.8cm) OAL with blade extended, 4¾" (22.8cm) OAL closed. Blade - N690Co steel, Rc 58-60, tungsten DLC coating, dark gray. 37⁄8" (9.8cm) long, 1" (2.5cm) high. Handle - G10 composite, coarse texture, matte black. #098-000-065AG Profili Folder 8K124Y49 . . . . . . . . .$ 159.95 PROFILI FIXED - Fixed version of the Profili folder with the same precision-ground blade and contoured G10 handle. Features a durable, riveted Kydex® sheath specifically molded to the shape of the blade for a close friction-fit that automatically locks when you insert the knife. High-tech Kydex is unaffected by most chemicals and will not shrink or crack in extreme temperatures. Adjustable Tek-Lok belt attachment system. SPECS: 9" (22.8cm) OAL. Blade - N690Co steel, Rc 58-60, tungsten DLC coating, dark gray. 4¼" (10.8cm) long, 11⁄8" (2.8cm) high. Handle - G10 composite, coarse texture, matte black. Sheath - Kydex® molded polymer. 5½" (13.9cm) long x 25⁄8" (6.7cm) wide. Fits belts 1¾" (4.4cm) wide. #098-000-066AG Profili Fixed 8K131T49 . . . . . . . . . .$ 169.95 N'YATI FIXED - Designed by Tim Wegner, founder and executive director of Blade-Tech, the N’Yati features an S30V stainless steel blade with a precision cutting edge. Serrations on the top and bottom of blade root help prevent your thumb and index finger from slipping onto the cutting edge. G10 handle has a textured, slip-resistant finish with deep angled grooves for enhanced control. Includes Kydex® sheath molded to the shape of the blade for a close friction-fit, with Tek-Lok belt attachment system. SPECS: 101⁄8" (25.7cm) OAL. Blade - S30V stainless steel. 5" (12.7cm) long, 1½" (3.8cm) high. Handle - G10 composite, coarse texture, matte black. Sheath - Kydex® molded polymer. 6½" (17cm) long x 2¾" (6.9cm) wide. Fits belts 1¾" (4.4cm) wide. #098-000-071AG N'yati Fixed 8K139T49 . . . . . . . . . .$ 179.95 MLEK FOLDER - “Military Law Enforcement Knife” designed by Tim Wegner is a folder with a flat-ground S30V stainless steel blade with small serrations at the rear that work like a saw. Ambidextrous, V- EXTREME SERIES FOLDING KNIVES MAGNA-TIP MULTI-TOOL ® Brownells/GERBER LEATHERMAN® MULTI-TOOLS TACTICAL KNIVES & TOOLS Go-Anywhere Survival, R2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=370http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=370BOOKS & VIDEOS INDEX BOOKS & VIDEOS BOOKS ’03 Springfield Rifles Era, The, Campbell . . . . . . . . . . 376 1911 Auto Firearms Takedown Guide, Martin . . . . . . 144 1911 Auto Maintenance Manual, Wilson . . . . . . . . . . 144 1911 Auto Wall Chart, Kuhnhausen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 1911A1 Technical Diagram Manual, Nicolaus . . 144, 373 .45 Auto Custom Touches, Nye . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Accurate Muzzle Brake, The, Newlon . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378 Accurizing The Factory Rifle, McPherson . . . . . . . . . . 369 AR-15 Complete Assembly Guide, The, Kuleck . . . . . . 77 AR-15 Complete Owners Guide, The, Kuleck & Duff . . 77 AK-47/AKM/AK-74 Manual, Blackheart Intl. . . . . . . . . 373 AK-47 & AK-74 & Their Variations, Poyer . . . . . . . . . . 373 Art of Engraving, The, Meek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372 Black Rifle - M16 Retrospective, The, Stevens & Ezell. 77 Black Rifle II - M16 Into the 21st Century, Bartocci. . . . 77 Blue Book of Airguns, Beeman & Allen. . . . . . . . . . . . 369 Blue Book of Gun Values, Fjestad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369 Blue Book of Tactical Firearms, Fjestad . . . . . . . . . . . 369 Boston’s Gun Bible, Party . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369 Build Your Own AR-15, Long . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Building Double Rifles On Shotgun Actions, Brown . 378 Building A Single Shot Rifle Action, Mueller . . . . . . . 378 Cartridges Of The World, Barnes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369 Checkering, Mays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372 Checkering & Carving of Gunstocks, Kennedy. . . . . . 372 Collectors Edition Engravers Profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372 Collector’s Guide To Military Rifle Disassembly & Reassembly, Mowbray & Puleo . . . . . . . . . . . 373 Colt .45 Automatic Shop Manual, The, Kuhnhausen . 144 Colt AR-15 Takedown Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Colt AR-15 & All Variants Gun Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Colt Double Action Revolvers Vol. I & II, The, Kuhnhausen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370 Colt Single Action Revolvers, Kuhnhausen . . . . . . . . 370 Competitive AR-15, The, Zediker. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Competitive AR-15 Builders Guide, The, Zediker . . . . . 77 Competitive AR-15, The New, Zediker . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Complete Book of the .22, Van Zwoll . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374 Complete Glock Reference Guide, The, PTOOMA . . . 375 Complete Illustrated Guide To Precision Rifle Barrel Fitting, Hinnant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378 Custom Firearm Artistry, American Custom Gunmakers Guild . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378 Custom Gunmakers of the 20th Century, Petrov . . . . 378 Custom Revolver, The, Bowen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378 Customize the Ruger® 10/22®, Hughes . . . . . . . . . . . . 378 Double Guns & Custom Gunsmithing, Hughes . . . . . 370 Encyclopedia of Modern Firearms Parts & Assembly Vol. 1, The, Brownell . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374 Firearms Assembly & Disassembly, Wood. . . . . . . . . 372 Firearms Bluing & Browning, Angier . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370 Firearms Record Book, Brownells . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369 Firearms Takedown Guides, Martin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374 Fundamentals of Gunstock Checkering, McGuire . . . 372 Glock Handbook, Blackheart International . . . . . . . . . 375 Green Eyes & Black Rifles, Lamb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Gun Digest, 2011, Shideler. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374 Gun Digest Book of Firearms Fakes &, Reproductions, Sapp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369 Gun Digest Book of the 1911, Sweeney . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Gun Digest Book of the AR-15, Vol. 2, Sweeney . . . . . 77 Gun Digest Book of the Glock, Sweeney . . . . . . . . . . 374 Gun-Guides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144, 373 Gun Owner’s Handbook, The, Lyons . . . . 2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=371http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=371FIREARMS RECORD BOOK Revised To Include The Latest Information About NICS Required by every business that buys or sells firearms. And, now updated with the latest information about the National Instant Criminal Background Check System (NICS). Describes specifically how to enroll in and comply with NICS, plus gives a correct, permanent record of all purchases and sales of firearms as required under the Gun Control Act of 1968. The format used has been approved by the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms of the U.S. Department of the Treasury. The book contains 48 pages; has 440 entry lines; and a reprint of ATF P 5300.15 (1/89) detailing FFL rules and regulations; plus a guide, with examples, to filling out the record entries correctly. Punched for any 2 or 3 hole, or post binder. a b .9cm). SPECS: 48 pages. 81⁄2" (21.6cm) x 11" (27 #108-006-000AG Firearms Record, each, 8K00YTP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 3.00 #108-006-010AG Firearms Record, per 10, 8K00AVB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24.99 Brownells DVD-ROM IMPRESSUM MEDIA FIREARMS MULTIMEDIA GUIDE THE GUN DIGEST BOOK OF FIREARMS FAKES & REPRODUCTIONS Rick Sapp. 303 pages. 6" x 9". Softbound. Excellent reference guide for anyone that deals with collectible firearms. Shows techniques used by professionals for spotting fake or altered firearms, with over 170 color images, plus well-researched, detailed descriptions of more than 150 commonly faked Colt percussion revolvers and Winchester lever action rifles. Provides a complete understanding of just how these expensive guns are faked and altered. Includes an extensive list of appraisers for additional information and protection against loss. #491-000-029AG Fakes And Reproductions, 1D17C95 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 24.99 PEJSA BALLISTICS CD An amazing searchable database for researching facts and details about currentmanufacture firearms from around the world. Covers over 41,000 models of handguns, rifles, shotguns, black powder, airguns, and ammo from 345 manufacturers. Includes over 24,000 high-resolution images. Search using 14 different criteria, including caliber, price range, stock type/material/finish, barrel length, and more. Runs directly from DVD—no installation required—on any PC with Windows 98 or later operating system, regardless of processor speed or memory capacity. Bonus features include a US-EU ammo caliber chart and over 500 printable targets. a b SPECS: DVD-ROM, compatible with any PC running Windows 98, XP , Vista, or Windows 7 operating system and a DVD drive. #100-005-360AG Multimedia Guide 1C19T29. . . . . . .$ 29.99 Understand & Use Ballistics BOOKS & VIDEOS Three highly informative resources from Arthur J. Pejsa, an aerospace physicist and avid shooter. a b HANDBOOK OF NEW PRECISION BALLISTICS - 119 pages. 51⁄2" x 8". Spiral bound. Covers wind, altitude, air pressure, trajectories, sight-line elevations, downrange velocity, energy, and more. #100-002-054AG Handbook Of Ballistics, 9A15V96 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 19.95 NEW PRECISION BALLISTICS SOFTWARE - CD for Windows PC. Provides accurate formulas for trajectories and related data. #100-002-056AG Precision Ballistics Software, 9A31V96 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39.95 NEW ExACT SMALL ARMS BALLISTICS - 162 pages. 51⁄2" x 81⁄2". Hardbound. Concise text makes ballistic theory and the laws of physics comprehensible to the average rifleman, and shows how to apply them to achieve improved accuracy. Helps you predict precise bullet trajectories out to extreme ranges, with detailed data for many cartridges. #100-003-439AG Exact Small Arms Ballistics, 9A20V50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 24.99 WILDCAT CARTRIDGES Includes All Information From The Original Volumes I & II Wolfe Publishing. 1050 pages. 81⁄2" x 11". Softbound. A comprehensive study of almost 200 wildcat cartridges from .17 to .50 caliber, originally published2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=372http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=372Jerry Kuhnhausen BOOKS & VIDEOS Detailed Manuals By A “Hands-On” Pro Absolutely the best, most detailed books we’ve seen covering step-by-step disassembly/reassembly, repair, refinishing, rebuilding, tuning and customizing of popular revolvers and autos, rifles and shotguns. Jerry is a long-time gunsmith who’s seen the problems and decided to do something about them. These books are written as teaching manuals and not only give you the “how” but the “why” as well. Since each book covers only one gun and its variations, you get specific information about specific repairs. Trouble-shooting charts list common problems, their causes and cures, and exploded view drawings show all the parts. Excellent photos throughout illustrate each step, plus the information is the most up-to-date available. SHOP MANUALS THE U.S. .30 CALIBER GAS OPERATED CARBINES: A SHOP MANUAL 224 pages. 6" x 9". Softbound. 700+ photos, drawings and graphics, plus easy to read text, covers function and repair for military and civilian M-1 Carbines. Complete assembly/disassembly, inspection and troubleshooting with all inspection data taken from Ordnance, dimensional, inspection specifications. Step-by-step directions cover how to restore and improve the accuracy of the carbine. a b #924-601-001AG .30 Caliber M-1 Carbine 4B00AVB .$ 29.95 GUNSMITHING: RIFLES Patrick Sweeney. 352 pages. 81⁄2" x 11" Softcover. Detailed coverage shows you how to work on all major action types. Easyto-follow directions includes 700 black and white illustrations to clearly define key points. Topics include: building a scout rifle, glass bedding, recoil reduction, trigger work and scope mounting. Learn the details of rebarreling, metal finishing and much, much more. a b #491-000-001AG Gunsmithing: Rifles 1D18X00 . . . . .$ 26.99 – 6 or More – Mix of 6, each 1D14X98 . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.10 DOUBLE GUNS AND CUSTOM GUNSMITHING Steven Dodd Hughes. 166 pages. 8¾" x 113/8". Hardbound. Excellent preparation for anybody, beginner and experienced collector alike, considering purchase of a high-grade double shotgun. Author shares accumulated knowledge and wisdom from 30 years of collecting, building, repairing, and customizing doubles. Covers repairs and restoration, custom projects, history and function of classic sidelock action and modern variations, profiles of two modern Italian custom makers, the art of stockmaking, restoring and preserving metal finishes, plus plenty of detailed “case studies” that’ll help you spot problems on used doubles and avoid ending up with an expensive and pretty, but unshootable, wall-hanger. #100-003-771AG Double Guns & Custom Gunsmithing, 8B29X95 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 39.95 GUNSMITHING Roy F. Dunlap. 848 pages. 5¾" x 8½". Hardbound. Reprint of a classic, one of the most complete and thorough works on gunsmithing ever written. Practical, useful and entertaining information on every phase of traditional gun work from selection of the stock blank on through to the metal engraving and bluing. Over 95 photos, plus 140 diagrams and illustrations, combined with detailed instructions provide a wealth of knowledge for both amateur and professional gunsmith alike. a b #825-000-002AG Gunsmithing 5B35Z96 . . . . . . . . . . .$ 44.99 THE MAUSER BOLT ACTIONS - A SHOP MANUAL 224 pages. 6" x 9". Softbound. Covers all types and variations of Mauser bolt actions M91 thru M98. Step-by-step, easy-to-understand instructions, hundreds of clear photos, illustrations and charts give proven, detailed information for making all types of repairs including sight work, headspace, action work, rebarreling, chambering, custom work and match-grade trigger modifications. Text includes model and parts identification, function and safety checks, correct disassembly/ reassembly procedure and complete list of recommended tools and supplies. a b #924-400-098AG Mauser Manual 4B00YTP. . . . . . . . .$ 29.95 THE COLT DOUBLE-ACTION REVOLVERS, A SHOP MANUAL, VOL. I - 2242011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=373http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=373Video AMERICAN GUNSMITHING INSTITUTE HOME GUNSMITHING VIDEOS DVD Subjects AMERICAN GUNSMITHING INSTITUTE VIDEO ARMORER’S COURSES DVD Featuring gunsmiths Gene Shuey, Robert Dunlap, Gene Kelly, T.R. Graham and Darrel Holland. Clearly explains what to do and why, plus pitfalls to avoid. Well produced, with a crisp, clean look, dialogue that moves smoothly through each step, multiple camera angles and smooth, in-focus, closeups. DVD SGBV STOCK ‘GLASS BEDDING VIDEO AND KIT - 86 minutes, DVD. Gene Shuey shows you how bedding, with Brownells Acraglas Gel®, can help get the most accuracy out of a rifle. Covers wood, fiberglass and plastic rifle stocks, stock strengthening tips, how to match wood colors and more. Includes 2-gun Acraglas Gel kit plus the DVD. #050-114-000AG ’Glass Bedding DVD & Kit, 5K48Y85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 61.99 #303 PROFESSIONAL GUN CLEANING - 88 minutes, DVD. Gene Shuey helps you select the best equipment, explains how to remove leading, which bore cleaners many pros like (and why), which lubes to use - when and where. #050-112-000AG Professional Gun Cleaning, 5K31Y96 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 39.95 #304 PROFESSIONAL METAL FINISHING AND BLUING COURSE - 4 hours, DVD. Gene Shuey clearly demonstrates how to refinish firearms using caustic, hot bluing. Includes metal prep, tank setup, supplies, chemicals, mixing, application and hundreds of professional tips. #050-116-000AG Metal Finishing/Bluing Course, 5K119A96 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 149.95 #311 PILLAR BEDDING TECHNIQUES - 2 hours, DVD. Darrel Holland demonstrates, step-by-step, the correct way to pillar bed a rifle action for best accuracy. #050-117-000AG Pillar Bedding Techniques, 5K35A96 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 44.95 #3174 HOW TO MAKE FLAT AND COIL SPRINGS - 85 mins, 1 DVD. Robert Dunlap explains the processes required to successfully make flat and coil springs. 050-000-059AG Making Flat/Coil Springs, 5K39D96. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 49.99 #319 HEAT TREATING & CASE HARDENING METAL PARTS 102 minutes, DVD. Robert Dunlap demonstrates how to heat treat, anneal, draw back, and spot harden steel gun parts, and shows you how to put a long wearing, casehardened surface on parts that bear against each other. #050-000-014AG Heat Treating & Case Hardening, 5K39X96 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 49.95 #326 MAKING GLOCKS ROCK - 407 minutes, DVD. T.R. Graham. Provides a detailed explanation of trigger fit and function, frame changes, safeties, extractor and ejector modifications. Covers custom parts, replacement sights, aftermarket barrels, caliber conversions, plus accurizing, magazine accessories and parts interchangability. #050-000-026AG Making Glocks Rock, 5K39C96 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 49.95 DVD format. Running time varies. Well-lit, professionally photographed with sharply focused close-ups and good sound quality. Unique classes go from history and design through a detailed stripping, cleaning and inspection; each covers just one gun or a series. You get a close-up look at the identifying features. A How-It-Works section is followed by detailed, one-step-at-a-time disassembly instructions. You’ll learn many handy tips, like when to watch out for, and prevent, flying springs. Next, the host does a thorough cleaning and oiling, pointing out things to look for which indicate problems that can be corrected before they cause a malfunction. The reassembly portion isn’t just “reassemble in reverse order”. You’ll stop and look at the parts, learn exactly how to put the pieces back together correctly and pick up more repair tricks. Tuning Tips shows you ways to make sure the gun functions better than it did when you started. Accessories covers spare parts you should keep around, and why. Throughout the presentations, you’ll pick up troubleshooting tips and cures. AR-15 rifles Beretta 92/Taurus 92 pisto2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=374http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=374DVD FULL SIG SAUER PISTOL DISASSEMBLY & REASSEMBLY GUNSTOCK FINISHING & CHECKERING DVD by JAMES B. MEEK THE MAGNIFICENT CLASSIC THE ENGRAVING WORLD LOVES TO REFERENCE THE ART OF ENGRAVING brings to the reader a complete, authoritative, imaginative and detailed introduction and training in the art of gun engraving. It is a supremely unique book, for not only does it sweep aside the mystery which has surrounded engraving through the centuries, but it factually, simply and in layman’s terms tells you how to engrave. Unlike so many so-called “instruction manuals”, The Art of Engraving does not assume you know anything about engraving. You start at the beginning by learning to draw scrolls and layouts, then cut practice plates until you are sure enough of your ability to actually proceed to designing a pattern, transferring it to a gun and cutting it into the steel. Whether you want to learn to engrave now . . . think you might like to in the future . . . or simply wish to broaden your knowledge of the art to be able to better judge the work of others (as you will learn to tell the good from the bad - and know why), this is the book for you. Every gunsmith, gun lover or craftsman - no matter what his other calling - has the soul of an artist. This personal, creative urge can be easily directed into the highly renumerative field of gun engraving through the coaching, nononsense instructions and technical support in The Art of Engraving. Chapters include: Design and Layout; Materials; Anatomy; Lettering; The Camera; Beginning to Engrave; Advanced Engraving and The Gravermeister. Hundreds of original engravings, designs and layouts by the author (plus samples from other master engravers) to explain specific points and techniques. Much of the original work is intended for you to copy and transfer to your own guns to create an engraving job you can be proud of having done. 208 extremely handsome 8 ⁄2" x 11" pages. Over 1378 photographs, drawings, designs, layouts and illustrations. Deluxe, hardbound cloth covers. Bound a special way to lie flat. Printed on finest, dullfinished, coated paper available. Extensive use of color to highlight designs, illustrations, pictures. Thoroughly cross-referenced index. Comprehensive listing of reference books of design, equipment, precious metals, books. Written to be used on your bench; magnificent enough for the parlor . . . but above all, intended to teach you how to engrave a gun. #108-005-000AG Art of Engraving, each 8K38Y36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 47.95 1 (Quantity prices available. Please call or write.) DVD format. 1 hour, 45 min. Master gunsmith “TJ” of TJ’s Custom Gunworks, famous for his no-nonsense tactical upgrades of SIG pistols, demonstrates how to completely disassemble and reassemble a SIG Sauer pistol. He explains how each component of a typical SIG works, describes the tools required for maintenance, and explains how to identify any model or generation SIG using a simple “typing method.” Includes step-by-step disassembly/reassembly of a P220 (Type 1) and a P229 (Type 2), plus in-depth discussion of other popular models. a b #876-000-005AG SIG Sauer Pistol DVD, 6G33C10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 39.99 BOOKS & VIDEOS Personal, Professional Instruction By Joe Balickie. Learn By Watching, Doing, Watching Again Master Stockmaker, Joe Balickie, shows you how he finishes a gunstock and completes a checkering pattern. Joe is extremely articulate and explains everything about these tough skills as he works. The production is thoroughly professional, done with the supervision and coordination of John Bivins, a superb craftsman, gun builder and writer in his own right, and has excellent camera angles and lighting, extensive close-ups, and tremendous information. The best part is that you can study a technique, try it yourself, study it again - and again - until you have it mastered! We are very - Very - impressed, and recommend both tap2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=375http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=375MILITARY FIREARMS MANUALS 29-250+ pages. Sizes range from 41⁄4" x 51⁄2" to 51⁄4" to 81⁄2". Reprints of original, illustrated military manuals from the U.S. Army and Marine Corps include operating information, takedown/ reassembly instructions, parts lists, and other information. Exact content varies by manual. #231-016-000AG USMC M16A2 W/E Manual, 3B05P37 . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 6.44 #231-000-042AG US Army M16 Manual, 3B08H53. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.99 #231-000-043AG US Army M1 Garand Manual, 3B03H45. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.91 AK-47/AKM/AK-74 MANUAL Blackheart International, LLC. 8½" x 11". Softbound. Written in English by former Special Forces personnel—not poor translations of old Soviet materials. Up-to-date, concise text with many full-color photos explains operation of the AK, disassembly/reassembly, cleaning, basic maintenance, and malfunction clearing procedures. Perfect for foreign weapons familiarization classes. a b #100-003-060AG AK-47/AKM/AK-74 Manual 2B00HDZ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 51.00 Guides GUNSMITH KINKS 4 ® BOOKS & VIDEOS The 4th Volume in the Series M1 GARAND & M1911A1 TECHNICAL DIAGRAM MANUALS Eric A. Nicolaus. 8½" x 14". Softbound.These informative shop manuals are very well illustrated, well written, and provide an in-depth analysis for the both the novice and professional. Documents literally every original U.S. government blueprint for each individual component and subcomponent of the M1 Garand rifle or 1911A1 pistol. Original factory prints provide critical dimensions and in-depth manufacturing data to help you understand the individual subcomponents. Contains a unique appendix with cross-reference guide for easy access to substitute part numbers. Cover and back of the manual are 10mil thick polypropylene for complete protection in the workshop. Spiral bound to lay flat when open so you can work on your rifle while using as a reference guide. a b STOCK # CONTENT PAGES PRICE #100-003-758AG M1 Garand 134 7B29X95 $ 39.95 #100-003-759AG M1911A1 98 7B24X95 $ 29.95 GUN-GUIDES A MUCH-NEEDED SHOP TOOL FOR ANYONE WHO WORKS ON GUNS Handy soft-cover guides contain newly written, detailed field stripping, disassembly, and reassembly procedures for popular firearms. Features easy-to-read parts schematics and concise, step-by-step disassembly instructions illustrated with large photographs. Includes special re-assembly “tricksof-the-trade” that help make sure the gun functions properly when you’re done. Short, historical background on the design and development of each firearm adds to your understanding. Spiral bound to lay flat and stay open on the bench. RUGER® 10/22® - 55 pages. 5½" x 8½". 55 photographs. 13 illustrations. Covers all models built from 1964 to 2005, plus complete serial number listing from 1964 to 2004. #100-004-414AG Ruger 10/22 8A07Y95 . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 11.99 RUGER® MINI-14®, MINI THIRTY®, DEERFIELD CARBINE - 55 pages. 5½" x 8½". 41 photographs. 3 illustrations. Covers all models built from 1972 to 2006, plus complete serial number listing from 1972 to 2004. #100-004-415AG Ruger Mini-14/Mini-30/Deerfield, 8A08Y43 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 12.99 COLT® AR-15 & ALL VARIANTS - 17 pages. 5½" x 8½". 20 photographs. 4 illustrated parts schematics. Covers Colt, Bushmaster, Olympic Arms, ArmaLite®, Rock River, DPMS, and other manufacturers. #100-004-409AG Colt AR-15 & Variants 8A05Y00 . . . . $ 7.00 AK-47/AKM & ALL VARIANTS - 16 pages. 5½" x 8½". 20 photographs. Illustrated parts schematic. Covers AK-47 and AK modified (AKM), including other variants and manufacturers. #100-004-410AG AK-47/AKM & Variants 8A05Y00 . . . $ 7.00 SKS RIFLES & ALL VARIANTS - 16 pages. 5½" x 8½". 33 photographs. Illustrated parts schematic. Covers Russian, Chinese, Yugoslavian, Romanian, Albanian, and many other variants and manufacturers. #100-004-411AG SKS Rifles & Variants, 8A05Y00 . . . . . . . . . . . .2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=376http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=376BOOKS & VIDEOS The ENCYCLOPEDIA of MODERN FIREARMS Parts & Assembly, Vol. I -- By Bob Brownell Schematic Drawings, Cutaway Photos And Drawings. NOT THE WORK OF ONE MAN Or A Dozen, But That Of The Finest Technicians Of The Entire Industry. FIREARMS TAKEDOWN GUIDES J. Martin. Approximately 14 pages. 81⁄2" x 11". Detailed, step-by-step instructions cover field stripping and disassembly procedures for many popular firearms. Large photos of disassembly sequence and reasb sembly tips. a THE VINTAGE YEARS 1949—1973 RUGER® PISTOLS & REVOLVERS John C. Dougan. 391 pages. 8¾" x 11¼". Hardbound. The author, President of the Ruger Collectors Association and lifelong fan, writer and story teller provides a well written narrative that’s a delight to read. Covers the vintage years beginning with Bill Ruger, the man who started it all. Illustrated with over 425 black and white photographs, this informative text provides detailed descriptions covering every pistol and handgun Ruger made between 1949 and 1973. Separate appendices list serial numbers, total produced, die types, markings and shipping information. Written with the cooperation of Sturm, Ruger & Co., and includes never released data from the official records. Perfect for the serious collector or aficionado. #100-004-132AG Ruger Pistols & Revolvers, 2A52U09. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 64.99 1066 Pages, 81⁄2” x 11” OVER 1,600 ExPLODED VIEWS - Photos, Blueprints, Sketches, Before the publication of The Encyclopedia late in 1959, absolutely no service manual encompassing all American-made guns was available for the gunsmith, dealer or hobbyist. What information was to be had, had to be dug out the hard way - and at best it was skimpy. As the guns covered in The Encyclopedia get older, the information becomes even more valuable; what little other info was available has long since gone out of print, original manuals have been lost and today’s gunsmith might have to pass up repair or restoration work on “Dad’s favorite”, without The Encyclopedia. It answers hundreds (and thousands!) of questions and problems. As so many have told us after getting their copy: “It paid for itself the first day I owned it - just in time saved alone.” Here’s what you’ll find in your Encyclopedia: a b DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY TECHNICAL MANUALS - Especially released for The Encyclopedia, they cover base repair and maintenance for the ’03 Springfield and later modifications; the 1911 pistol, Remington Models 10 and 11; Winchester Models 12 and 97; Stevens 520/620; Savage 720 and Ithaca 37. All with detailed illustrations and nomenclature lists. NEW GUN INSTRUCTIONS that most manufacturers issue with each new gun, giving assembly and disassembly instructions, PLUS the extensive GUNSMITH MANUALS of Winchester, Remington and Browning up to the date of printing (late 1959). UNUSUAL ILLUSTRATIONS from the files of the manufacturers showing the functioning of many of the guns. Most are no longer available, many were never publicly released. ALL AVAILABLE PARTS ILLUSTRATIONS & LISTS - Many of these are either exploded view or schematic, showing where parts go and in what order they are assembled. “Our illustration is worth 10,000 words!” ILLUSTRATIONS OF ALL NEW GUNS being manufactured in the U.S. as of Jan. 1, 1959, for which information is available . . . complete specifications given on each number and model. DETAILED MEASUREMENTS IN CHART FORM of the thousands of pins, screws, and helical springs shown in all the parts lists. Only those of very unusual construction or function are not shown. This information available in printed form nowhere else in the world. KNOWLEDGE AT YOUR FINGERTIPS Each manufacturer is grouped alphabetically, starting with Department of Defense Technical Manuals, then Browning, Colt and so on. Each manufacturer is subdivided in the following order: 1. Illustrations and technical data. 2. Where available, illustrations which depict the working parts. 3. Manufacturer’s new gu2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=377http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=377THE COMPLETE GLOCK REFERENCE GUIDE PTOOMA Productions. 298 pages. 81⁄2" x 11". Softbound. Tells you everything you ever wanted to know about Glock pistols with photographs, diagrams, and technical specifications. Detailed chapters cover topics such as safety devices, field-stripping, cleaning, function testing, performance and customization, and more. Included is a torture-test of a Glock G17 pistol, subjecting it to ice, dirt, mud, water, and other extreme test conditions. A report of how the pistol survived is given after each test. Also included are diagnostic checklists and serial number listings. An invaluable resource for the Glock enthusiast and gunsmith. a b #100-001-884AG Complete Glock Reference, 2K22C49 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 25.99 LeeRoy Wisner’s HANDBOOK of HARD-TO-FIND GUN PARTS DRAWINGS Dimensioned Drawings Covering 147 GUNS From 36 Manufacturers You know, it doesn’t Deluxe Edition Shown seem possible that you’d ever be called upon to make even one firing pin spring guide for something like a 1909 Bayard, but if you don’t make a drawing of that first one, it’s virtually guaranteed that another one will come in - and if you’d just made that sketch, you’d have a place to start from for the second one. Well, LeeRoy’s been doing just that. For more than thirty years, he’s been making drawings of many of the internal parts in the guns that came across his bench. These parts aren’t on the factory’s shelf, or anyone else’s for that matter; the only place you’ll find them is in this tremendous volume. And, you don’t have to put in thirty years fixing guns and making drawings before you can start making parts, and profits, LeeRoy’s done all that for you. All you have to do is buy The Handbook. and start with the drawings LeeRoy provides you! This is truly one of the most useful tools you’ll ever buy for your shop. To help you put the book to work, there are two special chapters. Chapter One gives you a good, solid, basic course in steel selection and heat treating, complete with how-to instructions. Chapter Two covers, step-by-step, making a part using one of the drawings, with photos showing the part at various stages of construction. As an added bonus, The Handbook. helps you take advantage of those bargain boxes of assorted parts you find at gun shows or sales. A little time spent flipping pages with a part in-hand can put a name on some of that unidentified “junk”, and turn it into real dollars for you. The drawings are printed on heavy, 60 lb., 8" x 11" stock to make them very durable. And, the pages are punched with oversize holes to make it easy to turn them, without tearing. This is a working book and is furnished loose-leaf. That lets you take out just the page you need for the part you’re building, instead of lugging the whole book around the shop. And, LeeRoy is going to keep on making drawings. As he does, we’ll make sets of these Updates available periodically; you’ll be able to add the new pages to The Handbook. precisely b where they belong. a The Deluxe Edition has all the information, 488 pages worth!, in a heavy-duty, solid vinyl, three D-ring binder that will stand up to years of use, plus the solvents and oils commonly found in the gun shop. The title is printed on the binder’s front cover and spine in gold ink for a very classy look. #108-015-000AG Wisner Deluxe Edition, 8K51Z96 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 64.95 Page-Pak Edition We’re offering this since we know that some of you may already have a collection of 3-ring binders lying around. You get all 488 pages of valuable information, the divider tabs, and the reinforced end sheets; what’s missing is the Deluxe, D-ring binder. #108-015-100AG Wisner Page-Pak Edition, 8K39B96 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 49.95 Over 2901 GUNSMITH KINKS III ® BOOKS & VIDEOS The 3rd Volume in the Series AN ALL NEW, INVALUABLE TOOL FOR ANY GUN WORKER BLACKHEART INTERNATIONAL GLOCK HANDBOOK Mike Panno2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=378http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=378THE ’03 SPRINGFIELD RIFLES’ ERA BOOKS & VIDEOS Clark S. Campbell. 348 pages. 81⁄2" x 11". Hardbound. All the information from three of the author’s previous M1903 Springfield books, plus loads of new info. Includes data on standard and special-purpose models, prototypes, inspector’s marks, and sporterizing. a b #100-001-734AG The ’03 Springfield Rifles’ Era, 6A46V53 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 58.00 THE WINCHESTER BOOK George Madis. 640 pages. 81⁄2" x 11". Deluxe handbinding. This is the classic and authoritative “Big Book” on Winchester identification for the novice or advanced specialist. Lists all models and all variations, however minor. Includes 1,800 sharp, clear photographs plus many drawings. Incredible attention given to details and variations with many close-ups, highlighting differences. Extensive examples of engraving, markings, minute details. Unparalleled for identifying all Winchesters. a b #576-001-000AG The Winchester Book 6G54X36 . . . $ 67.95 UNITED STATES RIFLE MODEL OF 1917 C.S. Ferris. 213 pages. 6" x 9". Softbound. 122 photos. Explains how to determine if a Model 1917 rifle is original, or period correct. Topics include stock and metalwork finish, dates of manufacture and serial number correlations, inspection markings, rebuild marks, and differences between manufacturers. a b #261-000-005AG U.S. Rifle Model Of 1917, 1F19Z16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 23.95 STANDARD CATALOG OF WINCHESTER FIREARMS Joseph M. Cornell. 8 ½" x 11". 286 pages. Hardbound. Lavishly illustrated with over 350 full-color photos, this informative text provides detailed descriptions and collector pricing on over 700 models, from the early Jennings and Henry rifles to all the variations of the classic lever guns and 20th century models, including commemoratives and post-'64 models increasingly popular with collectors. Also covers Winchester company history, collecting strategy, and trends, with detailed appendices listing serial number ranges for select models. #491-000-026AG Standard Catalog Of Win. Firearms, 1D24X00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 29.99 UPDATED & EXPANDED 14th PRINTING THE MOST COMPLETE, AUTHORITATIVE PRESENTATION OF THE MAUSER BOLT RIFLES MAUSER BOLT RIFLES is the most complete, precise, authoritative and comprehensive work ever done on Mauser bolt rifles . . . so inclusive that a thorough knowledge of it will make you a Mauser expert in your own right! Within its covers are: Exhaustive data on each development, all specific characteristics, variations, models, innovations, modifications. Countries who made or bought Mausers and their changes and markings. Complete ammo data, ballistics, effectiveness and uses. How to identify details. “How-it-works” drawings/pictures with step-bystep instructions. Foreign and contract rifles. Sporters including Oberndorf and foreign models. Experimental rifles. And, pictures - hundreds of beautifully photographed original rifles, many so rare they are not even in museums, but hidden in the finest private collections. Makes positive identification of valuable collectibles sure and easy. Saves bucks and embarrassment at gun shows and in the shop. There are so many thousands of Mauser rifles in the U.S. that you cannot trade, fix or collect guns without encountering them - making the book an invaluable tool of the trade on your bench or in your library. For, if Mauser made it, designed or developed it - and it was a bolt rifle - it’s in the book! a b 372 large-size 81⁄2" x 11" pages. Over 672+ photos, drawings, exploded views, cutaways. Hundreds of charts, spec tables, data tables and symbols. Thoroughly cross-indexed not only by Model, but also by variations, Countries, accessories used and people in Mauser’s history. Extensive bibliography, listing all the books, catalogs, articles and foreign sources. Detailed listing of all the people who helped. Everything about Mauser bolt rifles is here - and to know and understand2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=379http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=379THE M1 CARBINE OWNER’S GUIDE Larry L. Ruth with Scott A. Duff. 134 pages. 6" x 9". Softbound. Tells you what to look for when buying a Carbine for collecting or shooting. Identification guide with serial numbers and manufacture dates. Illustrated guide to markings, parts, assembly/disassembly, special tools. Includes troubleshooting and maintenance guide. a b #261-101-001AG M1 Carbine Owners Guide, 1F17Z56 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 21.95 4th Edition THE M1 GARAND 1936 TO 1957 Joe Poyer and Craig Riesch. 256 pages. 5½" x 8½". Softbound. Over 100 photographs. Informative text provides a detailed, historical record of the development of the M1 Garand, the most famous battle rifle ever produced. Provides a complete description on a part by part basis, using serial number range and manufacturer, from the gas trap rifles through the M1C, M1D and MC 1952 Sniper, National Match, Navy 7.62 x 51 mm NATO, British, Danish, and all lend lease rifles. Describes the entire range of M1 Garand production using easy to read charts that provide dimensions, markings, finishes and serial number ranges for instant identification. Provides a complete analysis of the M1C, M1D and MC 1952 sniper rifles, plus in-depth information on telescopic sights and mounts. #637-000-007AG The M1 Garand 1936 To 1957, 7C19X27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 24.99 GUNSMITH KINKS II ® BOOKS & VIDEOS The 2nd Volume in the Series 6th Edition U.S. M1 CARBINES, WARTIME PRODUCTION Craig Riesch. 212 pages. 5½" x 8½". Softbound. Over 150 photographs. Well-written, complete history of the M1 Carbine’s development, manufacture and use during World War II, as well as through the Korean War and the war in Vietnam. This latest edition includes never before released serial numbers and subcontractor identification marks, plus additional information on factory repaired or rebuilt stocks. Compiles over twenty years of surveys and research to provide the absolute authoritative work on the M1 Carbine. Lists the manufacturer’s and subcontractor’s codes by serial number range to allow the identification of every major and most minor parts and make it possible to determine the authenticity of any M1 Carbine. All variations of the M1 Carbine are discussed – M1, M1A1, and M2, including folding stock paratrooper carbines. Straightforward, step-by-step instructions with detailed photographs provide easy-to-follow disassembly and assembly procedures. #637-000-009AG U.S. M1 Carbines, Wartime Production 7C21X19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 22.99 A “THIRD HAND” FOR GUNSMITHS AND HOBBYISTS 3rd Edition A WEALTH OF INFORMATION AVAILABLE NOWHERE ELSE #108-001-002AG Gunsmith Kinks®, Vol. II, 8K22H36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . #108-000-002AG Kinks®, Kinks® II, Kinks® III, Kinks® 4 Set, SAVE! 8K84V04. . . . . . THE M14-TYPE RIFLE Joe Poyer. 104 pages. 8" x 10½". Softbound. Over 140 photographs. Straightforward, well-written text and hundreds of clear photos, illustrations and charts give the complete, detailed historical record of the M14 rifle. Step-by-step, easy-to-understand instructions explain how to turn a commercial M14 into a national match rifle. Includes chapters that walk you through every aspect of the National Match competition, including rules, ammunition used, and sights required. Features chapters on operation, shooting, and troubleshooting, plus detailed instructions on disassembly and reassembly. #637-000-004AG The M14-Type Rifle 7C15X95 . . . . .$ 19.95 THE M1 GARAND COMPLETE ASSEMBLY GUIDE Walt Kuleck with Clint McKee. 161 pages, 6" x 9", softbound. Illustrated guide covers assembly, tips, tricks, checks for common failures, repairs, and “gotchas” of the M1 Garand. Includes requirements for John Garand Matches at Camp Perry, National match trigger tuning, and building a .308 Garand. a b #261-000-004AG M1 Garand Complete Assembly Guide, 1F18Z36 . .2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=380http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=380CUSTOM GUNMAKERS OF THE 20TH CENTURY BOOKS & VIDEOS Collected Articles From Precision Shooting Magazine Michael Petrov. 168 pages. 61⁄4" x 91⁄4". Hardbound. Concise, thoroughly researched account of the most famous gunmakers of the 20th century. Wundhammer, Neidner, Griffin & Howe, Minar, and others are covered from their apprenticeships to their status as master gunmakers. Hundreds of photos of guns produced by these master craftsmen. a b #113-000-011AG Custom Gunmakers Of The 20th Cent., 3A00DZA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 24.95 SHOOTING BUFFALO RIFLES OF THE OLD WEST Mike Venturino. 278 pages. 81⁄2" x 11". Softbound. 100+ photos. Examines the history, use, and many models of buffalo rifles used in the Old West. Includes Trapdoor Springfields, Sharps, Remingtons, Ballards, Winchester Single Shots, and more. 94 pages are devoted to reloading discussion; learn black-powder-reloading tricks from yesterday’s Frontiersmen and today’s field experts. If you enjoy shooting your buffalo rifle, or just love the old west, you’ll want to add this highly-informative book to your library. a b #607-000-002AG Shooting Buffalo Rifles 7K24T10 . .$ 30.00 THE COMPLETE ILLUSTRATED GUIDE TO PRECISION RIFLE BARREL FITTING John L. Hinnant. 81⁄2" x 11". Revised third edition 304 pages. Self-covered. Not fancy but a very well illustrated, well written, in-depth analysis that provides both the advanced and beginning student a complete and informative shop manual. Covers literally every aspect of turning, chambering and fitting barrels on bolt action rifles including correct machine lathe setup, tool making and sharpening, threading, chambering, crowning, boltfacing, plus the proper use and care of reamers. New section devotes 39 pages to action blueprinting. a b #404-100-000AG Illustrated Guide To Rifle Barrel Fitting, 4K28H00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 35.00 THE ACCURATE MUZZLE BRAKE Troy Newlon. 57 pages. 8½" x 11". Softbound. Over 40 illustrations and machinist prints. Well illustrated, easy-to-follow instructions guide you through every step of building your own muzzle brake. From theory, to the design process, tooling set-up, cutting threads, and milling hole patterns, the author relates over 20 years of experience fabricating muzzle brakes. #100-003-642AG The Accurate Muzzle Brake, 4A19T95 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 24.95 CUSTOM FIREARM ARTISTRY American Custom Gunmakers Guild, Inc. 95 pages. 8½" x 11". Softbound. Showcase of the art of today’s finest gun makers. Details the work of master metal smiths, engravers, stock makers, and checkering specialists with dozens of rich color photographs. Includes profiles of 72 men and women who combine their passion for guns with their superior craftsmanship, plus tips on selecting the right gun maker for your next custom project. a b #013-000-002AG Custom Firearm Artistry 3A16I00 .$ 20.00 BUILDING A SINGLE SHOT RIFLE ACTION Walter B. Mueller. 41 pages. 81⁄2" x 11" softbound. Compiled from articles in The Home Shop Machinist. Detailed text, drawings, and photos take you step-bystep from steel bar stock to a finished, lever-operated, falling-block, single-shot rifle action. Detailed dimension drawings are provided for each part and the special tooling needed. a b #926-000-001AG Single Shot Rifle Action, 6B12Y73 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 17.00 THE GUNSMITH MACHINIST Steve Acker. 203 pages. 81⁄2" x 11". Hardbound. The complete collection of Steve’s articles from Home Shop Machinist and Machinist’s Workshop. Entertaining and fact-filled text with hundreds of time saving tips and tricks. 55 interesting and informative topics cover nearly all aspects of the gunsmithing business from making a bench block to building a target rifle. Divided into two sections for easy reference: The Gunsmith Machinist and General Machining. a b #926-000-002AG The Gunsmith Machinist, 6B35Y99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=381http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=381MACHINE SHOP PRACTICE Two volumes answer thousands of “How-To” questions. Ideal for those without formal machine shop training. a b VOLUME I - 496 pages. 61⁄2" x 91⁄2". Hardbound. Contents: Basic Metal Cutting Operations; Basic Measuring Instruments - Gaging tapered parts, measuring angles; Layout Work; Drilling Machines; Tooling for Drilling Machines; Single Point Cutting Tools; Turning On Lathe Centers; Chucking Work; Taper and Angle Turning; Faceplate Work; Screw Threads - Types, measuring, tolerances, cutting; Turret, Production and Vertical Lathes; Jig Borers; Metal Saws. #435-100-001AG Machine Shop Practice, Volume I, 5C00PUA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 29.99 VOLUME II - 517 pages. 61⁄2" x 91⁄2". Hardbound. Contents: Shapers and Planers - Construction, tools, speeds, feeds, setup; Milling Machines; Milling Cutters - Angles, feeds, speeds, wear factors; Milling Operation - Slab, side, straddle, gang, face, end, keyseats, angular surfaces, holes, fixtures; Indexing; Dividing Head Work; Helical and Cam Milling; Horizontal Boring Machines; Grinding Wheels; Cylindrical Grinding; Surface Grinding; Cutter and Tool Grinding; Numerically Controlled Machine Tools; Surface Plate Inspection Methods. #435-100-002AG Machine Shop Practice, Volume II, 5C00BXC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 29.99 THE MILITARY AND POLICE SNIPER Mike R. Lau. 350 pages. 81⁄2" x 11". Softbound. In-depth study of accurately firing the tactical rifle from 50 to 1000 yards. Explore the history of current Army and Marine sniper rifles, plus the challenges facing today’s police tactical marksman. Technical topics include ammunition, ballistics, figuring range and wind, moving targets, shooting up or down hill, tactics, range cards and log books, plus the sniper match as practical training. b a #113-000-006AG Military & Police Sniper 3A28H00 $ 35.00 GUNSMITH KINKS Written By 600 Men Who Know - Men Who Do #108-001-001AG Gunsmith Kinks® 8K22H36 ® BOOKS & VIDEOS TACTICAL 1 DVDS Gunsite staff. 50 minutes. Filmed at one of the nation’s DVD premier shooting schools, each tape covers choosing the proper weapon, presentation, carry, operation and function. Also includes a video practice session to help improve your skills. TACTICAL EDGED WEAPONS 1 - Fighting techniques: draw, stance, grip, blocking, countering and offense. DVD format only. #447-150-006AG Edged Weapons 1 7D24B95 . . . . . . .$ 34.95 TACTICAL EDGED WEAPONS 2 - Describes techniques for defense against edged weapon attacks. DVD format only. #447-150-007AG Edged Weapons 2 7D24B95 . . . . . . .$ 34.95 TACTICAL CONCEALED CARRY 1 - Covers “Why”, plus handgun and holster selection, gun care and draw. DVD format only. #447-150-009AG Concealed Carry 1 7D24B95 . . . . . .$ 34.95 TACTICAL CARBINE 1 - AR-15 rifles. Sights and lighting equipment, mounting, reloading, immediate action, multiple targets, shooting on the move, and low light situations. DVD format only. #447-150-005AG Carbine 1 7D24B95 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 34.95 TACTICAL PISTOL 1 - Weaver stance, draw, guard position, strong hand shooting, barricades, corners, and, low light considerations. DVD format only. #447-150-003AG Pistol 1 7D24B95. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 34.95 TACTICAL PISTOL 2 - Analyzes gun handling skills to increase speed, movement and cover, plus weapon retention and vehicles, shooting and critical exit. DVD format only. #447-150-008AG Pistol 2 7D24B95. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 34.95 TACTICAL SHOTGUN 1 - Demonstrates techniques for carry, mounting and reloading; discusses specialty ammo and patterning. DVD format only. #447-150-004AG Shotgun 1 7D24B95 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 34.95 CLOSE QUARTER TACTICS 1 - Surviving close quarter engagements. Techniques for handgun, subgun and long gun retention. Impact weapon, edged weapon and grappling skills are introduced. DVD format only. #447-150-010AG Close Quarter 1 7D24B95 . . . . . . . . .$ 34.95 AN ENDLESS FOUNTAIN OF KNOWLEDGE COV2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=382http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=382DVD THE ART OF THE DYNAMIC HANDGUN PRACTICAL SHOOTING DVD Practical Shooting For IPSC & IDPA THE SHOOTER’S APPROACH TO PRACTICE Sam Conway. 131 pages. Coil bound, soft cover. Good, solid information from an experienced competitor and trainer on the techniques and fundamental skills to become a great shooter. Topics include warm-up drills, standards, skills, speed, props, set-up, and detailed descriptions of the shooting drills encountered in competition. a b #100-002-325AG The Shooter’s Approach To Practice, 2Z16D00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 19.95 REVOLVER RECORDS CD DVD, 4 disc set, 7 hours. Beginners, intermediates and advanced shooters alike will benefit from this highly instructive training package that explores every facet of handling, carrying and shooting handguns. Whether you’re a competitor, law enforcement officer, military service member, or just a responsibly armed citizen, this DVD set explains and demonstrates how the handgun is more than just a tool – it’s a critical factor in your own survival. You’ll gain a deeper understanding of how a handgun operates and how to use it effectively. Magpul Dynamics instructors Travis Haley and Chris Costa push students of various backgrounds to their limits in live fire drills, and then show them the tactics and skills they need to conquer an opponent in a firefight. Disc 1 focuses on grip position, draw, tactical and speed reloads, balancing speed and accuracy, clearing malfunctions, and shooting positions. Disc 2 covers combat mindset, shooting on the move, reflexive firing, addressing threats from outside the direct line of attack, and reality checks, plus different scenarios law enforcement, military, and civilian personnel are likely to face. Disc 3 addresses the concealed carry lifestyle, how to draw from concealment, operating a weapon with only one hand, gear selection, and unique considerations for small concealable handguns. Disc 4 wraps up with a discussion of ammo, suppressors, and accessories like belts, holsters, lights, and lasers, plus 40 quick-reference drills. Produced by Magpul Dynamics. #100-005-269AG Art of the Dynamic Handgun, 3K39H65. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 49.95 Matt Burkett, Brian Enos, Don Golembieski. DVD, 2-disk set. 155 minutes. Matt teaches the advanced techniques that can improve your skills and opportunity for success in IDPA and IPSC competition. Action-filled chapters place emphasis on stance, setup, sighting, trigger control, eye dominance, strong-and weak-hand, draws, reloads, trigger control and much more. Brian Enos shares information about sighting, cross-dominance and shooting fundamentals. Gunsmith Don Golembieski explains equipment selection and maintenance. DVD format. a b #100-000-932AG Practical Shooting DVD 9K30V99 .$ 39.99 IPSC STRATEGIES - Get a first-hand view of Matt Burkett shooting the Desert Classic as he walks through each of the 10 stages, breaking them down in detail and developing a shooting strategy. Shows several options on how to shoot each target, move to different positions, and addresses problems to watch out for. Follow Matt through each stage as he executes the plan he discussed in the walk-through. Then follow through the stage first person via helmet cam. IPSC Strategies will help shooters of all levels take the tips presented and implement them into different scenarios. DVD format, 70 minutes. #100-004-766AG IPSC Strategies 9K30D99. . . . . . . . .$ 39.99 VOLUME 4 - HOW TO SHOOT FASTER! - Matt Burkett, Kevin Elpers. DVD. 98 minutes. Matt teaches the techniques of top shooters, including grip, stance, gear review, how to cure flinching, cadence, practice drills, and much more. Learn by watching as Matt instructs Kevin Elpers on how to reach the next level in competitive shooting. DVD format. #100-001-980AG Practical Shooting Vol. 4 9K33T00 $ 43.95 VOLUME 5 - WINNING IDPA TECHNIQUES - Matt Burkett, Kevin Elpers, Matt Kartozian, Kurt von Rice. DVD. 97 minutes. M2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=383http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=383GUNSMITH KINKS® T-SHIRT Brownells Brownells Great Looking & Comfortable HEADWEAR MIL-TAC TACTICAL DEFENSE PEN Extreme-Duty, All-Weather Writing Instrument & Self-Defense Weapon Designed with the military and law enforcement communities in mind, this streamlined, ruggedized pen serves double duty as a self-defense weapon. Features a heavy-duty aluminum body, fluted for a secure grasp with a wet hand or when wearing gloves, with a reinforced, pointed end for defensive use. Can also serve as a PDA stylus. Snug-fitting, screw-on cap won’t work loose in your pocket, and the stainless steel clip provides a tight hold on a pocket or in your gear bag. Built from aircraft-grade aluminum, then mil-spec Type 3 hardcoat anodized for added surface strength and wear resistance. SPECS: Aluminum, Type 3 hardcoat anodized, matte black finish. Stainless steel clip. 5¼" (17 .7cm) long. 1.2 oz (34g) wt. Black ink. #100-004-500AG Tactical Defense Pen 5A76Z68 . . . .$ 89.99 Brownells PLUG SCREW KIT Plug Most Any Sight Or Scope Mount Hole On Blued & Stainless Steel Firearms Show Your Sense of Humor & Pride In The Gunsmith Trade We’ve taken nine of the funniest cartoon sketches from the pages of our popular Gunsmith Kinks series and screen printed them on beefy, 100% preshrunk cotton T’s for your wearing enjoyment. Back of shirt features your choice of the professional duck caller (Guaranteed to give that truly professional “natural” sound); the optically inclined, pistol shooter (Do Ya Think 24X is Enough?); the technologically-minded, tactical rifle enthusiast (At last…the ultimate tactical rifle); starting your day off right (Eat a live toad first thing in the morning. And that will be the worst thing you’ll have to face all day!); keeping the kids quiet (I hope Jr. isn’t bothering you honey?!); reassuring your customers (Don’t worry about those extra holes. The bases will cover ’em up); creative bill-paying (Here’s your receipt, and this one is for your wife); the last-minute customer (If I wanted it fixed tomorrow, I'd brought it tomorrow); and the "Special Bolts" every gunsmith, pro and hobbyist alike, wishes he had to magically fix goofs and gaffs. Each scene comes to life with its original, comical expression printed boldly in easy-to-read, brown lettering. Shirt front tastefully displays the Gumsmith Kinks and Brownells logos. Be the first at your local gun club or favorite shooting event to wear the latest Kinks T's. An excellent gift idea, too! SPECS: Cotton, Sand color with brown graphic and lettering. Available in M, L, XL, and XXL. STK # M STK # LG STK # xL STK # xxL DESIGN #084-000-105AG #084-000-106AG #084-000-107AG #084-000-108AG Pistol #084-000-109AG #084-000-110AG #084-000-111AG #084-000-112AG Tactical #084-000-113AG #084-000-114AG #084-000-115AG #084-000-116AG Duck #084-000-195AG #084-000-196AG #084-000-197AG #084-000-198AG Receipt #084-000-199AG #084-000-200AG #084-000-201AG #084-000-202AG I Hope Jr. #084-000-203AG #084-000-204AG #084-000-205AG #084-000-206AG Ext. Holes #084-000-207AG #084-000-208AG #084-000-209AG #084-000-210AG Live Toad #084-000-250AG #084-000-251AG #084-000-252AG #084-000-253AG Fixed Today #084-000-246AG #084-000-247AG #084-000-248AG #084-000-249AG Special Bolts — Advise # — Kinks T-Shirt, M, L, XL 1K22V25 . . . .$ 28.95 — Advise # — Kinks T-Shirt, XXL 1K22V95 . . . . . . . . . 26.95 Rugged, comfortable caps boldly embroidered with “Brownells” and our “Selection. Service. Satisfaction” motto or “AR15 Builder” on the front. Durable, six-panel, all-cotton construction contours comfortably to your head. The adjustable strap makes fitting easy, and the pre-formed bill has just the right amount of “bend” in it. SPECS: One size fits most; adjustable, hookand-loop strap. Brownells Cap - Brushed cotton, Blaze Orange or Realtree Camo; heavy cotton duck, Brown. Cotton poplin, Khaki/Green. AR15 Builder - Brushed cotton, Black with Khaki accents. #084-000-243AG Blaze Orange Cap 5A10H45 . . . . . .$ 12.99 #084-000-244AG Re2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=384http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=384SCREWS & HARDWARE KITS Brownells SOCKET HEAD SCOPE RING & BASE SCREW KIT Brownells TORx HEAD SCOPE RING & BASE SCREW KIT Brownells SIGHT BASE SCREW KIT SLOTTED-HEAD SCREWS FOR ALL SCOPE & SIGHT MOUNTING JOBS 168 Screws For Rings & Bases Put Socket Head Screws In Rings & Bases, Ribs, Sights & Custom Installations At A Great Price With this Socket Head Screw Kit you will have on hand the most popular and most wanted Socket Head screws - ideal when setting a screw down really tight is important - at a really economical price. Lets you fit Socket Head Screws to the widest possible variety of bases, rings, sights and ribs because we've matched the correct head to the required thread size and length for you. Saves you time, hassle and inventory! You get a full selection - 168 Socket Head Screws: 1 dozen each of 14 different screws includes 8 Fillister Head and 6 Weaver Oval Head styles in 4 lengths and 3 thread sizes (6-40, 6-48 and 8-40). Then, when custom fitting is required, or you need to shorten a screw for a particular job, we've included a hardened steel Checker/Shortener Jig to make it easy to grind any of the screws to length. a b SPECS: Made for us in U.S. to same head/shape specs as the Slotted Sight Base Screws. 3⁄32" socket. Blued. Kit includes: 168 screws, compartmented Kit Box, Tweezers, Checker/Shortener Jig and Chart showing bases/rings/ribs/etc., that the screws fit. Refills sold 12 per Pak. 3⁄8" (9.5mm), 1⁄2" (12.7mm), 1⁄4" (6.35mm), 9⁄ 16" (14.28mm). Any screw may require minor fitting. #080-574-000AG Brownells Socket Scope Screw Kit, 8K34C72 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 55.99 KIT CONTAINS 12 EACH OF THE FOLLOWING SIZES/STYLES: 240 TORx Screws To Fit Popular Rings & Bases; Includes T-10 & T-15 Heads A TORX head lets you set a screw down tight without the bit slipping and damaging the screw slot. They give your work a clean, finished appearance. We’ve included T-10 and T-15 TORX sizes for use in different applications. T-10 gives you plenty of additional wall thickness where the head joins the shank; T-15 has a large socket that accepts the same driver supplied with many popular brands of rings and bases. You get an economically priced assortment of 240 screws, all made right here in the USA. 1 dozen each of 20 different screws; 11 Fillister Head and 9 Weaver Oval Head styles in 3 thread sizes and 4 lengths, all in a sturdy, compartmented box. For those special jobs we have included a hardened steel, Checker/Shortener Jig that makes grinding screws to just the right length, fast and easy. a b SPECS: U.S.-made, quality screws, with the same head/shape specs as the Slotted Sight Base Screws. T-10, T-15 TORX socket. Blued. Kit includes: (1) T-10 and (1) T-15 TORX wrench, 240 screws, compartmented kit box, Tweezers, Checker/Shortener Jig and Application Chart showing bases/rings/ribs/etc., that the screws fit. Refills sold 12 per pak. Screw Lengths: 1⁄4": 1⁄4" (6.36mm), 3⁄8" (9.5mm), 1⁄2" (12.7mm), 9⁄16" (14.28mm). Screw Sizes: 6-40, 6-48, 8-40 tpi. #080-924-000AG Brownells TORX Scope Screw Kit, 8K44U74. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 63.99 KIT CONTAINS 12 EACH OF THE FOLLOWING SIZES/STYLES: FILLISTER HEAD STOCK # #080-535-643AG #080-535-644AG #080-535-645AG #080-535-648AG #080-535-647AG #080-535-642AG #080-535-844AG #080-535-848AG #080-535-842AG — Advise # — #080-535-999AG — Advise # — #080-533-999AG #080-535-000AG SIZE 6-48 x 3⁄16" 6-48 x 1⁄4" 6-48 x 5⁄16" 6-48 x 3⁄8" 6-48 x 7⁄16" 6-48 x 1⁄2" 8-40 x 1⁄4" 8-40 x 3⁄8" 8-40 x 1⁄2" SIGHT BASE REFILL PAKS WEAVER OVAL STOCK # #080-535-065AG #080-535-063AG #080-535-064AG #080-535-062AG #080-535-843AG #080-535-850AG SIZE 6-48 x 5⁄32" 6-48 x 3⁄16" 6-48 x 1⁄4" 6-48 x 1⁄2" 8-40 x 1⁄4" 8-40 x 1⁄2" This Kit has been extremely popular with our customers for many years. The gunsmiths and dealers who do any type of sight work have found they do not like to be without it. The slotted-head screws included in the kit cover at least 99% of all sco2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=385http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=385COUNTERBORE Brownells SIGHT SCREW LEUPOLD REPLACEMENT SCOPE BASE WINDAGE SCREW LEUPOLD TORx SCREW KIT Torx Head Screws For Leupold Bases & Rings TORx SCREW KIT - Contains 50 each: 8-40 x .278", black ring screws. 20 each: 8-40 x .278" silver ring screws; 6-48 x .210" black and silver base screws; 6-48 x .295" black and silver base screws. #526-523-950AG Torx Screw Kit 6B34U16 . . . . . . . . .$ 54.00 High-Speed Steel; Made To Our Exact Spec For Most Sight Base Screws FILLISTER 8-40 - Overall 21⁄2" (6.3mm); Body Dia. .250" (6.3mm); Pilot Dia. .165" (4.2mm); Pilot Length 1⁄8" (3.2mm); 90° Shoulder. Use Drill No. 19 for Pilot Hole. a b #080-671-841AG Fillister 8-40 8K18A84 . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 25.99 WEAVER 8-40 - Same specifications as above but is 45° at shoulder. Use No. 19 Pilot Drill. a b #080-671-840AG Weaver 8-40 8K17A09. . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 21.99 FILLISTER 6-48 - Overall 21⁄2"; Body Dia. .218"; Pilot Dia. .137"; Pib lot Length 1⁄8"; 90° Shoulder. Use Drill No. 28 for Pilot Hole. a #080-672-641AG Fillister 6-48 7A19V35 . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 28.93 WEAVER 6-48 - Same as above but is 45° at shoulder. Use No. 28 Pilot Drill. a b #080-672-640AG Weaver 6-48 7A16V53. . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 24.99 Replaces Dinged, Corroded Or Lost Screws On Popular Leupold Bases Genuine Leupold brand windage screw replaces factory original screws on Leupold 1- and 2-piece base sets having rear ring windage screws. Great for replacing lost screws, those with damaged slots, or ones that have become corroded or discolored by thread locking agents or lack of care. Fits Leupold brand scope bases only, not recommended for use with similar scope base systems from other manufacturers. Available with polished or matte blue finish, or satin silver finish. Sold 1 each. SPECS: Steel, polished blue (PB), matte blue (MB), or satin silver (SIL) finish. 10-32 tpi. .29” (7 .5mm) dia. slotted round head. Sold 1 each. #526-000-111AG PB Windage Screw, each 6B01A99 . .$ 2.99 #526-000-110AG MB Windage Screw, each 6B01A99 . . . 2.99 #526-000-112AG SIL Windage Screw, each 6B01Y95. . . 2.99 ”OVERSIZE” 6-48 SCREWS Saves Your “Tail Feathers” If A Hole Gets Stripped Slightly larger in diameter than the common 6-48 scope base mounting screw. Most holes “ruined” while drilling or tapping can be fixed; just retap to .146"-48 and install. No need to redrill base or gun. Thanks to Doug Knowt for his tip. a b SPECS: .146"- 48 x 1⁄2" (12.7mm) slotted machine screws, blued finish. Fillister and Weaver-style head. Kit contains 48 of each style, 1 taper tap, 1 bottom tap, and 1 Screw Gizzie in a bench box. #080-719-112AG 1 dz Fillister Head .146"- 48, 8K04Y24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 8.99 - 8 dz or More - Fillister Head .146"- 48, per dz, 8K02Y80 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.60 #080-719-212AG 1 dz. Weaver Head .146"- 48, 8K02Y74 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.99 - 8 dz or More - Weaver Head .146"- 48, per dz, 8K01Y91 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.76 #080-598-146AG .146"- 48 Taper Tap 8K25A64 . . . . . . . 32.99 #080-598-148AG .146"- 48 Bottoming Tap 8K27A40. . . 36.99 #080-719-000AG .146"- 48 Shop Kit 8K66Y69 . . . . . . . . 81.99 Refills Brownells .146"- 48 x ½" UNPLATED STEEL FLAT HEAD WOOD SCREW KIT Brownells SCREWS & HARDWARE KITS Can Be Browned, Blued Or Plated To Fit The Job No plating to grind off. 82° shoulder to fit standard countersinks. SPECS: Kit Contains 12 Each Of Sizes Below: Refills sold 12 per pak. STOCK # SIZE STOCK # SIZE STOCK # SIZE #080-550-225AG 2 x 1⁄2" #080-550-462AG 4 x 5⁄8" #080-550-601AG 6 x 1" 3 3 #080-550-237AG 2 x ⁄8" #080-550-475AG 4 x ⁄4" #080-550-850AG 8 x 1⁄2" #080-550-337AG 3 x 3⁄8" #080-550-637AG 6 x 3⁄8" #080-550-862AG 8 x 5⁄8" #080-550-350AG 3 x 1⁄2" #080-550-650AG 6 x 1⁄2" #080-550-875AG 8 x 3⁄4" #080-550-437AG 4 x 3⁄8" #080-550-662AG 6 x 5⁄8" #080-550-887AG 8 x 78" #080-550-450AG 4 x 1⁄2" #080-550-675AG 6 x 3⁄4" #080-550-901AG 82011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=386http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=386SCREWS & HARDWARE KITS Brownells BLANK SCREW KIT Gun Screws Unlimited; With Drill Press & Dies You Can Make Most Gun Screws SCREW SLOT FIxTURE The Secret To Getting Perfectly-Centered Screw Slots Every Time Heat-treated, steel fixture makes it possible to cut screw slots precisely in the center of the head. Simplifies fitting new screws to a custom gun or recutting/repairing some on a classic. Clamping thumb screw locks the gun screw in the exact position you want; two sets of roller pins guide your saw or slotting file during cutting to produce screw slots with a look of true class. SPECS: Heat-treated steel, black, oxide finish. 2" (5.1cm) long, 11⁄4" (3.2cm) wide, 7⁄8" (22.2mm) high. For use with .025" thick files and blades. #080-000-082AG Screw Slot Fixture 8K28Z93 . . . . . . $ 37.99 Brownells Brownells LONG BLANK SCREW Turn Your Own Custom Triggerguard Screws GALAZAN REPLACEMENT GUN SCREW SET Complete Sets For Vintage Guns S010 - A.H. Fox shotguns. Three action screws, in-the-white, oversize heads for fitting. #344-200-010AG #S010 Screw Kit 4D13C40 . . . . . . . .$ 15.00 S020 - Parker Shotguns. Eleven action screws, in-the-white, oversize heads for fitting. #344-200-020AG #S020 Screw Kit 4D31C13 . . . . . . . .$ 35.00 S110 - Winchester 90/06. Six action screws. Matte blue. #344-200-110AG #S110 Screw Kit 4D15H12 . . . . . . . . $ 17.00 S120 - Winchester Model 12. Eight action screws. Matte blue. #344-200-120AG #S120 Screw Kit 4D15H12 . . . . . . . . $ 17.00 S130 - Win. 94 (pre-'64). Eighteen action screws. Matte blue. #344-200-130AG #S130 Screw Kit 4D35H28 . . . . . . . .$ 39.99 S140 - Winchester Model 86. Seven action screws. Matte blue. #344-200-140AG #S140 Screw Kit 4D16H97 . . . . . . . .$ 19.00 S150 - Winchester Model 92. Nine action screws. Matte blue. #344-200-150AG #S150 Screw Kit 4D17H79 . . . . . . . .$ 20.00 S160 - Winchester Model 70. Three action screws, one forend screw. Matte blue. #344-200-160AG #S160 Screw Kit 4D14H23 . . . . . . . .$ 16.00 All that is needed is a die with the right threads to make a vast variety of gun screws simply and immediately! You will also need a file, and either a drill press or a pin vise. You can give them any thread length, any overall length and any head thickness desired. Blanks are made of easy-to-thread, tough, forging steel. If hard wearing surface is desired after threading, screws should be treated in Kasenit. a b SPECS: Kit contains: 20 each of No. 4 Head - O.D., .220" (5.6mm); No. 6 Head - O.D., .265" (6.6mm): No. 8 and No. 10 Head - O.D., .303" (7 .7mm); No. 12 Head - O.D., .355” (9.1mm); ¼" Head - O.D., .398" (9.9mm). Shank length on all sizes is 2.225" (5.65mm), measured from the underside of the head. All screws are pre-slotted. Refills sold 20 per pak. Oversize head with 5⁄32" hex socket and longer length for oversize stocks. .250" diameter shaft can be threaded to fit most bolt actions. a b SPECS: Steel, blue. 21⁄4" (5.7cm) long. .250" (6.3mm) dia. shaft, .425" (10.7mm) diameter head. 5⁄32" hex size. Sold 20 per pak. #080-012-020AG Long Blank Screw, pak 8K05B85 . . .$ 7.99 B-SQUARE SOCKET HEAD TRIGGERGUARD SCREWS Dresses Up Triggerguard For Modern Efficiency Very popular with target shooters and other accuracy buffs who must tighten guard screws with consistent, precise tension. 5⁄32" Allen wrench fits socket perfectly. Avoids damage to screws, floorplate and stock that can happen so easily with regular slotted screw heads if screwdriver slips. SPECS: Blued steel. Length varies. #122-505-070AG Rem 700 ADL/BDL Screws, set of 3, 6K06P25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 8.26 #122-505-670AG Win 70 Screws, set of 3 6K05P22 . . . . . 6.99 #122-505-598AG FN Mauser Screws, set of 2, 6K06P25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.26 LONG TRIGGERGUARD SCREWS Don’t Get Caught Short When Bedding Rifle Actions In Aftermarket Stocks Precision-turned, heat-treated screws provide extra reach when bedding Remington and Savage rifle actions i2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=387http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=387Brownells DETENT BALL KIT es lud o Inc /Accr t lt Sigh l o C ar al Re ent B t De Brownells E-CLIP KIT SCREWS & HARDWARE KITS $56 to $120 Retail Value; 8 Sizes Cover Most Gun Needs So important to have on hand, E-Clips are used to hold pins and parts in place in many modern long guns and some handguns, too. With this E-Clip Kit on hand you can return a gun to service quickly; not waiting for a factory order, and not paying high factory prices - as much as $1.00 each! All the sizes needed to service popular Remingtons, Marlins, Mossbergs, Savages and Winchesters (plus many more). Vital in your shop as these little buggers get lost as easily as springs and detent balls. Detailed gun parts list cross-reference chart too, worked out by our tech staff with assistance and suggestions from Gary Thiry, Sacramento, California. a b The E-Clip Kit has 20 each of 8 different sizes, each size in its own snap-top box inside the Kit box. Refill Paks are also available. With a retail value up to $76.99, (35 cents to 75 cents each) this Kit cannot only be a lifesaver and loyalty builder, but a real moneymaker, too. SPECS: 160 clips total. Refills sold 20 per pak. STOCK # #080-682-100AG #080-682-200AG #080-682-300AG #080-682-400AG #080-682-500AG #080-682-600AG #080-682-700AG #080-682-800AG — Advise # — #080-682-000AG FITS SHAFT O.D. I.D. GROOVE DIA. .156" (4 .0mm) .051" (1 .3mm) .052" (1 .3mm) .187" (4 .7mm) .073" (1 .8mm) .074" (1 .9mm) .230" (5 .8mm) .094" (2 .4mm) .095" (2 .4mm) .250" (6 .3mm) .108" (2 .7mm) .110" (2 .8mm) .270" (6 .8mm) .093" (2 .4mm) .095" (2 .4mm) .312" (7 .9mm) .125" (3 .2mm) .127" (3 .2mm) .335" (9 .0mm) .113" (2 .9mm) .116" (2 .9mm) .375" (9 .5mm) .143" (3 .6mm) .147" (3 .7mm) E-Clip Refill Pak 8K04T54 . . . . . . . .$ 15.99 E-Clip Kit 8K39T31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76.99 GIVE YOUR GUN THE CAMO PATTERN YOU NEED WITH SPRAY ON FINISHES ALUMA-HYDE II GUN-KOTE™ BAKING LACQUER TEFLON®/MOLY OVEN CURE FINISH ® Replace Lost Or Worn Detents In Safeties, Sights, Magazine Caps & Gas Systems Your time is too valuable to spend it looking for lost detent balls when they take off - and rest assured, they will!!! And, when you can't find them, if the time lost looking isn't bad enough, the factory often gets as much as $1.50 EACH for replacements. So - you need this Kit! Detent balls are everywhere there’s a “click” adjustment in a gun or a jig; they're even used as check balls in some semi-auto gas systems. Kit contains 20 each of the 8 most common sizes found in firearms, and is packed in a special “pillbox”/bench tray case. Includes detailed cross-reference table of all the gun parts list detent balls we could find. (Special thanks to our tech staff and Gary Thiry, Sacramento, California, for working this one out!) a b SPECS: Chrome steel for superior wear and rust resistance. Refill Paks of 20 or 100 each also available. 20-PAK STOCK # DIA. BALL PRICE 1 ⁄16" ( .063"/1 .6mm) #080-679-062AG 8K04Y83 $ 15.99 3⁄ #080-679-093AG 8K04Y83 $ 15.99 32" ( .094"/2 .4mm) 1⁄ #080-679-125AG 8K04Y84 $ 15.99 8" ( .125"/3 .2mm) 9⁄ #080-679-140AG 8K04Y83 $ 15.99 64" ( .141"/3 .6mm) 5⁄ #080-679-156AG 8K04Y83 $ 15.99 32" ( .156"/4 .0mm) 3⁄ #080-679-187AG 8K04Y84 $ 15.99 16" ( .188"/4 .8mm) 7⁄ #080-679-218AG 8K04Y83 $ 15.99 32" ( .219"/5 .5mm) 1⁄ #080-679-250AG 8K04Y83 $ 15.99 4" ( .250"/6 .3mm) #080-679-281AG* 9⁄32" ( .281"/7 .1mm)* 8K04Y83 $ 15.99 *Available as refill Pak only . Not included in Kit . The Brownells Guarantee! If you aren’t completely, 100% satisfied with any purchase you receive from Brownells, for any reason, at any time, return it for a full refund or exchange. Your complete satisfaction is what’s most important to us. Brownells ROLL PIN KIT Growing Gun Use Demands You Have This Convenient Assortment With the increasing use of roll pins in guns, we’ve put two assortments of them together; one with a black steel finish and another with 420 series stainless steel. Each kit includes 850 pins in 8 diameters and various lengths (see 2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=388http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=388METAL WORK INDEX Abrasive Blasting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393 METAL WORK Engraving & Stamping . . . . . . . . 393-395 Heat-Treating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .388-389 Jeweling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395 Polishing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389-392 Soldering & Welding . . . . . . . . . . .387-388 Springs & Raw Material . . . . . . . . .386-387 Rods TOOL STEEL DRILL ROD Indispensable In The Gun Shop For Parts, Tools & Repairs One of the remarkable features of these tool steels is the low draw temperature to achieve maximum torsion impact strength. Most drawing can be done in a kitchen oven! Or you can easily make a small and efficient draw furnace on your bench using furnace brick, a simple heat element and a kitchen oven heat control. Draw all steel shown one hour. a b W-1 WATER HARDENING DRILL ROD Carbon - 1.00% Manganese - .40% Silicon - .20% A fine-grained, commercial quality steel, W-1 can be used for tools, parts, dies or punches which require great hardness and a tough inner core for maximum strength. The sizes we carry should meet 99% of all requirements for pins in guns. HARDENING: Heat the part to 1450° - 1500° F., or slightly higher (up to 1600° F.) if unusual depth of hardness is required. If a furnace is not available, use 1450° Tempilaq. Hold at this temperature for a few seconds, then quench in an 8% brine solution. Do not use fresh water! To make a brine solution: Add 3⁄4 lb. (340 g) of rock salt to one gallon of water. TEMPERING: Temper immediately. A one hour draw at the following temperatures will produce hardness on the Rockwell C scale as follows: Degrees F. Rockwell C Degrees F. Rockwell C As hardened . . . 66 - 67 500°. . . . . . . . . . . 58 - 59 200° . . . . . . . . . . 66 - 67 600°. . . . . . . . . . . 54 - 55 300° . . . . . . . . . . 64 - 65 700°. . . . . . . . . . . 50 - 51 400° . . . . . . . . . . 61 - 62 800°. . . . . . . . . . . 46 - 47 For spring temper, draw at 650°-750° F. for 15 minutes. You can use a conventional kitchen oven for some tempering. DO NOT USE A MICROWAVE! Preheat the oven to the desired temperature prior to inserting the part. O-1 OIL HARDENING DRILL ROD ROUND Carbon - .95% Manganese - 1.20% Silicon - .25% For 1⁄4" round and larger, we carry oil hardening drill rod rather than water hardening. The O-1 in this size range is characterized by good machinability, smooth finish as well as superior dimensional stability and excellent hardening characteristics. We recommend it for use in dies, tools, parts, and punches. Excellent for general use in the shop. HARDENING: Heat slowly to 1475° F. - 1525° F. If a controlled furnace is not available, use 1500° Tempilaq. Hold at this temperature for a few seconds then quench in a light quenching oil. TEMPERING: Temper immediately. The following hardness table is for a one hour draw after oil quenching at 1500° F. Degrees F. Rockwell C Degrees F. Rockwell C As hardened . . . 63 - 65 600°. . . . . . . . . . . 54 - 56 300° . . . . . . . . . . 63 - 64 700°. . . . . . . . . . . 51 - 53 400° . . . . . . . . . . 61 - 62 800°. . . . . . . . . . . 46 - 48 500° . . . . . . . . . . 58 - 60 900°. . . . . . . . . . . 43 - 45 #080-540-000AG W-1 Round Drill Rod, 1 asst. of 40 pieces, 1 ea. 18" size listed 5L76H57. . . . . . . . $ 97.99 #080-541-000AG O-1 Round Drill Rod, 1 asst. of 9 pieces, 1 ea. (no 7⁄8" or 1") 5L74A43. . . . . . . . . 106.99 ANNEALING TEMPERATURES (Degrees F .) Aluminum Britannia Metal Pewter Brass Bronze Copper Gold Red White and Yellow Nickel Silver Silver Stainless Steel METAL MELTING POINTS (Degrees F .) Pewter 425-550 Brass 930 Copper 2000 Bronze 1825 Sterling Silver 1640 Fine Silver 1760 Platinum 3223 24 kt . Gold 1945 14kt . Yellow Gold 1615 14kt . White Gold 1825 10 kt . Yellow Gold 1665 19 kt . White Gold 1975 Brownells “FATIGUE PROOF” STEEL RODS Make Parts & Put Them Right To Work; No Heat Treating Required Superior quality, high density; very machineable and tough, withou2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=389http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=389Brownells EXTRA-WIDE SPRING STEEL Two Widths & Four Thicknesses For Custom Springs & Parts Big enough to make those wide springs on new and old muzzleloaders, double rifles and shotguns; parts, too. a b SPECS: 1095 cold rolled and annealed hi-carbon steel. 1⁄32" (.79mm), 1⁄ 3 1 16" (1.6mm), ⁄32" (2.4mm) or ⁄8" (3.2mm) thick x 16" (40.6cm) long. Available in 1⁄2" (12.7mm) or 1" (2.5cm) widths. 1⁄2" (12.7mm) Assortment: two pieces of each thickness. 1" (2.5cm) Assortment: one piece of each thickness. To harden: heat to 1450°-1500° F . and quench in oil. Yields Rc 66. DRAW 400° F . 600° F . 700° F . 800° F . Rc 62 55 49 45 PSI 320,000 270,000 238,000 212,000 DRAW 900° F . 1000° F . 1100° F . 1200° F . Rc 41 38 34 30 PSI 189,000 176,000 155,000 138,000 Brownells MILD STEEL ROUNDS & FLATS 1018 Steel In Handy Lengths & Sizes No more “Mystery Metals” from the junk yard. This quality 1018 steel is ideal for making shop projects. 18" lengths. Assortments contain one piece of each size. a b Brownells ALUMINUM ROUNDS Brownells HOMOGENIZED SOLDER Syringe Meters Exactly, Locates Precisely Two solders-in-flux join most ferrous and non-ferrous metals, including stainless steel. Exceptions are aluminum and magnesium. Special homogenizing process ends solder/flux separation. Flux residue cleans up with warm water. a b SPECS: 70PA Solder: 16,000 psi tensile strength, 425° F . bond--ing temp. Great for joining dissimilar metals. Can be Plated Over with Electroless Nickel. 80PA Silver Braze: 85,000 psi tensile strength, 1125° F . bonding temp. Excellent for nickel alloy, carbide and dissimilars. Can Be Plated Over. 1 oz. (28 g) net wt. #080-601-070AG 70PA Solder 5L29X15 . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 37.99 #080-602-080AG 80PA Silver Braze 8K61X09 . . . . . . . . 79.99 Aluminum Alloys For Machining Strong, Lightweight Parts 6061-T6 - Heat-treated, aluminum alloy that offers a wide range of both mechanical properties and corrosion resistance. Easily machined; has a maximum tensile strength of 35,000 psi. SPECS: 18" (45.7cm) long. STOCK # SIZE PRICE STOCK # SIZE PRICE 1⁄ #084-185-250AG $ 5.95 #084-185-750AG 3⁄4" $ 14.95 4" 3⁄ #084-185-375AG $ 9.95 #084-185-900AG 1" $ 24.95 8" 1⁄ #084-185-500AG $ 9.95 2" METAL WORK 18" MILD STEEL ROUNDS STOCK # DIA. PRICE STOCK # DIA. PRICE #080-735-250AG 1⁄4" $ 4.99 #080-735-900AG 1" $ 14.45 #080-735-750AG 3⁄4" $ 14.99 #080-735-000AG Mild Steel Round Assortment, 8K39B04 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 54.99 MUSIC WIRE SPRING STOCK Form Or Turn Your Own Special Springs For Those Weird Ones 1 ⁄4 pound rolls in a convenient “Tangle-Free” dispenser for handy withdrawal of any length needed. a b SPECS: Length varies. Weight 1⁄4 lb. (113 g). #715-212-016AG .016" Music Wire 5A00VBX . . . . . . . .$ 14.99 #715-212-020AG .020" Music Wire 5A11H24 . . . . . . . . . 11.99 #715-212-045AG .045" Music Wire 5A00YTP . . . . . . . . . . 8.99 18" MILD STEEL FLATS STOCK # SIZE PRICE STOCK # SIZE PRICE 3⁄ 1 #080-736-150AG 1⁄8" x 1⁄2" $ 7.49 #080-736-250AG $ 9.95 16" x ⁄2" #080-736-000AG Mild Steel Flat Assortment, 8K64B06 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 87.99 HERCULES CHEMICAL SWIF 95 SOLDER SPRINGS & RAW MATERIAL Tin/Antimony Paste Solder & Flux; Contains No Lead Perfect for sweat-on ribs, ramps, sights, etc. Parts can be blued after soldering. Fast, easy-to-apply paste - fluxes, tins, solders in one operation - no dripping. Works on copper, brass, steel, all common metals and some stainless steels. a b SPECS: Tensile strength 10,000 psi. Melting point 464° F . 95% tin, 5% antimony. #402-955-008AG 8 oz. Swif 2K00AYT . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 25.99 #080-036-000AG 1⁄2" Spring Stock Assort. 8K39X99. .$ 42.99 #080-037-132AG 10 Pk 1⁄2"x1⁄32" Spring Stk 8K32X06 . . 44.99 #080-037-116AG 10 Pk 1⁄2"x1⁄16" Spring Stock, 8K25X59 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.99 #080-037-332AG 10 Pk 1⁄2"x3⁄32" Spring Stock, 8K45X45 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54.99 #080-037-018AG 2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=390http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=390SILVALOY 355 SILVER SOLDER METAL WORK Now Color Matches To Stainless Steel; 56% Silver; Cadmium-Free Silvaloy 355 is recommended for joining steel, stainless steel, copper, copper alloys, nickel, nickel alloys and precious metals to themselves or any combination of these. Has the lowest flow temperature, best wetting and best flow characteristics of any cadmium-free, high silver-content, commercial silver solder. Highly recommended for all silver solder jobs where sheet or flow method is desired. A “must” for installing sights and ramps on stainless steel guns since the almost-white color matches stainless steel beautifully. Use with Ultra Flux®. SPECS: Melts at 1145° F ., flows at 1205° F . 56% silver. .005(.13mm) RIBBON PRICE QUANTITY *LENGTH 1 ounce 74" $107.99 (28.3g) (188.0cm) #080-538-305AG ½ ounce 37" $54.99 (14.2g) (94.0cm) #080-538-405AG (.79mm) ROUND WIRE *LENGTH PRICE 20 ft . $60.99 (609.6cm) #080-538-332AG 10 ft . $29.99 (304.8cm) #080-538-432AG 1⁄ 32" SOLDERING TALC Prevents Solder Flowing Where Not Wanted Use around ramps, bases, etc. Save yourself work, sweat, tears. Solder will not stick to any area rubbed with this soapstone stick. Washes off with soap and water. SPECS: 5" (12.7cm) x 1⁄2" (12.7mm) x 1⁄8" (3.2mm). 12 Sticks. #179-001-000AG Soldering Talc 9G04Y26 . . . . . . . . . . .$ 4.99 3½% NICKEL STEEL WELDING ROD Blues Beautifully; No Blow Holes; Smoother, Nicer Welds Developed for use in our space program to give the best possible welds, 31⁄2% Nickel Steel Welding Rod is almost totally free of impurities and flows beautifully to produce an extremely smooth, non-porous weld with Oxy-Acetylene or TIG. Over the years many gunsmiths have asked for this rod to weld bolt handles and other items that will be polished after welding. Thanks to Jim Thompson, Maverick Gun Works of Topeka, Kansas, we’ve located a supplier of 31⁄2% Nickel Steel Welding Rod. Says Jim, “I finally located some 31⁄2% Nickel Steel Rod and the first bolt I welded was perfect. The rod is expensive but worth its weight in gold when you are welding bolt handles and any other job where a perfect weld is desired. I find I get the best results as follows: bring parts to welding temperature with a rather large flame, then back off on the flame until it is just hissing. I use a No. 2 tip. (You might find another works better.) Take your time, don’t get it too hot and you can work with it all day if you have to. The weld is easy to work with, file or machine. Be sure to use a neutral flame.” SPECS: Each piece is approximately .094" (2.4mm) or .045" (1.14mm) diameter, - 12" (30.5cm) long. Sold in 4 oz. (113 g), 8 oz. (227 g) and 1 lb. (454 g) paks. #080-547-025AG 4 oz. .094" Welding Rods 8K18D01 .$ 24.99 #080-547-050AG 8 oz. .094" Welding Rods 8K25D39 . . 34.99 #080-547-100AG 1 lb. .094" Welding Rods 8K48D96 . . 59.99 #080-547-104AG 4 oz. .045" Welding Rods 8K24D56 . . 30.99 #080-547-108AG 8 oz. .045" Welding Rods 8K28D59 . . 37.99 #080-547-110AG 1 lb. .045" Welding Rods 8K45D67 . . 53.99 Brownells HEAT-TREATING ACCESSORIES TEMPILAQ® - For furnace or open flame hardening and tempering of steel parts. Apply thin smear to surface to be treated. When desired temperature is reached, Tempilaq melts sharply. SPECS: 2 fl. oz. (59 ml) in brush top bottle. STOCK # DEGREE F. STOCK # DEGREE F. #877-450-002AG 450 #877-145-002AG 1450 #877-000-001AG 650 #877-150-002AG 1500 #877-700-002AG 700 — Advise # — 2 oz. Tempilaq 7G00UAV . . . . . . . . .$ 15.10 #877-200-000AG 2 oz. Tempilaq Thinner 7G00CHD . . . 5.55 STAINLESS STEEL HEATTREAT FOIL -For scale-free, furnace heat treating of tool steel without an atmosphere-controlled furnace. Make parts without losing tolerances due to scale. Wrap part with foil, fold edges double and seal. Heat treat as usual. Open foil, remove part and air cool or quench. Wear gloves; edges are very sharp! SPECS: 24" (61cm) x 24" (61cm). .002” (.051mm) thick. #080-656-001AG SS Foil 5L16V88 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 20.99 TOUGH-QUENC2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=391http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=391HEAT STOP™ HEAT CONTROL PASTE Keeps Heat From Spreading When Welding, Soldering or Brazing Fantastic compound prevents heat transfer so effectively you can heat one end of a steel bar red hot - while holding the other end in your bare hand! Absorbs heat that would cause adjacent parts damage during welding, brazing, heat treating and soldering. One of the greatest chemical developments ever for the gunsmith. For welding bolt knobs, shortening actions, installing ramps and sights, plus all milling and grinding operations where it protects expensive, hard-to-re- place drill bits and cutters, as well as the gun. Odorless, non- toxic, no fumes, won’t harm skin, won’t stain surfaces applied to, won’t melt or run, and cleans up easily with water. a b During welding, HEAT STOP™ does not interfere with the weld joint in any way; will not splatter. Greatly simplifies welding of dissimilar materials. Acts as an anti-flux during soldering to prevent solder sticking to the wrong things or surfaces. Cuts heat-up time tremendously. Best protection against flame damage to wood, tape, putty, formica, plastic, glass, paper, rubber, metal, chrome, paint, electrical wiring and fabrics. Used by emergency crews to protect crash victims who must be cut out of wreckage with acetylene torches. Try it - we promise you’ll become a believer that very first time. Comes as close to pure “magic” as any product we’ve found. SPECS: 1 lb. (454 g) net weight. #083-012-100AG Heat Stop 5L12D90 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 16.99 Brownells HEAT-TREATING CHARCOAL Produces Dramatic Color & Swirl Patterns Wood and bone charcoal with just the right sieve size for crucible packing of steel parts to be hardened. Hi-carbon content without waxes or fillers gives brilliant color patterns. Mixing types by specific ratio provides additional control over color and pattern. a b SPECS: Packed in 5 gal. bucket. Bone 10x28 sieve size, 25 lb. (11 kg) weight. Wood - #6 size. 10 lb. (4.5 kg) weight. #084-097-031AG Bone Charcoal 5L97P40 . . . . . . . . . $ 119.99 #084-098-013AG Wood Charcoal 5L34P07 . . . . . . . . . . . 42.99 Brownells MANUAL CONTROL FIBER FURNACE NEYTECH Chamber - 9" x 61⁄2" x 9" Temperature Range 1400 Watts 300-2000° F. State-Of-The-Art Insulation For Fast Heatup, Efficient Operation, Low Cost Latest insulation technology makes these furnaces a superior value. You get 3 times as much interior space and use 25% less energy in an outside cabinet that’s only 20% bigger than comparable, brick-lined furnaces. Fast heat-up, about 10 minutes from room temperature to 1,000° F. Four-wall heating for even distribution. Side swing door. Pilot light indicates heating. Accurate, dual F./C. Pyrometer has armored thermocouple. Single dial temperature rate and set control. UL and CSA approved. Special thanks to the folks at Price Hill Gun Shop, Cincinnati, Ohio. a b SPECS: 151⁄2" (39.4cm) long x 151⁄4" (38.8cm) wide x 161⁄2" (42.0cm) high overall. 526 cu. in. inside. 115/120v/60hz/12 amps or 220/240v/60hz/7 amps. #646-949-120AG 115v Fiber Furnace 6D00BXC. . $ 1,079.99 #646-949-240AG 220v Fiber Furnace 6D00ZAY . . . .1,276.99 STULLER, INC. EXTRA-LARGE HEAT-TREAT FURNACE 22" x 22" x 13" Chamber 2,000° F. Max Temp. 5,760 Watts The right size and temperature range for color case hardening with enough interior room to color harden a revolver frame or rifle action. Two heating elements, recessed into the side walls, provide more usable interior space and even heat flow. A separate rheostat for each element, plus the included electronic pyrometer with remote sensor, help you maintain efficient control of temperature. Swing open door for easy access. Three ports for viewing or inserting temperature probe. Fully lined with firebrick for maximum heating efficiency. Maximum temperature 2,000° F. (1,093° C.). b a .4cm) wide, SPECS: Steel case. Outside dimensions - 301⁄2" (77 27" (68.5cm) deep, 23" (58.4cm) high. Chamber dimensions - 22" (55.8cm) wide, 22" deep, 13" (33cm) high. 6,292 cu. in.2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=392http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=392SCREW HEAD POLISHING VISE Polish Screws & Pins Safely WHAT DO I NEED TO POLISH GUNS? Here’s a quick look at the basic supplies for polishing guns. RAYTECH SANDING DRUMS Expandable Drums Make Grit Changes Quick & Easy METALITE CLOTH ROLLS Heavy, Cloth-Backed Abrasive; First Choice For Tough Metal Removal First choice of metalworking pros for use in coarse sanding to fine polishing of the hard or ferrous metals. Ideal for removing old rust, scouring, deburring, finishing. Tough, rugged, aluminum oxide grain, bonded on flexible, jean weight, cloth backing. Follows contours, flexes during use without flaking off. Gives a very long use-life. Tears straight without shredding at edge. a b SPECS: 1" (2.5cm) or 11⁄2" (3.8cm) wide. 10 yd x 1" roll 50 yd x 1" roll 10 yd x 1½" roll 50 yd x 1½" roll GRIT $ 9.99 $ 41.99 $ 12.99 $ 45.99 120 #657-110-120AG #657-150-120AG #657-151-120AG NA 220 #657-110-220AG #657-150-220AG #657-151-220AG #657-155-220AG 320 #657-110-320AG #657-150-320AG #657-151-320AG #657-155-320AG 400 #657-110-400AG #657-150-400AG #657-151-400AG NA 600 #657-110-600AG #657-150-600AG #657-151-600AG #657-155-600AG METAL WORK Superior way to hold screws and pins when polishing heads. Prevents burned fingers. Screws won’t be snapped out of grip by wheel and “lost” in shop. SPECS: 53⁄4" (14.6cm) overall. 1⁄4" (6.35mm) max. cap. #345-093-000AG Screw Polishing Vise 5D00ZAY . . .$ 14.99 BASIC EQUIPMENT First, you need something to turn the wheels. You can use salvaged electric motors from a variety of machinery but we like the 1800 RPM BALDOR BUFFER - It’s the number one choice of professional bluing and plating shops. The long shafts get the wheels away from the motor body for good clearance. As in cars, more horsepower is always better. It lets you turn a bigger wheel which has a higher surface speed and, therefore, polishes faster. You can bolt the buffer directly to a bench or table but that can limit access around the wheels for odd shaped objects. Our choice for a rock solid mount would be the BALDOR BUFFER PEDESTAL. 6" or 8" STITCHED MUSLIN POLISHING WHEELS - The workhorse wheel of polishing. Use for cleaning and/or roughing with the coarser grits. You’ll need three wheels per grit (glue them together with Elmers, etc.). Power the 6" with 1⁄2 hp motors; a 3⁄4 or 1 hp will turn the 8" nicely. 6" or 8" LOOSE MUSLIN POLISHING WHEELS - Softer touch for that final polish with the finer grits. The 90 ply wheel is wide enough for most work without stacking. POLISHING ARBORS & PILLOW BLOCKS #888 #330 Steel drum with resilient rubber rim allows fast, easy grit changes by stopping the machine, slipping off the old belt, and sliding on a new one. Angled slots in the heavy rubber rim expand during rotation to anchor the finishing belt in place for no-slip sanding. Made from a specially developed, soft and durable rubber compound that flexes to fit contours or quickly remove grinding marks. Can be rotated either direction to vary hardness of sanding surface. Fits ½", 5/8", ¾", and 1" diameter shafts with included nested bushings. a b SPECS: Rubber covered steel wheel. Fits ½” (1.3cm), 5⁄8" (1.6cm), ¾” (1.9cm) and 1” (2.5cm) diameter shafts. Includes bushings. Two sizes: 6” (15.2cm) uses 1½” (3.8cm) x 1815⁄16" (48.1cm) belts. Maximum Speed - 2400 rpm. 8” (20.3cm) uses 3” (7 .6cm) x 25 7⁄32" (64.6cm) belts. Maximum Speed - 1800 rpm. #539-000-015AG 6" x 11⁄2" Sanding Drum 2B00AVB . .$ 69.99 #539-000-016AG 8" x 3" Sanding Drum 2B00HDZ . . . 105.99 Add Grinding & Polishing Wheels To Your Shop Put electric motors to use for grinders, buffers, and wheels. #888 for b wheels mounted above bench. #330 lets wheels overhang sides. a SPECS: Aluminum alloy base, Sintered bronze bearings. 1⁄2" 5⁄ (12.7mm) RH and LH threaded ends on 8" (15.9mm) dia. steel shaft. #888: Shaft 71⁄2" (19cm) long. 41⁄2" (11.4cm) above base; 13⁄4" (4.4cm) enclosed pulley. #330: Shaft 12" (30.4cm) long, 7⁄8" (22.2mm) above base; 2" (5cm) exposed pulley. #177-800-888AG #888 Polish2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=393http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=393SANDING DISCS Fast Off/On Disc & Grit Change Resinal Metalite Pressure-Sensitive Discs lay flat for longer life. Resists disc clogging. For coarse-to-fine metal finishing and all wood finishing. Sold in 3-Paks. a b 6" (15 .2cm) DISCS #925-060-220AG 220 $ 5.99 8" (20 .3cm) DISCS #591-080-060AG 60 $ 10.99 #591-080-220AG #591-080-080AG 80 $ 7.54 #591-080-320AG #591-080-120AG 120 $ 7.99 10" (25 .4cm) DISCS #591-100-060AG 60 $ 14.99 #591-100-080AG 12" (30 .5cm) DISCS #591-120-036AG 36 $ 24.25 #591-120-220AG #591-120-060AG 60 $ 19.67 #591-120-320AG #591-120-120AG 120 $ 19.99 220 $ 6.93 320 $ 7.28 STAINLESS STEEL SPONGE Removes Lead & Rust From Steel; Cleans Fouling From Black Powder Shooting Stainless steel sponge cleans down to the original surface. Ideal for cleaning rust from loading dies, bullet molds, and guns without damaging the bluing. Won’t leave steel whiskers like steel wool. Cut up and wrap around jags or bore brushes to scrape plastic fouling out of shotgun barrels, or lead and powder gunk out of black powder rifles and pistols. Sponge won’t rust and can be cleaned for multiple uses. SPECS: Stainless steel. Sold in paks of two sponges. #080-000-321AG Stainless Steel Sponge 8K08P35 . .$ 10.99 Brownells BLENDING WHEELS Polishing, Cleaning, Blending A wire wheel without the “Gotcha”! Woven synthetic material impregnated with silicon carbide abrasive. Follows curves well. 3000 rpm, maximum. a b SPECS: 6" (15.2cm) dia. 1" (2.5cm) thick. 2" (5.1cm) arbor hole. Arbor adapters sold in pairs. #657-586-970AG Very Fine Blending Wheel, 7E00HDZ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 42.99 #657-586-020AG Fine Blending Wheel 7E00TPU . . . . 40.99 #657-586-060AG Medium Blending Wheel 7E00VBX . 40.99 #671-751-500AG 1⁄2" Blending Wheel Arbor Adapter, pair 1G00XCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.99 FELT POLISHING WHEELS Professional, Gunsmith-Proven Finest quality 1" wide felt wheels, carefully selected and factory trued. (Final touch-up truing may be required.) Only the closely controlled density of felt wheels will give the superb finish that marks the real professional. Complete instructions on Polish-O-Ray™ tube describes felt wheel technique. It is best to use a different wheel for each polish grit. 1⁄2 hp or under, use 6" wheels at 3600 RPM, 1⁄2 hp or over, 8" at 1800, 3⁄4 hp or over can use 10" at 1800. 10" for experienced polishers only. Use the soft felt for most work, medium, or hard wheel for 555™ Polish. a b SPECS: All are 1" ( 2.5cm) thick. All made with 1" (2.5cm) arbor. 1⁄ Adapters convert to 2" (12.7mm), 5⁄8" (15.9mm), 3⁄4" (6.4mm) and 7⁄8" (22.2mm). One Adapter supplied with each wheel (except 10"x1". METAL WORK 80 $ 14.99 220 $ 14.99 320 $ 17.80 CARDING BRUSHES GUNSMITH CARDING BRUSH - Compact head provides better control. Three rows of soft, .003", stainless steel bristles won’t scratch through existing caustic blued finishes. 7-ply, laminated, hardwood handle. b a SPECS: .003" (.07mm) diameter bristles, 7⁄16" (11mm) long, 3⁄8" (9.6mm) wide, 13⁄8" (3.5cm) long, 73⁄4" (19cm) long overall. #353-012-003AG Gunsmith Carding Brush 3E00HDZ $ 4.99 HAND CARDING BRUSH - Cards light rust from any part without scratching; you can do Dicropan IM™ or rust bluing without a power buffer. SPECS: 121⁄2" (31.7cm.) long, 5⁄8" (15.8mm.) wide, .005" (.13mm.) stainless steel wire bristles. Curved hardwood handle. #084-091-006AG Hand Carding Brush 5A09D45 . . . .$ 12.99 Brownells ”WHEELS-n-POLISH” SOFT FELT POLISHING WHEELS ARBOR 6" $ 39.99 8" $ 64.95 10" $ 105.95 ½" #088-061-500AG #088-081-500AG NA 5⁄ NA #088-081-625AG NA 8" ¾" #088-061-750AG #088-081-750AG NA 7⁄ NA #088-081-875AG NA 8" 1" NA NA #088-091-001AG DURITE WATERPROOF When Wet Or Dry Paper Is A Must - Durite Is The Answer Especially for wet sanding of wood finishes to get Dull London look, or on steel before polishing. Great on 1911 frames and slides. Use wet or dry. Silicon carbide grain; strong, waterproof, backing paper. a b SPECS: 9" (22.9cm) x 112011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=394http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=394MUSLIN WHEELS METAL WORK Mainstay Of Any Polishing Room For Most Polishing Jobs Spiral Stitched used primarily for first cleaning operation on the gun with Loose Stitched No. 140 Polish-ORay™ to knock off old blue, dirt and rust and bring the metal to a bright finish. Also used by some operators instead of Soft Felt wheels - being of a more flexible nature, great care must be exercised to not round edges, or funnel and elongate screw and pin holes. a b Loose Muslin - used following each change of grit to smooth out grit marks and prepare the surface for the next finer grit. Also used to finish off the gun just prior to bluing. Note: - Use enough sections to make each wheel as wide as your polishing motor will handle - a minimum of three sections to each wheel. Never try to use the same wheel for different grit numbers. After a wheel is broken-in and in use, mark it with the grit number to be used on it and direction of rotation to be turned. Will increase wheel life, give better finishes and save hours of work. SPECS: Stitched wheels have 3⁄8" (.5mm) face. Loose wheels are 20 ply. Arbor: 1⁄2" (12.7mm), 5⁄8" (15.9mm), 3⁄4" 919mm), 7⁄8" (22.2mm), 1" (22.5cm). Wheel Diameter: 6" (15.2cm), 8" (20.3cm), 10" (25.4mm). POLISH-O-RAY Shop-Proven Premium-Grade Polish For The Professional Brownells Brownells No. 555 POLISH ™ Kits FLITZ POLISH High Luster On Blued Steel, Aluminum, Brass, Plastic, Glass & More ® STITCHED MUSLIN WHEELS 6" STITCHED ARBOR $ 4.75 ½" #032-638-500AG 5⁄ #032-638-625AG 8" ¾" NA 7 ⁄8" NA 1" NA 8" STITCHED 10" STITCHED $ 11.99 $ 11.55 #032-838-500AG NA #032-838-625AG NA #032-838-750AG #032-938-750AG #032-838-875AG #032-938-875AG #032-838-001AG #032-938-001AG LOOSE MUSLIN WHEELS 6" LOOSE 8" LOOSE 10" LOOSE ARBOR $ 3.85 $ 4.69 $ 6.49 ½" #032-620-500AG #032-820-500AG NA 5⁄ #032-620-625AG #032-820-625AG NA 8" ¾" NA #032-820-750AG #032-920-750AG 7⁄ NA #032-820-875AG #032-920-875AG 8" 1" NA #032-820-001AG #032-920-001AG SISAL WHEELS Fast Removal Of Rough Metal & Rust Woven jute with outer muslin cover. Aggressive surface removes rough metal and rust. Use with fine grits for a “brushed” finish. a b SPECS: 6" (15.2cm) for 1⁄2" arbor only, or 8" (20.3cm) dia., both 3⁄8" (9.5mm) wide. 7-ply, spiral stitched. 8" STOCK # ARBOR 8" STOCK # ARBOR #032-837-500AG ½ (12 .7mm) #032-837-750AG ¾ (19mm) 5⁄ 7⁄ #032-837-625AG #032-837-875AG 8 (15 .9mm) 8 (22 .2mm) — Advise # — 8" Sisal Wheel 2C00BXC . . . . . . . . . . .$ 6.99 #032-637-500AG 6" Sisal Wheel 2C00ZAV . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.99 The answer to a gun polisher’s dream! Made to the highest standards of quality with carefully screened, true-sized grits for reliable, repeatable results and a natural, greaseless base that doesn’t leave a residue to mess up bluing or plating jobs. Packed in a formed, flexible plastic tube to stay fresh between uses. 1) Unlike hard drying abrasives, Polish- ORay sets up to a medium soft surface without flinty hard flakes which, regardless of grit size being used, can do serious damage to a polished surface. 2) It is easily applied to polishing wheels without stopping the motor. Simply press the open end of the tube to your wheel; the polish adheres to the moving surface, hardens in a few seconds and is ready for use. 3) Because of its softer nature, a true, ripple-free surface is quickly obtained on all wheels. The best possible polished surface, free from ripples and bounce marks, is your assurance of a superior, professional refinishing job. Polish-O-Ray does this for you. 4) Polish-O-Ray has been used by gunsmiths, metal finishers, and aircraft manufacturers since the early 1940’s. Wherever a quality surface, free from chatter marks, scratch marks and imperfections is required, the use of Polish-O-Ray is a MUST. One precision manufacturer in the southeast orders by the keg. And, where else but on a gun does a perfect finish draw more praise and admiration? These beautiful finishes are the reason for Polish-O-Ray’s continuing popularity among our co2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=395http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=395LAPPING COMPOUNDS Aluminum Oxide In A Water Soluble Base For Easy Cleanup The right abrasive for lapping the final fit between semi-auto slides and frames, rifle bolts and receiver raceways, and any other application where a super-close fit or silksmooth mechanism is required. #600 and #800 grit aluminum oxide abrasive crystals in a long lasting petroleum base that’s water soluble for fast, easy cleanup in soap and water. Aluminum oxide crystals are smooth and rounded in shape, so they won’t embed and continue to wear the part after cleanup. a b SPECS: Aluminum oxide. 4 fl. oz. (118 ml). Available in #600 and #800 grit. Twin Pak contains one jar of each grit. #083-041-600AG #600 Lapping Compound, 5L20B96 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 29.95 #083-041-800AG #800 Lapping Compound, 5L20B96 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29.95 083-041-002AG Twin Pak Lapping Compound, 3H36Z22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49.99 GARNET LAPPING COMPOUNDS - Fast-working, but absolutely non-embedding, petroleum abrasive paste for honing close-fitting parts to an ultra-smooth, friction-free fit. A natural substance, Garnet can be safely used on cast iron, brass, bronze or softer steels without embedding or galling. SPECS: Garnet, oil-base paste. 4 oz. (113 g). GK-5 = 600 grit. GK-7 = 800 grit, GK-10 = 5 microns. #083-047-005AG GK-5 Lapping Compound, 6A11X47 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 14.99 #083-047-007AG GK-7 Lapping Compound, 6A10X39 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.80 #083-047-010AG GK-10 Lapping Compound, 6A11C89 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.99 Brownells Brownells HOLD™ Between Polishing & Bluing Rust Preventive A freshly polished gun, which you have spent hours getting into beautiful condition for bluing, is a prime target for surface rust if it is not going into the bluing tank immediately. A few hours under some conditions - between final polishing and bluing, can result in fine “silver” spots showing up on the gun after it has been blued. These are a result of microscopic rust spots developing following polishing, and prior to bluing. High-powered rust preventives should not be used during this storage period, because they are difficult to remove and, if not completely cleaned off, will result in a “gray” bluing job. Brownells HOLD is the modern answer to in-shop storage of parts, prior to final finishing. It chemically engages free oxygen and neutralizes all acidic impurities, (including fingerprint acids). No petroleum additives are included in this new, modern rust preventive; therefore, oily surfaces are not a problem. Polished, HOLD-treated parts may be put right into the 909™ Cleaning Tank with no change in your regular bluing techniques. Application is either by spray (pint spray bottle is furnished), or by immersion. Small parts may be immersed indefinitely in HOLD with no possibility of rust ever forming. Can be used on all metals except aluminum, magnesium, and cast iron such as engine parts. HOLD is noncaustic, non-acid, non-toxic, non-flammable, inexpensive and easy to use. HOLD-treated gun parts will withstand indefinite in-shop dry storage. a b SPECS: 1 gallon (128 fl. oz./3.8 L) or 5 gallons (640 fl. oz./18.9 L) net contents. #082-023-128AG 1 Gallon HOLD™ 2H29X68 . . . . . . . $ 37.99 #082-023-640AG 5 Gallon HOLD™ 5L117X86. . . . . . . 143.99 GLASS BEADS Lets You Do Popular Matte Finish Right In Your Own Shop Glass beads are used to make the matte finish that is so highly sought after. Fast to do; easy to get results wanted. Must be done in enclosed blast cabinet. Used by many custom rifle and pistol builders. Finish can be blued, plated, or left in-the-white. a b SPECS: Two sizes. U.S. Sieve Size #60-100 (.0098-.0059") for deep matte coverage; field or utility guns. #270+ (.0021-.0005") for softer, matte look matching stainless steel finishes. 50 lb. (22.7 kg) of beads in sealed pail, shipped by UPS2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=396http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=396DONEGAN OPTICAL VISOR LIGHT METAL WORK ™ ENGRAVING ACCESSORIES GRAVER SHARPENER - Set to any angle by turning index. .3cm) arm, 11⁄4" SPECS: 3" (7 .6cm) base, 2 7⁄8" (7 (3.2cm) clamp head. Nickel plated. #360-368-801AG Graver Sharpener, 6C00PUA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 55.05 ENGRAVER’S PRACTICE PLATES -Made from drawing quality, steel plate, aluminum “killed” to prevent age hardening. Works easily. Soft, matte finish. a b .6cm) x SPECS: Steel. 71⁄4" (18.4cm) x 3" (7 1 ⁄8" (1.6mm). #084-001-005AG 5 Practice Plates 4H10A19. . . . . . . .$ 12.77 #643 SPECIAL TOOL & CHISEL HANDLES - Specially shaped for your own, unique tools. Nicely finished with sturdy metal ferrules. SPECS: Approximately .010" (.25mm) diameter drilled #642 hole. 1" = 2.5cm. Sold in Pak of 3. STOCK # MOD./LENGTH/DIA. STOCK # MOD./LENGTH/DIA. #249-640-642AG 642 25⁄8" x 7⁄8" #249-640-643AG 643 1½" x 13⁄16" — Advise # — Pak of 3 Special Tool Handles, 9D00BAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 4.99 METAL CHECKERING FILES Dead-On Spacing For Grip Frames, Hammer Spurs and More The only way to get true, accurate line spacing when checkering backstraps, triggerguards, grip frames, ribs and hammer spurs; anywhere an improved gripping surface is needed. Finer cuts give a nice matting effect to reduce glare and light distortion. Layout your master lines (or use a guide like our .45 Checkering Guide), establish the pattern by moving the file a few teeth each time using the previous lines as the guide. Once the pattern is fully laid out, bring to final depth with a 60° needle file. SPECS: 8" (20.3cm) length x 1⁄2" (12.7mm) wide. Cutting area: 6" (15.2cm) x 1⁄2" (12.7mm). STOCK # LPI PRICE #080-310-401AG 20 (#00) 6C46T23 $ 60.99 #080-000-177AG 25 (#00) 6C62A27 $ 75.99 #080-310-411AG 30 (#0) 5K44T31 $ 67.99 #080-310-421AG 40 (#1) 6C50P46 $ 71.99 #080-310-431AG 50 (#2) 5K41P38 $ 57.99 #080-310-451AG 75 (#4) 5K52P95 $ 63.99 FORSTER/BONANZA BRUSHING INLAY Gold Powder In An Easy-To-Use Kit Do-it-yourself kit fills engraving and lettering on all guns with an attractive gold colored fill. Gives production guns a personalized appearance. Complete kit comes with easily followed instructions and includes enough gold powder to do many, many jobs. Made for gun work, but definitely not limited to guns; will work on any metal. a b SPECS: Kit contains gold powder, liquid base, cleaner, (3) 2" (5.1cm) diameter cloths, and complete instructions. #319-056-000AG Gold Kit 9A09P20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 13.99 #319-056-001AG Gold Powder 9A07P97. . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.99 #319-056-002AG Liquid Base 9A04P57 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.99 #319-056-003AG Cleaner 9A08P61 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.99 Improves Visibility For Detail Work Hands-free light clips to OptiVISOR and directs bright light right where you look. Vertical swivel adjustment lets you aim the light precisely. Self contained battery pack clips to headband. SPECS: Uses 2 AA batteries, not included. 1 spare bulb included. #255-000-001AG Visor Light 5E00BXC . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 26.99 #255-000-002AG Spare Bulb 5E07D36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.50 LUXO LAMP KFM-1A Magnifies - Illuminates, Brings Hard Jobs Into Focus Serves double-duty as an illuminated magnifier and as a shadowfree fluorescent bench light. 5" diameter, ground and polished, optical glass, magnifying lens set in the center of the all-metal, doughnut-shaped, lamp head. Suspended on 45" long, internal spring-tensioned adjustable arm, the head can be moved into high position for light only, or lowered for use as illuminated magnifier. 1¾X magnification at a working distance of 13", ideal for working on hard-to-see small parts, engraving or checkering. On/off switch in lamp head. Heavy duty metal clamp secures lamp to bench or desk top. Fluorescent tube included. a b SPECS: 45" (114.3cm) long adjustable arm. 5" (12.7cm) dia. lens. #538-100-002AG Luxo KFM-1A 8C277B36 . . . . . . . . .$ 333.99 #538-200-2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=397http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=397LA BOUNTY STEEL STAMP GUIDE For Precision Alignment When Marking Barrels Precisely aligns individual steel stamps to help ensure characters are straight and evenly spaced when stamping caliber designations on barrels. Allen head screws allow adjustment for accurate character spacing, so you get truly professional looking results. Machined port allows an unobstructed view of the first stamp head to ensure correct positioning on workpiece prior to tapping with your hammer. Accepts ¼" square stamps with 1/16", 3/32", or 1⁄8" character sizes. Fits barrels up to 13⁄8" diameter. SPECS: Aluminum, natural finish with steel U-bolt and hardware. 23⁄8" (6cm) long x 3¼” (8.2cm) wide, 1½” (3.8cm) high. #521-104-000AG Steel Stamp Guide 1B34Y95 . . . . . .$ 44.95 Brownells ENGINE TURNING KIT Save & Get Everything You Need Two money saving kits that have everything needed to produce an attractive, jeweled finish on hammers, triggers, rifle bolts, etc. Select the kit that best meets your needs and save the time and cost of buying individual pieces. The Standard Kit contains two of our E/T Brush sets and a container of 120 grit silicon carbide abrasive; the Deluxe Kit adds our E/T Brush Holder Assembly that gives just the right amount of brush pressure against the work piece. Use the Standard Kit if you primarily work on flat surfaces. The Deluxe Kit produces a great finish on flat or curved surfaces. To get the best results, the kits should be used in a drill press. a b SPECS: Each kit contains twelve E/T brushes, 24 O-rings, two 4" lengths of heat shrink tubing, one 4 oz. container 120 grit Silicon Carbide Abrasive, a 1 oz. bottle of Do-Drill and complete instructions. The deluxe Kit adds the E/T Brush Holder. #080-558-100AG Standard Engine Turning Kit , 8K44Z91 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 57.99 #080-558-101AG Deluxe Engine Turning Kit , 8K55Z20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82.99 Brownells ENGINE TURNING BRUSHES Produce Beautiful, Deep Patterns With Minimal Trouble; Customer Recommended! Use for engine turning rather than abrasive tips. Brush wires follow the contours of rounded gun parts better, and does a superb job on flat surfaces, with long tool life. Use Engine Turning Abrasive and Do-Drill as explained in the listing elsewhere in this section. a b SPECS: Brush diameter 3⁄16" (4.8mm), .005“diameter (.13mm) 1⁄ wire, 8" (3.2mm) shaft. 17⁄8" (4.4cm) overall. #080-558-003AG 3 Engine Truning Brushes, 8K06Z46 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 9.99 ENGINE TURNING BRUSH HOLDER - Spring-loaded plunger assembly with just the right amount of “give” keeps brush bristle pressure constant to produce consistent, accurate “swirls.” Fits in drill press chuck. SPECS: Machined steel. 4" (10 cm) long. #080-558-001AG E/T Brush Holder 8K33D93 . . . . . . .$ 39.99 Brownells ENGINE TURNING ABRASIVE For Deeper, More Beautiful Jewels Engine Turning designs on bolts, hammers, triggers, plates, and other parts can often be made much deeper and the pattern of the damascening more complete by polishing with a thin paste of abrasive powder mixed with a good cutting oil, like Brownells Dob Drill™. a SPECS: 1 pound (.454kg) container. 120 grit. #080-537-120AG 120 Grit Silicon Carbide 5L14A94 .$ 24.99 #083-007-016AG 16 oz. Do-Drill™ 5L12T01. . . . . . . . . . . 15.99 METAL WORK CUSTOM MADE NAME STAMPS Stamp Barrels & Other Gun Parts NOTE: Not intended for hardened or plated steels, knife blades, or tough alloys . Misuse voids guarantee . Identify the work from your shop and comply with the requirements of Federal Firearms Law. Deep-impression, hand cut gothic letters, cut into one single stamp to ensure perfect letter alignment. a b SPECS: Available in 3⁄32" (2.4mm) or 1⁄8" (3.2mm). (For barrel marking, keep size and number of characters to a minimum to ensure single-blow impression in the steel.) ORDERING: Advise: 1) Character size Stock # from table. 2) Characters wanted. Example: F .R.B. is six charact2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=398http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=398METAL FINISHING INDEX METAL FINISHING Bluing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .396-403 Color Case Hardening . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404 Parkerizing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403 Plating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404 Brownells ROLL-AROUND BLUING SYSTEM Unhooks Gunsmiths From The Gas-Pipe Leash Compact, portable bluing system lets the pistolsmith, knifemaker, and small parts fabricator choose the most convenient place to do bluing. A perfect way to give your customers the traditional deep blue-black color that comes only from hot salts bluing, without having to dedicate a separate room to bluing. Roll the system out to blue, then roll it out of the way when you’re done. a b Comes complete with mobile bluing cart, tanks, burners, the necessary chemicals and Brownells clear, concise bluing instructions to walk you through the process. Just add an ordinary gas grill propane tank, a garden hose for the flowing water rinse, and a drain or runoff area. The rugged, welded steel cart moves easily on heavy-duty, locking casters and carries three, 20" x 6" x 6" mild steel tanks. The bottom shelf has an opening to hold the propane tank and extra room to store supplies, or locate the fourth tank for water displacing oil – safely away from the heat source. Braided, stainless steel, flex lines provide easy hookup to propane tank. SPECS: Cart - Steel, black finish. 333⁄4" long, 25" (63.5cm) wide, 373⁄4" (95.9cm) high. Tanks - Black iron, natural finish. 20" (50.8cm) long, 6" (15.2cm) wide, 6" high. Gas Line: Braided stainless steel w/brass fittings. 16" (40.6cm) long. Overall Dimensions - 333⁄4" (85.7cm) long, 311⁄2" (80cm) wide, 493⁄4" (126.2cm) high. Weight - 180 lb. (81.6 kg). DICROPAN IM® ONE-TANK KIT Brownells Gun Bluing WHY GUN BLUING? No other activity or line of work in a gun shop or sporting goods store teaches the mechanics of a gun better than bluing. To reblue a gun, one has to completely dismantle it piece-by-piece and each of the hundreds of varieties of guns that one handles has its own peculiarities. After one has handled about so many guns, the whole theory of a gun’s mechanical operation becomes ingrained in one’s mind, never to be lost. Further, continued handling of the more popular guns soon leads the gunsmith to know, almost automatically and without looking, which pieces are worn; which pieces should be replaced. There is also a money making feature - not only is bluing fairly profitable but it also gives the dealer or gunsmith an opportunity to become better acquainted with his shooting customers. Nothing pleases a gunnut more than to have his favorite and heart-loved gun made like new by a gunsmith, and as a result he is inclined to look up to the man who worked such miracles - for bluing does seem to be magic to the uninitiated. So! As sights and scopes, slings and gun cases are needed, the sportsman not only buys from the man who did up his gun, he brings along his friends. The original cost of setting up a bluing shop is not great, nor is it necessary to buy a lot of unnecessary crap. Bluing tanks, burners, some bluing salts and cleaner, polish and some wheels and you’re in business. From then on buy as you need - don’t buy unless you do need. So far as bluing salts are concerned - we make no claim that ours are so much superior to anyone else’s. We do claim, and have Bureau of Standards reports to prove it, that a lot of salts claimed to be as good as ours are not . . . But let us not kid anybody - there are a lot of salts on the market as good as ours - about. We feel we are selling bluing salts to gunsmiths who know their business, sporting goods dealers and men who have grown up and are past the “sucker” stage and why should we insult their minds with a bunch of hooey? The proof of any pudding is in the eating - We guarantee you to be satisfied on a money-back basis. What more should be said? So on to business: The quality of a blue job depends entirel2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=399http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=399WHICH TYPE OF BLUING SHOULD I CHOOSE? With so many different types of bluing available, attempting to choose the one most appropriate for your needs can be confusing. Each type has its advantages. Brownells provides four basic types of bluing; Oxynate™ No. 7, hot salts bluing; Dicropan IM™, a hot water blue; Nitre Blue™ Bluing, a heat blue; Dicropan T4™, Oxpho-Blue™ and 44/40® cold blues. OXYNATE™ NO. 7 Our Oxynate No. 7 hot salts bluing is the type most commonly used by firearms manufacturers and offered by more fully equipped gunsmith shops than any other. The advantages are: speed of the operation; uniformity of color; the relative simplicity of the process and a very consistent, durable finish on a variety of different types of steels: one that closely matches the original finish on many of the firearms produced commercially within the last fifty years or so. This is very important, for you can provide your customers a finish they are familiar with and find desirable. Also, hot salts bluing is what most folks expect from a professional gunsmith. And, since it is not normally done by a hobbyist or tinkerer, it is the popularly accepted mark of the professional gunsmith. To do the finest possible job of bluing with Oxynate No.7, you’ll need to set up a separate room to keep the steam and humidity generated, away from tools or guns. You’ll also need tanks, stands, burners, safety gear and an adequate source of natural gas, propane or electricity. DICROPAN IM™ Hot water blues, such as our Dicropan IM, are updated versions of the traditional “rust blues” that took days or weeks to apply. Dicropan IM will provide a very attractive blue/black color and an extremely durable, abrasion resistant finish. It is completely safe to use on soft soldered, double barrel shotguns. Applying Dicropan IM is a very simple procedure and can be done with as little as one tank and a heat source to get the water in the tank boiling. While more labor intensive than Oxynate No. 7™ Bluing, Dicropan IM™ Bluing is an excellent choice for the occasional rebluer or the shop specializing in double barrels. NITRE BLUE™ BLUING Bluing can also be done by controlled heating of the part and Brownells NitreBlue is an example of this type of bluing. It is a very old process that was used frequently during the 19th century. The salts liquefy when heated to approximately 275° F. to 300° F. The normal “bluing” temperature is around 600° F. NitreBlue™ Bluing requires very little equipment: the salts, a container to heat them in, and a heat source. By varying the amount of time you submerge your workpiece and the temperature of the liquefied salts, you can obtain colors ranging from the straw found on Luger triggers to the very bright blue found on older Colt revolvers. Because of the high temperatures involved, NitreBlue Bluing should be used on small, non-critical components such as butt plates, grip caps and sights, to avoid changing any heat-treating on action parts. OXPHO-BLUE™, DICROPAN- T4™, & 44/40® Cold blues, like our Oxpho Blue, Dicropan T4 and 44/40, are ideal for the hobbyist or for the shop that does only a bit of metal finish touch-up from time to time. No special equipment is required other than a solvent to remove all traces of grease or oil and a swab or cleaning patch to apply the cold blue. There is no danger of rust or damage to other equipment from fumes or high humidity. Cold blues can be used quickly and easily, and the process is fast and very simple. For more information on any of our bluing products, please call and talk with our Technical Support Staff. All are professional gunsmiths and have many years of “hands on” experience with our bluing products. In addition, we have the most complete Bluing Instruction Booklet in the industry . . . we will be happy to send it free on request. 41-Piece Kit Gives You Everything You Need To Start Bluing NOW! • Tanks • • Stands • • Burners • • Chemicals • • Safety Gear • • Accessories • And … The Best I2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=400http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=400METAL FINISHING NEUTRALIZING KIT FOR OXYNATE® No. 7 & No. 84 BLUING SALTS Makes Bluing Salts Safe For Sewer Disposal This kit, combined with two locally obtainable chemicals, makes Brownells Oxynate No. 7 and Oxynate No. 84 Bluing Salts safe for sanitary sewer disposal. Kit contents (replacement components available separately): 50 pound bag of Dry Sulfamic Acid; 100, 0-14 pH Color Test Strips with color comparison chart for accurate checking of pH level; 100 Potassium Iodide Starch Test Strips used to test for any nitrites remaining in the neutralized solution; one glass Dropper Bottle for dispensing 31° Hydrochloric Acid required by the Potassium Iodide Starch Test; and Brownells Neutralizing Instructions. The only additional chemicals required are pure household Lye, which can be purchased locally, and 31° Hydrochloric Acid (also known as 18° Baumé Muriatic Acid), available locally or from Brownells. a b #082-073-000AG *Neutralizing Kit 2H200T39 . . . . .$ 275.99 #082-073-050AG *Dry Sulfamic Acid, 50 lb. bag, 2H273T33. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345.99 #084-173-002AG 1 oz. Dropper Bottle 4H02D36 . . . . . . 3.45 #076-200-166AG Neutralizing Instructions 6G00AVB . . NC 31° HYDROCHLORIC ACID - Used to verify removal of nitrites as a part of the Potassium Iodide Starch Test. Also referred to as 18° Baumé Muriatic Acid. One gallon in a plastic jug. #082-013-128AG *31° Hydrochloric Acid 5L19A77 . .$ 25.99 *Note: Requires Additional Hazardous Materials Surcharge Brownells NitreBlue® BLUING SALTS Gorgeous “Fire Blue” Colors Turn parts and small pieces a deep, rich, lustrous blue with a finish that’s tougher and prettier than most of the cold blues. The process is really quite simple: Heat the salts up to 570°F. - 650° F. (They are NOT dissolved in water, they’re used straight). Dip the parts in, watch for the color change. Lower temperatures give a “straw” color like the older Luger parts. As an added bonus, the salts can be used for the b drawing operation when heat-treating springs and parts. a SPECS: 10 lb. (4.6kg) or 20 lb. (9.1kg) in plastic, resealable plastic pail. 1 lb. of salts will take up approx. 15 cubic in. (245 cubic cm). #082-090-019AG *10lb. NitreBlue Bluing Salts, 5L44Y31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 62.99 #082-090-020AG *20lb. NitreBlue Bluing Salts, 5L76Y78 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103.99 *Note: Requires additional Hazardous Materials surcharge . Brownells RUST RELEASE Strips Away Rust & Corrosion, Won’t Harm The Healthy Metal Underneath Powerful, rust stripper removes corrosion from steel and other ferrous metals. Gets rid of flash rust in as little as 15 minutes, cleans heavily rusted steel overnight. Environmentally safe formula attacks the rust but won’t hurt the metal underneath, so it’s great for restorations where bead-blasting and repolishing are undesirable. Penetrates dirt and oil, eliminating need for pre-cleaning on most jobs. Safer than traditional acid “pickling” processes. Non-flammable, acidfree, and biodegradable with low toxicity and minimal odor. Easy, one-step process doesn’t require multiple baths or rinses. Use full-strength straight from container, no messy diluting, mixing, or measuring. Re-usable - one gallon cleans up to 325 lbs. of rusty metal. Solution turns black when its rust removal properties have been exhausted. Also great for de-rusting tools, autos, bikes, antiques, lawn furniture, and many other items around the house or shop. a b SPECS: 1 gal. (128 fl. oz./3.8 liters) plastic jug. #082-000-013AG Brownells Rust Release, 1 gal., 2H23T93. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 29.99 Brownells BLUE WONDER BLUE REMOVAL SYSTEM Strips Old Bluing Fast, Preps Metal For Refinishing Two-part system removes old bluing fast, leaving the metal surface clean, prepped, and ready for conventional re-bluing or application of the Blue Wonder blue or black system. Just apply remover, using the included brush for hard-to-r2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=401http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=401Brownells TANK SOLVENT Dissolves Grime, Crud, In Scrub Or Soak Tanks High grade, petroleum-based solvent formulated for bench top Cleaning Stations, or any bucket. Use for slow soak dunk and scrub, or any way you like. Contains special organic additives designed to dissolve that gummy combination of powder fouling, dirt and old gun oil, then hold the crud in suspension so it flushes away easily. Leaves a slightly oily coating to protect against rust. Almost odorless. Stable and non-corrosive. Extremely slow evaporation; stays in your tank. Removes easily with Dicro-Clean 909™; won’t mess up future bluing/plating jobs. Can damage paint, plastic and some stock finishes. a b SPECS: 1 gal. (128 fl. oz./3.8 L) in metal can, 5 gal. (640 fl. oz./18.9 L) in bulk container. Not for use in “Washboard” parts washer. #083-034-128AG *1 Gallon Tank Solvent 5L47T72 . .$ 65.99 #083-034-640AG *5 Gallons Tank Solvent 5L187T98 238.99 *Cannot ship outside Continental U .S . Shipped UPS or FedEx Ground only within U .S . Brownells TCE CLEANER DEGREASER Powerful Cleaner-Degreaser In A Big Spray Can Ozone-Safe Replacement For Trichloroethane Cuts through grease, wax, gunk, even silicones; lifts them away and dries clean with little to no residue. Extra-large can with low-pressure, highvolume stream - the easiest way to get the cleaning power into recesses and corners with minimum disassembly time. Will damage some stock finishes and paints. Use with adequate ventilation; gloves and eye protection are recommended. a b SPECS: 24 oz. (672 g) net contents. #083-060-024AG TCE Aerosol 3H17D20 . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 24.99 Cannot ship outside Continental U . S . Shipped UPS or FedEx Ground only within U .S . ”AFTER-BLUING” RUST PREVENTION Best Possible “After-Bluing” Oil Removes Water, Neutralizes Salts, Acids & Fingerprints The real professional - and longtime favorite - “after-bluing”, one-step oil and protection treatment. Specially formulated; the molecules of oil actually displace the molecules of water still on the surface of the gun as it comes out of the final hot water rinse. Gives the gun a completely protected surface, ensuring your time spent on polishing and bluing will not be spoiled by rust under the oil. Also a superior rust preventive which neutralizes fingerprints, body acids and oils from handling and shooting. Provides a protective film with that proper “oiled and protected” feel preferred by many serious shooters and gun people. The standard by which other “afterbluing” oils are judged. a b SPECS: Net contents; 1 qt. (32 fl. oz./946 ml) or 1 gal. (128 fl. oz./3.8 L) in metal can, 5 gal. (640 fl. oz./18.9 L) in bulk container. #082-057-032AG Qt. Water Displacing Oil, 5L22D90 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 32.99 #082-057-128AG Gal. Water Displacing Oil, 5L58D90 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87.99 #082-057-640AG 5 Gallons Water Displacing Oil, 5L225D59 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314.99 Brownells WATER DISPLACING OIL Brownells HOT WATER CLEANING TANK PIPE BURNER Saves Gas & Money On Heating Cleaner & Rinse Tanks METAL FINISHING DICRO-CLEAN No. 909™ Non-Caustic, Safe Pre-Cleaner For Perfect Gun Preparation Designed particularly for use on guns prior to bluing. Removes all grease, traces of buffing compounds, dirt. Operates at 180˚ F. Is non-caustic, and does not get soggy in storage before use. Eight pounds makes from 16 to 32 gallons of cleaner. Will clean some work in as little as 2 minutes; extra cruddy parts may take up to 15 minutes. a b SPECS: 8 lb. (3.6 kg) or 24 lb. (10.9 kg) net weight packages. #082-005-008AG *8 lb. Dicro-Clean 909 5L38U01 . . . $ 57.99 #082-005-024AG *24 lb. Dicro-Clean 909 5L81U76 . . .117.99 *Note: Requires additional Hazardous Materials surcharge . Brownells Brownells d’Solve® GUNSMITH CLEANER Bench-Top Soaking Cleaner Concentrate Is Fast And Economical Fast, efficient, soak-cleaner for guns and parts that is non-hazardous, non-flammable, biodegra2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=402http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=402Brownells GAS GRILL METAL FINISHING TANK BURNER ADAPTER Use Your Gas Grill Tank For Bluing Brownells TANK STAND Versatile, Expandable System Adapts To Fit Your Needs Lets you design the tank layout to fit YOUR preferred work flow and available shop space. Set up end-to-end, cornerto-corner, side-to-side or overlap side-to-end, then bolt together using the pre-spaced, predrilled holes. Puts the top of a 6" x 6" x 40" tank 3' from the floor. Allows good flame travel across the tank bottom and up the sides. Easily supports a tank full of salts and work pieces. Saves hours of construction time. Partially assembled. Can go UPS. a b SPECS: 41" (104.1cm) long. 8 1⁄4" (22.2cm) wide. 28 3⁄4" (73cm) high. 3⁄ 5 4" (19.0mm) angle rails, 1" (2.5cm) x 1 ⁄8" (4.1cm) angle ends, 1" .9mm) diameter mounting/assembly holes. (2.5cm) sq. legs. 5⁄16" (7 Includes Stand, pipe burner lock-downs, 3 Interlocking Bars and Assembly Bolts with nuts and washers. Detailed Instructions include fully diagramed assembly options. #082-074-001AG Tank Stand 2H142T30 . . . . . . . . . . .$ 194.99 Brownells FIBERGLASS TANK BLUING ACCESSORIES Much Needed Goodies Make Your Bluing Life Easier STAINLESS STEEL DIPPER - Long handled, all stainless steel dipper for adding water to the Bluing Bath. Bent handle for “side” pouring. SPECS: Stainless steel. 15" (38cm) overall. 4" (10cm) dia. bowl. #933-001-000AG Stainless Steel Dipper, 3A00YTP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 17.95 RINSE TANK BRUSH - Natural fiber brush, just right for use in the rinse tank. SPECS: 1" (2.5cm) long bristles, set 15⁄8" (4.1cm) wide x 4 13⁄16" (12.2cm) long. 115⁄8" (29.5cm) overall. #671-540-460AG Rinse Tank Brush, 1G00AYT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 9.99 BLACK IRON WIRE - Dead-soft annealed so bends easily, holds firmly. Not plated - just a light oil coat so it cannot contaminate/ruin your bluing or plating. a b SPECS: 18-gauge about .047" (1.2mm). 50-ft. (1524cm) coils. #038-018-003AG Black Iron Wire, 3 coils, 8C00BXC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 5.99 HALF TANKS - Made just half as long as the regular black ironand stanless steel tanks - to hold half as many bluing salts and take less time to heat up. Ideal for handguns and small parts bluing when you don’t need to fire up the “big” tanks. b a SPECS: Black iron. 6" (15.2cm) x 6"x 20" (50.8cm). Welded seams, rolled edges. Holds 2 gallons of solution. #082-003-662AG Black Iron Half Tank, 2H36T60. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 54.95 #082-004-662AG Stainless Steel Half Tank, 6D99U95 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119.95 SMALL PARTS BLUING BASKET - Stainless steel baskets, just the right size to keep small parts from getting lost in bluing and parkerizing tanks. Fine mesh screen allows complete solution circulation around parts. Eliminates hanging things on wires. Squeeze to open, spring-loaded handle. SPECS: Stainless steel. 2" (5cm) dia. basket. 4" (10.1cm) handle. #515-000-001AG Round Ball Parts Basket, 5A13V65 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 16.95 BLACK IRON DEEP TANK We’ve made a 9" deep version of our 6" wide x 40" long black iron tank that’s great for bluing with our electric heating units. Leaves a working depth of about 5". Also use for 909™, Boiling Water, and B.O.N.™). SPECS: Black iron. 6" (15.2cm) wide x 9" (22.9cm) deep x 40" (101.6cm) long. Holds 71⁄4 gallons of solution. #082-003-694AG Black Iron Deep Tank, 2H65P66 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 84.99 BLUING PARTS BASKET - Open-mesh, welded wire permits complete solution circulation around pistols, shotgun frames, rifle receivers, and other large parts. a b SPECS: Steel. 14 1⁄4" (36.2cm) long x 5 5⁄8" (14.3cm) wide outside; 3" (7 .6cm) high. #082-071-000AG Bluing Parts Basket, 8K12U63. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 14.99 SMALL PARTS BASKET - Fine mesh holds all but the smallest pins and screws without a liner, yet allows plenty of 2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=403http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=403BLACK IRON & STAINLESS STEEL SCREEN WIRE Ideal For Small Parts Baskets; Won’t Injure Bath Line our Bluing Parts Basket with either of these wires to make a well supported, small parts basket with enough room to hold many, many small parts and not lose them into the bath. Easily cut with snips and folded to shape. BLACK IRON - The mesh is large enough to let the bluing solution circulate, yet small enough to keep pins and screws from falling through. Pure, uncoated wire, won’t contaminate your bath. SPECS: 24" (60.9cm) long. 12" (30.4cm) wide. .02" (.50mm) diameter wire. No. 14 mesh. #082-058-000AG Black Iron Screen Wire, 8K07P95 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 10.99 STAINLESS STEEL - Mesh is heavier with holes slightly larger than window screening; little pins or screws won’t fall through. SPECS: 12" (30.5cm) x 12". .020" (.51mm) diameter wire. #304 stainless steel. #082-059-000AG Stainless Steel Screen Wire, 2H09P70 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 13.60 Brownells NEOPRENE SHOP APRON Protects Against Chemical Splashes Heavyweight, brown, Neoprene apron protects clothing and skin from the oils, acids, caustics, greases and solvents encountered in the gun shop. The best apron we have seen for jobs involving hazardous chemicals. SPECS: Neoprene. 36" (91.4cm) x 46" (117cm). #100-001-000AG Neoprene Shop Apron, 1Z00CHD . . . . . . . . . $ 19.95 BELGIAN BLUE Herter’s Original Formula Blue For Doubles & More The original Herter’s Belgian Blue formula, now owned by Art’s Gun & Sport Shop, and the results are just as nice as ever. Excellent for soft soldered doubles and for the occasional rebluer who doesn’t want a hot salts bluing setup. Applies easily: Clean the gun thoroughly, boil the metal in water, remove, wipe dry and gently swab on Belgian Blue, with no slops or runs. Return to the boiling water for a few minutes, remove and card with fine steel wool. Repeat steps until the desired color is achieved. Works on all gun steels except stainless. Instruction sheet included. SPECS: Pint (16 fl. oz./473 ml) or Quart (32 fl. oz./946 ml). #464-100-016AG Pint Belgian Blue 4F27B95 . . . . . . .$ 39.95 #464-100-032AG Quart Belgian Blue 4F55B46 . . . . . . 78.99 Cannot ship outside Continental U.S. Shipped UPS or FedEx Ground only within U.S. 44/40 GUN BLUE By Brownells INSTANT FORMULA ® METAL FINISHING NEOPRENE GLOVES For Bluing & Plating, Medium & Heavy Weights Withstands oils, acids, greases, solvents, and caustics. SPECS: 11" (28cm) L. Size 10 & 11. #967-360-010AG Size 10 Gloves 7F08A50 . . . . . . . . . .$ 10.50 #967-360-011AG Size 11 Gloves 7F08A50 . . . . . . . . . . . 10.50 N440 GLOVES - Extra-heavy, black, milled neoprene, multipledip glove, offer extra protection in 103 basic oils, acids, caustics, greases and solvents. Extended, gauntlet style, with non-slip grip and curved fingers. Slightly oversize for easy removal. SPECS: 14" (35.5cm) overall. Pure neoprene. No lining. #967-540-010AG Size 10 N440 Gloves, 7F15A92 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 22.75 #967-540-011AG Size 11 N440 Gloves, 7F15A92 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22.75 ALUMINUM BLACK For Black Touch-Up Of Anodized Aluminum Applies and reacts like Perma-Blue. Ideal for touching up black, anodized aluminum. Used and specified by the Armed Forces and manufacturers of electronic equipment. Produces rich, black finish instantly with no special equipment a or skills. b SPECS: 3 fl. oz. (89 ml) net contents. #167-004-170AG Aluminum Black, each 7F05A86 . . . .$ 9.99 — 3 or More — Aluminum Black, each 7F05A13 . . . . . 9.60 Cannot ship outside Continental U.S. Shipped UPS or FedEx Ground only within U.S. • Fast, Easy, Wipe-On, Wipe-Off Application • Original High-Speed Formula • Deep Penetrating 44/40 has long been one of the cold-blue standards in the industry and we here at Brownells are delighted to have purchased the original, high-speed formula and the legendary name and brought it back to its many fa2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=404http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=404METAL FINISHING OXPHO-BLUE® Finest Professional Cold Blue On The Market - Period! Brownells CLASSIC RUST BLUE Gives Fine Firearms The Luster Of A Rich, Traditional Blue Finish Nothing adds the finishing touch of elegance and perfection to a fine firearm quite like the rich luster of a traditional rust blue finish. Nowadays, only a handful of master gunsmiths still practice the art of producing this fine, classic finish using proven recipes more than a century old. With our Classic Rust Blue, you too can achieve the “secret” rust blue so fitting when restoring older guns, especially soft-soldered double guns, or finishing modern, exhibition-grade custom pieces. Rust bluing doesn’t require a lot of expensive equipment and is actually easier for the home gunsmith and hobbyist to do than modern hot-bluing processes, while producing a deep, brilliant, finish that will outlast many modern alternative finishes. The process is time consuming, but for a quality firearm, the results are well worth the investment of time and effort. Like the tried and true originals, our authentic formula is a precisely balanced concentration of bluing salts and acids that require diligent metal preparation and multiple applications to achieve the truly stunning metal finish you expect from rust bluing. The rich, blue-black coloration is obtained by boiling the parts in water and rubbing them down with steel wool after each application of formula. Follow the included step-by-step instruction booklet to produce the exquisite, “into-the-metal” finish achieved by master gunmakers of the 19th century. a b SPECS: 4 fl. oz. (118ml) net contents; complete instructions included. #082-000-010AG Classic Rust Blue 2H10T43 . . . . . . .$ 13.99 Cannot ship outside Continental U.S. Shipped UPS or FedEx Ground only within U.S. Brownells Brownells DICROPAN T-4 ® PILKINGTON CLASSIC Tough, Easy-To-Use, Deep-Colored Professional Touch-Up Blue T-4 is in the catalog because of customer demand. As Maynard Buehler said: “THIS is the BEST yet.” Every time a new gun blue comes on the market, we test it on a piece of gun barrel. We blue three spots: one with the new blue, one with Oxpho- Blue™ and one with T-4. A day later we start rubbing all three areas with steel wool until one of them starts wearing off. So far, Oxpho Blue™ is toughest and T-4 next. However, for ease of application and deep density of color, T-4 is superior. Its ability to touch-up wear and scratches instantly has made it a favorite. 100% Guaranteed! a b SPECS: 4 fl. oz. (118 ml), 8 fl. oz. (237 ml),16 fl. oz. (473 ml), 32 fl. oz. (.946 L) or 1 gallon (128 fl. oz./3.8 L) net contents. #082-056-004AG 4 oz. T-4 2H09D28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 12.99 #082-056-008AG 8 oz. T-4 6K18D44 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22.99 #082-056-016AG 16 oz. T-4 2H22D32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.99 #082-056-032AG 32 oz. T-4 6K35D26 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42.99 #082-056-128AG Gallon T-4 6K108D76 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131.99 Cannot ship outside Continental U.S. Shipped UPS or FedEx Ground only within U.S. AMERICAN RUST BLUE Rich, Authentic Rust Bluing Process The favorite of custom builder Phil Pilkington who developed it to produce a deep, rich, rust blue that’s so fitting when restoring older guns and high grade, custom shotguns and rifles. No damp cabinet or special equipment required. After two applications of the solution, the parts are left to rust for a few hours, then boiled in water, removed and carded. The process is repeated (immediately or as long as 3-4 days apart) until the desired color and depth are reached. Like any true rust bluing process, there’s no “quick and easy” way to apply it, but then, nothing matches a rust blue finish for classic beauty. The 4 oz. bottle will do many guns. Included with the solution is an excellent 8-page instruction booklet describing all materials needed and the full process in easy steps, plus . . . how to “Fume Blue”, another of Phil’s processes. SPEC2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=405http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=405BIRCHWOOD CASEY METAL FINISHING PRODUCTS SUPER BLACK INSTANT TOUCH-UP PEN - Gloss black or flat black aluminum paint in large size “Magic Marker” with felt tip applicator. Good scratch-filling ability. a b SPECS: 6" (15.2cm), 1⁄3 fl. oz. (10 ml). #167-004-180AG Gloss Inst Touch-Up, each, 7F04A58 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 7.99 — 3 or More — Gloss Inst Touch-Up, per each, 7F04A05 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.50 #167-004-190AG Flat Inst Touch-Up, each 7F04A58 . . . 7.99 — 3 or More — Flat Inst Touch-Up, per each 7F04A05 7.50 SUPER BLUE - Deep, blue-black finish penetrates hard steel instantly. Works great on polished steel that contains nickel or chrome alloys, including mauser-style bolt release buttons. For touch-up or complete re-blue. Available in 3 fl. oz. or 32 fl. oz. container a b SPECS: 3 fl. oz. (89 ml) or 32 fl. oz. (.95 L) net contents, plastic bottle. #167-008-200AG 3 oz. Super Blue, each 7F05A40 . . . . .$ 9.99 — 3 or More — 3 oz. Super Blue, per each 7F04A77 . . . 8.90 #167-134-320AG 32 oz. Super Blue 7F49C11 . . . . . . . . 66.99 PASTE BLUE - Concentrated for deeper color, longer wear. For reblue or touch-up. Won’t dry out. a b SPECS: 2 fl. oz. (59 ml) net contents. #167-002-200AG Paste Blue, each, 7F04U42 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 7.99 — 3 or More — Paste Blue, per each, 7F03A92 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.20 PLUM BROWN - For chemically browning antiques and muzzleloaders, and for sportsmen preferring the brown color to black or blue. Easy to use. Gives deep color and metal penetration. a b SPECS: 5 fl. oz. (148ml) or 32 fl.oz. (960ml) glass bottle net contents. #167-000-002AG 5 oz. Plum Brown, each 7F06D29 . .$ 10.99 — 3 or More — 5 oz. Plum Brown, per each 7F05D56 10.30 #167-000-027AG 32 oz. Plum Brown 7F25Y18 . . . . . . . 41.99 BLUE & RUST REMOVER - Removes old blue and rust before rebluing. Harmless to metal. Provides rust inhibiting film that protects metal up to 72 hours. a b SPECS: 3 fl. oz. (89 ml) net contents. #167-006-100AG Blue/Rust Remover, each, 7F03A15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 5.99 — 3 or More — Blue/Rust Remover, per each, 7F02A79 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.10 CLEANER-DEGREASER - Completely removes all grease, oil, dirt, wax, silicone, etc. No harmful fumes, non-flammable. Will not gum up. a b SPECS: 3 fl. oz. (89 ml) net contents plastic bottle. #167-007-110AG 3 oz. Cleaner/Degreaser, each, 7F03A15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 5.99 — 3 or More — 3 oz. Cleaner/Degreaser, each, 7F02A79 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.10 PRESTO® GUN BLUE PEN - Pocket-size, felt-tip marker touches-up minor scratches instantly. No waste or mess. a b SPECS: 51⁄2" (14cm) long pen w/ pocket clip cap. #167-132-010AG Gun Blue Pen, each 7F04C17 . . $ 6.99 — 3 or More — Gun Blue Pen, per each 7F03C69 .6.80 PERMA-BLUE - Penetrates and blues steel instantly. For touch-up or complete reblue. Produces a rich, black finish. Highly rust resistant. a b SPECS: 3 fl. oz. (89 ml) net contents. #167-001-220AG Perma Blue, each, 7F04U17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 6.99 — 3 or More — Perma Blue, per each, 7F03U69 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.80 BRASS BLACK - Use for touch-up or complete refinishing. For sights, screws, swivels - copper or brass. Is also excellent for permanent marking to identify reloaded cartridge cases. Easy to use. Instant. a b SPECS : 3 fl. oz. (89 ml) net contents. #167-005-200AG Brass Black, each, 7F05A78 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 9.99 — 3 or More — *Brass Black, per each 7F05A13 . . . . . . 9.60 Brownells BENCHTOP PARKERIZING KIT Brownells MANGANESE PARKERIZING SOLUTION & KIT Genuine, Original, Parker Manganese Phosphate Solution; Tough, Rust-Resisting Finish; Easy To Use; Detailed Instruction Booklet, 100% Guaranteed; Meets Mil Spec STD171 With a Brownells Manganese Parkerizing setup in your shop, you can give yo2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=406http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=406METAL FINISHING ELECTROLESS NICKEL PLATING Brownells Brownells HEAT-TREATING CHARCOAL Produces Dramatic Color & Swirl Patterns Wood and bone charcoal with just the right sieve size for crucible packing of steel parts to be hardened. Hi-carbon content without waxes or fillers gives brilliant color patterns. Mixing types by specific ratio provides additional control over color and pattern. a b SPECS: Packed in 5 gal. bucket. Bone - 10x28 sieve size, 25 lb. (11 kg) weight. Wood - #6 size. 10 lb. (4.5 kg) weight. #084-097-031AG Bone Charcoal 5L97D40 . . . . . . . . . $ 119.99 #084-098-013AG Wood Charcoal 5L34D07 . . . . . . . . . . 42.99 Brownells TEFLON®/MOLY OVEN CURE, GUN FINISH The Next Generation Of Durable, Spray-On, Professional Gun Finishes Now you can apply a great-looking coating with the increased durability and friction-fighting properties of Teflon® fluoropolymer resin and molybdenum disulfide to any firearm or metal part in as little as 2 hours. This is not just another spray paint. Teflon/Moly Gun Finish is an ultra-modern, thermo-set, spray-on, self-lubricating coating, chemically bonded to a phenolic-epoxy base so it’s highly resistant to scratches and abrasion. Because the finish is baked on, you get some extra benefits. As the metal heats, its pores open allowing the Teflon component to penetrate. On high-wear areas, like slide rails, the coating will eventually wear away but the Teflon will still be in the pores, lubricating and protecting. Plus, dense colors won’t lighten, dissolve or break down under all common gun solvents. One application makes any properly prepared metal almost impervious to oxidation. The convenient aerosol can with its versatile cone-shaped spray, is so easy to use it’s almost mistake-proof. Just degrease and abrasive-blast the part; pre-heat the part ’til it’s warm to the touch, then spray and let dry. In about 15 minutes, bake in a regular kitchen oven at 350° F. for 30 minutes. As soon as the part cools, it’s completely protected from rust and ready for final assembly. Perfect for restoring military rifles and parts; coating hard-to-blue, stainless steel or aluminum parts; refurbishing hunting guns and self-defense weapons, or refinishing any piece of metal that needs a durable, self-lubricating, rust-proof coating that lasts and will look great for years to come. Great hiding ability makes it a natural for quickly redoing those dinged and pitted working guns (after you get the rust out of the pits, of course). Use as a one-coat finish, or spray on several fine, thin coats and then bake. Extremely economical, one can will fully coat up to two long guns or four handguns! a b SPECS: 6 oz. (170 g) wt. Remove cured coating by abrasive blasting or sanding. Teflon is a trademark of DuPont Chemical Co. STOCK # 083-048-801AG #083-048-806AG #083-048-807AG #083-048-808AG 083-048-805AG #083-048-804AG 083-048-809AG 083-048-810AG COLOR Black Gray SS Gray Dark Park. Gray Earth Brown O.D. Green Desert Tan Coyote PRICE 6A22C55 $ 32.99 6A22C55 $ 32.99 6A22C55 $ 32.99 6A22C55 $ 32.99 6A22C55 $ 32.99 6A22C55 $ 32.99 6A22C55 $ 32.99 6A22C55 $ 32.99 Brownells BAKING LACQUER Tough, Durable, Epoxy-Enhanced Gun Finish (This stuff is unbelievable!) Add Beautiful, Tough, Nickel Plating Capabilities To Your Shop You can nickel plate steel without an electric power supply transformer or cyanide salts. Finish is as lustrous as the very best electroplating but tougher, more flexible (bends 180° without damage) and more rust resistant (240 continuous hours of salt spray). Requires a minimum of special equipment and knowledge. By following our free, thorough, step-by-step instructions, your plating will be equal in looks and quality to that of the most experienced commercial shop. Plus, electroless nickel plating has the following features:•Can be soldered, brazed and welded. •Excellent resistance to corrosion. •Plated contact surfaces give smoother action. •No extensive after-polishing for high luster. •Lays flat n2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=407http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=407Color OVEN CURE GUN FINISH Genuine GUN-KOTE Spray-On/Bake-On Finish In Convenient Aerosol or Airbrush Liquid The world-famous, ultra-thin, friction-reducing coating that lasts and lasts can now be applied to any clean, pre-heated metal part in as little as 2 hours without the extra expense of owning an air brush. Brownells has teamed up with KG Products to produce the genuine GUN-KOTE epoxy finish in a convenient aerosol that’s every bit as easy and foolproof to apply as our other, great, bake-on, gun finishes. You get the quality of genuine GUN-KOTE backed by Brownells no-hassle, complete satisfaction guarantee; an unbeatable combination! a b Now you can easily apply the self-lubricating benefits of molybdenum disulfide to alloy steel, stainless steel, brass and aluminum, even properly prepared nickel plating, in just minutes. Prepare, clean and pre-heat your part to 100°, spray on Brownells GUN-KOTE and allow the part to dry. Bake the part in an oven at 300° for one hour and you’re done. You’ve protected the metal parts of your valuable firearm from rust, corrosion, and scratches with a beautiful finish that will wear for years and help keep your gun looking just like new. Brownells GUN-KOTE is a durable, second-generation epoxy, thermo-set resin finish that will not break down, peel or dissolve. In fact, once it’s applied, the only way to remove Brownells GUNKOTE is to abrasive blast the part. It is resistant to all known gun solvents and thinners. Each coat is approximately .0004" thick so Brownells GUN-KOTE can be used on both internal and external parts where a close-tolerance fit is required without having to worry about interference. This makes Brownells GUNKOTE the perfect, maintenance-free coating for handgun slides and frames, shotgun receivers and magazine tubes, rifle actions and bolts, anywhere you need an ultra-thin, self-lubricating, permanent coating that protects and wears like crazy. SPECS: Aerosol - 6 oz. (170 g) weight. Liquid - 8 fl. oz. (237 mL). Thinner - 16 fl. oz. (473 mL). Matte Black liquid and Matte Dark Earth liquid do not require thinner. AEROSOL 6oz. LIQUID 8 oz. COLOR #083-051-001AG #083-166-006AG Matte Black #083-051-002AG #083-166-001AG Gloss Black #083-051-003AG #083-166-002AG Matte Brushed Stainless #083-051-008AG #083-166-008AG Matte O. D. Green #083-051-009AG #083-166-009AG Matte Gray #083-051-013AG #083-166-013AG Gloss Gunmetal Blue NA #083-166-005AG Matte Dark Earth NA 083-166-007AG Semi-Gloss Clear — Advise # — Gun-Kote, Aerosol, 6 oz. 3H20C50 .$ 31.99 — Advise # — Gun-Kote, Liquid, 8 oz. 3K23Y69 . . . 31.99 #083-066-007AG Gun-Kote Thinner 3H14P69 . . . . . . . 19.99 Cannot ship outside Continental U.S. Shipped UPS or FedEx Ground only within U.S. GUN-KOTE Brownells ™ ALUMA-HYDE® II Brownells SPRAY-ON, BAKE-ON FINISHES BAKING LACQUER Brownells Baking Lacquer provides one of the best, most durable small shop alternatives to re-anodizing aluminum. Highly resistant to oils, solvents and acids, it can be used on literally any metal that can take baking in a 325° F. oven for twenty minutes. This includes cast iron, steel, stainless steel, aluminum, and most non-ferrous metals used for gun parts. Brownells Baking Lacquer is available in many colors to blend with blued and stainless steel parts, parkerizing and also in Matte Clear for “French Gray” finishes or protecting color case hardened parts. Apply over rough sanded, bead or abrasive blasted surfaces for best results. Brownells ALUMA-HYDE® Gunsmith’s Spray Black For Aluminum & Alloys Brownells Aluma-Hyde is a special nitrocellulose lacquer developed for covering metal, and designed to combine all recoats into one, tough, integrated finish. Many of the sprays we’ve found were thinned enamels, which do not build up on recoating, but add layer on separate layer. Best applied in 2 light coats over the primer listed below, it dries dust-free in 10 minutes, can be handled in 30, and dries completely overnight. It continues to cure for the next2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=408http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=408Brownells METAL-COAT EPOXY SPRAY-ON FINISHES ™ Clear, Tough, Protective Finish For Metal Surfaces Clear, durable, soft-luster finish protects steel, aluminum or brass surfaces from rust, corrosion, dulling, and wear. Excellent coverage, each additional coat bonds with the one before to improve protection. Impervious to most bore cleaning solvents. a b SPECS: Aerosol. 12 oz. (340 g). Clear, semi-gloss or matte finish. #083-075-012AG Metal-Coat Epoxy, Semi-gloss, 1F08C03 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 11.99 #083-075-112AG Metal-Coat Epoxy, Matte, 1F10C54 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.99 TACTICAL TAPE Secure Temporary Attachment Of Tactical Gear To Weapons A strong, waterproof, nonreflective tape for secure but temporary attachment of pressure switches or as camo to break up your gun's silhouette. Use to tape down zippers, swivels, straps and other sources of noise that could give away your position during stealthy operations. Has a thousand and one other uses in the field, in the armory, or on your workbench. This is vinylcoated, high thread count cloth tape, not cloth reinforced vinyl “duct” tape. Tears off the roll clean and straight. High-tack, synthetic rubber adhesive won’t leave behind sticky residue and provides excellent adhesion and conformability over a wide temperature range. 42 lb. per inch tensile strength means this tape won’t come loose during stressful tactical operations. Once you’ve used this stuff, you won’t settle for ordinary electrical or duct tape ever again! SPECS: Vinyl coated cotton cloth, synthetic rubber resin adhesive. 1” (2.5cm) wide, 180’ (55m) long, .001” (12 mil) thick. Available in Black and Coyote Brown. #100-002-654AG Tactical Tape, Black 5A10H45 . . . . .$ 15.99 #100-002-656AG Tactical Tape, Coyote Brown, 5A10H99. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.99 Brownells 6300 RESPIRATOR Keep Your Lungs Safe & Clear; Top Protection For Gunsmiths & Hobbyists Don’t take chances with your health — wear a respirator any time you apply Brownells spray-on finishes, grind, sand, or come in contact with any particulates that don’t belong in your lungs. The NIOSH-approved 6300 Respirator provides superior protection from paint and pesticide vapors, solvents, glue, mists, and other airborne particulates. Flexible half-mask face piece is lightweight and comfortable to wear; dual elastic headbands won’t pinch or bind. Disposable filter elements are easy to replace, plus the modular construction allows fast disassembly for cleaning. Replacement particulate filters, organic vapor cartridges and filter retainers are available separately. SPECS: Respirator Kit includes face piece, (2) organic vapor cartridges, (2) filters and (2) filter covers. 10.2 oz. (289g) wt. #100-004-597AG 6300 Respirator Kit 6K00TPU. . . . .$ 31.99 #100-004-595AG Replacement Organic Vapor Cartridges, 2-pak 6K00BXC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.99 #100-004-594AG Replacement Particulate Filter, each, 6K00PUA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.99 #100-004-596AG Replacement Filter Retainer, each, 6K00DZA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.99 CAMO PAINTS Make Your Own Camouflage Patterns High pigment density, ideal for one-coat coverage of synthetic stocks and metal rifle components, plus all of your other tactical gear. Fast-drying enamel applies easily. a b SPECS: 12 oz. (340 g) aerosol cans. STOCK # #040-009-790AG #040-009-520AG #040-009-570AG #040-009-670AG #040-009-680AG #040-009-770AG — Advise # — COLOR STOCK # COLOR Forest Green #040-009-870AG Olive Drab Dk. Green #040-009-880AG Black Earth Yellow #040-009-920AG Marine Corp. Grn Earth Red #040-009-970AG O.D. Semi-Gloss Field Drab #040-009-990AG Earth Brown Sand Camo Paints, 4K05H35. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 8.99 #040-009-135AG Red Oxide Primer, 4K03H87 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.99 — 3 or More — Red Oxide, per each, 4K03H38 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=409http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=409TOUCH-UP SPRAY GUN Achieve Professional Results Without A Large Investment This entry level spray gun is a good way start applying high quality finishes with professional results, without a large investment. Fully adjustable air volume and paint flow knobs provide narrow to wide spray patterns in a variety of different fan sizes and shapes. Easy-to-reach, overhead index finger control for right- or left-hand operation. Corrosion-proof, brass air nozzle and lightweight aluminum feed cup with chrome-plated housing allow easy cleanup. Mini air line filter is available separately. Recommended for additional water removal and air pressure control. SPECS: Touch-Up Spray Gun - Brass nozzle, aluminum 7 oz. siphon feed cup, alloy chrome plated frame. Air Inlet - ¼’’ NPS. Requires 30 psi air pressure. Mini Air Line Filter - Brass filter elements, chrome plated water drain valve. Air Inlet/Outlet - ¼’’ NPT. #100-003-973AG Touch-Up Spray Gun 3B21P49 . . . .$ 26.99 #100-003-974AG Mini Air Line Filter 3B19P49 . . . . . . 25.99 Kit NIC INDUSTRIES CERAKOTE™ CERAMIC COATINGS Tough, Durable Coatings For Maximum Protection State-of-the-art, Cerakote™ Firearm Coatings provide a durable, weather- and corrosion-proof, ceramic-based protective finish that resists scratching, chipping, and abrasive cleaning solvents. Hardener and paint chemically bond into an ultra-thin coating that adheres to almost any surface for a clean, professional finish. Apply with an airbrush or HVLP touch-up gun for a smooth finish. Oven Cure Kit requires oven baking for 2 hours at 250° for optimal cure or 1 hour at 300° for quick cure. For heatsensitive materials such as plastics, a 2 hour cure at 200° is adequate. Oven Cure Refill lets you order more paint and hardener only. Air Dry requires no baking and is tack free in 40 minutes, completely dry in 24 hours, and fully cured in 5 days. a b SPECS: Oven Cure Kit includes 4 fl. oz. (118 ml) Cerakote, .17 fl. oz. (5ml) hardener, 3.4 fl. oz. (100 ml) graduated cylinder, (4) funnel filters, and instructions. Large Graphite Black kit comes with 32 fl. oz. (946ml) Cerakote™, 4 fl. oz. (118ml) hardener, graduated cylinder, (4) funnel filters, and instructions. Oven Cure Refill - Includes 4 fl. oz. Cerakote, .17 fl. oz. hardener, (4) funnel filters, and instructions. Air Dry Kit - Premixed and includes 4 fl. oz. Cerakote, (4) funnel filters, and instructions. Finishes up to 6 handguns or 2 to 3 long guns. SPRAY-ON FINISHES LAUER CUSTOM WEAPONRY DURACOAT PAINTING SYSTEM Durable Finish Protects Any Gun Part Provides a protective paint that won’t chip, crack, or flake; works great on any material. Hardener and paint form a chemical bond for durability and elasticity. Airbrush application gives a smooth finish. Dries in 10 minutes and fully cures overnight; speed cure in the oven at 110° F for 1 hour. a b SPECS: Kit includes: 8 fl. oz. (237 ml) DuraCoat, black, matte; 1 fl. oz. (30 ml) Hardener; 15 fl. oz. (444 ml) Airbrush Propellant; 2 fl. oz. (59 ml) Reducer; 1 fl. oz. TruLube; (1) set of Measuring Spoons; (1) Ez Airbrush Kit; (1) pair Latex Gloves; (1) Particle Mask; Instructions. Finishes 2-4 firearms; additional propellant may be required. #100-000-989AG Level II Starter Kit 9K85X73 . . . . .$ 95.99 #100-000-996AG 4 oz. Reducer 9K05X99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.78 #100-001-001AG 2 oz. Hardener 9K09A60 . . . . . . . . . . . 10.75 #697-000-001AG 15. oz. Airbrush Propellant, 7F10P21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.99 #100-001-002AG 4 oz. DuraCoat, Mat Blk 9K13A33 . . . 16.95 #100-001-003AG 4 oz. DuraCoat, Parker. 9K13A33. . . . 16.95 #100-001-004AG 4 oz. DuraCoat, O.D. Green 9K13A33 16.95 DURAFIL – Two-part surface filler can be applied with an airbrush and covers pits, dings, and scratches. No thinning required. SPECS: Kit contains: 4 fl. oz. (118 ml) bottle of DuraFil, ½ fl. oz. (14.8 ml) bottle of DuraCoat Hardener, and instructions. #100-001-005AG DuraFil Kit 9K24A00 . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 26.95 CAM2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=410http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=410STOCK WORK INDEX Bedding Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . 421-425 STOCK WORK Buttplates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409 Checkering Supplies . . . . . . . . . . 418-419 Fitting Jigs & Gauges . . . . . . . . . 417-418 Grip Caps/Stock Accents . . . . . . . .408-409 Recoil Pads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410-414 Recoil Reducers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415-417 Shaping/Inletting Tools . . . . . . . . 419-420 Stock Adjusters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415 Stock Finishing Supplies. . . . . . . 425-428 Stock Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408 Takedown Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408 LENARD BROWNELL STEEL GRIP CAP Designed By The Old Master Himself MISCELLANEOUS GRIP CAPS JERRY FISHER - Finish-ground top and gracefully rounded contours. Screw fits precisely into cap, and bottoms on shoulder. Takes engraving well. a b SPECS: Steel, in-the-white, satin finish. Small - 1.7" (4.3cm) L x 1.23" (3.1cm) W. Medium - 1.75" (4.4cm) L x 1.27" (3.2cm) W. Large - 1.8" (4.5cm) L x 1.31" (3.3cm) W. #310-301-001AG Small Fisher Grip Cap, 1C26H17. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 32.51 #310-301-002AG Medium Fisher Grip Cap, 1C26H17. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32.51 #310-301-003AG Large Fisher Grip Cap, 1C26H17. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32.51 JERRY FISHER 2-SCREW - Two-screw design leaves the center area open for embellishments that won’t work with singlescrew caps. Counterbored holes ensure positive screw seating. a b SPECS: Steel, machined from bar stock. 1⁄4" (6.3cm) thick. 15⁄16" 25⁄ (3.3cm) wide. 1 32" (4.5cm) long. In-the-white. #310-300-002AG 2-Screw Grip Cap 1C26H17 . . . . . . .$ 32.51 DRESSEL ENGLISH-STYLE - Machined from solid stock in sizes proportioned in length, width and height to look right and compliment any size rifle or shotgun. Includes screw with oversized, tapered head. a b SPECS: Machined steel, in-the-white, satin finish. Available in Large; 1.85" (4.6cm) X 1.43" (3.6cm), Standard; 1.78" (4.5cm) X 1.36" (3.4cm), Small; 1.71" (4.3cm) X 1.29" (3.2cm), Petite; 1.65" (4.1cm) X 1.22" (3.1cm). #258-100-007AG Large Grip Cap, 8E25C00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 31.00 #258-100-005AG Standard Grip Cap, 8E25C00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.00 #258-100-003AG Small Grip Cap, 8E25C00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.00 #258-100-001AG Petite Grip Cap 8E25C00 . . . . . . . . . . 31.00 Brownells STOCK TAKEDOWN SET All The Tools Needed To Prevent Split Stocks MAUSER 98 CROSS BOLT WRENCH Fits M-98, 2-Pin, Cross Bolt Nut Correct pin spacing, O.D. and relieved center for fast removal of M-98 stock cross bolts. a b SPECS: Tool steel. 41⁄4" (10.8cm) long x 9⁄ 16" (14.3mm) diameter. #080-098-100AG Mauser 98 Cross Bolt Wrench, 8K20H09 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 25.99 #080-098-104AG 4 Replacement Pins for Mauser Cross Bolt Wrench 8K05H45 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.99 Brownells The very best possible tools for removing most styles of buttstock bolts and action spring tube nuts. The thin-walled sockets are correct to prevent slipping and burring. The drag-link bit is round at the drive end, which automatically centers the blade in the stock bolt hole and makes fitting it into the slot about 1,000 times easier!! Plus, they work for other shop jobs, too. a b SPECS: Set - Includes T-handle, 9" (22.9cm) drive extension, (5) 3⁄ 8" (9.5mm) drive sockets, and drag link bit. Sockets & Drag Link - Includes all (5) drive sockets and drag link bit. #080-809-000AG Stock Takedown Set 8K85T16 . . .$ 106.99 #080-027-000AG T-Handle, only 8K35Z96 . . . . . . . . . . . . 38.99 #080-212-010AG 9" Extension, only 8K19P53 . . . . . . . . 24.99 #080-212-006AG 6" Extension, only 8K12P96 . . . . . . . . 15.14 #080-809-001AG Sockets & Drag Link, only 8K37T42 46.95 Lenard Brownell designed this continental style steel grip cap to satisfy his own need for a q2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=411http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=411BILLINGSLY & BROWNELL MANNLICHER NOSE CAP Classic Accent For Mannlicher Stocks The crowning touch on any Mannlicher stock. Designed by Lenard Brownell. Made from top quality steel. Unpolished. Attaching screw and nut furnished. a b SPECS: Barrel opening is .640" (16.2mm) dia. (approximate). Over3 ⁄ all, .915" (23.2mm) high; .850" (21.6mm) long, 4 oz. (21 g) weight. #095-004-001AG Mannlicher Nose Cap 5K17B00 . . . $ 17.99 – 4 or More – Mannlicher Nose Cap, per each, 5K14B73 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.00 UNIVERSAL BUTTPLATE Replaces Worn, Chipped, Broken Factory Buttplates; Preserves Original Appearance Speed up the restoration of that classic shotgun or rifle by replacing a worn, chipped, or cracked buttplate with an affordable, grind-to-fit replacement of moldable polyurethane resin. Durable resin looks and feels like the hard rubber, Bakelite, or black plastic used for the original buttplates on many of these guns, and will not shrink, swell, or crack over time. Proprietary molding process uses the highest-quality molds engineered to prevent unsightly “flash” and air bubbles on the finished product. Grinds easily without flaking or fracturing. Includes fine-line, horizontal serrations often found on period buttplates, but without the tricky borders that make grinding the sides difficult. Heat briefly in boiling water or microwave to soften the resin so it can be molded to the contour of your stock; the shape sets up well once cooled and is extremely durable. Drilled and counterbored to accept two #12 buttplate screws, available separately. b a SPECS: Molded polyurethane resin, black. Fitting required. Small .5cm) hole spac- 4¾” (12.1cm) long, 1½” (3.8cm) wide. 215⁄16" (7 ing. Medium - 5” (12.7cm) long, 15⁄8" (4.1cm) wide. 215⁄16" hole .6cm) hole spacing. Large - 17⁄8" (4.8cm) wide, 57⁄16" (13.8cm). 3” (7 spacing. #080-003-975AG Universal Buttplate, Small, 2D11Z49 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 14.95 #080-003-976AG Universal Buttplate, Medium, 2D11Z49 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.95 #080-003-977AG Universal Buttplate, Large, 2D11Z49 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.95 #080-000-260AG #12 Buttplate Screws, per doz., 8K06P26 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.99 Brownells N.C. ORDNANCE VINTAGE INDUSTRIES REPRODUCTION BUTTPLATES Reproductions Of The Factory Originals High-quality, detailed reproduction buttplates look and feel like the originals and make restoring an old rifle or shotgun easy work. Built using original factory patterns, so you know the screw holes, checkering, company brand logos and borders are a perfect match. Outside edges grind easily for a perfect fit. Molded from a special, high-strength polyurethane that’s resistant to most solvents. a b SPECS: Polyurethane, black. UNIVERSAL REPLACEMENT BUTT PLATE Popular, Practical Old Time Favorites STOCK WORK GALAZAN RIFLE BUTTPLATES STOCK # STYLE DIMENSIONS #100-003-886AG Rem-UMC M10 (5” x 1.7”) #100-003-885AG Rem-UMC M12/141 (4.3” x 1.2”) #100-003-887AG Rem. M512/550 (4.7” x 1.5”) #100-003-888AG Savage M99 Trademark (4.6” x 1.4”) #100-003-883AG Stevens Favorite (4.2” x 1.3”) #100-003-878AG Win. 1894 Pre-64 (4.8” x 1.6”) #100-003-876AG Win. 1906 (4.1” x 1.1”) #100-003-877AG Win. M61/67/69/72/1910 (4.75” x 1.5”) #100-003-879AG Win. M70/88/100 (5.1” x 1.6”) – Advise # – Rifle Buttplate 8B11H49 . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 14.95 SHOTGUN BUTTPLATES STOCK # STYLE DIMENSIONS #100-003-889AG Browning Auto-5 (5.2” x 1.75”) #100-003-890AG Browning Superposed 12 Ga. (5.3” x 1.75”) #100-003-891AG Browning Superposed 20 Ga. (5.4” x 1.6”) #100-003-892AG Ithaca M37 (4.9” x 1.5”) #100-003-880AG L.C. Smith 12 Ga. (5” x 1.7”) #100-003-881AG L.C. Smith 16-20 Ga. (4.8” x 1.5”) #100-003-882AG L.C. Smith Oversized (5.5” x 1.9”) #100-003-884AG Rem. M11 (5” x 1.7”) #100-003-873AG Win. 1897 (5.2” x 1.7”) #100-003-874AG Win. M12/12 Ga. (5.1” x 1.5”) #100-003-875AG Win. M12/16-20 Ga. 2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=412http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=412100 STRAIGHT KICK-EEZ POLYMER BUTTSTOCK SPACER Great Looking Spacers; Easy To Fit, Grind & Finish Jet black or bright white, buttstock spacers made from strong, lightweight, polymer plastic for superior sanding and machining characteristics. Slotted hole design makes it easy to match up with just about any hole location. The wide range of thicknesses available let you use them alone or in combination to adjust rifle or shotgun stocks for length of pull, or to add a decorative and finishing touch to the stock. a b SPECS: Black or white polymer plastic. 23⁄16" (5.5cm) wide, 57⁄8" 3 (14.9cm) long. 2 ⁄4" (6.9cm) minimum c-to-c hole spacing with 1⁄2" adjustment. 1⁄8" (3.17mm) 1⁄4" (6.35mm) and 1⁄2" (12.7mm) thick. #365-100-125AG 1⁄8" Black Polymer Spacer, 5F04P87 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 9.99 #365-100-250AG ¼" Black Polymer Spacer, 5F05P17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.99 #365-100-500AG ½" Black Polymer Spacer 5F08P44 . . 9.99 #365-101-125AG 1⁄8" White Polymer Spacer 5F04P87 . . 9.99 #365-101-250AG ¼" White Polymer Spacer 5F05P17 . . 9.99 BUTTSTOCK SPACER 100 STRAIGHT TERMINATOR RECOIL PAD Soft, Synthetic “Rubber” Absorbs Recoil Energy Reduces Felt Recoil & Pain Items GALAZAN Easy Fit & Finish With Traditional Appearance Fashioned from durable black polymer, these spacers sand and polish to a high quality finish. Slotted mounting holes make it easy to match most screw locations for ease of fitting. Three spacer sizes allow custom tailoring for length of pull. Adds a nice final touch to recoil pad installations. a b SPECS: Black polymer plastic. 2.25" (5.7cm) wide, 5.8" (14.8cm) long. Hole spacing: 2.6" (6.7cm) min., 3.6" (9.3cm) max. 1⁄8" (3.17mm), 1⁄4" (6.35mm) and 1⁄2" (12.7mm) thick. #440-701-180AG 1⁄8" Stock Spacer 4D04Z75 . . . . . . . . .$ 7.99 #440-701-140AG 1⁄4" Stock Spacer 4D04Z75 . . . . . . . . . . 7.99 #440-701-120AG 1⁄2" Stock Spacer 4D06Z44 . . . . . . . . . 12.61 FACTORY LOGO RECOIL PAD The Final Detail For An Accurate Restoration Makes your restorations as accurate and valuable as possible. These redbrown rubber pads are exact reproductions of those used in the early 1900’s. The Hawkins was a commonly-used, turn of the century, aftermarket pad. This faithful re-creation has the original Hawkins logo in the center and is available with the original diamond/ heart pattern vents or horizontal square vents. The Winchester Long is a copy of the original pad on early 1920’s Winchesters the includes the Winchester logo and the legend “MADE IN U.S.A.” above the logo and “TRADE MARK PAT. JUNE 6, 1922” correctly placed below it. Winchester Short is a solid red pad modeled after that of many original pre-’64 Winchesters including the Model 70, Model 12, Model 21, plus all lever action and pump models. Raised lettering Winchester logo. The Jostam pad was common on Parker, Fox, L.C. Smith, Remington, Winchester, and Lefever guns. Raised lettering reads “JOSTAM MFG. CO.” with the legend “HY-GUN RECOIL PAD” below the logo followed by “PATENTED” with the following dates listed “DEC. 28, 1914, OCT. 12, 1915, SEP. 20, 1927.” Early Noshoc pad provides an opportunity to put the correct era pad on many high-grade American guns. Used by Parker, Fox, L.C. Smith, Remington, Winchester, and Lefever. Raised lettering reads “NOSHOC” with the legend “PATENTED JUNE 6, 1922” above the logo and “MADE IN U.S.A” below it. The Universal pad is available in red or tan and works well on a variety of custom stocks. Screw holes are 3¼" apart; midway between these holes is an internal cavity ¾" wide and 21⁄8" long. SPECS: Rubber. Red pad with black base. Universal also available with tan pad. Hawkins - 6" (15.2cm) long, 1.98" (5cm) wide, 11⁄8" (2.8cm) thick in center, 3¼" (8.2cm) center- to-center hole spacing. Jostam - 515⁄16" (15.2cm) long, 1.98" (5cm) wide, 1" (2.8cm) thick in center, 3¼" (8.2cm) c-to-c hole spacing. Noshoc - 511⁄32" (13.7cm) long, 1.75" (4.4cm) wide, .9" (2.3cm) thick in center, 2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=413http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=413HIVIZ XCOIL® RECOIL PAD HOGUE EZG™ RECOIL PADS KICK-EEZ Rem. 700 ADL/BDL Standard Shown KICK-EEZ 200 Series Dual Action Two Styles Tame Hard Kicking Rifles & Shotguns Soft, composite material spreads and absorbs recoil to turn the bone-jarring kick of powerful rifles and shotguns into a soft push. Helps prevent recoilfatigue from hurting you and your score during extended sessions of load testing or Trap and Skeet. Textured finish resists slipping. Sporting Pad has a radiused heal to reduce clothing grab when shouldering your gun. Universal Pad fits most rifles and shotguns. a b SPECS: Synthetic rubber-like compound, Black. 1" (2.5cm) thick. Can be ground and fit like conventional pads; use 60 grit belt/disc. Includes screws and plugs. Small – 1.89" (4.8cm) x 5.1" (13cm). Medium - 1.85" (4.7cm) x 5.4" (13.7cm). Large - 1.95" (5cm) x 5.75" (14.6cm). Extra Large – 2.19" (5.6cm) x 6.1" (15.5cm). #638-000-042AG Small Xcoil Sporting Pad, 8C26U02. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 43.35 #638-000-017AG Med Xcoil Sporting Pad 8C26P02 . . 43.35 #638-000-018AG Large Xcoil Sporting Pad 8C26P02 . 43.35 #638-000-044AG Extra Large Xcoil Sporting Pad, 8C26U02. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43.35 #638-000-043AG Small Xcoil Universal Pad 8C26U02 43.35 #638-000-019AG Med Xcoil Universal Pad 8C26P02 . 43.35 #638-000-020AG Large Xcoil Universal Pad, 8C26P02 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43.35 #638-000-045AG Extra Large Xcoil Universal Pad, 8C26A02 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43.35 Space-Age Neoprene Elastomer Cushions Painful Recoil RECOIL PAD Soft, Genuine Sorbothane® PRE-FIT RECOIL PADS STOCK WORK Recoil-Absorbing Pads For Popular Rifles & Shotguns; Drop-In Installation Drop-in replacement buttpad with outstanding recoil absorption properties reduces felt recoil by, and minimizes flinch for fast, accurate follow up shots and no “day after” shoulder pain. These pads are pre-shaped to fit the factory stock contours and screw spacing of specific rifle and shotgun models, so there’s no grinding, fitting, or drilling. Remove the current buttpad, replace with a Kick-Eez. Made of Sorbothane®, a unique visco-elastic polymer that disperses recoil energy outward, away from the shooter’s shoulder, without distorting or bottoming out. Retains its 100% memory even after thousands of shots. a b SPECS: Sorbothane synthetic rubber, black. Approximately 13⁄16" (3cm) thick. Includes (2) mounting screws and installation instructions.* Buttpad height measured from heel to toe. STOCK # FITS GUN/STOCK TYPE #440-000-030AG Baikal, wood; Beretta, all 53⁄8"* wood/synthetic; Stoeger, wood (some models) #440-000-028AG Benelli M1 Field/SBE I (non-tactical 12 ga.), wood/synthetic; Sport 12 ga., synthetic; Montefeltro, wood; Franchi Verimax 912 (12 ga.)/Auto Composite (12 ga.), synthetic; Stoeger, synthetic (most 12 ga. models) #440-000-040AG Beretta, all 5”* wood/synthetic #440-000-037AG Browning A-Bolt, synthetic; H&R SB2-988 Ultra Slug Hunter, wood; Parker-Hale 7mm Mag, wood; Rem 870 Youth (non-Express), wood; Winchester 70/94, wood (most) #440-000-038AG Browning A-Bolt, wood-micro/A-Bolt New Short Mag/Stalker, synthetic; Mossberg 550 Youth, wood #440-000-039AG Browning BAR/Citori/Gold, wood; Ruger M77 Mark I & II/No. 1/Red Label (1979-80 only), wood #440-000-027AG Browning A-Bolt Medallion, wood (1993 only); Browning BLR 81, wood; Savage, most models, wood #440-000-035AG Ithaca 37 (pre-1970), wood; Mossberg 835 Camo, synthetic; Remington 700 ADL/BDL 47⁄8"* flat stock, wood/Model Seven, wood; Ruger M77 Mark II Compact, wood laminate; Tikka, synthetic; Winchester 88, wood #440-000-029AG Marlin 336/444/450/512; Mossberg 500 AG Turkey/9200/9300, wood; Remington 870 Wingmaster (non-Express)/870 Police/11-87 SP (1992 only), wood; Weatherby Vanguard; Winchester 70 Carbine (.30-06)/Mod 100, wood #440-000-034AG Browning Citori 1981, wood (English stock); Mossberg 500/835, synthetic (black and 2003 Mo2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=414http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=414PACHMAYR RECOIL PADS Protect Shoulders From The Heaviest Recoil; Easily Ground For Proper Fit STOCK WORK Get a significant reduction in felt recoil, and a non-slip surface that keeps the gun butt in place on your shoulder. Long the industry standard, Pachmayr pads use specially designed internal ribbing to gradually absorb the kick and protect your shoulder. A variety of faces, chosen to match the application, make certain your gun will mount easily and hold tightly. Screw hole spacings and the taper of the pad’s toe vary with pad size to allow proper fitting to a wide variety of gun stocks. High grade rubber grinds/sands to shape easily for a professional fit. DECELERATOR® SC100 SPORTING CLAYS BLACK BASE A 752-style pad with Decelerator material to soak up recoil, and a hard insert at the heel to slide smoothly over clothing. a b SPECS: Small, 1.68" (4.3cm) x 5.30" (13.5cm); Med., 1.80" (4.6cm) x 5.50" (14cm); Large, 1.92" (4.9cm) x 5.75" (14.6cm). .8" = 20.3mm, 1” = 2.54cm. STOCK # THICK FACE COLOR SIZE #690-011-157AG .8" Leather Black Small #690-011-158AG .8" Leather Black Medium #690-011-159AG .8" Leather Black Large #690-011-168AG .8" Leather Brown Medium #690-012-157AG 1" Leather Black Small #690-012-158AG 1" Leather Black Medium #690-012-159AG 1" Leather Black Large #690-012-167AG 1" Leather Brown Small #690-012-168AG 1" Leather Brown Medium #690-012-169AG 1" Leather Brown Large — Advise # — SC100 Black Base Pad 2F30A67. . . . .$ 45.99 DELUXE WHITE LINE TRAP Smooth-sided version of the famous 550 pad, made with Decelerator rubber. Requested by trapshooters, but just as effective for those shooting heavy recoiling rifles. Contrasting white line. a b SPECS: Black. 2.05" (5.2cm) x 5.70" (14.5cm). 1.1" (2.8cm) thick. #690-501-159AG D550 White Line Trap Pad, 2F31V10. . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 46.99 BLACK BASE Famous Decelerator rubber plus smooth sides and tapered, internal ribbing soak up rifle recoil. Classic design with a solid black base (no white line). a b SPECS: Small, 1.68" (4.3cm) x 5.30" (13.5cm); Med., 1.80” (4.6cm) x 5.50" (14cm); Large, 1.92" (4.9cm) x 5.75" (14.6cm). .6" = 15.2mm, .8" = 20.3mm, 1" = 2.54cm. STOCK # THICK FACE COLOR SIZE #690-551-158AG .6" Basketweave Black Medium #690-551-159AG .6" Basketweave Black Large #690-552-158AG .8" Basketweave Black Medium #690-553-157AG 1" Basketweave Black Small #690-553-158AG 1" Basketweave Black Medium #690-553-159AG 1" Basketweave Black Large #690-553-168AG 1" Basketweave Brown Medium — Advise # — D750B Decelerator Pad, 2F25B33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 37.98 D750B D550 DELUXE WHITE LINE FIELD A favorite design for fast action shooting. Shape, construction and hardness make this pad ideal for shotguns or large caliber rifles. a b SPECS: Small, 1.80" (4.6cm) x 5.15" (13.1cm). Medium, 1.90" (4.8cm) x 5.40" (13.7cm). 1" = 2.54cm, 1.1" = 2.79cm. STOCK # THICK FACE COLOR SIZE #690-111-157AG 1" Stipple Black Small #690-112-158AG 1.1" Stipple Black Medium #690-111-167AG 1" Stipple Brown Small #690-112-168AG 1.1" Stipple Brown Medium — Advise # — F325 White Line Fld Pad 2F18C00 . .$ 26.99 F325 LIGHTWEIGHT WHITE LINE FIELD Field shape in a lightweight design. Finely checkered surfaces for fast gun handling without slipping away from shoulder. SPECS: Small, 1.75" (4.5cm) x 5.10" (13cm). Medium, 1.80" (4.6cm) x 5.35" (13.6cm). Large, 1.90" (4.8cm) x 5.35" (13.6cm) (toe angle differs from medium). .85” = 21.6mm. STOCK # THICK FACE COLOR SIZE #690-051-157AG .85" Lined Checkrd Black Small #690-051-158AG .85" Lined Checkrd Black Medium #690-051-159AG .85" Lined Checkrd Black Large #690-051-167AG .85" Lined Checkrd Brown Small #690-051-168AG .85" Lined Checkrd Brown Medium #690-051-169AG .85" Lined Checkrd Brown Large — Advise # — F250 White Line Field Pad, 2F16A34 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 24.99 F250 DELUXE BLACK BASE FIELD A favorite design for fast shooting. Shape, construction and hardness make it ideal for shotguns o2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=415http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=415PRE-FIT Decelerator® Pads, Pre-Contoured For Popular Stocks Unscrew a factory buttplate or pad and screw on Pachmayr’s premier model - with no gunsmithing! The hole spacing usually matches and, where needed, rifle models include an adapter/spacer to make mounting easier. The exterior shape is ground and finished to within .050" of the stock. All have solid sides and a black base. Rifle pads feature a basketweave face so the gun stays on your shoulder. Shotgun pads are Old English-style with a leather grained face for quick shouldering. a b SPECS: Black Decelerator rubber, black base. Designed to fit current production models that were fitted at the factory with an O.E.M. recoil pad. 1" (2.5cm) thick. STOCK # FITS #690-000-016AG Browning Citori wood stock #690-000-017AG Marlin 336 wood stock #690-000-004AG Marlin 1895 Guide Gun, 444P , 1894 Ported #690-601-700AG Rem. 1100 full size, wood stock #690-601-705AG Rem. 870 Express wood stock #690-601-710AG Rem. 700 BDL wood stock flat #690-601-711AG Rem. 700 ADL/BDL synthetic stock #690-601-712AG Rem. 700 ADL/BDL wood stock, curved #690-601-711AG Rem. 700 Muzzle Loader synthetic stock #690-601-713AG Rem. 870 Wingmaster & 11-87 wood stock #690-601-703AG Ruger® Red Label wood stock #690-601-704AG Ruger M77® Mark II wood stock #690-000-002AG Ruger M77 Mark II synthetic, inset stock #690-601-724AG Savage 110 synthetic stock #690-601-701AG Winchester 70 Classic wood stock #690-000-008AG Winchester 70 synthetic stock, post ‘99 #690-601-719AG Winchester 94 wood stock — Advise # — Pre-Fit Recoil Pad 2F27A34 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 41.99 RIFLE RP200 RIFLE BLACK BASE Stippled face grips clothing, prevents rifle movement during recoil. Solid color base preferred by many. a b SPECS: Med, 1.85" (4.7cm) x 5.40" (13.7cm). .5” = 12.7mm. STOCK # THICK FACE COLOR SIZE #690-032-158AG .5" Stipple Black Med #690-032-168AG .5" Stipple Brown Med — Advise # — RP200 Black Base Pad, 2F14A34 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 21.99 ITRIPLE MAGNUMI T660 WHITE LINE TRAP All the “Triple Magnum” features in a shape made especially for competitive trapshooters. Plus, has multiple “X” core design. a b SPECS: Med, 1.95" (4.9cm) x 5.40" (13.7cm), Large, 2.05" (5.2cm) x 5.70" (14.5cm). 1.2" = 3cm. STOCK # THICK FACE COLOR SIZE #690-232-158AG 1.05" Pigeon Black Med #690-232-159AG 1.05" Pigeon Black Lrg — Advise # — T660 White Line Trap, 2F46D69 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 70.99 KICK-EEZ ROCKER RECOIL PAD Comes Quickly To Your Shoulder With Consistent Comfort & Fit Shock-absorbing Sorbothane® really soaks up recoil. Features a tapered toe for a snug fit that does not dig into your shoulder. The heel features a round contour that lets you bring the gun up fast and easy, without grabbing your clothes. Provides repeatable, consistent gun mounting for greater comfort and accuracy. Attractive, leather face. a b SPECS: Includes screws. 2" (5cm) x 55⁄8" (14.3cm). Thick - 1.2" (3cm); Thin - .940" (2.4cm) maximum thickness. #440-000-023AG Thick Rocker Recoil Pad, 4D25Z17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 39.99 #440-000-024AG Thin Rocker Recoil Pad, 4D25Z17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39.99 STOCK WORK RP250 BLACK BASE Flat face with “downward slanting” horizontal grooves comes to shoulder easily without drag. a b SPECS: Medium, 1.90" (4.8cm) x 5.55" (14.1cm). .5" = 12.7mm. STOCK # THICK FACE COLOR SIZE #690-091-158AG .5" Grooved Black Medium — Advise # — RP250 Black Base Pad, 2F14A34 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 21.99 F990 WHITE LINE FIELD Extra thick, extra soft, “Triple Magnum” design. Recoil is distributed over entire pad. Tapered ribbing, layered core, with non-bending inserts that prevent unwanted downward movement. Fieldstyle for easier shouldering. a b SPECS: Small, 1.80" (4.6cm) x 5.15" (13.1cm); Med, 1.90" (4.8cm) x 5.40" 13.7cm); Large, 2.05" (5.2cm) x 5.70" (14.5cm). 1.50" = 3.8cm. STOCK # THICK FACE COLOR SIZE #690-371-2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=416http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=416PACHMAYR SIMS VIBRATION LABORATORY SIMS VIBRATION LABORATORY STOCK WORK XLT MAGNUM ULTRA-SOFT TRAP PAD Super Soft Pads For Longer Shooting Sessions 50% softer than the Decelerator™ pad with smooth grinding and fitting characteristics that make this pad easy to install while giving your favorite trap gun classy good looks and providing you with superior comfort. Leather-style face provides a grippy surface to keep the gun firmly seated on your shoulder. Won’t go “flat” after years of shooting and vertical storage. Available in Medium and Large. b a SPECS: Black, rubber. Med., 1.95" (4.9cm) x 5.35 (13.6cm). 1.1" (2.8cm) thick. Large, 2.05" (5.2cm) x 5.70" (14.5cm). 1.2" (3.1cm) thick. #690-000-020AG XLT Trap Pad, Medium, 2F30V02 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 45.00 #690-000-021AG XLT Trap Pad, Large, 2F30V02 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45.00 LIMBSAVER RECOIL PAD ® Pre-Fit Pads That Take The Hurt Out Of Rifle & Shotgun Shooting Energy absorbing, NAVCOM™ material combined with dual, airtight chambers and elastic motion to reduce recoil-induced shock up to 50% over factory pads. Gives greater protection for the shooter; allows more shooting, without soreness and discomfort at the end of a long shooting day. Plus, proprietary Anti-Muzzle Jump Technology helps distribute shock to reduce muzzle rise for faster, more accurate follow up shots. Pre-fit pads; check price line to see if pad fits wood or synthetic stock. a b SPECS: NAVCOM synthetic material. Black with black base. Ribbed face. Screw-on replacement requires no fitting for guns with factory recoil pad. Benelli fits 12 gauge, including wood and synthetic stocked M1, Sport, and Super Black Eagle, and synthetic stocked Super Black Eagle II, and wood stocked M2 and Montefeltro. Ruger fits recessed Ruger synthetic stocks, plus Sako 75 and Tikka T-3 Lite synthetic stocks. Browning Gold also fits Ruger 77 and #1. Mossberg 835/500 fits post-1999 manufactured guns. Mossberg 835 47⁄8" fits guns; with synthetic buttstocks 47⁄8" (12.4cm) long from heel to toe. STOCK # FITS PRICE #902-000-021AG Benelli 7K30C30 $ 37.99 #902-000-075AG Beretta 53⁄8"stocks, all 7K30T30 $ 37.99 #902-000-076AG Beretta 5" stocks, all 7K30T30 $ 37.99 #902-000-065AG Brn. A-Bolt, wood 7K30T30 $ 37.99 #902-000-066AG Brn. A-Bolt, synthetic 7K30T30 $ 37.99 #902-000-064AG Brn. Gold Auto, wood 7K30T30 $ 37.99 #100-002-233AG Brn. Gold Auto, synthetc 7K30H30 $ 37.99 #902-000-022AG Moss. 835/500, synthetic 7K30C30 $ 37.99 #100-002-236AG Ruger (recessed stock)/Sako 75/Tikka T-3 Lite, synthetic 7K30H30 $ 37.99 #100-002-251AG Mossberg 835 47⁄8" 7K30Y30 $ 37.99 #902-000-060AG Rem. 870, wood 7K30T30 $ 37.99 #902-000-062AG Rem. 700 BDL, wood 7K30T30 $ 37.99 #902-000-063AG Rem. 700 ADL, wood 7K30T30 $ 37.99 #902-000-097AG Rem. 700/870/1100/12 ga. 11-87, synthetic 7K30U30 $ 37.99 #902-000-077AG Savage 110, Wood 7K30T30 $ 37.99 #100-002-235AG Thompson Center Encore/ Omega ML/Black Diamond ML, wood or synthetic 7K30H30 $ 37.99 #902-000-095AG Win. 1300, synthetic 7K30U30 $ 37.99 LIMBSAVER® SPEED MOUNT RECOIL PAD Cushions Felt Recoil, Reduces Muzzle Jump; No-Snag Design For Fast Shouldering Recoil-absorbing pad of NAVCOM™ synthetic material combines the proven effectiveness of the original Limbsaver with improved shouldering speed and Anti-Muzzle Jump Technology for fast, accurate follow up shots. Beveled heel eliminates the prominent edge that can catch on clothing and slow down shouldering your shotgun. Wear-resistant Easy Glide surface coating further reduces friction between pad and clothing. As the firearm discharges, the redesigned two-chamber system inside the pad engages, with the lower chamber compressing first to direct the recoil force downward. Two, internal impact pillars engage to distribute the force and further control the angle of collapse, reducing muzzle jump by as much as 50%. Available in pre-fit models for Benelli, Mossberg, and Remington shotguns, and a grind-to-fit mo2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=417http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=417GRACO CSP ADJUSTABLE COMB HARDWARE The Proper Hardware To Make Adjustable Rifle & Shotgun Combs Lets the shooter infinitely adjust head placement to get best fit for any type of shooting: rifle position shooting, changing between scopes and iron sights or using a shotgun for both field and trap shooting. Allows comb to adjust four ways: up, down, plus left and right. Comb height is adjusted by sleeves inlet into the cut-off top of the comb, and locked with set screws through side of stock. Left and right adjustment is provided by posts sliding in milled slots in the base plate and locked with set screws. Requires cutting of stock and bedding of plates and sleeves into stock. Stock cannot be returned to original condition. 350D features easy-to-see graduation marks for exact, repeat setting of left and right adjustment. SPL #870 and SPL #1000 are individual sleeves attached to separate circular base plates that allow greater flexibility in left and right comb placement and angle. a b SPECS: Aluminum. #425 - 41⁄4" (10.8cm) long x 1" (2.5cm) wide x 1⁄ 1⁄ 4" (6.3mm) thick. #350 & 350D - 3 2" (8.9cm) long. Width/thickness same. SPL #870 - .870" (22.14mm) diameter base. SPL-#1000 - 1" (2.5cm) diameter base. SPL models include two each, base plates, posts and sleeves. #352-100-425AG #425 Adj. Comb Hardwr 2E28V00 .$ 42.00 #352-100-350AG #350 Adjustable Comb Hardware, 2E28V00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42.00 #352-000-008AG #350D Adjustable Comb Hardware, 2E44A90 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64.95 #352-100-870AG SPL #870 Adjustable Comb Hardware, 2E28V00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42.00 #352-000-005AG SPL #1000 Adjustable Comb Hardware, 2E28A00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42.00 ADJUSTABLE COMB TRANSFER PLATE – Marks the precise location for the bushing holes in the comb piece quickly and easily. Before permanently anchoring the base plate in the pocket you've cut in the stock, insert the transfer plate with the points of the two, hardened steel punch screws facing up. Position the comb piece on the stock, then press down hard or rap it sharply with the heel of your hand to scribe the exact hole locations. Depth of the scribe marks can be adjusted by raising or lowering the punch screws with the included Allen wrench. Transfer plate has tapped hole to accept screw-in plastic knob, also included, for easy removal of plate. SPECS: Aluminum, anodized, red or blue, depending on model. 350TP - 3½" (8.9cm) long, 1" (2.5cm) wide, ¼" (6.3mm) thick. 425TP - 4¼" (10.8cm) long, 1" wide, ¼" thick. 870TP - Two, .870" (22.1mm) diameter base plates, ¼" thick. 1000TP - Two, 1" diameter base plates, ¼" thick. Each kit includes two adjustable punch screws, Allen wrench, and removal knob. #352-000-013AG 350TP Adjustable Comb Transfer Plate, 2E13V30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 20.00 #352-000-014AG 425TP Adjustable Comb Transfer Plate, 2E13V30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.00 #352-000-015AG 870TP Adjustable Comb Transfer Plate, 2E13V30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.00 #352-000-016AG 1000TP Adjustable Comb Transfer Plate, 2E13V30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.00 ADJUSTABLE STOCK HARDWARE JONES STOCK ADJUSTER Item THE STOCK SHOP Makes Rifle & Shotgun Combs Fully Adjustable Easy-to-install hardware, in two kit styles, makes any wood stock fully adjustable for comb height and cast. Locking set screws secure adjustments. Comb hardware is interchangeable between kits. Adjustable Disk Kit - features separate bases that are inlaid into the stock and comb. Adjustable Plate Kit - has a one-piece base that is inlet into the stock and the insert bases for the comb. Brass only. a b SPECS: Machined 360 brass or stainless steel. Gives .168" (4.28mm) cast and .50" (12.7mm) height adjustment. Includes bases, sleeves, set screws, Allen wrenches, comb pattern and instructions. Requires2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=418http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=418C&H RESEARCH DANUSER MERCURY RECOIL SUPPRESSOR STOCK WORK COMP-COIL EDWARDS RECOIL REDUCER Absorbs & Redirects Recoil GRACO Recoil Reduction System Fits Most Semi-Autos Short-cylinder system lets you put an effective recoil reducer into most semi-auto rifles and shotguns; won’t interfere with the gun’s recoil system. 5⁄16" of free travel provides a significant reduction in felt recoil. Improves shooting comfort without greatly affecting balance. a b SPECS: Steel spring cylinder, aluminum mounting plates. Plates - 2" (5cm) wide, 6" (15.2cm) long. Requires drilling a hole 1" (2.5cm) dia 2" (5cm) deep in stock. 10.2oz. (289 g). Kit includes installation hardware and instructions. #232-101-000AG Danuser Comp-Coil 2C90V28 . . . .$ 106.58 GRACOIL RECOIL REDUCER Fully Adjustable Spring System Cushions Your Shoulder Stainless steel piston riding in a teflon sleeve smoothly softens recoil. Improves comfort and concentration for more accurate shooting. Adjustable friction spring lets you fine tune the dampening effect for heavy and light loads. Buttplate has a wide range of vertical and horizontal adjustments. Pad plate is drilled and tapped for standard recoil pads. a b GRACOIL STANDARD - Vertical and horizontal adjustments for drop and cast improve stock fit and increase shooting comfort. Thin, pad mounting plates prevent compression pinching and minimize amount of material to be removed for easier fitting. Rifle Recoil Reducer has a stronger compression rate to accomodate the punchier recoil of rifles, and guide pins and mounting screw holes are closer together to accomodate smaller rifle stocks. Also recommended for heavier recoiling 3" and 31⁄2" magnum shotguns. SPECS: Aluminum, natural matte finish. 61⁄8" (15.5cm) high, 2" (5cm) wide. Adjustments - 11⁄2" (3.8cm) vertical, 3⁄4 " (18.2mm) .9mm) stroke. Adds 1" (2.5cm) horizontal, 360 degree rotation. 5⁄16" (7 to length of pull. May require shortening stock. #352-110-000AG GraCoil Std. Shotgun Recoil Reducer, 2E140D00. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 180.00 #352-000-010AG GraCoil Std. Rifle Recoil Reducer, 2E140D00. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180.00 GRACOIL ADJUSTABLE LENGTH OF PULL Quickly gives up to 3⁄4" adjustment for length of pull plus drop and cast adjustments. Improves stock fit to accommodate different shooting styles. Provides correct fit when wearing heavy or light clothing. Allows two shooters to use the same gun with equal comfort. SPECS: Aluminum, matte finish. 61⁄8" (15.5cm) high, 2" (5cm) wide. Adjustments - 11⁄2" (3.8cm) vertical, .72" (18.2mm) horizontal, 360° rotation. 5⁄ .9mm) stroke. Adds 1" (2.5cm) to length of 16" (7 pull. May require shortening stock. #352-000-001AG Adj. LOP Recoil Reducer, 2E190D00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 260.95 ADJUSTABLE BUTT PLATE DRILLING FIXTURE - Prevents crooked or off-center holes and ensures correct hole spacing. Use Adjustable to install Graco Adjustable Butt Plates #575A and #575S. GraCoil for installing GraCoil Recoil Reducer, with separate fixtures for Rifle and Shotgun. SPECS: Steel, blue finish. Includes guide plate, drill guide bushing and 11⁄8" Forstner bit. GraCoil also includes 3⁄8" guide pin drill bit. #352-000-006AG Adjustable Plate Fixture, 2E56D25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 80.00 #352-000-007AG GraCoil Shotgun Fixture, 2E56D25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80.00 #352-000-011AG GraCoil Rifle Fixture 2E56D25 . . . . 80.00 UNIVERSAL FITTING FIXTURE - Firmly secures GraCoil, Graco Adjustable Butt Plates, recoil pads, or other butt plate hardware while cutting and grinding to proper size and contours. Unique design lets you remove most of the excess material quickly with a band saw, while preventing damage to the part caused by excessive heat buildup from prolonged grinding. Allows you to set the correct heel and toe angles of butt pads and hold them while grinding. Multiple screw holes in the mounting plates provide compatib2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=419http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=419GRACO SPEEDBUMP STOCKWORKS RECOIL REDUCTION SYSTEM KEN RUCKER’S AUTO-BUSTER™ RECOIL REDUCTION SYSTEM Buttstock-Mounted System Tames Felt Recoil; Increases Shooter Comfort & Control Adjustable, buttstock-mounted recoil absorption system transforms recoil from a sharp, painful slap to a slow, manageable push. Ideal for beginners, youth, and smaller-statured shooters, the AutoBuster prevents bad habits, like flinching or lifting your head to avoid recoil, from starting in the first place and helps experienced shooters overcome them. May be installed on a wide range of rifles and shotguns, including semi-auto competition shotguns, with minimal protrusion into the stock. Dual machined aluminum buttplates contain an exclusive spring system that allows the shooter to customize the amount of recoil reduction by selecting interchangeable Light, Medium, and Heavy tension springs (included). Rear plate is adjustable for drop at heel and 360° rotation simply by loosening and tightening a single Allen head bolt. Comes drilled and tapped to accept a wide variety of aftermarket recoil pads with 31⁄8" center-to-center hole spacing. Gunsmith installation recommended; requires removal of existing buttpad or plate and shortening the stock. a b SPECS: Body - machined aluminum, natural silver finish. Guide/ 1⁄ Spring System - stainless steel. 6 8" (15.5cm) tall, 2" (5cm) wide, 12 oz. (340g) weight. Includes light, medium, and heavy spring sets, mounting hardware, Allen wrenches, and installation instructions. #100-004-743AG Auto Buster Recoil Reduction System, 9D269A99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 309.99 Brownells PULL & DROP GAUGE MOLIBALLISTICS Fast, Accurate Measurements For Stock Fitting Proper stock “Pull” is one of those gun functions that is vitally important to the owner’s shooting proficiency, yet few shooters understand what it is, or why a stock may either fit right out of the box, or have to be lengthened or shortened to fit him personally. To find the correct pull for a customer, you must measure him! Our Pull & Drop Gauge, beautifully made of oil finished solid cherry, is a professionally designed tool to do two important jobs: 1) Accurately and quickly measure the pull and drop of the shooter’s forearm and trigger-finger. 2) Add professionalism and authenticity to your explanation of “Pull and Drop” to increase sales, and to generate interest in correct pull and drop for more custom fitting jobs. a b SPECS: Long “Leg” is 24” (61.0cm) long x 13⁄8” 3⁄ (3.5cm) wide x 8” (9.5mm) thick. Short “Leg” is 6” (15.2cm) long x 13⁄16” (3.1cm) wide x 7⁄8” (22.2mm) thick. See Chapter 22 of Ralph Walker’s The Gun Digest Book Of Shotgun Gunsmithing for a detailed article on use of Brownells Pull & Drop Gauge. STOCK BENDING JIG Uses Heat & Gentle Pressure To Make Custom Stock Adjustments Precision jig helps you gently bend a shotgun or rifle stock to change cast-on/cast-off, and add or remove drop. Eliminates the messy, “hot oil” method traditionally used to bend stocks. On most jobs, you won’t even have to refinish or re-checker the stock. Uses heat provided by two, high-intensity, infra-red heat lamps commonly available at hardware and home center stores (not included) to soften the wood, while the screw jacks let you slowly, incrementally mold the stock for a custom fit to a particular shooter. After determining the adjustments to be made, clamp the stock securely in the jig, turn on the heat lamps for approximately 5 hours, and when the wood has softened, tighten the jacks to start bending. The key is to stop as soon as you encounter resistance and let the lamps continue to heat and soften the stock before tightening the jacks more. Using the jig requires relatively little actual work time; most of the time, the jig is working while you’re doing something else. Steel components, with a rigid plywood base. Can be wall mounted. a b SPECS: Steel and wood. Approx. 41" (104cm) long, 10" (25.4cm) wide, 17½" (44.4cm) high. Approx. 38 l2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=420http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=420DEM-BART CHECKERING GAUGE Fast, Accurate Determination Of Checkering Size DEM-BART STOCK & CHECKER OIL Seals & Protects Freshly Cut Checkering Waterproof, low sheen, London-type oil finish is ultra thin to soak in deep and seal the open poors after checkering. Brush in, brush out excess and the wood is sealed and protected. Will not plug up the diamonds or become yellowish in time. Contains no silicas or pigment fillers. a b SPECS: 2 fl. oz. (59 ml) net contents jar. #241-820-002AG Checkering Oil 1D05U36 . . . . . . . . . .$ 7.99 Cannot ship outside Continental U.S. Shipped UPS or FedEx Ground only within U.S. GUNLINE CHECKERING SETS Positive, Spring-Pinned Heads • • • Smooth Cutting • • • Long Lasting STOCK WORK Easy-to-use template identifies checkering spacings from 16 to 32 lines-per-inch. Place over pattern to be measured and match the lines on the proper scale. Oblique diamond shape helps provide accurate determination of layout lines. a b SPECS: 9" (22.9cm) x 23⁄4" (7cm). #241-000-001AG Checkering Gauge 1D03X87 . . . . . . .$ 6.99 PREMIER SET Complete, Professional Quality Everything you need to start checkering including detailed instructions and sample patterns. Cutters fit all Gunline handles. a b SPECS: Set includes 6 complete tools: 2-Edge Spacer, 3-Edge Spacer, Border-Vex, V-Edger, Pointer-Long, Veiner, JT 60° Jointer, Pinsetter, Rule Gauge, Patterns and Instructions. #364-900-016AG 16 LPI Premier Set 4F93C92 . . . . .$ 124.99 #364-900-018AG 18 LPI Premier Set 4F93C92 . . . . . . 124.99 #364-900-020AG 20 LPI Premier Set 4F93C92 . . . . . . 124.99 #364-900-022AG 22 LPI Premier Set 4F91C69 . . . . . . 122.15 #364-900-024AG 24 LPI Premier Set 4F93C92 . . . . . . 124.99 #364-900-028AG 28 LPI Premier Set 4F93C92 . . . . . . 124.99 CAMP PERRY SET The “Works” Set For Beginners & Pros Do any checkering job from layout to finish, simple to complex patterns, in all woods. Six complete tools; Offset and Standard handles with the proper cutters and accessories to ensure success. b a SPECS: Includes: 2-Edge Spacer, 3-Edge Spacer, Border-Vex, VEdger, Pointer-Long, Veiner, Checkerer’s Rule, Layout Gauge, Patterns and Illustrated Instructions. 60° spacers, 90° cutters. STOCK # LPI STOCK # LPI STOCK # LPI #364-600-616AG 16 #364-600-618AG 18 #364-600-620AG 20 #364-600-622AG 22 #364-600-624AG 24 — Advise # — Camp Perry Set 4F65A69 . . . . . . . . .$ 89.99 #364-004-000AG Checkerer’s Rule 4F02X06 . . . . . . . . . . 4.99 Brownells CHECKERING TOOL FINGER REST Delivers Added Comfort & Better Control Polished, grooved finger rest improves comfort and control of any checkering tool with a square shank 1⁄8" wide Handle & Cutter not included or smaller. Anchors firmly in place with two set screws, yet repositions easily. Great for bent needle files, too. a b SPECS: Aluminum. 1⁄2" (1.3cm) dia. x 5⁄16" (8mm) thick. Fits checker1⁄ ing tools with 8" (3.2mm) wide or less square shank. #084-000-236AG Finger Rest, 5-pak 4H15C98 . . . . . . .$ 19.99 Brownells CHECKERING RESTORATION KIT Everything You Need To Bring Old Checkering Back To Life Restoring a vintage stock, or one that’s seen a lot of action in the duck blind or deer woods, just got a lot easier! We’ve put together a kit that has the tools and oil you need to sharpen up dull, rounded off checkering and really bring it back to life. Kit includes a pre-assembled Dem-Bart F1 cutter with handle and shank for single-line restoration, a 90° veiner for touching up intricate lines and designs, a Brownells Hand Carving Knife for restoring lines, and a 2 ounce jar of Dem-Bart Stock & Checker Oil for protecting the final restoration. Also included are a Gunline Ruler for precise line spacing and a Brownells Nylon Brush for removing dust and grime without marring the wood. Complete instructions included. a b SPECS: Kit contains one each of the following: F1 cutter with handle and shank, 90° veiner, hand carving knife, 2 oz. (59ml) stock & checker oil, Gunline ruler, nylon brush, and instructions. #02011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=421http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=421STARTER SET The Basic Kit • • • Quickly Interchangeable Heads • • • Smooth-Cutting, Rasp-Type Heads • • • • • • Wide Selection Of Head Designs For Every Situation • • • Cut True, Sharp Diamonds • • • DEM-BART CHECKERING SETS MASTER SET Designed For The Pro U.J. RAMELSON DEM-BART WOOD CARVING TOOL SETS High-Quality Tools For Inletting & Detailing Stocks Precision-made wood carving tool sets contain a variety of chisels and gouges for inletting stocks or just cleaning up the corners after bedding. Each kit comes with six different-size tools, perfect for the novice or seasoned pro alike. Shanks are machined from hardened tool steel, then ground and polished to a sharp edge for smooth, easy carving. Palm Handle - Designed to keep your fingers close to the cutting edge, so these are ideal for intricate work. The wide, comfortable half-round handle features a flat spot to index the tool in your hand and prevent it from rolling off your bench. Straight Handle - Conventional cylindrical handle that you can wrap your entire hand around. a b SPECS: Includes 9⁄64" (3.6mm) gouge, 5⁄16" (7 .9mm) gouge, 3⁄8" (9.5mm) chisel, 9⁄64" bent parting, 3⁄8" skew, 3⁄8" bent chisel. Palm Handle – 2¼" (5.7cm) blade length, 5" (12.7cm) OAL. Straight Handle – 2½" (6.3cm) blade length, 6" (15mm) OAL. #100-004-975AG Palm Handle Carving Set, 9K33T93 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 39.99 #100-004-976AG Straight Handle Carving Set, 9K33T93 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39.99 VEINER STOCK WORK Compact Design, Takes & Holds Sharp Edge Short, compact veiner puts you closer to your work for firm, noslip control and all-angle maneuverability when making curved lines, fleur-de-lis or any border work. Perfect for diamond cleanup at border junctions. Tool-steel, V-shaped shaft is curved upward to increase cutting efficiency. Takes and holds sharp edge. Palm-sized handle feels natural…in fact, we couldn’t put it down until we’d carved on every piece of good scrap wood in sight! a b .9cm), SPECS: 60°- 4 5⁄8" (11.7cm) overall length. Handle is 3 1⁄8" (7 1 ⁄ 1 2" (3.8cm) shank. 90° - 4 3⁄4" (12cm) overall length. Handle is 3 1⁄4" (8.2cm), 11⁄2" (3.8cm) shank. #241-026-060AG 60° Dem-Bart Veiner 1D15H78 . . . .$ 21.99 #241-026-090AG 90° Dem-Bart Veiner 1D15H78 . . . . . 21.99 Practical assortment of checkering tools selected by professional stockmaker Bill McGuire to be sure beginners would have the right tools to get started properly. Each cutter is a miniature rasp that will quickly cut sharp, true diamonds. Cutters are quickly interchangeable. a b SPECS: Set includes: No. 1C single line cutter w/handle, No. 1F cutter only, No. 2 line cutter w/handle, No. 4 guideline cutter only, No. S-1 cutter w/handle, No. B-1 border cutter and checkering gauge. 90˚ cutters. STOCK # LPI STOCK # LPI #241-600-016AG 16 #241-600-020AG 20 #241-600-018AG 18 #241-600-022AG 22 — Advise # — Checkering Starter Set 1D33Z36. . . .$ 46.99 A favorite set of Master Stockmakers. Handles all checkering beautifully; the only additional tool that may be needed is a veiner. Designed with the professional in mind, yet a great set for the neophyte who wants to start out checkering with a complete set. b a SPECS: Set includes: Nos. C1, F1, S1 and Style 2, Style 3 and Style 4 cutters, complete with handles. 90° cutters. STOCK # LPI STOCK # LPI #241-700-016AG 16 #241-700-022AG 22 #241-700-018AG 18 #241-700-024AG 24 #241-700-020AG 20 — Advise # — Dem-Bart Master Checkering Set, 1D45Z81. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 64.99 GUNLINE JOINTER Straightens Crooked Lines SHAPING/INLETTING TOOLS HANDLE Holds Cutter Rigidly S-1 TOOL Gets Into Tight Places Gets into those tight corners, curves and out-of-the-way places. The shank is mild steel and can be re-bent to suit. Cutter blades furnished in fine cut only. V-Shape. a b SPECS: 7" (17 .9cm) overall. 4" (10.2cm) handle, 3" (7 .6cm) shank. 90° cutter. #241-001-000AG S-1 Checkering Tool Complete, 1D07X23 . 2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=422http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=422FORSTER PERMATEX INLETTING GUIDE SCREWS STOCK WORK PRUSSIAN BLUE Gives A Visual Fit Check Intense blue paste clearly marks high spots on parts being fitted. HARD FIT CURL SCRAPERS For That Final, “Like It Grew There” Fit Brownells ROYAL ARMS STOCK MAKING SKEW CHISELS Cut Clean, Perfect Edges Super sharp, handmade with quality materials, easy to use, and sharpen. Comfortable handle gives you complete control of the tool, and long shaft helps keep blade flat on the work surface to cut perfectly straight, clean edges. Choose left or right cut. b a SPECS: Steel shaft/blade, wood handle. 811⁄16" (22.1cm) long. #772-000-001AG Skew Chisel Right, 2G00AVB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 13.72 #772-000-002AG Skew Chisel Left 2G00CHD . . . . . . . . 13.72 SPECS: 3⁄4 oz (21.2g) tube #100-001-581AG Prussian Blue 2A03P67 . . . . . . . . . . .$ 4.99 Only Way You Can Keep Action Square While Inletting Headless, extra-long design so you can repeatedly take barreled action in and out of stock without removing screws. a b SPECS: Approx. 3" (7 .6cm) long. 3⁄16" (4.8mm) dia. Sold in pairs. STOCK # QTY FITS THREAD PRICE 1⁄ #319-415-070AG Pair Win. 70 9A03V72 $ 5.30 4"-32 1⁄ #319-415-098AG Pair Mauser 9A03V72 $ 5.30 4"-22 1⁄ #319-415-170AG Pair Enfield 9A03V72 $ 5.30 4"-30 #319-415-270AG Sako, Howa, Pair S&W 1500, WBY Vanguard 6x1mm 9A03V72 $ 5.30 #319-415-700AG Rem 700/721/722 Pair Sav 110/WBYMKV Dakota 1⁄4"-28 9A03V72 $ 5.30 #319-415-605AG Each 6.5 Arisaka 6x.9mm 9A03V72 $ 5.30 #319-415-707AG Each 7.7 Arisaka 6x.75mm 9A03V79 $ 5.40 1⁄ #319-415-721AG Each Springfield/Krag 9A03V80 $ 5.99 4"-25 STOCKMAKING ACCESSORIES PALM CHISELS - Puts the cutting edge directly at your fingertips and snuggles the handle in your palm to give total control at every working angle. Blades are finish-ground, polished and properly hardened. a b SPECS: 4 1⁄2" (11.4cm) overall length. Handle is 11⁄4" (3.2cm) with 3 1⁄4" (8.2cm) long blade. #615-100-006AG 6 Palm Chisels 5A00YTP. . . . . . . . . .$ 34.00 GOUGE SLIP - A universal sharpener for gouges and curved edges. Also used for lapping inside or outside curved surfaces. a b SPECS: 6" (15.2cm) long. #657-071-076AG FS76 Gouge Slip 7E00BXC. . . . . . . .$ 34.99 Made to remove the tiniest possible curl of wood to get that exact fit that separates “Pros” from “duds”. Handles are placed at right angles to the cutting edge; you get complete control of the edge and almost no tendency to follow wood grain, gouge or dig in. Made of best quality tempered tool steel, with enough heft to eliminate any “flexing”. Shaped for positive fingertip control of blade thru full stroke. Finger clearance under the handle for tight places. Available in 2 styles - 3 blade widths. Sizes small enough for trigger hole; big enough for barrel channel. Flat ones perfect for fitting floor plates, tangs, magazines. Not intended to rough out barrel channel, so don’t bear down. Just draw toward you across work. Makes the most beautiful curls and dust; yet won’t work-harden wood as do rasps, or leave grit to ruin tool edges as does sandpaper. Without a doubt, the best tool ever designed for the fine, controlled removal of the inletting black and that “whisker” of wood underneath! SPECS: Two styles: Curved and Straight, 3 sizes: 1⁄4" (6.3cm), 3⁄8" (9.5cm), 1⁄2" (12.7mm). Set includes one of each. STOCK # STYLE SIZE STOCK # STYLE SIZE 1 ⁄4" #080-076-025AG Curved 1⁄4" #080-076-250AG Straight 3⁄ #080-076-037AG Curved 3⁄8" #080-076-375AG Straight 8" 1⁄ #080-076-050AG Curved 1⁄2" #080-076-500AG Straight 2" — Advise # — Curl Scraper, each 8K20Y45. . . . . . .$ 27.99 #080-076-000AG Curl Scraper Set 8K93Y86 . . . . . . . . 124.99 ROBERT LARSON TWO CHERRIES CHISEL Forged Steel Holds Its Edge German steel chisels are hardened to Rc 61 for superior strength and sharpness. Hornbeam handles have steel hoops to prevent splitting. Final honing is required prior to use. SPECS: Carbon steel, wood handle. Dimensions vary: Chisel – approx. 4" (10.2cm) long, swee2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=423http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=423GUNLINE BARREL BEDDING TOOL Full Control Of Cutting Head At All Times With All Cuts Brownells BEDDING FIXTURES Properly Center & Tension Garand & M14/M1A Barrel During Bedding Specialized fixtures ensure the correct relationships and tension between Barrel, Receiver and Trigger group during bedding. “U”-bar holds triggerguard partially open during bedding. Spacer centers barrel in channel and creates uniform stock-to-barrel positioning. a b .5mm) wide. SPECS: ”U”-bar - Steel, 15⁄8" (4.1cm) long, 11⁄16" (17 1⁄ 1⁄ Garand Spacer - Aluminum, 1 8" (2.9cm) high, 1 16" (2.7cm) wide, 3⁄ 1 8" (9.5mm) thick. M1A/M14 Spacer - Aluminum, 1 ⁄2" (3.8cm) diameter, 21⁄2" (6.3cm) long. Kits include Loop, Spacer, Instructions. Combination Kit includes ”U”-bar, M1 Spacer, M1A/M14 Spacer, instructions. #080-727-001AG Garand Bedding Kit 8K37A83. . . . .$ 49.99 #080-727-014AG M1A/M14 Bedding Kit 8K32A66 . . . . 39.97 #080-727-000AG Combination Bedding Fixture Kit, 8K68A28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89.95 Brownells GLASBED® • NO-RUN, BUTTER-SMOOTH CONSISTENCY • PRE-COLORED • READY TO USE • NO-CUP MIXING • SUPER-STRENGTH NYLON EPOXY GLASBED bedding is the single best choice for the gun owner who wants to give his gun the accuracy and shotto-shot consistency that only GLASBED bedding can; the dealer whose customers are looking for the easiest, most “goof-proof” way to bed their rifles or the gunsmith restocking and accurizing guns with black fiberglass or traditional wood stocks. It’s a real time saver! There’s no measuring involved, and nothing to clean up afterwards. The proportions are exact so you can’t make a mistake, and the working time is long enough for even a novice “bedder” to get everything positioned correctly long before the GLASBED bedding begins to set up. Plus, the convenience and ease of use make it a natural for the busy shop and experienced stock man. We took our time-proven ACRAGLAS GEL® formulation and made it in two colors: fiberglass-stock-black or gunstock-walnutbrown. Then, we packaged it in a neat, divided, polypropylene “bag” that serves as its own mixing container. You get the right amount of pre-measured resin and hardner to mix and bed one sporter stock without a lot left over. No cups or spoons to clean and no dye to spill. You get your choice of a bottle of our traditional Release Agent or our new, Non-Flammable version, which allows us to ship GLASBED by air if you need it NOW! Also included are a couple of Swabs to apply the Release Agent with, some Sandpaper to rough-up the wood or fiberglass inside the stock and help get rid of any mold releases or stock finish left in the inletting, plus two Spreader sticks to let you put the GLASBED bedding everywhere you want it. Then, we include our detailed, illustrated, easy-to-understand Instructions that walk you through the process, step-by-step, so every stock you bed will be right. You get everything you need to GLASBED bed a stock in one handy, compact package. a b GLASBED takes stock bedding out of the “black magic” stage and makes it truly user-friendly for everyone — especially the first-timer. And, it’s loaded with all the best features: • A Butter-smooth consistency that won’t run, drip or leach out from between wood and metal after being placed in the stock. • Nylon Derivatives are formulated in GLASBED bedding, giving superb “thin strength”, shock resistance and stability over normal temperature extremes. • Less than 1⁄10 of 1% shrinkage so the tight fit needed for best accuracy stays that way - TIGHT! • A unique, stable, molecular lattice structure that will not crack, craze or “sugar-out” as will other 1-to-1 epoxies which do not have this structure. • The Easy-To-Knead formulation of GLASBED bedding and the unique packaging makes for easy mixing. Just pull the divider and squish the resin and hardener together for four minutes. When the mixing is done, cut one corner of the bag open and squeeze the mixed GLASBED bedding out into the sto2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=424http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=424Brownells ACRAGLAS STOCK WORK • ACCURIZE WITH ACRAGLAS • INCLUDES BROWN & BLACK DYES ® AIRCRAFT COUNTERBORE Speed Up & Simplify Pillar Bedding Installations Piloted counterbores allow you to accurately drill stocks with existing screw holes for pillar bedding, with no fear of the cutter wandering. Interchangeable pilots provide increased versatility, allowing two cutters to do the work of six. Makes adding pillar bedding blocks quick and easy. Pilots and cutters available in popular sizes to accommodate most bedding needs. a b SPECS: Counterbore: HSS Steel, 1⁄4" (6.3mm) shank. 9⁄16" (14.4mm) and 5⁄8" (15.8mm) diameter cutter, 1⁄8" (3.1mm) pilot hole. 213⁄16" (7 .1cm) long. Pilot: Carbon steel, 1⁄8," (3.1mm) shank, 1⁄4" (6.3mm) .9mm) diameter. .292" Ruger Pilot fits Ruger 77 stocks. and 5⁄16" (7 #549-884-365AG 9⁄16" Counterbore 9D55A15 . . . . . . . .$ 55.99 #549-884-407AG 5⁄8" Counterbore 9D00AVB . . . . . . . . . 44.99 #549-890-216AG 1⁄4" Pilot 9D00CHD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.99 #549-890-220AG 5⁄16" Pilot 8K07V90 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.99 #080-000-018AG .292" Ruger Pilot 8K10T40 . . . . . . . . . 15.99 VOLQUARTSEN CUSTOM RUGER® 10/22® BEDDING SYSTEM Stabilizes Action For Improved Accuracy Lightweight aluminum receiver bushing combines with a foam pressure pad to help stabilize your action for improved accuracy. Easy to install and eliminates using messy epoxy bedding that can leave parts permanently bonded to the stock. Includes 7⁄16" diameter drill with preset stop that allows precise stock inletting for the bushing. Different size pressure pads fit a variety of stock and barrel combinations, plus the adhesive backing provides a tight hold during continuous recoil. a b SPECS: Aluminum bushing, adhesive-backed foam pressure pads. 7⁄ Includes 16" (1.1cm) diameter drill. For use with wood factory or custom stocks. #930-000-055AG Bedding System 3Z20H20 . . . . . . . .$ 24.99 5) - Unlike paints or air drying plastics, ACRAGLAS hardens by chemical action. So, a hard surface indicates a hard interior ready for finishing. The mixture becomes hot before reaching setting temperature. It then “kicks over” and begins to harden, reaching full hardness in 48 hours, altho’ it can be worked, sanded and finished before then. 6) - ACRAGLAS has a shelf life of over 5 years! 7) - ACRAGLAS has been compounded by our research engineers so you have ample time to properly seat the barreled action in the inletted stock before it starts to harden. There’s no need to rush, take your time and do the First Class Job you are capable of doing. 8) - Being a superior bedding compound, you get a doublebarreled benefit when using ACRAGLAS: - In addition to accurizing your gun, you get the satisfaction of having done the job yourself. Check among your shooting friends and note how many are proud of their guns being Accurized with ACRAGLAS. ”THOROUGH STOCK PROTECTION” 9) - ACRAGLAS completely seals the inletted side of the gun stock against all moisture, gun oils, solvents and sprays. Moisture being absorbed by the stock can cause the finest woods to warp or twist, forcing the gun to shoot different groups on different days. Oils and solvents will eventually make the most beautiful of woods dirty looking where allowed to soak in and, in rare cases, actually ruin the wood. GRAND MASTERS exceptionally light walnut, or maple, myrtle, cherry, etc., you may want to leave out the dye for a closer match. Just remember, the color you see in the cup will darken somewhat when the ACRAGLAS is in the stock. But, you don’t have to match the color, many shooters like to create contrast at the joining of barrel and stock to add a point of distinction to their gun and make sure others know they’ve taken the time to do a first-rate ’glass bedding job. Complete, easy-to-follow Instructions are packaged with each Kit. These tell you how to mix and use. FOLLOW THEM CAREFULLY. We guarantee ACRAGLAS 100%. BOLT ACTION RIFLE BEDDING STUDS For Professional Re2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=425http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=425Brownells PILOTED FORSTNER BIT Brownells G10 PILLAR BEDDING SLEEVES Stable In Hot & Cold Weather; Easy To Machine Brownells ACRAGLAS GEL • NYLON EPOXY DERIVATIVE • BUTTER-SMOOTH CONSISTENCY • MIXES WITH ATOMIZED METALS • NOW INCLUDES BROWN & BLACK DYES Over the years we had hundreds of customer requests for an epoxy accurizing compound with a butter-smooth consistency which would neither run, drip or leach out from between wood and metal after being placed in the gun stock. After many years of research and testing, we perfected a modified version of our popular ACRAGLAS® that gives the same super accurizing bedding job and also meets those specialized smooth application features you have asked for. a b In formulating ACRAGLAS GEL, we took advantage of the latest epoxy technology to create a butter-smooth type of ACRAGLAS: • Nylon Derivatives are formulated in ACRAGLAS GEL, giv- ing vastly greater “thin strength”, shock resistance and stability over normal temperature extremes. • Slightly less shrinkage than that of ACRAGLAS, which has an amazing 1⁄10th of 1%. • 1-to-1 mixing ratio gives a stable, molecular lattice structure to ACRAGLAS GEL that will not crack, craze or sugar-out as will other 1-to-1 epoxies which do not have this structure. Further, 1-to-1 mix ratio, by volume, simplifies mixing and measuring small amounts accurately. • Slightly longer pot life to give the user more time when doing the actual bedding. • Longer cure time - The molecular structure of ACRAGLAS GEL has been controlled so that for the first few hours after the epoxy sets it remains slightly flexible, making it easy to trim away excess compound. • Readily blends with atomized metal particles, making it possible for the user to create his own reinforced epoxy whenever such type epoxy is desired. • Can be dyed the same as ACRAGLAS to match the characteristics of the gun stock being worked on. The above features of ACRAGLAS GEL give you an idea of how completely we fulfilled your requests for a companion product for ACRAGLAS…The ACRAGLAS GEL stay-in-one-spot feature…sophisticated molecular structure…slightly longer pot life and curing time…the ability to mix in metal, make this a product we are proud to offer and which, of course, we guarantee 100% as to quality of product, or your money back. Our traditional Release Agent and our new, easy-to-ship, NonFlammable Release Agent selectively lets ACRAGLAS GEL bond to the stock but not to the barreled action. Both products present nearly identical physical characteristics, and are applied in exactly the same manner to form a smooth, vinyl-like coating between the bedding compound and metal. Non-Flammable Release Agent can be transported by air, immediately upon request, safely and legally inside and outside the Continental U. S.; no waiting for ground shipments to arrive when you need an ACRAGLAS GEL kit, or extra release agent, in a hurry. The advantages of glass floc are already incorporated in the lattice, molecular structure of ACRAGLAS GEL, so the addition of floc is not recommended or needed. Atomized (finely powdered) metals can be added to ACRAGLAS GEL to increase both tensile and compression strength, along with higher impact resistance. This feature allows you to duplex-bed guns using reinforced ACRAGLAS GEL where the recoil lug contacts the bedding and un-reinforced ACRAGLAS GEL or ACRAGLAS for the less stressed areas of the stock. Atomized metals can be added in ratios from 1 part metal to 4 parts mixed bedding , up to 1:1 ratio of metal to bedding mix. We offer five atomized metals: ALUMINUM - Very malleable with excellent machinability for easy drilling, tapping, shaping; STEEL - Offers a full 10% increase in tensile and compression strength over unreinforced bedding; requires metal working tools for trimming ® STOCK WORK Drill Holes For Pillar Bedding Without A Jig Self-piloted bit cuts straight and clean; opens up existing b stock screw holes to accept 9⁄16" diameter bedding pillars. a SPECS2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=426http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=426STOCK WORK STAINLESS STEEL-FILLED EPOXY, RIFLE-BEDDING COMPOUND • Ultimate STEEL-BEARING Bedding Compound For Wood & Fiberglass Stocks • 72% Stainless Steel For Superior Bedding Strength • Shrinks Less Than 1⁄10 of 1% • No-Run Formula • 1-to-1 MIXING RATIO, Easy, Pre-measured System Or Use Measuring Spoon For Smaller Amounts • Now With Black & Brown Dyes • Stainless Steel Particles CAN’T RUST or CAUSE RUST On Adjacent Metal • WON’T Compress, Crumble Or “Sugar” Under Heaviest SemiAutomatic Or Magnum Recoil Impact • Make Form-Fitting Vise Jaws • Strengthen Barrel Channels • Repair Jigs & Fixtures Too • Shim Scope Mounts For Perfect Fit To Receiver • Pillar Bed Action & Floorplate • ”Glue-In” Bedding What is STEEL BED? Simply the most-advanced, toughestever bedding and stabilizing, steel-bearing, epoxy compound for wood and fiberglass gun stocks. Designed specifically for GUNS, to give the incredible impact resistance that’s possible only by surrounding the action with a layer of solid, never-rust stainless steel and the skin-tight, epoxy-matrix fit so vital for superb accuracy. Through a unique blending process, there’s actually more stainless steel (by weight) than epoxy in STEEL BED - 21⁄2 times more steel than in competitive products. a b STEEL BED shrinks less than 1⁄10 of 1% and won’t compress, crumble or “sugar” under the most punishing magnum or semiauto recoil. Fiberglass stockmakers use it to support the recoil lugs of their lightweight mountain rifles; military armorers and civilian shooters use it under the most grueling conditions without breakdown or deterioration. We tested and abused STEEL BED every way possible and, once we were convinced of its amazing superiority, test samples went to armorers, gunsmiths and competitive shooters. They tested STEEL BED in “real life” situations - it met and exceeded every demand made of it! No cracking, crazing or “sugaring”. Group sizes got smaller. All the guns tested - semi-auto, 1000 yard, bolt-action match rifles, benchrest guns and hunting rifles - performed better after bedding with STEEL BED. Because of the extremely high stainless steel content, it’s tough to dye STEEL BED to match wood tones but, our latest dyes are so powerful that you can get a useable brown color for wood stocks and a very good black for synthetics. Another choice is to paint the STEEL BED along with the synthetic stock. If you want the best possible color match on a wood stock, you can use STEEL BED for recoil lugs and pillar bedding and ACRAGLAS® or ACRAGLAS GEL® (which are more easily dyed) in those places where the bedding will be visible. STEEL BED really is the ultimate, steel-bearing bedding compound. Besides being incredibly strong and tough, it’s very easy to use. The mixing ratio is a simple, 1-part Resin to 1-part Hardener, by volume, and the creamy, no-run texture means STEEL BED will stay where it’s put. STEEL BED KIT: (1) 11⁄2 fl. oz. (44 ml) net contents jar Resin; (1) 11⁄2 fl. oz. (44 ml) net contents jar Hardener; (1) 7⁄8 oz. (26 ml) net contents jar Acraglas Non-Flammable™ Release Agent; (1) Measuring Spoon, (1) Re-useable Poly Mixing Dish, (2) Mixing Sticks (1) Brown Dye Pak, (1) Black Dye Pak and (2) Release Agent Applicators; Instructions. #081-040-003AG 2-GUN STEEL BED Kit, 1H34X80. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 50.99 STEEL BED SHOP KIT: (1) 8 fl. oz. (237 ml) net contents jar Resin; (1) 8 fl. oz. (237 ml) net contents jar Hardener; (1) 7⁄8 oz. (26 ml) net contents jar Acraglas Non-Flammable™ Release Agent; (1) Measuring Spoon Set, (5) Re-useable Poly Mixing Dishes, (25) Mixing Sticks (5) Brown Dye Paks, (5) Black Dye and (25) Release Agent Applicators; Instructions. #081-040-016AG STEEL BED Shop Kit 1H92X10 . .$ 121.99 STEEL BED BULK QUANTITIES: #081-040-017AG 8 oz. Resin 1E35U96 . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 44.95 #081-040-018AG 8 oz. Hardener 1E39U96 . . . . . . . . . . . 49.95 #081-040-019AG 16 oz. STEEL BED, 8 oz. Resin and 8 oz. Hardener only 1H71U18 . . .2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=427http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=427ACRA-BED™ PRE-COLORED EPOXY For Fast Bedding & Stock Repairs “Goofproof” epoxy formula makes small bedding jobs and stock repair easy for beginners and busy professional gunsmiths alike. The convenient application gun automatically mixes the resin and the hardener as you apply a precise amount of Acra-Bed exactly where you need it—no mess, no waste. Thick, smooth consistency makes it stay put, and a 20-minute work time lets you position parts and work the product into place before it sets. Hardens to the touch in 12 hours; cures completely in three days. Comes in two colors: a “walnutty” medium brown that blends with most wood stocks, and black to match popular black, synthetic stocks. Use the non-flammable release agent to prevent the epoxy from bonding where you don’t want it to stick. a b SPECS: Kit contains application gun, 1.6 fl. oz. (50ml) Acra-Bed car.4ml) release agent, 2 mixing tips, and instructions. tridge, 1⁄4 fl. oz. (7 Refill Pak contains 1.6 fl. oz. Acra-Bed cartridge and 2 mixing tips. #081-042-014AG Brown Acra-Bed Kit 1H33V56 . . . .$ 41.95 #081-042-013AG Black Acra-Bed Kit 1H33V56 . . . . . . 41.95 #081-042-011AG Brown Acra-Bed Refill Pak, 1H12U40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.99 #081-042-012AG Black Acra-Bed Refill Pak 1H11V96 14.95 #081-000-029AG Mixing Tips, 5-pak 1E06U75 . . . . . . . . . 9.00 Brownells ITW PHILADELPHIA RESINS SCORE HIGH REMINGTON 700 MARINE-TEX Handy Size, Ready To Mix & Use High strength epoxy plugs holes, seals cracks and makes repairs in wood, aluminum, and steel. Putty-like consistency, will not run or drip. Impervious to solvents. Virtually no shrinkage or expansion. b a SPECS: 5-to-1 mix ratio. 30-40 minute work time. Hardens in 4-5 hrs. Contains resin, catalyst, mixing cup, mixing stick, instructions. 32 oz. size does not include cup or stick. #904-301-002AG 2 oz White Marine-Tex 4K10Z42 . . . $ 17.49 #904-301-102AG 2 oz Gray Marine-Tex 4K09Z59 . . . . 15.99 #904-303-014AG 14 oz White Marine-Tex 4K28Z76. . . 38.99 #904-303-114AG 14 oz Gray Marine-Tex 4K28Z76 . . . 38.99 904-304-001AG 32 oz Gray Marine-Tex 4K66Z42 . . . 83.99 STOCK BEDDING BLOCK KIT Eliminates Bedding Disasters; Provides A Clean, Professional Look Aluminum filler blocks replace the Remington 700 bottom metal to prevent epoxy overflow that can cause parts to be permanently bonded to the stock. CNC machined to slightly oversize dimensions to ensure original or custom parts fit stress-free with little to no extra cleanup. Produces a straight, flat, bedded surface that looks custom-molded for a truly professional look. BDL Kits include filler blocks for both the magazine well and the floorplate assembly to allow bedding the sides of the magazine well if desired. Filler blocks remove easily after the bedding has hardened; simply tighten the extraction screws against the provided bolt recess rod. Models for BDL short (SA) and long action (LA) rifles available. ADL includes a filler block to replace the triggerguard on ADL short and long actions. Extra long screw provides leverage to gently lift out the block after bedding. ADL/BDL Kit includes all filler blocks for bedding ADL/ BDL short and long action rifles. SPECS: 6061 aluminum filler blocks, bead-blasted finish; steel, blued hardware. BDL Kit includes floorplate block, magazine block, 11⁄ 16" dia. bolt recess rod, hardware and Allen wrench. ADL includes triggerguard block and hardware. ADL/BDL Kit includes all blocks and hardware for ADL and BDL short and long action. #804-000-013AG BDL Bedding Block Kit, SA, 4K00YTP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 85.00 #804-000-012AG BDL Bedding Block Kit, LA, 4K00HDZ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85.00 #804-000-011AG ADL Bedding Block, SA/LA, 4K00VBX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.95 #804-000-010AG ADL/BDL Bedding Block Kit, 4K00TPU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195.00 Brownells BEDDING/MASKING TAPE Extra-Heavy Duty For Abrasive B2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=428http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=428Brownells STOCK WORK ”LITTLE BITTY” CUPS DURITE WATERPROOF When Wet Or Dry Paper Is A Must - Durite Is The Answer Especially for wet sanding of wood finishes to get Dull London look, or on steel before polishing. Great on 1911 frames and slides. Use wet or dry. Silicon carbide grain; strong, waterproof, backing paper. a b SPECS: 9" (22.9cm) x 11" (27 .9cm). STOCK # GRIT STOCK # GRIT #657-250-220AG 220 #657-250-400AG 400 #657-250-320AG 320 #657-250-600AG 600 — Advise # — 50 Sheets Durite, one grit, not asst., 7E00CHD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 68.08 #657-105-999AG 5 or more Durite Sheets, advise grit, per each 7E00XCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.38 DOUBLE ULTRA-FINE 1200 GRIT WET OR DRY PAPER - For folks wanting the “high-shine” finishes. Follow with our Five “F” Compound for an eye-popping gleam. SPECS: 12" (30.5cm) x 12" (30.5cm) sheets. 1200 grit. #657-251-900AG 1200 Grit Durite, 5 or more sheets, each, 7E00VBX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 2.75 Brownells SHELLAC STICKS Save Marred & Gouged Stocks Touch the shellac stick to a hot knife, work into a scratch, let harden, sand. a b SPECS: 7" (17 .9cm) long x 1⁄2" (12.7mm) wide x 1⁄4" (6.3mm) thick. #080-528-521AG Light Walnut Shellac Stick, 4K11H94. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 18.99 #080-528-522AG Dark Walnut Shellac Stick, 4K11H55 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.99 #080-528-025AG Transparent Shellac Stick, 4K11H55. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.99 ABRASIVE WOOLS BRONZE WOOL - Can be used for just about everything that steel wool is used for. Will not rust, nor is it as abrasive as steel wool. It’s just about perfect for rubbing down a nicely blued gun that has just a bit of rust or crud that must be removed. It will not rub through blue and the long, soft strands resist break down and sharding off into work. Great for removing stripper-softened stock finish, or whiskering during finishing. SPECS: #00 (Fine) and #1 (Medium) #3 (Coarse). Packed 3 pads in bag per grade. #439-200-101AG #00 Bronze Wool Pads 8K00YTP . . . .$ 8.99 #439-200-201AG #1 Bronze Wool Pads 8K00AVB . . . . . . 8.99 #439-200-300AG #3 Bronze Wool Pads 8K00CHD . . . . . 8.99 MILD STEEL STEEL WOOL - Get the exact abrasive action you need for all kinds of jobs. Highest quality “wool”; full range of cuts. SPECS: 5 grades: #0000 Super Fine; #000 Extra Fine; #00 Very Fine; #0 Fine; and #1 Medium. 8 pads per pack. #439-300-400AG #0000 Steel Wool 8K05P39 . . . . . . . . .$ 8.10 #439-300-300AG #000 Steel Wool 8K05P39 . . . . . . . . . . . 8.10 #439-300-200AG #00 Steel Wool 8K05A39 . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.10 #439-300-100AG #0 Steel Wool 8K05A39 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.10 #439-300-101AG #1 Steel Wool 8K05A39 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.10 No-Mess, No-Waste, Small Quantity Mixing Accurately measure and mix smaller amounts of our fine family of Acra™ Bedding Products for stock repairs or quick fixes, without waste, in these strong, plastic, medicine cups. Also, perfect working containers for small amounts of paint, stain, stock finish, cold blue or any non-trichlor- or non-TCE-based gunsmithing liquids. Graduations clearly marked in drams, ounces, cc’s, milliliters, and tablespoons for convenience and ease of measuring. a b SPECS: 1 fl. oz. (30 ml) plastic cups packaged in bags of 25 each. #081-010-125AG “Little Bitty” Cups 1H04D92 . . . . . . .$ 6.99 Brownells STOCK REPAIR PIN KIT Use With ACRAGLAS , ACRA-QUICK™ or ACRA-20™ For Stronger-Than-New Repairs On Cracked/Split Stocks ® WALNUT FINISH REPAIR KIT All-Finish “Hot” Repair Sticks In Colors Fill voids, fix scratches, dents and gouges in walnut stocks with these sticks plus a pallet knife and a heat source. a b SPECS: 6" (15.2cm) long x 3⁄8" (9.52mm) high x 3⁄4" (19mm) wide. Kit contains one of each shade listed below, plus two additional shades. #826-775-105AG Dark Walnut Repair Stick, 8K00PUA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=429http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=429PILKINGTON ART’S GUN CLASSIC SPIRIT STAINS Original Factory Colors For Classic Results Use the same rich, clear-colored stains as Master Gun Builder Phil Pilkington does to match the look and luster of classic guns. Special solvent minimizes grain raising, lets these stains mix with most stock finishes for big time-savings, better final job. SPECS: 2 fl. oz. (59 ml) glass bottles. Stain in three colors: Pre-’64 - Reddish brown like older U.S. guns. English Red - More red like English/ European guns. Gold & Brown - Same look as old acid stain, works wonders on curly maple, good on walnut ,too. Thinner - Used to thin the stains. STOCK # COLOR STOCK # COLOR #703-300-204AG Pre-’64 #703-300-104AG Gold & Brown #703-300-304AG English Red — Advise # — Classic Spirit Stain 3K00AYT . . . . .$ 23.00 #703-300-904AG Stain Thinner 3K00XCH. . . . . . . . . . . 22.25 Cannot ship outside Continental U.S. Shipped UPS or FedEx Ground only within U.S. STOCK FILLER BIRCHWOOD CASEY The Original Formula, Fills & Stains, Protects A combination of the finest oils, ultra-fine stock filler and the traditional Herter’s stains bring out the warmth and hidden beauty of any gunstock. Quickly fills the pores and seals the wood with natural oils and preservatives. French Red - a rich walnut color with just a hint of red; closely matches pre-'64 Winchesters and older Brownings. Walnut - a vivid, rich brown enhances real walnut and darkens lighter hardwoods. Clear no stains included, intended to enrichen and enhance the grain on birdseye maple, myrtle, or other fancy-grained, light-colored woods. SPECS: Oil base filler and stain. 16 fl. oz. (473 ml), 8 oz.fl. (237 ml). #464-101-000AG French Red Filler, 16 oz,4F00BXC $ 29.45 #464-101-008AG French Red Filler, 8 oz. 4F00PUA . . . 15.99 #464-101-108AG Walnut Filler, 8 oz. 4F00BXC . . . . . . . 15.99 #464-101-808AG Clear Filler, 8 oz. 4F00DZA . . . . . . . . . 15.99 Cannot ship outside Continental U. S. Shipped UPS or FedEx Ground only within U.S. STOCK FINISHING PRODUCTS CLEAR SEALER & FILLER - Prepares all open grained woods for final finishing. Clear, to bring out the beauty of any stock wood. Dries non-cloudy. Easy to apply. a b SPECS: 3 fl. oz. (90ml) net contents. #167-126-000AG Clear Sealer/Filler, 7F03Y70 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 6.20 — 3 or More — Clear Sealer/Filler, per each, 7F03Y33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.20 Cannot ship outside Continental U.S. Shipped UPS or FedEx Ground only within U.S. Brownells ACRA-COAT ™ WOOD STOCK WORK Tough Epoxy Gives Added Stock Protection Gives wood and plastic stocks a durable, weatherproof finish. Not a one-shot wonder finish, but one you apply in multiple, thin coats until you reach the desired luster. Resists all but the most aggressive bore solvents. Normal cure time, one week, shortened by warming stock to 90° F. Replacement Nozzle - The easy solution for clogged nozzles. Clean Out Nozzle Use only to clear a plugged pickup tube. a b SPECS: Aerosol. 12 oz. (340 g). Clear Matte or Gloss finish. Nozzles are correct size for Acra-Coat - Wood, sold in Paks of 12. Clean Out Nozzle not intended for spraying. #083-070-112AG Matte Acra-Coat Wood 1F08A98 . . . $ 11.99 #083-070-012AG Gloss Acra-Coat Wood 1F08A99 . . . . 13.99 #084-179-002AG Replacement Nozzle B 1F02P02. . . .$ 2.59 #084-179-004AG Clean Out Nozzle 1F02P61 . . . . . . . . . 3.29 Cannot ship outside Continental U.S. Ship UPS or FedEx Ground only within U.S. R. GALE LOCK CO. GUN STAIN Penetrates Without Raising The Grain Traditional, spirit-based stains for less sanding and faster recoats. Beautiful, vibrant colors compliment the finest hardwoods. SPECS: 4 fl. oz. (118 ml) resealable bottle. Dark Walnut - very dark, great on birch and maple stocks. Early American - a medium dark walnut with red highlights.1776 Antique - red/yellow highlights. Gives curly maple an antique look. Good for pre-'64 Winchester. 1787 Golden - gold/yellow-brown highlights. Enhances walnut and curly maple. 1864 English - w2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=430http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=430CHEM-PAK AEROSOL PILKINGTON STOCK WORK Gun Sav’R CUSTOM OIL GUNSTOCK FINISH Fast-Drying, Easy-To-Use, Run-Proof Aerosol Our Tech Department gave this aerosol finish five stars. A super-tough, professional-looking stock finish applied in only hours without runs or sags. Fills as it coats so you won’t spend extra time cutting-back or sanding in. Dries to the touch in only 45 minutes and can be recoated in as little as six hours. Specially formulated, oil-modified urethanes resist scuffs and scratches but provide the look and feel of traditional, hand-rubbed oil finishes, without all the hard work. Will not cloud or discolor with age. Dries uniformly without the aggravating splotches so common in many aerosol “furniture” finishes. Available in Satin Gloss (Satin) or High Gloss (Gloss). a b SPECS: High gloss or satin gloss. 14 oz. (397 g) aerosol cans. #209-101-014AG Satin Custom Finish, 9K10C84 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 14.99 #209-100-014AG Gloss Custom Finish, 9K10C88 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.99 Cannot ship outside Continental U.S. Shipped UPS or FedEx Ground only within U.S. CLASSIC GUNSTOCK FINISH Clear Or Colored For “In-The-Wood” Or “Built-Up” Finishes Use Red-Brown Classic to match all those pre'64 guns that actually had the stain in the finish. Gold & Brown warms walnut, gives light woods a rich color. Tint Clear with Spirit Stains for any look wanted, faster finishing. Fills pores easily, dries hard. Works as an oil finish or build up like varnish. Each bottle includes a 3,000 word, stepby-step instruction booklet. SPECS: 2 fl. oz. (59 ml) net contents. #703-350-602AG Gold & Brown Classic Finish, 3K00AVB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 24.25 #703-350-502AG Red-Brown Classic Finish, 3K00YTP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24.25 #703-350-402AG Clear Classic Finish 3K00HDZ . . . . . 23.50 Cannot ship outside Continental U.S. Shipped UPS or FedEx Ground only within U.S. FIVE “F”™ COMPOUND Even Finer Than Ultra-Fine We really didn’t believe it when customer Don Newman said he’d found a rubbing compound that would bring a Triple “F”™ finish up to a “real” shine. We tried it; he’s right and here it is. If you’re going for that “Shinier than a brass bed in a sportin’ house” look, Five “F” will do it. We knocked a brand new Remington finish back a bit, brought it up to just below original with Triple “F” and then got out the Five “F”. The resulting gloss and depth are unbelievable! Can be used to give luster to satin finishes, too. To get “Hi-Shine”, start with “Original” and work up thru Five “F”. Great for scratch removal on fine surfaces like plexiglas or plastic lenses. a b SPECS: 2 fl. oz. (59 ml) or 10 fl. oz. (296 ml) net contents. #083-028-502AG 2 oz. Five “F” 5L08U34 . . . . . . . . . . .$ 10.99 #083-028-510AG 10 oz. Five “F” 5L18U80 . . . . . . . . . . . 26.99 Cannot ship outside Continental U.S. Ship UPS or FedEx Ground only within U.S. Brownells TAPASTRING GUITAR POLISH RED & BLUE Optical Grade Polishes Remove Scratches & Enhance The Luster Of Fine Wood Finishes Our Gun Techs discovered these amazing wood polishes during a visit to the renowned gunsmithing school in Trinidad Colorado, and have been using them ever since! Formulated by one of the instructors for use on high-quality guitars, they’ve become the polish of choice for countless factory and custom gunstocks for equally superior results. The secret of these formulas is in the superior grade of polishing media selected for the mix – the same used to polish the windows on U.S. spacecraft. The 3 micron Red formula is ideal for polishing out scratches and imperfections on old or newly refinished gunstocks and should be used with light pressure to prevent over-polishing of delicate surface finishes. Blue formula uses ultra-fine, 1 micron polishing media to refine the luster after use of Polish Red or to blend imperfections in extremely delicate finishes. Biodegradable and envi2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=431http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=431GENERAL GUNSMITH TOOLS CONTENTS Action Proving Dummies . . . . . . 462-463 Action Wrenches . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457-458 Ammunition Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437 Barrel Vises . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 458-459 Basic Tool Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .429-430 Bench Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433 Bench Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432-433 Boresighters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466-467 Chamber Reamers . . . . . . . . . . . . 459-461 Chamfering Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . 463-465 Drill Bits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452-453 Pack GRACE Convenient, Easy To Carry, Take To The Range, Use On The Bench GUN CARE TOOL SET GENERAL GUNSMITH TOOLS Hammers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436-437 Headspace Gauges . . . . . . . . . . . 461-462 Inspection Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448 Lathe Bits/End Mills . . . . . . . . . . . 455-456 Machining Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . 455 Measuring Instruments . . . . . . . . 447-448 Picks/Hooks/Scribes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447 Pliers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437 Punches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433-436 Rotary Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450-452 Saws/Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444-447 Scope Mounting Tools . . . . . . . . 465-466 Screw Extractors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453 Screwdrivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437-443 Stones & Trigger Jigs . . . . . . . . . 449-450 Taps & Dies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453-455 Tool Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .430-431 Trigger Pull Gauges. . . . . . . . . . . 456-457 Vises & Clamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .431-432 Wrenches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443-444 Brownells WEAPONS FIELD MAINTENANCE PACKS Never get caught without essential gunsmithing tools again. Complete 17-piece tool set, in a handy, padded, vinyl case, carries easily to the range; lies flat on the bench. Contains the tools you need for quick field repairs: eight, fixed blade screwdrivers with parallel ground tips fit most gun screws; eight, non-marring, brass pin punches and an 8 ounce brass hammer help provide safe removal and installation of the most commonly found assembly pins. a b SPECS: Case - vinyl, black. 81⁄2" (21.6cm) x 11" (28cm). Hammer - 8 oz. (226 g), 1" (2.5cm) dia. x 2" (5.1cm) long head, 91⁄4" (23.5cm) hickory handle. Punches - brass, 5⁄16" hex stock, parallel shaft. 1⁄16", 3⁄ 1 5 3 7 1 5 32", ⁄8", ⁄32", ⁄16", ⁄32", ⁄4" and ⁄16" dia. Screwdrivers - square shanks hardened to Rc 52-56. 4" to 9" lengths. Hardwood handle. #354-100-017AG Gun Care Tool Set 4E90D91 . . . . .$ 121.99 driver bits needed for full field stripping, plus a rear sight adjustment tool designed specifically for the Ruger® Mini-14®. SPECS: Includes: #84 MAGNA-TIP® hollow screwdriver handle w/#185-0, #185-10, #300-4, and #360-4 bits; 1” nylon/brass hammer; 1⁄8" and 3/32” roll pin punches; 1⁄8" and 3⁄32" roll pin holders; .092” , .120” , and .151” steel push punches; rear sight adjustment tool; 4” diameter polyethylene bench block; 12” x 24” bench/field gun mat. Approx. 5 lb (2.3kg) wt. #080-000-483AG Mini-14 Field Pack, 8K149C86 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 186.99 FOREIGN WEAPONS FIELD PACK - Contains tools for servicing a variety of Soviet-type foreign weapons, including the AK-47/ AKM assault rifle, PK/PKM/PKMS 7.62mm machine gun, Dragunov SVD sniper rifle, DShK/DShKM 12.7mm machine gun, and RPG-7 grenade launcher. Lets you field-strip these weapons quickly for cleaning, maintenance, adjustment, and repair without the confusion and down time spent scrounging for the proper tools. SPECS: Kit includes 7 .62 x 39 broken shell extractor, 7 .62 x 54R broken shell extractor, 7 .62 x 39 Go/No-Go gauges, 7 .62 x 54R Go/ No-Go gauges, AK-47/SKS front sight tool, No. 10 slot head screwdriver, 6” chain nose pliers, 1” nylon/brass hammer, 4 oz. ball peen hammer, 6” adjustabl2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=432http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=432GENERAL GUNSMITH TOOLS BASIC FIELD TOOL KIT Have Everything You Need To Repair A Host Of Firearms Anytime, Anywhere Without Taking Everything But The Kitchen Sink! Versatile, compact tool kit helps prevent minor firearm malfunctions from ending your field outing ahead of schedule. Like our popular gun-specific Field Maintenance Packs, this kit was developed for serious shooters who are on the go, and features only the highest quality, longest lasting gunsmithing tools available. These tools were carefully selected by our gunsmithing technicians for general field repair and maintenance of a host of firearm types, so you’re as prepared as possible to tackle those readily correctable problems that occur when you least expect them. Perfect for the competitive shooter, avid hunter, and mobile armorer who need the basics to help field strip and perform minor repairs and cleaning of handguns and long guns. Our extra-tough, 1000 denier Cordura® field case, with individual tool pouches, keeps everything protected and organized, so there’s no down time scrounging for something to substitute for the right tool. Our specially configured Magna-Tip® screwdriver set with #81 handle, polyethylene case, and bench tray filled with 23 of the most commonly used slotted, hex, Phillips, and Torx® bits will handle the majority of gun screws in existence. An additional miniature screwdriver set gives you six double-ended Phillips, slotted, and Torx quick-change bits to take care of those really small but critical gun fasteners. And, the knurled swivel top driver handle provides finger-tip control to prevent gouging or losing those really tiny screws. Extra-long, buttstock screwdriver makes it fast and easy to remove most shotgun stocks. We’ve also added the most commonly used steel, starter and pin punches. Easily start, remove, and install spring pins and roll pins in most guns without damage to the pin or firearm itself. Steel punches are individually marked for size. Also included is a non-marring, nylon drift punch for making minor sight adjustments as well as a host of other jobs. A smooth cut file with handle takes care of those unforeseen problems that require minor metal removal; four additional handle inserts accept many other file sizes you may wish to add to your kit. Medium grit, India stone allows you to lap, hone, sharpen, or polish out small metal imperfections. Additional tools include a steel packing hook for releasing springs, a 6" chain nose pliers for grabbing and holding small parts, a nylon bench block with “V” center, a nylon/brass hammer, and a double-ended gun parts cleaning brush. Lay everything on the soft, flexible neoprene gun mat to safeguard your gun’s finish during cleaning or repair. Available with Black or Coyote Tan field case. SPECS: Total kit weight - 4 lb. 13 oz. (2. 2 kg). Includes: Magna-Tip Set - #81 Driver Handle. 1¼” (3.2cm) diameter. 73⁄4” (19.7cm) OAL. Polyethylene Bench Box & Tray - 85⁄8” (21.8cm) long, 4¼” (10.8cm) wide, 17⁄8” (4.7cm) high. Slotted Bits - #120-1, #150-4, #180-3, #180-5, #210-5, #240-5, #300-6 and #360-8, Leupold Windage bit. Hex Bits - #185-00, #185-0, #185-1, #185-2, #185-3, #185-4, #185-9 and #185-10. Phillips Bits - #1, #2, #3 and 2” long bit. Torx Bits - T10 and TT15. Punches - Steel, knurled handle. Starter Punches - Contains (1) of each diameter: 1⁄16” (1.6mm), 3⁄32” (2.4mm), 4” long w/ , knurled handle. Pin Punches - Contains (1) of each diameter: 1⁄16” 3⁄ , 1⁄8” (3.2mm), 5⁄32” (4mm) x 4” long w/knurled handle. Nylon 32” 5⁄ .9mm) Punches - Contains (3) of each: 4” (10.2cm) long x 16” (7 diameter. Parts Cleaning Brush - Polypropylene handle w/ nylon bristles. 7” (17 .8cm) long. Meets Mil Spec 129J, NSN# 1005-00494-6602. Buttstock Screwdriver - Steel alloy blade w/wood handle. 12” (30.5cm) OAL. Tip - 3⁄8” (9.5mm) wide, 1⁄16” (1.6mm) Brownells ASSEMBLY/DISASSEMBLY TOOL KIT Brownells BASIC GUNSMITHING KIT Brownells AVID DESIGN THE GUN TOOL 18 Separate Tools In One, Ready For Range & F2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=433http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=433KENNEDY TOOL CHESTS Organize Your Tools In These Professional Cabinets Affordable, life-time protection and security for the gunsmith’s most important investment, his tools. Kennedy is the industry standard, the finest - bar none - on the market today. Furnished with a tough, attractive, brown, wrinkle finish that stands up to wear, hides dirt and fingerprints, too. Features include: Top to bottom, double sidewall construction; Full-length hinges with stainless steel, anti-corrosion pins; Twopiece, steel drawer slides; Thick, genuine wool felt drawer liners; Keyed lock. a b MODEL 520 MACHINIST’S CHEST - 7 drawers (5 half width, 2 full width), plus a generous top compartment, self-storing, double wall front panel; 6 drawer dividers and cylinder lock. SPECS: 201⁄8" wide x 81⁄2" deep x 135⁄8" high. #480-500-520AG No. 520 Chest 8D255V59 . . . . . . . . .$ 360.99 MODEL 52611 MACHINIST’S CHEST - 11 drawers, side handles, top compartment, self-storing front panel, 9 drawer dividers, cylinder lock. Specified by many gunsmithing schools. SPECS: 265⁄8" wide x 89⁄16" deep x 18" high. #480-526-110AG No. 52611 Chest 8D395H23. . . . . . .$ 574.99 Brownells MULTI-VISE Easily Adaptable & Versatile, Quality Construction That Lasts and Lasts ™ LOTHAR WALTHER BISLEY GUNSMITHING VISE Improved & Updated Version Of The Famous English-Made Original; Multi-Positional For Unlimited Access To Your Work Precision, German-made gun vise modernizes the original Parker Hale design so popular decades ago with English shooting ranges for detailed gun cleaning and maintenance. Cast from high tensile strength aluminum alloy, the Bisley vise is compact and light enough to take anywhere, yet tough enough to handle jobs bigger than expected. Two sets of parallel clamping jaws rotate a full 360° in the same plane to provide unlimited versatility and access to your work. Simple and reliable, spring-loaded, cog-locking system allows instant one-hand adjustment by pulling back on the rear jaw and rotating it to any of 15 different positions in 22.5° increments. Hardened and ground, steel jaw inserts on one side handle small parts and many intricate tasks around the shop; oval shaped jaws with cork padding on the opposite side allow non-mar clamping of barrels, receivers, and large irregularly shaped objects. Polymer adjustment knob with threaded steel bushing glides along the vise screw with exceptional smoothness for precise tension control. Heavy duty base with steel clamping screw and T-handle make the Bisley vise extremely solid, portable and quick to mount and remove on work platforms from 1 to 2½" thick. SPECS: Cast aluminum body, light green powder coat finish; other components hardened steel, natural finish. Straight Jaws - 2¾” (7cm) long; 21⁄8" (5.4cm) max. separation width. Curved Jaws - 4” .3cm) max. separation width. 5.1 lb. (2.3kg) (10.6cm) long; 27⁄8" (7 weight. Mounts on surfaces up to 2½” (6.3cm) thick. #950-000-003AG Bisley Gunsmithing Vise, 5Z216C75 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 274.99 PANA-VISE Rotates 360°, Tilts 180°, Locks In Any Position Holds work in any imaginable position, rotating thru 360°, tilting 180°. Head and base are separate parts so the same head can be used on all of the bases. a b GENERAL GUNSMITH TOOLS THE GUN CRADLE Portable Rifle & Shotgun Vise Leaves Hands Free The handiest! Makes cleaning long guns faster and easier. leaves hands free to guide the cleaning rod or to do the fine brushing of nooks and crannies so vital to a thorough cleaning job. Perfect as a rock-solid base when bore sighting, installing scopes or sights, or when bedding stocks. Handsome display rack too. Oak veneer base and supports; hardwood clamp mechanism. Genuine leather pads protect fine finishes. Base tray lip keeps small parts from running away. Non-skid rubber feet. a b SPECS: 27" (68.6cm) long x 8" (20.3cm) wide x 7 3⁄4" (19.7cm) high. Weighs 8 lb. (3.6kg) oak and oak veneer. #612-001-000AG Gun Cradle 2A81P47 . . . . . . . . . . . . .2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=434http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=434GENERAL GUNSMITH TOOLS Brownells HANDI CLAMP Far Tighter Grip Than Your Fingers For Holding Small Parts Holds little things for fitting, polishing, grinding or finishing. Better than a third hand when staking Remington 870 shell latches. Soft, rubber pads won't mark finishes. Easy, one-hand operation. SPECS: Steel, chrome finish. 3¼" (8.2cm) O.A.L. 1½" (3.8cm) reach. 3⁄16" (4.8mm) opening. Rubber pads – 9⁄16" (14.2mm) dia. #080-945-016AG Handi Clamp, 8K07D43. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 9.99 Brownells BRONZE VISE JAWS Where Powerful No-Mar Gripping Is A Must WAGNER INDUSTRIES MAGNETIC SOFT JAWS Get A Grip On Your Guns Soft, yet extremely rigid, polyurethane vise jaws fit comfortably in a 4" or 5" vise and are held in place by embedded magnets. Nonslip surface grips precious firearms firmly without crushing, marring, or scratching. Top “lip” fits the top of your vise jaws adding two inches to allow extra protection and more work area. Surface resists oils and wipes clean. Each set comes with a separate polyurethane cover for vise screws or anvils so you can be absolutely sure that no part of your guns or tools will come in contact with the vise. Channeled soft jaws have all the same features as the Standard version with the addition of machined vertical and horizontal channels with 5⁄8" radius for an improved grip on contoured parts such as barrels and actions. SPECS: Molded polyurethane, red. 5” (12.7cm) wide, 21⁄8" (5.5cm) high, 5⁄8" (1.6cm) thick. #100-002-397AG Standard Soft Jaws, 4A31D96 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 39.95 #100-003-410AG Channeled Soft Jaws, 4A39H99. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49.95 Brownells BENCH/FIELD GUN MAT Soft Face Prevents Scratches & Dings; Rolls Up Easily; Absorbs Liquid Soft, flexible, liquid-absorbing bench mat features a non-slip EVA backing that will not take a set, so it rolls out flat and ready to protect the finish on your favorite firearm. Absorbs ten times it’s own weight in liquid, shielding the surface of your work bench or vehicle cargo area from spills while it protects your firearm from damage. Completely reusable, wash with warm water and mild detergent. Larger sizes make the perfect, protective cover for tailgates or range benches. a b SPECS: Polypropylene fiber, brown, expanded, vinyl acetate backing. .100" (2.5mm) thick . Sizes; #1 - 12" (30cm) x 24" (60cm), #2 - 24" x 36" (90cm), #3 - 18" (45cm) x 48" (121cm). 084-280-001AG #1 Roll-Up Gun Mat 4H08P50 . . . . . $ 11.99 084-280-002AG #2 Roll-Up Gun Mat 4H18P25 . . . . . . 23.99 084-280-003AG #3 Roll-Up Gun Mat 4H18P18 . . . . . . 23.99 LEATHER VISE JAW PADS Used To Protect Guns In Vises Since Year One Heavy, top-quality cowhide leather pads, the old standby to use on vise jaws when working with anything you don’t want to mar. a b SPECS: 4" (10.2cm) x 61⁄2" (16.5cm), 9-10 oz. Sold in pairs. #413-001-002AG Leather Vise Pads, 3Z00YTP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 9.95 Tough, extruded, 60/40 architectural bronze angles to make the perfect working jaw faces for your heavy bench vise, drill press vise and/or precision machinist vise. Prevents marring of parts being held. a b 3⁄ SPECS: Extruded bronze. 16" (4.7mm) thick. 11⁄2" (3.8cm) x 11⁄2" x 3" (7 .6cm), 4" (10.2cm), or 12" (30.5cm) long. #080-019-003AG 3" Bronze Vise Jaws, pr 5L16U48 . .$ 21.99 #080-020-004AG 4" Bronze Vise Jaws, pr 5L20U99 . . . 29.97 #080-021-012AG 12" Bronze Vise Jaws, 1-pc, 5L24X55 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29.97 Brownells LEAD VISE JAW FACES Soft, Tight Gripping, Easily Fitted To Any Vise Jaws Thin, easily shaped-to-fit lead sheets for your precision machinist vise or heavy, shop vise jaws. Prevents rough jaws from marring delicate or polished parts while holding them firmly in place. Helps smooth machinist vises to hold parts without slipping at a lower vise jaw pressure. a b .5cm) SPECS: 3⁄64" (1.2mm) thick. 2" (5.1cm) x 4" (10.2cm) or 3" (7 x 4" 2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=435http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=435DRYMATE® GUN CLEANING PAD Protects Guns From Scratches During Cleaning & Repair Lightweight, flexible pad features a soft, absorbent fabric surface that protects the finish on your guns during cleaning and repair. Zorb-Tech® anti-flow technology allows the top fabric layer to absorb spills while the non-slip PVC backing prevents “soakthrough” onto your bench. Easily folds up, so you can keep it in your range bag and have a padded surface available at the shooting bench. Cleans with warm water and mild detergent. Small pad is just the right size for a handgun, large pad works great for rifles, shotguns, and muzzleloaders. a b SPECS: Polyester fabric, green w/PVC backing. Small - 20” (50.8cm) long x 16” (40.6cm) wide. Large - 54” (137cm) long x 16” wide. #100-004-360AG Small Gun Cleaning Pad 6C04Y99. .$ 5.99 #100-004-359AG Large Gun Cleaning Pad 6C07Y99 . . 9.99 Brownells AR-15/M16 FRONT SIGHT BENCH BLOCK Two Working Sides For Installation & Removal Big, tough, polyethylene block gives fitted support for installing/removing the front sight assembly on mil-spec, AR-15 rifles and carbines. Precision-machined and clearly marked on both sides for driving the mounting pins “IN” or “OUT” of the sight. Accommodates the sling swivel, plus, includes provisions for removing the gas tube roll pin. a b SPECS: Polyethylene, orange. 4" (10.2cm) dia. x 111⁄16" (4.3cm) high. 080-000-252AG AR-15 Front Sight Bench Block, 8D31B99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 39.99 Brownells GUNSMITH’S PUNCH & NEEDLE FILE BLOCK Ends Bench Clutter, Keeps ’Em Where You Can Find ’Em Compact, tough, solid oak block has 40 holes drilled along the top to hold punches, small screwdrivers, palm chisels, needle files, gravers, pencils, scribes right where they're always handy. Frees up tool box space. Designed by a gunsmith for use on his own bench, and shared with us because it's such a great tool holder. a b SPECS: 15" (38.1cm) long, 3" (7 .6cm) wide, 21⁄4" (5.7cm) high. 12 .1mm) diameter; 12 holes 7⁄16" (11.1mm) diameter; 16 holes 9⁄32" (7 holes 3⁄16" (4.8mm) diameter. All holes 11⁄4" (3.2cm) deep. #084-305-101AG Punch & Needle File Block, 9A40V18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 47.99 Brownells GUNSMITH MASTER PUNCH SET High Quality Tools For Professional Results The punches in this master set were specifically chosen for the professional gunsmith. We handpicked high quality punches and added a nylon bench block, nylon/brass hammer, and neoprene gun mat, then packed them in a durable polyethylene case for easy access and storage in the shop. Features (4) premium quality starter punches to break loose stuck or tight pins, (4) pin punches with hardened points that won’t bend, (1) prick punch for marking spots before center punching, and (1) center punch for starting holes before drilling. Also includes (4) premium brass punches for drifting sights, driving pins or fitting parts when marking or scratching the surface can mean the difference between a job well done and disaster, plus (3) nylon front-sight drift punches for driving the front sight in or out without marring. Steel and brass punches are individually marked for size. Solid nylon, bench block with “V” center holds round or flat pieces tight. Nylon/Brass hammer with nylon head won’t mar metal, and solid brass head is perfect for driving punches. Neoprene gun mat is soft and flexible to safeguard the finish on guns during cleaning or repair. Just the right size to hold a handgun and small parts; easily cleans with mild detergent and warm water. a b SPECS: Polyethylene Case - 14” (35.6cm) long, 9” (23cm) wide, 7⁄ 1 8" (4.7cm) high. Pin/Starter Punches - Tool steel, knurled body. 4” (10.2cm) long x 1⁄16" (1.6mm), 3⁄32" (2.4mm), 1⁄8" (3.2mm), 5⁄32" (4mm) diameter Center Punch - Tool steel, knurled body. 3½” (9.0cm) long .9mm) dia. Prick Punch - Tool steel, knurled body. 4” (10.2cm) x 5⁄16" (7 .9mm) hex stock, long x 5⁄16" dia. Brass Punches - 3½” long, 5⁄16" (7 3⁄ 5⁄ 7 5 ", 322011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=436http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=436GENERAL GUNSMITH TOOLS Set LYMAN DELUXE PUNCH SETS Convenient, Easy-To-Use Sets Ensure You Have The Right Punch For The Job Compact set of punches, with hammer, stores in its own bench block for quick access. Combination brass/nylon hammer has machine knurled handle for positive grip. a b SPECS: 4130 steel punches. Set includes 1 3 1 ⁄16" (1.5mm), ⁄32" (2.3mm), ⁄8" (3.1mm), 5⁄32" (3.9mm), 3⁄16" (4.7mm) dia. pin punches, 1⁄8" center punch, 3⁄16" dia. brass drift. Brass/nylon face hammer, 8" (20cm) overall length, hardwood storage block. #539-703-129AG Deluxe Hmr/Punch Set 9C35P08 . .$ 42.99 ROLL PIN PUNCH SET - Remove and replace hollow split roll pins easily and safely using these special-built round-nose punches. The round tip locks into the pin to keep the punch from slipping and damaging receivers, trigger assemblies, and other fragile mechanisms. Machined knurling also helps you maintain a secure grip and retain control of the punch. Made of through-hardened 4140 steel for maximum strength and years of dependable service. SPECS: 4140 chrome-moly steel. Set of 4 punches, approx. 4" (10.2cm) long, in 1⁄16" (1.6mm), 3⁄32" (2.4mm), 1⁄8" (3.2mm), and 5⁄32" (4mm) dia. #539-000-018AG Roll Pin Punch Set 9C13B20 . . . . . .$ 13.99 PUNCH SET - Five, precision-machined gunsmith punches equip you to handle a wide variety of disassembly and reassembly jobs. Nontapered, with a flat tip for removing solid pins—excellent for drifting sight pins in and out. Kit includes four, steel punches through-hardened for excellent strength and a non-marring brass drift punch for jobs where the gun’s finish must be protected. Knurled handles ensure a firm grip to prevent slippage that can lead to accidental marring of the gun’s finish SPECS: Pin punches - 4140 chrome-moly steel. 1⁄16", 3⁄32", 1⁄8", 5⁄32" diameters. 3½" to 4½" OAL. Drift punch - Brass. 3⁄16" (4.8cm) diameter. 3¼" (8.3cm) OAL. 539-000-019AG Punch Set 9C13B66 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 15.99 TOP DEAD CENTER PUNCH Positive Centering For Sight Installation A rugged, foolproof tool to end the problems of offcenter-work that come from trying to “eyeball” Top Dead Center on gun barrels or other round stock. Just level and plumb the rifle on the drill press, place TDC on barrel or receiver, level bubble and tap punch. Punch mark is Top Dead Center. Shockproof level. a b SPECS: Body - 115⁄16" (23.8mm) x 11⁄2" (3.8mm) x 1" (2.5cm), aluminum. Punch - 1⁄4" (6.3mm) diameter tool steel. Locating Rod - 51⁄2" (14cm) long. #871-100-000AG Top Dead Center Punch, 1G37A27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 37.99 Brownells ALIGNMENT & PUSH PUNCHES Use to Align Parts, Start Pins, Assembly/Disassembly For the professional and home gunsmith alike these punches take much of the frustration out of aligning parts and assemblies. And they provide faster and easier disassembly, too. Furnished with a large, easy-to-grasp, handle that gives excellent control for aligning holes and starting pins. Slightly undersized shank provides a close fit that won’t bind in the hole. A slight taper, 3⁄4" from the end is especially useful when fitting parts that require repeated assembly and disassembly. Four sizes fit the majority of pins found on the AR-15, 1911 Auto, Remington 870 and Ruger Revolvers. Won’t roll off bench. Alignment/Push Punch Set includes one each of the punches listed below, plus a Delrin bench block to store and organize all eight punches, so you always have them at your fingertips. Bench block also available separately. a b SPECS: Handle - Plastic. Shank - Unhardened steel drill rod, or 360 alloy brass . 3¼" (8.2cm) long. OAL - 4¾" (12.1cm) long. Alignment/ Push Punch Set - Contains (4) brass and (4) steel punches, (1) brass and (1) steel of each diameter: .092" (2.3mm), .120" (3mm), .151" (3.8mm), and .246" (6.2mm). Bench Block - Delrin, tan. 63⁄8" (16cm) long, 3" (7 .6cm) wide, ¾" (1.9cm) high. Holds 8 punches. STK# STEEL STK# BRASS DIA. PRICE #080-000-029AG #080-000-024AG .092" 8K06U97 2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=437http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=437CUP TIP PUNCHES Brownells MAYHEW The Only Way To Remove Wee Sight Pins MINI PUNCHES Brownells ROLL PIN PUNCH SET Remove & Install Roll Pins The Professional Way We combined 19 of our most popular roll pin punches and added a handy bench block to come up with the perfect punch set for the busy shop or department armor. Easily start, remove, and install spring pins and roll pins in firearms without damage to the pin or firearm. Features (5) holder punches, (7) starter punches, and (7) standard punches that can easily handle any job out there. Made from solid steel, with parallel-ground shanks and knurled handles. Also includes a non-marring, nylon drift punch that won’t damage or scrape delicate surface finishes. Machined, Delrin® bench block holds and organizes all the punches for easy access. Holder punches cup and hold roll pins, keeping them aligned for easy starting without pinching or binding. Especially good on the tiny, hard-to-grab ones, or those in tight places. Features a 1/16" diameter punch that is notched to clear the M16/AR-15 rear sight, plus a 3.5mm diameter punch for holding the pin that retains the breech block on Sig handguns. Finish driving with a standard roll pin punch. Starter punches are used to start the removal of roll or spring pins without causing damage to the pins or the punch. Short shaft gives more control by putting your hand closer to the pin and prevents bending the longer, standard roll pin punches. Standard punches are used to finish drive the roll pin or spring pin after it’s started. Starter and standard roll pin punches feature a special tip that centers inside the hollow pin to help prevent slippage. Complete set includes bench block, also available separately. a b SPECS: Punches - Steel, knurled handle, matte black. Nylon Punch 5⁄ .9mm) diameter. Holder Punches - Contains 4” (10cm) long x 16" (7 (1) of each diameter: 1⁄16" (1.6mm), 5⁄64" (2mm), 3⁄32" (2.4mm), 1⁄8" .6cm) (3.2mm), 9⁄64" (3.5mm). Working length: 2½” (6.3cm) - 3” (7 long. Starter Punches - Contains (1) of each diameter: #1, 1⁄16"; #2, 4⁄ 3⁄ 1⁄ 5⁄ 3⁄ , 64"; #3, 32"; #4, 8" (3.2mm); #5, 32" (4mm); #6, 16" (4.8mm); #7 7⁄ 32" (5.5mm). Working length: ½” (3.2cm) long. Standard Punches - Contains (1) of each diameter: #1, 1⁄16"; #2, 5⁄64"; #3, 3⁄32"; #4, 1⁄8"; #5, 5⁄ 3 , 7⁄32". Working length: 15⁄16" (2.4cm) - 2½” (6.4cm) 32"; #6, ⁄16"; #7 .6cm) wide, long. Bench Block - Delrin, tan. 63⁄8" (16cm) long, 3” (7 ¾” (1.9cm) high. Holds all 20 punches. Bench block included in set, also available separately. #080-000-651AG Roll Pin Punch Set 8K83U81 . . . .$ 100.99 #080-000-650AG Bench Block, only 8K07U73 . . . . . . . . . 9.99 Brownells ROLL PIN PUNCHES GENERAL GUNSMITH TOOLS Prevent Those Beautiful Round-Headed Pins From Flat-Topping Eight concave “cupped” tip punches to precisely fit the round head pins found on Smith & Wesson handguns. Won’t flatten the pin top and ruin the gun’s looks. Made to the same specs as those used by the factory. Use 3mm punch on SIG handguns. Complete set (Set D listed below) includes a Delrin® bench block that holds and organizes all eight punches. Bench block also available separately. a b .9mm) wide hex handle. Long - 33⁄4" SPECS: Punches - Steel. 5⁄16” (7 3⁄ (9.5cm) overall w/ 4" (19.0mm) tip. Short - 33⁄8" (8.6cm) overall .9mm) hex handles. Bench Block - Delrin, w/ 3⁄8" (9.5mm) tip. 5⁄16" (7 tan. 8” (20cm) long, 3” (7 .6cm) wide, ¾” (1.9cm) high. Holds all 8 punches. Set A contains (1) of each punch #1, #2 and #3. Set B contains (1) of each of punch #4, #5 and #6. Set C contains (1) of each punch #1 thru #6. Set D contains (1) of each of punch #1 thru #8 and bench block. STOCK # MODEL DIA./LENGTH #080-620-001AG 1 .057" (1.4mm)/long #080-620-002AG 2 .066" (1.7mm)/long #080-620-003AG 3 .072" (1.8mm)/long #080-620-004AG 4 .040" (1.0mm)/short #080-620-005AG 5 .050" (1.3mm)/short #080-620-006AG 6 .050" (1.3mm)/long #080-620-300AG 7 3mm (.118")/long #080-620-301AG 8 3mm (.118")/short — Advise # — Cup Tip Pu2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=438http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=438GENERAL GUNSMITH TOOLS REPLACEABLE PIN PUNCH SET Take The Blow($) Out Of Replacing Pin Punches Finally! What we think is the answer to the pin punch headache that has plagued us - and every other gunsmith who has ever knocked out a gun pin, had the punch break or bend, and been out of business until a new one could be made or ordered. Now - Just Replace the Tip! b a Brownells GUNSMITH STARRETT AUTOMATIC CENTER PUNCH For Fine, Precision Marking Automatic, one hand operation leaves the other hand free to steady the work. Fully adjustable for strength of impact. All working parts are hardened. Point is removable. a b SPECS: Steel. 37⁄8" (9.8cm) long. .405" (10.3mm) diameter. 11⁄2 oz. (43 g). Knurled body and adjusting cap. Starrett #18AA. #827-501-190AG Starrett Auto Punch, 7B00YTP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 31.99 #827-703-800AG Replacement Punch Tip, 7B00ZAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.99 1" NYLON/BRASS HAMMER Our Most Popular Gunsmith No-Mar Hammer Brownells GRACE GUNSMITH’S BALLPEEN HAMMER Exceptional Balance & Control For Precision Work Drop forged, steel heads secured to tough, seasoned hickory handles provide exceptional balance and control for precision gunsmithing work. Half-round, machined “ballpeens” allow maximum striking force to be applied to a very small area. Tapered handle is shaped for comfort and an easy grasp. Available in 2, 4, 8, and 12 ounce weights for a variety of light to heavy jobs. a b SPECS: Steel head, hickory handle. 2 oz. - 10¼” (26cm) OAL. Head 5⁄ 39⁄ - 2¼” (5.7cm) long x 8" (1.4cm) dia. large face, 64" (1.5cm) dia. ballpeen. 4 oz. - 10½” (26.7cm) OAL. Head - 2¾” (7cm) long x ¾” (1.9cm) dia. large face, 11⁄16" (1.7cm) dia. ballpeen. 8 oz. - 117⁄8" (30.1cm) OAL. Head - 3½” (10.2cm) long x 7⁄8" (2.2cm) dia. large face, 55⁄64" (2.16cm) dia. ballpeen. 12 oz. - 12¾” (32.4cm) OAL. Head - 4” (10.2cm) long x 11⁄16" (2.7cm) dia. large face, 1” (2.5cm) dia. ballpeen. #354-000-020AG 2 oz. Ballpeen Hammer 4E14P95 . . $ 17.95 #354-000-021AG 4 oz. Ballpeen Hammer 4E15P95 . . . 18.95 #354-000-022AG 8 oz. Ballpeen Hammer 4E16P95 . . . 19.95 #354-000-023AG 12 oz. Ballpeen Hammer 4E17P95 . . 20.95 Replaceable Punch Pin Handles, with removable knurled-chuck to hold punch, are made of powerful, fatigueproof C.R.S. Steel - Tensile strength of over 140,000 psi (Min.). Replaceable Punch: the secret of the tool. These are special, tool steel, bevel-headed punches designed for the tool, die and mold manufacturers as perforators, punches, ejectors and core pins. Oil hardened to Rc 58-60. Heads are annealed to Rc 42-45. They come in two lengths and can be ground down to exact length required - custom punches with minimum investment. SPECS: Handle 3" (7 .6cm) long x 3⁄8" (9.5mm) diameter. Pins are 2" (5.1cm) or 21⁄2" (6.3cm) long. GRACE PIN PUNCH SET This combo is so perfect for so many jobs around the gun shop and on the range, it’s impossible to list ’em all. Nylon head resists breaking, won’t mar metal. Solid brass is the Basic for gunsmith use with punches and more. a b SPECS: 1" (2.5cm) diameter faces. 111⁄2" (29.2cm) hickory handle. Weighs approximately 6 oz. (170 g). 818-600-100AG 1" Nylon/Brass Hammer, 8A00HDZ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 19.99 7 Handy Punches This set will cover 90% of your shop needs and gun pin needs. a b SPECS: 1 starter punch, 1 center 1⁄ 5⁄ punch, 5 drift punches ( 16”, 64”, 1 5 3⁄ 32”, ⁄8” & ⁄32” diameters). #354-007-000AG Punch Kit 4E00BXC . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 36.99 3⁄ 4 Brownells " NYLON/BRASS HAMMER HAMMERS COMPLETE SINGLE PIN PUNCHES STOCK # LENGTH DIA. STOCK # LENGTH DIA. #080-507-239AG 2" .039 #080-507-539AG 2½" .039 #080-507-260AG 2" .060 #080-507-560AG 2½" .060 #080-507-291AG 2" .091 #080-507-591AG 2½" .091 — Advise # — Replacement Pin Punch, each, 8K08U38. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 10.99 #080-507-000AG Repl. Pin Punch Set of 3, w/2" pins, 8K19P71 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=439http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=439GARLAND MANUFACTURING RAWHIDE HAMMERS Durable, Rock-Solid; Non-Marring Tough, long-wearing, rawhide mallets cushion the blow to prevent marring or denting wood and metal. Tightly wound rawhide is impregnated with resin to provide a high-strength, rock-solid hammer head. Large head size provides increased surface area without adding additional weight. Ideal for use on broad-faced striking surfaces in a large variety of applications. SPECS: Head - Rawhide, resin impregnated, contains lead. Handle - Hickory. 8 oz. - 2½" (6.3cm) long, 1¼" (3.4cm) dia., 9” (22.9cm) high. 12 oz. - 3" (7 .6cm) long, 1½" (3.8cm) dia., 10" (25.4cm) high. #100-003-751AG Rawhide Hammer, 8 oz. 4A00HDZ .$ 23.29 #100-003-752AG Rawhide Hammer, 12 oz. 4A00YTP . 24.50 Brownells STUCK CASE PULLER Remove Stuck Cases Without Fear Of Accidental Ignition Works when other pullers fail, even if the case rim is partially sheared away. Steel collets grip entire circumference of case rim. Slide hammer uses inertia to safely remove stuck cases. a b SPECS: Steel, blued. 24" (60cm) long. 4 lb. (1.8 kg) wt. Collets: Available for: .223; .308/.30-’06; Magnum (fits Win. and Rem. Mag cases - except new WSM, WSSM, Rem. Ultra Mag). Complete Tool: Includes 1 collet, head, slide hammer, shaft and instructions. STOCK # STOCK # COMPLETE TOOL COLLET ONLY COLLET SIZE #080-880-223AG #080-881-223AG Fits .222, .223, etc. #080-880-308AG #080-881-308AG Fits .308, .30-06, etc. #080-880-338AG #080-881-338AG Fits .30-.338 Mag., etc. — Advise # — Complete Stuck Case Puller, 8K100A64. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 125.99 — Advise # — Stuck Case Puller Collet, only, 9A19V10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.99 Calibers C.J. WEAPONS BROKEN SHELL EXTRACTORS Fast, No-Fuss Removal Of Stuck Cases Don’t let case head separation put an end to your day at the range or in the field. Simple, reliable tool quickly and easily removes a stuck case from the chamber. Make sure gun is unloaded, then insert the shell extractor in the chamber and close the action, just like you’re loading another round. The back of the tool takes the place of the missing case head, while the springy steel fingers slide through the case neck and expand to positively grab the case mouth. Manually work the action to extract the broken shell and the tool. Carry one in your pocket when shooting as cheap insurance against having your range day or hunt cut short. Fits ONLY the specified caliber. SPECS: Steel, blued. Models available for the calibers listed below. 100-005-992AG .223/5.56mm Broken Shell Extractor, 5K06Y15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 8.99 #100-003-126AG .308 Broken Shell Extractor, 5K06X03 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.99 #100-003-127AG .30-06 Broken Shell Extractor, 5K06X03 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.99 100-005-993AG .30 Carbine Broken Shell Extractor, 5K06Y15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.99 100-005-755AG .300 Win. Mag. Broken Shell Extractor, 5K06V38 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.99 #100-003-128AG 7.62 x 39 Broken Shell Extractor, 5K06X03 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.99 #100-003-160AG 7.62 x 54R Broken Shell Extractor, 5K06C03 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.99 100-005-994AG .303 British Broken Shell Extractor, 5K06T15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.99 100-005-995AG 8mm Mauser Broken Shell Extractor, 5K06T15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.99 GUNSMITH'S LONG CHAIN NOSE PLIERS Heavy-Duty, Needle-Nose Much heavier than needle-nose pliers. Finely serrated jaws. SPECS: 6" (15.2cm) - 61⁄2" (16.4cm) overall, 17⁄8" (4.8cm) jaw. #191-103-360AG 6" Chain Nose Pliers 1A00ZAY . . . .$ 18.00 GENERAL GUNSMITH TOOLS HIGH GRADE PARALLEL JAW PLIERS Most “Parallel” We’ve Found GUNSMITH’S RAWHIDE MALLET Perfect “Soft Touch” For Wood & Finished Metal Great for gently tappi2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=440http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=440GENERAL GUNSMITH TOOLS Brownells MAGNA-TIP World’s Most Versatile Gunsmithing Screwdriver - Custom Bits To Precisely Fit Any Gun Screw #81 Handle ® SCREWDRIVER SYSTEM THE HANDLE Part of the MAGNA-TIP system’s tremendous versatility comes from the handle. Bits are held in the shaft chuck by a powerful, built-in magnet or a spring clip for fast changes from one bit size to another. Deep, grooved flutes on the shockproof plastic handle provide a strong, positive gripping surface. EXPANDABLE & COMPATIBLE ALL of our MAGNA-TIP bits will fit your handle. If you lose a bit, or need a special one not in your set, you can purchase that bit separately and be assured it will fit. You can even grind bits for custom screws using the separately available Shaping Stone. PERFECT NO-SLIP FIT MAGNA-TIP bits have true power-flowing, hollow-ground blades, which means they’re ground slightly concave on the flats (wide dimension) to help the bit fit tightly in the screw slot without play, so it stays seated in the slot as you apply pressure. The bit is much less likely to slip and mar the slot. All the torque is transmitted down the shank of the bit evenly and smoothly, so maximum power is exerted as in a finely tapered gun spring. MAGNA-TIP bits are manufactured from the same materials as high-speed industrial impact-power drivers used in commerical production applications They have the right combination of hardness and durability for maximum strength and wear! FIELD CASE & BENCH TRAY Each MAGNA-TIP set comes in an unbreakable polyethylene field case with lift-out tray of indestructible ABS plastic . It has a space for your driver handle and compartments for extra bits, screws, or small parts from the gun you’re working on. SCREWDRIVERS Standard Set No. 1 shown One sign of truly professional gunsmithing work is a completed job with all the screw slots still in pristine unmarked - condition. The only way to achieve this is with screwdrivers #84 Hollow Handle that fit the slots perfectly. Our shopproven MAGNA-TIP screwdriver Magnetic LE Handle system makes this possible. To help you get a screwdriver set suited to your specific needs, we offer the MAGNA-TIP system ClipTip LE Handle in two basic configurations. The Standard Set contains bits for general gun maintenance and repair - and darn near everything around the house and garage, too. The Super Set, with its incredible selection of graduated bits, is the Gold Standard of gunsmith screwdrivers. For added customization, you get to choose the driver handle you want: the full-size #81 Handle, the #84 Hollow Handle with a compartment in the grip for storing bits, or if you like your hand close to the work, the Magnetic Law Enforcement Handle or Clip Tip Law Enforcement Handle. Both Law Enforcement (LE) handles grasp the bits equally well, but the Clip Tip version will not magnetize them. Like everything we sell, all of our MAGNA-TIP components are 100% Unconditionally Guaranteed to please you. MAGNA-TIP® SUPER SETS™ Every gunsmith knows no two screw slots are ever exactly the same. Because so many factories use outside vendors for screws, slot sizes can vary, even within the same model of gun. If you want to be professional about your work, you custom grind each bit to the correct size, a frustrating and timeconsuming task without a Super Set. a b The Super Set comes in graduated 22-bit, 44bit, and 58-bit configurations, so you’ll always have a screwdriver blade that precisely fits the size and width of virtually any screw slot. You get flat blades in 9 different widths from .120" to .360", each with four to six blade thicknesses from .030" through .070" in .005"or .010" increments. Each 1½" long bit is marked with its blade width and relative thickness number, 3 for thinnest, 4 for next thicker, etc. The 22 Bit Starter Super Set eases you into the powerful Super-Set concept with the 22 straight bits highlighted in the Super Set table, your choice of one handle, and the heavy duty box, and tray. When 2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=441http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=441MAGNA-TIP® BIT SHAPING STONE Forms The Bit To Fit The Slot MAGNA-TIP® PROFESSIONAL SUPER SET™ Brownells is proud to offer the most versatile screwdriver set for the professional gunsmith or serious hobbyist. Professional Super Set contains 120 Magna-Tip bits—the largest selection we’ve ever offered in a Magna-Tip set. Custom grinding bits for a proper fit, or having to put a crucial project on hold while you wait for a specialty screwdriver to arrive are worries of the past, because you’ll always have at your fingertips the correct bit for any gun screw. Includes 75 straight, 4 Phillips, 17 hex (Allen), 11 Torx®, and 13 specialty bits for sights, scope mounts, grip bushings, Ruger ejectors, and other unique applications, plus the handy Magna-Tip Choke Tube Wrench and a hex-to-square adapter so you can use your handles to drive ¼" drive sockets. The kit’s seven driver handles ensure you have the handle best suited for any job. You get the full-size #81 Handle, #84 Hollow Handle, magnetic Law Enforcement Handle, Law Enforcement Hollow Handle, Compact Law Enforcement Handle, the popular Stubby, and our Magna-Tip Ratchet Handle. The heavy duty, three-way Ratchet Handle provides extra leverage and speeds torque transfer to tighten or loosen fasteners. This set is also available with all of the above components, plus our Adjustable Torque Handle that provides precise tightening to exact torque specifications in 1 in-lb. increments from 10 to 70 in-lb. Both versions of the set come with a sturdy benchtop storage block to store all the bits and handles; a hard-side plastic carry case is supplied with Torque Handle. The Professional Super Set is truly the most versatile screwdriver system you’ll ever use—and quite possibly the last one you’ll ever have to buy! Adjustable PROFESSIONAL SUPER SET BITS BLADE BLADE BIT NO. DIA. THICKNESS 120-1 .120 .020 120-2 .120 .025 120-3 .120 .030 120-4 .120 .035 120-5 .120 .040 120-6 .120 .045 445-00 .138 .028 150-1 .150 .020 150-2 .150 .025 150-3 .150 .030 150-4 .150 .035 150-5 .150 .040 150-6 .150 .045 445-0 .154 .032 180-1 .180 .020 180-2 .180 .025 180-3 .180 .030 180-4 .180 .035 #6 slot** .180 .037 180-5 .180 .040 180-6 .180 .045 445-10 .185 .034 210-1 .210 .020 210-2 .210 .025 210-3 .210 .030 210-4 .210 .035 210-5 .210 .040 210-6 .210 .045 210-7 .210 .050 445-20 .216 .036 240-1 .240 .020 240-2 .240 .025 240-3 .240 .030 240-4 .240 .035 240-5 .240 .040 #8 slot** .240 .040 240-6 .240 .045 240-7 .240 .050 120 Bits Total, Plus Handles For Every Application The Most Versatile Magna-Tip Set Avaiable Special stones for custom-shaping MAGNA-TIP and Brownells Fixed Blade screwdrivers. To shape tips, chuck stone into drill press, lock bit or screwdriver into drill press vise and grind to match screw slot. Large stone fits the radius of the hollow grind on both screwdriver models. SPECS: 1⁄4" (6.35mm) shank. 25,000 rpm. Large - 19⁄16” (3.97cm) dia. x 1⁄2" (12.4mm) thick. Small - 5⁄8" (15.0mm) diameter x 1⁄2" (12.4mm) thick. #091-001-000AG Large MAGNA-TIP Stone 1K00AYT $ 5.99 #091-001-625AG Small MAGNA-TIP Stone 1K00UAV . 9.99 BLADE BLADE BIT NO. DIA. THICKNESS BIT PRICE 440-1* Phillips #1 NA 8K01U24 $ 1.99 440-2* Phillips #2 NA 8K01A25 $ 1.99 NA* Phillips #2 Anti-Cam-Out 8K02A52 $ 2.99 1⁄ 185-00* NA 8K02H52 $ 2.99 16" Allen 5⁄ 185-0* NA 8K02H52 $ 2.99 64" Allen 3⁄ 185-1* NA 1K02H52 $ 2.99 32" Allen 3⁄ See-Thru** 32" Allen NA 8K03C88 $ 4.99 7⁄ 185-9* NA 8K02H52 $ 2.99 64" Allen See-Thru** 7⁄64" Allen NA 8K04C20 $ 4.99 1⁄ 185-2* NA 8K02H52 $ 2.99 8" Allen 9⁄ 185-10 NA 8K02H52 $ 2.99 64" Allen 5⁄ 185-3** NA 8K01H85 $ 2.19 32" Allen 3⁄ 185-4** NA 8K02H52 $ 2.99 16" Allen 7⁄ 185-5** NA 8K02H52 $ 2.99 32" Allen 185-6** ¼” Allen NA 8K02H52 $ 2.99 H52215XM* 1.5mm Allen NA 8K02X68 $ 4.99 H5222XM* 2mm Allen NA 8K02X52 $ 2.99 H52225XM* 2.5mm Allen NA 8K02C52 $ 2.99 H5223XM* 3mm Allen NA 8K02C52 $ 2.99 H5224XM* 4mm Allen NA 8K02C52 $ 2.99 NA* T5 Torx NA 8K02U52 $ 2.99 NA* T6 Torx NA 8K02U52 $ 2.99 NA* T7 Torx NA 8K02U52 2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=442http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=442GENERAL GUNSMITH TOOLS OFFICIALLY LICENSED Brownells ® NRA MAGNA-TIP SCREWDRIVER SET BIT SPECIFICATIONS BIT # #120-1 #150-4 #180-3 #180-5 #210-5 #240-5 #300-6 #360-8 L/B #185-00 #185-0 #185-1 #185-2 #185-3 #185-4 #185-9 #185-10 #1 #2 #3 T10 T15 TYPE Slotted Slotted Slotted Slotted Slotted Slotted Slotted Slotted Slotted Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex Phillips Phillips Phillips Torx Torx SIZE .120 x .020 .150 x .035 .180 x .030 .180 x .040 .210 x .040 .240 x .040 .300 x .050 .360 x .070 Leupold Windage 1/16 5/64 3/32 1/8 5/32 3/16 7/64 9/64 1 2 3 T10 T15 Brownells GUN SPECIFIC SCREWDRIVER SETS Brownells FIXED-BLADE ALLEN & PHILLIPS DRIVERS Hardened steel shafts have our exclusive, hex wrench section to deliver more torque on stubborn screws plus, unbreakable, “just right” handles for superb control. a b ALLEN-HEAD - One-piece shaft and driver provide increased control for precision, scope mounting applications. SPECS: 21⁄2" (6.3cm) long shanks, 33⁄4" (9.5cm) long x 1" diameter handle. Set includes one driver of each size. STOCK # SIZE PRICE STOCK # SIZE PRICE #080-453-062AG 1⁄16" $ 9.99 #080-453-109AG 7⁄64" $ 9.99 #080-453-078AG 5⁄64" $ 9.99 #080-453-137AG 3.5mm $ 9.99 #080-453-093AG 3⁄32" $ 9.99 #080-453-156AG 5⁄32" $ 9.99 #080-453-000AG Allen Fixed-Blade Set 8K44V51 . . .$ 53.99 PHILLIPS “ANTI-CAM” - The long shank slips through recoil pads for “markless installation”. Unique, anti-cam blade teeth provide extra “bite” on hard-to-remove Phillips screws but will not mark screw heads during installation. SPECS: Set includes one of each size. Bits for #1, #2, #3 Phillips screws. .240" (6mm) and .210" (5.3mm) shaft diameter. #080-452-001AG #1 Fixed-Blade Phillips 8K08A10 . . .$ 9.99 #080-452-002AG #2 Fixed-Blade Phillips 8K08V10 . . . . 9.99 #080-452-003AG #3 Fixed-Blade Phillips 8K08V10 . . . . 9.99 #080-452-000AG Fixed-Blade Phillips Set 8K22A40 . . 26.99 S&W REVOLVER COMBO - Four bits to fit side plate, grip, thumb latch, and rear sight elevation and tang screws. SPECS: 8" (20.3cm) long overall. 11⁄4" (3.2cm) diameter grip. #080-087-004AG 4-in-1 S&W Combo 8K14B80 . . . . . . $ 17.95 #080-087-002AG S&W Combo Bits, only 8K06B65 . . . . . 7.99 S&W SCREWDRIVER - Three custom bits for S&W Strain, Windage, Side Plate and Sight attaching screws. Comes with ClipTip Law Enforcement Handle for excellent control. No storage compartment in grip. SPECS: 51⁄2" (14cm) long overall. 1" (2.5cm) diameter grip. #080-088-003AG S&W Screwdriver Set 8K14X32 . . .$ 16.99 #080-088-005AG S&W Bits, only 8K04X78 . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.99 WINCHESTER/MARLIN SCREWDRIVERS - Specially-selected bits correctly fit all external screws on these popular lever-action rifles and shotguns. SPECS: 8" (20.3cm) long overall. 11⁄4" (3.2cm) diameter grip. Win. 97 - (4) bits; Marlin 336 - (6) bits; Win. 92 - (7) bits; Win. 94 Angle Eject - (5) bits; Win. 94 Top Eject - (6) bits. #080-087-005AG Win. 97 Set 8K17B32 . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 19.99 #080-087-010AG Win. 97 Bits, only 8K06B52 . . . . . . . . . . 7.99 #080-087-006AG Marlin 336 Set 8K19B10 . . . . . . . . . . . 22.99 #080-087-011AG Marlin 336 Bits, only 8K08B67. . . . . . 10.99 #080-087-007AG Winchester 92/Rossi Set 8K20B61 . . 24.99 #080-087-012AG Win. 92/Rossi Bits, only 8K09B57 . . . 11.99 #080-087-008AG Win. 94 Angle Eject Set 8K17B70 . . . 22.99 #080-087-013AG Win. 94 Angle Eject Bits, only, 8K07B80 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.99 #080-087-009AG Win. 94 Top Eject Set 8K18B85 . . . . . 22.99 #080-087-014AG Win. 94 Top Ejct Bits, only 8K09B22 10.99 REMINGTON 870/1100 SHOTGUN - Clip Tip Law Enforcement Handle with five bits to fit magazine extension bracket, buttplate screws, recoil pads, factory folding stocks, and pistol grips. No storage compartment in handle. SPECS: 51⁄2" (14cm) long overall. 1" (2.5cm) diameter grip. #080-088-870AG 870/1100 Screwdriver Set, 8K15X53 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 19.99 BROWNING AUTO-5 - Four, slotted, thin bits precisely match2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=443http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=443IMAGNA-TIP® SCREWDRIVER HANDLESI #81 - Rugged and hand filling, #81 with a powerful magnet for fast bit changes. Plus, #84 Hollow the magnetism transfers through the bit, to hold Law Enforcement the screw against Hollow the bit. The grip Law Enforcement is made from a Compact tough, nearly Law Enforcement unbreakable plastic, while the Stubby steel, hex shank accepts a small wrench for added leverage. a b SPECS: 8" (20.3cm) long overall. 11⁄4" (3.2cm) diameter grip. 31⁄4" (8.3cm) long shank. #080-086-181AG #81 Handle, no bit 8K10D60 . . . . . . .$ 12.99 #84 HOLLOW - Same size as #81 handle but with a hollow grip that holds four bits; screw-on cap keeps them in place. Make a custom screwdriver kit to fit each gun. SPECS: 8" (20.3cm) long overall. 11⁄4" (3.2cm) diameter grip. 31⁄4" (8.3cm) long shank. Handle With Bits includes #445-1, #445-2, #445-3 and #445-4. #080-087-084AG #84 Handle, w/4 bits 8K17B52 . . . . .$ 20.99 #080-087-000AG #84 Handle, no bits 8K15B32 . . . . . . . .17.99 #080-087-001AG Replacement Cap, White 9Z01B44 . . . 1.99 STUBBY HANDLE - Just the ticket for tight places. Superstrong, magnetic grip of the full size MAGNA-TIP . SPECS: 21⁄2" (6.3cm) long overall. 11⁄4" (3.2cm) diameter grip. 5⁄8" (15.9mm) long shank. #080-090-000AG Stubby Handle 8K08X16. . . . . . . . . . .$ 9.99 LAW ENFORCEMENT HANDLES - Originally requested by police armorers who wanted their hands close to the work but with a longer handle than our Stubby. About 25% shorter and smaller diameter than our #81 Handle. Magnetic model for fast bit changes. Clip-Tip won’t transfer magnetism to bits. SPECS: 51⁄2" (14cm) long overall. 1" (2.5cm) diameter grip. 13⁄4" (4.5cm) long shank. #080-088-001AG Clip-Tip LE Handle 8K10X82 . . . . .$ 15.99 #080-088-004AG Magnetic LE Handle 8K11X15 . . . . . 14.97 COMPACT LAW ENFORCEMENT HANDLE - Similar proportions to our Standard Law Enforcement Handle in an even more compact package. Comfortable, small-diameter grip is longer and slimmer than our Stubby Handle to give you the extra grasping area you need to loosen stubborn screws. SPECS: 3¾” (9.5cm) long overall. 7⁄8" (2.2cm) diameter grip. 1” (2.5cm) long shank. #080-089-005AG Compact Clip-Tip LE Handle, 9Z10X72 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 15.60 #080-089-006AG Compact Magnetic LE Handle, 9Z10X29 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.97 LAW ENFORCEMENT HOLLOW HANDLE - Combines the Law Enforcement Handle’s short shank with the convenient storage compartment and full-size grip of our #84 Hollow Handle. Assemble your own gun-specific, go-anywhere pocket screwdriver kit for shop or field use. Magnetic socket for fast bit changes. SPECS: 63⁄16" (15.7cm) long overall. 1¼” (3.2cm) diameter grip. 1¾” (4.5cm) long shank.t #080-088-006AG LE Hollow Handle 8K15X52 . . . . . .$ 21.99 Brownells A Screwdriver Kit For Your Pocket, Tool Box & Range Bag DESIGNATED DRIVER Handy, fluted aluminum handle with one Phillips and four of our premium hollow ground slotted bits; all stored right in the handle, always available when you need them. 3" length gives excellent control; keeps your hand close to the work and helps prevent damage to screw slots. Quickchange, magnetic bit retainer also keeps small screws from getting lost. 2" magnetic extension provides extra reach. Driver, w/ choke wrench includes an additional choke wrench bit. a b SPECS: Aluminum handle, green. 3" (7 .6cm) overall length, 1" (2.5cm) diameter. Accepts all Brownells 1⁄4" hex drive bits. 1" long bits - 445-1, 445-2, 445-3, 445-4 and 440-2 Phillips. Choke Wrench Bit - 7⁄8" (22.2mm) diameter, 11⁄2" (3.8cm) long. 080-000-023AG Designated Driver, w/o choke wrench, 1E22U91. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 29.99 #080-000-059AG Designated Driver, w/choke wrench, 1E24B15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29.97 #198-000-010AG Magna-Tip® Choke Tube Wrench, only, 8A04D52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.99 Set designed and develop2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=444http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=444GENERAL GUNSMITH TOOLS IBrownells SPECIAL USE MAGNA-TIP THIN BIT SET - Eighteen incredibly thin bits to fit the extra-narrow screw slots often encountered on European-style screws. Take great care when using these bits. The blade MUST fill the slot from side-to-side and edgeto-edge or it will most certainly break. Freeze spray, heat, penetrating oil, a few taps, regrinding the bit for an even better fit. a b SPECS: Includes 18, 11⁄2" (3.8cm) long bits in flip-top storage box. STOCK # #080-120-120AG #080-120-225AG #080-150-120AG #080-150-225AG #080-180-120AG #080-180-225AG #080-210-120AG #080-210-225AG #080-240-120AG #080-240-225AG #080-270-120AG #080-270-225AG #080-300-120AG #080-300-225AG #080-340-120AG #080-340-225AG #080-360-120AG #080-360-225AG BIT # 120-1 120-2 150-1 150-2 180-1 180-2 210-1 210-2 240-1 240-2 270-1 270-2 300-1 300-2 340-1 340-2 360-1 360-2 BLADE WIDTH .120 .120 .150 .150 .180 .180 .210 .210 .240 .240 .270 .270 .300 .300 .340 .340 .360 .360 BLADE THICK .020 .025 .020 .025 .020 .025 .020 .025 .020 .025 .020 .025 .020 .025 .020 .025 .020 .025 PRICE 8K02V52 8K02V52 8K02X52 8K02X52 8K02X52 8K02X52 8K02P52 8K02P52 8K02V52 8K02V52 8K02H52 8K02H52 8K02H52 8K02H52 8K02H52 8K02H52 8K02D55 8K02D55 ® BITS DELUXE GUN SCREWDRIVER SET CHAPMAN Expanded, Take-Along Kit Snap-lock, hard shell case holds a gun-oriented selection of standard slotted and Phillips head bits. Plus, the most used Allen head bits to fit many new style scope and sight mounts. Hinge-top lid and easy-to-reach tray puts driver, ratchet and bits right at your fingertips. Slip inside your coat pocket or backpack for quick repairs while hunting or fishing. NOT guaranteed against breakage. a b SPECS: Kit contains handle, extension, ratchet, 12 slotted head bits, 2 Phillips head bits, 10 Allen head bits. Packaged in a 61⁄2" (16.5cm) X 41⁄2" (11.4cm) polyethylene case. #172-890-000AG Chapman Deluxe Screwdriver Set, 2G00AVB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 36.99 PISTOL GRIP SCREW BITS - Here are the three Magna®-Tip bits you’ll need to install and remove our custom grip screws. Although we picked them to match our screws, they’ll fit other brands too. SPECS: Steel, heat treated. Allen: 3⁄32" hex. Slotted: 240-5. TORX: T-15. Fit Brownells 1911 Auto and Ruger MkI/ MkII grip screws. #080-185-100AG 3⁄32" Allen Bit 1K02X52 . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 2.99 #080-240-540AG 240-5 Slotted Bit 8K02V52 . . . . . . . . . . 2.99 #080-435-015AG T-15 TORX Bit 8K02T52 . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.99 4” EXTENSION - Adds 4" to any Magna-Tip driver to allow access to those hard-to-reach places. Magnetic socket holds bits securely. Fits all Magna-Tip bits and handles. SPECS: 4" (10.2cm) long. #080-000-656AG Magna-Tip 4" Extension 8K06U52 . .$ 9.99 SQUARE DRIVE ADAPTER - Tighten small bolts and nuts faster and more carefully than with a wrench. Hex to square adapter fits MAGNA-TIP handles and power driver bit holders converting them into effective nut drivers using your 1⁄4" drive sockets. Gives added versatility for your MAGNATIP set. SPECS: Steel. 1.25" (31cm) long. 1⁄4" hex (6.3mm) to 1⁄4" square. #080-401-250AG Square Drive Adapter 8K03T65 . . . .$ 4.99 SOCKET DRIVE ADAPTER - Quick change, Clip-Tip style adapter lets you use your MAGNA-TIP bits with 3⁄8" drive socket set ratchets, extensions, speed handles, and Thandles. Tapered nose won’t obstruct view of work. Heat-treated steel. SPECS: 3⁄8" (9.5mm) drive to 1⁄4" (6.3mm) hex. 11⁄4" (3.2cm) L x 3⁄4" (19.0mm) diameter. Nose is 7⁄16" (11.1mm) diameter. #080-430-025AG Socket Drive Adapter 8K04T22 . . . .$ 4.99 SEE-THRU RING BITS - Extra-long MAGNA-TIP bits reach right through scope rings. Set includes bits for #6 and #8 slotted screws; 3⁄32" (fits Leupold) and 7⁄64" (fits Redfield) hex-head, T-10 and T-15 TORX ring and base screws. SPECS: 17⁄8" (4.7cm) long overall, 11⁄4" (3.1cm) long shank. #080-146-006AG #6 Slotted See Thru Bit, 8K03B19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 3.99 #080-146-008AG #8 Slo2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=445http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=445GRACE SCREWDRIVER SET PRECISION INSTRUMENT SCREWDRIVERS BONDHUS INDUSTRIES BONDHUS GENERAL GUNSMITH TOOLS Wooden Handles, Heavy Square Shanks Made from standard keystone bit screwdrivers with tip of bit ground parallel for short distance back to give better fit. Features square shank; hardened tips; square, hardwood handle and nickel-plated ferrule. Made in the USA, guaranteed not to break or chip. a b SPECS: Set of 8 or individuals available. Wooden handles. APPROX. APPROX. SCREW- BLADE BLADE OVERALL STOCK # DRIVER # WIDTH THICKNESS LENGTH #354-008-001AG N3 .315" .041" 9.25" #354-008-002AG N2 .300" .037" 4" #354-008-003AG H3 .190" .038" 7.5" #354-008-004AG N4 .375" .049" 9.50" #354-008-005AG H2 .195" .032" 6.25" #354-008-006AG G2 .125" .025" 4.5" #354-008-007AG H4 .235" .044" 8.5" #354-008-008AG G3 .160" .031" 5.5" — Advise # — Individual Grace Screwdriver, 4E05D81 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 6.99 #354-008-000AG Grace Eight-Screwdriver Set, 4E31D43 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41.99 IN HINGED WOODEN CASE Very Best Quality To Handle Smallest Of Gun Screws Precision screwdrivers. Handles are nickelplated steel, ribbed for positive handling. Blades of ground, tempered steel are held firmly in place by special chucks. Heads are free-swiveling. Complete screwdrivers are sold as a full set or separately. SPECS: Kit contains one of each size listed in the table below, plus .04” (1.0mm), .07" (1.8mm) and .140" (3.6mm), all in a hinged hardwood case. #249-919-000AG Instrument Screwdriver Set, 9D00PUA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 71.99 INDIVIDUAL COMPLETE SCREWDRIVERS STOCK # SIZE PRICE #249-914-060AG .06" (1.5mm) 9D00BXC $ 10.78 #249-914-090AG .09" (2.3mm) 8K00PUA $ 9.99 #249-914-115AG .115" (2.9mm) 8K00BXC $ 9.99 FIXED BLADE TORX DRIVERS Improves Control, Gives Positive Grip To Seat Rings & Bases “Just Right” T-10 and T-15 fit Brownells, Burris and Leupold scope ring and base screws. Ball-head driver can be held as much as 25° off angle and still grip the screw socket tightly. Hardened, steel shaft gives excellent reach; fluted handle provides a solid grip. a b SPECS: T-10 - 5" (12.7cm) long. 23⁄4" (7cm) long shank. T-15 - 51⁄2" 7⁄ .3cm) long shank. (14cm) long. 2 8" (7 #123-127-100AG T-10 TORX Driver 3B00XCH . . . . . . . $ 7.99 #123-127-150AG T-15 TORX Driver 3B00ZAY . . . . . . . . . 7.99 SHORT-ARM HEX “L ” WRENCHES For Micro-Sized Hex Head Screws; Inch & Metric Sets Available Micro-sized, short-arm hex wrenches get in the tight areas to adjust triggers, reflex sights, iron sights, or anyplace else small Allen head screws are used. Machined from proprietary, high-strength, Protanium® steel alloy with precision chamfered ends for easy insertion. Separate Inch and Metric sets available, each in a clear vinyl storage pouch. SPECS: Protanium® steel. 1¼" (3.2cm)-2½" (6.3cm) long. Inch Set includes .028", .035", .050", 1⁄16", 5⁄64" and 3⁄32" sizes. Metric Set includes .71mm, .89mm, 1.27mm, 1.5mm, 2mm, 2.5mm, 3mm. #123-000-016AG Inch Hex “L” Wrench Set, 3B06A37 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 7.99 #123-000-017AG Metric Hex “L” Wrench Set, 3B06A74 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.99 IMPACT DRIVER If It Is Going To Come Out This Will Do It Loosen frozen screws or securely tighten those that want to work loose (like scope base screws). Gives rotary impact power that hand tightening can't, and won't twist screw heads off. a b SPECS: Driver, 11⁄4" (3.2cm) diameter x 43⁄4" (12cm). Steel. 3⁄8" (9.5mm) sq. drive male end. Bit Holder, 3⁄8" (9.5mm) sq. drive (female) socket adapts 1⁄4" (8mm) hex bits (MAGNA-TIP®) to 3⁄8" (9.5mm) sq. drive (as on Impact Driver). Set contains: Impact Driver; 3⁄8" (9.5mm) Bit Holder; 14 MAGNA-TIP bits. #531-290-000AG Impact Driver 1C23Z68 . . . . . . . . . .$ 29.99 #080-430-025AG Socket Drive Adapter 8K04T22 . . . . . 4.99 #080-669-000AG Impact Driver Set 8K33V13. . . . . . . . 52.99 BONDHUS SCREWDRIVERS B2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=446http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=446GENERAL GUNSMITH TOOLS SEEKONK 1 TO 75 INCH POUND VARIABLE TORQUE WRENCH Lets You Achieve Exact, Mil-Spec Tightness; Expert Engineering & Swiss Dials Guarantee Accuracy BORKA INTERNATIONAL MULTI-PRESET TORQUE DRIVER Preset Torque Levels Prevent Over-Tightening; Accepts Any Magna-Tip® Bit Simple-to-use drive system provides multiple preset torque levels for applying a precise amount of tightening force to action screws, scope ring/base screws, and other gun screws easily damaged by over-tightening. Magnetic socket accepts ¼" hex bits, making this driver an ideal addition to any Magna-Tip set. Uses a simple lever arm to turn the bit—no springs or complicated mechanisms requiring calibration. To change torque setting, just change the lever arm distance by inserting the bit holder into the appropriately marked driver arm hole. When the specified amount of force is reached, the handle automatically pivots to the side, preventing further tightening and screw damage. Torque settings accurate within 3% to 6%. Driver arm hole markings are laser etched, so they won’t wear off. a b SPECS: Stainless steel lever arm and hex bit holder; polymer handle. 55⁄8" (14.3cm) long x ¾" (1.9cm) wide. Socket adapter, plastic carry case, torque settings chart, and instructions included. STOCK # #080-000-734AG #080-000-735AG #080-000-736AG #080-000-737AG TORQUE PRESETS 20, 24, 28, 32, 36, 40 in. lbs. 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50 in. lbs. 30, 36, 42, 48, 54, 60 in. lbs. 15, 18, 21, 24, 27, 30, 36, 43, 50, 57, 65, 72 in. lbs. PRICE 1D47U14 $ 55.00 1D47U14 $ 56.99 1D44U00 $ 54.98 1D57U93 $ 69.99 Brownells MAGNA-TIP® ADJUSTABLE TORQUE HANDLE Apply An Exact Amount Of Pre-Set Tightening Force; Accepts All Magna-Tip Bits Precision-adjustable torque driver ensures that you apply the exact amount of leverage needed to accurately tighten a wide variety of gun screws, including action screws and screws for scope rings and mounts. Adjustable from 10 to 70 in-lb. in 1 in-lb. increments to eliminate guesswork and prevent under- or over-tightening screws—no more stripped threads or brokenoff screw heads. Rugged, 3/8" square drive bit locks positively to the included socket adapter to let you use any Magna-Tip bit. The adapter’s clip-style chuck grasps the bit securely to prevent slipping or falling out. Streamlined, teardrop-shaped handle provides a secure grip for maximum leverage and even transfer of tightening force. To change torque setting, lift the handle, turn it to the desired setting indicated through the easyto-read window scale, and push back in until it snaps firmly into place. A self-limiting clutch “clicks” free when the specified amount of torque is reached, preventing further tightening and possible damage to components. Rubber-coated aluminum body provides additional gripping surface and protects your gun from scratches. Sturdy, hard-side carrying case included. SPECS: Steel, aluminum housing with synthetic rubber cover, and high-impact plastic handle. 71⁄8" (18cm) length overall. Hand Grip - 61⁄8" (15.6cm) long, 2” (5cm) wide. Adjustable 10 - 70 in-lb., 1 in.-lb. increments. Socket adapter and injection-molded carry case included. #080-000-515AG Magna-Tip Adj. Torque Handle, 8K119Z99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 149.99 Brownells FILE CHALK Extends File Life, Makes Using/Cleaning File Easier Filling file teeth with this ® chalk is an age old ”Gunsmith Kink” to prevent “pinning”, the buildup of metal chips in the teeth of the file. It increases the effectiveness of the file, extends file life, and produces a smoother, more professional finish. Metal removal is faster and easier, too. An inexpensive time and money saver. For superior results, use file chalk along with a good file card, listed elsewhere. a b SPECS: 4" (10.2cm) long, 1" (2.5cm) diameter 2 pieces per tube. #080-705-006AG File Chalk, 6 pieces 8K10P57 . . . . . .$ 14.99 #080-705-012AG File Chalk, 12 pieces 8K17P04 . . . . . . 22.99 Chrome-plated, highalloy steel, variable-dial to2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=447http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=447FILE & SCREWDRIVER RACK Keeps Files & Screwdrivers Neatly Organized Scratch-resistant, forest-green, powder-coated rack organizes oftenused screwdrivers and files. Drilled-mounting holes let you attach it in the most convenient spot. a b Specs: Aluminum, 6063-T5. 12" (30.48cm) long, 1.5" (3.81cm) wide, 1.5" (3.81cm) tall. Slots: .35" (8.9mm) wide, 1" (2.54cm) deep. #080-000-043AG File & Screwdriver Rack, 8K17V60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 26.99 Brownells EZE-LAP DIAMOND NEEDLE FILES Diamond Impregnated, Needle Files Incredibly hard, industrial diamond, powder impregnated surface requires very little travel to quickly cut even the hardest materials - carbide, steel, glass or ceramics. a b SPECS: Available in either Coarse or Fine grit. Files are 5.5" (14cm) long. Carbon steel shanks are .118" (3mm) dia. Set includes six files: Round, square, three square, half round, flat warding and knife. FINE STOCK # COARSE STOCK # STYLE #290-600-101AG NA Round #290-600-102AG NA Square #290-600-103AG #290-600-203AG Three Sq. #290-600-105AG #290-600-205AG Flat, Ward — Advise # — Single Eze-Lap, Fine 9B04H09 . . . . .$ 6.83 — Advise # — Single Eze-Lap, Coarse 9B04H91. . . . . 8.19 #290-600-100AG Eze-Lap 600 Set, Fine 9B23H77 . . . . . 39.61 #290-600-200AG Eze-Lap 600 Set, Coarse 9B27H06 . . . 45.10 DIAMOND NEEDLE FILES Fast Material Removal, Incredibly Long Life Needle files with an extraordinary, industrial diamond cutting surface to cut carbide, hardened steels, and ceramics. Give excellent material removal and long life. SPECS: 51⁄2" (14.0cm) overall, 21⁄2" (6.3cm) cutting surface. Set includes 5 files, one each: #1D - Equalling, #2D - Half Round, #3D - Round, #4D - Square, #5D - Three-Square. STOCK # MODEL STYLE #360-339-711AG #1D Equalling #360-339-741AG #4D Square #360-339-751AG #5D Three-Square — Advise # — Needle File, each, 6C23Z31 . . . . . . . .$ 22.99 #360-339-701AG Needle File Set, 6C00BXC . . . . . . . . .117.99 AMERICAN PATTERN MILL FILES FILES GENERAL GUNSMITH TOOLS Excellent For Finish Work Made especially for draw-filing and finishing metals. Taper slightly in width, thickness stays the same over the entire length. Both edges are square. Single cut on sides and edges. a b .1mm) wide x 7⁄64” (2.8mm) thick. 8" SPECS: 6" (15.2cm), 19⁄32" (7 25 9 (20.3cm), ⁄32" (19.9mm) wide x ⁄64" (3.6mm) thick. 10" (25.4cm), 31 ⁄32” (24.6mm) wide x 11⁄64" (4.4mm) thick. STOCK # CUT LENGTH PRICE #191-083-540AG Bastard 6" (15.2cm) $ 6.99 #191-083-850AG Second 6" (15.2cm) $ 8.99 #191-084-160AG Smooth 6" (15.2cm) $ 9.99 #191-084-970AG Bastard 8" (20.3cm) $ 9.99 #191-085-290AG Second 8" (20.3cm) $ 10.99 #191-085-600AG Smooth 8" (20.3cm) $ 11.99 #191-086-730AG Second 10" (25.4cm) $ 12.99 #191-087-040AG Smooth 10" (25.4cm) $ 13.99 MOLDED PLASTIC TOOL HANDLES Ready To Mount On Tools Pre-shaped and drilled for screwdrivers, chisels, etc. a b SPECS: L1 - 2 3⁄4" (7cm) long, 5 1 13 ⁄8" (15.9mm) dia. Hole is ⁄8" (3.2mm) dia. L2 - 3" (7 .6mm) long, ⁄16" (20.6mm) dia. Hole is 1⁄8" (3.2mm) dia. L3 - 3 3⁄8" (8.6cm) long, 15⁄16" (24mm) dia. Hole is 3⁄16" (4.8mm) dia. L4 - 3 3⁄4" (9.5cm) long, 11⁄16" (2.7cm) dia. Hole is 1⁄4" (6.3mm) dia. L5 - 4 1⁄2" (11.4cm) long, 13⁄16" .9mm) diameter. Try-Pak contains one each (3cm) dia. Hole is 5⁄16" (7 in yellow and black, 10 in all. YELLOW STK # BLACK STK # MODEL QTY PRICE #016-106-001AG #016-106-002AG L1 6 1K00DZA $ 9.99 #016-206-001AG #016-206-002AG L2 6 1K00YTP $ 9.99 #016-306-001AG #016-306-002AG L3 6 1K00UAV $ 9.99 #016-406-001AG #016-406-002AG L4 6 1K00BXC $ 9.99 #016-506-001AG #016-506-002AG L5 6 1K00HDZ $ 9.99 #016-100-000AG Plastic Handle Try-Pak, 1K00ZAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 14.99 Brownells ECONOMY NEEDLE FILE SET Excellent Choice For Occasional Use Good quality needle files in assortment of 12 different shapes. Recommended for occasional use, or where Professional Gunsmith Files are not needed or justified. Handy, plastic, roll case. Knurled handles fit Needle File2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=448http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=448GENERAL GUNSMITH TOOLS AMERICAN PATTERN ROUND FILES For Smooth, Precise Metal Removal HELLER AMERICAN PATTERN HAND FILES Gives Excellent Control SCREW SLOT FILES Two Precision Styles For Perfect Custom Slots Making screw slots is a delicate operation and only the finest, most precise files will do. These are the ones! Six sizes and two styles let you cut even the super-thin European slots. Doing the job right takes both a Joint File that cuts only on the edges and won’t widen the slot as it deepens, and an Equalling File to clean up the slot sides and square the bottom. Master Screw Slot Set with 12 files covers almost any slotting job. Plus, some files also available individually or in matched, same-size pairs of 1 Joint and 1 Equalling. NOTE: These files are very thin and easily bent or broken. Sorry, cannot guarantee. SPECS: 5 5⁄8" (14.3cm) long. Both Joint and Equalling Files of the same No. are the same thickness. Master Set contains Joint File and Equalling File in each of the following thicknesses (total of 12 files): #1 (.012”), #2 (.016”), #3 (.021”), #4 (.025”), #5 (.032”), and #6 (.032”). APPROX. JOINT FILE EQUALLING FILE FILE PAIR THICKNESS $ 39.99 $ 49.99 $ 89.99 #3 .021 #249-108-197AG NA #249-110-197AG #4 .025 #249-108-236AG #249-109-236AG #249-110-236AG #5 .032 NA NA #249-110-315AG #6 .040 NA NA #249-110-394AG #249-107-000AG Master Slot File Set, 9D00AVB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 429.99 Brownells DRAW FILE “Long Angle” Teeth For Sharp, Clean Edges On Any Flat Surface The “right” file for shaping or recutting flat metal surfaces. “Long Angle” teeth cut only on the draw stroke so metal is removed from the center, high point of the cut first. Maintains or produces sharp, crisp edges on octagon barrels, flat-sided receivers or handgun side plates and frames. Double, safe sides so you can work right up to rounded surfaces or edges without damage. Parallel shape also makes the perfect flat, hard backing for abrasive paper. Use File Chalk, listed elsewhere, to prevent “pinning” and file wear. a b SPECS: 6" (15.2) long, 13⁄8" (3.49cm) wide, 1⁄4" (6.35mm) thick. #080-512-000AG Brownells Draw File 8K21D52 . . . .$ 29.99 American pattern, smooth cut round files allow even, gradual metal removal for an outstanding finish. Available in several different diameters to handle a variety of jobs. SPECS: Steel, round files. 7¾” (15cm) long x 1⁄8" (3.2cm) or 5⁄32" (3.9cm) dia.; 9½” (15cm) long x 3⁄16" (4.7cm), 7⁄32" (5.5cm), or ¼” (6.3cm) dia. STOCK # DIA. STOCK # DIA. 1⁄ 7⁄ #191-000-003AG #191-000-006AG 8" 32" 5⁄ #191-000-004AG #191-000-007AG ¼" 32" 3⁄ #191-000-005AG 16" – Advise # – Round File 1A04Z38 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 5.99 Multi-Cut breaks the chips. Select the Second Cut for fine finish work, Double Cut Bastard for medium cutting. 3-File Set includes all three files and a storage pouch. SPECS: 10" (25.4cm) long, 1" (2.5cm) wide. 5⁄32" (3.98mm) thick. #651-000-001AG Multi-Cut File 1E10A79 . . . . . . . . . .$ 12.99 #651-000-002AG Second Cut 1E07A69 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.75 #651-000-003AG Double Cut Bastard 1E09A74 . . . . . . 11.99 #651-000-004AG 3-File Set 1E40A59 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50.73 SWISS PATTERN BARRETTE FILES SWISS PATTERN PILLAR FILES For Fine Detail Work Made for getting into tight places. Flat side has double-cut teeth; no teeth on back and beveled, 33° angle edges. Taper from maximum width shown below, to long point. a b SPECS: 4" (10.2cm) - 1⁄2" (12.7mm) wide. #0 or #1 cut. 6" (15.2cm) 11⁄ .5mm) wide. #0, #1 or #2 cut. - 16" (17 #191-350-310AG 4" Barrette #0 Cut 1A00XCH . . . . . .$ 26.40 #191-350-370AG 4" Barrette #1 Cut 6C00ZAY . . . . . . . 23.99 #191-350-610AG 6" Barrette #0 Cut 1A00XCH . . . . . . . 29.99 #360-310-291AG 6" Barrette #1 Cut 6C29P06 . . . . . . . . 28.99 #191-350-730AG 6" Barrette #2 Cut 1A00ZAY . . . . . . . 31.99 Brownells SIGHT BASE FILES Four Widths For Precise Final Filing STANDARD PILLAR FILES - Swiss Pattern Similar in shape to2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=449http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=449HALF-ROUND VULCANITE FILE PACKING HOOK & SCRIBE Button-Hook End Great For Springs & Things Use instead of no-longer-available button-hook when fastening, releasing or locating springs and small parts. SPECS: Overall length, 7" (17 .8cm). Made of tool steel. #197-654-200AG Packing Hook #3031 5F00PUA . . . . $ 11.95 MITUTOYO DIGIMATIC CALIPERS STARRETT DIGITAL ELECTRONIC MICROMETERS GENERAL GUNSMITH TOOLS 4 Cutting Faces In One File Once you’ve tried this file, you’ll know why folks love it. Gives you 4 different cutting faces: half-round bastard, flat bastard, half-round 2nd cut and flat 2nd cut. Because of special shape, you can get into places easily where a square-ended file just won’t fit. Fantastic for shadowline cheekpieces, shaping combs or schnables, inletting bolt knobs, around the wrist, tang and grip. Great on hard rubber, soft metals, plastics and wood. SPECS: 8" (20.3cm) long. 1⁄2" (12.7mm) wide and tapers to 1⁄8" (3.2mm) at the points. #360-313-841AG 1⁄2 Round Vulcanite File, 6C00ZAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 45.99 Incredible Value In An Electronic, Direct Reading Caliper; Two Sizes To Choose From Ready to measure right out of the box, no programming. Open jaws with the smooth-feel thumb wheel and read the LCD display. No reading “between the lines!” If you want to compare dimensions, reset the zero anywhere on the scale, caliper will give plus/minus readings. Close and reset zero and it’s a regular caliper again. Graduations also marked on the beam for a quick manual check. No rack and pinion to get dirty, no delicate glass scale. 6" model bears the brunt of your measuring around the home and shop. 8" version cover those bigger specialized projects like measuring .50 BMG cartridges. Reads to .0005"/0.01mm; (Five, TEN thousandths). Accurate to .001" (0.02mm). SPECS: 91⁄16" (23.1cm) overall. Stainless steel. Plastic hard case; includes battery. #606-500-136AG 6" Digimatic Caliper 6K00XCH . . .$ 145.00 #606-000-001AG 8" Digimatic Caliper 6K00DZA . . . . 219.99 Smooth, Precise Mechanism; Accurate LED Readout In .00005" Increments Superb-quality, fullModel 796 function outside micrometers provide precise measurements of objects up to 1" (25mm) in increments as small as .00005" (.001mm), accurate to ±0001" (±002mm). Large, easy-to-read high-contrast Model 3734 LCD minimizes risk of errors. Switchable between inch and millimeters output, with a convenient measurement “hold” button. May be zeroed in any position, at any spindle location. Rugged, precise one-piece spindle, with micro-lapped carbide measuring faces, smooth-operating one-piece friction thimble to maintain uniform pressure, and a ring-type knurled lock. In case of battery failure, calibration marks on thimble still let you read the measurement. Switches off when not used for more than 20 minutes to preserve battery life, but retains the last reading next time you turn it back on. 3734 model has a tapered frame for use in tight places, and is designed for general use. 796 model adds an IP67 level of protection against liquids, dust, and other hazardous materials associated with shop environments. Immersible to a depth of 1 meter. a b SPECS: Frame - Steel, black crackle finish. Thimble/Sleeve – Steel, satin chrome finish. Measurement range: .0000" to 1" (25mm) in increments of .00005" (.001mm). Accurate to ±.0001" (±.002mm). Both models come with plastic storage case, adjustment wrench, batteries, and instructions. 3734 – 5¾" (14.6cm) long, 21⁄8" (5.3cm) high. Uses one CR-2032 lithium battery, included. 796 – 5¾" long, 2¼" (2.3cm) high. Uses two CR-2032 lithium batteries, included. #827-000-005AG Model 3734 Digital Micrometer, 7B00HDZ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 204.99 #827-000-002AG Model 796 Digital Micrometer, 7B00YTP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224.99 SHOP TWEEZERS SPECS: 63⁄4" (17 .1cm) long, Nickel plated. #345-415-634AG Angle-point Tweezers 5D00PUA . . .$ 6.89 So Universal - Always A Use NO-C2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=450http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=450GENERAL GUNSMITH TOOLS Brownells SCREW CHEK’R™ Identifies Threads Plus Gives Drill & Tap Sizes Tells size, threads-per-inch, diameter, length, tap series, body drill size, and tap drill for machine screws; use to check size of wood and sheet metal screws plus standard rivets. Covers all standard sizes, including 6-48. Use to cut unhardened screws to length, straighten bent screws or battered threads. a b SPECS: Hardened steel, satin chrome plated. 3" (7 .6cm) x 5" (12.7cm). With instructions. U.S. Thread Model - Checks #1 through 5⁄16" in NC, NS, and NF threads. 3" (7 .6cm)- x 5" (12.7cm). MetricThread Model - Gives diameter and length in inches and mm, pitch in mm, plus tap and clearance drills for metric screws from 2mm to 7mm. #080-670-001AG U.S. Screw Chek’r 1A12V69 . . . . . . .$ 14.89 #080-670-002AG Metric Screw Chek’r 1A13B95 . . . . . 19.97 MAG-SAFE™ MAGNIFYING SAFETY GLASSES ANDREWS SALES Protects Eyes, Helps You See Small Parts & Intricate Assemblies Rugged, scratch-resistant safety glasses reduce eye fatigue and provide full-lens magnification for detailed, close-up gunsmithing work. Made from shatterproof polycarbonate with a contoured frame for comfort and side shields for added protection. Full-power and in-focus at 10" for checkering, engraving, working with small parts, and looking in nooks and crannies. Also blocks 100% of harmful UVA and UVB rays. Meets ANSI Z87.1+ requirements. One size fits most. SPECS: Clear polycarbonate. Lenses approximately 5½" (14cm) wide, x 2" (5.1cm) high, with 4¾" (12cm) long shank. Available magnifications: 1.25x, 2x, and 3x. #100-005-578AG 1.25x Safety Glasses 1E12H77. . . . .$ 15.99 #100-005-579AG 2x Safety Glasses 1E12H77 . . . . . . . . 15.99 #100-005-580AG 3x Safety Glasses 1E12H77 . . . . . . . . 15.99 GRADIENT LENS BORE TECH HAWKEYE BORESCOPE ® BORE BRIGHT LED Light Shines Brightly In Your Bore Gets You Close Enough To Take A Really Good Look Fully-coated optics, built-in, fiber optic illumination and 25X magnification provide a close-up view of rifling, crown, breech, chamber, lock work or any critical firearm component. Even inspect empty cases for signs of separation. Variable intensity, Krypton lamp is powered by 2, AA batteries (included). Adjusts to focus from 1mm to infinity. Optic tube fits .17 caliber bores when used without mirror attachment. a b SPECS: Illuminator - aluminum body, black, anodized finish. Includes batteries and spare bulb. Eyecup - aluminum, black, anodized finish. Optic Tube - stainless steel, .165" (4.2mm) diameter, 7" (17cm), 12" (30cm), 17" (43cm) or 22" (55.9cm) length. Fits .17 cal. and larger. Includes instructions. STOCK # MODEL LENGTH PRICE #338-110-007AG Slim 7" 8C00AVB $ 725.99 #338-110-012AG Slim 12" 8C00HDZ $ 719.99 #338-110-017AG Slim 17" 8C00YBX $ 901.99 SLIM BORESCOPE KIT - Money saving kit features an adjustable focus, 17" Borescope, light source and a 90° Mirror Attachment for close-up, direct viewing of bore, chamber, throat and crown. Everything packed in an all aluminum carry case. Includes lens cleaning solution and instructions. #338-115-017AG 17" Slim Kit, 8C00AVB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 896.99 LIMITED EDITION BORESCOPE KIT - 17" Fixed focus scope includes the features described above. Money saving kit includes 90° mirror attachment and lens cleaner. Does not include case. #338-000-002AG 17" Limited Edition Kit, 8C00YTP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 744.99 90° MIRROR ATTACHMENT FOR SLIM BORESCOPES - Permits direct viewing of barrel sides from chamber to crown. SPECS: .189" (4.8mm) dia., for bores .223" (5.56mm) or larger. #338-009-017AG 17" Slim 90° Attachment, 8C00AVB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 155.00 22” BORESCOPE KIT - Contains a 22", fixed-focus Borescope, Mirror Tube, variable-intensity SuperNOVA light with a Xenon lamp, custom condenser lens, recharger, and hard carry case. Instructions and lens cleaning solution included. #338-000-004AG 22" Borescope Kit, 8C02011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=451http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=451HAMMER/SEAR PIN BLOCK KIT Allows Visual Inspection Of Hammer & Sear Engagement Machined steel block allows you to mate the hammer and sear (or trigger) outside of the firearm for a clear, unobstructed view of the critical point of engagement. Accepts a wide selection of hammer and sear pins sized for various handguns and rifles. Dovetailed adjustment block rides in slotted channel so pin spacing can be precisely set to match individual frames and receivers. Allen screw locks the pin setting so hammer and sear can be dropped in place relative to their actual position in the firearm. Great for cutting the engagement surfaces on new parts or fine-tuning the factory ones. Pins are individually numbered for proper identification. Kit is packaged in a see-thru, plastic box and contains hammer/sear pin block and all nine sets of special pins for popular gun models. Block and pins also available separately. a b SPECS: Block - Steel, blued. Pins - Stainless steel. 21⁄2" (6.4cm) 11⁄ long, 16" (1.7cm) wide. Kit includes plastic storage box. STK # HAMMER STK # SEAR FITS #080-000-098AG #080-000-099AG Colt 1911 #080-000-100AG #080-000-101AG Colt Single Action Army #080-000-102AG #080-000-103AG Uberti Cattleman #080-000-104AG #080-000-105AG Ruger® 10/22 #080-000-108AG #080-000-109AG Ruger New Model SA Revolver — Advise # — Hammer/Sear Block Hammer Pin, 8K03D99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 4.99 — Advise # — Hammer/Sear Block Sear/Trigger Pin, 8K03D99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.99 #080-000-106AG Colt AR-15 .154" Small Hammer/Trigger, Pin Set 8K08Z83 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.99 #080-000-107AG Colt AR-15 .172" Large Hammer/Trigger, Pin Set 8K10Z18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.99 #080-000-116AG Hammer/Sear Pin Block, only, 8K47Z96 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75.99 #080-000-115AG Hamer/Sear Pin Block Kit, 8K121Z31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150.99 Brownells Model POWER CUSTOM POWER CUSTOM SERIES I STONING FIXTURE Ultimate For Hammer & Sear Work; Accurate, Repeatable Setup Save time and money by providing repeatable setup, accurate, measurable adjustments and suitability for many guns. Fixture has builtin hammer and trigger/sear alignment pin holes for seven popular guns, plus an adapter for working on one additional gun model of your choice. Purchase more adapters separately for other guns; many jigs combined in one fixture! To use, mount hammer or trigger/sear on adapter, set and lock at correct index mark as instructed. Set stoning angle by counting “clicks” specified to raise or lower elevator and stoning guide. Lock guide, place stone on both roller and hammer or trigger/sear, and stone as normal. Easily adjustable to allow variations in stoning angle for exact, desired trigger pull weight. Same tool Ron Power uses in his own shop. Complete with one adapter and very detailed instructions written by Ron. You will also need a #10 Machinist’s Clamp and 6"x½"x½" stones (listed elsewhere). a b SPECS: Blued steel. 5 9⁄16" (14.1cm) long x 2 9⁄16" (6.5cm) wide x 3" (7 .6cm) high. 3⁄4" (19mm) thick base. 53⁄4 lb. (2.6 kg). Includes roller guide and one adapter in the price. FIXTURE ADAPTER COMP STK # ONLY STK # MODEL ADAPTER FITS #713-070-001AG #713-071-001AG HP Browning Hi Power #713-070-002AG #713-071-002AG 45 Colt Govt. #713-070-019AG NA 380 Colt .380 Govt & Mustang #713-070-020AG #713-071-020AG CSA Colt SAA & Clones NA #713-000-048AG 336 Marlin 336 Ruger Redhawk®/ Super Redhawk®/GP-100® NA #713-071-015AG 77/22 Ruger 77/22® & M77® Mark II #713-070-008AG #713-071-008AG BH Ruger Single Actions #713-070-012AG #713-071-012AG 10/22 Ruger 10/22® NA #713-071-011AG J S&W J-Frame NA #713-071-010AG K,L,N S&W K, L & N Frame NA 713-000-107AG XD/XDM Springfield XD/XDM — Advise # — Series I Fixture Complete, 3A00YTP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 157.99 — Advise # — Series I Fixture Adapter, only, 3A00YTP . . . . . . . . . . . 2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=452http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=452GENERAL GUNSMITH TOOLS CELLUPLASTIC TUBES Excellent For Storing Files & Stones Give your fine tools the protection they deserve against accidental edge chipping and dulling in the bench drawer. Celluplastic tubes are easily cut to any length. Polyethylene plug caps provide tight, moisture-proof container. a b SPECS: 18" (45.7cm) long. Butyrate plastic, resists oils/solvents. HANDY SHOP ASSORTMENT - Four 7⁄8" tubes & 40 caps. Six 5⁄8" tubes and 60 caps. Ten 3⁄8" tubes & 100 caps. Packed in carton. #080-536-000AG Celluplastic Asst. 8K38Z93 . . . . . . .$ 59.99 PLASTIC TUBES QTY. DIAMETER PRICE 3⁄ $ 38.00 30 8" (9.5mm) #080-536-375AG 5 ⁄8" $ 32.34 17 (15.9mm) #080-536-625AG 7⁄ $ 17.53 8 8" (22.2mm) #080-536-875AG 7 1" $ 23.75 (2.5cm) #080-536-100AG CAPS PER 100 PER 1M $ 9.99 $ 49.97 #080-536-138AG #080-536-238AG $ 15.99 $ 99.99 #080-536-158AG #080-536-258AG $ 14.99 $ 129.99 #080-536-178AG #080-536-278AG $ 19.99 #080-536-110AG NA SPYDERCO SHAPED CERAMIC STONES WASHITA MOUNTAIN Ceramics cut beautifully and uniformly using water (not messy oil) as the lubricant; Sharp Edges, they’re resistant to Easy Cleaning shatter and breakage and literally last a lifetime. Cleanup consists only of washing with detergent and warm water to restore the original clean, white cutting surface. The cut is rated “smooth” and you can cut Hard Arkansas with these Ceramic files. After a bit of use and a few washings, the cut will become even finer. a b SPECS: Smooth cut. Set contains 1 each of the following: Square, 1 ⁄4" (6.3mm) x 5" (15.2cm); Triangle, 1⁄4" (6.3mm) x 5" (15.2cm); Round, 1⁄4" (6.3mm) diameter x 5" (15.2cm). #824-400-000AG Ceramic Stone Set 8K36H53 . . . . . . $ 57.99 #824-400-001AG Round Ceramic Stone 4B16H35 . . . . 19.99 #824-400-002AG Triangle Ceramic Stone, 4B14H52. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17.99 #824-400-003AG Square Ceramic Stone 4B14H52 . . . .17.99 ARKANSAS STONE SET Natural Stones In Ideal Gunsmithing Shapes Carbon steels just seem to polish best with a genuine Arkansas stone and the four shapes in the kit have proven to be the most useful in the gun shop. The edges are nice and clean, making them an excellent choice for flat trigger and sear faces plus most other fitting chores. Fine cut, white hard Arkansas. a b SPECS: Set includes - 1⁄4" (6.3mm) x 4" (10.1cm) Triangle; 1⁄4" x 4" Square; 1⁄4" diameter Round; 1" (2.5cm) x 4" Knife tapers from 1⁄4" thick to 1⁄16" (1.6mm) thick. #975-104-000AG Arkansas 4-Stone Set 5G35D36 . . .$ 43.12 300 SERIES VARIABLE SPEED TOOL KIT DREMEL All-In-One Hand & Bench Tool Highly versatile rotary tool kit is ideal for a wide range of gunsmithing tasks. Powerful 1.15 amp motor with heavy-duty bearings and a variable speed range of 5,000 35,000 rpm. Includes 23 accessories specifically designed for cutting, sanding, and shaping wood, metal or plastic, plus a steel fixture that allows precise arc and circle cuts. Everything fits in a durable, hard-sided polymer carry case for protected storage. SPECS: Includes: 300 Series Variable Speed Dremel tool, 23 accessory bits, circle fixture, 1⁄8" I.D. collet, and polymer storage case. #257-000-015AG 300 Series Kit 7E76X11 . . . . . . . . . . .$ 79.99 GESSWEIN The Very Finest For The Gunsmith No. 221 RUBY STONES No. 291 STONES & TRIGGER JIGS NORTON INDIA STONES GUNSMITH’S PREMIUM ARKANSAS STONE FILE SET Norton Premium Stones In The Most Popular Shapes The 4 most used stones/files for the working gunsmith. All angles, edges, corners are sharp, true and straight. Great for trigger and sear work! Made from first-quality, hard Ozark Quartz, with a minimum of variations within each stone. a b .6cm) Triangle; 3⁄8" (9.5mm) SPECS: Set includes: 1⁄4" (6.3mm) x 3" (7 3⁄ 1⁄ .6cm) long Square; 4" (6.3mm) dia. Round; 3" x 8" (9.5mm) x 3" (7 (7 .6cm) long x 1" (2.5cm) deep Knife, 1⁄8" (3.2mm) wide at the back, tapering to 1⁄16" (1.6mm) at the edge. Fitted tray protects stones. #080-576-000AG Hard Arkansas File Set, 8K95Y80 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=453http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=453Items FOREDOM DREMEL 9901 POWER TOOLS Lightweight, Rotary Tools For Fast, Efficent Cutting, Shaping & Polishing Power grinders efficiently handle all the precision shaping and conSR PowerTool touring work in the shop. Easy to use, whether the job requires slow speed, high torque “hogging,” or high speed for carbide K.1020 Grinder tools that need only the lightest touch. Runs in forward or reverse rotation for ease-of-use during left- or right-hand operation. Cutting/ grinding/polishing accessory kits available separately, below. SR PowerTool has a flexible shaft and convenient foot operated control for hands-free speed control. Lightweight, compact K.1020 Micro Grinder has the power of a flexible shaft, plus the extra freedom of movement of a micro-motor that fits in the palm of your hand. Features a 3-jaw, geared chuck for use with rotary b accessories shanks up to 5⁄32" (4mm) diameter. a SPECS: SR Power Tool - 1⁄6 hp, 1.7 amp, 115V/60 Hz Motor. Speed range w/foot control: 0-18,000 rpm. 36" (91.4cm) flexible shaft. Sets include SR Motor, FCT-1 foot control, instructions, and either 8D or #30 Handpiece. K.1020 Micro Grinder - Electric motor - 9.24 oz.in. torque, 60/50 Hz, 4.82 Amps DC. 110/120 or 220/240 capable. Speed range w/foot control: 20,000 rpm maximum. 36" (91.4cm) flexible shaft. Set includes motor unit, foot control, 3-jaw chuck, extra motor brushes, and instructions. Does not come with accessory tools. #318-700-005AG SR-8D Set 8A00VBX . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 309.99 #318-700-301AG SR-30 Set 8A289X18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350.95 318-000-005AG K.1020 Micro Grinder, 8A427D71 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 499.99 8D HANDPIECE - Grease-sealed ball bearings for heavy duty use. Complete with one collet. SPECS: 9 1⁄2" (24.1cm) long, approx. 3⁄4" (19mm) dia. 5 oz. (141g). #318-008-000AG #8D Handpiece 8A62Z66 . . . . . . . . .$ 79.00 30 HANDPIECE - Key-type chuck for shank sizes up to 5⁄32". Grease-sealed ball bearings; complete with key. SPECS: 5" (12.7cm) long, 1" (2.5cm) diameter 6 oz. (170g). #318-030-000AG #30 Handpiece 8A52P88 . . . . . . . . . .$ 64.99 #318-030-720AG #30 Chuck Key 8A00PCH . . . . . . . . . . . 3.05 FCT-1 FOOT-OPERATED SPEED CONTROL – Provides smooth, precise speed control of your SR Power Tool, as well as Foredom L, LB, S, SB, CC, and DD motors, and the Dremel Flex-Shaft tool. Heavy-duty plastic housing with durable solid state electronics. SPECS: Plastic housing. 120V, standard duty. #318-001-002AG FCT-1 Foot Control 8A00DZA . . . . .$ 35.00 POWER TOOL ACCESSORIES - Kits contain a huge variety of grinding bits and wheels to shape, cut, polish, and finish wood, metal, plastic, and fiberglass. Designed for the Foredom power tools and carefully selected to serve the needs of the professional gunsmith. Convenient plastic clamshell storage case keeps things organized. 50-Pc assortment is designed for use on wood, rubber, acrylic and other non-metal materials. Includes coarse grit Typhoon burs for rapid material removal, an EXL wheel for coarse shaping, ½" x ½" ceramic purple sanding drums, 3M’s Scotch-Brite™ Radial Bristle 1" discs for final shaping, and a 1" cotton buff and mounted felt bob for final polish. Also, 6 mandrels with 1⁄8" shanks and a tube of Platinum Blue polishing compound. 71-Pc assortment features accessories for cutting, grinding and polishing metals. Includes fiberglass reinforced cut-off wheels, V Stone™ abrasive CARBIDE CUTTERS 9906 M. A. FORD SOLID CARBIDE BURRS CRATEX ABRASIVE KIT GENERAL GUNSMITH TOOLS #257-990-100AG 9902 9909 #257-990-600AG #257-990-900AG 9910 #257-990-200AG 9903 #257-990-300AG 9904 9911 #257-991-000AG #257-991-100AG 9912 SPECS: 25 flutes; right hand spiral and rotation; No. 3 cut; 1⁄8" (3.2mm) shank. All cutting surfaces are 1⁄4" (6.3mm) dia. with lengths as follows: #1 = 9⁄16" (14.3mm); #2 = 1⁄2" (12.7mm). — Advise # — Solid Carbide Burr 7A16Y19. . . . . . . .$ 19.99 Precision Ground Carbide Cuts Cost & Speeds #317-710-001AG #317-710-0022011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=454http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=454GENERAL GUNSMITH TOOLS ABRASIVE ROLLS/MANDREL Little Cylinders & Tapers Get Into Tight Places CYLINDER ROLLS - Solid-wound cylinders of Aluminum Oxide abrasive cloth. Ideal for shaping and getting into tight places you can’t reach with any other polishing/grinding head. a b SPECS: 3⁄8" dia. x 3⁄4" long. Grits 60; 120; 240; 320 (resin bond). 10 rolls of single grit per bag. Maximum speed: 20,000 rpm. STOCK # GRIT STOCK # GRIT #591-801-060AG 60 #591-801-240AG 240 #591-801-120AG 120 #591-801-320AG 320 — Advise # — Cylinder Rolls, 10-pak 1E00DZA . . . .$ 4.99 #591-812-001AG Abrasive Mandrel, only 1E00PUA. . . . 4.99 TAPERED ROLLS - Get into tighter places more easily. Tough, aluminum oxide grit bonded to heavy-duty cloth backing. a b SPECS: 3⁄8" (9.5mm) base diameter, taper to 1⁄4" (6.3mm) diameter at tip. 1" (2.5cm) long. Resin Bond. Packed 10 rolls of single grit per bag. Maximum speed: 18,000 rpm. STOCK # GRIT STOCK # GRIT #591-510-060AG 60 #591-510-240AG 240 #591-510-120AG 120 #591-510-320AG 320 — Advise # — Tapered Sanding Rolls, 10-pak, 1E00PUA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 9.99 #591-812-001AG Abrasive Roll Mandrel, only, 1E00PUA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.99 JOBBER LENGTH MAXI SET This Is It Never Want For The Right Size Again The ultimate dream set for every gunsmith or serious hobbyist. 115 drills!! Includes FRACTIONAL from 1⁄16" to 1⁄2" by 64ths; LETTER from A to Z; and NUMBER from 1 to 60. With this set, you can precisely duplicate any American-sized hole and cover many of the metrics as well. 118° point, bright polished, jobber length, high speed steel drills. a b SPECS: 115 pieces in 141⁄2" x 43⁄4" x 21⁄2". U.S. made. 1" = 2.5cm. #891-500-000AG Maxi Set 1H327T42 . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 493.99 INDIVIDUAL DRILLS U.S. MADE A heavy-duty drill can make all the difference in the world in your work. The extra engineering and care in manufacture will help you to drill cleaner, more accurate holes, and many more of them at that. All the Drills we carry, Sets, Individuals, Jobber Length and Short Length, are made from High Speed Steel with a 135° self-centering point. Special point and surface treatments (Maxi-Set not treated) give easier, more wear-resistant drilling of the tough steels encountered in the gun shop. a b SPECS: High speed steel. CARBIDE CENTER DRILL For Drilling On Round Surfaces & Frozen Screw Removal Ideal for starting holes on round surfaces as the heavy, supporting body makes the bit far less liable to walk. Plus, if drilling is in order to remove a frozen screw, use one to center and “start” the hole. Center it in the screw and cut until hole is deep enough to allow the regular drill bit to start cutting without catching on the screw head slot. Great for drilling broken taps too, for they will cut center holes in even the hardest ones. And, because of the large body mass of the tool relative to the small drill diameter, it is very sturdy and rigid. Will not flex or walk. a b SPECS: #1, .125 body/.0468 drill; #2, .187 body/.0781 drill; #3, .250 body/.1093 drill; #4, .312 body/.1250 drill. #317-402-001AG #1 Carbide Center Drill, 7A00YTP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 20.99 #317-402-002AG #2 Carbide Center Drill, 7A00VBX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32.99 #317-402-003AG #3 Carbide Center Drill, 7A00HDZ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36.99 #317-402-004AG #4 Carbide Center Drill, 7A00YTX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49.99 WIRE GAUGE DRILLS - SHORT LENGTH STOCK # NO. EQUIV. EACH STOCK # NO. EQUIV. EACH #891-401-228AG 1S .2280 $ 3.99 #891-431-120AG 31S .1200 $ 1.99 #891-402-221AG 2S .2210 3.99 #891-432-116AG 32S .1160 1.75 #891-403-213AG 3S .2130 3.49 #891-433-113AG 33S .1130 1.75 #891-404-209AG 4S .2090 3.49 #891-434-111AG 34S .1110 1.76 #891-405-205AG 5S .2055 3.49 #891-435-110AG 35S .1100 1.76 #891-406-204AG 6S .2040 3.49 #891-436-106AG 36S .1065 1.76 #891-407-201AG 7S .2010 2.99 #892011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=455http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=4553-FLUTE SOLID CARBIDE DRILL Drill More, More-Accurate Holes, Faster Three-flute design spreads cutting loads over a larger area so holes are cleaner and rounder. The bit itself will last longer too. Designed for cutting hard metals: stainless, nickel steel alloys, titanium plus, great on soft metals too. a b SPECS: #28, .1405" (3.6mm) dia., 17⁄8" (4.8cm) long. #29, .1360" (3.45mm) dia., 2" (4.8cm) long. #31, .120" (3mm) dia., 115⁄16" (4.9cm) long. #33, .1130" (2.87mm) dia., 17⁄8" (4.8cm) long. #317-210-140AG #28 3-Flute Carbide Drill, 7A00YTP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.99 #317-210-136AG #29 3-Flute Carbide Drill, 7A00HDZ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.99 #317-210-120AG #31 3-Flute Carbide Drill, 7A00VBX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22.99 #317-210-113AG #33 3-Flute Carbide Drill, 7A00YTP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.99 SHORT, PILOTED BARREL LINER DRILL Save Money By Adding Your Own Extension If you can silver solder or braze your own extension onto a Liner Drill, these standard length, deep hole drills can save you money. Piloted to follow the original bore and have all the same high-grade features as our .22 Liner Drill: Deep hole flute geometry and special helix angle to prevent jamming; reinforced web for accurate hole dimensions; nitrided lands for long life. SPECS: High speed steel. Pilot diameter/overall length; .22 - .215"/9.5", .25-20 - .248"/11", .32-20 - .302"/11.6", .38-40 .394"/12.4". STOCK # FITS CAL. DRILL DIA. PRICE #361-504-008AG .22 RF 8mm 1F00XCH $ 52.00 #361-504-437AG .25-20 .437" 1F00BXC $ 69.99 #361-504-013AG .32-20 13mm 1F00ZAY $ 88.75 #361-504-436AG .38-40 .590" 1F00PUA $ 59.15 SPIRAL POINT “GUN” TAP Easier, Faster Tapping Of Through Holes In Aluminum & Steel Left-handed helix at the tip of the tap makes chips flow forward, and out of the way, for faster, easier tapping of through holes. Creates less heat and less stress. a b SPECS: High-speed steel. #748-250-356AG 3-56 Gun Tap 8D00ZAY . . . . . . . . . . . $ 11.99 #748-250-648AG 6-48 Gun Tap 8D00PUA . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.99 #748-250-840AG 8-40 Gun Tap 8D25B45 . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.99 Brownells DRILL & TAP STARTER KIT For Mounting Shotgun Beads & Scope Bases The drills and taps in these starter kits were specifically chosen for mounting fiber optic sights on shotgun ribs and mounting scope bases on rifles, shotguns, and handguns. We handpicked high quality taps, and paired them up with the proper drill bits, then packed them in a durable polyethylene case for easy access and storage in the shop. Basic kit features economical, threeflute taps, and includes (1) 3-56 taper tap made from carbon steel, with all remaining taps made from high-speed steel. If broken off in a hole, carbon steel can be “shattered” with a punch for easy removal. Premium kit includes the same size drills and taps as the basic kit, but features two-flute taps considered the highest quality available. Made from high-speed steel with precision ground threads built to incredibly tight tolerances for long-lasting cutting. Two-flute taps easily handle large chips, a real help when tapping soft steels by hand. Features tapered, spiral point tap with left-handed helix at the tip for easy chip removal and faster tapping of “through” holes. a b SPECS: Drill Bits - Wire gauge carbon steel. Basic - Three flute taps. High-speed steel taps, with (1) 3-56 carbon steel taper tap. Premium - Two flute taps. H-2 high-speed tool steel. Both Kits include (2) 6-48 plug taps, (1) 6-48 bottom tap, (1) 6-48 taper/spiral tap, (2) 3-56 plug taps, (1) 3-56 bottom tap, (1) 3-56 taper/spiral tap, (2) 31J and (2) 45J wire gauge drills, and polyethylene case. #080-564-003AG Basic Drill & Tap Starter Kit, 8K45H53 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 45.99 #080-564-004AG Premium Drill & Tap Starter Kit, 8K00HDZ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93.99 GENERAL GUNSMITH TOOLS TAP & DIE KIT N2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=456http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=456GENERAL GUNSMITH TOOLS “Perfect Cut” PREMIUM TAP Nominal Size 0-80 1-56 1-64 1-72 2-56 2-64 3-48 3-56 3-80 4-32 4-36 4-40 4-48 5-40 5-44 5-48 6-32 WIRE GAUGE CARBON TAPS Price & Stock # Taper Plug Bottom $ 5.99 #395-080-001AG NA NA $ 5.99 #395-172-001AG $ 4.99 #395-256-001AG $ 4.99 #395-264-001AG $ 4.99 #395-348-001AG $ 5.99 #395-356-001AG NA NA $ 2.39 #395-436-001AG $ 2.49 #395-440-001AG $ 2.39 #395-448-001AG $ 2.49 #395-540-001AG $ 2.37 #395-544-001AG NA $ 5.99 #395-080-002AG NA NA $ 5.99 #395-172-002AG $ 5.99 #395-256-002AG $ 4.99 #395-264-002AG $ 5.99 #395-348-002AG $ 5.99 #395-356-002AG NA NA $ 2.49 #395-436-002AG $ 2.49 #395-440-002AG $ 2.49 #395-448-002AG $ 2.49 #395-540-002AG $ 2.59 #395-544-002AG NA $ 5.99 #395-080-003AG NA NA $ 5.99 #395-172-003AG $ 4.99 #395-256-003AG — $ 4.99 #395-348-003AG $ 5.99 #395-356-003AG NA NA $ 2.39 #395-436-003AG $ 2.49 #395-440-003AG NA — $ 2.49 #395-540-003AG $ 2.49 #395-544-003AG NA 13⁄ 16" O.D. Die TAPS & DIES Actual appearance may vary depending on thread pitch and diameter. Incredibly Smooth Cutting - Greatly Increased Life Not magic, just perfect! When we first tried these taps (recommended by customer Dan Baldwin), we thought they were extra hard, coated or treated somehow . . . they’re that much better than any tap we’ve ever used before. But, the U.S. company that’s been making them since 1912 says the secret is plain old care and quality control. The ground threads are held to incredibly tight tolerances for roundness, thread spacing, etc. Result is, all the teeth cut equally so the whole tapping process goes faster, the taps last longer, breakage is cut way down and the threads are the finest you’ll ever see. Try them; you’ll tap more holes per tap than you thought possible! a b SPECS: H-2, High Speed tool steel. Price & Stock # NA — NA NA NA — NA — NA NA — $ 14.99 #395-356-004AG NA NA NA — $ 14.99** #395-440-004AG $ 9.99** #265-000-005AG $ 14.99 #395-540-004AG NA — NA Tap Clearance Drill Drill Size Size 56 54 53 53 50 50 47 45 45 45 44 43 42 38 37 36 36 34 33 31 29 29 28 25 23 22 21 20 16 14 13 10 7 51 47 47 47 42 42 36 36 36 31 31 31 31 29 29 29 25 25 25 25 16 16 16 13⁄ 64 13⁄ 64 13⁄ 64 13⁄ 64 TAPER - CHAMFER: 8-10THREADS Nominal Size 3-56 PLUG - CHAMFER: 3-5THREADS 3-80 BOTTOMING - CHAMFER:1-11⁄2 THREADS 6-40 6-48 7⁄ 32-40 High Quality To Help You Do The Best Work We supply our taps in Carbon steel whenever possible. If one should break off in a hole, the remains can be “shattered” with a punch for easy removal. a b SPECS: Carbon Steel, except as indicated. Items marked with ** are High-Speed Steel. Items marked with * are made in Japan. Others are made in U.S.A. Dies are 13⁄16" O.D. round unless otherwise indicated in chart. Nominal Size 1⁄ 16-64 3⁄ 32-48 1⁄ 8-40 5⁄ 32-32 5⁄ 32-36 3⁄ 16-24 3⁄ 16-32 3⁄ 16-36 7⁄ 32-24 7⁄ 32-32 7⁄ 32-40 8-36 8-40 10-32 3⁄ 16-32 PREMIUM THREE-FLUTE TAPS Divides the tapping stresses over a “triangular” area, making it easy to start and to keep straight when tapping by hand. Stronger than two-flute taps, so preferable for hard or tough steels. STOCK # SIZE/TYPE PRICE #748-002-356AG 3-56/Bottom 8D00XCH $ 10.99 #748-001-648AG 6-48/Plug 8D00ZAY $ 15.99 #748-002-648AG 6-48/Bottom 8D00ZAY $ 15.99 #748-101-640AG 6-40/Plug 8D06B50 $ 7.99 #748-102-640AG 6-40/Bottom 8D06P50 $ 7.99 748-001-840AG 8-40/Plug 8D20X91 $ 21.99 #748-002-840AG 8-40/Bottom 8D14P75 $ 15.99 #748-101-832AG 8-32/Plug 8D06B50 $ 7.99 #748-102-832AG 8-32/Bottom 8D06P50 $ 7.99 #748-101-422AG ¼-22/Plug 8D19B53 $ 19.99 FRACTIONAL CARBON TAPS Price & Stock # Taper NA NA $ 2.49 #395-184-001AG NA NA NA NA NA — NA NA NA — $ 2.79 #395-142-011AG NA — $ 2.69 #395-142-411AG NA — $ 2.79 #395-142-801AG NA — $ 2.69 #395-143-201AG $ 2.69 #395-144-001AG $ 4.49 #891-516-181AG NA — NA — $ 3.39 #395-516-321AG NA — NA NA NA Plug NA NA NA NA NA NA NA $ 2.69 #395-316-362AG NA NA NA — $ 2.79 #395-142-022AG NA — $ 2.79 #395-142-422AG NA — $ 2.79 #395-142-802AG NA — $ 2.79 #395-143-202AG $ 2.79 #395-144-002AG NA2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=457http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=457BIG GATOR TOOLS V-TAP GUIDES For Cutting Perfectly Straight Threads; Inch & Metric Models Available Aligns and centers taps to cut perfectly straight threads on flat or curved surfaces. Helps prevent misalignment and tap damage, saving time and money. Center V-groove along the bottom of the guide allows a snug fit on curved receivers, barrels, or parts with corners. Outer edges are surface ground to precise tolerances for a tight fit on flat surfaces. Precision machined from nickel-alloy steel, then heat-treated for strength, durability, and dimensional stability. Models available for Standard inch and Metric size taps. a b SPECS: Nickel alloy steel. 45⁄8" (11.7cm) long, ½"-1" (1.3-2.5cm) wide 7⁄ tapered , 8" (2.3cm) high. Includes plastic storage sleeve. Standard fits tap sizes: 0-80, 1-64, 1-72, 2-56, 2-64, 3-48, 3-56, 4-36, 4-40, 4-48, 5-40, 5-44, 6-32, 6-36, 6-40, 8-32, 8-36, 8-40, 10-24, 10-32, ¼-20, ¼-28, 5⁄16-18, 5⁄16-24, 3⁄8-16, 3⁄8-24, 7⁄16-14, 7⁄16-20, ½-13, ½-20, 5⁄8-11, 5⁄8-18. Metric fits tap sizes: 1.6mm, 2mm, 2.5mm, 3mm, 3.5mm, 4mm, 5mm, 6mm, 8mm, 10mm, 12mm, 14mm, 16mm. #100-004-422AG Standard V-Tap Guide 8C13P51 . . .$ 16.99 #100-004-423AG Metric V-Tap Guide 8C13P51 . . . . . . 16.99 T-HANDLE TAP WRENCH SPECS: No. 1E for 0 to 12. No. 164 for 1⁄16" to 1⁄4" #395-311-001AG T-Handle No. 1E, size 0 to 12 5D05P36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 5.99 #345-164-000AG T-Handle No. 164, 1⁄16" to ¼", 5D00BXC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.66 FISHER MACHINE SHOP STARRETT GENERAL GUNSMITH TOOLS MACHINE TOOLS Top-Quality Machinist Tools For Precision Work These precision machinist tools were specifically chosen for professional gunsmiths whose livelihoods depend on the quality of their work. Provides the shop with the right tools for precise milling of parts, tapping screw holes, or determining exact screw thread size. These are must-have items, especially when working on high-dollar, custom firearms. a b MICRO EDGE FINDER - Spring-loaded mechanical tool locates the exact distance from the center of the mill spindle to the edge of the work piece so you know precisely how deep you’re milling, without guessing. Easy-to-use—just insert in the mill collet, run at 500-1000 rpm, and move slowly to the edge you want to locate. As the lower cylinder of the Edge Finder touches the work piece edge, it “kicks out” suddenly. When you see the kick, the spindle centerline is located exactly .100" from the edge of the work piece. .3cm) SPECS: Steel, surface ground and hardened. 27⁄8" (7 OAL, 3⁄8" (9.5mm) diameter shank, .200" (5.1mm) diameter tip. #100-004-429AG Micro Edge Finder 1C08A62 . . . . . .$ 10.99 MICRO TAP GUIDE - Applies just enough pressure on the tap for precise centering and perfectly square threads. Just install in your lathe tailstock, drill press, or mill spindle, and align the point of the tap guide with the small hole at the end of the tap wrench. Adjust the tailstock or travel to remove all free-play between guide, tap wrench with installed tap, and pre-drilled hole. As you cut the threads by hand, the tap guide’s internal spring keeps steady pressure on the tap to prevent misalignment or jumping the threads. Fully adjustable spring tension allows fine-tuning the amount of pressure on the tap. Knurled bottleneck provides a non-slip grasp. Reversible guide tip fits male or female tap wrench hole. .9cm) OAL, ½" SPECS: Steel, hardened, knurled bottleneck. 31⁄8" (7 (13mm) diameter shank, 3⁄16" (4.8mm) diameter tip, retracts ½" into body. Adjustable spring tension. #100-004-428AG Micro Tap Guide 1C09A42 . . . . . . . . $ 11.95 PEE DEE THREAD MEASURING WIRES - Quickly and accurately measures pitch diameters of external threads—a must-have when cutting or checking threads on precision screws. Accurate to within +/- .0001" along the center 1" section. Measures the following pitch sizes: 3 to 48 tpi, .5mm to 6mm pitch, and Acme 3 to 16 tpi. Includes plastic storage sleeve, conversion chart and instructions. 2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=458http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=458GENERAL GUNSMITH TOOLS LATHE CENTERING BUTTONS Assures Correct Head/Tail Stock Alignment Precision-ground and hardened “buttons” help ensure correct lathe alignment, quickly. Move head and tailstock together with buttons between centers until button faces touch. If O.D. over button joint measures .900", (nominal button O.D.) head and tailstock are aligned. If not, the buttons are offset, and so are your headstock and tailstock. Make adjustments and re-measure. a b SPECS: Steel. .560" (14.2mm) long x .900" (22.9mm) diameter. #080-641-002AG Lathe Center Buttons, 8K27Z44 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 34.99 Brownells XS SIGHT SYSTEMS CLYMER DOVETAIL MEASURING TOOL Determines Sight & Dovetail Width Takes the guesswork out of determining how wide to mill the dovetail cut. Lets you make fast, finished cuts within .0005". Measures sights and dovetails. a b SPECS: Aluminum base, matte black finish. Steel pins. Base 2" (5.8cm) x 2" (5.8cm) x 1.1" (2.8cm). Includes charts, instructions. #006-101-000AG Dovetail Measuring Tool, 6K00YTP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 50.00 MUZZLE BRAKE REAMER SOLID CARBIDE END MILLS Ideal For 1911 Slides - Other Hardened Steels The easiest way to get a good, clean cut in hardened steels. Perfect for altering 1911 slides for low mount style rear. (Cut most of slot with mill, finish with dovetail cutter.) Gives extended tool life when used in softer metals. 3⁄16" diameter is the right cutter to use when converting Remington M-700 bolts to accept Sako-style extractors. a b SPECS: Hardened carbide steel cutters. Available in 1⁄8" (3.17mm) 3⁄ diameter shank with 8" (9.5mm) cut length. 3⁄16" (4.7mm) diameter shank with 5⁄8" cut length or 1⁄4" (6.35mm) diameter shank with 3⁄4" cut length. 4-flute. STOCK # DIAMETER OVERALL PRICE 1⁄ #317-000-004AG 1.5" (3.8cm) 8" (3.17mm) 7A00YTP $ 16.65 3 ⁄16" (4.7mm) #887-205-005AG 2" (5cm) 7H00CHD $ 42.99 1⁄ #887-205-010AG 2.5" (6.3cm) 7H00AYT $ 74.99 4" (6.35mm) Easily Reams Bore Exit Hole For Optimum Performance Aligns the compensator exit hole with the centerline of the bore to help prevent bullet hit. Also cuts a 30° angle at the crown. b a SPECS: Tool steel. 1.60" (4mm) cutting length, .250" (6.3mm) diameter drive shaft. Must be used in a lathe. #184-320-284AG Muzzle Brake Reamer, 7mm, 4H00DZA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 50.95 #184-320-308AG Muzzle Brake Reamer, .30 cal., 4H00TPU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50.00 #184-320-338AG Muzzle Brake Reamer, .338 cal., 4H00VBX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50.95 MANSON PRECISION REAMERS Brownells BARREL THREADING LATHE BITS Pre-Shaped & Ready To Save You Time Square Thread Bits cut true 10 tpi, square, barrel threads for '03 Springfields and Enfields. 55° Threading Bits have offset cutter and are the correct bit when threading barrels for 98 Mausers. 60°Threading Bits have cutter offset to left for closest cut possible. All types have clearance cuts. .9mm), 3⁄8" (9.5mm) square. 1⁄4" (6.3mm) SPECS: 1⁄4" (6.3mm), 5⁄16" (7 .9mm) approximately 21⁄2" (6.4cm) long; 3⁄8" (9.5mm) apand 5⁄16" (7 proximately 3" (7 .6cm) long. STOCK # SQ. STOCK # 55° STOCK # 60° SIZE #080-658-025AG #080-658-125AG #080-658-225AG 1⁄4" #080-658-056AG #080-658-156AG #080-658-256AG 5⁄16" #080-658-038AG #080-658-138AG #080-658-238AG 3⁄8" — Advise # — 1⁄4" Threading Bit 2B25X93. . . . . . . . . .$ 32.99 — Advise # — 5⁄16" Threading Bit 2B21X97 . . . . . . . . . . 33.99 — Advise # — ⅜" Threading Bit 2B24X92. . . . . . . . . . . 33.99 THREADING BITS FOR LEVER ACTIONS - Correctly ground threading bits cut true, 12 tpi, square threads for Marlin lever action and Remington Rolling Block rifles. SPECS: 1⁄4" (6.3mm) and 3⁄8" square. 1⁄4" is approximately 21⁄2" .6cm) long. (6.4cm) long; 3⁄8" approximately 3" (7 #080-658-325AG ¼" Threading Bit 2B19X98 . . . . . . . .$ 24.99 #080-658-338AG ⅜" Threading Bit 2B22X70 . . . . . . . . . 29.99 SAKO EXTRACTOR MILLING CUTTERS Helps You 2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=459http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=459RCBS PREMIUM TRIGGER PULL GAUGE Eliminates Torque Damage When Installing/Removing Barrels Records Each Test Easy Operation, Great Accuracy Recording indicator eliminates the need to wonder if you really saw the needle at the exact moment the trigger broke. Cross pin for improved grip. Coated, non-slip trigger pull wire. a b SPECS: Aluminum housing, steel pull wire. 101⁄2" (26cm) long. Measures 8 oz. to 8 lb. Accurate to + 2 oz. #747-873-070AG Premium Trigger Pull Gauge, 7D34P60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 44.99 Brownells ACTION WRENCH SYSTEM M1 CARBINE - Intricately machined to fit around the receiver ring and clear the slide “ways” for solid support on six surface areas. Fits virtually all military and commercial variations. #080-800-100AG Complete M1 Carbine Wrench, 8K88Y82 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 114.99 #080-801-100AG M1 Carb. Head, only 8K36U51 . . . . . . 52.99 M14, M1A, M1 GARAND - Supports top, side and bottom of the forward ring of the receiver. Fits most variations of these rifles including the BM-59. #080-800-114AG Comp. M1A Wrench 8K87T39 . . . .$ 114.99 #080-801-114AG M1A Head, only 8K35U34 . . . . . . . . . . 52.99 UNIVERSAL - Flat on one side of head to fit most lever actions and some single shot receivers. Machined 45° V on back side of head can be used with shims on odd-shaped receivers when no other head will fit. Will fit Ruger M77 and French MAS. #080-800-001AG Comp Uni. Wrench 8K89A01 . . . . .$ 114.99 #080-801-001AG Universal Head, only, 8K37T07 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49.99 REMINGTON 788 - Two-piece head completely encircles cylindrical style action for 100% surface contact. Bottom Head indexes on the forward guard screw for extra holding power. Includes both heads and longer bolts. #080-800-788AG Complete Remington 788 Wrench, 8K127T80 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 159.99 #080-801-788AG Remington 788 Heads, only, 8K67U40. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84.99 REMINGTON 700 - Two-piece head completely encircles cylindrical style action for 100% surface contact. Upper Head indexes on the forward guard screw and positions recoil lug properly during barrel installation. Includes both heads and longer bolts. Fits all Remington actions with receiver diameter of 1.355". Double-angle design accepts factory lug or Tubb and Shilen tapered design. #080-800-700AG Complete Remington 700 Wrench, 8K117T31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 159.99 #080-801-700AG Remington 700 Heads, only, 8K67U84. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84.99 SAVAGE 110 - Two-piece head fits completely around, and locks onto, the barrel nut with lugs on the inside radius of both upper and lower Heads. Round fits older Savage 110, 10 and Striker with round groove nut. Square fits newer 110, 10 and Striker with square groove nut. #080-800-110AG Complete Round Savage 110 Wrench, 8K128Y72 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 159.99 #080-801-110AG Round Savage 110 Heads, only, 8K67U84. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84.99 #080-800-109AG Complete Square Savage 110 Wrench, 8K133Y80 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184.99 #080-801-109AG Square Savage 110 Heads, only, 8K79U30. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104.99 SHORT MAGAZINE LEE ENFIELD - Complete SMLE Action Wrench uses Small Ring Mauser head with a special SMLE Adapter Plate. Fits #1 and #4. #080-800-004AG Complete SMLE Wrench, 8K98A42 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 129.99 #080-801-495AG SMLE Adapter Plate and SRM Head, 8K42U68. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52.99 #080-801-004AG SMLE Adapter Plate, only, 8K15T47 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.99 WINCHESTER MODEL 70/WEATHERBY MARK V - Radius on head contacts and supports a full 180° of the forward receiver ring. Recoil lug fits in recess on base. Fits both pre/post '64 actions. #080-800-072011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=460http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=460GENERAL GUNSMITH TOOLS Inserts POWER CUSTOM REVOLVER FRAME/BARREL WRENCH Separate Barrels & Frames; A Third Hand For Most Disassembly Jobs Heavy-duty, high-leverage, wrench and Delrin® blocks give form-fitted support of the frame for barrel removal and other customizing jobs. Frame Blocks fit around the entire frame to provide maximum support for changing the barrel or custom machining operations like opening up the rear sight notch, making dovetails, or disassembling internal parts. Insert Blocks fit on the front of the frame and are used only for barrel removal/ installation and tightening or loosening the barrel to regulate sights. Non-marring, aluminum Barrel Blocks convert the wrench handle into a barrel wrench. Use two handles, one with frame blocks, one with barrel blocks to remove barrel from frame without a vise. Blocks alone work great as vise jaws. a b SPECS: Handle - Steel. 14"(35.6cm) long, 1" (2.5cm) wide, 1" high. .9cm) Includes Allen wrenches. Frame Blocks - Delrin, black. 31⁄8"(7 long, 3⁄4" (1.9cm) wide, 27⁄16" (6.2cm) high. Ruger SA fits all Ruger single action frames. Colt SAA fits Colt Single Action Army and clones. Insert Blocks – Delrin, black. S&W K/L fits Smith & Wesson K and L frames. S&W N fits N frame. CSA/RSA fits all Colt SAA and clones, plus Ruger® Old/New Vaquero®, Blackhawk®, and largeframe old-model three-screw single action revolvers. Barrel Blocks - 6061 T6 aluminum. 45⁄8” (11.7cm) long, 1" wide, 1" high. #713-000-024AG Frame/Bbl Wrnch Hndl 3A00DZA .$ 80.00 #713-000-025AG Ruger SA Frame Blocks 3A00PUA . 93.33 #713-000-026AG Colt SAA Frame Blocks 3A00XCH . . 93.33 713-000-086AG S&W K/L Insert Blocks 3A50D00 . .$ 59.95 713-000-087AG S&W N Insert Blocks 3A50D00 . . . . . 59.95 713-000-088AG CSA/RSA Insert Blocks 3A50D00 . . . 59.95 #713-000-027AG Uni. SA Barrel Blocks 3A00ZAY . . . . 32.00 Brownells BARREL ASSEMBLY PASTE Prevents Galling & Helps Get Barrels Tighter Just a “dab” on barrel and receiver threads lets you crank 'em together harder without fear of galling or seizing. Speeds up and improves installation and removal of all threaded components. Sub-micron, moly-disulfide particles won’t break down under high pressure. a b SPECS: 11⁄2 oz. (42g) wt. #083-050-100AG Barrel Assembly Paste, 3H12Y27. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 19.97 Brownells BARREL VISE Extra Surface Area Gives Tremendous Power; Clamps & Holds The Tightest Barrels To compliment our “Ring-Of-Steel” Action Wrench System, we’ve developed the only professional-quality Barrel Vise that will positively clamp and keep even the tightest barrel from turning during removal. Machined from solid steel for increased durability to service the barrel installation and removal needs of any gunsmith for years and years. Our exclusive, four cap screw system and the extra-wide design generates so much holding force, Brownells Barrel Vise must be firmly bolted to the stoutest bench or immovable base to fully realize its greatest potential. Aluminum, split barrel bushings come in eight different hole sizes and one, special, pre-machined bushing to make this universal Barrel Vise system the very first choice of professional gunsmiths. Steel Bushings provide years of service, plus have the necessary clamping power to break loose the tightest barrels. Aluminum Bushings give exceptional holding ability without marking your barrel. a b SPECS: Blocks - Steel, blued. Top Block; 41⁄2" (11.4cm) x 3" (7 .6cm) x 11⁄2" (3.8cm). Bottom Block; 7" (17 .7cm) x 3" (7 .6cm) x 11⁄8" (2.8cm). 1 1 Includes 4, ⁄2"-20 x 2" Allen head bolts. Bottom block is drilled and countersunk for ⁄2" diameter mounting bolts. Bushings - C.R.S. Steel, blue finish. 6160 aluminum, natural finish. #4, 7, 8, 9, 10 and 11 are in a range of I.D.’s to closely match the shank diameters of most rifle barrels. #5 Bushing; fits military Mauser 98 barrels. #6 Bushing; tapered to fit Remington Factory .30-06 Sporter and other similar profile barrels. #12 & 13 are a special mac2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=461http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=461WILCOX ALL-PRO BARREL VISE Hydraulic For Incredible Holding Power Uses a small hydraulic jack (optional) to lock barrel in vise. Heavy steel construction. Extremely easy to use - just fingertip pressure on jack handle. Base drilled for bench mounting. Includes solid oak block to custom drill and fit to barrel. a b SPECS: 18" (45.7cm) high. 13" (33cm) wide. 71⁄2 lb. (3.4 kg), 101⁄4" (26cm) jack opening. 2" Shown with optional jack and block (5.1cm) x 2" (5.1cm) block. #959-400-000AG Wilcox Barrel Vise, 9E00CHD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 87.99 #959-400-001AG Wilcox Brl Vise Oak Block, 9E00AYT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.06 #368-359-004AG 4 Ton Hydraulic Jack, 8F00YTP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47.99 UNIVERSAL CLAMPING BLOCK - Small fits Wilcox All-Pro Barrel Vise, Large fits many others. Accepts Brownells Barrel Vise Bushings or cast your own. SPECS: Steel, blue. Includes instructions. Small (Sm) - 3" wide, 3" deep, 31⁄4" high. Hole dia.-13⁄4" (4.4cm). Large .6cm) deep, 31⁄4" (8.2cm) high. (Lg) - 41⁄2" (11.43cm) wide, 3" (7 #080-864-100AG Sm Barrel Vise Clmp Block, 8K69C43 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 86.99 #080-864-000AG Lg Barrel Vise Clamp Block, 6B45C49 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59.99 BUSHING MOLDING BLOCK - Use STEEL BED® and cast perfectly fitted bushings for hard-tomatch contours or sizes. Finished bushings fit Brownells Barrel Vise plus the Universal Clamping Block listed above. .6cm) deep, SPECS: Aluminum, machined. 31⁄2" (8.8cm) wide, 3" (7 21⁄4" (5.7mm) high, 13⁄4" (4.4cm) diameter bore. Accept barrels up to 13⁄4" in diameter.Includes instructions. #080-861-100AG Bushing Molding Block, 8K54T06 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 75.99 Brownells UNIVERSAL DO-DRILL™ MENCK CLYMER GENERAL GUNSMITH TOOLS Our Most Popular Drilling, Machining, Tapping & Cutting Oil Many of our gunsmith customers have told us this is the best product we’ve ever offered for tapping, drilling and cutting all types of heat-treated steels, moly and stainless. Excellent for chambering and boring jobs, a coolant for lathe, mill and shaper work – will speed production and reduce tool costs in your shop every day. Non-evaporating, does not require stream application for 99% of the jobs, it follows the tap or drill in the work. A moneysaver. We know of cases where all four holes for a mount have been drilled and tapped using DO-DRILL™, and the tap was still sharp enough for future use. With taps as high priced as they presently are, you cannot afford NOT to use it. a b SPECS: Net Contents; 16 oz. (473 ml) or 1 gal. (128 fl. oz./3.8 L). #083-007-016AG 16 oz. Do-Drill 5L12C01 . . . . . . . . . .$ 15.99 #083-008-128AG 1 Gal. Do-Drill 5L72C83 . . . . . . . . . . . 92.99 .22 CHAMBER IRONING TOOL Swages Dry Firing Burrs Out Of .22 Chambers Swages out burrs in .22 chambers caused by excessive dry firing. Insert and turn, or tap against burr until chamber is smooth and round again. Can be pushed in and turned with its own handle, a MAGNA-TIP® or a small wrench or, threaded into an 8-32 cleaning rod and pulled into the chamber, or driven into the chamber from the rear with a small punch. a b SPECS: 11⁄16" (2.7cm) long. (tool only). 71⁄4" (18.4cm) long w/ handle. 1⁄ Wt. 1 2 oz. (43 g). Swage is case hardened 1117 steel. #590-009-022AG .22 Ironing Swage 9E00BXC . . . . . .$ 21.95 PULL THROUGH CHAMBER REAMERS Create Super-Accurate Minimum Headspace Chambers On .30 Caliber Match Rifles The same special reamers military armorers have long used to cut minimum length chambers on match rifles, giving their shooters the accuracy advantage. The gun's own bolt applies pressure to the reamer while reamer is turned from the muzzle end. When the bolt “drops”, the chamber is cut. New, improved design cuts the shoulder, neck and throat to prevent neck crimping of the ammo. Use as a finish reamer ONLY. Cut chamber with conventional finish reame2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=462http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=462GENERAL GUNSMITH TOOLS CLYMER CHAMBERING REAMERS Finest Workmanship & Quality; Made In USA From M-7 High Speed Steel Made from best quality, M-7 High-Speed Steel. These are precision tools for the professional gunsmith. Fully guaranteed. Roughers are .010" smaller in diameter than the final size, do not cut the throat area and should be used to save wear on the Finish Reamer when many chambers are to be cut. If only a few chambers will be cut, a Finish Reamer is all you need. a b SPECS: RIFLE REAMERS - 6, right-hand cutting, straight flutes. 7 3 Solid pilot, integral throat. ⁄16" round shank with ⁄8" square drive. 1⁄4" round shank on .22 RF . PISTOL REAMERS - 6, right-hand cutting, straight flutes. Solid pilot. Integral throat. Available in two different pilot diameters: Barrel for Single Shot or Semi-Auto pistol and rifle barrels; Cylinder for Revolver cylinders. 7⁄16" dia. shank with 3⁄ 1 . 8 " square drive, depending on caliber, ⁄4" round shank on .22 RF Stocked in Finisher style only. SHOTGUN REAMERS - 6 or 8, 8° 1⁄ left-hand, spiral flutes. 1" long removable bushing. 2" square shank, uses standard socket set extension (except .410 which uses Clymer rifle extensions). Stocked in Finishers only. THROATERS - 5, left-hand, spiral flutes. .002" larger than bullet diameter. 21⁄2° throat angle. Used to lengthen throat to increase freebore. 1⁄4" diameter round shank. ORDERING: Advise: 1) Stock #. 2) Cartridge Caliber and Name. 3) Rougher or Finisher. If ** is in the Stock # column, it means that we do not stock the item, but it usually is in stock with Clymer. We will be happy to provide you a price on request (POR) and order it for you, but will require full payment in advance and the order will be non-cancelable and non-refundable. Anticipate 4-8 weeks delivery time. 4) Bushing Blank can be used only on 12, 16 and 20 ga. reamers. #184-054-512AG 12" Rifle Ext. 4H00AYT . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.99 #184-054-532AG 12" Throater/.22 Ext. 4H00XCH. . . . . 35.99 #184-054-650AG Rifle T-Handle 4H00AYT. . . . . . . . . . . 35.99 #184-054-653AG Throater/.22 T-Handle 4H00AVB . . . 35.99 SHOTGUN REAMERS BUSHING ONLY BUSHING STOCK # SIZE GAUGE LENGTH #184-252-725AG .725 (18.4mm) 12 23⁄4" #184-252-729AG .729 (18.5mm) 12 23⁄4" #184-252-725AG .725 (18.4mm) 12 3" #184-252-729AG .729 (18.5mm) 12 3" NA .665 (16.9mm) 16 23⁄4" #184-252-610AG .610 (15.5mm) 20 23⁄4" #184-252-612AG .612 (15.5mm) 20 23⁄4" #184-252-614AG .614 (15.6mm) 20 23⁄4" #184-252-610AG .610 (15.5mm) 20 3" #184-252-612AG .612 (15.5mm) 20 3" #184-252-614AG .614 (15.6mm) 20 3" NA .545 (13.8mm) 28 23⁄4" NA .410 (10.4mm) .410 3" NA .412 (10.5mm) .410 3" Reamer w/1 Bushing, 12, 16, 20 Ga., 4H00XCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160.99 — Advise # — Reamer w/1 Bush., 28 Ga., 4H00AYT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204.87 — Advise # — Reamer w/1 Bush., .410, 4H00TPU . 150.95 — Advise # — Bushing, only 4H00XCH . . . . . . . . . . . 10.95 STD. WEATHERBY CARTRIDGES FINISHER STOCK # ** #184-050-520AG ** ** #184-050-560AG ** ** ROUGHER STOCK # ** ** ** ** ** ** ** FITS .240 .257 .270 7mm .300 .340 .375 PRICE POR 4H00XCH $ 124.95 POR POR 4H00AYT $ 124.95 POR POR REAMER W/BUSHING STOCK # #184-052-725AG #184-052-729AG #184-152-725AG NA #184-052-665AG NA NA #184-052-614AG NA NA NA #184-052-545AG #184-152-410AG #184-152-412AG — Advise # — FINISHER STOCK # ** ** ** ** #184-051-320AG #184-051-321AG ** #184-051-322AG #184-051-350AG #184-051-351AG ** ** ** #184-051-361AG #184-051-380AG #184-051-381AG #184-051-383AG ** ** #184-051-444AG ** #184-051-440AG #184-051-441AG ** #184-051-443AG ** ** #184-051-455AG #184-051-456AG FINISHER STOCK # #184-050-007AG #184-050-030AG #184-050-040AG #184-050-050AG ** #184-050-180AG #184-051-754AG #184-050-330AG #184-050-420AG #184-051-303AG #184-050-332AG ** ** ** #184-050-490AG RIMMED RIFLE CARTRIDGES ROUGHER STOCK # FITS ** .17 HM2 ** .22 Hornet ** .22K Hornet ** .218 Bee ** .219 Zipper Imp. ** .25/20 W.C.F. ** 7.62 x 54R ** .30-30 W.C.F2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=463http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=463MANSON PRECISION REAMERS MANSON PRECISION REAMERS CHAMBERING & THROATING REAMERS Outstanding Quality Reamers By Dave Manson Help You Produce Accurate Chambers Engineered and ground by one of the most respected names in firearms reamers, Dave Manson. Superb quality reamers made to SAAMI specifications, ground from M7 steel to cut precise chambers capable of outstanding accuracy. Finish Chambering Reamers feature integral throater and solid, fixed pilots. Throating Reamers let you customize a chambering job for nonstandard bullets or additional freebore length. Available as finish reamers unless listed otherwise. a b SPECS: M7 high speed steel, in-the-white. Solid pilot, six straight flutes, right-hand cut. Rimfire reamers have 1⁄4" (6.3mm) diameter round shank. Centerfire reamers have 3⁄8" (9.5mm) square drive shank. .50 BMG has a 1⁄2" round shank. Pistol reamers available with barrel pilot diameter for semi-auto and single shot pistols. .38 Super Nonte headspaces on case mouth. RIMLESS RIFLE REAMERS (Cont’d) STOCK # CALIBER #513-050-300AG .280 Remington #513-050-295AG .280 Rem. Ackley Imp. #513-050-275AG 7.62 x 39mm #513-050-320AG .30 M-1 Carbine Finish #513-050-321AG .30 M-1 Carbine Rougher #513-050-402AG .308 Winchester Match #513-050-400AG .308 Winchester Finish #513-050-401AG .308 Winchester Rougher #513-050-390AG .30-06 Springfield Finish #513-050-391AG .30-06 Springfield Rougher #513-050-395AG .30-06 Sprg Ackley Imp. #513-050-314AG .300 Remington Ultra Mag #513-050-316AG .300 Win. Short Magnum #513-050-440AG 8 x 57mm #513-000-084AG .338 Federal #513-000-080AG .338-06 (same as .338-06 A-Square) #513-050-510AG .35 Whelen #513-050-355AG .35 Whelen Ackley Imp. Finish #513-050-512AG .50 BMG PRICE $ 100.00 $ 100.00 $ 100.00 $ 100.00 $ 100.00 $ 125.00 $ 100.00 $ 100.00 $ 100.00 $ 100.00 $ 100.00 $ 100.00 $ 100.00 $ 100.00 $ 125.00 $ 100.00 $ 100.00 $ 100.00 $ 170.00 $ 130.00 $ 130.00 $ 110.00 $ 110.00 $ 130.00 $ 110.00 $ 110.00 $ 110.00 $ 110.00 $ 110.95 $ 110.00 $ 110.00 $ 110.00 $ 110.00 $ 110.00 $ 125.00 $ 110.00 $ $ $ $ $ 70.00 70.00 70.00 70.00 70.00 HEADSPACE GAUGES Determine Correct Headspace Made By Dave Manson Gives the proper chamber headspace dimensions so you know a firearm is safe to fire. GO gauge gives the SAMMI-recommended, minimum chamber depth. NO/ GO is slightly longer than the SAMMI-recommended to identify excessive chamber depth and an unsafe condition. Precisionground and hardened to provide long service life. a b SPECS: M7 high speed steel, in-the-white, hardened. Brownells MATCH RIFLE HEADSPACE GAUGES In .001" Increments For Measurement Of “Match Grade” Chambers Covers every size chamber all the way from Go to Field. Perfect for match shooters, armorers, or sportsmen looking for the most accurate way to track locking lug and chamber wear on high quality, match grade barrels. b a SPECS: Individual high speed steel gauges, hardened and ground. .308 Match Gauge Kit contains 1 of each .308 size listed in table, packaged in plastic case. STOCK # CALIBER TYPE SIZE #319-223-464AG .223 (5.56 NATO) Go 1.4636” #319-223-467AG .223 (5.56 NATO) No-Go 1.4666” #319-223-470AG .223 (5.56 NATO) Field 1.4696” #319-308-630AG .308 (7.62 NATO) Go 1.630” #319-308-631AG .308 (7.62 NATO) Match 1.631” #319-308-632AG .308 (7.62 NATO) Match 1.632” #319-308-634AG .308 (7.62 NATO) No-Go 1.634” #319-308-638AG .308 (7.62 NATO) Field 1.638” — Advise # — Match Gauge 8K17D65 . . . . . . . . . . .$ 26.99 — Advise # — Go, No-Go, Field Gauge, 9A19D21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27.40 #079-308-000AG .308 Match Gauge Kit 8K150Y15 . . 199.99 GENERAL GUNSMITH TOOLS RIMFIRE CARTRIDGES STOCK # GO STOCK # NO GO CALIBER #513-100-028AG #513-100-029AG .17 HM2 #513-100-230AG #513-100-231AG .17 HMR #513-100-220AG #513-100-221AG .22 LR/Match/Bentz #513-100-230AG #513-100-231AG .22 Win. RFM — Advise # — Rimfire Headspace Gauge, 3A00HDZ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 30.00 RIMFIRE CARTRIDGES STOCK # #513-050-012011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=464http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=464GENERAL GUNSMITH TOOLS Gauge FORSTER & CLYMER HEADSPACE GAUGES CLYMER GO/NO-GO GAUGE SETS Headspace Gauge Sets For Rifles, Handguns & Shotguns Absolutely Essential For Accurate, Safe, Chamber Work The only way to accurately measure and test the length of the chamber of the rifle. Essential when chambering a new barrel to ensure a tight, accurate, safe chamber. Whenever you buy a used gun, always check the headspace before firing. Gauges are etched with “Go,” “No-Go,” or “Field” and caliber/gauge name for easy identification. Both Forster and Clymer gauges are made to SAAMI specs. a b. SPECS: Machined Steel. Size varies with caliber and gauge style. Those marked “Special” in the Clymer listing require Full Payment In Advance and the order is noncancelable and non-refundable. NOTE: Gauges Interchangeable between calibers have same Stock #. FORSTER GAUGE STOCK # 9A19U21 $ 27.40 each CARTRIDGE .17 HM2 & .17HS .17 HMR .17 Rem Fireball* .22 Rimfire, LR, Short, Match-Grade, Bentz .204 Ruger .22 Rimfire Mag .22 Hornet .218 Bee .218 Bee .219 Wasp .219 Zipper .221 Fireball .22 Sav HP .222 Rem .222 Rem Mag .223 Rem. 5.56 NATO .22 Rem BR .22 PPC .220 Swift .22-250 .223 WSSM .225 Win .243 Win .243 Win .244 Rem 6mm Rem 6mm BR 6mm PPC 6 x 47 .25/.20 .250 Saveage .257 Roberts .25-06 .257 Weatherby .264 Win 6.5 Rem Mag 6.5mm-06 6.5 x 55 6.5TCU .270 Win .270 Weatherby .275 H&H 7mm TCU 7 x 57 7mm Rem Mag 7mm Weatherby 7mm BR 7 x 61 S&H 7mm Exp 7mm-08 .280 Rem .284 Win .30M1 * .30-30 .300 Savage HEADSPACE GAUGE NAME .22 LR .17 HM2 .17 Fireball .22RF .204 Ruger .22 RFM Hornet .218 Bee .25/20 .30/30 .30/30 .221 Rem .30/30 .222 Rem .222 Rem Mag .223 Rem 5.56 NATO Rem BR PPC .220 Swift .22-.250 .223 WSSM .30-30/.225 Win. .243 Win .308 Win .244 Rem 6mm Rem Rem BR PPC .222 Rem Mag .25/.20 250 Savage .257 Roberts .30-06 Magnum Magnum Magnum .30-06 6.5 x 55 TCU .30-06 Magnum Magnum 7mmTCU 7 x 57 Magnum Magnum REM BR Magnum .280 Rem .308/.243 .280 Rem .284 Win .30 Carb .30/30 .300 Savage GO NA NA NA #319-022-043AG NA NA NA NA NA #319-418-220AG #319-418-220AG NA #319-418-220AG #319-418-010AG NA #319-223-464AG NA NA #319-022-050AG #319-418-050AG #319-418-040AG NA #319-418-220AG #319-308-630AG NA #319-418-090AG See .244 NA #319-022-050AG NA NA NA #319-418-080AG #319-306-049AG #319-418-250AG #319-418-250AG #319-418-250AG #319-306-049AG #319-418-160AG NA #319-306-049AG #319-418-250AG #319-418-250AG NA see .257 Rob. #319-418-250AG #319-418-250AG NA #319-418-250AG #319-418-100AG #319-308-630AG #319-418-100AG #319-418-110AG #319-418-120AG #319-418-220AG NA NO-GO NA NA NA #319-022-046AG NA NA NA NA NA #319-418-221AG #319-418-221AG NA #319-418-221AG #319-418-011AG NA #319-223-467AG NA NA #319-022-051AG #319-418-051AG #319-418-041AG NA #319-418-221AG #319-308-634AG NA #319-418-091AG See .244 NA #319-022-051AG NA NA NA #319-418-081AG #319-306-055AG #319-418-251AG #319-418-251AG #319-418-251AG #319-306-055AG #319-418-161AG NA #319-306-055AG #319-418-251AG #319-418-251AG NA see .257 Rob. #319-418-251AG #319-418-251AG NA #319-418-251AG #319-418-101AG #319-308-634AG #319-418-101AG #319-418-111AG #319-418-121AG #319-418-221AG NA FIELD NA NA NA CLYMER GAUGE STOCK # 4H25X95 $ 25.99 each GO NO-GO #184-100-220AG #184-100-221AG Special Special NA NA #184-100-221AG #184-000-034AG #184-100-231AG #184-100-236AG NA Special #184-100-301AG #184-100-301AG #184-100-219AG #184-100-301AG NA Special #184-100-241AG #184-000-036AG #184-100-223AG NA NA #184-100-251AG NA NA NA #184-100-261AG See 6mm NA #184-100-223AG NA Special #184-100-361AG #184-100-256AG See 7 x 57 #184-100-311AG #184-100-321AG #184-100-321AG #184-100-321AG #184-100-311AG #184-100-291AG Special #184-100-311AG #184-100-321AG #184-100-321AG Special #184-100-281AG #184-100-321AG #184-100-321AG #184-100-223AG #184-100-321AG NA NA NA NA #184-100-351AG #184-100-301AG #184-100-266AG HEADSPACE CARTRIDGE GAUGE NAME .30-40 Krag .30-40 Krag .303 British .303 British .308 Win .243-.308 .308 Win .308 7.62mm NATO 7.62mm NATO .30-06 .302011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=465http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=465ACTION PROVING DUMMIES Inert, Factory Spec Dummies Give Safe Function Testing Manufactured to exact specifications, including diameter and length dimensions, weight and balance of factory loaded ammo, these DUMMIES have the proper functioning characteristics to reliably check magazine feeding, action timing, extraction and ejection of all guns. The only professionally accepted and safe way to check gun functioning; live ammo should never be used except in actual test-firing on the range - after you have checked the gun with DUMMIES. The very reasonable cost per DUMMY is an added incentive to use them regularly. The blackened case makes them distinct, and instantly recognizable as DUMMIES, which makes them ideal - and safe - to use as a sales aid. Especially useful when demonstrating how a particular gun functions or in gun safety instruction classes. They absolutely eliminate the chance of an accidental discharge. a b SPECS: Centerfire Rifle Kit contains 1 each of the calibers marked in the table with *. Centerfire Handgun Kit contains 1 each of the calibers marked in the table with **, plus 7 .65/.30 Luger (not available separately). Catch Up Pak contains 1 each of the calibers marked in the table with a †. #084-039-300AG Centerfire Rifle Dummy Kit, 4H117P20. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 145.99 #084-039-400AG Centerfire Handgun Dummy Kit, 4H37P99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 56.42 #084-000-263AG Dummy Catch Up Pak, 4H22B63. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29.11 CENTERFIRE RIFLE DUMMIES (Cont’d.) Brownells MUZZLE RADIUS CUTTER PRICE 7F07A63 $ 9.54 7F11Y51 $ 15.34 7F11A76 $ 15.68 7F09V45 $ 12.60 7F08T94 $ 11.90 7F30T74 $ 40.99 7F08T35 $ 11.13 7F11V50 $ 17.27 7F07A98 $ 9.97 7F13Y40 $ 17.86 7F11Y46 $ 15.27 7F36Y94 $ 49.25 7F35T50 $ 47.34 7F11A42 $ 15.21 7F08A38 $ 10.47 7F13T40 $ 17.86 7F10A15 $ 12.99 7F09A06 $ 12.08 7F28A02 $ 37.36 7F09A40 $ 13.62 7F07A75 $ 11.20 7F24A25 $ 30.55 7F09A02 $ 12.85 7F27A99 $ 37.33 7F07Y29 $ 9.72 7F10A62 $ 14.14 7F09V24 $ 12.70 7F12A63 $ 16.35 7F14T89 $ 19.86 7F11V22 $ 16.50 7F16V14 $ 21.52 7F13V27 $ 17.85 7F19T20 $ 25.59 7F17V31 $ 23.50 7F21A95 $ 26.95 PRICE 7F06A04 $ 8.07 7F05A90 $ 7.39 7F12V95 $ 17.31 7F08T28 $ 11.04 7F33T35 $ 44.47 7F13T90 $ 18.53 7F17Y11 $ 22.84 7F06A67 $ 8.90 7F50A78 $ 67.70 7F11A77 $ 15.71 7F11C35 $ 15.14 7F11Y51 $ 15.35 7F47Y26 $ 63.02 7F11T73 $ 15.66 7F46T11 $ 61.50 7F09V12 $ 12.16 7F10Y57 $ 14.10 7F43Y43 $ 57.91 7F14A85 $ 19.81 7F09A23 $ 12.01 7F14C83 $ 19.26 7F07V59 $ 11.06 7F24V22 $ 30.27 7F10A35 $ 12.93 STOCK # #367-000-007AG #367-280-005AG #669-284-005AG #669-757-005AG #367-762-005AG #367-762-020AG #367-708-005AG #669-700-005AG #367-000-017AG #367-284-005AG #367-300-005AG #367-300-020AG #367-301-020AG #669-301-005AG #367-000-019AG #367-302-005AG #669-302-005AG #669-306-005AG #669-306-020AG #669-303-005AG #669-304-005AG #669-304-020AG #669-308-005AG #669-308-020AG #367-030-010AG #669-320-005AG #669-857-005AG #669-338-005AG #367-339-005AG #669-358-005AG #669-375-005AG #669-457-005AG #367-450-005AG #669-458-005AG #367-000-025AG STOCK # #367-025-010AG #367-000-015AG #669-765-010AG #367-900-010AG #367-900-050AG #367-918-010AG #367-038-010AG #367-000-002AG #367-000-001AG #669-357-010AG #669-038-010AG #367-138-010AG #367-138-050AG #367-380-010AG #367-380-050AG #669-384-010AG #367-040-010AG #367-040-050AG #367-010-010AG #367-000-006AG #669-044-010AG #669-440-005AG #669-440-020AG #367-000-024AG CALIBER .270 WSM † .280 Rem.* .284 Win.* 7x57* 7.62x39* 7.62x39 7mm-08* 7mm Mag.* 7mm WSM* † 7mm RUM* † .300 Win. Mag.* .300 Win. Mag. .300 WSM .300 H&H* .300 Rem.SA Ultra Mag † .300 RUM* † .300 Sav.* .30-06* .30-06 .303 British* .30-30* .30-30 .308 Win.* .308 Win. .30 M1* .32 Win.* 8 x 57* .338 Win.* .338 RUM* † .358 Win.* .375 H&H* .45-70* .450 Marlin* .458 Win.* .50 BMG CALIBER .25 Auto** .32 H&R Mag .32 Auto** 9mm Luger** 9mm Luger 9mm Makarov** .38 Super** .357 Sig. .357 Sig. .357 Mag. SWC** .38 Spl WC** .38 Spl RN** .38 Spl RN .2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=466http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=466GENERAL GUNSMITH TOOLS RIFLE/HANDGUN MUZZLE & CYLINDER FACING & CHAMFERING TOOLS Hardened Steel Cutters With Interchangeable Pilots Face-Off, Square-Up And Chamfer Rifle & Handgun Muzzles Chamfer Revolver Cylinders - NO LATHE Required, Pilots Fit Either Cutter 45° MUZZLE/CYLINDER CHAMFERING CUTTER - A damaged or poorly-cut muzzle can really hurt accuracy; sharp edges on revolver cylinder chamber mouths can cause rounds to hang up going into the cylinder - a real problem when using speedloaders. Cure both problems with this cutter. Use with muzzle pilots to clean up the lands and grooves at the barrel’s muzzle; change the pilot and chamfer a cylinder to let rounds drop in smoothly. The 45° Cutter supplied in Sets marked with an * is 5⁄8" dia. to fit the larger barrel and cylinder mouths on those calibers. All other Sets b have a 1⁄2" diameter, 45° cutter. a SPECS: Cutter - 31⁄4" (8.25cm) long (except .17 caliber cutter - 23⁄8” (6cm) long). 1⁄2" (12.7mm) or 5⁄8" 1⁄ (15.8mm) diameter. Handle - 3 2" (8.89cm). 3 oz. (85 g). .45 ACP Pilots - .45 ACP-1 fits S&W Model 25 & 625. .45 ACP-2 fits Colt 1917 . Hardened steel cutter and pilots, aluminum handle. Packaged in a polypropylene box. — Advise # — 45° Muzzle/Cyldr Chmfr Cutter & Steel Pilot for 1 cal. 8K67T26 . $ 99.99 — Advise # — 45° Muzzle/Cylder Chmfr Cutter & Brass Pilot for 1 cal. 8K72H06 100.99 — Advise # — Cylinder Pilot, Steel, only 8K18C58. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.99 — Advise # — Cylinder Pilot, Brass, only 8K19V97 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.99 #080-588-454AG 1⁄2" Diameter, 45° Chamfer Cutter, only 8K38T98 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58.99 #080-588-625AG 5⁄8" Diameter, 45° Chamfer Cutter, only 8K43T83 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59.99 #080-588-453AG 1⁄2" Diameter 45° Chamfer Cutter, for .17 Cal. 8K41T58. . . . . . . . . . . . . 62.99 #080-589-000AG Facing & Chamfering Tool Handle, only, 1⁄4"-20 thread 8K10T91 . . . . . 14.99 STEEL ONE CAL. SET #080-591-208AG #080-591-209AG #080-591-210AG #080-591-207AG #080-591-214AG #080-591-211AG #080-591-213AG #080-591-022AG #080-591-023AG #080-591-243AG #080-591-257AG #080-591-264AG #080-591-270AG #080-591-007AG #080-591-308AG #080-591-311AG #080-591-320AG NA #080-591-322AG #080-591-323AG #080-591-338AG #080-591-380AG NA #080-591-350AG #080-591-384AG #080-591-375AG #080-591-400AG NA #080-591-410AG NA NA #080-591-440AG NA NA NA #080-591-450AG NA #080-591-430AG #080-591-480AG NA #080-591-503AG NA #080-591-501AG #080-591-458AG Brownells CHAMFERING & FACING COMBO SETS ONE-CALIBER SET - One 90° and one 45, Cutter; one Handle and one Pilot of your choice. Polypropylene box. —Advise #— Rifle/Handgun One-Caliber Set, advise STEEL pilot 8K109P57 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 150.99 —Advise #— Rifle/Handgun One-Caliber Set, advise BRASS pilot 8K106P78 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150.99 RIFLE SET - Includes one 90°, 45°, and 79° Cutter, plus one Handle and all Rifle Pilots. Flip-storage box with foam insert. Does not include .17 caliber pilots . a b #080-590-001AG Rifle Master Facing/Chamfering Set, with STEEL pilots 8K574T49 . . . . . .$ 689.99 #080-943-000AG Rifle Master Facing/Chamfering Set, with BRASS pilots 8K573V37 . . . . . . . 719.99 HANDGUN SET - Includes one 90°, 45°, and 79° Cutter, plus one Handle, 10 Cylinder Pilots, and 13 Handgun Bore Pilots. Flipstorage box with foam insert. a b #080-586-000AG Handgun Master Facing/Chamfering Set with STEEL pilots 8K440U84 . . . . . .$ 502.99 #080-944-000AG Handgun Master Facing/Chamfering Set with BRASS pilots 8K480T78 . . . . . . . 621.99 MASTER SET - Includes one 90°, 45°, and 79° Cutter, one Handle, 17 rifle muzzle pilots, 10 revolver cylinder pilots, 5 Handgun Bore Pilots, 8 Rifle/Handgun muzzle pilots in a storage box with foam insert. Does not include .17 caliber pilots . a b #080-587-001AG Rifle/Hndgn Master Facing/Chamfering Set, w/STEEL pilots 8K653Y46 . . .$ 826.99 #080-942-000AG Rifle/Handgun Maste2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=467http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=467MANSON PRECISION WILLIAMS B-SQUARE MUZZLE CROWN REFACING KIT No Lathe Way To Cut A Perfect Crown In Minutes & Improve Accuracy Provides a fast, no lathe way to cut a smooth, concentric muzzle crown on both rifle and handgun barrels for an immediate improvement in accuracy. Expandable pilots provide precise alignment of the facing cutter with the bore. Spring-loaded adapter with neoprene damper absorbs vibration providing a consistent, chatter-free cut. Includes two facing cutters for 0° or 11° crowns, each with precision ground three-blade inserts that quickly and easily remove the toughest material and provide a perfectly square barrel crown. Outside chamfer cutter deburrs the sharp edges for a clean, even finish. Kits include 0° facing cutter, 11° facing cutter, outside chamfer cutter, and two or five pilots depending on kit, plus a 1/8" pilot wrench, 5/64" allen wrench, setup gauge, manual handle, adapter, instructions, and storage case. Perfect for slow even cuts and precise indexing of muzzle brakes. a b SPECS: Facing Cutters - Steel, carbide inserts. Chamfer Cutter – Steel. 1.25” (32mm) diameter. Pilots - Steel, 8¾” (22.2cm) overall length. Kits include power driver or manual handle, 0° facing cutter,11° facing cutter, outside chamfer cutter, (2 or 5) pilots, 1⁄8" pilot wrench, 5⁄64" allen wrench, setup gauge, power driver, adapter, instructions, and storage case. #513-000-038AG 2-Pilot Manual Crown Kit, 3A00XCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 360.00 #513-000-039AG 5-Pilot Manual Crown Kit, 3A00ZAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460.00 SCOPE MOUNT DRILL FIXTURE Drill Perfectly Centered Holes On Round, Flat Or Octagon Receivers Simple, easy-to-clamp jig aligns the proper drills and taps so you get perfectly-centered, cleanly-threaded scope base holes without all the extra setup time and hassle. Based on the principle of sliding parallels, this jig places locking, hardened drill bushings in one of three different hole spacing patterns. Gives the versatility to drill and tap for almost any scope mount base. a b SPECS: Steel, blued. Approximately 51⁄2" (14cm) long, 23⁄4" (7cm) wide. Fits receivers between .630" and 1.440" in diameter. Includes #31 (6-48) and #28 (8-40) drill and tap bushings. #962-368-980AG Scope Mnt Drill Fixture 2F98T94 $ 149.99 REDFIELD/RUGER SCOPE MOUNT WRENCH Positively Seat Screws Fit screw slots perfectly so you can use all of the T-handle leverage to positively seat windage screws without damaging screw heads. SPECS: Steel. 21⁄4" (5.7cm) long, 1⁄2" (12.7mm) O.D. #122-160-600AG R/R Scope Mount Wrench, 6K14V00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 19.02 Brownells MAGNA-TIP® PRESET TORQUE DRIVER Protects Screw Heads From Damage Caused By Over-Tightening Every time you reach for one of these drivers, you’ll be able to apply the exact amount of tightening force you need consistently and repeatably— no adjustments, no settings to change. Available in 15, 25, 35, and 45 in.-lb. settings, this driver features a self-limiting clutch that stops tightening when the preset torque level is reached. Prevents over-tightening that causes stripped threads, brokenoff screw heads, and other damage that comes from applying too much force. Perfect for high-volume, frequently performed tasks where you need to apply the same torque force over and over again. The hardened stainless steel shank transmits all the energy evenly to the screw, while the magnetic bit socket accepts any Magna-Tip bit we sell. Tear-drop shaped polymer handle with rubberized gripping surface ensures a comfortable, consistent grasp. SPECS: Shank - Hardened stainless steel, natural silver finish. Handle - Reinforced molded polymer, blue, and synthetic rubber, black. 4½" (11.4cm) OAL, 3½" (8.9cm) wide handle. #080-000-640AG Magna-Tip Torque Driver, 15 in.-lb., 2B24T78 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 29.99 #080-000-641AG Magna-Tip Torque Driver, 25 in.-lb., 2B24T78 . . . . . . . . . . . . .2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=468http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=468GENERAL GUNSMITH TOOLS LAPPING COMPOUNDS Aluminum Oxide In A Water Soluble Base For Easy Cleanup The right abrasive for lapping the final fit between semi-auto slides and frames, rifle bolts and receiver raceways, and any other application where a super-close fit or silksmooth mechanism is required. #600 and #800 grit aluminum oxide abrasive crystals in a long lasting petroleum base that’s water soluble for fast, easy cleanup in soap and water. Aluminum oxide crystals are smooth and rounded in shape, so they won’t embed and continue to wear the part after cleanup. a b SPECS: Aluminum oxide. 4 fl. oz. (118 ml). Available in #600 and #800 grit. Twin Pak contains one jar of each grit. #083-041-600AG #600 Lapping Compound 5L20D96 $ 29.95 #083-041-800AG #800 Lapping Compound 5L20D96 . 29.95 083-041-002AG Twin Pak Lapping Compound, 3H36D22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49.99 GARNET LAPPING COMPOUNDS - Fast-working, but absolutely non-embedding, petroleum abrasive paste for honing close-fitting parts to an ultra-smooth, friction-free fit. A natural substance, Garnet can be safely used on cast iron, brass, bronze or softer steels without embedding or galling. SPECS: Garnet, oil-base paste. 4 oz. (113 g). GK-5 = 600 grit. GK-7 = 800 grit, GK-10 = 5 microns. #083-047-005AG GK-5 Lapping Compnd 6A11Y47 . .$ 14.99 #083-047-007AG GK-7 Lapping Compnd 6A10Y39 . . . 14.80 #083-047-010AG GK-10 Lapping Compnd 6A11Y89 . . 16.99 Brownells SLEEVED SCOPE ALIGNMENT RODS Brownells CLYMER RING ALIGNMENT REAMER Reduces Scope Damage, Aligns Rings Perfectly BUSHNELL BORESIGHTERS Professional Perfect Scope Ring Alignment For Both 1" & 30mm Rings Aligns scope rings quickly; puts an end to kinked or “dinged” scope bodies. When the two points touch, your rings are perfectly aligned. Versatile, adjustable-length design works for all ring spacings, from close to wide. Outer sleeves fit both 1" and 30mm scope rings. Sliding, inner rods clearly show if bases need shimming or if receiver holes are correctly aligned. SPECS: Machined steel, blued. Kit includes (1) 8 1⁄2" (21cm) long rod, (1) 51⁄2" (14cm) long rod, (2) 1"/30mm diameter outer ring sleeves, and complete instructions in a hard-shell storage box. #080-918-000AG Sleeved Alignment Rods, 8K51U20. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 64.95 Gives perfect alignment between the scope tube and rings to end dented scopes and broken or distorted reticles. 100% surface contact helps keep scopes in place during heavy recoil. a b SPECS: High-speed steel, 8" (20cm) long, 1" (2.5cm) diameter. For use on 1" nominal diameter, horizontally split rings only. #184-002-000AG 1" Reamer 4H00TPU . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 125.95 Fast, Accurate Sight-In System Gets "On Paper" Without Firing A Shot EXD ENGINEERING VERTICAL RETICLE INSTRUMENT Accurate Check For Perfectly Aligned Crosshairs Adjustable, self-aligning V-blocks with integral spirit level makes zeroing your scope faster and far more accurate. Enhances final scope accuracy by squaring the crosshairs to the bore. Even a slight cant of the crosshairs can reduce overall accuracy, change point of impact and increase the likelihood of missed “bulls” or wounded game. a b SPECS: Aluminum, natural finish. 51⁄2" (14cm) long, 2" (5cm) wide. Includes complete instructions. #289-100-000AG Vertical Reticle Inst. 9H40D00 . . . .$ 46.00 BORESIGHTERS Brownells SCOPE ALIGNMENT RODS Instantly Aligns; Prevents “Kinked” , Marred Scopes Easily and quickly align scope and rings with perfect accuracy before mounting and “dinging” the scope. Clamp one rod in each ring; if the points don’t touch, they’re out of alignment. The cause could be mismatched rings, the wrong bases, bases that need shimming or a “tweaked” action. Well worth the small cost and time required to prevent damaging a scope. a b SPECS: 4 1⁄4" (10.7mm) long each. 1" (25.4mm) or 30mm (1.18") diameter. Machined aluminum. #080-730-000AG 1" Alignment Rods 8K27A15 . . . . . .$ 36.99 #080-730-030AG 30mm2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=469http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=469LASERLYTE LEUPOLD W. FREAR INNOVATIONS GENERAL GUNSMITH TOOLS LASER BORE SIGHTER Easy, Fast, Accurate Way To Sight In Without Firing A Shot Kryptonyte Deluxe Kit shown ZERO POINT MAGNETIC ILLUMINATED BORESIGHTER ™ COLLIMATOR ELEVATOR Adapts Your Collimator For Use With Large Objective Optics Precision-manufactured device greatly extends the use and range of your optical collimator for rifles equipped with large objective scopes or scopes mounted in rings high above the centerline of the bore. Very easy to use: Mount your collimator onto the elevation arm, insert your bore spud in the elevator block, then lock with thumbscrew. Insert your spud into the bore and move elevation shaft up or down. Adjust the collimator so its grid view is near the center of the objective lens, and lock collimator height with second thumbscrew. a b SPECS: Elevator Block - Aluminum. 13⁄4" (4.5cm) long, 3⁄4"(1.9cm) wide, 13⁄4" high. Elevation Shaft - Stainless steel. 1⁄4" (6.3mm) diameter. Elevation Arm - Aluminum. 3⁄8" (9.5mm) diameter. Includes instructions. #100-002-512AG Collimator Elevator 5A00UAV . . . .$ 69.97 TANGODOWN FN SCAR ARMORER’S BLOCKS Protects Critical Components From Damage When Clamping For Maintenance High-density polymer blocks allow critical subassemblies of the SOF Command Assault Rifle (SCAR) to be tightly clamped in a vise without danger of crushing, twisting, or otherwise distorting them. Provides secure support for safe, effective cleaning, adjustment, maintenance, and repair without marring or scratching the finish. Upper Receiver/Barrel Block surrounds the front sight/gas block to securely hold the upper receiver/ barrel module while also protecting the exposed portion of the gas system. Lower Receiver/Trigger Module Block locks into the magazine well and absorbs all the clamping force to protect the SCAR’s polymer lower receiver from damage. One end fits the 5.56x45mm SCAR-L; flip the block around and other end fits the 7.62x51mm SCAR-H. Bolt Maintenance Block gives proper support to disassemble the bolt for cleaning or repair. a b SPECS: High-density, injection-molded polymer. #100-003-431AG SCAR Armorer’s Block Set, 9B134D95. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 169.95 #100-003-470AG SCAR Upper Rec’r/Barrel Vise Block, only 9B55T00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69.90 #100-003-428AG SCAR Lower Rec’r/Trigger Module Block, only 9B39D95 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49.95 Calibers Get On The Paper Fast, Save Time & Ammo Self-contained boresighter gets optical, iron, and red dot sights on any caliber rifle, handgun, or shotgun “on the paper” before you fire a shot, then take the Boresighter to the range to help fine tune your setting with a single shot. Easily find settings for different loads, and check zero in the field. Lightweight unit attaches tightly to muzzle with a powerful Neodymium magnet. Unique, folded prism light path for the ultimate in compactness. Batteries, nylon carrying case, range card, and instructions included. Neodymium magnets produce strong magnetic fields and should be kept away from pacemakers and similar medical devices, magnetic media (computer discs, credit cards, videos, and cassette tapes), and electronics (TVs, VCRs, computers, etc.). Handle this product with care! SPECS: Plastic, black. 15⁄16" (2.4cm) long, 9⁄16" (1.5 cm) wide, 43⁄16" (15cm) tall,. 1.6 oz. (46g) wt. Uses two SR60 batteries, included. #526-000-041AG Magnetic Boresighter 6B69D53 . . $ 110.00 Projects a bright red or green laser dot so you can set scopes, red dots, or iron sights quickly and easily. Cone-shaped spud and interchangeable inserts automatically center the laser unit in the bore of any .22 to .50 caliber gun with a 4" or longer barrel. Permanently calibrated with precision alignment tooling at the factory; projects a 2" to 3" diameter dot at 100 yards. CNCmachined from aluminum, then hardcoat anodized to protect the finish from nicks, dings, and surface wear. All models provide 1.5 hours continuo2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=470http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=470SPECIALTY RIFLE TOOLS WEAPONS FIELD MAINTENANCE PACK Brownells M16/M4 Field Pack shown Complete, Dedicated Kits For Field Repair & Maintenance Of Tactical Weapons These compact, model-specific field maintenance packs are designed for servicing combat weapons and, provide the soldier or law enforacement personnel with all the tools required to field strip, repair, and maintain weapons while on the move. These are not run-of-the-mill cleaning kits, but carefully selected, high-quality field armorer tools dedicated to working on specific weapon types, so there is no confusion and no down time spent scrounging through a large field case of loose odds and ends. Individual pouches and compartments inside the waterand abrasion-resistant, denier Cordura case keep tools secure and separated to help minimize noise that could jeopardize your mission. Quiet, #9 YKK zippers with oversize pulls make it fast and easy to get tools in and out. Front panel features clear, I.D. card sleeve and loop strip for name tape. Includes two, nylon grab handles for easy carry. Made in the U.S.A. Field Pack Case also available separately. b a M16/M4 FIELD PACK - Allows complete weapon breakdown for routine maintenance and repair, plus includes tools for sight adjustments and field cleaning of the Colt M16/M4. Includes special tools for removal of barrel nut, flash hider and lower receiver extension without damage to any rifle component. SPECS: Includes: #81 MAGNA-TIP® hollow screwdriver handle w/ Leupold windage (L/B) and #185-10 bits; 1⁄16", 1⁄8" and ¼" pin punches; ½" drive handle; ¾" nylon/brass hammer; buttstock tool; combination wrench; lower receiver vice block; A1/A2 sight wrench; carrier carbon scraper; Deluxe model buttstock cleaning kit. Approx. 5 lb. (2.3 kg) wt. #080-000-458AG M16/M4 Field Pack, 8K194U49 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 258.99 REMINGTON 700 FIELD PACK - Field tool kit maintains Remington 700 sniper rifles while out on deployment. Includes all special armorer tools, punches, wrenches, screwdriver handle and bit for complete rifle disassembly (except barrel removal), including breakdown of the complete bolt assembly. SPECS: Includes: Magnetic Law Enforcement MAGNA-TIP® screwdriver handle w/ #185-3 bit, extractor rivet anvil, firing pin tool, bolt brush, rifle bench block, 45 in.-lb. torque T-handle, ¼" square-to-hex drive converter, ball-hex "L" wrench set, bolt ejector tool set, bolt disassembly tool, nylon/brass hammer, 1⁄16" and 1⁄8" pin punches, .120" brass alignment/push punch, 12"x24" bench/field mat. Approx. 5 lb. (2.3 kg) wt. #080-000-457AG Remington 700 Field Pack, 8K320P13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 415.99 RUGER MINI-14 FIELD PACK - Each tool in this kit serves a specific purpose in helping you keep your .223 carbine functioning reliably. Contains all of the correct-size pin punches and screwdriver bits needed for full field stripping, plus a rear sight adjustment tool designed specifically for the Ruger® Mini-14®. SPECS: Includes: #84 MAGNA-TIP® hollow screwdriver handle w/#185-0, #185-10, #300-4, and #360-4 bits; 1” nylon/brass hammer; 1⁄8" and 3/32” roll pin punches; 1⁄8" and 3⁄32" roll pin holders; .092” , .120” , and .151” steel push punches; rear sight adjustment tool; 4” diameter polyethylene bench block; 12” x 24” bench/field gun mat. Approx. 5 lb (2.3kg) wt. #080-000-483AG Mini-14 Field Pack, 8K149C86 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 186.99 FOREIGN WEAPONS FIELD PACK - Contains tools for servicing a variety of Soviet-type foreign weapons, including the AK-47/ AKM assault rifle, PK/PKM/PKMS 7.62mm machine gun, Dragunov SVD sniper rifle, DShK/DShKM 12.7mm machine gun, and RPG-7 grenade launcher. Lets you field-strip these weapons quickly for cleaning, maintenance, adjustment, and repair without the confusion and down time spent scrounging for the proper tools. SPECS: Kit includes 7 .62 x 39 broken shell extractor, 7 .62 x 54R broken shell extractor, 7 .62 x 39 Go/No-G2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=471http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=471REMINGTON 700 ARMORER’S KIT Brownells SHARPSHOOTER SUPPLY SAVAGE BARREL NUT WRENCH Fits 110 Long Action & New 10 Short Action Provides the correct wrench for all styles of Savage barrel nuts. Double-end wrench helps prevent expensive damage; fits older Savage barrel nuts with round bottom notches and the new, short action guns with square bottom notches. a b SPECS: Stainless steel. 12" (30.5cm) long. .186" (4.7mm) thick. #436-100-010AG Savage Barrel Nut Wrench, 6C00PUA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 47.90 ACTION WRENCH SYSTEM Eliminates Torque Damage When Installing/Removing Barrels The only commercially available action wrench system that surrounds and supports the receiver ring and recoil lug to distribute potentially damaging torque forces equally. The solid steel base has a unique, machined relief to clear the recoil lug on most Mauser-type bolt action rifles and, the individual, bolt-on Heads are machined to provide an exact fit around and against the receiver ring or barrel nut for each of the rifle models listed. Together, they support the receiver in a ring of steel and greatly increase the amount of surface gripping area to totally eliminate twisted bolt “ways” or damaged, ruined receivers. This is the most advanced, complete, professional-quality, Action Wrench System. With it, you can prevent expensive receiver damage on MOST popular rifle actions, including military models. Saves the gunsmith money, you can purchase the Handle/Base Unit complete with one of the Interchangeable Heads, then add different Heads, only as your needs grow - all for a far, far lower investment than ten, individual, specialty wrenches. The complete listing of all rifle heads and those for handguns is found elsewhere in catalog. a b SPECS: Blued steel. Base/Handle Unit - 123⁄4" (31.1cm) long, 1" (24.5mm) diameter. Interchangeable Head - 41⁄2" (11.4cm) wide, 11⁄4" (3.1cm) thick. Complete Wrench - Includes Base/Handle and the required Head(s) for the model listed; 1⁄2"-20 2" and 3" long bolts; 3⁄8" Allen wrench; Instructions. BROWNING A-BOLT - Two-piece head clamps around the forward receiver ring for complete contact on the top and sides of this uniquely-shaped receiver. #080-800-002AG Complete A-Bolt Wrench, 8K130A73 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 163.99 #080-801-002AG A-Bolt Heads, only 8K66T66 . . . . . . . . 83.99 1917 ENFIELD/P-14 - Machined cut in head clears projection on receiver ring. Also fits many commercial variations, such as the Remington Model 30. #080-800-017AG Comp. 1917 Wrench 8K87A34 . . . .$ 114.99 #080-801-017AG 1917 Head, only 8K35T34 . . . . . . . . . . 52.99 LARGE RING MAUSER - Maximum support for the receiver ring. Fits virtually all military and commercial Large Ring Mausers (like Mk X). #080-800-098AG Complete LR Mauser Wrench, 8K87Y84 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 114.99 #080-801-098AG LRM Head, only 8K35U83 . . . . . . . . . . 52.99 SMALL RING MAUSER - Maximum support for lug and receiver ring of these relatively soft receivers that twist and crush so easily. Fits most military and commercial models. #080-800-095AG Complete SR Mauser Wrench, 8K87Y84 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 114.99 #080-801-095AG SRM Head, only 8K35U83 . . . . . . . . . . 52.99 MINI-MAUSER - One-piece head provides complete support for lug and receiver. Prevents twisting or crushing receiver. #080-800-005AG Complete Mini-Mauser Wrench, 8K91A07 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 114.99 #080-801-005AG Mini-Mauser Head, only 8K35T34. . . 52.99 UNIVERSAL - Flat on one side of head to fit most lever actions and some single shot receivers. Machined 45° V on back side of head can be used with shims on odd-shaped receivers when no other head will fit. Will fit Ruger M77 and French MAS. #080-800-001AG Comp. Universal Wrench, 8K89A01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 114.99 #080-801-001AG Universal Head, only 8K37T07 . . . . . 49.99 REMINGTON 788 - Two2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=472http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=472D.S. ARMS FN-FAL SPECIALTY RIFLE TOOLS ACCESSORY TOOLS FA ENTERPRISES FN-FAL SMITH ENTPRISES M1/M1A/M14 BADGER ORDNANCE M1/M14/M1A MUZZLE BRAKE DIE Cleans Or Cuts Threads On Metric Barrels Cuts the correct, 9⁄16"-24, left-hand threads used on most metric pattern barrels. Use to clean up existing threads or cut new. Thread Alignment Tool aligns threading die to barrel. Helps prevent cross threading. a b SPECS: Steel, 11⁄2" diameter. 9⁄16"-24 left hand. #246-100-000AG FAL Muzzle Die 6D52V85. . . . . . . . .$ 65.99 #246-000-001AG FAL Thread Alignment Tool, 6D19P00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24.99 GAS LOCK FRONT SIGHT WRENCH Provides Safe & Secure Installation & Removal Of Gas Lock Front Sights Current military issue wrench supplied with the Smith Enterprises “Crazy Horse” M14 Sniper Rifles ensures gas lock front sight body cannot be damaged while doing routine field maintenance. Fully cradles and supports the gas lock front sight and helps provide precise alignment during reinstallation. Hole with steel cross pin allows wrench to double as a convenient and foolproof holding fixture for removing carbon build from the gas piston body. a b SPECS: 7075 T6 aluminum, clear hard anodized gray, matte finish. 6”(15.2cm) long, 3⁄8”(9.5mm) thick. 1oz. (28.3g) wt. #851-000-066AG GLFS Wrench 1E41X95. . . . . . . . . . .$ 51.95 HANDGUARD CLIP PLIERS Fast, Easy Clip Removal; No Broken Handguards A proven military armorers tool that safely removes the attaching clip from M1 Garand/M1A top handguards without damage. High-quality pliers are machined from solid, lightweight aluminum with oversize handles for controlled leverage and years of lasting service. a b SPECS: Machined aluminum, silver, matte finish. 7" (17cm) long. Includes illustrated instructions. #093-200-050AG M1/M14/M1A Handguard Pliers, 3K00TPU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 24.95 Original FAL Tools For Service & Repair Authentic tools necessary to keep the FAL in top operating condition. Front Sight Tool easily adjusts the sight for correct elevation. Extractor Tool makes the difficult task of removing the extractor for cleaning or repair easy. Gas Wrench has the strength for removing the most stubborn regulator nut. Buttstock Wrench is necessary for control of recoil spring when removing the buttstock. a b SPECS: Steel, parkerized finish. Front sight tool fits all sights except Israeli. #274-100-640AG FAL Front Sight Tool 4G15A00 . . .$ 25.00 #274-100-641AG FAL Gas Wrench 4G15A00 . . . . . . . . . 25.00 #274-100-646AG FAL Extractor Tool 4G25A00 . . . . . . 35.00 #274-100-632AG FAL Buttstock Wrench 4G20Z00 . . . 25.00 BADGER ORDNANCE M14/M1A BOLT ROLLER GREASER Lubricates For Optimal Performance CNC machined tool forces grease in and around the hard to reach areas of the bolt roller to insure optimal performance and dependability. Easy to use, simply fill the cupped end with rifle grease and push onto the roller for complete lubrication. Durable polymer construction resists most solvents. a b SPECS: Polymer, black matte. 1” (2.5cm) long x 5⁄8" (1.6cm) dia. #093-000-009AG Bolt Roller Greaser 3K05Y34 . . . . . .$ 6.75 BATTLE ARMS DEVELOPMENT M1/M14/M1A Brownells Remove Clip Quickly & Easily Without Damaging Gun GAS CYLINDER WRENCH Provides A Helpful “Third Hand” During Gas System Maintenance Compact, armorer-designed wrench enables fast, easy disassembly of key gas system components for proper cleaning. A handy gas plug holder serves as a “third hand” that retains the gas plug for easy access and keeps it from getting lost while working on the gas system. The “D”-shaped hole in the center of the wrench supports the gas piston while using a gas piston carbon removal drill bit. BAD-T3 includes gas cylinder lock wrenches for the Garand and standard M14/M1A, separate Garand and M14/M1A gas plug holders, and the gas piston holder. Designed exclusively for M14/M1A variants, the BAD-T4 has separate gas cylinder lock wrenches for the standard M14/M1A2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=473http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=473M14/M1A CASTLE NUT PLIERS The Correct Military Tool For This Easily Damaged, Specialty Nut Proven military tool prevents stripped notches on the flash suppressor castle nut. Hardened jaw points provide an exact notch fit for easier installation and removal of the issue flash suppressor, without damage. a b SPECS: Steel, 6" (15cm) long. Parkerized finish. #553-014-001AG Castle Nut Pliers 3E08V00. . . . . . . .$ 10.00 GUN RUNNERS REMINGTON/RUGER® FIRING PIN DISASSEMBLY TOOL Enables Safe, Easy Firing Pin Removal Machined aluminum and steel tool keeps the firing pin spring in place while you remove the cocking piece from the firing pin assembly of Remington and Ruger bolt action rifles. Just insert the firing pin assembly into the housing, tighten the threaded steel shaft to compress the spring, press out the cross-pin, and gradually unscrew the shaft to relieve spring tension. Recessed ends and a wide shoulder on the shaft protect the firing pin tip as the tool presses on the bolt face. a b SPECS: Aluminum body, natural finish, steel threaded compression shaft, matte blued finish. 10¼" (26cm) OAL opened, 8¼" (21cm) OAL closed, 1" (2.54cm) wide, 1" high. Fits Remington 600, 700, 710, 721, 722, Model Seven, XP-100, M24, and 40X; Ruger M77® and M77 Mark II, 77/22®, 77/17®, 77/44® bolt action rifles. #634-000-032AG Firing Pin Disassembly Tool, 4C23H17. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 29.99 REMINGTON 700 BOLT DISASSEMBLY TOOLS For Safe, Easy Bolt Assembly & Disassembly Precision made tools for safe, easy bolt disassembly and assembly without scraped knuckles and lost parts. Fits all Rem. 700, Stolle Panda, and other Remington style bolts. Firing Pin Removal Tool removes the entire firing pin assembly from the bolt body. The thick, polymer cylinder slides over the bolt shroud to prevent scrapes or gouges. Polymer knob easily turns the steel lead screw and slowly pulls the cocking piece clear of the small detent for easy removal. Ejector Compressor Tool compresses ejector spring, so you can push out the pin and safely remove the spring. Includes fittings for both small (.223) and large bolt faces (.308 and Magnum). Mainspring Changing Tool is used for both mainspring and firing pin removal. Hand-filling, polymer knob effortlessly turns steel lead screw and compresses mainspring for easy cross pin removal. SPECS: Firing Pin Removal Tool - Polymer cylinder/knob, matte black. Steel hook/lead screw. Body - 3¼” (8.2cm) long x 1¼” (3.2cm) wide. Ejector Compressor Tool - Aluminum, anodized, blue. Steel screw, polymer bushings, matte black. Body - 11⁄16" (1.7cm) long x 2” (5.1cm) wide. Mainspring Changing Tool - Aluminum, anodized, green. Steel lead screw. Polymer knob, matte black. Body - 8¼” (21cm) long x ¾” (1.9cm) wide. Fits Rem. 700, Stolle Panda, and other Remington style bolts. #988-000-004AG Firing Pin Removal Tool, 8H26V95. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 26.99 #988-000-005AG Ejector Compressor Tool, 8H00VBX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26.95 #988-000-006AG Mainspring Changing Tool, 8H00DZA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26.95 Sinclair Brownells REMINGTON RIFLE EXTRACTOR RIVET ANVIL Simplifies Extractor Rivet Peening Fits inside face bolt recess to support back side of the extractor rivet while you peen the other end to lock a new extractor in place. a b SPECS: Blued, tool steel, hardened to Rc 60-63. 1⁄ 3⁄ 1⁄ 2 4" (5.7cm) x 1 4" (4.4cm) x 2" (12.7mm) thick. #080-740-000AG Extractor Rivet Anvil 8K62T72 . . .$ 78.99 SPECIALTY RIFLE TOOLS BOLT DISASSEMBLY TOOL Cradles & Secures Entire Bolt Improved variation of the original G.I. tool turns a three-handed job into a quick, easy-to-perform operation. Two-position handle provides extra leverage to cam the bolt forward and retain the entire bolt while depressing the ejector. Extractor lifts out and drops in easily while other parts stay put. a b SPECS: Aluminum body, steel handled. 43⁄4" (12cm) long, 1"(2.5cm) wide. Fi2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=474http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=474MANSON PRECISION REAMERS SPECIALTY RIFLE TOOLS RECEIVER ACCURIZING SYSTEM Brownells RECEIVER FACING CUTTER & PILOTS Trues The Receiver Face For A Highly Accurate Rifle; Eliminates Lathe Work Hardened steel cutter and pilots provide the perfect combo for accurizing Remington 700 and AR-15 actions without a lathe. Large, 11⁄2" diameter cutter squares the receiver face to the boltway for precise mating to the barrel. Twelve, 90° flutes deliver even pressure and a smooth, chatter-free cut when used with Brownells Muzzle Facing & Chamfering T-Handle (#080589-000) or our Drill Chuck Adapter (#080-962-000). .700" diameter pilot fits factory-original, Remington 700 receivers. 1" facing pilot fits AR-15 upper receivers. a b SPECS: Hardened steel, polished finish. Cutter - 90°, 2" (5.1cm) .8mm) or 1" long x 11⁄2" (3.8cm) O.D. Pilots - 2" long x .700" (17 (25.4mm) O.D. #080-000-194AG Receiver Facing Cutter 8K56U40 .$ 70.50 #080-000-195AG 1" Receiver Facing Pilot 8K22U98 . . 28.99 #080-000-197AG .700" Rec'r Facing Pilot 8K22U71 . . . 28.99 #080-589-000AG T-Handle, only 8K10T91 . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.99 Brownells MAUSER RECEIVER HOLDING FIXTURE Provides A Stable Platform For Working On Mauser Receivers Securely holds Mauser receivers and barreled actions in a bench vise, drill press or milling machine. Ideal when drilling and tapping for scope bases, polishing, bolt lapping, milling or other modifications - without the worry of crushing or damage. The receiver is rigidly clamped to the fixture using a plate inside the receiver rails and/or the stock mounting screws. Fits military and commercial M98 actions. a b SPECS: Steel, blued. 9" (22.8cm) long, 1" (2.5cm) wide. Includes clamp plate and bolt. #080-919-000AG Mauser Fixture 8K67U67 . . . . . . . .$ 89.99 Brownells RECEIVER WAY POLISHER Fast, Accurate Polishing To Smooth Bolt Travel This heavy, “Big Bar” helps you polish the rails the bolt lugs ride on. Wrap abrasive paper around the end, tighten the set screw, then slide along the “ways” (rails). Gives great control and fast cutting. SPECS: Blued steel. 117⁄8" (24.4cm) long. .915" (23.2mm) wide. #080-055-000AG Receiver Way Polisher 8K37H27 . .$ 50.99 A Real Time & Work Saver When Blueprinting Actions Tools to help the home and professional gunsmith blueprint Remington and Winchester actions. a b SPECS: For use with Rem. 700 SA and LA, Win. 70 Classic SA and LA. .010" Over Kit - Includes .010" over Receiver Reamer, 11⁄16" +.010"-16 tap, .010" over Recoil Lug Reamer, (2) bushings. Standard Kit - Includes Standard Receiver Reamer, 11⁄16"-16 tap, (2) bushings; doesn’t include Recoil Lug Reamer. #513-000-003AG .010" Over Receiver Accurizing Kit, 3A00PUA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 550.00 #513-000-050AG Std Rec. Accurizing Kit 3A00PUA . 500.00 PILOTED RECEIVER REAMER - Cuts receiver thread minor diameter for the Piloted Tap/Mandrel. Cuts receiver lugs to equal heights. Uses Tap/Mandrel bushings (not included). Available Standard or .010" Oversize. SPECS: High speed steel. 101⁄2" (26.6cm) long. .010" Over -1.012"diameter; Standard - 1" diameter. #513-000-004AG .010" Over Piloted Receiver Reamer, 3A00XCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 175.95 #513-000-051AG Standard Piloted Receiver Reamer, 3A00XCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175.95 PILOTED TAP/MANDREL - Recuts and squares receiver threads concentric with centerline of boltway. Pilot with bushings centers tap. Available Standard or .010" Oversize. SPECS: High speed steel. Tap - TiN coated 101⁄2" (26.6cm) long. Includes (2) bushings, .701"-.705" diameter. .010" Over - 11⁄16" + .010"-16 thread pitch. Standard - 11⁄16"-16 thread pitch. #513-005-700AG .010" Over Remington Rcvr/Tap Arbor, 3A00YTP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 295.95 #513-000-052AG Standard Remington Receiver Tap, 3A00ZAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295.95 RECEIVER RING FACING CUTTER Three, carbide cutters give even cutting pressure to squar2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=475http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=475LA BOUNTY CLYMER BOLT FIXTURE & ACTION TRUING SLEEVE Faster, More Precise Lathe Setup For Turning Bolts & Truing Actions Bolt Fixture - A simple and rigid lathe fixture that holds most common rifle bolts in a four-jaw chuck for face and locking-lug truing (both front and rear surfaces) or opening up the face to accept magnum cartridges. Action Truing Sleeve - Steel sleeve is pre-drilled to securely hold Remington 700 actions by the front ring. After turning the O.D. of the sleeve on centers, sleeve and action can be located in a four-jaw chuck for accurate truing of locking lug recesses and single-pointing or tapping of barrel threads. Receiver Mandrels - Three sizes to fit actions with nominal .700" diameter raceways. Trues action to bolt raceway rather than threads, which may not be aligned to action. .703" mandrel available separately. Instructions included. SPECS: Bolt Fixture - Steel, blued 7" (17cm) long, 11⁄2" (4cm) diameter shank, includes clamps and screws. Action Truing Sleeve - Steel, in-the-white. 2" (5cm) long, 21⁄4" (5.7cm) diameter. Receiver Mandrel - Steel, hardened to Rc 45, in-the-white, 10" (25.4cm) long. .699" (17 .75mm), .700" (17 .78mm), .703" (17 .81mm) diameter. Fits nominal .700" diameter bolt action receivers. #521-100-000AG Bolt Fixture 1B00XCH . . . . . . . . . .$ 165.00 #521-101-000AG Action Truing Sleeve 1B00UAV . . . . 14.50 #521-103-000AG Set of 3, Receiver Mandrels, 1B00ZAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60.00 #521-103-703AG .703 Receiver Mandrel 1B00PUA . . . 22.95 MUZZLE BRAKE REAMER SAKO EXTRACTOR MILLING CUTTERS Helps You Install A Durable Sako Extractor On Your Remington Bolt Carbide, center-cutting, four-flute mills precisely cut the groove necessary to install a Sako extractor on your Remington bolt for positive, reliable extraction. High-cobalt content improves feed rates for fast cutting. Order the cutter that matches the width of your Sako extractor. a b SPECS: High-cobalt carbide. Order cutter that matches your Sako extractor slot width. STOCK # SIZE SLOT WIDTH PRICE 5⁄ #317-000-005AG .152" 32" 7A00VBX $ 24.99 11⁄ #317-000-006AG .172" 64" 7A00HDZ $ 24.99 15⁄ #317-000-007AG .231" 64" 7A00YBX $ 32.40 Brownells BOLT HEAT SINKS FOR BOLT WELDING & FORGING Protects Critical Locking Lugs When Welding Or Forging Bolt Handles Provides protection to locking lugs when welding or forging bolt handles by pulling heat away from these critical areas and dissipating it. Especially effective when used with Heat Control Paste. Threaded to fit securely into rear of bolt body, giving additional protection to interior threads by preventing scale formation. Flats milled on end allow use of wrench. Available separately or as a Set of five. a b SPECS: Steel, blued. 41⁄4" (10.8cm) to 51⁄2" (14cm) long depending on the model. #1 - 1903 & 03A3 Springfields, #3 - 98 Mauser, #4 Remington 700, #5 - Winchester M70. #080-638-001AG #1 Bolt Heat Sink 8K20Z76 . . . . . . .$ 24.99 #080-638-003AG #3 Bolt Heat Sink 8K20Z76 . . . . . . . . 24.99 #080-638-004AG #4 Bolt Heat Sink 8K20Z76 . . . . . . . . 24.99 #080-638-005AG #5 Bolt Heat Sink 8K20Z76 . . . . . . . . 24.99 #080-638-000AG Bolt Heat Sink Set 8K73Z64 . . . . . . 100.99 SPECIALTY RIFLE TOOLS Easily Reams Bore Exit Hole For Optimum Performance Aligns the compensator exit hole with the centerline of the bore to help prevent bullet hit. Also cuts a 30° angle at the crown. b a SPECS: Tool steel. 1.60" (4mm) cutting length, .250" (6.3mm) diameter drive shaft. Must be used in a lathe. #184-320-284AG Muzzle Brake Reamer, 7mm, 4H00DZA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 50.95 #184-320-308AG Muzzle Brake Reamer, .30 cal., 4H00TPU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50.00 #184-320-338AG Muzzle Brake Reamer, .338 cal., 4H00VBX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50.95 CHAPMAN SAFETY MILLING FIXTURE Correctly Holds Bolt Shrouds For Milling Cuts machine time in half by doing milling cuts in three easy steps. Holds 982011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=476http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=476ARA-MOR SPECIALTY RIFLE TOOLS THROAT EROSION GAUGE MENCK SUPERIOR SHOOTING SYSTEM Instant, At-A-Glance Barrel Throat Wear Indicator Gives accurate, comparative readings on actual barrel throat erosion for all M1, M14 and M1A .30-06 and 7.62mm Nato rifles. Insert in empty chamber and take reading every 1,000 rounds to accurately measure and track barrel throat erosion. SPECS: Steel. Approximately 4" (10cm) long. Includes .30-06 and .308 chamber spacers and complete instructions. #022-101-030AG Throat Erosion Gauge 2B00ZAY . .$ 62.50 BOLT RIFLE SPACERS Measures throat erosion for .30-06 caliber 03/A3, Win. M-70 and Rem. 40-X rifles, and .300 Win. Mag. caliber Win. M-70 and Rem. 40-X rifles. SPECS: Steel, 21⁄2" long. #022-101-306AG .30-06 Throat Erosion Spacer, 2B00ZAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 12.50 #022-101-300AG .300 Mag Throat Erosion Spacer, 2B00PUA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.50 .22 CHAMBER IRONING TOOL Swages Dry Firing Burrs Out Of .22 Chambers Swages out burrs in .22 chambers caused by excessive dry firing. Insert and turn, or tap against burr until chamber is smooth and round again. Can be pushed in and turned with its own handle, a MAGNA-TIP® or a small wrench or, threaded into an 8-32 cleaning rod and pulled into the chamber, or driven into the chamber from the rear with a small punch. a b SPECS: 11⁄16" (2.7cm) long. (tool only). 71⁄4" (18.4cm) long w/ handle. 1 Wt. 1 ⁄2 oz. (43 g). Swage is case hardened 1117 steel. #590-009-022AG .22 Ironing Swage 9E00BXC . . . . . .$ 21.95 FINAL FINISH SYSTEM™ Polishes Bore, Reduces Fouling, Gives Easier Cleaning Abrasive coated bullets polish bore and throat to remove tool marks, rough areas and high spots. Eliminates the primary cause of lead and copper fouling and makes cleaning easier and less time consuming. Long bullets provide maximum bearing surface for efficient polishing. Each caliber kit includes 10 bullets, in five grits to progressively smooth and polish bore. a b SPECS: 50 bullets. Plastic storage box. Instructions included. STOCK # CALIBER WEIGHT(grains) PRICE #840-000-001AG .224 rifle 80 4H29B30 $ 36.65 #840-000-002AG .243 rifle 107 4H29B30 $ 36.65 #840-000-004AG .264 rifle 142 4H29B30 $ 36.65 #840-000-005AG .270 rifle 135 4H29B30 $ 36.65 #840-000-006AG .284 rifle 130 4H29B30 $ 36.65 #840-000-007AG .308 rifle 190 4H29B30 $ 36.65 .22 RIMFIRE KIT - One hundred specially-coated, .22 long rifle cartridges, in five different compounds, smooth and polish rough bores. Restores accuracy of many rifles, both new and old alike. SPECS: 100 bullets. Plastic storage box. Instructions included. We cannot ship until we have: A copy of your driver’s license or concealed handgun license and a signed affidavit stating “There are no laws prohibiting me from owning ammo, I am 21 years or older.” #840-000-012AG .22 Rimfire Lapping Kit 4H29B29 .$ 36.99 Brownells RAMP SOLDERING JIG Spring Pressure Keeps Ramps/Bases/.45 Sights In Place Cures the “ramp slips just as the solder melts” problem with a pointed, springloaded plunger that keeps constant pressure on the ramp or a .45 sight. Adjusts for height, angle and amount of spring pressure. Non-marring, “V” block base centers barrel under the plunger. Great torch clearance. a b SPECS: 2" (5.1cm) long. aluminum Base. 4" (10.2cm) high overall. #080-739-000AG Ramp Soldering Jig 8K63T25 . . . . .$ 83.85 Brownells CERROSAFE Never Wears Out Use Over & Over ® B-SQUARE AK/SKS CHAMBER CASTING ALLOY SIGHT ADJUSTMENT TOOL Easy, Convenient Sight Adjustment All steel, universal design gives effortless windage and elevation adjustments on all makes and models of AK and SKS rifles. “T” handle wrench makes fast elevation changes. Sight pusher clamps to sight housing and moves the sight left or right without changing or removing the tool. SPECS: Steel, blue finish. Includes Allen wrench and instructions. #122-000-006AG AK/SKS Sight Tool 6K19U02 . . . . . .$ 26.63 W.H. MERCHANT THROAT EROSION GAUGE Instant Read-2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=477http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=477WILLIAMS GRACE WILLIAMS FRONT SIGHT PUSHER Easiest Way To Install A Front Sight In A Ramp In the past, there was only one acceptable way to install a front sight in a ramp - pound it in with a hammer from the side. This method frequently marred a beautiful finish and loosened or damaged the ramp. a b The Williams Front Sight Pusher is the easiest and best way to install a front sight in a ramp. Equalizing the pressure on ramp and sight, it permits installation without marring or dam- aging. Eliminates excessive pressure on the ramp. Smoothly, accurately moves sight into exact position. SPECS: Aluminum body is 43⁄8" (11.1cm) long x 1" (2.5cm) wide x 13⁄8" (3.5cm) high. Screw is steel. #962-050-000AG Front Sight Pusher, 2F50U99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 60.99 #962-050-001AG Front Sight Pusher Replacement Jaws, 2F09U04 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.99 GUN CARE TOOL SET SHOTGUN SIGHT INSTALLER No-Mar Installation With A Minimum Of Breakage The “clean” installation of aluminum or brass shotgun sights has always been one of the bug-a-boos of the gunsmithing profession. The Shotgun Sight Installer exactly fills the need for a truly precision instrument with which to install a shotgun bead without a mark - satisfying even the most particular gun man. The holding jaws are internally ground and lapped to give maximum holding surface on the globe of the sight without marring or damaging the metal. Priced at a level any gunsmith can afford, yet will give a lifetime of service. a b SPECS: Available in aluminum or steel. Set contains one of each size. Three sizes: Lg. .175"; Med. .130"; or Sm. .067". #080-790-175AG Lg Alum. Sight Installer 8K06A23 .$ 9.97 #080-790-130AG Med Alum Sight Installer 8K06A25 . . 9.99 #080-790-067AG Sml Alum Sight Installer 8K06A30 . . 9.99 #080-791-175AG Lg Steel Sight Installer 8K05A84 . . . . 7.99 #080-791-130AG Med. Steel Sight Installer 8K05A84. . 7.49 #080-791-067AG Small Steel Sight Installer 8K05A84 . 7.99 #080-790-000AG Set Aluminum Installers 8K16A64. . 24.99 #080-791-000AG Set Steel Installers 8K15A10 . . . . . . . 19.97 Brownells SHOTGUN BEAD DRILL FIXTURE Automatically Centers On The Rib For Straight, Great-Looking Beads, Every Time “Scissors” action puts the longwearing, hardened drill bushing in the exact center of the rib every time. Puts an end to off-center, crooked sight beads. a b SPECS: Steel, blued. Approximately 3" (7 .6cm) long, 21⁄2" (6.3cm) wide. Includes #45 (3-56) and #31 (6-48) drill bushings. #962-368-990AG S/G Bead Drilling Fix. 2F59T95 . . .$ 74.95 SPECIALTY RIFLE TOOLS Convenient, Easy To Carry, Take To The Range, Use On The Bench Never get caught without essential gunsmithing tools again. Complete 17-piece tool set, in a handy, padded, vinyl case, carries easily to the range; lies flat on the bench. Contains the tools you need for quick field repairs: eight, fixed blade screwdrivers with parallel ground tips fit most gun screws; eight, non-marring, brass pin punches and an 8 ounce brass hammer help provide safe removal and installation of the most commonly found assembly pins. a b SPECS: Case - vinyl, black. 81⁄2" (21.6cm) x 11" (28cm). Hammer - 8 oz. (226 g), 1" (2.5cm) dia. x 2" (5.1cm) long head, 91⁄4" (23.5cm) hickory handle. Punches - brass, 5⁄16" hex stock, parallel shaft. 1⁄16", 3⁄ 1 5 3 7 1 5 32", ⁄8", ⁄32", ⁄16", ⁄32", ⁄4" and ⁄16" dia. Screwdrivers - square shanks hardened to Rc 52-56. 4" to 9" lengths. Hardwood handle. #354-100-017AG Gun Care Tool Set 4E90T91 . . . . .$ 121.99 Brownells 870/1100 PIN PUSHER Pocket-Sized; Prevents Scarring Action Fitted punch removes trigger group pins quickly and easily with no chance of slipping off and gouging the receiver as with ordinary flat punches. Tough, black plastic handle won’t mark or mar either. Convenient, pocket-size. a b SPECS: 6 3⁄8" (16.2cm) overall. 2 5⁄8" (6.7cm) punch. 080-870-110AG Pin Pusher, 8K13A99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 19.99 Brownells2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=478http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=478SPECIALTY SHOTGUN TOOLS Brownells 16 4 1 1 1 3 TOOLS FOR REMINGTON 870, 1100 & 11-87 19 Brownells STOCK TAKEDOWN SET All The Tools Needed To Prevent Split Stocks Factory-Type Tools For Armorers & Gunsmiths; The Right Tools For 870 Work - Add-Ons Available For The 1100 & 11-87 With the help of the fine folks at Remington, the armorer and gunsmith can now have a kit with tools we have adapted from factory designs for repairing and maintaining what has probably become the world's most popular pump shotgun—the Remington 870. Special thanks has to go to the entire Remington organization for recognizing the importance of proper tools to the gunsmith. This tool kit makes it easier for the armorer or gunsmith to repair the 870 at the bench or in the field. Even though some of the tools may seem like overkill, keep in mind that the designs are based on the factory's years of experience and are intended to stand up to constant use. Whether you're a department armorer or a civilian gunsmith who sees only sporting 870s, you'll have the right, factory-type tools to take apart an 870, make the repairs, and put it back together. Your satisfaction is guaranteed. a b 080-870-010AG Brownells 870 Service Kit, Complete With Tool Box 8K293X16 . . $ 367.99 #080-870-001AG Brownells 870 Servce Kit, Tools only (no box) 8K286X64 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363.99 7 14 2 5 13 18 8 6 15 1 1 10 The very best possible tools for removing most styles of buttstock bolts and action spring tube nuts. The thin-walled sockets are correct to prevent slipping and burring. The drag-link bit is round at the drive end, which automatically centers the blade in the stock bolt hole and makes fitting it into the slot about 1,000 times easier!! Plus, they work for other shop jobs, too. a b SPECS: Set - Includes T-handle, 9" (22.9cm) drive extension, (5) 3⁄ 8" (9.5mm) drive sockets, and drag link bit. Sockets & Drag Link - Includes all (5) drive sockets and drag link bit. #080-809-000AG Stock Takedown Set 8K85V16 . . .$ 106.99 #080-027-000AG T-Handle, only 8K35C96. . . . . . . . . . . . 38.99 #080-212-010AG 9" Extension, only 8K19P53 . . . . . . . . 24.99 #080-212-006AG 6" Extension, only 8K12P96 . . . . . . . . 15.14 #080-809-001AG Sockets & Drag Link, only 8K37B42 46.95 Brownells REMINGTON/MOSSBERG FOREND WRENCH Piloted To Prevent Stock Or Nut Damage Wrench adapted from Remington factory design, with pilot that keeps “teeth” square to the forend nut, virtually eliminating damage to wrench, forend or forend nut. But, if one of the wrench teeth should ever break, turn the “sleeve” around, there’s another set. Models for Remington 870 or Mossberg 500. a b .1cm) long overall. 5" (12.7cm) SPECS: Steel. 12 Gauge - 63⁄4" (17 long handle. 20 Gauge - 77⁄8" (20cm) long overall. 5" (12.7cm) long handle. Replacement Sleeve - 20 gauge only; sold 1 each. 080-870-202AG 12 Ga. 870 Forend Wrench, 8K36A25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 50.99 #080-777-004AG 12 Ga. 500 Forend Wrench 9A34U68 50.99 #080-870-002AG 20 Ga. 870 Forend Wrench 8K28C58 39.99 #080-777-008AG 20 Ga. 500 Forend Wrench 8K27Z19 34.97 #080-777-009AG 20 Ga. 500 Repl. Sleeve 8K13Z78 . . . .17.22 17 a 870 FOREND WRENCH - Pilot keeps “teeth” square to the forend nut, virtually eliminating damage to wrench, forend or forend nut. 12 gauge only. #080-870-202AG 870 Forend Wrench 8K36A25 . . . . .$ 50.99 n ARMORER'S BRUSH - Perfect shape and stiffness for removing metal filings, abrasive stone dust, etc., from recesses. #821-135-210AG Armorer’s Brush 8K00TPU . . . . . . . .$ 8.99 b 870 DETENT STAKING PUNCH - Stakes the magazine cap retainer without forcing metal into the I.D. of the magazine ring. #080-870-205AG 870 Detent Punch, 8K15A00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 20.99 870/1100 MAGAZINE SPRING RETAINER TOOL - Guides springs into position without damage. #080-187-203AG Spring Retainer Too 8K29P29 . . . .$ 40.99 MENCK MAGAZINE CORKSCREW - Threads into magazine spring retainer so you c2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=479http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=479MENCK MARK III FOREND WRENCH TRACK OF THE WOLF Prevents Breakage When Removing Forend Prevents forend breakage when removing tube nuts. Slips over the forend tube to support it and the action bar(s). Fits all Remington 870; Browning BPS 10, 12 and 20 ga.; Ithaca 37 12 and 20 ga., made since 1981; Mossberg 500 12 and 20 ga.; Winchester 1200/1300, all gauges; over 6.5 million guns! a b SPECS: 69⁄16" (16.6cm) long. Blued or zinc chromated, 4140 steel. 12 oz. (340 g). #590-016-008AG Mk III Forend Wrench 9E00CHD. . $ 47.99 MAINSPRING VISE Compresses “V” Springs Effortlessly New improved design makes it much easier to compress tough mainsprings with two rotating, adjustable jaws that screw down securely. Adapts to angle of spring, spreads compression evenly over the entire spring area and is perfect for installing “V” springs in shotguns and muzzleloaders. Wide turnkey allows you to use your thumb and index finger to really squeeze tough springs down without the need for makeshift tools. SPECS: Steel, in-the-white. #870-000-001AG Mainspring Vise 7H15A97 . . . . . . . .$ 19.97 Brownells REMINGTON 870 DETENT STAKING PUNCH Hardened Steel For Long Service Life Cut-away punch restakes the magazine cap retainer (detent ball) in place without forcing metal into the I.D. of the magazine ring. a b SPECS: Hardened tool steel. 31⁄4" (8.2cm) long. 1⁄4" (6.35mm) dia. #080-870-205AG 870 Detent Staking Punch, 8K15A00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 20.99 Brownells SPECIALTY SHOTGUN TOOLS ORIGINAL ENGLISH HYDRAULIC DENT RAISER The Finest Professional Gunsmith Dent Raiser Made We are pleased to be able to provide these beautiful, original pattern, British-made Hydraulic Dent Raisers. For the gunsmith, these Dent Raisers have proven to be one of the most sought after tools in our line. Few jobs are a greater challenge - or cause more customer concern - than removing a dent from a prize shotgun. To be able to remove such a damaging blemish with the ease, precision and perfection that this tool provides is gratifying beyond words. A tool you want to own . . . A tool to cherish and care for. Not only will it make your customers happy, but it will also prove to be profitable for you at the same time! Actually, the dent raiser is a hydraulic jack of tremendous force with pressure controlled by the Allen screw in the handle. Because of the pressures involved, the best of steels and heattreating procedures have been used in its production to ensure ease of maintenance and years of trouble-free use. Simple and easy to operate. Hold the tool along the outside of the barrel, lining up the small anvil in the head even with the center of the dent. Slide the collar flush against the barrel breech or muzzle (whichever end is closer to the dent) and lock the collar tightly into place. Now, insert the Dent Raiser into the barrel, bringing the collar flat against the end of the barrel and centering the anvil in the head directly under the dent. Gently turn the Allen screw in and watch the dent come up. When the dent is completely up (you must be careful not to bulge the barrel because the tool is so powerful), relieve the hydraulic pressure against the anvil by loosening the Allen screw. Re-apply pressure until resistance is just felt and you can turn the tool handle back and forth without too much pressure. Turn in the Allen screw and twist and burnish. Repeat until the dent is completely removed. No outside hammering or peening is required, so no hammer marks to polish out and no need to reblue the barrel. Just a fast, Professional job that will bring joy to your customer and fame and fortune to you! (NOTE: The Hydraulic Dent Raiser will not remove nicks/gouges in the steel that may have been caused along with the dent. Careful drawfiling and polishing can take care of most of these, and rebluing will be required - which your customer should understand.) Detailed operating instructions included. SPECS: 223⁄8" (56.8cm) long. 1" (2.5cm) dia. hardwo2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=480http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=480SPECIALTY SHOTGUN TOOLS REMINGTON 870 EJECTOR SPRING RIVET CUTTER Trims The Rivet Tip To Make Broken Ejector Spring Removal Simple Hollow-end mill fits in drill press, spot faces the front rivet to take off just the peened area. Often lets you re-peen the existing rivet and eliminate rebluing the receiver. SPECS: Steel shaft, hardened steel cutter. 21⁄2" (6.3cm) long, .31" (7 .8mm) shaft diameter. .143" (3.6mm) cutter diameter. #080-000-040AG Ejector Rivet Cutter 8K29V47 . . . .$ 40.99 Brownells MENCK CSP PROFESSIONAL GALAZAN FIRING PIN BUSHING TOOL 2-Pin 3-Pin SHOTGUN BORE MICROMETER SET KEY RING CHOKE GAUGE Reads Choke On Both 12 & 20 Gauge Correct Fit For Fast Removal/Installation on S/S & O/U Guns Make quick work of a tough job. Use an impact driver and 1⁄2" socket to remove the toughest firing pin bushings without damage. 2-Pin Tool is adjustable to fit most 2-pin bushings. 3-Pin Tool fits Browning Citori, B-SS, B-99 and the B-78 rifle. Easily replaced pins are shear-resistant, alloy steel. a b SPECS: 6150 steel, blued. 43⁄4" (12cm) long. Replacement pins, pak of 3. #590-017-002AG 2-Pin Firing Pin Bushing Tool, 9E00CHD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 26.95 #590-017-003AG 3-Pin Firing Pin Bushing Tool, 9E00AYT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.95 #590-017-203AG Replacement Pins 9E00XCH . . . . . . . . 1.70 Gives a fast visual check of choke without using a caliper. Measures Cylinder through full choke. SPECS: Machined brass, 23⁄4" (6.9cm) long. #344-120-250AG Key Ring Choke Gauge 4D17C79. .$ 20.00 Gives You The Inside Story To 1/1000 or 1/10,000 Inch Measures bore diameter, choke constriction, chamber (except 10 ga. chambers) and forcing cone dimensions. Shows dents, bends and other imperfections. Very accurate, .001", directreading analog dial indicator, or .0001" digital readout indicator is mounted on 161⁄2" long shaft on which the appropriate gauge head is installed. Includes well-written instructions. a b SPECS: Tool steel heads and gauging rings. Maximum measuring depth: 153⁄8" (39.0cm). Complete Sets include 4 heads (12, 20, 28, .410 - NOT 16 ga.), 4 gauging rings, dial or digital indicator, shaft, fitted wood case, and instructions. 16 Gauge Bore Micrometer Head includes 1 head and 1 gauging ring. #365-001-000AG Complete Dial Bore Micrometer Set, 5F480H20. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 509.99 #365-099-000AG Complete Digital Bore Micrometer Set, 5F669H99. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 829.99 #365-200-016AG 16 Gauge Bore Micrometer Head, 5F85A33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93.95 MURRAY’S VENT RIB TOOL Straightens Dented Vent Ribs Pulls out dented shotgun vent ribs in only minutes. Easy to attach, and quick to use. Brass bridge won't mark top of rib; steel jaws self-adjust. a b SPECS: Bridge; Machined brass 3" (7 .6cm) long, 1⁄4" (6.3mm) thick. Jaws; Machined, hardened steel 11⁄2" (3.8cm) long, 1⁄2" (12.7mm) wide at widest point. #563-100-000AG Vent Rib Tool 3F00ZAY . . . . . . . . . . .$ 40.00 BRASS CHOKE GAUGE - Stepped, onepiece, brass gauge measures the choke of 12, 16, 20, 28 gauge and .410 shotguns. Easy-to-read markings clearly indicate Cylinder, Improved Cylinder, Modified, Improved Modified, or Full choke for fast, painless measurement. SPECS: Brass. 5" (12.7cm) long. #344-000-001AG Brass Choke Gauge 4D33C50 . . . . .$ 40.45 CHAMBER/CHOKE GAUGE - Compact gauges for easy identification of shotgun choke sizes and chamber lengths. Stepped, one-piece, brass choke gauge with easy-toread markings clearly indicates cylinder, modified, and full choke on all 28, 20, 16, 12, 10 gauge and .410 bore shotguns. Includes a separate chamber length gauge that measures: 1", 2", 2½", 2¾", 3", and 3½" length chambers. Folds together for compact storage. SPECS: Machined brass. 4½” (11.4cm) long x 13⁄16" (2.1cm) wide. Identifies cylinder, modified, and full choke. Measures 1” , 2” , 2½” 2¾” , 3” , and 3½” length chambers. Fits .410bore/28/202011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=481http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=481SHOTGUN CHAMBER GAUGE Brownells CHADWICK & TREFETHEN MANSON PRECISION REAMERS CLYMER EXPANDING CHOKE REAMER Smooth Cutting - Fully Adjustable Gives Professional Choke Alteration For 10, 12, 16, 20 and 28 gauge choke reaming. Blade angle eliminates chatter; each cut is clean and controlled. Tightly choked 12 gauge barrels may require use of the “D” reamer before using the 10/12 gauge “E” reamer. “A” and “B” reamers also useful in fitting 1911 Auto barrel bushings. Barrel hone and caliper are integral parts of the process and should be included in your equipment. a b SPECS: Overall dimensions and expansion range as follows: A 55⁄8" (14.2mm) long, .218" (5.5mm) square shank, .468" - .531". B 53⁄4" long, .282" sq. shank. .531"-.593". C - 65⁄8" long, .282" sq. shank. .593"-.656". D - 67⁄8" long, .282" sq. shank. .656"-.718". E - 71⁄8" long, .332" sq. shank. .718"-.781". 1" = 25.4mm. STOCK # DESCRIPTION FITS PRICE #170-531-001AG A Reamer (complete) 28 7A84V55 $ 85.99 #170-531-002AG B Reamer (complete) 28 7A84V67 $ 85.99 #170-593-003AG C Reamer (complete) 20/16 7A89P98 $ 91.99 #170-656-004AG D Reamer (complete) 16/12 7A00XCH $ 89.99 #170-718-005AG E Reamer (complete) 12/10 7A98P04 $ 99.99 #170-531-102AG B Blade Set 7A50B27 $ 51.99 #170-656-104AG D Blade Set 7A53Z17 $ 54.99 #170-531-202AG B Nut 7A00DZA $ 7.99 #076-200-104AG Illustrated Choking Inst., only . . . . . . NC SCREW-IN CHOKE TAP & REAMER “BACK-BORE” REAMER SPECIALTY SHOTGUN TOOLS Enlarges Bore To Easily Change Bore-To-Choke Constrictions Many possible uses. Shortened barrels can be back-bored to within 2" to 3" of muzzle to provide a degree of constriction or “choke” in what would otherwise be a cylinder bore barrel. A choked barrel can be back-bored to provide “extra” constriction. Rough pitted bores can be reamed to remove pits. Faster and more effective than grinding or polishing. 12 gauge, 34" extension Handle available. a b SPECS: Reamers 5" (12.7cm) long with 8 spiral flutes. Made of M-7 high speed steel, hardened and drawn. #184-030-730AG .730" Back-Bore Reamer, 4H00TXC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 74.99 #184-030-735AG .735" Back-Bore Reamer, 4H00DZA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74.95 #184-030-740AG .740" Back-Bore Reamer, 4H00TPU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74.95 #184-030-012AG 12 Ga. Back-Bore Handle, 4H00TPU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45.95 10 GA. 12 GA. 16 GA. 20 GA. 28 GA. .410 GA. Fast, Accurate Choke Tube Installations Using Reamers From Dave Manson A quick and easy method to install choke tubes using a lathe (can be done by hand however, a lathe gives superior results). Tap and reamer are precision ground from high speed steel and use the same interchangeable pilot bushings. Pilot bushings are available in diameter increments of .001", and are 2" long for accurate bore alignment. Instructions are included. Note: Read and understand the installation requirements on page 62 before proceeding. For best results, remove any existing choke with the Angle Blade Expanding Choke Reamer (listed elsewhere) prior to using the Manson Precision Choke reamer. a b SPECS: M-7 High Speed Steel tap and reamer. Reamer - 8-flute, right-hand cut with left-hand spiral; integral cutting stop prevents feeding too far. Tap: 6-flute with ground threads. TRU-CHOKE™-STYLE TOOLING - Use to thread barrels that are too thin to accept Win-Choke®-style tubes. The O.D. is .020" smaller than that required for Win-Choke tubes so they may be installed in proportionally thinner barrels. SPECS: 12 Gauge has .795"-44 tpi. Accepts standard (not thinwall) Tru-Choke™ tubes. 20 gauge has .675"-44 tpi. #513-142-000AG 12 Ga Tru-Choke Reamer, 3A127Z53 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 130.99 #513-144-000AG 12 Ga Tru-Choke Tap 3A00PUA . . . 180.00 #513-000-057AG 20 Ga Tru-Choke Reamer, 3A127X53 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130.99 #513-000-058AG 20 Ga Tru-Choke Tap 3A00XCH . . . 180.95 TRU-CHO2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=482http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=482SPECIALTY SHOTGUN TOOLS LONG FORCING CONE REAMER Brownells SPIRAL FLUTE SPIRAL FLUTE LONG FORCING CONE REAMER CLYMER Brownells 12, 16, 20 GAUGE BARREL HONE EXTENSION SHAFT Polish Or Clean The Entire Bore From Muzzle To Cone For A Mirror Finish The extra reach you need for full-length bore polishing with Brownells Barrel Hones and your electric hand drill. Piloted to keep the hone centered for faster, better results. Abrasive paper holder helps remove tight spots before honing; 5⁄16"-27 tpi shotgun bore brush adapter lets you do heavy duty cleaning. a b SPECS: Kit includes: Shaft - steel, 28" (71cm) long, 1⁄4" (6.3mm) dia. Pilots - Nylon, .12 ga. .715" (18mm) dia., 16 ga. .652" (16.6mm) dia., 20 ga. .605" (15.3mm) dia. Abrasive Holder - Steel, 2" (5cm) long, 1⁄ 3 2" (12.7mm) dia. Brush Adapter - Steel, ⁄4" (19mm) long. Shaft coupling will accept .250" (6.3) dia. accessories. #080-915-000AG Barrel Hone Extension Shaft, 8K60P82 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 78.99 Brownells FORCING CONE FLEX HONE® Tapered Design Polishes Quickly & Efficiently Smooth Cutting Reamers Improve Pattern Density Lengthening the forcing cone area decreases pellet deformation and felt recoil for a dramatic improvement in pattern density, shooting comfort and overall shotgun performance. Custom-made reamers with five, spiral flutes increase the cutting surface area for a smooth, chatter-free cut on all types of barrel steel. Do not use on chrome lined bores. Hex-drive shank allows the use of a standard square drive socket and T-handle. a b SPECS: Tool steel, five flute, spiral cut, 6" (15cm) long, 1" (2.5cm) long hex section. Hex-drive size listed in chart. STOCK # GAUGE HEX SIZE PRICE 3⁄ #080-961-410AG .410 2K72V57 $ 92.99 8" 7⁄ #080-961-020AG 20 2K87V23 $ 127.99 16" #080-961-016AG 16 ½" 2K92V99 $ 129.99 #080-961-012AG 12 ½" 2K97V09 $ 128.99 #080-961-010AG 10 ½" 2K95V70 $ 122.99 Features 8 Left-Hand Spiral Flutes For Smooth Cutting Clymer’s version of the long forcing cone reamer for shotguns. Extends shorter factory forcing cones to a full 13⁄8" long, gently tapered design for improved patterns, less recoil. These have eight 8°, left-hand spiral flutes which make them very smooth cutting reamers. The long, non-cutting shank makes it possible to alter many barrels using only a large tap handle (shank is 7⁄ 16" square) to turn the reamer. An extension may be required on some barrels. a b SPECS: HS steel. 87⁄8" (22.5cm) long. 31⁄2" (8.9cm) long shank. 121⁄2 oz. (35.4g). #184-010-012AG 12 Ga. Spiral Long Forcing Cone Rmer, 4H00VBX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 92.95 #184-010-020AG 20 Ga. Spiral Long Forcing Cone Rmer, 4H00DZA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92.99 MANSON PRECISION Brownells SPIRAL FLUTE LONG FORCING CONE REAMER Brownells SHOTGUN BARREL POLISHING FLEX HONE® The finishing touch for forcing cones cut with Long Forcing Cone Reamers. Taper matches perfectly so the maximum amount of abrasive media contacts the barrel’s surface for faster, more effective polishing action, with less elbow grease and work. Must be used with Flex Hone Oil; use of other oils will destroy the abrasive balls and void the guarantee. a b SPECS: Medium or Fine grit. 10" (25cm) overall length. Abrasive head, 1.625" (4.1cm) long. 12 ga. tapers from .710" to .798" in diameter. 16 ga. tapers from .665" to .745" diameter. 20 ga. tapers from .615" to .699" diameter. #080-606-512AG 12 Ga. Med Grit Flex Hone, 1B32V93 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 43.99 #080-607-512AG 12 Ga. Fine Grit Flex Hone, 1B47V34 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64.99 #080-607-516AG 16 Ga. Fine Grit Flex Hone, 1B47V56 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64.99 #080-606-520AG 20 Ga. Med Grit Flx Hone 1B32V93 . 43.99 #080-607-520AG 20 Ga. Fine Grit Flx Hone 1B47V56 64.99 #080-609-008AG 1⁄2 Pint Flex Hone Oil 1B09H57. . . . . 13.33 #080-609-000AG 1 Quart Flex Hone Oil 1B15H83. . . . 21.98 STRAIGHT FLUTE2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=483http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=483Brownells TOOLS FOR SIG HANDGUNS 20 Brownells SIG SAUER PISTOL SPD TOOL For Fast, Easy Field-Stripping Of Sig Pistols; Fits In Pocket Ultra-compact, pocket tool makes disassembly of Sig Sauer pistols fast and easy. Use to remove or install grip screws, magazine catch and support plate, pivot pins, sear and decocker springs, and the mainspring assembly on both current-production and older pistols. Also aids in disassembling magazines for cleaning and maintenance. Strong internal magnets retain the replaceable (¼" hex drive) screwdriver bit and help keep small parts from rolling away during disassembly. a b SPECS: Body – 6061 T6 aluminum, hardcoat anodized, matte black. Driver Bit & Disassembly Pin Punch – stainless steel. 2½" (6.35cm) long, ½" (1.27cm) wide, ¾" (1.9cm) high. 1.6 oz. (45g) weight. For Sig Sauer P220, P225, P226, P228, P239, and P245 DA/SA models. Instructions included. #080-000-721AG SPD Tool 1B42A86 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 49.99 Brownells TOOLS & KITS FOR BERETTA 92 12 10 4 6 1 9 5 3 1 1 7 Brownells GRIP SCREW BITS Allen®, TORX® & Slotted Bits Fit Right Here are the three Magna®-Tip bits you’ll need to install and remove our custom grip screws. Although we picked them to match our screws, they’ll fit other brands too. a b SPECS: Steel, heat treated. Allen: 3⁄32" hex. Slotted: 240-5. TORX: T-15. Fit Brownells 1911 Auto and Ruger MkI/MkII grip screws. #080-185-100AG 3⁄32" Allen Bit 1K02T52 . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 2.99 #080-240-540AG 240-5 Slotted Bit 8K02Z52 . . . . . . . . . . 2.99 #080-435-015AG T-15 TORX Bit 8K02D52 . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.99 SPECIALTY HANDGUN TOOLS 19 18 1 1 12 10 Brownells 8 2 15 17 16 8 14 13 9 7 1 MAGNA-TIP® MILLET REAR SIGHT BIT Fits Perfectly; Won’t Blemish The Sight Cross-slotted tip fits the elevation and windage screws on Millet pistol sights. Help eliminate gouging and marring of the screws. a b SPECS: 11⁄2" (3.8cm) long. #080-147-000AG Millett Bit 8K03Y40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 4.99 2 6 5 3 4 Every Tool That’s Required For Making Complete Repairs In Both The Shop & Field • The Right Tools For Entire 92 Series – Military & Civilian Superb collection of professional quality tools that makes rebuilding and repair of the 92 Series easier and more cost efficient. Designed for the police armorer and professional gunsmith, these high-quality tools will perform the tasks required, time and again, without failure. Because of the rugged dependability and simplicity of the Beretta 92 design only a very few specifically-designed tools are needed to keep these great pistols shooting. Each and every tool included in this kit has been thoroughly tested, and many perform specific tasks recommended in the factory repair manual and are not available anywhere else. Following is a brief description of each tool contained in the Kit and the function it performs. And remember, when you buy the entire kit, you save both time and money. a b 080-920-000AG Beretta 92 Series Tool Kit, Complete W/Tool Box 8K190V61 . . . . . . . . . . .$ 220.99 #080-920-001AG Beretta 92 Series Tool Kit, 8K183V20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211.99 #080-920-110AG Beretta Flat Storage Box, 8K15V85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.95 The Tools You Need To Fix SIGs Correctly One convenient kit with the most needed tools for SIG maintenance. Designed for the police armorer and professional gunsmith, each tool in the kit has been thoroughly field tested. a b #080-220-100AG SIG Kit With Tool Box 8K254Z81 . $ 295.99 #080-220-101AG SIG Kit Tools, only (no box), 8K241Z24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281.99 SIG SAUER COMBO TOOL Handy Tool For Bench Or Field Use Brownells MAGAzINE TOOL for GLOCK® Removes Base Pads Fast, Without Damage Specialized pliers allow Glock owners to remove the base pad from factory magazines without gouging or cracking the plastic. Small crimping tips contact the magazine precisely above the locking tabs. Hardened, steel handles featur2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=484http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=484SPECIALTY HANDGUN TOOLS C.B. GIORNESTO THE GLOK BLOK for GLOCK® Pack Holds Pistol Securely For Easy Cleaning & Maintenance Using Both Hands Solid, high-strength vise block holds Glock pistols securely for easy cleaning and maintenance. Keeps both hands free for detailed, precision work and helps eliminate the chance of dropping the pistol and causing damage. Slides into the mag well and locks tight using the factory latch without marring or scratching. Durable, polymer composite construction is resistant to most solvents. Fits all 9mm and .40 cal. Glock pistols. a b SPECS: Polymer, black. Stem - 4¼" (10.8cm) long x 1¼" (3.2cm) wide. #100-003-691AG Glok Blok 6B29V95 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 39.95 Brownells WEAPONS FIELD MAINTENANCE PACKS Complete, Dedicated Kits For Field Repair & Maintenance Of Tactical Weapons Brownells SIGHT BASE FILES The Professional Way To Safely Widen Or Cut New Dovetails 60°- STANDARD SLOT Specially manufactured, true parallel, 3-square file with only one side cutting - other two sides “safe”. This means the file can be used to widen dovetail slots in gun barrels without danger of deepening the slot or damaging the edge not being worked on. Being a true parallel file, you have absolute control over the angle of the dovetail - impossible with other type files. a b SPECS: 7" (17 .8cm) long. .284" (7 .2mm) wide #1, medium, doublecut. #2, fine, single-cut. #080-648-160AG #1 60° Sight Base File 6C40H84 . . .$ 55.99 #080-648-060AG #2 60° Sight Base File 8K43H88 . . . . 54.99 Brownells/KAISER SHOOTING PRODUCTS UNI-2OOL UNIVERSAL SIGHT MOVER Adjusts Both Front & Rear Dovetail Pistol Sights Versatile sight tool fits most semi-auto slides for easy, precise installation, adjustment, or removal of front and rear dovetail sights. Clamp the slide in the tool and move sights to the left or right by turning the T-handle. Rubbed padded jaw faces prevent slippage and protect the slide finish from damage. Works on a wide variety of pistols including 1911s, Beretta, FNP, Glock, HK, Kimber, S&W automatics, SIG Sauer, Springfield XD and XDM, Taurus, and more. Also gently moves fragile aftermarket Tritium night sights. Steel frame, inserts, and clamp block handle are machined from heavy bar stock for a lifetime of service. Pusher block is tool steel hardened to Rc 62, so it won’t distort under pressure. Storage case included. a b SPECS: Steel, matte black & natural silver finish. 3½" (8.9cm) long, 1" (2.5cm) wide, 4½" (11.4cm) high. 24 oz. (680g) weight. #080-000-688AG Uni-2ool Sight Mover, 9A126Y40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 159.99 Model GLEND ARMS TAC RAC™ ARMORER’S TOOL for GLOCK® Handy, Field Expedient, Combo Tool Black Delrin® grip plug includes a steel pin punch and ejector removal punch to detail-strip your Glock. Snaps into the grip recess. a b SPECS: Delrin body, steel punches. #350-000-002AG Armorer’s Tool, for Glock 5C18A97 .$ 23.95 These compact, model-specific field 1911 Auto Field Pack shown maintenance packs are designed for servicing combat weapons and, provide the soldier or law enforcement personnel with all the tools required to field strip, repair, and maintain weapons while on the move. These are not run-of-the-mill cleaning kits, but carefully selected, high-quality field armorer tools dedicated to working on specific weapon types, so there is no confusion and no down time spent scrounging through a large field case of loose odds and ends. Individual pouches and compartments inside the water- and abrasion-resistant, denier Cordura case keep tools secure and separated to help minimize noise that could jeopardize your mission. Quiet, #9 YKK zippers with oversize pulls make it fast and easy to get tools in and out. Front panel features clear, I.D. card sleeve and loop strip for name tape. Includes two, nylon grab handles for easy carry. Made in the U.S.A. Field Pack Case also available separately. a b 1911 AUTO FIELD PACK - Keep your 1911 Auto in peak working order while out on patro2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=485http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=485UNIVERSAL SIGHT INSTALLATION TOOL MEPROLIGHT® Adjust & Install Over Forty Different Semi-Auto Pistol Sights Universal bench tool provides accurate cross-dovetail pistol sight adjustment and installation without damage to the sight or the slide. Multi-position, slide support block and separate slide clamp adjust quickly. Body is machined from a solid block of aluminum alloy. Square thread adjustment screw provides plenty of leverage to move even the most stubborn sight without damage. Includes attachment ears for bench mounting. SPECS: Body - Aluminum, black, hardcoat anodized finish. 6" (15cm) wide, 41⁄2" (11cm) high, 2 lb. (.9kg) wt. Adjustment Screw - Hardened steel. Includes complete instructions and pistol sight reference chart. Will not install tenon-style front sights. #387-100-000AG Type II Universal Sight Tool, 7H450A58. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 599.99 KIMBER SIGHT PUSHER - Heavy-duty steel sight pusher installs onto the screw shaft of your Type II Universal Sight Installation Tool to help you remove, install, and adjust Kimber sights. Precision-machined engagement lugs correspond with the Kimber, sight dovetail to push the sight where you want it to go. SPECS: Steel, black oxide, matte finish. Approximately 123⁄64" (3.4cm) long, 121⁄64" (3.3cm) high, 15⁄16" (24mm) wide. #387-000-029AG Kimber Sight Pusher 7H50B40 . . .$ 62.99 CUSTOM MADE DOVETAIL END MILLS IN BOTH PREMIUM CARBIDE AND HIGH SPEED STEEL LOW MOUNT 1911 AUTO SIGHT BASE CUTTER 65° Shoulder x .495" Brownells SIGHT BASE CUTTERS SEMI-AUTO PISTOL SIGHT BASE CUTTER 60° & 65° Shoulder x .330" Our special 65° shoulder Sight Base Cutter designed to cut dovetails for both standard Colt factory and mil-spec 1911 Autos, and for replacement sights like Wichita Hi-Mount, older Bo- Mar and others with a 65° shoulder. Some makers use a 60° dovetail on their rear sights and we also have a cutter to match them. For low-mount adjustable sights use the Standard Sight Base Cutter shown on this page. Actual cutting diameter is .330" so more than one pass will be required to install most sights. This is done on purpose to allow for factory variations in base width as well as milling tolerances. CAUTION: For use in milling machine only. HSS SEMI-AUTO PISTOL SIGHT BASE CUTTER - High speed steel, 2" (5cm) long, 3⁄8" (9.5mm) diameter shank. 60° or 65° shoulder. DO NOT EXCEED 700 rpm, HIGHER SPEED WILL BREAK TEETH. #080-621-331AG 60° HSS Semi-Auto Sight Base Cutter, 8K29D59. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 36.99 #080-621-330AG 65° HSS Semi-Auto Sight Base Cutter, 8K23D72. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.99 CARBIDE SEMI-AUTO PISTOL SIGHT BASE CUTTER - Solid carbide cutter resists wear when cutting pistols made from hardened steel. 2" (5cm) long, 3⁄8" (9.5mm) diameter shank. 60° or 65° shoulder. #080-621-066AG 60° Carbide Semi-Auto Sght Base Cutter, 7A60D15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 85.99 #080-621-065AG 65° Carbide Semi-Auto Sght Base Cutter, 7A57D93 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80.99 SPECIALTY HANDGUN TOOLS STANDARD SIGHT BASE CUTTER 60° Shoulder x .359" Universal Sight Base Cutter made for sights with 60° shoulder and a 3⁄8" base. Cuts most standard front and rear rifle sights as well as 1911 Auto low-mount, adjustable sights like E.E.A. Super Sights, Millett and Bo-Mar-style. Cutter is slightly undersized at .359" which requires that you make two cutting passes to compensate for factory variations in sight manufacture and milling tolerances. Designed with proper relief for maximum strength and clean cutting. CAUTION: For use in milling machine only. HIGH SPEED STEEL STANDARD SIGHT BASE CUTTER - 2" (5cm) long. 3⁄8" (9.5mm) diameter shank. 60° shoulder. DO NOT EXCEED 700 rpm, HIGHER SPEED WILL BREAK TEETH. #080-621-359AG HSS Standard Sight Base Cutter, 8K27D06. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 37.99 CARBIDE STANDARD SIGHT BASE CUTTER - Solid carbide. 2" (5cm) long.2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=486http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=486SPECIALTY HANDGUN TOOLS CRYO-TREATED DOVETAIL CUTTER Longer Cutting Life; Reduces Replacement Costs We’ve taken our most popular dovetail cutters and cryogenically treated them to give you a tool that will cut the toughest material and last longer, saving down-time and increasing your production. Our cryo-treated tools have been deep-treated to -320°F to change the molecular structure of the metal alloy, making them denser and removing the stresses that lead to tool fatigue. Cryo-treated tools do not look different than untreated tools, so we’ve added two rings near the working end to differentiate them from our regular cutters. a b SPECS: Cryo-treated, high-speed steel. STOCK # SIzE PRICE #080-000-271AG 60° x .245" 8K29Y46 $ 39.97 #080-000-272AG 74° x .250" 8K43Y04 $ 59.25 #080-000-273AG 60° x .290" 8K32Y60 $ 41.46 #080-000-274AG 60° x .300" 8K40Y43 $ 54.46 #080-000-275AG 65° x .330" 8K31Y56 $ 41.50 #080-000-276AG 60° x .330" 8K38Y34 $ 46.99 #080-000-277AG 60° x .359" 8K34Y90 $ 45.99 #080-000-278AG 65° x .490" 8K38Y29 $ 51.97 #080-000-279AG 65° x .300" 8K36Y88 $ 45.99 Brownells TALON TACTICAL S&W M&P REAR SIGHT TOOL Retains Striker Spring For Easy Sight Installation Slides into the dovetail and holds the striker plunger spring and cap in place for hassle-free rear sight installation. Speeds the job and lessens the risk of losing the spring or cap. Tough polymer tip resists wear, plus won’t mar the slide or sight finish. Contoured for easy, non-slip grasp between thumb and finger. a b SPECS: Polymer, black. 2" (5.1cm) long. Fits rear sight dovetail on all Smith & Wesson M&P semi-autos. #100-005-388AG Rear Sight Tool 5C02Z85 . . . . . . . . . .$ 3.99 REVOLVER TOOLS & ACCESSORIES Specialized & General Tools For Wheel Guns MAINSPRING COMPRESSOR - A “third hand” for revolver work. Controls mainspring and strut so you can remove or install retaining pin. Fits coil mainspring Ruger, Colt, S & W, Taurus and H & R revolvers, plus Ruger No. 1/3 rifles. b a SPECS: Steel, blued finish. 1" (2.5cm) wide, 61⁄4" (16cm) long. #080-927-000AG Mainspring Compressor, 8K38H92 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 55.99 NYLON WEDGE - Gently bends yoke to restore proper alignment. Also “archs” mainspring to lighten trigger pull. a b SPECS: 5" (12.7cm) long overall. 1" (2.5cm) wide. Tapers from 1" (2.5cm) to 1⁄8" (3.2mm) thick. #080-722-100AG Nylon Wedge, 8K11V81 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 14.99 ARMORER’S BRUSH - Gently removes metal filings, dirt, dust, bits of abrasive stone, etc., out of actions and recesses. a b SPECS: Varnished wood handle. Natural bristles. 51⁄8" (13cm) long. #821-135-210AG Armorer’s Brush, 8K00XCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 8.99 S&W CYLINDER STOP & HAND WINDOW FILES - Double-ended, offset files open up the “window” in an S&W frame to accept a new cylinder stop or hand. SPECS: Both are #2 cut and fit all S&W frames. Cylinder Stop File, 6" (15.2cm) long, Hand Window File, 6" (15.2cm) long. #360-318-731AG Cylinder Stop Window File, 6C00XCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 30.99 #080-754-000AG Hand Window File, 6C29T08 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36.99 EXTRACTOR ROD TOOL - Machined aluminum clamp maintains a secure hold of the extractor rod for fast, easy removal without scratching or gouging the metal surface. Steel, Allen head screw tightens to pull the clamping halves together for a non-slip hold. Grasp the tool and unscrew the extractor. Ensures professional-looking results everytime. Available for Smith & Wesson revolvers and the Ruger® Security-Six®. Recommended for use with Brownells adjustable extractor support tools. a b SPECS: Aluminum, black. 1½” (3.8cm) diameter x ½” (1.3cm) thick. S&W Small - .228” (5.8mm) I.D. Fits S&W J frame. S&W Large - .246” (6.3mm) I.D. Fits S&W K, L, and N frame. Security-Six .266” (6.8mm) I.D. Fits Ruger Security-Six only. #080-000-536AG S&W Small Extractor Tool, 8K17Z95 . . . . . . . . . . . . .2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=487http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=487Brownells TOOLS FOR SMITH & WESSON REVOLVERS Here it is! A tool kit designed specifically for the armorer gunsmith, shop 15 or department servicing Smith and 13 20 Wesson Revolvers. You get every5 thing needed to perform virtually any internal repair or rebuilding chore on the innumerable Smiths 12 found in police departments and law enforcement agencies through19 out the U.S. and the world. To put 10 1 1 14 22 together this Kit, filled with many 10 one-of-a-kind tools, we drew on the 1 25 knowledge of many good friends 4 24 18 (to whom we are forever indebted) who work on these guns every day. Special Thanks to Gene Thompson, 1 1 3 Brunswick, Georgia who not only 26 6 pushed us hard to put the Kit to7 27 21 gether but also lent us many of his 18 personal tools to use as patterns. 8 2 What you get is a 41-piece Kit of 16 first quality, professional tools to 17 9 23 help you service Smiths faster, more efficiently and without the errors often caused by “pick-up” or “make-do” equipment. Although designed primarily for the “K” frame, many of the tools work on other Smith frame sizes and other makes of revolvers too. a b #080-722-010AG Armorer’s Service Kit, All Tools Plus Box 8K452V70 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 563.99 #080-722-002AG Armorer’s Kit Tools, only 8K441V94 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 547.99 41 Tools - And More - Specifically For Servicing Smith & Wessons REVOLVER ACTION WRENCH Completely Surrounds Revolver Frames To Prevent Expensive Torque Damage Our Revolver Action Wrench completely surrounds and supports the frame with special no-mar aluminum heads to prevent twisting and gouging. Heads fit existing Brownells Action Wrench System handle or start with the complete unit shown here and then add other handgun and rifle heads as needed. a b SPECS: Base/Handle Unit - Steel, blued. 123⁄4" (31cm) long, 1" (2.5cm) diameter handle. Interchangeable Heads - Aluminum 3⁄4" (19mm) square, 51⁄5" (14cm) long. Complete Wrench - Includes Base/Handle and heads for one gun model, bolts and instructions. Complete Wrench or Heads Only to fit double action revolvers. STOCK # STOCK # COMPLETE WRENCH HEADS ONLY FITS #080-850-002AG #080-851-002AG S&W K #080-850-003AG #080-851-003AG S&W L #080-850-004AG #080-851-004AG S&W N — Advise # — D/A Revolver Wrench 8K101A50 . . .$ 139.99 — Advise # — D/A Revolver Wrench Heads, only, 8K70A43. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106.99 SINGLE ACTION, ACTION WRENCHES - Aluminum heads completely enclose those fragile frames to help eliminate damage. SPECS: Base/Handle Unit - Steel, blue. 123⁄4" (31cm) long, 1" (2.5cm) diameter handle. Interchangeable Heads - Aluminum, 3⁄4" (19mm) square, 51⁄8" (14cm) long. Complete Wrench - Includes Base/Handle and heads for one gun model, bolts and instructions. Ruger fits Blackhawk®, Super Blackhawk® and Vaquero® size frames. STOCK # STOCK # COMPLETE WRENCH HEADS ONLY FITS #080-800-173AG #080-801-073AG Colt SAA #080-800-174AG #080-801-074AG Ruger — Advise # — S/A Action Wrench 8K101B26 . . . . . .$ 139.99 — Advise # — S/A Action Wrench Heads, only, 8K74C75. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114.99 Brownells EWK ARMS SPECIALTY HANDGUN TOOLS DAN WESSON REVOLVER BARREL WRENCH Quickly Removes & Installs The Barrel Nut Steel wrench quickly removes and installs the barrel nut on your Dan Wesson revolver. Aluminum pilot fits in the bore to center the wrench and ensure even application of torque, while protecting the barrel’s rifling. Small frame wrench fits revolvers up to .357 Magnum and includes an interchangeable pilot for .22 LR barrels. Large frame wrench fits .44 caliber revolver only. a b SPECS: Wrench - Steel, blued. Pilot - Aluminum, natural finish. #100-006-342AG Small Frame Wrench 5C20T69 . . . .$ 24.99 #100-006-341AG Large Frame Wrench 5C23T87 . . . . . 28.99 EWK ARMS S&W 327 TRR8 BARREL SHROUD WRENCH 2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=488http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=488SPECIALTY HANDGUN TOOLS Brownells BARREL SET-BACK FIXTURE Relieve Revolver Barrel Shoulders Without A Lathe Set back new or existing barrels to tighten barrel/cylinder gap, without a lathe. a b .3cm) long. AdSPECS: Fixture includes steel fixture body, 27⁄8" (7 justable carbide cutter, one .38/.357 bore pilot, adjustable pilot carrier, and Allen wrench. Master Kit includes all of the above and pilots for, .22RF , .32, .38/.357 , .41, .44 and .45. #080-762-380AG Barrel Set-Back Fixture, 8K118U18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 154.99 #080-762-000AG Barrel Set-Back Master Kit, 8K179P26 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257.99 #080-762-001AG Replacement Cutter 8K21P79. . . . . . 30.99 Brownells REVOLVER RANGE RODS Tells Instantly If Barrel & Cylinder Are In Perfect Alignment - Match & Service Grade Available Lets you know instantly if a revolver barrel and cylinder are in perfect alignment and if cylinder crane or yoke has been sprung, thus throwing axis of each out of line with axis of barrel bore . . . for timing - “accuracy jobs” . . . locating cause of lead splatter . . . professional service inspections. An excellent tool to use when demonstrating to a customer “why”! a b The handle with knurled grip end is threaded to take any of the interchangeable heads, with sizes carefully selected to indicate very small misalignments. The .38 caliber heads are available in two diameters, one for Match guns that must be dead on for best performance and one for Service guns which aren’t always thoroughly clean and don’t have to meet quite as fine an accuracy standard. And, there’s a special head for the S&W K-22 which has a slightly undersized bore. SPECS: 10½” (26.7cm) long handle. 2½” (6.3cm) long heads made of steel hardened to Rc 52-54. Includes instructions. Heads interchange on handle except .17 Cal. Range Rod Handle fits only the .17 Cal. Range Rod Head. Combo includes Handle, one (1) Head and Instructions. Master Kit contains one (1) .22 to .45 Cal. Range Rod Handle and one (1) .17 Cal. Range Rod Handle, plus one (1) each of following heads: .17 Cal., .22LR, K-22, .22 Magnum, .32-20, .32 S&W/H&R Magnum, .38/.357 Match, .38/.357 Service, .41 Magnum, .44/40, .44/.44 Magnum, .45 ACP/.45 Colt in a fitted Storage Box. Match Kit has one (1) Handle, six Heads (all except the .38/.357 Service and K-22 Heads) in a fitted Storage Box. AddOn Kit includes one (1) .17 Cal. Range Rod Handle, plus one each of following heads: .17 Cal., K-22, .22 Magnum, .32-20, .38/.357 Service, .44/40, plus pre-cut foam to accommodate all items in existing Range Rod Match Kit box. See chart for Head only and Combo Stock #’s. HEAD STOCK # COMBO STOCK # CALIBER #080-618-017AG #080-617-017AG .17 Cal. #080-618-022AG #080-617-022AG .22LR #080-618-001AG #080-617-001AG .22 Mag #080-618-032AG #080-617-032AG .32 S&W & H&R Mag #080-618-002AG #080-617-002AG .32‑20 #080-618-213AG #080-617-213AG S&W K‑22 #080-618-038AG #080-617-038AG .38/357 Service #080-618-138AG #080-617-138AG .38/357 Match #080-618-041AG #080-617-041AG .41 Mag. #080-618-044AG #080-617-044AG .44/44 Mag. #080-618-003AG #080-617-003AG .44/40 #080-618-045AG #080-617-045AG .45 ACP/45 Colt — Advise # — Range Rod Head 8K20C70 . . . . . . . .$ 26.99 — Advise # — Range Rod Combo 8K30B02 . . . . . . . 41.99 #080-619-000AG .22-45 Range Rod Handle 8K20C63 . 29.99 #080-619-001AG .17 Cal. Range Rod Handle 8I09J56 12.99 #080-616-000AG Range Rod Match Kit 8K105A34 . . 129.99 #080-616-005AG Range Rod Master Kit 8K150V90. . 179.99 #080-616-004AG Range Rod Add-On Pack 8K67V07 . 81.99 Brownells SMITH & WESSON REVOLVER YOKE FACE FINISHING KIT Fast, Foolproof System For Truing Yoke Face & Hammer Pin Boss Brownells CRANE STRETCHER Quickly Swages Crane To Remove Cylinder Play; Cures Excess Headspace YOKE/CRANE ALIGNMENT TOOL .0005" Tolerances For Ultimate Accuracy Because both Ruger and S&W’s lock at the front and rear of the extractor rod, even a slightly bent one can cause difficulty in lockup and will2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=489http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=489S&W REBOUND SLIDE SPRING TOOL Brownells GRACE COLT SAA COLT SCREWDRIVER SET For Colt & Clones, Convenient Carry Pouch Pre-ground, parallel tipped screwdrivers ground to fit Colt SAA trigger/hammer screws and grip screw. Also works on most clones. Features square shank; hardened tips; square, hardwood handle and nickel-plated ferrule. Three-screwdriver set includes a handy vinyl carry pouch. Made in the USA, limited warranty. a b SPECS: Shank - steel, blue, wooden handle. Blade width x blade thickness x overall length: C1 - .150" x .032" x 6". C2 - .194" x .029" x 6.25". C3 - .280" x .028" x 4.20". #354-000-001AG Colt Screwdriver Set 4E20H66. . . .$ 28.99 Brownells REVOLVER DEBURRING TOOL & CUTTERS Cuts Quick, Duty Gun Chamfer In Small Cylinders 1⁄ 2 " cutter " cutter Brownells 45° TiN COATED CYLINDER CHAMFERING CUTTER Durable TiN Coating Cuts Chamfers In Toughest Metal High-speed steel chamfer cutter makes perfect 45° angle cuts for easier cylinder filling with speed loaders. TiN coating on the cutting surface allows for smooth, chatter-free cuts on tough metals such as scandium. Also great for chamfering the muzzle on chrome-lined barrels. b Available in 1⁄2" or 5⁄8" sizes. a SPECS: High-speed steel, TiN coating on cutting surface. Overall length: 2.4" (61mm). Fits Brownells Muzzle and Cylinder Chamfering Handle. #080-588-500AG 1⁄2" Dia. TiN Coated Cutter, 8K51A01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 64.99 #080-588-626AG 5⁄8" Dia. TiN Coated Cutter, 8K51A79 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64.75 SPECIALTY HANDGUN TOOLS 3⁄ 8 Correctly and Easily Compresses Spring Specially bent and slotted tool is really about the only way to get past the frame pin to grab and compress the rebound slide spring (without a lot of $%*!#@*) while removing or installing the rebound slide. Fits all J, K, L and N frames. Will not scratch that valuable frame, pinch or bind. a b SPECS: 6" (15.2cm) long, 1.015" (25.8cm) diameter. #080-666-000AG Rebound Slide Tool 8K14B68 . . . . .$ 19.99 RUGER® EJECTOR RETAINER BIT Helps You Easily Disassemble Redhawk®, Super Redhawk®, GP-100® & SP101® Cylinders Heat-treated, steel bit fits in our Magna-Tip handle and helps you remove the ejector retainer screw; a “must do” step for complete disassembly of Ruger D/A cylinders. Self-aligns perfectly over the center pin rod during removal. a b SPECS: Steel. 1.95" (5cm) long. Works with Ruger double-action revolvers only. #080-432-001AG Ejector Retainer Bit 8K06D95 . . . . .$ 8.99 Brownells Brownells COLT SINGLE ACTION HAND SLOT STONING KIT Smooth Those Hard-To-Reach Spots For Lightest Pull Steel cutting tool removes burrs from the outer edge of the forcing cone to improve accuracy. Use on the chamber throat to help rounds drop in easily. Eliminates lead shaving or “spitting” in one or two passes. Unique design works without disassembling the gun. 3⁄8" tool is ideal for .17 and .22 revolvers. 1⁄2" tool works on revolvers from .32 through .45. Revolver Deburring Tool includes cutter and handle. Cutters also sold separately and can be interchanged in the handle. a b SPECS: Cutter - High speed steel, hardened. 3⁄8" (9.5mm) O.D. Handle - Aluminum, 3" (7 .6cm) long. #080-623-000AG 1⁄2" Revolver Debur. Tool 8K31A46 .$ 39.99 3⁄ #080-623-001AG 8" Revolver Debur. Tool 8K28A46 . . 37.99 #080-623-002AG 1⁄2" Revolver Deburring Cutter, only, 8K15A14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.99 #080-623-003AG 3⁄8" Revolver Deburring Cutter, only, 8K14A69 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.99 Brownells 5° PLUG GAUGE & CHAMFER KIT Gentle Angle Reduces Bullet Deformation For .357, .44 & .45 Calibers. Everything you need to cut a perfectly centered, chatter-free, 5° chamfer. Kit includes cutters, plug gauges, pilots and handle; Very gentle angle provides the bullet with a smooth transition into the rifling, improves accuracy, reduces lead spitting and shaving. No lathe needed nor is it necessary to remove barrel. a b SPECS: 2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=490http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=490SPECIALTY HANDGUN TOOLS Brownells REVOLVER CHAMFERING TOOLS & KITS Cuts Beautiful, Chatter-Free Chamfer To Eliminate Bullet Splatter, Shaving, and Fouling Buildup - No Lathe Needed, No Need To Remove Barrel From Frame Many revolver barrels have only a bare minimum chamfer at the throat, no chamfer at all, or one that’s off center. Any of these conditions can spray lead and jacket material out of the barrel/cylinder gap, do strange things to the bullet shapes, and degrade accuracy. Plus, fouling will build up between barrel and cylinder, causing the cylinder to drag or lock up. Our Revolver Chamfering tools are a custom, precision reaming system designed to help you cut a beautiful, chatter-free, perfectly centered chamfer without dismantling the barrel from the frame. The Extension Rod slides into the bore; screw on the Cutter; add the centering cone and the handle and you’re ready to go. All of the Kits let you choose the angle of the Chamfer Cutter, the size of the Facing Cutter and the Pilot. All include instructions and come in a see-through top box with plenty of room to start with a Basic Kit and add more components later. a b Brownells BARREL CHAMFERING PLUG GAUGES For Maximum Accuracy & Results Using Pistol Chamfering Tools There is a very narrow, (.004") throat diameter range where maximum accuracy is obtained. Go smaller or larger and accuracy will suffer. By simply slipping the Plug Gauge into the barrel throat, it’s possible to tell at a glance when you are approaching the correct diameter. Warns you before you go too far. Also valuable as a diagnostic tool for guns brought in with accuracy complaints, (designed for chamfers cut with our tools - may not give a correct reading on guns with other degrees of chamfer). Each gauge is self-piloted, precision-ground, hardened and stepped to show minimum and maximum optimum diameters. 11° and 18° Gauge measures both chamfer angles. Sizes .22RF; .32; .38/.357; .38-40/.40; .41; .44; .45. 5° Ruger-Style Gauge available in .38/.357, .44 and .45 caliber only. a b SPECS: 11⁄4" (3.2cm) long. Steel. Instructions included. 11°-18° gauges measure forcing cones with either angle. 5°, .38/.357 gauge is designed for Ruger .38/.357’s which began using this angle about 1983. Complete Set includes the Rimfire Gauge, all ten Centerfire Gauges and Instructions in a Bench Kit Box. .38-.45 CALIBER TOOLS COMPLETE .38 - .45 CHAMFERING KIT - To cover the “whole nine yards” there’s the COMPLETE GUNSMITH’S CHAMFERING TOOL KIT. You get two 18° Chamfer Cutters, two 18° Brass Laps, the 11° Brass Lap, the 5° Brass Lap, the 11° Chamfer Cutter, the .38 cal. 82° Chamfer Cutter, .38 cal. 5° Chamfer Cutter, all four 90° Facing Cutters, all four chamfer tool Pilots and, of course, the Handle, Tool Extension Rod, Centering Guide, Breaker Bar, and 3⁄32" Allen Wrench . . . all in the fitted, plastic, box. #080-481-000AG Complete .38 - .45 Chamfering Kit, 8K245T12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 304.99 .38 -.45 BASIC CHAMFERING KIT - The BASIC KIT consists of Handle, Tool Extension Rod, Centering Guide, one 11° or Chamfer Cutter, a cutter removing Breaker Bar, 3⁄32" Allen Wrench and the Kit Box. #080-479-451AG Basic Chamfering Kit 8K62H86 . . .$ 81.99 .38 - .45 INTERMEDIATE CHAMFERING KIT - The INTERMEDIATE KIT adds one Facing Cutter and one Pilot of your choice to the Basic Kit. 90° Facing STOCK # CUTTER DIA. PILOT #080-480-251AG .540" .38 #080-480-261AG .560" .38 #080-480-271AG .625" .38 #080-480-281AG .687" .38 #080-480-252AG .540" .41 #080-480-262AG .560" .41 #080-480-272AG .625" .41 #080-480-282AG .687" .41 #080-480-253AG .540" .44 #080-480-263AG .560" .44 #080-480-273AG .625" .44 #080-480-283AG .687" .44 #080-480-254AG .540" .45 #080-480-264AG .560" .45 #080-480-274AG .625" .45 #080-480-284AG .687" .45 PRICE 8K96D01 $ 137.99 8K95D77 $ 130.99 8K94Z52 $ 134.99 8K94Z52 $ 134.99 8K66D07 $ 81.99 8K65D77 $ 80.99 8K65Z77 $ 80.99 8K65Z77 $ 80.99 8K66D07 $ 81.99 8K65D77 $ 80.99 8K65Z77 $ 80.99 8K65Z772011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=491http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=491PREMIUM SHOP APRONS Top Quality, Custom-Made For The Professional Gunsmith Made from the best grade, tightly woven, 2-ply yarn, all-cotton duck—the same stuff they make top quality, insulated coveralls from. Solvent- and oil-proof nylon thread used throughout. Everything heavily reinforced with seams rolled, double stitched and finished, all corners and stress points bar-tacked for strength. Machine washes and dries without edges curling or losing shape. a b LONG SHOP APRON - Covers from shoulders to below the knees to keep dirt /crud off your clothes. Adjustable neck strap for a custom fit. Neck and rear tie straps are double thickness for extra strength. Three pockets: a centered upper one with a sewn-in pencil slot and large lower ones on the left and right sides. SPECS: 391⁄2" (100.3cm) long, .5cm) wide. Pockets: 301⁄2" (77 Top - 47⁄8" (12.4cm) wide x 43⁄4" (12cm) high with pencil slot. Lower 3⁄ .1cm) high. Ties: each 271⁄2" (x2) - 7 4" (19.7cm) wide by 63⁄4" (17 (69.8cm) long. Neck strap: 213⁄4" (55.2cm) long. #084-071-000AG Brownells Long Shop Apron, 4A23X40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 32.99 SHORT SHOP APRON - Topquality, custom-made, abovethe-knees apron. Hook-and-loop closure on the neck strap lets you adjust the “bib” for maximum coverage and the length to match wearer’s height. Centered top pocket is sewn solidly to the apron so it can’t swing and has a separate slot for pens, pencils, or a mike. Roomy, double, lower pockets. SPECS: 281⁄2" (72.4cm) long. 2" (63.5cm) wide. Pockets: Top - 41⁄8" (10.5cm) wide x 41⁄4" (12cm) high with pencil slot. Lower (x2) - 63⁄4" (17 .1cm) wide x 61⁄4" (15.9cm) high. Ties: each 271⁄2” (69.8cm) long. Neck strap: 213⁄4” (55.2cm) long. #084-071-050AG Brownells Short Shop Apron, 4A21X64 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 29.99 Brownells NEOPRENE SHOP APRON Protects Against Chemical Splashes Heavyweight, brown, Neoprene apron protects clothing and skin from the oils, acids, caustics, greases and solvents encountered in the gun shop. The best apron we have seen for jobs involving hazardous chemicals. SPECS: Neoprene. 36" (91.4cm) x 46" (117cm). #100-001-000AG Neoprene Shop Apron, 1Z00PUA . . . . . . . . . $ 19.95 GUNSMITH CLEANING PADS zillions Of Uses In Your Shop Handier than a napkin at a banquet, these 100% non-woven cotton Cleaning Pads are ideal for all kinds of shop “wipe-on” and “wipe-off” jobs. Cold blues, solvents, cleaners, oils, grease, crud just about anything. Has very high absorbency and extra wet strength. Pads are completely clean, lint-free, dust-free and safe to use on any delicate surface. They will not scratch. Excellent for sights, optics, lenses and all glasses. a b SPECS: 33⁄4" (9.5cm) x 33⁄4". Bag of 100. #084-079-000AG Gunsmith Cleaning Pads 3A13T01 $ 20.95 Brownells CELLUPLASTIC TUBES SHOP SUPPLIES 3M FILTER MASK Protects Lungs From Dust & Airborne Particles Economical, disposable face mask protects you from breathing in airborne particles when grinding, sanding, sweeping, bagging, or other activities that create dust. Lightweight, twostrap design with dual-point attachment gives a secure fit; metal nose clip and foam nose piece adjust for comfort and help reduce eyewear fogging. Filter media contains electrostatically-charged microfibers that help make breathing easier. Not to be used with gases, vapors, aerosols, asbestos, arsenic, cadmium, lead, or other hazardous substances. Does not supply oxygen. SPECS: Pak of 10. #604-850-010AG 3M Filter Mask 6K00ZAY . . . . . . . . .$ 19.99 ”T” SHIRT SQUARES Soft, Absorbent, Classy Rag, Eliminates Robbing The Underwear Drawer Now, when you need the perfect, 100% cotton wiping or cleaning rag you won’t have to reach for your favorite old “T” shirt. These high-quality, cleaning and wiping squares are knitted, not woven, from 5.3 oz., heavyweight cotton material that will not ravel, lint or string apart, even after repeated washings. Convenient 12" x 12" size is just right for polishing,2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=492http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=492MAGILLS SHOP SUPPLIES MAGNETIC PARTS TRAY Keeps Small Steel Parts From Getting Lost Brownells GUNWRAP ™ PAPER LOCTITE® Meets Mil Spec P-3420F Rust-Free Storage In Gun-Factory Paper Wrap around guns, tools, other steel valuables for protection from moisture and rust. 1 square foot of paper protects 1 cubic foot of space. Tests show 10-15 years protection when steel parts were wrapped in GUNWRAP, sealed in plastic and stored in a cool place. Will not damage bluing or steel. Not recommended for aluminum, silver, brass or copper. May cosmetically stain nickel plating, tho' normally cleans off. Not compatible with some older lacquer finishes. Modern finishes unaffected. a b SPECS: Available in 12" (30.5cm) x 12" (30.5cm) Sheets or 4" (10.2cm) x 36" (91.4cm) Strips. #084-031-010AG Trial Pak 1212, 10 Sheet 4H06Y29. . .$ 9.97 #084-031-436AG Trial Pak 436, 10 Strip 4H07Y52 . . . . . 9.99 #084-032-050AG Bulk Pak, 50 Sheets 4H13Y47 . . . . . . . 24.99 #084-032-150AG Bulk Pak, 50 Strips 4H15P43 . . . . . . . 25.73 Magnetic surface keeps steel springs, screws and other small, easy-to-lose parts safely where you put them. Has just enough magnetic pull to capture the parts without magnetizing them, with raised sides to keep them corralled. Great when taking apart small assemblies, like trigger groups, to keep the parts from rolling off your work bench. SPECS: Plastic tray with magnetic pad, black. Approximately 6" (15.2cm) long, 4" (10.2cm) wide, 3⁄8" (9.5mm) height. #561-000-020AG Magnetic Parts Tray 1F10Z18. . . . .$ 12.99 THREADLOCKER® & ADHESIVES PURPLE #222 THREADLOCKER For Retaining Screws That Must Be Turned Retains assembled screws tightly but still allows occasional turning or adjustment. Works especially well on fine-threaded aluminum and very small diameter screws. Screws coated with #222 can be removed with regular hand tools and do not need to be recoated after adjustments have been made. SPECS: 10 mL (.3 oz.) net wt. bottle. #532-222-010AG #222 Threadlocker 2C12T93 . . . . . . $ 17.95 #609 GREEN GENERAL PURPOSE RETAINER Holds Tritium & Handgun Sights Securely Against Recoil Recommended by tritium sight makers to hold sights securely in slide dovetail. Works with any press fit, semi-auto pistol, front or rear, replacement sight. Joins dissimilar metals in 10 minutes. Withstands temperatures to 300 degrees. SPECS: .33 oz. (10mL) tube. #532-000-001AG #609 10 mL Tube, 2C11Y61 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 14.95 Low Strength High Strength #620 GREEN SLEEVE RETAINER Secures Press-Fit Assemblies Works great for the permanent anchoring of studs, pins, and sleeves. Gives a positive seal; resists lubricants, solvents, etc. Hardens in four hours, full strength in ten. 3000 psi SPECS: Methacrylic ester base adhesive. .33 oz. (10 mL tube. Carton of 12 - .33 oz. (10 mL) tubes. 1.7 oz. (50 mL) bottle. #532-640-006AG #620 10 mL Tube 2C14P64 . . . . . . . .$ 20.99 - 12 or More #620 10 mL Tubes, per each, 2C10P70 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.20 #532-640-036AG #620 50 mL Bottle 2C45P20 . . . . . . . . 68.95 COMPARTMENT BOXES Tough, Clear Polypropylene, Resists Oils & Solvents Tough, see-thru boxes for fast contents identification. Special polypropylene - won’t crack; survives all but some super-solvents. a b SPECS: Clear Polypropylene, divided into compartments. COMPART- Pkg. STOCK # L xW x D MENTS Of #313-100-155AG 57⁄8"x31⁄8"x11⁄4" #313-100-220AG 41⁄2"x23⁄4"x11⁄4" #313-100-215AG 7"x31⁄2"x11⁄4" #313-100-210AG 7"x31⁄2"x11⁄4" #313-100-203AG 8 ⁄4"x4 ⁄4"x1 ⁄4" #313-100-201AG 81⁄4"x41⁄4"x11⁄4" #313-100-606AG 11"x61⁄2"x13⁄4" #313-100-806AG 127⁄8"x85⁄8"x21⁄4" #313-100-824AG 127⁄8"x85⁄8"x21⁄4" #313-200-301AG* 8 ⁄4"x4 ⁄4"x1 ⁄4" #313-101-616AG 103⁄4"x63⁄4"x13⁄4" 1 1 1 1 1 1 Medium Strength BLUE #242 THREADLOCKER Ideal For Scope Mounting Keeps those single action and other problem screws from backing out during shooting. Restores worn parts to original tight fit. Flows into and fills to .015" gap, then hardens2011-12-07T20:00:47+01:00http://catalog64.brownells.com/?Page=493http://catalog64.brownells.co